piesa
SSOSERS
=
cee. >
mee !
eat af
-S+ =<
ay
ts
A)
fe
THIS BCOK MAY NOT BE PHOTOCOPIED
tek eee S
ey, | ea Y
' regen i
i
a PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF LONDON
FOR THE YEAR
1882.
PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,
AND SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE.
LONDON:
MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, READER, AND DYER,
PATERNOSTER ROW,
Ore Ses dh
OF THE
COUNCIL AND OFFICERS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL
SOCIETY
OF LONDON.
1882.
COUNCIL.
Proressor W. H. Frowrr, LL.D., F.R.S., President.
Mavor-Gen. Tur Lorp ABINGER,
C.B.
Henry EH. Dresser, Esq.
Cuartes Drumuonp, Esq., Trea-
surer.
Srr JosepH Fayrer, K.C.S.I1.,
F.R.S.
Joun P. Gasstor, Esq.
F, DuCanz Gopman, Esq.
Lr.-Cot. H. H. Gopwry-Avsten,
F.R.S.
Cont. J. A. Grant, C.B., F.R.S.
Dr. A. Ginruer, F.R.S.
Dr. Epwarp Hamrtron, Vace-
President.
PRINCIPAL
P. L. Scrater, Esq., M.A.,
KE. W. H. Hotpsworrts, Esq.
Prornssor Mrvarrt, F.R.S., Vece-
President.
Proressor Newton, F.R.S.
Henry Pottocs, Esq.
Ospert Satvin, Esq., F.R.S.
W. Aysarorp Sanprorp, Esq.
Puitre Lurney Scratrer, EKsq.,
M.A., Pa.D., F.R.S., Secretary.
Re. Hon. George ScratEer-Boorn,
M.P.
JosEepH TRAVERS Suita, Esq.
Cart. Grorar EH. SHELLEY.
OFFICERS.
Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary.
W. A. Forses, Esq., B.A., Prosector.
Mr. A. D. Barrierr, Superintendent of the Gardens.
Mr. F. H. Waternouse, Librarian.
Mr. Joun Barrow, Accountant.
Mr. W. J. Witrtams, Chief Clerk.
LIST
OF THE
CONTRIBUTORS,
With References to the several Articles contributed by each.
Page
Baron, L., L.M.S. Missionary.
Notes on the Habits of the Aye-aye of Madagascar in its
UVES C9" 27 Sag Se Rh he me Or a ARES D OPH 639
BartTiLett, Epwarp, Curator of the Maidstone Museum.
On some Mammals and Birds collected by Mr. J. Haux-
Roles Peustemm Wer f.% 2 ac.s 2S oy. cars ae te sheaantieree OLS
Bett, F. Jerrrey, M.A., F.Z.S., Professor of Comparative
Anatomy in King’s College, London. .
Descriptions of new or rare Species of Asteroidea in the
Collection of the British Musum. (Plate VI.) .......... 121
An Attempt to apply a Method of Formulation to the
Species of the Comatulide ; with the Description of a new
SPECS CEG EN Yo. ds a wwe ennience emedee acu 530
Exhibition of examples of Limneus truncatulus ........ 634
Studies in the Holothuroidea.—I. On the Genus Psolus
and the Forms allied thereto. (Plate XLVIII.).......... 641
Note on a Crinoid from the Straits of Magellan ........ 650
lv
Buiasius, Dr. Witueno, C.M.Z.S.
On a Collection of Birds from the Isle of Ceram made by
Dr. Platen in November and December 1881 ..........--
Bou tencer, G. A., C.M.Z.S.
Notes on a South-American Frog lately living in the
Society's Gardens.: -(Piate SVT 3 2 205i aisle ee
Observations upon the Heloderma ......00+.eee+00::
Description of an apparently new Species of Lizard of the
Genus Socloporns (Plies LYE). ois veces anes = s omen
Bucxey, T. E., B.A., F.Z.S.
On the Variability of Plumage exhibited by the Red
Grouse (Lagopus scoticus) ........
Butter, Arruur G., F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c., Assistant Keeper
of the Zoological Department, British Museum.
On some new or little-known Spiders from Madagascar.
Gb late ms VAN.) racunis- cos = =)
CamsBripGE, Rev. O. Pickarp, M.A., C.M.Z.S., Hon. Mem.
New-Zealand Institute.
On new Genera and Species of Araneidea. (Plates
DGC. GES. @.@. 4 (9 MINE REP ken nts ens eror yes
Carpenter, P. Hersert, M.A., Assistant Master at Eton
College.
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some microscopical pre-
parations of dntedon eschrichti.....
On the Classification of the Comatule .........+.+-04--
Page
697
631
422
731
Darwin, Cuartes, F.R.S., F.Z.S., and Van Dyck, W., M.D.
On the Modification of a Race of Syrian Dogs, by means
of Sexual Selection
. 367
Page
Day, Francis, F.L.S., F.Z.S.
On the Identity of Anguilla kieneri, Giinther, with a
eri I / COMES Pie Se fan ttetiy Sielalan, BS aiieia Re Bis Wed. aid > « 536
On the Identity of Arnoglossus lophotes, Giinther, with
me -gronmanny ©) (Pinte NN.) \. 5S ateeiy dope ewes Sd 48
On Hybrids between Salmon and Trout .............. 751
Disrant, W. L.
On some undescribed Cicadide from the Australian and
Pree dvegions.. (Plate: WIE) oii. oso :ece x nines Bal ble vais 125
Dosson, G. E., M.A., M.B., F.L.S., &e.
On the Natural Position of the Family Dipodide ...... 640
Dresser, Henry E., F.Z.S.
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the identity of Melitto-
phagus boehmi and Merops dresseri.. 6.5.1... cee veces 634
Druce, Hersert, F.L.S., F.Z.S.
Descriptions of a uew Genus and new Species of Hete-
“Yc Ee: Raia 6 a/b uct lee be, lage oD, © 2) I ad Onin rere Arad 7LG
Duncan, Professor P. Martin, M.B. (Lond.), F.R.S., Pres.
Royal Micros. Soc., &e.
On some Recent Corals from Madeira. (Plate VIII.) .. 213
Ewes, Henry J., F.L.S., F.Z.8., &c.
On a Collection of Butterflies from Sikkim. (Plate
Remarks upon his recent expedition to the Aures Moun-
Peas sme Seria er eine acter ns to ve ey care Aas & Ai iermtarete 459
Esprut, W. Bancrort, F.L.S.
On the Acclimatization of the Indian Mungoos in Jamaica. 712
Fayrer, Sir Josepn, F.Z.S.
Remarks on the bite of the Heloderma ..........0..06 632
vi
Page
Fiower, Wiiuram Henry, LL.D., F.R.S., F.L.S., President
of the Society, Conservator of the Museum of the Royal
College of Surgeons, and Hunterian Professor.
On the Mutual Affinities of the Animals composing the
Order Epuwrard’s [45097500 J A Dk. SL eee 358
Remarks on the death of Charles Darwin.............. 390
On the Cranium of a new Species of Hyperoodon from the
A Tistraligee pA eeg occ cathe tic atl abe wore meee eee 392
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the Skull of a young
Chimpanzee 634
Exhibition of a photograph (presented to the Society by
James Farmer, F.Z.S.) of Seal Point, Farallone Islands 4 Foe
On the Whales of the Genus Hyperoodon ............ 722
Forses, Wituiam ALeEexANvDER, B.A., F.L.S., F.Z.S.,
Prosector to the Society.
Exhibition of the horns of a Prongbuck, and remarks upon
the ‘sheddine of them: techs. sa. . sok bas ee l
Note on the Gall-bladder, and some other Points in the
Anatomy of the Toucans and Barbets (Capitonide) ...... 94
On some Points in the Anatomy of the Indian Darter
(Plotus melanogaster), and on the Mechanism of the Neck
in the Darters (Plotus), in connexion with their Habits.. .. 208
Description of the Pterylosis of Mesites, with Remarks on
the: Posifionvof that Genius oo. +r. ocesis ne 267
On some Points in the Anatomy of the Great Anteater
(Myrmecophaga jubata). (Plate XV.) ......-.4.. . 287
Note on a Peculiarity in the Trachea of the Twelve-wired
Bird-of-Paradise (Seleucides nigra) .. .... ..0+ . Jon
On the Convoluted Trachea of two Species of Manucode
(Manucodia atra and Phonygama gouldi) ; with Remarks on
similar Structures in other Birds.......... . 347
Note on an Abnormal Specimen of Pithecia satanas .... 442
vil
On some Points in the Anatomy of the Todies (Todide), —
and on the Affinities of that Group..........
Note on some Points in the Anatomy of an Australian
Porek | (Pizitizm: lobata@) a o's « one n'a s) ayr.oua
Contributions to the Anatomy of Passerine Birds.—Part V.
On the Structure of the Genus Orthonyz............
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some preparations show-
ing the rudimentary hallux of several birds commonly de-
scribed as three-toed........
Contributions to the Anatomy of Passerine Birds.— Part VI.
On Xenicus and Acanthisitta as types of a new Family
(Xenicide) of Mesomyodian Passeres from New Zealand....
Supplementary Notes on the Anatomy of the Chinese
Water-Deer (Hydropotes inermis) .. 2.1... 00.0 ee seeees
Gapvow, Hans, Pu.D., C.M.Z.S.
On some Points in the Anatomy of Pterocles, with Re-
marks on its Systematic Position .............+6 erate:
On the Colour of Feathers as affected by their Structure
(Plates Soe VIE. XX VEEL Yee. 3
Gopman, Freperick DuCanz, F.L.S., F.Z.S., and Sanvin,
Ossert, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S.
On a new Species of Agrias from the Valley of the Ama-
Nic oM (15 ees 2k A ee re
On some Rhopalocera from New Ireland.. ..
Gopwin-Austen, Lieut.-Col. H. H., F.R.S., F.Z.S., &e.
On Specimens of the Male and Female of Phasianus humia,
from Munipur, with a Description of the latter (Plate LI.). .
Gray, Davip, Commander of the Whaling Steamer ‘Eclipse.’
Notes on the Characters and Habits of the Bottlenose
Whale (Hyperoodon rostratus)
. 548
569
636
312
409
338
754
715
Vili
Page
Gintuer, Atsrrt, M.D., Ph.D., F.R.S., V.P.Z.8S., Keeper
of the Zoological Department, British Museum.
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a skin of a variety of the
Leopard (Felis pardus).......0cs cece cece ee tereee ce S12
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the shell of a new Tortoise
of the genus Geoemyda from Siam ..........++-.++06+- S12
Description of a new Species of Tortoise (Geoemyda
impressa) from Siam .......... Pads sere Ty eaten Coe 343
Exhibition, on behalf of Sir J. W. P. Campbell Orde, Bart.,
F.Z.S., of a specimen of a Charr (Salmo alpinus) obtained in a
loch on North Uist, Hebrides .... .... 2... 0222.2 se eeee (22
Han.ey, Syivanvs, F.Z.S.
On the Genus Lept mya (A. Adams)...... 0.05.6 5005 576
Hartine, JAMes Epmunp, F.L.S., F.Z.S.
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a mummified bird from
an island on the coast of Peru .... 0... 2 ee eee eee eee 311
On the Eggs of some rare Wading Birds from Madagascar 353
Remarks upon the desirability of adopting a standard of
nomenclature for the description of colours .............- 391
Exhibition of a specimen of a South-African Eagle-Owl,
stated to have been killed in Ireland ........-........- 688
Hvuxtey, Toomas H., LL.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S.
"On the Respiratory Organs of Apterye .............. 560
IncHBALD, Peter, F.Z.S. See ScuaTer, Puiu Lutiery, M.A.
Jacosy, MARTIN.
Descriptions of new Genera and Species of Phytophagous
Coléopteta oc... cs faeamees ccccce soe ses cece OmMeNpOe ee aie
ix
Page
Jerrreys, J. Gwyn, LL.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S.
On the Mollusca procured during the ‘ Lightning’ and
‘Porcupine’ Expeditions, 1868-70. Part V. (Plates
PRE Te hls as «ote meee oa a ey atts tats! 656 .
Lanxkester, Pror. E. Ray, M.A., F.R.S., Jodrell Professor of
Zoology in University College, London.
On the Valves of the Heart of Ornithorhynchus paradoxus
compared with those of Man and the Rabbit, with some
Observations on the Fossa Ovalis. (Plates XXXVIII.-XLI.) 549
Layarp, Epcar Lerorotp, C.M.G., F.Z.S., &c., H.B.M.
Consul at Noumea, New Caledonia.
Letter from, containing remarks upon the locality of
Deenacalin aeyeral se ie. warty ie eine uae ys ale sled ele © 634
Layarp, Epear L., C.M.G., F.Z.S., &c., H.B.M. Consul,
and E. Leoroxup C. Layarp, Vice-Consul, at Noumea,
New Caledonia.
Description of a new Species of Parrot of the Genus
Nymphtcus. (Plate XXVE.) 0 cs see SUSE epee § 408
Litrorp, Tuomas Lytrtteton, Lord, F.Z.S. &c.
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a skin of Emberiza
rustica, caught at Elstree Reservoir..........00.-.0+6+ 721
MarsHat., Major G. F. L., R.E., F.Z.S.
Notes on Asiatic Butterflies, with Descriptions of some new
BCCI Pett ates e web. tiel «isd + Hoke ebb Se 758
Meyer, Apoteu Bernuarp, M.D., C.M.Z.S.
Notice of a communication from, concerning the desira-
bility of adopting a standard of nomenclature for the descrip-
tion of the colours of natural objects .................-. 688
x
Page
Miers, Epwarp J., F.L.S., F.Z.S., Assistant in the Zoological
Department, British Museum.
On some Crustaceans collected at the Mauritius, (Plate
On Crustaceans from the Mauritius.—Part II. (Plate
KX Vl Uethind. a Reb of asians wea khche eae tamer
Mivarr, Sr.-Gzorcer, Ph.D., F-BS., F.Z.8., MBL, &e.
On the Classification and Distribution of the Mluroidea. 135
Notes on the Anatomy of Hrethizon dorsatus.......... 271
Notes on some Points in the Anatomy of the Ailuroidea., 459
Moore, FREDERIC, F.Z.S.
List of the Lepidoptera collected by the Rev. J. H. Hock-
ing, chiefly in the Kangra District, N.W. Himalaya, with
Descriptions of new Genera and Species.—Part 1. (Plates
Neatez, W. H., M.B., Medical Officer of the ‘ Eira’ Expedi-
tion.
Notes on the Natural History of Franz-Josef Land as
GURETVed an PEON —OF er. ee eee cc cweda ns ss ss eee 652
Newton, Aurrep, M.A.,, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.Z.S., Professor of
Zoology and Comparative Anatomy in the University
of Cambridge.
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the skin and bones of the
trunk of a specimen ot Notornts mantella......c8 cee oe. .) OG
Owen, Prof. Ricuarp, C.B., D.C L., F.R.S., F.LS., F.Z8.,
&e.
Abstract of the twenty-third of his series of Memoirs on
the extinct birds of the genus Dinornis ........++..+- 0 1
Notice of the twenty-fourth of his series of Memoirs on
the extinct birds of the genus Dinornis ................ 549
xi
Page
On Teichind spires ao ste. 5. iin Ma dn eens Set oe or 71
On the Sternum of WVotornis and on Sternal Characters.. 689
Parker, W. K., F.R.S., F.Z.S., &e.
Abstract of a Memoir on the skull of the Crocodilia .... 97
Parker, W. Newron, Lecturer on Biology at the University
College of Wales, Aberystwyth.
On some Points in the Anatomy of the Indian Tapir
(Tapirus mdicus). (Plates LVIIL, LIX.) 3%... ee es os 768
Ramsay, Epwarp P., F.L.S., C.M.Z.S., Curator of the
Australian Museum, Sydney.
Description of a new Species of Bird of the Genus Tephras 357
Description of a new Species of Flycatcher of the Genus
Monarcha (Piezorhynchus) from the Solomon Group...... 711
Riptey, Stuart O., M.A., F-L.S., &c., Assistant in the Zoo-
logical Department, British Museum.
On the Arrangement of the Coralliide, with Descriptions
nf new.or rare Species. (Piste TX.) 2. ..3.4..- --2eehance2l
Savin, Ospert, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S., and Gopman, Fre-
DERICK Dv Cang, F.L.S., F.Z.S.
On a new Species of Agrias from the Valley of the
wuraazons.... (Plate: REX eied.A0:. Hs deh ag ee 2h SBS
On some Rhopalocera from New Ireland............ . 754
Saunpers, Howarp, F.L.S., F.Z.8.
On some Larid@ from the Coasts of Peru and Chili,
collected by Capt. Albert H. Markham, R.N., with Remarks
on the Geographical Distribution of the Group in the Pacifie.
nate MARY; )., Celteb se, tall «tune «ose eet aory B20
Scuater, Puruie Lutuey, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to
the Society.
Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in
Meeeminer LOGI"... 205 ley os ls SS ee es ee,
xii
Exhibition of (on behalf of Mr. Peter Inchbald, F.Z.S.),
and remarks upon, two curious Ducks shot near Darlington .
Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in
ganvary 1882) (Plate X.) oo 5..- 2 kas. cn aodeelamee
Exhibition of living examples of Helix hemastoma ......
Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in
Bebriaey S82. sir «, sw abrasions eee ee els
Remarks on the use of the term “ Lipotype”..........
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, an adult male of Cyano-
mytas coelestis........
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the skins of two speci-
mens of the Subcylindrical Hornbill (Buceros subcylindricus)
Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in
March 1882
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a drawing of a Tapir
living in the Society’s Gardens. (Plate XXIII.)
Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in
GMB LSS 2s 5 ois <4 Vdd eee FER es wt GORE SD
Note on an Australian Duck living in the Society’s Gar-
dens. (Plate SX XIIT.). 6... bs.0%
Remarks upon the mode of feeding of the young Cormo-
rants by the parent birds in the Society’s Gardens........
Exhibition of some Lepidoptera bred in the Insect-house .
Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in May
1882. .(Plate RXXVIP Gee. oes
Exhibition of some Lepidoptera &c. reared at the Insect-
house in the Society’s: Gardens... ¢. 6: in. i200 e000 ns
Note on Riippell’s Parrot. (Plate XLII.) ........
On two apparently new Species of the Genus Syzallavis
(Plate XILEE2) 3. ox Jee Me’ oe. <5 + otclnnlguaee
Reports on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in
June, July, August, September, and October 1882. (Plates
XLVI, and XLVII.)
343
. 358
391
421
630
xill
Page
Report on the insects bred in the Insect-house in the
Bieiceer Sitstnense . seis lak eterstekrs ome slo's UST, 632
Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in No-
DEMIDetMea:.\a a BEM: Cate Akh ae ea ae ese Soe TO
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some photographs of a
newiZebran(quus greeyt)sssiiield ae eve et oY 721
Scuatrer, Partie Lutuey, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., and Wurre,
E. W., F.Z.S.
Notes on Birds collected in the Argentine Republic .... 591
Srersonm, Henry, F.ZS8.
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a series of intermediate
forms between Carduelis caniceps and C. major .......... 134
Suarpr; R. Bownter, F.L.S., F.Z.8., &c., Senior Assistant,
Zoological Department, British Museum.
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a specimen of a Gold-
fineh from Hungary. 5 000.442) coe bare ok atte es ort eee BLD
A Note on Strix oustaleti, Hartlaub ................ 335
On an apparently new Species of Erythropygia. (Plate
On a new Species of Muscicapa from Western Africa.... 590
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some specimens of Swifts
from the Congo os)... 42 Se eek. sae tere 688
Exhibition of a specimen of Machirhamphus alcinus from
Morthen BORMeCO: pos ois eas ox rs Roe oa) areas 688
SuEtxey, Captain G. E., F.Z.S.
List of the Birds sent home by Mr. Joseph Thomson from
the River Rovuma, East Africa. (Plate XVI.) .......... 302
A Second List of Birds recently collected by Sir John
Kirk in Eastern Africa. (Plate XVII) ............---- 304
On some new Species of Birds from South Africa. (Plate
Dy A Sees Wor) ere Peon} 4b. ee 336
xiv
Page
Suater, Rev. H. H., F.Z.S.
Exhibition of a Shrike, Zanius, sp. ine., killed near Spurn
Rointin owls hire vit, satigaig ty 2 eee el pra ae
SmitH, Epear A., F.Z.S.
A Contribution to the Molluscan Fauna of Madagascar
(Plates 2OWE, RMT eo ey alias oenls af glee inane ane
Sowersy, G. B., Jun.
Descriptions of new Species of Shells in the Collection of
Mr.iJ. Cosmo Melvill. (Plate V.) ..2. 3.4. 4n<21! eee?
SraupinGer, Dr. O., C.M.Z.S.
On three new and interesting Species of Rhopalocera.
(Plate XXIV.)
STEVENSON, Henry, F.L.S.
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a specimen of the Dusky
Petrel from Norfolk
TaczanowskI, L., C.M.Z.S.
Liste des Oiseaux recueillis par M.Stolzmann au Pérou
nord-oriental. .(Plates:l., IL.) Ss.. oe SE ee 2
Trecermeter, W. B., F.Z.S.
Exhibition of a skull of Rhinoceros sumatrensis and of some
horns of a Buffalo and Deer from Borneo .............. 687
Tuomas, Ouprietp, F.Z.S., Zoological Department, British
Museum.
On the African Mungooses. (Plate III.) ............ 59
On a Collection of Rodents from North Peru. (Plate IV.) 98
xv
On a small Collection of Rodents from South-Western
Aircne Ce late MLNS) Tac ccqsiphs «MER: 084s oyeanteetes fev 265
On a small Collection of Mammalia from Central Mexico 371
Description of a new Species of Rat from China. (Plate
Description of two new Species of Pteropus from the
@aroline Islands.» (Plates LIV., LV.)/....50.200 005008 90 F958
Tuomson, ARTHUR.
Notes on a Species of Stick Insect reared in the Insect-
House in the Society’s Gardens. (Plate LIT.) ........). 718
Trimen, Rouanp, F.L.S., F.Z.8., &e., Curator of the South-
African Museum, Cape Town.
On an apparently undescribed Sun-bird from Tropical
South-western Africa. (Plate XXXIUL.) .............. 451
Tristram, Rey. Canon H. B., M.A. (Oxon.), F.R.S., C.M.Z.S.
Description of a new Species of Land-Rail from East
PURRICE Yrs SUNT Se panes ha AUD are iat. als OE). Bare gc a pat « 93
Van Dyck, W., M.D.
On the Modification of a Race of Syrian Street-Dogs by
means of Sexual Selection. With a Preliminary Notice
by Cuserns Dam win: BBS. PsZeS0 sie m0 eo. sce acta Oe
Watson, Morrison, M.D., F.Z.S., Professor of Anatomy, the
Owens College, Manchester.
On the Muscular Anatomy of Proteles as compared with
pmmiveriyenaumd ‘Vmerran es. 8. ae Tae bs oes es sale 579
Waitt, E. W., F.Z.S.
Notes on Birds collected in the Argentine Republic. With
Notes by P. L. Sciarer, M.A., Pa.D., FVRS.s00..-220. 591
ERRATA.
Page 178, top line, for villicollis read vitticollis.
», 9303, line 24 from the bottom, for p. 208 read p. 298.
» 503, ,, 26 from the bottom, for macroscelis read macrocelis.
» 682, ,, 24 from the bottom, for jussoni read gussont.
683, ,, 8 from the bottom, for tetragoaa read tetragona.
LIST OF WOODCUTS.
1882.
Page
Last lower molars of Herpestes ichneumon and H. albicauda,....... 76
Liver, stomach, duodenum, &c, of Rkamphastor dicolorus ........ 95
Plantar surface .of left pes of Fossa <2... sevice see ccccccevecs 151
Pads Of Genera grind voc ooo cess eee e BT eUsEAMUSy ane oleie! s,s seueseusy <hers 152
Milk-teeth of Viverra civetta..... Rodationynie ay oie Tick adomeComagrcnne 155
Prescrotal scent-glands of G'enetta ne ere eerarnane iste, tiara terete 156
EI IOLE EN LOMLGAUD wera cist sicl ster eieieiste tel hele’ cee) «vie. s'e sy ehsieleteteals) siele 9 a1« 158
PRPS TMA LOLMIG OF OULU © ania sis) shaics atelerr ste eiatie wi pieis | or akeiar no] oie ele 160
rerio tort Ole AL CLOGQLOR! se cintctelarsres avaisarsiie us, olson, sincere steteiin a 164
Half basis cranii and half mandible of Arctogale .............. .. 165
Badstof Eemigaled) cic sissceiens « ve Ste AENG IAPS cipcai Yerba ere) oh As Sea ots 166
Pads of left pes of Cynogale ....... \ BIGESS AE ree oe Cadi Sab tchelh Gaie 172
Milk-teeth of Cynogale Ae eset sscotte eS aA mn eect até wroterstche alaial cutie lmestuiers 174
Half basis cranii and half mandible of Sericais TC ORCMICEDINED Be On DSc 184
Claws of Viverride............+. Miata steteiete etaveas eters: sce netare:selerar ener 192
Soles of the paws of Cryptoproctd....cccceccvcececceenesrenvces 195
Diagrams to show the mechanism of the “kink” of the neck in the
ELELGES Meret crarceats Tens) Aorarnteret ost ohatenetes ais « Pea 8 Orca epee optics ici 211
Tongue of Erechizon Gorsatus.. oo. vac eee s seer ncesvadesseeuenns 272
Stomach of Hrethizon dorsatus .......+. ral stctolstegetakaene okelsCareneeisiete 273
Czecum of Erethizon dorsatus (exterior) .....ceee eee e eens Sad pene 274
Ceecum of Erethizon dorsatus (intevior) .....0e cesses eee eee ees ». 216
Diaphragmatic aspect of the liver of Hrethizon dorsatus .......... 276
Abdominal aspect of the liver of Erethizon dorsatus .......+.+000. 277
SES reat rige fe PEE EZOT COTES Wie tacslars oie? orctel oe ar eceefeutel sorte rise c ster sreiete 278
Brachial plexus of Erethizon dorsatus .......sceeeecsseneeeeenes 279
Lumbo-sacral plexus of Erethizon dorsatus ....4..e ee reeee neues .. 281
Palate of Myrmecophaga jubatd......cscveeevevneeeee Pilot ta ee 288
Brain of Myrmecophaga jubata (from above) ..... sees cece eens 292
Brain of Myrmecophaga jubata (from the side and from the inside).. 293
Diagram of right cerebral hemisphere of Tamandua tetradactyla,... 295
Female generative organs of Myrmecophaga jubata .........+-.45 297
Deeper adductor muscles of the right thigh of Pterocles arenarius .. 316
Gastrocnemius muscle of right side of Pterocles arenarius ........ 319
Intestines of Pierocles Grenarvws ...... 0.0 e ee cee es ren eucane 323
Ceca of Pterocles arenarius and Syrrhaptes paradoxus .........-.. 824
Duodenum) of Pterocles arenarius * ie ce cee ent me eeces 325
Duodenum of Syrrhaptes paradoxus 6.6.0.0 eee eens 6 hy ona Ah 326
Diagram showing the supposed relationship of the Pteroclide...... 331
ER racticniOk SCEUCIMES UGTILN Fite tcc «+ oven eb alsle suena eterna 334
Head of Cyanomytas coclestis So... 66. cece cece een eeees 342
xx
Page
Geoemyda impressa (upper surface) . 0... 6.0 ce eee e ee entree tees 344
Geoemyda impressa (lower surface) ....... Ne beac Rohcrea tbs TICS C 345
Geoemyda impressa (Sid VIOW). 1.0.2. ceec sees tasters cesense 346
Trachea of Manucodia atra . 0... fanetssccsseesscradersccns ... 348
Upper surface of cranium of Hyperoodon planifrons .......+ +0446. 893
Side view of cranium of Hyperoodon planifrons ...... eens 394
Diagrammatic section through part of barb of a blue feather ...... 413
Diagrammatic section through the barb of a “ metallic” feather.... 418
The | three positions in which. metallic colours should be observed .. 420
SS WUETX OL HOGS ote sapere truer alvioncts: ore talers oun Gia horas Payee CG eee 444
Got of: Todus COMUNtCensts, sea ecg aeig-vicioie'+ eit ev anienata ana ees 446
Hag tobi Momotus FesaO M0 a wie cies diate avelovelsia) euaheiaiads acaiecn Wie sia 'sf oil 446
Lower part of trachea of Bizdura lobata .icseccseees aYas seetateTace Con eee 455
Mouth of Biziwra lobata..ccsccccseeeeeee eisheracate ay sein aoReteess wees . 466
Cormorants and their young .......... Sounder Reaerocese aro 458
Seventh cervical vertebra of an Arctitis binturong ...seesscsecenee 461
Distal end of dorsal surface of right radius and ulna of Hemigalea ., 471
Distal end of tibia and fibula of Hemigaled....cccsseccccenevneas 471
Tongue of the Civet and of the Genet........ agacans, ape ene 499
eure of Proteles ss sass acu ss mapyrietepsitere aiiehe eceterg ete 0a er ieee
Raley ty: etek tot ATG te Any le niphcra aes oo iauott aus 0 oatieia Lae 504
Part of the skull of the Genet ....... Mise Taino ohCus nite Suen pp tvalelas aapeuaye 504
Stomach and pancreas of Genetta tigrind........ Roar hotrsiods 505
Stomach of Genet, cut open ..... Sevje) Gaatate atcha rata Nyedec coer ans 505
Stomach of Prionodon, cut open ....c..ccocsecersccrensrssanon 506
Czecum of Genetta, of Prionodon, of Galidia, and of Cynictis ...... 508
IAGO TOL GONE A OTHE: say) « omtteisie o's. 8 vis Sale lais\olaseis aferae sais opal 510
MnRCE Ge TIOMTAUES «ce ccs Mer aidue haha ce usitaaas aaierat weet ee 513
EBSA Oe Ge CICELEICNGTUIUG |e). care torel sa. tinastarniejoPA) Gaeidua <ohb.e Foieeolenmcaenies 516
Bratiorn al car Ol, Gen euia Cart at a teiss aoe itd «wiley ore wieveiege'etesa) otegeions 517
EW COGER KUCHETY, 516 seas se ayuin, ost stegeantcitee ou PSOE Ab CDI UA ee OI INO in Oe 537
Bespinaboby, CLEANS Ol <A PECTYE ladeiets se ersteie’s oie « wiecclsinye «vio ae oii acne 565
Respiratory orzans ofa Duel) <.\-rsiacsscelisiecis ststnsrreets os) eee 565
Syn x OL EXenscrs LOGICS ant os ochaker el sla hcieiriene ehcron tiene seen ets 570
fecal of youne Chimpanzee jenni eae nies was tue Mie cane ope ae ee 635
Upper surface of brain of Chinese Water-Deer ............-+200: 637
Side view of brain of Chinese Water-Deer ......... ccc cece eee 637
Pinnules of Antedon eschrvchtt nea ccsensvervuveresess sciats fuenel hats 651
Sternum of Nortoynis mantelli (ander surface) .......eeee sevens 690
Sternum of Nortornis mantelli (side VieW) ....ccceseececcceeeaee 691
DO OLN Te UAE Bers ET SCD CIS croc] Ser PEI TEAC A ReOCEEROR Gt 721
Outlines of a series of male Hatilenaced SV yp riel eat tenccat isis ceatenes ciate 728
Front views of the skulls of four male Bottlenosed Whales........ 729
Head of hybrid Salmon ........ Cio SURO 0 ON OSCE ITER ae Pate Be ie 752
Stomach of Tapirus indicus ...., Rieteleb ers felfarsis a ievpuete ofan om gee ceona nen 769
Kiiver of Lapirts 2 dicus ieee setae csi vis sie s.c.ss,» ¢ aan ayeaiteanne ete 770
Ceecum and colon of Tapirus indicus ...,.... CEM LU OReKA naan c 772
Upper surface of penis of Tapirus indicus 1.0... 6... cee eee 778
7.6.
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF LONDON
FOR THE YEAR
1882.
(PLATES)
PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,
AND SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE.
LONDON:
MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, READER, AND DYER,
PATERNOSTER ROW,
HH
iow owe 3 a ee Oe
, 3
7 “'
199
heotdigs
aes
LIST OF PLATES.
1882.
Plate Page
I. Fig. 1. Chlorophonia torrejoni. Fig. 2. Diva branickii
II. Figs. 1, 2. Picumnus steindachneri 3, Q.......++ sea 2
Bibs Se Racumnusigelskuy Say mie sisstefa sine sls ospole «le eiotels
Ill. Bimhogale ALAR OR OB og a0 SOT He cam coer Uae c co a
IV. Hesperomys (Rhipidomys) cinereus ..........000005 98
Wap INGW: SMEs siaywlay sie hacalaie'< isi <8 Shae Bae Skeet) I 117
NI, ) New. or rare. Asteroidessrazes «close eis tees) see web 121
VII. Australian and Pacific Cicadide ............000005 125
VUI. . New. Corals from Madeira ... ss Asics. oc. cnciee aie aidle 213
ERE 2 SPECIGR Gb COrauii tl ay. hs of ince x 0 ale x tata niet ciel aie oie eal
NG ee OSH) TOME QUES Io's ajsicicjeis’s, oven ce aid nsapay sigedalabe states VER ehe 233
ae New Lepidoptera from N.W. Himalaya ............ 234
XIII. Phyllomedusa hypochondrialis ..........seseaees .. 264
XIV. Fig. 1. Mus nigricauda. Fig. 2. Saccostomus enicies 265
XV. Anatomy of Myrmecophaga ........sseeeeeeeesees 287
MOVIE bien Ne Mer ops! UreSSCT ts becuase teeia, iol sao Kolsite sits 302
Fig. 2. Erythrocercus thomsoni a Aes eens) «fait a
DOU Gu MCC RUa repels Rp egObe ae 5 ded ah Ha deauenean o 304
PKCVIDI PAROS OULECTE Shere hin o: re: viz:aseualoie, suvistarnysl de (one roca ofa Cecere's 336
OUNGG BNEW) Species Ol AGraas’ -...5....-nlbe anne akysteMiene «5 338
XX. Naswia (Nawioides) robillardi................00000. 339
XXI. Land Shells from Madagascar ..............00se0e 375
XXII. Land and Freshwater Shells from Madagascar......
PRONG LLMs. MRT EST LOWE) eee ies. cis vaiererctate: ticie!s.c\clals clsielelain sears 391
XXIV. New Species of Rhopalocera........-.....+.c.06. 396
OMe nttentliosdrome Sikkim 2.1. pss sleoe n eis © weteterele ele 398
RXV ebias VT Nymplicus COTnUIUS 5 ye. cic ecles e0 eee cide mie 408
Fig. 2. Nymphicus uv@ensis ....6.00.++00s2sn0 o>
ee Simmeture GL PeaGhers,... 6.45 ses os os deem waone way 409
XXIX.
xxx. ING AMRRIASOEY ac See omanpe Oenenongnood6 oy SCO tee ee
XXXII.
b
lv
Plate Page
XXXII. Cinnyris erikssoni ..... save aialale; 6 emia atte ets 70, thats Dennen
PRONONCMT on PA AS GUO ETA NGS 1 astaale: srateiaiaysiy's epeieytet == ehausiels efeleeoe 452
XXXIV. Xema furcatum .......... sleek ssa iee's weieneelanele wae 520
PRONOK ys AA CHUOMELE ONMUVALG. wroic elz since alan «isu ls slatelletsinisiieuel 530
XXXVI. Fig. 1. Palinurus longimanus, var. mauritianus...... 538
Figs. 2, 3. Pseudibacus pfeffert 1. ..cccerceceevene
SNEXONG VAs SOT CL OPSALO ANE +. yeisteleisisic.a ois e¥p ce vent ioesee ea 547
XXXVIII. Heart-valves of Man and Rabbit...... SOS Conn ou.
ee Heart-valves of Ornithorhynchus..........000s000e 549
XLI. Heart-valves Didelphys, Myrmecophaga, &c.........
MULL Peocephalus rueppells ct weiss, sna ene sss emeeeee 577
XL Bie. 1. Synallaxis fusco-rufa.... oss: +s 00a oles 578
Fig. 2. Synallawis griseo-murind...... 0+. ceeeeee ee
SRG MUS COWUNEAS crs nre cats ieisicia's = ase od ane son por 587
XLV. Fig. ls Wirythropygia ruficauda .... 3 es woes + aes 588
Fig. 2. Erythropygia zambesiana ........ssseeee
OXDVIs: (Cyanorhampnus ’saissett.: .c% <1 cscs sceas ccs 6 ee 630
PALAU SAC OTS MECH OURS? po cree’ s cic eo ce a ove cer sales euleratsia’s aigpoks 631
XLVIII. Fig. 1. Psolus (Lophothuria) peronii....... oactataterngs } 641
Fig. 2. Psolus (Hypopsolus) ambulator ..........++
XLIX. | Mollusca of the ‘ Lightning’ and ‘ Porcupine’ Expe-) gx¢
L. iO TIS erat piste visistet cageteatarsiore ce dlececne ene rtiok }
LS -IPhasianus hUMeR eae cclor: oe s aivice cc's ervtiiecters 715
EM Bacillus patellifere Ore cont cebu stetuicicteee te nae ters 718
LMT Arnoglossus grohmannt v5 o's os vis eros «0 apieas vt 748
LIV. ~ Pieropis | pReocephayas versa «aa: ».s\0rm » os/0, ss0 wel vias 755
WW2 > ePber opus: Oreviceps r,t ic sp iVere sos ahaicis ss <' wepee arate
VAS SSceloporus Garmant: >. coi. dion it atapae'= +» eialegeeeee 761
MWA | Spiders)tromjMadacascarlc.. .4.cide iaetisc easter 763
LVIII.: Brain of Tapirus indicus .......0..,200se00000 000 768
EDX; PMapinus Indieus \aica liste ee srss:« ofan, sfalecei ba akegaeetc nae
= New Heterocera. 777
LX, ( New Heterocera... 1.6.60 eee eee v eens e eee en es
LIST OF THE PUBLICATIONS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
TuE scientific publications of the Zoological Society are of two
kinds — “ Proceedings,”’ published in an octavo form, and
“Transactions,” in quarto.
According to the present arrangements, the ‘“ Proceedings”
contain not only notices of all busmess transacted at.the scien-
tific meetings, but also all the papers read at such meetings
and recommended to be published by the Committee of Pub-
lication. From fifty to seventy coloured plates and engravings
are attached to each annual volume of the “ Proceedings,” to
illustrate the new or otherwise remarkable species of animals
described in them. Amongst such illustrations, figures of the
new or rare species acquired in a living state for the Society’s
Gardens are often given.
The “Proceedings” for each year are issued in four parts, on the
first of the months of June, August, October, and April, the part
published in April completing the volume for the preceding
year. They may be obtained with black or coloured illustrations.
The “Transactions” contain such of the more important
communications made to the scientific meetings of the Society
as, on account of the nature of the plates required to illustrate
them, are better adapted for publication in the quarto form.
Fellows, and Honorary, Foreign, and Corresponding Members,
upon payment of a Subscription of £1 1s. before the day of the
Anniversary Meeting in each year, are entitled to receive all the
Society’s Publications for the year. They are likewise entitled
~ to purchase the Publications of the Society at 25 per cent. less
than the price charged for them to the Public. A further re-
duction of 25 per cent. is made upon purchases of Publications
issued prior to 1861, if they exceed the value of five pounds,
The following is a complete list of the publications of the
Society already issued. They may be obtained at the Society’s
Office (11 Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs. Longmans’, the
Society’s publishers (Paternoster Row, E.C.), or through any
bookseller :—
[April 1, 1883.]
2
PROCHEDINGS OF THE COMMITTEE OF SCIENCE AND CORRE-
SLVONDENCE OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
8vo. 2 vols.
To Fellows. To the Public.
Part. 1. -1830=31. 1 vol. /Svoteaseescees ese -2 00 Price 4s. 6d. ... 6s.
ae S825 Pr OY TTC 3 AswOder cess) Ose
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
8vo. 15 vols. and Index. (First Series.)
Price to Price to the Price to Price to the
Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public.
Part I. 1833. 1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d. ... 6s. Part IX. 1841. 1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d. ... 6s.
a II. 1834. a5 4s. 6d. ... 6s. o X. 1842. 3 4s. 6d. ... 6s,
oe Weshy Mito d nde. Gd 05/65; janedkls 1843. a... arenes Gs
» IV. $836 + As. 6d. ... 6s. se ee OSs ee 4s. 6d. ... 6s.
3 V. 1837. a 4s. 6d. ... 6s. » XIII. 1845. ay 4s. 6d. ... 6s.
» VI. 1838. as 4s. 6d. ... 6s. » XIV. 1846. 5 4s. 6d. ... 6s.
» VII. 1839. a 4s. 6d. ... 6s. XV. 1847. “5 As. 6d. ... 6s.
» VIII, 1840. 55 4s, 6d. ... 6s. index 1830-47. e. 4s. 6d. ... 68.
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
8vo. 13 vols. and Index. (Second Series.)
Letterpress Bes With Plates Coloured.
To Fellows. To the Public To Fellows. To the Public.
SS. ads as: > Os
Part XVI. 1848. 1 vol. 8vo.4s.6d. ... 6s. ... Price 1 1 0 .. 1 7 6
» meV B49: 33 SGdee! 8. UEGS. 2.06, 2a O j Cty Ae)
SU VITTE 1850: is ASi6d, 220 268: ae Clinj enh Peis 0
+ MIX. 1851. 3 ARNO. “ade. OS. >, 0.16. OF PZ rere 10*
‘ Xe B52: a ASMOME. .s... Os- 3. OCG. 0% .erelels 10%
5 XXI. 1853. ~ ASNOU ccc) OS: a. LOTS 80 aa 10
> AE 1854. A, Ag iGd. OO. 6s: 55 1-0! ON RE EPEG 20
» XAT. 1855. $5 AgAGHe. <.2) 1) (68; io en 6... aed: 0s
» MALY. 1856. 56 Ag Gd = soy) NOS: 55: or tae Oe a G
‘ XXV. 1857. 5 45 (Gane ss. (Og: ae Lees een) 6
> VIS 1858; = ASNGG se) -sc00 OS: TO see
» XXVII. 1859. fs 43608 “1s... “6s! fii esl Wel de kU: D2 O¥
XXVIII. 1860. 33 45> Gases! te 112 0 S282 0
Index 1848-60. 55 AS 'Odyx mse NOS:
ILLUSTRATIONS TO THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL
SOCIETY OF LONDON, 1848-60. 8vo. 6 vols.
Plates Uncoloured. Plates Coloured.
To Fellows. To the Public. To Fellows. To the Publie,
Be LRT (i eh A eh Bas: 4d: Bes.
Mammalia ..ccwcseves' l vok;) Url G6... 10. 10 Price 2 8 OF. 4. aes 0
BES. evista ncnaeereee PVG, oa OmUe se seuOEtcs © os 41s 6 6 O*
Reptilia et: Pisces */:: Tol, O45 9 2702. 5 Ss) 8 110 0
IMollnscapeestaceccees: Ly vol OmibO Slip GO” boy) eo Le10)0
Annulosa et Radiata I vol. |i @...22 0... ., 2°38 0 or 3: O*
* No copies of these yolumes remain in stock,
3
PROCEEDINGS OF THE SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS OF
THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
Complete. Letterpress only. Illustrations only.
To To the To To the To To the
Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public,
TSG), cloth: ;BQs es... scecp4/ Sop ccpmecs AS! Gilisvaicschtey OSs ssatesier 27'S: Gasset « 4ls.
1862, Bs SoS op ssecens 4 Saavicisaws 4s. Odetesckes GSicraweteas Qs. Od. cvscrest4)'S:
LSU en anes PE AU Stavcesctes ASIOG ccasese GSieecssoes O27 s-Gd.ccesecs: 4ls.
1864, ai OUR excasted 2 ee As Ghee 3h. sts GRiscescdes 2/8 iGdesrt. aus 4ls.
WSOD,. 45° * OeRssaicaseg ATS. «cps cansd So Oragbasssy Gstrenacies DS; Cdintsesces 41s.
PSG oo aS ecccesces Ai Sicveensss4S-) O0sasaccet: GSicccecene 278: Od cecssesce 41s.
With Illustrations With Illustrations
Uncoloured. Coloured.
To Fellows. To the Public. To Fellows. To the Public.
S676 Clothisiescctcevecncscexces Ils. 6d. ... 14s. 6d. ... 32s. 6d. ... 47s. 6d.
EG Rh OST hod, xc eswccadeatcoe siGdiw. Wass Gds ccs O2Ss Obs «-- 4/5005
LISTS ee SAI soccerce Ils. 6d. .,. 14s. 6d. ... 325. 6d, .... 47s..6d.
HOGS Beri ssccterecsccs spsiaa Ts! 6. <. 14s).Gdo >. no0s., GG. v25.475. 00.
Index, 1861- WB7U..ctiseeeees As G0-.. OS. 00.
MSY Clothe ts cieeececcesnea’exs lls. 6d. ... 14s. 6d. ... 32s. 6d. ... 47s..6d.
NE AO serene fa eceeneniaear ones Ils. 6d. ... 14s. 6d. ,.. 32s. 6d. ... 47s. 6d.
1 oii: ee RE RA AR eto SRR Me Ts. Gd: ... 14s. Gd: ... 32s. 6d. ... 47s. 6d.
VSPA Pr even sieddecveceeevest lls. 6d. ... 14s. 6d. ... 38s. 6d. ... 50s. 6d.*
7 AE occ cast Se cazccehine? lls. 6d. ... 14s. 6d. ... 38s. 6d. ... 50s. 6d.*
NBUGHIRE ecscecsssaseoncetess lls. 6d. ... 14s. 6d. ... 38s. 6d. ... 50s. 6d.*
ISCAS eA is ED EE ROR PEE Re Ils. 6d. ... 14s. 6d. .,. 38s. 6d. .,. 50s. 6d.
STONE OR Gad oeicuisothncutes Tls.6d. ... 148. 6d. ... 38s. 6d. -.. 50s. 6d.
WS 79; lighaesiatinentrcetingces lls. 6d. ... 14s. 6d. ... 385. 6d. ... 50s. 6d.
1880, Peres eo are teatarssietens lls. 6d. ... 14s. 6d. ... 38s. 6d. ... 50s. 6d.
Index, 1871_ SSO ee 4s. 6d. ... 6s. Od.
SCP? GO eanetab aeeeeeassesiene lls. 6d. ,.. 14s. 6d. ... 38s. 6d. ... 50s. 6d.
1882, SH Resco 88 MOCO ae Dacor l]s..6d.... 14s. 6¢.,.. 38s; 6d. ... 50s. 6d.
TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF
LONDON. 4to. 10 vols. and Eight Parts.
To rat To the Public.
d
& a. “£8,
Vol. I., containing 59 Plates (1833-35) Price 3 13 6.. 4 18 OF
Vol. II., tb dike miss (1835-41) ,, 4 0 0.. 5 6 6*
Vol. IIL., - CHIE 1842-49) , 3 8 6., 411] O*
MolaLV.., a Shas. TSd51=62) 435 6.2) Ory 781 2)68
Wolke V.; 5 Of 5; (1862-66). 0.95 3.65206) 19) 20
Vol. VI., ” 1) hae (1866-69) ,, 11 5 0..15 0 0
Vol. VIL., 5 1355 (1869-72)" 4. 817 OA 1167-0
VolVIlS %; 82) 855 1872-74) 5, 9° 8 3:5 12 11 0
Vol. IX., = SOs 1875- 17) ple ON Okan Gp OLhO
Vol. X., 94 (ClSai=79). 5310) ORs Ga sia 0
Vol. XI. part 1, containing 4 plates (Jan. HESO).;; O12 [OF OslGr 0
Vol, X0s7 3) 2 5s 7 » (Aug. 1880)., 018 0.. 1 4 0
Waleed: a Shere (Mar. 188), 2a GeO
Vol. XI., ,, 4, > Gees CApTALGGL)! ss OF of Oeenee On LOO
Val. XL ,.55 955. 945 © Laie une 1881) 5° 0 18 "Eres * bh 4) 0
Wolyexe ane, 3 6 ,, (Jan. 1882),, 012 0.. 016 0
Volks 5 vs 5 Pits (oct. L882) 500 Late, (eos 0
Walked Sis Sev Gone (Jan. 1883) sa Ob lm Ole. ee OF LG O
* Only imperfect copies of these volumes remain in aes
LISTS OF THE ANIMALS IN THE SOCIETY’S GARDENS.
List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological
Society of London. 8yvo. 1862. Price 1s. 6d.
List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological
Society of London. (Second Edition.) 8vo. 1863.
Price 1s. 6d.
List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological
Society of London. (Third Edition.) 8vo. 1865.
Price 1s. 6d.
List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological
Society of London. (Fourth Edition.) 8vo. 1866.
Price 1s. 6d.
Revised List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the
Gardens of the Zoological Society of London. 8vo. 1872.
Price 2s.
Revised List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the
Gardens of the Zoological Society of London.—Supplement,
containing Additions received in 1872, 1873, and 1874. 8vo.
1875. Price 1s.
List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens
of the Zoological Society of London. (Sixth Edition.) 8vo.
1877. Price 3s. 6d.
List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens
of the Zoological Society of London. (Seventh Edition.) 8vo.
1879. Price 3s. 6d.
List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens
of the Zoological Society of London.—First Supplement,
containing Additions received in 1879. 8vo. 1880.
Price 1s. 6d.
Such of these publications as are in stock may be obtained at the Society’s
Office (11 Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs. Longmans’, the Society’s pub-
lishers (Paternoster Row, E.C.), or through any bookseller.
Price 6d., Sewed,
A GUIDE TO THE GARDENS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
Thirty-sixth Edition, corrected according to the present Arrange-
ment of the Gardens,
By PHILIP LUTLEY SCLATER, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S.,
PROCEEDINGS
Or THE
SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
January 3, 1882.
Prof. Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.
Mr. W. A. Forbes exhibited and made remarks on the horns
shed by the male Prongbuck (Azéilocapra americana) living in the ,
Society’s Gardens since December 1879, which had been dropped,
one on November 15 and the other on November 24, of 1881. This,
it was believed, was the first instance on record of one and the same
individual of this species having shed its horns in consecutive years,
though that this event took place periodically had been rendered
nearly certain from previous observations’.
Professor Owen, C.B., F.R.S., read the twenty-third of his series
of memoirs upon the extinct birds of the genus Dinornis and its
allies.
The subject of this memoir had been discovered, during the con-
struction of a road in Nelson province, South Island of New Zealand,
in a cavern of that remote district. Along with the skeleton was found
the ossified windpipe and some small smooth pebbles lying in the
position of the gizzard. The skeleton (the most complete frame-
work of one and the same individual Moa that had reached England)
had been offered for sale, and, on the recommendation of the author,
had been purchased by the Trustees of the British Museum, and was
being exhibited (articulated) in the Museum of Natural History,
Cromwell Road.
The bones showed the maturity, if not the old age, of this
1 See Mr. Forbes’s article, P. Z. 8, 1880, p. 540.
Proc, Zoon. Soc.—1882, No.1. 1
“\SH Muss
KEE p= Qa
oe ry a
2 M. TACZANOWSKI ON BIRDS COLLECTED [Jan. 3,
smallest known representative of its kind. The skull was larger in
proportion to the body than in either Dinornis maximus or D. ingens,
but manifested no modification approaching to the shape of the bill
in Apteryx; it retained the generic characters shown in all the
larger kinds of Dinornis. The sternum was strictly Dinornithic.
The chief osteological distinction was a greater number of cervical”
vertebree ; but the author remarked that no other skeleton had
been discovered, or recovered from swamp-deposits, under cireum-
stances precluding the oversight of two or more vertebree from the
middle of the long neck, where missing ones might be indicated by
size or by joints. The metatarsus gave no indication of an articular
surface tor a back toe, yet the bones of this minute digit of both feet
were transmitted; hence the amalgamation of Palapteryx with
Dinornis received additional support. The size of the bird was
about that of the Dodo.
On the grounds detailed in the memoir the author referred its
subject to the genus Dinornis, and to a new species proposed to be
called D. parvus.
In the remote, well-wooded, and sparsely populated district of the
southern division of New Zealand, Prof. Owen was of opinion that a
recovery of a still-existing specimen might be less unlikely than
that of the Notornis, also originally recognized by fossil remains,
This memoir will be printed entire in the Society’s ‘ Transactions.’
The following papers were read :—
1, Liste des Oiseaux recueillis par M. Stolazmann au Pérot
nord-oriental. Par L. Taczanowsx1, C.M.Z.S.
[Received November 28, 1881]
(Plates I. & IT.)
Les oiseaux de cette liste ont été collectionnés pendant les vingt
mois depuis le 13 septembre de 1879 jusqu’en avril de 1881, dans
les localités suivantes :—
a. Localités situées sur le versant occidental de la chaine orientale
des Cordili¢res (systtme du Haut Maraiion).
Chachapoyas. Chef lieu du département Amazonas, élevé 4 7600
pieds au dessus du niveau de Vocéan, situé dans le syst¢me de Rio
Utcubamba, un des affluents de la rive droite du Marafion. Cette
localité, dépourvue de foréts, appartient 4 la région connue par les
habitants sous le nom de la Sierra. La contrée est en grande partie
couverte de paturages et de broussailles, et ce n’est que dans le fond
des ravins quw’on rencontre la végétation un peu plus riche, composée
principalement d’un arbuste epineux nommé ‘‘zarza’’ entremélé
d’aulnes, en y formant des surfaces plus ou moins vastes de brous-
sailles basses, presque impénctrables, parsemées ci et 1a de groupes
IRD Vash Woo warily:
J. Smitlith . Hanhart imp
I.CHLOROPHONIA TORREJONI.
DIVA BRANICKIL.
J.Smuit hth
1
Z
ie)
P Zan. 1OS2 a
Hanhart ump
PICUMNUS STEINDACHNERI,¢.
n » yh
: JELSKII,é.
1882.] IN NORTH-EASTERN PERU. 3
d’arbres peu élevés, constituant probablement des restes des anciennes
foréts. Au sud de cette contrée se trouve la forét de Puma-urcu,
qui, comme on le dit, communique avec les grandes foréts du systéme
de Huallaga.
Lamiapampa. Ferme éloignée de 12 kilométres de Chachapoyas,
située au bord de la forét de Puma-urcu, élevée 4 8800 pieds. Les
excursions y ont été faites jusqu’A 9300 pieds. Par ses conditions
naturelles la localité est analogue 4 celle de Cutervo, situce de autre
cdté du Marafion. Plusieurs espéces d’oiseaux y sont représentées
par des formes voisines, comme: Chlorospingus leucogaster au lieu
du Oh. superciliaris, Diva branickii au lieu dela D. vassori, Seto-
phaga melanocephala au lieu de la S. bairdi, Pocilothraupis igni-
erissa au lieu de la P. Jacrymosa, Diphlogena tris au lieu de la D.
warszewiczi, &e.
Cocoché. Hacienda située sur la grande route entre Cutervo et
Chachapoyas, 4 la distance de trois kilométres du Marajion, a 5800
pieds d’altitude. C’est une contrée analogue 4 celle de Tambillo,
située du cété opposé du fleuve ; elle est également boiseuse, mais la
rareté relative d’une petite palme nommée “sada,” trés caractéris-
tisque pour les foréts de Tambillo, frappe l’ceil du voyageur. On y
rencontre beaucoup d’animaux et d’oiseaux qu’on ne trouve pas de
l'autre coté du Maraiion, comme Nyctipithecus trivirgatus, Rupicola
peruviana, Tinamus kleet, etc. Plusieurs autres espéces y sont rem-
placées par des formes voisines, comme p. e. le Bastleuterus coronatus
remplagant le B. castaneiceps.
&. Localités situées sur le versant oriental de la chaine orientale
des Cordiliéres (systéme du fleuve Huallaga).
Chirimoto. Vallée de Huayabamba, localité située au sud-est de
Chachapoyas, 4 60 kilometres en ligne droite de cette derniére ville.
C’est une grande vallée, parfaitement plane, entourée de montagnes
et traversée d’une riviere assez considérable, nommée Rio de Pindu-
cuchu, connue aussi dans les différentes localités qu’elle traverse
sous les noms de Rio de Curiyacu, Rio de Totora, Rio de Millpuc.
Aprés avoir traversé la vallée, la riviére se perd au pied d’une mon-
tagne dans la localité Millpuc, et aprés avoir dépassé quelques kilc-
métres sous cette montagne, elle sort sur la surface, et ensuite, aprés
sa réunion avec les riviéres Omia et Jevil, elle forme une riviére im-
portante nommée Huambo. Dans les intervalles de quelques années
la riviére inonde la vallée, en laissant ensuite une série de lacs (Rumu-
cucha, Mamacucha, Sausecucha, et autres). Ces bassins d’eau
restent pendant une année ou plus, et attirent une quantité d’oiseaux
aquatiques et d’échassiers. Toute la partie plate de la vallée est
couverte de champs cultivés ou de bois composés principalement de
Guayavas (Psidium pyriferum). Les pentes des montagnes environ-
nantes sont couvertes de pAturages ou de broussailles basses. La
vallée est entourée de foréts vierges, qui dans certains endroits des-
cendent sur la pente des moutagnes environnantes et pénétrent
dans la vallée méme, comme cela a lieu 4 Curiyacu, dans la partie
occidentale de la vallée. Toute la vallée est élevée de 5400 pieds.
Ray-urmana. Une montagne au dessus de Chirimoto, élevée de
. 1*
4 M. TACZANOWSKI ON BIRDS COLLECTED [Jan. 3,
8000 pieds ; une partie de sa pente et son sommet sont couverts de
foréts.
Huambo. 3700 pieds d’altitude. Plantation inhabitée au fond de
la forét vierge, 4 10 kilometres de Chirimoto, au bord de la riviére
Huambo, qui, comme on le prétend, se rend prés de Pachiza au fleuve
de Huallaga. C’estune forét chaude et humide, du caractére des
foréts vierges, analogue sous le rapport des conditions naturelles a
PAmable-Maria du Pérou central, exploré par M. Jelski.
Yurimaguas. Ville située sur la rive gauche de Huallaga, au point
de sa réunion avec la Paranapura; entourée de foréts vierges chaudes
et humides, dlevée 4 peine 4 500 pieds au dessus du niveau de
Pocéan.
Comme dans les listes précedentes, chaque espéce fournie pour la
premicre fois par M. Stolzmann et non fournie par son prédécesseur
est marquée d’un astérique devant son numero; 160 espéces sont
done nouvelles pour l’exploration de nos voyageurs, et ne se trouvent
pas dans leurs listes précédentes, et plusieurs d’entre elles sont
nouvelles pour Ja faune péruvienne, dont quelques-unes sont nou-
velles pour la science.
TuRDID&.
1. TurbDvus IGNOBILIS, Scl.
Turdus leucomelas, V.; Tacz. P. Z.8. 1874, p. 503.
Six exemplaires recueillis 4 Chirimoto et 4 Huambo, en juillet et
mars. Iris brun grisatre foneé.
2. Turpus crororrzus, Licht.; Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 503.
Une femelle de Huambo du 28 février 1880. Ivis brun foncé.
3. TurDus nicriceps, Jelski; Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 503,
tab. lxiv.
Un exemplaire, sans indication de sexe, tué & Chirimoto le 29
juillet 1880, s’accordant en tout avec l’exemplaire typique, 4 dimen-
sions un peu plus fortes, laile pli¢e mesurant 113 mill., le bec un peu
plus long. Les bordures blanches des plumes de la gorge sont un peu
moins larges que chez l’exemplaire cité. Rencontré une seule fois
par notre voyageur.
4, Turpus swainsont, Cab, ; Tacz. P.Z.8. 1871, p. 503; 1879,
p. 221.
Trois exemplaires de Tamiapampa et de Huambo.
5. Turpus serranus, Tsch.; Tacz. P. Z. S. 1874, p- 504 ; 1879,
p. 221.
Une femelle de Tamiapampa du 17 novembre 1879.
6. Carnarus FuscatTer, Lafr.; Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 507;
1879, p. 222.
Un male de Chachapoyas du 22 septembre 1879. Iris blanc sale.
1882. | IN NORTH-EASTERN PERU. 5
*7, CATHARUS MACULATUS, Scl.
Deux miles tués 4 Huambo le 16 mars et le 29 avril 1880. Tris
brun foneé; bordure de la paupitre et le bec orangés ; pattes jaunes
de cire.
TROGLODYTID&.
*], TuryoTHorvus CoRAYA (Gm.).
Deux miles tués & Yurimaguas le 25 février et le 8 mars 1881,
complétement identiques aux oiseaux de Cayenne, et ne présentant
qu’ une légére différence dans la couleur de la poitrine et du milieu
de l’abdomen, qui est beaucoup plus cendrée. Iris brun rougeitre.
*2, THRYOTHORUS ALBIVENTRIS, 0. Sp.
Th. corayze similis, capite supra cum collo postico brunneo-griseis ;
dorso rufo ; lateribus capitis nigris, minime albo-striatis ; su-
perciliis albis tenuissimis, vix signatis ; gula, pectore et abdo-
mine medio albis; hypochondriis crissoque griseis ; cauda nigro
griseoque transfasciata. Rostrum nigrum, mandibula inferiore
cinerea ; pedes grisei; iris brunnea.
Forme voisine du Th. corwya, mais bien distincte au premier coup
d’ceil: la couleur du sommet de la téte avec le cou postérieur et le
devant méme du dos est d’un gris légérement brunatre, nettement
tranchée du roux occupant le dos avec le croupion; cette derniére
nuance est bien différente de celle du Th. coraya, elle est moins
foncée, tirant au jaunatre au lieu de rougeatre; tectrices caudales
également rayées de noirdtre; les cdtés de la téte sont aussi noirs
avec des stries blanches sur la région auriculaire, trés fines, beaucoup
moins nombreuses et peu apparentes ; la bande sourcilitre réduite 4
quelques stries blanches tres fines, formant une ligne non continue et
située seulement sur la partie postoculaire; sur les parties inféri-
eures du corps le blanc est fort répandu, occupant la gorge, le milieu
de la poitrine et largement le milieu de Vabdomen ; les cdtés de la
poitrine sont légtrement colords de cendré, ceux de abdomen et le
bas ventre gris-brunatre ; sous-caudales rayées de gris et de noiriitre.
Tectrices aiaires concolores au dos; rémiges brunes bordées extéri-
eurement de fauve; sous-alaires et le bord interne des rémiges
blanchatres. Rectrices, comme chez le Th. coraya, rayées de gris et
de noir. Machoire noire avec les bords gris, manlibule cendrée a
bords blancs ; pattes grises ; iris terre de sienne.
La femelle semblable en tout au mile.
Longueur totale ¢ 163, vol 225, aile 67, queue 61, bec 21, tarse
23 millim.
Distinct du Th. cantator, Jelski(P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 130) principale-
ment par la présence des stries sur la région auriculaire, par le sourcil
plus fin et non continu, par le blanc du milieu de la poitrine et de
V’abdomen ; les raies claires des rectrices grises et moins nombreuses
au lieu de rousses ; les sous-caudales ray¢ées ; 1a nuance rousse du dos
différente.
Une paire tuée 4 Chirimoto le 13 juillet et le 13 aout 1880,
6 M. TACZANOWSKI ON BIRDS COLLECTED [Jan. 3,
*3. CyPHORHINUS SALVINI, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vi. p. 292,
pl. xviii. fig. 1.
La coloration de cet oiseau est semblable en tout a celle du C.
modulator, mais la nuance des parties sup¢rieures du corps est d’un
brun foncé moins roussitre, cette différence est la plus frappante sur
les bandes claires des rémiges ; la couleur rousse de la gorge et de
la poitrine est beaucoup plus foncée. Le bec est noir corné, au dessous
de la mandibule inférieure blanc d’ivoire, brusquement séparé de la
couleur foncée ; pattes cornées foncdes ; iris brun-foncé.
Longueur totale ¢ 155, vol 242, aile 73, queue 40, bee 24, tarse
23, doigt médian avec l’ongle 22 millim.
Trois males tués A Yurimaguas en février 1881.
4. MicrocercuLus MARGINATUS, Scl.; Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1877,
p- 506.
Deux males tués 4 Yurimaguas le 16 et le 21 février 1881, qui
paraissent étre jeunes. Jls ont le brun des parties supérieures du
corps plus fortement ferrugineux que chez l’adulte de P Amable-
Maria; le blanc du dessous squamulé par les bordures des plumes
brunes, plus fines sur la gorge et plus grosses sur le milieu de l’abdo-
men; les flancs plus ferrugineux et également variés ; les plumes du
sommet de la téte plus distinctement squamulées d’une nuance plus
foncée ; les grandes et les moyennes tectrices alaires marquées pres de
leur extrémité d’une fine strie rousse. Les squamules fonceées du
dessous sont moins prononcées sur un des ces exemplaires. Iris
brun-foncé.
MNIOTILTIDz:.
1. DENDR@CA BLACKBURNIZ (Gm.); Tacz, P.Z.S. 1871, p.508;
1879, p. 223.
Trois exemplaires de Huambo.
2. Denpraca c&zRULEA (Wils.); Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 508.
Trois exemplaires recueillis 4 Huambo le 10 février et le 15 mars
1880. Iris brun foneé.
3. GEOTHLYPIS ZQUINOCTIALIS (Gm.); Tacz. P. Z.S. 1880,
p- 191.
Un male de Chirimoto.
4. My1oprecTEs cANADENSIs (L.).
Dendreca canadensis, Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 508; 1879, p. 223.
Six exemplaires de Huambo.
5. BAstLEuTERUS coronatus (Tsch.); Tacz. P.Z.S. 1874,
p- 509.
Cing exemplaires de Cococho, de Ray-urmana, de Chachapoyas,
et de Tamiapampa. Iris brun foneé.
6. BastLEvTERUS UROPYGIALIS, Scl.; Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 509.
Un exemplaire de Huambo du 12 mars 1880. Iris brun foncé.
1882. ] IN NORTH-EASTERN PERU.
NI
7. SETOPHAGA VERTICALIS, d’Orb. et Lafr.
Myioborus verticalis, Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 508; 1879, p. 221,
Un exemplaire de Chirimoto du 20 avril 1880. Iris brun foncé.
8. SETOPHAGA MELANOCEPHALA (Tsch.).
Myioborus melanocephalus, Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 509.
Huit exemplaires tués 4 Chachapoyas et 4 Tamiapampa en sep-
tembre et en novembre 1879. Iris brun foncé.
Le jeune en premier plumage a le sommet de la téte d’un gris un
peu plus foncé qu’au dos; la jaune de la gorge plus pale que chez
Padulte ; le sourcil jaune, ainsi que le tour de lceil commencant a se
manifester par des plumes isolées de cette couleur ; il a aussi quel-
ques nouvelles plumes noires au sommet de la téte.
VIREONID.
1, VrrREOSYLVIA OLIvACEA (L.); Tacz. P.Z.S. 1879, p. 224;
1880, p. 192.
Quatre exemplaires de Huambo, plus petits que ceux de Callacate
et de Guajango, s’en distinguent principalement par le bec beaucoup
plus court et par la raie foucdée transoculaire plus prononeée. Les
oiseaux de Callacate et de Guajango sont de la méme taille que ceux
de Cayenne et ont le bec également long.
2. VIREOSYLVIA FLAVOVIRIDIS, Cass.; ‘l'acz. P. Z. 8.1874, p.509.
Une femelle tuée 4 Yurimaguas le 23 février 1881.
Cet exemplaire est un peu différent du mile de Monterico, et
principalement le sommet de sa téte est d’un cendré plus pur; le
blanc est plus largement disposé sur le ventre ; le jaune des flancs et
des sous-caudales est plus pur; la bande sourcilicre d’un cendré
blanchatre, plus large et largement prolongée jusqu’aux nariues,
tandis que chez le male de Monterico elle est trés fine et peu distincte
devant l’ceil. L/iris est rouge clair chez Poiseau de Yurimaguas, et
brun clair dans celui de Monterico.
*3. HyLopuitus onivacevs, Tsch. Faun. Peru. p. 193.
Plusieurs exemplaires, recueillis 4 Huambo en février et en mars
1880, paraissent appartenir 4 lespéce décrite par M. Tschudi, du
moins on ne trouve pas rien d’important dans sa description qui
pourrait combattre mon opinion. Toute la description peut s’ap-
pliquer parfaitement, excepté deux détails, qui pourraient présenter
des doutes, comme la couleur de la queue “zeisig griin”’ et celle des
sous-alaires “ weiss.”
Nos oiseaux sont en dessus d’une couleur olive verdatre, induite
de gris au cou et sur le devant du dos, tirant sur le vert jaunatre au
sommet de la téte et au croupion ; tout le dessous du corps est d’un
jaune légérement verdatre, fort imprégné d’olivatre sur les flancs, et
passant au blanchatre sur le bas ventre et au menton. Ailes grises
a tectrices de la couleur du dos, les rémiges bordées de vert jaunatre ;
les sous-alaires et une large bordure interne de toutes les rémiges
8 M. TACZANOWSKI ON BIRDS COLLECTED [Jan. 3,
d’un jaune plus pile que celui de l’'abdémen. Queue olive grisatre.
Bec brun-rougeatre clair; pattes carnées; iris ocreux jaunitre, un
peu plus foncé intérieurement qu’a l’extérieur.
3. Longueur totale 138, vol 200, aile 62, queue 52, bee 14:5,
tarse 19 millim. ©. Longueur totale 136, vol 193, aile 58, queue
52, bec 15, tarse 19 millim.
4. CycLoRHIS CONTRERASI, Tacz. P. Z.8. 1879, p. 224, tab. xxi.;
1880, p. 192.
Trois exemplaires de Chachapoyas. Le sommet de la téte coloré
au milieu de verdatre sur un espace restreint.
HirUNDINIDz.
*], HrruNDO ALBIVENTRIS, Bodd.
Un exemplaire tué 4 Yurimaguas le 14 février 1881. Iris brun
foncé.
*Z, ATTICORA FASCIATA (Gm.).
Un exemplaire de Yurimaguas du 14 février 1881. Iris brun
foncé.
3. Arricora cyanoLeuca (V.); Tacz. P.Z.S. 1874, p. 510;
1879, p. 224; 1880, p. 192.
Un exemplaire tu¢é 4 Huambo le 5 avril 1880.
4, ATricora CINEREA (Gm.); Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 510.
Un exemplaire tué 4 Tamiapampa le 30 octobre 1879.
Ca@ReBiD&.
1. DiGLossA BRUNNEIVENTRIS, DesMurs; Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874,
p. 511; 1879, p. 225.
Un jeune male de Tamiapampa du 29 octobre 1879.
2. Diguossa sirroiprs (d’Orb. et Lafr.); Tacz. P.Z.S. 1874,
p. oll.
Un jeune oiseau d’Achamal du 27 aout 1880.
3. DigLossa pERSONATA, Fras.; Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 511;
1880, p. 193.
Une paire de Tamiapampa du 27 octobre 1879.
4. DicLossoris CERULESCENS, Scl.; Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 511;
1879, p. 225.
Plusieurs exemplaires de Chachapoyas, de Tamiapampa et d’ Acha-
mal, recueillis entre le 13 septembre 1879 et le 23 aotit 1880.
5. ConNIROSTRUM ATROCYANEUM, Lafr.; Tacz. P.Z.S. 1874
p- 511; 1879, p. 225,
Un mile adulte tué & Tamiapampa le 4 novembre 1879, 4 sommet
de Ja téte aussi bleu que chez ceux du Pérou central,
1882. ] IN NORTH-EASTERN PERU. i)
6. Dacnis cayana (L.); Tacz. P. Z.8. 1874, p. 510.
Quatre exemplaires recueillis 4 Huambo en février 1880.
7. Dacnis mopesta, Cab.; Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 510.
Deux femelles de Huambo tuées en mars 1880, semblables en tout
au type de la description.
8. Dacnis XANTHOPHTHALMA, Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, pp.131, 510.
Une femelle tuée 4 Tamiapampa le 22 novembre 1879, tout & fait
semblable 4 Poiseau typique.
*9. CHLOROPHANES ATRICAPILLA (V.).
Deux femelles de Huambo et de Yurimaguas, tuées le 24 mars
1880 et le 20 février 1881. Iris rouge brunatre chez ladulte, et
d’un brun foncé chez le jeune.
10. Caresa cyanea (L.).
Cereba nitida, Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 510.
Deux miles de Huambo, tués le 7 mars et le 24 avril 1880.
Tous les oiseaux péruviens que j’ai vu ont la nuance bleue beau-
coup plus claire que chez les oiseaux de Cayenne et du Brésil, surtout
sur la téte ; la couleur noire également disposée sur la gorge comme
chez ces derniers ; en outre ils ont le bec moins long.
TANAGRIDE.
1. CHLOROPHONIA TORREJONI, un. sp. (Plate I. fig. 1.)
Chlorophonia viridis, Tacz. P.Z.S, 1879, p. 225.
Ch. prasino-viridis ; semitorque nuchali latissimo, circuloque ocu-
lari caruleis ; ventre medio jlavo; pectore hypochondriisque
flavo-olivaceis; remigibus nigricantibus viridi marginatis.
Rostrum nigrum; pedes cinerco-plumbei ; iris fusco-brunnea.
dad. Toute la (éte avec la gorge et le devant du cou est d’un
beau vert de pré luisant, avec un léger ton jaunitre au front; un
large croissant d’un bleu outremer occupe la nuque et le derriére du
cou, en s’amincissant graduellement sur les cétés de ce dernier; un
anneau d’un bleu plus pale que celui du croissant nuchal entoure
finement l’ceil; le dos est couvert de plumes d’un vert brunatre
foncé, terminées d’une bordure verte ; le croupion et les sous-caudales
sont d’un vert malachite. En dessous le milieu du ventre et les
sous-caudales sont d’un jaune souffre, la poitrine et les flancs d’un
olive jaunatre. Tectrices alaires vertes olivatres ; rémiges noiratres
bordées finement de vert olivitre 4 Vextérieur et de gris blanchatre
intérieurement ; sous-alaires jaunatres, et grises le long du bord de
Yaile. Rectrices noirdtres avec une fine bordure externe verdatre,
Bee noir avec la partie grise au dessous des narines, 4 mandibule
grise foncée et noirdtre au bout et en dessous ; pattes plombées ; iris
brun foncé.
Q. La femelle semblable au mile, 4 couleurs un peu moins pures
et moins vives ; surtout le collier est moins vif et moins uniforme.
10 M. TACZANOWSKI ON BIRDS COLLECTED [Jan. 3,
3. Longueur totale 123, vol 198, aile 59, queue 34, bec 11,
tarse 15 millim. 2. Longueur totale 123, vol 205, aile 63, queue
34, bee 11, tarse 15 millim.
Six exemplaires tués en juin et en aodt 4 Chirimoto.
Je dédie ce beau Tanagride 4 Don Tomas Torrejon, propriétaire de
Tamiapampa, Aleade municipal de Chachapoyas, comme preuve de
ma gratitude pour son bienveillance et l’amitié sincere envers notre
voyageur.
*2, KuPHONIA CHALCOPASTA, Scl. et Salv. Nomencl. Ay. Neotr.
p. 157.
Onze exemplaires des deux sexes tués & Chiromoto et 4 Huambo
en mai et en juillet 1880. Iris brun foncé; bec noir 4 mandibule
cendrée, terminée de noir; pattes grises.
La jeune femelle différe des adultes par le manque de l’éclat mé-
tallique sur les parties supérieures du corps, dont le sommet de la
téte est lavé de jaune olive jusqu’ 4 la cervix, qui avec la nuque est
d’un plombé, tirant au bleuatre dans certaines directions de la lumicre ;
le dos est d’un vert olive tirant au jaunatre sur le croupion et les sus-
caudales ; les cétés de la téte sont d’une nuance plas pale que le dos ;
gorge grise jaunatre ; milieu de la poitrine et du devant de l’abdo-
men sont d’un gris terreux, passant 4 l’ocreux pale sur le milieu du
ventre ; les flancs du corps largement d’un vert jaunatre, Les ré-
mies et les rectrices comme dans le mile.
3. EvPHONIA NIGRICOLLIs (V.) ?
Deux jeunes femelles de Huambo, tudes en avril 1880.
Il est probable que ces deux oiseaux appartiennent a Il’. insignis,
Scl. et Salv., car ils different légérement des jeunes del’ Z. nigricollis.
4, EUPHONIA XANTHOGASTRA, Sund.; Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874,
p- 518,
Sept exemplaires recueillis 4 Huambo depuis février jusqu’en
avril 1880. Iris brun foncé.
5. Pipripra MELANONOTA (V.); Tacz. P. Z.S. 1879, p. 226.
Un exemplaire de Huambo.
*§, DivA BRANICKII, n. sp. (Plate I. fig. 2.)
D. lete cerulea; capile cum nucha griseo-virente, stramineo mi-
cante ; remigibus rectricibusque nigris.
3. Couleur générale de tout le corps est d’un beau bleu un peu
différent de celui de la D. vassori, et tirant également sous certain
jour au violet comme chez |’espéce citée; le sommet de la téte avec
la nuque et les joues est d’une couleur séladon grisitre, fort luisant,
passant légérement au bleuatre sous certain jour et au straminé ver-
datre dans une autre direction de la lumiére ; les lores sont également
noirs, mais d’une nuance moins intense que chez la D. vassori; la bor-
dure du front et celles du menton a peine indiquées. Tectrices alaires
comme chez l’autre espéce, d’un bleu uniforme sur les petites et les
1882.] IN NORTH-EASTERN PERU. 11
moyennes, et noires avec une large bande terminale sur les grandes ;
les rémiges et les rectrices noires, également bordées de bleu, mais
plus saphyré. Bee noir; pattes brunes cornées ; iris brun foneé,
Les miles, probablement moins adultes, ont les plumes du bas ventre
tirant plus ou moins au gris verdatre, analogue a celui de la tate.
9. Comme dans la D. vassori la femelle a les couleurs moins
pures A cause de la transparence du foncé de la base des plumes ;
cependant la couleur de la téte est la méme que chez le male, mais
d’une nuance moins pure.
Les jeunes en premier plumage ressemblent en tout a ceux de la
D. vassori ; ils sont d’un gris foncé en dessus, tirant légérement au
verdatre sur le dos, et un peu plus fortement sur les scapulaires ;
le dessous du corps est d’un gris plus pale, & plumes du milieu du
yentre largement bordées de blanchitre ; les petites tectrices alaires
un peu plus fonedes que le dos, les grandes bordées de vert bleuatre ;
rémiges et tectrices noirdtres, bordées extérieurement de bleu.
3d. Longueur totale 150, vol 240, aile 76, queue 53, bec 13,
tarse 14, doigt médian avec l’ongle 17 millim. 9. Longueur totale
148, vol 235, aile 74, queue 53, bec 13, tarse 14, doigt médian avec
Vongle 17 millim.
Plusieurs exemplaires des deux sexes recueillis 4 Tamiapampa en
octobre et en novembre 1880.
7. CauuistTe vent (d’Orb., et Lafr.); Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 514.
Un mile tué & Yurimaguas le 2 avril 1881.
*8, CALLISTE Ca&LICOLOR, Scl.
Onze exemplaires des deux sexes recueillis & Huambo en janvier,
février et mars 1880. Iris brun-foncé.
9. CALLISTE XANTHOGASTRA, Bp.; Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 514.
Un male tué 4 Huambo le 10 mars 1880. Ivis brun foncé.
10. Canuisre putcura (Tsch.); Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 514.
Cing exemplaires des deux sexes de Huambo, tués en février et
en mai 1880. Iris brun foncé.
11. Cauuistr Gyro.orpes (d’Orb. et Lafr.); Tacz. P.Z.8. 1874,
p. 514.
Huit exemplaires de Huambo, tués entre le 30 janvier et le 21
avril 1880.
12. CaLListE ARGENTEA (T'sch.); Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 514;
1879, p. 226.
Une paire de Chirimoto, tuée le 5 juillet et en septembre 1880.
Le male unique de Paltaypampa, au Pérou central, tué le 13 mars,
difftre des miles du Pérou septentrional, tués en septembre, par la
nuance des parties supérieures du corps, des flanes de l’abdomen et
des bordures sur les rémiges et les rectrices bleues, comme dans la
figure de la ‘Fauna Peruana,’ au lieu de vert-bleuatres ; ce qui est
12 M. TACZANOWSKI ON BIRDS COLLECTED [Jan. 3,
en relation avec le changement du plumage. L’exemplaire cité était
en pleine mue, et toutes ses plumes fraiches présentent la couleur
bleue, tandis que celles du plumage précédent sont de la méme nuance
que chez tous les oiseaux du nord.
*13, CALLISTE ARGYROPHENGES, Scl. et Salv.
Six exemplaires de Huambo, tucés en avril 1880. Iris brun fonceé ;
bec noir; pattes d’un gris plombé foncé.
La femelle a le sommet de la téte gris noiratre, squamulé de ver-
datre, plus distinctement au front, et moins sur la nuque ; cdtés de la
téte et gorge d’un straminé, passant au vert bleudtre pale dans les
autres directions de la lumiére ; le dos et le croupion sont d’un jaune
verdatre, plus clair sur ce dernier; scapulaires olives; poitrine bleue
verdatre pale; milieu de abdomen largement gris, 4 plumes bordées
de blanchatre ; flancs de la couleur du dos ; sus-caudales olives, sous-
caudales grises olivatres bordées de blanchatre. Ailes et queue
noiratres, 4 plumes bordées de vert olivatre; les bordures des rémiges
primaires d’un vert bleuatre ; sous-alaires externes grises lavées de
vert, les internes blanches; bord interne des rémiges blanchatre.
*14, CALLISTE NIGRICINCTA, Bp.
Un mile de Huambo, tué le 9 avril 1880. TIvis brun fone .
*15, CaLLISTE CuHRysoTis, Du Bus.
Un mile de Chirimoto, tué le 1 septembre 1880. Iris brun
foncé.
16. CALLISTE CYANEICOLLIS (d’Orb. et Lafr.); Tacz. P. Z. S.
1874, p. 515.
Quatre exemplaires de Huambo et de Chirimoto.
Les ceufs, recueillis 4 Corral et 4 Chirimoto en février, mars et en
avril, sont ovés, médiocrement allongés, 4 coque mate, blanche ou
d’un blanc légérement jaunatre, parsemé de taches irregulitres vio-
latres peu nombreuses, presque également disposées partout, ou plus
souvent rares et petites sur la grande moitié terminale, grosses et
formant une large couronne dense autour du gros bout, qui est par-
semé de petites, mais plus nombreuses qu’ausommet. Dimensions:
19 X 13°38, 19°2 x 14°1, 20 x 13°8 millim.
17, Cauuisre MELANOTIS, Scl. Ibis, 1876, p. 408, tab. xii. fig. 1.
Quatre exemplaires de Chiromoto et d’Achamal, tués en juillet et
en septembre. Iris brun foncé.
18. Irnmornis Anatis (Tsch.) ; Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 514.
Trois exemplaires de Ray-urmana, d’Achamal et de Chirimoto,
tués en juin et en juillet 1880. Iris brun foncé.
M. Stolzmann prétend que ces oiseaux sont fort rapprochés par
leurs habitudes aux Buarremons, et que leur place dans le syst¢me
serait la plus naturelle auprés de ces derniers,
1882.] IN NORTH-EASTERN PERU. 13
19. Pa@ciLoTHRAUPIS IGNICRISSA, Cab.; Tacz. P.Z.S. 1874,
p- 514.
Trois femelles et un jeune en premier plumage, recueillis 4 Tami-
apampa en octobre et en novembre 1879. .
Le jeune oiseau en premier plumage a toutes les couleurs égale-
ment disposées comme chez les adultes, mais les nuances sont moins
intenses et moins pures, le noir est beaucoup moins foncé, le rouge
du dessous et de la tache auriculaire tirant a l’orangé sale; le bleu
du croupion et du devant de Vaile plus clair, moins luisant et moins
uniforme ; les sous-caudales noiratres, largement terminées de rouge
orangé; les rectrices bordées distinctement de bleudtre. Iris brun
foncé.
20. Compsocoma sumpruosa (Less.); Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874,
p: 913.
Deux exemplaires de Chirimoto, tués en septembre 1880, sont
d’une taille intermédiaire entre les exemplaires de l’Antioquia et
ceux du Pérou central, s’approchant plus par leur taille aux
premiers, et par la nuance des bordures externes des rémiges aux
derniers.
millim. millim,
Longueur de |’aile dans l’oiseau de Medellin 99, de la queue 74
“e fe Chirimoto 94, 3 69
rf # Auquimarca 89, “e 60
21. TANAGRA PALMARUM, Wied.
Tanagra melanoptera, Tacz. P.Z.8. 1874, p. 513.
Un exemplaire tué 4 Yurimiaguas le 25 février 1881 est d’une taille
égale 4 celle des oiseaux de la Guyane francaise et moins forte que
Poiseau du Pérou central.
22. TANAGRA C@LESTIS, Spix; Tacz. P.Z.S. 1874, p. 513;
1880, p. 195.
Un mile tué a Yurimaguas le 10 mars 1881, une femelle 4 Hu-
ambo le 12 février 1880.
Les ceufs, recueillis en janvier, mars et avril, sont ovés, plus ou
moins allongés, 4 surface faiblement polie, blanche sale, tachetée ou
marbrée de nombreuses taches brunes violatres inférieures, et brunes
foncées superficielles; les taches sont irrégulicres, de différentes
dimensions, et plus ou moins également disposées sur toute la surface.
Dimensions: 22°8 x 16°8, 24°2x 17, 25x 17°2, 26°5 x 16°8 millim.
23. TANAGRA CYANOCEPHALA (d’Orb. et Lafr.); Tacz. P.Z.S.
1874, p. 313; 1879, p. 227.
Un mile de Chachapoyas.
24, TANAGRA DARWINI, Bp.; Tacz. P.Z.S. 1874, p. 513; 1880,
p. 195.
Un exemplaire de Tamiapampa.
14 M. TACZANOWSKI ON BIRDS COLLECTED [Jan. 3,
*25. RaAMPHOCELUS JACAPA (L.).
Une paire de Yurimaguas tuée en février 1881, et une paire de
Huambo tuée en février et en mars 1880,
Les deux males des deux localités se ressemblent en tout, et diffe-
rent des oiseaux de Cayenne par la nuance rouge moins forte sur les
parties inférieures du corps, et presque nulle sur le milieu du ventre.
La femelle de Yurimaguas ressemble a celle de Cayenne, tandis que
la femelle de Huambo a la nuance générale plus claire, le devant du
visage et de la gorge rouge, et tout le dessous du corps beaucoup
plus enduit de rouge que chez les femelles de Yurimaguas et de
Cayenne. Sous le rapport de la taille l’oiseau de Huambo est le
plus grand, celui de Yurimaguas le plus petit, comme on le voit des
dimensions ci-jointes :—
Cayenne. Yurimaguas. Huambo.
———, 4 —_—
ater 2 Oo are SR:
Longueur totale.... — — 194 186 198 190
5 duvol .. — — 260 246 273 254
“4 delaile.. 81 74 46). 48 83 78
Les ceufs, recueillis 4 Huambo et 4 Corral en janvier et en février,
sont ovés ou elliptiques, courts, 4 surface lisse ; le fond est vert bleu-
Atre assez pale, parsemé de points et de gouttes noires, plus ou moins
régulicrement arrondies, quelquefois de taches irréguliéres, en gé-
néral peu nombreuses, plus souvent plus nombreuses au gros bout,
rares au sommet, rarement distribuées également sur toute la sur-
face. Dimensions: 22°4x16°7, 22°4x17, 23x17, 23°8x17-2
millim.
26. PyranGa azAr& (d’Orb. et Lafr.); Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874,
p- 514; 1879, p. 277; 1880, p. 195.
Quatre exemplaires de Chirimoto.
*27, PyRANGA ARDENS (Tsch.).
Huit exemplaires des deux sexes, et en différents plumages, de
Chirimoto, Huambo et d’Achamal, recueillis en mars, juillet et
septembre. Iris brun foncé.
28. PH@NICOTHRAUPIS RUBICA (V.); Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874,
p. 913.
Trois exemplaires recueillis 4 Yurimaguas en janvier 1881. Iris
brun foncé.
29. TRICHOTHRAUPIS QUADRICOLOR (V.); Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874,
p- 513.
Quatre exemplaires de Huambo.
30. TACHYPHONUS RUFIVENTRIS (Spix); Tacz. P. Z.S, 1874,
p. 513.
Une paire de Yurimaguas du 15 mars et du 26 février 1881. Iris
brun foncé.
1882. | IN NORTH-EASTERN PERU. 15
*31, TACHYPHONUS MELALEUCUS (Sparm.).
Six exemplaires des deux sexes de Chirimoto et de Huambo.
Les males de cet oiseau ont la taille beaucoup plus forte que ceux
de Cayenne. Longueur totale 220, vol 298, aile 96, queue 93 mil-
lim. Les ceufs, recueillis en février et en mars A Corral et 4 Chirimoto,
ressemblent en tout 4 Ja figure de Messrs. Sclater et Salvin dans le
P. Z. 8. 1879, tab. xlii. fig. 5. Leur surface est fort polie et luisante.
Ils présentent beaucoup de variétés sous le rapport de la grandeur et
de la forme des taches. Le fond est d’un rougeatre sale pale, rare-
ment blanchatre ; les taches inférieures violatres pales, les superfi-
cielles, d’un brun trés foncé; généralement elles sont rares, plus ou
moins denses au gros bout ; quelquefois il y a de tres grosses, sou-
vent des veines ¢paisses et des zigzags ; il y a aussi des exemplaires
dont la maculature est réduite a une fine moucheture pile. Dimen-
sions: 22°8x16°8, 21°8 X17, 23°2 X17, 24:8 x18, 26x19 millim.
32. Nemosia GuirA (L.); Tacz. P. Z.S. 1877, p. 744.
Un male adulte de Huambo, tué le 5 avril 1880. Iris brun
foncé.
33. CHLOROSPINGUS LEUCOGASTER (‘Tacz.).
Dacnidea leucogastra, Tacz. P.Z.8.1874, p. 131, tab. xix. fig, 2.
Dacnidea albiventris, Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 510 (errore).
Six exemplaires des deux sexes de Tamiapampa et de Chachapoyas.
La femelle ne différe en rien du male.
Selon Popinion de M. Stolzmann, c’est un viseau trés voisin du
Ch. superciliosus, et habitant la chaine orientale du Pérou septen-
trional et le Pérou central, tandis que le Ch. superciliosus se trouve
dans les localités analogues de la chaine occidentale du Pérou septen-
trional. En comparant ces deux oiseaux, il est évident qu’ils ne se
distinguent que par la couleur; le vert olive du Ch. superciliosus
est remplacé par le gris foneé chez le Ch. leucogaster, le jaune par
le blanc; la ressemblance entre ces deux formes se manifeste méme
dans la disposition de la bande sourcili¢re et des taches aux joues.
Sous le rapport de leurs habitudes les deux oiseaux se ressemblent en
tout; ils habitent en petites bandes les foréts, et se tiennent dans les
couronnes des arbres, ott ils sont moins remuants que les Dacnis.
La voix des deux espéces est semblable 4 ce point, que M. Stolzmann
en entendant pour la premiere fois loiseau oriental, croyait recon-
naitre la voix de l’oiseau occidental. Le genre de Dacnidea doit
done étre annulé.
34. BuarrEMon asstMiLis (Boiss.); Tacz. P.Z.S. 1880, p.196.
Un exemplaire de Chachapoyas.
35. BUARREMON BRUNNEINUCHUS (Lafr.); Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874,
p- 515; 1879, p. 228; 1880, p. 197.
Un exemplaire de Tamiapampa.
16 M. TACZANOWSKI ON BIRDS COLLECTED [Jan. 3,
36. BUARREMON LATINUCHUs, Du Bus; Tacz. P. Z.S. 1880,
p.197,
Buarremon specularis, Tacz. P. Z.8. 1879, p. 228.
Six exemplaires de Chachapoyas et de Tamiapampa, tués en sep-
tembre et en novembre 1879.
*37. ARREMON ERYTHRORHYNCHUS, Scl. P.Z.S. 1855, tab.
lxxxix.
Un male et une femelle de Huambo, tués en janvier 1880. Iris
brun foncé.
*38. Cissopis MEDIA, Scl.
Une femelle de Yurimaguas, tude le 4 mars 1881. Iris jaune.
39. PsrrrosP1zA ELEGANS, Tsch.; Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 518.
Deux exemplaires de Tamiapampa et de Ray-urmana, semblables
aux oiseaux du Pérou central par la disposition de la couleur
rousse sur le visage, et non & ceux de la Nouvelle Grenade‘et de
P Antioquia.
40. Satrator MAGNus(Gm.); Tacz. P.Z.8. 1874, p. 517.
Un male de Huambo, tué le 10 mars 1880. Iris brun foneé.
Les ceufs, recueillis 4 Huambo en janvier et en février, sont d’une
forme ovée allongée, 4 sommet plus ou moins aigu, la surface lisse,
dune couleur verte bleudtre avec une couronne autour du gros bout,
composée de veines noires trés longues et fines, mélangées avec des
plus grosses, entremélées de différentes maniéres; dans d’autres les
veines sont trés fines et plus ou moins courtes, formant une couronne
incomplete; sur d’autres la couronne est compos¢e d’un petit nombre
de points entremélés de quelques traits courts. Dimensions ;
26°6 X19 millim. (Sel. et Salv. P. Z.S. 1879, tab, xlii. fig. 9.)
*41, SALTATOR CH RULESCENS (V.).
Un male de Yurimaguas, tué le 22 février 1881. Iris brun foncé.
42. Satrator LATICLAVIuS, Scl. et Salv.; Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874,
p. 517; 1880, p. 198.
Un male de Tamiapampa, tué le 19 novembre 1879.
Cet exemplaire, également comme celui de Cutervo, a la couleur
rousse plus repandue sur l’abdomen, et le noir moins prolongé sur le
haut de la poitrine que chez les oiseaux du Pérou central.
FRINGILLIDZ.
*1, Guiraca cyanea (L.).
Une paire de Yurimaguas du 10 mars 1881. Iris brun foneé.
*2. OryzoBORUS TORRIDUS (Gm.).
Un male de Yurimaguas, tu¢ le 17 février 1881, est plus petit que
les oiseaux de Cayenne et du Brésil, et n’a point de trace du miroir
alaire blanc propre 4 V’espéce. Longueur totale 130, du vol 185,
de l’aile 55, de Ja queue 45, du bee 12 millim. Iris brun foncé.
1882. ] IN NORTH-EASTERN PERU. 17
*3. SPERMOPHILA CASTANEIVENTRIS, Cab.
Une femelle tuée 4 Yurimaguas le 4 mars 1881. Iris brun foncé.
4. SperMoruHILA Luctuosa (Lafr.); Tacz. P.Z.8. 1874, p. 519.
Quatre exemplaires des deux sexes de Huambo et de Yurimaguas,
tués le 12 mars 1880 et en février 1881. Iris brun foncé.
Les ceufs, trouvés 2 Chirimoto au mois de mars, ressemblent 4 ceux
du Chardonneret par leur forme et le mode de la coloration ; le fond
est également verdatre pale, les taches sont cependant d’une nuance
différente, elles ne sont pas rouges mais d’un brun peu foncé ; en
général elles sont plus grosses, mélangées avec des petites, plus
nombreuses prés du gros bout en y formant une couronne lache;
le petit bout est moins tacheté, ou presque pur. L’eéclat a peu pres
comme dans ceux du Chardonneret. Dimensions: 18 x 12°5,
17°3 x 12°5 millim.
5. VOLATINIA JACARINA (L.); Tacz. P.Z.S. 1874, p. 520;
1880, p. 199.
Une femelle de Chirimoto du 17 aout 1880.
6. Puryeitus ocunaArtis, Scl.; Tacz. P. Z. 5. 1874, p. 520;
1879, p. 229.
Une femelle de Chachapoyas du 13 septembre 1879.
7. COTURNICULUS PERUANUS, Bp.; Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 521.
Trois exemplaires de Yurimaguas.
8. CurysomiTris capiTaLis, Cab.; Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 222;
1879, p. 230.
Un cuf trouvé 4 Chirimoto, au mois de mars, ressemble par sa
forme aux ceufs du Chardonneret. I! est blanc pur, parsemé de pe-
tites taches et de points rouge-brique, rares sur toute la surface et
plus nombreuses autour du gros bout. L/’éclat est trés faible. Di-
mensions: 17 X 12°3 millim.
IcTERID.
CassIcUs LEUCORHAMPHUS, Bp.
Cassiculus chrysonotus, Tacz. P. Z.8. 1874, p. 523.
Trois exemplaires tués 4 Tamiapampa en novembre 1879. Iris
bleu trés clair.
CorvVID&.
1, Cyanocirra yout“, Bp.; Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 524.
Trois exemplaires de Tamiapampa identiques 4 celui du Pérou
central.
2. XANTHURA PERUVIANA (L.); Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 524 ;
1879, p. 230.
Trois exemplaires de Huambo et de Chirimoto.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1882, No. II. 2
i8 M. TACZANOWSKI ON BIRDS COLLECTED [Jan. 3,
TYRANNID.
1. MytoTHERETES sTRIATICOLLIS, Scl.; Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874,
p- 932.
Un exemplaire tué & Chachapoyas le 13 septembre 1879. Iris
brun foneé.
2. OcuTHa@ca THORACTCA, Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, pp. 133, 333 ;
1879, p. 232.
Cing exemplaires tués 4 Tamiapampa en octobre et en novembre
1879.
3. OcuTHaca Lessoni, Scl.; Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 533 ; 1880,
p. 202.
Une femelle de Tamiapampa, tuée le 27 octobre 1879.
4. MEcocCERCULUs sTICTOPTERUS (Scl.).
Mecocerculus teniopterus, Cab.; Tacz. P. Z.8. 1874, p. 533.
Ochtheca stictoptera, Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1880, p. 202.
Une paire tuée 4 Tamiapampa en novembre 1879.
5. MuscisaxICOLA FLUVIATILIS, Scl. et Salv.; Tacz. P.Z.S.
1874, p. 534.
Un exemplaire tué 4 Huambo le 7 avril 1880.
*6, PLATYRHYNCHUS SENEX, Scl. et Salv. P. Z.S. 1880, p. 156.
Une femelle tuée 4 Yurimaguas le 22 janvier 1881. Iris brun
foncé ; pattes carnées claires. Sommet de la téte schistacé foncé
avec la huppe interne blanche.
7. ToDIROSTRUM CINEREUM (L.); Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 534;
1880, p. 202.
Un exemplaire de Huambo tué le 19 février 1880. Iris blanc.
8. EvscarTtHMus pyrruops, Cab.; Tacz. P. Z.8. 1874, p. 535.
Quatre exemplaires des deux sexes de Tamiapampa, tués en no-
vembre 1879.
Les deux sexes ne présentent entre eux aucune différence. Iris
d’un brun rougeatre clair, d’une nuance un peu plus foneée que les
plumes du tour de l’ceil.
9, Orcuitus piteatus, Tsch.; Tacz. P. Z. 8S. 1874, p. 535.
Une paire de Huambo du 5 févricr 1880. Iris brun-noisette
clair.
10. CoLopreRuS GALEATUS (Bodd.).
Quatre exemplaires recueillis 4 Yurimaguas au mois du mars1881.
Tris blanc sale.
1882.] IN NORTH-EASTERN PERU. 19
11. Mronecres striaticouuis (d’Orb. et Lafr.); Taez. P.Z.S.
1874, p. 535; 1879, p. 233.
Cing exemplaires de Chirimoto, de Tamiapampa et de Huambo,
tués en novembre 1879 et en juillet 1880.
*12. MIONECTES OLEAGINEUS, Cab.
Deux miles de Yurimaguas, tués en février 1881. Iris brun
foncé.
13. LerpropoGon surrerciLiaARis, Tsch.; Tacz. P.Z.S. 1874,
p- 536.
Plusieurs exemplaires de Huambo tués en mars et en avril 1880.
Deux miles de la méme localité sont beaucoup plus petits, et ne
présentent aucune différence dans la coloration. Liaile plice 63
millim. tandis qu’elle est ordinairement de 73.
14. LepropoGcon Auritus, Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874, pp. 134, 536.
Un exemplaire tué 4 Ray-urmana le 29 septembre 1880.
15. Pogonotrriccus OPHTHALMICUS, Tacz. P.Z.S8. 1874, pp.135
et 535.
Quatre exemplaires de Huambo, tués en février 1880. Iris brun
de cerise.
*16. PHyLLOMYIAS sp. ine.
Trois exemplaires tués 4 Chirimoto en aotit 1880, voisins du PA.
semifusca et du Ph. tumbezana, semblables en coloration a la pre-
miére, mais plus forte et 4 bee plus faible; distincts de la dernicre
par la couleur jaune du dessous du corps, par la nuance plus foncée
tirant 4 l’olive des parties supérieures du corps, et l’aile plus courte
de 2 millimctres.
17. ORNITHION IMBERBE, Scl.; Tacz. P. Z.S8. 1879, p. 234;
1880, p. 202.
Une femelle de Chirimoto, tuée le 14 juillet 1880.
*18. TyRANNULUS ELATUS (Lath.).
Deux males de Yurimaguas, tués en février 1881.
*19. TyRANNISCUS CHRYSOPS, Scl.
Onze exemplaires de Huambo et de Chirimoto, tués en mars,
avril et juillet 1880. Iris brun, bordé de blanchatre.
20. ELarnea Avpicerps (d’Orb. et Lafr.); Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874,
p. 536; 1879, p. 234.
Un jeune oiseau de Tamiapampa, tué le 27 octobre 1879.
J pamp
21. Exarnea eieas, Scl.; Tacz. P. Z.8. 1874, p. 536.
Une femelle tuée & Huambo le 6 février 1880 s’accorde en tout
avec les oiseaux du Pérou central, mais elle est plus petite, son aile
i est plus courte de 10 millimétres que celle des males de P Amable-
aria.
Q*
20 M. TACZANOWSKI ON BIRDS COLLECTED [Jan. 3,
*22, ELAINEA PAGANA ( Licht.) ?
Un mile tué 4 Chirimoto le 29 juillet 1880 ressemble en tout aux
oiseaux de Cayenne, mais il est beaucoup plus grand, l’aile pliée est
plus longue de 10 millim., la queue plus longue de 15 millim.
*23. ELAINEA, Sp. inc.
Deux exemplaires tués 4 Chirimoto le 28 juillet et le 3 aoit 1880,
se distinguent de toutes les formes péruviennes par le disque foneé
dans toutes les plumes du sommet de la téte, y formant des squa-
mules bien distinctes, et par la couleur des parties inférieures du
corps semblable 4 celle de lL. pagana, d’un straminé blanchatre
varié comme dans les Phyllopneuste de stries irréguliéres d’un jaune
plus intense. Les dimensions s’accordent avec celles de I’ #. palla-
tange de M. Sclater: longueur totale 150-153, vol 220-226, aile
70, queue 61, bec 12 millim. Le bec est plus aminci dans sa partie
terminale que chez I’. albiceps.
*24. LeGATUS ALBICOLLIS (V.).
Un mile et une jeune femelle de Huambo, tués le 13 février et le
3 mai 1880, et un male de Yurimaguas du 14 mars 1881. Ce der-
nier ressemble en tout aux oiseaux de Cayenne, tandis que les oiseaux
de Hnambo se distinguent par la bande sourcili¢re plus large, entou-
rant tout le sommet de la téte, et les taches foncées des parties infé-
rieures du corps moins développées. Iris brun foneé.
*25, MyIozETETES GRANADENSIS, Lawr.
Un exemplaire tué 4 Yurimaguas le 14 mars 1881. Iris gris
foncé.
26. Ruyncuocycivus rutvirectus, Scl.; ‘acz. P. Z.S. 1874,
p: 537.
. Un male tué 4 Huambo le 12 mars 1880. Iris brun trés foncé.
27. RuyNCHOCYCLUS SULPHURESCENS (Spix); Tacz. P. Z. 8.
1877, p. 326.
Un exemplaire de Yurimaguas.
28. RuyncHocycius Peruvians, Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 137.
Sept exemplaires de Huamibo, tuds en mars 1880.
*29. RHYNCHOCYCLUS MEGACEPHALUS, Scl.
Un exemplaire de Yurimaguas, tué le 20 avril 1881. Iris blane
sale.
*30. Prrancus suLPHURATUS (L.).
Un exemplaire de Yurimaguas, tué le 22 février 1881. Ivis brun
foncé.
31. Mytopynasres soriTarius(V.); Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 537.
Deux femelles de Chirimoto, tuées en juillet et en septembre 1880.
Iris brun foncé.
1882.] IN NORTH-EASTERN PERU, 2]
39. MyIopYNASTES LUTEIVeNTRIS, Scl.; ‘Tacz, P. Z.S. 1374,
Pp: 537.
Un mile tué 4 Yurimaguas le 14 mars 13881. [ris bru fonec.
33. MyropyNasTes cHrysocePaauus (T'sch.); Tacz. P. 2.8.
1874, p. 537.
Une femelle tuée 4 Huambo le 2 avril 1880. Iris bran foneé.
34. Hirunp1InzA scLATeR!, Reinh.
Hirundinaea bellicosa, Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 537.
Un mile tué A Chirimoto le 9 juillet 1880. Iris brun foneé,
*35, My1osrus VILLosus, Scl.
Un male et ane jeune femelle de Huambo, tués en mars 1380.
Iris brun foncé.
*36. MyioBius BARBATUS (Gm.).
Un mile tué A Yurimaguas le 20 avril 1881. Iris brun foneé.
37. My1onrus CINNAMOMEUS (d’Orb. et Lafr.); Tacz. P. Z. S.
1874, p. 537; 1879, p. 235.
Un exemplaire de Huambo, tué le 9 avril 1880.
38. My1onrus ERYTHRURUS, Cab.; Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 538.
Deux exemplaires tués & Yurimaguas en février et en mars 1881.
Iris brun foncé.
*39. Myionius na&vius (Bodd.).
Deux adultes de Chirimoto, tués en aotit 1880, et un jeune de
Huambo du 11 avril 1880. Ivis brun foneé.
40. Myrosrus superciziosus, Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 538.
Une paire de Cococho tuée en aoiit 1879. Ces oiseaux s’accordent
en tout avec la femelle décrite de Ropaybamba. Le male est d’une
taille distinctement plus forte, 4 sommet de la téte orné d’une huppe
interne d’une belle couleur jaune limonacée ; le jaune de abdomen
plus intense que chez la femelle ; et la couleur des bordures des
rémiges moins roussatre. Iris brun foneé ; machoire noire, mandi-
bule brunatre avec les bords et l’extrémité noirs; pattes d’un corné
cendré. Longueur de l’aile 67, de la queue 96, du bee 17, du tarse
18 millim.
4]. Emprpocuanes ruscatus (Wied); Tacz. P.Z.S. 1874,
p- 538.
Cing exemplaires de Huambo, tués en février et en avril 1880.
Tris brun foncé.
42, Conrorus arprsrAcus, Cab.; Tacz. P. ZS. 1874, p. 539;
1879, p. 325.
Un jeune mile tué 4 Cococho le 17 aoit 1879.
22 M. TACZANOWSKI ON BIRDS COLLECTED [Jan, 3,
#43. Conropus VIRENS (L.).
Six exemplaires tués 4 Huambo entre le 9 février et le 5 mai 1880.
Tris brun foncé.
*44, CONTOPUS BOREALIS (Sw.).
Un jeune mile de Huambo, tué le 5 mars 1880. Iris brun foneé.
*45, MyIARCHUS TYRANNULUS (Miill.).
Un exemplaire tué 4 Yurimaguas le 14 février 1881. Iris brun
foncé.
46. My1arcuus nicricers, Scl.; Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 539 ;
1878, p. 238; 1880, p. 203.
Deux exemplaires de Huambo et de Tamiapampa.
47. Myiarcuus cernarotes, Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1879, p. 670.
Onze exemplaires des deux sexes de Chirimoto et de Tamiapampa.
48. TyRANNUS MELANCHOLICUS, V.; Tacz. P.Z.S. 1874, p. 539.
Deux exemplaires de Huambo tués en mars 1880. Iris brun foncé.
Les ceufs, recueillis &4 Corral et & Chirimoto en février et en
mars, sont ovés, assez courts; & sommet obtus ou faiblement aigu ;
surface lisse ou médiocrement luisante; le fond est isabelle ou
blanchatre, varié de grosses taches et de points violatres pales et
d’autres superficielles brunes ou brunes rougedtres foncées, pour la
plupart irréguli¢res, rares sur la surface et plus nombreuses autour
du gros bout. Dimensions: 23°618°7, 24182, 25x*19°3,
26 x 19:7, 26 x 18-2 millim.
*49, TYRANNUS AURANTIO-ATRO-CRISTATUS, d’Orb. et Lafr.
Un jeune male de Huambo, tué le 5 mars 1880. Iris brun foncé.
PIPRIDZ.
*], Prprires CHLORION (Cab.).
Trois exemplaires des deux sexes de Huambo et de Yurimaguas,
tués en mars 1880 et en mars 1881. Iris brun foncé.
2. Pipra cHLoRoMEROS, Tsch.; Tacz. P. Z.8. 1874, p. 539.
Huit exemplaires recueillis & Huambo depuis le janvier jusqu’au
mai de 1880. Iris blanc chez les adultes et brun foneé chez les
jeunes.
*3, PiprRa CORACINA, Sel.
Onze exemplaires des deux sexes de Chirimoio, recueillis en sep-
tembre et en juillet 1880. Iris cerise-brunitre chez le mile, et terre
de Sienne chez la femelle.
4, Prpra Levucocitta (L.).
Six exemplaires des deux sexes de Yurimaguas. Ins rouge de
cerise,
1882. ] IN NORTH-EASTERN PERU. 23
*5, Prpra IstporI, Scl.
Huit exemplaires de Huambo recueillis en avril et en mai 1880.
Iris brun rougeatre.
*6, Prpra VIRESCENS, Pelz.
Un mile de Yurimaguas tué le 28 février 1881. Iris blanc sale.
Cet exemplaire, ainsi que les autres miles que M. Stolazmann a eu en
main, n’ont aucune trace de jaune au sommet de la téte, dont il est
mention dans la diagnose de M. Pelzeln.
*7, CH1ROMACH2RIS MANACUS (L.).
Un mile de Yurimaguas.
*8, MACH@ROPTERUS STRIOLATUS, Bp.
Deux miles et une femelle, tués 4 Yurimaguas en février 1881.
Tris brun foncé.
*9, HeTEROPELMA AMAZONUM, Scl.
Un exemplaire de Yurimaguas, tué le 3 février 1881. Iris brun,
un peu plus clair autour de la pupille.
CorTINGID.
1. Trryra semirascrata (Spix); Tacz. P.Z. 8. 1874, p. 540,
Trois exemplaires de Huambo, tués en mars 1880. Iris du male
adulte brun autour de la pupille et d’une nuance plus claire 4 lex-
térieur ; brun foncé du jeune mile.
*2, Trryra ALBITORQUES, DuBus.
Une femelle tuée 4 Yurimaguas le 14 mars 1881. Iris brun
foncé.
*3, HaADROSTOMUS MINOR (Less.).
Deux femelles de Yurimaguas, tuées en février 1881. Iris brun
foncé.
*4, PACHYRHAMPHUS NIGER, Spix.
Une paire de Yurimaguas, tuée le 16 mars [881. Iris brun
foneé,
5. PAcCHYRHAMPHUS VERSICOLOR, Hartl.; Tacz. P.Z.S. 1874,
p. 540; 1879, p. 236.
Un mile de Tamiapampa, tué le 5 novembre 1879.
*6, PACHYRHAMPHUS, Sp. inc.
Deux exemplaires de Yurimaguas tués en mars et en avril 1881.
Forme voisine du P. albogriseus, mais bien distincte, moins forte,
\ ailes plus courtes, bec beaucoup plus long et plus large. Le male,
dont le sexe est constaté, parait étre jeune et au moment de com-
mencer lamue. Le sommet de la téte est concolore au dos, teint
légérement d’une nuance roussatre, bordé des deux cétés d’un large
24 M. TACZANOWSKI ON BIRDS COLLECTED [Jan. 3,
soureil cendré, dont la partie antérieure entre Peoeil et le bee est
blanchatre ; tout le dessous du corps est jaunatre pale; les bordures
des plumes alaires sont d’un ocreux trés pale et presque blanches sur
quelques-unes des plumes; la queue est sembable 4 celle du P.
albogriseus. Iris brun trés foneé. La femelle a le roux du sommet
de la téte d’une nuance différente de celle de la femelle du P. albo-
griseus, sans aucune trace de la bande latérale noire; les bordures des
plumes alaires sont d’un roux beaucoup plus intense que chez le
male, ainsi que les taches terminales des rectrices.
d. Longueur totale 150, vol 212, aile 64, bec 20 millim. 9. Lon-
gueur totale 145, vol 210, aile 63, bec 21 millim.
7. Lipavueus simpLex (Licht.); Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 540.
Quatre exemplaires de Huambo et de Yurimaguas, recueillis en
féyrier 1881. Iris brun foneé.
8. Ruprcona peruviana (Lath.); Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 540.
Un mile adulte de Huambo.
*9, PIPREOLA RIEFFERI, Boiss.
Trois exemplaires recveillis 4 Tamiapampa en octobre et en no-
vembre 1879. Iris brun foneé.
*10, PrIpREOLA AUREIPECTUS, Lafr.
Un mile tué le 23 aofit 1880 4 Achamal. Tris jaune.
11, Ampzio arcuatus (Lafr.) ; Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 540.
Un exemplaire de Chachapoyas.
12. HELIOCHERA RUFAXILLA, Tsch. ;. Tacz. P. Z.S. 1879,
p- 237.
Trois exemplaires des deux sexes recueillis 4 Tamiapampa en
octobre et en novembre 1879. Iris rouge.
*13. CoTInGA MAYNANA (L.).
Deux miles et deux femelles, tues 4 Yurimaguas en février et en
mars 1881. Iris ocreux.
*14. LAMPROTES ALBOCRISTATUS, Lafr.
Un mile tué &4 Tamiapampa Ie 6 novembre 1879. Iris brun
foncé.
Selon Popinion de M. Stolzmann, cet oiseau n’a rien de commun
avec les Tanagrides ; ses habitudes indiquent son ‘affinité aux
oiseaux de la famille des Cotingides. C’était aussi opinion de Jules
Verreaux.
*15. JODOPLEURA ISABELL& (Parz.).
Un mile tué 4 Yurimaguas le 7 février 1881. Tris brun trés foned.
16. CeEPHALOPTERUS oRNATUS, Geoff.; Tacz. P.Z.S, 1874,
p- 521.
Un male et deux femelles de Huambo,
1882. ] IN NORTH-EASTERN PERU. 95
DENDROCOLAPTID.
*], SYNALLAXIS ALBESCENS, Temm,
Un miile tué 4 Yurimaguas le 22 février 1881. Iris brun,
*2. SYNALLAXIS CISANDINA, Stolzm. MS,
S, supra ex olivaceo fusca, subtus dilutior ; pileo toto, alis ex-
tus et cauda rufis; superciliis postocularibus griseo-albidis ;
gula albida ; tectricibus alarum inferioribus remigibusque intus
ochraceis.
¢ ad. D’un gris olivatre foncé en dessus, d’une nuance beaucoup
plus pile en dessous ; 4 sommet de la téte roux en entier, tirant au
front en grisatre dans certaines directions de la lumicre ; un sourcil
gris blanchatre ou cendré assez large derri¢re l’ceil et & peine distinct
sur le devant ; gorge blanchatre, légérement nébulée de gris. Ailes
rousses extérieurement, 4 rémiges intérieurement brunes bordées de
roussiitre, sous-alaires ocreuses. Queue 4 12 rectrices d’un roux
un peu plus foned que l’aile. Bec corné noiratre 4 mandibule carnée
pile; pattes grises olives; iris terre de Sienne.
@. La femelle ne diffcre en rien. :
3. Longueur totale 178, vol 230, aile 70, queue 71, bec 18, tarse
20 millim. 2. Longueur totale 170, vol 218, aile 65, queue 70, bee
19, tarse 20 millim.
Forme intermédiaire entre la S. antistensis et la S. curtata, distinete
de la premicre par une taille moins forte, la couleur du dos moins
erise, celle des parties inférieures du corps plus foncée, surtout sur
la poitrine, le sourcil moins prononcé, la couleur rousse de la téte,
des ailes et de la queue relativement plus foncée.
De la S. curtata elle différe par la couleur rousse occupant le front,
et dune nuance un peu plus foncée, ainsi que celle des ailes et de la
queue ; la couleur du dos est plus roussatre dans la 8. curtata.
Trois exemplaires tués 4 Chirimoto et & Huambo en aoiit et en
février 1880.
*3, SYNALLAXIS FURCATA, Stolzm. MS.
S. supra olivaceo-grisea, subtus ochracea ; pileo, alis extus et
cauda rufis ; superciliis latis postocularibus ochraceis ; tectri-
cibus alarum inferioribus remigibusque intus ochraceo-ecinna-
momeis.
@. D’un gris brunitre en dessus, d’un ocreux en dessous; a
sommet de la téte roux, tirant au jaunidtre sur le front et passant
insensiblement sur la nuque en couleur dorsale; bordé des deux
cotés par une large bande sourciliére postoculaire ocreuse; une
raie rousse foneée derricre ceil. Les ailes rousses extcricurement,
& tectrices inférieures et le bord interne des rémiges ocreux. Queue
4 12 rectrices, rousse, un peu plus rougedtre que laile; les sous-cau-
dales ocreuses sales, les tectrices supérieures de la queue rousses.
Machoire noire cornée; mandibule blanche d’ivoire avec l’extrémité
grise foncée ; pattes grises olives, avec les bordures jaunes sur les
scutelles ; iris gris.
26 M. TACZANOWSKI ON BIRDS COLLECTED [Jan. 3,
Lonegueur totale 174, vol 224, aile 69, queue 65, bec 18, tarse 19
millim.
L’oiseau en premier plumage a la couleur des parties supérieures
du corps plus foneée, le sommet de la téte concolore au dos, le des-
sous du corps fauve, avec les flancs de l’abdomen largement gris ;
bande sourcili¢re fauve. Ailes et queue comme dans l’adulte. Ila
déja quelques plumes rousses sur le milieu de la nuque, et plusieurs
ocreuses sur la gorge et la poitrine.
Ces deux exemplaires ont été tués 4 Chirimoto (5400'), la femelle
le 21 juillet, le jeune le 13 aoiit 1880, sur les arbres peu élevés, dans
les conditions sembables A celles de la S. antisiensis. C’est une forme
voisine de cette derni¢re.
*4, SyNALLAXIS HYPOSTICTA, Scl.
Un mile tué 4 Yurimaguas le 9 mars 1881. Iris ocreux.
*5, SYNALLAXIS RUTILANS, Temm.
Deux exemplaires de Yurimaguas, tués le 18 février et le 1 mars
1881. Iris brun foncé.
6. SYNALLAXIS FRUTICICOLA, Stolz.; Tacz. P.Z.S. 1879, p. 670,
1880, p. 200.
Les ceufs de cette espéce, recueillis 4 Corral en février, sont d’un
blane légérement verdétre. Dimensions: 20X15°8; 20°4x 16;
20°7* 16; 22x 16°4 millim.
*7, ANCISTROPS LINEATICEPS, Scl.
Trois exemplaires de Yurimaguas tués le 1 et 4 février 1871, Iris
brun foncé.
*8, AUTOMOLUS SCLATERI, Pelz.
Trois exemplaires de Yurimaguas tués en janvier 1881. Iris brun
foncé.
*9, PHILYDOR ERYTHROPTERUS, Scl.
Deux exemplaires tués & Yurimaguas en février 1881. Iris brun
foneé.
10. Ipoporvus stictrortiLus, Cab. ; Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 528.
Un mile tué 4 Yurimaguas le 1 fevrier 1881 a le bee un peu plus
long et l’abdomen un peu plus foneé que lexemplaire typique. Iris
brun foneé.
11. ANABAZENOPS CABANISI, Tacz. P. Z. S. 1874, p. 529; 1879,
p- 231.
Deux exemplaires de Cococho et d’Achamal tués en septembre
1880.
12. Xenors rutiius, Licht.; Tacz. P.Z.S. 1874; p. 529;
1879, p. 231.
Cing exemplaires de Chirimoto, Cococho et Huambo,
1882. ] IN NORTH-EASTERN PERU.
bo
™“I
13. XENOPS LITTORALIS, Scl.; Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 259.
Un exemplaire de Yurimaguas.
14. Srrrasomus oxnivaceus (Wied); Tacz. P.Z.8. 1874,
p. 529; 1877, p. 323.
Deux exemplaires tués 4 Yurimaguas en février 1881.
15. MArGARoRNiIs SQuAMIGERA (d’Orb. et Lafr.) ; Tacz. P. Z. 8.
1874, p. 529; 1880, p. 201.
Un exemplaire de Tamiapampa du 11 novembre 1879. Iris brun
foncé.
*16. MARGARORNIS BRUNNESCENS, Scl.
Deux exemplaires de Huambo, dont le male adulte est pris le 6
avril, et un jeune le 30 janvier 1880. Iris brun foncé.
Cet oiseau est trés mal placé dans le genre. Son bec est tout a
fait différent de celui de l’espéce typique ; la proportion du doigt
médian aux latéraux est autre ; les ailes sont beaucoup plus courtes,
etc. Selon les observations de M. Stolzmann, il différe encore plus
par ses habitudes: tandis que le M. squamigera grimpe continuelle-
ment 4 la manitre des Xenops et des Grimpereaux, le M. drunnescens
sautille sans cesse sur les branches des petits buissons tout prés de
terre.
*17, GLYPHORHYNCHUS CUNEATUS (Licht.).
Quatre exemplaires de Yurimaguas, tués en février 1881. Iris
brun foncé.
*18. DenprRocincxia FrumiGcata (Licht.).
Deux exemplaires tués &4 Huambo en feévrier 1880. Iris gris
fonce.
*19, DENDRORNIS TRIANGULARIS (Laft.).
Un exemplaire de Ray-urmana (7500') tué le 17 juillet 1880.
Tris brun foncé.
*2(. DENDRORNIS ROSTRIPALLENS (Des Murs).
Deux exemplaires de Yurimaguas, tués en janvier 1881. Iris
brun-foncé.
21. DenpRoRNIs CHUNCHOTAMBO (Tsch.); Tacz. P. Z. S. 1874,
p. 529.
Six exemplaires de Huambo et de Chirimoto.
*22. DENDRORNIS ELEGANS, Pelz.
Un exemplaire de Yurimaguas, tué le 1 février 1881. Iris brun
foncé.
28 M. TACZANOWSKI ON BIRDS COLLECTED [Jan. 3,
23. XIPHOCOLAPTES COMPRESSIROSTRIS, N. Sp.
X. promeropirhynchus?, Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1879, p. 231.
Un exemplaire, pris par M. Stolzmann & Ray-urmana le 29 sep-
tembre 1880, s’accorde en tout avec celui de Tambillo, dont j’ai
donné la description dans la liste de 1879, et différe également des
oiseaux de la Nouvelle Grénade, ce qui me décide & lui proposer le
nom spécifique et la diagnose suivante :—
X. promeropirhyncho simé/limus, sed rostro breviore, compressiore
et pallido ; striis fulvis pilei et colli postici strictioribus ; dorso
unicolori; gula fulva, binis vittis brunneis longitudinalibus ;
abdomine medio latissime ochraceo, nigro maculato ; strits pec-
toralibus lineis nigricantibus marginatis ; subcaudalibus brun-
neo-ferrugineis, nigro variis ; alis caudaque obscurioribus.
La machoire est grise corndée, plus foncée 4 l’extrémité, plus
claire sur les bords; mandibule grise cornée noiratre 4 l’extrémité,
passant graduellement en gris plombé vers la base; pattes plombées
olivatres ; iris brun foncé.
Cet exemplaire présente les dimensions suivantes: dg. longueur
totale 342, vol 458, aile 143, queue 135, bec 51, tarse 31, hauteur
du bec vis a vis les narines 12 millim.
24, PICOLAPTES PERUVIANUS, N. sp.
P. lacrymiger, Tacz. P.Z. 8. 1874, p. 529; 1879, p. 232; 1880,
p. 201.
Un male recueilli 4 Tamiapampa le 22 novembre 1879.
Tous les exemplaires de cette forme, que j'ai vu en grand nombre
des différentes localités du Pérou central et septentrional, se ressem-
blent dans tons les détails, et se distinguent constamment des oiseaux
de la Colombie ; ils paraissent done constituer une forme différente,
fort répandue au Pérou. La différence principale consiste dans la
forme des taches sur les parties inférieures du corps, qui au lieu
d’étre lacrymiformes, c’est & dire distinctement Clargies et obtuses 4
Vextrémité, comme dans l’espéce citée, sont graduellement atténuées
vers l’extrémité et plus ou moins aigués; la gorge est unicolore et
fauve, au lieu de blanche, distinctement squamulée chez les oiseaux
de Colombie ; la présence des stries dorsales trés fines, dont il n’y a pas
de trace chez le P. lacrymiger ; la nuance du fond de la poitrine et
de Pabdomen est distinetement plus pile dans ces oiseaux péruviens,
etc. Je propose done le nom spécifique et la diagnose suivante pour
cette forme péruvienne.
P. supra olivacec-rufus, pileo obscuriore ; uropygio, alis caudaque
cinnamomers ; pileo usque ad nucham maculis minimis subtrian-
gularibus, pallide fulvis, nigro terminatis notato ; gutture fulvo
immaculato; capitis lateribus superciliisque albidis brunneo
strialis ; pectoris abdominisque plumis rufo-olivaceis striga
mediana oblonga fulva aut albida, apice plus aut minus acuta,
nigro marginata notatis.
3. Longueur de Vaile 112, queue 100, bec 30, tarse 21 millim.
2. Longueur de Paile 108, queue 99, bec 29, tarse 21 millim.
1882.] IN NORTH-EASTERN PERU. 29
ForMICARIIDA. |
*1. THAMNOPHILUS TENUIPUNCTATUS, Lafr.
Huit exemplaires de Chirimoto et de Huambo, des deux sexes et
de différents Ages, recueillis en février, juillet, aoit et septembre
1880. Iris blane sale et gris dans les jeunes.
*2, THAMNOPHILUS MURINUS, Pelz.
Une paire d’exemplaires de Yurimaguas, tués en janvier et en
mars 1881. Iris gris.
*3. THAMNOPHILUS SUBANDINUS, 0. sp.
Th. nigerrimus, tectricibus alarum scapularibusque albo marginatis;
rectricibus macula alba terminatis; plumis dorsi ad basin albis ;
subalaribus nigris, albo variis ; remigum margine interno fulve-
scenti-albido. Rostrum nigrum; pedes cinerei; iris obscure
griseo-brunnea.
_ Le male adulte est noir intense en entier, avec les tectrices alaires
et les scapulaires externes variées d’une bordure blanche ; les rec-
trices, excepté les médianes, terminées par une tache blanche, la
premicre portant en outre une autre tache pareille dans la moiti¢ de
sa barbe externe; les sous-caudales terminées par une bordure blanche;
les sous-alaires blanches varices de noir ; les rémiges primaires bordées
finement de blanc dans leur moitié terminale; la barbe interne de
_toutes bordée largement de blanc jaunatre; les plumes du milieu du
dos largement blanches 4 la base, celles du croupion longues et
laches, cendrées 4 la base. Bee noir; pattes grises; iris brun
grisatre foncé.
Le male moins adulte se distingue par l’ondulation cendrée de
Yabdomen ; les sous-alaires roussAtres vari¢es de noir, et les bordures
internes des rémiges plus jaunatres.
La femelle est grise foncée en dessus & sommet de la téte noir
depuis le vertex jusqu’a la nuque, et quelques grosses taches noires
au milieu du dos ; le front, les cétés du visage, la gorge et la poitrine
sont d’un gris beaucoup plus pale que celui du dos; abdomen rous-
satre, plus intense sur les flancs, ainsi que les sous-caudales. Ailes
noiratres ; toutes les rémiges finement bordées a l’extérieure de gris,
et largement de roussatre sur la barbe interne ; sous-alaires de cette
derni¢ére couleur. Queue noiratre, avec une fine bordure terminale
blanche sur la barbe externe des trois latérales de chaque cdté de la
queue. Sec corné noiratre ; iris brun fonce.
3. Longueur totale 175-177, vol 240-244, aile 72, queue 60, bee
19, tarse 22 millim. 2. Longueur totale 175, vol 240, aile 70,
queue 62, bec 18, tarse 22 millim.
Sembable au Th. luctuosus, Tsch., du Pérou central, mais plus
petit, & bordures blanches des tectrices alaires moins larges, surtout
des petites, qui dans ce dernier couvrent presque en entier la base
noire des plumes du devant de Vaile.
La femelle différe encore plus de celle de Pespéce du Pérou cen-
tral, et principalement par la présence de la calotte noire intense et
des taches noires au milieu du dos.
30 M. TACZANOWSKI ON BIRDS COLLECTED [Jan. 3,
Huit exemplaires des. deux sexes de Chachapoyas, de Chirimoto
et de Tamiapampa, recueillis en septembre et en novembre 1880.
*4, PyGOPTILA MACULIPENNIS, Scl.
Un mile de Yurimaguas, du 15 janvier 1881. Iris brun foncé.
5. DystIrHAMNUS sEMICINEREUS, Scl.; Tacz. P.Z.S. 1874,
p. 390.
Nombreux exemplaires des deux sexes de Cococho, Huambo et
Chirimoto.
*6, THAMNOMANES GLAUCUS, Cab.
Trois exemplaires de Yurimaguas recueillis en février 1881. Iris
brun foncé.
*7, MyRMOTHERULA SURINAMENSIS (Gm.).
Deux males de Huambo, tués en mars et en avril 1880. Iris brun
foneé.
*8. MyRMOTHERULA pyemza (Gm.).
Deux exemplaires de Yurimaguas, tués en janvier et février 1881.
Iris brun foneé.
*9, MyYRMOTHERULA GUTTURALIS, Scl. et Salv. ,
Trois exemplaires de Huambo, tués en mars1881. Iris gris clair.
*10. MyrMOTHERULA H&MATONOTA, Scl.
Quatre oiseaux des deux sexes, tués 4 Yurimaguas en février et en
mars 1881. Iris brun clair chez le male, et gris pale chez la femelle.
11. MyrMoTHERULA ATROGULARIS, Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874, pp. 137
et 530.
Sept exemplaires de Huambo, tnés en février et en mars 1880.
Iris brun rougeatre foncé.
12. MyrmMorHERULA MENETRIESI, d’Orb.; Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874,
p- 530.
Six exemplaires tués 4 Huambo en février et en mars 1880. Iris
brun fonceé.
*13, MyRMOTHERULA AXILLARIS (V.).
Deux exemplaires de Yurimaguas, tuds en janvier 1881. Iris
brun foncé.
*14, MyrMOTHERULA CINEREIVENTRIS, Scl.
Six exemplaires des deux sexes tués 4 Yurimaguas en janvier et en
février 1881. Iris brun foncé.
*15, HrrpstLOCHMUS PUNCTICEPS, U. sp.
IL. supra cinereo-olivaceus, subtus pallide sulphureus ; pileo nigro
albo muculato ; gula fusco subsquamulata; hypochondriis oliva-
1882. ] IN NORTH-EASTERN PERU. 31
ceo lavatis ; alis nigricantibus, tectricibus flavido limbatis, re-
migibus eaxterne colore dorsi marginatis; rectricibus mediis
cinereis, externis fere totis albis, reliquis nigris albo terminatis.
Rostrum nigrum, mandibula grisea; pedes cinereo-plumbei ;
iris grisea.
Male adulte d’un cendré olivatre en dessus, 4 sommet de la téte
noir maculé de nombreuses taches subtriangulaires blanches, le plus
denses au milieu et en arricre des yeux, petites au front, et presque
nulles sur la région sourcilicre ; tout le dessous est jaune souffre
pile, plus pale sur la gorge et squamulé de noiratre, lavé d’olivatre
sur les flancs et le haut de la poitrine; joues jaundtres vari¢es de
noir. Ailes noiratres, 4 tectrices bordées 4 l’extrémité de jaunatre ;
les bordures externes des rémiges fines de la couleur du dos, et celles
des primaires jaunatres pales; les sous-alaires jaunes & peu prés comme
Pabdomen ; le bord interne des rémiges d’un jaune plus pale. Les
deux rectrices externes blanches presque en entier, les autres noires
terminées de blanc, de plus en plus moins en avangant vers le sub-
médiaires, les deux médianes cendrées en entier. Machoire noire ;
mandibule grise ; pattes cendrées plombées ; iris gris.
La femelle sembable au male, et distincte par le sommet de la téte
largement roussdtre et immaculé, exceptée la région sourcilitre, qui
est grise avec les taches blanchatres oblongues, analogues a celles du
male; la gorge est squamulée de foncé ; les tectrices alaires beau-
coups moins foncées, avec les bordures pareilles 4 celles du mile.
Le jeune miile se distingue de l’adulte par le sommet de la téte
roussitre en grande partie avec des taches d’un blanc jaunatre, plus
grosses que celles de l’adulte; le fond du dos est plus olive; les
tectrices alaires comme chez la femelle.
3. Longueur totale 145, vol 182, aile 55, queue 49, bee 17, tarse
17 millim.
Trois exemplaires de Huambo, tués en février et en mars 1880.
*16. RHAMPHOCEZNUS MELANURUS, V.
Un exemplaire de Yurimaguas, tué le 20 janvier 1881. Iris
gris.
17. CERCOMACRA TYRANNINA, Scl.; Tacz. P. Z.S. 1877, p. 530.
Sept exemplaires des deux sexes de Huambo et de Chirimoto, tués
en mars, mai et avril 1880. Iris brun trés foncé.
*18. CERCOMACRA CINERASCENS, Scl.
Un exemplaire de Yurimaguas, tué le 25 février 1881. Iris gris.
*19, PERCNOSTOLA FoRTIS, Scl. et Salv.
Une femelle de Yurimaguas, tuée le 15 mars 1881. Iris brun.
20. MyRMECIZA HEMIMELENA, Scl. et Salv.; Tacz. P.Z.S.
1874, p. 530.
Quatre exemplaires de Huambo, recueillis en avril 1880. Iris
brun foncé.
32 M. TACZANOWSKI ON BIRDS COLLECTED [Jan. 3,
*21. MyRMECIZA MAYNANA, 0. Sp.
M. fumosa ; gula, pectore, abdomine medio, alis caudaque nigris ;
tectricibus alarum maculis albis triangularibus variis. Rostrum
nigrum; pedes plumbei ; iris fusco-brunnea.
Male adulte voisin de la MV. atrothorax, mais parfaitement
distinct par la couleur générale plus uniforme, celle des parties
supérieures du corps d’un fuligineux 4 peine lavé de brunatre; la
couleur du dessous beaucoup plus foneée que dans T’espéce citée, et en
conséquence le noir de la portrine parait étre moins distinct du fa-
ligineux de abdomen, tant plus que le noirdtre passe le long du
milieu de cette partie. Les tectrices alaires sont noires, terminées
chacune par une tache triangulaire blanche ; rémiges noiratres sans
bordure brane; sous-alaires noiratres variées de quelques taches
hlanches. Queue noire. Les plumes du milieu du dos blanches 4
la base. Bec noir; pattes plombées ; iris brun foncé.
Longueur totale 160, vol 200, aile 58, queue 55, bec 20, tarse 26
maillim.
Un exemplaire de Yurimaguas.
*22, HypocNeMIs CANTATOR (Bodd.).
Quatre exemplaires de Yurimaguas, tués en janvier et en mars
1881. Iris brun foncé,
23. HypocNEMIS MYIOTHERINA (Spix); Tacz. P.Z.S8. 1874,
p: 931.
Cing exemplaires des deux sexes de Yurimaguas, recueillis en
janvier et en février 1881. Iris brun foncé.
24. Hypocnemis pa@citonotra, Pucher.; Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874,
p. 531.
Une paire de Huambo recueillie en février et en avril 1881. Iris
brun-foncé.
25. Hyrocnemis tHeresa (Des Murs); Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874,
p: d31.
Quatre exemplaires de Huambo et de Yurimaguas, recueillis en
février 1880 et de 1881. Iris gris foncé chez le male, et moins foncé
dans la femelle.
*26, PirHys LUNULATA, Scl. et Salv.
Une femelle de Yurimaguas, tuce le 18 février 1881. Iris gris
trés foncé.
*27. Formicartus ANALIS (d’Orb. et Lafr.).
Une femelle tuée 4 Huambo le 3 février 1880. Iris brun foncé.
*28. ForMICARIUS NIGRIFRONS, Gould.
Une femelle de Yurimaguas, tuée le 20 avril 188]. Iris brun
foneé.
1882. ] IN NORTH-EASTERN PERU. 33
29. GRALLARIA ALBILORIs, Tacz. P.Z.S. 1880, p. 201.
Une paire recueillie 4 Chacapoyas en septembre 1879.
Ces deux exemplaires ont le roux du sommet de la téte plus
intense et plus pur que chez les oiseaux de Cutervo et de Callacate,
et plus prolongé sur le devant du dos ; le fond du dessous est un peu
plus jaunatre ; les stries de la poitrine tirent au roussatre, ce qui me
parait provenir du plumage plus frais chez ces individus.
*30. GRALLARIA PRZEWALSKIJ, ni. Sp.
G. rufo-brunnea; pileo fusco; genis, hypochondriis subcaudali-
busque rufis ; pectore abdomineque medio latissime cinerascenti-
bus; ventre medio isabellino. Rostrum nigrum; pedes cceruleo-
cineret, pallidi ; iris fusco-brunnea.
Le mile adulte est d’un brun roussatre en dessus, & sommet de la
téte brun noiratre ; les joues sont d’un roux ferrugineux ; une bande
sourcili¢re postoculaire large, d’ uue nuance rousse différente; la gorge
fauve pale; le milieu de la poitrine et de abdomen largement
cendré, milieu du ventre isabelle; les flancs de la poitrine et de
Vabdomen d’un roux brunatre plus clair qu’au dos; sous-caudales
roussatres. Les ailes extérieurement de la couleur du dos; sous-
alaires rousses ; barbe interne des rémiges brune, lavée en dessous
de roussitre. Queue concolore au dos. Bec noir; pattes cendrées
bleuatres pales; iris brun trés foncé.
La femelie est semblable au male, et distincte par la nuance plus
pale au sommet de la téte, grise lavée de roussitre; la couleur du
dos plus rousse; le roux des joues et des cdtés du cou plus clair;
gorge ocreuse ; le cendré du milieu de la poitrine et de abdomen
enduit d’isabelle. Bec comme dans le male, & mandibule plus claire
en dessous, tirant au gris corné.
3. Longueur totale 220, vol 325, aile 97, queue 65, bec 29, tarse
51, doigt médian avee Vongle 34 millim. 2. Longueurt otale
210, vol 315, aile 100, queue 60, bee 29, tarse 48, doigt médian
avec l’ongle 33 millim.
Deux exemplaires (¢ et 9) de Ray-urmana & 8000! daltitude,
tuée le 29 octobre 1880.
Je dédie cette espéce 4 mon ami le Colonel Vrzewalski, coura-
geux explorateur de la Mongolie chinoise et du Thibet septentrional,
dont les découvertes nous ont procuré des donneés précieuses pour la
connaissance de la faune de ces contrées inhospitalicres.
*31. GRALLARIA MINOR, Stolzm. MS.
G. brevicaudze simillima, sed minor, supra fusco-olivacea.
Forme voisine de la G. brevicauda, mais beaucoup plus petite, a
bee en proportion un peu plus fort. En coloration distincte princi-
palement par la nuance des parties supéricures du corps olive bru-
natre, au lieu de brune roussiitre de V’espeéce citée ; les taches du des-
sous sont également disposées, mais d’une teinte analogue a celle du
dos ; les lores blanchatres. Le male a la barbe externe des rémiges
teinte légérement de ferrugineux. Sous-alaires ocreuses d’une teinte
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1882, No. III. 3
o4 M. TACZANOWSKI ON BIRDS COLLECTED [Jan. 3,
moins forte que chez l’espéce citée ; les bordures internes des ré-
miges 4 peine roussAtres. Bec noir corné, & mandibule blanche
Wivoire avec l’extrémité et les bords gris cornds foncés; pattes grises:
iris brun trés foncé.
3. Longueur totale 170-175, vol 282, aile 84, queue 33, bec
24, tarse 40, doigt médian avec l’ongle 26 millim. 9. Longueur
totale 165, vol 270, aile 80, queue 33, bec 23:5, tarse 39, doigt
médian avec l’ongle 26 millim.
Deux miles et une femelle de Yurimaguas, tués en février 1881.
32. CoNOPOPHAGA ARDESIACA, d’Orb. et Lafr,; Tacz. P. Z.S.
1874, p. 531.
Un male tué 4 Huambo le 28 avril 1880. Iris brun foneé.
33, CorYTHOPIS ANTHOIDES (Cuv.)
Six exemplaires de Huambo et de Yurimaguas.
PrEROPTOCHID..
*SCYTALOPUS, Sp. inc.
Un jeune oiseau en premier plumage de Chirimoto.
TROCHILIDA.
*], GLaucis HirsuTA (Gm.).
Un jeune oiseau de Yurimaguas.
2. PHAETHORNIS suPERCILIOSUS (L.).
Ph. malaris, Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 541.
Un male de Yurimaguas du 2 février 1881.
3. PHArTHoRNis Guyi (Less.); Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 541.
Sept exemplaires de Huambo recueillis depuis le 30 mars jusqwau
1 mai.
*4, P WAETHORNIS HIsPIDUS, Gould.
Une femelle tuée 4 Yurimaguas le 10 mars 1881.
*5, PHAETHORNIS NIGRICINCTUs (Lawyr.).
Un male de Yurimaguas du 21 février 1881.
*6, PHAETHORNIS BOURCIERI (Less.).
Un male tué a Yurimaguas le 25 février 1881.
7. APHANTOCHROA uyposticTa, Gould; Tacz, P Z.S. 1874,
p: 045.
Deux paires de Huambo, recueillies en mars et en mai 1880.
*8. DoryPHORA JOHANN (Boure.).
Quatre exemplaires tués 4 Huambo en avril et en mai 1880.
1882. | IN NORTH-EASTERN PERU. 35
*9, DorRYPHORA EUPHROSYN#, Muls.
Un male de Huambo du 30 avril i880.
*10. DorypHora RECTIROSTRIS, Gould.
Quatre exemplaires de Huambo et de Ray-urmana (7500') recueillis
en avril, en mai et en juillet 1880.
11. Heniopoxa oTeRo (Tsch.).
Leadbeatera otero, Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 543.
Deux males et une femelle de Huambo et de Chirimoto, tués en
février et en juillet 1880. Les males ont la quene moins profondé-
ment échanerée que celui de Soriano au Pérou central. L’exem-
plaire de Huambo a la queue plus fourchue et la plaque céphalique
d’une nuance plus violette que celui de Chirimoto.
*12. Pao mOLZMA ZQUATORIALIS, Gould ?
Une femelle de Ray-urmana (7500') du 14 juillet 1880, voisine
de la Ph. equatorialis, mais distincte par la présence de la gemme
gulaire cuivreuse, la couleur de la queue vert olivatre plus métallique,
a baguettes seulement rousses dans les trois rectrices externes.
13. THALURANIA NIGROFASCIATA, Gould.
Th. tschudii, Tacz. P. Z. S. 1874, p. 542.
Neuf exemplaires des deux sexes, recueillis 1 Huambo et 4 Acha-
mal depuis le mois de mars jusqu’en septembre 1880. ‘
14. PANopLITES MATHEWSI (Boure.); Tacz. P.Z.S. 1874,
p- 544; 1879, p. 237; 1880, p. 204.
Un male recueilli 4 Tamiapampa en novembre 1880.
*15, GouLp1A poreLarrit (Du Bus).
Une paire recueillie 4 Huambo en avril 1880.
16. AcresTRURA MULSANTI(Boure.); Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 5413
1879, p. 237.
Deux exemplaires recueillis & Tamiapampa et A Chirimoto en
novembre 1879 et en aotit 1880.
17. CuxTocrercus BomBvs, Gould; Tacz. P. Z.S. 1879, p. 237;
1880, p. 206.
Cing exemplaires de Chirimoto et de Tamiapampa, recueillis en
novembre 1879 et en aotit 1880.
18. Myrris ranny (Less.); Tacz. P. Z.S. 1879, p. 238; 1880,
p- 206.
Un jeune male tué 4 Chirimoto le 16 aodit 1880.
#19, LoppIGEstA MiRABILIs (Bourc.); Tacz. et Stolzm. P. Z. S.
1881, p. 827.
Une suite des oiseaux des deux sexes, recueillis a Chachapoyas et &
Tamiapampa.
3%
36 M. TACZANOWSKI ON BIRDS COLLECTED [Jan. 3,
*20. SrEGANURA PERUANA, Gould.
Cing exemplaires recueillis 4 Cococho et a Chirimoto en juillet et
en septembre 1880,
21. Luespia Gracizis, Gould; Tacz. P. Z.S8. 1879, p. 238; 1880,
p. 206.
Deux males adultes, tués 4 Chachapoyas en septembre et en
octobre 1879.
22, AGLAACTIS CUPREIPENNIS (Bource. et Muls.); Tacz. P. Z.S.
1880, p. 207.
Un jeune mile de Tamiapampa, tué le 9 novembre 1879, présen-
tant les mémes dimensions que les oiseaux de Cuteryo, mais le bec
est un peu plus court et beaucoup moins épais.
23. RAMPHOMICRON RUFICEPS (Gould); ‘acz. P. Z.S. 1880,
p. 207.
Six exemplaires de Chachapoyas et de Tamiapampa, recueillis en
octobre et en novembre 1879.
*24. URosricTE INTERMEDIA, 0. sp.
U. supra aureo-viridis ; gula et collo aniico squamosis, viridibus,
nitentibus ; ornamento pectorali obscure violaceo ; abdomine
viridi, plumis griseo marginatis; subcaudalibus rufescentibus, disco
viridi ; macula alba postoculari minima ; remigibus brunneis ni-
tore violaceo ; cauda emarginata, rectricibus ad basin eneo-viri-
dibus, ad apicem fusco-cupreis, medtis et submediis brevioribus,
macula alba terminatis. Rostrum nigrum; pedes brunneo-
nigricantes ; wis nigra.
Fem, subtus alba viridi maculata ; rectricibus tribus utrinque la-
teralibus albo terminatis.
Male adulte vert doré briliant en dessus, 4 plumes du sommet de
la téte subsquamuleuses ; gorge et le devant du cou couverts de
plumes squamuleuses d’un vert ¢clatant sous certain jour, suivies
d’une tache jugulaire d’un violet obscur peu luisant; poitrine et ab-
domen verts, a plumes du milieu de ces parties largement bordées
de blanc grisdtre; sous-caudales roussatres & disque vert; région
anale blanchatre ; tache postoculaire blanche trés petite. Les ailes
atteignent lextrémité des rectrices médianes, 4 tectrices supérieures
et les inférieures de la couleur du dos; les rémiges brunes lustrées
de violacé, tirant sur l’olive sous certain jour. Queue fort entaillée,
a rectrices de largeur médiocre, les médianes les plus courtes, l’ex-
terne dépassant de trés peu la subexterne ; vertes 4 la base et d’un
culvreux rougeatre obscur dans la moitié terminale ; les médianes et
les submédianes largement terminées de blanc, les premicres avec
une petite tache brune a l’extremité méme; page inférieure de la
queue moins brillante, d’un olive bronzé enduit lég¢rement derougeatre
vers Pextrémité des rectrices. Bec noir; pattes brunes noiratres ;
iris noir,
1882.] IN NORTH-EASTERN PERU. 37
Le male probablement moins adulte a les sous-caudales roussatres
sans disque vert.
Le jeune male prenant sa livrée d’adulte, 4 plaque gutturale verte
presque complétement formée, n’a aucune trace de parure violette ;
Jes sous-caudales d’un roussatre plus pile que dans les adultes.
La femelle a le vert des parties supérieures du corps moins doré
que chez le male; tout le dessous du corps blanc tacheté de vert, les
taches de la gorge et du devant du cou plus petites et plus brillantes
que celles des cétés de l’abdomen, rares sur le milieu de ce dernier ;
sous-caudales d’un blanc légérement roussitre. Queue moins profon-
dément échanerée que celle du male, a rectrices médianes vertes en
entier, les autres vertes passant au cuivreux a l’extrémité moins lon-
guement que chez le male ; les externes et les subexternes largement
terminées de blanc ; les intermédiaires ont aussi une tache blanche
au bout.
3. Longueur totale 118, vol 140, aile 58, queue 40, bec 22 millim.
. Longueur totale 111, vol 134, aile 57, queue 40, bee 23 millim.
Forme intermédiaire entre les deux espéces connues, voisine de la
U. benjamini, mais plus grande, a tache gutturale moins grande, et
dune autre nuance, moins métallique; les sous-caudales d’une autre
couleur; la tache postoculaire beaucoup plus petite ; espace blan-
chatre sous la parure gutturale presque nulle ; bee plus fin; les rec-
trices médianes beaucoup plus courtes que les voisines.
Trois males et une femelle de Chirimoto et de Ray-urmana.
25. METALLURA SMARAGDINICOLLIS (d’Orb. et Lafr.) ; Tacz.
P. Z. S. 1874, p. 544; 1879, p. 238; 1880, p. 207.
Une suite d’exemplaires des deux sexes recueillis en novembre
1879 aux environs de Chachapoyas et de Tamiapampa.
26. ApELOMYIA MACULATA, Gould.
A. melanogenys, Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1879, p. 238; 1880, p. 207.
Un mile tué 4 Tamiapampa le 27 octobre 1879.
*97, CLAIs GuIMeTI (Boure. et Muls.).
Cing exemplaires des deux sexes tués & Huambo dans les mois de
mars et d’avril 1880.
*28, HeELioTHRIX AURITUS (Gm.).
Une paire tuce 4 Huambo en février et en avril 1880.
29, PerasopHorRA ANAts (Less.); Tacz. P. Z. 8.1874, p. 541
1879, p. 237; 1880, p. 204.
P. jolata, Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 541.
Deux exemplaires de Chirimoto recueillis en aotit 1880.
*30, PrTaASOPHORA DELPHIN (Less.).
Un paire recueillie i Huambo en mai 1880,
38 M. TACZANOWSKI ON BIRDS COLLECTED! (Jan, 3,
31, Docimasres ENsIFeR (Boiss.); Tacz. P. Z. S. 1874, p. 543 ;
1880, p, 204,
Une femelle tuée A Tamiapampa le 16 novembre 1879.
32. Hexiorrypua vious, Gould; Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1879, p. 238 ;
1880, p. 205.
Cing exemplaires tués 4 Chachapoyas et 4 Tamiapampa en octobre
et en novembre 1879.
*33. DipHLoGaNa 1R1s (Gould).
Quatre miles et trois femelles recueillis 4 Chachapoyas et a
Tamiapampa en octobre et en novembre 1879, comparés par M.
Salvin avec l’exemplaire typique.
Nos miles présentent quelques légéres différences avec la descrip-
tion dans l’ouvrage de Mulsant, et principalement en ce que le de-
vant du dos et les tectrices alaires ne sont pas vertes, mais d’un
bronzé antique sombre, lustré de rougeatre dans certaines directions
de la lumiére et passant au noir velouté dans les autres; la tache
jugulaire, composce de trois ou de quatre plumes, n’est pas bleue,
mais d’un lilas clair, conservant sa teinte dans toutes les directions.
La femelle différe du male par les plumes du sommet de la téte moins
longues que chez le male, en constituant la surface distinctement
squamuleuse, & couleur verte foncée sur le devant du front, passant
ensuite en vert doré, puis graduellement en orangé et au rouge de
feu, beaucoup moins fort que chez le mile; la tache occipitale est
réduite & quelques petites plumes bleues sur la ligne médiane; la
partie cervicale est couverte de plumes squamiformes d’un rouge
rubiné avec un éelat assez fort; le vert de la gorge moins luisant et
passant au bleuatre sous certain jour; point de gorgerette; les
plumes du haut de la poitrine frangées de fauve ; la couleur cannelle
de abdomen moins foncée; rectrices bordées 4 lextrémité de bronzé
foncé ; le reste comme dans le mile.
Une femelle moins adulte a la couleur rousse généralement plus
pale ; les plumes de la gorge, des cétés du visage et de tout le devant
du cou isabelles 4 la base et une bordure terminale, ce qui forme des
taches vertes plus ou moins isolées sur un fond clair; les bordures
terminales des rectrices plus larges; la couleur cuivreuse rougeatre
du dos ne changeant pas en noir velouté.
Un mile, probablement incomplétement adulte, a les petites et
les moyennes tectrices alaires en grande partie d’un cannelle plus
intense que sur les autres parties du corps ; cet individu n’a aucune
trace de la gorgerette lilacée.
34. Bourcierta rnsectivora (Tsch.); Tacz. P.Z. 8. 1874,
p. 543.
Un mile tué 4 Huambo le 1 mai 1880.
*35. HiLIoMASTER LONGIROsTRIS (V.)
Un male de Yurimaguas tué le 17 février 1881,
1882. | IN NORTH-EASTERN PERU, 39
#36, ERIocNEMIS AFFINIS, Elliot.
Deux miles et une femelle de Chirimoto et de Ray-urmano (7000-
7500’), recueillis en juillet et la fin de septembre 1580,
*37. ERIOCNEMIS DYBOWSKII, ll. Sp.
E. supra aureo-viridis, subtus splendide viridis, abdomine splen-
didissimo ; pectore medio albo, viridi maculato ; subcaudalibus
splendide viridibus ; pedibus albo papposis ; remigibus nigri-
cantibus nitore violaceo; cauda profunde emarginata, @reo-
viridi. Rostrum rectum, subcylindricum, dimidia parte corporis
longius, nigrum ; pedes niygricantes ; tris nigra.
Le male est vert avec un éclat doré cuivreux en dessus, tirant
légérement au bleuitre dans certaines directions de la lumiére ; le
vert du dessous du corps beaucoup plus brillant, surtout sur Pab-
domen, passant sous certain jour en bleu beaucoup plus fort quen
dessus ; les plumes du milieu de la poitrine blanches 4 la base, for-
mant un petit espace blanc, plus ou moins couvert de vert; sous-
caudales aussi vertes que l’abdomen, & base des plumes fauve blan-
chitre ; touffes des pattes trés abondantes, blanches pures. Tec-
trices alaires vertes dorées; rémiges noirdtres lustrés de violet.
Queue profondément entaillée, d’un vert bronzé, beaucoup plus bril-
lant sur la page inférieure. Bee noir, A bords de la mandibule
blanche dans les deux tiers basales ; pattes noiratres 4 bords libres
des écailles carnés ; iris noir.
La femelle est semblable au mile, 4 couleur verte des parties supé-
rieures du corps tirant au doré; l’espace blanc du milieu de la
poitrine plus volumineuse et varié de taches plus petites ; les plumes
de la gorge 4 base blanche plus ou moins visible; celles du milieu
méme dé l’abdomen frangées de blanc.
3. Longueur' totale 106, vol 137, aile 52, queue 33, bec 22 millim.
9. Longueur totale 110, vol 137, aile 52, queue 31, bec 22 millim.
Deux males et une femelle de Ray-urmana (7000-8000’).
Je dédie cet oiseau-mouche 4 mon ami M. le Docteur Bénoit
Dybowski, éminent et infatigable explorateur dela faune de la Sibérie
orientale.
38. CYANOMYIA CYANICOLLIS, Gould; Tacz. P. Z.S. 1880,
p- 208.
Un jeune male de Chirimoto du 8 juillet 1880.
39. Leucippus cH1IoNOGASTER (Tsch.); Tacz. P. Z. 8, 1874,
p» 942.
Six exemplaires de Chirimoto, recueillis en juillet 1880. Les
ceufs des deux pontes présentent les dimensions suivantes :—1°. 1°36
X93 133x9 ; 2% 14°5x9.2; 14°6X 9-3 millim.
#410, THAUMATIAS FLUVIATILIS, Gould?
Une femelle recueillie 4 Yurimaguas le 14 féyrier 1881, un peu
douteuse,
40 Me TACZANOWSKI ON BIRDS COLLECTED [Jan. 3,
*41, CHRYSURONIA JOSEPHINE (Bource. et Muls.).
Six exemplaires des deux sexes recueillis 4 Huambo au mois de
mars et en avril 1880.
*42, EUCEPHALA C&RULEA (V.).
Un exemplaire, probablement femelle, tuée & Yurimaguas le 20
avril 1881.
43. CHLOROSTILBON BREVICAUDATUS, Gould; Tacz. P. Z. 8.
1874, p. 545.
Male adulte et un jeune male de Huambo et d’Achamal tués en
mai et en aotit 1880.
CYPsELID&.
*], CypseLus Montivacus, d’Orb. et Lafr.
Un exemplaire de Huambo du 18 mars 1880. Iris brun trés
foucé. ;
2. CuarurRa RuTILA (V.); Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 545.
Un exemplaire de Chirimoto.
CAPRIMULGIDA.
*], ANTROSTOMUS RUFUS (Gm.).
Un male, tué entre Chirimoto et Achamal le 7 aoiit 1880. Iris
noir.
*2, ANTROSTOMUS NIGRESCENS, Cab.
Un exemplaire de Huambo, tué le 2 avril. 1880. Iris noir.
3. NYCTIDROMUS ALBICOLLIs (Gm.); Tacz. P. oS: 1877, p. 327;
1979, p. 240.
Quatre exemplaires des deux sexes de Chirimoto.
STEATORNITHIDA.
1. STEATORNIS CARIPENsSIs, Humb.; Tacz. P. Z. S. 1880, p- 208.
Deux exemplaires, tués A Huambo en février 1880.
Prcipa.
PICUMNUS STEINDACHNERI, ni. sp. (Plate II. figs.1¢,29.)
P. supra griseus albido squamulatus ; capite nigro, supra albo
punctato; fronte et vertice rubro striatis; margine frontali
tectricibusque narium albidis; gula albida; pectore abdomi-
neque nigris albo striatis, ventre nigro alboque transfasciato ;
alis griseo-brunneis ; remigibus secundariis albido marginatis ;
cauda nigra, rectricum mediarum pogonio interno et vitta
mediana obliqua binarum utringue externarum albis. Fem.
mari similis, pileo toto nigro albo punctato.
Le male adulte est d’un gris cendré en dessus, 4 plumes terminées
ei:
1882. ] IN NORTH-EASTERN PERU. 41
d’une bordure blanchatre et précédée d’une petite tache centrale
noirAtre sur celles de la région interscapulaire ; sommet et cétés de la
téte noirs, 4 plumes frontales et celles du vertex terminées de rouge
miniacé foncé, en formant un grand espace rouge mélangé de noir,
le reste du sommet et le haut des cétés de la téte variés de points
blancs; les tectrices nasales et la bordure frontale blanchatres ;
tectrices auriculaires d’un noir brunadtre. Gorge blanchatre sale ;
poitrine et le devant de abdomen noirs variés de stries blanches
occupant le milieu méme de chaque plume, un peu plus larges sur la
premicre, et plus fines au milieu du dernier; flancs de abdomen et
le bas-ventre rayés A travers de noir et de blanc; sous-caudales
blanches entourées d’une bordure noire. Ailes brunes grisitres, a
tectrices finement bordées de blanchatre; les rémiges secondaires
bordées extérieurement de blauchitre en formant une large raie
longitudinale sur chacune des ailes pliges ; sous-alaires blanches,
ainsi que le bord interne de toutes les rémiges. Queue noire, &
barbe interne blanche dans toute la longueur des rectrices médianes,
et une large raie oblique de la méme couleur sur le milieu des deux
rectrices latérales de chaque cdté de la queue. Bee noiratre, cendré
au dessous des narines, i mandibule grise terminée de noir; pattes
grises ; iris brun foncé.
La femelle est semblable au mile et ne différe que par le sommet
de la téte tout noir ponctué de blanc.
Une femelle, probablement moins adulte, a seulement la poitrine
noirfitre variée de grosses gouttes blanches, tout abdomen rayé
de blanc et de noir.
3. Longueur totale 112-113, vol 195-202, aile 56, queue 33,
bec 14, tarse 12, doigt médian avec l’ongle 15 mill. Q. Longueur
totale 111~113, vol 195-200, aile 57-59, queue 33, bee 13°5-14,
tarse 11°5-12, doigt médian avec l’ongle 15 mill.
Quatre miles et deux femelles de Chirimoto recueillis en juillet,
en avril et en septembre 1880.
Je dédie cette intéressante espéce 4 mon ami M. le docteur Stein-
dachner, savant directeur du Musée de Vieune.
Parmi les oiseaux fournis précédemment par M. Jelski du
Pérou central il y a un male de Picumnus que j’ai pris pour un
P. albosquamatus, mais qui est trés voisin du précédent et distinct
de ce dernier par la couleur différente des parties inférieures du
corps et celle de la bordure frontale et des tectrices nasales. Comme
il est inédit, je donne sa description en lui proposant le nom du
voyageur qui a tant enrichi Ja connaissance de la faune péruvienne.
2. PrcuMNUSs JELSKII, 0. sp. (Plate II. fig. 3.)
P. supra griseus, minime albido squamulatus, striis fuscis indi-
stincte varius; pileo nigro, fronte verticeque cinnabarino striatis,
cervice nuchaque albo punctatis; margine frontali tectrici-
busque narium ochraceis ; gula sordide albida; pectore abdo-
mineque albidis nigio maculatis ; alis griseo-brunneis ; remigibus
secundariis albido marginatis ; cauda nigra, pogonio interno
42 M. TACZANOWSKI ON BIRDS COLLECTED [Jan. 3,
rectricum medianarum et vitta mediana obliqua externarum
utrinque binarum albis.
Le male adulte est d’un gris cendré en dessus, & bordures des
plumes d’un gris plus clair moins prononcées que dans le précédent,
avec des stries noirétres au milieu des plumes peu distinctes ; sommet
de la téte noir, 4 plumes frontales et celles du vertex terminées lon-
guement de rouge cinabre, formant un espace aussi vaste comme
dans l’espéce précédente, mais d’une nuance un peu plus foncé ; les
tectrices nasales et la bordure antcrieure du front ocreuses; région
auriculaire gris brunitre. Gorge blanchatre sale ; le reste des parties
inférieures du corps est blanchatre, lavé légérement de jaunatre et
varié de taches noires, dont celles de la poitrine sont plus ou moins
élargies en bandes transversales, celles des flancs de l’abdomen sub-
cordiformes et plus grosses qu’au milieu de cette partie; sous-
caudales blanchitres avec une ou deux taches centrales noires.
Ailes brunes grisitres, 4 tectrices bordées finement de gris ‘clair ;
les rémiges secondaires bordées extérieurement de blanchatre en
formant sur Vaile pliée une large bande de cette couleur, semblable
i celle de l’espéce précédente ; sous-alaires blanches ainsi que le bord
interne de toutes les rémiges. Queue noire 4 barbe interne blanche
dans toute la longueur des rectrices médianes, et une large raic
oblique de la méme couleur sur le milieu des deux rectrices latérales
de chaque cédté de la queue. Bec noiratre, 4 base de la machoire
cendrée sur les cotés; la mandibule cendrée A la base, jaunatre au
milieu et noiraitre au bout; pattes grises; iris brun foncé.
Longueur de laile 59, queue 31, bee 14, tarse 12, doigt médian
avec l’ongle 15 mill.
Paltaypampa dans la vallée de Chanchamayo au Pérou central.
3. PicuMNus AURIFRONS, Pelz.; Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 546.
Cing exemplaires recueillis 4 Huambo en mars et en avril 1880.
4. CAMPEPHILUS HHZMATOGASTER, Tsch.; Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874,
p. 546,
Trois exemplaires de Huambo et de Ray-urmana, recueillis en
mars et en septembre 1880. Iris brun foncé.
5. Dryocopus tineatus (L.) ; Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 546.
Une paire de Huambo, tuce en février et en avril 1880. Iris
blane,
6, CHLORONERPES H&MATOsTIGMA (Natt.); Tacz. P. Z.S, 1874,
p. 546.
Une paire de Yurimaguas, tuée en février 1881. Iris brun foneé.
*7, CHLORONERPES FLAVIGULA (Bodd.).
Une femelle de Yurimaguas.
8. CHRYSOPTILUS ATRICOLLIs, Malh.; Tacz. P. Z.S.1880, p. 209.
Un mile tu¢ 4 Chachapoyas le 25 septembre 1879. Iris brun
foneé,
1882.] IN NORTH-EASTERN PERU. 43
9, MeLANERPES CRUENTATUS (Bodd.).
Melanerpes hirundinaceus, Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 546.
Deux males et une femelle tués 4 Yurimaguas en janvier et en
mars 1881. Iris jaune.
10. Hypoxantuus BREviRostTRIS, Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 546,
2880, p. 209.
Un male de Tamiapampa.
*11. CeLeus JUMANA (Spix).
Une paire de Yurimaguas, tuée en janvier et en mars 1881. Iris
brun rougeatre foncé.
*]2, CrLeus GRAMMIcuS (Malh.).
Un mile tué & Yurimaguas le 20 janvier 1881. Ivis brun rou-
geiitre foncé.
Momorip&.
Momorus BRASILIENSIS, Lath.
Un exemplaire de Yurimaguas, tué le 15 mars 1881. Iris brun.
TROGONID.
*1, TroGon viripis, L.
Deux males recueillis 4 Huambo le 4 février et le 3 mai 1880.
Iris brun foneé. Dans le vivant la bordure de la paupiére est d’un
blanc bleudtre ; bec blane bleuatre sale, avec une bande transversale
noire voisine de l’extrémité de la machoire; pattes plombées,
*2, TROGON ATRICOLLIS, V.
Un mile de Yurimaguas tué le 8 mars 1681. Iris brun trés
foneé, Dans le vivant bec et le tour de la paupitre olives pales ;
pattes grises.
3. Trogon couuaRis, V.; Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 547; 1880,
p. 210.
Un mile de Huambo, tué le 1 avril 1880. Tris brun foneé; bee
jaune de cire; pattes grises.
4, Trocon neiorurix, Tsch.; Tacz. P. Z.8. 1874, p. 547.
Six exemplaires des deux sexes recueillis 4 Tamiapampa en octobre
1880. Iris brun foncé.
: GALBULID&.
*1, GALBULA ALBrRostRIs (Lath.).
Une paire recueillie 4 Yurimaguas le 22 janvier et le 28 février
1880. Iris brun foncé.
*2, UROGALBA AMAZONUM, Scl.
Une femelle de Yurimaguas, tuée le 17 février 1881. Iris brun
foncé.
44 M. TACZANOWSKI ON BIRDS COLLECTED (Jan. 3,
*3, JACAMEROPS GRANDIS (Gm.).
Une femelle de Yurimaguas, tuée le 3 février 1881. Iris brun
trés foncé.
Bucconip2&.
*1, Bucco picatus, Scl. :
Un exemplaire sans indication de sexe de Yurimaguas, tué le
8 février 1881. Iris brun trés foneé.
*2, Bucco MACRODACTYLUS, Spix.
Un exemplaire de Yurimaguas, tué le 15 janvier 1881. Iris rouge
de cerise.
3. MALAcopTILA RUFA (Spix).
Un mile de Yurimaguas, tuc le 22 janvier 1881. Iris brun
rougeatre.
*4, MALACOPTILA FuscA (Gm.).
Un mile de Huambo tué le 8 avril 1880. Iris brun foneé.
*5. NONNULA BRUNNEA, Scl. Ibis, 1881, p. 600.
Une femelle de Yurimaguas, tuée le 2 février 1881. Iris brun
foncé.
6. Monasa PERUANA, Bp.; Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 548.
Deux femelles tuées 4 Yurimaguas en janvier et en fevrier 1881,
Tris gris tres foncé.
*7, CHELIDOPTERA TENEBROSA (Pall.),
Une paire de Yurimaguas tuée en janvier et en février 1881.
Iris brun foncé.
CucuULID2.
1, Praya ni@ricrissa, Scl. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 548, 1879, p. 240.
Un exemplaire de Yurimaguas du 13 mars 1881. Iris rouge
cerise.
*2, PIAYA MELANOGASTRA (V.).
Un exemplaire de Yurimaguas tué le 22 janvier 1881. Iris brun
fonce,
RHAMPHASTID.
*1, RaAMPHASTOS INCA, Gould,
Un exemplaire de Huayabamba du 7 juillet 1880. Iris d’un gris
obseur.
*2, PrrROGLOSSUS HUMBOLDTI, Wagl.
Une paire d’ oiseaux adultes des deux sexes, recueillis 1 Yurimaguas
en mars 1881. Iris rouge cerise.
Une jeune femelle de la méme localité, tuée le 25 février 1881,
7
1882. ] IN NORTH-EASTERN PERU. A
paraissant appartenir 4 la méme espéce, a le bee beaucoup plus
court que dans les adultes, 4 bords de la machoire non dentelés,
noire i V’extrémité et noirdtre avec une légére nuance orangée au
dos, orangée sur les cdtés; mandibule brune noiratre sur les cdtés,
noire au bout et orangée finement en dessous. Une singulicre
armure couvre tout le talon; c’est un tubereule corné couvrant
toute la surface de cette partie, hérissé en dessus de 4 ou de 5
grosses Gpines aigués, dont les deux inférieures dirigées en avant
sont creuses sur leur face interne, et les autres rangées sur le bord
externe du talon sont plus petites et dirigées en arriére. La colora-
tion de cet oiseau ne présente aucune différence de celle des femelles
adultes, si ce n’est que la couleur du plumage des jambes est plus
pale et mélangée en grande partie @olive. Iris brun grisitre foncé ;
pattes olives; peau nue au dessus de l’ceil bleue verdatre, au dessous
plombée violatre, une tache triangulaire peu distincte se trouve
derri¢re l’ceil. Longueur totale 357, vol 416, aile 119, queue 116,
bee 62 millim.
*3, PrmrRoGLOSssUs FLAVIROSTRIS, [ras.
Deux exemplaires de Yurimaguas du 3 février 1881. Ivis rouge
cerise, foncé.
4, SeLENIDERA REINWARDTI (Wagl.); Tacz. P. ZS, 1874,
p. 578.
Un mile recueilli 4 Yurimaguas le 23 janvier 1881. Iris en
dessus et en dessous de la prunelle jaune, devant et derri¢re la
prunelle d’un gris foneé, ce qui donne 4 cette dernitre une forme
oblongue en apparence, le tout entouré d’une bordure verte.
5. ANDIGENA cucuLLATA (Gould); Tacz. P. 8. Z. 1874, p. 548.
Une paire de Chachapoyas et de Tamiapampa (9000), tuce le
13 septembre et le 12 novembre 1879. Iris jaune verdatre dans le
male et vert dans la femelle.
CAPITONID&,
1. Capito AuRATUS, Dumont; Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 549.
Un male de Yurimaguas.
*2. Capiro sTEERI, Sel. P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 140.
Deux miles et une femelle de Chirimoto et de Huambo recueillis
en mai et en juillet 1880. Iris gris foneé chez le male.
La femelle ressemble eu tout & celle du C. glaucogularis, Tsch., et
ne s’en distingue que par la lunule gulaire rouge remplacée par une
tache petite et d’une couleur moins intense. Elle est d’une taille
un peu moins forte. Iris brun foncd ; bec verdatre sale, 4 dos gris
corné; pattes olives. Longueur totale 170, vol 233, aile 69, queue
42, bee 23°5 millim.
46 M. TACZANOWSKI ON BIRDS COLLECTED [Jan. 3,
PsiTTACIDA.
*1, Ara mAcao (L.).
Un oiseau vivant de Yurimaguas.
*2, ARA ARARAUNA (L.).
Un oiseau vivant de Yurimaguas.
3. Conurvus Luciani (Deville); Tacz. P.Z. 8. 1874, p. 549.
Une paire de Yurimaguas.
*4, BROTOGERYS XANTHOPTERA (Spix).
Un exemplaire vivant de Yurimaguas.
*5, BroroGERYs JUGULARIS, Deville.
Un exemplaire de Yurimaguas.
*6. Curysotis Festiva (L.).
Un oiseau vivant de Yurimaguas.
7. CurysoTis MERCENARIA (Tsch.); Tacz.P. Z.S. 1874, p. 550.
Un male de Huambo du 12 mars 1880. Iris rouge trés foneé.
Cet exemplaire est d’une taille plus forte que loiseau de Maraynioc
et présente quelques légéres différences dans les détails de la colora-
ration, surtout dans la queue.
Un ceuf trouvé dans un trou d’arbre est trés court, 4 coque
orangée dans sa transparence. Long. de 36°3 sur 31 millim de
largeur.
*8, CHRYSOTIS AMAZONICA, Scl.
Un exemplaire vivant.
#9, CAICA MELANOCEPHALA (L.).
male de Yurimaguas tu¢ le 15 mays 1881. Iris composé d’un
anneau double, dont Vintérieur est gris trés foneé, entouré de rouge
cramoisi, changeant en orangé apres la mort de l’oiseau.
I
*10. PsirracuLa PASsERINA (L.)?
Un male tué & Yurimaguas le 13 mars 1881, a le croupion vert
comme celui de la femelle sans aucune trace de nuance bleue. Iris
gris clair.
STRIGIDA.
Scops BRASILIANUS (Gm.).
Un jeune oiseau tué 4 Yurimaguas le 18 février 1881.
Fauconip.
1. AsruRINA MAGNIROsTRIs (Gm.); Tacz. P. Z. S. 1874, p. 552%
1879, p. 241.
Un exemplaire tué 4 Huambo en février 1880. Iris jaune; cire
et pattes orangées.
1882.] IN NORTH-EASTERN PERU. 47
*2, Burro PENNSYLVANICUS (Wils.).
Une femelle tucée 4 Huambo le 9 mars 1880. Iris brun marron
clair ; cire jaune sale ; pattes d’un jaune orangé.
*3. ACCIPITER PILEATUS (Tem.).
Une femelle adulte de Huambo tude le 26 avril 1880. Iris
orangée ; cire noire en dessus: bec noir avec la partie grise au dessous
des narines; pattes jaunes orangées. Longueur totale 440, vol
797 millim.
*4, MIcRASTUR MIRANDOLLEI, Schl.
Un oiseau adulte de Yurimaguas, tué le 2 mars 1881. Iris gris
foncé,
5. Harpacus BipeNnTAtus (Lath.) ; Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 550.
Un male tué & Huambo le 22 février 1880. Iris d'un roux
cannelle rougeatre ; cire jaune verdatre sale; pattes jaunes orangées.
*6. HypoTrRIORCHIS RUFIGULARIS (Daud.).
Un male de Huambo du 18 avril 1880. Iris brun foncé; cire
jaune ; pattes jaunes orangées.
CATHARTID.
* 1, Gnops PERNIGRA, Sharpe.
Cathartes aura, VOrb. Voy. Amér. mér. iv. p. 38, tab. 1. f. 3.
Un mile tué 4 Huambo le 12 avril 1880. Iris gris avec des rayons
blancs tres fins autour de la pupille. Tete nue, d'un rouge violet
avec une grande tache occipitale blanche quand les plis de la peau
sont rassemblés. Bee blanc d'ivoire ; pattes blanchatres & doigts
noiratres.
ARDEID&.
*], Arpea cocol, L.
Une jeune femelle du Corral, tuée le 17 aotit 1880. Iris jaune
clair.
*2, ARDEA AGAMI, L.
Un mile adulte de Yurimaguas.
3. TiGRIsoMA SALMON], Scl. et Salv.; Tacz. P.Z.S. 1879,
p. 242; 1880, p. 212.
Un mile tué 4 Huambo en avril 1880.
ANATID.
DAFILA oxyURA, Meyen; Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 554,
Un exemplaire tu¢ & Rumucucha le 3 octobre 1880.
48 M. TACZANOWSKI ON BIRDS COLLECTED [Jan. 3,
CoLUMBID.
1, CotumBA peNnisgeA, Temm.; Tacz. P. Z.8. 1874, p. 555.
L’euf, recueilli 4 Chirimoto en février, présente les dimensions
suivantes: 39°3 x 29 millim.
*2, CoLuMBA RUFINA (Temm.).
Un exemplaire tué 4 Chirimoto le 20 juillet 1880. Iris d’un
rouge framboise extérieurement et d’un gris violatre trés foncé autour
de la pupille.
*3. CoLUMBA VINACEA (Temm.).
Un exemplaire de Huambo tué le 20 février 1880. Iris gris
violatre, presque de la nuance du sommet de la téte, mais un peu plus
foncé; paupicres grises ; tour de l’ceil dénudé carné violatre.
*4, PerRISTERA GEOFFROYI (Temm.).
Une femelle de Rumucucha, tuée le 27 aowt 1880, Iris rouge
clair.
5. GEOTRYGON MONTANA (L.); Tacz. P.Z.S. 1874, p. 556;
1879, p. 243.
Un male de Cococho, tué le 28 aout 1879, et un male de Yuri-
maguas du 9 mars 1881. Iris ocreux.
Cracip&.
1, PENELOPE SCLATERI, Gr.; Tacz. P. Z.8. 1874, p.550; 1879,
p. 243.
Trois exemplaires de Tamiapampa tués en novembre 1879. Iris
brun rougeatre.
2. PENELOPE BOLIVIANA, Reichb. ; Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 558.
Une femelle tuée 2 Yurimaguas le 7 février 1880, distincte des
oiseaux du Pérou central par le fond des parties inférieures du corps
fort roussdtre, et les stries fauves au lieu de blanches. Iris brun
foncé: parties nues de la face grises d’acier ; peau nue de la gorge
rouge carnée,
3. PENELOPE RUFIVENTRIS, Tsch.
Deux males de Tamiapampa, tués en novembre 1879, s’accordent
en tout avec la description et la figure de la ‘ Fauna Peruana,’ tandis
que les trois exemplaires fournis précédemment par M. Jelski du
Pérou central different par Ja disposition de la couleur plombée sur
le devant du cou. La peau nue chez les oiseaux vivants de Tamia-
pampa est d’un bleu outremer ; bec noir; pattes rouges brunatres A
doigts bruns avec une nuance rougeatre tres faible; iris rouge
brunatre.
4, ORTALIDA GuUTTATA (Spix).
Une femelle et un poussin recueillis 2 Chirimoto le 6 juillet 1880.
1882.] IN NORTH-EASTERN PERU. 49
Cette femelle se distingue de celle du Pérou central par le manque
complet des taches blanches sur le devant de l’abdomen. Bee gris
bleudtre ; cire et les paupiéres plombées; pattes roses; iris brun
fonce.
RALLID.
RALuLus NIGRICANS, V.
Un mile adulte tué &4 Huambo le 12 avril 1880. Ivis terre-de-
Sienne foncé.
SCOLOPACID.
TRINGOIDES MACULARIUS (L.) ; Tacz. P. Z.S. 1877, p. 330.
Deux femelles adultes tuées 4 Huambo a la fin de mars 1880.
PopiciPi1TID&.
*PoODICEPS DOMINICUS (L.).
Sept exemplaires adultes recueillis & Rumucucha en juin et en
juillet 1880. Iris jaune.
Les poussins en duvet, recueillis en juillet, ont le sommet de la
téte noir avec une tache rousse au milieu et une série de raies
blanches disposées comme il suit: une strie médiane devant la tache
rousse, un sourcil au dessus de chaque ceil; une raie postoculaire,
raie oblique cervicale prolongée sur toute la longueur du cou et un
chevron nuchal passant aussi sur le cou; joues, gorge et le devant
du cou sont blanes variés de lignes noirdtres, dont une passe depuis
le menton sur toute la longueur de la gorge et du cou; deux autres
de chaque coté du cou, une sur les cétés de la gorge et l’autre tout
le long du bas des joues. Dos gris noiratre parsemé de poils blancs;
poitrine et flancs gris foneés mélés de poils blanchatres ; milieu du
dessous largement blanc. Iris presque noir.
Les ceufs des deux pontes ressemblent & ceux du P. minor de
Europe, et sont en général un peu plus petits. Dimensions: 36 x
25, 35°5 X 27°8, 36°3 x 27°8, 35 x 25, 37°3 X 25°7 millim.
TINAMID.
1, Cryprurvs opsoLetus (Temm.); Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 563.
Six adultes et un jeune de Chirimoto, recueillis en juillet et en
septembre 1880. Iris gris clair chez le male, gris chez la femelle.
2. NoTHOPROCTA CURVIROSTRIS, Scl. ?
Un jeune oiseau couvert presque en entier de plumes, tué & Cha-
chapoyas le 23 septembre 1879, me parait appartenir & cette espéce.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1882, No. IV. 4
50 MR. M. JACOBY ON NEW GENERA AND [Jan. 3,
2. Descriptions of new Genera and Species of Phytophagous
Coleoptera. By Martin Jacopy.
[Received November 31, 1881.]
Lamprosoma, Kirby.
1, LAMpROSOMA GRANDE, sp. nov.
Subglobular, very convex, black below, above brilliant metallic
green. Head very finely, thorax distinctly punctured ; elytra rather
deeply punctate-striate, the interstices finely scratched,
Length 33 lines.
Hab. Amazons.
Head very broad, finely and closely punctured, the front with au
obsolete depression ; clypeus separated from the face by a short but
deep impression at the sides only, anterior border deeply concave.
Labrum fulvous. Jaws and antenne black, the basal joint of the
latter metallic green above, fulvous below. Thorax more than
three times as broad as long, the sides greatly deilexed, the posterior
lobe rounded and large, obliquely and distinctly impressed at each
side, surface closely and more distinctly punctured than the head.
Seutellum metallic green. Elytra regularly convex, scarcely nar-
rowed behind, the lateral lobe not much produced, subangulate ;
each elytron with ten rows of punctures deeply impressed at the
base, but much smaller towards the apex, the interstices finely
scratched. Prosternum rather longer than broad, its surface with
a few deep punctures.
A single specimen is contained in my collection.
The present species is allied to L. amethystinum, Lac., L. cunea-
tum, Baly, and L. canaliculatum, Baly, but differs from all of them
in the more narrow transverse thorax, broader scarcely attenuated
shape, the finer punctuation of its head and thorax, and the shape
of its clypeus; the shape of the thorax is almost that of Lych-
nophaés laticollis, although to a less extent. On the whole the
present species bears a great resemblance in shape and colour to
the last-named insect ; but the appendiculate claws show it to be a
true Lamprosoma,
Lycunopnatis, Lacordaire.
2. LycHNOPHAES AFRICANA.
Broadly ovate, moderately convex, black. Thorax extremely
finely punctured and strigose; elytra finely and irregularly pune-
tured, a scutellar spot and a lateral band from the base to the apex
metallic cupreous.
Length 2 lines.
Hab. South Africa.
Head convex at the vertex only, subdepressed at the middle,
finely longitudinally strigose; epistome limited at each side in front
of the eyes by a short transverse depression. Eyes very slightly
1882. | SPECIES OF PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. 51
emarginate at their inner margin. Antenne rather long, extending
to the base of the thorax, the seventh to the apical joints dentate
but not very transversely shaped. Thorax more than three times
as broad as long, greatly defiexed at the sides, the posterior margin
rather regularly rounded at the sides, and the median lobe obsolete
and not produced ; upper surface extremely finely punctured on the
disk, very finely longitudinally strigose at the sides. Scutellum trian-
gular, black. Elytra regularly but very moderately convex, the lateral
lobes slightly produced and rounded; surface much more strongly
punctured than the head, the punctuation close and irregularly
arranged; black, an elongate sutural spot surrounding the scutellum,
and the lateral margins from the base to the apex, aureous or
cupreous. Prosternum convex anteriorly, subtriangular, much nar-
rowed behind. Claws simple.
Two specimens of this interesting species were kindly given to
me by Mr. Thorey, of Altona. I have included it for the present
in the genus Lychnophaés, of which no species has been known
inhabiting Africa. The general shape of the insect, scarcely
emarginate eyes, and slender antennz would no doubt justify the
erection of a special genus; but as these differences seem to me to
be those of degree rather than generic, I have thought it best to
abstain from the creation of a new genus. The insects were col-
lected by Drége.
NEOCHLAMYS, gen. nov.
Ovate, rotundate, very convex. Head invisible from above.
Eyes submarginate. Palpi short, robust, terminal joint conical.
Antenne short ; fourth and fifth joints elongate, of equal length ; the
rest gradually transverse, subserrate. Thorax transverse, narrow,
its sides rounded. Scutellum rather large, flat, triangular, Elytra
distinctly lobed at the sides, very convex, irregularly punctured and
strigose. Prosternum compressed, narrowed behind. Cavities for
the reception of the antennz and legs present. Claws simple.
Type, Neochlamys strigicolles.
The genus described here is, without doubt, closely allied to
Spherocharis, but well distinguished by the shape of the antennze
and the simple claws. The eyes in the present genus may almost
be called entire, the inner margin of the head scarcely advancing
opposite the insertion of the antenne, and the pygidium scarcely
protruding beyond the elytra, in one instance being even totally
covered by them. Iam unfortunately not sure about the locality
of this species, but believe it to be from Brazil.
3. NrocHLAMYS STRIGICOLLIS, Sp. Noy.
Broadly ovate, rotundate, very convex, bronze-coloured, shining,
Antenne, palpi, and tarsi fulvous; head and thorax closely longi-
tudinally strigose; elytra closely and irregularly punctured, the
apex and sides strigose.
Length 22 to 3 lines.
Hab. Brazil?
4%
32 MR. M. JACOBY ON NEW GENERA AND (Jan. 3,
Head flat, slightly depressed between the eyes, closely covered
with fine longitudinal striz, a triangular space between the eyes
impunctate and smooth; anterior margin of the clypeus perfectly
straight. Labrum transverse, black. Antenne shorter than the
thorax; fulvous, the first joint metallic ceneous, dentate from the
seventh joint. Thorax nearly four times as broad as long, the pos-
terior margin moderately produced at the middle, the median lobe
not produced and straight; sides rounded, the entire surface closely
covered with elongate punctures and fine longitudinal strie. Scu-
tellum rather broad, triangular, smooth. Elytra slightly broader at
the base than the thorax, regularly convex, the apex rounded, with
an obsoletely raised short costa near the lateral margin towards the
apex; lateral lobe moderately produced and rounded; surface
covered with smaller and larger punctures on the disk, the.sides and
apex finely and closely strigose ; entirely of a metallic bronze colour.
Underside and legs of the same colour, closely rugose-punctate ;
the abdominal segments of nearly equal length; tarsi fulvous.
Prosternum rather broader than long, compressed and narrowed
behind, rugose-punctate.
Two specimens are contained in my collection.
I may add to the above description, that the elytra in both the
specimens before me are covered with small purplish spots of dif-
ferent shape and position, which I attribute to accident or discolora-
tion of the ground-colour, although I cannot be sure about it. One
specimen shows also a short pygidium, while the latter is totally
covered by the elytra in the other.
EUMOLPIDS.
Lunycutus, nov. gen. (sect. Typophorine).
Antenuee with the last five joints widened, last three joints broadly
transverse, wider than long. Eyes distant, entire. Prosternum
narrowed at the middle, its base truncate; femora without teeth;
intermediate tibiee notched at the apex. Claws bifid, the inner
division minute.
Type, Eulychius madagascariensis.
This genus may be at once distinguished from all those belonging
to the T'ypophorine by the broadly transverse and flattened apical
joints of the antennee. It seems to be allied to the genus Sybriacus,
Har., but differs in the unarmed femora and bifid claws.
4, EULYCHIUS MADAGASCARIENSIS, Sp. nov.
Oblong, rufous ; last three joints of the antennze black ; thorax
coarsely punctured; elytra finely punctate-striate, black, opaque,
shoulders and the apex rufous.
Length 23 lines.
Hab. Madagascav.
Head rather closely and strongly punctured. Clypeus separated
from the face by an obsolete transverse groove. Labrum testaceous.
Antenne extending to the base of the thorax ; first joint subglobular,
1882. | SPECIES OF PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. 53
thickened; second a little shorter than the third ; seventh and eighth
joints gradually widened ; last three joints flattened, broader than
long, black. Thorax narrowly transverse, fulvous, shining ; sides
rounded, anterior margin straight; disk rather convex, closely and
deeply punctured. Scutellum triangular, fulvous. Elytra wider at
the base than the thorax, moderately convex, the sides deflexed ;
surface closely and regularly punctate-striate, black, opaque, a trian-
gular spot at the shoulder and a narrow elongate apical one fulvous,
Underside and legs entirely fulvous.
Three specimens are contained in my collebtion,
Baya, noy. gen.
Elongate, subparallel. Head perpendicular, broad, invisible from
above. Eyes slightly emarginate, small. Palpi filiform. Antennee
half the length cf the body; second joint short, globose; third
and following three joints subequal, slender; the rest gradually
thickened. Thorax transverse, its sides rounded and entire, anterior
angles produced. Scutellum triangular. lytra slightly wider than
the thorax, convex, semipunctate-striate. Legs of moderate size ;
the intermediate and posterior tibiz of the male with a large tri-
angular acute tooth.
2. Intermediate tibize toothed oniy, the posterior ones emar-
ginate ; prosternuin greatly narrowed in the middle, the base trun-
cate; anterior thoracic episternum concave.
Type, Balya quadrimaculata.
I found this genus upon a handsome-coloured insect, of which
three specimens are contained in my collection, from Brazil. It
ought to be placed amongst the first group of the Eumolpide (the
Iphimeine, according to Chapuis’s arrangement), from all genera of
which it is easily distinguished by the toothed middle and posterior
tibize of the male and its general elongate subcylindrical shape.
5. BALYA QUADRIMACULATA, Sp. OY.
Below black ; head, thorax, and the base of the femora fulvous ;
antennee (the first 4 joints excepted), a spot at the middle of the
thorax, and the tibia black ; elytra dark purplish, the suture and
two spots on each elytron flavous.
Length 3 lines.
Hab. Brazil (Lagoa Santa).
Head very finely and closely punctured, broad, the eyes very
distant. Antennee black, the first four joints fulyous. Palpi fulvous,
terminal joint black. Thorax transversely convex, not narrower at
the apex than at the base, the anterior angles produced into a short
tooth, fulvous, with a central black rhomboidal spot; surface
scarcely visibly punctured. Scutellum black, triangular. Elytra
slightly wider at the base than the thorax, parallel and subeylindri-
cal; surface closely covered with large and smaller punctures arranged
in subregular rows, the apex longitudinally costate ; of adark purplish-
blue colour, the suture narrowly, and two irregular-shaped spots near
54 MR. M. JACOBY ON NEW GENERA AND [Jan. 3,
the lateral margin, one before, the other behind the middle, fulvous.
Underside, knees, tibiee, and tarsi black, femora fulyous ; four pos-
terior tibiee armed with an acute long triangular tooth at their
outside.
Tn my collection.
Mentvs, Chapuis.
6. MENIUS VIRIDIHNEUS, sp. NOY.
Ovate, convex, dark greenish eeneous. Antenne and the legs
obscure fulvous ; thorax deeply but not closely punctured ; elytra
very deeply and regularly punctate-striate, the interstices convex
anteriorly.
Length 2 lines.
Had. Cameroons (the plains.)
Front of head rather swollen, obsoletely and finely punctured,
with a distinct but short longitudinal groove between the eyes, the
latter with a distinct, posteriorly widened groove at their inner
margin. Clypeus separated by a triangular impressed line from the
face. Labrum fulvous. Antenne half the length of the body, fili-
form, entirely fulvous, or with the apical joints piceous. Thorax
about twice as broad as long, distinctly narrowed from the base to
the apex, its sides but little rounded, surface impressed with deep
but rather remotely placed punctures. Scutellum subtriangular, its
apex acute. Elytra slightly wider at the base than the thorax, con-
vex, regularly and deeply punctate-striate near the base, much more
finely towards the apex; below the shoulder several striz are united
at their ends and their commencement and are only half the length
of the rest ; interstices impunctate, subcostate near the base, but
flat posteriorly. Femora with a short acute tooth.
Collected by Mr. Rutherford. Coilection Jacoby.
This species is allied to M. costatus, Baly, but is larger, differently
shaped, the thorax much more strongly punctured, and the elytra
are devoid of the strongly raised costee near the lateral margin.
Terituvs, Chapuis.
7. TERILLUS POROSUS, Sp. NOV.
Elongate, convex, fulvous, finely pubescent below. Thorax irregu-
larly and moderately strongly, elytra foveolate punctate, the interior -
of the punctures metallic green.
Length 33-4 lines. ak
Hab. Australia, Cooktown. }
Head very minutely and closely punctured, and covered with fine
silvery pubescence. Antennze half as long as the body, third joint
double the length of the second, light fulvous. Thorax about twice
as broad as long, its sides straight, disk longitudinally obsoletely
suleate from the base to the apex, rest of the surface irregularly
covered with rather fine punctures, pubescent like the head. Seu-
tellum smooth. Elytra foveolate-punctate, the punctures near the
base arranged in irregular double rows, the rest confusedly distributed,
1882. ] SPECIES OF PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. 55
interstices transversely wrinkled and costate near the apex ; the interior
of the punctures, especially near the lateral and sutural margins,
metallic green, Underside and legs fulvous, closely covered with
fine silvery pubescence.
In my collection.
Curiripea, Baly.
8. CHEIRIDEA SUBRUGOSA, sp. Nov.
Oblong, convex, metallic green, pubescent. Legs cupreous. Tho-
rax deeply punctate, its sides serrate. Elytra punctate-striate and
transversely rugose, subpubescent, metallic green, with a broad
transverse black band at the middle.
Length 4 lines.
Hat. Cameroons.
Head rugose punctate, thinly covered with long white hairs.
Labrum and jaws, as well as the palpi, black. Antenne nearly
half the length of the body, the joints robust and (with the exception
of the first three joints) elongate, black. Thorax subquadrate, its
sides slightly rounded and serrate, all the angles acute ; surface deeply
aud rather closely punctured, the interstices laterally transversely
wrinkled ; metallic green, covered with thin white hairs at the sides.
Scutellum pentagonal, thickly covered with white pubescence. Elytra
wider than the thorax, convex at the middle and acutely pointed at
the apex, irregularly transversely rugose and deeply punctured, the
interstices subcostate at the disk, metallic green, this colour divided at
the middle of each elytron by a broad transverse black band which
does not quite reach the suture, this band is limited anteriorly and
posteriorly by thick white pubescence, which is also prominent towards
the apex in the shape of longitudinal striz, principally near the
sutural margin. Underside obscure metallic green, closely pubescent.
Legs cupreous, femora without tooth. Claws appendiculate.
Jn my collection.
This handsome species bears a close resemblance to Pseudocolaspis
timialithus, Thoms., in regard to shape and colour, and might be easily
mistaken for that species if the generic characters were not totally
different. ‘The serrate sides of the thorax, filiform antennee, and the
appendiculate claw show it, however, to belong to Baly’s genus
Cheiridia, described in the Journ.Linn. Soe., Zool, vol. xiv, p. 253,
HALTICIDs,
DrAmpuipiA, Gerstiicker.
9, DIAMPHIDIA ANGOLENSIS, Sp. Nov.
. Broadly ovate, convex, testaceous or flavous. Antennz simple,
black ; sides of the breast, knees, tibize and tarsi, three spots on
the head, and five on the thorax bleck ; elytra very closely punctured,
black, sutural and lateral margins and a pear-shaped spot from the
base to the middle flavous.
Length 43-5 lines.
Hab, Angola (Africa).
56 MR, M. JACOBY ON NEW GENERA AND [Jan. 3,
Head with a few fine punctures, flavous, a rhomboidal spot at the
middle and one on each side at the base black. Antenne black,
the second and third joints and the apex of the terminal one fulvous.
Thorax nearly three times as broad as long, the sides very moderately
rounded, anterior angles acute; surface finely and not very closely
punctured on the disk, much more closely towards the sides ; a broad
subquadrate irregular-shaped black spot is situated at each side, and
connected anteriorly with a small round spot, another oblong one
being placed in the middle of the base. Scutellum black. Elytra
extremely closely subrugulose punctate, black, the margins narrowly
testaceous, but interrupted at the apex by an elongation of the black
portion; an elongate pear-shaped testaceous spot extends from the
middle of the base in an oblique direction to the middle of the elytra.
Underside closely pubescent.
Four specimens of this well marked species are contained in my
collection. The design of the elytra and thorax will distinguish this
insect from any of its allies.
GALERUCID&.
Lurrropes, Motsch.
10. LUPERODES MARGINATUS, Sp. Nov.
Oblong, convex, light flavous below. Antenne, their basal joints
excepted, piceous. Above pale olive-green, extreme lateral margins
of the elytra and their epipleure black.
Length 3 lines.
Hab. Africa, Lagos.
Head not longer than broad, with a well marked transverse groove
between the eyes, finely punctate, the latter black, prominent. An-
tennee two thirds the length of the body, obscure piceous, the two
or three basal joints flavous, joints 2 and 3 very short, of nearly
equal length, the rest filiform and slender. Thorax narrowly trans-
verse, its sides straight and narrowed from base to apex, the angles
obtuse and rather rounded ; surface like the head, very minutely punc-
tured. Scutellum triangular. Elytra convex, parallel, more dis-
tinctly punctured than the thorax, of a very pale greenish tint, with
the lateral and apical margins black; this colour is narrowed gra-
dually towards the base, where it is very narrow. Underside and legs
flavous, finely pubescent ; last abdominal segment in some specimens
black.
Collection Jacoby.
The genus Luperodes, resembling in its general appearance the
genus Monolepta, may be known by the very long first tarsal joint of
the posterior legs, the tibize of which are armed with a long spine, in
connexion with the open anterior coxal cavities.
11, LUrPERODES AUSTRALIS, Sp. Noy.
Oblong, convex, flavous; apical joints of the antenne, and the
breast, black ; elytra minutely punctured, flavous, the base and a
small spet below the middle rufous,
or
a |
1882. | SPECIES OF PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA.
Length 2-25 lines.
Hab. Australia.
Head impunctate, with a short transverse groove between the eyes,
the latter very large, black. Antenne rather closely approached,
the four basal joints flavous, the rest piceous, joints 2 and 3
very short. Thorax transverse, the sides slightly rounded, anterior
margin straight, posterior much rounded ; surface impunctate, flavous.
Elytra very closely and finely punctured, with a transverse rufous band
at the base, the posterior margin of which is irregularly sinuate, and
a small spot of the same colour situated behind the middle and close
to the sutural margin. Underside and legs flavous. Breast shining
black.
Two specimens are contained in my collection,received from the
Mus. Godeffroy at Hamburg.
Mawacosoma, Chey.
12. MALACOSOMA POLITUM, Sp. nov.
Oblong, convex, black. Thorax fulvous, impunctate ; elytra
testaceous, extremely minutely punctured; legs and antenne black.
Length 3 lines.
Hab. South Africa.
Head black, pubescent, with a more or less distinct central longi-
tudinal groove at the vertex. Antenne short and robust; the
second joint the shortest ; the third and fourth joints of equal length ;
the rest subcylindrical, slightly thickened. Thorax transversely
convex, its sides rounded, especially anteriorly, the anterior angles
slightly tuberculate; surface convex, entirely impunctate, fulvous.
Seutellum black. Hiytra convex, impunctate like the thorax, or
visibly punctured only when seen under a strong lens; testaceous,
very shining. Underside and legs rather thickly covered with
yellow pubescence.
The highly polished upper surface of the present species, which is
totally impunctate, will distinguish it from MW. lusitanicum, with which
it agrees in coloration.
Collection Jacoby.
13, MALACOSOMA QUADRIMACULATUM, Sp. Nov.
Oblong, testaceous ; antennee, tibice, and tarsi black ; elytra very
finely punctured, testaceous, a small longitudinal spot at the base
and a band from base to apex, greatly narrowed anteriorly, black.
Length 3 lines.
Hab. Natal.
Head convex, very minutely punctured, with a distinct transverse
sinuate groove between the eyes. Antenne half the length of the
body ; second joint short ; third and fourth joints elongate, of equal
length ; the basal one fulvons, the rest black. Thorax narrowly trans-
verse, nearly three times as broad as long; surface distinctly but
irregularly punctured, fulvous. Scutellum nearly semicircular, flavous,
smooth. Elytra rather more finely and closely punctured than the
thorax, of the same colour as the latter; each elytron with an elongate
58 MR. M. JACOBY ON PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. [Jan, 3,
black spot near the scutellum and another broad band of the same
colour, the anterior part of which is greatly narrowed and concave
at its inner margin; this band does not extend quite to the lateral
margin or the apex. Underside and femora testaceous ; tibize and
tarsi black,
My collection and that of the British Museum.
14, MALACOSOMA FLAVOMARGINATUM, Sp. Nov.
Elongate, testaceous. Head and thorax fulvous; elytra closely
punctured, blackish blue, the lateral and sutural margins flavous.
Length 3 lines.
Hab. South Africa.
Head convex, closely punctured. Antenne half the length of the
body, black, first three joints flavous. Thorax of the same shape as in
M. quadrimaculatum, its surface distinctly but less closely punctured.
Scutellum flavous. Elytra very closely and rather strongly punc-
tured, black with a bluish tint, the sutural and lateral margins, as
well as the apex, narrowly flayous. Underside and legs of the same
colour ; tarsi piceous.
Collection Jacoby.
GonrorLeuRA, Westwood.
15. GONIOPLEURA BASALIS, Sp. Noy.
Elongate, convex, rufous. Thorax finely punctured, its sides tri-
dentate; elytra finely pubescent, metallic green or blue, the base
more or less broadly rufous.
Length 7 lines.
Hab. Sumatra.
Head finely and closely puuctured. Clypeus slightly transversely
depressed, its anterior margin deeply concave and bidentate. Apex
of jaws black. Antenne light fulvous, extending to one third the
length of the body. Thorax subquadrate, punctured like the head ;
each lateral margin produced at the middle into a biangulate flat
protuberance preceded by a small tooth, from which an oblique
depression extends across the disk towards the base. Scutellum
rufous. Elytra convex and parallel, closely and rather more strongly
punctured than the thorax, and covered, especially towards the apex,
with whitish pubescence ; metallic green or blue, with a more or less
broad rufous transverse band at the base. Underside and legs
rufous.
Collection Jacoby and British Museum.
From G. viridipennis, Clark, to which the present species bears a
great resemblance, it may be distinguished by the dentate and
angulate lateral thoracic margin, which in Clark’s species consists of
a single tooth only, while here it is followed by an almost square-
shaped broad angular protuberance. The rufous basal margin of
the elytra varies in width, but is constant. This species forms the
fourth of the genus Goniopleura,
“THATIaAN FIVIONTH SY
ile Ca GN Se
1882. ] MR. O. THOMAS ON THE AFRICAN MUNGOOSES. 59
8. On the African Mungooses.
By Onprretp Tomas, I.Z.8., British Museum,
[Received December 2, 1881.]
(Plate ITI.)
In the Zoology of the Yunnan Expedition’, Dr. John Anderson of
the Calcutta Museum has recently fully worked out the Oriental
species of that difficult Viverrine group, the Mungooses; and the
present paper is an attempt to treat similarly those that are found in
Africa, The latter, however, are very much less uniform in structure
than the former, as they belong to no less than seven genera, six
being peculiar to Africa, while the Oriental forms, as Dr. Anderson
has shown, ought all to be included in the restricted genus Herpestes.
The Oriental and African Mungooses together form a very natural
subfamily, the Herpestinse*, quite distinct from the other large group
of the Viverridee, namely the Civets and Paradoxures, or Vivervine.
Prof. Flower, in his well-known paper on the classification of the
Carnivora ®*, says of the Viverride (p. 35) that ‘“‘they show a great
tendency to break into two groups, of which Viverra, Paradoxurus,
Arctictis, &c. belong to one, and Herpesées and its various modifi-
cations to the other, /hyzena being an aberrant member of the
last,” and (p. 20) gives a description of the characters of the base
of the skull in this group, compared with those of the Viverrine.
Externally the members of this subfamily are distinguished by
their comparatively lithe and slender form, and by their generally
blunt, elongated, and but slightly curved claws, as compared with the
short, sharp, semiretractile, and strongly curved claws of most of the
Viverrinee.
The following are the only two previous papers of any importance
on the subject of the African species of this group :—(1) Temminck,
Esq. Zool. Cote Guinée, pp. 93-118 (1853) ; and (2) Gray, P.Z.8,
1864, pp. 547-579.
The first of these contains much useful information, especially
with regard to the variation to which these animals are subject ;
nevertheless, notwithstanding his clear insight into the badness of
other people’s species, Temminck formed several bad species of his
own init. The second, by Dr. Gray, is a complete revision of the
group, in which, however, such a large number of untenable genera
ave formed, and go many bad species are made and allowed, that the
confusion into which the group had fallen cannot be said to have
been removed by it. On the other hand, it must be admitted that
1 Op. cit. p. 168 (1878).
2 On the principle of strict priority this name ought to be Svricatine, Suri-
cata antedating Herpestes by seven years ; but it would be so obviously unsuitable
to call the subfamily after one of its most aberrant members, that IT think we are
justified in using the later and more classical term,
3 P.Z.8. 1869, ps4.
60 MR, O. THOMAS ON THE [Jan. 3,
his general arrangement of the group seems to be a very natural one,
and has, in its main outlines, been followed here.
With regard to the genera treated of, I have only taken those
found actually on the continent of Africa, and have therefore not
included the aberrant forms Galidia, Galidictis, and Hupleres', which
are only found in Madagascar, and of which the species present but little
difficulty, so that there is no need for any special revision of them’.
On the other hand, none of the true Mungooses are indigenous to
Madagascar, though one or two of them have been recorded from
there; but these would seem either to have been introduced, or the
correctness of their locality to have been very doubtful. It must be
remembered that the artificial introduction of animals of this group
is by no means unlikely, as Mungooses are constantly tamed by the
natives, and would thus easily be carried by them from one place to
another *,
In preparing this paper J have had the advantage of examining
the collections, each possessing many typical specimens, contained in
the Berlin, Leyden, and Frankfort Museums, in addition to the large
series in our own national collection. I have thus seen nearly 250
African Mungooses, including the types of the species described by
Gray, Peters, Riippell, Temminck, Smith, and others, the names of
these species being marked with asterisks in the synonymy below.
All together, of the seventy-five good and bad species described, I have
examined the types of thirty-one, the greater part of the remainder
being species named either from rough travellers’ descriptions, from
previously published figures, or else merely in alteration of earlier
names.
I must here thank Prof. Peters of Berlin, and Prof. Schlegel and
Dr. Jentink of Leyden for the facilities they have afforded me of
seeing the specimens under their charge, and Prof. Milne~-Edwards
for much useful information with respect to the typical specimens
contained in the Paris Museum.
Before commencing the detailed review of the species, I think it
will be useful to make a few remarks concerning the characters which
should be especially attended to by any one wishing to name an
African specimen of this group.
In the first place, I would call attention to the variation to be ob-
served in the coloration of certain species : thus in Herpestes gracilis,
the three varieties are extraordinarily different in their general colour,
while the plan of coloration and all other characters are precisely
identical ; these different colours moreover are not strictly confined
‘ These genera all differ from the continental Mungooses in not possessing an
alisphenoid canal, a character present in all those treated of here.
* Dr. Jentink has recently worked out the species of the genus Galidia (Notes
Leyd. Mus. i. p. 131, 1879).
* The only true Mungoose collected without doubt in Madagascar, that I now
of, is a young individual of Crossarchus fasciatus, obtained by Van Dam, and now
in the Leyden Museum. Prof. Milne-Edwards informs me that, in his opinion,
“Te Vansive” ( Herpestes galera), usually said to have originally come from Mada-
gascar,. was certainly not obtained there, no other collectors having met with it
in that island sinee.
1882. | AFRICAN MUNGOOSES. 6]
to any locality, though there is a certain tendency for all, or at least
most of the specimens from one district to be alike in colour ; in fact,
if this had not been so, I should not have felt justified in regarding
the various forms even as distinct varieties. Again, H. albicauda
varies most peculiarly in the amount of white present on the
tail, some specimens having that member nearly entirely white and
others wholly black, individuals of each type being moreover found
in the heart of the district mostly inhabited by those of the other.
Another remarkable point in connection with variation in colour is
the fact that in certain species there seem to be two forms, one with
annulated and the other with unannulated fur. Thus ordinary
specimens of H. galera, Gr., have annulated fur, while others from
various localities, among which are the types of H. pluto, Temm.,
have their longer hairs entirely unannulated. In the same way
H. mutyigella, Riipp., seems to be the unannulated form of H. graci-
lis, H. iodoprymnus, Heugl., being intermediate, and H. granti, Gr.,
similarly that of H. badius. It is of course possible that these two
forms represent a seasonal change, though the few dated specimens
that I have seen do not, on the whole, lend much support to this
view, especially when we remember how comparatively little seasonal
change of temperature must occur in the region with which we now
have io deal.
In the second place, attention should be drawn to the apparent
frequency with which specimens of this group seem to lose the
minute first toes on both fore and hind feet. Thus both “Cynictis”
melanura and ‘ Galerella’’ ochracea ' owe their generic names to the
fact of their halluces having been accidentally lost; and Bdeogale
nigripes, Puch., has probably been referred to that genus for the
same reason”. In the work already referred to*, Temminck has
drawn attention to this same point, and has given several instances
which had fallen under his own observation. The minute claw of
the first toe is probably very easily knocked off during the skinning
and stuffing of specimens ; and the digit itself, without the claw, is so
small and inconspicuous that it would not be observable without the
closest scrutiny. On the whole it would seem that though some
few cases may occur in which the claw has either never been
developed or has been knocked off during life, yet as a rule, so far
as I have seen, the loss has probably occurred after death, there being
generally distinct traces of the former presence of the claw, thus
showing that it could not have been lost during life, for then the
skin would presumably haye healed over the place.
Thirdly, it is worthy of note that while the dimensions of the
teeth are very constant, their number is by no means so: thus, one
of our specimens of Crossarchus zebra (p. 89) has an additional
true molar above on each side behind the two normal ones, the extra
ones not being in any way crowded or rudimentary, but fully
1 T have softened and opened the skin of the hind foot of the type of this
species, and found, as I expected, a broken metatarsus, about one tenth of
an inch in length, and of the usual thickness, adhering to the entocuneiform bone.
2 See below, p. 77. 3 Op, cit, p. 107.
62 MR. 0. THOMAS ON THE [Jan. 3,
developed, and looking quite as if that species always possessed them.
Again, a specimen of H. gracilis has an additional lower premolar
standing side by side with the third normal one ; but this differs from
the last instance in being more obviously an abnormality. The type
of Rhinogale melleri, as mentioned below (p. 81), has one more
upper premolar on each side than is found in any other species of the
group; but as, so far as I know, this typical specimen is unique, I
cannot say whether the dental formula possessed by it is constant or
not. On the other hand, a deficiency in the full number of teeth is
very common, all the species with normally four upper premolars
often losing the first one, which when present is always much
smaller than any of the others.
It has just been mentioned that the dimensions of the teeth are
very constant ; and so much is this the case that I have found that the
comparative measurements of the fourth upper premolar and second
molar afford very good specific characters; for in those species in
which the teeth are more or less round and suitable for grinding
rather ‘than cutting, the second molar is of considerable size and the
fourth premolar is but little larger, while, on the other hand, when
the teeth are slender, angular, and with cutting-edges, as in H. ichneu-
mon, the last molar is very small and rudimentary and the last pre-
molar is large and has a well-developed anterior internal process.
As an instance of these differences, I may mention the cases of
Hi. albicauda and HH. ichneumon, in the first of which the last molar
is from 71 to 84 per cent. of the fourth premolar, while in the latter
these percentages range only from 42 to 45.
The measurements upon which these percentages are founded are
those of the greatest diameter of the tooth—in the fourth premolar
from the posterior point of the tooth to the anterior edge of the
internal lobe, and in the last molar simply the greatest transverse
diameter of the tooth. The percentages obtained by these measure-
ments are called in the synopses of the species the ‘dental per-
centages ;’’ and a table is given at the end of each genus showing the
exact dimensions, with the resulting percentages, of the teeth of its
members.
Synopsis of the Genera.
A, With a naked groove from the muzzle to the upper lip.
I, Toes 5—5
a. Premolars + (if only 3 in either jaw, a diastema
ALWAYS PLesenb) Binwernsterctteptaveasinaerase sesere sees J. Hurresres.
2, Premolars 3 (no diastema in front of Ist premo-
lar). Hind solesmaked ....0tii..s..cer0-00 ses teedes II. Henocare.
II: Toes 44.
c. Premolars {- Hind soles hairy .i....c:ciccceseceee III. Borocsne,
III. Toes 5—4,
d. Premolars {. Hind soles hairy ...scsssccsessesesees IV. Oyyiciis.
1882. ] AFRICAN MUNGOOSES. 63
B, No groove from nose to upper lip.
IV. Toes 5—5.
ec. Premolars =}, Palate concave. Hind soleshairy V. Ruiyocauy.
J. Premolars #°. Palate flat. Hind soles bald...... VI. Crossarcuus.
Ve Toes 4—4.
g. Premolars }. Hind soles bald........s..:0ce0.seeee VII. Suricara.
I. HeRpestes. Type.
“ Vangusta, Oliv.”®, Mllig., Desm., Fisch., ke. .. 2
Ichneumon, Lacép. Mém. de V Inst. ii. p. 492
(1801) (nee Linn. 8S. N. i. p. 930, 1766) ...... H. ichneumon.
Herpestes, Ulig. Prodr. Syst. Mamm. p. 135
(its t EO a Mere See Se rie H. ichneumon.
Atilax, F. Cuv. Hist. Nat. Mamm. iii. livr.
Ps eee ia pas ss > Se. as pls Gre,
Mungos, Ogilby, P. Z. S. 1835, p. 103 (1835).. H. vitticollis.
Urva, Hodgs. Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vi. p. 560
GTS), ice ae ys ere sees © ripley els = otte ... Ao urea.
Mesobema, Hodgs. Journ. As. Soc. Beng. x.
PONSA) 9S wets cee Geelel > pemmane tage Fite s HT, urva.
Osmetectis, Gray, Ann. & Mag. N. H. x. p. 260
Mie acres whe dae na AE Rn Welw Ryn. wields Hi, urea.
Calogale, Gray, P. Z.S. 1864, p. 560 (1864) .. H. nepalensis.
Galerella, Gray, t. cit. p. 564 (1864) ...... H., gracilis.
Calictis, Gray, t. cit. p. 565 (1864).......... HH. smithii.
Teniogale, Gray, t. cit. p. 569 (1864) ...... H. vitticollis.
Onychogale, Gray, t. cit. p. 570 (1864)...... A. maccarthie.
Toes 5—5. Teeth, 1.2, C. 1, P.M. {, M. >, x 2=40. Underside
of tarsus generally naked. Fur of two kinds, the longer usually annu-
lated, so as to give the animal a grizzled appearance. Tail long, varying
from about half to nearly equal the length of the head and body
together. First toes on both fore and hind feet very small, probably
nearly functionless. Claws of medium strength.
Range. 8. Europe, all Africa, Asia Minor, Persia, and nearly the
whole of the Oriental zoological region.
To this, the typical genus, belong all the Indian and nearly half
of the African species. There is a great variation in size and colour
among its various members ; but the cranial characters are very fairly
! Jn the only known specimen, very possibly not constant.
2 In all the specimens seen; but a diastema is generally present, so that
there is probably a minute first premolar in immature individuals.
8 This name is frequently quoted by the early authors as having been given
by Olivier ; but I cannot find that it was ever used by him. In fact, in his ‘Voyage
dans 1’Empire Ottoman, I’Egypte et la Perse,’ vol. iii, p. 100 (1804), he uses the
Linnean term Viverra ichneumon. Even if, however, the name Mangusta was
ever characterized before 1811, I think we should be justified in ignoring it, as
it is altogether barbarous, and Illiger’s name has received universal acceptance.
Agassiz (Nomenel. Zool. i. p. 19) cites Mangusta as haying been described by
Baron Cuvier in his ‘Lableau Elémentaire,’ 1797; but there is no mention of the
genus in that work.
4 MR. O. THOMAS ON THE [Jan. 3,
uniform, Dr. Anderson, in the work quoted above, has fully de-
scribed and figured the skulls and dentition of the Indian forms ; and
the African ones are very similar, if we except H. (Ichneumia) albi-
cauda, which has, of course, as forming a distinct subgenus, many
characters peculiar to itself.
Synopsis of the Species.
A. Tarsus nearly or quite naked below. Upper
M? 40-60 per cent. of P.M*. Last lower molar
small, with only 2 external cusps. (Subgenus
HEnrreEstes.)
I. Tip of tail with a dark-coloured pencil.
a. Tail-tip black.
a. Size large: head and body 20 in. or more.
a'. Skull halfas broad as long. Palearctic 1. A. ichneumon, p. 64.
b'. Skull less than half as broad as long.
HMthio pian Shacceecocssencustesccmestecsvan es 2. H. caffer, p. 66.
8. Size small; head and body 12-14 in, ... 8 H. gracilis, p, 68.
b. Tail-tip red.
y. Size small : head and body about 12in.... 4. A. sanguineus, p. 71.
II. Tip of tail not darker.
c. Darkrufous. Size large : head and body 20-
DOIN reer cens seureats releases: ccveveersOoataves 5. H. galera, p. 72.
d. Dark grizzled grey. Size medium: head and
body V4=1 5yint oth. cite. dder. dibecdte eters sues 6. H. pulverulentus, p. 74.
e. Light grizzled grey. Size small: head and
bodyalO= US antpressed.t< eidatsnsses tek cede 7. A. punctatissimus, p. 74.
B. Tarsus hairy beneath, Upper M? move than 70
per cent. of P.M*, Last lower molar large, with
3 external cusps. (Subgenus Icunevmta).
I. Tail very bushy. Size large, 22-26 in. ...... 8. H. albicauda, p. 75.
1. Herprsres ICHNEUMON.
Viverra ichneumon, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 63 (1766).
Ichneumon pharaon, Lacép. Mém. de l’Inst. iii. p. 492 (1801).
Ichneumon egypti, Tiedem, Zool. i. p. 364 (1808).
Herpestes pharaonis, Geoff. Descr. de Egypte, H. N. ii. p. 139
(1812).
HI. numidicus, F. Cuv. Hist. Nat. Mamm. iv. livr. 68 (1834).
* H. widdringtoni, Gray, Ann. & Mag. N. H. ix. p. 50 (1842).
H. dorsalis, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 549 (ex Smith, S. Afr. Quart.
Journ. il. p. 113, 1835) (1864).
Hab. Southern Spain, Asia Minor, Palestine, and Africa north of
the Sahara.
Size large, about 20 inches; form slender; tail about 4 to 5 inches
shorter than the head and body. Fur long, especially on the ramp
and basal quarter of the tail, where the longer hairs are often 4 or
more inches in length. General colour dark grizzled grey-brown,
the hairs annulated with dark red-brown and creamy yellow, the tips
of the back hairs darker yellow. Underfur thick and woolly, bright
rufous in colour. Tip of tail shining black, the hairs elongated so
as to form a distinct tassel, sometimes reaching 5 inches beyond the
vertebre. Feet dark brown. Underside of hind feet generally quite
naked, the part under the caleaneum sometimes, though rarely, hairy.
1882.] AFRICAN MUNGOOSES. 65
Skull comparatively short and-broad, the breadth nearly always more
than half the length (49-56 per cent.). Teeth slender and sharp,
the last molar less than half the length of the 4th premolar (42-48
per cent.).
Dimensions.
Head
and body'. ‘Tail. Hind foot?.
a. Spain (type of H. widdringtoni).. 20-0 17-0 3°7
‘soul 2) 7/2 ae See eam as Slept sce 1 16°0 3°8
e. Palestine (Tristram)............ 21:0 15°0 34
d. Andalusia (Lord Lilford) ...... 21:0 16:0 3°4
e. Morocco (Parzudaki) .......... 20°5 15°0 34
Skulls.
Inc. to Basi-
Palate- Palate- cross cranial
Length’. Breadth‘. length.’ breadth®. line’. axis®,
a. Spain(Zool.Soc.) 4°05 2°25 92°28 =—«130—Ss:184
b. Egypt ........ 3°85 204 220 1:24 140 1-41
Ge wARCR: ..: xsi 37 2°0 Boe: oleh Zh (sO iat
For dimensions of teeth, see p. 78.
" From the tip of the nose to the root of the tail, along the curves. Unless
otherwise stated, the measurements are taken from stuffed specimens.
* Without the claws.
® From the front of the premaxille to the most posteriorpoint of either of
the occipital condyles.
* Greatest breadth across zygomata.
° From the front of the premaxille to the end of the bony palate.
® Between the points at which P.M* and M! touch each other at their outer
edges.
* From the front of the pramaxille to a point on the palate midway between
those mentioned under 6. cp
° From the central point of the posterior edge of the basioccipital to the
anterior edge of the lower surface of the presphenoid.
It will be seen that, of these skull-measurements, Nos. 3, 4, and 5 are the same
as those adopted by Prof. Huxley in his recent paper on the Canidx (P.Z.8.
1880, p. 243). I do not, however, think that the measurement of “total length ”
used by him is at all satisfactory, as the occipital spine, to the tip of which he
measures, varies greatly with the age of the individual, and also between different
species—some forms developing a bony crest comparatively early, and others,
even when quite old, haying scarcely any at all. ‘hese objections do not apply
to measuring from the posterior point of the condyles, which is a place where
no extra bony matter is added as the animal gets older. It is true that it would
seem to be somewhat unnatural to measure from a central azygous point to a
lateral symmetrical one; but practically the resulting dimension is so nearly
exactly the same as measuring either to the upper part of the supraoccipital,
not including the spine, or to the centre of the same bone just aboye the foramen
magnum, that this objection is overbalanced by the convenience of measuring
to the most posterior non-varying point of the skull, and a point which can
always be used with such extreme exactitude.
The measurement given under 7 is a very useful one, a8 giving the true length
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1882, No. V. 5
So.
oa
MR. 0. THOMAS ON THE [Jan. 3,
2. HERPESTES CAFFER.
Viverra cafra, Gmel. Linn. 8. N. i. p. 85 (1789).
HI, griseus, Smuts, Enum. Mamm. Cap. p. 19 (nec Desm.) (1832).
H. madagascariensis, Smith, S.Afr. Quart. Journ. li. p. 114
(1835).
? Herpestes bennettii, Gray, Loudon’s Mag. N. H. i. p. 578
(1837).
Hab. Africa south of the Sahara.
Somewhat larger than H. ichneumon, about 23 inches. Colours as
in that species, with the following exceptions :—The annulations on
the longer hairs are somewhat narrower, and consist of deep shining
black and pure white rings, instead of brown or yellow ones, thus
causing the general colour to be a much clearer grey ; and the under-
fur is dark and dull (not bright) rufous, and sometimes simply dark
grey-brown. Underside of hind feet always naked. Skull, compared
with that of H. ichnewmon, longer and narrower, the breadth always
less than half the length (46 to 48 per cent.). Teeth and other
characters as in H. ichneumon.
Dimensions.
Head
and body. ‘Tail. Hind foot.
a. Kingwilliamstown (Zrevelyan) .. 22:0 18-0 3°7
BS IS: SAGTICNS oc ieee ob otsteee nies ab 23°0 19:0 3°9
C. sg UPA Seem Te Bh aS Be e0Ox art: 23°0 19:0 4-0)
d. Oe eee ree ee ee aoeermesent sedan 43 iO) 19:0 4:0
of the muzzle, a dimension not satisfactorily shown by merely taking the ‘“palate-
length,” because the amount to which the bony palate extends behind the molars
varies considerably, both between different individuals and different species.
With regard to the “ basicranial axis,” I haye been compelled, with some hesi-
tation, to use a different measurement from that given by Prof. Huxley, because,
first, his anterior point, easy enough to take in a bisected skull, cannot be found
with any exactitude in a whole one; and, secondly, in many genera of Carnivora,
for instance in the group at present under discussion, this spot as defined by him
for a non-bisected skull (“a point opposite the middle of the distance between
the optic and ethmoidal foramina ”) falls considerably inside the posterior nares,
and does not by any means “lie a little behind the posterior extremity of the
vomer,” as it does in the Dogs. The axis I propose, however, is easily measured
in all states of the skull; and a similar and corresponding axis may be readily
obtained, not only in all the different genera of Carnivora, but also throughout
almost the whole of the Mammalian class. I have, for example, long used
this same axis in my notes on Rodents’ skulls, where it is always very readily
observable,
This axis, moreover, equally shows, in a horizontal line, what Prof. Huxley's
axis shows in an oblique one, namely the combined lengths of the basioccipital,
basisphenoid, and presphenoid bones, which, according to that author, “repre-
sent the foundation around and upon which the other parts are built.”
The measurements throughout are in English inches and tenths, except in the
case of the tables of dimensions of teeth, where, a very small unit being required,
they are given in millimetres,
1882.] AFRICAN MUNGOOSES. 67
Skulls.
Palate- Palate- Incisorsto Basicra-
Length. Breadth. length. breadth. cross line. nial axis.
me ape we ee Bae 2a RAP 1-35)" “1°50 1°55
b. No locality .. 4°18 1°98 2°35 1°24 1°49 1°50
ec. Kingwilliams-
town, %... ty org) “aoe h28° “158 _
For teeth, see p. 78.
These two closely allied species, HZ. ichneumon and H. caffer, seem
to be very common over their respective ranges. ‘There can never be
any difficulty in distinguishing either of them from all others, as
their large size and long black tail-tips readily separate them from
all their congeners. Their nearest ally seems to be H. jerdoni, Gr.,
from India; but that is considerably smaller, and has an entirely
distinct range from either of them.
With regard to their distinctness from each other, I was at first
disposed to regard them as only races of one species, as Temminck
had done; but I have found such constancy in their distinguishing
characters that, combined with the fact of their ranges being in diffe-
rent zoological regions, I have been induced to retain them as distinct
species. There is no doubt, however, that they are very closely
allied ; but when we remember how very distinct the faunas of the
southern Palzarctic and of the Ethiopian regions are, scarcely any
species being common, it would naturally seem preferable to consider
as distinct two forms so fairly well marked as are /7. ichneumon and
H. caffer, when the line of demarcation between them so exactly
corresponds with what is generally recognized as the boundary
between the two zoological regions.
I cannot find any characters whatever by which to separate, even
asa variety, the Spanish Ichneumon (H. widdringtoni) from the
form found on the southern side of the Straits of Gibraltar.
In the specific diagnosis of H. ichneumon given above, mention is
made of the fact that occasionally the posterior part of the hind
soles are hairy, instead of being bald as is usual. In connection
with this, it is worthy of remark that a partly hairy sole seems to
be accompanied by an increased length of the hallux, as though
certain individuals or families were accustomed, probably on account
of the nature of the soil, to walk in a more digitigrade manner than
usual, and the hallux were in these cases elongated sufficiently to
reach the ground. In H. galera I have also found the same thing,
there being one of our West-African specimens of that species with
a hairy sole and elongated hallux, whilst all others of the large series
that I have examined have naked soles and short halluces.
The following will show the extent of these differences, which,
being quite unaccompanied by other special characters, are most
certainly not specific :—
In a hairy-soled H. ichneumon the posterior 0:9 in., and in the
similar H. galera 1°45 in., is densely clothed with hair, while in all
5
68 MR. 0, THOMAS ON THE [Jan. 3,
other specimens of both species there is no hair at all on the soles
from toes to heel. And as to the length of the hallux, in the hairy-
soled forms of the two species its claw reaches to within 0°23 and
0:27 in. from the most anterior point of the large central foot-pad,
while in other specimens these measurements average 0°52 and 0°64
in. respectively.
With regard to the habits of these large Mungooses, the manner
in which H. ichneumon destroys the eggs of the crocodile is well
known; and there is no doubt that it is of considerable use to the
country in this way. Smuts’ says of H. caffer :—This animal lives
in many parts of the Cape colony, mostly in holes in the earth. It
feeds principally upon mice, the smaller birds, and amphibians, and
is often kept in a state of domestication on account of the services it
renders in destroying these animals.”’
3. HERPESTES GRACILIS.
a. Typical variety.
*H, gracilis, Riipp. N. Wirb. Abyss. p. 29, pl. viii. fig. 2 (1835).
*H, mutgigella, Riipp. t. cit. p. 29, pl. ix. fig. 1 (1835).
Ichneumia nigricaudatus, Geoff. Mag. Zool. 1839, p. 18 (1839).
H. galinieri, Guévin, Ferret & Galinier, Voy. Abyss., Atl. Zool.
pl. i. fig. 1 (juv.) (1847-48).
*H. punctulatus, Gray, P. Z.S. 1849, p. 11 (1849).
H. lefebvrei, Des Murs & Prév., Lefebvre Voy. Abyss., Atl. Zool.
pl. i. (in text H. gracilis) (1850).
* HI. ornatus, Peters, Reise nach Mossambique, Mamm. p. 117,
pl. xxvi. (1852).
H. ochromelas, Puch. Rev. et Mag. Zool. vii. p. 393 (1855).
* H. iodoprymnus, Heug]. Nov. Act. Ac. Leop. xxix. p. 23 (1861).
H. adailensis, Heugl. Peterm. Geogr. Mittheil. 1861, p. 17
(1861).
H. muischeltschela, Heugl. Reise N.O. Afr. ii. p. 4] (ex Riipp.)
(1877).
H. ruficauda, Heugl. Reise N.O. Afr. ii. p. 43 (1877).
Hab. Fast-African subregion—from Cape Verd round by Abys-
sinia to Natal.
b. Variety melanurus.
*Cynictis melanura, Martin, P. Z. 8. 1836, p. 56 (1836).
Hab. West-African subregion—Sierra Leone to Cameroons.
c. Variety badius’.
*Ichneumon ratlamuchi et cawi, A. Smith, App. Rep. 8. Afr. Exp.
p- 42 (1836).
2 Enum. Mamm. Cap. p. 20, 1832. ‘i
2 T have used this name in preference to either of Dr. Smith’s previous names
for this variety, because not only is it more classical and extremely appropriate,
but Dr. Smith himself proposed the alteration, and therefore there can be no in-
justice in ignoring his earlier names.
1882. ] AFRICAN MUNGOOSES. 69
*Herpestes badius, Smith, Ill. Afr. Zool. pt. ii. pl. iv. (1838),
*H. granti, Gray, P. Z. 8S. 1864, p. 561 (1864).
* Calogale venatica, Gray, t. cit. p. 563 (1864).
Hab, South-African subregion, and northwards to Zanzibar.
d. Variety ochraceus.
*H. ochraceus, Gray, P.Z.S. 1848, p. 138, pl. viii. (1848).
Galerella ochracea, Gray, P. Z.S. 1864, p. 564 (1864).
Hab. Abyssinia.
Specific Characters.—Size small, form slender ; tail slightly shorter
than the head and body. Fur of medium length, not longer either
at the base or tip of the tail; colour very variable, sandy, rufous, or
dark grey-brown. ‘Tip of tail always deep shining black, the black
part varying from 1 to 4 inches in length. Underside of tarsus
naked. Skull like that of a miniature AH. ichneumon; the teeth
similarly slender and sharp. Last molar about half the length of
the 4th premolar (46 to 59 per cent.).
Varietal Characters.
Typical variety.—General colour above and below dark brownish
erey, with or without black annulations ; the tips of the hairs often
with a distinct ruddy tinge. In unannulated specimens the black
tail-tip not so sharply separated from the rest of the tail.
Var. melanurus.—General colour above and below dark rufous,
distinctly annulated with black. Fur short and crisp.
Var. badius.—Bright rufous, sometimes annulated with black,
Fur rather long and soft.
Var. ochraceus.—Light sandy yellow, annulated, in the only known
specimen, with black.
Dimensions.
; d Head
Typical variety. : and body, ‘Tail. Hind foot.
a. Abyssinia ([iippell) .......... 14:5 12:0 2°5
b. Natal (Type of punetulatus).... 12°5 11°5 2°3
Var. melanurus.
ae SIEVTAD CONGI wh nye og fn dana xy & 13°0 11:0 2-3
Var. dadius.
Ge AMTICR. (SYPE) ier < os. wim, trefnn ee 9s 12°8 11-0 2°0
NE et a me EEE ictvn sin dy DeLO 10°7 1-9
Var. ochraceus.
f. Abyssinia (type), imm... ...+:. 10°0 9°8 at
70 MR. 0. THOMAS ON THE [Jan. 3,
Skulls.
Ine. to Basi-
ahs Palate- Palate- cross cranial
Var. gracilis. Length. Breadth. length. breadth. line. axis.
a. Abyssinia(Blanford) 2°54 1:34 1:32 0°81 0°89 1:0
6. Natal (type of A. o, : : ‘ : a
punetulatus) .... \ 2°55 130 a Hee pee
Var. melanurus.
e. Sierra Leone (Lord) og. a . ; ; =
eek pee be5 132 140 080 0°90
Var. badius.
de igends Mall (ype |g. 450 yea tb: OBR Oia ie
of H. granti) ....
ens Adrica, Sitaa ele 2D 1:27. . 1:29. 0°80 .. 0°85 0:96
Var. ochraceus.
J. Abyssinia (Hora), \ a) #9 © 20" 1-10 ? 0°78 Mes
ama! . Faves
This variable species appears to be the common small Mungoose
of the whole of Africa. The distribution of its three principal
varieties is somewhat interesting as so closely corresponding to the
zoological subregions of Africa, as defined by Mr. Wallace in his
‘Geographical Distribution of Animais’*. Thus, the true H. gracilis
is found from Cape Verd and Senegal across to Abyssinia and south-
wards to Natal, a range nearly exactly agreeing with the “ East-
African ” subregion. I have seen no specimens of this species from
Angola or Damaraland, so that I cannot say what, if any, form is
found there ; but, according to Mr. Wallace, we should also expect
to find the true H. gracilis in that district. Again, the varieties
melanurus and badius occur, the first all over the ‘‘ West-,” and the
latter over the “South-African”? subregions. It is true that speci-
mens belonging to the true H. gracilis are sometimes, though rarely,
found in both the other subregions, and H. badius occurs as far
north as Zanzibar in the East-African subregion; but these facts
only show the necessity for regarding the various forms as varieties,
and not as species, which they might fairly be considered to be if
each was strictly confined to its own district.
It will be seen by the above synonymy that the variability in
colour of H. gracilis has caused the formation of a considerable
number of untenable species. The asterisks prefixed to the names
show that I have seen typical specimens of the greater part of these
so-called species; and I do not think there can be much doubt in
the case of any of them. In my opinion, H. mutgigella, which at
first sight seems so different from the rest, represents simply the
unannulated form of H. gracilis, an intermediate state being repre-
sented by a typical specimen of 7. iodoprymnus, Heugl., in the
Leyden Museum. Of the other names, [ am not quite certain
whether H. adailensis, Heugl., should not rather be placed under
1 Vol, i. p. 258, and map, p. 250 (1876).
1882. ] AFRICAN MUNGOOSES. 71
var, ochraceus ; but without seeing a specimen I cannot be certain
on this point,
In Temminck’s paper mentioned above, very nearly the same con-
clusions are come to with regard to these small Herpeste with black
tail-tips. I am, however, disposed to demur to his statement that
all the differences between what are here considered varieties are
merely owing to seasonal change; for it would be obviously impro-
bable that all the Abyssinian specimens known should have been
taken in the winter, and nine tenths of the West- and South-African
specimens in the summer. No doubt, however, a certain amount of
change does take place according to season ; but we cannot deter-
mine the amount of this until there are considerable series of dated
specimens available for examination,
4, HERPESTES SANGUINEUS.
*H. sanguineus, Riipp. N. Wirb. Abyss. p. 27, pl. viii. fig. 1 (1835),
Hab. 8. Egypt (Kordofan).
(Types, Frankfort Museum.) Form and size much as in H. gra-
cilis. Fur short and rather harsh. General colour very pale fawn.
Hairs annulated with brown and yellowish white, the latter predo-
winating, and so arranged that there is an appearance of cross
stripes on the posterior half of the back. Tail with longer hairs,
which are annulated with black and white, though the black is not
at all conspicuous. ‘Tail-tip yellowish red, sharply separated from
the rest. Feet nearly white.
Dimensions.
Head
and body. Tail. Hind foot.
a. Kordofan (Riippell) .... 12°2 11°9 21
b. 5 + eee wD 12°2 _
C a = pee tle o 10°8 1:9
Skull.
Palate- Palate- Ine. to
Length. Breadth, length. breadth, cross line.
Wa sooo 11) B® 1:18 0°73 0°82
This species, hitherto only found in Kordofan, is evidently a
desert form, having the sandy coloration usually found in animals
inhabiting sandy plains. Dr. Riippell seems to have found it
numerous, as he brought home five or six specimens. He states
that it lives in holes in the ground, among bushes, and that, though
fierce when wild, it is yet easily tamable. Herr von Heuglin also
found it, though not commonly, in the same region.
Dr. Riippell states that there are in H7. sanguineus only 22 caudal
vertebrae, while there are 25 in H. gracilis and 28 in H. ichnewmon.
Not having any material on which to found similar observations, I
cannot say whether these numbers are constant or not ; but a consi-
72 MR, 0. THOMAS ON THE [Jan. 3,
derable series of perfect skeletons would be necessary before one
could place any reliance upon them as a specific character.
5. HERPESTES GALERA.
a. Typical variety.
Mustela galera, Eirxl. Syst. Reg. Anim. i. p. 453 (1777).
Viverra nems, Kerr, Linn. 8. N. p. 160 (1792).
Mustela afra, Kerr, t. cit. p. 175 (1792).
Ichneumon galera et major, Geoff. Descr. Egypte, Hist. Nat. ii.
p-. 138 (1812).
Atilax vansire, F. Cuv. Hist. Nat. Mamm. iii. livr. 54 (1826).
Herpestes paludinosus, G. Cuv. Régne Anim. ed. 2, i. p. 158 (1829).
*Mangusta urinatrix, A. Smith, Zool. Journ. iv. p. 437 (1829).
*Herpestes pluto, Temm. Esq. Zool. Guin. p. 95 (1853).
*Herpestes loempo, Gray, P. Z.8. 1864, p. 551 (nee Temm.) (1864).
Athylax vansire et paludosus, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 557 (1864).
Hab. West and South Africa.
b. Variety robustus.
*Athylax robustus, Gray, P. Z.8. 1864, p. 558 (1864).
Hab. East Africa (White Nile).
Specific Characters.—Size very large, form stout and heavy. Tail
shorter than the body without the head. General colour either
grizzled reddish brown and white, or dark blackish brown without
annulations’. Underfur greyish brown. Feet dark brown. Tail
coloured like the body, but rather darker, sometimes gradually be-
coming nearly black towards the end, the black never sharply sepa-
rated as in H. ichneumon. Belly similar to back. Cheeks gene-
rally with a peculiar indistinct whitish mark from the angle of the
mouth to below the ear. Hind soles as a rule quite naked, some-
times with the posterior third hairy’.
Skull very stout and heavy, the lower jaw particularly so, with a
distinct and well-marked chin in adults. Teeth rather small in
proportion. Last molar more than half the last premolar (56-61
per cent.).
Varietal Characters.
Var. galera. Smaller: skull less than 4°3 inches in length.
Var. robustus. Larger : skull more than 4:5 inches in length.
Dimensions.
F Head
Typical variety. and body. Tail. Hind foot.
a. Cape SSiar: wate 24°5 13°0 3°9
| ee mmr 24:0 13:5 3°9
c=. W scAfrica ase 24:0 Pe ks 3°8
Var. robustus.
d. Type: E. Africa.... 26°5 12°5 4:0
* See above, p. 61. 2 See above, p. 67,
1882. ] AFRICAN MUNGOOSES. 78
Skulls.
Basi-
Palate- Palate- Tne. to cranial
Length. Breadth. length. breadth. cross line. axis.
do SPAPMCA Lay 8:7 Been LQ) BES oo dt BF ABQ. 11-20
Pts oil. DBR URE 2G.) VSS ee \EB2n 1081
eS ee ee ee en eee Cet
d. W.Africa.... 425 252 238 138 150 1:46
Var. robustus.
savimoetDilens) gum voirgvgg! © oggH heMf-4gen! °y-gg Fs mx
(type
I aailie pene " [4:52 w5een eben io apegy horsiqgdggm dain
ae Wg wie
This large species was first mentioned as long ago as 1661 by
Blacourt, i in his work on Madagascar’. It is there called ‘* Vond-
sira,” which name forms the basis of Buffon’ s term “ Le Vansire,”’
Its reputed occurrence in Madagascar caused Dr. Gray and others
to believe that there were two species, the one in Africa being natu-
rally supposed to be distinct ; but now, as no other specimens have
since occurred in Madagascar, we are justified in concluding that
Flacourt only saw an introduced specimen, and that it is not “indi-
genous to that island.
I have preserved Dr. Gray’s H. robustus as a distinct variety,
because the skulls show that there is a considerable difference in
size between this eastern form and that found in the west and south.
It unfortunately happens that the specimen of H. rodustus in the
Berlin Museum, the dimensions of the skull of which are given above,
has no locality recorded for it, so that I do not know any thing
about the extent of the range of this variety ; the British-Museum
specimen was obtained from the White Nile.
On this species the genus ‘‘ Athylax’’ has been formed ; but there
does not seem to be sufficient reason for its separation from the
typical Herpestes.
It is just worthy of note that large specimens of Crossarchus
obscurus are often so extremely similar in colour and proportions to
small ones of this species, that an examination of the muzzle or skull
is needed to show to which group they belong.
The variation in the hairiness or otherwise of the hind soles of
this species has already been referred to”. As, judging from Smuts’s
account of its habits, Cuvier’s name H. paludinosus, the ‘“‘ Marsh”
Ichneumon, is correct for the ordinary naked-soled individuals, it
seems probable that those with the hinder portion of the soles hairy
live on a dry soil, where, one would imagine, they would not have
to walk in so wholly a plantigrade manner as if they lived where the
ground was soft and muddy and where a digitigrade animal would
be hable to sink in at every step.
Smuts says of H. galera *:—-‘* This animal lives in marshy places,
1 «Histoire de la grande isle 1 Madagsseot a ie (1661).
* Above p. 67. 3 Ticit. p. 2!
74 MR. 0. THOMAS ON THE [Jan. 3,
and on the banks of the smaller rivers of the extreme south of
Africa ; its principal food consists of frogs, crustaceans, &c,”’
6. HERPESTES PULVERULENTUS.
H. pulverulentus,Wagn. Miinch. Gel. Anzeig. ix. p. 426 (1839).
*H. apiculatus, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 55) (1864).
Hab. Fastern half of the Cape colony.
Size rather small, form somewhat stout. Tail about as long as the
body without the head. Soles of hind feet hairy below calcanea ; the
rest naked, at least inthe centre. Fur rather long, soft, and shining.
General colour uniform grizzled grey, the longer hairs annulated
with equal-sized rings of black and white or yellow. Underfur
brown for its proximal, and grey for its distal half. Tail-hairs long,
coloured like the body to the extreme tip. Feet slightly darker
than the body.
Skull very like that of H. gracilis, though somewhat stouter and
the teeth heavier. Last molar less than half the length of the last
premolar (43-44 per cent.).
Dimensions.
Head
and body. Tail. Hind foot.
a. S. Africa | Co-types of H. api- { 14:0 Tiss 2°4
b. i CUlagus,, GTenso 01)5 « 14:0 11°3 2:6
c. re Salghneeyeoue soot. ase 15:0 11:4 2°3
d. ay a oo he cen ta oe one 13°0 10°0 2°4
Skulls. Ine. to Basi-
Palate- Palate- cross cranial
Length. Breadth, length. breadth. line. axis.
a. Kingwilliamstown
(Trevelyan) .. c. 27 1°39 1°38 —.*89 95 —
G0. AMID “uss dates; Ada) Vibo BS 95° —
This Mungoose reminds one somewhat of a small H. caffer, the
colour and character of its fur being very similar, though it has not, of
course, the long black tail-tip of that species. Its range seems to
be rather limited, as all the specimens with exact localities that I
have seen are from the eastera half of the Cape colony (Algoa Bay,
Kingwilliamstown, Caftirland, Natal, &c.). It isnaturally very likely
that it will yet be found further north than Natal ; but it is not pro-
bable that it will occur in any number, if at all, in the western
districts of the colony, or it would surely have been recorded from
there before this.
T have not been able to find any mention of the habits of this species.
7. HWeRPESTES PUNCTATISSIMUS.
*H. punctatissimus, Temm. Esq. Zool. Guin. p. 108 (1853).
Hab. West and South Africa (Gaboon, Algoa Bay, Z’emm.).
I have only seen a single specimen of this species, one of the types
4
1882. ] AFRICAN MUNGOOSES. 75
obtained by Dr. Brehm at Algoa Bay, and now preserved in the
Leyden Museum. Temminck, in his original description, mentions
another specimen, from the Gaboon ; but I am told by Dr. Jentink
that this is not now in the Leyden Museum.
The following is a description of the Algoa-Bay specimen :—
Fur short and harsh, the hairs on the back barely half an inch
long. General colour all over pale grey, the hairs finely grizzled
with black and creamy white ; belly like the back, except that the
hairs have longer pale tips and less black. Tail-hairs rather longer
than those on the body, uniformly annulated with black and white ;
no trace of a darker tail-tip. Feet and legs like the body ; soles
naked.
Dimensions (Algoa Bay).
Head/and Gedy. <3. ghee... 13°0!
Wa Deore ree. csc. +. 10°2
EPogPosotret ts. tases esd 1°75
The skull is so imperfect that the only measurements obtainable
are the following, which Dr. Jentink has kindly taken for me :—
This small species bears a certain resemblance to some of the
smaller Indian Mungooses, especially H. auropunctatus, Hodgs.,
though it has much shorter fur than that species. It appears to be
very rare, as there seem to have been no specimens recorded in
addition to the two mentioned by Temminck, of which, as mentioned
above, only one is now in the Leyden Museum.
I may here mention that an examination of the type of H. micro-
cephalus, 'Temm.”, a species of which the locality was not known,
has convinced me that that name must stand as a synonym of H.
auropunctatus, the specimen being quite similar to the types of
Hodgson’s species preserved in the British Museum.
8. Herprstes (ICHNEUMIA) ALBICAUDA.
H. albicaudus, G. Cuv. Régne Anim. ed. 2, i. p. 158 (1829).
*H, leucurus, Ehrenb. Symb. Phys. pl. 12. Decas 2 (1830).
Ichneumia albescens, 1. Geoff. Mag. Zool. 1839, pp. 16 & 35 (de-
scription, not figure) (1839).
*H, loempo, 'Temm. lsq. Zool. Guin. p. 93 (1853).
Ichneumia nigricauda, Puch. Rev, et Mag. Zool. vii. p. 394 (1855).
? Bdeogale nigripes, Puch. t. cit. p. 111 (1855).
*H. pluto, Gray, P. Z.S. 1864, p. 552 (nec Temm.) (1864).
Ichneumia abu-wudan, Fitz. & Heugl. Sitzungsb. Ak. Wien, liv.
Abth. 1, p. 561 (1866).
Hab. East Abyssinia to Natal, and West Africa (Guinea &e.).
Size large, form rather slender. Tail bushy, rather shorter than
' Apparently somewhat stretched.
* Esq. Zool. Guin. p. 113 (1853),
76 MR. 0. THOMAS ON THE (Jan. 3,
the body without the head. Underside of tarsus thickly hairy down
to the root of the hallux. Fur of medium length. General colour
blackish grey, the longer hairs ringed with black and white, the ter-
minal third nearly always black. Underfur woolly, uniform dirty grey.
Feet black. Tail-hairs very long, in some cases with white bases and
long shining black tips, so that the whole tail appears to be black ;
in others with a long white tip beyond the black, so that then the
tail appears to be white ; in the latter case the hairs at the extreme
tip of the tail are generally wholly white.
a, b. Last lower molars of Herpestes ichneumon.
c, d. zs 5 H, albicauda.
a,c. Upper view; 4, d. side view.
Skull rather stout and heavy, the muscular ridges, however, but
little developed. Brain-case comparatively short, not half the length
of the whole skull. Teeth more rounded than in the members of
the typical subgenus. Last molars, above and below, proportionally
much larger than in Herpesées, the lower one with a well-marked
extra external cusp between the two usual ones, so that there are five
cusps in all (see woodcut, Fig 1, ¢, d.). Inold specimens, of course,
this character cannot be made out, as the cusps are worn off these
teeth at a comparatively early age. Dental percentage 71-84.
Dimensions.
Head
and body. Tail. Hind foot.
a. Type, Nubia(Berl. Mus.) 26-0 15'8 4°9
Gs, Natal cis «Git ha, Miner, ae 24:0 150 5:
~c. Caffraria (Leyd. Mus.).. 24:5 15°8 4°85
e. W. Africa (type of H.
loempo, Leyd. Mus.).... 23°0 15°8 4'5
Skulls. Ine. to Basi-
Palate- —_ Palate- cross cranial
Length. Breadth, length. breadth. line. _ axis.
a. Accras. .... + we AOR eeeIG +. 2-6 13 15 _
6. W. Africa (Berl.
Cs, 4°05 2°0 2°41 eS 1'4] “=
ec. Abyssinia ...... 3°75 1:88 2°05 |g | 1°35 1°18
d, We Africas co... ce. 3°80 2°07 2°23 1:2 1°37 _
1882. } AFRICAN MUNGOOSES. i7
The present rather peculiar species has always, in its white-tailed
form, been recognized as the type of a distinct genus or subgenus,
for which Geoffroy proposed the name of Ichneumia. No one, how-
ever, ever seems to have noticed that the black-tailed H. loempo,
Temm., is not even specifically distinct from the typical form, and
therefore, of course, possesses all its more important structural cha-
racters. H. albicauda and H. loempo cannot even be separated as
varieties ; for the only difference between them, namely the colour
of the tail, seems to be purely an individual variation. It is true
that for the most part specimens from West Africa, representing H.
loempo, have black tails, and those from Kast Africa white tails ; but
I have seen too many exceptions to this rule to feel justified in re-
garding the two forms as varietally distinct. Thus there is in the
Berlin Museum a specimen from Accra, on the Gold Coast, which has
a regular white tail, just as in the typical H. albicauda; and, on the
other hand, black-tailed specimens from East Africa are by no means
rare. Moreover, in the British Museum we have two specimens
from the Bogos country, Abyssinia, received together, and the skulls
of which are quite identical, one of which has a black Joempo-like
tail, and the other has a tail with quite as much white on it as in
average albicauda. We thus see that the presence or absence of a
white tip to the tail-hairs is a character upon which no specific
distinction can be founded; and, in fact, it would rather seem that
the white tail is the result of a desert life, specimens from sandy
districts having, as a rule, white, and those from forest regions, black
tails.
Ichneumia albescens, 1. Geoff., appears to be simply a pale form of
this species, in which the longer hairs are fewer in number, so that the
grey underfur shows more on the surface, and thus gives a generally
paler colour than usual.
I. nigricauda, Puch., seems to be quite identical with this species,
representing the usual West-African black-tailed form.
With regard to Bdeogale nigripes, Puch., from the Gaboon, I
have already mentioned my suspicion that it has accidentally lost the
first toes on all four feet; and it seems very possible that it is really
only a white-tailed specimen of this species, and not a Bdeogale at all.
The original description would exactly fit the Accra white-tailed spe-
cimen already referred to; and that is certainly a true Herpestes, as
the fifth toes are present on all the feet’.
Of all the Mungooses, H. aldicauda seems to be the most nearly
allied to the true Bdeogale, strongly resembling the species of that
genus in general colour, quality of fur, length and bushiness of tail,
hairiness of tarsus, proportionally large size of the last molar, and
most ofall in the presence of the median middle external cusp to the
last lower molar, a character in which Bdeogale differs from all other
* Since writing the above I have received a letter from Prof. Barboza du
Bocage, in which he informs me that the specimen from Angola, referred by him
(P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 402) to Bd. nigripes, proves on a closer examination to possess
minute Ist claws to the fore feet, thus strongly confirming my previous opinion
about that animal.
78 MR. 0. THOMAS ON THE [Jan. 3,
Mungooses except the present species and those of the very distinct
genus Crossarchus. The absolute sizes of the molars in Bdeogale
are, however, as is shown in the table of dimensions, much less
than in Ichneumia.
The following table gives the dimensions of the last upper pre-
molar and last molar of the species of Herpestes, with the percentage
of the latter tothe former. The letters correspond to those denoting
the different skulls of which the measurements are given above.
Where the teeth belonging to a skull not previously referred to are
measured, an asterisk is inserted instead of a letter.
|
P.M? M2. | Percentage.
mm. mm. Tete FOU
H. ichneumon ..............- ane 11:0 5:0 45
b..., 108 4-9 45
c 10°3 5:0 48
ER Catt OR: tvaneterantatetsccoes ad 12:0 54 45
c...| 120 55 46
H. gracilis, typ. var. ...... a 76 a7 48
b 8:0 4:1 51
* 8:0 38 47
Hees 81 4:5 55
LOK var. melanurus, ¢... vias) 35 47
ra m var. badius ... @ 76 3:8 50
e 7-4 3:5 47
93, -Var, ochraceus, /f. (jell 39 5d
H. sanguineus ...........065 ad... 67 28 42
H. galera, typ. var. ......05. Ges. 12:0 (Gul 59
Oxi. 11:9 67 56
(ye 132 7-6 58
d...| 118 2, 61
» 9) Var. vobustus ... € ..| 12°0 7-0 58
Fr 132 75 57
|
H. pulverulentus ...., panenes Gees 9:0 4:0 44
ides 9-0 39 48
H. punctatissimus ......... asad 7-0 35 50
H. (Ichneumia) albicauda, a 9-9 Tl 71
b 9-4 6:9 73
c 9-0 70 78
d 9:0 7:5 83
* 9-0 76 84
* 9-0 70 (hE
1882. ] AFRICAN MUNGOOSES. 79
II]. HeELoGae. Type.
Helogale, Gray, P.Z.S. 1861, p. 308.........055 H. parvula.
Range. Mozambique to Natal.
Toes 5—5. Teeth, I. 3, C. j, P.M.» M. 5 x2=36. Outlines
of skull more rounded than in Herpestes, even in old specimens.
Underside of tarsus naked. ‘Tail shorter than the body. Other
characters as in Herpestes.
This genus was separated from the true Mungooses by Dr. Gray
on account of the presence of only three premolars in each jaw,
instead of four as normally possessed by Herpestes. It is true that
in that genus, as mentioned above, the first small premolar is fre-
quently absent ; but in these cases there is always a vacant space
where the tooth usually stands; while in Helogale the tooth which
corresponds to the second premolar stands quite close to the canine,
leaving no diastema whatever.
In addition to this character, the general shape of the skull is
quite different from that of Herpestes, being shorter, broader in
proportion, the walls of the brain-case thinner, and all the surfaces
much smoother, with less well-marked muscular ridges. The figures
of the skull quoted in the synonymy below show the difference in
general appearence very well.
The form of the teeth is, as Prof. Peters remarks, very similar to
that found in “‘ Herpestes fasciatus,” which likeness extends to the
other species of Crossarchus; but the two genera may of course be
readily distinguished by the different shape of the skull, and by the
presence in Helogale of the distinct naked line from the nose to the
upper lip already referred to.
The skulls and dentition of the two species of this genus seem to
be very much alike, though there isa slight difference in the size of the
last molars.
[eo
1. HeELOGALE PARVULA.
* Herpestes parvulus, Sundev. City. af Kongl. Vet. Ak. Forhandl.
1846, p. 121.
Helogale parvula, Gray, P. Z.S. 1861, p. 308 (woodcuts of skull).
Hab. Natal (Wahlberg).
Size small, form slender ; tail rather shorter than the body without
the head. General colour above and below dark finely grizzled grey-
brown, the hairs annulated with black or brown and yellowish white.
Feet and tail like body but rather darker. No trace of rufous on
- any part of the body.
Last molar proportionally somewhat larger than in H. undulata.
Dental percentage 79-80.
Dimensions.
Head and body. ‘Tail. Hind foot.
a. Natal (one of the types) .... 9°5 5°5 1°5
b. ” (Warwick) seeteoeees 83 4'6 —
80 MR. 0. THOMAS ON THE [Jan. 3,
Skull. Basi-
Palate- Palate- Inc. to cranial
Length. Breadth. length. breadth. cross line. axis.
am iNatal. .s50. 11°82 113 ‘90 63 ‘61 65
DANE Daca use de, ak ae *86 61 “60 —
Of this species, the smallest of all the Mungooses, Dr. Sundevall
obtained in the typical series a considerable number of specimens;
but, curiously enough, no others have come to any of the Museums
that I have seen, except specimen & measured above, which was ob-
tained from Natal through a dealer. However, Dr. Sundevall dis-
tributed specimens so freely, that there are some of his original speci-
mens of this species in most of the larger European Museums.
2. HELOGALE UNDULATA.
* Herpestes undulatus, Peters, Reise n. Mossambique, p. 114, Taf.
xxv. (animal and skull) (1852).
Hab. East Africa (Mozambique, Peters; Taita, Hildebrande).
Size, compared with that of most Herpeste, small, though slightly
larger than Helogale parvula. Form slender. ail rather shorter
than the body without the head. General colour grizzled rufous,
the longer hairs annulated with black and white ; underfur for basal
portion grey, terminal portion red. Neck, belly, and legs rich
rufous, with less black grizzling. Tail coloured like back, no black tip.
Skull asin H. parvula, but larger, and the last molar smaller in
proportion ; dental percentage about 70.
Dimensions.
Head and body, Tail. Hind foot.
a. Type, Mozambique (Peters) 9°4 6°7 1°56
6. Taita (Hildebrandt)........ 99 Or4 1°48
Shull. Palate- Palate- Ince. to
Length. Breadth. length. breadth. cross line.
@,. Taite,. . 13 pes 20 1:24 99 68 65
This species may be readily distinguished from H. parvula by its
larger size and its bright rufous belly and underside of neck, these
parts in JZ. parvula being a dull grizzled brown. I only know of the
two specimens of which the dimensions are given above ; so that I
am not in a position to state what the full range of this form is.
Dr. Peters states that H. undulata is particularly fond of eggs,
which it breaks by throwing them with its fore legs through its hind
ones against a wall.
Molars of Helogale.
H, parvula. P.M‘. M*. __ Percentage.
Gs oss ann conn 5 SND 4:0 80
b o'velacala Shed iQhe O° 2 4°] 79
Hi. undetgen ,
Qe Bile sis acs aoe 4°6,..-.4Das BL.
1882.] AFRICAN MUNGOOSES. 81
Ili. Bprocaun.
Bdeogale, Peters, Reise nach Mossamb., Siug.
Pe VID (1852) 0. ayie te PE cee ee B. crassicauda.
Range. East Africa (Mozambique, Zanzibar) ;? West Africa (Ga-
boon).
Toss 4—4, Teeth and other characters as in Herpestes, with
especial resemblance to those of the subgenus Ichneumia (see above,
p. 77). In Dr. Peters’s original description, he states that on the fore
feet there is only a minute rudiment of a first metacarpal, and on the
hind feet not even this trace of the normal first toe. In a spirit
specimen of B. puisa in our collection, I cannot even find the rudi-
mentary first metacarpal, so that this individual is absolutely without
any remnant of the first digit.
The following are the three species which have been described as
belonging to this genus; but it must be confessed that the two Mo-
zambique species are very closely allied to each other; and as to the
West-African one, I have already stated my belief that it is only a
synonym of Herpestes albicauda; but not having had the oppor-
tunity of examining the type, I put it provisionally in its place here,
with Dr. Pucheran’s short diagnosis appended.
Type.
1. BDEOGALE CRASSICAUDA.
* B. crassicauda, Peters, tom. cit. p. 120, Taf. xxvii. (1852).
Hab. Mozambique (Tette-Boror).
Characters much as in B. puisa (described below), except that the
tail is distinctly longer in proportion, and the tail-hairs, which are
very long, have their basal halves white and their terminal black,
while in B. puisa they are uniformly blackish brown. The last
molar also in the present species seems to be proportionally some-
what longer, judging from Dr. Peters’s excellent figures.
Dimensions.
Head and
body. Tail. Hind foot.
a. Mozambique (type) .........- 17°0 10°6 3°15
Skull
Length. Breadth. Palate-length.
a. Type (from Peters) .......... BT 1°79 1°96
2. BDEOGALE PUISA.
* B. puisa, Peters, tom. cit. p. 124, Taf. xxviii. (1852).
Hab. Mozambique (Mossimboa) (Peters); Zanzibar (Kirk).
Size rather large ; form slender ; tail short, not half so long as the
head and body. Underside of the hind foot thickly hairy to the
base of the toes. General colour dull brownish, with or without
annulations. Underfur tawny yellow, long and soft. Limbs
1 From front of jaw to foramen magnum.
Proc. Zoox. Soc.—1882, No. VI. 6
82 MR. 0. THOMAS ON THE (Jan. 3,
darker, nearly black. Head greyish. Tail bushy, uniformly blackish
brown.
Dimensions.
Head and
body. Tail. Hind foot.
a. Type, Mozambique (very old) .. 20° at 3°25
- 6 Zanzibar (Kirk) ..-.....-.-+-+, 150 7:0 3°0
Skull. Palate-
Length. Breadth. length.
a, Type (from Peters) ........-.4. 3°4 21 21
This species, of which Dr. Kirk has sent us a rather small speci-
men from Zanzibar, is found further north than its ally B. crassicauda.
Our specimen being in spirit, I have been able to examine carefully
the state of the feet with regard to the absence of the first toes; and
I find, as mentioned above, no trace whatever of these digits ; while
in species which normally possess five toes, and the first one is in
any case accidentally lost, there are generally some remains left of the
missing digit, in the shape of a broken metacarpal or metatarsal ?.
The species of this group would seem to be very rare, as I have
seen no other specimens of either B. crassicauda or puisa besides
the types of the two species in the Berlin Museum, and Dr. Kirk’s
one already referred to.
3. 2? BDEOGALE NIGRIPES.
B. nigripes, Pucheran, Rev. et Mag. Zool. vii. p. 111 (1855).
Hab. W. Africa (Gaboon).
““Major ; corpore albescente ; cauda candidissima; artubus nigris.”
No dimensions of any sort are given.
Dimensions of Teeth of Bdeogale.
B. crassicauda. P.M*. M?. Percentage.
a. Type (from Dr. Peters’s figure).... 7°5 55 73
B. puisa.
* Vanzibar (Hark), ghike'sso.. see < 6-9 4:5 66
IV. Cynictis. Type.
Cynictis, Ogilby, P. Z. S. 1833, p. 48...... «... C. penicillata.
Range. That of the only species.
Toes5—4'. Teeth, 1.2, C. >}, P.M. ?,M.?x2=40. Muzzle
with a distinct naked line from nose to upper lip. Hind soles quite
hairy. Frontal portion of skull strongly convex, brain-case high.
A weil-marked vacuity in the floor of the auditory meatus, consisting
of a more or less rounded hole, which, as the animal gets older,
1 See above, p.61.
2 Our only skeleton of this genus has not the smallest rudiment, eyen of the
metatarsal, of the hallux,
1882. | AFRICAN MUNGOOSES. 83
gradually fills up, but never produces the row of small holes found
in Suricata. Other characters as in Herpestes.
This genus is a very distinct and well marked one, not only on
account of its different number of digits, but also of the fact that its
skull is very differently shaped from that of Herpestes, more resem-
bling that of Suricata than that of any of the genera of this section.
In Smuts’s work on the Mammals of the Cape, published a year
before Mr. Ogilby described the genus, the absence of the hallux in
this form was noticed, and Dr. Smuts stated his opinion that a special
genus ought to be formed for it. He did not, however, give it a
name, so that that given by Mr. Ogilby stands unaltered.
The only well authenticated species is
1. CyNICTIS PENICILLATA.
Herpestes penicillatus, G. Cuv. R. A. (edit. 2), i. p. 158 (1829).
Mangusta levaillantii, A. Smith, Zool. Journ. iv. p. 437 (1829),
*Cynictis steedmanni, Ogilby, P. Z.S. 1833, p. 49 (1833).
Cynictis typicus, Smith, 8. Afr. Quart. Journ. ii. p. 116 (1835).
*C. ogilbii, Sm. t. cit. p. 117 (1885); Ill. Zool. 8. Afr. pl. 16 (1849).
Ichneumia albescens, Geoff. Mag. Zool. 1839, pl. 12 (figure, not
description) (1839).
*C. leptura, Smith, Ill. Zool. S. Afr. pl. 17 (1849).
Hab. Cape Colony.
Size medium ; form slender, head rather small in proportion. Tail
about the length of the body without the head, very bushy. Colour
varying from dark yellow (C. steedmanni) to light yellowish grey
(C. ogilbiz) ; longer hairs with their basal halves light yellow, then
with a black subterminal ring, and their tips white. The variation
in the general colour is caused by the different lengths of these white
tips to the hairs. Underfur rich yellow. Chin white; belly and
legs rather paler than back. Tail very bushy, the hairs often over
2 inches in length, and coloured like the longer back-hairs—namely,
first yellow, then black, and the tips white. Hairs at tip of tail
white to their roots. Dental percentages 57-66.
Dimensions.
Head and
body. Tail. Hind foot.
a. Type of C. ogilbit ...... 15:0 9:0 3:0
SiS eAtriea th: ...380 fee 4see 1500 9:0 3°0
c. 3 suseeeepta COR Ses 9°3 oil
Skulls. Basi-
Palate- Palate- Inc. to cranial
Length. Breadth. length. breadth. cross line, axis.
a. Type of C. ogilbii 2°65 = 1°6 1°42 90 97 92
b. Type of C. lep-
turus ...... Ge haeeiy sleGil. 9 1:39, iin Azrameinlai buns
c. Type of C. steed-
manni..,... (ec) 268 1:56 144 "90 *98 a
84 MR. O. THOMAS ON THE [Jan. 3,
This species may be readily distinguished from all its allies by its
bushy white-tipped tail and its peculiar greyish yellow colour. I
can find no tangible specific differences between the various forms
which have been described as distinct species. C. leptura, Smith,
judging from his figure, appears to be slightly different from the rest ;
but the typical skull, in the British Museum, shows no characters
whatever by which to separate that form from the rest ; moreover
there is in the Leyden Museum a specimen, in other respects quite
the same as O. penicillata, which has as slender a tail as C. leptura.
I therefore do not think that the latter can stand as a species
distinct from C. penicillata.
Dr. Smith, in the letterpress to his figure of C. ogilbyi in his
‘Tllustrations,’ gives a full account, too long to quote here, of the
habits of this species. It is said to inhabit dry and sandy plains,
where it lives in holes in the ground, to which, however, it only
retires during the night, passing the day in hunting for mice, small
birds, &c., or simply basking in the sun.
Teeth of Cynictis.
P.M?. M*. Percentages.
a. air siel | oul 63
| ees Aa Ee 5:0 66
CRT 8:9 553 59
kM ay al 8:0 4:6 57
VY. RHINOGALE.
Rhinogale, Gray, P. Z.8. 1864, p. 375 (woodcuts of
Sit en ae Bee Se cai Tats s eeaniahs kt. melleri.
Range. That of the only species.
Toes 5—5. Teeth, I. 5, C. P.M. 5 M. a 2=42. No naked
line from nose to upper lip. General form of skull rounded, without
marked angles or crests. Palate deeply concave both transversely
and antero-posteriorly. Teeth rounded, suited for grinding rather
than cutting. Last molars above and below proportionally very
large, the lower one as long as the first molar, and very possibly
with an extra external cusp; but the teeth are too much worn in
the only known specimen for this point to be madeout. Lower jaw
rather peculiarly twisted (ef. original figures).
This genus is a somewhat remarkable one, having the general
external form of the true grooved-nosed Herpestines, while it has the
hairy nose and the generally rounded skull and dentition of the
present section of the group. It is, moreover, quite peculiar among
the genera of this group in possessing a distinctly concave palate, a
character which readily separatesit from all other Mungooses. Iam
not prepared to say at present to which of the other genera Rhinogale
is most nearly allied, as it presents such a mixture of characters that
without further material a satisfactory decision on this point is ex-
tremely difficult to arrive at. However, it naturally falls into this
place by the’ characters used to arrange the other genera; so that we
Type.
1882.] AFRICAN MUNGOOSES. 85
may, for the present, leave it here, where it was originally placed by
Dr. Gray.
1. RHINOGALE MELLERI. (Plate III.)
* Rhinogale melleri, Gray, P. Z.S. 1864, p. 375 (1864).
Hab. “ Rast Africa.”
Size and form much as in Herpestes ichneumon. Tail about as
long as the body without the head. Hind soles hairy to the roots
of the toes. General colour uniform pale brown, the longer hairs
each with only one or two rings of brown and white, the rings
passing so gradually into each other as to give but little general
appearance of grizzling. Head paler, the white of the hairs showing
more conspicuously. Underfur dark grey at its base, pale brown
at its tip. Belly like back, but rather paler. Feet similar, but
darker. Tail with long hairs, somewhat as in black-tailed examples
of H, albicauda: for its basal third the hairs are uniformly brown; for
the middle third they are white for their basal halves and black for
their terminal; and on the terminal third they are all black; the
tail therefore gets very gradually darker towards the end. No doubt
other specimens would show considerable variation in the detailed
coloration of the tail.
Skull as described above in the generic diagnosis.
Teeth rounded, the posterior molars worn flat in the only specimen.
Dental percentage 73. In the lower jaw the posterior molar is
remarkably large, being precisely as long as the preceding tooth ;
while the species which most approaches it in this character, Bdeogale
puisa, has the last only 85 per cent. of the first molar, and the
others of this group range downwards from 85 to 45 per cent., the
proportions of these two teeth following with great regularity those
of the upper teeth, of which the percentages are given in detail.
Dimensions.
Head and
body. Tail. Hind foot.
a. Type, E. Africa...... 22:0 15°5 3°8
Skull. Bast-
Palate- Palate- Inc.to cranial
Length, Breadth. length. breadth. cross line. axis.
a.'Type: .. © 3°38 1°85 1:78 1°05 1:22 1-14
The type specimen of this species, though obtained by Dr. Meller
and described nearly 20 years ago, has, as far as I know, remained
unique up to the present time. Happily both the skull and skin are
quite perfect, so that I have been able to make out all the more
important characters of the species.
With regard to the locality at which this specimen was obtained,
it appears that the only places in East Africa at which Dr. Meller
collected were (1) on the Zambesi and (2) Zanzibar; so that R.
melleri must have come from one or the other, As of late years
86 MR. O. THOMAS ON THE [Jan. 3,
Dr. Kirk has done so much to make the zoology of Zanzibar known.
to us, it seems on the whole more probable that this species does
not occur there, but that the Zambesi is its proper habitat,
especially as Dr. Meller was there considerably longer than he was
at Zanzibar.
However, it is not very likely that it can be much longer before
such a large and well-marked animal is again discovered ; and then
the question of locality will be satisfactorily settled.
Molars of Rhinogale.
Upper Per- Lower Per-
P.M*. MM? centage M1. M2. centage.
Phe MOU ENG. nO TD 55 73 6:4 6°4 100
VI. CroSssARCHUS.
Crossarchus, F. Cuv. Hist. Nat. Mamm. ii. livr.
Ay (CLOLON prmtte owt eri ae eee tes ele aay est care ge ea Cee oe
Ariela, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 565 (1864).... C. fasciatus.
Mungos, Gray, P.Z,.8. 1864, p. 575 (1864)
(HES PETG pl oerein sere 6 tye rice eeece arn eters ... CO. gambianus.
Range. Africa south of the Sahara.
Toes 5—5. Teeth, I. = C. i P.M. ay M. 5x 2=36. Nonaked
central line on nose. Hind soles naked. Skull depressed, as in
Herpestes. Teeth rounded, without sharp cutting-edges. Vacuity
in floor of auditory meatus oblong, in filling up often forming a row
of smal] holes, as in Suricata. Last lower molar with an extra cusp
in the centre of the outer edge, as in Bdeogale and the subgenus
Ichneumia”.
This genus includes four species, scattered over the continent of
Africa. It is a matter of considerable interest to find that the three
species placed by Gray under “ Mungos,” in a separate subfamily
from Crossarchus, are not really generically distinct from the single
species hitherto supposed to be the only member of this genus*. I
ean find no differences of importance whatever between these
various forms ; in fact C. obscurus resembles, at least in dentition,
C. zebra and C. gambianus more than either of these do C. fasciatus.
It is true that in our only skeleton of C. obscurus there is a certain
amount of difference in the length of the hallux as compared with
that of the other species; but an examination’ of a considerable
number of skins does not show any constancy in this character,
Type.
' Ogilby’s genus was founded solely on the Cinghalese species H. witzicollis,
Benn.; H. gambianus and fasciatus happening to be mentioned in the same
paper, Gray took it as founded on them, and made another genus, “ Teniogale,”
to contain the Ceylon form,
? See p. 76.
8 Since the above was written, Prof. Mivart has pointed out to me that the
researches of Chatin into the structure of the anal glands of the Carnivora (Ann.
Sci. Nat. 5th series, xix. p. 89, n., 1874) fully confirm the opinion here expressed
: to the generic relationship of the striped Mungoose (C. fasciatus) with C.
obscurus.
1882.] AFRICAN MUNGOOSES. 87
which has already been proved to be one of singular variability '.
No doubt, also, C. obscurus has a somewhat more elongated nose
than the other species ; but the value of this character, besides being
almost impossible to estimate without spirit specimens, is extremely
doubtful; and the remarkable agreement in other characters convinces
me that C. odscurus is certainly congeneric with C. zebra, gambianus,
and fasciatus.
Most specimens of C. obscurus have aremarkably short alisphenoid
canal, as compared with that of most Mungooses; but one of our
specimens has the canal quite as long as in ordinary C. zebra, the
species which has the next shortest canal.
The species of this genus seem to be somewhat restricted in their
geographical distribution. Thus C. obscurus has hitherto only been
found from the Cameroons to Sierra Leone, C. gambianus on the
Gambia, C. zebra in Abyssinia, and C. fasciatus in the eastern part
of the Cape colony and as far north as Mozambique’.
Synopsis of the Species.
I. Back grizzled, not cross-striped.
a. Colour dull brown, tips of hairs yellow...... 1. C. obsewrus, p. 87.
b. Colour grizzled grey, hairsannulated......... 2. C. gambianus, p. 88.
II. Back cross-striped.
ec. P.M‘ more than 8 mm. Stripes narrow,
Wnidersid ents Irecehctugeertixe= dentees bee teeh 3. C. zebra, p. 89,
d P.M* less than 7 mm. Stripes broad,
Underside grizzled grey .........sescscseeree 4. C, fasciatus, p. 90.
1. CROSSARCHUS OBSCURUS.
Crossarchus obscurus, F. Cuv. Hist. Nat. Mamm., iii. livr. 47
1825).
Abra typicus, A. Smith, 8S. Afr. Quart. Journ. ii. p. 135
(1835).
Hab. West Africa.
Size medium ; form rather stout; muzzle produced. ‘Tail about
half as long as the head and body. General colour dull grizzled
brown; the longer hairs dark brown for four fifths of their length,
and the tips yellow. Underfur brown at base, light grey for terminal
half. Belly like back. Head more finely grizzled, with a rufous
tinge. Feet almost wholly black. Tail lke back, but the yellow
tips of the hairs gradually become red towards the tip.
Skull long and narrow, with a narrow and depressed nasal region.
Teeth very small, upper P.M* but seldom reaching 7 mm. in its
greatest diameter. Dental percentage 71-77.
Dimensions.
Head and
body. Tail, Hind foot.
@ Cameroons... a5... 15:0 foal 2°8
GeV PO ATiCa, co oie 6. :: 12°5 os 2
1 See above, p. 67.
=
2 See footnote 2 on p. 90.
88 MR. O, THOMAS ON THE (Jan. 3,
Skull. Basi-
Palate- Palate- Ine. to cranial
Length. Breadth. length. breadth. cross line. axis.
a. W. Africa
C112) Ree 4g oe 1°54 1°6 *85 97 —
6. Zool. Soc... 2°8 1°43 1°6 "84 "96 "84
Cea ren s ee rre at 1:39 1:55 °85 98 —
This species is a very well known and fairly common one, though
it seems to be quite restricted to the West-African subregion. Its
superficial likeness to small dark-coloured specimens of Herpestes
galera has already been refered to above’.
A specimen in the Berlin Museum has the following note attached
to it:—* Bores in the earth with its nose after insects.”
2. CROSSARCHUS GAMBIANUS.
* Herpestes gambianus, Ogilby, P. Z.S. 1835, p. 102.
Mungos gambianus, Gray, P. Z.S. 1864, p. 575.
Hab. Gambia.
Size, form, and general coloration much as in C. fasciatus (q. Vv.) ;
but the hairs on the back placed, so to speak, without reference to
their rings, so that there is no trace of cross bands, but only a
general grizzled appearance; and thus the posterior part of the body
only differs from the head and shoulders in being more rufous.
Neck and chest white; on the sides of the neck a distinct black
streak separating the upper and lower colours, in this respect
reminding one of Herpestes vitticollis, Benn.
Skull broad and heavy as in C. fasciatus. Teeth small, as in
C. obscurus and zebra. P.M* only 6mm. long. Dental percentage
80.
Dimensions.
Head and
body. Tail. | Hind foot.
a, Gambia (type)........ 150 ne 2°5
Shull. Basi-
Palate- Palate- Inc. to cranial
Length, Breadth. length. breadth. cross line. axis.
a. Type. sae. 1 2:85 1:58 1:43 “84 "92 —
This species is very interesting as showing what a comparatively
unimportant character the presence of cross bands on the back is.
Its coloration is extremely similar to that of C. fasciatus ; ‘yet
by a simple disarrangement of the hairs of the back, all the broad
distinct cross bands vanish, and the back only presents a coarse
grizzled rufous-grey colour.
The type was collected by Mr. Rendall on the river Gambia,
whence, at about the same time, a second specimen (immature) was
sent to the late Lord Derby. Both these specimens are now in the
emt:
1882. ] AFRICAN MUNGOOSES. 89
British Museum; but no others, so far as I am aware, have since
been obtained.
3. CROSSARCHUS ZEBRA.
*Herpestes zebra, Riipp. N. Wirb. Abyss. p. 30, pl. ix. fig. 2
(animal), and pl. x. fig. 1 (skull) (1835).
H. gothneh, Fitz. & Heugl. S.B. Akad. Wien, liv. Abth. 1, p. 560
(1866).
H. leucostethicus, Fitz. & Heugl. t. cit. p. 561 (1861).
Hab. Abyssinia.
Size rather smaller than in the last species, and form slenderer.
Tail half as long as the head and body. General colour grizzled
grey, with cross bands on the posterior part of the back. Longer
hairs ringed with black and pale yellow or white, without any
rufous, the rings very narrow, so that the transverse bands are
correspondingly narrow, five or more to the inch. Underfur dirty
yellowish grey. Chin, chest, and belly more or less bright rufous,
a sharp line along the sides of the neck separating the rufous from
the grey of the upperside. Central line of the underparts gene-
rally white, this colour varying in quantity very much, sometimes
extending all down the centre from chin to anus, sometimes nearly
or quite absent. Tail-hairs ringed like those of the body, the black
eradually predominating towards the tip, which is often quite black.
Feet, in the same way, becoming blacker to the toes.
Skull as in C. gambianus. Teeth rather small, P.M* between
6 and 7 mm. long. Dental percentages 66-79.
Dimensions.
Head and body. Tail. Hind foot.
a. Abyssinia (Riippell) ...... 13°5 70 2°3
6. 3 (skin) /808. Js 8m13:0 6°6 —
Skulls.
Basi-
Palate- Palate- Inc. to cranial
Length. Breadth. length. breadth. cross line. axis.
a. No locality .. 2°75 1-59 1°46 95 94 °97
b. A ered, 1°5 1°43 ‘88 89 "95
ce. Bogos, Abys-
sinia’ .... 2°42 1°35 1°26 79 ‘80 "89
This species has hitherto been found only in Abyssinia, where
Riippell and others have obtained it in considerable numbers. It
may readily be distinguished from the other striped Mungoose,
C. fasciatus, by the narrowness and whiteness of the cross bands,
and by the sharply defined rufous of its neck and chest.
I can see no reason for the separation of either H. gothneh or
leucostethicus from the typical form, the characters given being quite
unimportant.
It has already been mentioned that one of our skulls of this
1 With third upper molars.
90 MR. O. THOMAS ON THE [Jan. 3,
species possesses a third pair of upper molars behind the two normal
ones. The presence of this extra pair of teeth however, is, shown to
be of no specific or generic importance by the fact that in a second,
quite identical, specimen collected at the same time and place (Bogos-
land, Abyssinia), there are only the two usual pairs of upper
molars.
4, CROSSARCHUS FASCIATUS.
Viverra ichneumon (3, Schr. Saug. iii. p. 430, pl. exvi. (1778).
V. mungo', Gmel. Linn. 8. N. i. p. 84 (1789).
Herpestes mungo, Desm. Mamm. i. p. 211 (1820).
H. fasciatus, Desm. Dict. Sci. Nat. xxix. p. 58 (1823).
*Ichneumon tenionotus, Smith, 8. Afr. Quart. Journ. ii. p. 114
(1835).
Ariela tenionota, Gray, P. Z. S. 1864, p. 565 (1864).
Hab. S.E. Africa (Caffraria to Mozambique *).
Size medium; form stout. Tail rather more than half as long as
the head and body. General colour grizzled grey, the posterior half
of the back with cross bands. Longer hairs ringed with black
and yellow or dark rufous, the posterior half of each light ring
being always rufous. The rings somewhat broad, so that the
transverse body-bands are also broad, there being about 33 to the
inch, counting both light and dark bands. There are altogether about
12 or 13 bands; but they merge so gradually into the rest of the
body-colour that they cannot be exactly counted. Underfur grey-
brown. Neck, chest, and belly uniform grizzled grey, like the upper
part of the head and shoulders, not rufous as in C. zebra. Feet and
tail like body, but becoming gradually nearly or quite black towards
their distal parts.
Skull comparatively broad and heavy, the teeth larger than in any
other species, P.M* more than 8 mm. long, last molar small.
Dental percentage 57-59.
Dimensions.
Head and body. Tail. Hind foot.
PEE ONG oie. 3 tags sao, sg etn Se 13°0 8-0 2°8
6. Natal (type of I. tenionotus) .. 12:0 70 2°4
Skulls. Basi-
Palate- Palate- Inc.to cranial
; Length. Breadth. length. breadth. cross line, axis.
a. 8. Africa (Dr.
Smithy ie VSBAL AL G7 wiES) 098 99 1°05
6. S. Africa (Dr.
Smith)... SFG 4h Are we 92 1:00 96
? This name is so utterly barbarous, and that of H. fasciatus so well known,
that I think we are justified in ignoring it and using Desmarest’s classical and
appropriate term.
_ 7 Two specimens, said to be ‘‘ Henpestes fasciatus,” are recorded from Angola
in the ‘List of Animals in Zool. Soe. Coll.’ 1879, p. 62; but as neither of these
is still living and nothing has been preserved of them, I cannot say whether
they really belong to this species, to C. zebra, or to some undescribed form.
1882. ] AFRICAN MUNGOOSES. 91
This species by its locality, and not C. zebra, no doubt represents
the early-known “ Viverra mungo,” which was said to come from the
“ East Indies.’ No cross-striped Mungooses, however, are known
from India, and the original specimens must have been obtained
from the Cape. All the specimens with exact localities that I have
seen come from the eastern parts of the Colony, and none from the
western ; so that we may suppose that its true range is very similar
to that of Herpestes pulverulentus’. Probably, however, tame
examples were sometimes brought down to Capetown, where they
would be seen by the earlier travellers. Dr. Smith says of his
Ichneumon tenionotus, “ Inhabits Natal: rare.”
Molars of Crossarchus.
P.M+. M2. _| Percentage.|
mm. mn. |
©. ObsGUTUS: 6 .ésciecscneseers sa 6:2 4:8 77
b... 7-0 5-0 | 71
on 65 5:0 Kiet
C. gambianus .........+0005 Gas 6:0 48 60
(0/5721 ah Rae aa eeencnCre ee eee CREM 6:9 46 66 |
b.. 6:5 4:5 69
C.. 68 5:0 73
Hee 6:5 51 79
Gest anelahys: es aesasncostens ss cs 87 52 59
Bees 8:0 52 on
VII. Suricata.
Type.
Suricata, Desm. Tabl. Méth. Mamm. in Nouv.
Dict. d’H. N. (ed. 1) xxiv. (1804) ............ S. tetradactyla.
Rhyzena, Illig. Prodr. Syst. Mamm. p. 134
Range. That of the only species.
Toes 4—4?. Teeth, I. 3, C. +, P.M.4, M. $x 2=38. Hind soles
naked. Nose produced. No central naked line from muzzle to
upper lip. Fore claws very long, twice as long as the hind. Skull
very broad, the zygomata strongly diverging backwards. Facial
outline convex. Posterior part of skull very high, not compressed
as in Herpestes, but more as in Cynictis. Teeth very similar to
1 See p. 74.
2 In a skeleton and a specimen in spirit, I find the following rudiments of
the 1st toes :—of the fore foot, in the spirit specimen, a rudimentary metacarpus,
2 mm. in length; in the skeleton, no trace ofa hallux, but the above-mentioned
rudiment might easily have been lost. Of the hind foot, in the spirit specimen,
a hallucal metatarsal 2mm. long and 23 broad, and, in the skeleton, a similar
rudimentary metatarsal and, in addition, a minute Ist phalanx (1} mm. long
and 1 broad).
S. tetradactyla.
92 MR. 0, THOMAS ON THE AFRICAN MUNGOOSEs. __[Jan. 3,
those of Crossarchus. First upper premolar absent, with no dia-
stema in its place; first lower either present or, if absent, there is
a distinct diastema. Auditory meatus somewhat prolonged, with
the imperfection of the floor well marked, consisting of a line of
minute holes, quite different from the large round hole found in this
position in Cynictis’.
1. SuRICATA TETRADACTYLA.
Viverra suricatta, Erxl, Syst. Regn. An. p. 488 (1777).
V. tetradactyla, Schreb. Siug. iii. p. 434, tab. exvii. (1778).
Mus zenik, Scopoli, Delic. Flor. et Faun, ii. p. 84 (1786).
Viverra zenik et tetradactyla, Gmel. Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 85
1789).
ee capensis, Desm. Tabl. Méth. Mamm. (p. 15) in Nouv.
Dict. d’ Hist. Nat. Ist edit. xxiv. (1804).
Rhyzena tetradactyla, Il. Prodr. Syst. Mamm. p. 134 (1811).
Suricata viverrina, Desm. Nouv. Dict. d’Hist. Nat. 2nd edit.
Kxxli. p. 297 (1819). ©
Rhyzena typicus, Smith, 8. Afr. Quart. Journ. ii. p. 117 (1835).
Hab. Cape Colony (Algoa Bay, Cape, &c.).
Size small; form slender. Tail about half the length of the head
and body together. Fur long and soft. General colour light
grizzled grey, with black transverse bands across the posterior part
of the back. Longer hairs broadly ringed with black and white,
the white on the whole predominating ; the transverse bands formed
by the regular arrangement of the hairs, by which the white and black
rings come opposite to each other on adjacent hairs. Underfur
dark rufous. Head nearly white, except a distinct oblong black
mark round the eyes. Lars black. Tail yellowish, with a well-
marked black tip. Feet like body. Skull as described above.
Dental percentage 70-79.
Dimensions.
Head and body. Tail. Hind foot.
a. (In spirit)... 14-0 70 2°4
68. Africa .. .. 15:0 75 2°5
C: ob arte 14:0 8:0 2°5
Skulls.
Palate- Palate- Ine. to Basi-
Length, Breadth. length. breadth, cross line. cranial axis.
a.. 2°42 1°79 N37) 90 88 74
6.. 2°38 1°75 1:36 “84 84 ‘76
This animal is a well-known Cape species: it seems to be confined
' Prof. Flower, in his paper on the Classification of the Carnivora (P. Z. 8.
1869, p. 20), says of this genus:—“ Here, and here alone among the Viver-
ridx, there is a prolonged auditory meatus; but it presents the peculiarity
of being fissured along the whole extent of the middle of its floor.” It should,
however, be noted that Crossarchus has a somewhat produced meatus, and that
all the genera of this group haye constantly a more or less fissured meatus-floor,
individual skulls often exceeding Swricata in this respect.
1882. ] ON A NEW LAND-RAIL FROM EAST AFRICA. 93
to that colony; but I have seen so few specimens with exact loca-
lities, that I am unable to determine its precise range. It may
always be readily distinguished from all other Mungooses by its
elongated nose and claws and its peculiar coloration, especially its
black ears, no other species haying ears differing in colour from the
rest of the head.
Smuts says of its habits : —“ This animal lives in various parts of
the Colony, mostly in mountain caves; it is easily tamed and
kept in a state of domestication.”
Molars of Suricata.
P.M4. M?. _— Percentage.
S. tetraductyla, a 70 50 71
Ss b 6°3 5:0 79
” GARR 6°5 4°8 74
ry , ee ee 70 5°2 74
4, Description of a New Species of Land-Rail from Hast
Africa. By H. B. Tristram, F.R.S., C.M.Z.S.
[Received December 28, 1881.]
I have lately received from Mr. R. C. Ramshaw, a medical
missionary who has been stationed for four years in East Africa, a
small collection of birds, chiefly of Ploceidee and Cinnyride, formed
by him at Ribé, a little to the north of Rabai, and at Jomon, a
district extending S. lat. 3°-5° and E. long. 39°—40°.
Among the specimens occurs a Land-Rail which both Mr. Sharpe
and Capt. Shelley consider to be undescribed. I therefore venture
to describe it as
CrEX SUAHELENSIS, spec. nov.
C. capite et regione parotica castaneis ; collo superiore fusco ;
dorso inferiore nigricante ; supracaudalibus castaneo mar-
ginatis ; cauda nigricante, castaneo marginata; mento et thorace
albis ; pectore rufescente ; abdomine albescente ; crisso et subcau-
dalibus lete castaneis ; scapularibus brunneis, quaque pluma albo
marginata ; remigibus nigrescentibus, pogonio externo remigis
primi albo;'subalaribus brunneis; rostro, tarsis et pedibus olivaceis.
Long. tota 9, ale 3°92, caude 23, rostri a rictu *85, tarsi 14,
digitt med. 1°9.
Hab. Ribé, East Africa.
The white edgings to the scapulars and some of the feathers of
the back seem to indicate immaturity. In other respects the bird
has all the appearance of being adult: and the measurements certainly
do not correspond to those of any known species.
94 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE ANATOMY [Jan. 3,
5. Note on the Gall-bladder, and some other Points in the
Anatomy of the Toucans and Barbets (Capitonide).
By W. A. Forsezs, B.A., Prosector to the Society.
[Received December 30, 1881. ]
The statement has been made, and copied’, that a gall-bladder is
absent in the Toucans. The latest writer on the visceral anatomy of
birds, Dr. Hans Gadow *, describing the gall-bladder of the ‘ Coccy-
gomorphee,” says :—“Ahamphastus compensirt das Fehlen der Blase
durch einen sehr langen (9 cm.) und weiten Ductus Choledochus ”
(ne. p10).
On dissecting, therefore, some months ago a fresh specimen of
Pteroglossus wiedi, 1 was considerably surprised to find a peculiarly
long and tubular gall-bladder, which lay superficially, covering the
other abdominal viscera and extending far down in the abdominal
cavity, its fundus nearly reaching the cloacal region of the intestine.
My attention having been thus called to the point, I have since,
whenever opportunity has offered, always looked for this viscus, and
have now ascertained its presence in specimens of RAhamphastos cari-
natus, vitellinus, and dicolorus, Pteroglossus wiedi (3), Selenidera
maculirostris, and Aulacorhamphus prasinus. The annexed drawing
(fig., p. 95) will show its general form and relations, as seen in afresh
specimen of Rhamphastos dicolorus. In the specimen figured the
total length of the gall-bladder was not less than 4°15 inches. The
cystic duct originated ‘85 inch from the liver, and was 17 inch long.
In other cases the duct arises much nearer the portal fissure. Its
presence, therefore, in all Toucans is nearly certain *.
It is also present, of exactly the same general form, and with the
same relations, in all the Capitonine I have examined as regards this
point, namely Megalema virens (a fresh specimen), M. franklini, and
Xantholema rosea. Its presence in Indicator in a similar form is
almost certain, from the intimate relationship of that genus to the
Barbets and Toucans. Unfortunately I can give no exact information
on this point, the only specimen J have of an Indicator having been
eviscerated.
The only other family of birds in which, so far as I am aware,
the gall-bladder assumes this peculiar vermiform shape, and lies
* Owen, Anat. Vert. ii. p. 177; Macalister, Morph. Vert. p. 194; Orisp, P.Z.S.
1862, p. 137.
2 “Versuch ein. vergleich. Anatomie des Verdauungssystemes d. Vogel,” Jen.
Zeitschr. xiii. n. F. vi.
5 Tt is but due to the late Prof. Garrod to say that he also had noted this
peculiar gall-bladder, aptly characterized by him as “ iutestiniform,” in several
Toucans dissected by him, including &. Cuvier and carinatus and P. wiedi.
It is also, I find, correctly described by Meckel (‘Traité général,’ &c., Paris, 1838,
t. viii. p. 289), as follows :—‘‘ La conformation de la vésicule est extrémement
curieuse chez le toucan (Aamphastos). lle y est d’une longueur si énorme,
qu’elle occupe la cavité abdominale toute entiére: elle est trés rétrécie, et res-
semble plutot 4 un cecum qu’a une yésicule.” I made my first observations
unaware of either of the above facts.
1882. ] OF THE TOUCANS AND BARBETS. 95
freely in the abdominal cavity, is that of the Picide. Nitzsch’
describes the liver of the Woodpeckers (of which he examined
Gecinus viridis and canus, Dryocopus major, medius, aud minor, and
Picus martius) as being “immer mit ausgezeichnet langer darmfér-
miger Gallblase ;” and I can quite confirm this description as being
Liver, stomach, duodenum, &c., of Rkamphastos dicolorus, from in front, showing
the peculiar intestiniform gall-badder (4g. 4).
St, stomach; d, duodenum; p, pancreas; 7. h. d, J. h. d., right and left hepatic
ducts; ¢. d, cystic duct.
_applicable to the last-named species. Garrod also correctly uoted, in
his MSS., the “ long intestiniform gall-bladder”’ of Gecinus. The
similarity, therefore, in this respect of the Capitonidee* to the
Picidz strengthens the many arguments for the intimate relationship
of these two groups. And I may take this opportunity to point out
some further peculiarities which these birds have in common with
each other. These are :—
(1) The great extent of the deltoid muscle, which extends down
the entire length, or very nearly so, of the humerus, and is inserted
1 In Naumann’s Orn. Deutschlands, v. p. 252.
2 T use this term, with Garrod (Coll. Papers, p. 464) to include the Tou-
cans and Jndicator, as well as the true Barbets.
96 ON THE ANATOMY OF THE TOUCANS AND BARBETS. ([Jan. 3,
by a tendinous slip into a small tubercle on the external surface of
that bone, close to the elbow, and just above the tubercle for the
tendon of origin of the ewtensor metacarpi radialis longior muscle.
This is common to the Picide, Indicator, and the Toucans and
Barbets. As long ago noticed by Nitzsch’, this peculiarly long
deltoid also occurs in the Passeres ; but its similar condition in the
Capitonide has not, I think, before been observed. But, as showing
that the similarity in this respect of the Passeres to the Picidee and
their allies is not necessarily a mark of relationship, I may add that
in some other birds, as, e. g., Carpophaga, Ptilopus, and Cariama,
the deltoid is nearly the same in size and shape, extending down to
very near the elbow.
(2) The presence of a distinct ossicle, of the nature of a sesamoid,
the so-called ‘scapula accessoria,’ which is developed in the
scapulo-humeral ligament of the shoulder-joint, and plays over the
posterior angle of the humerus-head. From it arise some of the
fibres of the deltoid. _
Nitzsch, with his usual accuracy *, had also noticed the existence
in the Picidz of this bone, which, as is well known, occurs also in
the Passeres; but the relationships of the bone in the last are not
the same as they are in the Picide, Jndicator and other Pict I have
examined.
In the Passeres the bone in question becomes connected with the
tendon of the pectoralis secundus muscle as this courses over the
head of the humerus towards its insertion, sending round it a special
thin tendinous loop, in which the tendon of that muscle plays.
Hence, in the undisturbed position of these parts, the pectoralis
tendon is seen to be somewhat L-shaped, the angle of the L being
at the place where it is connected by this fibrous loop to the sesamoid
bone, and so dragged backwards out of a direct course.
In the Pici I have been able to find no such connection between
the scapula accessoria and the pectoralis secundus tendon, which
remains quite free from it throughout its course.
The additional points of resemblance detailed in the present com-
munication render the near relationship of the Picidee to the Capi-
tonidze even more certain than before. Nitzsch, from pterylographical
grounds, and Kessler *, from osteological ones, long ago pointed out
this connection, which was afterwards remarkably confirmed by
Garrod’s observations on their myology and visceral anatomy.
The fact that there should be important cranial differences between
the two groups (and even amongst the members of one of these) only
shows that the cranial structure of a bird may be profoundly changed,
in accordance with its conditions of existence, whilst in the rest of
its organs no change whatever is effected ; and such a fact must of
itself tell heavily against the view that the structure of the skull in
birds is of itself alone a certain, or even sufficient, index to their sys-
tematic classification.
1 Zeitschr. f. ges. Naturwiss. 1862, xix. p. 400.
2 Tom. supra cit. p. 399.
3 Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Moscou, xvii. pp. 332-334, 340,
1882.] PROF. PARKER ON THE SKULL OF THE CROCODILIA. 97
January 17, 1882.
Prof. Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.
The following report on the additions to the Society’s Mena-
gerie during the month of December 1881 was read by the
Secretary :—
The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-
gerie during the month of December 1881 was 82, of which 8
were by birth, 39 by presentation, 26 by purchase, and 9 were
received on deposit. The total number of departures during
the same period, by death and removals, was 82.
The most noticeable additions during the month were :—
1. A young male Guemul Deer (Purcifer chilensis), from Pata-
gonia, purchased December 22nd of the Jardin d’Acclimatation
of Paris.
This animal has lately shed its horns, and is now growing a
new pair.
2. A Germain’s Peacock-Pheasant (Polyplectron germaini), pur-
chased December 24th.
Both these accessions are of species new to the Society’s series.
Prof. Newton exhibited, by favour of Messrs. Hallett & Co., the
skin and bones of the trunk of a specimen of Notornis mantelli, re-
cently received by them from New Zealand, and stated to have been
obtained in the province of Otago about eighteen months ago.
Prof. Newton pointed out that the sternum figured in the Society’s
‘ Transactions’ (vol. iv. pl. 4. figs. 5-8) as of this species must
belong to a totally different form.
Prof. W. K. Parker, F.R.S., read a memoir on the skull of the
Crocodilia, of which the following is an abstract :—
‘The Crocodilia have seen the rise and fall of several Reptilian
dynasties, and even now they are in no danger of extinction. Their
development is precisely like that of the Sauropsida generally (the
other Reptiles, and Birds) ; but in some very important respects they
anticipate cranial modifications that only come to perfection in the
Mammalia.
“Tt is difficult, at first, to see in what their embryo differs from
that of a bird; but the long tail is diagnostic; this, however, would
not always have served that purpose, as the avian contemporaries
of the Crocodiles of the Oolite had tails relatively as long as those
of the Crocodiles.
“The near approach to that modification of the skull which is
seen in the Bird is very remarkable in the early stages of the
Crocodile ; but whilst the one becomes as light asa quill, the other
becomes as heavy as the armour of a Tortoise; yet in the adult
Crocodile the whole hind skull is a labyrinth of air-cavities, which
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1882, No. VII. 7
98 MR. 0. THOMAS ON RODENTS FROM PERU. (Jan. 17,
differ but little from those of a bird. Notwithstanding the massive-
ness of the skull, nearly every suture is persistent; in the light
skull of the Bird nearly every suture is obliterated.
‘“« The pier of the mandible explains, and is explained by, that of
the Lizard on one side, and the Salamandrian below. The jaw itself
is at an early period quite continuous with the hyoid arch; and that
arch is for a time continuous with the auditory columella, as in the
Hatteria of New Zealand ; and the columella itself is only a modi-
fied part of that arch. In its early segmented state, however, and
in its later broken-up condition, it comes very near to what is found
in the mammal, and greatly helps the morphologist in working out
a harmony between this arch in the Sauropsida and the Mam-
malia.
“In the discussion which took place a dozen years ago between
Professors Peters and Huxley (for the views of the latter see P. Z.S.
1869, pp. 391-407), as to the early continuity of the mandibular and
hyoid arches and their nature, both combatants were right and both
were wrong. The two arches are continuous for a time; but that
condition does not sustain Prof. Peters’s reasoning. The deductions
of Prof. Huxley, in spite of the fact that he worked with imperfect
materials, will remain true for all time.’
Prof. Parker’s memoir will be published entire in the Society’s
Transactions.’
The following papers were read :—
1. On a Collection of Rodents from North Peru. By
OupriELp Tuomas, F.Z.S., British Museum.
[Received December 15, 1881.]
(Plate IV.)
The collection now described was obtained by M. Stolzmann, the
well-known Polish collector, in Northern Peru, and has been placed
in my hands for determination by Prof. Taczanowski, of the Warsaw
Museum, by whom a nearly complete set has been presented to the
British Museum.
Every specimen has its exact locality, date, and altitude recorded ;
and the habits of many of the species have been noted by M. Stolz-
mann, whose remarks, placed between quotation-marks, are appended
to their respective species.
The localities from which the collection was obtained are as
follows :—
Tumbez.—Capital of the province of the same name. Situated on
the river Tumbez, at about 4 miles from its outlet in the Bay of
Guayaquil (3° S. lat.).
Tambillo.—A colony on the river Malleta, a tributary of the
Upper Amazons. This river forms the boundary between the pro-
1882. ] MR. QO. THOMAS ON RODENTS FROM PERU. 99
vinces of Jaen and Chota. Tambillo is situated about 5700 feet
above the level of the sea, upon the eastern slope of the western
chain of the Cordilleras (6° S. lat.).
Cutervo.—A town in the province of Chota, department of Caja-
perce. about twodays south of Tambillo, on the same slope, 9000
eet.
Callacate.—A colouy, 4800 feet in altitude, about 8 miles north-
west of Cutervo, on the banks of the river Chota, which runs into
the Amazon under the name of Chamaya.
Chirimoto!.—A colony in the valley of the Huayabamba, a tributary
of the Huallaga, in the province of Chachapoyas. It is about 5400
feet above the sea, upon the eastern slope of the eastern chain of
the Cordilleras (6° S. lat.).
Huambo'.—A plantation in the forest of the same name, to the east
of Chachapoyas and Chirimoto, 3700 feet in altitude, on the banks of
the river Huambo, a tributary of the Huallaga.
All these localities, except Tumbez, are on the northward
Andean extension of the Patagonian subregion, as defined by
Messrs. Newton and Salvin’; so that we should naturally expect, as
indeed turns out to be the case, that most of the species would be
the same as those found by Mr. Louis Fraser, who collected at
places situated in the Ecuadorean part of this same Andean tract.
Tumbez is on the southward extension of the Subandean subregion on
the Pacific side; but the specimens collected there are too few to
draw any deductions from.
The chief interest of the collection centres in the fine series of
Hesperomys contained in it ; for of this difficult genus and the closely
allied one Holochilus M. Stolzmann obtained just over 40 speci-
mens. The value of this additional material may be perceived when
it is remembered how very few of the specimens in the various
museums are preserved in spirit, or have their exact localities or
habits recorded.
On account, therefore, of the fact that most of the published de-
scriptions have been taken either from stuffed specimens or skins,
I have thought it useful to give the measurements of every adult
Specimen in this collection, even when belonging to compara-
tively well-known species. It must, moreover, be remembered that
from such a locality as Northern Peru very few species of this
group can in any sense be called well known; in fact, of the 11
species of Hesperomys and Holochilus here described, only two, Hes-
peromys longicaudatus and olivaceus, at all deserve this term; and
even of these, additional measurements are much to be desired, as
helping to show the range of variation found among the South-
American Muridee. Of the 11 species just referred to, only one belongs
to Holochilus, the remaining ten being distributed among Calomys,
Rhipidomys, and Habrothrix, three of the eight subgenera of Hes-
' Additional information concerning these two localities may be obtained from
Prof. Taczanowski’s own paper on the birds collected by Mons. Stolzmann
(antea, p. 2).
* Encycl. Brit, ed, 9, iii, p. 744.
100 MR. O. THOMAS ON RODENTS FROM PERU. [Jan. 17,
peromys now usually admitted. Of these Calomys claims four species,
one being new ; Rhipidomys also four, of which two are new ; and
Habrothrizx the remaining two, both of which are previously-known
species. There are thus three new species in the collection; and of
two of the others I am somewhat doubtful of the determination ; so
that I think it possible that either or both of them will in the end
turn out to be really different from the species to which I have pro-
visionally referred them.
The chief previous information bearing on this subject is comprised
in Tschudi’s classical work on the fauna of Peru’, and in Mr. Tomes’s
papers on the Mammals collected in Ecuador by Mr. Fraser*.
Of the 6 Muride mentioned by Tschudi, only one, Hesperomys
leucodactylus, was found by M. Stolzmann ; while of the 13 brought
from Ecuador by Mr. Fraser he obtained six, or just about half; so
that from his well-preserved spirit-specimens I have been able to
supplement the descriptions given by Mr. Tomes, many of which
were drawn up only from skins. 7
It is perhaps well to mention that, when describing these Rats and
Mice, I found it possible, owing to their excellent state of preservation,
entirely to dry the hairs, so that the colour and texture of the fur,
and the general appearance of the animals were just as they
would have been if the specimen had been examined when recently
killed. I have been unfortunately unable to supplement from this
collection the notes recently published by me with regard to the
comparative lengths of the different parts of the alimentary canal’,
because the intestines had been removed from all the specimens
before they came into my hands.
Of the new species obtained by Mons. Stolamann, H. spinosus* is
perhaps the most interesting, as being the first Hesperomys that has
been found with spiny fur. I have long expected that such a form
would be discovered. There are so many examples of tropical
species of the neighbouring genus Mus which possess spines in their
fur, that I have always been surprised at there being no spiny
members of such a large and variable tropical genus as Hesperomys.
The present discovery of a spine-clad Vesper-mouse is therefore pro-
porticnately interesting.
As in the Old-world Mus *, so here in Hesperomys, I find that
the number of mamme is both very constant and very distinctive of
1 Pp, 177-184 (1844)
2 P.Z.S. 1858, p. 546; 1860, pp. 211 & 260.
3 P. Z.8. 1880, p. 696.
* Infra, p. 105.
® See P. Z.8. 1881, p. 531, ke.
§ The variation in the number in some of the common species of Mus, viz. in
M. decumanus, rattus, and alexandrinus, has caused this character to fall into
clisrepute among writers on Rodentia; but, with the exception of these species, and
of one or two others which have the unusually large number of from 14 to 18
mamma, I have never, in any single instance, found a specimen of either Mus
or Hesperonys in which the number differed from that normal to the species.
I do not of course assert that individual variations do not occur, but only that
they must be extremely rare, as I have never met with any in all the large series
of specimens that I have examined with special reference to this point.
1882. ] MR. 0. THOMAS ON RODENTS FROM PERU. 101
the various subgenera and species, though the value of this character
seems never to have been noticed by any previous writer in connexion
with the arrangement of the Sigmodont Muride.
The following Table gives the number of mamme found in a few
of the best-known Sigmodontes not included in the present col-
lection :—
Pectoral Nr. of adult
pairs of Total females
mammex. Inguinal. mamme. examined.
Ochetodon mexicanus, De Sauss. ... 1 : 6
Hesperomys (Rhipidomys) sumi- re
chrasti, De Sass. ...rs00cceeseres 2 4 8
H. (Vesperimus) leucopus, Raf. ... 1 2 6 6
H. (V.) michiganensis, dud. § Bach. 1 2 6 1
H. (Oryzomys) couesi, Als? ......... 2 2 8 2
H. (Calomys) bimaculatus, Waterh. 2 2 8 1 (type)
Sigmodon hispidus, Say § Ord ... 3 2 10 7
We thus see that the number of mammee gives us an additional
character by which to separate Dr. Coues’s subgenus “‘Vesperimus ”’
from Calomys, the first having only 3, while the latter has 4 pairs.
Sigmodon also, on whose generic distinction Dr. Coues has cast some
doubt!, is, so far as its mammee are concerned, very distinct from
any of the other New-world Muride in having no less than 3 pairs,
the largest number found in this group.
1. Lepus BRASsILIEensts, L.
a (juv.). Cutervo, 9000’, Feb. or Mar. 1879.
2, Ecuinomys semispinosus, Tomes, P.Z.S, 1860, p. 265,
a. & (imm.), Tumbez, sea-level, June 1876.
“In the reeds (Canna brava) on the banks of the river.”
[Mus muscuuus, L.
a. Callacate, 4800’, April 1879.
This specimen had a large (strus-larva in the flesh just above
the root of the tail (See C. O. Waterhouse, Proc. Ent. Soc. 1881,
p» xii). |
3. Hotocniius (NecTromys) APICALIS, Peters, Abhandl, Akad.
Berl. 1860, p. 152.
Hesp. cephalotes, Desin., Tomes, P.Z.S. 1858, p. 548 (nee Desm.).
a. Chirimoto, 5400’, Jan. 1880.
b. Huambo, 3700’, April or May 1880.
e, d (juv.). Tambillo, 5800’, Feb. 1878.
Dimensions, in inches :—
Head and Forearm ar-conch, Muzzle
body. Tail. Hind foot. and hand. length. to ear.
COE 725 9°0 1:96 1:96 68 1-58
bs" S2. O4 10°1 2°05 2°15 65 1577,
In the paper quoted above, Prof. Peters described a large Guaya-
1 Mon. N, Am, Rod. p. 32, 1877.
102 MR. 0, THOMAS ON RODENTS FROM PERU. _[Jan. 17,
quil Rat as Nectomys apicalis, g. and sp. n., the genus being founded
on the presence of short webs to the toes, including H. squamipes,
Bts., from which V. apicalis was separated on account of its only
having 5 instead of 6 hind-foot pads. I do not, however, think
that the presence of webs to the feet is a character of generic im-
portance, and should prefer to regard Nectomys as only a subgenus
of Holochilus. The specific distinction of H. apicalis is, no doubt,
quite correct, as all the specimens in the present collection agree in
having only 5 hind-foot pads. None of them have, however, the white
tip to the tail described by Prof. Peters ; but this is no doubt a point
in which there may be considerable variation. The incisors of H.
apicalis were originally said to be snow-white ; but the present speci-
mens do not agree with this, their incisors being pale yellow; but
they are certainly very much lighter-coloured than in H. squamipes,
where they are a rich orange. Notwithstanding these differences, I
do not think there can be any doubt that these specimens belong to
Prof. Peters’s species, as they agree perfectly in size, locality, and
the very important character of the number of the foot-pads.
There is in the British Museum another specimen of this species,
collected by Mr. J. K. Salmon at Concordia, Medellin, U. S. of
Colombia.
(a) “ Appeared to be aquatic, although caught in a cultivated
field.”’
(2) “ Killed in an arm of the river just as it was seizing a branch
of a Guava-tree, which touched the surface of the water. It had in
its stomach an aromatic mass composed of fruity substance. It swims
perfectly, only coming out late in the evening, and is probably the
animal which gnaws the fish taken in the Indians’ nets. It is not
possible to catch it in a rat-trap.”
4. Hesprromys (Catomys) taticeps, Lund, Blik p. Bras.
Dyrev. iii. p. 279 (1841).
a-c. Huambo, 3700’, April and May 1880.
Head and Forearm Ear-conch, Muzzle
body. Tail. Hind foot. andhand. length. to ear.
aS 0 6°3 1°35 1:44 ‘70 1°14
To this species I refer three specimens, of which, however, only
one is adult. The tarsus seems to be somewhat longer than in the
original specimens ; but otherwise it agrees very fairly with a spe-
cimen of H. laticeps in the Museum collection from the original
locality, Bahia. This Bahian specimen, however, is only askin; and
it is therefore quite possible that spirit-specimens would show such
differences from the Peruvian one, that, combined with the greater
length of the tarsus and the difference in locality, a new species
would have to be formed for the latter.
The following is a description of the adult individual, a male:—
Fur rather short and close, compared with that of H. albigularis
or leucodactylus. General colour above dull brown, very finely
1882. ] MR. 0. THOMAS ON RODENTS FROM PERU. 103
grizzled with dark greyish yellow. Belly white, the basal halves of
the hairs, however, both above and below, dark slate-colour. The
back- and belly-colours rather sharply separated. I'eet greyish white.
Tail brown above and white below, the latter colour, however, grad-
ually becoming darker, so that the distal half of the tail is nearly
uniform. Foot-pads prominent; soles naked, proximal halves quite
smooth, distal halves coarsely granulated. Fifth hind toes, without
claws, only reaching just to the end of the fourth metatarsals. Ears
with a projection on the anterior border'. Skull with well-marked
supraorbital ridges.
“These Rats created great havoc among the stores of maize under
the roof of the house. After atime they multiplied to such an
extent that I caught 14 in one night. This species also did con-
siderable damage in the plantations of cocoa, gnawing holes in the
skins of the fruit, and eating the contents.”
5. Hesprromys (CALoMys) ALBIGULARIS, Tomes, P. Z, 8. 1860,
p. 264.
a. Cutervo, 9200’, Feb. or Mar. 1879.
b-f. Tambillo, 5800', Feb. 1878.
g- Callacate, 4800’, Apr. 1879.
h. Huambo, 3700’, Apr. and May 1880.
Head and Forearm Ear-conch, Muzzle
body. Tail. Hind foot. and hand. length. to ear.
a o.. 50 6:2 1:24 1-48 69 1°25
UMS 0 Ok 6-6 1:3 1:56 ‘70 1-28
« 9.. 49 6°5 1-24 1:46 “72 1:24
To this species I refer eight of the specimens, from various loca-
lities. As Mr. Tomes’s account was drawn up from skins, the follow-
ing description may be useful :—
Fur long, soft and fine, with a few longer black hairs intermixed.
General colour above deep rufous, becoming clearer on the sides,
and passing gradually into pale rufous on the belly. Basal two
thirds of the hairs dark slate-colour all over the body, except that in
some of the specimens there is a pure white blotch just between the
fore legs, a peculiarity which suggested Mr. Tomes’s name for the
species. Anterior half of the outer and posterior half of the inner
sides of the ears thinly covered with black hairs, the remainder nearly
naked. Feet white, with the exception of the metacarpals and
metatarsals, on which there are a few brown hairs intermixed. Tail
very long and slender, above brown and beneath white for its whole
length, the two colours rather sharply separated. Anterior border
of ears without any projection. Mammee 8, two pectoral and two
inguinal pairs. Soles naked, foot-pads large and prominent, fifth
hind toes, without claws, reaching to the middle of the first phalanx
of the fourth toes.
It will be seen that the above description does not quite agree
with that of Mr. Tomes; but I do not think that the differences are of
See P. Z.S. 1881, p. 4.
104 MR. O, THOMAS ON RODENTS FROM PERU. [Jan. 17,
sufficient importance to justify me in describing our specimens as
new without seeing Mr. Tomes’s type.
This species, as represented by the specimens before me, is very
like the European Mus sylvaticus, L., in general appearance, though
it is considerably larger. Its nearest ally seems to be H. longi-
caudatus, Benn., which, however, differs from it by its much smaller
size and by its quite uniform brown or black tail. As all the eight
specimens of H. albigularis in the collection possess the same bicolor
tail, it would seem to show that it is as constant a character among
the New-world Hesperomyes as I have found it to be among the true
Old-world Mures. H. vulpinoides, Schinz}, a species of about the
same size, has a quite unicolor tail. This latter, moreover, comes
from the eastern side of S. America, the types having been collected
in the province of Minas Geraes.
6. Hesprromys (CALoMys) LONGICAUDATUS, Benn.
a-f. Huambo, 3700’, April and May 1880.
Head and * Forearm Har-conch, Muzzle
body. Tail, | Hindfoot. andhand. length. toear.
a 9.. 3°25 5:0 89 "95 "45 “79
6. 9 .. 325 5:4 90 98 50 84
« 9.. 330 5:4 ‘90 ‘98 D5 85
d. 2.. 290 4:8 89 — "52 ‘78
This species seems to be the common Mouse of the whole of
central S. America, as the Museum series contains specimens from
Ecuador, Peru, Bolivia, Chili, Buenos Ayres, Paraguay, Minas
Geraes, and Bahia, thus covering an extremely extended range.
The following is its synonymy, as far I have been able to make it
out with any certainty :—
Mus longicaudatus, Benn. P. Z.8. 1832, p. 2.
Mus (Calomys) flavescens, Waterh. P.Z.S. 1837, p. 19; Voy.
Beagle, i. Mamm. p. 46, pl. 13 (1839).
Mus longicaudus, Lund, Blik p. Bras. Dyrev. iii. p. 279 (1841).
Hesperomys eliurus, Wagn. Archiv f. Naturg. 1845, i. p. 147;
Abhandl. Akad. Miinch. v. p. 307 (1850).
It is, however, just possible that Mus longitarsus, Rengg.’, may
refer to this species, in which case Mr. Bennett’s name would have
to sink into a synonym, as Rengger’s work was published in 1830,
two years before M. longicaudatus was described.
Prof. Burmeister in his recent work on the Mammals of the
Argentine Republic*, places M. longitarsus as a synomym of A.
longicaudatus, apparently not noticing that, if they are the same, the
former name must stand as that of the species. However, the type
of M. longitarsus, though young, is said by Rengger to have a hind
? Schinz, Syn. Mamm. ii. p. 193 (1844). H. vulpinus, Lund, nec Licht,
? Saug. Parag. pp. 231, 232 (1830).
8 Page 221, 1879. ;
1882. ] MR. 0, THOMAS ON RODENTS FROM PERU. 105
foot no less than 14 lines in length, while the very largest specimen
in our considerable series of this species has a hind foot barely
linch long. I am therefore inclined for ‘the present to continue to use
Bennett’s well-known name, believing that 4. longitarsus may be
found to be only the youug form of some larger species.
7. Hesperomys (CALOMyYs) SPINOSUS, sp. n.
a, b. Huambo, 3700’, April and May 1880.
Head and Forearm LEar-conch, Muzzle
body. Tail. Hind foot. andhand. length. to ear.
Ghid hie3°0! 3°85 87 "95 50 ‘78
Bordnned:0 3°95 87 “94 "46 ‘75
Back of Breadth of con-
Total Greatest Molar incisors to striction between Lower jaw
length breadth. series, Ist molars. orbits. (bone only),
Skullofa..:°91 ‘51 13 22 ‘19 50
Fur of medium length, composed of flattened spines intermixed
with fine hairs, the spines predominating on the back but becoming
rather fewer on the sides and disappearing on the belly. General
colour above dark grizzled rufous and black, the spines slate-coloured,
with black tips, the hairs also slate-coloured for the greater part of
their length, but their tips rich orange. Sides becoming paler towards
the belly, where the tips of the hairs in one specimen are white,
and in the other pale fulvous, the bases of the hairs, however, being,
as usual, slate. Head like back, but with fewer spines. Lars thinly
covered with short black hairs. Tail at its base dark brown above and
white below; but the two colours soon merge into uniform blackish
brown ; the scales proportionally very large. Tail-hairs very scanty,
except at the tip, where they form a slight and inconspicuous pencil.
Fore feet dark brown, the toes slightly paler. Hind feet and toes
pale greyish white, not sharply separated from the colour of the
legs, with a brown patch on the distal part of the metatarsus. Foot-
pads small but prominent, soles smooth on proximal and granulated
on distal halves. Fifth hind toes, without claws, reaching barely to
the middle of the first phalanx of the fourth toes. Ears with a well-
marked projection on their anterior edge. Both the specimens
being males, I cannot record the number of mamme ; but the other
characters being so similar to those of ordinary Calomys, it is unlikely
that there would be any other number but 8.
Skull on the whole similar to that of other small Calomyes, but with
the supraorbital ridges sharper and more strongly developed than
in any others that I have seen, and the space between the orbits
broader than usual.
The discovery of this Mouse, as spiny as an average Heteromys, is,
as mentioned above, of great interest; for hitherto no spiny Hespero-
1 Taken before the skull was extracted,
106 MR. O. THOMAS ON RODENTS FROM PERU. [Jan. 17,
mys has been recorded’, notwithstanding the tropical climate of
central and northern South America and the innumerable forms
into which the Vesper-mice have been developed.
Among the Old-World Muridze instances of the development of
spines are extremely numerous, though their presence would seem
often to be variable, the spines being apparently shed and renewed ac-
cording to the season of year”. In the case of this Peruvian Vesper-
mouse, however, it is scarcely likely that there could be any shedding
of spines according to season, since at Huambo, only 6 degrees south
of the equator, there can be but very little appreciable change of
season at all. Moreover, as far as regards the distinctness of this
species, there appears to be no Calomys as yet described with the
colours and proportions of H. spinosus, even if we ignore the presence
of the spines as a specific character.
8. Hresprromys(RurIPIpoMYS) LEUCODACTYLUS, Tschudi, Fauna
Peruana, p. 183, Taf. xiii. fig. 2 (1844).
H. latimanus, Tomes, P.Z.S8. 1860, p. 213.
a. Huambo, 3700’, April or May 1880.
Head and Forearm Har-conch, Muzzle
body. Tail. Hind foot. andhand. length. to ear.
a. Q.. 4:85 65 Jet 1:4 3) 1:17
The single specimen of this species is rather paler-coloured than
Tschudi’s type, which I have examined in the Berlin Museum ; it is
otherwise, however, quite identical, all the more important characters
agreeing exactly. The following isa short description of Mons,
Stolzmann’s specimen :—
Fur soft and close. General color above pale brownish grey,
below white. Dark colour of the back continued down to the meta-
carpals and metatarsals; toes white. Ears without a projection on
their anterior edge. ‘Tail quite unicolor, dark brown, with the hairs
increasing in length to its tip, where they form a distinct pencil.
Feet remarkably short and broad, sole-pads very large, round and
smooth. Fifth hind toes reaching to the middle of the second pha-
lanx of the fourth toes. Whiskers very numerous, black. Mammee
six, one pectoral and two inguinal pairs.
« Several individuals of this species were caught on the palmwood
roof of the house in which I was living. They gnawed to pieces
all leather articles, such as saddles and bridles, and used the frag-
ments to build their nests with. One of these, made of paper torn
from a book, was built in the folds of a mosquito-net.”’
1 Tund (Blik p, Bras. Dyrev. iii. p. 277, 1841) described a Mus setosus from
Minas Geraes as having spines in the fur; but this is now generally admitted
to have been founded on a specimen of Mus alexandrinus, Geoff., an introduced
species which seems to be very common in Brazil,
2 Of, P. ZS. 1881, p. 540,
1882. | MR, 0, THOMAS ON RODENTS FROM PERU. 107
9. Hrsprromys (RaIprpomys) PYRRHORHINUS, Pr. Max.
Abbildungen, Taf. 27 (1822-26); Beitr. ii. p. 422 (1826).
Mus mystacalis, Lund, Blik p. Bras. Dyrev. iii. p. 279 (1841).
H. leucodactylus', Natt., Wagn. Wiegm. Archiv, xi. 1, p. 147 (nec
Tschudi) (1845); Miinch. Abhandl. v. p. 310 (1850).
H. macrurus, Gery. Casteln, Amér. du Sud, Mamm. p. 3, pl. 16.
fig. 1 (1855).
a, b. Tambillo, 5800', February 1878.
Head and Forearm WHar-conch, Muzzle
body. Tail. Hind foot, and hand. length. to ear.
GNOIINS-S 7 1:2 1°55 71 1°3
6. @.. 4:9 6°8 1°13 14 70 1°19
The following is a description of the two specimens in the col-
lection :—
Fur long and very soft, not mixed with longer harsher hairs.
General colour above rich rufous, quite hiding the dark slate-
coloured bases of the hairs. Head similar but paler. Belly-hairs
half slate-colour, half pure white. Ears covered with short black
hairs. Whiskers black. Fore feet with the metacarpals brown and
the digits white. Hind feet with the metatarsals pale orange-
coloured and the digits brown. ‘Tail very long, the basal half inch
covered with the red-tipped body-hairs, the remainder uniformly
dark brown above and below, the hairs, which are black, forming
rather less of a pencil than usual. Ears without a projection on the
anterior edge. Feet rather long for the subgenus, though shorter
than in ordinary Hesperomyes. Foot-pads large, smooth and rounded,
Fifth hind toes as in H. leucodactylus. Mamme 6, one pectoral,
and two inguinal pairs. Incisors both above and below orange-
coloured, broader than in other Rhipidomyes.
It will be seen that there are certain discrepancies between the
above and the original description. The true H. pyrrhorhinus is
said to have a reddish-yellow back and a pure white belly, as also
has a specimen from Bahia, probably the type, of H. macrurus, Gerv.,
in the British Museum. The original specimens of H. pyrrhorhinus,
moreover, were also obtained in Bahia, on the eastern side of South
America. However, without knowing more of the forms inhabiting
the intermediate country, I do not care to describe M. Stolzmann’s
specimens as new.
“« Lives in trees.”
These last two species belong to a very distinct subgenus. Its
chief characters may be thus expressed:—Form Dormouse-like.
Tail long, with the hairs generally forming a pencil at the tip.
Feet short and broad ; the foot-pads large, smooth and rounded, but
not standing up much above the sole, evidently adapted for climbing.
1 Burmeister (Republ. Argent. p. 228) refers this name to H. angouya,
Desm. ; but, judging from Wagner’s descriptions, I think there can be no doubt
that it is the present species. He distinctly refers to the pencil of longer hairs
at the tip of the tail, which is quite absent in H. angouya,
108 MR. 0. THOMAS ON RODENTS FROM PERU. [Jan. 17,
Mamme 4 or 6. Skull with more or less well-marked supraorbital
ridges.
The most peculiar member of the subgenus is H. sumichrasti,
De Sauss.’, upon which both that author’s Nyctomys and Tomes’s
Myoxomys* were founded*. These names must, however, both
stand as synonyms of Rhipidomys, Tschudi, H. leucodactylus cer-
tainly belonging to the same subgenus as HH. sumichrasti*. It is
true that whereas the ordinary S. American Rhipidomyes are dis-
tinguished from true Hesperomys by having only 6 mamma,
H. sumichrasti outdoes them all in this respect by having only 4°,
and in other ways is the most markedly specialized of them all; but
nevertheless the difference is only in degree, and not in kind, so
that I think we are justified in amalgamating Myctomys with Rhipi-
domys as but one subgenus.
There are, however, in addition to the well-marked species already
referred to, three at least which, while they possess in different
degrees some of the essential characters of Rhipidomys, yet are
more or less intermediate between the true Hesperomys and the most
typical members of this subgenus. The first of these is H. bicolor,
Tomes’, the position of which, however, I cannot properly determine,
not having seen a specimen. The other two are those next follow-
ing, both new to science, of which HA. taczanowskii would seem to
be most nearly allied to Rhipidomys, notwithstanding its rounded
supraorbital margin and untufted tail, and H. cinereus the least,
having, in addition to these two last-mentioned characters, feet pro-
portionally longer, with less Rhipidomyine foot-pads, and a more or
less bicolor tail. Notwithstanding these differences, however, I
prefer for the present to call these both Rhipidomys, as they have
only three pairs of mamme, a number characteristic of the ordinary
members of that group.
10. H. (Rureipomys) cINEREUS, sp. un. (Plate IV.)
a. Cutervo, 9200', February or March 1879.
Head and Forearm Ear-conch, Muzzle
body?. Tail. Hind foot. and hand. length, to ear,
OQ ATS 5:0 1:14 1°38 64 1°18
Skull-dimensions.
Back of Breadth of con-
Total Greatest Molar incisors to striction between Lower jaw
length. breadth. series, 1st molar. orbits. (bone only),
tes 8S) 73 22 °37 19 ‘78
' Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1860, p. 107.
2 P.Z.8. 1861, p, 284.
3 See Alston, Biol. Cent.-Am., Mamm. p. 143, 1880.
4 Mr. Tomes himself, when first describing Myoxomys, placed in it, besides
H. sumichrasti (its type and most typical species), 4. latimanus, Tomes (=H. leu-
codactylus), and H, bicolor, Tomes.
5 See above, p. 101.
6 P. Z.8. 1860, p. 117.
* These measurements were taken before the skull was extracted.
1882. ] MR. O. THOMAS ON RODENTS FROM PERU. 109
Fur extremely long and soft, only exceeded in this respect by
H. longipilis, Waterh. General colour above grizzled ashy grey,
the hairs being, as usual, slate-coloured for five sixths of their length,
and the tips white, with numerous wholly black longer hairs inter-
mixed. This colour lightens gradually into the greyish white of the
belly, where the basal two thirds only of the hairs are slate-colour.
Anterior edge of the outer side of the ears thickly clothed with long
and soft dark brown hairs, as also is the posterior half of the in-
ternal surface, though there the hairs are much shorter. Tail un-
usually thick, tapering to a point, brown above and white beneath,
the two colours not sharply separated, closely covered with short
shining hairs from root to tip, nearly hiding the scales; there is,
however, no terminal penci! of longer hairs. Upper surfaces of
feet covered with pure white shining hairs, much longer than usual,
those at the tips of the toes quite hiding the claws. Foot-pads
large and prominent. Fifth hind toes reaching to the middle of the
second phalanx of the fourth toes. Mammz 6, one pectoral and two
inguinal pairs. Ears without a projection on their anterior edge.
Incisors rich orange; upper margins of orbits without any trace
of ridges.
This very peculiar-looking Rat may be readily distinguished from
all its allies by its very long soft fur, its thick and tapering tail, and
by the unusual hairiness of both ears, feet, and tail, the result, no
doubt, of the extreme height at which it was obtained.
I can find no species with which it could by any means be con-
fused. H. galapagoensis, Waterh., bears a superficial resemblance
to it, but differs by several of the more important characters, having
8 mamma, naked extremities, and a well-marked projection on the
anterior edge of the ear.
The next species seems to be really the most nearly related to it,
though its general appearance is quite different.
As there is only a single specimen of this species in the collection,
Prof. Taczanowski has been unable to let the British Museum have
an example. I have therefore had the species figured (Plate IV.),
so as to make it more readily recognizable by those unable to exa-
mine the type in the Warsaw Museum.
11, HespEromys (RHIPIDOMYS) TACZANOWSKII, Sp. 0.
a, 6. Tambillo, 5800’, February 1878.
(!) ¢ (imm.). Cutervo, 9200!, Feb. or March 1879.
Head and Forearm LEar-conch, Muzzle
body. Tail. Hind foot. and hand. length. to ear,
ie Oar wie 3°55 5'°3 88 1-11 "45 97
6.dé(imm.) 3:0 4:9 "87 1:04 50 87
Fur of medium length, soft and woolly ; general colour above greyish
yellow, the hairs being tipped with rufous yellow, with very few
longer darker hairs. Head greyer and less yellow. Belly, as usual,
greyish white, the separation of the upper and under colours quite
gradual. Ears thinly clothed with brown hairs. ‘Tail pale brown
110 MR. 0. THOMAS ON RODENTS FROM PERU. [Jan. 17,
above and beneath, uniformly thinly clad with brown hairs. Feet
white, with a faint admixture of brown on the metacarpus and
metatarsus. Foot-pads large and rounded, as in the typical Rhipi-
domys. Fifth hind toes as in H. cinereus. Mammiee 6, one pectoral
and two inguinal pairs. Ears without a projection on their anterior
edge. Incisors and supraorbital margins as in H. cinereus.
I have much pleasure in naming this peculiar species after Prof.
Taczanowski, to whose kindness I am indebted for the opportunity
of working out this interesting collection of mammals. H. tacz-
anowskii may be readily distinguished from the last species by its
much smaller size, aud from its other near ally, H. bicolor, Tomes,
by the fact that that species hasa much shorter tail (3°5 in.), shorter
hair, and a pure white belly.
12. Hesprromys (HABROTHRIX) OLIVACEUS, Waterh.
Mus (Habrothriz) olivaceus,Waterh. P. Z.S. 1837, p. 6.
Hesperomys renggeri, Waterh. Zool. Voy. Beagle, ii. p. 57, p]. xv.
(1839).
a, 6. Tumbez, sea-level, June 1876.
ce. Callacate, 4800’, April 1879.
Head and Forearm Muzzle Ear-conch.
body. Tail. Hind foot. and hand. toear. length.
OiGissk teow 3°14 87 1°05 °93 63
6.3 (imm.) 3°0 2°75 “86 1:0 "86 “60
0. Ottessiemuel One 2°65 79 1:0 "94 “56
This species seems to be a very common one all along the western
parts of S. America ; for, in addition to these Peruvian examples, the
Museum contains a considerable series of specimens from Bolivia
and Chili, including the types of the species, collected by Mr. Dar-
win during the voyage of the ‘ Beagle.’ Mr. Tomes also records it
from Ecuador.
It will seen by the dimensions given above that the Callacate spe-
cimen has somewhat shorter ears, feet, and tail than the others,
while it has a larger body and head ; and it has also rather thicker
and softer fur. It seems very probable, however, that these differences
are only owing to the much greater altitude at which it was obtained,
since it is a well-known law among mammals that individuals from
colder climates have a tendency to have larger bodies and shorter
extremities than those of the same species living in warmer places.
13, Hesperomys (HaBROTHRIX) CALIGINOSUS, Tomes, P. Z. S.
1860, p. 263.
a-f. Huambo, 3700', April and May 1880.
Head and Forearm Ear-conch, Muzzle
body. Tail. Hind foot, and hand. length. to ear.
ag... AO 2°9 *84 1:07 "52 96
bug.. 39 3°01 *85 — "51 °98
cD 3°5 3°0 85 1°05 52 °92
1882.] MR. O. THOMAS ON RODENTS FROM PERU. 111
I am not quite certain about the identity of these specimens with
Mr. Tomes’s Ecuadorean species, as H. caliginosus is described as
being 5 inches long, with nearly naked ears and feet, but by measur-
ing the largest individual of the present series along the curves, a
length of nearly 5 inches may be obtained ; and as the colours and
other dimensions agree very fairly, I prefer to regard them as
H., caliginosus, rather than to describe them as new.
The following is a short description of these specimens :—Fur
very soft, of medium length. General colour above dark grizzled
orange-black, the colour resulting being as dark as in J. obscurus,
Waterh. Belly pale yellowish white, the bases of the hairs grey.
Ears, feet, and tail covered with short dark brown hairs. Ears with
a rounded projection on their anterior margin. Fifth hind toes
reaching to between the base and the middle of the first phalanx of
the fourth toes. Tail uniformly black all round, upperside of feet
granulated with black, and the soles of the hind feet also deep black.
This blackness of all the extremities forms a ready means of distin-
guishing the present species from the preceding one, in which the
tail is brown above and grey beneath, and the soles have scarcely a
tinge of black.
The British Museum also possesses a specimen certainly identical
with these Peruvian ones, which was collected by Mr. T. K. Salmon
at Concordia, Medellin ; so that, as Ecuador is just between that loca-
lity and the present one, the probability of M. Stolzmann’s speci-
mens being the true H. caliginosus is greatly increased.
‘This is the most diurnal species of all, and on that account is
very subject to the attacks of @strus. The base of its tail is
naked and white; and the fly deposits its eggs on this spot, as may
be seen in those specimens which contain the larve, or from which
the latter have escaped.”
In addition to the above notes on the Rodents collected by M.
Stolzmann, it may be useful to give the localities and dates for the
three species of Opossum obtained by him. These are:—
14. DipELPHys NuDICAUDATA, Geoff.
a, 6. 2 and young, Chirimoto, 5400', July 1880.
15. DipELPHYs CINEREA, Temm.
a. 9, Chirimoto, 5400’, July 1880.
16. DipeLPpHys muRinA, Linn.
a. 2, Tambillo, 5800’, Feb. 1878.
b,c. 2 and ¢, Tumbez, sea-level, June 1876.
112 MR. T. E. BUCKLEY ON THE [Jan. 17,
2. On the Variability of Plumage exhibited by the Red
Grouse (Lagopus scoticus). By T. E. Bucxuey, B.A.,
F.Z.8.
[Received December 27, 1881.]
At the commencement of this paper I wish to remark that I do
not propose to speak of what are commonly termed varieties, such
as albinos, melanisms, &c., but of such variations in plumage as I
think may be met with by any one in a season’s grouse-shooting,
only specifying that they should be obtained late enough in the
season for the birds to have attained the highest perfection of
plumage, which would be by November.
Although many authors have remarked on the variations of the
plumage of the Red Grouse, it seems to have been generally supposed
by them that these variations had reference to the locality or district
inhabited by the birds. Thus Yarrell writes (Br. B. ed. 3, ii. p. 368):—
“‘The Red Grouse of N. Wales are said to be large in size and
light in colour ; those of the Western Highlands are also light in
colour, and are said to be earlier breeders than those of the eastern
parts of Scotland, which are, however, of large size and dark in
colour.” Mr. Gray writes (B. West of Scotland, p. 234), in reference
to examples from the Hebrides, that “‘ they may be said to be smaller
and lighter in colour than those from moors on the mainland,
especially the mountain-ranges of the north-east of Scotland, which
invariably yield, in good seasons, the largest and most beautifully
marked Grouse. In many districts the native Grouse partake of the
coloration of the ground in their markings: thus the finest and
darkest birds are those frequenting rich heathy tracts; while on
broken ground of a rocky character, such as may be seen in the south
of Wigtonshire, the Grouse are either more or less mottled, or are
altogether lighter in colour, and less in weight.” The same gentleman
adds in a note, on the information of Mr. Elwes, ‘that in the district
of Gareloch, west of Ross-shire, Grouse vary very much in the breast-
markings.” Mr, Colquhoun, on the same subject writes (‘ The Moor
and the Loch,’ 3ed.p.1 12):—‘ThePerthshire Grouse are much smaller
and darker in colour than those of Argyllshire. The West High-
lander is a beautiful rich red and very large. . . . In the low corn-
districts, such as Lanarkshire, Renfrewshire, and the Border counties,
the Grouse are a light brown, borrowing a tint from the stubbles on
which they delight to feed. ... All these birds are so light in
the colour as more nearly to resemble Partridges.” Mr. Dresser
(B. of Europe, vii. p. 166), after describing some specimens, makes
this observation:—‘ The Grouse differ somewhat in colour according
to locality. Judging from the series I have before me, I consider that
those from Scotland are somewhat the larger, and considerably darker
in colour. Those from the north of England are more rufous ; and
the Irish bird is considerably the lightest, and has a yellowish red
tinge in the plumage; the feathers on the legs are also darker and
1882. ] PLUMAGE OF THE RED GROUSE. 113
browner than in any of the other specimens. I have no speci-
mens from Wales, where they are said to be small and very light-
coloured.”’
Thus you will see by the authors I have quoted that all agree in
the extreme variation in the plumage of the Red Grouse ; but, then,
all assign certain variations to certain localities and districts ; and I
wish to point out and illustrate by the series of specimens I exhibit
that as great amount of variation may be found amongst Grouse ob-
tained in a single locality as is mentioned by the authorities above
quoted, and that hereby the observation of Thompson (B. Irel. ii.
p- 47) is partly corroborated. He states: —‘ It has been remarked to
me by sportsmen that the Grouse of Ireland and Scotland differ in
size and colour. This is apparently correct when birds of a certain
district are compared with those of another ; but it is, in my opinion,
apartial view of the subject, as in different localities throughout either
the one country or the other birds will be found equally to vary in
these respects. The following observations strikingly illustrate this
opinion :—A friend who shot over the moor of Glenroy, Inverness-
shire, in 1844, observed that the Grouse differed much in their
plumage, and were of three varieties, each kind keeping particularly
to its own quarters. On the darkest and most heathy ground were
the darkest birds and the largest, weighing generally 2 1b. and some-
times 2 lh.2 0z- On the rocky parts they were of a very much lighter
brown, while on the stony and heathy ground combined they were
of an intermediate brown, mottled more or less with white.”
Now my own observations do not fully bear out the remarks of
Thompson’s friend ; for I have not only killed dark birds on light-
coloured ground, but, when the partially migratory habits of the
Red Grouse are considered, it is scarcely possible to suppose that
each individual would always pick out as its resting-place for the
time being the particular piece of ground that suited its own plumage
the best; for the birds are always drawing down from the higher to
the lower ground as winter advances’.
If we look at a large series of Grouse cocks (and unfortunately
my series is not large enough to show this well, as each bird has been
in most cases picked out as a representative of its own particular
class of variation), we shall find that their backs show but little
variation; and I think No. 3 as described below is a very good
representative specimen. The hens here vary in a more marked
degree, the generality being a good deal speckled with lighter tints
of brown, as may be seen in No. 4 ; but of all the variations the true
Red Grouse, in the lecality whence the most of these specimens were
obtained, isthe rarest. Nos. 1 and 2 are a very good pair; they are
old and barren.
A great part of the ground where these specimens were obtained
has the heather much mixed with a certain grass which is called
*deer’s hair.” This in the spring is quite yellow ; and I fancy these
1 It is obvious that once the ground is covered with snow the utility of
variation is done away with, as then all Grouse look as black as Rooks,
Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1882, No. VIII. 8
114 MR. T. E, BUCKLEY ON THE [Jan. 17,
yellow-speckled hens breed in this mixed grass and heather, while
the more ordinarily marked ones, such as No. 8, breed in the heather
alone; but later on in the season, when the coveys begin to break up,
the birds nolonger entirely inhabit the ground that suits their plumage
best. Andhere [may remark on a habit of the Red Grouse that I have
not seen noticed elsewhere, which is that as the season advances the
sexes separate, the cocks going singly or in twos, or at the most threes,
the hens in larger numbers, except a few pairs here and there, which
I believe to be barren birds.
Every ornithologist who has tried it must have remarked how
difficult it is to get specimens of Ptarmigan in any of their three
distinct plumages, at least in the British Isles ; and I find, though in
a less degree, the same may be said of the Red Grouse, as in nearly
all of the specimens exhibited traces of their summer or autumn
plumage may be found, though most of them were obtained near the
end of the season. I do not pretend to call the one exhibited a perfect
series, as almost every Grouse varies more or less from its neighbour ;
and it would not be easy to get two birds resembling each other in
every feather, as may be done in most other species.
Having made these prefatory remarks, I now proceed to describe
in detail some of the birds in the series now exhibited, nearly all of
which were obtained at or near Balnacoil in the valley of the Brora,
East Sutherland, and, whether cocks or hens, had completed their
full winter plumage as far as it can be.
No. 1. Male, Nov. 7, 1879.—Head and neck reddish brown, the
back of each being marked by irregular bars of black relieved by
others of yellowish brown. Back deep reddish brown, closely
interlined by very small and irregular lines of black, these lines
being much coarser near the centre of the back. Wing-coverts,
rump, and upper tail-coverts the same, but the black lines still
smaller ; primaries slightly edged with white. Breast deeper in colour
than the back, getting darker still towards the centre, the feathers
being marked throughout by fine black lines, a few white feathers
appearing between the legs. Bu
No, 2. Female, Nov. 7, 1879.—This bird (which with the one last
described made a barren pair) resembles No. 1 in most particulars :
the back has fewer black bars in it, but more dark spots; and the
upper tail-coverts are more marked with black bars and _ spots.
The breast is decidedly lighter in colour, and has the dark bars
more regular; a few of the under tail-coverts are tipped with
white.
This pair are good examples of the typical form of Red Grouse,
one of the least common on the moor where they were procured.
No. 3. Male, Oct. 31, 1879.—Head and back of neck dark brown,
relieved with lighter spots and black bars. Back reddish brown,
with small black bars, each feather having a black patch; greater
wing-coverts the same, but with fewer black patches ; one or two of
the lesser wing-coverts have a tip of white ; upper tail-coverts dark
brown with black bars, a few of these tipped with white. Throat
deep chestnut-brown ; breast deep reddish brown with decided bars
1882, | PLUMAGE OF THE RED GROUSE. 115
of black, a deeper colour in the centre, where also some white feathers
appear; under tail-coverts a good deal tipped with white ; primaries
very faintly edged with white.
The back of this bird may be taken as typical of the male Red
Grouse.
No. 4. Female, Oct. 21, 1879.—Head and neck brown, with black
spots. Back and greater wing-coverts brown with black bars, many
of the feathers having a black spot; primaries much marked with
white on the outside; secondaries very dark brown, minutely marbled
with light brown; upper tail-coverts a rich brown, barred and spotted
with black ; tail black, with a slight marking of brown on the outer
edge of the outer feathers. Breast and throat yellowish brown, the
upper part of the former much barred with black, the lower part
much darker, many of the feathers having an edging of white below
the black line; the sides again lighter and more coarsely marked ;
under tail-coverts same as sides.
No. 5. Male, Nov. 22, 1879.—Head deep reddish brown with
black bars and markings, the sides of the head being mottled with
white. Back black, relieved by a few bars of dark and light brown;
greater wing-coverts deep dusky brown, marked by shadings of a
rather lighter brown; smaller wing-coverts edged with white ; pri-
maries slightly edged with the same ; upper tail-coverts deep brown,
barred with black, a few feathers having a white edging. Chin
much marked with white; throat deep reddish brown; the top of
the breast has a circle of nearly black feathers; the centre nearly
white with a few black feathers, going away at the sides into deep
reddish brown much marked with black and white; under tail-coverts
same as sides.
This is a very well marked specimen of a pretty common variation ;
I have one almost identical from Skye.
No. 6. Female, Oct. 31, 1879.—Back of neck aud head dark
brown with black bars and spots ; sides of neck chestnut-red, some of
the feathers tipped slightly with white. Back deep brown, with bars of
black ; some of the feathers have a black spot, and others are edged
with a lighter brown; greater wing-coverts the same as the back but
without the black spots, many of the feathers edged with white ;
lesser wing-coverts also much edged with white ; upper tail-coverts red-
dish brown with black bars, a few feathers edged with white. Feathers
of chin edged with white ; upper part of breast rich dark brown,
barred with black, the edging of white on each feather increasing
towards the centre of the breast, where the brown nearly disappears,
the colouring there being black and white; the sides have the bars of
white and black on the ground-colour more distinct; under tail-
coverts the same as the sides. Outsides of the primaries edged with
white. The tail marked and tipped with brown.
This bird when fresh killed had a most beautiful purple gloss over
its breast. I have killed this same variation in Ross-shire, but I have
not found it a very common one.
No. 7. Male, Noy. 22, 1879.—Back of head and neck very deep
reddish brown, with black bars and spots, also spots of a lighter
gk
116 ON THE PLUMAGE OF THE RED GROUSE. (Jan. 17,
colour. Back very black, the feathers edged and barred with dark
brown, greater wing-coverts black, with here and there slight brown
markings; upper tail-coverts very dark brown with lighter brown
marks, shading to nearly pure black at the tail. Chin black, throat
very deep reddish brown ; breast black, some of the feathers slightly
edged with brown, which turns to white at the centre of the breast,
the sides showing more decided brown markings ; under tail-coverts
same as sides, but the markings more distinct still.
This bird approaches to a melanism; but as I have often come
across specimens closely resembling it, I have described it as a type
of one of the variations.
No. 8. Female, Dec. 3, 1879.—Back of head and neck light
brown, marked with black bars and spots. Back, greater and lesser
wing-coverts, and tail-coverts light brown marked with black bars,
some of the feathers having black spots; the tips of many of the
feathers again have a yery light brown spot, giving it a very mottled
appearance. Outer edges of primaries slightly marked with white.
The whole of the breast, sides, and under tail-coverts light brown,
shading to darker brown in the centre, each feather having one or
more black bars—the feathers in the centre and sides also being edged
with white, as are also the under tail-coverts.
This and No. 4 most nearly resemble each other, the latter being
probably the older bird.
Now I think it will be admitted that the specimens I exhibit
should not be, as I maintained before, regarded as “‘ varieties”’ in
the vague and ordinary sense of that word. It seems to me that we
should regard them as instances of individual differences or polymor-
phisms—just as in the case of the Ruff (IZachetes pugnax), which
exhibits a degree of variability in its seasonal adornment more con-
spicuous, I allow, than that of the Grouse now before us, but far
less permanent, since the difference in the Grouse would appear to
remain, if not throughout the year, for at least several months,
while that in the Ruff is confined to but a few weeks in the spring
or early summer. Thus, if my contention be just, we have in the
Red Grouse—the only species of birds according to the opinion of
most ornithologists which is peculiar to the British Islands, and a
species which in the judgment of the best authorities is itself the
modified descendant of a far more widely distributed species, the
Willow-Grouse (Lycopus albus)—an amount of individual variability
capable of still further and perhaps indefinite modification as to
colour, should occasion arise whereby such modification might be
rendered necessary for the persistence of the stock.
P.Z. 8.1807, cree
GB Sowerby lith : Hanhart imp
NEW SHELLS
1882.] MR. SOWERBY, JUN., ON NEW SPECIES OF SHELLS. 117
3. Descriptions of new Species of Shells in the Collection
of Mr. J. Cosmo Melvill. By G. B. Sowrrsy, Junr.
[Received December 30, 1881.]
(Plate V.)
Conus pryTanis. (Plate V. fig. 1.)
Shell somewhat pyriform, lightish brown, here and there longi-
tudinally streaked with darker brown, encircled with a well-defined
narrow pale band below the middle ; spire short; whorls 9, smooth,
the upper ones sloping, the rest squarely turreted, with bold whitish
tubercles at the angles, banded with dark brown between the tuber-
cles ; last whorl slightly rounded at the upper angle between the
tubercles, faintly ribbed towards the base. Aperture of moderate
width, nearly equal at both ends, light purple within. Lip thin,
with scarcely any sinus at the upper extremity. Length 35, width
at the angle 20 millim.
Hab. Galapagos Islands.
In looking over Mr. Melvill’s fine collection of Cones in October
last, he called my attention to this shell, which he had obtained in
1873 at the sale of the late Thos. Norris’s collection, and to which he
had given in manuscript the above name, not having been able to
identify it with any known species. I have since compared it with
C. lividus (Brug.), which it resembles in colour, but from which it
differs materially in form, being much shorter, with convex sides,
slightly contracted at the base. It differs also from that species
in the character of the crown, the tubercles being more clearly de-
fined and elevated than in any specimen of C, lividus with which I
have met. Its next ally is O. brunneus (Mawe), the whorls of the
spire of which species are distinctly grooved, whereas in this they are
smooth. It differs also from that species somewhat in form, and in
the whitish band with which it is encircled. The shell it is most
like in form and coronation is C. ¢iaratus (Brod.), which is a species
far removed from it in colour and markings.
Upon searching the British-Museum collection, Mr. Edgar A.
Smith drew my attention to three specimens similar in every respect
to Mr. Melvill’s shell, and undoubtedly of the same species, marked
‘‘ Galapagos, sandy mud (H. Cuming).” They had been mistaken
for a variety of C. brunneus.
Conus EVELYN, sp. nov. (Plate V. fig. 2.)
Shell elongately pyriform, pale yellow, striped with light brown,
- encircled with an interrupted whitish band ; spire rather short ; whorls
flattened, with four spiral grooves, coronated with elongated flattened
tubercles at the angle; apex prominent; last whorl very faintly
striated, rather convex below the angle, and slightly attenuated
towards the base. Aperture rather narrow, a little widened towards
the base, interior white. Length 28, width at the angle 14 millim,
118 MR, G. B. SOWERBY, JUN., ON [Jan. 17,
Although a shell of no very striking form, and having characters
in common with several, there is no species to which I can very
closely compare it. The spire is rather like that of C. punctatus,
Hwass ; but it is a much more slender shell, and the painting is quite
of a different character.
Conus SEMIVELATUS, sp. nov. (Plate V. fig. 3.)
Shell pyriform, plum-colour, white at the top ; spire short ; whorls
slightly convex, smooth ; last whorl rounded at the upper angle,
then convex, and contracted at the base. Aperture moderate, purple
within. Length 16, width 10 millim.
Hab. Red Sea.
A remarkable little species, of a very unusual colour. The whole
of the spire and just the top of the last whorl is plain white, and
the rest of the shell of a uniform plum-colour.
The specimen is in perfect condition; and its operculum, which
is preserved, is very small and thin. Mr. Melvill gave the shell
the above name in manuscript in his collection. I have seen two
other specimens, varying very little from the type.
Conus DIANTHUS, sp. nov. (Plate V. fig. 4.)
Shell rather abbreviately conical, pale pink, with irregular patches
of orange; transversely rather distantly ribbed, longitudinally
faintly striated, strize undulating across the ribs and forming thereon
minute scales ; ribs closer, stronger, and smoother towards the base ;
spire rather short, regularly conical ; whorls 10, flatly sloping, un-
dulated at the angle, last two or three with a concave depression
just above the angle ; the last whorl has the upper angle obscurely
coronated, sides nearly straight, or very slightly convex. Aperture
rather narrow, a little wider towards the base, pink within, Lip
very little sinuated at the upper extremity. Length 28, width at
the angle 13 millim.
An interesting species of peculiar sculpture, the waved strie
crossing the ribs giving them more of a scaly than of a nodulous
appearance,
Conus wWILMERT, sp. nov. (Plate V. fig. 5.)
Shell fusiform, pale. brown, transversely ribbed, ribs strong,
rounded, smooth, equal in width to the interstices, which are crossed
with thread-like strie ; spire very elevated, whorls 11, flatly sloping,
with three deep-cut spiral grooves, keeled at the angle, a spiral cord
against the suture ; last whorl with the upper angle acutely keeled,
sides sloping, and attenuated towards the base. Aperture narrow.
Lip ees sinuated at the upper extremity. Length 21, width 8
millim.
Hab. Port Blair, Andaman Islands (Lieut.-Col. Wilmer).
Much narrower than C, acutangulus (Ch.),with a very elevated spire.
MITRA MELVILLI, sp. nov. (Plate V. fig. 7.)
Shell cylindrically fusiform, encircled throughout with deeply
1882. ] NEW SPECIES OF SHELLS. 119
punctured grooves, light brown, longitudinally promiscuously
streaked with pale straw-colour and dark brown, pale straw-colour
in the grooves, interrupting the dark longitudinal streaks; spire
nearly equal in length to the mouth; whorls 9, sloping, scarcely
convex ; last whorl rather convex in the middle, and very slightly
tapering towards the base. Aperture rather narrow, not contracted
at the base, interior smooth, white; columella furnished with six
small plaits, the lower one being scarcely visible. Lip crenulated,
Length 31, greatest width (about the middle of the shell) 10 millim.
The light-coloured grooves intersecting the dark flames give a
marked character to the painting of this shell.
Psruporiva (Macron) stEREOGLYPTA, sp. nov. (Plate V. fig. 8.)
Shell angularly ovate, ponderous, white ; spire rather short,
turreted ; whorls 5, convex, rounded at the angle, depressed at
the suture, with a prominent ridge between the suture and the angle ;
the last whorl has the upper angle somewhat rounded, and a second
equally rounded angle a little below, sides slightly convex, with three
rather broad deep grooves near the base; umbilical ridge thick and
broad. Aperture oblong-oval, smooth, white within. Lip very.
thick at the upper part. Columella furnished with a callosity,
which is thickened into a tubercle at the upper part and depressed so
as to cover the unbilicus at the lower. Length 75, width 51 millim.
Length of aperture 43, width 21 millim.
The specimen is unfortunately in bad condition, the outer surface
being much worn and the lip imperfect ; but it is certainly worthy of
notice, being the largest species of a very limited genus, and of a
bold and striking outline, entirely different from the two largest
species hitherto known, P. kellettii and P. ethiops.
I have not attempted to describe the surface of the shell, on
account of its condition; but there are faint indications of obsolete
sulci, with a sort of malleation between.
ENGINA XANTHOLEUCA, sp. nov. (Plate V. fig. 9.)
Shell fusiform, white, painted with yellow from the lower extre-
mity to nearly halfway up the body-whorl, the colour terminating
abruptly; longitudinally rather obliquely and distantly ribbed ;
spirally closely and deeply grooved ; spire elevated, about equal in
length to the aperture, rather tumid; whorls 6, slightly convex;
last whorl rather convex above, then tapering, contracted and pro-
duced at the base. Aperture oblong. Outer lip furnished exteriorly
with a slightly flattened frilled varix, and interiorly with six elon-
gated tubercles or teeth. Columella smooth. Canal moderate,
slightly recurved. Length 15, width 6 millim.
Hab. Mauritius.
CoLUMBELLA (ANACHIS) OSTREICOLA, sp. nov. (Plate V. fig. 10.)
Shell minute, subfusiform, blackish brown, longitudinally ribbed,
ribs slightly nodulous at the upper part; transversely grooved to-
wards the base ; spire acute, rather longer than the mouth ; whorls
120 MR. SOWERBY, JUN., ON NEW SPECIES OF SHELLS, [Jan. 17,
6, sloping, scarcely convex ; nucleus smooth ; last whorl somewhat
swollen, contracted towards the base. Aperture oblong, dark brown
within. Lip with a moderate sinus above, denticulated within.
Canal very short. Columella with a nodulous callosity above.
Length 4, width 2 millim.
Hab. Florida, on Ostrea virginica (Melvill).
Mr. Melvill found specimens of this shell as noted above in 1872,
and in 1879 gave the species the above name in manuscript in his
collection; but the shell has not I believe been hitherto described. It
is allied to C. nigricans, but smaller and quite different.
FIsSURELLA MELVILLI, sp. nov. (Plate V. fig. 11.)
Shell oval, rather elevated, broad behind, slightly contracted in
front; radiately closely ribbed, ribs very little raised, alternately
larger ; concentrically wrinkled; pale green, interior greyish white.
Orifice round, subcentral. Margin slightly irregularly wrinkled.
Length 50, width 40, height 22 millim.
Differing from its congeners chiefly in the rotundity of its orifice.
PECTEN SIBYLL&, sp. nov. (Plate V. fig. 12.)
Shell thin, suborbicular, acutely elevated at the umbones, equi-
lateral, equivalve. Colour light orange, concentrically faintly banded
with darker orange. Upper valve slightly convex, lower somewhat
flatter ; both valves very finely and closely ribbed, ribs very delicately
serrated. Right auricle narrow, extending to about a quarter of the
length of the shell from umbo to margin; left auricle moderately
broad. Alt. 58, lat. 56 millim.
A very beautiful species with delicate sculpture ; the ribs are very
numerous and close-set, varying slightly and promiscuously in size,
not regularly alternating as in some species. The delicate close-set
scales cover the whole of the ribs.
The specimen passed from the collection of the late Thomas Lombe
Taylor into that of Mr. Melvill, who gave it the above name in
manuscript.
PECTEN LOXOIDES, sp. nov. (Plate V. fig. 13.)
Shell rather thin, obliquely subovate, inequilateral, white, with
the upper valve transversely undulately streaked, and spotted with
pinkish orange. Lower valve rather deep, upper slightly convex.
Radiating .ribs 20 in number, prominent, rounded, smooth ; inter-
stices about equal in width to the ribs, also smooth. Auricles
small, the right rather larger than the left. Alt. 25, lat. 24 millim.
Hab. Australia.
The valves of the specimen are odd; there are also odd valves of
the same species in the British Museum. The species is quite unlike
any hitherto described, and may be easily recognized by the obliquity
of its outline. *
Conus TEXTILE, vai..nvETRIOS. (Plate V. fig. 6.)
Compared with C. canonicus (Brug.), more pyriform and atten-
PZ. 5 (G32 ese ee.
Mmtern Bros ump
et hth
A
=
ael
C Beneau
NEW ASTEROIDEA
1882.] PROF. F.J. BELL ON NEW SPECIES OF ASTEROIDEA. 121
uated at the base ; very closely and beautifully inlaid with minute white
triangular scale-like markings upon a dark-brown ground, disposed
in three broad bands ; the colour in the narrow spaces between the
bands is lighter brown, with the markings tending to zigzag streaks ;
the markings of the spire are waved streaks crossing the whorls.
Length 51, width 23 millim.
Mr. Melvill had named this shell in manuscript Conus euetrios ;
and I admit that it is quite as worthy to be considered a species as
C. canonicus (Brug.), C. vicarius (Lamk.), C. verriculum (Reeve),
C. archiepiscopus (Brug.), C. tigrinus (Sowerby), C. corbula and
scriptus (Sowerby), all of which, however, I consider varieties of
Conus textile (Linneeus). It is the opinion of some that, having got
thus far, other species, such as C. abbas (Brug.), C. panniculus
(Lk.), C. legatus (uk.), &c., should be included; but having had
exceptional opportunities, from time to time, of examining large
numbers of specimens of all the varieties, I continue to regard these
last as species.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE V,
Fig. 1. Conus prytanis, p. 117. _ Fig. 8. Pseudoliva(Macron) stereoglypta ,
2. evelyne, p. 117. p. 119.
3. semivelatus, p. 118. 9. Engina xantholeuca, p. 119.
4. dianthus, p. 118. 10. Columbella (Anachis) ostreicola,
5. —— wilmeri, p. 118. . 119.
6. textile, var. euetrios, 11. Fisswrella melvilli, p. 120,
p- 120. 12, Pecten sibylle, p. 1b0.
7. Mitra melvilli, p. 118. 13. loxoides, p. 120.
4, Descriptions of new or rare Species of Asteroidea in
the Collection of the British Museum. By F. Jerrrey
Betz, M.A., F.Z.S.
[Received January 10, 1882.]
(Plate VI.)
Although naturalists are agreed that it is most convenient to
publish descriptions of new species in connexion with a systematic
review of the groups to which they severally belong, I venture on
this occasion to depart from the custom, as a knowledge of these new
species may be agreeable to those who are interested in the order,
while the revisions can only appear slowly, and at perhaps great
intervals of time.
CALVASTERIAS ANTIPODUM, n. sp. (Plate VI. fig. 1.)
The credit of recognizing the generic affinities of this species must
be given to M. Perrier; for there is attached to the bottle con-
taining it a label bearing, in his handwriting, ‘‘ Calvasterias, sp.”
It formed part of the collection made during the voyage of the
‘ Erebus’ and ‘ Terror.’
R=61; r=19. Arms five, greatest breadth of arm 17°5
millim, Adambulacral spines generally in a single row, stout and
122 PROF. F, J. BELL ON NEW [Jan. 17,
rounded at their tips. Madreporic plate almost subcentral. The
integument is thick, and has a peculiar clamminess; and the spines
developed on the surface are rather scale-like rounded processes,
ornamented with a radial striation; of these an irregular series
extends along the median dorsal line of each ray; towards the
extremity of the ray the scales become a little thinner and longer,
or, in other words, more spinous; the striation may still be detected
on their tips. While at this end they are somewhat scattered, they
are more numerous at the base of the arm, where also they are
larger. Passing into the disk a complete circlet is made by these
processes, the aggregation at the base of each radial series being
brought into connexion with its fellows by interradial aggregations.
In this way a rather broad though somewhat feebly indicated circlet
of modified spines lies around the centre of the disk; a few similar
spines are to be found in the central space. In the middle of one
of the interradial aggregations there is placed the madreporic plate,
which thus comes to be surrounded by a circlet of spines. On the
arms three rows of pore-areas may be made out on either side of
the median row of spines, which are the only spinous processes
that are developed on the abactinal surface. The marginal spines,
short and blunt and pretty regularly arranged, have an appearance
not unlike that presented by the jaw of a Cyclodus. Between
them and the adambulacral spines there is a bare space, which, in
this spirit-specimen, is narrow and groove-like. The whole creature
is of a yellowish-white hue ; and the suckers are little darker than
the rest of the body.
A single specimen. The only indication of its habitat is the
fact that it was collected during the voyage of the ‘ Erebus’ and
‘ Terror.
CRIBRELLA MINUTA, n. sp. (Plate VI. fig. 2.)
R=18; r= 6:5 Arms five, 6 millim. wide at their base,
and somewhat rapidly diminishing in breadth. The abactinal sur-
face plain, and similar for its whole extent. The adambulacral
spines fringing the groove are arranged in a single row; there is
generally one for each plate; they are of a fair size, and are
distinctly separated from one another. Externally to these there is
a series of transverse rows, containing at least three or four spines,
and sometimes having them arranged in double order. Beyond
these, and separated from them by a more or less distinct lon-
gitudinal groove, is a longitudinal row of closely packed spines.
Externally to this there are a number of combs of spines set trans-
versely, which occupy the edge of the actinal surface of the ray.
The next series of spines is not so regularly arranged, and leads to
the irregular disposition of spiniferous ossicles which obtains on the
abactinal surface. The madreporic plate is small, obscure, and
marginal. No pedicellarize detected.
The colour of the single example (which has been in spirit for
more than twenty-five years) is dead white.
Ecuador (Haslar collection, J. O. Goodridge, Esq., R.N.).
1882. | OR RARE SPECIES OF ASTEROIDEA. 123
Miruropia vicrori#, n.sp. (Plate VI. figs. 3, 3 a.)
R = 265, r= 3:5; R=30, r= 46. Arms five, 4 or 4°2
millim. wide at their base, and not diminishing in breadth for some
distance from the disk ; integument of the abactinal surface marked
out into spaces by the arms of the calcareous skeletal pieces; a few
spines, two or three millimetres long, are to be found along the
middle line of the arm; a few spines, which are generally a little
longer, are placed at the upper or abactinal edge of the side of the
arm. They frequently exhibit a white and brown patchwork-like
coloration, which is due to the arrangement of the pigment in the
integument which covers them. The actinal or lower margin of the
side of the arm has along it from 7 to 10 spines of about the same
length as those on the upper margin. The rather wide ambulacral
groove is fringed by a regular series of short blunt spines, which are
strongest in the region which falls within the disk. Within this
series there is a row of smaller and more delicate spines, of which
about five, set in fan-shape, belong to each ambulacral ossicle; the
outer and larger spines may be coarsely granulated. The madre-
poric plate is small, white, and rounded, and is set not far from the
centre of the disk; the abactinal surface of the disk presents no
characters by which it may be distinguished from that of the arms ;
the papulee on the actinal surface are rare. No pedicellariz detected.
This new species is to be distinguished from M. clavigera by
(1) the rarity of the papular spaces on the abactinal surface, (2) by
the proportionally smaller spines, and (3) by the absence of a row
of spines between the ventro-marginal series and the abactinal rows,
a row which appears to be constantly present in the better-known
form. Judging from the single specimen of M. bradleyi in the
collection of the British Museum, that species has much larger
papular pores, has two rows of spines on the actinal surface of the
rays, and none at all on their abactinal surface.
Victoria Bank (20° 42! S., 37° 27' W.); depth 39 fathoms ;
bottom, dead coral.
Both the specimens from which the above description has been
drawn up are injured; one appears to have lost one of its arms
during life, as the free end is healed. They formed part of the
collection made by Dr. Coppinger (H.M.S. ‘ Alert’) in 1879-80;
but they were not noticed in my report (P. Z.S. 1881), as they
did not form a part of the fauna of the Straits of Magellan.
FROMIA INDICA.
Fromia indica, Perrier, Rév. des Stellér. p. 177.
Scytaster indicus, Perrier, Ann. Sc. Nat. (5) xii. p. 255.
Although M, Perrier’s description states that his specimen has six
rays, I have no hesitation in assigning to the species a five-rayed
specimen, in which the proportion of R to r is somewhat greater
than in the example which formed the object of M. Perrier’s
description. I base the determination chiefly on the following con-
siderations :—The presence of six rays is of itself no evidence in
favour of a true polyactinid condition as against a possible heter-
124 PROF. BELL ON NEW SPECIES OF ASTEROIDEA. ([Jan. 17,
actinic peculiarity ; and the decision can only be given with the aid of
evidence which proves or disproves the idea that the species can and
does undergo division. Such evidence is here afforded by the spe-
cimen in the national collection; for it has the arms of different
lengths ; this, of course, points to some of the arms being younger
than the others, or, in other words, as having arisen by gemmation
after division.
The heteractinic, rather than the sexradiate, condition should
therefore be regarded as a part of the diagnosis of the species.
FRomiA TuMIDA, n. sp. (Plate VI. figs. 4, 4a.)
Arms and disk more swollen than in most of the species of the
genus. R=45,r= 14; R= 35, r= 11'5,orR=3°2r (about) ;
breadth of arms at base 14°5, 12°5 millim. All the plates on the
actinal surface, with the exception of those of the marginal series, are
closely covered with stout spines, from which the spines of the adam-
bulacral series are distinguished by their smaller size. The whole of
the abactinal surface is covered by squarish-headed granules, which are
all of very much the same size, and are all very regularly distributed ;
they are arranged in elliptical aggregations, two or three rows of
which extend along the back of the ray, or they are placed between
these aggregations ; in the former case they are somewhat more
closely packed. The intermediate spaces, in addition to the
granules, present a certain number of pores, which, however, are,
in comparison with other species of this genus, rare. The madre-
poric plate is rather nearer the margin than the centre of the disk,
and is very similar to the same body in F. milleporella. There are
about seventeen marginal plates in both the actinal and abactinal
series ; and both sets are covered with granules of a fair size ; and the
marginal granules of each set are to be easily distinguished from the
more central ones which they surround. For some way along the
surface of the arm the dorso-marginal plates are deeper than long ;
the infero-marginal plates are much more nearly square. There
seems to be a large pore at the proximal angle between the two sets
of marginal plates; but as the two specimens on which this deserip-
tion is drawn up have both been dried, it is not possible to speak
definitely on the point. The same remark will apply to the pore at
the proximal angle of the actinal edge of the infero-marginal plates.
The adambulacral spines appear to be arranged in three longi-
tudinal rows. They are subequal in size, and diminish very slightly
as they approach the free end of the ray. The space between these
spines and the marginal plates is completely occupied with short
stout spines, set in tufts on small plates. No pedicellarie.
Ceylon. Presented by M. Kelaart.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE VI.
Fig. 1. Scales of Calvasterias antipodum, X 4:1.
2. Abactinal surface of Cribrella minuta, X 2:1.
3, 3a. Actinal and abactinal surfaces of Mithrodia victorie, x 2:1.
4,4a. Actinal and abactinal surfaces of Fromia twmida, showing the
arrangement of the plates and spines, X 3: 2.
4b, Portion of actinal surface, more highly magnified.
P.ZS 1882 PLVIL.
Ws
W Purkisshth
Hanhart imp
AUSTRALIAN AND PACIFIC CICADIDE,
1882.] MR, W. L. DISTANT ON UNDESCRIBED CICADID&. 125
5. On some undescribed Cicadide from the Australian and
Pacific Regions. By W. L. Distant.
[Received January 13, 1882.]
(Plate VII.)
The species here described are almost wholly from the Museum
Godeffroy at Hamburg, the Rhynchotal collection of which I have
been requested to determine by Mr. Schmeltz.
Australia is particularly rich in Cicadide ; and from what little is
known at present it probably possesses the greatest number of that
family compared with any other region of the globe. Cyclochila, Psal-
toda, Henicopsaltria, Thopha, Cystosoma, and Chlorocysta are genera
remarkable in structure, some extremely limited and none numerous in
species and, so far as our present knowledge extends, completely con-
fined to Australia ; whilst the genus Melampsalta, though not alto-
gether confined to that continent, is yet even now known to comprise
a greater number of Australian species than can be found belonging
to a genus in any other fauna. - Two genera, Cicada and Tibicen,
have almost a world-wide range, or are at least found in all the
zoological regions.
If we compare the distribution of the Australian Cicadidee with
the geographical features of the botany of the same region, coinci-
dences at once appear. Many affinities, as has been so ably pointed
out by Dr. Hooker, exist between the South-African and Australian
floras ; and genera are found common to these two regions which are
found nowhere else. One very striking and parallel case may be
mentioned in the Cicadide. The Australian genus Cystosoma is
strikingly dissimilar to the usual generic type in having a wonder-
fully inflated and dilated abdomen: in South Africa we find in this
respect an analogous genus in Pydna, The extraordinary multiplicity
of Australian species in the genus Melampsalta reflects the abund-
ance of species in the genus Acacia as found in the same region.
In the specific nomenclature I have largely used the names of
Australian explorers, qualitative terms being an impossibility to
provide for these insects, and more likely to obscure than to eluci-
date their differences.
CosMOPSALTRIA STUARTI, nl. sp. (Plate VII. figs. 2, 2a, 26.)
Body above pale greenish, sparingly pilose. Head with a spot on
each lateral margin, and a smaller and rounded spot on each side of
the ocelli, black; ocelli red margined with black ; eyes dull ochraceous.
Pronotum with two narrow, central, longitudinal fuscous fascize, some-
what faint and obliterated about centre, more widely divergent on
anterior margin, and joined together on the posterior margin ; oblique
strize behind eyes, and a spot on anterior inner border of lateral mar-
gin, also fuscous. Mesonotum with two central obconical spots mar-
126 MR. W. L, DISTANT ON UNDESCRIBED CICADID&. [Jan. 17,
gined with fuscous, a faint broken sublateral fascia on each side, an
irregular spot on disk, and a small rounded spot in front of each
anterior branch of basal cruciform elevation fuscous. Abdomen be-
coming faintly testaceous towards apex; body beneath and legs pale
greenish ; apices of the tibize, rostrum, tarsi, and apical segment of
abdomen pale testaceous. Tegmina and wings pale hyaline ; tegmina
with the costal membrane pale greenish, the apical portion of the
venation fuscous.
The abdomen is elongate, and much attenuated towards apex, the
dorsal surface of the basal segment is somewhat rounded and produced
anteriorly, aud sinuated centrally on the posterior margin. The head,
including outer margin of eyes (which are very large and promi-
nent), is very little narrower than base of pronotum. The opercula
reach the base of the third abdominal segment, and are broadly
and deeply sinuate on their outer margin, with the apices rounded.
Rostrum reaching posterior coxee. Face with a central impression,
and very strongly striated transversely.
Long. 21 millim.; exp. tegm. 51 millim.
Hab. Fiji Islands. (Mus. Godeffroy.)
This species is closely allied to C. distans, Walk., which is also
found in the same locality, From this it differs in being only one
half the size, and in having the dorsal surface of the basal segment of
the abdomen sinuated behind, besides which the head is more pro-
duced in front and wider between the eyes relative to the width of the
pronotum at the base. The opercula also are longer, as in Walker’s
species they do not reach the apex of the third abdominal segment.
TIBICEN BURKE], n. sp. (Plate VII. figs. 3, 3a, 30.)
3+ Head castaneous, area of the ocelli and two spots at base black,
base ochraceous, more or less margined with black; pronotum ochra-
ceous, with a central hourglass-shaped fuscous fascia, the centre of
which is longitudinally ochraceous ; on each side of disk is a small
black curved fascia ; oblique striee, inner borders of lateral margins,
lateral angles, and anterior border of posterior margin also blackish.
Mesonotum black, with a small central angulated spot on disk, on
each side of which is a waved and angulated fascia, narrowest and com-
mencing on anterior margin and joined to anterior branches of basal
cruciform elevation, followed by astraight sublateral fascia, ochraceous.
Cruciform basal elevation dull ochraceous. Abdomen black, sparingly
pilose ; posterior margin of apical segment and anal appendage tes-
taceous. Underside of head, sternum, and opercula ochraceous and
pubescent, the last with the disk fuscous and posterior margin nar-
rowly but clearly ochraceous. Face castaneous with the centre black.
Anterior legs ochraceous, femora streaked with fuscous, base of tibize
and apex of tarsi fuscous, apical half of tibize somewhat castaneous.
Intermediate and posterior legs with the coxz luteous; femora pitchy,
with the apices luteous ; intermediate tibize castaneous, with the base
ochraceous, posterior tibiee ochraceous. Abdomen beneath black,
with the apical segment and anal appendage testaceous. Tegmina
and wings pale hyaline; tegmina with the costal membrane and basal
1882.] MR. W. L. DISTANT ON UNDESCRIBED CICADID2. 127
portion of venation ochraceous, costal area fuscous, anastomoses in-
fuscated.
The rostrum just passes the apices of the posterior coxe ; face with
the sides transversely striated, its width about equal to the distance
from its lateral margin to inner margin of eyes; opercula not cover-
ing the apical margin of metasternum, with their posterior margins
broadly rounded.
Long. 21 millim.; exp. tegm. 65 millim.
Hab. Australia, Peak Downs. (Mus. Godeffroy ; coll. Dist.)
T1BiceN WILLSI, n. sp. (Plate VII. figs. 4, 4a, 40.)
Q. Body above black. Head with the apex of face testaceous, the
ocelli red. Pronotum with three large and confluent ochraceous
spots on each side, somewhat narrowly separated at centre, and
almost extending to lateral margins. Mesonotum black, with two
very obscure obconical spots; basal cruciform elevation dull ochra-
ceous. Abdomen black, with the apical segmental margins testaceous ;
anal appendage obscure pitchy-testaceous. Underside of body and
legs pale testaceous; head between face and eyes black ; lateral
margins of sternum spotted with fuscous, and a lateral abdominal
segmental row of transverse spots of the same colour. Tegmina and
wings pale hyaline; tegmina with the venation fuscous, the costal
membrane, basal and claval areas ochraceous, transverse veins at base
of second and third apical areas, with connecting portion of longi-
tudinal vein, infuscated ; wings with the basal and claval areas ochra-
ceous.
The face is very convex, narrowly and longitudinaly sulcated, the
sides transversely striated, rostrum reaching the posterior coxe ;
posterior lateral angles of pronotum somewhat acutely ampliated
and produced.
Long. 20 millim.; exp. tegm. 53 millim.
ae Australia, Peak Downs, Sydney. (Mus. Godeffroy ; coll.
ist.)
I have been enabled to examine nine specimens of this distinctly
marked species, all of which, however, were females. In general
appearance these have a superficial resemblance to the genus Melam-
psalta.
[Since writing the above I have discovered one male specimen of
this species in the Godeffroy collection, which was received from
Sydney. The opercula are pale ochraceous, with somewhat paler
margin, and about reach the base of the first abdominal segment,
they are slightly directed inwardly, the inner margins rounded and
produced, but considerably apart, and the posterior margins wide and
very slightly rounded. |
TiBICEN GILMORET, n. sp. (Plate VII. figs. 8, 8a, 80.)
3. Body above dull testaceous. Head castaneous, the vertex some:
what darker than the front, area of the ocelli blackish. Pronotum
with a central fuscous longitudinal fascia which has a very wide
and triangular base, hind margin fuscous, with the posterior edge
128 MR. W.L, DISTANT ON UNDESCRIBED CICADIDZ. [Jan. 17,
pale ochraceous. Mesonotum with two central obconical spots
bordered with ochraceous, a curved fascia on each side of disk con-
nected with anterior branches of cruciform elevation ochraceous, and
a lateral black fascia bordered outwardly (anteriorly) and inwardly
(posteriorly) with ochraceous; basal elevation ochraceous with a
black spot at centre and one on each branch near apex. Abdomen
sparingly pilose, with the posterior segmental margins ochraceous.
Body beneath and legs ochraceous; face castaneous ; disk of abdomen
more or less castaneous, posterior segmental margins pale, anal ap-
pendage with a central longitudinal fuscous streak. Tegmina and
wings pale hyaline; tegmina with the veins fuscous, anastomoses
and connecting longitudinal veins (excepting that before the last
and lower anastomosis) infuscated, apices of longitudinal veins nar-
rowly infuscated.
The body is short, the front of the head produced and prominent,
the face long and convex, rostrum reaching posterior coxee; opercula
small, not covering metasternum.
Long. 18 millim.; exp. tegm. 60 millim.
Hab. Australia, Swan River. (Coll. Dist.)
This species is allied to 7. interrupta, Walk., but larger, body
shorter and more robust, and head with the front much more pro-
duced. x
TIBICEN MUELLER], 0. sp. (Plate VII. figs. 6, 6u, 66.)
2 . Body above ochraceous. Head with two small spots at base of
front, a spot near anterior lateral angle of vertex, and area of the
ocelli fuscous; eyes tinged with fuscous. Pronotum with two cen-
tral longitudinal black fasciee sinuated at centre and meeting on
anterior and posterior margins ; a small oblique fascia commencing
from behind eyes and terminating on lateral margins also fuscous.
Mesonotum with two small obconical spots, inwardly margined with
fuscous, and an elongate fuscous spot on disk in front of basal ele-
vation. Scutellum with a central fuscous spot, which is continued
and narrowed on the first three segments of the abdomen; anal ap-
pendage with a large fuscous spot on each side. Body beneath and
legs pale ochraceous, abdominal segments with a transverse series of
broad fuscous fascie. Tegmina and wings pale hyaline; tegmina
with the costal membrane and basal half of venation ochraceous,
transverse veins at bases of first and second ulnar areas, anastomoses
with some of the connecting venation, apical longitudinal veins,
apical margins of apical areas, and claval margin fuscous ; transverse
veins at bases of second and third apical areas broadly infuscated.
The head has the front prominently produced ; and its width, in-
cluding outer margin of eyes, is less than that of the base of the
pronotum ; the face is large, elongate, and very convex, with a faint
longitudinal impression, and somewhat obscure transverse striations.
The rostrum reaches the posterior coxee.
Long. 11 millim.; exp. tegm. 38 millim.
Hab. Australia, Peak Downs. (Mus. Godeffroy.)
1882.] MR. W.L. DISTANT ON UNDESCRIBED CICADID&. 129
TIBICEN GREGORYI, n. sp. (Plate VII. figs. 7, 7a, 74.)
3. Body above pale ochraceous. Head with the ocelli reddish,
the eyes tinged with fuscous, mesonotum with two very obscure
central obconical spots, a central discal longitudinal and two sub-
lateral fascize. Abdomen somewhat thickly covered with greyish
pilosity. Body beneath and legs pale ochraceous, excepting the
abdomen, which is pale fuscous. Tegmina and wings pale hyaline ;
tegmina with the venation ochraceous, excepting apical longitudinal
veins and apical margins of apical areas, which are pale fuscous ;
transverse veins at bases of second and third apical areas broadly
infuscated.
The head is- broad, and, including eyes, as wide as pronotum, of
which the anterior and posterior width is subequal. The face is
large, elongate, and very convex, with faint transverse striations.
The rostrum reaches the posterior coxee. The opercula are small,
broad, and rounded posteriorly, and about reach the posterior edge
of metasternum.
Long. 10 millim.; exp. tegm. 34 millim.
Hab. Australia, Peak Downs. (Mus. Godeffroy.)
This species is allied to the preceding (7. muelleri, Dist.), from
which it differs in the broader and less anteriorly produced head,
the shape of the pronotum, and in the different markings of the
abdomen, tegmina, &c.
MELAMPSALTA WARBURTONI, n.sp. (Plate VII. figs. 9, 9a, 96.)
Head with the vertex black, the front ochraceous with a black
central longitudinal line. Pronotum ochraceous, with a central
longitudinal fascia, lateral and posterior margins dark castaneous.
Mesonotum dark castaneous, with two pale irregular fascize on disk,
commencing on anterior margin and terminating at anterior angles
of basal cruciform elevation; anterior lateral margins narrowly
ochraceous. Abdomen ochraceous. Body beneath and legs ochra-
ceous ; head black, with the face ochraceous, of which the transverse
striz are castaneous. Tegmina aud wings pale hyaline, with the
venation ochraceous.
The body is sparingly pilose above ; the anterior femora are armed
with three strong spines; the rostrum just passes the intermediate
coxee ; the face is narrowly but deeply sulcated longitudinally, and
strongly transversely striate.
Long. 15 millim. ; exp. tegm. 38 millim.
Hab. Australia, Peak Downs. (Mus. Godeffroy ; coll. Dist.)
MELAMPSALTA rorReEsSTI. (Plate VII. figs, 10, 10a, 108.)
3. Body above ochraceous. Head with a transverse black fascia
between the eyes, partly surrounding ocelli. Pronotum with the
frontal portion of the interior edge of lateral margins narrowly
black, and the anterior edge of posterior margin broadly of
the same colour; two small obscure fuscous spots on anterior
margin. Mesonotum with the following fuscous markings :—two
central obconical spots, and two of somewhat like shape near lateral
Proc. Zoox. Soc.—1882, No. IX. 9
130 MR. W.L. DISTANT ON UNDESCRIBED CICADIDH. [Jan. 17,
margins, one commencing near outer edge of anterior margin; the
other joins anterior angles of basal elevation ; these angles are bor-
dered outwardly by an angulated spot, and inwardly by a small
rounded spot with a central longitudinal line. Abdomen with a
series of pale fuscous transverse segmental fascie. Body beneath and
legs pale ochraceous, inner margin of eyes black. Tegmina and wings
pale hyaline, venation ochraceous, becoming darker towards apex.
The body above is sparingly pilose, the rostrum just passes the
intermediate coxa, with its apex black; the face is deeply longitu-
dinally suleated, and strongly transversely striate; anterior femora
armed with three strong teeth.
Long. 15 millim.; exp. tegm. 41 millim.
Hab. Australia, Queensland, Gayndah. (Mus. Godeffroy ; coll.
Dist.)
The females of this species are somewhat larger than the males,
but vary in size.
MELAMPSALTA EYREI, un. sp. (Plate VII. figs. 12, 12a, 120.)
3. Head black, with the anterior and lateral margins testaceous
and with a small central basal ochraceous spot; ocelli reddish, eyes
dull ochraceous. Pronotum ochraceous, with two very large rect-
angular black spots placed somewhat obliquely, commencing on
inner edge of lateral margins, and divided on disk by a central longi-
tudinal fascia which is widened anteriorly and posteriorly and is
marked at base by a small black spot. Mesonotum with two cen-
tral obconical spots placed close together, and two larger ones near
lateral margins, black. Abdomen with the disk tinged with reddish,
the posterior segmental margins bright ochraceous, the apical seg-
ment irregularly marked with black. Body beneath ochraceous ;
face black, with the anterior margin testaceous, the lateral margins
ochraceous ; inner margin of eyes to base of rostrum, a few scattered
and irregular spots on sternum, apex of rostrum, and apical segments
of abdomen black. Tegmina and wings pale hyaline; venation
ochraceous, becoming darker towards apex.
The body is sparingly pilose, rostrum just passing the intermediate
cox, anterior femora armed with three spines; face broad but com-
pressed, broadly and longitudinally sulcated and distinctly trans-
versely striate.
Long. 16 millim.; exp. tegm. 44 millim.
Hab. Australia, Peak Downs. (Mus. Godeffroy ; coll. Dist.)
MELAMPSALTA MACKINLAYI, n. sp. (Plate VII. figs. 13, 13a, 130.)
Closely allied to M. varians, Germ., but much smaller; head
broader, including eyes equal in width to base of pronotum ; rostrum
just passing intermediate coxee ; opercula small and pale oehraceous ;
tegmina much shorter, with the costa more rounded.
Long. 13 millim.; exp. tegm. 38 millim.
Hab. Australia, Peak Downs.
This species has also considerable affinity to M. themiscura, Walk.,
in markings, but differs much in size,
1882.] MR. W. L. DISTANT ON UNDESCRIBED CICADID. 131
MELAMPSALTA OXLEYI, 0. sp.
Q. Body above ochraceous. Head with the frontal margin,
lateral margins of vertex, inner margins of eyes, and area of the
ocelli (the last extending to base of head, and connected with inner
margins of eyes) very dark castaneous. Pronotum with a pale cen-
tral longitudinal fascia, bordered with black on each side, widest
anteriorly and narrowed posteriorly ; lateral and posterior margins
much paler, inner border of first, and outer third of inner border of
the second, narrowly fuscous. Mesonotum with two short central
obconical spots and two large sublateral and subtriangular spots
dark fuscous, and a small rounded fuscous spot at each aaterior
angle of basal cruciform elevation. Abdomen with segmental bases
very broadly fuscous, and with a large fuscous streak on each side of
anal appendage. Body beneath pale ochraceous ; face, rostrum, and
two small spots at base of ovipositor more or less fuscous. Tegmina
and wings pale hyaline; tegmina with the venation pale ochraceous,
transverse veins at bases of second and third apical areas broadly
and darkly infuscated ; upper margin of first apical area, outer mar-
gin of first to seventh apical areas, gradually increasing in width, till
the whole of the sixth and greater part of the fifth and seventh areas
are occupied, and apical external margin dark fuscous.
The head is broad, and with outer margins of eyes about equals in
width the base of pronotum ; the face is moderately convex, with a
deep longitudinal sulcation and strong transverse striations. Rostrum
reaching the intermediate coxze ; and body sparingly pilose above and
more densely so beneath.
Long. 18 millim.; exp. tegm. 48 millim.
Hab. Australia, Peak Downs. (Mus. Godeffroy.)
The tegminal markings render this species very distinct. I have
seen but one specimen (here described), which is a female.
MELAMPSALTA LANDSBOROUGHI, n. sp. (Plate VII. figs. 14,
14a, 146.)
2. Head black, with a central longitudinal line to front and
three basal spots ochraceous. Pronotum dull ochraceous, with a
central pale fascia bordered with black, a short angulated fascia on
disk and oblique striz also black, lateral and posterior margins
more or less shaded with black. Mesonotum black, very faintly
and obscurely marked with ochraceous, the basal cruciform elevation
pale ochraceous. Abdomen ochraceous with a broad central black
fascia ; the anal appendage with the lateral sides also broadly black.
Body beneath, with the head, black, lateral margins of face ochra-
ceous. Sternum much shaded with black. Legs ochraceous, cox
and femora streaked with black and fuscous markings, anal appen-
dage black, with a large spot on each lateral margin and extreme
apex luteous. Tegmina and wings pale hyaline ; tegmina with the
costal membrane greenish-ochraceous, the veins fuscous.
The rostrum about reaches posterior coxe; the face is broad,
deeply and longitudinally sulcated, and transversely strongly striated ;
o*
132 MR. W. L. DISTANT ON UNDESCRIBED CICADID&. [Jan. 17,
the head, including eyes, is considerably narrower than base of pro-
notum ; anterior femora armed with three strong spines.
Long. 16 millim. ; exp. tegm. 45 millim.
Hab. Australia, Sydney. (Coll. Dist.)
This species was identified by Walker (List Hom. i. p. 172. 117,
1850) as the Cicada melanopygia, Germ., and thus stands in the
collection of the British Museum. Germar’s species, however,
belongs to the genus Z%bicen, and as such has been fully described
by Stal (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. ser. 4, vol. 1, p. 618. 2, 1861.)
MELAMPSALTA LEICHARDTI, nh. Sp. (Plate VII. figs. 5, 5a, 56.)
9. Body above ochraceous. ~ Head with the frontal anterior
margin, a spot on anterior lateral angles of vertex, an oblique fascia
behind eyes, two small linear spots between ocelli and eyes, a trans-
verse spot on anterior margin of vertex, and antenne black. Pro-
notum with two central linear black lines, not extending to posterior
margin, and widened and angulated near anterior margin, oblique
strize, and inner border of posterior margin (on centre of which
is a round spot) black. Mesonotum with two short contiguous cen-
tral obconical spots, on each side of which is a more elongate and
broken one, and two small rounded spots in front of basal cruciform
elevation, black. Abdomen with a series of dorsal transverse black
fascize, decreasing in width towards apex. Anal appendage with a
black line on each side. Body beneath ochraceous; base and
lateral margins of face, apex of rostrum, and ovipositor black. Legs
ochraceous; femora streaked with fuscous; anterior tibize black,
annulated with ochraceous near base. 'Tegmina and wings pale hya-
line; tegmina with the costal membrane and area and veins enclosing
basal ulnar area pale ochraceous, remaining venation fuscous.
Head, including eyes, equal in width to pronotum ; rostrum reach-
ing intermediate coxee; face somewhat compressed, centrally and
longitudinally broadly sulcated for half its length, and transversely
striate.
‘ Long. 10 millim. ; exp. tegm. 25 millim.
Hab. Australia, Peak Downs.
This small but distinct species is allied to M. sericevitta, Walk. ;
and I am indebted to Mr. Pascoe for an opportunity of comparing
the same. The figure here given is considerably enlarged.
CysTOSOMA SCHMELTZI, n. sp. (Plaie VII. figs. 11, 11a, 110.)
Closely allied to the only other known species of the genus,
C. saundersii, from which it differs in being only one third the size,
and principally in the very different venation of the tegmina, the
reticulations of which are faithfully portrayed in the figure, and
cannot be adequately described, but are different in pattern and less
extended in area than in the other species. The abdomen is much
smailer and less inflated; the opercula are obscurely sinuated on
their lateral and posterior margins.
Long. 25 millim.; exp. tegm. 62 millim.
Hab. Australia, Gayndah. (Mus. Godeffroy.)
1882.] MR. W. L. DISTANT ON UNDESCRIBED CICADIDZ. 133
The tegmina of this species are bright green; but this is probably
a variable character, as C. saundersii was originally described by
Westwood as “ pallide lutea,” which perfectly agrees with the speci-
mens in my own collection. Mr. Scott, however (Proc. Zool. Soc.
1852, p. 16), states that this is not correct, but that the species is
“‘leete viridis.” The fact evidently is that these two colours are
common to the species, as is so frequently the case with others, and
especially with Australian members of the family.
ARCYSTASIA, ND. gen.
Head, including eyes, slightly narrower than pronotum. Antennee
with the first joints short but stout and prominent. Pronotum with
the lateral margins slightly dilated and strongly depressed, the pos-
terior angles strongly produced and rounded. Rostrum reaching
the intermediate cox. Tegmina hyaline, much longer than abdo-
men ; ulnar veins somewhat widely separated and divergent at base ;
apical half of venation reticulated. Wings with the veins of the
apical half numerous and slightly reticulated. Abdomen robust ;
tympana detached. Opercula of male well developed, not quite reach-
ing basal segment of abdomen. Anterior femora strongly spined.
Metasternum with a central raised furrow.
Allied to Cystosoma by the reticulated venation of the tegmina,
but differing in the hyaline condition of the same and the non-
dilated abdomen. Ihave placed it next the genus Acrilla, Stal,
which has the tegmina shorter, rostrum longer, and the laterai
thoracic margins not dilated.
ARCYSTASIA GODEFFROYI, n. sp. (Plate VII. figs. 1, la, 16.)
3. Body above dull testaceous and olivaceous. Head with the
vertex dull testaceous, with a central fuscous longitudinal impression
at base, the front dark obscure olivaceous, area of the ocelli with
some slightly pitchy markings. Pronotum dull testaceous with
the lateral margins ochraceous, and a central fuscous longitudinal
impression, of which the margins and raised base are pale testaceous.
Mesonotum olivaceous, with two central obovate testaceous spots,
on each side of which is a sublateral, slightly curved black fascia,
the margins of which are testaceous; cruciform basal elevation pale
testaceous, with a small rounded fuscous spot on inner side of apices
of anterior branches. Scutellum pale olivaceous. Abdomen testa-
ceous, the basal segment olivaceous. Body beneath pale testaceous ;
face, excluding margins, pale fuscous; sternum with olivaceous
shadings. Legs olivaceous or testaceous; cox, trochanters,
bases and apices of femora, and apices of tibize spotted with casta-
neous. Tegmina and wings pale hyaline; the tegmina tinted with
pale ochraceous, with the venation darker ochraceous. Wings with
the veins ohraceous.
The face is long and subdepressed, with a broad central suleation
and faint transverse impressions. ‘The opercula are moderately large,
but do not reach the base of the first abdominal segment, outer
margins almost straight, posterior margins broad and slightly rounded,
134 MR, P. L. SCLATER ON TWO CURIOUS DUCKS, [Feb. 7,
inner margins not meeting. Anterior femora armed with three
strong spines beneath. of
Long. 22 millim. ; exp. tegm. 63 millim.
Hab. Ponape (Caroline archipelago). (Mus. Godeffroy ; coll.
Dist.)
EXPLANATION OF PLATE VII.
. Arcystasia godeffroyt, p. 133.
2b. Cosmopsaltria stuarti, p. 125.
. Tibicen burkei, p. 126.
. —— willsi, p. 127.
. Melampsalta leichardti, p. 132.
. Tibicen muelleri, p. 128,
gregoryi, p. 129.
. —— gilmorei, p. 127.
, 9a, 9b. Melampsalta warburtoni, p. 129.
10, 10a, 108. forrest, p. 129.
11, 1la, 114. Cystosoma schmeltzi, p. 182.
12, 12a, 126. Melampsalta eyrei, p. 180.
13, 13a,.136. —— mackinlayi, p. 180.
14, 14a, 14. —— landsboroughi, p. 181.
by
a
oe
Age
on Choe
Sees
I
=
a
a
SO NID OUP C9 bo
DID
aa 8
DID
a ~
February 7, 1882.
Prof. W. H. Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.
Mr. Henry Seebohm exhibited a series of intermediate forms
between Carduelis caniceps and C. major (the eastern form of our
common Goldfinch, C. elegans), obtained at Krasnoyarsk in Central
Siberia. The series showed every intermediate form between one
species and the other, the white on the outer webs of the innermost
secondaries increasing in exact proportion as the black on the crown
and nape diminished. The supposition was that the two forms
interbreed in this district and produce fertile offspring.
Mr. Sclater exhibited on behalf of Mr. Peter Inchbald, F.Z.S.,
two curious Ducks which had been shot on some ornamental water
near Darlington in the county of Durham. One of these appeared
to be the result of a cross between the Pochard (Fuligula ferina)
and one of the freshwater Ducks, possibly the Teal or Mallard; the
other presented nearly the appearance of a female Scoter (Gidemia
nigra), but was rather darker below.
The following papers were read ;—
1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA, 135
1. On the Classification and Distribution of the luroidea.
By Szr.-Grorce Mrvart.
{Received January 13, 1882.]
The Proceedings of this Society contain three papers, of pro-
gressively increasing importance, on the classification of the order
Carnivora. The first of these is a paper by Mr. Waterhouse’,
wherein he proposes to divide the order into six coordinate families,
named by him Canidae, Viverride, Felide, Mustelide, Urside, and
Phocide. These divisions are based on cranial and dental cha-
racters. He associates Arctictis with Procyon, Nasua, Cercoleptes,
Ailurus, and the Bears in his Urside; and adds in a note, ‘ from
an examination of the external characters of Bassaris astuta it ap-
pears to me that it belongs to this group.’ As to the true Bears,
he remarks that they differ from the other terrestrial Carnivora “ in
having a projecting process on the underside of the ramus, and situ-
ated a little in advance of the angle of the jaw. The same character
is also found in many Seals (Phocide), which, in several other respects,
appear to approach the Bears.”
He expresses the opinion that ‘‘the Cats appear to bear the same
relation to the Mustelide as the Dogs to the Viverride.’’ As to
the last-named family, he tells us ‘the Viverride have the same
general form of skull as the Canidae, but differ in having the poste-
rior portion more produced ; the bony palate is carried further back ;
and the small back molar observable in the lower jaw of the Dogs is
here wanting.” The Hyena he is “inclined to regard as an aber-
rant form of the Viverride ;” adding, “in the general characters of
the cranium, and especially in the curved form of the lower jaw, it
differs considerably from the Cats, and approaches the Viverras.
If, however, it be placed with the Viverride, it will form an excep-
tion as regards its dentition, having only one true molar on either
side of the upper jaw. The ‘carnassiére’ has a large inner lobe,
and in this respect also resembles the Viverras, and not the Cats.”
The second paper I have referred to is that by the late Mr. H.
N. Turner’, wherein he refers to, and much further elaborates the
views propounded in, Mr. Waterhouse’s paper, but objects to a
division of the order into six groups of similar rank. He divides
the terrestrial Carnivora into three primary groups, to each of which
he gives the rank of a family, namely (1) Urside, (2) Felide, and
(3) Canide. The first family he divides into the three subfamilies
Ailurina, Procyonina, and Mustelina, classing Bassaris in the second
of these, and saying *, “from the characters presented by the cra-
nium, I do net feel the slightest hesitation in referring this animal
1 P. Z. 8. 1839, p. 135.
* “ Observations relating to some of the Foramina at the base of the Skull
in Mammalia, and on the Classification of the Order Carnivora,” P. Z, 8. 1848,
p. 63.
8 Loc, cit. p. 81.
136 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ©LUROIDEA. [Feb. 7,
to the subursine section. It is true that the teeth have some resem-
blance to those of Viverre; but this only results from the greater
or less development of different cusps, being an adaptation to a more
carnivorous diet.”
He observes, as to Proteles', that it ‘‘ has the cranial characters
common to the Cats and Hyznas: from the dentition, so singularly
modified by arrest of development, but little evidence of zoological
affinity can be adduced; I should therefore be rather inclined to
consider it a modified Hyzena, since in the external characters it so
closely resembles the animals of that genus.” As to the Hyeenas
themselves, he declares himself disposed to consider them, judging
from their cranial characters, as rather more approaching the Cats
than the Viverre, but proposes to obviate the difficulties thus arising
by a division of his family Fedide into three subfamilies, one for the
Cats, another for the Viverre, and the third for the Hynas and
Proteles.
The characters and subdivisions of his family Felide are expressed
as follows * :—
Fam. Fevip&.
Auditory bulla rounded, frequently showing indications of being
divided into two parts.
Paroccipital process flattened, and applied to the back part of the
auditory bulla.
Foramen condyloideum more or less concealed. Foramen gle-
noideum very small or wanting.
Czecum small or moderate, simple. Cowper’s glands present.
Prostate gland salient.
Subfam. ViverR1INA (confined to the Old World).
A distinct alisphenoid canal (with very few exceptions).
Auditory bulla distinctly subdivided.
Canalis caroticus distinct, though sometimes only as a groove.
Ateko
True molars on each side 3
Galictis. Cynogale.
Ryzena. Paradoxurus.
Cynictis. —_—_—
Herpestes. Prionodon.
a Genetta.
Arctictis. Viverra.
Subfaw. Hyanrna (confined to the Old World).
No alisphenoid canal.
Division of auditory bulla scarcely perceptible.
Canalis caroticus indistinct, or very small.
True molars on each side ! v ° ; premolars on each side _
Proteles. Hyena.
1 Loe. cit. p. 82. ? Loe, cit. p. 86.
1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. 137
Subfam. Feira (of general geographical distribution).
No alisphenoid canal.
Division of auditory bulla slightly or scarcely perceptible.
Canalis caroticus indistinct or not perceptible.
P 1 P 3
True molars on each side ; ; premolars on each side ~.
Felis.
The genus 4rctictis is placed in the above list amongst the Viver-
rina without any observations in the text. It should be noted that
this subfamily is divided, by horizontal lines, into three sections, the
two genera Genetta and Viverra standing nearest to the Hyznas,
and Herpestes and Ryzena remote from them.
Certain genera are not enumerated ; and on this subject Mr. Turner
tells us, “‘ The lists of genera include only those whose crania I have
examined ; and therefore | must not be considered as rejecting any
that I have omitted, nor do I pledge myself to adopt all that are
inserted.”
The third paper on the classification of the Carnivora is that of
our president, Professor Flower*. Therein he refers to the paper
by Mr. Turner, which he supplements by a number of new and ori-
ginal observations and inferences of great value, intentionally con-
fining his remarks, however, to existing terrestrial (fissipedal) genera.
He conclusively establishes the true Procyonine nature of Bassaris
and the Paradoxurine affinity of Arctictis ; while as to Cryptoprocta,
he regards it as the type of a distinct family*, though he considers it
“as a perfectly annectent form, as nearly allied to the Viverride on
the one hand as to the Felide@ on the other.” Proteles he also con-
stitutes the type of a distinct family, which he interposes between
the Suricates and the Hyzenas, as he interposes Cryptoprocta between
the Civets and Genets on the one hand and the Cats on the other.
He fully adopts Mr. Turner’s threefold division of the fissipedal
Carnivora, but raises each of Mr. Turner’s families to the rank of a
suborder. Professor Flower’s ARncrompEA and CyNOIDEA corre-
spond respectively to Mr. Turner’s Urside and Canidae, while Mr.
Turner’s Felide is divided by Professor Flower into the five families
Felide, Cryptoproctide, Viverride, Protelide, and Hyaenide—these
five families being united into one suborder, for which he first in-
stituted the term AXLurRoipEA, the affinities of which are suggested
by his diagram * (fig. 1).
The following characters common to the AiLUROIDEA may be
gathered from this paper :—
1. Bulla greatly dilated, rounded, smooth, thin-walled, with one
exception osseous, and almost always divided by a septum into two
distinct portions.
2. Bony meatus short or with its inferior wall imperfectly ossified.
1 Loe, eit. p. 85.
2 «Qn the Value of the Characters of the Base of the Cranium in the Classi-
fication of the Order Carnivora, and on the Systematic Position of Lassaris
and other disputed forms,” P. Z. 8. 1869, p. 4.
3° Loe. cit p. 23, 4 Loe, cit. p, 37.
138 PROF, ST,-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [Feb. 7,
3. Paroccipital process applied to and, asit were, spread over the
hinder part of the bulla.
4, Mastoid process never very salient, often obsolete.
. Carotid canal small, sometimes very inconspicuous.
6. Condyloid fissure concealed.
7. Glenoid fissure extremely minute or absent.
8. Czecum short and simple, very rarely absent.
9
0
1
or
. Bone of penis generally small and irregularly shaped.
. Cowper’s gland present.
. A distinctly lobed prostate.
— a
Fig. 1.
In the above diagram the Herpestine genera are represented as
somewhat separated by a constriction from the Civets and Para-
doxures. In the text the author tells us! “‘all the Herpestine
members of the Viverride (Cynopoda, Gray) present certain com-
mon characters of this region by which they can be readily recog-
nized. The bulla is very prominent and somewhat pear-shaped, the
larger, rounded end being turned backwards and somewhat outwards ;
a well-marked transverse constriction separates the two chambers,
which are directly anterior and posterior. . . . The Suricate presents
the same essential characters in a very modified form.”
As to the Hyznas, Professor Flower appears to hesitate some-
what as to whether they should form ‘‘a fourth primary division of
1 Loe. cit. p. 20.
1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. 139
the Carnivora, or be added, as rather aberrant members, to the Ailu-
roid section. On the whole,” he adds, “I am inclined to the latter
arrangement,” especially from the support given to it by the genus
Proteles. Asto the characters of that genus, he observes' :—“ In the
first place they are thoroughly /luroid, but they do not exactly the
agree with either of the families of that group as hitherto defined.
On the whole they approach nearest to the Herpestine section of the
Viverride, but deviate from this, and approximate to the Hyenide,
in two points. . . . If Cuvier had called Proteles a Hyzenoid Ich-
neumon instead of a Hyzenoid Genette, exception could scarcely have
been taken to the description.”
The object of the present paper is to carry further the examination
of the affinities and interrelationships of the genera constituting
Professor Flower’s Ailuroidea, and especially to discover what
divisions below the rank of families can be most conveniently and
naturally established in it. In order to effect this, I have, to the
best of my ability, studied the animals living in our gardens, prepa-
rations preserved in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons,
and the skins, spirit-specimens, and osteological treasures of the
British Museum, and I have dissected such individuals as good
fortune has thrown in my way. I have especially wished to note
the cranial characters of such genera as are not referred to in the
three papers already noticed, namely the genera Fossa, Prionodon,
Poiana, Hemigalea, Arctogale, Galidia, Galidictis, Bdeogale, Helo-
gale, Cynictis, Rhinogale, Crossarchus, and Eupleres. I have
endeavoured also to ascertain and enumerate such papers and illus-
trations as may be most useful for reference or may have some
historical interest.
It will, I think, be most convenient if I state at once the conclu-
sions I have arrived at as to classification, and afterwards notice,
seriatim, the several genera, giving separately the characters and
references which refer to each.
In the first place I am profoundly convinced that the great group
JALUROIDEA is a natural one, and that the Hyzenas must, without
any question whatever, be included within it. The only doubt is
as to their claim to rank asa distinct family, so closely connected
do they seem to me to be with the Herpestine group of Viverride.
Anyhow I am unable to divide the suborder into so many primary
groups as those of Professor Flower.
I have examined with as much care as I could the skeleton of
Cryptoprocta, and considered the evidence recorded as to its soft
parts, and have come to the conclusion that it is distinctly Viverrine,
and not at all unquestionably intermediate, as I at first supposed,
between Viverra and Felis. Its dentition is of course almost feline ;
but the more I study comparative anatomy, the more impressed I
am with the little value of dental characters as evidences of affinity,
save as regards allied species or genera. Nandinia, Arctictis, and
Cynogale may be cited as evidence of divergences in dental charac-
ters from the more normal Viverrine type, to which other structural
1 Loe. cit. p. 29.
140 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [Feb. 7,
divergences do not run parallel. Professor Flower himself has
remarked !:—“ Too exclusive attention has been paid to the characters
of the teeth in defining the family divisions of the order. The
difficulty in the taxonomic use of these organs arises from the fact
that the teeth of all the members of such a limited and well-defined
group as the terrestrial or fissipedal Carnivora are formed on the
same general type, but with infinite modifications of this type. And
as these modifications are mainly adaptive, and not essentially indica-
tive of affinity, they reappear in various degrees and combinations in
many of the great natural divisions of the order. Their teeth alone
afford us no satisfactory means of diagnosis between the very distinct
groups of the Procyonide and Viverride. The teeth of Proteles,
though demonstrating undeniably its right to a place in the order,
are so rudimentary or generalized that they afford no help whatever
to determine its special position. Again, the teeth of Gulo are so
similar to those of Hyena, that, if this character alone were used,
these two otherwise widely differentiated forms would be placed in
the closest proximity. Enhydris, among the Mustelide, and Oyno-
gale, among the Viverride, might also be cited as examples of
strangely modified dentition, with comparatively little corresponding
change in other parts.’ I thoroughly agree with every word
here cited ; and, until unexpected evidence as to the anatomy of its
soft parts comes to my knowledge, I must rank Cryptoprocta as
merely the type of asubfamily of the Viverride.
As to Proteles, the words just quoted from Professor Flower con-
cerning it confirm the previously cited remark of Mr. Turner ”, that
from a “ dentition so singularly modified by arrest of development,
but little evidence of zoological affinity can be adduced.” It differs
from the Hyzenas in having a developed pollex ; but such differences
occur in the Herpestine section of the Viverride, yet no one on that
account would erect Bdeogale and Suricata into a distinct family, any
more than A¢eles or Colobus amongst the Anthropoidea. A careful
consideration of the characters of Proteles have convinced me that it
should be included within one family along with the Hyzenas; and
Professor Flower, in his paper on the anatomy of Proteles, concludes *
by saying that, though still “inclined” to retain it in a distinct
family, yet his examination of its soft parts shows its affinities
with the Hyzenas “are closer than the examination of the skull
alone led” him “to suppose.”’ I would, however, while merging it in
the Hysena family, yet retain it as the type of a distinct subfamily of
the Hyenide.
If my views are correct, then the suborder Aluroidea will consist
of three families—(1) the Felide, (2) the Viverride, and (3) the
Hyenide.
As to the first of these families, it is evidently impossible to group
any of its existing forms in distinct subfamilies. Indeed, in a recent
careful study of the Felide, I have been quite unable to find satisfac-
tory characters whereby to divide that family into more than the
two genera Felis and Cynelurus.
* P.Z.8. 1869, p. 5. ° P. Z.8. 1848, p. 82. 3 P, ZS. 1869, p. 406.
1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. 141
It has been proposed to separate off as a distinct genus the Cats
with a vertical pupil and an orbit inclosed behind by bone, and to
divide the round-pupilled Cats into two genera, according to the
presence or absence of a first upper premolar.
These characters do not appear to me capable of serving as marks
of generic distinctness. Some Cats—as F. macrocelis, F. serval, and
F. chaus—are described as having a pupil neither round nor linear
when contracted, but oblong; and while in most of the smaller Cats
in which the point has been ascertained the pupil is linear, in some,
as F. eyra, it is round. The length of the postorbital processes
varies even in the same species, and much more in forms which must
be connected as close allies; while the morphologically second upper
premolar may also be present or absent in the same species, as in
F. scripta, F. pajeros, and others, while in J’. planiceps it is large
and two-rooted. In the skull of an old Lion’ I have found the
upper two molars not only absent, but every trace of their alveoli
also. The ears of the Lynxes are pencilled, but those of F. chaus,
F. ornata, and F. caudata are more or less pencilled likewise. The
Lion stands alone with its large mane (though the Ounce has a
small one), and the Tiger is distinguished from every other Cat by its
stripes ; but these no one would take to be generic distinctions.
We might indeed separate off the Lion, Puma, Jaguar, Eyra, F.
aurata, F. planiceps, F. badia, and F. rutila as Cats of a uniform
colour, neither spotted nor striped when adult. The group, how-
ever, would not be a natural one. Similarly, we might associate
together the most distinctly spotted Cats, while distinguishing others
(as F'. marmorata, F. macrocelis, F. megalotis, F'. paeros, F. cali-
gata, F. manul, F. neglecta, F. torquata, and F. catus) as rather
* clouded” than “spotted.” Almost every transition, however,
exists between the spotted and clouded Cats, and some spotted forms
occasionally have their spots very slightly marked; so that generic
distinctions reposing on any such characters would be most futile.
It is not the object of this paper to define species ; nevertheless
the question as to the distinctness of certain of them will have to be
occasionally considered. I may therefore perhaps be excused for
remarking that I have examined a large quantity of skins of the
Lynxes known as F. borealis, F. canadensis, F. rufa, and F. macu-
lata, and found amongst them so very many intermediate conditions
as to both coloration (ground-colour and markings) and length of
fur, that I cannot but regard them as forming but a single species.
This opinion is also confirmed by the close resemblance which exists
between their skulls.
As to the Lynx F. isabellina, I was at first inclined to regard it as
a good species ; but Dr. Scully has very kindly allowed me to examine
the skins obtained by him in Central Asia, and amongst them is
one intermediate in coloration between the F’. isabellina of the
British Museum and certain specimens of the Northern Lynx. The
Pardine Lynx (F. pardina) 1 am disposed to regard as a distinct
species on account of the form of its skull. When the skull is seen
1 No. 4504 in the museum of the Royal College of Surgeons.
142 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [Feb. 7,
in profile, it differs from the skulls of the varieties F. borealis, F.
canadensis, F. rufa, and F. maculata in that the part between the
orbits is more raised and convex, and the nasal bones extend back-
wards beyond the nasal processes of the maxille.
Considering the length of time during which we have had power
in India, it is remarkable that our collection of Indian Cats should
be so imperfect as it is. I am, however, not without the hope of
being hereafter able to exhibit here a new collection of the skins and
crania of these animals. The species known as F. dengalensis espe-
cially requires investigation, as, if its range of variation both in size
and markings is not very extensive, several distinct species must be
included under that name.
Amongst African Cats that described by Lesson’ under the name
F. senegalensis was probably but a young Serval. There is unfor-
tunately no specimen of it in the Paris Museum ; and the type was a
cat living at the hospital of Rochefort-sur-Mer. We have as yet, so
far as I know, no specimen of F’, colocollo in this country ; and we much
need more skins and skulls from America to help us to determine
the value of the forms distinguished as F. tigrine, F. mitis, and F.
macroura.
The second Ailuroid family, the Viverride, presents a great con-
trast to the first in the great variety of the forms it contains. In-
stead of being unable to divide it into subfamilies, the difficulty is to
avoid making too many. Two subfamilies, Viverrine and Herpes-
tine, must, I think, be instituted for the Viverrine and Herpestine
sections of the group. In the former must stand Viverra, Viverri-
cula, Fossa, Genetta, Prionodon, Poiana, Paradoxurus, Arctogale,
and Hemigalea. In the latter I would place Herpestes, Helogale,
Cynictis, Bdeogale, Rhinogale, Crossarchus, and Suricata.
As to Nandinia, Arctictis, and Cynogale, arguments are by no
means wanting in favour of the erection of each of these three genera
into a distinct subfamily. I hesitate, however, so far to multiply
groups of that rank ; and I would retain them all, at least provision-
ally, amongst the Viverrine.
The genera of this subfamily seem to group themselves in two sets
(as was indicated by Mr. Turner *), one set being that of the Civets,
the other that of the Paradoxures, as follows :—
A. Viverra, Viverricula, Fossa, Genetta, Prionodon, and Poiana,
B. Paradoxurus, Arctogale, Arctictis, Hemigalea, Nandinia, and
Cynogale.
_ The subfamily Herpestine seems divisible into two sets—one (A)
including Herpestes, Helogale, and Cynictis ; while the second set (B)
will comprise Crossarchus and Suricata. 1 cannot certainly deter-
mine to which set Bdeogale and Rhinogale should belong till more
of their anatomy is known.
It is to the latter set that I regard the Hyenide as specially
allied, while Cryptoprocta (in spite of its claws and dentition) seems
Guérin’s Mag. de Zool, 1889, t. x. (Mammiféres).
2 P, Z.S. 1848, p. 87.
1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA, 143
to me to be not improbably a much modified relative of the first
Herpestine series of genera.
There remain the curious Madagascar Viverrines known as Gali-
dictis, Galidia, and Eupleres. I thinkit better not to include these
in either of the foregoing subfamilies, in spite of their greater
affinity to the Herpestine than to the Viverrine; while Galidia
olivacea and G. concolor seem to me to merit generic distinction, the
former being the type of a distinct genus, Hemigalidia. The last,
with Galidia and Galidictis, I would include in a separate sub-
family, Galidictine, with which the singularly aberrant Eupleres
seems to me to be nearly allied; yet, on account of its aberrant cha-
racters, I would keep it separate in a special subfamily, the Euple-
rine.
According to this view, the Mluroid forms will be grouped as
follows :—
Suborder HZ LUROIDEA.
Fam. I, Fevip#.
Genera: Felis, Cynelurus.
Fam. II. VivERRID&.
Subfam. 1. VivERRIN&.
Genera:—A. Viverra, Viverricula, Fossa, Genetta, Priono-
don, Poiana.
B. Paradocurus, Arctogale, Hemigalea, Arctictis,
Nandinia.
C. Cynogale.
Subfam. 2. GALIDICTIN#.
Genera: Galidictis, Galidia, Hemigalidia.
Subfam. 3. EvpLerin&.
Genus: Hupleres.
Subfam. 4. CryProPROCcTINa.
Genus: Cryptoprocta.
Subfam. 5. HerprstTin=.
Genera:—A. Herpestes, Helogale, Cynictis, (Bdeogale?,)
(Rhinogale ?)
B. Crossarchus, Suricata.
Fam. II]. Hyanip#.
Subfam. 1. PrRoTeLINz.
Genus: Proteles.
Subfam. 2. Hyanin2&.
Genera: Hyena, Crocuta.
144 PROF, ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE HLUROIDEA. [Feb. 7,
The distinctive characters of the Felide are :—
(1) There is a short pollex with a claw not, or hardly, reaching to
distal end of metacarpal of index.
(2) The hallnx is only represented by a rudimentary metatarsa
bone.
(3) The ungual phalanges are greatly arched, with a wide lamina
to shelter the base of the claw.
(4) The claws are greatly arched, sharply pointed, and, except in
Cynelurus, completely retractile.
(5) The auditory bulla is much inflated, smooth, and rounded,
but hardly shows any external sign of division into two
chambers.
(6) The bulla is more prominent towards its inner than towards
its hinder border.
(7) There is an almost complete bony septum between the two
chambers of the bulla, which are one behind the other.
(8) The bony meatus auditorius is short and neither produced
anteriorly nor inferiorly; neither is it imperfectly ossified
below.
(9) There is no carotid foramen anywhere visible on the surface
of the basis crauii.
(10) There is no alisphenoid canal.
(11) The palatine foramina are situated in the hinder half of the
palate.
P.1
(12) —~ands>5
; 2
(13) There is no lower tubercular molar, no 57-3, and no =
are not developed *.
(14) *£* is always very small and transversely extended.
(15) The antero-external cusp of ee fairly developed, but is
much smaller than the two others.
(16) 5; has hardly any talon.
(17) The outer incisors but little exceed the middle ones in size.
(18) Humerus with a supracondyloid foramen.
(19) Bone of penis small.
(20) The ears not very long, erect and pointed.
(21) Tarsus and metatarsus hairy.
(22) One small plantar pad, and one beneath each digit.
(23) The anus docs not open into a saccular depression.
(24) Two anal glands only.
(25) No prescrotal glands.
(26) Always a more or less small caecum.
(27) Many very hard, horny, sharp-pointed, conical papillee on
the dorsum of the tongue.
(28) Hippocampal gyrus not” completely separated from the autero-
1 The mandible of a Tiger with =. killed in British Burmah, is described
and figured by B. A. Lydekker in the Journ. Asiat. Soc. Beng. vol. xlvii. (1878),
p. 2, plate ii.
So far as I have had an opportunity of examining.
1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. 145
internal portion of the superior lateral gyrus, which is behind
the cranial sulcus, by any continuation forwards of the cal-
loso-marginal sulcus to join the crucial sulcus.
(29) Angle of mandible not greatly flattened beneath, and coronoid
process high and inclined backwards.
(30) Proportional length of limbs considerable.
(31) Muzzle short compared with cranial length.
(32) Dentition extremely sectorial.
(33) Tail long, moderate, or extremely short.
(34) Clitoris never traversed by urogenital canal.
(35) Dorsal vertebree thirteen.
(36) Postorbital processes more or less strongly developed, some-
times enclosing orbits by a bony circle.
(37) Paroccipital processes not depending, or else only slightly
projecting, as a rough tubercle beyond the bulla.
(38) Mastoid rather prominent.
(39) No carotid foramen perforates or notches the sphenoid.
(40) Nose and upper lip medianly grooved.
(41) Palate very little or but moderately produced beyond last
molars.
(42) Pterygoid fossa very small.
(43) Size of species generally moderate, never very small, some-
times very large—the largest of the Mluroidea.
Of the genera of existing Felide, Cynelurus is distinguished from
Felis by its imperfectly retractile claws and the rudimentary con-
dition of the internal cusp of P.4 The characters of the Viverride
and Hyenide will be given after a brief review of the genera com-
posing those two families.
The typical genus Viverra seems to include four species—(1) V.
civetta (from Fernando Po, Sierra Leone, and Abyssinia), (2) V.
zibetha (from India, China, and Penang), V7. tangalunga (from
Malacca, Borneo, Sumatra, Luzon, and the Negros and Philippine
Islands), and V. megaspila (from Malacca, Saigon, and Lower
Cochin China).
The anatomy of this anciently-known genus has been described *
by Perrault in a paper entitled ‘Description anatomique de deux
Civettes,”’ in the ‘Memoirs’ of the Academy of Sciences of Paris,
vol. iii. (1611-1699), with two plates reproduced in a work published
by Fierre Mortier, of Amsterdam, in 1736, and entitled ‘ Mémoires
pour servir 4 histoire naturelle des Animaux et des Plantes.’
Therein is given a tolerable figure of the external form of the Civet,
and representations of the scent-pouch and glands of both sexes,
1 See also Castellus, ‘Hyena odorifera, vulgo Civetta, Messonx, 1638; Bar-
tholin, “ Anatome Civettz s. Hyene odorifere,’ in Hist. Anat. Cent. iv. 1657,
Pp. 199-213; Méry (Jean), “Observations sur les canaux lactiféres de la
ivette,” in Mém. Acad. Sc. de Paris, 1666-1699 ; Morand, “ Nouvelles obser-
vations sur le sac et le parfum de la Civette” (with a plate), Mém. Acad. Se.
de Paris, 1728; and De la Peyronie, “ Description d’un animal connu sous le
nom de Muse (Viverra),” with four plates, Mém. Acad. Se. de Paris, 1731,
pp. 443-464.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.— 1882, No. X. 10
146 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [Feb. 7,
with (for the period) a very full account of the structure of the
animal. The Civet and Zibet are well figured and described by
Daubenton in Buffon’s ‘ Histoire Naturelle,’ vol. ix. pp. 299-342,
pls. 31 to 35. Anatomical notes on these animals are also given by
John Hunter, pp. 51-55 of vol. ii. of his ‘ Essays and Observations,’
collected and published by Professor Owen in 1861. A few notes
‘On the Internal Viscera of Viverra melanurus”’ have also been pub-
lished by Hodgson in the ‘Caleutta Journal of Natural History,’
vol. ii. (1842) p. 56. Recently an account of the anatomy of the
Civet, with one plate, has been published by Dr. J. Chatin in the
Ann. des Sc. Naturelles, (5th series) vol. xvii. (1873), plate xxiii.,
wherein the heart and great vessels, the stomach and liver, and the
cecum are represented. Lastly, we have in vol. xix. (1874) of the
same work a paper by the same author on the “ glandes odorantes
des Mammiféres,” wherein the scent and anal glands of the Civet and
Zibet are described and figured (pls. i. and ii. figs. 1-18), and notes
are added concerning Viverra tangalunga. The external form of
the Civet ond of the Zibet are given in F. Cuvier’s Mamm. vol. ii.
The skeleton of the Civet is represented on plate iv. of De Blainville’s
‘Ostéographie’ (Viverra), and the skull and dentition of the Civet
and Zibet on his plates viii. and xii. ; details of the axial and visceral
skeleton on plate ix.; and the distal part of the Zibet’s humerus on
pl. x.
All the four species of Viverra agree in having a more or less
white throat with transverse, curved, black bands ; all have the tarsus
and metatarsus hairy beneath, as in the Felide ; all have the back
with more or Jess elongate hair; and all are of large size, the head
and body being from about 76" to 92", and the tail from about
31" to 43". V. tangalunga is the smallest species, and has been
confounded with V. megaspila; but the distinctions between the
two species have been pointed out by Dr. Giiuther in the Proc. Zool.
Soc. 1876 (pp. 427, 428), wherein is a good representation of V.
megaspila in both the adult and young condition. The young in
this genus seem to be always darker than the adults. The young
Civet (judging from a skin in the British Museum) is almost black,
with a black tail (whitish beneath its root), and with a greyish
mottling on the flanks and outside the thighs, greyish belly, and
with white marks on the cheeks, upper lip, inside of ears, underside
of throat, and side of the neck!. I have not seen the skull of V.
meyaspila; but, assuming that it closely resembles those of the other
species, it may be said that in Viverra the auditory bulla is divided
by a distinct groove into a small anterior part and a much larger
and more inflated posterior portion. There is an internal septum (as
in Felis). There is a distinct alisphenoid canal. The paroccipital
process depends below the bulla, to which it isapplied. The external
cpening of the auditory meatus is large and rounded ; it is rather its
} Hodgson, in the ‘ Caleutta Journal of Nat. Hist.’ vol. ii. (1842) p. 55, says
that the eyes of the young are open when less than a week old; also that the
adults wander about singly and eat small mammals, birds, reptiles, and insects,
and some roots.
1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. 147
hinder than its anterior margin which projects most outwards. The
carotid artery passes through a distinct canal between the bulla and
basisphenoid, the hinder end of which appears as a conspicuous fora-
men situated a little in front of the middle of the inner border of
the auditory bulla.
The orbit is never enclosed by bone; nor is the mastoid at all
prominent. The lower margin of the hinder part of the mandible
is very concave. The angle of the mandible is long, slender, and
backwardly projecting; its coronoid process is not very high or
backwardly projecting compared with that of Felis. There isa 5-5
. Pan M.2 : ‘
and an ;;5- ‘There is alsoa ——and an —, 7; is of large size.
P+ has a well-developed internal tubercle. The tongue is devoid of
horny papillee or of any patch of conspicuously enlarged papillz on
the anterior part of its dorsum. There is a small conical cecum.
There is a pair of anal glands. There is also a pair of medianly-
adjoining scent-glands placed between the penis and testes, or in
the analogous position in the female. Their secretion escapes by a
number of minute orifices into a large sac, the external aperture of
which appears as an antero-posteriorly extended slit simulating a
large vaginal aperture.
The genus Viverra differs from all the Felide in that
(1) The ungual phalanges are less arched, and the bony lamina
for sheltering the base of the claw is relatively less deep.
(2) The claws are less arched and less perfectly retractile.
(3) The auditory bulla, being ossified, shows external signs of its
complete internal division into two chambers.
(4) There is a conspicuous carotid foramen on the inner side of
the bulla, which is most prominent posteriorly.
(5) The palatine foramina are situated on the anterior half of the
palate.
(6) There is a 5-5 and also an 55.
(7) ™* is largely developed.
(8) sj has a distinct talon.
(9) The ears are not very long, erect, pointed, or tufted.
(10) There are no horny, sharp-pointed, conical papille on the
dorsum of the tongue.
(11) The hippocampal gyrus is completely separated off from the
lateral gyrus by the continuation of the calloso-marginal
sulcus forwards to the crucial sulcus.
(12) The coronoid process of the mandible is less lofty relatively and
less backwardly produced. ‘
(13) The proportional length of the limbs to the body is shorter
than even in Felis eyra.
(14) The muzzle is longer in proportion to the cranium.
The genus Viverra also differs from the Felide in that
(15) There is a distinct hallux with a claw.
(16) There is an alisphenoid canal.
10*
148 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. — [Feb. 7,
(17) There is a =.
(18) There are prescrotal scent-glands.
The genus agrees with the Felide in that
(19) There is a short pollex.
(20) The ungual phalanges are arched to a certain considerable
extent.
(21) The claws are arched, sharp-pointed, and somewhat retractile.
(22) The bony auditory meatus is not produced anteriorly or in-
feriorly, neither is it imperfectly ossified below.
(23) The humerus has a supracondyloid foramen.
(24) The tarsus and metatarsus are entirely hairy.
(25) There is one plantar pad and another beneath each digit.
(26) The anus does not open into a saccular depression.
(27) There are two anal glands only.
(28) There isa small cecum. — -
As further characters may be noted that
(29) Rather the posterior than the anterior margin of the external
auditory meatus projects the more.
(30) The orbits are not enclosed by bone.
(31) There is no conspicuous foramen on the basis cranii by which
the carotid perforating or notching the sphenoid shall re-enter
the cranium.
(32) The hinder chamber of the bulla is not everted so as to be
external as well as posterior to its anterior chamber.
(33) The palate is not much produced beyond the hinder molars.
(34) The mandibular angle is not everted.
(35) The mastoid is not prominent.
(36) The paroccipital process depends below the bulla, to which it
is applied.
(37) The opening of the auditory meatus is rather large and not
triangular.
(38) The bulla is narrower in front than behind.
(39) It is not much laterally compressed.
(40) The skull is not greatly constricted behind the postorbital
processes of the frontal.
(41) The pollex and hallux reach to the end of the adjacent mid-
hand bones.
(42) The scent-glands open into a deep prescrotal pouch or sac.
(43) The median part of the back is marked with black.
(44) The nose exhibits a median antero-posterior groove on its
under surface and on the upper lip.
(45) There is an 2,
(46) 5-5 is not minute.
(47) The dentition is markedly sectorial.
(48) Hinder part of palate not inclined strongly upwards.
(49) Hinder part of alveolar border of mandible not everted.
(50) Teeth not very small.
(51) No notch in alveolar border of maxilla to receive apex of p>
1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. 149
(52) There is no plate-like process on the outer side of the radius.
(53) There is no oval patch of conspicuously-enlarged papille on
the dorsum of the anterior part of the tongue.
(54) Ascending ramus of mandible not flattened beneath.
(55) Tail long.
(56) Anterior premolars not greatly elongated.
The next genus comprises only the Rasse, for which the genus
Viverricula has been instituted’ by Hodgson, who says that it
differs from species of the genus Viverra, which never climb, by its
seansorial habit. It is also distinguishable from Viverra by its
smaller size, smaller snout, and by a very small bald spot on the tibial
side of the plantar pad, noticed by Gray *and figured by Hodgson *.
The alisphenoid canal is almost always absent; the bulla is, as
Professor Flower says*, “large, as wide in front as behind, much
elongated, narrow, and compressed laterally. The anterior chamber
is rather more developed, and less distinctly marked from the pos-
terior.” The postorbital processes are longer than in Viverra; and
the skull is greatly compressed behind them. The paroccipital
process does not depend below the bulla. The pollex and hallux
are shorter, not reaching to the distal end of the adjoining meta-
tarsal and metacarpal. The character of the dentition is inter-
mediate between that of Viverra and that of Genetta. 4-5 may have
only three cusps. The Rasse has a most extensive geographical
distribution, having been obtained in China, Foochow, Formosa,
Amoy, Gangootra, Camboja, Singapore, Nepal, Madras, Ceylon,
Penang, Java, Lombok, Bombay, Socotra, Madagascar, and also
from the Comoro Island Anjuan’.
The Rasse has been described at length, and many interesting details
concerning it given, by Horsfield in his ‘Zoological Researches in Java’
(1824), witha figure of its external form, representations of which will
be found in F. Cuvier’s ‘ Mammiféres,’ vol. ii.; also in Sonnerat’s
‘Voyage,’ vol. ii. p. 144, pl. 91; andin Pollen’s ‘ Faunede Madagascar,’
p- 16, pl. 10. Its dentition, both immature and adult, is given on plate
xii. of De Blainville’s ‘Ostéographie ’ (Viverra). Its foot-pads are
represented by Hodgson, Calcutta Journal of Natural Hist. (1842),
vol. ii. pl. 1. fig. iv. As might be expected from its wide distribution,
the Rasse varies greatly in colour and markings, similarly coloured
varieties coming from widely separated localities. There is in the
1 Journal of Asiat. Soc. of Bengal (1841), vol. x. part 2, p. 909. See also
Gray, P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 513, and Brit. Mus. Cat. of Carnivora (1869), p. 47.
? Brit. Mus. Cat. p. 47.
> Calcutta Journal of Nat. Hist. (1842), vol ii. pl. 1. fig. iv.
4 P.Z.S8. 1869, p. 18.
® The animal from this island has been described and figured by Dr.
Peters in his ‘Mossambique.’ Dr. Gray threw out the suggestion that this indi-
vidual might be of the genus Fossa; but Dr. Peters has been kind enough to
inform me that such is not the case, but that it is identical with Pollen’s Viverra
schlegeli, which appears to me to be a variety of the widely diffused Viverricula
malaccensis. Dr. Peters remarks to me :—“ If not identical with, it is very near
that species.”
150 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE EZLUROIDEA. [Feb. 7,
British Museum a light-yellow skin from Candy, and one from
Nepal, which is but little darker. Generally the ground-colour is
greyish, brownish, or yellowish, and there is a tendency to the
development of black bands on the middle of the back and loins,
black spots on the flanks, and rings on the tail. The young are very
dark, but not so much so as are the young Civets, and they also
want the white markings of the latter. The scent-gland is
formed as in Viverra. Length of head and body about 61", of
tail about 38”.
The genus Viverricula agrees, then, with the genus Viverra in all
the characters before enumerated, except numbers 16, 24, 36, 38,
39, 40, and 41.
The genus Fossa is represented in the national collection by
four skins, two skulls, and a skeleton. ‘The genus was instituted by
Dr. Gray * on the strength of Daubenton’s description ; and though
it seems nearly allied to the Rasse, its generic distinctness should,
I think, be maintained, at least till its anatomy is more fully known,
especially that of its glandular structures. I could not find evidence
of a scent-pouch in the British-Museum skins. Neither could
Daubenton in his specimen; and M. Poivre (who sent Buffon the
stuffed skin described in his work) wrote on the subject as follows :—
“ La Fossane que j’aiapportée de Madagascar, est un animal qui a les
meeurs de notre fouine ; les habitans de Vile m’ont assuré que la
fossane male étant en chaleur, ses parties avoient une forte odeur
de muse. Lorsque j’ai fait empaillé celle qui est au Jardin du Roi,
je Vexaminai attentivement, je n’y découvris aucune poche, et je
ne lui trouvai aucune odeur de parfum.’ Not improbably there are
some subcutaneous scent-glands, but no pouch or even deep cuta-
neous fold in connexion with them.
The limbs are slender; and there are the very small bald places
(to which Mr. Oldfield Thomas was kind enough to call my attention)
beneath the hind foot. One of these is a little above the plantar
pad, very near the small hallux (the claw of which may be wanting
in the adult), and the other beneath the distal part of the tarsus,
slightly nearer to the peroneal margin of the limb. Another note-
worthy character is the absence of any median dark mark on the
back. The adult may be very little striped or spotted, with only
some spots on the flanks and some obscure stripes on the shoulders ;
but the young is very distinctly striped; yet even in the young
there is no median dorsal stripe, but the central portion of the back
is of the general ground-colour, bounded by two rows of small
irregular spots, external to which are three strongly marked longi-
tudinal stripes on each side. The black throat-bands (which exist
in Viverra) are entirely absent. The tail is spotted, the spots
tending to form, but not actually forming, rings.
The length of the head and body is about 43'"2, that of the tail
20''3.
The Fossa is only known as an inhabitant of Madagascar. Its
exterhal form is figured, and the animal is described, in Buffon, vol.
1 P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 518.
1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. 151
xiii. p. 163, pl. 21. It is also described and well-figured by Dr.
Gray, in Proe. Zool. Soc. 1872, p. 869, pl. 74, with a woodcut
of the skull, which is long and narrow, approaching Viverricula in
this respect.
The bulla is shaped much as in Viverra; there is a distinct ali-
sphenoid canal; the paroccipital process depends a little below the
bulla. There is, on the skull, a deep antero-posteriorly directed groove
along the middle of the dorsum of the forehead and muzzle. The
Plantar surface of left pes of Fossa.
1. Small pad adjacent to hallux; 2. Ditto beneath distal part of tarsus.
postorbital processes are not so elongated as in Viverricula. The teeth
closely resemble those of Viverra; but the talon of 4771s rather smaller;
ar has five cusps, three in front and two behind. Fossa therefore
agrees with Viverra in all the characters of the latter genus before
enumerated, except sometimes No. 15, possibly No. 18, and cer-
tainly Nos. 24, 38, 39, 40, 42, & 43.
The genus Genetta consists apparently of five species, distributed
152 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE £ZLUROIDEA. [Feb. 7,
as follows :—G. vulgaris (from the south of France, Spain, North
Africa, and Western Asia at Mount Carmel), G. felina (from
South Africa, including the Cape), G. senegalensis (from Africa,
East, West, and North), G. ¢igrina (from South Africa, Abyssinia,
and Whydah), and G. pardina (from West Africa and Fernando
Po).
Thus the genus is essentially African, sending one species on to
Fig. 3.
Pads of Genetta tigrina. ;
A. Palmar surface of left manus; B. Plantar surface of left pes.
Europe and Western Asia; while Viverra is mainly Asiatic, but
has one species exclusively African. In Viverricula and Genetta
vulgaris we have the only species common to Asia and Africa.
The two groups the Civets and Genets certainly merit to rank
as distinct genera; for, in addition to uniformly smaller size and the
distinction of geographical range of the latter, they have certain
distinctive cranial, dental, and external characters. Thus, instead
1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE £ZLUROIDEA. 153
of the tarsus and metatarsus being hairy as in Viverra and Viver-
ricula, or with the small bald spots as in Fossa, there is a long,
narrow bald strip of skin running up beneath the median part
of the metatarsus, towards or to the tarsus. This bald strip,
however, is separated from the plantar pad by an intervening hairy
‘portion ; and the toes are hairy beneath at the sides. A hairy patch
in the manus also separates the proximal part of the palmar pad from
its distal portion. All the Genets are of a brownish-yellowish or
greyish tint, with black or brown spots on the flanks, and a black
line in the middle of the back (thus differing from Fossa). There
are brown or black stripes behind the ears, extending downwards
and backwards over the shoulders. The paws are blackish or
whitish ; the belly is light-coloured with a few spots; and there
is a lightish patch over the eye, and a white spot beneath the eye,
separated by a black mark from another white spot beside the nose.
The tail is ringed with black. :
The characters of skull and teeth by which the Genets differ from
the Civets and the relations of this kind presented by Viverricula
and Fossa are as follows :—
The auditory bulla in Genetta is not so triangular in form as in
Viverra, but more equal in width anteriorly and posteriorly, as we
have seen to be the case in Viverricula (where it is also more
laterally compressed) ; but in Genetta the anterior part is more
swollen and bullate. The alisphenoid canal is constantly present in
Genetta, but is small in calibre. In both Genetta and Viverricula
the auditory opening is relatively larger than in Civetta. The par-
occipital process, which descends down below the bulla, is a depending
process in Viverra', and slightly so in Genetta, but does not so extend
at allin Viverricula. In the last named the skull is extremely com-
pressed behind the postorbital processes, its breadth there being
to the total cranial length as but 11°5 to 100, instead of 14°1 as in
the Civet, 14°4 as in Fossa, and 18°7 as in Genetta.
Tn all the four genera Viverra, Viverricula, Fossa, and Genetta
the alisphenoid canal is generally (even in Viverricula when it is
present) long, its hinder opening being often in close proxmity to
the foramen ovale, the opening of that foramen and the hinder
aperture of the alisphenoid canal appearing respectively at the hinder
and anterior ends of a common depression in the cranial surface.
The teeth of Genetta? differ from those of Viverra in that “?
1 Very slightly so in V. tangalunga.
2 As Genetta appears to be (at least after Prionodon) the genus of existing
Viverride which comes nearest to the Felide, it may not be useless to denote
precisely the differences between the permanent and milk deutitions of the
Genet and the Cat.
Tn the Genet the outermost upper incisors are larger in proportion to the
innermost (length as 3 to 2). Hach outermost lower incisor has a bilobed
crown with nearly equal lobes. ‘The canines are relatively shorter, not longi-
tudinally furrowed. The upper canine compared with the base (¢. ¢. with the
interval between the basion and ovalion) taken at 100, is 46-1 in the Cat, 42°8 in
the Genet. By “ovalion” I mean the centre of a horizontal line connecting
the hindmost points of the margins of the oval foramina,
154 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [Feb. 7,
is (in general, but not in V. tangalunga) relatively larger and more
obtusely triangular or even nearly quadrangular, and is more nearly
equal in size with the tooth in front of it ; M1} has a relatively larger
The following teeth, which are absent in the Cat, are present in the Genet :—
P.1.M-2 P.l Pp. 2 c ,
PuP2Ms P12 one-rooted. The second upper premolar, ——, which is
: ‘ “ BES F
one-rooted in the Cat, is two-rooted, as is also or DL has its crown more
triangular than the Cat’s, the heel (or talon) being smaller. 5-3 is much like
that of the Cat. The upper sectorial P.4 differs from the Cat's in that its
anterior outer cusp is smaller, its third outer cusp, or talon, distinctly bilobed,
and its inner cusp larger and more produced from the general surface of
the tooth. The homologous lower tooth, 5, is very like that of the Cat.
The first upper molar ear very much larger than that of the Cat ; its antero-
posterior extent compared with that of P. 4 taken at 100, is in the Genet 37:5,
in the Cat, at most, only 30-0; its transverse diameter compared with that of
P. 44 ken at 100 is in the Genet 140-0, in the Cat only 80:0. Moreover it
has three roots instead of only two asin the Cat. Its functional surface is
trihedral and presents two outer and one inner cusp, with an external cingulum,
which is very prominent at the outer anterior angle of the tooth. Between
this and the two outer cusps is a flattened somewhat elevated (the skull having
the basis cranii upwards) surface. Mee iy shaped like ae but is very much
smaller. The lower sectorial tooth, 7-4 (the analogue, but not the homologue,
of the upper sectorial), has a much larger heel than has that of the Cat, and one
which is divided into an inner and an outer cusp. There is also a distinct
internal cusp, which is placed opposite to the principal external cusp. 47518
a much smaller tooth than 5-4, and is generally quadrate or quadricuspidate,
but may be trihedral, with two cusps in front and one behind.
Of the milk-dentition I have not seen the first upper and lower deciduous
molars. The second upper deciduous molar, ue has a rather more developed
prominence, both in front and behind the main cusp, than has the tooth which
replaces it. It is therefore very unlike that of tie Cat, which is a small simple
one-fanged tooth. The second lower grinder 5-5 is like 5—; but its talon is
larger and is distinctly divided. This tooth is not developed in the Cat.
The deciduous upper sectorial, p.3 , agrees with that of the Cat in being quite
unlike the tooth which replaces it, and in resembling P4 Tt differs from the
permanent: sectorial (as is the case in the Cat) in that the inner cusp is re-
latively smaller and nearer to the antero-posterior middle of the tooth. A
slight ridge extends from this inner cusp to the anterior cusp; and on this
ridge a very small fourth cusp is developed. The homologous lower tooth
D3 is like Py but has a relatively larger talon, thus resembiing the Cat’s Ee
he hindmost upper milk-molar oe quite like M.1 though not nearly so
antero-posteriorly extended as is the deciduous upper sectorial ; it is (as in the
Cat) larger in relation to it than is P.4 to M1 he inferior deciduous
sectorial 5— is quite like ;-7, except that the antero-exterior cusp is much
smaller than that immediately behind it. In this difference it agrees with the
Cat’s Bat but it has not that excess of talon compared with which pa has
1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. 155
internal portion, while in both a and an the talon is larger, that
of xo (if not that of ;— also) bearing three small cusps’.
arp 18 quadricuspidate, and may be quinquecuspidate. The milk-
teeth of Viverra differ from those of Genetta in that D-? has a less
Milk-teeth of Viverra civetta, No. 4265, from Coll. Surg.
A. Grinding-surface of teeth of right side of upper jaw. B. Side view of teeth
of upper jaw. C. Ditto of those of lower jaw. D. Grinding-surface of
lower jaw.
developed prominence in front of the maia cusp ; D:3 is less extended
antero-posteriorly in proportion to its transverse diameter ; it has its
posterior lobe smaller and undivided, and has a more strongly
developed ridge running from the inner to the anterior cusp, with
in the Cat. The proportion borne by the length of the upper molar series com-
pared with the base at 100, is in the Genet 128°5, in the Cat 88°4. The length
from the front of the lower canine to the hinder side of vane compared with
the length from the canine to the hinder surface of the mandibular angle at
100, isin the Genet 63°6, in the Cat 50-7.
1 Well shown in Viverra zibetha, pl. xii. of De Blainyille’s ‘ Ostéographie’ of
the Viverras.
156 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [Feb. 7,
the accessory tubercle on that ridge larger ; D4 is the largest
deciduous tooth, and nearly as extended antero-posteriorly as is the
D-3 . finally, poz bas a larger talon, which by itself constitutes nearly
half the tooth.
The external form of the Genet is figured by Buffon, and three
kinds (‘de Barbarie,” “de Sénégal,” and ‘ panthérine’’) by
F. Cuvier in his ‘ Planches des Mamm.’ De Blainville (Ostéogra-
hie,’ Viverra) gives the skull (plate viii.), details of the axial
skeleton (plate ix.), and of the appendicular sketeton (plates x.
and xi.).
A very important difference between Genetta and Viverra consists
in the absence in the former of the pouch or sac for storing the
Fig. 5.
External appearance of cutaneous folds related to the prescrotal
scent-glands of the female of Genetia tugrina.
a. Anus. a.g. Needles inserted into the aperture of the two anal glands.
9, 9°, 9°. Folds of scent-gland. . v.. Vagina.
secretion of the scent-gland. Instead of this I found, in a female
Genetta tigrina, only a shallow cutaneous fold or longitudinal median
depression. This groove or fold extended from the small orifice of
the vagina towards, but not nearly to, the anus. From this median
superficial depression two longitudinal grooves extended forwards
and outwards on either side, whereof the two posterior were the
larger. Beneath these grooves were two scent-glands, the product
of which could be forced (by squeezing) through a multitude of
minute pores into the depressed parts of the folds—the hinder
rather than the anterior of the two pairs of diverging ones. Similar
glands and folds were found by M. Chatin in the male of Genetta.
1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ALUROIDEA: 157
senegalensis, and have been described and figured by him in the
Ann. des. Se. Naturelles, 5° sér. vol. xix. (1874) pl. iii. fig. 14.
These glands were described and figured by Daubenton in Buffon’s
Hist. Nat. vol. ix. p. 343, pls. 36-40. Therein the Genet dissected
(a female) is described as having a distinct orifice at the bottom of
each lateral depression, leading thence into the interior of the gland ;
but such is certainly not the case in my G. tigrina, any more than
in Chatin’s G. senegalensis, in both of which the secretion had
only a multitude of minute pores through which to exude.
The genus Genetta agrees with Viverra in all the characters of
the latter before enumerated, except Nos. 24, 38, and 42; and there
are, besides, the differences in size and markings and in the more
inflated condition of the anterior part of the bulla.
The beautiful Viverrine animals known as the Linsangs differ
from the foregoing forms sufficiently to warrant their separation as
members of the genus Prionodon, which may be said to have been first
instituted by Horsfield, since in his ‘ Zoological Researches’ (1824) he
proposed for it the term Prionodontide to denote a subdivision of the
genus Felis. He there describes it under the name of Felis gracilis",
and gives a representation of its external form, and also separate
figures of its head, dentition, and paw. Hodgson, in the 2nd part
of the 2nd volume (1842) of the ‘Calcutta Journal of Natural
History,’ p. 57, plate 1, describes a so-called second species of the
genus Prionodon (P. pardicolor); and a third species, P. maculosus,
has been described by Mr. Blanford in the 2nd part of the
47th vol. of the Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal (1878),
p. 152, pl. 6 (external form) and pl. 7 (skull), the skin and skull
of which are deposited in the British Museum, and some points in
the anatomy of which I have examined.
In Prionodon the ground-colour of the coat is white or whitish
grey, with brown or black markings. The markings may form
four broad continuous patches running transversely across the
hinder part of the body; or spots may replace each continuous
patch. The tail is ringed ; and there are dark streaks on the neck
and shoulders. P. gracilis is from Borneo, Java, and Singapore ;
P. pardicolor from Nepal; and P. maculosus from Darjeeling,
Moulmain, and South Tenasserim. As to size, the length of the
head and body seems to average about 46", and that of the tail
40-5. The fur is soft, close, and erect. The limbs are rather
short. The pollex and hallux are both well developed. The claws
are almost, if not quite, as completely retractile as in the Cats.
The tarsus and metatarsus are entirely hairy, Thus in this respect,
as also in the character of the claws and the absence of = Prio-
nodon approaches Felis most closely, as Horsfield was careful to
point out. The palmar and plantar pads have a greater tendency
to break up into separate naked spaces than in Genetta; but, as
in that genus, a hairy portion intervenes between the proximal and
distal parts of the palmar pad. The pupil is circular.
1 Prionodon gracilis, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 519.
158 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [Feb. 7,
As to any scent- or prescrotal gland, Mr. Hodgson says’:—“‘ Anal
gland very apparently present, but the exact character of it not
determinable.” Horsfield records’ of Viverra, ‘‘ Folliculos glandu-
losos inter genitalia et anum;” but of Prionodon he says, “ Folliculos
supra anum nullos,” but with a note of interrogation. The specimen
Fig. 6.
Pads of Prionodon.
A. Pads of left manus. 3B. Pads of left pes.
examined by me was a male. Not only was there no opening in it
between the penis and testes, but no glandular structure in that
situation beneath the skin could be detected, either by me or by
Mr. William Pearson, who assisted me in the dissection. There
were the usual anal glands and a pair of exceedingly large Cowper’s
glands, each of them about equalling in size the whole of the bilobed
rostate.
The skull has its general shape and proportions and the form of
the auditory bulla much as in Genetta. The condyloid foramen is
exposed. The paroccipital is neither depending nor prominent, and
the mastoid no more prominent than in the Genets. There is a
long alisphenoid canal, which opens behind in a depression common
to it and to the foramen ovale. The postorbital processes are less
marked than in any hitherto; and the skull is antero-posteriorly
1 Calcutta Journal of Nat. Hist. vol. ii. part 2 (1842), p. 51.
? «Zoological Researches.’
1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA, 159
marked by a groove along the middle of the nasals, as in Fossa.
The cerebellar chamber of the cranium is very large, larger relatively
than in Viverra or Civetta. The cranial ridges are slight, the
temporal ridges not uniting to form a sagittal ridge. The ascending
ramus of the mandible has a narrower and more vertically prolonged
coronoid process than in Genetta, while the angle extends less
backwardly. The teeth’ are formed like those of the Genets, save
that there is no “2 and that £:* has rather a larger talon relatively,
while its inner cusp is situated a little more towards the anterior
end of the tooth. 3-4 has also a smaller talon than has the corre-
sponding tooth of Genetta; and ;,5 is much more minute than is the
ace of the Genets, and more laterally compressed, with two (or
three) cusps placed one in front of the other. The deciduous teeth
are like those of the Genets, save that oe seems to have its talon
hardly smaller than in the adult, and has no extra cusp on the ridge
joining the inner and anterior cusps. 5- is unlike that of Genetta.
and is quite like 5,4, except that the postero-external cusp is rather
larger compared with the anterior one, and that the talon is a trifle
smaller relatively.
Prionodon has all the characters enumerated as those of Viverra,
except Nos, 1. 2, 12, 18, 42, 45, and 46.
The genus Poiana was founded by Dr. Gray on the Genetta
poénsis described by Mr. Waterhouse *.
Its coloration is very like that of Prionodon; but the spots are
smaller and show no tendency to run into transverse bands or stripes,
except on the middle of the back of the head, and except a broad
mark on each side descending from the back of the head to above
the shoulder. The tail is ringed with dark rings, alternately broad
and narrow. The muzzle is very pointed. The length of the head
and body is about 38 inches, that of the tail 40°5 inches.
The animal comes from Sierra Leone and Fernando Po, and
differs from Prionodon not only remarkably as to geographical
distribution, but also in that it has a narrow bald line running up
towards the tarsus, as in Genetta. I have been able to find no
cranial distinctions between Poiana and Prionodon, save that in the
latter the cerebellar chamber of the cranium is smaller, and that
the coronoid process of the mandible is intermediate in form between
that of Genetta and that of Poiana.
The teeth are also quite like those of Prionodon, except that
xr is rather less laterally compressed, its three cusps being not
placed so nearly in an antero-posterior line.
Thus this animal might be considered an African Prionodon
which had acquired a Genet-like tarsus; and this determination
1 The dentition (copied from Horsfield’s plate) is given by De Blainville,
Ostéographie, Viverras, pl. 12.
2 P.Z.S. 1838, p. 59. See also P. Z.S. 1864, p. 520, and .Brit. Mus. Cat.
p. 54, fig. 8 (skull).
160 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [Feb. 7;
could be the less objected to, since I have found in Prionodon
pardicolor a tendency to a narrow prolongation upwards of the
plantar pad, which I have not found in Prionodon gracilis. I hold
them therefore distinct quite provisionally and doubtfully. As this
species seems never to have been represented, I have thought it
well to figure it now.
External form of Poiana.
The genera yet noticed (Viverra, Viverricula, Fossa, Genetta,
Prionodon, and Poiana) form a distinct and very closely allied
group, the characters of which may be most conveniently given
when the next set of forms has been passed in review.
The genus which it seems to me may best be taken next is the
large and polymorphic genus Paradozurus. It contains about a
dozen (mostly more or less imperfectly defined) species, which all
come from the Asiatic region, from China, Formosa, Nepal and
Tenasserim, to Madras, the Andaman Islands, Ceylon, Malacca,
1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE EZLUROIDEA, 161
Sumatra, Borneo, Java, and the Philippine Islands. They all
agree in having the pollex and hallux well developed, with the
metatarsus bald beneath, and also the tarsus, save beneath the heel,
where the hair extends across in an evenly curved line. The claws are
at least as sharply curved and retractile as in the Genets (cf fig. 14 B,
p- 192). The tail seems to be, at any rate in some species, slightly
prehensile.
The best description I know of the genus is in Temminck’s
‘Monographie de Mammalogie,’ vol. ii. p. 312.
As illustrations of this genus we have :—some plates in Cuvier’s
‘Mammiferes,’ vol. ii.; Ogilby, Zool. Journ. iv. tab. 35, suppl. ;
Horsfield, Zool. Research. in Java (Viverra musanga); Buffon,
Suppl. iii. pl. 47 (Genette de France) ; Gray, ‘ Indian Zoology,’ tabule
7, 8, 10, and 11; (P. ¢ypus) Otto, Nov. Act. Nat. Cur. xvii. 2,
tabule 72 & 73; Temminck, Monographie de Mammal. ii. pls. 64—
66 (skulls) ; Marsden’s ‘Sumatra,’ t. 12 (the Musang); Jacquinot &
Pucheran, Voy. au Pole Sud, Zool. iii. p. 25, pl. 6; P. Z.S. 1856,
pls. 47 & 48, and P. Z. 8.1877, pl. 71. Skull: in Brit. Mus. Cat,
(1869), pp. 67 (fig. 9), 70 (fig. 10), 71 (fig. 11); Cuvier, ‘ Plancheg
des Mammiféres,’ Le Pargouné and Paradoxure de Nubie; De Blain-
ville’s ‘ Ostéographie’ (Viverra), pl. 2 (skeleton), pl. 6 (skull), pl. 7
(skulls), pl. 9 (parts of axial skeleton and hyoid), pl. 10 (fore
limb), pl. 11 (hind limb), pl. 12 (teeth), adult and young.
In this old and well-known genus the skull is less elongated than
in Viverra. The auditory bulla is, as Prof. Flower has remarked",
shaped more like that of Viverra than that of Genetta. It is
‘‘conical, broad, and truncated behind, pointed io front, and rather
compressed at the sides, which meet in a ridge.’ The anterior part
of the bulla is very small indeed. The opening of the auditory
meatus is not large; and its hinder lip is slightly the more pro-
minent. The postorbital processes are generally (not always) rather
long and pointed ; and the skull is much pinched in laterally behind
them. The condyloid foramen is quite covered in and concealed.
The paroccipital process is depending; and the mastoid is much as
in the Civet. There is an alisphenoid canal. There is a distinct
but short carotid canal, the hinder end of which opens near the
anterior end of the inner wall of the hinder (and larger) chamber of
the bulla. The teeth, as is well known, are less sectorial in
character than are those of the genera as yet noticed ; but there are
considerable differences in different species.
On comparing the teeth of what seems to be an average specimen
of Paradocurus with those of Viverra, I find “* broader in pro-
portion to its length and less vertically extended, with a well-
developed cingulum ; P.4 with its postero-outer cusp very much
smaller and its inner cusp more massive. M-} is more quadrate, and
1 L.c.p.19. He says also:— The inner or posterior chamber presents, in
some species at least, the peculiarity of being permanently distinct and move-
able, not only from the other axial bones, but also from the tympanic portion
of the bulla.”
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1882, No. XI. ll
162 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [Feb. 7,
its inner cusp is much larger relatively ; it is Ai the largest
tooth, and has three roots. 7M? j is shaped like @ ——, but is smaller,
with two outer cusps and one large inner cusp ; it has two roots.
pa 1s broader in proportion to its length and has less talon, but a
more marked anterior tubercle. 3,5 is much broader in proportion
to its length, and itscusps are less pointed and prolonged. Its talon is
raised to the level of the front part of the tooth, and torms the tooth’s
hinder half with four small cusps arranged in a semicircle, while the
front half of the tooth bears three larger cusps, one foremost and the
other two side by side. ;,, is quinquecuspidate, with two large
cusps in front (not side by side), and three smaller ones behind
arranged in a semicircle.
Comparing tle deciduous teeth with those of Viverra, I fin
with less talon, 2® (the deciduous sectorial) with a_ relatively
smaller internal cusp and with the fourth cusp a little smaller.
This tooth is decidedly more sectorial than is the permanent sectorial
tooth, its posterior cusp being relatively larger. ?-* is much like
that of Viverra, but is rather more quadrate. 55-5 and p>, have less
talon than in the Civets. ;-; is more sectorial than ha cee
sectorial tooth, and is very like that of the Civet, except that its
talon is rather smaller and the tuberosities upon it (especially the
innermost one of them) less developed.
As examples of the considerable differences in the forms and sizes
of the teeth in different species or races, I may perhaps be permitted
to remark that the British-Museum specimen called P. macrodus
by Dr. Gray well merits its name fr° a the large size of its teeth’.
There is no skin of this species in the collection; and its habitat is
unknown. + are very small in the skulls named P. larvatus,
P. grayii, and P. lanigera in the national collection ; and they are
rather small in P. zeylanicus and P. bondar. = (the sectorial
teeth) are very sectorial in character in the forms named P. herma-
phroditus, P. bondar, and P. lanigera. They are, on the other
hand, more quadrangular and very unsectorial in form in P. macrodus,
P. nigrifrons, P. larvatus, P. grayii, P. philippensis, P. zeylanicus,
P. leucomystax, and P. fasciatus.
In the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons there is a skull
(No. 4304 s) in which = are entirely absent. It comes from Nepal.
In the British Museum there is also a skull (No. 1546), which
was purchased from et so pabaeels Society and said to have come
from Manilla, in eer = are also entirely pasar But the
Manilla skull has 2-4 and “:! Mt ! more quadrate and F:3 much thicker;
also 3,4 1s wider and ue 18 larger; and is wider and more
2
qa 22
P.4
1 P.Z.S. 1864, p. 538. M. 2
2 On the left Sie of the skull there are two small holes in the place where ——
would be were it present. These holes, however, look more like small fractures
or some pathological condition than like alveoli.
1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA, 163
cuspidate than in the College of Surgeons’ skull. Thus, if a fresh
genus were to be made for these two skulls, the two species would
differ greatly in the form of their teeth, though agreeing as to the
number. I hesitate, therefore, to separate them, not being able to
wm) ¢ A age M.2
ascertain if any external distinctions accompany the absence of 7
Though the skull from Manilla is quite adult and more ridged than
that from the College of Surgeons, yet it is much smaller than the
latter, its length being only 8'"6 instead of 9-6.
The scent-glands lie beneath the surface of a valve-like antero-
posteriorly directed cutaneous inflection, more or less naked, and
situated between the penis and the testes in the male, and analo-
gously in the female. Temminck says’, ‘‘ Le plus grand nombre
des paradoxures est muni d’un organe semblable.”” With the kind
assistance of Mr. Bartlett I have verified the existence of this pouch
in one of the Paradoxures, named P. typus, living in the Gardens ;
and I have also noted that the skin around the anus is naked. The
pupil is linear.
Thus the genus Paradovrurus has the characters before enumerated
as those of Viverra, except Nos. 6 (sometimes), 24, 45 (sometimes),
and 47. As to character 26, it is possible in some species the anus
may open into a saccular depression; but I have not observed it or
any record of its so doing. Chatin is silent as to the genus Para-
doxurus. Ido think it probable that when the species of this genus
have been well worked out, it will be found to be subdivisible into
two or more genera.
As it is, however, I can find no characters to justify the separation
of any Paradoxures into the genus Paguma of Gray; but it is
otherwise as regards Arctogale.
The genus <drctogale was instituted by Prof. Peters, but not
published by him. It was adopted from him, and published
by Dr. Gray”. The type species of the genus is described in
Temminck’s ‘ Monographies,’ vol. ii. p. 333, under the name of
Paradoxurus trivirgatus ; and he figures (pl. 63) the entire skeleton
(§ size of nature), with the skull and dentition (of the natural size).
It has been described under the same name by Gray in P. Z.S.
1832, p. 68, and by G. S. Miiller in Verhand. i. sp. 3, p. 55. Its
external form does not appear to have been figured hitherto, and
has therefore been given here. There are nine skins and three
skulls of this species in the British Museum, one skull (No. 1656 a)
being labelled Paguma stigmatica, which is really but a synonym.
Arctogale trivirgata comes from Singapore and Burmah, and
also from Java and Sumatra according to Temminck (where he says
it inhabits the mountains of from 3000 to 3500 feet elevation), and
from Tenasserim according to Blyth.
A. stiymatica is said by Temminck (‘ Esquisses Zoologiques,’
p- 121) to have been found in the south of Borneo. The size
attained is considerable, the length of the head and body being
sometimes 58-4, and that of the tail 43/2.
1 L.c.p. 313, ? P.Z.S8. 1864, p. 542; and Catalogue of Carnivora, p. 75,
ie
164 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [Feb. 7,
It is by cranial and dental characters that this genus is distin-
guishable, as was pointed out by Dr. Peters and Dr. Gray. The
palate is much more prolonged behind the last molars than in any
Paradoxure. In Paradorurus grayii (in which itis more prolonged
than iv any other Paradoxure) the first molar’s length is only 10, the
whole cranial length being taken at 100, whilei n A. ¢rivirgata it
is 12°6 or even 14°8, and in the specimen named A. stigmatica
13:0. Moreover the hinder portion inclines more or less strongly
Fig. 8.
External form of Arctogale.
upwards as it proceeds backwards, and there is a deep notch with
a semicircular or more than semicircular outline on each side of the
prolonged median portion. The hinder portion of the alveolar
border of the mandible is also singularly everted.
The teeth of Arctogale are remarkable for their small size and
: P. 4 M. ‘
very unsectorial character. *~* and + are very nearly equal in
1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. 165
size; and 4-5 are fairly developed. In other respects the cranial and
dental characters are those of Paradoxurus.
Temminck says nothing about the scent- or prescrotal gland, which
I presume is as in Paradovurus. S. Miiller is also silent about it.
Arctogale, then, differs trom Viverra as to Nos. 24, 33, 47, 48,
49, and 50.
Half basis cranii (A) and half mandible (B) of Arctogale.
a, Anterior opening of the alisphenoid canal; 0, foramen ovale; ¢, carotid
canal,
The genus Hemigalea was instituted by Jourdan (Compt. Rend.
1837, p.442, Ann. des Sc. Nat. vol. viii. p.277) for the Paradoxurus
derbianus of Gray (P. Z. S. 1837, p. 67, and Loudon’s Mag. Nat.
Hist. i. 1837, p. 579). It is the Viverra hardwickii of Gray (Spic.
Zool. ii p. 9, t.i.), the Viverra boiei of S. Muller (Zoog. Ind. Arcbip.
p- 121, t. xviii., which contains a representation of the external
form, skull, and dentition), and the Hemigale zebré of the
166 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [Feb. 7,
‘Voyage de la Bonite,’ p. 28, pl. v., which is a good coloured repre-
sentation of the animal, with outline of skull and teeth, which are
also figured (under the name Paradorurus derbyanus) on pls. vil. and
xii. of De Blainville’s ‘Ostéographie’ (Viverra). It is an inhabi-
tant of Malacca and Borneo. It differs strikingly from most other
Viverride by its system of coloration, as it has transverse stripes
instead of longitudinal markings and spots. It is in this respect
only approached by the Linsangs. Its ground-colour is whitish
Fig. 10.
Pads of Hemigalea.
A, left manus ; B, left pes.
yellow, with red-brown markings. The tail is ringed at its proximal
part, but is black distally. ‘There are three stripes on the head,
two down the neck, and it is irregularly marked on the shoulders.
The hair on the dorsum of the neck is reversed in direction, The
claws are sharp and retractile.
The pads, besides those beneath the five toes, are concentrated, so
as to form a considerable naked space (pointed upwards) on the
metatarsus, while the tarsus is almost, if not quite, entirely hairy.
No hairy interval divides the proximal and distal portions of the
palmar pad. The claws are strongly arched (cf. fig. 14 D, p. 192.
1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. 167
The pollex and hallux are very well developed.
In its cranial characters Hemigalea resembles Paradowurus. Its
bulla is of the same form, but ankylosed into one piece. The par-
occipital is depending, the mastoid very slightly marked ; there is
an alisphenoid canal ; and the condyloid foramen is concealed ; but
the hinder opening of the carotid canal is rather more anteriorly
situated with respect to the bulla. Its anterior end notches the
alisphenoid as always hitherto. The postorbital processes are very
small, that of the malar almost obsolete. When the skull is looked
at in profile, the dorsum of the muzzle is very concave, and a deepish
groove runs antero-posteriorly along the junction of the nasal bones.
There is a peculiar depression or notch in the upper alveolar border
to receive the apex of 5.
The teeth are the teeth of Paradozurus ; but the outermost upper
incisor of each side is more separated from the incisor next it, and
= are very well developed. P.3 has a distinct internal tubercle ;
P. 2
and there is even a very small one to + prop isvery much ex-
tended vertically, and is received into the upper alveolar notch just
mentioned.
Length of head and body about 38'"1; of tail 40!"'6.
Nothing is said as to any scent-gland in the ‘ Zoology of the Voyage
of the Bonite ;’ nor do I find any other notice about it. Ina female
specimen most kindly presented to me by Mr. A. D. Bartlett, and
which I dissected (portions of its anatomy being preserved in the
museum of the Royal College of Surgeons), I found superficial folds
something as in Genetta—two oblique shallow folds extending ob-
liquely upwards and outwards from near the anus to the vicinity of
the vagina. The secretion could be squeezed into these folds, just
as in the specimen I examined of Genetta tigrina. The tongue
exhibited an oval patch of much enlarged but soft papill on the
anterior half of the dorsum of that organ.
A very peculiar plate-like enlargement of the radius is to be found
on its outer border a little above its styloid precess. Into this are
inserted the supinator longus, the pronator radii teres, and, espe-
cially, the large pronator quadratus.
Hemigalea agrees with Viverra as to the characters so ofter:
referred to, except Nos. 2 (perhaps), 24, 42, 43, 51, 52, and 53.
The Binturong (Aretictis), the systematic position of which was
for a time so much mistaken, is a good example of the small
value of dental characters as guides to the essential affinity of an
animal.
Were it not for Arctogale (which tends to bridge over the dental
differences between Arctitis and Paradoxurus), the Binturong would
be an exception amongst the Viverride, something as Proteles is
amongst the Hyenide. -Arctitis may be confidently affirmed to be
an aberrant Paradoxure. The animal seems to have been first
described by Sir Stamford Raffles (as Viverra binturong). in the
Trans, Linn. Soe, vol. xiii. p. 253.
168 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE £LUROIDEA. [Feb. 7,
The genus Arctictis was instituted by Temminck, who gives it in
the ‘Tableau Méthodique’ (1827), p.,xxi, in the beginning of his
first volume of the ‘ Monographie,’ in the second volume of which,
p- 305, is a full description, with a figure of the skeleton half the
size of nature, and one of the skull and dentition of the natural size.
De Blainville, in his ‘Ostéographie’ (Subursus), gives a figure of
the entire skeleton on pl. 4, of the skull and dentition on pl. 7,
with some details of the axial skeleton on pl. , of the appendicular
skeleton on pls. 9 & 10, with the adult and milk-dentition on pl. 11.
F. Cuvier has figured the dentition in the ‘ Dents des Mammiféres,’
pl. 3 d%s. EF. Cuvier also figured the animal (Mém. du Mus. vol. ix.
p- 44, t. 4) under the name Paradoxurus albifrons; and another
figure of a semi-adult individual (under the name Binturong) in his
‘ Mammiferes,’ vol. ii. Valenciennes has also figured it (under the
name Ictides albifrons) in Aun. des Sc. Nat. vol. iv. p. 57, pl. 1. In
the ‘ Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal,’ vol. xv. 1846, p. 192,
there is a short but interesting account of the animal. It is referred
to in 8. Miiller’s ‘ Zoog. Ind. Archipel,’ p. 32. The anatomy of
this animal has been described by the late Prof. Garrod in P. Z. 8.
1873, p. 196, with a further note (as to the occasional absence of
the czecum’) in 1878, p. 142.
The animal comes certainly from Borneo ; and some say, from
Java, Sumatra, and Malacca also.
The ears are tufted, the tail long and, to a certain extent, pre-
hensile ; and the tarsus and metatarsus are both entirely naked. As
to the cranium, the bulla is formed on the type of that of Paradow-
urus, except that the two parts are completely ankylosed in the adult.
There is an alisphenoid canal, but no pterygoid fossa. The external
opening of the auditory meatus is small and oval. The postorbital
processes are very short and blunt (the malar hardly indicated) ;
and the cranium is not laterally constricted behind them. The
condyloid foramen is concealed. The cranial ridges are not largely
developed ; but the paroccipital process depends, and the mastoid is
rather marked. The carotid canal opens posteriorly at the middle
of the inner side of the auditory bulla, while anteriorly it notches
the alisphenoid. There is no foramen or fissure in the floor of the
auditory bulla’s anterior chamber ; but there is a very deep pit (to
receive the cornu of the hyoid) on the side of the bulla just behind
the external auditory opening. The palate is greatly prolonged behind
the hindmost molars. The angle of the mandible is very small. The
zygomatic arches present a rather concave instead of a convex out-
line medianly when viewed from above or below. The premolars
and molars are small and separated one from another by small but
marked intervals. The number of teeth varies slightly, as either
2 . “4:
on may be wanting, and (according to Raffles) there may be
six teeth in the lower jaw; i. e. 5+ is probably present sometimes,
? That there is much variation as to this part is shown by the record, in
vol. xv. p. 193 of the ‘Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal,’ that the cacum
is half an inch long.
1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. 169
4 M2. .
though I have never seen it. —~, if present, is very small, one-
rooted, and much less than half the size of Mt M1 is much like
the same tooth in Paradoxurus, but is less transversely extended in
proportion to its length; it has three tubercles and three roots.
P+ is like that of Paradowurus, save that it is modified by the very
great reduction of the foremost and hindmost outer cusps, which are
each connected by a ridge (the cingulum) with the largely-developed
inner cusp. *~ is a trihedral tooth with rounded angles; 7-2
is similar but smaller ; and ** may be wanting, but if present is long
and conical. 5-1 1S WANG,” pop eras and es conical teeth,
increasing in breadth progressively backwards. 3,5 is much as in
Paradoxurus, but is broader in proportion to its length. The talon
does not form quite half the tooth. 3,5 is more rounded than
generally in Paradoaurus ; it is not much smaller than a. As to
the milk-dentition, the deciduous upper sectorial (?-8) ig mueh more
sectorial than is the permanent sectorial tooth. It is very narrow
from side to side, having either a mere rudiment of an internal cusp
ee de SSB Sih . “ :
or none. ~~ is quite like —-. 5; is rather more sectorial than is
P. 4
Pr The infraorbital foramen opens above ——. == does not bite
_at all against Mt but against *-* and P-*,
The pollex and hallux are very well developed. The claws are
strongly arched and pointed (cf. fig. 14 C, p. 192), and more or less
retractile.
There is a prescrotal gland, which exudes its secretion into a naked
cutaneous invagination placed, like a vulva, in front of the anus.
Arctictis agrees, so far as I can ascertain, with Viverra, except
in the characters numbered 9, 17 (sometimes), 24, 28 (sometimes),
33, 37, 43, 45 (often), 47, and 50.
The next form is one the nature and affinities of which are to me
doubtful. It has, however, so much the general appearance and
character of the Paradoxures (with which it was at first associated)
that I feel compelled to place it in proximity to them, in spite of the
very exceptional character of the auditory region of its cranium.
Indeed the non-ossification of parts of its bulla may be taken as a
great exaggeration of that separate, movable condition of its hinder
chamber which we have seen to be the case in Paradowurus. Its
claws are like those of the last-mentioned genus, as also the naked
condition of its tarsus and metatarsus.
The genus Nandinia was instituted by Gray (P. Z.S. 1864,
p- 529) for the species previously described by him as Paradoxurus?
binotatus (P. Z.S. 1832, p. 68) and P. hamiltonii (P.Z.S. 1852,
p- 67, and Illus. Indian Zool.). It is the P. binotatus of Temminck
(* Monographie,’ vol. ii. p. 336), who figures the skull (pl. 65. figs. 7,
8, & 9) and refers to it in his ‘ Esquisses Zool.’ p. 119. Its external
form is represented in Gray’s ‘ Illustrations of Indian Zoology.’
The skull and teeth are figured by De Blainville, ‘ Ostéographie,’
170 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [Feb. 7,
Viverra, pls. 6 & 12, under the name Paradoxurus hamiltonii.
There is a short description of its anatomy, by Prof. Flower, in
P. Z. S. 1872, p. 683.
It comes from Fernando Po and Western Africa, and also, it is
said, from Zanzibar.
The Viverrine section of the Viverrine are rather more African
than Asiatic; but this is thé only African form of the Paradoxurine
section of that subfamily. It seems to be a Paradoxure separated
from the others by a more carnivorous dentition, and from all other
fBluroidea by the non-ossification of the hinder and larger portion
of the auditory bulla, which remains cartilaginous.
There is but one known species, the head and body of which
measure about 43/2, and the tail 30'°5. It is of a greyish-
brown colour, black-spotted, and with the tail indistinctly ringed.
There are three short black stripes on the nape (one from the
forehead and one from each ear); and there is a yellow spot on
each shoulder. The belly is dirty white. The tarsus and meta-
tarsus are about as bald as in Paradorurus. The muzzle is shorter
than in any other of the Viverride. Not only is the hinder part of
the bulla cartilaginous, but its anterior part is rather more bullate
than (at least generally) in Paradorurus. The opening of the auditory
meatus is not large. There is no pterygoid fossa. The postorbital
processes are long and pointed; and the skull is much contracted
just behind them. The sagittal and lambdoidal ridges, especially
the latter, are largely developed. The muzzle is relatively shorter
than in any other Viverrine yet reviewed. The paroccipital appears
to be depending (though this cannot be asserted in the absence of
the bulla); and the mastoid is larger than in any genus as yet here
noticed. There is an alisphenoid canal close to the foramen ovale ;
and the condyloid foramen is very much exposed. There is no
anterior carotid foramen other than the usual foramen lacerum.
The ascending ramus of the mandible is flattened beneath in a way
not existing in any genus yet reviewed, and certainly not in Para-
doxurus; and the angle is pressed up exceptionally towards the
condyle. The teeth are formed on the type of those of the Genet,
but are modified in a more sectorial direction. “= is very minute,
and sometimes aborts altogether’. *** is smaller than in the Genets.
P.4 ; : 4
—— has a posterior cusp as large as in the Genets, and the inner
cusp even a little smaller. ;,; has its talon*much smaller than in
Genetta; and oa is a rounded rudimentary tooth, smaller than
that of the Genets.
No infraorbital foramen opens above *-*; and yf bites against 7+.
There is no caecum, as was ascertained by Prof. Flower*. I can
find no record as to the existence of prescrotal® or anal glands.
1 As on both sides of a skull in the Royal College of Surgeons’ Museum, and
on one side of another skull there.
2 P. Z.S. 1872, p. 683.
8 Through the kindness of Mr. Forbes I have been able to’ ascertain the
presence, in a female Nandinia, of a bald patch, no doubt glandular, in the
situation of the prescrotal glandular structure of Genetta.
1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. 171
-
The tongue is much like that of the Civet, and with no patch of
greatly enlarged papillee on its anterior half.
The characters before given of Viverra apply also to Nandinia,
except nos. 3, 7, 14, 24, 28, 35, 37, 38, 40, 42, 43, 45 (sometimes),
46, and 54.
With Nandinia closes the second set of forms of the subfamily
Viverrine ; and the characters of these two sets may be expressed as
follows :—
In the Viverrine section of the Viverrine we find :-—
(1) Auditory bulla entirely ankylosed into one mass.
(2) Bulla not always, or greatly, narrowing anteriorly.
(3) Palate never much prolonged beyond hindmost molars.
(4) Mastoid never very prominent.
(5) A cecum constantly present.
(6) Teeth always sectorial, never very small ; anterior premolars
not very long.
(7) Margins of palate not nearly parallel.
(8) A supracondyloid foramen to the humerus.
(9) A median groove beneath the nose on the upper lip.
(10) dared and metatarsus often entirely hairy, never entirely
naked.
(11) Tail long.
In the Paradoxurine section we meet with the following cha-
arcters :—
(1) Auditory bulla often in two pieces ; hinder chamber in one
species not ossified.
(2) Bulla, when ossified, always greatly narrowing anteriorly.
(3) Palate sometimes much prolonged beyond last molars.
(4) Mastoid in one form very prominent.
(5) Caecum sometimes absent.
(6) Teeth sometimes but little sectorial and occasionally very
small; anterior premolars not very long,
(7) Margins of palate not nearly parallel.
(8) A supracondyloid foramen to humerus.
(9) A median groove beneath the nose, on the upper lip.
(10) Tarsus and metatarsus often entirely naked, never entirely
hairy.
(11) Tail long.
The genus Cynogale was founded by Gray’ on a skin in the col-
lection of our Society, supposed to have formed part of the collec-
tion of Sir Stamford Raffles, and therefore to have come from
Sumatra. It was described and figured in 1837 by De Blainville,
under the name Viverra carcharias, who gives some anatomical
details (Ann. Sc. Nat. 2° sér. vii. p. 280, pl. 8); and in 1839 by S.
Miiller (Zoog. Ind. Archip. p. 115, pl. 17, showing the external
form, skull, and dentition), under the name Potamophilus barbatus ;
and in 1841 by MM. Eydoux and Souleyet (in ‘ Voyage de la
1 P.Z.8, 1836, p. 88,
172 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [Feb. 7,
Bonite,’ p. 24, pl. 6), who have given an excellent figure of the
external form, with an outline of the skull and teeth. The entire
skeleton is represented by De Blainville on pl. 3 of his * Ostéo-
graphie’ (Viverra) ; while its skull is admirably figured in profile
on pl. 7, the atlas, axis, sternum, and hyoid on pl. 9, its appendi-
cular skeleton on pls. 10 and 11, and its dentition, both young and
adult, on pl. 12.
The animal comes from Borneo. It was erected by Dr. Gray,
first into the tribe Cynogaline’ and then into the family Cynogalide’,
mainly on the ground of the nose having no median groove beneath
it, a character very useful for zoological purposes, but, as it appears
to me, trivial as the mark of a family or subfamily. I do find,
however, a groove beneath the nose, though none on the upper lip.
ie.
Pads of left pes of Cynogale.
Its webbed feet, short tail, long moustaches*, together with its
exceptional upper lip, serve, however, to mark it as a very distinct
genus, as does also the absence of the supracondyloid groove of the
humerus. The feet are much less bald than in Aretictis. The
metatarsus, indeed, is hairless; but the tarsus is clothed beneath
with short hairs. The claws are rather elongated (cf. fig. 14 E).
The pollex and hallux are very well developed.
P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 521. 2 Cat. of Carnivora, p. 78.
8 When the head of this animal is viewed from above (as in S. Miiller’s
figure) it presents a singular resemblance to the head of Potamogale.
1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. 173
The colour of the coat is red-brown, with no markings save a very
narrow black line along the crown of the elongated head. The ears
are small, the whiskers very long. The hair is crisp, short, and
thick. The tail is very short, tapering rapidly. A bunch of
whisker grows from below each ear as well as on each side of the
nose. The claws are strong, sharp, and retractile. Length of head
and body about 68!'-5, that of tail about 14/5.
The cranium is of an intermediate type—somewhat Civet-like and
Paradoxure-like. The bulla is shaped like that of the Civet, but is
less prominent. The anterior part of it is especially flattened. The
opening of the external auditory meatus is small. The postorbital
processes are very small indeed ; but the skull is extremely narrowed
and pinched in behind them. The condyloid foramen is quite con-
cealed. The sagittal ridge is pretty well developed, and the lamb-
doidal ridge is very large. The paroccipital is depending. The
mastoid is prominent, though not so markedly so as in Nandinia.
There is an alisphenoid canal which opens posteriorly opposite
and close to the foramen ovale. The carotid canal opens pos-
teriorly near the middle of the inner margin of the larger chamber
of the bulla; while anteriorly the carotid artery enters by the fora-
men lacerum, notching the sphenoid. There is a pterygoid fossa,
and a very large infraorbital foramen, which opens above the ==
The palate is exceptional in shape, having nearly parallel lateral
margins. Dentally, Cynogale is a much modified Paradoxure. The
differences are mainly as follows :———~ is relatively larger and more
nearly equal to Mt, +++ is almost quite as large as **, which has
its inner tubercle still larger in proportion to the rest of the tooth
than in Paradoxurus. It has three external cusps, the first and
third being largely and equally developed, and the middle cusp not
descending very much below them, a form of tooth unlike that of
any other yet here-described Viverrine animal. ¥:5 is of very great
vertical extent (relatively greater than any yet described here) ; and
the same may be said of =, which is somewhat recurved towards
its apex. 7 is a longish caniniform tooth, recurved towards its
apex and placed close behind the canine. The lower premolars are
correspondingly developed. 5-3 has two small posterior basal cusps.
pq has a very long talon with two cusps (one before the other), and
then also an accessory anterior cusp. j;; has a talon which is so
large that it forms half the crown of the tooth, and bears three or
four tubercles.
As to the milk-dentition,
intermediate in character between * = and br but is more like
P83. Instead of being much like the permanent sectorial (as in
Genetta and so many other forms), its very small inner tubercle is
placed inside quite the hindest part of the tooth. D.* is very
peculiar : it is like the permanent sectorial, but with the inner part
rather more posterior in position, and with a talon (bearing an inner
D. 2 D. 3
: : Bap DaiRan
is very much like *, 2:3 ig
174 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [Feb. 7,
and outer tubercle and a posterior cingulum) added on behind it.
pa is like 55 PP and 5,5, is like 5, with a small basal anterior cusp
added. 5, is like pp only with rather more talon ; -but pase
quite extraordinary tooth: it is like 54 of Genetta, with the
addition of an enormous talon bearing five tubercles, three external
and two internal; it is like both pq and 5; of the permanent
dentition ankylosed together, only the three saben cusps are not
in the same antero-posterior line as they are in 5-3.
I can find no record as to the existence of any prescrotal ¢ gland, or
Fig. 12.
di de ile d.4
Milk-teeth of Cynogale.
A. Grinding-surface of upper series, with the addition of d, twice the natural
size. B. Side view of upper series. OC. Side view of lower series. D.
Grinding- surface of lower series. E. Fourth lower molar, twice the
natural size.
as to the condition of its anal region. De Blainville says that “la
langue est garnie de papilles corndes,” that the large intestine is
6 inches long, the czecum 6 lines, and the small intestine 4 inches.
Cynogale, so far as known, agrees with Viverra in the characters
before given, except as regards nos. 23, 24, 35, 37, 40, 43, 44, 47,
55, and 56.
The characters of this small third section of the Viverrine sub-
family may be thus drawn out :—
1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. 175
(1) Auditory bulla ossified and in one piece.
(2) Bulla narrowing and much flattened anteriorly.
(5) Palate not much prolonged behind last molars.
(4) Mastoid rather prominent.
(5) Caecum very small.
(6) Teeth suited for catching fish ; anterior premolars very long.
(7) Margins of palate nearly parallel.
(8) No supracondyloid foramen to humerus.
(9) No median groove on upper lip.
(10) Tarsus hairy ; metatarsus naked.
(11) Tail short.
The following characters are common to the Viverrine :—
(1) Claws strongly curved, sharply pointed, and more or less
deeply retractile.
(2) Orbits never enclosed by bone.
(3) Hinder chamber of auditory bulla never everted outwards.
(4) Posterior margin of the external auditory meatus as pro-
minent as, or more so than, the anterior or inferior margin.
(5) Floor of external auditory meatus and adjacent part of bulla
neither fissured nor with a foramen ora deep pit on its surface.
(6) Angle of mandible never everted.
(7) Mastoid rarely prominent.
(8) Paroccipital processes almost always depending.
(9) Aperture of external auditory meatus not triangular.
(10) Alisphenoid canal generally elongated.
(11) Carotid canal notching the sphenoid, and not showing as a
conspicuous foramen in the basis cranii.
(12) Prescrotal scent-glands generally present.
(13) Anus opening on the surface, and not into a cutaneous invagi-
nation’.
(14) Only a pair of anal glands.
(15) A supracondyloid foramen to humerus, save in Cynogale.
(16) An alisphenoid canal present, save generally in Viverricula,
where, when absent, its place is not indicated by bony
processes.
(17) Both pollex and hallux present.
(18) Czecum sometimes absent.
(19) Tarsus and metatarsus hairy or bald.
The very large and polymorphic genus Herpestes was divided by
Dr. Gray (P. Z.S. 1864, and Cat. Carnivora, p. 154) into the
genera Athylax, Calogale, Galerella, Calictis, Ariela, Ichneumia,
Urva, Teniogale, Onychogale, and Helogale. Not one of these, save
possibly the last, can be maintained as a distinct genus. Mr. Oldfield
Thomas, who has been working with great care at these animals,
told me he had come to this conclusion; and my examination of the
skins and skulls in the British Museum has only served to confirm
the justice of this view.
‘ I give this character with hesitation, from what I have (as before said)
obseryed in a living Paradoxurus.
176 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [Feb. 7,
The genus is found in South Europe, all Africa, Asia Minor,
Persia, and nearly the whole of the Oriental zoological region, and
Foochow.
The genus contains about twenty-one species, of which thirteen
are Asiatic and seven African.
The Asiatic species (thirteen in number) have been carefully
worked out by Dr. J. Anderson’; for the rest (the African seven
species) I may refer to Mr. Oldfield Thomas’s paper, recently read
before this Society”.
All the species have five digits to each foot ; but the pollex and hal-
lux are very small. The claws are longer and less curved than are
those of the genera as yet described (cf. fig. 14 G, p. 192). The
body and tail are always long, and the legs short. The amount of
hair to be found beneath the tarsus varies much. Generally both
the tarsus and metatarsus are naked beneath; but in some indi-
viduals of a species in which these parts are naturally naked, the
tarsus may be more or less hairy, the hairy part having an ill-defined
limit. Thus the specimen of Herpestes paludosus* (No. 61. 6. 1.3)
has the tarsus hairy beneath, while in another specimen it is quite
naked.
The hair of the body is generally clothed with annulated fur,
without any special markings on either shoulders, sides, or belly ;
while a few have neck-markings, and one or two species have uni-
formly-coloured fur. In all the African forms the hair seems to be
more or less annulated; but in three Asiatic species it is not so,
The ears are short and rounded. There is no scent-gland between
the penis and testes; but the anus often opens into the middle of
a sac-like depression, deepest on its hinder side, into which depres-
sion more or less numerous anal glands and glandular follicles open.
The skull is elongated, with postorbital processes which are long
and pointed, generally enclosing the orbit posteriorly, though some-
times not nearly joining the malar. As Prof. Flower has pointed
out*, the auditory bulla is somewhat pear-shaped—the larger,
rounded end being turned backwards and somewhat outwards, a
well-marked transverse constriction separating the hinder (and here
outer) chamber from the (also dilated and bullate) anterior (and
inner) chamber. As Prof. Flower has also remarked, the aperture
of communication in the osseous partition between the two chambers
is rather larger than in the Civets, Genets, and Paradoxures.
There is always an alisphenoid canal; but thisis very short. The
external auditory opening is very small and triangular, one angle being
directed downwards. There is a foramen or a notch in the floor of
the anterior (and inner) chamber of the bulla a little within the opening
of the auditory meatus; and thus we have here an incipient defect
of ossification in the floor of that passage; in Herpestes urva this
defect is more marked, being rather a fissure than a foramen. The
1 «Zoology of Weslern Yunnan,’ p. 168. 2 On Jan. 3, i882.
* Or H. galera. This is the Vansire of Buffon, Hist. Nat. vol. xiii. p. 157,
eel
P'VP.Z.S, 1869, p. 20 and fig, 9.
1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. 177
anterior margin of the external auditory opening is slightly more
produced than is the posterior one. The pterygoid fossa is small or
absent. The condyloid foramen is concealed. The cranium is much
pinched in behind the postorbital processes. The cranial ridges are
small or moderate. The paroccipital processes do not depend. The
mastoid is considerably developed (as in Cynogale), forming a con-
siderable external ridge. The carotid canal begins near the anterior
end of the inner wall of the hinder (and outer) chamber of the
bulla. It opens anteriorly at the outer or inner end of the anterior
(and inner) chamber ; and there is a mostly conspicuous foramen in
the basis cranii between the alisphenoid close to the basisphenoid,
through which the internal carotid artery passes up into the cranial
cavity beside the hinder part of the sella turcica.. The palate
is greatly prolonged behind the last molars. The infraorbital
foramen opens generally above =~*.
In dentition Herpestes generally much resembles Genetta, espe-
M.1 2
cially in the excessive transverse extension of —— and —— M.2" Some-
times, as in H, persicus (No. 1436 6 in the British Museum), a
is very minute ; and occasionally, as in H. smithit (No. 979 a, the
skin also in the collection), “* is wanting (with no trace of a
alveolus) on one side, and very minute on the other. Generally ™ —
has two small outer and one large internal cusps, Generally also — a
is more transversely extended and more trihedral than in any yet
here described genus, and its posterior margin is rather more con-
cave ; otherwise it is shaped as in Genetta and Viverricula. *-+
is quite like the homologous tooth of the Genets. *~* is somewhat
broader behind than in Genetta, and = i small posterior inner
cusp 5 and it is therefore more like the *~? of Paradocurus. 7?
is much as in Viverra. 7 is smaller, and may be absent altogether
(as in No. 4324 of College of Surgeons’ Museum and No. 148 ¢ of
British Museum). The teeth of the lower jaw are like those of the
Genet, except that the inner cusp of ;,; is rather more developed.
pq 18 rather broader posteriorly, aia” pj 18 sometimes wanting.
The teeth of H. paludosus are Bee aaenliy stout, as are also
those of H. robustus, which are represented in P. Z. 8S. 1864, p. 558,
and Cat. of Carniv. p. 157.
The teeth of Herpestes are represented by De Blainville, ‘ Ostéo-
graphie’ (Viverra), pl. 12, the entire skeleton on pl. 1, and skulls
and parts of the appendicular skeleton on intermediate plates. For
the basis cranii see P. Z.S. 1869, p. 21, fig. 9.
H. galera is the Vansire of Buffon (Hist. Nat. t. xiii. pl. 21).
H, sanguineus is figured in Riippell’s ‘ Fauna of Abyssinia,’ pl. 8, and
the skull on pl. 10; H. mutgigella, pl. 9. fig. 1; H. gracilis, pls. 8
& 10; H. undulatus and H. ornatus (external forms, skulls, and
foot-pads) on pls. 25 and 26 of Peters’s ‘ Reise nach Mossambique ;’
HI. smithii, P. Z. 8. 1851, pl. 31; H. albicaudus, Mag. de Zool.
1839, pl. 11; and H. albescens, loc. cit. pl. 12; H. vera, Calcutta
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1882, No. XII. 12
178 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE £LUROIDEA. [Feb. 7,
Journ. Nat. Hist. ii. pl. 13. fig. 2; H. villicollis, Madras Journal,
1839, pl. 2. M. Chatin, in vol. xiv. (1874) of the 5th series of the
Ann. des Se. Nat. pp. 79-88, figs. 34-37, describes and figures the
anal glands of three species of Herpestes. Horsfield describes the
anal pouch of another under the name Mangusta javanica,
The pupil contracts so as to present a horizontally extended
aperture; at least it does so in living examples examined by me
and Mr. Bartlett. In H. auropunctatus the anus opened most
distinctly on the surface of the body, and not into a saccular depres-
sion. This fact, and the difference of the teeth in different species,
incline me to believe that the genus will hereafter be divided into
two or more genera when the structure of all the forms has been
thoroughly worked out.
The genus Herpestes exhibits the characters before enumerated as
existing in Viverra, except nos. 18, 20, 21, 22, 24, 26 (often), 29,
30, 31, 32, 33, 35, 36, 37, 38, 40, 42, 43, and 53.
The (to me doubtful) genus Helogale was founded by Gray’, and
contains two species, H. parvula, from Natal and other parts of
South Africa, and H., undulata from Mozambique. It is a very small,
herpestiform animal, with a bald or nearly bald tarsus. Both its
cranial and dental characters are those of Herpestes, save that both
a are wanting, while at the same time Bie placed close behind
the canine, so that there is no diastema. The length of the head
and body is 25", of the tail 13".
The genus Cynictis was instituted by Ogilby in 1833°, who has
figured the skull and external form in the first volume of our
‘Transactions.’ There is one species which comes from South Africa.
It is of a reddish colour with more or less annulated hair and a bushy
tail, with a tarsus which seems to be constantly very hairy ; and the
metatarsus is also hairy. The animal is herpestiform, but slender,
and has no hallux; and the pollex is very short. The orbits are
completely encircled by bone; and all the cranial and dental charac-
ters are like those of Herpestes, save that the infraorbital foramen
. P.3 P. 4 ;
opens above the interval between —~ and —, and jy is rather
larger. Its outer internal cusp is more prominent, and sometimes
bifurcates at its apex, as it also does in Herpestes albicaudus and
probably in some others.
The skull (including the Jasis cranii) of Cynictis is figured by
De Blainville, Ostéog. (Viverra), pl. 5; the appendicuiar skeleton
on pls. 10 & 11, and its dentition on pl. 12.
The length of the head and body is 45'-6, of the tail 30!-4.
I can find no record of the anatomy of its soft parts or the con-
dition of the anus ; but the condition of the skins seemed to me to
indicate that the anus opens into a depression as in certain species
of Herpestes. This suspicion has been confirmed by the exami-
nation of a living specimen at our Gardens. Cynictis agrees with
Herpestes, save as above indicated.
oS Z.8. 1861, p. 308; see also P. Z.S. 1864, p. 570, and Cat. of Carnivora,
p- 169.
2 See P. Z.S. 1833, p. 48, and Trans. Z. 8. (1835), vol. i. p. 29, pl. 34.
1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. 179
The genus Bdeogale was first proposed by Dr. Peters in November
1850', and a full description (with figure of external form, skull,
teeth, and feet-pads) given by him in 1862 in his ‘ Reise nach
Mossambique,’ Zoology (Mamm.), p. 119, pls. 26&27. The genus
comes from Zanzibar and Eastern Africa. Peters describes the
existence of two kinds of fur (as in Herpestes), viz. a thick soft wool,
with longer less numerous hairs projecting from amongst it. The
snout is rather long and pointed, but has the usual median groove.
The pupils are horizontally elliptical ; the ears are short and rounded.
There isno external trace of either pollex or hallux ; the third and
fourth digits are of nearly equal length. The tarsus is quite hairy ; and
so is part of the metatarsus ; the tail is bushy.
The skull is said to be quite like that of splot but appears
broader, the premolars and molars to be Pm. —, M. 4, and to
resemble in shape those of Crossar Abus Cabancibad tapre d,p.181). Prof.
Peters says :—‘‘Bdeogale presents the following peculiarities: —(1) The
outer side of the upper sectorial is scarcely longer than its anterior
side, whilst in Herpestes and Crossarchus it is considerably longer 3
(2) there is on the postero-internal side of the upper sectorial a low
tubercle placed between the greater inner tubercle and the long middle
external cusp ; (3) the anterior part of the lower sectorial has a fourth
small external cusp (instead of being tricuspidate, as in Herpestes,
Crossarchus, and Suricata), so that a horizontal section of this division
is not triangular but irregularly quadrangalar. There are 14
thoracic, 6 lumbar, 3 sacral, and 25 (or 24) caudal vertebree. The
clavicle is absent. The sternum consists of 8 sternebrze, to which
9 pairs of the ribs are attached. There is both an olecranal and a
supracondyloid perforation to the humerus. A minute rudiment of
a first metacarpal is attached to the trapezium ; but there is no rudi-
ment whatever of the first metatarsal. The tongue, like that of
Herpestes, bears a patch of large backwardly directed spine-like
papilla on the anterior half of its dorsum. The stomach is elon-
gated and bent in the form of a horseshoe. The small intestine is
135" long and 0'8 thick ; the large intestine is 24" long and 0'-15
thick. The anus opens into the middle of a sac or pouch, as in
Crossarchus*. The aorta gives off a common trunk for the carotids
and right subclavian, and then the left subclavian separately.”
In the stomach of one specimen Prof. Peters found a large Vipera
rhinoceros (Schlegel).
millim.
Length of vertebral column from atlas to end of sacrum., 290°0
bens throficandal’vertebre” . 2 ists So 2 le Pe te 260°0
Bone OL ee SMU fay. Se Pela aae veh od Seaton ts 4 edo en ee
Brendthy opayeomata (Psy le aot dares 42°5
Pest on humerus 2b... fac eles mrs Sal ve a ole ae EO
' Mittheilung in der Gesellsch. naturforsch. Freunde zu Berlin, Noy. 19, 1850.
2 Dr. Peters says, “Der Analsack ist ganz so wie bei den Mangusten gebildet ;”
and so I find it.
12*
180 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ELUROIDEA. [ Feb. 7,
millim.
Dienathpotratinatses Joscsie'. see 3 mtd SE et ea
Rensimohimans os. OGG)... sss sede 6 skit dees yee eae
ibenetinat-thitdidigth o.;. J..:.! 2): nerd, | RhGwiowe Be 21:0
Rens Mh teMOMA So. oss REEL LE RR 68-0
Phenethyof Abia 2 ou i... ')s2 wera eh Beate Rial Riel ak eee
Benothrompeseis:. ics is Osis Rela kg eae 82°0
Length of fourth digit-of pes 20d .tieswen . vce gadlenl 23°0
Dr. Peters describes the liver as consisting of three main lobes, the
middle one of which has the ligamentum teres on its lett and the
gall-bladder on its right—the left lobe being single, with the right
lobe divided by notches into secondary lobes. Dr. Giinther had the
kindness to place at my disposal for examination the viscera of the
specimen in the British Museum. Unfortunately its liver was in a
very bad state and much injured ; it appeared to me, however, to
consist of three main lobes, corresponding respectively (1) to the left
lateral, (2) to the left central, and (3) to the right central and right
lateral united, and containing the gall-bladder. The caudate lobe
seemed to be of much the same size as in Herpestes. I could not
distinguish the Spigelian lobe.
Dr. Peters does not describe the anal glands ; but, from the form
of the anal sac, there are probably more than two pairs of them,
as in Crossarchus.
Length of head and body 40", of tail 30".
There are said to be three species—two from the Mozambique, and
one from the Gaboon.
Except as above pointed out, the characters of Bdeogale are those
of Herpestes.
The genus Rhinogale was formed by Dr. Gray, in 1864 (P. Z. S.
p- 573), for a rather large Herpestiform animal, brought from
Eastern Africa by Dr. Meller. The skull is represented by Dr. Gray,
and also in his * Catalogue of Carnivora,’ p. 173. The external
form has been just represented by Mr. Oldfield Thomas in our
‘Proceedings.’ ‘The creature differs from all those yet here noticed,
except Cynogale, in that the nose has no central groove below.
There is both a hallux and a pollex ; the hair is annulated ; and the
tarsus is hairy.
The skull in the British Museum (No. 1437 a, from skin, 64. 8.
23. 1) has an herpestiform bulla; but the anterior chamber is very
much less than the posterior one. The external auditory meatus is
small and triangular, with one angle downwards. The postorbital
processes of the frontal nearly join the much smaller ones of the
malars. The condyloid foramen is exposed. The lambdoidal ridge
is rather large, and the sagittal ridge moderate. The paroccipital
process does not depend. ‘The mastoid is much as in Herpestes ;
the pterygoid processes are very long, and the pterygoid fossee very
small. There is a distinét, but very short, alisphenoid canal. The
carotid canal is as in Herpestes. The anterior part of the bulla has
a distinct round perforation in its floor, just below and within the
1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. 181
margin of the meatus auditorius externus. The muzzle is short ; but
the palate is much prolonged behind the last molars.
Its dentition, compared with that of Herpestes, presents the fol-
: ay
lowing characters :—“~" is more quadrate and more nearly equal
in size to Mt, Mis very quadrate. Eee ae very slightly sectorial,
with a large internal tubercle, and resembles the same tooth in the
least sectorial Paradoxures. P:-3 is very large, and has a well-
developed internal tubercle, with a small cusp behind the large
external one, and another small one in front of it, larger, however,
than the hindmost outer cusp. P.? hasa rudimentary internal cusp,
and both a minute anterior and a minute posterior external cusp.
F:1 is very small. Besides these four upper premolars and the
molars, there is also a small tooth, with a minute basal cusp,
placed close behind each upper canine; yet the skull is that of a
rather aged individual. 1 regard this extra tooth as something
abnormal.
a3 1S much larger and more quadrate than in Herpestes. 4 18
also more quadrate than in Herpestes, and has apparently been
quadricuspidate, but is much worn. == Sa and Rare much
as in Herpestes. Unfortunately I have no means of ascertaining the
condition of the anal region. From an examination of the dry skin,
the anus appears to me to open into a depression, as in some Her-
peste. Except as above indicated, the characters of Rhinogale are
those of Herpesies.
Length of the head and body about 53!'"1, of the tail 38!"1.
The genus Crossarchus' was founded by F. Cuvier in 1825 for
the Mangue, of which he has givena figure (Mammiféres, iii.). It
is referred to in Temminck’s ‘ Esquisses,’ p. 117. Its anatomy was
described by Mr. W. Martin (P. Z. 8. 1834, p. 113). The genus is
widely spread over Africa :—one species, C. obscurus, from Abyssinia
to Gambia and the Camerocns, and another, C. fasciatus, from
Southern Africa; a third, C. gambianus, from Gambia; and a
fourth, C. zebra, from Abyssinia. All have the hair annulated, the
ears small and rounded, the tarsus bald; and they are devoid of a
median groove beneath the muzzle. The snout is elongated, hairy
beneath, and more or less turned upwards towards the tip. They
also have a pollex and hallux ; but these are shorter in C. fasciatus
than in C. obscurus. The claws are much elongated.
In C. fasciatus there are transverse bands or lines, more or less
marked, across the back; these are absent in C. obscurus. The
pupil is round. The length of the head and body is 36'°8, of the
tail 17’""1, in C. obseurus ; and 45''8 and 22'9 in C. fasciatus.
The skull of the typical form, C. obscurus, has a bulla on the
type of Herpestes, but with its character exaggerated. There is
an alisphenoid canal, but very short, and often imperfectly ossified ;
but bony processes tending to enclose it may always be detected.
! This genus includes the genus Mungos, Gray, P.Z. 8. 1864, p. 575, and Cat.
of Carnivora, p. 174.
182 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [ Feb. 7,
If perfect, it is very short. The opening of the external auditory
meatus is small and triangular, and, as it were, somewhat cut away
below ; and there is a deep groove and a defect of ossification on the
floor of the anterior chamber of the auditory bulla. The frontal
postorbital processes are well developed; and the skull is much
pinched in behind them. There are small pointed malar processes;
but these do not nearly join the former. The condyloid foramen is
concealed. The cranial ridges are moderate. The paroccipital
process does not depend. The mastoid is much as in Herpestes, as
also is the carotid canal ; and there is a conspicuous carotid foramen
in the basis cranii; and the artery enters the skull beside the posterior
boundary of the sella turcica. The — 1s greatly prolonged behind
the last molars. In C. fasciatus the cranial characters are similar,
except that the short alisphenoid canal is better marked, the palate
is rather less prolonged, and the postorbital processes more nearly
join, and there may be but a very minute foramen instead of a slit
beneath the auditory meatus.
The dentition of C. obscurus is represented by De Blainville
Ostéoe., Viverra, pl. 12). Its “? is quite two thirds the size of
g p q
M1 but is triangular, not quadrate. “+ is less trihedral than in
Herpestes, and has two equally developed external cusps, external
and parallel to which is araised straight cingulum. There is a large
internal cusp ; and the hinder border of the tooth is concave. 4
has a rather diminished posterior tubercle (compared with Her-
pestes) ; so that the large inner cusp is placed rather more towards
the middle of the tooth, the length of which is rather less in
proportion to its breadth. The inner cusp also descends as much
as do the outer ones; and the outer middle cusp scarcely descends
below the anterior outer cusp. *-2 and = are as in Herpestes.
ey
—— is wanting. ;-5 is large, with five cusps. In ;,; the anterior
cusp has become more decidedly internal, so that we have an
external cusp opposite the internal one. There is a moderate
talon. 7 has one very large cusp, in front of which may be a
well-developed or a minute accessory cusp, while behind it there is a
well-developed cusp, which has a more or less marked talon or
minute accessory cusp at its base. 3 and 5, are as in Herpestes.
ei 8 ard In C. fasciatus, *? is rather ce ae in proportion to
pane and $= > and 5-= ae are larger. In a specimen in the British
Marcin ‘abelled Ea gambianus (No. 55. 12. 24. 22 4), m2
and ™=" are very narrow antero-posteriorly. In another skull, labelled
M. zebra (No. 75. 2. 24. 18), there is a minute ™:? on each side,
which measures 0!'-] antero-posteriorly and 0-25 transversely.
The dimensions of the skins seen by me are as follows :—of
C. obscurus, head and body abcut 37”, of tail 17"; of C. fasciatus,
head and body about 45’5, of tail about 23”.
1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ALUROIDEA. 183
The anus opens into the middle of a very large and deep fossa,
into which several pairs of anal glands also open. The structure of
these parts is described by M. Chatin as they exist in both species.
The condition found in C. obscurus is described by him (in a paper
entitled “ Recherches pour servir 4 Il’histoire anatomique des
glandes odorantes chez quelques Mammiftres’’) in a_ periodical
named ‘Comp. Rendu Assoe. frangaise,’ vol. i. (1872), p. 557. The
parts of C. fasciatus are described and figured by him (under the
name Herpestes fasciatus) in the Ann, des Se. Nat. vol. xix. (5th
series), 1874, p. 89, figs. 29-33, and 38.
No less than five pairs of glands are arranged about the anus, and
pour their secretion into the capacious and naked anal pouch.
C. fasciatus is described and figured in Buffon, vol. xii. p. 150,
1. 19.
i Except as above indicated, the characters of Crossarchus are (so
far as I know) those of Herpestes.
The Suricate was formed into the genus Suricata by Desmarest
(N. Dict. d’Hist. Nat. xxiv. p. 16, 1804), and was called Ryzena
by Illiger (Prodromus, p. 134). It is figured and described by
Buffon and Daubenton (H. Nat. vol. xiii. p. 72, pl. 8). Its anatomy
has also been described by Hunter (‘ Essays and Observations,’
vol. ii. p. 55) and by Prof. Owen (P. Z. 8. 1830, pp. 39, 51).
The animal is from South Africa, and is called ‘* Meer Kat” at
the Cape. The hair is annulated, and so marked as to form trans-
verse bands across the loins. The ears are very short. The tarsus
is hairy. There is no pollex or hallux, there being mere rudiments
of the first metacarpal and the first metatarsal beneath the skin.
The nose is pointed, rather elongated and movable, and has no
median groove on its underside. Length of head and body 38'8,
of tail 21". The skull is relatively very broad, especially behind,
facial portion short. The basis cranii shows the Herpestiform cha-
racter of the bulla carried to ‘a yet more exaggerated degree than in
Crossarchus ; but it is flattened beneath, and the hinder chamber does
not generally depend below the anterior chamber. The opening of
the external auditory meatus is small and triangular ; and its anterior
margin projects most.
Prof. Flower has pointed out (P. Z. 8. 1869, p. 20) that the much
elongated meatus is fissured along the whole extent of its floor. The
anterior chamber of the bulla is very prominent ; and the opening
between the two chambers is rather larger than heretofore. There
is a distinct but short alisphenoid canal. There are long postorbital
processes which enclose the orbits; but the cranium is very little
pinched in behind them. The cranial ridges are moderate. The
condyloid foramen may or may not be concealed. The paroccipital
process is flattened, and does not depend. The mastoid is very
marked, more so relatively than even in Nandinia. The carotid
canal commences towards the hinder end of the auditory bulla.
There is a conspicuous carotid foramen in the basis cranii on either
side; and it is almost, if not quite, surrounded by the sphenoid.
184 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [ Feb. 7,
The palate is but moderately prolonged behind the last molars. The
angle of the mandible is somewhat everted, 7. e. bent in the opposite
way to that in which it is bent in Marsupials. ola ;
The skull of the Suricate is figured by De Blainville (Ostéog.,
Viverra) on plate 5, its appendicular skeleton on plates 10 and 11,
and its dentition (including the milk-teeth) on plate 12. The teeth
are also figured in F. Cuvier’s ‘ Dents des Mammiféres,’ plate 35.
I find “2 and ™" to be very much extended transversely, but to be
very slightly trihedral in horizontal section. F4 is also much ex-
tended transversely. M-? is shaped very much as in Crossarchus,
Fig. 13.
Half basis cranii (A) and half mandible (B) of Suricata.
¢, carotid foramen ; f, fissure in floor of auditory meatus.
while “+ differs in having its hinder margin hardly, or not at all,
concave. *"* has its inner tubercle still larger than in Crossarchus ;
and it descends quite as much as does the middle one of the three
outer cusps, which very little exceeds in size the other two outer
3 oe .
ones. *° and ©? are larger and stronger than in Crossarchus ; and
Pei ; : :
—— is again absent. 5, is much as in Crossarchus, but smaller.
ici is higher and antero-posteriorly shorter; its talon bears two
cusps side by side, or three cusps in a semicircle; its anterior part
bears two large cusps side by side. The postero-internal cusp of the
front part of this tooth of Crossarchus has here become rudimentary.
1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. 185
pq has become much raised anteriorly ; its talon is large, while the
anterior cusp of the same tooth in Crossarchus here aborts. ;-5 and
P38
py are very long and strong. 7 1s absent.
The anus opens into the middle of a very deep fossa, deeper than
that of Bdeogale, and like that of Crossarehus. There is also a
curious scrotum-like prominence hetween the vagina and the anus.
I have not met with any description of the anal glands other than
that of Daubenton, who says':—‘“Il se trouvoit de chaque cdété
de l’anus une poche qui avoit quatre lignes et demi de longueur, et
trois lignes et demie de largeur, et trois lignes d’epaisseur; le tuyau
excrétoire de chacune de ces poches aboutissoit au dedans de
Panus.”’ I strongly suspect, from the form of the anal pouch, that
there are here, as in Crossarchus, several pairs of anal glands. The
claws of the manus of Suricata are enormously elongated (cf. fig. 14, u,
p. 192). Those of the pes are much less so, but still are long.
Except as above indicated, the characters of this genus agree with
those of Herpestes; and with it closes the list of the genera of the
subfamily Herpestine.
That subfamily is divisible in various ways, according to the number
of digits, the number of teeth, the presence or absence of a subnasal
groove, and the number of anal glands, as follows :—
Section A. Anal glands a single pair....Herpestes, Helogale,
Cynictis’?, Rhino-
gale?
», B. Anal glands in several pairs .. Crossarchus, Suricata,
Bdeogale?
Or, Section A. Toes5—5 ............Herpestes, Helogale,
Ehinogale, Cros-
sarchus.
aw tligmd Alu = Fone . Cynictis.
ae Cd 1 A Bdeogale, Suricata.
Or, Section A. A subnasal groove ...... Herpestes, Helogale,
Cynictis, Bdeogale.
» B. Nosubnasal groove......hinogale, Crossar-
chus, Suricata.
Or, Section A. Pm. ; sph aeRoe aeevees Herpestes (generally),
Cynictis, Bdeogale.
ES VN A no diastema ....Helogale, Crossarchus,
Suricata.
guile Pr. 2 3. 6is00 wwe. Nee elehinagale,
The characters of the subfamily Herpestine will be as follows :—
(1) Claws not strongly curved and not retractile, but pointed and
very long.
(2) Orbits sometimes enclosed by bone.
1 Buffon’s Hist. Nat. vol. xiii. p. 80.
2 Probably an abnormalit .
186 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [Feb. 7,
(3) Hinder chamber of auditory bulla always everted.
(4) Anterior margin of opening of external auditory meatus more
projecting than the posterior margin.
(5) Floor of external meatus or adjacent part of bulla with a fora-
men and fissure in a deep pit.
(6) Angle of mandible sometimes everted.
(7) Mastoid always prominent.
(8) Paroccipital processes depending below bulla.
(9) Aperture of auditory meatus small and triangular.
(10) Alisphenoid canal always very short.
(11) Carotid artery perforating or notching the sphenoid, there
being a conspicuous carotid foramen in the basis cranii.
(12) Never any prescrotal glands’.
(18) Anus very generally not opening on the surface of the body,
but in a sac or cutaneous invagination.
(14) Anal glands sometimes in several pairs.
(15) A supracondyloid foramen to humerus.
(16) An alisphenoid canal, in rare instances not completely enclosed
by bone, but then its place indicated by bony processes.
(17) Pollex alone, or both pollex and hallux sometimes absent.
(18) Caecum always present, but small or moderately long.
(19) Tarsus and metatarsus hairy or bald.
A very different animal from any hitherto here reviewed is that
to which the generic name Galidictis was given in 1837 by Isid.
Geoff. St.-Hilaire*, and again by him in the Magasin de Zool. 1839—
1841, where the external form and skull, including the basis cranii,
are well represented, and a full description given in a long note
beginning on page 32. It is also the Mustela striata of Geoffroy
St.-Hilaire (Cat. des Mamm. p. 98), and the Putorius striatus of
Cuvier (Régne &c. 2nd edit. p. 144). The external form has been
figured in our P. Z. S., 1848, pl. 1, witha short description and notes
as to habits on page 21. The skull is also given by De Blainville
(Ostéog., Viverras) on pl. 5, and the dentition on pl. 12, under the
name Mangusta (Galictis) striata, ‘Vhere are two species, both from
Madagascar—one the original G. striata of Isid. G. St.-Hiliare, and
the other G. vittata, described and figured by Gray (P. Z. 8. 1848,
p- 21, pl. 1) the skin and the (immature) skull of which are in the
national collection, where are also four skins and two skulls of the
former species. The length of the head and body of the latter is about
35"°5, of the tail 33". In each species the body bears longitudinal dark
stripes on a lighter ground. The claws are long, but considerably
curved (cf. fig. 14, 1, p. 192). The claw of the pollex reaches to
the end of the proximal phalanx of the index, and that of the fifth
digit to the end of the proximal phalanx of the fourth diyit, which
is slightly longer than the index, the median being the longest. The
claw of the hallux reaches nearly tothe end of the proximal phalanx
of the index, and that of the fifth digit of the pes nearly to the
' The nature of the prominence in Swricata has to be seen.
? Comptes Rendus, 2nd semestre de 1887, p. 578.
1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. 187
end of the second phalanx of the fourth digit, which is longer than
the index and nearly equals the medius in length. The snout is
very pointed in G. vzttata, but does not appear to be so much so
in G. striata. In both, the tail has long hairs and the muzzle is
medianly grooved beneath; the tarsus is more or less completely
bald. The claws are slightly more curved than in the Herpestine.
As to the skull, the auditory bulla is formed on the Herpestine
type, and has a partition between its chambers, with a considerable
aperture for intercommunication. There is a well-developed ptery-
goid fossa. The external opening of the auditory meatus is small
and slightly oval, its anterior margin being produced outwards, but
hardly more than is its posterior margin. The postorbital processes
are only moderately developed, and do not even nearly meet ; the skull
is not much pinched in behind them. The paroccipital does not
depend ; and the mastoid is much as in Herpesfes, as also is the
carotid canal. There is no alisphenoid canal ; and the foramen ovale
is very near that for the entrance within the cranium of the internal
earotid, which is pretty conspicuous. There is no fissure or foramen
in the floor of the auditory meatus ; but there is a marked depression
where such a foramen is found in Herpestes. The palate is but little
prolonged behind the molars ; but this region is concave, each side
of it sloping into a median depression, the cranium being turned
with its base upwards. ‘he palatine foramina are in the anterior
part of the palate, which is remarkably broad. The symphysis of
the mandible is extremely long, viz. 1'-7, the length of the skull being
6-2, The zygomata are arched strongly outwards.
In the dentition the most noteworthy point is the large size of the
canines, and especially the length, strong curvature, and stoutness of
the lower ones, each having a marked prominence at the posterior
part of the base of its crown. ‘The upper outer incisors also prepon-
derate greatly over the inner ones. The molars and premolars are
formed on the Herpestine type ; but et are absent, and *~ is close
to the canine and small, though with two roots. P-4 is very sectorial ;
and the talon of 4; is small. The inner condyle of the humerus is
imperforate.
Ican find no record of the condition of the anus, or of the number
of anal glands, neither any note as to prescrotal glands. I, however,
anticipate that the latter are wanting, that there is but a single pair
of anal glands, and that the anus opens on the surface of the body,
and not into a pouch.
Galidictis agrees, so far as I know, with Viverra in the charac-
ters before enumerated, save as regards nos. 7, 16, 17, 18, 20, 21, 23,
24, 29, 31, 32, 35, 36, 37, 38, 42, 43, and 53.
Another genus instituted by Isidore Geoffroy St.-Hilaire for three
Viverrine animals from Madagascar, is the genus Galidia (Compt.
Rendus, 1857, p. 580, and Mag. de Zool. 1839, pls. 14-17). The
type of the genus must be taken to be that first described, namely
G. elegans. The skull and dentition of this species are given by
De Blainville (Viverras), plate 6.
188 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [Feb. 7,
G. elegans is represented in the British Museum by skins and
skulls ; and there is a skeleton in the Royal College of Surgeons.
The fur is of one colour, save that the tail is ringed with black,
the hair notannulated. The length of the head and body is about
45''*2, and that of the tailis 30’°5. The muzzle seems rather obtuse.
The claws are long, but considerably,curved, The tarsus and meta-
tarsus are covered beneath with sparse short hairs, or are more or less
inclined to be bald, but are not so as in Galidictis.
The skull is very like that of Galidictis ; but the muzzle and palate
are narrower relatively, aud the mandibular symphysis is much
shorter. There is, again, no alisphenoid canal. The condyloid
foramen is exposed. The palate is flat, and not concave posteriorly
as in Galidictis. The zygomata are not quite so much arched out-
wards. The auditory opening is a more elongated oval. In other
respects the skull is as in Galidictis.
As to the dentition, it is quite like that of Galidictis, save that
the canines are smaller, especially the lower ones, the external inci-
sors less preponderating. *** is smaller relatively. ™? may be
quite small and placed within the hinder part of “=.
The preparation No. 2147 B in the museum of the Royal College
of Surgeons shows that there is a single pair of rather large anal
glands ; and the anus does not seem to open into any cutaneous de-
pression.
The two other species described by Isid. G. St.-Hilaire differ con-
siderably from G. elegans, as that author himself pointed out, and as
has been more decidedly indicated by Dr. F. A. Jentink?. I have not
had any opportunity of examining G. concolor; but, on account of
its declared resemblance to G. olivacea* (which is represented by
skins, skulls, and a skeleton in the British Museum), it must be
separated generically from G. elegans if G. olivacea is to be so sepa-
rated. Now two courses seem to me feasible: one is to institute a
new genus for the species ol/ivacea and concolor; and the other is to
unite Galidia and Galidictis in a single genus. But the differ-
ences between the last-named genus and G. elegans seem to me to be
as great as those which separate Cyna@lurus from Felis; and as
G. olivacea (and, as L infer, concolor) seems to me to differ as much
from G. elegans as does this last from Galidictis, the more reason-
able course seems to me to be to separate them, which I now accord-
ingly propose to do under the generic name Hemigalidia.
In external characters Hemigalidia differs from Galidia in the
non-annulation of the tail, in the more pointed muzzle, and especially
in the less arched (more Herpestine and less Viverrine) form of its
claws (cf. fig. 14, 5 and x, p. 192),
In the skull the bulla is rather more decidedly Herpestiform than
in Galidia. The carotid foramen (for the entrance of the carotid
artery) is more conspicuous ; the hind part of the palate is not so
* As in the specimens in the Roy. Coll. of Surg. museum.
* See ‘ Notes from the Leyden Museum,’ vol. i. p. 131.
* On some notes as to the habits of these forms, see Pollen’s ‘Faune de
Madagascar’ (1868), p. 23.
1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDFA. 189
uniformly horizontal; the anterior lip of the external auditory
opening is more prominent; and the zygomata are much less arched
f. 3 ; rw
outwards, a are both relatively much larger. “= is also large
relatively, while a *~* is developed; *~* has a larger internal
tubercle ; = is also relatively larger. Dr. Jentink tells us that the
teeth of concolor are quite like those of olivacea.
It appears that itis a species of this genus which is the Vansire of
Buffon (Hist. Nat. xiii. p. 167, pl. 21), as had it been Galidia the
black-ringed tail would surely have been indicated.
These three genera seem to me to forma section apart, somewhat
intermediate between the Viverrine and the Herpestine sections,
though (as before said) I regard them as more nearly allied to the
latter than to the former.
To the characters to be derived from digits, claws, skulls, teeth,
colour, and habitat may be added that of the absence of an internal
condyloid canal to the humerus. I propose then (as I before said)
to separate this section as a subfamily under the name Galidictine.
The characters of the Galidictine will be as follows :—
-(1) Claws not strongly curved and retractile, but yet sometimes
more Viverrine than Herpestine.
(2) Orbits never enclosed by bone.
(3) Hinder chamber of auditory bulla rather crested.
(4) Anterior and posterior margins of auditory opening about
equally prominent, in the anterior one slightly more so.
(5) Floor of anterior part of bulla not perforated or fissured,
but deeply pitted.
(6) Angle of mandible not everted.
(7) Mastoid prominent.
(8) Paroccipital processes not depending.
(9) Aperture of auditory meatus small and oval.
(10) No alisphenoid canal.
(11) Carotid artery passing through a conspicuous foramen in the
basis cranii.
(12) No prescrotal glands.
(13) Anus opening on the surface of the body, and not into a
cutaneous invagination (7)
(14) One pair of anal glands.
(15) No supracondyloid foramen to humerus.
(16) No bony processes indicate the place of an alisphenoid canal.
(17) Pollex and hallux both present.
(18) Czeecum present, moderately long.
(19) Tarsus and metatarsus hairy or bald.
A more anomalous form of the Viverrine family is that which
has been taken to constitute the genus Hupleres by its describer
Doyére’, who figured the animal and its (immature)-skull. The
immature skull has been also fully figured by De Blainville2, with
the skeleton of the hind leg and foot and the milk-dentition. The
1 Ann. Se. Nat. 1835, iv. p. 281, pl. 18.
2 Ostéog., Viverras, pls. 8, 11, and 12,
190 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE £ZLUROIDEA. [Feb. 7,
external form and part of the skull of an adult have been figured by
Dr. Gray from a specimen now in the national collection'; and
the whole adult skeleton, skull (though not the basis cranii), and
dentition have been described and figured by Paul Gervais?.
It has been abundantly shown that this animal is not, as was at first
supposed, an Insectivore, but really a Viverrine Carnivore.
Externally Zupleres is remarkable for its small head, very long,
slender, and pointed snout ; but its dentition is the most anomalons
part of its organization so far as yet known.
The body is clothed with woolly annulated fur of a uniform
general olive tint above, minutely punctulated with yellow. It appears,
from Doyére, that the young has black bands across the shoulders,
which are wanting in the adult. The ears are large; the pollex and
hallux are well developed ; the tail is rather short, but bushy ; the
feet are very slender; the tarsus and metatarsus are covered with
short hair beneath. The length of the head and body is about 52",
that of the tail 17''-7. The nose and upper lip have a median groove
beneath. The claws are elongated and Herpestiform (cf. fig. 14, L,
p- 192).
There are two skins, several skulls, and one good skeleton in the
British Museum ; and there is a good skeleton in that of the College
of Surgeons.
The skull is remarkable for its extraordinary length and slender-
ness. The shape of the auditory bulla is intermediate between that
of the Herpestine and that of the Viverrine sectious of the Viverride :
its most prominent portion is at its postero-external part ; and so far
it inclines towards Herpestes. There is no pterygoid fossa. The
opening of the external auditory meatus is generally rather small
and more or less oval ; it is the hinder portion of its margin which
projects slightly the more. There is no fissure or foramen in the
floor of the auditory meatus ; nor is there a depression in the adjacent
part of the bulla as in Galidia and Hemigalidia. The anterior part
of the bulla, however, is well marked off by a groove from the pos-
terior part. There is no alisphenoid canal, nor any postorbital
processes. Cranial ridges are very faintly marked, save the lamb-
doidal ridge. The paroccipital is long, but does not depend. The
mastoid is not more prominent than in Genetta. The condyloid
foramen is exposed. ‘The carotid canal is as in Herpestes; and the
artery enters the cranial cavity through a foramen or deep notch in
the sphenoid. The zygomata are very slender ; and there is a very
small glenoid cavity and postglenoid process. The palate is very
little prolonged behind the last molars. There is a very conspicuous
and exceptional prominence in the middle occipital region to shelter
the middle part of the cerebellum.
The dentition is especially remarkable for the small size of the
canines, the canine-like character of the anterior premolars, the resem=
blance of the true molars to the premolars, and the wide diastemata
between the three most anterior premolars both above and below.
1 P. Z. 8, 1870, p. 824, pl. 51.
* Journal de Zoologie, vol, iii. (1874), p. 237.
1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. 191
The outermost upper incisor is caniniform, and nearly as large as
is the adjacent canine. P-1 isa little separate from anda little larger
than the canine, which it closely resembles. P.2 is also caniniform,
with a talon: it is separated by a long diastema from Pt and
. Pos gE. 8
another about as long separates it from —~, — is a narrow, antero-
posteriorly elongated tooth, with a conical backwardly-directed
middle cusp, and with a small anterior cusp and a larger posterior
one, at the base of the middle cusp. 73, &4, ™* and M-? all join
without diastemata. ':4 has one large median cusp, with one small
anterior and one rather large posterior cusp, and with a small internal
cusp placed opposite the junction of the anterior and middle cusps.
M-* has two equal-sized outer cusps, and an inner cusp (larger than
that of **) opposite their junction. The anterior outer cusp
. Pid wekle :
answers to the anterior outer one of ~~. ~' shows also a minute
: ; P.4 M2
rudiment of a cusp answering to the postero-outer one of —, ——
is very similar to M:1. but its inner cusp is smaller, and placed uppo-
site to the more anterior of the two outer cusps. x
The outermost lower incisor has the postero-outer angle of its crown
slightly produced. The canine is like it, save that this angle is more
produced. The teeth ep Pow Poe and pia are all separated by
diastemata (of which that between ;- and 5- is the longest), while
a and ara adjoin the one to the other. pa 38 caniniform,
Pr 18 also caniniform, with the addition of a minute anterior cusp
and a slight talon. 5-; has a talon which develops two small
cusps, while the anterior cusp is more developed than ins3. pz
is like ;-, with all its cusps more developed save the principal
cusp. ;,;~ has three external cusps (whereof the posterior cusp is
the smallest), with an internal cusp placed opposite to the hinder
part of the middle outer cusp. ;;-3 18 similar to yy, save that the
postero-external cusp is relatively larger and subdivided, and that
the internal cusp is connected with it and with the antero-external
cusp by ridges. Here ;,-, not only equals, but (at least sometimes)
even exceeds 5,5 in size.
In the milk-dentition (judging from De Blainville’s figure) ?-*
D.4 M. 1 M.2 Rit) ;
and —— may resemble —— and —~ ; but p-3 and pq are unlike any
of the permanent teeth, since they seem each to consist of two nearly
equally developed external cusps, and they are much more sec-
torial in character than are the teeth which succeed them, whether
from below or from behind. In a word, the milk-dentition is
more carnivorous and less insectivorous than are the permanent
teeth.
Both the internal condyle and olecranal fossa of the humerus are
perforated. ‘There are no signs of scent-glands.
I can find no record of the anatomy of its soft parts.
It appears to me that, of allother Viverride, Eupleres comes nearest
192 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [Feb. 7,
to the genus Hemigalidia; but the presence of the intercondyloid
canal of the humerus and the very exceptional dentition—exceptional
not only amongst the Viverride, but amongst all Carnivora—in-
clines me to consider it the type of a subfamily, the Zuplerine.
Fig. 14.
eS
Z
-
D
ee
Wo
H
G
L
Claws of Viverride, drawn to the same scale.
A. Genetta senegalensis. B. Paradoxurus. C. Arctictis. D. Hemigalea.
E. Qynogale. F. Cryptoprocta. G. Herpestes. H. Suricata. I. Galidictis
striata. J. Galidia elegans, K. Hemigalidia olivacea. WL. Eupleres.
The characters of that subfamily will be :—
(1) Claws herpestiform.
(2) No postorbital processes.
(3) Hinder chamber of bulla not distinctly everted.
(4) Hinder margin of auditory opening the more projecting.
(5) Floor of anterior part of auditory bulla not fissured, or per-
forated, or deeply pitted.
(6) Angle of mandible not everted.
(7) Mastoid not prominent.
(8) Parocciptal processes not depending.
(9) Aperture of auditory meatus small and more or less oval.
(10) No alisphenoid canal.
(11) Carotid artery passing through a conspicuous foramen in
the basis cranil.
(12) No prescrotal glands (?)
(13) Anus opening on surface of body (?)
(14) One pair of anal glands (?)
(15) A supracondyloid foramen to humerus.
(16) No bony processes indicate the place of an alisphenoid canal.
(17) Pollex and hallux both present.
(18) Ceecum (?)
(19) Tarsus and metatarsus clothed with short hair.
(20) Nose and upper lip medianly grooved.
882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE EZLUROIDEA. 193
(21) Snout very slender.
(22) Zygomata very slender.
(23) Median cerebellar prominence in skull very marked.
(24) Canines very small. nef
2 3
(25) Wide diastemata between ets oo Es
M. 1&2 1 P.S&4>
(26) sya Very like 54g in shape.
By characters 21-26 the Huplerine differ from all the other
Viverride.
In reviewing the Viverride so far, we have found what seem to
be curious modifications of one and another section of the family.
Thus, in Cynogale we seem to have a Paradoxure specially adapted
for an aquatic and fish-catching life—a sort of Viverrine Otter with
a singular superficial resemblance to Potamogale. In Arctictis, on the
other hand, we have a Paradoxure specially arboreal, and with teeth
so little carnivorous that, but for Arctogale, we might hesitate to
assign it a close connexion with Paradoxurus. Both are Asiatic
forms; and Asia is the special home of the Viverrine subfamily of
Viverrid . The special home of the Herpestine subfamily is Africa.
Of the Viverrine animals of Madagasear yet noticed, we have
the Fossa and Rasse as examples of the Viverrine ; and we have the
singular little intermediate group of Galidictine and the very excep-
tional Euplerine. While the most carnivorous Viverrine yet here
considered (Nandinia) is African, the most insectivorous is from
Madagascar, where we might expect to find the most anomalous
Mammalian forms. But if I am right ina suspicion I have already
expressed, Madagascar is yet more remarkable as presenting the
most exceptional development of the Herpestine root of the Viver-
ride ; for it seems to me by no means impossible that Cryptoprocta
may be a very diverging root-form more or less allied to Crossar-
chus and Herpestes.
My examination of the skeleton of Cryptoprocta has left no doubt
upon my mind that, so far as it is concerned, it is an altogether
Viverrine, and not at alla Feline, animal. I cannot, therefore, see
my way at present to regarding it as the type of a distinct family,
although when its soft parts have been described it may turn, out
to merit that distinction. Whatever its ancestral affinities may
have been, it has clearly attained the rank of a subfamily; and
at first I was inclined to regard it (as had been suggested by
P. Gervais!) as a form allied to, and a sort of exaggeration of, the
African genus Wandinia; but the only portion of its visceral anatomy
yet known to me seems to point to another affinity, namely to that I
have just indicated. It will, I suspect, be found to have Cowper’s
glands, a Viverrine prostate gland, and a Viverrine brain, but no
scent-gland—no pouch or glandular grooves just behind the genital
aperture. The situation of its anal opening in the midst of a fossa,
as described by Mr. Bennett”, is unlike the Viverrine and Galidic-
1 Hist. Nat. des Mammif. vol. ii. p. 41.
? Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. i. p. 137.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1882, No. XIII. 13
194 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [Feb. 7,
tine ; but is a character which is commonly present in the Herpes-
tine. The remarkable os penis of Cryptoprocta is certainly a very
distinctive character ; but the generative apparatus of Hyena crocuta
is far more so, and no one would on that account raise that animal
to the rank of even a subfamily. Moreover it is interesting to note
that while the os penis is so small and so often absent in the Viver-
ring, “il n’en est pas de méme dans les Mangoustes; il y est
méme assez développé’’'—an assertion confirmed by the figures on
De Blainville’s plate 9: it is equally developed in Herpestes palu-
dinosus. 'The claws are strongly arched (cf. fig. 14 F, p. 192).
As regards the teeth of Cryptoprocta, they are, as every one knows,
extremely feline; but the longer I live, the more convinced am I
that dental characters are valueless as indices of affinity, save as
existing in closely allied forms—the different species of one genus.
Amongst the Viverride we have seen how little the dental peculia-
rities of Arctogale, Arctictis, and OCynogale tell against the weight of
other characters ; the exceptional teeth of Gulo, amongst the Muste-
lide, teach the same lesson; and, as I shall shortly endeavour to
point out, what I believe to be the affinities of Proteles to Hyena
and of Hyena to Herpestes very strongly reinforce it.
Cryptoprocta, when first described (Trans. Zool. Soe. i. p. 137,
plate 21), was ranked by Mr. Bennett, its describer, amongst the
Viverride. De Blainville, in recognizing this affinity as especially
justified by the milk-dentition, regarded it as especially allied to
Crossarchus. He has figured the young skull and the milk-
dentition’.
The osteology of Cryptoprocta has been carefully described and
figured by Alphonse Milne-Edwards and Alfred Grandidier in the
Ann. des Sc. Nat. 1867, p. 314, pls. 7-10. The animal has also
been described, and various details as to its habits given, by Messrs.
Pollen and Van Dam in their ‘ Faune de Madagascar’ (1868), p. 13.
Skeletons and two skins exist in the British Museum; and there
is a skeleton in that of the Royal College of Surgeons. The length
of the head and body of the largest specimen in the British Museum
is about 81'''3, that of the tail 73'"7. The body is of one colour.
The claws are sharp, very curved, and semicontractile; the tarsus and
metatarsus is naked.
The skull has an auditory bulla, which is neither distinctly Her-
pestine nor Viverrine; it is more prominent than in Paradoxurus.
The alisphenoid canal is constant*. The pterygoid fossa is very
small. The external opening of the auditory meatus is rounded and
of moderate size. The postorbital processes of the frontal are rather
small, and very distant from the exceedingly small malar processes.
The skull is but little pinched in behind the orbits. The condyloid
foramen is more or less concealed. The cranial ridges are rather
strongly developed. The paroccipital process is long, but not de-
pending. The mastoid is well marked, and more developed than in
? De Blainville, ‘Ostéographie,’ Viverra, p. 89.
2 Ostéog. Viverras, pls. 6 & 12.
° Present in all the specimens I have examined.
1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. 195
the Civets. The carotid canal is as in Herpestes; and the artery
enters the cranium by a well-marked foramen in the basis cranil.
There is no foramen, fissure, or fossa on the floor of the auditory
meatus. The palate is considerably prolonged behind the last molars.
The angle of the mandible is rather short.
Fig. 15.
Soles of the paws of Cryptoprocta (after Alphonse Milne-Edwards).
a. Manus; 5. Pes.
The teeth of Oryptoprocta are most feline. %4 more resembles
the corresponding tooth of Felis than of Viverra; but M1 is elon-
gated transversely as in Hyena striata, and more so relatively than
in the Cats. 7% is cat-like, save that the talon is perhaps rather
larger. *<* is also very feline. P:? is much larger than in the Cat,
and two-rooted. There may bea small #3. In the lower jaw 55
is like the last, save that it hasa talon. 5; is like the Cat’s; but
its talon is a little larger. - is larger relatively than in the Cat.
Brg has two roots.
In the miik-dentition, 2~* is very much larger relatively than is
M1 P-3 (as in the Cat) has its posterior cusp less developed than
in the permanent upper sectorial, and its internal cusp more poste-
rior. The lower deciduous sectorial ;~ has a smaller anterior cusp,
and a more exterior talon than has the permanent sectorial. This
is as in the Cat; though the difference as to the development of the
talon between the deciduous and the permanent sectorial is less in
Cryptoprocta.
13*
196 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [Feb. 7,
The stomach! is much bent on itself, but has a considerable
' cardiac pouch. The small intestines are 4 feet 3 inches long; the
large intestine is 5} inches, and the ceecum 1% inch. The latter
narrows gradually to its extremity.
There is a very large supracondyloid foramen, and a very large bone
to the penis.
The characters of the subfamily Cryptoproctine will then be as
follows :—
(1) Claws very curved, sharp, and semiretractile.
(2) Postorbital processes long, but not enclosing orbits.
(3) Hinder chamber of bulla not distinctly everted.
(4) Hinder margin of auditory opening rather the more projecting.
(5) Floor of anterior part of bulla not fissured or pitted.
(6) Angle of mandible not everted.
(7) Mastoid rather prominent.
(8) Paroccipital processes not depending.
(9) Aperture of auditory meatus rounded, of moderate size.
(10) An alisphenoid canal.
(11) Carotid artery not perforating the basis cranii conspicuously.
(12) No prescrotal glands?
(13) Anus opening into a sac.
(14) One pair of anal glands ?
(15) A very large supracondyloid foramen to humerus.
(16) Pollex and hallux both present.
(17) Czecum moderate.
(18) Tarsus and metatarsus bald.
(19) Nose and upper lip medianly grooved.
(20) Dentition very feline, save that there is a double-rooted 5.
(21) Tail long. ;
(22) Os penis very large.
With Cryptoprocta ends the list of genera which I am disposed to
class in the family Viverride, following, as I do, Mr. Turner and
Professor Flower in ranking the Hyzenas as a group of proximately
coordinate value with the Feline and Viverrine families.
Nevertheless I believe that the Hyenide are closely allied to the
Herpestine—so much so that, had the Madagascar Viverrines no
existence, I should feel a certain temptation to exclude the Ichneu-
mons and their allies from the Viverrid@, and make of them a family
Herpestide, under which the Hyzenas could then be grouped. As
it is, however, the plan I have adopted seems to me to be perhaps
best calculated to express the affinities of the existing Hluroidea.
The characters of the entire family Viverride, thus understood,
may be expressed as follows :—
(1) There may or may not bea pollex ; but in the large majority of
species there is one.
(2) There may or may not bea hallux ; but in the large majority of
species there is one.
(3) The ungual phalanges may or may not be strongly arched ; but
' Bennett, /. c. p. 189.
1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. 197
there is not so wide a lamina of bone to shelter the base of
the claw as in the Felide.
(4) The claws may be considerably arched, or they may be long
and very slightly so. They are hardly ever (not except
perhaps in Prionodon and Poiana) completely retractile, and
often are not at all so.
(5) The auditory bulla (except in Nandinia) is ossified, much in-
flated, and shows externally that it consists of two chambers.
(6) The bulla is not more prominent towards its inner than towards
its hinder border.
(7) There is an almost complete bony septum between the two
chambers of the bulla, which may or may not be one behind
the other.
(8) The bony meatus auditorius is almost always short, and may
have its anterior, posterior, or inferior margin most project-
ing ; and it may be imperfectly ossified below.
(9) There is a carotid foramen, or two carotid foramina, visible on
each side of the basis cranii.
(10) There is (except often in Viverricula) an alisphenoid canal.
(11) ae palatine foramina are situated in the anterior half of the
palate.
(12) P- is generally and py constantly developed.
(13) There is always an x, and generally an —
(14) “+ is always present, generally large.
(15) The antero-external cusp of F:* is generally very small.
(16) 3, has almost always a considerable talon.
(17) The outer incisors may greatly exceed the middle ones in
size.
(18) The humerus sometimes wants the supracondyloid foramen.
(19) The bone of the penis is small, save in Cryptoprocta.
(20) The ears are not very long, erect, and pointed.
(21) The tarsus and metatarsus are very often bald.
(22) One plantar pad (small or large), and one beneath each
digit.
(23) Anus opening on the surface or in the middle of a saccular
cutaneous invagination.
(24) Anal glands from one to five pairs ; generally one pair.
(25) Very often prescrotal sceunt-glands.
(26) Caecum generally present and small or moderate, but occa-
sionally absent.
(27) No very hard, horny, sharp-pointed, conical papillee on the
dorsum of the tongue.
(28) Hippocampal gyrus completely separated from that anterior
internal portion of the superior lateral gyrus which is behind
the crucial sulcus, by the continuation forwards of the calloso-
marginal sulcus to join the crucial sulcus.
(29) The coronoid process of the mandible is almost, if not quite,
always less lofty relatively, and less backwardly produced
than in the Felide.
198 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [Feb. 7,
(30) The proportional length of the limbs to the body is shorter
than even in F. eyra. :
(31) The muzzle is large in proportion to the cranium. —
(32) The dentition may or may not be markedly sectorial.
(33) The tail is almost always long, but may be short (Cynogale);
but it is never so rudimentary as in the Lynxes.
(34) Clitoris never traversed by urogenital canal.
(35) Dorsal vertebree never more than fourteen. 2
(36) Postorbital processes generally developed, rarely enclosing
orbit posteriorly.
(37) Paroccipital processes depending or not.
(38) Mastoid prominent or not.
(39) There may be a conspicuous carotid foramen (deeply notching
the sphenoid) in the basis cranii, for the entrance of the carotid
into the cranial cavity.
(40) Nose and upper lip generally medianly grooved, but not
always so.
(41) Palate not much, moderately, or much prolonged behind
molars.
(42) Pterygoid fossa present or absent.
(43) Size of species generally moderate or small, sometimes very
small—the smallest of the Aluroidea.
The Hyznas form three well-marked species, whereof one (cro-
cuta) is so much more distinct from its geographical ally (1. brunnea)
than is the latter from the third form, H. striata, that I think
it should rank asa distinct genus. H. striata is found in India,
Persia, Asia Minor, and North Africa. The other two Hyeenas are
South-African only.
The anatomy of the genus (besides the notices in Cuvier and
Meckel) has been given in part by Hunter (‘Essays and Observations,’
vol. ii. p. 57), by Cuvier and Daubenton (Hist. Nat. ix. p. 268,
pls. 25-30), by Dr. Murie (Trans. Zool. Soe. vol. vii. p. 503, pl. 63),
and by Dr. Watson (P. Z. 8. 1877, p. 369, pls. 40 & 41; P.Z.S.
1878, p. 416, pls. 24 & 25; and P. Z.S. 1879, p. 79, pls. 5 & 6).
In Hyena the muzzle is medianly grooved beneath. The hair is
harsh and long, and forms a sort of mane along the middle of the back.
There are but five digits either in front or behind. The legs are
rather long, behind as well as in front. The tarsus and metatarsus
are both hairy. Each foot has a single palmar or plantar naked
pad, and one such pad to each toe. The claws are blunt and non-
retractile, rather long, but not as we find them in the Herpestine.
The body is either greyish or brownish, with blackish bands extend-
ing vertically on each side of the body and horizontally on the limbs,
or is more or less uniformly brownish. The ears are erect and very
long and pointed, such as exist in none of the Felide or Viverride.
There is an anal pouch, with two (H. striata) or three! (H. brunnea)
pairs of anal glands on each side of the rectum ; and in one, if not
' Dr. Murie, J. c. p. 506.
1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. 199
in both species, there is a transverse band of isolated follicles at the
bottom of the anal pouch.
The penis is long and pendulous, and entirely devoid of any bone.
There are fifteen dorsal vertebrae.
The cranium of Hyena differs from every Viverrine cranium by its
enormous sagittal and lambdoidal ridges, and strong and greatly
arched zygomata. The general type of its construction is Viverrine,
though there is no alisphenoid canal or septum between the anterior
and posterior portions of the auditory bulla. As to the first point,
we have seen that the canal is generally wanting in Viverricula, and
constantly so in the Galidictine and Eupleres. As to the auditory
bulla, it is interesting to note that the aperture between the chambers
is enlarged in the Herpestine (which by their circumanal pouch
resemble the Hyenide) ; and though there is no septum, yet I have
detected in both species of Hyena, inside the auditory bulla, two
osseous ridges or lamine, which if further developed would divide off
a small anterior chamber from the much larger and externally more
prominent posterior portion. The anterior portion of the margin of
the external opening of the auditory meatus (which has no fissure or
foramen in its floor)is much more produced than any other part—an
exaggeration of a character we have already seen in the Herpestine.
There is no pterygoid fossa. The postorbital processes are short and
blunt, and widely separated from the malar processes. The skull
is not pinched in behind them. The condyloid foramen is concealed.
The paroccipital is long and depending. The mastoid is rather
prominent. The carotid canal is much more Viverrine than Feline :
its posterior opening is always larger, and generally situated much
more anteriorly than in the Felide, and more approaching its situa-
tion in the Viverrine. There is no carotid foramen in the sphe-
noid; but it enters the cranium (beside the hinder end of the sella
turcica) through the foramen lacerum, and covered in by the auditory
bulla. The palate is much prolonged behind the last molars. The
lower border of the mandible is much curved ; the angle is flattened
along its inferior border, and is pressed up nearer to the condyle
than in Felis or in any other Mluroid I have seen—Nandinia (which
also has rather strongly developed cranial ridges) being most like it
in this respect, except, of course, Crocuta and Proteles.
The teeth of Hyena’ are so well known that I hesitate to re-
describe them ; but I feel any utility this paper may possess would
be greatly impaired if their resemblances and differences to other
luroids, and especially to the Cats, were not shortly noted in it.
The outer upper incisors are canine-like, and much more preponde-
rant over the inner ones thanin the Cats, The canines, on the other
hand (both above and below), are relatively shorter, more flattened
internally, and without longitudinal grooves either outside or inside.
™-* is relatively larger than in Felis (though I have observed it to be
' Figured by De Blainville (Hyénes, pl. vi.) and Ouvier (Dents des Mamm,
pl. 25). For osteology, see Cuvier’s ‘Ossemens Fossiles, 4th edition (1835),
vol. vii. p. 311, and Atlas, vol. ii. pl. 190.
200 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [Feb. 7,
wanting in a specimen of H. brunnea). vp. * is like the Cats’, save
that the anterior and posterior external cUSps are nearly equal and
more nearly approach in size the median external cusp, that the
internal cusp is much larger and stouter, while the base of the
antero-external angle of the tooth is not prominent. The antero-
external fang is much more slender relatively, while the postero-
external one and that of the internal tubercle are stouter. 72
differs from that of the Cats in its greater relative vertical and less
antero-posterior development, and that its small talon seems never
to be bilobed. Its basal ridge is much more developed within, and
still more at the hinder part of the tooth. It has two very long roots,
the anterior one of which is slightly the stouter. 7? differs from
that of Felis (except that of F. planiceps) in having two roots ; it
is like =~", only smaller and less powerful. It is vastly more power-
ful than is == of Felis. "+ is close to (or almost close to) the
canine ; it is conical, with a basal ridge all round (much marked
within and behind), and has a cutting-edge extending from the poste-
rior outer to the antero-inner parts of the tooth. j— is absent.
pop 18s much larger than FP. but smaller than pike it is conical, but
laterally compressed, with an antero-posterior cutting-edge, and a
basal ridge all round it, but especially behind, where it develops a
second, small tubercle. It is like the Cats’ po» but it is a little
more vertically developed relatively, and is more quadrate when
viewed from above. It has two subequal fangs. -; is more canini-
form ; it differs from the Cats’ in its large basal ridge, and has two
large roots, the anterior of which is rather the larger. 5; has two
fangs, the posterior of which is rather the larger; it is like the
last tooth, save that its talon is larger and bears two tubercles side
by side. It differs from the Cats’ in its smaller talon and merely
rudimentary anterior cusp. 7 is like that of the Cats; but the
cusps are relatively shorter, and there is a talon which bears two
small cusps; there is also a cusp within the more posterior of the
two large cusps.
Comparing the milk-dentition of Hyena with that of the Cats, T
find that 2 has two roots; it is very like the Cats’ 8, and there-
fore very unlike 2" of Felis. 2° (the milk sectorial) is very like
the Cats’ deciduous sectorial; but its inner tubercle is larger rela-
tively ; it is similarly situated. The deciduous outer incisors do not
exceed the inner ones nearly so much as in the permanent dentition.
Da is Just like the Cats’ 5. gis like the Cats’ 5, only larger
relatively. 2-* is very different from that of the Cats, because it has
a very large talon-with three small cusps as well, on and inside (and
side by side with) the hinder principal cusp, half the size of the
latter ; it is a slight exaggeration of the permanent lower sectorial.
There is no supracondyloid foramen to the humerus. There is
1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. 201
only a rudimentary metacarpal or metatarsal bone for either pollex
or hallux.
The genus Crocuta, instituted by Gray’ for the Spotted Hyzena
of South Africa, differs from the two species of true Hyzenas as to
coloration, and in that its ears are not so elongated and are rounded
instead of pointed. The hind legs are shorter than the fore limbs ;
there is no dorsal mane; and there is but a single pair of anal glands,
one on each side of the rectum, and a transverse band of follicles.
The clitoris is enormous, and perforated by the urogenital canal *, as
has been excellently described in our ‘ Proceedings’ by Dr. Watson®.
The cranium of Crocuéa is like that of Hyena, but that theincipient
division between the two parts of the auditory bulla is more rudi-
mentary. As to the dentition *, M+ has a quite minute rounded
crown. *:* has antero-external cusp much smaller than the two
other external cusps ; P:8 is very long, as is also era3 pra has not
two subequal tubercles side by side on its talon, there being the
merest rudiment of the inner tubercle. 3, has no cusp inside the
more posterior of its two large cusps; and its talon is quite minute.
The penis is large and pendulous, and boneless.
The dorsal vertebree are fifteen in number.
The characters presented by the group of Hyzenas—the subfamily
Hyenine—are as follows :—
(1) There is no pollex.
(2) There is no hallux.
(3) The ungual phalanges are not strongly arched.
(4) The claws are but slightly arched, blunt, and not retractile.
(5) The auditory bulla is inflated, and shows no external evidence
of division.
(6) The bulla is most prominent posteriorly, where it is not
everted.
(7) Only a rudiment of a bony septum.
(8) The bony meatus auditorius is short ; but its anterior lip is
produced.
(9) There is a carotid foramen not situated quite so far forward
as in the Viverride.
(10) There is no alisphenoid canal.
(11) The palatine foramina are situated on the anterior half of the
palate.
(12) =+ and pr are developed.
(13) There is no M.3 op Me’.
t P.Z.8. 1868, p. 525.
2 It may be interesting to note that, in the ‘ Journal of Anatomy and Physio-
logy,’ vol. xiv. (1879), p. 95, there is recorded (in a paper on the homology of
the sexual organs) the case of a woman formed in the same way as is the female
Crocuta.
3 P.Z.S. 1878, p. 416.
4 Figured by De Blainville; Cuvier,Ossem. Foss, ii. pl. 190; Gervais, Mamm.
p. 97
202 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [Feb. 7,
(14) ™:1 is small and minute, occasionally absent.
(15) The anterior and posterior external cusps of P:4 are about
equal, and nearly approach in size the median external one.
(16) 575 has a large or small talon.
(17) The outer incisors greatly exceed the middle ones.
(18) The humerus wants the supracondyloid foramen.
(19) The penis is boneless.
(20) The ears are long, erect, and (with one exception) pointed.
(21) The tarsus and metatarsus are entirely hairy.
(22) There is one small plantar pad and one beneath each digit.
(23) The anus opens into a sac.
(24) The anal glands vary from one to three pairs.
(25) There are no prescrotal scent-glands.
(26) There is a moderate ceecum.
(27) The tongue is furnished with large conical papille on its
dorsum ; but these are not hard as in the Felide.
(28) The calloso-marginal sulcus joins the crucial sulcus.
(29) Angle of mandible flattened along its inferior border, and
pressed up nearer to the condyle, relatively, than in the
Felide.
(30) Proportional length of limbs longer than in Viverride.
(31) Length of muzzle to cranium intermediate between Viverride
and Felide.
(32) Dentition extremely sectorial, while it is nevertheless formed
for crushing.
(33) Tail rather shorter, but not as in Lynxes.
(34) The clitoris may be traversed by the urogenital canal.
(35) Dorsal vertebrze not less than fifteen.
(36) Postorbital processes short and blunt.
(37) Paroccipital processes depending.
(38) Mastoid rather prominent.
(39) No carotid foramen in sphenoid.
(40) Nose and upper lip medianly grooved.
(41) Palate not much prolonged behind last molar.
(42) No pterygoid fossa.
(43) Enormous cranial ridges.
The genus Prote/es, long known’ as regards its skin and skeleton,
had its anatomy first fully described by Professor Flower °, who
pointed out previously * the characters of the basis cranii, and its
affinity, thus indicated, to the Herpestine and the Hyenine. Save
for its greater slenderness, the animal has the general form of an
Hyeena, with similarly long, erect, and pointed ears, and with a well-
developed dorsal mane. There are five fore digits (though the pollex
is short), but only four digits to the hind foot. There is a single
1 First described in Sparrman’s ‘ Voyage to the Cape of Good Hope, 1772-
1776. See P.Z.8. 1869, p. 475.
2 P. Z. 8. 1869, p. 474, pl. 36, with various anatomical woodcuts.
3 PZ. 8.1869, p. 28.
1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ELUROIDEA. 203.
palmar or plantar pad, and one pad for each toe; and the tarsus and
metatarsus are hairy. The nose ismedianly grooved beneath. The
fur is woolly, of a yellowish or reddish brown, with a few vertical
black bands on the sides of the body, and others, more or less hori-
zontal, on the limbs. The claws are blunt, non-retractile, and rather
long. There is an anal pouch with one pair of anal glands, and a
supraanal band of follicles, as in Crocuta. The penis is boneless ;
and there are fifteen dorsal vertebre.
As to the skull, its auditory bulla is (as Prof. Flower has pointed
out) large, pyriform, and everted posteriorly as in Herpestes, divided
by a septum into two chambers, one in front of the other. The
margin of the external opening of the auditory meatus (which has
no fissure or foramen in its floor) is most prominent anteriorly. There
is no alisphenoid canal ; the carotid canal is as in Hyena; the par-
occipital process is flattened, and does not depend; the mastoid is
rather strongly prominent ; the postorbital processes of the frontal
are pointed and well developed ; the skull is not pinched in behind
them; the malar processes are moderately developed ; the cranial
ridges are weak ; but the zygoma is rather strongly arched outwards ;
the condyloid foramen is concealed ; the palate is very wide, and is
considerably prolonged ; and the pterygoid bones come very near the
bulle ; the mesopterygoid fossa is very wide. The angle of the
mandible is singularly flattened behind; and its apex is produced
directly backwards. The hinder part of the horizontal ramus is bent
up as in Hyena.
The teeth, as is universally known, are quite abnormal and rudi-
mentary. There are only three small, conical, blunt upper molars,
whereof only *-2 is two-rooted. There are only two lower molars,
whereof only the hinder one is two-rooted.
Proteles agrees with the Hyznas in the characters just enumerated
except Nos. 1, 5, 6, 7, 13, 15, 16, 17, 31, 32, 34, 36, 37, 41, and 43.
These characters, then, serve to differentiate the Proteline from
the Hyenine.
The characters common to the whole family Hyenide will then
stand as follows :—
(1) There may or may not be a pollex; but in the majority of
species there is not one.
(2) There is never a hallux.
(3) The ungual phalanges are never strongly arched ; nor is there
a wide lamina to shelter the base of the claw.
(4) The claws are never more than slightly arched ; they are blunt
and non-retractile.
(5) The auditory bulla is inflated, but generally gives no external
indication of division.
(6) The bulla entirely ankylosed into one mass, and is not more
prominent towards its inner than towards its hinder border.
(7) There is generally only a rudiment of a septum within the
bulla.
(8) The bony meatus auditorius is shorter, and has the anterior
204 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [Feb. 7,
part of its margin prolonged, but is never imperfectly ossified
below.
(9) A carotid foramen is visible on the inner side of the bulla, but
is placed more posteriorly than in the Viverride.
(10) There is no alisphenoid canal.
(11) The palatine foramina are situated in the anterior half of the
palate.
(12) =+* and Pr» are developed.
(13) There is never either eur =
(14) *+* is absent or small.
5) may abort; butif present, it has its anterior and posterior
external cusps about equal and nearly approaching the median
external cusp in size.
(16) 3 has a large or small talon, or is absent.
(17) The outer incisors generally exceed greatly the inner ones,
and are caniniform.
(18) The humerus wants the supracondyloid processes.
(19) The penis is boneless.
(20) The ears are long, erect, and generally pointed.
(21) The tarsus and metatarsus are entirely hairy.
(22) There is one small plantar pad with four small pads for the
digits of the pes.
(23) The anus opens into a sac.
(24) The anal glands vary from one to three pairs.
(25) There are no prescrotal scent-glands.
(26) There is a moderate ceecum.
(27) The tongue is furnished with much-enlarged conical papillee on
its dorsum; but they are not placed as in the Felide.
(28) The calloso-marginal sulcus joins the crucial sulcus.
(29) The angle of the mandible is much flattened beneath.
(30) Proportional length of the limbs larger than in the Viverride.
(31) Length of muzzle to cranium generally intermediate between
the conditions presented by the Felide and the Viverride.
(32) Dentition extremely sectorial, and yet tormed for crushing, or
else altogether rudimentary.
(33) Tail rather short, but not as in the Lynxes.
(34) The clitoris may be traversed by the urogenital canal.
(35) Dorsal vertebree never less than fifteen.
(36) Postorbital processes short and blunt or moderate ; but orbits
never enclosed by bone.
(37) Paroccipital processes generally depending, but not always.
(38) Mastoid rather prominent.
(39) No carotid foramen in sphenoid.
(40) Nose and upper lip medianly grooved.
(41) Palate may or may not be much prolonged beyond the
molars.
(42) No pterygoid fossa.
(43) Size of species always large,
1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. 205
The following tabular arrangement may be convenient for refe-
rence :—
(Claws completely
retractile; imner
Felis.
cusp of upper sec-
torial moderate.
(no noalisphenoid \
P.2?
eanal; bulla not ex-
ternally constricted,
but internally di- | PELID Hi. Clawsincompletely \
vided; metatarsus retractile ; inner |
entirely hairy ; and ! cusp of upper Cynelu
13 dorsal vertebrae. ) ety ee f cer
mentary. )
ABLUROIDEA:
with asa} generally an alisphenoid canal; bulla
externally constricted, and internally divided ; VIVERRID &.
metatarsus hairy or naked ; and 18 or 14 dor-
sal vertebree.
& 53 no alisphenoid canal; bulla divided and
constricted, or not so; metatarsus hairy; 15
dorsal vertebrz.
HY ANID.
~~ —oo
almost always an alisphenoid canal and supracon-
dyloid foramen ; claws strongly curved and
more or less retractile; bulla not posteriorly } VivERRINa.
everted ; large canines; generally prescrotal
glands, and anus not opening into a sac.
No alisphenoid canal or supracondyloid foramen ;
claws moderately curved, not retractile ; bulla
posteriorly everted; large canines; no pre-
scrotal glands ; anus not opening into a sac.
GALIDICTINE.
Viverride : claws elongated, not retractile; bulla hardly
with everted posteriorly ; very small canines; no
prescrotal glands ; anus ?
EuPLeERiIn&.
an alisphenoid canal; a large supracondyloid
foramen; claws very curved and retractile ;
bulla not distinctly everted ; large canines; no
prescrotal glands; anus opening into a
sac.
|
j OryPTOPROCTINE.
an alisphenoid canal ; a supracondyloid foramen ;
claws elongated, not retractile; bulla dis-
tinctly everted ; large canines; no prescrotal
glands; anus opening into a sac.
)
no alisphenoid canal; a supracondyloid foramen |
HRPESTINe.
VIVERRIN.
A. Upper lip medianly grooved, tail long.
I. Tarsus and metatarsus entirely hairy; ears
M.2 :
never tufted. —— present.............++ Viverra.
c M. 2 :
—=absent .........++.... Prionodon.
206 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [Feb. 7,
II. Not so; ears rarely tufted.
a. A bald line on tarsus. ™“* present.. .... Genetta.
2 abate es. Poiana.
f. Two bald spots on tarsus .. .. ... Fossa.
y. Tarsus half bald ; auditory halle ‘only
Partly OGSUICO, abe ac atin oi 4 eel trae Nandinia.
3. Tarsus half bald ; auditory bulla entirely
SATO UL. bs oe ose ne, om SUR ass
1. Back marked with transverse bands . . Hemigalea.
2. Not marked with transverse bands.
a. Teeth small; hinder part of alveolar
border of mandible everted ..... Arctogale.
6. Teeth not small; hinder part of
alveolar border not everted .... .. Paradozurus.
e. Tarsus absolutely naked ; ears tufted .. <Aretictis.
B. Upper lip not medianly grooved; tail short .. Cynogale.
HERPESTINE.
A. Toes 5—5.
I. A groove beneath nose.
a. fe 1. + lad srg Soh Herpestes.
p. Pm. : Sorcictopteicn die 2 Helogale.
II. No groove beneath nose.
a. Tarsus hairy .. . Rhinogale.
f. Tarsus bald . Crossarchus.
B. Toes 5—4.. Cynictis.
C. Toes 4—4.
a. A groove beneath nose .......... Bdeogale.
3. No groove beneath nose . Suricata.
GALIDICTINZE.
A. Inferior canine very large .............+.. Galidictis.
B. a canine = ss large.
I. © absent ; “~? very small .. Galidia.
II. = present; of moderate size ........ Hemigalidia.
Distribution of the Akluroidea.
The suborder extends (apart from the arctic and antarctic regions)
over the whole world except Australia, New Guinea, New Zealand,
Polynesia, and the Auntilles—extending even into the Moluccas,
Philippines, Celebes, and Madagascar.
The family Felide is almost as cosmopolitan as is the entire
suborder, but it is not found in the Moluccas, Philippines, Celebes,
or Madagascar. It alone of the Aluroidea extends into the New
World; but, as was long ago remarked by Buffon, the Cats of the
Old and New Worlds are markedly distinct. Only one species,
the northern Lynx, is common to both worlds.
1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. 207
The Asiatic and African Cats are distinct, except the Lion, Leo-
pard, Caracal, and Chetah. Twenty-six species seem to be peculiar
to Asia, and only six to Africa. Ten species are peculiar to America.
The Indian archipelago is very rich in species; and the island of
Bali seems their extreme limit. The Tiger is found there. Two
species of Lynx and the Wild Cat are European.
The Hyenide are almost entirely African, and three of its five
species South-African. H. striata alone extends into Western Asia
and Northern Africa.
The family Viverride is exclusively confined to the Old World, and
has but two representatives—a Genet and an Ichneumon (Genetta
vulgaris and Herpestes ichneumon)—in Europe.
Apart from the Ichneumons and Paradoxures, twelve species are
Asiatic and twenty African. The Ichneumons are divided, as before-
said, into thirteen Asiatic and seven ‘African. The Paradoxures are
all Asiatic, but are not well defined as to species ; if we accept provi-
sionally the number (twelve) of Dr. Gray ', that will give a total of
thirty-seven Asiatic forms of Viverride, and thirty-two African
forms. Besides these, eight species are found in Madagascar.
No species is common to Asia and the continent of Africa, except
Genetia vulgaris and Herpestes ichneumon.
No species appears to be common to Madagascar and the conti-
nent of Africa, a species of Crossarchus found there having been
probably introduced by man.
No species is common to Madagascar and Asia except Viverricula,
that wandering Jew amongst the Viverride, the extensive range of
which has been already indicated °.
The other Madagascar species are Fossa, Eupleres, and the four
species of. Galidictine and Cryptoprocta.
Thus Madagascar, containing as it does examples of all five sub-
families of Viverride, has by far the most peculiar Viverrine fauna
of the whole world.
Next to it comes Borneo, with its Prionodon, Arctictis, Oynogale,
Hemigalea, Parodoxuri, and Herpestes ; and the Indian Archipelago
generally is rich in Viverrine life as well as being inhabited by the
Cats F. macrocelis, F.marmoratus, F'. planiceps, and F. badia.
The Viverrine section of the subfamily Viverrine are pretty equally
divided between Asia and Africa ; with the exception of the West-
African Nandinia, the paradoxurine section of the Viverrine are en-
tirely Asiatic.
As a rule the Viverring as to species are predominantly Asiatic,
while the Herpestine are predominantly African, and especially
South-African, As regards genera, the Viverring have six genera
peculiar to Africa, and one to Madagascar, while three (Viverra,
Viverricula, and Genetta) are common to both the continents.
As regards genera, the subfamily Herpestine has no less than six
peculiar to Africa, and not one Asiatic genus which is not also found
in Africa, the only genus common to the two continents being Her-
pestes.
? Cat. of Carnivora in Brit. Mus., p. 63. ? See ante, p. 149.
208 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE [Feb. 7,
It is interesting to note that the genera of Viverride with nu-
merous anal glands and a large circumanal pouch are African, and
especially South-African, like Hyena brunnea.
The extreme geographical limits of the Viverride seem to be
France, Spain, Shanghai, Formosa, the Philippines, Celebes, Lom-
bock, Madagascar, the Cape, and the north-western part of Africa—
Cape Verd.
The most northern range in the continent of Asia appears to be
that of Hyena striata in Asia Minor’.
No species of the Viverride is so widely diffused as is Viverricula.
Geograpically, then, as well as in some respects structurally, the
Viverride (apart from the Madagascar forms) seem to divide them-
selves into two great sections—one Asiatic and Viverrine, the other
African and Herpestine.
The #luroidea being considered as one whole, and Dr. Gray’s twelve
species of Paradoxurus and my enumeration of Cats being pro-
visionally accepted, we have a total of 5 species of Aluroids in Europe,
7 species in Madagascar, 11 species in America (all Cats), 46 species
in Africa, and 68 in Asia, 7 of these being common to both
Africa and Asia.
Before long I hope to lay before the Society my notes on some
parts of the anatomy, and especially on the osteology of the Mlu-
roidea.
2. On some Points in the Anatomy of the Indian Darter
(Plotus melanogaster), and on the Mechanism of the
Neck in the Darters (Plotus), in connexion with their
Habits. By W. A. Forszs, B.A., Prosector to the
Society.
7 [Received January 9, 1882.]
It is to the late Prof. Garrod that we are indebted for our know-
ledge of the great differences in the anatomy of the digestive organs
of the American® (Plotus anhinga), and African* (P. levaillanti)
Darters. The existence of such differences in birds apparently so
nearly allied made it very desirable to obtain a knowledge of these
parts in the other species of the genus Plotus.
On April 8th last, the Society obtained, by exchange from the
Zoological Gardens of Calcutta, the first specimen of the Indian
Darter (Plotus melanogaster) that it has acquired. The specimen, a
" P. de Tchihatcheff in his ‘Asie Mineure’ (1856), 2° partie, p.'602, reports good
evidence of its existence in Asia Minor. He says :—‘Je nel’ai jamais observée 4
Vétat vivant, mais dans plusieurs localités de la Phrygie, dela Mysie et du Pont,
les habitants m’en ont positivement constaté l’existence: d’ailleurs 4 Selevké
(littoral de la Cilicie pétrée) ; une dépouille de la Hyena striata me fut montrée
par un chasseur Arménien qui m’assura d’avoir tué l’animal dans les montagnes
voisines.”
? P.Z.S. 1876, pp. 335-345 ; Scient. Papers, pp. 334-346, pls. xviii—xx.
3 L. c, 1878, pp. 679-681; ¢. c. pp. 346-349.
1882. | ANATOMY OF THE INDIAN DARTER. 209
male, lived in excellent health till December 21st last, when it died
suddenly, its death apparently having been caused by some sudden
shock produced by too rapid feeding, as a dozen small fishes, just
swallowed, were found in its stomach. No disease whatever could
be found. It is this specimen that forms the subject of the present
communication.
As regards its stomach, Plotus melanogaster closely approaches P.
levaillanti, the proventriculus being in the form of two quite separate
patches, and the pyloric lobe being provided with a similar hair-
covered conical and retractile “plug.”’ In P. anhinga, it will be
remembered, the proventricular glands are collected together into a
special diverticulum of the stomach, whilst the pyloric lobe, though
hairy internally, has no such plug. In P. melanogaster the two
gland-patches have the form of watch-pockets, which nearly, though
not quite, unite with each other superiorly. They measure 1-1 inch
transversely and *8 inch from above downwards, being thus a little
larger than the similarly shaped and situated ones of P. levaillanti’.
There is no trace of the elevated “ U-shaped ridge ” situated on the
anterior wall of the stomach between the two patches, described and
figured by Prof. Garrod in the last-named species. The gland-
patches are covered, as is the rest of the interior of the stomach, by
the usual yellow wrinkled “epithelium.” This ceases abruptly
above at the level of the upper margins of the glandular areas, where
it meets the smooth and pink mucous membrane of the cesophagus.
Along this line of junction, the epithelial coat is thicker and jagged,
an appearance probably due to several thicknesses of this coat having
been “‘ moulted ” (as we know happens in the American species) and
not come clean away’.
The second, or pyloric, stomach is quite as distinct in Plotus mela-
nogaster as it is in the two other species of the genus dissected.
Like these, too, its pyloric half is covered internally with the pecu-
liar hairy mat already described in these birds: the cardiac part, on
the other hand, is covered by a yellow “epithelium” continuous
with that of the rest of the stomach. The hairy covering forms
a complete ring, thickest and best developed inferiorly—on the sur-
face corresponding to the ‘“‘ greater curvature” of the Mammalian
stomach—and quite surrounding the equally hairy pyloric plug.
This “plug” is not a free process: it is rather a well-defined ridge,
nearly cylindrical in section, attached superiorly to the wall of the
stomach, but ending freely below. It, particularly towards its ter-
mination, is thickly covered with hairs of a similar character to those
in the rest of the hairy region. When fully retracted, it completely
fills up the centre of the hairy ring already described, the communi-
cation of the cavities of the stomach and duodenum being reduced
to a narrow aperture situated below the plug, and only capable of
allowing the passage of a bristle.
1 Tn the proventricular glands being limited to distinct areas, which do not
unite to form a zone, Plotus Jevaillanti and P. melanogaster resemble the genus
Phalacrocorax.
2 Cf. Bartleti, P. Z. 8. 1881, p. 247.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1882, No. XIV. 14
210 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE [Feb. 7,
It is not unusual in birds to find a small irregular vipple-like
projection guarding the entrance to the pylorus ; and it is, I am in-
clined to believe, a greatly developed condition of this structure that
forms the hairy “plug” of the Old-World Darters.
In the rest of its anatomy Plotus melanogaster resembles in nearly
every respect P. anhinga and P. levaillanti. As in the latter, there
are two ceca, *2 inch long, whilst in most specimens of P. anhinga
one only has been observed’. As in P. anhinga, the large intestine
is peculiarly long, measuring 55 inches; the small intestine has a
length of 30 inches. The bursa fabricii, I may add, in the present
specimen (a ¢) had the ordinary relations of that organ to the
cloaca, opening into that chamber by a small pore. There is only
one carotid artery, the left, as in the two other species of Plotus, the
genus Pelecanus, and Sula leucogastra and S. piscator, though not in
S. bassana, or the other Steganopodes. The patella is only grooved,
and not perforated, by the ambzens muscle.
The structure of the neck in P. melanogaster is almost identical
with that of P. anhinga, as described and figured by Garrod.
“ Donitz’s bridge,” situated, as in the other species, on the 9th
cervical vertebra, is well-ossified in the present specimen, as it
is also in P. levaillanti and P. nove-hollandia, though not in
P. anhinga.
In addition to this, the similarly-situated fibrous bands—formed by
a specialized part of the general cervical aponeurosis—on the 11th
cervical vertebra, which are correctly figured and described (in the
explanation to the plate) by Garrod* in P. anhinga, are also ossi-
fied, each in its median portion being converted, over a small area
about the size of a hemp-seed, into bone. Through the canal thus
formed on each side, the longus colli posterior, as well as the
general mass of posterior neck-muscles, passes. On examination
of P. levaillanti, I find these bands also ossified in that species ;
in P. anhinga, as already correctly stated by Garrod, they remain
fibrous. There is no such ossification of the cervical portion of the
longus colli posterior tendon in this species, as was observed by
Garrod in P. anhinga; and in this respect again the African and
Indian species agree, and differ from their American relative.
Prof. Garrod, in the first of his papers already referred to, has
fully and accurately described the peculiar osteological and myolo-
gical characters of the neck of the Darter. But, probably from never
having observed these birds when feeding, he has not pointed out
the connexion between this peculiar neck, with its naturally persis-
tent ‘‘ kink,” of the Darters and their mode of life.
The Darters feed entirely, so far as I have been able to observe,
under water. Swimming with its wings half expanded, though loco-
motion is effected entirely by the feet, the bird pursues his prey
(small fishes) with a peculiar “ darting ” or jerky action of the head
' Ina specimen of Plotus anhinga that has passed through my hands since
this paper was read there was, in addition to a single cecum of the ordinary
size, a much more rudimentary one developed on the other side of the intestine.
2 L.c. pl. xviii. fig. 2a.
1882. | ANATOMY OF THE INDIAN DARTER. 211
and neck, which may be compared to that of a man poising a spear
or harpoon before throwing it. Arrived within striking-distance,
the Darter suddenly transfixes, in fact bayonets, the fish on the tip
of its beak with marvellous dexterity, and then immediately comes
to the surface, where the fish is shaken off the beak by jerking of
the head and neck (repeated till successful), thrown upwards, and
swallowed, usually head first.
A study of the neck in the recently dead bird leaves little doubt
Diagram to show the mechanism of the “ kink” of the neck in the Darters.
a, head and anterior moiety of neck (1st to 7th cervical vertebrx); p, posterior
moiety of neck (from the 9th cervical vertebra to thorax); 8, 8th cer-
vical yertebra; D, ‘ Donitz’s bridge,” on the 9th cervical; f, the two
flexor muscles (vide text); ¢, the extensor muscle (the longus colli ante-
vior). In fig. 1 the flexor muscles are supposed to be acting, bending
back the anterior part of the neck on the 8th ceryical; in fig. 2 the
extensor muscle has opened out the anterior genu formed by the 8th cer-
vical, thereby protruding the apex of the beak (marked B in fig. 1)
to B’.
as to the mechanism by which this peculiar impaling of the prey is
effected. The 8th cervical vertebra is articulated, as has already
been described, with the 7th in such a way that the two cannot
naturally be got to lie in the same line, but form an angle, open
forwards, of about 145°, when the two bones are stretched as far as is
possible in that direction. Behind, its articulation with the 9th
cervical is such as to permit it to be bent back at an angle a little
greater than 90° with that vertebra, beyond which extent, however,
14*
212 ON THE ANATOMY OF THE INDIAN DARTER. _ [Feb 7,
no further flexion is possible. The 8th vertebra is thus so articulated
with the 7th anteriorly and the 9th posteriorly as to allow it, when
the neck is flexed, to be nearly at right angles to the rest of the
neck, the two portions of which, though parallel, are then at different
horizons, something like the two bars of a parallel ruler (vide diagram,
p- 211, fig. 1). When the neck is bent in this Z-shaped form, any
opening out of the anterior angular bend by the action of the’
anterior neck-muscles causes the anterior moiety of the neck to
suddenly shoot out, thus causing a corresponding protrusion of the
head and beak (diagram, fig. 2). By the flexion of the 6th on the
7th, and of the 9th on the 10th, cervical vertebrze, the curve of the
neck is increased—the articulations of the 8th vertebra still forming
the double hinge round which motion takes place—and the impaling
action correspondingly augmented. This protrusion, though only
for a short distance, is so violent as to effectually ‘strike ’”’ the fish
which the bird is pursuing.
The bending-back of the neck is effected, partly by the action of
the longus colli posterior, partly by a special pair of closely approxi-
mated muscles, situated anteriorly along the middle line of the neck,
which arise close together from the hemapophysial spine of the
11th cervical vertebra, near its anterior articular end, and are in-
serted into the sides of the anterior half of the 6th cervical.
The opening-out, on the other hand, of the genu formed by
the 7th and 8th cervicals—by which, as already described, the
impaling action is produced—is caused by the contraction of the tho-
racically very powerful longus colli anterior. The main tendon of
this is inserted on the long, backwardly-directed hemapophysis of
the 8th cervical, playing round the doubly-grooved surface of the
inferior arch formed by the hemapophyses of the 9th cervical, to
which yertebra, as well as to the 10th, it gives off much smaller ten-
dinous slips.
It is obvious that considerable advantage is gained by the action
in question, the rapid protrusion of the narrow neck and head over
a small space by this mechanism necessitating a less amount of
exertion than would a similar movement of the whole bird over the
same space, and being equally efficacious in striking the prey. The
whole mechanism, it may be observed, exists ina less developed form
in the neck of the Herons, Cormorants, &c.; and it requires but a slight
modification of the arrangement of these parts in those birds—none
of which, so far as I know, impale their prey like the Darters—to
bring about the perfect adaptation of these structures to a newly
acquired mode of feeding.
PZ. eles ere Eva
A.
X 4 diaims
Ol
(oe)
A.S.Foord delet lth. Mintern Bros imp.
NEW CORALS FROM MADEIRA .
1882. | PROF. DUNCAN ON CORALS FROM MADEIRA. 213
8. On some Recent Corals from Madeira. By Prof. P.
Martin Duncan, M.B. (Lond.), F.R.S., Pres. Royal
Micros. Soc., &c. (Communicated by the Secretary.)
[Received January 19, 1882.]
(Plate VIII.)
In the autumn of 1881, Mr. J. Y. Johnson, of Madeira, sent me
a small collection of Corals which he had obtained, from a few
fathoms depth, in the sea off Funchal and other places near the
island. Some of the specimens were adherent by their bases to a
small species of oyster, and others to the bases of Gorgonide. As
the collection has species in it representing the Mediterranean, Flori-
dan, and North-Atlantic deep-sea coral-faunas, I thought that its
description would be of some importance. The new species are
three in number; and two of them are very interesting. One, Cerato-
trochus johnsoni, belongs to a genus which has a recent species on
' the American side of the Atlantic and fossil forms in the Mediter-
ranean Pliocene and Miocene and in the Australian Miocene strata.
Another, Caryophyllia endothecata, reveals a decided interseptal
structure like the endotheca of the family Astrzeidee.
Description of the Species, and Remarks.
MADREPORARIA.
Section APOROSA.
Family TURBINOLIIDS.
Subfamily Caryophylline.
Genus Caryoruy.uis, Milne-Edwards & Haime.
This genus and its divisions were noticed at some length in the
description of the Madreporaria dredged up during the expedition
of H.M.S. ‘ Porcupine,’ published in the ‘Transactions’ of the
Society, vol. viii. pt. v. 1873. It is not necessary, therefore, to
recapitulate, and especially as there has been no increase of know-
ledge on the subject of any importance since that date.
There are some fine specimens from Madeira of a species of Caryo-
phyllia which was not obtained during the ‘ Porcupine’ expedition,
but which is a very well-known Mediterranean form. The specimens
came up in deep water off Madeira, attached to a valve of Ostrea
cochlea, which, in its turn, rested upon a hexactinellid sponge.
One specimen was mature ; a second was smaller ; and there were two
very small individuals. The larger specimen has the parts above the
base perfect ; but Cliona-borings have destroyed the broad base of
attachment,
214 PROF, P. MARTIN DUNCAN ON [Feb. 7,
Caryophyllig with more than four perfect cycles of septa.
CaRYOPHYLLIA CYATHUS, Lamarck, Syst. des Anim. sans vertéb.,
1801.
The corallum is tall, slightly bent, subturbinate, slightly com-
pressed, and has a base much narrower than the calicular opening.
The coste are only distinct for a short distance from the calice; and
then they become flat and only occasionally visible, being separated
by indistinct lines and ornamented by numerous small granules
which are placed across the costee. The whole surface is, as it were,
shining and varnished-looking; near the base the coste are not
visible, but the granulations and varnished appearance prevail.
The calice is longer than broad, elliptical in outline, very deep
centrally and shallow at the margins. Some of the septa are
slightly exsert, but they do not project much higher than the others;
and this is the case with the primaries and other large septa which
have no pali before them. The septa are close, stout, and unequal,
and there is but little space between them; they are rounded at
their upper edge and towards the columella; they are straighter and
some are rather large internally. There are many septa of the fifth
cycle.
The columella is deeply sunken, fasciculate, elliptical in outline,
rounded above, and composed of eleven processes well separated.
The pali are higher than the columella, stout, and as large as the
ends of the septa to which they belong, and from which they are
well separated above. There are eighteen of them; and they are
separated by a space from the columella.
The height of the coral is 1,4; inch, and the length of the calice
2 inch, its breadth being 5; inch.
This description corresponds specifically with that of MM. Milne-
Edwards and Jules Haime in their Hist. Nat. des Corall. vol. ii.
p- 13. The columella, however, has fewer processes ; but it is found
that there is much variation in that structure in specimens from
the Mediterranean, some of which have the same number as the
Madeiran form.
A smaller specimen has a widely open calice, the columella deeply
seated, and the septa barely exsert. The columella is made up of
about five twisted processes. The pali are thin, separate, and eighteen
in number; they have granules with little cup-shaped cavities in
them, and are much higher than the columella, from which they are
well separated above. They are wavy at the edges. The septa,
thin and not over close, are wavy here and there at their inner edge,
and are granular at the sides.
The calice is more circular than that of the larger form; and the
body is shorter. Height 2 inch.
This form can be comprehended by studying sections of larger
and mature forms made near their bases. There the granular
and more or less distant septa hardly seem possibly to belong to a
coral which could develop such a close-set septal arrangement as
is seen above,
1882.]. CORALS FROM MADEIRA. 215
Both these specimens came from off the same shell.
A smaller individual of this species presents the peculiar ornamen-
tation of the coste near the calice and the shining epitheca. It is
cylindrical in shape, and is just beginning to curve at the top; and
it is fixed, by a base with two small offshoots, within the hollow of
the valve of a shell. The calice is widely open, but has sharp
margins and very slender and somewhat exsert and tolerably bent
primary and secondary septa.
The primaries and secondaries are nearly equal; the tertiaries are
much smaller; and the fourth and fifth orders of the fourth cycle of
septa are very small. The larger septa are wavy within, very slender,
and well separated.
The columella occupies considerable space, and is composed of
about eight twisted band-like lamellee, which are separate.
The pali are very small, and closely resemble the trabecule of the
collumella ; but their union low down with the septa can sometimes
be seen. They are before the second and third orders of septa.
The corallum is excessively slender and transparent.
Height of the coral ;5 inch.
At the base of the specimen just described, and within the same
valve of a shell, is a very minute coral, which appears to be a still
smaller form of Caryophyllia cyathus. It has a circular calice, six
primary and six smaller or secondary septa; and there are twelve
very small rudiments of the tertiary cycle. The larger septa are
slightly enlarged at their inner ends; and there are no pali, the
columellary trabeculz being very small and apparently in one little
bundle.
It is evident from the study of these specimens that the peculiar
shining costal covering which has been termed a pellicular epitheca,
but which does not appear to be a true outer thecal covering, is
always present. The thickness of the septa and their crowded
state seen in the adults is a matter of growth; and it is clear that
the first stage of the coral shows three cycles of septa, the tertiary
being rudimentary, and that in a more advanced stage there are four
perfect cycles. The full number of septa is obtained during adult
age ; and the whole of the calcareous tissues increase then in thick-
ness.
In examining some pieces of worn coral, probably originally form-
ing part of a large Dendrophylia, I found a small Caryophyllia cya-
thus. It has the peculiar epitheca, and is just in advance of the
smallest specimen just noticed, so far as its growth is concerned.
There are four cycles of septa in some of the systems, and in the
others only three. The columella is a twisted piece of tissue ; and
the pali are small but distinct and are before the secondaries.
Hence the coral with three cycles of septa in its early stage has
no pali; they appear before the secondaries a little later, and subse-
quently before the tertiary ; and this takes place when the fourth
and fifth orders of septa are complete in a system. Then pali are
developed before a higher order and eighteen result. The pali are
deep in the calice, but project upwards; and they send processes
216 PROF. P. MARTIN DUNCAN ON [Feb. 7,
inwards to join the twisted trabeculz of the columella. The septa
are marked low down by oblique rows of granules; but there is not a
trace of any endotheca.
CARYOPHYLLIA CLAVUS, Scacchi, var. TINCTA.
The common British shallow-water coral is represented by a form
at Madeira which cannot be separated from it specifically. Indeed
it seems to be a simple variety, having a small columella, fewer
septa, smaller pali; and the tint of the columella is pearly white,
whilst that of the septa and coste is reddish brown. The British
variety smithi of Stokes is white, and is found below tide-mark in
Devonshire.
The corallum is short, with a broad incrusting base, an ephitheca
reaching far towards the margin ; there are well-developed granular
costze above the epitheca, some projecting, and four complete cycles
of septa with some orders of the fifth. The calice is deep, slightly
elliptical in outline; and the columella is small, elongate and narrow,
and is formed of a few tall twisted ribbon-shaped processes. The
primary septa are exsert ; and the secondaries are lessso. The pali
are small, and are before the third cycle of septa.
The granulation of the sides of the septa is in arched rows, one
above the other ; and the lateral projection of the granules from the
free inner ends of the septa is decided.
Length of the calice inch.
Subdivision CARYOPHYLLIZ ENDOTHECATA.
Amongst this collection of corals from Madeira is one which,
whilst it presents all the characters of the genus Caryophyllia, pos-
sesses a distinct endotheca between its septa, occluding more or less
the interseptal loculi here and there.
It is a most important form, especially when it is considered in
relation to Asterosmilia, a genus of Trochocyathacez or Caryo-
phylliz with a double row of pali, and possessing endothecal dis-
sepiments ; for the possession of an endotheca has been considered
to be of sufficient classificatory value to place genera with and
without it in different families.
I propose including the new form amongst the species of Caryo-
phyllia, giving it a subgeneric position.
CARYOPHYLLIA ENDOTHECATA, sp. noy. (Plate VIII. figs. 1-4.)
The coral is small, with a broad flat base, from which rises a more
or less cylindrical body slightly constricted above the base, and
narrowed and reentering at the calicular margin somewhat.
The calice is circular in outline, rather shallow near the margins,
but much deeper at the columella, which consists of four or five dis-
tinct nodules. The septa are unequal, well apart, slightly exsert
according to the order, and dip down, not reaching the columella.
They are thin, slightly wavy in some instances ; and the size of the
primaries and secondaries distinguishes them. There are four
cycles of septa in five systems and in one half of the sixth; but in
1882. ] CORALS FROM MADEIRA. 217
the other half the higher orders are not developed. The pali follow
the ordinary rule, and are before the tertiary septa in all systems
where the higher orders are fully developed ; and consequently there
are eleven long, narrow, wavy, very distinct, and well-developed
ali.
5 There is a decided endotheca just within the margin, whose edge
is somewhat inverted ; and it covers some of the pali and occludes
several interseptal loculi. In other parts dissepiments may be seen
stretching between the septa. The cost are numerous at the base,
and are in lines of granules or in faint ridges. Near the calice the
coste of the larger septa are the most projecting; and all are marked
with granules, which, in some instances, assume a serpentine arrange-
meut. There are faint traces of a pellicular epitheca.
Height of coral 5; inch, length of calice 33; inch.
From Madeira.
Subfamily Trochocyathacee.
Genus Paracyaruus, Milne-Edwards & Haime, 1848.
PARACYATHUS STRIATUS, Philippi, sp.
Several specimens of this widely-distributed form, with unlobed
pali and well-developed cost, are from Madeira. The species is
common in the Mediterranean and in the Caribbean Sea.
Subfamily Turbinoline.
There are four specimens of a simple coral in the collection from
Madeira, which were dredged at a depth of 30 fathoms in Funchal
Bay; and they represent three stages of the growth of the species.
Genus Ceratotrocuvus, Milne-Edwards & Jules Haime, 1848.
CERATOTROCHUS JOHNSONI, sp. noy. (Plate VIII. figs. 5-8.)
The coral is horn-shaped, bent, and has several growth-rings on
it; it was attached by a narrow circular base, which has broken
from its support, The calice is wider than the rest of the body, is
almost circular in outline, and its marginal wall is thin. The axial
space is wide and deep; the septa are thin, wide apart, and rather
bent ; they are unequal, very slightly exsert, and do not reach far into
the calice except in the instance of the larger ones. There are
several quite rudimentary septa in some parts of the calice; but
they correspond to cost which are much larger in every respect.
Omitting these, the septa are twenty-seven in number, and counting
them, are forty-four in all. The arrangement in cycles is irregular ;
and there appear to be five primaries only. The margin between
the septa has a festooned edge; and the interseptal Spaces are
wide. It is at the lowest point of the concavity of the festoon that
the minute septa arise. The tertiary septa are smaller than the
secondaries, and they project well from the wall and reach down
into the depths of the calice. The septa are rounded above; their
edge is rather straight within ; and they are sometimes bent; and
218 PROF. P. MARTIN DUNCAN ON [Feb. 7,
their sides are ornamented with very decided elevations and depres-
sions, forming series of close arches, the convexity being upwards
and slightly inwards. The small size of the origin of the septa from
the broad costz is sometimes evident.
The columella is small and very deeply situate, and is formed by
four or five lax trabeculee, which unite with some of the septal ends.
The coste differ considerably near the base and close to the
calice. Near the base they are not numerous; and in some parts
they are slightly developed, subequal or alternately large and small,
distinct, and either subcristiform or marked with a row of long,
narrow, flat, separate elevations or granules, whilst in others they
are alternately large and small, and the intercostal tissue is granu-
lar. In the middle of the outside of the coral the coste are larger,
subequal, and subcristiform, thin and wavy, and alternately broader,
flatter, and granular. Close to the calice they become more nume-
rous, cristiform, wavy and oblique, and subequal, the intercostal
areas being minutely granular.
The fractured base shows a thick wall, a columellary tissue, and
twelve irregular and short septa.
s The length of the coral is 1 inch, and the length of the calice is
+ inch.
A second and smaller specimen with the same external shape and
prevailing decided growth-rings, is younger than that just described.
The septa have all the characteristics of those of the first specimen;
but the rudimentary ones are absent; their caste exist however.
There are not three complete cycles; and the interseptal loculi are
very broad.
The columella is deeply seated, and is formed by tissue, coming
irregularly from the ends of some septa. The rough ridges of the
sides of the septa are very evident.
The costze are very distinct, but, as in the other specimen, small ;
and their characteristic is their narrow wavy crest near the calice,
and their broader and granular nature near the base.
The fractured base shows nine septa, some primaries and the
others secondaries ; but it is not possible to define them.
Height of the coral ? inch, length of the calice rather less than
4 inch.
“ The other two Specimens are young, and their curved form has
only just commenced; they have three perfect cycles of septa,
and a small columella deeply seated. The costze of one are broadly
granular and subequal near the base ; and near the calice they become
shorter, with a tendency to a wavy cristiform shape here and there.
In the other the cost are decidedly wavy and crested near the calice
and lower down near a growth-ring, and then to the very base. In
one instance the base has become incrusted by a Bryozoan.
Height of coral 7% inch.
As regards the negative characters, it may be said that there are
no pali, and that the endotheca is deficient ; moreover the epitheca is
only faintly indicated in a young form. The columella is smaller
than in the species typical of the genus. The positive characters
1882. ] CORALS FROM MADEIRA. 219
are the costal ornamentation and distribution, the large interseptal
loculi, the small columella, and the very marked curved ridges on
the sides of the septal laminee.
Family OcULINID&.
Subfamily Stylophorine.
Genus MapRAcIis.
MADRACIS ASPERULA, Milne-Edwards and Jules Haime, 1850.
This well-known Madeiran coral is in the collection; and the
speciman shows calices with eight, nine, and ten septa.
The range of the species is considerable; for it was found by
Pourtales on the other side of the Atlantic.
Subfamily Oculinacea.
Genus AmpuineE iA, Milne~Edwards and Jules Haime, 1849.
AMPHIHELIA OCULATA, Linn. sp.
A small fragment of this coral was found with one of a variety of
AMPHIHELIA RAMEA, Sars.
Family ASTRZID&.
Subfamily Cladocoracec,
Genus Ciapocora, Ehrenberg, 1834.
CxapocoRA DEBILIS, Milne-Edwards and Jules Haime, 1849.
Specimens of this common Madeiran coral were sent by Mr.
Johnson, and do not present any new points of interest.
Section PERFORATA.
Family MADREPORID&.
Subfamily Eupsammine.
Genus BALANOPHYLLIA, Searles Wood.
BALANOPHYLLIA BREVIS, sp. nov. (Plate VIII. figs. 9-12.)
The corallum is short, compressed in the direction of its length
somewhat, with an elliptical deep calice, a broad, flat, attached base,
and a small, very deeply-seated, elongate trabecular columella, flat
on its surface, and united to the septa by six small processes. The
epitheca is dense, reaches close up to the calicular margin, and
ends there in a definite linear ridge. The septa are in six systems ; and
in four of them there are five cycles, whilst in the others there are
three cycles and one half of the fourth, the septa of the higher order
being developed between the primary and tertiary septa only. The
lamine are stout, very granular, and subspinulose, and more ragged,
even on the edges, curved above, where they occupy much space
on the edge of the calice, and dipping down suddenly on all sides of
the large, elongate, and deep axial space. The septa are very
220 PROF. DUNCAN ON CORALS FROM MADEIRA. [Feb. 7,
unequal in length and size. This produces a festooning of the margin
of the calice, the primaries being the highest and the septa next to
them only slightly lower. The secondaries are high, but lower
than the primaries; and they have a higher order of septa next to
them just below their elevation. The lowest point of the calicular
edge is over the tertiary septa, which are the smallest. The six
primary septa are well developed and are free’, and do not reach
the columella, but pass lower by its side to the base. The secon-
daries of four systems are next in size to the primaries and are free
at their inner ends and straight; but in two systems, where the
fourth cycle is incomplete, they unite with a process of the septa
placed next to the primaries by a process which reaches, after junc-
tion, a radiating projection of the columella.
The tertiary septa are the smallest and are free, being included in
the loops formed by the higher septa in their junction with each
other and the columella.
The septa of the fourth and fifth orders, in four of the systems,
unite in front of the tertiary septa; and thence a process passes in
front of the secondary to reach one from the columella. These
processes are continuations of the septal edges, and also of columel-
lary structure, and are stout and well separated.
The coste are visible at the margin before they are covered with
the epitheca. They are very sharply granular and unequal.
The tint of the coral is brownish red, the columella being white.
Height of the coral + inch, length of calice not quite ,°; inch,
breadth of calice + inch, length of base 4 inch.
Locality. Madeira.
The smaller specimen has the epitheca more distant from the
calicular edge, a more defined columella ornamented with a few
spiny granules on its surface, the same number of septa in the four
systems, and a large deep axial space.
This small Balanophyllian has its specific characters well marked,
and has not hitherto been noticed. It is probably a young form;
and certainly, although it has the characters of the genus, the walls
are imperforate. Probably it is the growth of the coral that de-
cides this.
List of the Corals dredged from Madeira.
Caryophyllia cyathus, Lamarck. | Madracis asperula, Rdw. & Haime.
clavus, Scacchi. Amphihelia oculata, Linn. sp.
—— endothecata, sp. nov. ramea, var., Sars.
Paracyathus striatus, Philippi, sp. | Cladocora debilis, Edw. & Haime.
Ceratotrochus johnsoni, sp. nov. | Balanophyllia brevis, sp. nov.
The presence of Caryphyllia cyathus and Caryphyllia clavus in
the sea of Madeira was almost to be expected, and that of Para-
cyathus striatus also, they all being Mediterranean forms and Atlantic
also. The Madracis is found also on the American side of the
1 Tn one instance there is a faint union with the columella.
P.2.8- 1882 Plige
ta
m5 4s & on
need
Z
uM ;
Ha v
4
fi
by
Berjean hth Hanhart. imp
SPECIES OF CORALLIIDA.
1882. ] MR. S. 0. RIDLEY ON THE CORALLIIDE. 221
Atlantic. The Amphihelie are found in the North Atlantic and
Florida seas, besides off Madeira; but Cladocora debilis appears to
be a local species. The Balanophyllia is new, and has no definite
alliances. Ceratotrochus johnsoni is a remarkable form of a genus
of very great distribution ; and Caryophyllia endothecata is so im-
portant a coral that I shall venture to write a separate memoir
about its bearings on classification.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE VIII.
Caryophyllia endothecata, p. 216, natural size.
——, the calice, magnified,
—— ——, interseptal loculi, magnified.
, cost, magnified.
. Ceratotrochus johnson, p. 217, natural size.
, a second specimen, natural size.
—— ——,, the calice, magnified.
—— ——, the cost, magnified.
. Balanophyllia brevis, p. 219, natural size.
10. —— , magnified.
11. — , calice, magnified.
12, —— ——, diagram of the septal arrangement.
Fig.
—
$0 00 31 o> SUB G9 POT
On the Arrangement of the Coralliide, with Descriptions
of new or rare Species. By Stuart O. Rivtey, M.A.,
F.L.S., &c., Assistant in the Zoological Department,
British Museum. (Communicated by Dr. Gintuer,
V.P.Z.S.)
[Received January 23, 1882, ]
(Plate IX.)
The smal] group of species which has been thought worthy of
separation from the rest of its Alcyonarian allies as a distinct family
under the name Corallide (more correctly Coralliide), is chiefly
remarkable in its structural characters for possessing a continuous
stony axis, covered by only a thin cortical layer of a softer spiculi-
ferous material, into which the polypes are retractile. Its best claim
to general notice lies in the fact that the Precious Coral of commerce
(Corallium rubrum, Costa, rectius nobile, Pallas) is one of the only
three species hitherto known to exist in the seas of the present time
which have been included in it. The other two species are scarcely
known, even to students of the group. Thus but one specimen of the
species described by Dana (U.S. Expl. Exped., vol. vii. p. 641, pl. lx.
fig. 1) under the name of Corallium secundum seems to have ever
been described ; and but one specimen of the third species, described
by the late Dr. Gray (P. Z.S. 1860, p. 393, Rad. pl. xviii.) under
the name of Corallium (subsequently altered to Hemicorallium)
Johnsoni, was obtained in the first instance, and I know of no other
authentic specimen. The original specimen of this species, how-
ever, is fortunately preserved in the national collection; that of
222 MR. S. 0. RIDLEY ON THE CORALLIIDE. [Feb. 7,
C. secundum is no doubt in America, in company with the other
specimens obtained at the same time by the United-States Exploring
Expedition. The Red Coral (C. xodile) occurs in the Mediterranean,
and among the islands (e. g. Cape-Verd Islands, see Wyville
Thomson, Voy. ‘ Challenger,’ Atlantic, i. p. 76) lying off the N.W.
coast of Africa; it occurs nowhere! else, so far as I have been able
to discover. C. secundum is recorded with doubt as from the Sand-
wich Islands; it was probably obtained in the Pacific Ocean at any
rate; C. johnsoni was obtained from Madeira. In the present paper
is described a fourth species, and one which is probably not new,
belonging to this remarkable and beautiful family: the one was
obtained from the island of Mauritius, and is now in the collection
at the British Museum; the other is stated to come from Japan, and
will shortly be incorporated with the same collection.
Arrangement of the Family.—The only attempt which has been
made at classifying the species is that of Dr. Gray in a Note read
before this Society, and published in its ‘ Proceedings’ for 1867
(p. 125), and somewhat amplified in ‘ Catalogue of Lithophytes or
Stony Corals’ (1870), p. 22. Dr. Gray divided the family and the
original single genus Corallium into 3 genera, based mainly ou the
distribution of the “polypes” (meaning polype-cells, verruce of
Verrill) on the branches, viz. :—
(1) Corallium, with the verruce slightly elevated from the cortex
and scattered on all sides of the branches (incl. C. nobile).
(2) Pleurocorallium, branching in a single plane; the verruce
slightly raised, confined to one surface, and mostly placed on small
branches chiefly found near the edges of the main branches (incl.
C. secundum, Dana).
(3) Hemicorallium. The verruce prominent, all occurring on one
side of the branches (incl. C. johnsont, Gray).
With regard to this arrangment, it seems well to point out that
the characters on which it is founded appeal entirely to the naked
eye. In the allied members of the same group, the Alcyonaria,
Prof. Kolliker (see ‘Icones Histiologicee’) and Verrill (see various
papers in the Proc. Essex Institute, Trans. Connecticut Academy,
American Journal of Science, &c.) have shown good reasons for
the belief that the majority of those characters, such as colour,
manner of branching, presence or absence of anastomosis between
branches, to which alone those writers can appeal who do not
make use of a microscope in their researches, must be regarded
as usually of no more than secondary importance in the estimation
of the mutual affinities of the different subdivisions and species of this
group. From personal study I can testify to the truth of this principle
in the case of the Melitheide, which are probably the nearest allies
of this family. In them anastomosis of branches may be simply a
varietal circumstance ; coloration of the internal parts is open to the
same remark, and external coloration is far more frequently so; the
manner of branching is much the same in all ; so that, for classifi-
Tt is found fossil in the Upper Pliocene and Quaternary deposits of South
Italy, cf. Seguenza, Atti Ac. Line, (3) Mem. sc. fis. mat. nat. iii. pp. 331, 373.
1882. } MR. S. O. RIDLEY ON THE CORALLIID. 223
cation, recourse has to be had mainly to the characters of the spicula
and of the verruce.
The want of good series of individuals of any known species of
Coralliide except C. nobile is an obstacle to the full discussion of
the natural relations of the different forms; a few facts only can be
noted at present as bearing on the subject. Beginning with the
comparatively common Corallium nobile, Pallas (rubrum, Costa)
we find a cylindrical axis, usually branching seldom, but dicho-
tomously and most commonly in an arborescent manner, which,
though tending towards growth in one plane, yet almost invariably is
actually in various planes ; the cortex quite conceals any inequalities
of the surface ; and the verrucz! (or calicles) project dome-like from
all sides of the branches. Variations are frequent, especially in mode
of growth ; but these are by far the commonest characters of the
species. The colour of the axis varies not uncommonly from crimson
to pale red, rarely to yellow, and more rarely to white; the spicules
are of one type, viz. a hexahedral oblong form, the angles being
formed by broad truncate but microtuberculate tubercles, which
preserve the chief features of their characteristic form throughout
all varieties of the external form of the coral. (Cf Lacaze-Duthiers,
Hist. Nat. Corail, p. 70—‘ toutefois en recherchant bien, on finit par
découvrir une forme qui, résumant toutes les autres, peut étre regardée
comme la type.’’)
Corallium (Hemicorallium, Gray) johnsoni, P. Z.8. 1860, p. 393,
Radiata, pl. xviii., differs in several particulars from the former
species, besides the branching essentially in one plane, the strictly
anterior position of the verruce, and their considerable protrusion
from the surface, which are the chief points insisted on by Dr. Gray.
Thus the cream-coloured cortex is about *5 mm. thick, about twice
the thickness which it has in C. nobile ; on the terminal branches
the calicles rise abruptly from the surface, are truncate above, and
measure 1°5 to 2 mm. in average diameter. The spicules have not
hitherto been described; and their characters, in the one case, are so
remarkable, and have such an important bearing on the affinities of
both the genus and family to which the species belongs, that I now
proceed to describe them.
Spicules of two kinds :—(i.) cylindrical, octoradiate, having a short
stout shaft terminated at each end by a tubercle; two pairs of tubercles
also project from each end of the shaft, in the same plane as the
terminal ones, but at right angles to its long axis; on the anterior
side (reckoning the two pairs of tubercles just mentioned as lateral)
a tubercle projects at right angles to the long axis of the shaft, and
also to the plane in which the lateral tubercles lie ; on the posterior
side a similar tubercle is similarly placed, but at the opposite end of
the spicule ; the ends of the short, broad, truncate tubercle are micro-
tuberculate with few, sharp, smaller tubercles ; size 08 by °053 mm.:
this form is exactly similar to that of C. nodile, but is slightly
smaller. Spicule no. ii. bilobate, having the form of a pair of
‘ I think it best to adopt Verrill’s term for those parts of the cortex which
are specialized for the reception of the polypes.
224 MR. S. 0. RIDLEY ON THE CORALLIID, [Feb. 7,
opera-glasses, or of two short globose bottles united by their sides ;
consists of two globose masses, often somewhat flattened at distal
end, separated by a more or less deep constriction, their surface
microtuberculate ; to the proximal extremity of each is attached a
short handle-like process, of variable shape, bearing several long
tubercles, and About one third the length of the larger lobes; average
maximum size °053 mm. long by ‘053 mm. across the two lobes;
thickness of lobes, antero-posteriorly, about -044 mm.
The thickness of the cortex appears to be correlated with the
smoothness of the hard axis in the stem (higher up this is distinctly
striated) ; for in the other species of Hemicorallium, H. secundum, the
thinner cortex appears to be associated with a striated stem. The
explanation (physiological) appears to be that the ccenosarcal canals,
which would have grooved the surface of the axis, find sufficient
protection in the cortex when this is thick.
Turning to O. (Pleurocoralliwm, Gray) secundum, Dana (U.S.
Expl. Exp., Zoophytes, vol. vii. p. 641, Atlas, Zooph. pl. lx. fig. 1),
we find again the mode of branching to be substantially that in one
plane; here too the polypes are said to be confined to the front or
sides of the branches, but to be borne mostly on small branchlets or
pinne scattered over the edges and front of the main branches—an
arrangement differing from that of both the preceding forms, but
agreeing with that to be described below in the new species C. stylas-
teroides, with which this species further agrees in the growth in one
plane. Unfortunately the spicular characters are unknown ; but,
from resemblances which have been found to exist between this and
a form described below as a variety of it and agreeing in all generi-
cally important characters with Hemicorallium johnsoni, I have little
doubt of its similar generic identity with that species: therefore one
of the genera Pleurocorallium and Hemicorallium must give way,
and the former must stand, having precedence in description.
Hemicorallium therefore = Pleurocorallium; and Hemicorallium
johnsoni= Pleurocorallium johnsoni.
Looking at the relations of C. nodile to the species described
below as new under the name of C. stylasteroides, we find a thin
cortex in both, a low polype-verruca, and a spicule differing only in
size; and it is only in those characters which, as I have stated, I
believe to be less essential in the classification of this Order, viz.
mode of branching, colour, and form of axis (?.¢. cylindrical or
oblong in section), that we find great differences ; and the first two
of these have been already seen to vary widely in C. rubrum, and in
their variation to approximate that species to C. stylasteroides.
No other recent species has been described.
The only other species with which I am acquainted are the fossil
forms C. pallidum, Michelin (Iconogr. Zoophytol. p. 16, pl. xv. fig. 9),
from the Miocene of Italy and Tertiaries of Scinde, and C. bechii,
M.-Edw. and Haime (Distr. méth. polyp. paleeoz. p. 188), from
the White Chalk of Faxde. The former is distinguished from our
species by having the method of branching of C.. nobile, viz. cylin-
drical branches given off at considerable intervals ; and it appears to
1882.] MR. S. O. RIDLEY ON THE CORALLIIDE. 225
belong to Corallium s. str., and is perhaps identical with C. nobile
(see below, p. 232). In C. deckii the branches anastomose and are
terminally dilated, both of which are characters quite wanting (as
constant characters) in C. nodile as in all other known species ; its
systematic position in the family is quite uncertain.
I will now proceed to describe, first, the new species, and next the
form which I have said is probably distinct, and then give a table
showing the arrangement which these additions to our knowledge
seem to render necessary. I will conclude with some remarks on
the family and its allies, and some further notes on the fossil
forms.
CoRALLIUM STYLASTEROIDES, sp. nov. (Plate IX. figs. 1-4).
Normally branching in one plane. Stem stout, irregular in
transverse section. Branching luxuriant, apparently normally dicho-
tomous, but subject to considerable variation. Branches tortuous,
decidedly compressed laterally in the case of all but the peripheral
members, arising from the antero-lateral rather than the postero-
lateral aspects of the stem or branches from which they may be
derived, diminishing gradually in thickness towards the peripheral
part. A few small branchlets are scattered on sides of the larger
branches irregularly, and are, together with the terminal branchlets,
generally subclavate in form, consisting of a slightly contracted basal
portion and an enlarged, pointed, and polyhedric terminal portion.
Posterior aspect of main branches very convex, of lesser branches less
so. Axis of corallum hard, compact, but perforated by a few canals
(normal, or due to parasites?) of about 1 mm. diameter, which
issue distally at various points on the lateral aspects of the branches,
the openings being often covered by a curved lamina of hard
material ; colour pure white throughout.
Longitudinal strize of surface fine, about four to 1 mm.; grooves for
polypes generally with a narrow raised lip on each side; length of
grooves 15 to 2 mm. long (in direction of branches) by about °75 mm.
broad, and about *5 mm. deep in the centre, which consists of a smooth-
walled hemispherical pit. Surface of Lard axis covered by a very thin
spicular cortex, which does not conceal the subjacent striz ; it is
beset with minute projecting points (visible only with the aid of a
lens) arranged along the striz of the hard axis; colour of cortex
extremely pale orange. Verruce placed in the grooves above men-
tioned, not projecting beyond their margins, or in slight depressions
distributed over all parts of the corallum, but most abundantly
on the lateral aspects of the main branches, and on the small ter-
minal and lateral projecting branchlets ; their peripheral part con-
sists of a pale pink collar, slightly darker than the general crust; the
eight valves are very pale yellow in colour, actual diameter about
°75 mm.
Spicules of cortex of one kind only, viz. small, cylindrical, with
one terminal tubercle at each end, and a whorl of 3 tubercles sur-
rounding each end, and leaving a slight median space usually bare
of tubercles ; the tubercles are broad and truncate, the ends bearing
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1882, No. XV. 15
226 MR. S. O. RIDLEY ON THE CORALLIID&. (Feb. 7,
several smaller angular tubercles which point outwards ; size 053 to
7058 mm. long by °035 mm. broad (including the tubercles); shaft,
excluding tubercles, about ‘02 mm. broad.
Hab. Mauritius, 75 fathoms.
This species is based on a single dry specimen very finely preserved,
obtained recently by the British Museum from a collector in Mauri-
tius, Mr. V. De Robillard, together with some remarkably fine
specimens of species of Gorgoniide. Its chief larger measurements
are:—Main diameter of common stem’ 11 mm.; largest branch—
antero-posterior diameter at base 10 mm., lateral diameter 7 mm. ;
at 50 mm. from origin the same diameters are 7 mm. and 5 mm,
respectively. Maximum transverse breadth of the whole corallum
135 mm., maximum height 105 mm.
The species differs from all to which names have been hitherto
assigned in the elaborateness and peculiarities of its method of
branching, with the exception of a specimen which was assigned by
Dr. Gray (P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 126) to his Hemicorallium johnson,
and which then belonged to the Liverpool Free Museum. ‘This
specimen, differing as it does from the typical example of that
species in the collection of the British Museum in its slender and
strongly arborescent habit, appears to me to be entirely distinct from
Dr. Gray’s species, a fact which is apparently meant to be indicated
by his subsequent statement (Cat. Lithophytes, p. 24) that the
so-called animal of his figure is a fleshy Alcyonoid parasitic on a
stony coral.
The present species agrees in the mode of branching in one plane
with C. secundum, Dana(U.S. Expl. Exped., Zoophytes (vii.), p. 641,
pl. lx. fig. 1), and also in the fact that many of the polypes are
borne on small lateral branchlets; but differs from it (judging by
the description) in having polypes on the posterior as well as the
anterior surface, as also in the very pale pinkish colour of the cortex
(that of C. secundum being scarlet), and the pure white of the hard axis
(that of C. secundum being white and red). The small points which
project from the cortex in the lines of Dana’s striz are, perhaps,
represented by the small dots represented in Dana’s enlarged figure
of a polype with adjacent cortex; but these may just as well be pits
as dots, according to the figure. Nothing is known of the spicules
of C. secundum; but, as we have seen above, that species must be
referred to the genus Pleurocorallium. Those of C. stylasteroides
differ from those of the white variety of C. nobile only in their
size, which is about one third less than that of the latter; but the
excavations for the verruce (Plate IX. fig. 3), and the thinness of
the cortex, are amply sufficient to prevent its being confounded with
that form. The apparent anastomosis between some of the branches
is due to fracture and subsequent adherence of the broken pieces
to the remainder of the corallum, the reunited pieces having
apparently contrived to live.
With regard to the axial tubes of 1 mm. diameter, alluded to in
my diagnosis in uncertainty as to their import, they may possibly
1 Broken off from the actual base.
1882. | MR. §. O. RIDLEY ON THE CORALLIIDA. 227
be due to the same causes as those which produce certain per-
forations, open at both ends, in the base of some of the small
branches, and which are seen in parts forming passages covered in
by a thin lamina of hard matter. The latter resemble so much the
passages which are seen among the branches of many Stylasteride,
and which are said (see Moseley, Report on Corals of the ‘Chal-
lenger’ Expedition, p. 78) in this case to be produced by the growth
of the coral over an intruding Aphroditacean Worm which has
adhered to the branches, that I must attribute with probability a
similar origin to those of the Corallium.
It is a different matter with the deeper tubes belonging to the
main stem and branches. In the present base of the main stem,
they are seen by its fracture to be excentric in position, somewhat
variable in size: one of them contains a fine yellowish deposit
coutaining minute siliceous particles and siliceous spicules, viz. spined
acuates and acerates, about ‘14 mm. long and ‘009 to ‘0177 thick,
and acerates about ‘28 by ‘024 mm., with fragments of spinulates,
triradiates, and some minute anchorate spicules. Lacaze-Duthiers
(Hist. Nat. du Corail, Paris, 1864, p. 333) mentions small Annelids
allied to the Serpule as sometimes attaching themselves to the
surface of the Red Coral, and being covered up by the centrifugal
growth of the corallum; but these tubes present no such distinct
lining of carbonate of lime as this hypothesis demands. If not
merely remains of the ccenosarcal canal-system, they are probably
produced by the burrowing of boring Sponges (e.g. Cliona, Samus,
Alectona), such as are common in Stylaster and Astreid Madre-
pores, or Worms (e. g. Sipunculus), such as occur in Heteropsammia.
Lacaze-Duthiers attributes such cavities generally to “la érosion des
éponges ou des vers,” and mentions that such perforated specimens
of coral are technically described as “‘ piqué”’ by dealers. Some of
the spicules mentioned above as occurring in one of the tubes
appear to have been simply introduced with some bottom-material
which has been accidentally washed into the tube, as their forms
do not belong to any of the boring Sponges; but the spined forms
mentioned may very well belong to a boring species allied to Cliona
purpurea, Hancock, or Alectona millari, Carter, two species of boring
Sponges.
Koélliker (Icon: Histiol. p. 146, pl. xvi. fig. 8) mentions and
figures a smaller central cavity as occurring in some of his transverse
sections of the Red Coral, but is unable to explain its occurrence.
The question of the origin of the present passages receives, however,
no help from Kolliker’s observations, as his figure shows a dis-
coloured ring surrounding the passages ; they probably represent the
horny axial tract found in the stems of most coralligenous Aleyona-
rians. In this case, if they prove to be constant in their occurrence,
they would seriously interfere with the value of the coral for jewellery-
purposes, should it be attempted in the future to put it, like the pale
varieties of the Red Coral, to such a use. But the absence of a
subtle tint of any kind, such as that which the varieties of the Red
Coral generally possess, renders such an attempt tuprobabls. The
15
228 MR. S. O. RIDLEY ON THE CORALLIID. [Feb. 7,
considerable depth at which this specimen was obtained, not being
greater than that from which Coralliwm is brought to the surface
in the Mediterranean, need not of itself prevent such an undertaking.
PLEUROCORALLIUM SECUNDUM, Dana, var. ELATIOR. (Plate IX.
figs. 6-11).
Branching normally in one plane. Stem strong, oval in trans-
verse section, the longest diameter being the lateral one. Mode of
branching normally dichotomous combined with pinnation. Distance
between points of origin of main branches considerable, but sides of
branches occupied in these intervals by small branches or pinne,
irregular in size and point of occurrence, occasionally found on the
anterior surface ; branches of main system decreasing gradually in
thickness to the extremity of the corallum, somewhat tortuous,
decidedly compressed from front to back in most places, the lateral
diameter being to the antero-posterior about 11:9; pinne short,
coming rapidly to a point, circular (or almost so) in transverse
section, generally curved or tortuous, and not exceeding 20 mm. in
length. Axis of corallum hard, not easily indented with a knife,
solid; in main stem, and for a considerable distance up the main
branches, of a deep crimson-red colour with a tinge of scarlet,
resembling the colour of dried salmon’s flesh ; in the upper branches
and the pinnee the central portion of the axis becomes paler, being
at first pink and finally white, this axial pale tract widening as it
approaches the extremity of the branches or pinnz, the axes of
whose apices are white throughout. Surface of hard axis very
finely striated in the longitudinal direction, with about five striz to
1 mm., more deeply striated on smaller branches and pinnz ; surface
otherwise even, with the exception of a tendency to roughness at the
ends of the pinna, and very slight (almost imperceptible) shallow
depressions beneath the calicles. Cortex about *3 mm. in thickness,
completely concealing all inequalities of the axis, except at ends of
pinne; friable, of a pale vermilion colour ; posterior and lateral
surfaces even, and devoid of verrucae, with the exception of a few
scattered ones on and near the stem and at the ends of some pinnee ;
anterior surface beset with verrucz at intervals of 1 to 3 mm., and
with minute punctiform elevations, visible only by the aid of a lens,
uniformly distributed over the intermediate spaces to the number of
about 25 in a square millimetre. Verrucze broad, truncate above,
rising abruptly from surface; of same colour as the general cortex ;
in retraction they may be completely closed; wrinkles between the
8 valves generally obsolete or very slight in the retracted state; dia-
meter of verrucz 1 to 1:25 mm., projection from cortex about °5 mm.
Spicules of cortex of two kinds, viz. :—(i.) Cylindrical, sexradiate,
colourless, with short thick axis; at each extremity two tubercles
project from the side of the shaft (which does not project beyond
them), at right angles to it; on each of the anterior and posterior
aspects of the spicule (reckoning those which bear the above-mentioned
four tubercles as the lateral ones) one tubercle is set at right angles
to the long axis of the shaft, near its extremity, but at opposite ends
1882.] MR. S. 0. RIDLEY ON THE CORALLIIDZ. 229
of it; the spicule is thus sexradiate. (Varieties of the typical form
occur, in which both the tubercles of the antero-posterior faces may
be on one side; in this case one of them may be double, or one of
them may be subterminal and appear to project beyond the end of
the shaft; or one of them may be wanting, or one may occur in
addition at one or both ends; in the latter case the result is an
octoradiate like that of Corallium nobile.) Tubercles short, broad,
expanding from their base into fungiform disks, themselves tuber-
culate with numerous short, rather blunt, small tubercles. Size
(average maximum) 0°7 by 0°53 mm. (ii.) Second form of spicule
shaped like an opera-glass, viz. like two short globular bottles
attached by their sides; it consists of two subspherical lobes sepa-
rated by a constriction, generally with tubercular excrescences borne
on secondary lobes on their surface, and minute tubercles on their
surface and edges; the upper margin of each lobe is produced into
a short, strongly tuberculate, handle-like process of variable shape.
Generally coloured pale red. Average maximum size:—length
(across lobes) 06 mm., breadth (from apex of handle to lower extre-
mity of lobes) 0°53 mm., maximum thickness of lobe from front to
back 0°35 mm. (It is practically identical with the similar spicule
of P. johnsoni.)
Hab. Said to come from Japan.
This most interesting form is represented by two portions, perhaps,
but not certainly, belonging to the same colony. The long diameter
of the present common stem of the larger specimen is 11 mm., the
lesser diameter (antero-posterior) 9 mm.; these thicknesses are
maintained approximately for most of the first internode, which is
25 mm. long; probable maximum lateral spread of branches 60 to
70 mm.; height above present base probably, when complete, about
200 mm.
Mr. Moseley has very liberally presented the specimens to the
national collection ; and I am much indebted to him for this oppor-
tunity of describing them. They were stated by the dealer from
whom he obtained them to have been received from Japan, whence it
was said that hundredweights came into the market, which, however,
found but little sale. The locality is perhaps correct ; but I have been
unable, after diligent search, to find any record, either in scientific
writings and travels, or in works of general information, of the occur-
rence of any native Japanese coral which was at all likely to belong to
the Coralliide. To Messrs. Franks and Read, of the Ethnological
Department inthe British Museum, I am much indebted for informa-
tion bearing on the subject. Mr. Franks has in his private collection
a number of Japanese carved figures, called in Japan “ netsuki,” in
most of which small dark men of a peculiar physiognomy, not
Japanese, are represented as carrying coral, or (though this point
is not so certain) as bringing it up from the sea. The coral thus
depicted is either of actual specimens of Corallium or consists
of carvings apparently representing it. Japanese writings call these
men “black men.’ It is certain that they are not intended for
Japanese ; and as the men associated, whether in the ornaments
230 MR. 8, 0. RIDLEY ON THE CORALLIIDE. [Feb. 7,
or writings, with Precious Coral appear to be always of this foreign
type, it seems certain that it is generally known in that country as
a foreign product. The pieces of coral which actually form part
of the ornaments, and which the men clasp or carry, is certainly
not the form under notice, but appears to be Corallium nobile
in all cases; it was of rather a pale colour in all the specimens
which [ have seen. All these specimens are antecedent in date of
manufacture to the period at which the Japanese ports were opened
to European commerce. Prof. Moseley has drawings of quite a similar
character. Precious coral is widely used in the East for ornaments,
especially in China, where Mr. Franks informs me that an Empress’s
necklace has been made of alternate pieces of jade and coral. In
this case it is probably all derived from the Mediterranean, as the
value placed upon it in the instance just mentioned is more than the
Chinese would have set upon a native production, or probably even
on one from Japan. Prof. Moseley says that the Japanese use
Corallium as an ornament and in “ netsukis’’ abundantly, that he
imagined it came from the Mediterranean, but that several residents
have told him that it occurs native in Japan. None was found there
by the ‘Challenger.’ A friend of Prof. Moseley told him that he had
seen plenty of Red Coral which had been obtained at Japan, but
subsequently was doubtful that it might not have been a Distichopora.
After considering all the evidence, I have still doubts as to whether
the present specimens really are from Japan. It seems certain that
much Corallium nobile has been imported into that country, probably
by way of China. This is shown by Mr. Franks’s ornaments to
constitute at any rate the main origin of this substance for manufac-
turing-purposes in Japan. As the present species, from its hardness,
compact structure, and deep colour, is hardly less fitted for those
purposes than C. nodile itself, it would almost certainly have been
thus employed if it were generally known in the country.
In regard to the relations of the form, it may be seen at once
to agree very closely with Pleurocorallium johnsoni (Pl. IX. fig. 5) in
all essential characters, as the two forms of spicules, which are almost
exactly identical in the two species—the cylindrical radiate of var.
elatior having, however, but 6 radii as a rule; the axis, also, is
striated and party-coloured in the stem, instead of white and smooth ;
and the cortex, besides being thinner, is: scarlet instead of cream-
coloured. However, it is undoubtedly a Pleurocorallium. Its rela-
tions to the original form of the species of which I have made it a
variety are less certain. Unfortunately, as mentioned above, we are
not acquainted with the characters of the spicules of Pleurocorallium
secundum. From its resemblance to the present species in the party-
coloured axis, pinnated branches, scarlet cortex with truncate Pleu-
rocorallian verrucee, it appears at any rate to be nearly related to it;
but as the verrucz are said to be placed mainly on the pinne and not,
as here, on the face of the branches, I think it may possibly be
distinct. In that case I should propose the name elatius for the
present form, on account of its more erect and ramose habit ; mean-
while it may stand as var. elatior. The pinnate arrangement of the
1882. ] MR. S. 0. RIDLEY ON THE CORALLIIDE. 231
lateral small branches on the sides of the large ones, the antero-
posterior flattening, the rigidly anterior position of the verruce of the
general surface, their abrupt projection and truncate extremity,
separate it from all other species ; while the minute characters, such
as the double spicular complement, with its very remarkable form
no. ii-—absent as it is from two of the recent Coralliide in which the
spicules are known, and approximating the genus (as it appears to me
to do) to the Melitheide, from its resemblance to the “ Blattkeule ”’
so widely distributed in that family—unmistakably show its true
position to be by the side of Pl. johnsoni. The chief differences
between the species are the red colour of the greater part of the hard
axis and of the cortex, the absence of the terminal tubercles to the
cylindrical spicule no. i., and the smaller size of the verrucze, in the
present form.
Key to the Genera, Species, and Varieties.
I have here endeavoured to present what appears to be the natural
relations of the different forms, while giving characters which may
readily distinguish them.
I. Spicules of one kind, viz. octoradiate cylindrical. Ver-
ruce distributed over whole surface of corallum, promi-
nent, Monticular ..........cseseeeeeereeeees CoRALLIUM 8. str.
1. Corallum branching in more than a single plane.
i, Axis cylindrical; spicules about ‘09 mm. wee Known habitats.
ety C. nobile, Mediterranean ;
a. Axis crimson, cortex red ......... typical form, } Cape Verd Isl.
B. Axis and cortex yellowish- { C. nobile, Medit
white to White ......ccceceseeneeees { pale yar. } re ig
( Fossil: Tertiaries
of Italy and
Scinde ; not
earlier than
Miocene.
ii, Spicules ?; axis pale .............-- { ie
2. Corallum branching in but one plane, calicles sunk in
pits in axis.
Axis oval in transverse section, white ;
spicules about ‘06 mm. long;
cortex very pale orange, very thin C. stylasteroides. Mauritius.
II. Spicules of two kinds, radiate cylindrical and opera-glass-
shaped ; calicles rising abruptly, truncate, those of stem
and main branches confined to anterior surface. Corallum
with lateral pinne to main branches. Axis oval in
transverse section........- PLEUROCORALLIUM, Gray, emend.
1. Axis partly red, partly white; cortex scarlet.
i. Calicles chiefly on lateral pinne ... PZ. secundum)...‘ Sandwich Is. ?”
ii. Oalicles chiefly on main branches ;
cylindrical spicules normally 6-
PAGIALO .cnenoresasiacnans +¥aselayeeccas {
2, Axis white, cortex cream-coloured ;
cylindrical spicules normally 8-
BAAD +5) xisape2ccms) ache geese teense Pl, johnsoni ...... Madeira.
III. (incerte sedis). Oorallum with branches ¢ cy ,41};4 | Fossil; White
anastomosing, apices nodose ,.......-...++. { beokit Socal Chalk of Faxde.
Pl. secundum,
var. elation. } Japan?
232 MR. S. 0. RIDLEY ON THE CORALLIIDA. [Feb. 7,
Relation of the Coralliide to other Families.
The opera-glass-shaped spicule of Hemicorallium resembles strongly
some forms of the “‘ Blattkeule”’ (Kolliker), or foliar clavate spicule,
which is found in so many species of the family Melitheide, and but
unfrequently elsewhere (see Muricea, Eunicea), that I am led to
believe that we have in it a hint as to the sequence of forms connecting
that family with the Coralliide; and it seems to me that Pleuroco-
rallium on the one hand, and Mopsel/la on the other, mark the
points at which the chain of continuity between lhe families has been
broken. It is true, all the Melitheide do not possess this form, or
at any rate not in its typical shape ; but those which I believe to be
the central forms of that family, viz. the genus Mopsella (Verrill,
= Melitella and Mopsella, Gray), do show it well developed ; and it
may probably be traced, though under strange modifications, in the
genus Melitodes. On the other hand, the peculiar cylindrical form
of the Coralliide appears to me to represent a highly specialized form
of the fusiform or cylindrical spicule which is an almost universal
constituent of the cortex of the Gorgoniide, and which occurs in a
usually unspecialized form in the Melitheide also.
With respect to the Isidide, their strongly calcified calcareous
joints forcibly recall the hard tissue of the Coralliide, with which they
are homologous; and all the spicules found in their cortex appear
(see KGlliker, Icon. Histiol. p. 140, pl. xix. figs. 1-3) to be referable
to a sexradiate form very closely resembling, except in its larger size,
that of the red Pleurocorallium; the separation of the hard pieces
of the axis by horny joints, however, perhaps puts the family at a
greater distance from the Coralliide than the Melitheide, in which
these joints are already calcified. These horny joints, coupled with
the absence of any spicule resembling the Melithzeid ‘“ Blattkeule,”
removes the family from the neighbourhood of the Melitheide ; and
it probably represents a primitive offshoot from the same stem as
that from which the genus Corallium s. str. has arisen.
Fossil Species.—In addition to the forms described as C. pallidum
and C. deckii, mentioned above under Corallium stylasteroides, and
to C. nobile, also noticed above as recently recorded in the fossil
state from the Italian tertiaries, it may be observed that Prof. P. M.
Duncan notices, Geol. Journ. xxxi. p. 675, some fragmentary speci-
mens from the Oligocene of Oawaru, New Zealand, and refers them
to Corallium, without assigning specific names: some of these are
said to possess frequently-branching furrows and ridges on their
surface, much developed and very irregular in distribution; they
appear to somewhat resemble parts of C. stylasteroides ; but no con-
clusions as to specific affinity can safely be based upon them.
As Corallium nobile has a white variety, and as Prof. Duncan
states that he has found specimens of C. pallidum with a slight pink
colour, and points out how slight are the differences between the
species, I do not see how that species can be maintained as distinct
from C. nobile, the colour, looser texture of corallum, and more
minute strise being the only distinctive characters given by Michelin.
Seguenza (/. c.) speaks of fossil specimens of C. nodile without the
SITIVINOUL SOE
Yay qrurase
(2 UIQ
1882.] THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 233
red colour, without saying how it is distinguishable when in this con-
dition from C. pallidum.
For further information on Corallium in the fossil state, I would
refer to G. Seguenza, Mem. Accad. Torino, (2) xxi. p. 400, and to a
paper by A. Scilla, there cited; also to P. M. Duncan, ‘ Paleeonto-
graphica Indica,’ xiv. p. 167, and to the works cited in the Hist.
Nat. des Coralliaires of M.-Edwards and Haime, vol. i. p. 205.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE IX.
Fig. 1. Coralliwm stylasteroides (p. 225), left side of colony, from front, nat. size,
2. The same, portion of main branch, from behind, magnified 6 diam.
8. The same, portion of one of the lesser branches with the cortex removed
by potash, showing surface-striation and polype-cavities of hard axis,
magnified 4 diam.
The same, octoradiate spicule, magnified 400 diam.
. Pleurocorallium johnsoni(p. 223), octoradiate spicule, magnified 400 diam.
. Pleurocorallium secundum, var. elatior (p. 228), larger fragment, from
front, nat. size.
. The same, terminal portion of smaller fragment, in outline, nat. size.
. The same, broken surface of base of smaller fragment, to show colours of
axis, nat. size. (The excentricity is due to the fact that the fracture
includes the commencement of a branch.)
9. The same, surface of anterior aspect of main axis of larger fragment,
part of the cortex being abraded, showing striation of hard axis,
characters of cortex and verrucx ; magnified 23 diam.
10. The same, sexradiate spicule, magnified 400 diam.
11. The same, opera-glass spicules, (a) from side, (0) from above, magnified
diam.
OI AoE
February 21, 1882.
Prof. Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.
The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the
Society’s Menagerie during the month of January 1882 :—
The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-
gerie during the month of January was 51, of which 28 were by
presentation, 12 by purchase, 2 by birth, and 9 were received on
deposit. The total number of departures during the same period, by
death and removals, was 81.
The most noticeable additions during the month of January
were as follows :—
1. A young male Gayal, born in the Gardens January 6, being the
produce of the fine pair received in exchange in October 1880 from
the Zoological Gardens, Calcutta’. So far as I am aware, this is the
first instance of this animal having bred in Europe.
The drawing by Mr. Smit (Plate X.) represents the young gayal
(as it appeared on February 14th) and its mother. The male Gayal
has been figured, P. Z.S. 1866, p. 1, pl. i.
2. A young female Markhore (Capra megaceros) from Afgha-
nistan, presented by Lieut.-Col. Oliver B. C. St. John, F.ZS.,
January 17.
1 See P.Z. 8. 1880, p. 53%
234 MR. F. MOORE ON LEPIDOPTERA [Feb. 21,
Col. St. John writes to me as follows respecting this animal :—
“The Markhore was caught in the hills at the upper end of the
Bolan Pass. The popular story there is that the Pass itself divides the
two species of Capra—C. megaceros never being found to the west, nor
C. egagrus to the east of the Pass. The insignificant dimensions of
the Pass make the truth of this story impossible; and shikaris have
assured me that both species are found on the Chilten Mountains,
N.W. of the head of the Pass. But the Bolan is about the line
where the two meet ; and I am inclined to doubt whether C. megaceros
is ever found in the Helmund valley proper.’
Amongst the deaths in February I regret to have to record that
of the Great Ant-eater (Myrmecophaga jubata), presented by Dr.
John A. Palin, C.M.Z.S., October 4, 1867. It is, however, I sup-
pose, unprecedented that an animal of this delicate nature should
live so long as 14 years in captivity.
The following papers were read :—
7
1. List of the Lepidoptera collected by the Rev. J. H.
Hocking, chiefly in the Kangra District, N.W. Hima-
laya; with Descriptions of new Genera and Species.—
Part I. By F. Moors, F.Z.S8.
[Received January 25, 1882. ]
(Plates XI., XII.)
The collection of Lepidoptera, of which the following is a list,
was formed by Mr. Hocking whilst resident for several years at the
hill-station of Dharmsala, and has been placed in my hands by Lord
Walsingham for examination. Many of the species are accompanied
by well-preserved specimens of the dried larval skin and pupa,
several of which were previously unknown, and are therefore an
exceedingly valuable contribution to our knowledge of their earlier
stages.
RHOPALOCERA.
NYMPHALID.
KuPLa@inz&.
SALATURA GENUTIA.
Papilio genutia, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pl. 206. f. C, D (1779).
Papilio plevippus (part.), Fabr. Spec. Ins. p. 55.
LIMNAS CHRYSIPPUS.
Papilio chrysippus, Linn. 8. N.i. 2. p. 767 (1767).
Jullundur, in the plains, January 21st. Larva on madar (Calo-
tropis gigantea).
2.5. 1862. P38
F.C. Moore .del,et hth
Vantern Bros imp
NEW LEPIDOPTERA FROM N W.HIMALAYA
F.C .Moore del et lith Mintern Bros imp
NEW LEPIDOPTERA FROM N.W, HiMALAYA
1882.] FROM THE N.W. HIMALAYA. 235
TIRUMALA LIMNIACZ.
Papilio limniace, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. 59. f. D, E (1775).
TIRUMALA SEPTENTRIONIS.
Danais septentrionis, Butler, Ent. Monthly Mag. 1874, p. 163.
CADUGA TYTIA.
Euplea tytia, Gray, Lep. Ins. of Nepal, p. 9, pl. 9. f. 2 (1833-
46).
es sita, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kaschmir, iv. p. 424, pl. 6 (1844).
Kangra valley.
** Double-brooded, March and July. Flies up to about 50 feet,
alee along motionless, and then sweeps down, but not very
rapid.
CRASTIA VERMICULATA.
Euplea vermiculata, Butler, P. Z.S. 1866, p. 276.
SATYRINZE.
LETHE ROHRIA.
Papilio rohria, Fabricius, Mant. Ins. ii. p. 45.
LETHE DYRTA.
Debis dyrta, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. iil. p. 497 (1867).
LETHE HYRANIA.
3. Satyrus hyrania, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kaschmir, iv. p. 449, pl. 17.
f. 1, 2 (1844).
Q. Satyrus isania, Kollar, id. p. 448, pl. 16. f. 3, 4.
LETHE SIDONIS.
Debis sidonis, Hewitson, Exot. Butterflies, iil. p. 77, Ded. pl. 39.
f. 16 (1863).
LETHE NICETAS.
Debis nicetas, Hewitson, Exot. Butterflies, iii. p. 78, Ded. pl. 39.
f. 17, 18 (1863).
TANSIMA VERMA.
Satyrus verma, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kaschmir, iv. p. 447, pl. 16. f. 1,
2 (1844).
MELANITIS ISMENE.
Papilio ismene, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. 26. f. A, B (1775)
MELANITIS BELA.
Melanitis bela, Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I. C. i. p. 223 (1857).
ORINOMA DAMARIS.
Orinoma damaris, Gray, Lep. Ins. Nepal, p. 14, pl. 7. f. 2, 2a
(1846); Doubleday & Hewits. D, Lep. pl. 63. f. 3.
“Taken at Jatingri. Very local and rare.”
236 MR. F. MOORE ON LEPIDOPTERA [Feb. 21,
RHAPHICERA MOOREI.
Rhaphicera moorei, Butler, Ann. Nat. Hist. 1867, p. 164, pl. 4.
f.4, 4a, 9.
AMECERA SCHAKRA.
Satyrus schakra, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kaschmir, iv. p. 446, pl. 15.
f. 3, 4 (1844).
HipPARCHIA PARISATIS.
Sutyrus parisatis, Kollar, Denkschrift Akad. Wien, math.-nat.
Cl. i. p. 52 (1850).
‘* Kangra valley ; during the rains, June to September. Always
settles underneath overhanging rocks.”
AULOCERA SWaHA.
Satyrus swaha, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kaschmir, iv. p. 444, pl. 14. f. 1,
2 (1844).
AULOCERA SARASWATI.
Satyrus saraswati, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kaschmir, iv. p. 445, pl. 14.
f. 3, 4 (1844).
AULOCERA PADMA.
Satyrus padma, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kaschmir, iv. p. 445, pl. 15.
f. 1, 2 (1844).
AULOCERA AVATARA.
Satyrus avatara, Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I. C.i. p. 229 (1857).
“Fly in June. Settle on the ground or rocks; 9000 feet; A.
padma higher up than the others, 9000-10,000 feet.”
CALLEREBIA SCANDA.
Erebia scanda, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kaschmir, iv. p. 452, pl. 17. f. 3,
4 (1844).
CALLEREBIA NIRMALA.
Erebia nirmala, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 501.
CALLEREBIA INTERMEDIA, 0. sp.
Intermediate between C. nirmala and C. cashapa. Upperside
similar to C. nirmala, with one ocellus only on each wing. Under-
side with two lower ocelli, a third ocellus between the upper median
and radial veins, and two small apical spots above.
Expanse, 3 275, 2 254, inches.
Hub, Kangra district. In coll. British Museum.
CALLEREBIA CASHAPA, Nl. Sp.
Allied to C. nirmala. Male and female comparatively larger in
size. Upperside similar, but the hind wing having three well-formed
ocelli, the one between the radial and upper median vein sometimes
1882. ] FROM THE N.W. HIMALAYA. 237
absent. Underside—fore wing less brightly chestnut coloured : hind
wing with a complete series of ocelli, one between each vein ; some
specimens with three anterior and two posterior ocelli, the upper
one and sometimes the lowest being minute.
Expanse 2 to 2,°; inches.
Hab. Dharmsala (Hocking) ; Masuri (Lang); Simla. In coll.
British Museum & F. Moore.
CALLEREBIA ANNADA.
Erebia unnada, Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I. C. i. p. 226 (1857).
CALLEREBIA HYBRIDA.
Callerebia hybrida, Butler, P. Z.S. 1880, p. 147.
Callerebia nada, Moore, P. Z. S. 1881, p. 306.
CALLEREBIA SHALLADA.
Erebia shallada, Lang, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Beng. 1880, p. 247.
EpINnrePHILE PULCHELLA.
Epinephile pulchella, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. iii. p. 490, pl. 69.
f. 16 (1867).
Lahoul.
A distinct species from H. neoza, Lang.
CALYSISME BLASIUS.
Papilio blasius, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. Suppl. p. 426 (1798).
CALYSISME PERSEUS.
Papilio perseus, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 488 (1775).
Papilio otrea, Cram. Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 314. f. A, B (1780), 9.
Satyrus zopyrus, Kollar, Hiugel’s Kaschmir, iv. p. 450 (1844).
CALYSISME SUBFASCIATA, n. Sp. (Plate XII. fig. 8.)
Nearest allied to C. visala. Upperside of both sexes with greyer
marginal border, and the ocellus on fore wing only half the size.
Underside of both sexes much greyer, more densely covered with
black-speckled strigze, the two transverse lines comparatively nearer
each other, and the outer line bordered by a broad chestnut-brown
suffused fascia.
Expanse, ¢ 13, 2 2 inches.
Hab. Dharmsala. In coll. Rev. Hocking.
YpruiIMA NIKAA.
Ypthima nikea, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 567.
YPTHIMA BALDUS.
Papilio baldus, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. App. p. 809 (1775); D ;
Ins. India, pl. 36. f. 2. ; Fr-P (1775) ; Donoy
YprHiIMA AVANTA.
Ypthima avanta, Moore, P. Z. 8, 1874, p. 567.
238 MR. Fe MOORE ON LEPIDOPTERA [Feb. 21,
YprHIMA INDECORA, n. sp. (Plate XII. fig. 7.)
Nearest to Y.inica, Hewits. Upperside brown: fore wing with
a darker subbasal oblique shade ; a prominent, bipupilled, subapical
ocellus : hind wing with two smaller subanal ocelli. Underside covered
with very slender grey strigee ; two very faint brown fasciz crossing
middle of both wings, those on the hind wing waved : hind wing with
two subapical and three subanal, extremely minute, and indistinct
silver-pupilled ocelli.
Expanse, ¢ 12, 2 12 inch.
Hab. Kangra district. In coll. Rev. Hocking & F. Moore.
YpTHIMA NAREDA.
Satyrus nareda, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kaschmir, iv. p. 451 (1844).
Ypthima nareda, Hewits. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1865, p. 285,
pl. 17. £6 (nee ft. 7):
NYMPHALINE.
DILIPA MORGIANA.
Apatura morgiana, Westw. Doubleday’s Gen. D. Lep. p. 305
1850).
Diliga morgiana, Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I. C. i. p. 201,
pl. 6a. f. 5.
“August. 6000 feet.”
LIMENITIS TRIVENA.
Limenitis trivena, Moore, Ent. Monthly Mag. 1864, p. 133.
CHARAXES FABIUS.
Papilio fabius, Fabricius, Spec. Ins. ii. p. 12 (1781), 3.
Papilio solon, Faby. Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 69 (1793), 2.
“ Dharmsala; July. Taken at sugar.”
EULEPIS ATHAMAS.
Papilio athamas, Drury, Ill. Exot. Ins. i. pl. 2. f. 4 (1773).
Kangra; Kulu; 3000 feet.
EvLEPIS HAMASTA, 0. Sp.
Smaller than HZ. athamas. Fore wing differs in the medial band
being broader in the male, the subapical spot also broader and more
regularly quadrate, its upper angle being nearer the apical spot, of
which latter there are two in the female, one above the other: hind
wing with a more prominent submarginal series of white spots, the
three lower spots being conspicuously larger and lunular in shape,
with contiguous greyish outer lunules.
Expanse 23 to 22 inches.
Hab. Dharmsala, 6200 feet; March, June. In coll. British
Museum.
“ The wildest butterfly that I know. Takes very long flights at
a time and returns to the same point. Very shy.”
1882. ] FROM THE N.W. HIMALAYA. 239
EuTHALIA GARUDA.
Adolias garuda, Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I. C. i. p. 186 (1857);
Trans. Ent. Soc. 1859, p. 64, pl. 3. f. 2.
** Larva feeds on mango. October.’’
EvurHALIA PATALA.
Adolias patala, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kaschmir, iv. p. 435 (1844).
“Flys about oaks. June to September.”
STIBOCHIONA NICEA.
Adolias nicea, Gray, Lep. Ins. Nepal, p. 13, pl. 12. f. 1 (1846).
Flies like Papilio pammon, following the line of a hedge and
passing in and out between the bushes.”’
SYMPH2ZDRA NAIS.
Papilio nais, Forster, Novee Spec. Ins. Cent. i. p. 73 (1771).
Papilio thyelia, Fabr, Ent. Syst. ii. 1, p. 142 (1793); Donov.
Ins. India, pl. 31. f. 3.
“ Kangra district generally ; banks of the Beas, about 2000 feet
elevation.”
KaLLIMA HUGELI.
Paphia hugelii, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kaschmir, iv. p. 432, pl. 9 (1844).
Kallima hugelii, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1879, p. 12.
“‘Single-brooded in July. Flies about till the cold weather in
November, and then hibernates, and comes out again im April.
Taken at sugar in April.”
PRECIS IPHITA.
Papilio iphita, Cram. Pap. Exot. i. pl. 209. f. C, D (1779).
** Always pitches on the ground.”
JUNONIA LEMONIAS.
Papilio lemonias, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 770 (1767).
JUNONIA ORITHYA.
Papilio orithya, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 770 (1767).
JUNONIA ZNONE.
Papilio enone, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 770 (1767).
JUNONIA ASTERIE.
Papilio asterie, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 769 (1767).
JUNONIA ALMANA.
Papilio almana, Linn. Syst Nat. i. 2, p. 769 (1767); Donov.
Ins. China, pl. 38. f. 2.
240 MR. F. MOORE ON LEPIDOPTERA [Feb. 21,
PsEUDERGOLIS WEDAH.
Ariadne wedah, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kaschmir, iv. p. 437 (1844).
Precis veda, Kirby, Catal. Lep. p. 191 (1871).
Precis hara, Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I. C. i. p. 143, pl. 34.
f. 1 (1857).
ERGOLIS ARIADNE.
Papilio ariadne, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 778 (1767).
CyRESTIS THYODAMAS.
Cyrestis thyodamas, Boisd. Cuvier’s Reg. Anim., Ins. ii. pl. 138.
f. 4 (1836).
Amathusia ganescha, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kasch. iv. p. 430, pl. 7.
f. 3, 4 (1844).
“ June to September; hibernates afterwards. Sits with open
wings upon hanging leaves of oak and rhododendron.”
VANESSA CHARONIA.
Papilio charonia, Drury, Ilust. Exot. Ins. i. pl. 15. f. 1, 2 (1773).
VANESSA XANTHOMELAS.
Papilio xanthomelas, Denis et Schiff. Wien. Verz. p. 175 (1776).
“Larva on willow, March 30. Fed up April 6th; in pupa
state from 16th to 24th; imago emerged May 9th.”
VANESSA KASCHMIRENSIS.
Vanessa kaschmirensis, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kasch. iv. p. 442, pl. 11.
f. 3, 4 (1844).
‘* Larva on nettle, April.”
PyRAMEIS CARDUI.
Papilio cardui, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 774 (1767).
‘« Larva on nettle; May and August, 6200 feet.”
PyYRAMEIS INDICA.
Papilio indica, Herbst, Naturs. Schmett. vii. pl. 180. f. 1, 2
(1794).
SEpPHISA ! DICHROA.
Limenitis dichroa, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kasch. iv. p. 429, pl. 8. f. 1,
2 (1844).
Castalia dichroa, Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I. C. i. p. 199.
HeEsTINA ZELLA.
Hestina zella, Butler, Trans. Ent. Scc. 1869, p. 9, fig.
Kangra district generally.
NEPTIS ASTOLA.
N eptis astola, Moore, P. Z.S8. 1872, p. 560.
1 Proposed in place of Castalia, previously used.
1882.] FROM THE N.W. HIMALAYA. 241
NEPTIS MAHENDRA.
Neptis mahendra, Moore, P. Z. S. 1872, p. 560, pl. 32. f. 3.
NEPTIS ANANTA.
Neptis ananta, Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I. C.i. p. 166, pl. 4a.
f. 3(1857); P.Z.S. 1858, p. 5.
“Kulu; very rare.”
NEPTIs NANDINA.
Neptis nandina, Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I. C. i. p. 168, pl. 4a.
~ 7 (1857).
NEpTIS AMBA.
Neptis amba, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1858, p. 7, pl. 49. f 4.
* Kulu.”
NEPTIS AMBOIDES, 0. sp.
Allied to but smaller than NW. améa. Fore wing with the discoidal
streak broader ; the discal spots also broader and more compactly
disposed; hind wing with a broader subbasal band, and a more
uniformly curved and narrower submarginal band.
Expanse, ¢ 23, 2 22 inches.
Hab. Ruttun Pir, Cashmere (Reid); Kangra district (Hocking).
In coll. F. Moore and British Museum.
ATHYMA OPALINA. (Plate XI. fig. 3, larva.)
Limenitis opalina, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kaschmir, iv. p. 427 (1844).
Athyma opalina, Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I. C.1. p. 171, pl. 5a.
£2.
oar
‘Larva on kusmul, August 15th. Deep green, with red spines ;
moulted in a day or two; the dorsal line yellow, lateral pale green.
Pupa of the brightest silver tinsel. Perfect insect emerged Sept. 9th.”
ATHYMA LEUCOTHOE.
Papilio leucothoé, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 780 (1767); Sulzer,
Gesch. Ins. pl. 18. f. 2, 3.
ATHYMA ASURA.
Athyma asura, Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I. C. i. p. 350, pl. 5a.
f. 1 (1857).
“ Kulu; very rare.”
APATURA MISIPPUS.
Papilio misippus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 767 (1767).
Diadema misippus, Butl. Catal. Fabr. Lep. B. M. p. 97; Trans.
Ent. Soc. 1869, p. 278.
APATURA BOLINA.
Papilio bolina, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 781 (1767) ; Clerck, Icones,
pl. 21. f. 2.
Diadema bolina, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1869, p. 278.
“ Hot valleys. In flower-gardens, from May to September.”
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1882, No. XVI. 16
242 MR. F. MOORE ON LEPIDOPTERA [Feb. 21,
APATURA JACINTHA.
Papilio jacintha, Drury, Ulust. Exot. Ins. ii. pl. 21. f. 1, 2 (1773).
* Hills, June to September. Settling upon oak (Quercus incana).
Never found in company with preceding.”
ACIDALIA NIPHE.
Papilio niphe, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 785 (1767); Drury,
Illust. Exot. Ins. i. pl. 6. f. 1.
** Found in the valleys.”
ARGYNNIS CHILDRENI.
Argynnis childreni, Gray, Zool. Misc. p. 33 (1831); Lep. Ins.
Nepal, p. 11, pl. 11.
Argynnis sakontala, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kasch. iv. p. 439, pl. 12
(1844).
“On thistles, 6000 feet.”’
ARGYNNIS JAINADEVA.
Argynnis jainadeva, Moore, Ent. Monthly Mag. 1864, p. 131;
P. Z. S. 1865, p. 495, pl. 30. f. 1.
ARGYNNIS ISSHA.
Argynnis issea, Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I. C. i. p. 156 (1857).
** Hills, flying over the grassy slopes.”
ARGYNNIS BARALACHA, 0. sp. (Plate XI. figs. 1, 1 a.)
Male. Upperside fulvous; lower basal area of both wings mi-
nutely black-speckled: fore wing with a black recurved streak
within the cell, a lunular streak at its end; a discal transverse zig-
zag series of broader streaks, two outer rows of small spots, which
are indistinct at the apex, and a marginal, indistinct, dentated
lunular speckled line: hind wing with two less distinct and more
slender cell-streaks, discal row of spots, two outer rows of spots
(of which the inner row is indistinct), and a marginal speckled line.
Underside—fore wing paler fulvous, with the cell, discal, and inner
row of black spots as above showing very indistinctly ; the costal
border, two streaks from the apex, and short X-shaped marginal
marks being yellow: hind wing yellow, with a very irregular trans-
verse subbasal, discal, and a marginal fulvous-red band ; the sub-
basal band bordered outwardly by linear pearly streaks, the discal
band by indistinct pearly lunules, and the marginal band traversed
by pearly X-shaped marks; the discal and marginal bands more or
less confluent ; a small pearly spot also within the cell.
Expanse 13 inch.
Hab. Ladak. In coll. British Museum.
MELITHA CASHMIRENSIS.
Melitea cashmirensis, Moore, P.Z. 8. 1874, p. 267, pl. 43. f. 4.
1882. ] FROM THE N.W. HIMALAYA. 243
MELIT#A BALBITA.
Melitea balbita, Moore, P. Z. S. 1874, p. 268, pl. 43. f. 5.
‘*Rhotung Pass.”
SYMBRENTHIA HyPPocLus. (Plate XI. figs. 4, 4a, larva.)
Papilio hyppoclus, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pl. 220. f. C, D (1782).
** Larva on nettle, August, 6200 feet.”
ATELLA PHALANTA.
Papilio phalanta, Drury, Must. Exot. Ins. i. pl. 21. f. 1, 2 (1773).
** Found in the valleys.”
ACRAINE.
PAREBA VESTA.
Papilio vesta, Fabr. Mant. Ins. ii. p. 14 (1787).
Acrea anomala, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kasch. iv. p. 425, pl. 3. f. 3, 4
(1844).
‘Larva feeds on the willow-leaved nettle (Bohmeria talicifolia).
Imago, July to September. Eggs deposited in September, and
hatch in about twenty days. Length of young larva 3 to 4 lines,
entirely black. When about three weeks old they moult and then
hibernate, reappearing in the following April. They moult again
early in May, when they assume the red head. The larve generally
feed on the upper branches of the plant, are gregarious, and drop
to the ground when disturbed. Third moult early in June, about
the middle of which month they suspend themselves by the tail near
the bottom of the stems of the bushes, and there change to the pupa
state. The imago appears in about fifteen days, in the first or
second week in July. A few come out in August and September,
but not in sufficient numbers to constitute a succession of broods.
The imago is seldom found far from the food-plant, which grows
near runuing water.
‘It is a very local insect, but, where occurring, abundant. It is
to be found in wet ravines at from 3000 to 4000 feet elevation in
Kulu. It is not a rapid flier, and is easily captured. When at rest
it may be taken by the fingers. It is very constant in its appear-
ance, frequenting the same localities year after year. The imago
does not hibernate.’”— Note by A. Graham Young.
ERYCINIDA,
LinyTHZINE.
LIBYTHEA MYRRBA.
Libythea myrrha, Godt. Enc. Méth. ix. p. 171.
‘Kangra valley, May to December. A tree-perching insect.
Settles with vertical wings.”
NEMEOBIINE.
DopoNA DURGA.
Melitea durga, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kaschmir, iv. p. 441, pl. 13.
f. 3, 4 (1844).
16*
244 MR. F, MOORE ON LEPIDOPTERA [Feb. 21,
DopoNA EUGENES.
Dodona eugenes, Bates, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. ix. p. 371 (1867).
ARISARA SUFFUSA, N. Sp.
Allied to 4. angulata, Moore (P. Z.S. 1878, p. 833). Smaller,
the male being of a deeper tint, with the fasciz straighter and suf-
fused with grey. Female of a much duller colour and suffused
with grey, the medial transverse dark fascia less angular on both
wings, and the outer fasciee much less distinet, broader, and more
suffused.
Expanse, ¢ 13, 9 14 inch.
Hab. Chumba, 10,000 feet. In coll. British Museum,
LYCANIDA.
PITHECOPS ZALMORA.
Pithecops zalmora, Butler, Catal. Fabrician Lep. Brit. Mus.
p- 161 (1870).
CuRETIS DENTATA.
Curetis dentata, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1879, p. 138.
CYANIRIS C@LESTINA.
Lycena celestina, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kaschmir, iv. p. 423 (1844).
Lycena kollari, Westwood, Doubleday’s Gen. D. Lep. p. 491
(1852).
Polyommatus kasmira, Moore, P. Z.S. 1865, p. 503, pl. 31. f. 1.
CYANIRIS HUEGELII.
Lycena argiolus, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kaschmir, iv. p. 423 (nec Linn.).
Differs from C. celestina in its larger size. Male. Upperside
similar in colour, but of a darker blue tint ; fore wing with a more
slender blackish marginal band; hind wing with a clearly defined
marginal line. Female more dusky throughout than in C. celestina;
fore wing with broader blackish marginal borders and discocellular
lunule ; hind wing with the blackish costal border and marginal spots
broader, the latter with well-defined inner pale dentate marks, the
inner area beyond and the veins also dusky-black. Underside with
similar but more distinct markings than in C. celestina, the discal
series on the hind wing more linear in shape, the marginal spots-and
submarginal lunular band much more prominent.
Expanse, ¢ 2 1,°; to 1,8; inch.
Hab. N.W. Himalaya (Kaschmir; Simla; Masuri; Dharmsala).
In coll. F. Moore and British Museum.
This species has hitherto been considered to be Kollar’s ZL. celes-
tina; but both his description and measurements undoubtedly agree
with C. kasmira.
CYANIRIS VARDHANA.
Polyommatus vardhana, Moote, P. Z. 8.1874, p. 572, pl. 66. f. 5.
1882. ] FROM THE N.W. HIMALAYA. 245
CYANIRIS PUSPA.
Polyommatus puspa, Horsf. Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I. C. (1828),
67.
« Kulu.”
CHILADES VARUNANA.
Polyommatus varunana, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 772, pl. 41. f. 6.
CHILADES PUTLI.
Lycena putli, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kaschmir, iv. p. 422 (1844).
ZIZERA MAHA.
Lycena maha, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kaschmir, iv. p. 422 (1844).
Lycena chandala, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 504, pl. 31. f. 5.
ZIZERA INDICA.
Lycena indica, Murray, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1874, p. 525, pl. 10.
f. 2.3.
ZIZERA PYGMZA.
Lycena pygmea, Snellin, Tijd. voor Ent. xix. p. 153, pl. 7. f. 3
(1876).
Identical with Sumatran and Ceylonese specimens.
AZANUS UBALDUS.
Papilio ubaldus, Cram. Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 390. f. L, M (1782).
Lycena zena, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 505, pl. 31. f. 9.
TARUCUS NARA.
Lycena nara, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kaschmir, iv. p. 421 (1844).
TARUCUS ALTERATUS, n. sp. (Plate XII. figs. 4, 4a.)
Also allied to 7. nara; smaller; colour paler and of a more
decided blue tint; fore wing with a slender discocellular dusky
lunule ; hind wing with a small dusky spot above the tail, and a
slender marginal white line. Cilia brownish white. Underside
dull pale greyish ochreous; both wings with similarly disposed
markings, which are more slender, paler, and much less distinct,
those on the hind wing being reddish ochreous, the marginal metallic
spots more or less golden.
Expanse +9 inch.
Hab. N.W. Himalaya (Reid); Dharmsala (Hocking). In coll.
F. Moore and British Museum.
TaRUCUS VENOSUS, n. sp. (Plate XII. figs. 6, 6 a.)
Allied to Z. theophrastus and 7. nara. Wings larger and
broader ; fore wing less triangular, the exterior margin more con-
vex ; colour duller blue and of aslight violaceous tinge ; both wings
with a broad marginal dusky border, similar to that in male of
Zizera chandala ; veins dark-lined: fore wing with a broad dusky
spot, and hind wing with a slender lunule at end of the cell, and a
246 MR. F. MOORE ON LEPIDOPTERA [Feb. 21,
slender white marginal line above the tail. Female entirely violet-
brown, with the exception of a very few blue scales sparsely dis-
posed on the basal area; an indistinct darker cell-spot on fore wing,
and a spot above the tail. Cilia whitish. Underside similar to
the above species, all the markings, however, being broader in both
sexes.
Expanse, ¢ 2, 154; inch.
Hab. Dharmsala. In coll. British Museum.
TARUCUS PLINIUS.
Hesperia plinius, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iii. p. 284 (1793) ; Donoy.
Ins. India, pl. 41. f. 1.
CASTALIUS ROSIMON,
Papilio rosimon, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 523 (1775).
EVERES DIPORA.
Lycena dipora, Moore, P. Z.S. 1865, p. 506, pl. 31. f. 8.
NACADUBA ARDATES.
Lycena ardates, Moore, P. Z.8. 1874, p. 574, pl. 67. f. 1.
© Kulu.”
CaTOCHRYSOPS STRABO.
Hesperia strabo, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iii. p. 287 (1793).
Lycena kandarpa, Horsf. Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I. C. (1829), p. 82.
Lycena asoka, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kasch. iv. p. 419, 3.
Lycena didda, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kasch. iv. p. 420, 2.
CATOCHRYSOPS CNEJUS.
Hesperia cnejus, Fabr. Ent. Syst. Suppl. p. 430 (1798).
Lycena pandia, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kasch. iv. p. 418.
PoOLYOMMATUS B&TICUS.
Papilio beticus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 789 (1767).
LAMPIDES ZLIANUS.
Hesperia elianus, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iii. p. 280 (1793).
LYCHNA NAZIRA.
Polyommatus nazira, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 504, pl. 31. f. 4.
LYCANA ARIANA.
Polyommatus ariana, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 504, pl. 31. f. 2.
LyCNA SUTLEJA, D. sp.
Near to L. boisduvalii and L. ariana. Upperside darker glossy
blue, the marginal band narrower ; no dusky streaks ascending the
veins; the marginal spots on hind wing less prominent. Underside
lilacine ochreous-grey, darkest on hind wing; markings similar to
L. boisduvalii, except that the spot within the cell is further from
the discocellular lunule, this spot being situated inward of the end
1882.] FROM THE N.W. HIMALAYA. 247
of lower median vein; the discal row of spots are more linearly dis-
posed, the marginal spots having their red inner borders more
slenderly black-lined ; hind wing with a black centre to the disco-
cellular lunule: upper discal spots nearer together, thus giving a
wider space between the upper one and basal spot ; the red borders
to marginal spots are somewhat broader and more slenderly black-
streaked.
Expanse 1,4; inch.
Hab. Kangra district. In coll. British Musenm.
LyYC#&NA METALLICA.
Lycena metallica, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 283, pl. 35.
f. 7, 8 (1865), o.
LycaZNA OMPHISA.
Polyommatus omphisa, Moore, P. Z.S. 1874, p. 573, pl. 66. f. 2.
Taken in Ladak.
CHRYSOPHANUS PHLGAS.
Papilio phleas, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 793 (1767).
CHRYSOPHANUS KASYAPA.
Chrysophanus kasyapa, Moore, P. Z. S. 1865, p. 506, pl. 31. f. 10.
CHRYSOPHANUS PAVANA.
Thecla pavana, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kaschmir, iv. p. 416, pl. 5. f. 5,
6 (1844).
Thecla panava, Westw. Gen. D. Lep. p. 487 (1852).
THECLA SYLA.
Thecla syla, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kaschmir, iv. p. 414, pl. 4. f. 7, 8
(1844).
Dipsas sila, Hewits. Ill. D. Lep. pl. 26. f. 3.
THECLA ATAXAS.
Dipsas ataxas, Doubleday & Hewits. Gen. D. Lep. pl. 74. f. 7
(1852); Hewits. Ill. D. Lep. pl. 26. f. 6.
THECLA ODATA.
Dipsas odata, Hewits. Ill. D. Lep. p. 66, pl. 30. f. 13, 14 (1865) ;
Moore, P. Z. S. 1865, p. 507.
THECLA BIRUPA.
Dipsas birupa, Moore, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1877, xx. p. 51.
HoraGa Onyx.
Thecla onyx, Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I. C.i. p. 30, ¢ (1857).
Male. Violet-brown ; fore wing with the lower basal and discal
area cyaneous blue ; discal white spot large, of the same size as in
female H. viola ; hind wing paler, the medial area cyaneous blue.
Underside pale olivaceous brownish-ochreous, the discal band on fore
248 MR. F. MOORE ON LEPIDOPTERA [Feb. 21,
wing attenuated anteriorly and extending to costal border; the band
on hind wing very broad and irregular ; anal and subanal spots small.
Female. Paler ; discal spot very large and oval ; band on under-
side as in male.
Expanse, ¢ 2 1,9; inch.
Hab. N.W. Himalaya (Deyra Doon ; Dharmsala).
Taken by Mr. Hocking on quince tree, at 6000 feet elevation.
The type specimen described above is now in the British-Museum
collection. Its locality label is ‘‘ Himalaya,” not Burmah, as stated
in my original description.
HoRraGaA VIOLA, 0. sp.
Male. Violet-brown ; fore wing with a small white discal spot.
Female. Violet-brown, palest on the hind wing; lower basal and
discal area of both wings dull cyaneous blue, discal white spot larger.
Underside darkish violaceous brownish-ochreous, the white discal
spot continued to posterior margin; the band on hind wing narrowly
white in both sexes.
Expanse, ¢ 3%, Q 1 inch.
Hab. Dharmsala. In coll. British Museum.
ILERDA TAMU.
Polyommatus tamu, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kasch. iv. p.417, pl.6.£.7,8id -
Ilerda tamu, Hewitson, Illust. D. Lep. p. 57.
Allied to I. androcles. Male. Upperside blackish brown; with
the medial, basal, and discal area of fore wing and medial area of hind
wing sparsely covered with dull metallic greenish-blue scales, these
scales scarcely appearing below the submedian vein on the fore wing
and being less thickly disposed on the hind wing ; anal red lunules
narrow and distinct.
Female paler brown; fore wing with an oblique discal slightly-
curved short red band; hind wing with a marginal narrow sinuous
red band.
Underside dull saffron-yellow; markings similar to those of I. an-
drocles.
Expanse 1,4; inch.
Hab. N.W. Himalayas, Masuri (Lang); Dharmsala (Hocking).
In coll. F. Moore and British Museum.
ILERDA CORUSCANS, 0. sp.
Smaller than I. androcles. Male of a denser blackish-brown
colour: fore wing with the lower basal and discal area, and medial
area of hind wing entirely covered with glittering metallic blue scales,
which in some lights are of a smalt-blue tint ; two slender, short, red
anal lunules.
Female paler brown: fore wing with a narrow red oblique band,
and hind wing with a marginal sinuous red band.
Expanse 1,4; inch.
Hab. N.W. Himalaya: Bisahur, between Sarhan and Tranda
et ; Dharmsala (Hocking). In coll. F. Moore and British
useum.
1882.] FROM THE N.W. HIMALAYA. 249
ILERDA ODA.
Ilerda oda, Hewits. Ill. D. Lep. p. 58, pl. 24. f. 9, 10.
ILERDA SENA.
Polyommatus sena, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kaschm. iv. p. 415, pl. 5. f. 3,
4 (1844).
IRAOTA TIMOLEON.
Papilio timoleon, Stoll, Suppl. Cram. Pap. Exot. v. pl. 32. f. 4
(1790).
HyPoLyc#NA MILIONIA.
Myrina mylionia,, Hewits. Tl. D. Lep. Suppl. p. 5, pl. 3. f. 79,
80 (1869).
©9000 feet.”
HypoLtyc#NA NASAKA.
Thecla nasaka, Horsf. Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I.C. (1829), p. 91.
Identical with Javan type.
HypoLyCZNA CHANDRANA, 0. sp. (Plate XI. figs. 2, 2 a.)
Allied to H. nasaka. Male. Upperside violet-brown: fore wing
with the lower basal and discal area dull violet-blue, and the medial
area of hind wing purplish violet-blue ; marginal line and anal lobe
black. Cilia whitish.
Underside olive-grey: fore wing with a broad discocellular
slender black-lined white-bordered streak, a similar broken discal
band, and a similar marginal narrower lunular band: hind wing
with a similar discocellular streak, a discal band, which is broken
beyond the cell and bent upwards above anal angle, and a marginal
dentated band ending in a large red spot and anal lobe and an inter-
vening streak, the spot and anal lobe black-centred, the streak with
metallic-green borders ; a white-bordered black spot on costa near
the base, another at end of the cell, and a less distinct spot above
anal angle.
Expanse 13 inch.
Hab. Lahul. In coll. British Museum.
Tr
NADISEPA, 0. g.
Allied to Deudorix. Fore wing more acuminate at the apex;
male furnished with a tuft of hair on middle of posterior margin:
hind wing more attenuated hindward; exterior margin slightly
sinuous; a broad conical depressed glandular spot between the costal
and subcostal veins. Venation similar, Palpi smaller, shorter,
second joint of more equal width ; antennal club shorter.
NADISEPA JARBAS.
Papilio jarbas, Fabr. Mant. Ins. ii. p. 68 (1787).
Thecla jarbus, Horsf. Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I. C. (1829), p. 93.
250 MR. F. MOORE ON LEPIDOPTERA [Feb. 21,
Baspa, n. g.
Differs from typical Deudorix (D. epijarbas). Male with a less
triangular form of fore wing; the hind wing more oblique on costal
and exterior margins, the apex very convex. Venation similar.
Female: fore wing more triangular: hind wing narrower and less
convex. Second joint of palpi much shorter; antennal club much
shorter and abruptly formed. Sexes alike in colour.
BasPpA MELAMPUS.
Papilio melampus, Cram. Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 362. f. G, H (1782).
Thecla sorya, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kasch. iv. p. 414, pl. 5. f. 1, 2
(1844).
DruDORIX EPIJARBAS.
Dipsas epijarbas, Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I. C. i. p. 32 (1857).
Deudoriz epijarbas, Hewits. Ill. D. Lep. pl. 7. f. 16-18.
VIRACHOLA PERSE.
Deudoriz perse, Hewits. Ill. D. Lep. p. 18, pl. 8. f. 24-26 (1863).
VIRACHOLA ISOCRATES.
Hesperia isocrates, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iii. p. 266 (1793), 3.
Thecla isocrates, Westw. Tr. Ent. Soc. 1836, p. 4, pl. 1.
Bipaspa, n. g. —
Nearest to Virachola. Fore wing comparatively more triangular ;
third subcostal emitted at a slight angle before end of the cell: hind
wing less produced hindward ; costal margin longer, apex less con-
vex ; cell triangular; first subcostal emitted at one fifth before end
of the cell; the broad conical depressed glandular spot terminates
before reaching the first subcostal branch, and does not extend
below into the cell; tail slender. Palpi less compactly squamose ;
antennal club shorter.
Type B. nissa.
BIpASPA NISSA.
Thecla nissa, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kaschmir, iv. p. 412, pl. 4. f. 3, 4
(1844).
Deudorix nissa, Hewits. Ill. D. Lep. p. 23, pl. 10. f. 42, 43 (nee
f. 44).
Hysupra, u. g.
Allied to Bidaspa. Fore wing less triangular in form, the exterior
margin slightly convex ; no tuft on posterior margin of male: hind
wing less produced hindward ; no costal depressed granular spot ;
tail shorter.
HysupRA SELIRA.
Deudoriz selira, Moore, P. Z. S. 1874, p. 272.
Deudoriz nissa, Hewits. Ill. D. Lep. pl. 10. f. 44 (nee Kollar).
1882.] FROM THE N.W. HIMALAYA. 251
RAPALA GRISEA.
Deudorizx grisea, Moore, P. Z. S. 1879, p. 140.
APHNZUS ETOLUS.
Papilio etolus, Cram. Pap. Exot. iii. pl. 208. f. E, F (1782).
APHNZEUS TRIFURCATA, 0. Sp.
Male. Upperside violet-brown ; basal area of a more greyish-
blue tint than in A. ie¢is, the orange spot trifurcate and triangular.
Female paler; basal area greyish vinous-brown ; orange spot on
fore wing small, not larger than that of the male. Underside of a
deeper chrome-yellow, the silver-streaked bands similarly disposed,
but all nearly dusky black throughout their breadth; the marginal
slender spots more prominent.
Expanse, ¢ 1,3;, 2 14% inch.
Hab. N.W. Himalaya, Dharmsala (Baden Powell and Hocking).
In coll. F. Moore and British Museum.
APHN&US UNIFORMIS, 0. sp.
Fore wing comparatively narrower and more acutely pointed at
the apex than in 4. trifureata ; hind wing shorter, but longer hind-
wards, and the exterior margin even and less convex anteriorly.
Upperside dull bluish brown: fore wing unmarked: hind wing with
an indistinct dull ochreous anal spot speckled with grey and black.
Underside dull pale brownish ochreous, the transverse bands nearly
obsolete, being indicated by very slender indistinct silvery-speckled
lines ; anal lobe black-spotted.
Expanse 1,5 inch.
Hab. Mount Meru, Wurdhan. In coll. British Museum.
APHNZUS ELIMA.
Aphneus elima, Moore, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1877, p. 51.
PRATAPA ICETAS.
Tolaus icetas, Hewits. Ill. D. Lep. p. 44, pl. 18. f. 6, 7 (1865), 2.
LoxuRa ATYMNUS.
Papilio atymnus, Cram. Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 331. f. D, E (1782).
SURENDRA QUERCETORUM.
Amblypodia quercetorum, Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I.C. i.
p- 42, pl. la. f. 7 (1857).
PANCHALA, N. g.
Wings small, short, broad: fore wing much arched; exterior
margin erect, slightly convex hindwards; cell extending beyond
half the wing ; costal vein extending to near half the margin; first
subcostal emitted at two fifths and second at one fifth before end
of the cell, third bifid at one third before the apex, fifth from
slight angle at end of the cell; discocellular slightly bent near upper
252 ‘MR. F. MOORE ON LEPIDOPTERA [Feb. 21,
end, radial from the angle; middle median near end of the cell,
lower at one fourth before the end, curved downwards ; submedian
straight: hind wing very convex externally ; costa much recurved
from the base, apex angular ; costal vein recurved, extending to the
apex ; first subcostal emitted at one third before end of the cell;
discocellular slightly bent in the middle, radial from the angle; two
upper medians from end of the cell, lower at one fourth before the
end; submedian straight, internal recurved. Body short, thorax
moderate ; palpi porrect, compactly squamose, second joint project-
ing half its length beyond the head, third joint one third its length,
slender ; legs compactly squamose; antennz short, thickening to
the apex.
Type P. ganesa.
PANCHALA GANESA.
Amblypodia ganesa, Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I. C. i. p. 44,
pl. 1a. f. 8 (1857).
PANCHALA DODONEA.
Amblypodia dodonea, Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I. C. i. p. 43,
pl. 1 a. f. 8 (1857).
PANCHALA RAMA,
Thecla rama, Kollar, Higel’s Kasch. iv. p. 412, pl. 4. f. 1, 2
(1844).
PAPILIONIDA.
PIEeRInz&.
TERIAS HECABE.
Papilio hecabe, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 763 (1767).
TERIAS EXCAVATA, N. sp.
Near T. hecabe. Fore wing with the marginal band of a similar
form but not quite so wide, the lower portion extending less from
the angle: hind wing with a marginal slender dentated line.
Female. Fore wing with a slightly wider marginal band; hind wing
with a very slender marginal dentated line. Underside with pale
markings ; the apical streak pale in the male, prominent in the
female.
Expanse 12 inch.
Hab. Kangra district (Dharmsala). In coll. British Museum and
F. Moore.
TERIAS PURREEA, 0. sp.
Allied to T. @siope. Smaller in size; the marginal band on fore
wing one third less in width at upper and lower ends, the upper
and lower angles of the excavated portion less acute: hind wing
with a slight marginal dentated line. Underside with similar but
narrower and smaller markings.
Expanse 12 to 14 inch.
Hab. Kangra distirct. In coll. British Mnseum.
1882.] FROM THE N.W. HIMALAYA. 253
TERIAS IRREGULARIS, 0. Sp. (Plate XII. fig. 3.)
Near to T. fimbriata. Wings comparatively shorter; of the
same tint of colour: fore wing with the marginal band broadly
oblique at the apex, excavated in the middle, and sinuous at pos-
terior end: hind wing with a marginal slender dentated line.
Female paler, the marginal band on fore wing with sharper angles ;
minute marginal dentated spots on hind wing. Underside with
very prominent chestnut-brown markings.
Expanse 155 inch.
Hab. Kangra district. In coll. British Museum.
TERIAS FIMBRIATA.
Terias fimbriata, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1867, p. 323.
TERIAS APICALIS, n. sp. (Plate XII. fig. 2.)
Also allied to 7. jfimbriata. Wings narrower and paler: fore
wing with the marginal band confined to a narrow apical costal
streak, the lower portion from the subcostal vein composed of very
small speckled spots: hind wing with a marginal row of minute
spots. Female with the band broader at the apex, the lower part as
in male. Underside with distinct chestnut-brown markings,
Expanse 14 inch.
Hab. Kangra district. In coll. British Museum.
TERIAS DRONA.
Terias drona, Horsf. Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I. C. (1829), p. 137,
pl. f. 13.
TERIAS RUBELLA.
Terias rubella, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1867, p. 323.
CATOPSILIA CROCALE.
Papilio crocale, Cram. Pap. Exot. i. pl. 55. f. C, D (1755), 9.
Papilio alemeone, Cram. loc. cit. ii. pl. 141. f. E, 3.
* Kulu. June to August. Both the narrow- and broad-bordered
females taken at same time.”
CATOPSILIA GNOMA.
Papilio gnoma, Fabr. Syst. Ent. App. p. 828 (1775), 3.
Papilio philippina, Cram. P. Ex. iv. pl. 361. f. C, D (1781), 9.
* Kangra valley generally. June to August. Affects flowers,
Zinnia particularly.”
CATOPSILIA PYRANTHE.
Papilio pyranthe, Linn. Syst. Nat. ii. p. 763 (1767).
GoNEPTERYX NEPALENSIS.
Gonepteryx nepalensis, Doubleday, Gen. D. L. p. 71 (1847).
Gonepteryx rhamni, Gray, Lep. Ins. Nepal, pl. 5. f. 1 (1866).
254 MR. F. MOORE ON LEPIDOPTERA [Feb. 21,
IXIAS KAUSALA.
Ivias kausala, Moore, Aun. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1877, p. 49.
Ix1as pyemmaA,n. sp. (Plate XII. fig. 1.)
Nearest to I. kausala. Smaller, and of a slightly paler yellow:
fore wing with a broader black apical band, the red belt being much
narrower and more irregularly bordered, leaving a much broader
black inner space: hind wing unmarked. Underside similarly marked
to I. kausala.
Expanse 13 inch,
Hab. Kangra district. In coll. British Museum.
Ix1As wAtTT1?.
Ivias watti, Butler, P. Z.S. 1880, p. 151, pl. 15. f. 1, 3.
The locality of “ Bengal”? given for this species is evidently an
error. :
IxIAS MARIANNE.
Papilio marianne, Cram. Pap. Exot. iii. pl. 217. f. C-E (1782).
CALLOSUNE FARRINA.
Teracolus farrinus, Butler, P. Z. S. 1876, p. 159, pl. 7. f. 2.
CALLOSUNE PURA.
Teracolus purus, Butler, P. Z.S. 1876, p. 160, pl. 7. f. 14, 15.
CoLiAs LADAKENSIS.
Colias ladakensis, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 197, pl. 27.
f. 8, 9 (1865).
Colias shipkee, Moore, P. Z. S. 1865, p. 492, pl. 31. f. 13.
‘* Baralacha Pass.’’
CoLtas FIELDI.
Colias fieldit, Ménétr. Catal. Mus. Petr. Lep. i. p. 79, pl. 1. f. 5
(1855).
C. edusa, Gray, Lep. Ins. Nepal, pl. 5. f. 2.
Cotas SAREPTENSIS?
? Colias sareptensis, Staudinger, Catal. p. 4 (1871).
Colias (? sareptensis). <‘‘ Occurs all the year round; found at
Dharmsala in grassy fields from April to November, and lower down
the valley early in March. The yellow and white forms found at
the same time and place, and taken in copuld.”’
Coxias PALLipA?
? Colias pallida, Staudinger, Catal. p. 4 (1871).
* Inias dharmsale, Butler, described as having been collected at Dharmsala
by Dr. Watt, is not represented in Mr. Hocking’s collection.
1882. | FROM THE N.W. HIMALAYA. 255
CoutAs ERATE ?.
? Papilio erate, Esper, Ausl. Schmett. i. 2. pl. 119. f. 3.
Male. Clear yellow: fore wing with the marginal band of a similar
form to that in CO. edusa and C. fieldi, unspotted, of a cuprescent-
brown colour, and of the same width except at the apex, where it is
broader owing to the more pointed form of wing ; the band also has
the curvature of its inner border as in those species, and its upper
end with distinct streaks extending for a short distance along the
anterior veins: hind wing with the band and discal spots similar to
those in European C. erate. Underside paler than in C. erate ;
discal spots less distinct, the discoidal spot on fore wing entirely
black, that on hind wing large with whitish centre and lobate red
border.
Expanse 2 inches.
This has the apex of the fore wing more prolonged than in Euro-
pean C. erate, the angle more acute, and the exterior margin more
oblique.
Co.tAs LATIVITTA, 0. sp.
Male. Yellow: fore wing with a broad unspotted blackish band,
the inner border of which is angulated inward at the upper median
vein ; the band very sparsely yellow-speckled on the anterior veins ;
discocellular spot large, black: hind wing with a broad blackish
crenulated band and a large orange-yellow discocellular spot.
Underside olivaceous yellow: fore wing with a black discocellular
spot and a distinct discal row of spots: hind wing with a moderate-
sized dull pearly-white red-bordered discocellular spot.
Female. Yellow, or white ; the band on fore wing broader than in
male, and with not very prominent upper and lower yellow spots;
the discocellular spot distinct: hind wing darker, with broad mar-
ginal band traversed inwardly by large ill-detined yellow spots;
discocellular spot brighter red.
Expanse 13 to 22 inches.
Hab. Nepal (type); Kunawar ; Kangra (Hocking). Cashmere
(Hellard). In coll. F. Moore and British Museum.
The colour in this species is of a deeper yellow, and the bands on
both wings are conspicuously broader than in the preceding (C.
pallida) or S.-Russian specimens of C. erate.
HupuINA PHRYNE.
Papilio phryne, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 473 (1775).
Papilio evagete, Cram. Pap. Exot. iii. pl. 221. f. F, G.
BELENOIS MESENTINA.
Papilio mesentina, Cram. Pap. Exot. iii. pl. 270. f. A, B
(1782).
SYyNCHLOE DAPLIDICE.
Papilio daplidice, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 760 (1767).
256 MR. F. MOORE ON LEPIDOPTERA [Feb. 21,
SYNCHLOE CALLIDICE.
Papilio callidice, Esper, Schmett. i. 2, pl. 115. f. 2, 3 (1800).
Pieris kalora, Moore, P. Z.S. 1865, p. 489, pl. 31. f. 15.
SyNCHLOE BUTLERI, n. sp. (Plate XI. figs. 6, 6 a.)
Synchloé butleri, Hocking, MS.
Near to S. callidice. Upperside—basal area of both wings deeply
black-speckled: fore wing with a narrow black discocellular spot,
shorter subapical streak, and more distinctly-formed marginal spots :
hind wing with an interrupted black discocellular streak, and an
exceedingly indistinct blackish-speckled anterior discal fascia.
Underside—fore wing with the costal border and apex pale reddish
ochreous ; discocellular spot and apical streaks black: hind wing
pale reddish ochreous, with black streaks bordering all the veins,
the streaks interrupted across the disk.
Expanse 13 inch.
Hab. Lahoul. In coll. British Museum.
DELIAS EUCHARIS.
Papilio eucharis, Drury, Ill. Exot. Ins. ii. pl. 10. f. 5, 6 (1773);
Cram. Pap. Exot. iii. pl. 201. f. B, C, pl. 202. f. C.
DELIAS SANACA.
Pieris sanaca, Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I.C. i. p. 79 (1857) ;
P. Z.S. 1857, p. 103, pl. 44. f. 4.
MANCIPIUM NEPALENSE.
Pieris nepalensis, Gray, Lep. Nepal, pl. 6. f. 3 (1846).
“Larvee May 5 reared from eggs found on the Nasturtium.
Imagines came out May 25. Two or three broods in the year.
Common.”
MANCIPIUM CANIDIA.
Pieris canidia, Sparrm. Ameen. Acad. vii. p. 504 (1768).
Papilio gliciria, Cram. Pap. Exot. ii. pl. 171. f. E, F (1779).
Aporia soracta. (Plate XI. fig. 5, larva.)
Aporia soracta, Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I. C. i. p. 83 (1857).
*‘Larve found on kusmul April 6, went to pupa May 8; all
victims of Ichneumons. Others also found in the same month the
following year.”
APORIA NABELLICA.
Pieris nabellica, Boisd. Spec. Gén. Lép. i. p. 509 (1836).
METAPORIA PHRYXE.
Pieris phrywe, Boisd. Spec. Gén. L
]
p. i. p. 446 (1836) ; Jacquem.
Voy. Inde, iv. Ins. p. 16, pl. 2. f. 1 (1
é
(1844), @.
METAPORIA CAPHUSA.
Metaporia caphusa, Moore, P. Z.S. 1872, p. 564.
1882. ] FROM THE N.W. HIMALAYA. 257
PAPILIONINA.
PARNASSIUS HARDWICKIe
Parnassius hardwicki, Gray, Zool. Misc. p. 32 (1831) ; Lep. Ins.
Nepal, p. 7, pl. 4. f. 1, la; Catal. Lep. Ins. Brit. Mus. p. 76, pl. 12.
f. 8.
P. jacquemontii, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kasch. iv. p. 407, pl. 2. f. 3, 4
(nec Boisd.).
“March. Flies over the snow ; 8000 feet. Sixteen specimens taken
in one day, all males but one.”
PARNASSIUS JACQUEMONTI.
Parnassius jacquemonti, Boisd. Spec. Gén. Lép. i. p. 400 (1836) ;
Blanchard, Jacq. Voy. Inde, iv. Ins. p. 16, pl. 1. f. 3, 4; Gray, Catal.
Lep. Ins. B. M. pl. 12. f. 1, 2.
“Head of the Kullu valley, and slopes of the Rhotang Pass ;
10,000 up to 13,000 feet.”
PARNASSIUS CHARLTONIUS.
Parnassius charltonius, Gray, Catal. Lep. Ins. B. M. p. 77,
pl. 12. f. 7, ¢ (1852); Moore, Yarkand Mission, Lep. p. 5, pl. 1.
fe 3; 2 .
‘« Baralacha Pass, 18,000 feet, June. Very rare.”
PARNASSIUS CHARINO.
Parnassius charino, Gray, Catal. Lep. Ins. B. M. p. 76, pl. 12.
f. 12 (1852).
“Top of the Rhotang Pass, 13,000 feet. Very rare.”
DaLcHINA SARPEDON.
Papilio sarpedon, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 747; Esper, Ausl.
Schmett. pl. 8. f. 2.
* Flies round and round the tops of trees.”
DALCHINA CLOANTHUS.
Papilio cloanthus, Westw. Arcana Ent. i. pl. 11. f. 2 (1841);
Kollar, Hiigel’s Kasch. iv. p. 405, pl. 2. f. 1, 2.
ZETIDES AXION.
Papilio axion, Felder, Verh. zool.-bot. Gesch. 1864, pp. 305,
350.
P. eurypilus, Hiibn. Samml. ex. Schmett. ii. pl. 107 (nec Linn.).
Near to Z. telephus. Underside—fore wing with the discoidal
spots larger, the two at the end confluent; medial transverse band
wider posteriorly and less divided by the veins; the marginal row of
spots narrower and more lunular in form, the upper being wider
apart : hind wing with a broader medial band, the subbasal costal
red-banded streak narrower ; two short black spots divided by a red
lunule within the end of the cell, the other red-lunulated spots
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1882, No, XVII. 17
258 MR. F. MOORE ON LEPIDOPTERA [Feb. 21
similar ; marginal row of spots somewhat larger, less conical, and all
entire.
Expanse 3 inches.
Hab, Kangra district. In coll. Rev. J. H. Hocking.
SARBARIA, 0. g.
Fore wing comparatively longer and of less breadth than in typical
Achillides (A. paris), the exterior margin being more oblique; the
male} with a tomentose (glandular) streak on the submedian and
three lower median veins, and another between the submedian and
lower median : hind wing of less breadth, and more deeply scalloped.
Type S. polyctor.
SARBARIA POLYCTOR.
Papilio polyctor, Boisd. Spec. Gén. Lép. i. p. 205 (1836) ; Jacq.
Voy. Inde, iv. Ins. pl. 1. f. 1, 2; Kollar, Hiigel’s Kasch. iv. p. 403,
je) a
*«°Taken in June.”
SARBARIA PEEROZA, 0. Sp.
Allied to polyctor, Boisd. (Jacq. Voy. pl. 1. f. 1). Differs in
being comparatively smaller, with shorter hind wing and smaller tail,
the irrorations of a more golden-green colour, and the woolly streaks
of the male somewhat shorter. On the hind wing the broad an-
terior portion of the band is shorter, and of a turquoise-blue (not
purple-blue as in polyctor); the slender hind part of the band is
also less distinct in male, and obsolete in female.
Expanse, ¢ 33, 9 37 inches.
Hab. Dharmsaia (March). In coll. British Museum.
PAPILIO ASIATICA.
Papilio machaon, Gray, Lep. Ins. Nepal, p. 6, pl. 3. f. 1 (nec
Linn.).
Pap. machaon, var. asiatica, Ménétr. Catal. Mus. Petr., Lep. i.
p- 70 (1855).
* Larva ov parsnip, July 9th. Perfect insect emerged August 6th.
6200 feet. Also found on the samp, a kind of fennel, on March
20th.”
ORPHEIDES ERITHONIUS.
Papilio erithonius, Cram, Pap. Exot. iii. pl. 232. f. A, B (1782).
‘* Larva on orange-tree, Dharmsala, May 23; pupa, June 3.
Byasa, n. g.
Fore wing lengthened, somewhat narrow, triangular ; costa much
arched, apex not pointed ; exterior margin very long and extremely
oblique, slightly convex anteriorly ; posterior margin short: hind
wing very long hindward, narrow; costa and abdominal margin very
short ; exterior margin deeply scalloped, and with a very broad short
1 In Achillides the males have no tomentose streaks.
1882]. FROM THE N.W. HIMALAYA, 259
spatular tail ; cell long, narrow, pointed at the end. Antenne short,
gradually thickening to the end.
Larva with several short tubercles on each segment. Pupa broad
laterally ; head broad and slightly cleft in front; thorax convex
above and beneath, angular at the side; wing-cases dilated laterally ;
dorsal segments with foliaceous lateral appendages.
Type B. philowenus.
ByasA PHILOXENUS. (Plate XII. figs. 5, 5a, larva.)
Papilio philoxenus, Gray, Zool. Misc. p. 32 (1831); Lep. Ins.
Nepal, p. 5, pl. 2; Westw. Cab. Orient. Ent. pl. 40. f. 2.
Larva 23 inches long, pale purple-brown ; head and legs shining
black ; head small, corneous, sparsely covered with short hair; second
segment with two short tubercles on each side, and a transverse
flattened corneous tentacular sheath above the head ; third, fourth,
fifth, and sixth segments each with eight short tubercles (four on
each side), the dorsal series longest ; seventh, eighth, ninth, and
tenth segments each with six tubercles, and eleventh, twelfth, and
thirteenth segments each with four shorter tubercles ; each tubercle
ted at the apex, and purple black-streaked at the base; intervening
space between the tubercles with a transverse and a dorsal series of
paler purple-black spots; these markings all with pale borders ;
seventh and eighth segment each with a lateral, short, broad oblique
white band.
Pupa reddish-ochreous, broad laterally ; head broad and slightly
cleft in front; thorax convex above and beneath, angular at the
side; wing-cases dilated laterally ; dorsal segments with foliaceous
lateral appendages.
The above descriptions of the larva and pupa are taken from
specimens found by Mr. Hocking “ feeding on a creeping pitcher-
plant (Nepenthes?) on September 20th, at an elevation of 6200 feet.
The larvee changed to pupe on Sept. 27, the pupa making a
squeaking noise when touched.”
ByAsA RAVANA.
Papilio ravana, Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I. C. i. p. 96 (1857).
Papilio philoxenus, var., Westw. Cab. Orient. Ent. pl. 40. f. 4.
MENELAIDES ARISTOLOCHI.
Papilio aristolochie, Fabr. Ent. Syst. p. 443 (1775).
Papilio diphilus, Esper, Ausl. Schmett. pl. 40. f.1, 2.
LaERTIAS PAMMON.
Papilio pammon, Linn, Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 746 (1767), 3.
Papilio polytes, Linn. ibid., 2.
“Larva on lemon-tree, June 19th. The perfect insects (male
d female of pammon form) fly from March to December, at an
elevation of 6000 feet The polytes form, @, is more restricted to
the hot valleys, not appearing before June, and very rarely found
above 4000 feet.”
l7®
260 MR. F. MOORE ON LEPIDOPTERA [Feb. 21,
SAINIA, n. g.
Fore wing comparatively narrower than in Iliades (memnon group) ;
costa more arched ; apex very convex ; exterior margin very oblique
and slightly sinuous; posterior angle somewhat pointed. Hind wing
narrow, elongated hindward; costa very short; exterior margin
moderately scalloped ; the female of typical species without a tail ;
cell longer than in Zliades.
SAINIA PROTENOR.
Papilio protenor, Cram. Pap. Exot. i. pl. 49. f. A, B (1779).
CADUGOIDEs, n. g.
Fore wing elongated, triangular; costa arched towards the end,
apex convex; exterior margin oblique, even, and concave in the
middle, posterior angle rounded ; cell very long, extending two
thirds the wing; upper discocellular outwardly oblique, lower in-
wardly oblique and concave: hind wing fan-shaped; the costal
margin very long, extending beyond posterior angle of fore wing,
apex abruptly convex; exterior margin short, very oblique and
slightly scalloped; abdominal margin somewhat long. Antenne
short, slender, club moderately and gradually thickened to tip.
Type C. agestor.
A mimic, in both general form and pattern, of Caduga tytia, of
the Lupleine.
CADUGOIDES AGESTOR.
Papilio agestor, Gray, Zool. Misc. p. 32 (1831) ; Lep. Ins. Nepal,
p- 6, pl. 4. f. 2.
CADUGOIDES GOPALA, 0. Sp.
Papilio agestor, Westwood, Arcana Ent. p. 59, pl. 16. f. 2
(nec Gray).
Female. Intermediate between C. agestor and C. govindra: fore
wing with similar markings to those of the same sex, except that the
three submarginal spots are more conical in shape and concave on their
outer edge than in either of ‘the above species, the marginal row of
small spots being like those in C. agestor : hind wing less produced
apically, the exterior margin more convex and more prominently
scalloped than in female C. agestor, the red colour of a considerably
paler tint than in either species, being somewhat yellowish towards
the base and along the outer veins, the veins basally and the dis-
coidal streaks are black-lined; the intermediate streaks of similar
form to those in C. agestor, but of an ochreous-grey tint ; the discal
series with slight blackish outer ends, and an outer marginal series of
large blackish conical spots. Body as in C. agestor.
Expanse 4 inches.
Had. Kangra district. In coll. British Museum.
1882. ] FROM THE N.W. HIMALAYA. 261
CADUGOIDES GOVINDRA.
Papilio govindra, Moore, Ent. Monthly Mag. i. p. 101 (1864) ;
P. Z.S. 1865, p. 486.
Papilio agestor, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kasch. iv. pl. 3. f. 1, 2 (nec
Gray).
CHILASA DISSIMILIS.
Papilio dissimilis, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 782 (1767) ; Clerck,
Icones, pl. 16. f. 2.
** Flight very strong.”
CHILASA PANOPE.
Papilio panope, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 782 (1767); Cram. Pap.
Exot. iv. pl. 295. f. E, F.
HESPERIID A.
BADAMIA EXCLAMATIONIS.
Papilio exclamationis, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 530 (1775).
Papilio ladon, Cram. Pap. Exot. iii. pl. 284. f. C, 2.
IsMENE @DIPODEA.
Ismene edipodea, Swains. Zool. Ilustr. i. pl. 16 (1820-21).
CHOASPES BENJAMINI.
Thymele benjamini, Guér. Deless. Voy. Inde, ii, pl. 22. f. 2, 24
(1843).
PARNARA MANGALA.
Hesperia mangala, Moore, P. Z.S. 1869, p. 792.
SUASTUS GREMIUS.
Hesperia gremius, Fabr. (Butler, Catal. Fabr. Lep. B. M. p. 271,
ploed- 7;,..2-)
Hesperia divodasa, Moore, Catal. Lep, Mus. E.I. C. i. p. 255.
SuASTUS ELTOLA.
Hesperia eltola, Hewits. Exot. Butt. iv. Hesp. pl. 4. f. 40 (1869).
CHAPRA MATHIAS.
Hesperia mathias, Fabr. (Butler, Catal. Fabr. Lep. B. M. p. 275,
pl..3.f. 8,8);
CHAPRA PROMINENS, 0. sp.
Male and female. Upperside dark olive-brown, basal area brighter
olive. Male—fore wing with eight rather large quadrate yellowish
semidiaphanous spots, three being disposed before the apex, three
discal,and two very obliquely at end of the cell ; a prominent narrow
oblique yellow brand or streak below the cell, which in the female is
replaced by two spots, the upper one of which is very small: hind
262 MR. F. MOORE ON LEPIDOPTERA [Feb. 21,
wing with four yellow semidiaphanous contiguous spots. Underside
paler ; spots on fore wing as above, the brand showing as a diffused
yellow patch from its outer edge; the series of spots on hind wing
more prominently white, witha fifth spot at the upper end, and one
also at the upper end of the cell.
Expanse 14 inch.
Hab. N.W. Himalaya: Tonse valley, 6000 feet; | Gurwhal
(Lang) ; Kussowlee; Kangra. In coll. F. Moore, Major Lang, and
and British Museum.
An allied species to this, from Shanghai, N. China, has recently
been described by Mons. Mabille as Gegenes sinensis (Bull. Soc.
Zool. de France, 1877, p. 232), from which the above differs in its
somewhat broader wings and larger size of the markings on the
fore wing.
PADRAONA DARA.
Hesperia dara, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kasch. iv. p. 455 (1844).
Pamphila mesa, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 509, pl. 30. f. 9.
AMPITTIA MARO.
Hesperia maro, Fabr. (Butler, Catal. Fabr. Lep. B. M. p. 279,
pl. 2. f. 12, ¢).
TARACTROCERA SAGARA.
Pamphila sagara, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 792.
THANAOS STIGMATA.
Thanaos stigmata, Moore, P. Z.8. 1878, p. 694.
IsoTEINON MASURIENSIS.
Isoteinon masuriensis, Moore, P. Z.S. 1878, p. 693, pl. 45.’f. 3.
HyAROTIS ADRASTUS.
Hesperia adrastus, Cram. Pap. Exot. iv. pl 319, f. F, G (1780).
Plesioneura praba, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 790.
Hesp. phenicis, Hewits. Ex. Butt. Hesp. pl. 4. f. 36, 37 (1869).
TAGIADES MENAKA.
Pterygospidea menaka, Moore, P. Z.8. 1865, p. 778.
SARANGESA PURENDRA.
Pyrgus purendra, Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I. C. i. p. 250.
Upperside greyer than in 8S. dasahara, with paler mottled
markings : fore wing with a semidiaphanous white continuous streak
across the cell near its end, a continuous small spot above it, three
small conjoined spots before the apex, and three on the disk, the
middle discal spot large and quadrate. Cilia alternated with grey.
Underside paler: fore wing marked as above, and with an additional
small white lower spot on the disk, and a basal streak below the cell:
hind wing with a small whitish spot in middle of the cell, and a less
distinct discal curved series.
Expanse 17 inch.
1882. ] FROM THE N.W. HIMALAYA. 263
Hab. Bombay ; Umballa; Kussowlie; Kangra. In coll. British
Museum and F. Moore.
SARANGESA DASAHARA.
Nisoniades dasahara, Moore, P. Z.S. 1865, p. 787.
UbasPEs FOLUS.
Papilio folus, Cram. Pap. Exot. i. pl. 74. f. 7 (1779).
PLESIONEURA ALYSOS.
Plesioneura alysos, Moore, P. Z.S. 1865, p. 789.
PLESIONEURA LEUCOCERA.
Hesperia leucocera, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kasch. iv. p. 454, pl. 18.
f. 3, 4 (1844).
PLESIONEURA PULOMAYA.
Plesioneura pulomaya, Moore, P. Z.S. 1865, p. 787.
ANTIGONUS ANGULATA.
Pterygospidea angulata, Feld. Verh. z.-b. Gesch. 1862, p. 488 ;
Novara Reise, Lep. iii. pl. 73. f. 10, 11.
Achlyodes sura, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 786.
CoLADENIA FATIH.
Hesperia fatih, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kasch. iv. p. 454, pl. 18. f. 5,
, °
HESPERIA GALBA.
Hesperia galba, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iii. p. 352 (1793).
Pyrgus superna, Moore, P. Z.S. 1865, p, 792.
GoMALIA ALBOFASCIATA.
Gomalia albofasciata, Moore, P.Z.S. 1879, p. 144; Lep. of
Ceylon, i. p. 183, pl. 71. f. 7.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Prats XI,
Fig. 1, la. Argynnis baralacha, n. sp., p. 242.
2, 2a. Hypolycena chandrana, n. sp., p. 249.
8. Larva and pupa of Athyma opalina, p. 241.
4,4a. Larva and pupa of Symbrenthia hyppoclus, n sp., p. 243.
5. Aporia soracta, larva and pupa, p. 256.
6, 6a. Synchloé butleri, n. sp., p. 256.
Puate XII.
Fig. 1. Zxtas pygmea, n. sp., p. 254.
2. Terias apicalis, n. sp. p. 253.
8. Terias irreqularis, n. sp., p. 253.
4,4a. Tarucus alteratus, n. sp., p. 245.
5, 5a. Larva and pupa of Byasa philoxenus, p. 259.
6, 6a. Tarucus venosus, n. sp. p. 245.
7. Ypthima indecora, n. sp., p. 238.
8. Calysisme subfasciata, n. sp., p. 237.
264 ON PHYLLOMEDUSA HYPOCHONDRIALIS. [Feb. 21,
2. Notes on a South-American Frog lately living in the
Society’s Gardens. By G. A. Boutenerr, C.M.ZS.
[Received January 30, 1882. ]
(Plate XITII.).
The small Frog (Phyllomedusa hypochondrialis) which is the
subject of this communication lived but a few days in the Society’s
Gardens. It had been obtained at Pernambuco by Dr. Stradling ;
and was, I believe, the first specimen of this species that has reaches
Europe alive.
In spite of its small size (34 millim: from. snout to vent), it is
nearly adult, the species to which it belongs never growing to a size
superior to that of the common Tree-frog of Europe ; whilst Phyllome-
dusa bicolor, of which P. hypochondrialis has frequently been re-
garded as the young, reaches the largest size which any member of
the family Hylidee attains, viz. 130 millim. from snout to vent.
It is not necessary to enter into details concerning the structural
characters of this animal, as these will be found in my ‘ Catalogue
of the Batrachia Ecaudata in the British Museum’ (p. 434), where
thirteen species of Phyllomedusa are distinguished ; but I think it
well to state that the inner toe only is opposable to the others, as-has
been figured by Burmeister in another species of the same genus,
and not the two inner toes, as believed by many authors.
The point of interest in the specimen, which I had the pleasure of
observing alive, is the coloration. This is very different from that of
spirit-specimens, and quite worthy of notice, as it does not appear
to have been recorded before.
When the animal sits half asleep on a leaf or against the glass of
its case, the limbs folded against the body, as most Tree-frogs are
in the habit of doing during the daytime, it is entirely of a light,
rather faded green, without any markings. But when it stretches
out its limbs, the aspect is very different, all the concealed surfaces,
viz. the upper surface of the humerus, the two inner fingers, the
flanks, the lateral and upper surfaces of the femur with the exception
of ‘a narrow green streak (the only part of the femur seen when the
limbs are folded), the inner side of the tarsus and the three inner
toes, being of a bright orange-colour, elegantly marked with trans-
verse purplish-black bars.
The upper lip has a very narrow white margin. A fine blackish
line extends from the angle of the mouth to the middle of the side,
separated by a white streak from the green of the back. Another
blackish line round the lower lip; another, white-margined, along
the outer edge of the forearm and fourth finger, and tarsus and fifth
toe.
The lower surfaces are pure white, with the exception of the tibiz,
which are orange.
The iris is silvery white, as has been figured by Burmeister in
Phyllomedusa burmeisteri.
PZ. SalSGe ele
Edwin Wilson del. et lith. Mimtern Bros. imp.
PHYLLOMEDUSA HYPOCHONDRIALIS.
J. Smit Lith lanhart, mp
IL MUS NIGRICAUDA
2.SACCOSTOMUS LAPIDARIUS
1882.] MR. 0. THOMAS ON RODENTS FROM S.W. AFRICA. 265
The lower eyelid is transparent in this specimen, whilst in others
it is very frequently rendered opaque by white veins.
The specimen must evidently be referred to Cope’s Phyllomedusa
azurea, in spite of the almost total absence of white areolations on
the lower eyelid; but I do not believe that species to be distinct from
P. hypochondrialis. The characters which, according to Mr. Cope,
distinguish P. hypochondrialis from P. azurea are the presence of
vomerine teeth, the absence of a white lateral streak, and the trans-
parence of the lower eyelid. Mr. Cope does not say if his knowledge
of the former species rests upon the type specimen in the Paris
Museum. ‘This I had opportunity of examining four years ago. I
do not recollect whether I paid attention to the vomerine teeth ; but
I came to the conclusion that P. hypochondrialis and P. azurea are
not specifically distinct. The transparence or opaqueness of the
lower eyelid I do not consider a specific character in this or any other
species of the genus Phyllomedusa ; the presence or absence of a white
streak from the mouth does not seem to me of much importance.
As to the vomerine teeth in the typical specimen, doubts may be enter-
tained of their presence; all the specimens in the British Museum
lack these teeth.
3. On a small Collection of Rodents from South-Western
Africa. By Ouprietp Tuomas, F.Z.S., British Museum.
[Received February 7, 1882.]
(Plate XIV.)
The present collection was obtained by the late Mr. C. J. Andersson
in Damaraland and the neighbouring countries, and has recently
been acquired by the British Museum. The skins are unfor-
tunately in a rather delapidated condition, but the dates and localities
have in most cases been preserved. Altogether the Museum has
received twenty-four of Mr. Andersson’s specimens, belonging to ten
species, of which the following list, owing to our ignorance of the
Rodent fauna of this region, may be of some service.
1. Scrurus coneicus, Kuhl, Beitr. z. Zool. p. 66 (1820).
Three specimens. Cunéné river, N. Damaraland, July 25, 1867.
2, GeRBILLUS TENUIS, Smith, Ill. Zool. S. Afr., Mamm. pl. XXXvi.
fig. 2 (1849).
Three specimens. Otjimbinque, February 7, 1865.
3. PacHyuromys AuRIcuLaris (Smith), S. Afr. Quart. Journ, ii.
p- 160 (1834).
Five specimens. Otjimbinque, February 6 and 7and March 6, 1865.
This species is, as Mons. Huet has shown’, undoubtedly congeneric
with the peculiar Pachyuromys duprasi, Lataste’.
1 Le Nat. vol. i. p. 339 (1881). 2 Le Nat. i. p. $14 (1880).
266 MR. O. THOMAS ON RODENTS FROM S.wW. AFRICA. [Feb. 21,
4. Saccosromus Laprparivs. (Plate XIV. fig. 2.)
Saccostomus lapidarius, Peters, Reise n. Mossamb., Saug. p. 167
(1852).
Three specimens. Exact localities and dates not preserved.
This rare species has hitherto been recorded only from Mozambique,
where Prof. Peters collected his types.
5. Mus (Isomys) pumIttio, Sparrm. K. Vet.-Ak. Handl. 1784,
p- 236.
Two specimens. a,2, Table Mountain, November 30; and 4, ¢,
‘‘between Aamhouf and Hountop,” Great Namaqualand, June 8,
1862.
6. Mus (LeGGapa) MINuUTOIDEs, Smith, S. Afr. Quart. Journ.
ii. p. 157 (1834).
One specimen. Damaraland.
7. Mus sttaceus, Wagn. Arch. f. Naturg. 1842, 1. p. 11.
Four specimens. a & 6, Otjimbinque, August 19 and 27, 1866 ;
e & d, no exact localities.
8. Mus NIGRICAUDA, Sp. n.
One specimen. 6, Hountop R., Great Namaqualand, June 1,
1862.
For description see below.
9. Mus coucua, Sm. App. Rep. Exp. p. 43 (1836).
One specimen. Elephant’s Vley, October 30, 1859.
10. Mus, sp.
One specimen. No exact locality.
There is thus one new species, No. 8, in the collection: and No. 10
might also turn out to be new; but it is represented by such a very
indifferent specimen that I cannot determine this point with certainty.
The following is a description of No. 8, a very well-marked species,
quite distinct from any other African Rat.
Mus niericaupa, sp.n. (Plate XIV. fig. 1.)
Fur rather long and coarse, composed of but one kind of hair,
there being no under-fur. Centre of back mixed yellow-and black,
the greater part of the hairs having yellow distal halves, while others
are wholly black. Sides of the head and body mixed white and
black, the separation from the upper yellowish colour fairly well
marked. Belly-hairs pure white to their bases. Ears rather large,
thinly covered with short greyish hairs. Feet white above, the
hairs longer at the ends of the toes, so as to conceal theclaws. Tail
slightly shorter than the head and body, nearly naked at its base,
but thickly covered for its distal half both above and below with
rather long shining black hairs, which form more or less of a pencil
at the tip. Hind feet proportionally short, the six pads large and
1882.] MR. FORBES ON THE PTERYLOSIS OF MESITES. 267
rounded, occupying nearly the whole of the fore part of the sole.
First hind toe reaching just to the base of the second; fifth to the
end of the metacarpal of the fourth.
Molars much as in the subgenus Isomys, broad and rounded, with
numerous small but well-marked cusps.
Approximate dimensions, in inches :—
Forearm Incisors to
Head and Hind. and Har- Ist upper Molar
body, ‘Tail, foot. hand. conch. Skull. molars, series.
6°2 Foe uct | 118 0°65 — 38 “21
Judging from the analogy of other species, I should imagine that
Mus nigricauda is an arboreal animal; for in nearly all climbing
Rodents we find the rather short feet, large rounded foot-pads, and
more or less bushy tail characteristie of the present species. The
Dormice, Squirrels, and, most closely analogous of all, the Climbing
Vesper-mice of Tropical America (Rhipidomys), may be cited as
examples of forms which possess the above mentioned accompaniments
of an arboreal habit of life.
4, Description of the Pterylosis of Mesites, with Remarks
on the Position of that Genus. By W. A. Forszs,
B.A., Prosector to the Society.
[Received February 7, 1882.]
When making some observations on the pterylographical and
other peculiarities of Hupetes macrocercus’, I expressed regret at
not having been able to obtain any specimen of Mesites, which in
external appearance somewhat approaches Eupetes macrocercus, to
study its pterylosis also.
Since then, having obtained through Herr G. Schneider, of Basel,
a skin of Mesites variegatus, I have been able, from an examination
of it, to complete our knowledge of this most peculiar form as
regards the distribution of its feathers. All that was previously
known of this part of the structure of Mesites was the existence
in that bird of five pairs of powder-down patches*, M. A. Milne-
Edwards in his paper on it * having confined his observations to its
osseous and internal structure *. Those interested in the various
opinions which have been held by naturalists as to the exact syste-
matic position of Mesites, I will refer to M. Milne-Edwards’s paper
just quoted, only adding Mr. E. Bartlett’s suggestion “that the
1 Pp. Z. 8. 1881, p. 838.
2 Vide EB. Bartlett, P. Z. S. 1877, p. 292.
3 Ann. Sci. Nat. (6) Zool. vii. 1878, art. 6.
4 An imperfect skull, extracted from the present skin, shows that the palate
is schizognathous, the recurved maxillo-palatines being free in the middle line,
and the yomer small and pointed—points not evident in Milne-Edwards's figure,
his specimen, I believe, being somewhat imperfect,
268 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE [Feb. 21,
genus Mesites should be arranged in the Natural System next to
Eurypyga and its near ally Rhinochetus.”
The nostrils of Mesites are long, linear concave-upward slits,
extending for more than half the length of the beak, and covered
above by a well-marked membranous valvular operculum, being in
this respect very unlike the ordinary form of nostril in the Rails.
The tarsi have about 10 or 11 distinct transverse scutelle ante-
riorly, best developed internally, and there nearly meeting, along
the lateral surface, a similar but somewhat more numerous series of
smaller scutellee, which are developed along the posterior aspect of
the leg, but become obsolete about } inch above the metatarso-
phalangeal joint. Externally the two series of scutellze are separated
by a distinct space covered by smooth, non-scutellated skin. This
tarsal scutellation extends upwards above the ‘‘knee” for about
3 inch, for which extent therefore the tibia is bare of feathers.
The digits are all free from their bases ; the hallux is considerably
the smallest of them’.
The number of remiges cannot be counted with certainty ; but
there are certainly 10 primaries ; the wing is much rounded.
There are 16 rectrices, a very non-passerine character * ; and both
the upper and under tail-coverts are very long, with the last feathers
rectriciform and extending along the tail for quite three fourths of
its length both above and below.
There is apparently no claw on the pollex; and the contour-
feathers have no aftershaft—in both these respects differing from the
Rallide. The tail in my specimen has unfortunately been so cut
that I have been unable to ascertain for certain whether the oil-gland
is present or not. I can find no tuft, however; and as we know that
the gland, though present, is nude both in Rhinochetus and
Eurypyga, such is probably its condition in Mesites too *.
The continuous head-feathering extends about halfway down the
neck, and then gives off the dorsal and ventral tracts of each side,
which are separated by well-marked spaces, of which the dorsal one
is considerably the biggest. The feathering of the lower part of the
neck is thus quadriserial, separated by as many apteria. In the
lower part of the neck the two dorsal tracts, which are narrow but
strongly feathered, are widely separated, and somewhat divergent,
including between them the anterior pair of dorsal powder-down
patches, but converge again in the interscapular region. Here they
suddenly become much feebler, and are then continued on as the
much more weakly-feathered posterior part of the dorsal tract, this
1 By soaking out the plantar tendons, I have been enabled to ascertain that
there is a good winculwm between the flewores longus hallucis and profundus digi-
torwm, the tendons of which are ossified near the bottom of the leg. In all
ordinary Passeres, it will be remembered, this vimculwm is quite absent.
2 According to Nitzsch, however, this is the number met with in the male of
Menura superba.
3 Tn answer to an inquiry on this subject, M. A. Milne-Edwards has been kind
enough to inform me that his spirit-specimen of Mesites is also unfortunately
damaged at the root of the tail, but that on an examination of a skin he finds
apparently an oil-gland present with mo tuft.
1882. ] PTERYLOSIS OF MESITES. 269
being of a furcate form, with the united part about 1 inch long, and
inclosing a fairly broad median space. The limbs of this posterior
fork are strongly dilated in the middle part of their extent, being there
6 to 7 feathers broad, and united externally by scattered feathers with
the very broad and long lumbar tracts, which are arranged in about
six rows of not closely-placed feathers, the posterior row of these
being considerably the stronger.
The humeral tracts are not very broad or strong, and are quite
distinct, anteriorly, from the inferior tract.
This last, which (as already described) commences on each side
about halfway down the neck, springing at once independently
from the continuous feathering of the anterior cervical region,
ceases altogether at the commencement of the pectoral region
(extending as far as the most anterior of the ventral powder-down
patches to be presently described). It recommences, however, a little
lower down as a very narrow tract, composed at first of only single
feathers, but subsequently becoming stronger and broader (though
even here only two feathers broad), in which condition it runs on, as
the main inferior tract, to terminate near the vent.
Strange to say, what must be considered the equivalent of the
outer pectoral branch of ordinary birds is here quite free throughout
from the main stem, with which it is not even united anteriorly,
where it is separated by the already-mentioned powder-down patch,
whilst posteriorly it runs parallel to, but quite free from, the main
stem.
The powder-down patches of Mesites resemble those of the
Ardeide, of Leptosoma, and Podargus in their compactness, as well
as in the definiteness of their areas, as opposed to the more scattered
and diffused forms they present in Rhinochetus, Eurypyga, Cryp-
turus, and other birds. But in their exact distribution they differ
materially from any of these.
As already described by Mr. E. Bartlett, there are five pairs! of
powder-patches in Mesites. Of these two pairs are dorsal, two
ventral, and one lateral in position. All have the form of well-
defined more or less oval areas, covered by a dense mat of closely
aggregated long powder-down plumes.
The most anterior pair is placed close to the median line, the
patches being only slightly separated from each other, at the com-
mencement (apparently) of the interscapular region and inclesed
between the two dorsal tracts, a little before these pass into their
weaker posterior fork.
The second dorsal patch is situated on the rump, close to and just
outside the terminal part of the dorsal tract, between that and the
posterior termination of the lumbar tracts of each side.
1 In the Ardeide the number varies from one pair (Baleniceps) to four pairs
(Cancroma). Three is the most ordinary number. The presence of a single
cecum in Baleniceps (as fortunately demonstrated by a preparation mounted
in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons), together with these powder-
down patches, renders its Ardeine nature nearly certain, as already suggested
by Mr. A. D. Bartlett (P. Z. 8. 1861, p. 131).
270 MR. FORBES ON THE PTERYLOSIS OF MESITES. [Feb. 21,
The third patch is inferior in position, lying just at the commence-
ment of the pectoral region, between the two halves of the inferior
tract internally and the anterior extremity of their separated pec-
toral branch externally.
The fourth patch is longer and narrower than its fellows, lying on
the ventral region just outside the middle part of the inferior tract.
The /ifth (lateral) patch lies more or less transversely, in the
neighbourhood of the axilla, between the posterior ends of the outer
pectoral and humeral tracts.
No Ardeine bird has any such lateral pair of patches; and only
Cancroma has the anterior dorsal pair. These moreover lie outside,
and not znside, the dorsal tracts in that bird. On the other hand,
the concentrated patches of Mesites may easily be derived from the
more diffused arrangement found in Rhinochetus* and Eurypyga.
A full account of the pterylosis of Rhinochetus is still a
desideratum, Dr. Murie having unfortunately omitted any account
of the systematically more-important contour-feather tracts in his
account of the “ dermal structures ” of the Kagu (J. c.).
Ihave at present insufficient material to describe these thoroughly,
though an examination of two imperfectly-feathered specimens in
spirit demonstrates considerable agreement between the Kagu and
Mesites. Of Eurypyga we likewise have but imperfect information,
due to Nitzsch*, and not to my mind very satisfactory, judging
from the material before me.
In Rhinochetus, as in Mesites, the neck-feathering is quadriserial,
though the median dorsal space is much narrower below and the
lateral neck-spaces very broad ; the two dorsal tracts terminate close
together about the level of the anterior end of the scapule, and are
quite separate from the posterior portion, which is only forked to a~
slight extent anteriorly, and widely dilated mesially. These differences
seem to be due mainly to the greater development of the dorsal
powder-down tracts of Rhinochetus, these covering most of the
dorsal aspect of the trunk, except a narrow median space along the
backbone and a reversed heart-shaped area on the pelvis, to which
spaces therefore the contour-feathers are nearly confined.
Below, as in Mesites, the inferior tract of each side is nearly or
quite broken up into two by the interruption of a patch of powder-
down feathers; and the pectoral branch is likewise quite separated
from the main tract, as in no other bird known to me except Mesites,
powder-downs also intervening between the two. The humeral tract
is quite free from the inferior one. On the other hand, in the
number of its rectrices (16), and the absence of an aftershaft to
the feathers, Mesites differs from EZurypyga and Rhinochetus, both
of which have 12 rectrices* and an aftershaft. The number of
primaries in all is 10.
Mesites, Rhinochetus, and Eurypyga agree together, but differ
from the Rallid@, in having well-developed and strong rectrices, in
ee 8. vii. pl. 56. figs. 1-3.
*Pterylography,’ Ray Soe. ed. p. 129, pl. viii. fig. 15.
8 Prat ie a not 10, as pat ieee E stated by Murie, loc. cit. p. 468.
1882.] ON THE ANATOMY OF ERETHIZON DORSATUS. 271
the-possession of powder-down patches, in the oil-gland being nude
(?Mesites),and in the interruption of the dorsal tract in the neighbour-
hood of the scapulz. Pterylographically, therefore, there is no special
reason to unite these forms with the Rails. Judging from M. Milne-
Edwards’s account and figures of the osteology of Mesites, numerous
differences between these two forms also exist in the osseous parts
of their structure. In particular, the fact of Mesites being schi-
zorhinal is a strong point in view of its relationship being, along with
Rhinochetus and its allies, to the Pluvialine group, where I have
already? placed it. In spite of M. Milne-Edwards’s remarks’, I
see no reason for doubting the value of the schizorhinal character of
the nasal bones as a mark of the genetic affinities of birds, especially
when, as in the present case, other facts point in the same direction.
I should be inclined therefore to consider (1) that Mesites,
Eurypyga, and Rhinochetus have all sprung from some common
ancestor, which must have been a generalized Pluvialine form pro-
vided with powder-down tracts; (2) that of the forms which this
common stock gave rise to, all have become extinct save the three
in question, which, having become isolated in three widely separated
localities, have each acquired certain special characters not found in
the others; (3) that, judging at least from the pterylosis, the
Malagash Mesites is perhaps more nearly related to the New-Cale-
donian Rhinochetus than to the Neotropical Zurypyga.
5. Notes on the Anatomy of Hrethizon dorsatus.
By Sz.-Gzorcre Mivarr.
[Received February 16, 1882.]
Having had an opportunity, through the kindness of Dr. Giinther,
of examining a spirit-specimen of Hrethizon dorsatus, the following
points have appeared to me possibly of some interest.
The tongue is long and narrow, its extreme length being 4!"7 and
its greatest breadth (at its hindmost end) being 1!'-4; close to the tip
it is only *5 (cent.)*. Its hinder margin has a deep median notch. The
intermolar eminence is considerable. There is no median groove on
the dorsal surface ; and there are but two oval and rather large cir-
cumvallate papille at the hinder margin of the tongue. The long
axes of these two papille diverge forwards and outwards. The sur-
face of the dorsum of the tongue is, for its anterior half, covered
1 This, 1881, p. 4, and P, Z. 8. 1881, p. 644.
2 The greater or lesser size of the beak will zo¢ account for the schizorhinal
or holorhinal character of the nares, as suggested by M. Milne-Edwards. Else
why should the big-billed Platalce, Ibises, Didumeulus, Laride, Alcide, be all
schizorhinal, whilst the slender-billed Rails, Colymbide, and such Tubinares as
Puffinus and Procellaria, to say nothing of such forms as the Meropide, Dendro-
colaptide, and Nectariniide, are all equally holorhinal? Nor can Iadmit with
M, Milne-Edwards that the Preroclide are related to the Gallina, or the Lbidide
to Tantalus, there being plenty of collateral evidence to prove the reverse. Hence
any argument based on such assumed affinities also fails.
In this paper all the measurements are in centimetres, except where other-
wise expressed.
272 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE [Feb. 21,
evenly with small, fine, soft conical papille directed backwards.
Amongst them a few round fungiform papillz are scattered; but
these become much more conspicuous on the intermolar eminence.
There is no sublingua.
The salivary glands are very largely developed.
The parotid is exceedingly large and of very loose texture, its
very numerous lobules being very much scattered and in part loosely
coherent. It is arranged in two superimposed layers in folds of
gland-substance, and extends over the whole side of the neck,
where it forms a large mass dipping into a triangular cavity above
the cleido-mastoid muscle, between it and the levator clavicule,
and even a little beyond the clavicle. Its anterior margin is
strongly concave forwards, extending almost as far anteriorly
Fig. 1.
Tongue of Hrethyzon dorsatus.
cv, circumyallate papille.
beneath the mandibular angle as it does in front of the opening of
the external auditory meatus. Its duct runs forwards across the
masseter muscle, just below and parallel with the Jower border of
the zygoma, to open beside the anterior molar tooth.
The submacillary is large and of very similar texture to, but only
between 3 and 2 the size of the parotid. It is pyriform in shape,
lying beside the inner border of the masseter, and separated from its
fellow of the opposite side by the sternohyoid muscles. Its duct
runs forwards along the inferior margin of the masseter muscle to
end as usual, The length of the submaxillary is about 2!'°4, its
breadth about 1-5. The gland is almost divisible into two parts,
1882. ] ANATOMY OF ERETHIZON DORSATUS. 273
the hinder and larger part being crescentic and placed just behind,
beneath, and within the angle of the mandible. The duct runs for-
wards from the more anterior part of the gland.
There is a considerable zygomatic gland placed beside the upper
molars, its duct opening in the vicinity of the last upper molar.
The esophagus is rather narrow above (1':0 in diameter), and
extends for 2!'"3 beyond the diaphragm.
The stomach of Hrethizon dorsatus partially cut open, showing
the two internal folds.
@, esophagus ; 0.d, bile-duct ; p.d, pancreatic duct; p.v, pylorie valve ;
sp, spleen.
The stomach is an elongated pyriform viscus, bent very sharply
on itself towards its pyloric end. Its walls are very thin; and there
are no longitudinal internal folds nor any marked transverse folds,
except two. One of these is situated about an inch from the
pyloric valve, on the convex side of the pyloric flexure (7. e. on
the stomach’s greater curvature); the other, less marked, on the
Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1882, No. XVIII. 18
274 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE [Feb. 21,
concave side of and close to the flexure of the pylorus, on the
cardiac portion of the stomach. The cardia is largely developed,
extending 4!"5 beyond the entrance of the cesophagus. The
stomach of this species is much longer relatively than that of
Hystrix javanicus, and it differs from the stomach of that species in
having no sacculus between the cardia and pylorus.
Length of the stomach, measured along its middle, in its naturally
Exterior of the excum of Hrethizon dorsatus.
1.2, large intestine ; s.2, small intestine. |
curved condition, 26''-6 ; vertical diameter of stomach at entrance
of cesophagus 7''"6 ; its diameter at pyloric flexure 7'-6, from pyloric
valve to entrance of bile-duct 3/3, from entrance of bile-duct to
that of pancreatic duct 2!'-5.
The general arrangement of the intestine appeared to correspond
closely with that found in the Guinea-pig,—folds of large intestine
being arranged immediately behind the stomach and right segment
1882. | ANATOMY OF ERETHIZON DORSATUS. 275
of the liver; a conspicuous fold of small intestine lay towards
the right side of the hinder part of the abdominal cavity, while
the voluminous cecum occupied its middle and part of its hindmost
portions.
The small intestine measured 13 feet 3 inches. The large intestine
measured 10 feet 9 inches—the whole intestine thus measuring 24
feet.
The diameter of the duodenum at its commencement is 3'"3 ; but
at 2-5 (1 inch) from the pyloric valve it contracts to 2".
"Stes
The czecum of Erethizon dorsatus.
Interior of the crecum, showing :—c, the ileo-cxcal valve; ¢, the valvular con-
striction at the commencement of the large intestine ; and g/, the line of
* glands extending between these two apertures. The colic pouch is the
rounded prominence just beneath the letter ec. The glands enlarged are
figured separately.
The diameter of the ileum about 2'5 (1 inch) from the ileo-czecal
valve is 1!"5. That of the colon at its first curve (just beyond the
pouch of which its proximal end consists) is 3/3; but 17'8 (7
inches) nearer the anus it is only 1'-8.
The lower portion of the large intestine, however, is smaller in
calibre than in the so-called small intestine.
The villi of the small intestine are short, but delicate and close-
set. There are a few solitary glands in the large intestine.
In the small intestine there are seventeen Peyer’s patches—nine
large and oval, and eight exceedingly small.
In the first five feet of the large intestine there is a series of
glands, from 1''-2 to 3!'-8 apart, situated along the free margin of
276 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE [ Feb. 21,
the gut. Each consists of a little aggregation of from three to five
crypts.
The colon is smooth and not sacculated, save slightly at its com-
mencement, where one of the bands of the ceecum is continued
upon it.
The cecum is very large, and appears even yet larger than it is,
because the proximal end of the colon, J. 7, is dilated into a colic
pouch which is 53 (24, inches) in diameter. There is no sacculus
rotundus as in the Hare and Rabbit. The total length of the
Fig. 5.
Diaphragmatic aspect of the liver of Hrethizon dorsatus.
f.lg, falciform ligaments ; /g, ligament ; LO and LL, left central and left lateral
lobes; RO and RL, right central and right lateral lobes; 8, spigelian
lobe; v.c, vena cava,
cecum, measured (as curved) along its middle is 28 inches. Its
_ breadth at the opening into it of the small intestine is 8.1 (335
inches).
There are three longitudinal bands, one extending along the con-
cavity of the viscus, where the mesentery is attached, and one on
each side. Only one of the three bands is continued upon the
colon, namely the band (that on fig. 4) which extends along that side
1882. ] ANATOMY OF ERETHIZON DORSATUS. 277
of the ceeeum which is opposite the entrance of the ileum. This band
is much more marked on the colon of Hystrix cristata than on that
of Erethizon. There is the normal ileo-czecal valve, aud besides
this a very remarkable valvular constriction, or circular reduplica-
tion (c), at the entrance into the large intestine from the cecum.
It is something like the pyloric valve, only less defined, especially
on one side’. An essentially similar structure exists in the Guinea-
pig, of which I have not met with any description. There is
no spiral valve in the cecum, but only a series of constrictions
Abdominal aspect of the liver of Hrethizon dorsatus.
Letters as before ; and C, caudate lobe; 4.a, hepatic artery ; 4.d, hepatic
duct ; p.v, portal vein.
corresponding to the sacculi formed by the longitudinal bands.
There are no Peyer’s patches ; but there is a chain of glands (sixteen,
single or in pairs) which extends across from the ileo-czecal valve to
the czeco-colic aperture.
The “iver consists of the normal four large lobes, with a small
Spigelian and caudate lobe. There was, however, no gall-bladder
in the specimen examined. Theright segment is much larger than
‘ A preparation showing this structure, made from the specimen here
described, has been preserved in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons.
278 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE [Feb. 21,
the left segment. The left lateral lobe is larger than the left central.
The right lateral lobe extends more transversely than dorso-ventrally ;
roughly estimated, it about equals the left lateral lobe in size. The
right central lobe is quite undivided, showing only a superficial furrow
on the middle of its abdominal surface. The Spigelian and caudate
lobes are both triangular in outline ; and neither exhibits any segmen-
tation.
Thus the liver of Erethizon differs much from that of Hystrix
javanica. In the latter I find’ that, though it agrees in having
Brain of Hrethizon dorsatus.
A, upper surface; B, ventral surface; C, side view; d, olfactory lobe ; op, optic
nerves ; p.0, pituitary body ; 4, 5-7, 8, 9-12, pathetic, trigeminal, facial,
auditory, glossopharyngeal, and hypoglossal nerves.
the right segment much larger than the left, yet the left central
lobe is larger than the left lateral one; that the right lateral lobe
extends mainly dorso-ventrally ; that the right central lobe has a
very deep cystic notch, in which a gall-bladder is found; that the
right lateral lobe is larger than the left lateral lobe; that the left
1 From a specimen (no. 808c) in the Museum of the Royal College of Sur-
geous.
1882.] ANATOMY OF ERETHIZON DORSATUS. 279
central is larger than the left lateral ; and that the Spigelian lobe is
larger both relatively and absolutely, and is also distinctly notched ;
and that the caudate lobe is larger and more slender. How far
these may be individual peculiarities I am of course unable to say.
The spleen was very different in form from that of Hystrix
javanica. In the latter it is much elongated, while in Hrethizon it
is oval in shape and somewhat flattened. Its length is 3/3, its
breadth 2",
The lungs consist of three lobes on the right side and two on the
left, whereof the upper left lobe is divided by two deep notches.
Fig. 8.
/ “if
The brachial plexus of Erethizon dorsatus.
I-VI, cervical vertebrx ; 1, 2, 3, 4, the first four ribs; cir, circumflex nerve ;
Ee. cut, external cutaneous ; Zn.c, internal cutaneous; M, median, Msp,
musculo-spiral ; U7, ulnar.
The heart is very rounded at its apex.
The aorta gives off a large innominate artery, from which the
right subclavian and the two common carotids arise. The left sub-
clavian is given off separately.
280 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE [Feb. 21,
The female sexual organs have been described by Hunter ; see his
‘Essays and Observations,’ vol. i. p. 223.
The drain presents a much less decidedly quadrate form than that
of the Porcupine (most probably Hystrix cristata) figured by Leuret’';
and it is even more smooth, there being but a single short and slight
depression (or rudimentary sulcus) at the hinder end of the most
anterior third of the dorsum of each cerebral hemisphere. The
pituitary body is very large, and the corpora trapezoidea well deve-
loped. .
"The brachial plexus* is formed by the sixth, seventh, and eighth
cervical nerves together with the first dorsal.
The main part of the eighth cervical, having received a branch
from the seventh cervical and another from the first dorsal, is
continued as the median nerve, a smaller branch from the same
junction constituting the ulnar nerve. The musculo-spiral nerve is
formed by the smaller branch of the eighth cervical uniting with a
portion of the seventh cervical. The circumflex nerve arises by two
roots—one a branch of the sixth, and the other of the seventh, cervical
nerves. The external cutaneous nerve is formed mainly by a branch
of the sixth cervical ; but it receives a small filament from the root
of the circumflex nerve just after the latter has been formed, as above
stated. The internal cutaneous springs from a branch of the first
dorsal, which receives a branch from the seventh cervical root of the
median nerve.
The luméo-sacral plexus is composed of the last four lumbar and
the first two sacral nerves. It is very simple, with little interlace-
ment. The anterior crural nerve is formed by the first two of the
six, from the junction of which the obturator nerve is also given off.
The great sciatic nerve is formed by the last two lumbar nerves only ;
while the small sciatic nerve springs from the junction of the two
sacral nerves.
Lims-Muscues or EREetTHIZzON.
Muscles of the Fore Limb.
Panniculus carnosus.—The dorsal portion of this muscle is inserted
into the pectoral limbs partly over the spine of the scapula by
attachment to the fascia investing the supraspinatus, and partl
into the outer surface of the humerus (between the deltoid and the
outer part of the triceps) down to the apex of its deltoid crest. The
abdominal portion of the same muscle is inserted into the humerus
outside the greater tuberosity and inside the upper part of the
deltoid crest.
The pectoralis is so united with the ventral part of the panniculus
that they seem like two parts of one muscle. The true pectoralis,
however, arises from the sternum, and is inserted into the distal
* See plate iii. of Leuret and Gratiolet’s ‘ Anat. Comp. du Systéme Nerveux.’
‘The brachial and lumbo-saeral plexuses were dissected out for me by Mr.
W. Pearson; and the drawings are from his dissections.
1882. ] ANATOMY OF ERETHIZON DORSATUS. 281
half of the deltoid crest of the humerus, being much connected with
the adjacent part of the deltoid, and a portion running on to fuse
with the brachialis anticus.
The sternocleido-mastoid, arising as usual, is inserted into the
antero-posteriorly extending ridge just behind the opening of the
external auditory meatus.
The levator clavicule arises, by a strong tendon, from the hypa-
pophysial tubercle on the middle of the ventral surface of the atlas.
Fig. 9.
The lumbo-sacral plexus of Hrethizon dorsatus.
Ant. er, anterior crural nerve; G. Sc., great sciatic nerve; JZ, last lumbar
vertebra; Z. Sc, small sciatic nerve; O00, obturator nerve; P, pelvis;
S$}, first sacral vertebra.
Expanding in a fan-shaped manner, it is inserted into fascia in-
vesting the acromion and the greater tuberosity of the humerus,
its fibres mingling with those of the dorsal part of the panniculus
carnosus.
The Jatissimus dorsi sends on a dorso-epitrochlear to the ole-
cranon.
Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1882, No. XIX. 19
282 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE [Feb. 21,
The subscapularis is a strong muscle arising from the cartilage of
the first rib, and inserted into the outer part of the clavicle.
The deltoid has a distinct clavicular portion, as well as that from
the metacromion and fascia investing the infraspinatus.
The supraspinatus, infraspinaius, teres major, teres minor, and
subscapularis are as in the Agouti’.
The diceps has the usual two heads and radial insertion.
The coracobrachialis consists of two parts—one descending to the
middle of the humerus, the other down to the internal condyle.
The brachialis anticus takes origin from the back of the summit
of the shaft of the humerus, from the whole of its outer side, and
from its lower front part. It is inserted into the radial side of the
ulna by a strong tendon.
The ¢riceps has the usual three heads and the normal insertion.
The supinator longus is very distinct, arising by delicate fascia
from the external condyloid ridge between the summit of the origin
of the extensor carpi radialis longior and the brachialis anticus. It
is inserted into the outer side of the styloid process of the radius.
The supinator brevis arises from the annular ligament and shaft
of the radius as usual, and extends about halfway down the radius.
The pronator radii teres is a very strong muscle, and very ten-
dinous beneath. It arises as usual from the internal condyle, and
is inserted into the radius from its middle to its distal end.
The flewor carpi radialis extends from the internal condyle to the
proximal phalanx of the index.
The flexor carpi ulnaris springs from the internal condyle and the
olecranon, and is inserted into a large sesamoid on the outer side of
the base of the carpus.
The palmaris longus is very adherent to the muscle last described.
It arises from the internal condyle, and is inserted into a cartila-
ginous palmar disk.
The flezor sublimis digitorum is an exceedingly small muscle. It
arises from the internal condyle. Near the wrist its tendon expands
into a fascia which covers the palm.
The flexor profundus digitorum and longus pollicis consist of four
fleshy bellies: the first of these (the deepest and largest) springs
from the ulna and interosseous membrane and the proximal part of
the radius; one part takes origin from the distal half of the flexor
surface of the radius; the third and smallest part comes from the
internal condyle; while the fourth part arises from the proximal
part of the flexor surface of the ulna. These bellies end in a
common tendon, which divides and goes to the five digits.
There are three /umérical muscles, as in the Agouti’.
The pronator quadratus extends over the lower (distal) half of the
radius and ulna.
The extensor carpi radialis longior has a rather extensive origin
from above the external condyle, quite distinct from that of the
extensor carpi radialis brevior. It goes to the index, as usual.
1 See P. Z, 8. 1866, p. 399. > Lic. p. 403.
1882. ] ANATOMY OF ERETHIZON DORSATUS. 283
The extensor carpi radialis brevior is a larger muscle, and has a
stronger tendon, than that last noticed, which overlaps it at its
origin. It goes to the third metacarpal.
The extensor communis digitorum goes as usual from the external
condyle to the four outer digits.
The extensor carpi ulnaris takes origin from the external condyle
and adjacent parts of the ulna, and goes to the base of the fifth
metacarpal.
The extensor ossis metacarpi pollicis is large and strong; it takes
origin from the adjacent sides of the radius and ulna, but mainly
from the ulua and the strong interosseous ligament. Its insertion is
as usual.
The extensor minimi digiti, arising from the external condyle,
sends tendons to the fourth and fifth digits.
The extensor indicis is very delicate; it takes origin from the
middle of the exterior surface of the ulna, and sends its tendon to
the index.
Muscles of the Hind Limb.
The gluteus maximus and gluteus minimus I found to be quite
similar to those of the Agouti’.
The gluteus medius is also as in the Agouti, save that the part of
it which is inserted into the hinder side of the great trochanter is
more distinct. I did not observe any distinct scansorius.
The biceps consists of two parts, which are very similar to those
of the Agouti: the first part arises from the sides of the first four
caudal vertebre, and is inserted by a strong tendon into the outer
side of the patella; the second part arises (being mainly tendinous
at its origin) from the tuberosity of the ischium, external and
superficial to the origin of the semimembranosus. It is inserted
by fascia into the patella, the tuberosity of the ischium, the head of
the fibula, and the external malleolus, and into the fascia which
invests the outside of the leg.
The most slender accessory muscle of the biceps, or ¢enuissimus,
takes origin from the strong fascia which binds down the dorsal
caudal muscles at the root of the tail, on a line with the great
trochanter, and at the anterior end of, and covered in by, the origin
of the first part of the biceps. It is inserted into the heel and inner
side of the sole of the foot; in its course it lies close to the hinder
border of the second part of the biceps; at its insertion it unites
with the plantar fascia, having a certain adhesion to the inner side
of the tuberosity of the os calcis, and more to the plantar surface of
the extra tarsal ossicle.
The semimembranosus also consists of two parts: one part, thick
and fleshy, arises from the tuberosity of the ischium and the ramus
below it. It goes to the upper half of the tibia (covered in by the
1 See P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 405. What was therein taken to be the ¢ensor vagine
FSemoris I now believe to be the sartorius.
284 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE [Feb. 21,
insertion of the gracilis), and dips in beneath the internal lateral liga-
ment of the lesser joint. The second part arises from the caudal
vertebrze, beneath and closely connected with the hinder half of the
origin of the first part of the biceps; it is inserted behind and
above the inner condyle of the femur by a small, but strong, round
tendon.
The semitendinosus has only a single origin (but a very extensive
one) from the fasvia investing the ilium, sacrum, and anterior caudal
vertebrz ; it is inserted into the groove on the outer side of the
strong (deltoid-ridge-like) prominence on the front of the tibia, and
by fascia into the tibia below and above that prominence. The
upper part of its insertion is enveloped by that of the gracilis.
The sartorius arises from the anterior inferior spine of the ilium,
and ends distally in the fascia investing the patella‘.
The gracilis consists of two distinct parts. The upper of these
arises from the ilio-peetineal ridge and pubic symphysis; it is
inserted into the inner side of the patella and head of the tibia, its
aponeurosis of insertion being continuous with that of the second or
lower part of the gracilis. This second part (which is very large)
arises from the pubic symphysis and the adjacent ramus of the
ischium ; it is inserted into the front of the tibia from the patella to
below the summit of the insertion of the semitendinosus.
The adductor is made up of four more or less distinct muscles :—
(1) Arises, beneath the gracilis, from the brim of the pelvis
(ventrad of the origin of the pectineus) and from the front end of
the pubic symphysis; it is inserted into the middle third of the back
of the femur between the insertion of the pectineus and that of the
second part of the adductor, its insertion descending below the
insertion of the former, but not so low as that of the latter.
(2) The second part of the adductor (adductor magnus) arises
from the symphysis pubis and the adjacent ramus of the ischium,
covered in by the gracilis; it is inserted into the lower half of the
middle of the posterior surface of the femur. There is no Hunter’s
canal, the great femoral artery passing along the inner side of the
lower end of the muscle.
(3) This part (adductor primus) arises from the brim of the
pelvis, dorsad of the origin of the first part of the adductor ; it is
inserted into the back of the femur, on the inner side of the first part
of the adductor and closely connected with it, although not extendi g
so far downwards, though it is conterminous above with that first
portion.
(4) The fourth part of the adductor arises from the pubic sym-
physis beneath the adjacent parts of the origins of the first and
second portions of the adductor. It passes down beside the hinder
margin of the pectineus, and is inserted into the outside of the great
trochanter. The great sciatic nerve passes down outside its in-
sertion.
* This is the muscle which was described as the tensor vagine femoris in the
Agouti (P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 405); whiie what is there (p. 409) described as the sar-
torius, is really, I believe, the upper portion of the gracilis.
1882.] ANATOMY OF ERETHIZON DORSATUS. 285
The pectineus extends from the brim of the pelvis dorsad of the
origin of the third part of the adductor; it is inserted into the
femur just below the lesser trochanter.
The vastus externus is very large, its origin extending right up
to the summit of the great trochanter.
The vastus internus also extends very high up, namely up to the
neck of the femur, dipping in within the insertion of the psoas.
The erureus extends up to the neck of the femur, and is very im-
perfectly separated from the vastus internus.
The rectus femoris has the usual origin and insertion.
The tibialis anticus is very large, but does not take origin from
the femur; it arises from the head of the fibula and the upper third
of the tibia. Below its ends are two tendons, one of which is
inserted into side of the proximal end of the metatarsal of the
hallux, while the other goes to the plantar surface of the ectocunei-
forme.
The extensor longus digitorum arises by a tendon from the femur
external to its rotular surface. It is a slender muscle, and sends
tendons to the four outer digits.
The extensor longus hallucis is very slender and small, arising only
from the distal third of the fibula.
The ewtensor brevis digitorum arises a8 usual, and sends tendons
to the four outer digits.
The peroneus longus is the most external of the peronei muscles,
and arises from the head of the fibula. Passing behind the
external malleolus, it proceeds to the metatarsal of the hallux as
usual.
The peroneus brevis arises from the antero-external aspect of the
fibula. It is muscular down to the level of the malleolus, and ends
in a very strong tendon (the largest of the peronei tendons), which
is inserted into the proximal end of the fifth metatarsal.
The peroneus quinti digiti is very slender, both as to its muscular
belly and its tendon. It arises from the outside of the fibula,
beneath the peroneus longus and behind the peroneus brevis, and in
contact with the flexor longus hallucis. It becomes tendinous above
the external malleolus; and its slender tendon is inserted into the
proximal part of the proximal phalanx of the fifth digit.
The gastrocnemius has but the two normal heads, and is inserted
into the calcaneal tuberosity.
The soleus is very large and fleshy; it arises from the outer side
of the upper two thirds of the fibula, and joins the tendo Achillis.
The plantaris takes origin from the pit on the outer side of the
external condyle of the femur, beneath the external lateral ligament.
It ends as in the Agouti’.
The popliteus is as in the Agouti.
The flewor longus digitorum is a large muscle arising from the
tibia beneath the popliteus ; its tendon passes in a groove behind the
internal malleolus, superficially to that of the tibialis posticus. It
1 P.Z. 8. 1866, p. 414.
286 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. [Mar. 7,
unites with the tendon of the flexor longus hallucis—which is of
great size, and takes origin from three fourths of the fibula; its
very large tendon passes in a groove by itself (external to that of the
flexor longus digitorum), and goes (after being joined by the tendon
of the flexor longus digitorum) to the four outer toes.
The tibialis posticus is of about the same size as the flexor longus
digitorum. It arises from the head of the fibula and the fascia
between it and the popliteus and between it and the flexor longus
hallucis, with which it is closely connected. Its fleshy belly is
visible in the middle of the back of the leg, the gastrocnemius having
been removed. Its tendon passes in a groove behind the internal
malleolus, beneath that of the flexor longus digitorum, and, passing
to the edge of the foot, is inserted into the naviculare.
The flexor accessorius et brevis digitorum seems to be repre-
sented by a small muscle which takes origin from the tibial side of
the os calcis, and ends in two tendons, one of which is inserted into
the second phalanx of the hallux, and the other into that of the
index; while muscular fibres of what seems to be the same muscle
are inserted into the deep flexor tendon common to the flexor longus
digitorum and flexor longus hallucis.
March 7, 1882.
Prof. Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.
The Secretary exhibited some living examples of Helix hemastoma
from Point de Galle, Ceylon, which had been forwarded to the Society
by Mr. J. Wood-Mason, F.Z.S., of the Indian Museum, Calcutta.
Mr. Wood-Mason, writing on the subject, had remarked that “ this
Snail lives on the C ocoa-nut Palms; and it is interesting to find that
the same Alga that is found on the trunks of the palms has estab-
lished itself on the outside of the shell, on which it forms a protective
coating. Helix superba has also a similarly green protective coat-
ing, rendering it less visible to passing birds.”’
The following papers were read :—
Ty #y va!
Contents (continued).
-
February 7, 1882.
Page »
Mr. H. Seebohm. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a series of picuenine forms between
_ Carduelis caniceps and C. Major ses. seseveseceeverevcee AGRE: a bismeecntre Loe
“Mr. Sclater. Exhibition of (on behalf of Mr. Peter Inchbald, F.Z.S8. ), and remarks fae
two curious Ducks shot near Darlington ......eses.seeeeraceveeees 134
i. On the Classification and Distribution of the Hluroidea. By Sr.-Groren Mivart .... 135
;
2. On some Points in the Anatomy of the Indian Darter (Plotus melanogaster), and on the -
Mechanism of the Neck in the Darters (Plotus), in connexion with their Habits. By
W. A. Forsrs, B.A., Prosector to the Society ..........+++ 2 ode Sopp socal andes 208
3. On some Recent Corals from Madeira. By Prof. P. Martin Dunoes, MB. Gent: UE
¥-.R.S., Pres. Royal Micros. Soc, &. (Plate VITI.)..............:. sioisist cial -
4. On the Arrangement of the Coralliide, with Descriptions of new or rare Species. By
Sruart O. Rivuzy, M.A., F.LS., &e., Assistant in the Zoological Department,
British Museum. (Communicated by Dr. Ginruer. ). (Plate IX) ..... ucts eitkges 221
February 21, 1882.
_ The Secretary.» Report on the additions to the Society's Menagerie in January 1882.
_ (Plate X.) .
Oy List of the Lepidoptera collected ty iis Rev. J. H. Hocking, chiefly in the Kangra
District, N.W. Himalaya, with Descriptions of new Genera and Species.—Part I.
* By F. Moors, F.Z.8. (Plates XI., XIL.) 1. sess cess eee cece) cece eect enero eens 234
= Notes on a South-American Frog lately living in the Society’s Gardens. By G, A. ;
Pe ebouneNnGcEeR, ©.M.Z.8: (Plate XID)... cco ccc t cee ciec ce celise nesses cis Seige 264
% On a small Collection of Rodents from’ South-Western Africa. By Ouprrenp Tomas,
ee F.ZS., British Museum, (Plate XIV.) ........++sseeeeereerrcrcrceetees she Seen)
4. Description of the Pterylosis of Mesites, with Remarks on the Position of that Genus.
By W. A. Forsss, B.A., Prosector to the Society...... eistelate atctenaateteearalsiate she Eras DOT
he Notes on the oe of Erethizon dorsatus.- By St.-Guorce Mryart ..........++ ee 201
*
March 7, 1882.
“The Secretary. Exhibition of living examples of Helix hemastoma ..,,..++++..cceceees 286
Pee te =e
a
:
Fig. 1. ‘Cilorop hati torrejoni ares ee
2 AROS Sf tae {Be 2. Diva branickii ........0+08 2
aa ‘Figs. 1, 2, Picumnus steindachneri re es
b=.
TL {Hg 3. Picumnus jelskii J ..eeseee eee scenes.
_ TIL. Rhimogale melleri ......sceeeeeeeeeeeees
' _ IV. Hesperomys (Rhipidomys) cinereus........
V. New Shells ......-0..ceeceteese sees nnee
5 VE New or rare Asteroidea ...+...cesscessaeee
VII. Australian and Pacific Cicadide ..........
“ia VIII. New Corals from Madeira.........++++++++
ye : Ix. paged mea wes PECL h SN tn. SOR DG:
: ro. Cte os frontalis...6..4+.seeee snes cea ey
XE | Now Lepidoptera from N-W. Himalaya...
: mt XI. Sy omatien hypochondrialis We ol x AS
7 “9 XIV. « Mus nigricanda.,..++...+ +++
{i Saccostomus pala are
a According to present aranganentt the is Protding are ax;
; as follows —
|
,
i :
aR
OF THE
SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS
OF THE
| ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF LONDON,
FOR THE YEAR
: TASES Se.
iy
PARTS.
CONTAINING PAPERS READ IN
~ PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,
SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE.
LONDON:
‘MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, READER, AND DYER,
PATERNOSTER-ROW.
- [Price Twelve Shillings. |
LIST OF CONTENTS,
PART II.—1882.
March 7, 1882. Page —
1. On some Points in the Anatomy of the Great Anteater (Myrmecophaga jubata), ao a .
A. Forszs, B.A., Prosector to the Society. (Plate XY.)........- - 287 ©
2.List of the Birds sent home by Mr, Joseph Thomson from the River ise East
Africa. By CaptainG. E. Suztizy. (Plate XVI.).. i dinieietn, Slee wa ajar ate aca
3. A second List of Birds recently collected by Sir J ohn Kirk in Eastern Africa. By
Captain G. E. Saruixy. (Plate XVII ) eis loaintarstaiere eit 015 in 0, ¥ie she allele state 304
: March 21, 1882. ;
The Secretary. Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in February 1882.... 311
Mr. J. E. Harting. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a mummified bird from an island —
OD THOGOHBETOL ADEE wis sis Fae ceive Sie pkeiintele Gonletoie aera one Raed cates meee hes eae naa LL
Mr. Sclater. Remarks on the use of the term “ Lipotype” .. +. 6s ee careers teen ceees 311
Dr. Ginther, F.R.S. Exhibition of, and remarks ay a skin of a ‘eb s of the leona
‘(Felis pardus)
i a eee eereee
Dr. Giinther, F.R.S. Exhibition of, and rouse upon, the an of a new Tortoise of the ~
genus Geoemyda from Siamie. <0. cicvne nc clewcs cence sie cs se cejeivieees sare tnatee 12
Mr. R. Bowdler Sharpe. Exhibition of, and remark upon; a specimen of a Goldfinch from ~
FRU gary cs sarap vacate tes h'sis ovagthsht atike Seth. atspelalepals Spaeth le tars arettle 6 ens eraser 312
1. On some Points in the ce rae fs of Plerocles, ‘with Remarks on its Systematic Position.
‘By: Hans Gapow, Ph.Ds, /CoM.Zi8, Geis achitc viele « dials’ clsisialecsimsinioeute cloaiaiadacte «+. 812
2. Note on a Peculiarity in the Trachea of. the Twelve-wired Bird- ee (Seleucides
nigra), By W. A. Forsss, B.A., Prosector to the Society..
3. A Note on Strix oustaleti, Hartlaub. By R. Bowpirr Suarrz, F.LS., F.Z.S., &e.,
Department of Zoology, British Museum ....
ee ee er ea
. On sre a) Species of Birds from South Africa. By Captain G. E. Suznizy. (Plate
XVIII
i
ee ee rt i ee ee ee ee ee a
. On a new Species of Agrias from Bz, Valley of the Amazons. By F. D. oe and
O. Satvin. (Plate XIX. :
On
ee er) teres
weeee eae
6. On some Crustaceans collected at the Mauritius. By Epnwarp J. Miers, F.L.8., F.Z. Ck
(Plate XX.) ..... Cent ae
ee i | siete is ee oie" e5e\ern 6) Oleta"s ele vie
Contents continued on page 3 of wrapper.
PZ: S882 Paw.
sma. _
shamt.-
— ——= =
Fig. 3. ;
-*
2
ACO “Me / 72 p
‘i
J.Smrbt)ith F Hanhart.1mp.
ANATOMY OF MYRMECOPHAGA.
1882.] | MR. Ww. A. FORBES ON THE GREAT ANTEATER. 287
1. On some Points in the Anatomy of the Great Anteater
(Myrmecophaga jubata). By W. A. Forses, B.A.,
Prosector to the Society.
[Received February 28, 1882. ]
(Plate XV.)
The literature relating to the anatomical structure of the Edentata,
though very considerable, is unfortunately much scattered, and with
many blanks as regards special points. The genus Myrmecophaga
may be considered—thanks chiefly to the labours of Owen! and Pou-
chet?, who have elaborately described many parts of its organization—
to be the best known, as regards anatomical structure, of all the
existing Anteaters. Two adult female specimens of this animal
having lately * passed through my hands in my prosectorial capacity,
I have had the opportunity of confirming a large part of the already
published accounts of its anatomy, as well as of correcting, or adding,
certain details, which I now lay before the Society.
1. Alimentary Canal and Appendages.—The palate (fig. 1, p. 288)
is not absolutely smooth, but presents anteriorly a series of irregular
transverse ridges notched along their margin, best developed and nearly
meeting mesially anteriorly, posteriorly becoming much more oblique
backwardsand less regular, the. ridges not being opposite each other but
more or less alternating. In all there are about seven of these ridges.
The floor of the mouth to about 2 inches beyond the most posterior
opening of the submaxillary glands, the gums over the tip of the
lower jaw, and the lateral callous pads which are present as in 7'a-
mandua, are all covered with minute, retroverted, closely-set papille.
1 “On the Anatomy of the Great Anteater,” Part I., Trans. Zool. S oc. iy.
pp- 117-140, pls. xxxvii.-xl.; Part IL., 7. ¢. pp. 179-181, pls. li—liii.
2 Mémoires sur le Grand Fourmilier: Paris, 1874.
In addition to these, there are brief references to Myrmecophaga jubata in
Rapp’s ‘ Edentaten’ (2e Aufl., Tiibingen, 1852), and Prof. Flower’s Hunterian
Lectures (Med. Times and Gazette, Noy. 30, 1872, p. 591). The submaxillary
glands have been described by Gervais (C. R. lxix. pp. 1110, 1111 [1869]);
and the brain by the same author (“ Mémoire sur les formes cérébrales propres
aux Hdentés vivants et fossiles,” Nouv. Arch. Mus. v. pp. 1-56, pls. i—yv.), and
by G. Pouchet (‘Mémoire sur l'encephale des Edentés,” Robin’s Journal
de l Anatomie, 1868, pp. 658-675, and 1869, pp. 1-18, &c.).
3 The first of these, from Buenos Ayres (spec. d of the List of Vertebrates),
was presented to the Society by the Hon. L. 8. Sackville West (now H. B. M’s.
Minister at Washington) on Sept. 7, 1877. It died Nov. 29, 1881, from severe
inflammation of the connective tissues lying in and around the submaxillary
lands,
; The second (specimen @) was presented so long ago as October 4, 1867, by Dr.
J. A. Palin, C.M.Z.S., and, after living for more than 14 years in the Society’s Gar-
dens, died on the 5th of February of the present year. The only disease detected
in it, on post mortem examination, was a considerable enlargement of the thymus
gland, and acute inflammation of the laryngeal mucous membrane. This second
specimen, though an aged animal, was by no means so large as the first, having
a total length of 6 ft. 14 in. (from the tip of the nose to the end of the tail, which
was 2 ft. 4 in. long), as against 7 ft. 5} in. in the other.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1882, No. XX. 20
288 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE GREAT ANTEATER. [Mar. 7,
The tip of the tongue is quite glabrous and globular ; but the greater
part of the rest of its extent, anterior to the pair of circumvallate
papilla, is dorsally and laterally covered with similar, but smaller,
retroverted papillze, best developed towards the tip of the organ,
and gradually getting smaller and smaller towards its base, till they
are scarcely visible to the unaided eye except in certain lights.
There is a median glabrous line, or shallow groove running along the
Fig. 1.
Palate of Myrmecophaga jubata; from a preparation in the Museum of the
Royal College of Surgeons, prepared from specimen a.
tongue till near its apex; but this is ventral in position. According to
Owen there is a similar dorsal one; but if so, it is not very evident (/.c.
p- 129). The dorsal surface, however, is slightly fluted towards the
apex. In front of the circumvallate papille a slightly raised median
longitudinal ridge extends for some 5 inches.
My observations on the salivary glands agree well in most points
1882. ] MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE GREAT ANTEATER. 289
with those of my predecessors, except as regards the number and
openings of the ducts to the submaxillary glands, regarding which
very different statements have been made at various times. Of these,
Gervais’s description, as given in some remarks accompanying the
exhibition before the French Academy of Sciences of some models
of these glands (C. R. s. e.), agrees best with my observations. He
says :—‘‘ Deux paires des canaux dont il s’agit viennent aboutir sepa-
rément dans la bouche en se rendant a deux poches situées auprés
de la symphyse mentonniére ; la ¢rotsiéme paire verse un peu en
arriére, également dans une petite dilatation terminale.”
A similar arrangement is described by J. Chatin in the genus
Tamandua’, except that he says that there are two openings on each
side at the symphysis. Pouchet, on the other hand, maintains (‘ Mé-
moires’ &c. pp. v and 88) that there are only ¢wo ducts on each side,
one of these being formed by the confluence of two of the three pri-
mary ducts coming from the corresponding three lobes of which
each gland is composed. He only describes a single pair of openings
close to the symphysis. Owen, finally, describes the three ducts of
each side as eventually uniting, and opening, also by a single aperture,
close to the symphysis.
An examination, however, of his specimen (now preserved in the
Hunterian Museum, where, by the kind permission of Prof. Flower, I
was allowed to examine it), demonstrates the existence of a second pair
of apertures in the floor of the mouth situated some 2 inches behind
the first pair, which lie immediately behind the symphysis, in this
respect quite agreeing with Gervais’s description, and with my own
observations on the second of my (fresh) specimens (vide Plate XV.
fig. 3c). This second pair of apertures, which lie close to each other on
each side of the median line and are very minute, are the openings of
the deeper ducts, which, one on each side, arise from the more anterior
(cervical) portion of the gland’. As these lie quite behind the other
pair of apertures, any injection passed into the latter can of course
only fill the two pairs of ducts (a, 6) which debouch intothem. This
may easily explain, therefore, Pouchet’s only, having found ¢wo ducts
on each side, though it is possible that individual specimens may
vary in this respect. I must at least notice that in the first speci-
men that passed through my hands (the submaxillary ducts of which
were injected from the anterior pair of apertures alone), I found on
the left side a single duct only, and on the right ‘wo, which united
together at about the level of the articulation of the lower jaw. This
specimen, however, had, it is to be remembered, extensive inflamma-
tion in these parts, which may possibly have effected an alteration in
the relations and number of the ducts. It is pretty clear, however,
that three pairs all together is the ordinary number of these ducts,
1 Ann, Sci. Nat. 5, (Zool.) xiii. art. no. 9.
2 Such was, at least, the condition in the only specimen of Myrmecophaga in
which these ducts had been satisfactorily injected examined by me. In Taman-
dua, according to Chatin’s figure (op. cit. pl. 14), it is the ducts from the
posterior (sternal) part of the gland that open here. This point requires re-
examination, as also the number of apertures anteriorly.
20*
290 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE GREAT ANTEATER. [ Mar. 7,
that having been found in Gervais’s specimen (perhaps in two), in
Owen’s, and in one of mine for certain.
I found the opening of the two other ducts exactly as described
by Pouchet (J. ec. p. 89) and Gervais, one of these being dilated ter-
minally, the dilatation receiving the other duct and opening by a
single aperture into the mouth (vide Plate XV. fig. 3).
At the point where the three submaxillary ducts of each side,
coming from the three lobes of the gland, converge, and become united
intimately by their walls to each other, they become surrounded by
a bulb-like mass of muscular issue, the exact relations of which I
shall describe below. But I could not perceive that this structure,
which externally looks like a bulbous reservoir surrounded by a
muscular coat, corresponded to any dilatation of the ducts which pass
through it ; on the contrary, these seem to preserve a nearly uniform
diameter throughout this part of their course, a condition correspond-
ing to that described by Chatin in Tamandua.
The terminal reservoirs, I may add, of the two pairs of submaxillary
ducts lie just above the long thin median tendon of the genio-hyoid,
the contraction of which muscle may possibly, by compressing the
fluors of these reservoirs, aid in the ejaculation of the fluid contained
in them.
The stomach of Myrmecophaga generally resembles Prof. Owen’s
figures and description ; but the thick pyloric pads are softer and
more vascular, and the whole less gizzard-like, than I had been led
to anticipate from his account. The gyriform folds of the mucous
membrane of the cardiac part of the stomach, which quite resemble
those of the stomach in many other animals, are, in particular, not
happily represented in his fig. 1, pl. lil.
The liver of both specimens agrees very well with Prof. Flower’s
description of this viscus. Both caudate and Spigelian lobes are
practically absent.
As accurately described by Pouchet (‘Mémoires,’ pp. 191,192), the
pancreatic duct ends in a vesicle, in the walls of which the hepatic
duct runs for a little way and then opens into it, the vesicle then
opening by a separate aperture into the duodenum.
In the first (larger) specimen examined by me the intestines
measured as follows :—small intestine 24 ft. 10 in., large intestine 2 ft.
3% inches. The ceecum can hardly be said to exist as a separate
part. The median longitudinal ridge of mucous membrane was
continuous for the posterior 15 feet 3 inches of the small intestine,
and reappeared above this at intervals in a less regular and less
developed way.
I could see no longitudinal folds of mucous membrane, such as
are described by Owen, in the rectum, which, however, had dis-
tinetly ¢ransverse ones, irregularly disposed in a gyriform way, well
marked.
The right lung is trilobed, with an azygos lobe superadded ; the
left lung is bilobed, the lowest lobe in each lung being biggest.
The kidneys are quite smooth externally: there are no distinct
Malpighian pyramids, the tubules opening internally on a single
1882. ] MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE GREAT ANTEATER. 291
slightly-elevated ridge, which in one specimen is divided into three
or four slightly-marked papille.
2. Brain.—The late Prof. Gervais has given, in his memoir on
the brain of Edentata, figures of the superior, inferior, and lateral
aspects of the brain of Myrmecophaga jubata, as well as of the cranial
casts of that and the other species of Anteater’, Pouchet, in his
‘ Mémoires,’ also gives figures of the cranial casts of Myrmecophega,
and, in the article in the ‘Journal de l’Anatomie’ above cited, re-
presentations of the brain itself of Zamandua and Cycloturus, that
organ having been previously figured in the latter species by Tiede-
mann °*.
As I find Gervais’s figures of the brain in some respects unsatis-
factory, I have taken this opportunity of giving representations of
the brains extracted from my two specimens, including one showing
the disposition of the deeper parts (figs. 2, 3, 4, pp. 292, 293).
The olfactory lobes are very large, projecting forwards for *7
inch in front of the cerebral hemispheres: in the lateral view of the
brain they occupy, at least anteriorly, almost the lower half of the
parts there exposed. They are continuous basally with the well-
developed ‘‘ hippocampal lobe,” in front of which appears a large
oval swelling of grey matter, on the middle root of the olfactory
lobe, of an antero-posterior extent of more than half aninch. Towards
their base, the olfactory tracts are curiously marked by slight trans-
verse impressions (fig. 3) giving them a striated appearance, which
may also be observed in the corresponding regions in the brains of
Tamandua and Orycteropus. The cerebral hemispheres are but
little arched superiorly* ; but the vermis ceredelli is very prominent,
rising above the general level of the hemispheres (fig. 2). Viewed
from above, the hemispheres appear somewhat truncated posteriorly,
though they here completely conceal the corpora quadrigemina,
abutting on the cerebellum (fig. 2). Attaining their greatest breadth
anterior to this, a little in front of the level of the posterior end of
the median fissure (1°95 inch long), they taper somewhat rapidly
avteriorly.
The cerebellum is well convoluted, with its lateral extent (1°5
inch) greater than its antero-posterior (1°15). The vermis is
much narrower than the lateral lobes; it is prominent, and in one
specimen (the larger) considerably twisted on itself. The flocculi
are distinct.
The nates are much larger than the testes: the latter are very
narrow from before backwards as compared with their combined
transverse extent (‘075 : °6 inch), and are not distinctly separated
from each other. The nates are larger, more prominent, and
distinctly paired, being separated by a well-marked constriction ;
they are somewhat triangular in shape, with their longer axis trans-
verse.
1 Nouv. Arch. v. pl. i. figs. 3, 3a, 30, pl. ii. figs. 1-3.
2 Tcones cerebri Simiarum, pl. vy. fig. 8
8 Gervais’s figure, /. ¢. fig. 3a, makes their outline much too convex antero-
posteriorly.
292 | MR. W.A. FORBES ON THE GREAT ANTEATER. [Mar. 7,
The pineal gland has a distinct hard mineral deposit ; its peduncles
are easily made out. ,
There is no very distinct corpus mamillare, it being only represented
by a white swelling on the infundibulum. The hypophysis cerebri is
very large. The anterior commissure is distinct, but not particularly
Brain of Myrmecophaga jubata (specimen a) from above.
large, its antero-posterior extent being °15 inch. The soft com-
missure is very large (‘25 inch long) ; the posterior distinct. The
third nerves are small, the optic not large.
There is a good septum lucidum (*25 inch deep anteriorly), with a
contained fifth ventricle. The fornix is very well developed, with
but few precommissural fibres. The corpus callosum is very well
developed, more than an inch long, and nearly horizontal in position,
with but a slight genu anteriorly. Posteriorly it forms, with the
fornix, a prominent pad (bourrelet).
The cerebral sulci are not exactly alike in my two specimens, the
brain of the bigger of the two animals, though of the same dimen-
1882.] MR. W.A. FORBES ON THE GREAT ANTEATER. 293
sions as its fellow, being more richly convoluted by the development
in it of minor fissures and impressions not present in the other. It
is that of which the lateral and internal views are here figured (figs.3,
Fig. 3.
Fig. 4.
The same, from the inside. All these figures are of the natural size.
a, Limbic fissure, inferior are of (Broca); 4, fissure of Rolando (Broca) ;
¢, primary parietal sulcus ; d, e, additional sulci of cireumsylvian gyrus ;
s, fissure of Sylvius; J.s.s, island of Reil (lobule sous-sylvien, Broca) ;
em, cm’, ¢.m', calloso-marginal sulcus (superior are of limbic fissure,
Broca); , hippocampal sulcus; a,c, anterior commissure ; opt, optic
nerve; 7.1 (fig. 4), “ Pli de passage rétro-limbique ” (Broea); + (fig. 2),
bridging convolution between frontal and parietal lobes.
4): the description of the main sulci is taken from the simpler
specimen (represented in fig. 2), but applies in all essential respects to
both.
The olfactory lobe is separated from the cerebral hemispheres
294 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE GREAT ANTEATER. [Mar. 7,
above by a shallow fissure (a), which, at the level of the anterior
extremity of the prominent “hippocampal lobe,” turns downwards, and
runs along the external and inferior face of that lobe till it terminates
on its inner face (fig. 4, a), not, however, reaching the hippocampal
sulcus (2). At the point where its downward course commences
there is a small triangular area (/. s.s.) exposed on the lateral surface
of the brain, from which a short curved shallow sulcus (s) runs a
short way upwards, forming with the descending part of a a forwardly-
convex curve. In the larger specimen figured (fig. 3) this short
upwardly-running sulcus (s) is separated, as will be seen, by a narrow
bridging fold from the triangular depression and its posterior continu-
ation (a). From the antero-inferior angle of this triangular space,
but separated by a very narrow, more or less deep, bridging convolu-
tion from a, another sinuous fissure (0) runs forwards and upwards
to terminate near the anterior angle of the hemisphere’. Above,
on the supero-lateral aspect of the brain, and nearly parallel with
the median longitudinal fissure, is a distinct longitudinal sulcus (c),
convex upwards, which runs in an antero-posterior direction for a
space of 1-2 inch.
Finally, parallel with the posterior edge of the hemisphere, dividing
the external surface of this ‘‘ temporal lobe,’’ is a vertically-directed
sulcus (@) about °75 inch in extent.
On the internal aspect of the brain (fig. 4) runs a well-marked
“ calloso-marginal” sulcus (¢.m), broken up into three or more
parts, the most posterior being nearly vertical in position, and sepa-
rated by but a little space from the posterior extremity of fissure a.
In its usual position is a well-marked hippocampal sulcus (4), with
a broad “ fuscia dentata’’ between it and the corpus fimbriatum,
the fuscia dentata being continued, as described by Prof. Turner in
Dasypus*, as a thin layer of longitudinally-disposed fibres over the
corpus callosum to near its genw. The hippocampal sulcus does not
extend as high as the corpus callosum. The lateral ventricle is fair-
sized : I can see not a trace of any posterior cornu. The hippocampus
major is strongly convex. The ‘hippocampal lobe” has, on its
inferior aspect, a few irregular dentations developed near its antero-
internal angle.
In the smaller and simpler brain of Tamandua (represented dia-
grammatically in fig. 5, p. 295), the only sulci present are those
corresponding to a, 6, c in the larger species, with some slight repre-
sentatives of d.
Adopting the late Prof. Broca’s ideas * as to the nature and com-
position of the ‘ scissure limbique,” the inferior are of this is clearly
represented by the fissure a, which is separated by a narrow “ pli de
passage rétro-limbique” (fig. 4, 7./) from its superior are, represented
? In the smaller specimen (fig. 2), this fissure is, on the right-hand side only,
broken up into two by a narrow bridging convolution (+).
2 Journ. Anat. Phys. i. p. 314 (1867).
3 «* Anatomie comparée des circonvolutions cérébrales. Le grand lobe lim-
bique et la scissure limbique dans la série des Mammiféres,” Revue d’Anthro-
pologie, vii. pp. 885-498,
1882. } MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE GREAT ANTEATER. 295
by what we commonly call the “ calloso-marginal sulcus’’ (c.m, &c.).
The slight sulcus at s, developed above the triangular depression,
will accordingly be the Sylvian fissure. 4 is then, following Broca’s
identifications, the fissure of Rolando, the gyrus lying anterior to
and below it being the reduced equivalent of the frontal lobe. As
has already been pointed out, this gyrus is connected posteriorly by
a small, sometimes deep, bridging fold with the triangular space (J.
s.s.) below the Sylvian fissure. This triangular space is Broca’s
** lobule sous-sylvien,” its equivalent in the Primates being the lobe
of the island of Reil (/. ¢. p. 430).
The longitudinal sulcus ¢ corresponds probably to Broca’s “ sillon
pariétal primaire ;”’ the gyrus above and internal to it will thus be
the “ circonvolution sagittale,’ that below it the “ circonvolution
sylvien,” which in the more-convoluted of the brains figured (fig. 3)
becomes divided up by smaller sulci (d, e, &c.) into a number of
imperfect gyri.
Diagram of right cerebral hemisphere of Tumandua tetradactyla, from above.
From my study of the brains of the remaining genera of Edentata,
I have little doubt that the sulci a, 6, and c, here described, can be
traced, with various modifications, in nearly all the members of this
group. Orycteropus in its cerebral characters seems to approach
Myrmecophaga more nearly than any other form, the sulci and gyri
of the brains of the two forms, as well as their general conformation,
being very similar ; Munis seems to possess the three typical sulci
well developed ; and these are also present in the larger Dasypodide,
though apparently much reduced in the smaller forms of that group.
The Sloths conform to the same general type. But, in the absence
of a larger series of brains of this group than is at present available
for comparison, satisfactory generalization on this subject is impossible,
most of the published figures of Edentate brains being very unsatis-
factory in detail, whilst nothing of importance is known as regards
the develo pment of the sulci in any member of this group.
296 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE GREAT ANTEATER. [Mar. 7,
3. Female Generative Organs (fig. 6, p. 297).—These have been
briefly described by Pouchet', as well as by Rapp; but their accounts
will, in some respects, bear supplementing.
A cloaca, in the true sense of the word, is not present in the
Great Anteater. The labia majora, which bound the vertical urino-
genital fissure, are very prominent and hirsute. Above them, but
separated by a distinct perineal space, slightly hair-clad, is the trans-
verse anal aperture, the mucous membrane lining which is pink,
quite different from that of the lower passage and its boundaries,
which is grey. Slightly inclosing these two apertures above is a
widely-open V-shaped tegumentary fold, with its apex situated
superiorly towards the root of the tail.
There are no labia minora visible; and no clitoris is present as a
free organ, though the corpora cavernosa can be felt as tough bodies
lying in the walls of the vulva.
The length of the urino-genital canal is 2°7 inches: about 1 inch
from its external orifice may be seen, on each side of the middle line,
two or three small pore-like depressions; a bristle passed through
the largest of these enters a short duct, connected with one of a pair
of globular compact glands about the size of a small cherry, which
lie in the walls of the urino-genital canal above, between it and the
rectum. They are, no doubt, “ vulvo-vaginal ” glands, or glands of
Bertolini, corresponding to the male Cowper’s. The urino-genital
canal is lined by smooth, vascular, mucous membrane.
Communication between this and the next section of these organs
is effected by means of two small apertures, each admitting readily
enough the passage into the vagina, through the here constricted
walls of the common tube, of a probe. From between these apertures
is prolonged downwards, for a slight distance along the dorsal wall
of the urino-genital canal, a slight ridge of mucous membrane, on
each side of which are visible numerous small pore-like apertures,
arranged in series in lines running outwards from the middle line.
On laying open the vagina along its anterior wall, it is seen to pass
above with no marked constriction or “os uteri”’ into the pyriform
simple uterus, the only distinction between the two parts being
afforded by the thicker and more muscular walls of the uterus, and
by the difference in the character of the mucous membrane, this being
quite smooth and spongy in the uterus, whilst that of the vagina is
thrown into a close-set series of thick, more or less longitudinal,
somewhat foliaceous plaits. For about the lower inch of the vagina
there extends a complete median septum, attached to both dorsal
and ventral walls of the tube, extending a little further along the
dorsal wall, and terminating superiorly by a free semilunar margin,
concave upwards. Hence the terminal part of the vagina consists
of two quite separate tubes, fused together above, but each opening
into the urino-genital sinus by a’single aperture of its own below.
The vagina proper measures about 4 inches in length. The pyri-
form uterus is not more than 2 inches long: it presents not the
slightest sign of being double. Its walls are very thick and muscular ;
1 Mém. p. 194,
1882.] MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE GREAT ANTEATER. 297
Fig. 6.
ANN WV
Female generative organs of Myrmecophaga jubata, from before, reduced, and
somewhat diagrammatic. The walls of the tube have been laid open
anteriorly to show the vaginal septum (v.s), beneath which an arrow
is passed, appearing above in the vagina (v), and below emerging by
the vaginal aperture of that side (v. a) into the urino-genital canal (w.g).
The opening of the vagina into this on the other side is laid open.
2.9, openings of Bertolini’s glands; ves, bladder, turned to one side; w, uterus;
Ff, f, Fallopian tubes (cut short, with the rest of the uterine appendages
on the left side) ; 0, ovary ; #, hydatid of Morgagni; 0.7, broad ligament
of the uterus, cut short,
298 MR, W. A. FORBES ON THE GREAT ANTEATER. [ Mar. 7,
but there is no constriction or valve at all at its junction with the
vagina. It receives the Fallopian tubes, not at its supero-external
angles as in Homo &c., but at a point about one third down its total
length. These are not particularly long, nor much convoluted, and
lie along the anterior edge of the broad ligament. The ovaries are
completely covered by a peritoneal coat superiorly, but by their ventral
faces open into a spacious peritoneal pouch, open anteriorly, in the
floor of which is the very considerable aperture of the morsus diaboli,
surrounded by the expanded extremity of the Fallopian tube. This
is not much fimbriated, and is externally prolonged to meet the
external border of the ovary of the same side. On this surface of
the ovary may be seen a few scars, probably due to the eruption of
Graafian follicles, as well as a couple of small clavate processes which
depend freely from it into the cavity of the pouch. Towards the
outer part of the broad ligament, and lying anteriorly to the ovary
and round ligament, is a large “ hydatid of Morgagni”’ nearly the
size of a pea.
The opening of the vagina into the urino-genital sinus by ¢wo
distinct apertures seems to be characteristic (according to the state-
ments of Owen! and Rapp?) both of the Anteaters and the Sloths,
though Pouchet considered it in his specimen as ‘‘sans doute une
anomalie” (J. ¢. p. 195). The latter author describes as the
“uterus ” what I have here considered to represent both uterus and
vagina, whilst what he calls “vagina” is only so in a functional
sense, beg morphologically the urino-genital canal. Rapp also
describes these animals as having a single uterus with two ora
(“‘einfache Gebiirmutter mit doppeltem (rechten und linken) Mut-
termund,” l. ce. p. 104). Nevertheless I see no reason for doubting
the view adopted by Prof. Oweu, that the genital tube above the
urethral opening represents in reality both uterus and vagina.
The presence of a vaginal septum, a remnant of the coalescence of
the primitively paired Miillerian ducts, in D/yrmecophaga is a pecu-
liarity shared, judging from Owen’s accouut, by the genus Cholapus®
only amongst other {families of Edentates.
In the Indian Elephant there is, at least sometimes, a similar
but more perfect septum dividing into lateral halves not only the
vagina, but the uterus (here provided with a distinct os uteri) also*.
In other cases this disappears completely, except externally, forming
then the so-called “hymen” of Miall and Greenwood.
In the genus Lagostomus, on the other hand, as first described by
Prof. Owen’, the accuracy of whose statement I have lately had an
1 Anat. Vert. iii. p. 690. 2 i.¢. p. 102.
3 “In the Unau (Bradypus didactylus) the rudiment of a uterine septum
appears as a longitudinal ridge from the inner surface of the anterior wall in
the unimpregnated state: in this species also the same condition having been
already noted in Bradypus tridactylus|, the utero-vaginal canal communicates
in the virgin animal by two distinct orifices with the short urogenital tract.”
Anat. Vert. iii. p. 690.
4 M. Watson, “On the Anatomy of the Female Organs of the Proboscidea,”
Trans. Z. 8. xi. p. 116 &e. pl. xxii. fig. 1.
° P.Z.8. 1839, p. 177; Anat. Vert. iii. p. 686.
1882. ] MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE GREAT ANTEATER. 299
opportunity of verifying, this median septum is developed along
the proximal (uterine) part of the vagina, instead of the distal
(external) as in Myrmecophaga’.
As Pouchet, though describing the two apertures, does not men-
tion any median septum, it is possible that this vaginal septum may
disappear, as there seems to be good reason for supposing that it
does in Elephas indicus, in the gravid state. The penis in Myrmeco-
phaga is so small that during coitus it is, I expect, entirely con-
tained in the urino-genital tube, and does not enter the vagina, as
is also the case in Elephas; the disappearance of the vaginal sep-
tum can therefore hardly be due, in this species at least, to the non-
virgin condition of any particular female.
4. As regards other points, I may mention that the external and
internal iliac arteries come off separately, as in many other mammals’,
there being no common iliac arteries.
As in Manis tridentata as described by Rapp’, the chevron bones
in the tail contain a curious caudal rete miradile, composed of both
venous and arterial elements, which completely surrounds, as in a
sheath, a central artery of large size, which is the direct coutinuation
onwards of the abdominal aorta, and gives off here no branches at all
to the rete. The arterial elements of this reée are derived from
several small trunks on each side, which arise from the caudal artery
beyond the origin of the internal iliacs, and then break up into a
number of more or less parallel, rarely anastomosing, branches,
mixed up with which are similar venous trunks. A similar rete
occurs in Zamandua, and also, as I am informed by Prof. Flower, in
the Spider Monkeys of the genus A¢eles.
The paired eyelids are very small, and hardly exist as special
organs; there areno eyelashes. The third eyelid, on the other hand,
is very large and well-developed. It contains a large cartilage of
concayo-convex shape; on the internal surface of this eyelid, just
below the inferior border of the contained cartilage, opens the
minute aperture of the Harderian gland, which is very large, almost
completely surrounding the orbit, and concealing the much more
minute lachrymal gland. As described and figured by Pouchet, it
consists of three chief lobes.
As already suggested by Chatin, I have little doubt that it is the
Harderian gland that has been described by Cuvier (Anat. Comp.
2me éd. iv. part 1, pp. 430, 431) and Owen (J. ¢. pl. xl. fig. 3 6)
in Cycloturus as a salivary gland opening into the mouth.
Clavicles are frequently supposed to be absent in the Great Ant-
1 A similar condition of things to that here described in the genus Myrmeco-
phaga occurs sometimes, it may be observed, as a malformation, known as
“vagina duplex et uterus simplex,” in the human female, the vagina being more
or less completely divided into two chambers by a median septum, and open-
ing externally by wo quite separate orifices. Cf a paper by Dr. T. Matthews
Duncan, Journ. Anat. Phys. i. pp. 269-274, and Dr. Morrison Watson’s paper,
“'The Homology of the Sexual Organs illustrated by Comparative Anatomy and
Pathology,” /. ¢. xiv. pp. 60-62,
2 Cf P.Z.S. 1881, p. 188,
Se bkespaoes
300 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE GREAT ANTEATER. [Mar. 7,
eater, though present as rudiments in Tamandua, and well developed
in Cycloturus’.
In the larger specimen of the two examined by me I find, how-
ever, a distinct one present on each side, lying in the muscles, about
an inch long, nearly straight, of flattened form, with one end cylin-
drical. Similar ones were also present, closely attached to the
sternum, but of smaller size, in the second specimen. Rapp (/.c.
p- 40) found a rudimentary cartilaginous one in Myrmecophaga,
though he (erroneously) denies one to Tamandua. There is also
an accessory ossicle developed at the head of the fibula, as in some
of the fossil forms.
In the anterior cornu of the hyoid bone, I find in both specimens
three distinct ossifications*. The proximal of these is a small nodule
of bone, 3 inch long, articulating below with the basihyal; it is
called the “ apohyal” by Pouchet, but, according to the nomencla-
ture now ordinarily employed, must really be the cerato-hyal*. The
other two long curved ossifications of the anterior cornu must there-
fore be the epi- and slylo-hyals respectively.
Both Rapp (J. e. p. 61) and Pouchet (‘ Mémoires,’ p. 95, pl. xii.
figs. 1-3) describe the posterior cornu as articulating externally with
the anterior one. But in neither of my specimens can I find any
evidence of such a joint, as the two cornua, when in their undis-
turbed condition, are separated by a considerable space, in part
occupied by a muscle (the intercornualis, Owen, /. c. p. 127); and
in the cleaned bones I also find it impossible, without violence, to
bring the two arches into such contact together. In Tamandua,
though there is a distinct ligament between the two arches, they
are nevertheless similarly separated; and neither Duvernoy*, who
dissected this species, nor Owen, in his account of Myrmecophaga,
allude to any such interarticulation existing ; Owen’s figure (pl. xxxix.
fig. 2) indeed clearly shows the two cornua separated by the inéer-
cornualis muscle, as also observed by me (cf. Plate XV. fig. 1, idé).
At the place where the three main ducts of the submaxillary
glands of each side converge to become intimately connected to-
gether by their walls, though they still remain quite separate tubes,
they are covered by a mass of muscle which forms a bulb-like
swelling for an extent of 1? inch on the inferior aspect of the con-
joined ducts (Plate XV. fig. 1). It is this mass of muscles that has
been described by Owen (/.¢. p. 126) as the “ constrictor salivaris,”
a name adopted by Pouchiet subsequently.
The external aspect of the ducts is also, for the posterior half inch
of this space, covered by a thick muscular coating, so that in this
portion the three ducts are encircled by a broad ring of muscular
fibres. These fibres arise from the anterior edge of the anterior
hyoid cornu, on each side of the junction of the stylo- and epihyal
1 ‘Osteology of the Mammalia,’ by W. H. Flower, p. 235: London, 1876.
2 The accounts given by different authors of the compositon of the hyoid
bones in the Anteaters differ considerably inter se. Cf. Pouchet, ‘Mémoires,’
pp. 93-95.
3 In Tamandua I am unable to find any corresponding ossification, though
both the epi- and stylo-hyals are well developed.
4 Mém. foc. Hist, Nat. Strasbourg, 1880; and Cuyier’s Anat. Comp. 2me éd.
iy. part 1, p. 476.
1882.] MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE GREAT ANTEATER. 301
bones ; running then forwards and outwards, they pass beneath and
to the outside of (in a sternal view) the conjoined ducts, and then
ascend to fan out and form the muscular bulb. The more anterior
of these fibres are inserted into the internal and upper part of the
combined ducts, and cease there. The most posterior, on the
contrary, completely encircle the ducts, running inwards over the
ducts, and then, recurving on themselves, ascend on the deep aspect
of the ducts, to be inserted on the stylohyal bone for the greater
part of its length, not, however, extending to either of its extremities.
Along the anterior (free) border of the ascending part, at the point
where it is in contact with the ducts and the deep part of their
muscular ring, is developed a strong tendinous edge (s.h. m. ¢), the
‘commissural tendon ”’ of Owen.
The muscular fibres inserted on this and attached to the stylo-
hyal (ceratohyal of Owen’s nomenclature) are described by that
author as the “ cerato-hyoideus,”’ whilst Pouchet more correctly
applies to it the name of “‘ stylo-hyoideus,”’ the rest of the muscular
arrangement here described forming, as already stated, the ‘‘con-
strictor salivaris”’ of both authors.
It appears to me that the whole muscle may be more correctly
considered as the stylo-hyoideus, which has developed this remark-
able course round the submaxillary ducts in order to aid the
ejaculation of the saliva therein contained by the constriction, on
contraction of the muscle, of their walls between the circularly-dis-
posed fibres surrounding them and the tendon developed on its
anterior margin.
In the genus Zamandua’ (Plate XV. fig. 2) there is no special
muscular envelope developed round the ducts in this position. The
most posterior fibres of the mylo-hyoideus (m.h') arise from the
posterior end of the stylo-hyal bone, running inwards and forwards,
and blending internally with the genio-hyoid. To this point also run
backwards and inwards the fibres of a narrow flattened muscle (s.4. m),
which crosses the hyoid origin of the mylo-hyoid superficially, and,
as it arises from the stylo-hyal bone, must be considered to represent
a stylo-hyoideus. At the point where it meets the genio-hyoid and
mylo-hyoid, all three muscles become closely connected together, the
stylo-hyoid developing here an anterior tendinous edge (s./. m. £).
Between this tendon and the conjoined mylo-hyoid and genio-hyoid
run the three ducts of the submaxillary gland, so that contraction
of these muscles here also serves a purpose similar to that produced
by the more specialized arrangement found in the larger species.
[P.S. July 13, 1882.—I have found the disposition of the salivary
ducts and the arrangement of the sty/o.hyoideus muscles exactly the
same as those here described in a third specimen of Myrmecophaga
just dead.—W, A. F.]
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XY.
Fig. 1. Dissection of the left suprabyoidean region of Myrmecophaga jubata,
to show the course and relations of the stylo-hyoideus muscle.
1 Cf. Duvernoy, Mém. Strasb. 1830, ‘Mémoire sur la langue” &c., p. 3.
302 CAPT. G. E. SHELLEY ON BIRDS [Mar. 7,
s.h, stylo-hyal; e.p, epihyal; c¢.h, cerato-hyal; 4.4, basihyal; ¢h,
thyro-hyal ; s.4.m’, origin of the stylo-hyoideus ; s.h. m, its insertion ;
s.h.m.t, its tendinous edge (this, being deep of the muscle and ducts,
is diagrammatically represented by a dotted line); m.h, m.h', mylo-
hyoideus, cut and reflected ; s.g, sterno-glossus (cut short) ; g.h', gento-
hyoideus, at its origin, cut short and reflected; h.g, hyo-glossi; ep,
epipharyngeus (Owen); hy, hyopharyngeus (Owen); int, inter-
cornualis; 1, 2, 3, the three ducts of the submaxillary gland, con-
verging to be surrounded by the stylo-hyoideus.
2. The same parts in Tamandua tetradactyla, enlarged. The letters as
before, except s.4.m, stylo-hyoideus muscle, with its anterior ten-
dinous edge (s.4.m.t), blending here with the mylo- (m.h.) and genio-
hyoid (g./) muscles, and surrounding the three submaxillary ducts
(s.m.d), which are cut short and reflected ; m.h’, hyoid origin of the
mylo-hyoid.
8. Diagram to show the openings into the mouth of the three ducts of the
submaxillary gland in Myrmecophaga. a, b, the two ducts from the
more posterior parts of the gland, opening together ; c¢, the third
duct, from the cervical part, opening posteriorly to the other twoducts.
2. List of the Birds sent home by Mr. Joseph Thomson from
the River Rovuma, Fast Africa. By Captain G. E.
SHELLEY.
[Received February 25, 1882.]
(Plate XVI.)
. Mr. 'Thomson is well known as one of the most successful East-
African explorers. On him devolved the task of carrying through
the expedition in which Mr. Keith Johnston lost his life; and no
praise can be too strong for the manner in which he fulfilled his mission.
Like all successful African travellers, he has again returned to the
Dark country, this time to explore the river Rovuma and to report
on the value of the coal-fields said to exist in that valley ; and an in-
teresting account of his journey has been given by himself (Proc.
R. Geogr. Soc. 1882, p. 65).
The Rovuma runs from the south-west into the sea at 10°30! S.
lat.; and Mr. Thomson explored. this valley to nearly 37° E. long.
During this journey the present collection of birds was made, whereby
two interesting new species are added to the African Avifauna.
1. Astur tachiro (Daud.). 16. Cossypha heuglini, Hartt.
2. Falco minor, Bp. 17. Crateropus plebejus (Aiipp.).
3. F. dickersoni, Sc/at. 18. Oriolus notatus, Peters.
4. Coracias caudata, Linn. 19. Pachyprora molitor (Hahn ¢
5. Halcyon orientalis, Peters. Kust.).
6. Merops dresseri, sp. n. 20. Bias musicus ( Viedil.).
7. Melittophagus builockoides 21. Platystira pellata, Swndev.
(Smith). 22. Muscicapa cerulescens, Hartl.
8. M. pusillus (Miill.). 23. Erythrocercus thomsoni, sp. n.
9. Upupa africana, Bechst. 24. Trochocercus cyanomelas ( Vieill.).
10. Ivrisor erythrorhynchus (Zath.). | 25. Smithornis capensis, Smith.
11. Rhinopomastes cyanomelas 26. Parus niger, Viedll.
( Vieill.). 27. Melanornis ater, Sundev.
12. Cinnyris microrhynchus, Shelley. | 28. Buchanga assimilis (Bechst.).
13. C. gutturalis (Linn.). 29. Telephonus erythropterus (Shaw).
14. Motacilla vidua, Sundev. 30. Laniarius cubla (Shaw).
15. Turdus libonyanus, Sith, 31. L, boulboul (Shaw).
‘TL. LOGa.e |, ee
Ha nh art imp
J. Smit lith
bMEROPS DRESSERI. _.
2.ERYTHROCERCUS: THOMSONI.
1882. } FROM THE RIVER ROVUMA. 303
2. L. quadricolor, Cass. 39. Ureginthus pheenicotis (Swains.).
33. L. sulphureipectus (Less.). 40. Hypargus niveiguttatus (Peters).
34. L. poliocephalus (Licht.). 4l, Gallirex chlorochlamys, Sh2lley.
35. Nicator gularis, Hartl. g Finsch. 42. Pogonorhynchus melanopterus
36. Prionops talacoma, Smith. (Peters),
37. Sigmodus tricolor (Gray). 43, Dendropicus fulviscapus (Z//.).
38. Lamprocolius chalybeus, Hempr. §
Ehr.
ERyTHROCERCUS THOMSON], sp. n. (Plate XVI. fig. 2.)
Upper parts olive-yellow; rump and upper tail-coverts rufous
washed with yellow; tail rufous, the feathers slightly washed with
yellow on their edges and crossed by a broad black subterminal
band; in one specimen the outer feather alone is without any black
baud, and the next feather is only banded on the outer web, with a
black spot on the inner one; in the second specimen the four outer
feathers on each side are without any black at all; rictal bristles
black, forehead rather narrowly margined with brownish buff; lores
and in front of the eye white (but the state of the skins prevents
me from seeing the limits of this colour on the sides of the head) ;
wings dark brown, all the feathers broadly edged with olive-shaded
yellow excepting towards the ends of the primaries; entire under
surface bright yellow ; under wing-coverts yellow, basal portion of the
inner webs of the quills rather narrowly edged with rufous buff.
Bill—upper mandible brown, lower one flesh-colour. Legs and
claws pale brown. Total length 4:5 and 4:1 inches; culmen 0°25;
wing 1°9 and 1°8; tail 21; tarsus 065.
On referring to Mr. Sharpe’s Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iv. p. 208, pl. 9,
we at once recognize Erythrocercus livingstonii as the nearest ally
of this new species; and I shall propose the following addition to his
key of this genus :—
a. Tail uniform, without a bar: to include C. macalli and C. living-
stonit.
6. Tail with a broad black subterminal bar: C. thomsoni.
The present species further differs from C. Livingstonii in the crown
and sides of the head being the same colour as the back, the forehead
alone being margined with brownish buff, and the chin scarcely shows
a trace of white.
MERopPs DRESSERI, sp. n. (Plate XVI. fig. 1.)
Crown and nape fawn colour, the tips of the feathers slightly -
washed with greenish yellow ; remainder of the upper parts green;
the basal portion of the inner margins of the quills pale fawn colour ;
the primaries have the remainder of their inner margins and their
ends dusky black; the secondaries are rather broadly tipped with
black, with the exception of the inner feather, which, like the longer
scapulars and upper tail-coverts, is washed with blue towards its
end; two centre tail-feathers green, gradually shading into black on
their long narrow ends, which are slightly widened at the tips;
remainder of the tail square, the feathers with broad black end,
narrowly tipped with white on the outer ones, and rather more broadly
so with blue as they approach the centre pair; on the sides of the
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1882, No. XXI. 21
304 CAPT. G. E. SHELLEY ON BIRDS [Mar. 7,
head a broad black band runs through the eye, margined beneath by
a rather narrower pale blue one; chin and throat fawn colour, with
the ends of the feathers slightly more strongly washed with greenish
yellow than the crown; remainder of the under surface green, with
the feathers of the abdomen and under tail-coverts washed with blue
towards their edges; under surface of the quills brown, the basal
portion of their inner margins and the under wing-coverts pale fawn
colour ; under surface of the tail ashy brown, with a black terminal
bar. Bill and legs black. Total length 9-8 inches, culmen 1, wing
3:1, tail 5°5, tarsus 0°4.
I have named this bird after my friend Mr. Dresser, who is about
to publish a monograph of the Meropide, in acknowledgment
of the valuable services rendered to ornithology by his large work on
the Birds of Europe.
3. A second List of Birds recently collected by Sir John
Kirk in Eastern Africa. By Captain G. E. SHe.uey.
[Received February 25, 1882.]
(Plate XVII.)
The collection of which the present paper treats was made by
Sir John Kirk chiefly in the neighbourhood of Mamboio, on the
eastern slopes of the mountain-range which separates Ugogo from
the Zanzibar Province, but also contains some specimens from
Ugogo country and two from Brava in South Somali-land, 1° N. lat.
This paper is intended as a supplement to my former one (P. Z.S.
1881, pp. 561-602).
1. Circairus CINEREUS.
Circaétus cinereus, Vieill.; Shelley, P. Z.S. 1881, p. 562.
Brava, in South Somali-land.
2. Faco cuvieri.
Falco cuvieri, Smith ; Shelley, P. Z.S. 1881, p. 562.
Ugogo.
The head quarters of this Hawk is probably the unexplored regions
of Central Africa.
This specimen, I presume, from its size is a female. In colouring
it is almost identical with my specimen from Lamo, but is, if any
thing, a shade duller.
Lamo, 3? Total length 10:4 inches, wing 8.7, tail 4-9, tarsus 1°30.
Ugogo, 2? i 1259. 3 Pe OS 1A 5225; 4 eB.
3. ASTURINULA MONOGRAMMICA.
Asturinula monogrammica (Temm.); Shelley, P. Z. S. 1881,
p-. 562.
Ugogo.
Vdalddol Vaavely
1882. ] FROM EASTERN AFRICA. 305
4, ACCIPITER MINULLUS.
Nisus minullus, Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr. p. 85; Fischer
& Reichenow, J. f. O. 1878, pp. 251, 272.
Accipiter minullus (Daud.) ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus.i. p. 140.
Mamboio.
I have also a specimen from Rabbai near Mombas, collected by
the Rey. T. Wakefield. It ranges from Abyssinia southward
throughout East and South Africa.
5. MreLirRAX POLIOPTERUS.
Melierax poliopterus, Cab. in v. d. Decken, Reisen, ii. p. 40;
Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr. p. 90; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i.
p. 88.
Brava in South Somali-land.
This species is, as far as we yet know, exclusively East-African.
The type came from the Umba river in the interior, and is I believe
the only other specimen known. South of the Zambesi it is repre-
sented by the closely allied 1. canorus.
6. MELIERAX NIGER.
Nisus niger, Finsch & Hartl. Vg. Ostafr. p. 89.
Melierax niger (Vieill.) ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i. p. 91.
Micronisus niger, Cab. J. f. O. 1878, p. 242,
Mamboio.
This species ranges over the whole of South and East Africa,
extending northward into Abyssinia and Kordofan, and thence crosses
the continent to Senegal and Casamanse.
7. GLAUCIDIUM CAPENSE.
Glaucidium capense (Smith); Shelley, P. Z. 8. 1881, p. 563.
Mamboio.
This is the most northern limit yet recorded for this species.
8. SyRNIUM WOODFORDI.
Syrnium woodfordi (Smith) ; Shelley, P. Z. S. 1881, p. 561.
Ugogo.
9. CAPRIMULGUS EUROPAUS.
Caprimulgus europeus, Linn.; Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr.
p: 117,
Mamboio.
The Common European Goatsucker ranges throughout the whole
of Africa, but is everywhere migratory.
10. CosMETORNISVEXILLARIUS (Gould) ; Shelley, P. Z. 8. 1881,
p- 564.
Mamboio.
With regard to its range as given by me /. c., instead of Zambesi
read Limpopo as its southern known limit in Eastern Africa.
21*
306 CAPT. G. E. SHELLEY ON BIRDS [Mar. 7,
11. PsALIDOPROCNE HOLOMELZENA.
Psalidoprocne holomelena (Sundev.); Sharpe, P. Z.S. 1870,
pp- 288, 320.
Mamboio.
New to East Africa. The range of this species is very uncertain,
as it is found on the Gold Coast and in South Africa from Cape
Colony to Natal, but has not previously been recorded from any
portion of South Tropical Africa.
12. HAPALODERMA VITTATUM, Sp. 1.
Very similar in size and general colouring to H. narina, but
differs as follows: bill smaller and much narrower, scarcely more
than half the breadth ; head darker and of a more olive-green ; neck
entirely surrounded by a bluish-bronze collar; wing-coverts with
narrow distinct white bars not freckled with white as in H. narina ;
dark portion of the tail violet-blue, very partially edged with green ;
white portion of the tail very distinctly barred with bluish black.
Culmen 0-6, wing 5, tail 7, tarsus 0°65.
Hab. Mamboio.
The only specimen is in extremely bad condition, so much so that
I cannot say how far the blue may extend on the throat ; but it ap-
pears to be only a narrow ring round the neck. The bars on the
wing-coverts and the colouring of the tail, especially the barring of
the white portion, are sufficient characters to distinguish it at a
glance from H. narina and H. constantia.
13. RHINOPOMASTES CABANISI.
Irrisor cabanisi, De Fil.; Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 219.
Mamboio.
New to East Africa. This species is closely alied to 2. minor,
but may be readily distinguished by the white patch on the primaries,
which is not present in R. minor. It ranges from the Upper White-
Nile district to Mamboio.
14, SaxtcoLa PLESCHANKA (Lepech.).
Saxicola morio, Seebohm, Cat. B, Brit. Mus. v. p. 372.
Mamboio.
New to East Africa. It ranges in Africa ; from Egypt to Mam-
boio, and possibly occurs in Algeria.
15. MoraciLia Lonercaupa, Riipp.
Ugogo.
New to East Africa. This species ranges from Abyssinia, where
it was first collected by Dr. Riippell, to Durban in Natal.
16. GRAUCALUS PECTORALIS.
Graucalus pectoralis, Jard.; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iv. p. 29.
Mamboio.
New to East Africa. It inhabits the whole of Africa between 15°
N. lat. and 22° S. lat.
1882.] FROM EASTERN AFRICA. 307
17. SIGMODUS TRICOLOR.
Sigmodus tricolor (Gray); Shelley, P. Z.S. 1881, p. 581.
Mamboio. i
Five specimens, three with white on the wing, and two without.
18. SIGMODUS SCOPIFRONS.
Sigmodus scopifrons, Peters, Shelley, P. Z. S. 1881, p. 582.
Mamboio.
19. EURYCEPHALUS RUEPPELLI, Bp.
Eurycephalus anguitimens, Cab. J. f. O. 1878, p. 225 (2); Fischer
& Reichenow J. f. O. 1879, p.347 (?); Shelley P. Z.S. 1881, p. 582.
Mamboio, Ugogo.
I suspect that Drs. Cabanis, Fischer, and Reichenow fell into the
same error as I did J. ¢., and overlooked the white rump which
separates this species from the South-African 2. anguitimens. At
any rate my reference /. c. should be cancelled. This species ranges
from Shoa, about 9° N. lat., where it was collected by Dr. Riippell,
to Mamboio and Ugogo, about 7° S. lat.
2(). DiLopHus caruNcuLaTus (Gm.).
Mamboio.
New to East Africa. This species ranges from Abyssinia through-
out East and South Africa.
21, Amyprus morio (Linn.).
Amydrus rueppelli, Shelley, P. Z. S. 1881, p. 583.
Mamboio.
I have come to the conclusion that A. rueppelli, Verr., is not
specifically distinct from A. morio: in colouring I can detect no dif-
ference; but one of M. Verreaux’s specimens in my own collection
is slightly larger than sixteen specimens from East and South Africa,
the Natal ones being generally the smallest and the East-African ones
intermediate ; but this slight variation in size does not in my opinion
constitute a specific character. In Natal specimens three of those
compared belong to what I consider a variety, differing from the
others in having the greater portion of the primary-coverts rufous,
and in the rufous of the quills extending onto the outer secondaries.
This species ranges from Abyssinia, throughout East Africa to
Natal, and thence to the Cape of Good Hope.
22. TExTOR DINEMELLI.
Textor dinemelli, Horsf.; Finsch & Hartl, Vog. Ostafr. p. 386 ;
Cab. J. f. O. 1878, p. 233; Fischer & Reichenow, tom. cit. pp. 299,
351.
Mamboio.
This species ranges f om Shoa, in about 10° N. lat., to Mamboio,
in about 7° S. lat.
308 CAPT. G. E. SHELLEY ON BIRDS [ Mar. 7,
23. PENTHETRIA ARDENS.
Penthetria ardens (Bodd.) ; Finsch & Hartl. Vég. Ostafr. p. 423.
Mamboio and Ugogo.
New to East Africa. From the above-mentioned localities it ranges
southward into Natal and Caffraria, and westward to the Loango
coast.
24. AMBLYOSPIZA UNICOLOR.
Amblyospiza unicolor, Fischer & Reichenow; Shelley, P.Z.S. 1881,
p- 589.
Mamboio.
This is the most southern limit we can yet accord to this species.
25. FRINGILLARIA ORIENTALIS, Sp. 0.
Very similar to F. major, Cab., but smaller, with the bill and legs
slightly longer and stouter ; the eyebrow and white central band on
the crown broader and more distinctly marked. Total length 5°7
inches, culmen 0°55, wing 3°2, tail 3°1, tarsus 0°8.
Mamboio.
In my opinion this is only one of three races of a single species ;
but I have here described it as a new species, as many ornithologists
may prefer to consider it such. By the term race I intend to
indicate that the form is so nearly allied to one or more others that,
in my opinion, further research is sure to discover intermediate forms
which may be placed as well with one as with the other.
The three races are :-—
1. F. cabanisi, Reichenow, J. f. O. 1975, p. 238, pl. 2. figs. 2, 3.
Hab. Cameroons.
This race is only known to me by the description and plate /. c.
2. F. orientalis. Hab. Mamboio.
3. F. major, Cab. J. f. 0. 1880, p. 349, pl. 2. fig. 2. Had.
Angola.
As regards F. cabanisi, Bocage, Orn. Angola, p. 371, I have a
specimen in my own collection of this form from Caconda. It differs
from the plate given by Dr. Cabanis (/. c.) in the central stripe on
the crown being white, not grey, and in the feathers of the mantle
being more striped and less scale-like, their dark centres generaily
extending quite to the tips of the feathers.
26. MirAFrA TORRIDA, sp.u. (Plate XVII.)
Upper parts rufous-brown, with dark central stripes to the fea-
thers of the crown, nape, and greater portion of the back; rump and
upper tail-coverts with obsolete shaft-stripes ; some of the feathers
of the mantle very partially edged with buff. Wings rufous, the
coverts and secondaries edged with buff; median and greater coverts
partially barred with black ; secondaries somewhat similarly barred,
and with a waved black line encircling each feather near the edge ;
primaries browner, without black markings, and broadly edged exter-
nally and internally with rufous. Tail, two centre feathers rufous; outer
tail-feathers, with the exception of an inner edging, and the outer
1882.] FROM EASTERN AFRICA. 309
webs of the next pair fawn colour; remainder of the tail dark brown.
Underparts rufous buff, as well as an eyebrow, cheeks, and ear-
coverts: sides of the head mottled with rufous; sides of the neck
similar in colouring to the back; middle of the throat slightly
mottled with rufous; lower throat and crop strongly mottled with
rufous-brown, and with partial black central stripes to a few of the
feathers ; under surface of the quills brown, with broad rufous edges
to the inner webs ; under wing-coverts rufous-buff; lower half of
the bill flesh-colour, remainder shading into dark brown towards the
culmen; legs flesh-colour. Total length 5°7 inches, culmen 0°5,
wing 3°1, tail 2°4, tarsus 0°95.
Hab. Ugogo.
This seems to be a very distinct species of Lark; and I cannot
find any description that suits it. Looking at Mr. Sharpe’s Key
to the Species of Mirafra found in Africa (P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 638),
it appears to be different at once by its entirely rufous colour and
the two rufous central tail-feathers. Of the species mentioned by
Mr. Sharpe, it would appear to have its nearest ally in MZ. cheniana ;
but its entirely rufous colour above and the fawn-coloured outer tail-
feathers distinguish it.
27. TURACUS MUSOPHAGUS.
Corythaix musophaga, Dubois; Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr.
p: 475.
Mamboio.
This species is here recorded for the first time from East Africa
north of the Zambesi. It ranges throughout South Africa, and
extends northward on the east coast to Mamboio.
28. TURACUS LIVINGSTONII.
Turacus livingstonii, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 44.
Corythaix livingstonei, Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr. p. 476,
pl. 8; Fischer & Reichenow, J. f. O. 1880, pp. 141, 189.
Ugogo.
This species ranges from the Mombas district, where it has been
procured by Dr. Fischer, to Delagoa Bay, and crosses the continent
to Benguela.
29. CucuLUS CANORUS.
Cuculus canorus, Linn. ; Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1873, p. 580.
Mamboio.
The single specimen sent home by Sir John Kirk is fully adult
but remarkedly small; total length 11°7 inches, culmen 0°8, wing 8,
tail 7, tarsus 0°8. It agrees well in colouring with British and
Abyssinian specimens with which I have compared it, as also with
Mr. Sharpe’s description /. c., excepting that it shows no signs of a
greenish gloss on the back. C. eanorus ranges throughout Africa, but
is everywhere migratory.
310 ON BIRDS FROM EASTERN AFRICA. [ Mar. 7,
30. CucuLUS SOLITARIUS.
Cuculus solitarius, Steph. ; Sharpe, P. Z. S. 1873, p. 582.
Cuculus hevglini, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. p. 113.
Mamboio.
The four specimens sent me by Sir John Kirk I have compared
with South-African examples and with one from Lado collected by
Dr. Emin Bey and referred to C, heuglint by Dr. Hartlaub /. c., and
can find no difference between them. ‘This species ranges through-
out Africa south of about 8° N. lat,
31. TURTUR LUGENS.
Turtur lugens (Riipp.) ; Shelley, P. Z.S. 1881, p. 596.
Mamboio.
This is its southern limit as yet known.
32. FRANCOLINUS INFUSCATUS.
Francolinus infuscatus, Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr. p. 578.
Pternistes infuscatus, Cab. J. f. O. 1878, p. 214.
Mamboio.
This species is confined to East Africa, and was hitherto only
known by the type specimen, which was collected by the Baron von
der Decken near Lake Jipe, which lies about 100 miles north-west
of Mombas, and by a specimen procured by Herr Hildebrandt also
in the Teita country,
33. HopLorTervs SPINOSUS.
Hoplopterus spinosus (Linn.); Fischer & Reichenow, J. f. O.
1879, pp. 296, 301, 337.
Mamboio.
This Plover ranges in Africa from Mamboio to the mouth of the
Nile, and crosses the continent to Senegal.
34. ANAS ERYTHRORHYNCHA.
Anas erythrorhyncha, Gm. ; Finsch & Hartl. Vég. Ostafr. p. 808.
Mamboio.
This species ranges throughout South Africa, extending north-
ward on the east coast to Zanzibar, and is also found in Madagascar.
1882. ] MR. SCLATER ON THE WORD “‘ LIPOTYPE.” 311
March 21, 1882.
Prof, W. H. Flower, LL.D. F.R.S., President, in the Chair.
The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the
Society’s Menagerie during the month of February 1882 :—
The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-
gerie during the month of February was 59, of which 22 were by
presentation, 26 by purchase, 3 by birth, 2 were received in exchange,
and 6 on deposit. The total number of departures during the same
period, by death and removals, was 89.
The most noticeable additions during the month of February
were as follows :—
1, Four Warty-faced Honey-eaters (Xanthomyza phrygia), and
2. Two Musk-Ducks (Biziura lobata), purchased February 8th.
Both these Australian species are new to the Society’s Collection ;
and, so far as I know, examples of them have not been previously
brought alive to Europe.
3. A young Tapir, born in the Gardens February 12th, and
thriving well, is the produce of our male Tapirus roulini (received
May 25th, 1878) and the large female Tapirus americanus from
Paraguay, received January 16th, 1873. It is the first of the genus
bred in the Society’s Gardens.
4. A female Mule Deer (Cervus macrotis) from the Western
United States, presented by Dr. J. D, Caton, C.M.Z.S., and received
February 15th. .
Thanks to Dr. Caton’s kind exertions we have now a fine pair
(besides an odd male) of this beautiful Deer, and shall, I trust,
succeed in breeding them. The female just received is in excellent
health and very tame.
Mr. J. E. Harting exhibited a mummified bird forwarded by Mr.
George Holland of Swansea, and received by him from an island
on the coast of Peru, whence it was brought home by the master of
the ship ‘Nero.’ It was evidently a young Gannet, and most probably
referable to Sula fiber, a species common on the South-Pacific and
South-Atlantic coasts.
The island in question appeared to be a great breeding-haunt of
sea-fowl ; and the deposit of guano there was very considerable. The
bird was found in a sitting posture completely buried in the guano
at a great depth. It had accordingly been so well preserved as to
be easily recognizable, although it must have been buried for some
considerable time. Three eggs exhibited, in much the same con-
dition, were obtained at the same time and place. One was probably
the egg of a Gull, the others those of a Tern.
Mr. Sclater stated that in the course of some lectures lately given
at the Royal Institution on the geographical distribution of animals,
he had found it convenient to coin a term for the designation of a
312 DR. GADOW ON THE ANATOMY OF PTEROCLES. [ Mar. 21,
type of animal life the absence of which was characteristic of a
particular district or region. This term he proposed should be
‘* Lipotype””’.
Thus the order Insectivora and the families Bovidee and Viverridz
were “ lipotypes”’ of the Neotropical Region ; the Bears (Urside)
and the Deer (Cervidee) of the Aithiopian Region; and the Wood-
peckers (Picidz.) and Vultures (Vulturide) of the Australian Region.
The term was of course more specially required and more
appropriate in cases where the “ lipotype”’ was a form that might
primd facie have been expected to occur in the Region or district
in question but was remarkable by its absence,
Dr. Giinther, F.R.S., exhibited a flat skin of a very remarkable
pale sandy-coloured variety of the Leopard (Felis pardus), from the
Matabele district, South Africa, and pointed out its superficial
resemblance in colour to the Woolly Cheetah (Felis lanea, Sclater).
Dr. Giinther also exhibited and made remarks upon the shell of
a new Tortoise of the genus Geoemyda from Siam, which he proposed
to describe as new at a subsequent meeting.
Mr. R. Bowdler Sharpe exhibited a specimen of a Goldfinch from
Hungary, which had been sent to him by Dr. J. von Madarasz of
the Museum of Buda-Pest, and which had been described by that
gentleman as Carduelis elegans albigularis. Mr. Sharpe pointed
out that a variety of the Goldfinch with a white throat was by no
means unplentiful in England, and that a figure agreemg with the
specimen now exhibited would be found in the late Mr. Dawson
Rowley’s ‘ Ornithological Miscellany’ (vol. i. p. 91, fig, 3 in the
plate).
The following papers were read :—
1. On some Points in the Anatomy of Pierocles, with
Remarks on its Systematic Position. By Hans Gapow,
Ph.D., C.M.Z.S.
[Received February 18, 1882.]
Amongst the unfinished manuscripts of the late Prof. A. Brandt,
in St. Petersburg, there were some notes by him preparatory to a
discussion on the anatomical characters of the Pterocletes. His son,
now Professor in Charkow, was good enough to put these notes into
my hands, while others were distributed amongst those naturalists
who specially interested themselves in the other different groups to
which that distinguished naturalist had devoted some of his atten-
tion. The Society will see, therefore, that it was with peculiar
Aci, deficio, et rizos, forma.
1882.] DR. GADOW ON THE ANATOMY OF PTEROCLES. 313
pleasure that a specimen of Péerocles arenarius in the flesh was
received by me during the short time that I was intrusted with the
duties of its prosector during his absence from England’.
INTEGUMENT.
The arrangement and form of the feather-tracts in Péerocles and
Syrrhaptes is almost the same as that in the Pigeons ; but too much
weight has been laid upon the peculiar bifurcated shape of the
shoulder part of the spinal tract. Nitzsch himself, in his description
of the Gallinacei, mentions that a very similar arrangement of the
shoulder-tract we meet with in Numida and Penelope and partly in
Tetrao and Orypturus. He points out that in this respect Numida
in particular approaches the Columbine type.
Again, the Charadriide and many Laridz present nearly the same
type of feather-tracts, although they differ in the lower and ventral
part of the spinal tract.
The contour-feathers of Péerocles possess a very small after-shaft,
whilst this organ, although likewise small, is present in the Limi-
cole and Gallinacei, but altogether absent in the Pigeons.
The number of the rectrices and of the primaries is of no systematic
importance in these birds, as will be seen from the following
table :—
Total number wie B of ee Waniberide
of quille.,\;,| Primaries. | Fo tongent: |*" zootriess,
Pteroeles ......... | 27-28 10 first 16
Pigeons ............ up to 25 10 second 12, 14, 16
IPIOVErS esctesctest: 24-26 10 first 12
OWIS'. Pac cpeccaness 22-29 10,11 =| 4th, 5th, 6th 10-20
1 Principal books and essays referred to in the text :—
W. K. Parker. “On the Osteology of Gallinaceous birds and Tinamous,”
Trans. Zool. Soc. y. pp. 149-241.
A. H. Garrop. ‘On certain Muscles of the Thigh of Birds &c.”, P. Z. 8.
1873, pp. 626-677, and 1874, pp. 111-123.
-—. ‘On the Disposition of the deep Plantar Tendons in different Birds,”
P. Z.8. 1875, pp. 339-348.
——. “On the Carotid Arteries of Birds,” P.Z. 8. 1878, pp. 457-472 (for
Pteroeles see p. 468).
——. “Nasal Bones of Birds,” P.Z.8. 1873, pp. 33-38 (Prerocles, see
pp. 36, 37).
Nirzscu. ‘System der Pterylographie,’ 1840.
H.Brancuarp. “Caractéres ostéologiques des Gallinacés ou Gallides,” in Ann.
Sciences Natur. sér. 4, tome vii. (1857), pp. 91-106, plates 10-12.
M. Ovstater. “ Monographie des Oiseaux de la famille des Megapodiides,”
Op. cit. sér. 4, tome x & xi. (1881).
H. Gavow. “Beitrage zur vergleich. Anat., Verdauungssystem d. Vogel,”
Jenaische Zeitschrift, 1879.
Bocpanow. In ‘Mélanges biologiques, 1880, pp. 49-55.
D. G. Exuior. “A Study of the Pteroclide or Family of the Sandgrouse,”
P. Z. S. 1878, p. 283-264.
314 DR. GADOW ON THE ANATOMY OF PTEROCLEs. [Mar. 21,
The general coloration of the Sand-Grouse is thoroughly protective,
and is very distinctly marked throughout the genus by the dark
crescent on the breast and the dark colour of the under surface of
the wings. Though pronounced and apparently peculiar to the
Sand-Grouse, a similar pattern is found in some of the Pigeons, as
well as in the Plovers and in Grouse.
The nestling plumage of the Sand-Grouse consists of a thick downy
cover with fine terminal hairs to each down-feather, much like that
of the Plovers and Fowls, whilst the Pigeons, when hatched, are
almost nude and are entirely devoid of downy feathers.
The oil-gland is present and quite naked in Sand-Grouse and
Pigeons (in some Pigeons wanting), whilst in the Gallinacei and
Limicole this organ is tufted.
In both form and structure the “tarsus”? and the claws of the
Sand-Grouse closely resemble those of the Gallinacei, but are re-
markable for the tendency to suppression of the first or hind toe,
which in Syrrhaptes is entirely aborted. This never occurs amongst
the Pigeons and Fowls, but is a common feature in the Pluvialine
tribe.
The dell and the nostrils of Pterocles are like the same parts in the
Turnicide, which, like Pterocles and the Columbe, are schizorhinal,
whilst the Rasores proper are what Garrod termed holorhinal.
OsTEOLOGY.
Asthe osteology of Péeroclesand Syrrhaptes has been fully described
by Professors Parker and Garrod, it will be superfluous for me to do
more than indicate some of the salient points. Prof. Parker says :—
«There is no vomer inthe Syrrhaptes to tie the two palatines together;
and this is a sudden assumption of a columbaceous character.”
However, this is not of great importance, because most of the Tetra-
onidze have also no vomer, or at least this bone is very much
suppressed.
The skull certainly bears many striking affinities to the Columbee.
The Syrrhaptes keeps close to the Fowls in respect of its vertebral
characters.
Number of
cervical vertebree. Dorsal. Sacral. Caudal.
Syrrhaptes........ 16 4 15 6
Pterocles arenarius. . 15 5 15 7
Columba livia...... 14 4 14 7
Gallus*’.. 2.0.0... 16 4 15 6
“There is much that is Pigeon-like in the pelvis of the Grouse
and the Syrrhaptes.”’
All the wing-bones, and in particular the humerus, strikingly
resemble those of the Pigeons (see Garrod, P. Z. S. 1874, p. 255,
fig. 1).
Muscutar Syste.
I myself have examined specially only the muscles of the
pelvic region and those of the hinder extremity. As regards the
* Parker, /. c.
1882.] DR. GADOW ON THE ANATOMY OF PTEROCLES. 315
muscles of the shoulder-girdle I am indebted to Prof. Fuerbringer for
the information that Pterocles approaches nearer to the Pigeons than
to the Fowls.
Mn. iliaci externi (mm. glutei).—This group in Pterocles con-
sists of only two muscles, an anterior and a posterior. Of these the
latter is the larger; it arises from the broad latero-dorsal plane of
the praeacetabular part of the ilium, andis inserted close to the external
trochanter of the femur. The iliac muscles have their nerve-supply
from the crural plexus.
M. iliacus internus.—This small muscle is comparatively long, as
it arises from nearly the middle of the ventral aspect of the preeace-
tabular ilium. It is inserted as usual, between the internal trochanter
and the neck of the femur.
M. sartorius—Flat and very broad, from the greater part of the
lateral and dorsal margin of the preeacetabular ilium. The muscle is
partly blended with the m. ilio-tidialis at the distal third of the
thigh ; the rest passes over the patella as a flat but nevertheless
rather fleshy strip, and then extends into part of the head of the
m. extensor digitorum communis. The muscle is supplied by nerves
from one of the first branches of the crural plexus.
M. ilio-tibialis (m. quadratus femoris) —This muscle is rather
feebly developed ; it arises with an aponeurotic sheet, which super-
ficially covers the mm. iliaci externi, and which also takes origin
from the regio posttrochanterica of the ilium. ‘The muscle is com-
pletely blended with the m. femoro-tibialis, with the m. gluteus
posterior, and with the m. sartorius. It is inserted together with
the tendon of the mesial and external part of the m. femoro-tibialis
into the head and rest of the tibia. Nerve-supply from the crural
plexus.
The m. gluteus posterior + m. tensor fascie late (m. tensor
fascize latee) arises rather fleshy from the lateral plane of the postace-
tabular part of the ilium, and is inserted indirectly into the head of
the tibia by being attached to the distal’part of the m. ilio-tibialis.
Nerve from the ischiadic plexus.
The m. gluteus anterior (m. gluteus quartus) is very small; its
muscular part consists of only a few fibres. Its aponeurosis arises
from the space left between the origin of the m. iliac. ext. post. and
the antitrochanter. Its short but broad and flat tendon runs over the
external trochanter, passes the tendons of the external iliac muscles,
and is inserted just distad from their insertion into the outer aspect
of the femur. The nerve to this muscle is given off from the pl.
ischiadicus ; it passes round behind the antitrochanter out of the
ischiadic foramen.
The m. ambiens arises with a short and distinct tendon from the
pubic spine ; its roundish and somewhat ribbon-shaped belly tapers
out into a long slender tendon, which, after partly piercing that of
the m. femoro-tibialis, passes over the knee into its outer side and
then supports one of the heads of the m. flexor perforatus digiti 11.
Between the proximal part of the ambiens muscle and the inner
trochanter of the femur, that long nervous branch which is sent off
316 DR. GADOW ON THE ANATOMY OF PTEROCLES. [ Mar. 21,
from the posterior part of the crural plexus passes out, and then
runs along the inner side of the thigh, superficially to the inner side
of the proximal end of the leg (Ruge’s branch, as termed by me in
my paper on the Ratitz). The ambiens muscle, on account of its
nervous supply, belongs to the crural plexus, as the nerve of this
muscle is one branch of the large nervous stem which passes laterally
from the m. ambiens into the inner head of the m. femoro-tibialis
(m. rectus internus femoris).
The m. femoro-tidialis (mm. vasti or m. crureeus) consists of three
heads. The inner one (m. rectus internus femoris) is the biggest
and most distinct ; it arises from the whole inner and hinder aspect
Deeper adductor muscles of the right thigh of Pterocles arenarius
of the femur, and is inserted, independently of the others, into the
anterior crest of the tibia. The middle head is also very fleshy,
arises from nearly the whole of the anterior aspect of the femur,
takes up the distal part of the m. ilio-tibialis, and is inserted into
the patella and into the head of the tibia. The third or outer head
is quite separate from the others, and is inserted into the outer edge
of the caput tibiee by the help of the ligamentum tibio-patellare.
All these three heads are supplied by nerves from the crural
plexus.
The m. ilio-fibularis (m. biceps) takes its origin from the lateral
1882.] | DR. GADOW ON THE ANATOMY OF PTEROCLES. 317
margin of the postacetabular ilium and from the lateral plane of the
distal half of this bone. Its tendon passes through the tendinous
loop near the poplitea, and is inserted into the neck of the fibula.
Its nerves come from the ischiadic plexus.
M. caude ilio-fleworius (m. semitendinosus). See fig. 1. This
ribbon-shaped muscle arises from the lateral processes of some of the
first caudal vertebre and from the outer plane of the spina ilio-cau-
dalis. The so-called accessory part of this muscle is well developed ;
it descends from the outer and lower surface of about the distal
third of the femur ; and its fibres join those of the long or main part
nearly at right angles. The line of junction is indicated by an
oblique tendinous raphe. The two combined parts are inserted,
first into the neck of the tibia by a strong tendon; secondly, a
small tendon, looking like the continuation of the raphe, descends
superficially to the back of the leg and joins the caput femorale
internum m. gastrocnemii. Nerve-supply, together with the next
muscle, from the ischiadic plexus.
The m. ischio-flexorius (m. semimembranosus) is feebly developed,
and loses its independence by becoming blended with the m. caudee
ilio-flexorius, which completely covers it externally. It arises from
a small part of the middle line of the lateral margin of the ischium.
The m. caude ilio-femoralis consists of two chief parts. The
most lateral one, or long head (long head of femoro-caudalis), is a
very narrow, slender, muscular ribbon, which arises from the proce.
lat. of the last caudal vertebree, and is inserted by a narrow thin
tendon into the latero-posterior plane of the end of the proximal
third of the femur. Towards its insertion the fleshy part of this
long head is to a great extent blended with the more proximal or
greater part: the latter (accessory femoro-caudal) arises from part
of the membrane of the foramen oblongum, and from the outer
plane of the hindmost or distal part of the ischium, whilst only a
few fibres arise from the adjacent part of the ilium. The nerve
which supplies these two muscles comes from the ischiadic plexus,
and passes externally over the m. ischio-femoralis. I must mention
here a peculiar little muscular slip which I have not often observed
in birds. It arises (see fig. 1) as a small fleshy flat slip from the
outer aspect of that region where the pubis and ischium approach
each other; it is then partly covered by the long head; its thin
tendon unites with that of the long head. It was present also on
the other side, and was supplied by the same nerve-branch together
with the two large heads. The presence of this little muscular slip
is an instance of the great variation to which this group of the m.
caudz ilio-femoralis is subject.
The m. ischio-femoralis (m. obturator externus) arises with
fleshy fibres from the dorsal, distal, and ventral margins of the foramen
oblongum ; its strong tendon is inserted into the outer plane of the
femur, just distad from the insertion of the m. obturator. It receives
its nerve from the ischadic plexus.
The m. obturator arises from that part of the inner plane of the
ischium whieh bounds the foramen obturatum and also from the
318 DR. GADOW ON THE ANATOMY OF PTEROCLES. [ Mar. 21,
adjoining part of the pubis. It is inserted by means of a very strong
tendon into the externo-posterior plane of the outer trochanter.
Another muscle, which we may call an accessory muscle to the
m. obturator, is very small, and arises from the most proximal and
lateral part of the ossa pubis et ischii near the acetabulum ; its fleshy
but short belly is separated from that of the m. ischio-femoralis by
the tendon of the main obturator muscle. It is inserted just between
the tendons of these two muscles. As this small muscle is not
supplied by the pl. ischiadicus, but together with the m. obturator,
we cannot consider it to be a representative of the gemelli muscles,
nor of part of the m. obturator internus of mammals. But the m.
obturator of birds, together with its accessory muscles, might corre-
spond to the m. obturator externus of Mammalian anatomy.
The m. pubi-ischio-femoralis (m. adductor) consists of two layers,
a lateral and more proximal and a median or distalone. The lateral
part is ribbon-shaped, and arises from the latero-ventral margin of
the middle third of the spines, opposite the pubis. It is covered
laterally by the m. caud. ilio-femoralis, and is inserted into the hinder
aspect of the distal half of the femur, lying mesiad from the femoral
portion of the m. caude ilio-fiexorius (femoral portion==‘* accessory
part”). The inner layer arises from the lateral margin of the distal
two thirds of the ischium, but not from the os pubis or the ischio-
pubic membrane. This flat muscle forms scarcely any tendon, and
is inserted as a broad, but flat and vertical sheet into the distal half
of the femur, including the internal condyle, and into the hinder
surface of the head of the tibia.
The m. popliteus is developed as usual.
The m. tibialis anticus consists of two heads. The external or
femoral is represented simply by a long tendon arising from the
anterior inner margin of the internal condyle; its short belly soon
fuses completely with the tibial or chief head, which latter takes its
fleshy origin from the crest and head of the tibia. The strong tendon
of this muscle passes under the transverse ligament of the leg, and
is inserted into the anterior or dorsal sulcus of the tarso-metatarsal
bone, not far from the joint. The whole muscle is covered superficially
by the m. gastrocnemius (inner head) and by the m. peroneus
superficialis. Nerve-supply, as in all the following muscles, from
the ischiadic nerve.
M. peroneus superficialis.—The most superficial muscle on the
anterior and outer side of the leg. It arises from the crest of the
head and from the anterior plane of the neck of the tibia, and some-
times from the head of the fibula. Its broad tendon passes round
the outer side of the leg to the hinder aspect of the intertarsal joint,
and then divides into two tendons: one is very broad, and forms the
deep sheet of the susceptaculum ; the other one is much narrower,
passes laterally over the external malleolus of the tibia, and then joins
the tendon of the m. flexor perforatus dig. m1.
A m. peroneus profundus was not present in my specimen of
Pterocles. However, this muscle is subject to much variation. I
found it well developed in Zuplocamus prelata, but wanting in Gallus
1882.] DR. GADOW ON THE ANATOMY OF PTEROCLES, 319
bankiva and in Penelope superciliosa, whilst in our common Domestic
Fowl it is generally present. In the Pigeons it is often absent.
If present, this muscle arises with a long but narrow and fleshy
belly from the anterior plane of the angle between the lower end of
the fibula and the middle third of the tibia; its strong tendon then
passes laterally over the joint and is inserted into the proximal
margin of the plantar tarso-metatarsal bone, near the external
malleolus. When contracted, the muscle bends the tarso-metatarsus
slightly dorsad and inwards.
M. gastroenemius.—This large muscle consists in Péerocles of two
parts, each of which arises with two distinct heads (fig. 2) :—
Lateral posterior view of the gastrocnemius muscle of right side of
Pterocles arenarius.
I. Median part.
a. Cap. tibiale: from inner and anterior aspect of the head and
neck of the tibia, blending with the tendons of the m. femoro-
tibialis.
b. Cap. femorale: from hinder aspect of the intercondyloid
region, and at the same time from the ligam, femoro-tibiale
internum.
II. Lateral part.
a. With a slender but distinct tendon from the intercondyloid
region and from the outer margin of the femur; its belly
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1!882, No. XXII. 22
320 DR. GADOW ON THE ANATOMY OF PTEROCLES. [Mar. 21,
passes between the two principal branches of the ischiadic
nerve, and is supported by the descending tendon of the m.
semitendinosus =m. caudee ilio-flexorius.
B. This head is the larger of the two, and is the most super-
ficial one at the hinder and external aspect of the leg, as it
arises from the external condyle of the femur. The “tendo
communis”’ of these four heads is inserted into the hinder
margin of the tarso-metatarsal bone, but principally into the
tibial and median margin.
The m. extensor digitorum communis appears after the removal of
the superficial peroneal and of the tibialis muscle, being completely
covered by the latter. It arises from the anterior plane of the head
and neck of the tibia; its tendon passes through the transverse liga-
ment and the bony bridge just above the intertarsal joint ; it then
runs down on the anterior surface of the metatarsal bone, and sends
a tendon to the dorsal part of the bases of the phalanges of the
three front toes. The mode of splitting up of the common tendon
into the special tendons and of their insertion varies much.
M. perforatus digiti 11.—This muscle appears after the removal
of the most superficial of the flexor muscles on the outer side of the
leg. It comes with fleshy fibres from the ligam. fem. tibiale
externum and from the hinder part of the neck of the tibia. Its
long and slender tendon, after crossing the legs, passes right through
the susceptaculum in the middle of the hinder aspect of the inter-
tarsal joint, where it lies deeper than all the other tendons. It is
inserted into the ventral side of the phalanges 11. et m1. digiti 11.
M. perforatus digiti 111. consists of two very fleshy heads. The
outer one is completely fused with that of the m. perforatus dig. 11. ;
it arises partly from the external condyle of the femur and from the
tendinous loop; one part of this head forms the continuation of the
tendon of the ambiens muscle. The inner head arises with a distinct
tendon from the hinder aspect of the middle part of the intercondy-
loid region.
The combined tendon of the whole muscle, when passing over the
intertarsal joint, is quite flat, and lies between the susceptaculum and
the broad tendon of the gastrocnemius muscle. Thus in this region
it is the most superficial of all the flexor tendons. At the middle
of the metatarsal bone the tendon gives off a slip to that of the m.
perforans et perforatus dig. m1.
M. flex. perforatus dig. 1v.—Its thick belly arises from the hinder
aspect of the external condyle of the femur and from the intercon-
dyloid region. Its tendon, simply covered by the tendo Achillis,
passes as the most superficial one over the joint and is inserted into
the basis phal. 11. dig. rv.
The m. flex. perforans et perforatus dig. 111. arises with a long
slender head together with the m. perforatus dig. 111. and with the
m. perforatus dig. 11.; its tendon sends a slip to that of the m. per-
foratus, which it also perforates, and is inserted into the bas. phal.
1. et 111. dig. 111.; on the other hand, this tendon is pierced by that
of the m. flexor profundus.
1882.] DR. GADOW ON THE ANATOMY OF PTEROCLES. 321
M. flew. perforans et perforatus dig. 11.—The strong and fleshy
belly of this muscle arises with a short tendon from the hinder plane
of the intercondyloid region ; it passes through a special canal in the
susceptaculum, and is one of the deepest muscles. It is inserted into
the cap. phal. 1. dig. 1.
The m. flew. profundus s. communis digitorum consists of two
principal heads. The ow¢er one arises with fleshy fibres from the
fibula and is partly fused with the m. tibialis; its strong tendon
passes the intertarsal joint superficially to the susceptaculum, and is
only covered by the tendo Achillis ; it passes the pulley on its outer
or lateral, not on its ventral or posterior margin. The inner or chief
head takes its origin from the hinder plane of the greater part of
the tibia ; its tendon runs as the deepest of all through the pulley,
and then unites with that of the outer head; the tendon then
divides into three, each of which is inserted into the basis of the
last or distal phalanx of the 11., 111., or Iv. digit.
Although Pterocles possesses a rudimentary hallux, which consists
of two very small bones not articulated with the metatarsus, there
was no trace of am. flewor hallucis longus to be found. But there
was am. flewor hallucis brevis, which arose from the hinder aspect of
rather more than the upper two thirds of the tarso-metatarsal bone,
and was inserted into the cap. phal. 1. dig. 1.
An abductor brevis. dig. 1v. and an abductor brevis dig. 11. were
likewise present—the former pulling the fourth toe inwards, 7. e.
towards, the latter drawing the second the away from the middle
one. Both consequently move these two toes tibiad, and are mor-
phologically abductors.
For the m. flexor brevis dig. 111. see note, § 4.
Note.—Mr. Forbes has kindly drawn my attention to Mr. A. Has-
well’s paper “ Notes on the Anatomy of Birds. III. The myological
characters of the Columbide,” in Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales,
1880, p. 306 ; and has expressed grave doubts about the correctness
of some of the statements made in it. Mr. Haswell, at the end of
his paper, mentions five points ‘which seem to be especially charac-
teristic of the family.’’ But I find that of the five points, one is
totally incorrect, and three others, viz. nos. 3, 4, 5, are not charac-
teristic of the Columbidee. These points are :—
1. The absence of a posterior belly of the m. latissimus dorsi.
Mr. Forbes and I, on examining the following birds, which were at
hand—Carpophaga, Chalcophaps, and Columba—found this muscle
consisting of two bellies, the posterior one being just as well developed
in these Pigeons as in Astur, arising from the anterior margin of the
ilium and trom the last dorsal vertebrae, and inserted by means of a
tendon below that of the anterior belly into the humerus. Through-
out their whole length the two bellies were connected by a fascia.
3. The absence of the m. glut. externus and the presence of
the adductores brevis et longus, the semitendinosus and semimem-
branosus. Now the m. gluteus externus (=glut. anteriom) is gene-
rally very small, but plainly visible in many birds, such as Pigeons,
Passerine birds, &c., and not absent as stated by Mr. Haswell.
22*
322 DR. GADOW ON THE ANATOMY OF PTEROCLES. [ Mar. 21],
The four other muscles are well developed in most birds, as -
Prof. Garrod has stated over and over again, and as the dissection
of any fowl will show.
4. “The special relation of the tendon of the ambiens (when pre-
sent) to the fibular head of the flexor perforatus secundus tertii
digiti.”” The distal end of the ambiens muscle, when typically deve-
loped, always forms the continuation of one of the heads of the m.
flexor perforatus dig. 11. et 111.
5. ‘The presence of lumbricales in the foot.” The muscle which
Mr. Haswell takes to be the representative of the lumbricales muscles
of mammals has not “ hitherto escaped the notice of anatomists,” and
it is not “ peculiar to the Pigeons,” since it is also present in many
other birds, e. g. the Ratitee, and has been described by Meckel,
although he gave no name to it, in his ‘System der vergleich. Anat.’
ii. p. 388, and in his ‘Archiv fiir Anat. u. Physiol.’ pp. 278 & 279.
With regard to the muscles of the leg, I am unable to point out
any typical differences between Sand-Grouse, Fowls, and Pigeons.
The absence of the m. flexor hallucis longus in Péerocles is of no
importance, as this muscle is generally absent in birds which have
no hallux or only a small one, and, moreover, as the absence of this
toe itself affords no family character. Of course there are many
points, e. g. the mode of origin and the arrangement of the tendons
of the muscles, and even the absence of the m. plantaris and of the
m. peroneus profundus, which are noteworthy in Péerocles; but all
these things are variable, and give us no characters which hold good
throughout the Gallinaceous or the Columbine group.
It is the same with the m. ambiens: this muscle is present and
well developed in Péerocles and most probably in all the Rasores ;
in the Pigeons its presence is variable.
Of all the other muscles connected with the leg, there is none that
shows any practical difference between Sand-Grouse, Pigeons, and
Fowls, and even (if we include them in our comparison) the Plovers.
On the whole, however, the myology of Pterocles indicates that it
is more nearly allied to the Pigeons than to any other group of birds.
VISCERA.
“The trachea is cartilaginous; and it has at its bifurcation what
the Grouse is bereft of, viz. a pair of laryngeal muscles, as in the
Pigeons, Tulegalla, and Plover” (Parker).
The crop (ingluvies) of Pterocles is a simple dilatation of the an-
terior and lateral walls of the cesophagus, without any constriction in
the middle line, although it is broader than long. Its walls are very
thin on its anterior parts, and show longitudinal folds and glands ;
the dorsal part, the prolongation of the dorsal half of the cesophagus,
is thicker and slightly muscular, the external sheath consisting of
transverse, the inner one of longitudinal smooth muscular fibres.
In the Pigeons the crop is different. It consists of two lateral
and symmetrical dilatations of the lateral walls, whilst the middle
part is simply the continuation of the cesophagus, slightly widened
1882. | DR. GADOW ON THE ANATOMY OF PYEROCLES. 323
out at the upper and lower end of the crop. The glands are nearly
equally distributed over the inner lining of its walls, and are arranged
in very irregular longitudinal folds.
The proventriculus of Pterocles is a long oval, and comparatively
small ; its walls are thick and full of glands, which are “ ovoidal and
simple as in the Pigeon and Plover, not botryoidal as in the Grouse
and Fowls.”’
The ventriculus or gizzard is of a subquadrangular shape, much
flattened and very muscular, showing on the right and on the left
side a speculum tendinosum ; the posterior wall is deeply bent in
Fig. 3.
Right lateral view of intestines of Péerocles arenarius,
re, right cecum ; I, II, III, IV, intestinal loops.
towards the middle line. Its inner lining consists of a hardened and
much thickened excreted mass, without however forming any dis-
tinct triturating planes.
The duodenum, ileum, and rectum form four distinct ‘‘ closed”
loops, which are arranged as follows :—The first, or duodenal loop
is very short and straight, as it only extends over the posterior mar-
gin of the gizzard; its diameter is slightly larger than that of the
ileum ; the length of the duodenal loop in Péerocles is about 4°5
324 DR. GADOW ON THE ANATOMY OF PTEROCLES. [ Mar. 21,
centim. The second loop is nearly double the length of the first,
and has its apex doubled up into an irregular knot, as is characteristic
of the Gallinacei proper. The third loop is of about the same length
but straighter. ‘The fourth loop is almost three times as long as
the duodenal one ; it is stowed away in the most ventral and lowest
part of the abdominal cavity, between the gizzard and the vent;
throughout its whole length it is accompanied by the two ceca,
which are closely attached to this loop, as they are supplied by the
same branch of the mesenteric artery. The rectal part of the intes-
tinal tract is slightly wider than the ileum and the duodenum.
The ceca (see fig. 4) are extremely well developed in Pterocles,
being 16 centim. long, and are inserted at a distance of 15 centim.
from the anus, They are very wide and have very thin walls ; their
Fig. 4.
a, Cxcea of Pterocles arenarius; b, Ceca of Syrrhaptes paradoxus (after Brandt).
immer lining forms about 6 longitudinal slightly elevated folds.
(Prof. Parker says that the czeca of the Sand-Grouse have 12 longi-
tudinal folds, not 7 as have the Ptarmigans.)
The ceca of Syrrhaptes, according to Brandt, are yery wide and
long too, but differ from these organs of Pterocles in the shape of
their terminal parts, as shown in fig. 4.
The liver of Pterocles I found to consist of two principal lobes—
the right lobe being about three times larger than the left one,
which exhibits on its inner side a small Spigelian lobe. The sharp
1882.] DR. GADOW ON THE ANATOMY OF PTEROCLES. 325
lower edges of both lobes have several slight emarginations ; and there
is a strong commissure between the lobes.
The gall-bladder in my specimen of Pferocles is large, forming
a very distinct cylindrical lateral pouch ; its cystic duct opened into
the ascending end of the duodenal loop, whilst the hepatic duct was
inserted opposite to the cystic duct, just below the pylorus.
This arrangement of the ducts, however, seems to be subject to
much variation; for Prof. Brandt found that the cystic duct in
Syrrhaptes either opened into the terminal part of the duodenal
Duodenum of Péerocles arenarius, with the bile- and pancreatic ducts.
loop, together with the hepatic duct, or in other cases near the
pylorus, when the hepatic duct was inserted into the duodenum
opposite the pylorus. (See figs. 5, 6, 7.)
The pancreas in Pterocles and in Syrrhaptes opened by two ducts,
one into that bile-duct which was inserted near the pylorus, the
second just in front of the other bile-duct,
The arrangement therefore was as follows :—
Péterocles arenarius: d. hepatic + Ist d. pancreat. inserted near
the pylorus.
2nd d. pancreat. + d. cystic (see fig. 5) in-
serted opposite the pylorus.
I. Syrrhaptes paradoxus: 1st d. pancreat. + d. cyst. inserted near
the pylorus (fig. 6).
2nd d. pancreat. + d. hepat. inserted
opposite the pylorus.
326 DR. GADOW ON THE ANATOMY OF PTEROCLES. [Mar. 2],
Fig. 6.
Duodenum of Syrrhaptes paradoxus, with bile- and pancreatic ducts
(after Brandt).
Fig. 7.
Duodenum of Syrrhaptes paradowus, with bile- and pancreatic ducts
(after Brandt).
1882.]
DR. GADOW ON THE ANATOMY OF PTEROCLES.
327
II. Syrrhaptes paradoxus: \st d. pancreat. inserted near the pylorus
(fig.
7).
2nd d. pancreat., -++d. hepat. +d. cystic.
inserted opposite the pylorus.
Total length | Relative | Length of | Distance of
of gut. length.'|} czcum. |cxca from anus.
centim. centim, centim.
Pterocles arenarius ...... 83 7-8 16 15
——- ——(after Brandt) 80 155&185 12
Syrrhaptes (after Brandt) 87 a 13
Perdicula cambayensis ... 38-42 6-7 5 3-4
Perdix cinerea ............ 75 8 17 6
Phasianus pictus ......... 106 (as, 10-15 8-12
swinhoei .........065 106 7 13 7
Euplocamus prelata...... 122-152 7-75 22 & 23 8-12
Orax alberti ............00- 222 9 10 & 14 15
Columba livia ............ 96-125 12-13 | 05-08 4-5
Calcenas nicobarica ...... 125 10-11 0
Peristera geoffroii......... 34 4 03 4
Erythreenas pulcherrima 41 5d 0
The liver of the Rasores, as well as that of the Columbee, is quite
different. The left lobe is divided again into two by a deep fissure,
so that the whole organ might be called trilobed. The right lobe is
generally the larger; a Spigelian lobe is present in most of these
birds. The outline of the lower margin varies much in the different
Fowls and Pigeons.
The existence of a gall-bladder in the Pterocletes might be looked
upon as a strong indication of difference between them and the
Pigeons, as in the Gallinaceous birds this organ as a rule is well
developed. However, it must not be forgotten that in several typi-
cal Rasores, as in Huplocamus, Numida, and Penelope, there is
sometimes scarcely any pouch-like dilatation of the bile-ducts. In
the Rasores the czeca are, without any exception, very well developed,
and have mostly an extremely large and wide lumen. The length
of both the czeca compared with the length of the intestinal tract (from
pylorus to anus) is in the proportion of 1:7 (Craz), or even 1: 2°2
(Perdix). In the Pigeons, on the other hand, the czeca are always
in a rudimentary condition, their sum total being in the proportion of
1:75 in our domestic Pigeon, and 1: «© in Goura, Calenas, Chalco-
phaps &c., as they are either completely wanting in most of the
Columbe, or are only represented by very small, often barely visible,
vermiform-like appendages.
It has sometimes been stated that Pigeons have to rank with such
birds as do possess ceca, because such organs, although very small,
A my paper in the ‘Jenaische Zeitschrift fir Naturwissenschaft,’ 1879,
p. 369.
328 DR. GADOW ON THE ANATOMY OF PTEROCLES. [Mar. 2],
exist in our common Pigeon, and thus they are in contrast with those
birds in which ceca are altogether wanting, like Woodpeckers, Parrots,
and others. Garrod likewise included the Passerine birds amongst the
Menotyphla (to use a Heeckelian term for animals possessing ceca).
Now I think this is not correct ; and we must. consider this matter
a little further. Garrod himself came to the conclusion that the an-
cestral bird-stock did possess ceca; as this is undoubtedly true, it
follows that all those birds which are now found without ceca
must have lost them, either phylogenetically or even during their
ontogenetic development. In fact we see, in embryos of such birds
as have when adult only very small quite rudimentary ceca,
that these organs are, in the embryo, just as well developed as in
birds with long czeca; but these cca, in a Pigeon for instance, do
not grow any further. They are in early life stopped in their deve-
lopment, and thus remain inarudimentary state. Again, in all those
birds which are completely devoid of czeca the tendency to suppress
these organs is simply carried out to the extreme. We cannot,
therefore, group the birds into birds with ceca and birds without
czeca ; and this is especially wrong, as there exist many birds which,
although apparently allied to each other, differ greatly in the pre-
sence or absence of czeca,
If we want to take the czeca into consideration at all, we must
take another point of view: that is, are the czeca of any use to the
birds in question or are they not? Now, apparently, in all birds
which have well-developed czeca they are useful, although we must
confess that we do not know in what way. Again, in birds with
very small czeca, where these organs are simply vermiform-like pro-
cesses, and which never contain any chyle in their extremely small
lumen, they cannot have any physiological function, else they would
not have been suppressed.
No doubt in some cases, in which they are not quite aborted, as
for instance in the Crows and in our common Pigeon, the glands in
their walls may still produce some secretion, which then may be
made the best of. But this is one of the cases in which. rudimen-
tary organs are not completely stopped in their functions although
they are useless, simply because the animal hitherto has not been
able to get rid of them entirely: thus, for instance, the appendix
vermiformis of man, or another example still more striking, our
thymus gland, which, although a gland, is now without a duct, and
thus rather a paradox.
But to return to our question. It is clear that birds with rudi-
mentary ceeca have to be grouped together with lipotyphlous birds,
2. e. oirds which have lost these organs.
The great development of the ceeca therefore constitutes a consider-
able difference between the Pteroclidze and the Columbide, as the
former and the Gallinacei are decidedly menotyphlous and the
Columbe lipotyphlous,
In the Gallinacei the whole digestive tract always forms four very
distinct loops: the duodenal one is the first ; the next two loops are
formed by the ileum ; in birds which, like Perdiz, have a compara-
1882.] DR. GADOW ON THE ANATOMY OF PTEROCLES. 329
tively short gut, these two loops are very short, and are stowed away
on the right side of the abdominal cavity ; when the ileum is re-
latively long, the number of the loops is not increased nor do the
two loops grow in a straight direction, but the apex of each turns
backwards so as to give the loops a horseshoe shape. The fourth
loop is formed by the last third of the ileum, and is accompanied by
the czeca; the whole loop is never a “closed”’ one, its terminal
branch is nearly straight, the other one much shorter and, if the
gut be long, irregularly curled.
We meet with a totally different arrangement in the Columbe.
There are invariably only three loops formed by the intestinal tract.
The first, the duodenum, is very wide, and sacculated at the apex.
The second is very long, and, in all those species where the total
length of the intestine is not (as for instance in the fruit-eating
Carpophaga latrans) extremely short, is entirely coiled up into a left-
handed spiral. As a rule there are in this spiral 3 direct and 2 re-
trograde turns; the number of these, however, wholly depends on the
relative length of the ileum: thus in the common Pigeon, with the
relative length of the gut about 12, the apex of the ileum-loop
has turned round 33 times ; whilst in others, like Chalcophaps, the
number is less; and, lastly, in Pigeons with very short guts, as in
Carpophaga, a spiral is not developed at all (because, as far as we
know at present, the intestinal spiral in certain birds is only one
of the means of stowing away the longitudinally growing gut). But
it must not be forgotten that in Columéa as well as in Carpophaga,
whether the ileum be long or short, we never have more or less than
three folds. The last, or third loop is a very long one too, en-
tirely closed or double throughout its whole length.
Mope or LIFE AND PROPAGATION.
The Sand-Grouse differ greatly from the Pigeons in their mode of
drinking. It is well known that the latter, during the act of drink-
ing, dip their bill into the water as far as the cleft of the mouth, and
then suck the water in without raising their head till they have
finished drinking. Pterocles and Syrrhaptes, on the other hand,
drink as Fowls and other birds do, by taking up water mouthful by
mouthful and letting it run down the throat. This peculiarity is
probably the result of a special mechanism of the muscles of the
throat and glottis, but is as yet unexplained.
Their flight consists of rapid uniform movements of the wings,
and generally resembles that of the Pigeons more than that of the
Plovers; but they do not glide or soar as the Pigeons do.
From their voice we cannot gather much information as to their
affinities ; but certainly they do not coo.
During the greater part of the year they are gregarious, They
are monogamous like Pigeons and Plovers, differing in this respect
greatly from the Rasores, which are typically polygamous. Their
nest is extremely simple and situated on the ground. The number
of eggs laid by Pterocles is three ; while according to Radde Syr-
330 DR. GADOW ON THE ANATOMY OF PTEROCLES. [ Mar. 21,
rhaptes lays four, which in general appearance and so-called structure
resemble those of certain Partridges.
The Plovers lay the same number. The Pigeons, on the other
hand, invariably lay only two; and this is so characteristic of the
whole group that Bonaparte named them Bipositores. Again, all
the true Gallinaceous birds produce a great and indefinite number
of eggs. Therefore in this respect the Sand-Grouse are more nearly
allied to the Plovers than either to Grouse or Pigeons.
According to an observation made in the Zoological Gardens of
London in August 1865, the period of hatching seems to be a little
more than three weeks : twoeggs were laid at the beginning of August;
and the young birds came out on the 29th of the same month.
But one of the most valuable points, as regards the systematic
position of the Pterocletes, is the fact that the young when hatched
are thickly covered with hairy down, and that as soon as their plu-
mage has dried they are able to leave the nest and seek their food.
This removes them far from the Pigeons, which are the most de-
cided pedotrophic or gymnogenous of all the birds we know.
Now to sum up. We have seen that there are many points in
which the Pteroclide have striking resemblances to the Columbide ;
but there are also many points in which they approach the Rasores;
and it is difficult, if not impossible, to made out which characters
are the more important.
Prof. Parker was the first to point out clearly that there is a rela-
tionship between Sand-Grouse and Plovers; and Prof. Garrod, in his
classification of birds, groups the Columbee, including Pteroclide,
and the Limicole, including Charadriide, together under his order
Charadriiformes.. But the Columbide undoubtedly are related to the
Rasores through such forms as the Cracidee (Peristeropodes, Huxley)
and the Tetraonide; and, in addition, they are linked together
by Pterocles and Syrrhaptes. These circumstances show that there
exists a close relationship between Rasores, Columbz, Pterocletes,
and Limicole. Phylogenetic tables as a rule are faulty from being
highly hypothetical, and from the imagination being frequently
drawn upon in their compilation. However, they can be useful, even
if they only show where our knowledge is yet insufficient, or why
systems hitherto made do not agree with more recent ideas. There-
fore I venture to draw the outlines of a branch of the avian stock, not
led by preconceived ideas, but solely guided by the consideration of
facts we know, or at least we have a certain right to believe we know.
1. Rasores, Columbze, and Limicole are nearer related to one
another than to the rest of the birds.
2. If the Columbe approach nearer to the Charadrii than to the
Rasores, we can express this idea by a stock which gives off two
main branches :—one for the Rasores ; and another one which again
soon divides into two—one Columbine, and one for the Plovers (see
fig. 8).
3. As the Pigeons have closer affinities to the Fowls than the
latter have to the Plovers, the Pigeons must be represented by the
middle branch, that to the extreme left remaining for the Plovers.
1882. | DR. GADOW ON THE ANATOMY OF PTEROCLES. 331
4. The most specialized of the Rasores (that is to say, the typical
Alectoromorphz) we have to put at the end of the right branch.
The Tetraonidze and the Cracide are those which, of all the Rasores,
show the greatest resemblance to other families; they must there-
fore form the earliest or lowest twigs of the Rasorial branch ; con-
sequently we have to put their special roots nearest to the biggest
and at the same time more indifferent stock.
But now as to Pterocles.
1. No doubt the Sand-Grouse are more nearly allied to the Rasores
than the Pigeons are. Consequently we must seek for their root
between the Rasorial and the Columbine branch.
2. Again, the Sand-Grouse are more nearly allied to the Pigeons
than to the Plovers; thus their branch must be put nearer to the
Columbine branch than to that of the Plovers.
Diagram showing the supposed relationship of the Pteroclide.
This conclusion and the former can be reconciled only if we put
the Sand-Grouse branch at x ; and as this places them pretty nearly
in the centre of our hypothetical table, it proves that our final
conclusion cannot be far from right.
The fact is that birds just a little less specialized than Pterocles
—in other words the direct ancestors of Pterocles—would contain
all that is necessary to develop them into either Fowls, Pigeons, or
Plovers.
Considering these circumstances, we see once more that, as Mac-
gillivray and Professors Sundevall and Garrod have maintained, the
tia are not so closely related to the Fowls as is generally sup-
posed.
It would be extremely difficult to arrange the birds represented in
our table into families and groups as is required in a practical system.
If we want to divide them into only three groups—Plovers, Pigeons
and Fowls—of course Péerocles has to go with the Pigeons ; but this
would not express its close relationship to the Tetraonide. Again
we cannot include the Pigeons and Fowls under one large group,
and the Plovers under a second, because the Pigeons must be placed
along with the latter. And Pigeons and Plovers cannot form one
332 DR. GADOW ON THE ANATOMY OF PTEROCLES. [Mar. 21,
large group and the Fowls the other, because then this Plover-
Pigeon group would include a form, viz. Pterocles, which we know
to be more closely allied to the Rasores than to Charadrius. It
must also be remembered that Snipes and Gulls are closely related
to the Plovers ; and of course Péerocles cannot be placed in such a
position as would indicate that it is more closely related to the
Gulls than to the Grouse. Thus it will be best to make a group or
family Pterocletes, as Mr. Sclater has done, coordinate with those of
Pigeons, Plovers, Gull, Fowls, and the like.
On the other hand, if we are to answer the straightforward question
Is Pterocles more nearly allied through its ancestors to the Pigeons
or to the Fowls? we are compelled to say that they are nearest to the
Pigeons. Of course they have many features in common with the
Fowls ; but in no case we can include them under the latter, for the
following reasons :—
Pterocles shows some, although only a few, anatomical points
which we only find amongst the Columbide, whilst all the other
numerous points in which it resembles the Fowls are such as must
have been common to the old ancestral Stork, as we find them again
in some of the Limicole. But some of its Columbine features it is
impossible to trace so far back, as they indicate a very high degree
of specialization. Pterocles must have branched off from those
birds which we may term “ incipient Pigeons,’ and then, for reasons
we can only suggest (perhaps similar conditions of life, and the like),
have preserved and developed many of those old characters which
the Fowls have also inherited from the same source, and have them
developed in a similar way, as living under the same conditions.
The main part of the ancestral or incipient Pigeons at the same
time started in another direction, losing, as they proceeded, many
of the old characters’, and acquiring numerous new ones, till they
became that highly specialized group which is now called Columbee.
1 Among the most important characters common to the ancestral stock
which the Pigeons have lost, or are in process of losing, are the following :—
1. The Pigeons have nearly completely lost the cxcal appendages of the
rectum,
2. There seems to be a tendency to lose the ambiens muscle, as in many of
the Pigeons it is completely absent, and in others this muscle is unstable in its
presence.
3. They have lost the aftershaft to the feathers.
4, They have almost completely lost their nestling plumage, and the old
character of being autophagous birds, as"their young are now hatched nearly
nude, blind, utterly helpless, and depending entirely on their parents, and have
to spend a considerable part of their childhood in a very imperfect state.
1882.] MR. FORBES ON THE TRACHEA OF SELEUCIDES. 333
2. Note on a Peculiarity in the Trachea of the Twelve-wired
Bird-of-Paradise (Seleucides nigra). By W.A. Forses,
B.A., Prosector to the Society.
[Received March 7, 1882.]
The death (from congestion of the lungs, with resulting heemor-
rhage, and thickening of the walls of the intrathoracic air-cells) on
Feb. 22nd last of the male Seleucides nigra, purchased by the
Society on March 19, 1881', has given me the opportunity of ob-
serving a peculiarity in the construction of its trachea of a nature
unlike any thing of the kind yet known to me. The windpipe, for
the greater part of its course, has the normal avian structure, the
tracheal rings, which. are ossified and, as usual, notched both before
and behind, being of the ordinary form, and separated by but
narrow intervals from each other. For a space, however, of about
1 inch above the largely developed short pair of intrinsic muscles,
the interval comprising 8 tracheal rings, it becomes peculiarly
modified, the tube itself becoming slightly dilated and flattened antero-
posteriorly, whilst the tracheal rings become broader, and ossified along
the middle of their depth, the borders only remaining cartilaginous.
This ossified part of each ring is slightly concave, so that when
seen laterally the cartilaginous margins project slightly from it, the
whole ring being thus like a fluted table-napkin ring, when seen in
section. ‘The intervals between these peculiar rings are very much
deeper than those above, and occupied by delicate membrane only, so
that all this part of the trachea is highly elastic.
The sterno-tracheales are inserted just below the lowest of these
peculiar rings, which is the last but three of those composing the
trachea—the next two, which are very narrow, and the last, which
is broad and bears the pessulus, being concealed from view by the
largely developed syringeal muscles, of which there are four pairs,
all, except the small anterior long muscle, being inserted on the ends
of the very strong third bronchial semirings. The lateral tracheal
muscles are weak, extending, however, nearly to the thoracic end of
the tube.
Nothing like the modification of the trachea here described obtains
in any other allied form of Paradise-bird that I have been able to
examine (including Paradisee papuana and rubra, Ptilorhis alberti,
Phonygama gouldi, Manucodia atra, Ptilorhynchus violaceus and
smithi) ; nor do I know any structure in other birds quite comparable
with that now described, which is probably correlated with the very
loud harsh note of these birds’.
In all other respects Seleucides is, as might have been expected,
a typical oscine Passerine.
1 See P. Z. 8. 1881, p. 450.
2 Mr. Wallace, speaking of this species, says (Malay Archipelago, ii. p. 254,
London, 1869) :—‘‘It has a loud shrill ery, to be hearda long way, consisting
of cdh, c4h, repeated five or six times in a descending scale; and at the last
note it generally flies away.”
334 MR. FORBES ON THE TRACHEA OF SELEUCIDES. [Mar. 21,
I may take this opportunity of remarking that the various pub-
lished figures of Seleucides nigra do not give a very accurate idea of
the bird, as they fail to represent the peculiar way in which the leg-
feathering ceases altogether some way above the “knee,” leaving
Lower portion of trachea of Selewcides nigra g, from before. Twice the
natural size.
4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11. Fourth, fifth, &. (from bottom) tracheal rings,
peculiarly modified. III. Third bronchial semiring. 8.2, sterno-trachealis
muscle, cut short.
the large and muscular legs bare for about an inch or so above that
joint. ’
The eyes are brilliant red; the legs, including the bare skin above
the “knees,” pale red, the claws greyish. The mucous membrane
of the mouth and superior surface of the tongue is bright emerald-
1882. ] MR. R. B. SUARPE ON STRIX OUSTALETLI. 335
green, a narrow line of this appearing at the angle of the mouth
when the jaws are closed. When the beak is open, the beautiful
green of the mouth and tongue is very conspicuous, and, contrasting
with the bright red eye and dark velvety plumage of the head, adds
greatly to the general appearance of the bird.
It would be interesting to know whether the females of Seleucides
also have their mouth thus coloured, or whether it is a peculiarity
of the male, developed as a sexual ornament’.
3. A Note on Striz oustaleti, Hartlaub. By R. Bowpier
Suarpe, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c., Department of Zoology,
British Museum.
[Received March 9, 1882. ]
In the ‘ Proceedings’ of this Society for 1879, Dr. Hartlaub de-
scribed a Barn-Owl from the island of Vitu-Levu, which he called
Strix oustaleti. Ihave recently had a pair of Owls submitted to me
by Professor J. F. Blake of the University College, Nottingham—
to the Museum of which they had been presented by Mr. Fillingham
Parr, who procured them in the Fiji Islands.
I recognized, as I thought, Striv oustaleti ; and on comparing the
birds with Dr. Hartlaub’s description I found there could be no
doubt on the subject ; but I could see at the same time that the bird
was no true Barn-Owl, but a Grass-Owl, in fact our old friend Strix
candida, probably occurring in Fiji on one of its migrations, which
have proved so disastrous to the simplicity of its nomenclature.
As long as this Owl remained in India its synonymy consisted
simply of two names—the original one of candida of Tickell, and
longimembris of Jerdon; but on a Philippine specimen being dis-
covered, it was named S. amauronota by Dr. Cabanis; and in the
same year (1866) Mr. Swinhoe found it in Formosa and called it 8.
pithecops. Shortly after, it turned up in Queensland, only to be
named Strix walleri by Mr. Diggles; and now its last appearance, in
the Fiji islands, has gained it the additional cognomen of S. oustaleti.
Dr. Hartlaub cannot, I think, have got in the Bremen Museum
a specimen of a Grass-Owl, or he could not have failed to see
that S. oustaleti belonged to the Strix candida section ; for of course,
if compared with Strix delicatula and S. personata &e., the Fiji
Grass-Owl comes out distinct enough. I do not think, from the
absence of reference on Dr. Hartlaub’s part to my ‘ Catalogue,’ that
he has done me the honour of consulting my work, published four
years before his paper. On looking at the ‘Key to the Species’ of
the genus Sérix as given by me (Cat. B. Brit. Mus. ii. p. 290), I had
not any difficulty in recognizing Striv oustaleti under the name of
Strix candida.
1 P.S. (April 7).—A young male Rifle-bird (Péélorhis paradisea) now living
in the Society’s Gardens has, it is interesting to observe, its mouth and tongue
similarly brightly coloured, though of a lemon-yellow colour instead of green.
Proc. Zoou. Soc. —1882, No. XXIII. 23
336 CAPT. SHELLEY ON BIRDS FROM souTH AFRICA. [Mar. 21,
4, On some new Species of Birds from South Africa.
By Captain G. E. SHeviey.
[Received March 10, 1882. ]
(Plate XVIII.)
On peace being proclaimed with the Boers, Major E. A. Butler,
Major H. W. Feilden, and Captain Savile Reid were quartered for
about nine months at Newcastle, Natal. Here they not only made
some very valuable collections of birds, but took a large amount of
notes referring to over 230 species, which they intend shortly to
publish. Meanwhile they have permitted me to describe here the
new species brought home.
These I propose to name Anthus butlert (a very interesting
yellow-breasted Pipit) and Spheneacus natalensis, the Natal repre-
sentative of S. africanus, to which I will add the characters of S.
intermedius, au intermediate form from Kaffraria.
ANTHUS BUTLERI, sp. nov. (Plate XVIII.)
Compared with Macronyx croceus, the upper parts and the
wings both above and beneath are similarly coloured ; but the crown
is faintly tinted with yellow, and the under wing-coverts are of a
slightly paler sulphur-yellow ; a white patch just in front of the eye;
sides of the head and neck brown, with a few dark-centred feathers
towards the throat; chin, throat, and upper half of the breast yel-
low ; remainder of the underparts tawny buff with a slight yellow
shade down the centre of the abdomen ; the feathers of the crop and
sides of the chest are mostly with black central streaks, and are very
slightly tinted with brown; flanks inclining to rufous-brown; sides
of the belly rather indistinctly striped with rufous-brown; under
tail-coverts with dark brown centres ; under surface of the tail
brown, with white on the outer two pairs of feathers; the outer
pair white, margined on their inner webs with a brown patch of the
same form as the feather itself. Iris dark brown; upper mandible
horny brown, lower one lavender-colour; legs pale brown. Total
length 7°2 inches, culmen 0:5, wing 3°25, tail 3, tarsus 1, middle toe
without claw 0:7. November 9, Newcastle.
Four other specimens (one collected 6th June, and two males and
a female, July) are apparently in the winter plumage, and differ from
the one above-described in having no shade of yellow on the head,
in the under surface of the body being tawny buff, only very slightly
tinted with yellow on the middle of the breast and fading into white
on the centre of the throat and chin. The yellow on the wings is
about the same in them all; and this, together with the peculiar
Macronyz-like dark mottling on the back, are characters by which
the species may be readily recognized. In the specimen collected in
Pepe Lid Sih LN
LTeuUP
{ A
UT FUS'L
1882.] CAPT. SHELLEY ON BIRDS FROM SOUTH AFRICA. 337
May the colouring is of a slightly more tawny hue than in the
others.
SPHENGACUS NATALENSIS, sp. nov.
Very similar to S. africanus, but differs in the almost uniform
rufous-buff colouring of the under surface of the body, and in the
absence of black shaft-stripes to the upper and under tail-coverts ;
the sides of the upper chest and crop, in some specimens, are
slightly mottled with the dark tips and central stripes to the feathers,
but show no distinct black marks; the flanks are generally entirely
uniform, but in one specimen I find a few obscure dark central stripes
to some of these feathers ; the upper and under tail-coverts are
always uniform.
The characters here given for this species are further borne out by
the specimens in the British Museum. Although I separate the
Natal form under the title of S. natalensis, I myself would regard
it as merely a well marked local race of S. africanus.
The only specimen I have examined from Kaffraria is in some
respects intermediate, but appears to me to be closer to S. africanus,
in that the black markings on the sides of the body are very distinct,
though fewer in number and smaller than in the Cape-Colony form.
But the upper and under tail-coverts are without dark central stripes ;
so perhaps it would be more consistent to separate this form as a
third race under the title of S. intermedius.
The distinguishing characters for these three races or species
may be clearly summed up in the following key :—
a. With very distinct black central marks to some of the
feathers on the sides of the body.
a’. Upper and under tail-coverts with dark central stripes ... S. africanus.
6'. Upper and under tail-coverts uniform, with no dark central
sitipesitontheiteathers: .si.s.ssss-csndvtecereceecnsecs esnenen S. intermedius.
b, With no distinct black marks on the sides of the body.
Upper and under tail-coverts uniform, with no dark central
Auoipes bOwthe) feathers. os vasccoestwusenuihusrer sncmecande cet ceeben S. natalensis.
I have carefully examined the following specimens of these three
birds, and find no character in the measurements.
S. africanus :—a, 3, Cape (Verreaux) ; 6, c, d, Cape (Butler) ;
e, 2, Paal, Cape Colony (Shelley); f, George (Atmore).
S. intermedius :—g, Kaffraria (Barratt).
S. natalensis :—h, 3, Pinetown (T. L. Ayres); i,j, k, 1, Transvaal
(W. Lucas); m, Swaziland (T. E. Buckley): Shelley Mus. a, 3,
6b, 5, ¢, bd, d, 3, Newcastle: Butler Mus. a, ¢,6, 9,0¢, do,
Ingagane river; d, 2, Drakensberg: Reid Mus.
DQ
a
338 ON A NEW AGRIAS FROM THE-AMAZONS. (Mar. 21,
5. On a new Species of Agrias from the Valley of the
Amazons. By F. D. Gopman and O. Satvin.
{Received March 11, 1882.]
(Plate XIX.)
Some time ago Mr. A Maxwell Stuart, whilst travelling on the Upper
Amazons, captured a magnificent specimen of an Agrias, a genus
much prized by all lepidopterists both for its rarity and beauty.
On his return to England he kindly made us a present of it ; and as
it proves to belong to a hitherto undescribed species, we have much
pleasure in naming it after him.
AGRIAS STUARTI, sp. nov. (Plate XIX. figs. 1, 2.)
Both wings deep purplish-blue, bordered outwardly with a narrow
metallic green band, beyond which it is greyish ; primaries with costa
and apex black, this colour extends along the outer margin towards
the posterior angle, where it fades into grey ; secondaries with costal
region and inner margin broadly black: beneath, primaries black,
apical third metallic green, reddish orange towards the base; secon-
daries, basal half orange, outer half metallic green with three rows of
black spots parallel to the outer margin, the middle one having
central white spots.
Exp. 3°7 inches.
Hab. Yquitos, Amazons (4. Maawell Stuart).
Mus. nostr.
This insect is a close ally of A. beatifica, Hew., from which, however,
it differs in the greater extension of the purplish-blue colour of the
upper surface. Beneath there is but little difference, but the black
spots of the secondaries are rather larger.
Mr. Stuart captured a single male example of this fine insect
whilst it was pursuing a specimen of Callithea buckleyi, which
resembles it both in colour and markings, and with which it appeared
to be fighting. No doubt, like other members of the genus, it flies
about the tops of the highest trees, settling on the foliage out of
reach, and rarely coming near the ground’. A. beatifica has also a
Callithea which is found together with it, and likewise resembles it
in coloration; this is O. degandii, the sexes of which, though con-
siderably different from each other, are alike in the two species.
Mr. Hewitson has given a very good figure of the male of A.
beatifica in his ‘ Exotic Butterflies ;’ but the female (of which we have
a single specimen procured by Mr. Hauxwell at Pebas on the Upper
Amazons) differs so much that a short description and figure of it
here may be desirable.
AGRIAS BEATIFICA 2. (Plate XIX. figs. 3, 4.)
Both wings black, with a broad metallic green band commencing
* On the habits of the other Amazonian species of Agrias, see Bates, Journ.
Ent. ii. p. 387.
W.Purkiss lilh Hanhart imp
Edwm Wilson delet hth.
Pies LSSa-. Fl eae
xe.
Mintern Bros.imp.
S) ROBILLARDI.
1382. ] ON CRUSTACEANS FROM MAURITIUS, 339
at the end of the cell of the primaries, and passing in a bow to the
anal angle of the secondaries, beyond this towards the outer margin
fading into grey, apices of primaries narrowly tipped with black :
the underside resembles that of the male; but the colours are paler,
and the base of the wings is of a tawny yellow instead of a reddish
orange.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIX.
Fig. 1. Upperside of Agrias stuarti ¢.
2. Underside of Agrias stuarti 3.
5. Upperside of Agrias beatifica 2.
4. Underside of Agrias heatifica 2.
6. On some Crustaceans collected at the Mauritius.
By Epwarp J. Migrs, F.L.S., F.Z.S8.
[Received March 15, 1882.]
(Plate XX.)
The Crustaceans which I have now the pleasure of bringing before
the notice of the Society were obtained at the Mauritius by M. Robil-
lard, and recently forwarded by him to the British Museum. They
are:—(1) a fine Spider-crab, described below as Nawia robillardi,
which was dredged at a depth of 30 fathoms [that such a large and
interesting a species should have remained so long unnoticed is very
remarkable; and J can only account for it on the supposition that this
crab lives habitually at considerable depths, and hence has escaped
the notice of collectors of the littoral forms, most of which are
well known]. (2) an example of Neptunus sieboldi, A. M.-Edwards,
a swimming crab hitherto a desideratum to the national collection ;
and (3) several specimens of a Hermit Crab which I think is Ceno-
bita perlata, M.-Edwards: although having the inferior surface
of the joints of the first three legs very hairy, these specimens in
all other particulars coincide with M.-Edwards’s brief description in
the ‘ Histoire naturelle des Crustacés’ (ii. p. 242, 1837), and with
the excellent figure in the large illustrated edition of Cuvier’s ‘ Régne
Animal’ (pl. xliv. fig. 1).
In order to complete the account of the Crustaceans received from
the Mauritius through M. V. de Robillard, I have added a brief
notice of a fossorial Crustacean of which two examples, both unfor-
tunately imperfect, were sent two years ago to the British Museum
by the same collector, and which I propose to designate Callianassa
mauritiana,
Naxra (NAXIOIDES) ROBILLARDI, sp, n. (Plate XX. fig. 1.)
The carapace is subpyriform, rather convex, and covered with
long stout conical spines ; of these spines about 13, situated on the
gastric region, are arranged in three somewhat irregular trans-
verse series, behind and in front of which are some smaller spines :
340 MR. E. J. MIERS ON [ Mar. 21,
2 are placed on the cardiac region, of which the posterior is very
large, 3 (very large) on the intestinal region, 2 on each hepatic
region, and about 7 on each branchial region, besides the marginal
spines, of which there are 5 ; 3 are placed on each pterygostomian
region, the anterior of which is situated at the antero-lateral angle of
the buccal cavity ; there is also a distinct but not very large pree-
ocular spine. The orbits are rather small, with a lateral aspect, and
with two fissures above and a large hiatus below. The spines of the
rostrum are subcylindrical and very long (in the male as long as the
carapace), straight, and very slightly divergent distally ; they bear
an accessory spine on their upper surface at some distance from the
distal end, which is acute. The basal antennal joint is longer than
broad, and bears a strong spine, directed obliquely downward, at its
antero-external angle; the next joint is slender and very much elon-
gated, the third also slender; these joints and the flagellum are
scarcely visible in a dorsal view. The epistoma is large, but broader
than jong; the ischium joint of the outer maxillipedes is longer than
broad; the merus joint truncated at its distal end, and with only a
very small notch at its antero-internal angle above the place of articu-
lation with the next joint. The chelipedes in both sexes are slender ;
in the male, however, somewhat more robust thanin the female; the
merus joint is cylindrical, elongated, with a strong spine above at its
distal end. Carpus short, armed on its upper and outer surface with
two or three small spines or tubercles; palm smooth, subcylindrical
(in the male about 33 times as long as broad) ; fingers slender, more
than half as long as the palm, somewhat incurved, having between
them when closed (in the male) a small hiatus at base; both fingers
in their distal halves are denticulated and meet along their inner
edges ; the mobile finger has in the male a tubercle on its inner margin
near the base. The ambulatory legs are slender and much elon-
gated, the first pair very much longer than the following; there isa
spine at the distal end of the upper surface of the merus joints in all
the ambulatory legs. The dactyli, although shorter than the pre-
ceding joints, are yet elongated and slightly curved, and terminate
in a small corneous claw. The segments of the postabdomen are all
of them distinct in both sexes; in the male all, except the last, have
a small median spine, on each side of which, on the second and
third segments, is a lateral spine; in the female the first four are
armed with a small median spine or tubercle. The animal is covered
with a short dense yellowish-brown pubescence, which, however, is
absent from the palms and fingers of the chelipedes, and partially so
from the penultimate and terminal joints of the ambulatory legs, the
ground-colour of the integument being, in these places, in the two
dried specimens 1 have examined, purplish-red. Length of the
carapace to the base of rostral spines in an adult male about 2%
inches (68 mm.), which is also the length of the spines themselves ;
of a chelipede about 43 inches (113 mm.), of the first ambulatory
legs nearly 93 inches (242 mm.).
Two specimens, a male and a female, were collected. In the
female the carapace is somewhat more pyriform and convex, the
1882. | CRUSTACEANS FROM MAURITIUS, 341
rostral spines shorter, the chelipedes rather slenderer, and the first
pair of ambulatory legs somewhat less elongated.
The nearest ally to this species with which I am acquainted is
Navia (Nawioides) petersii (Podopisa petersii, Hilgendorf, Monatsb.
Ak. Berlin, p. 785, pl. i. fig. 5, 1878), from Mozambique, which is
very probably identical with Nawioides hirta, Alph. M.-Edwards
(Ann. Soc. Entom. France, ser. 4, v. p. 143, pl. iv. fig. 1, 1865),
from Zanzibar. N. robillardi is at once distinguished by its
greater size, by having the carapace covered with strong conical spines
in the place of small irregular tubercles, and by the double hiatus
in the upper orbital margin. In the last-mentioned character it
resembles certain species of Pisa (e.g. Pisa (Aretopsis) lanata) ; but
it is distinguished from that genus by the greater length and slender-
ness of the chelipedes and first ambulatory legs, by the narrower
basal antennal joint, and the accessory spines of the rostram ; yet it
may be regarded as establishing a transition to Pisa.
In my revision of the Maioidea' I adverted to the insufficiency
of the characters assigned to Naxioides, A. M.-Edw. (Podopisa,
Hilgendorf) for distinguishing this genus from Nazia. As the species
now described has a distinct preocular spine, even this character can
no longer be cited as peculiar to the last-named genus,
CALLIANASSA MAURITIANA, Sp, 0.
Both the specimens sent by M. Robillard are imperfect ; and the
large chelipede, from which the principal distinctive characters are
derived, does not appear to belong to either example, but to a
distinct and larger individual. In the analytical table appended to
M. A. Milne-Edwards’s monographic revision of the genus Callia-
nassa*, our new species will be arranged with Callianassa subterranea
and C. longimana, inasmuch as there exists a small median rostral
tooth, the terminal segment of the postabdomen and the eyes are
well developed, and there is a tooth or lobe, which is itself den-
ticulated, at the proximal end of the inferior margin of the merus
joint of the larger chelipede, whose penultimate joint or palm about
equals the wrist in width. It is distinguished from both the above-
mentioned species, however, by the broad spinulose inferior basal
lobe of the arm or merus, and by having the distal end of the palm
between the bases of the fingers deeply excavated as in C. califor-
niensis and C. uncinata ; the inferior margin of the merus is armed
with small granulations ; the carpus (in the large chelipede) is some-
what shorter than the palm, with its upper margin acute; the palm,
which is not once and a half as long as broad, narrows very
slightly toward the distal end, its upper margin is rounded, except
at its proximal end; the lower margin, both of wrist and palm, is
minutely serrated; the upper or mobile finger is longer than the
lower, and is sharply uncinated at its distal end, it has a strong
blunt tooth on its inner margin near the base. I may add that the
1 Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool. xiv. p. 658 (1879).
2 Nouvelles Archives du Muséum, vi. p. 101 (1870).
342 MR, P. L. SCLATER ON CYANOMYIAS C@mLeEstis. [Apr. 4,
terminal postabdominal segment is shorter than in C. subterranea,
not as long as its greatest width. Length about 3 inches 10 lines
(98 mm.) ; of the larger chelipede, from the base of the merus joint
to end of the dactylus, about 2 inches 10 lines (72 mm.).
From the American C. californiensis and C. uncinata, this species
is distinguished by the much longer palm of the larger chelipede,
and the much broader, less prominent, denticulated basal lobe of the
arm or merus.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XX.
Fig. 1. Nawxia (Naxioides) robillardi (p. 339), adult male, reduced to about
half natural size.
la. Lateral view of the carapace of the same in outline, showing the
elevation of the dorsal spines, reduced about half natural size.
1). Antennal, orbital, and buccal regions of the same, viewed from
below, natural size.
le. Postabdomen of the same, natural size.
April 4, 1882.
Professor Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.
Mr. Sclater exhibited what appeared to be an adult male example
of Cyanomyias colestis (Sharpe, Cat. Birds, iv. p. 278), which
belonged to the Museum of Zurich, and had been sent to him for
determination by Dr. Moesch, of that city. Mr. Sclater remarked on
the more brilliant colours and finely developed crest of the male of
this species, which rendered it readily distinguishable from the
female example (figured by Lord Tweeddale, P. Z.S. 1878, pl. vii.
Head of Cyanomyias celestis 3.
fig. 1), the only specimen hitherto known of this superb Fly-
catcher. The present example was received from Manilla, but was
probably originally from Dinagat, as the type specimen, now in the
collection of Mr. Wardlaw Ramsay, had been procured in that
island. Besides the highly developed crest and more brilliant
1882. ] DR. A. GUNTHER ON A NEW TORTOISE. 343
colours, the male seemed to have the lazuline blue of the throat
carried entirely over the breast, instead of being confined to the
throat.
Mr. Sclater laid before the Meeting the skins of the two specimens
of the Subcylindrical Hornbill (Buceros subcylindricus), which had
been formerly living in the Society’s Gardens’, and stated that a re-
examination of these specimens had confirmed his opinion as to the
validity of the species. In the second specimen, which had died on
the 9th June 1881, although the tail was imperfect, it was manifest
that the two central tail-feathers were black almost to their tips as
in the first specimen; and the well-defined ashy margins of the
feathers on both sides of the head were alike in both examples. It
was likewise of great interest to find that an example of this Hornbill
had been recently received by the Imperial Museum of Vienna®* in
a collection made by Dr. Emin Bey between Lado and the Albert
Nyanza in Central Africa, so that we were now acquainted with the
true locality of this rare species.
Mr. Sclater proposed to arrange for the deposit of these typical
specimens in the British Museum.
The following papers were read :—-
1. Description of a new Species of Tortoise (Geoemyda
impressa) from Siam. By Dr. A. Gintuer, V.P.Z.S.
[Received March 20, 1882. ]
The British Museum has received from Siam the shell of a fresh.
water Turtle without any other part of the animal, which seems to be
undescribed. It is 11 inches long; and sufficiently resembles the
shells of Geoemyda spinosa and G. grandis to warrant the supposition
that this species belongs to the same genus. It may be named
Geoemyda impressa, from the peculiar shape of the-principal upper
plates, which are not merely flat, but distinctly concave.
The shell is much depressed and broadly flattened above. Its
anterior margin is deeply excised in front of the nuchal plate, and
serrated ; also the lateral marginals project slightly at their posterior
corners, and the hind margin is deeply and regularly serrated. ‘The
plates are nearly smooth; but concentric striation is distinct, espe-
cially on the costals. Of a vertebral keel the faintest possible trace
is visible on the fourth or fifth vertebral. The sternum is excised
in front, and deeply notched behind; its width between the front
' See P. Z. S. 1870, p. 668, pl. xxxix.; 1871, p. 489, and 1879, p. 550.
2 Of. Von Pelzeln, “ Ueber eine Sendung von Végeln aus Central-Afrika,”
Verh. k.-k. zool.-bot. Gesellsch, Wien, 1881, p. 153.
344 DR. A. GUNTHER ON A NEW TORTOISE. [Apr. 4,
Geoemyda impressa (upper surface).
1882.] DR. A. GUNTHER ON A NEW TORTOISE. 345
Geoemyda impressa (lower surface).
346 DR. A. GUNTHER ON A NEW TORTOISE. [Apr. 4,
incisions is equal to that between the hinder, and a little more than
one half of its length.
Areolee distinct. Nuchal plate broad, much broader behind than
in front, with truncated anterior margin. First vertebral much
broader than long, concave, with parallel lateral margins; second,
third, and fourth very much broader than long ; posterior margin
of the fourth only half as long as anterior; fifth vertebral but
slightly broader than long, and rather convex behind. Caudal
divided. Costals deeply impressed in their areolar portion, more so
than the vertebrals. Gulars subrhomboid, but rather irregular,
Geoemyda impressa (side view).
joined at an obtuse angle in front and behind. Postgulars enlarged
at the expense of the pectorals, which are very narrow, the length of
their median suture being only one fourth of the suture between the
postgulars. Abdominals very large, as long as the preceding three
pairs of plates together. Praeanals broader than long. Anals
similar in shape to the gulars, but larger, and joined at an acute
angle posteriorly.
The prominent colour is yellow in the areolar portion, but each of
the vertebral, costal, and sternal plates is ornamented towards the
margin with broad black radiating bands, and the anterior half or
third of each of the marginals is black.
1882. | ON THE TRACHEA OF MANUCODIA ATRA ETC. 347
2. On the Convoluted Trachea of two Species of Manucode
(Manucodia atra and Phonygama gouldi) ; with Remarks
on similar Structures in other Birds. By W. A. Forsgs,
B.A., Prosector to the Society.
[ Received March 21, 1882.]
The subcutaneous convolution on the pectoral muscles of the
trachea in the Manucodes of the genera (or subgenera) Manucodia
and Phonygama, originally described and figured by Lesson in
Phonygama keraudreni so long ago as 1826", has lately excited con-
siderable attention, Prof. Pavesi? having shown that a similar struc-
ture, though less developed, exists in Manucodia chalybeata, and Dr.
Meyer® having demonstrated the same for its representative form
M. jobiensis. From their figures and observations it is clear :—
1. That the trachea of Phonygama *‘ keraudreni”’ * may be convo-
luted in both sexes, that of the males being most complicated,
consisting, when best developed, of a complete spiral of several
coils, whilst in younger males, and females, it is reduced to a simple
loop with a bend to the right.
Intermediate forms of all kinds are to be found, as shown by
Pavesi’s interesting series of figures.
2. That in Manucodia chalybeata and M. jobiensis the adult
males possess a trachea provided with a simple loop, extending
about two thirds down the surface of the pectoral muscles. This is
apparently absent in the females and young males.
The specimen, a male, of Manucodia atra, purchased by the
Society on March 19, 1881 °, having died on March 11th inst., I have
now been enabled to examine the condition of the trachea in this
species also. As will be seen from the drawing I exhibit (figure,
p- 348), representing it év s¢tu, it too is convoluted, but to a much
smaller extent, only forming a short loop lying on the interclavicular
air-cell, between the rami of the furcula, much as in many specimens
of the genusCrax. This quite confirms D’ Albertis’s description given
by Count Salvadori®. In the female the trachea will probably be
found to be quite simple.
Of Phonygama gouldi, the Australian representative of P. kerau-
dreni, I have been euabled to examine three detached trachez, as
well as three entire birds collected at Cape York by H.MLS.
1 Voyage de la ‘ Coquille,’ Atlas, pl. xiii. fig. 2.
2 Ann. Mus. Genova, vi. pp. 513-324, pl. x., and ix. pp. 66-77.
5 Abbildungen Vogel-Skeleten, pl. vii. a, p. 5.
4 All but one of Pavesi’s specimens (fig. 6 of his second paper) are, it is to be
observed, really P. gouldi, haying been obtained at Cape York by D’Albertis.
® On its arrival it was supposed to belong to the species M. viridis (seu
chalybeata), and was noticed as such (P. Z. 8. 1881, p. 450).
5 “Non pare che questa specie possegga vere circonyoluzioni externe della
trachea, ma, secondo le osservazioni del D’Albertis, i maschi adulti avrebbero
soltanto un’ ansa piegata ad § nella fossetta della forchetta.”—Ornitologia della
Papuasia e delle Molucche, ii. p. 509,
348 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE TRACHEA OF [Apr. 4,
‘Challenger,’ and kindly intrusted to me by the late Sir Wyville
Thomson. The first three are those already mentioned by Mr.
Tegetmeier in his appendix to the ‘Natural History of the Cranes’ ’.
All are convoluted, though that of the female specimen is least so,
and those of the two males vary slightly in the amount of convo-
lution. They very closely resemble that of P. keraudreni figured
on p. 68, fig. 2, in the second of Prof. Pavesi’s papers already
quoted, but have eight instead of nine folds, counting along a trans-
verse line drawn through the centre of the coil. Of the three ‘ Chal-
lenger’ birds, one, a female’, has a trachea with a single curved
loop, like Pavesi’s fig. 8, whilst in the two others the trachea is
Trachea of Manucodia atra.
quite straight, with no trace of a curve. One of these is a male,
probably young, whilst the other is an adulé female, as shown by
the oviduct containing an egg nearly ready to be laid.
It is clear therefore that in this species, too, the female may
sometimes have no tracheal loop at all.
As regards the habits of P. gouldi, I reproduce here some extracts
from the notes accompanying the receipt of the first three trachez
sent—I believe, by Dr. George Bennett of Sydney—the substance of
which Mr. Tegetmeier has already published (from the original MS.
in my possession) in his work on Cranes :—
? London, 1881, pp. 87, 88.
2 One of the specimens referred to in Mr. Murray’s notes, ¢f. ‘ Voyage of
H.M.S. Challenger,’ Report on the Birds, p. 87.
1882. ] MANUCODIA ATRA AND OTHER BIRDS. 349
“ Having recently purchased a pair of those elegant birds, the
Manucodia gouldi, which had been shot at Cape York by Mr. J. A.
Thorpe (now taxidermist to the Sydney Museum), he directed my
attention to the peculiar formation of the trachea in them, some of
which he has preserved in a dried state and presented to me; of
these I have sent you three, one from a female and two from males.
That of the female is much smaller in size than those of the males ;
and even in the males the convolutions assume different forms. This
formation of the vocal organs enables the male bird to utter a very
loud and deep guttural sound, indeed more powerful and sonorous
than any one would suppose so small a bird could be capable of
producing. Mr. Thorpe states to me that it was a long time
before he could believe that so powerful a sound emanated from
this bird. No information could be obtained respecting the note of
the female, as only that of the male was heard. These birds were
found about the same locality as the two fine species of Rifle-birds
obtained also at Cape York—Ptilorhis alberti and P. victorie.
“Mr. Thorpe gave me some information respecting the habits of
these birds as follows :—‘ During a residence of seventeen months at
Cape York in 1867 and 1868 I shot several of the Manucodia
gouldi, and took particular notice of their habits. They frequent
the dense palm-forests, and are usually seen high up in the trees;
they utter a very deep and loud, guttural note, rather prolonged, and
unlike that of any other bird with which I am familiar. Their
movements are particularly active and graceful; on appreaching
them they evince more curiosity than timidity, looking down at the
slightest noise, and apparently more anxious to obtain a full view of
the intruder than for their own safety. They are almost invariably
in pairs; and both birds can generally be secured.’ ”’
I may remark that, in all the specimens of the convoluted
trachea in Manucodia and Phonygama I have seen, the descending
limb of the loop in the natural position of the bird is to the left, the
ascending to the right. The same peculiarity is observable in all
the figures yet published, excepting the original one of Lesson, and
in one of those of Pavesi (J. c. ix. p. 64, fig. 4). The reversal, in
the first figure, is obviously due to the trachea being represented
from the dorsal, instead of the ventral aspect, it being represented
as quite separated from the body: Pavesi’s figure, representing the
parts in situ, does not admit of this explanation, if correctly drawn.
As regards the two forms Phonygama and Manucodia, which
Mr. Sharpe adopts as genera in the ‘Catalogue of Birds,’ vol. iii.
pp- 180, 182, it is interesting to observe that the validity of the
separation is confirmed by what we now know of the tracheal con-
formation of the two groups in question.
Phonygama (as represented by P. keraudreni and gouldi) has the
trachea (at least usually) convoluted in doth sexes, that of the adult
male being spirally convoluted several times, whilst that of the female
forms a single curve with a loop to the right. Munucodia (in M.
chalybeata, jobiensis, and atra), on the other hand, has the trachea
convoluted in the male only, the convolution being in the form of a
350 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE TRACHEA OF [Apr. 4,
simple loop, extending, in the first two species, onto the pectoral
muscles, but confined in J. atra to the interclavicular area.
As regards the occurrence of convoluted trachee in the class
Aves generally, it may be useful to give as complete a list as is in my
power of all the hitherto recorded instances. Pavesi has already
(l.e, vi. pp. 317, 318) given such a list, compiled from various
authors; but the opportunities for observation of my predecessor
and myself have enabled me to give, as will be seen below, a much
fuller and more complete one. I have endeavoured to state exactly
in what species this convolution has been observed, or has been
found to be absent, as well as to state precisely the sexes of the
individuals presenting the peculiarities. Unless otherwise stated,
the observation has been made by Prof. Garrod or myself.
A. The convolutions of the trachea are superficial, lying beneath the
skin, extending often more or less onto the pectoral, or even
abdominal, muscles.
OscINES.
Phonygama keraudreni. ¢ {Lesson, Pavesi, Meyer]. [Probably
2 also. }
—— gouldi. 3 : present, much less developed (sometimes absent)
in Q.
Manucodia chalybeata. ¢ [Pavesi, Meyer].
-_— jobiensis. ¢. [Condition in 2 not known. ]
——atra. $. (Condition in 2 not known. |
At present it has been found in the males only of these three
species, and, as already indicated, is, from Beccari’s observations on
M. chalybeata, probably absent altogether in the females.
Fam. ANATID.
In the males of Anseranas melanoleuca the trachea forms a very
extensive double loop, extending to quite the end of the pectoral
muscles. The female has simply a slight bend in the neck-
Fam. ScOLOPACID.
The females only of Rhynchea australis [according to Gould]
have a convoluted trachea, forming several folds on the pectoral
muscles, and extending onto the abdomen. In the males it is
simple’.
In R. capensis, as Mr. Wood-Mason has lately shown (P. Z.S.
1878, pp. 745-751, pl. xlvii.), the mature females only have a
slightly extrathoracic loop, the trachea of the younger females and
of the males being quite simple.
' Two specimens showing different degrees of development of this structure
may be seen mounted in the Hunterian Museum (Preps. 1156, D & BE).
‘
1882. ] MANUCODIA ATRA AND OTHER BIRDS. 351
Fam. Cracip&.
In the males of the genera Crax, Pauxis, Mitua, and Ortalis the
trachea forms a loop of variable extent, often extending, particularly
in the last three genera, to the end of the carina sterni, and then
turning up a little way on the left side before it returns. In other
cases it extends only about as far as the anterior end of the carina.
In the females this loop is altogether absent, or at most the trachea
presents a slight curve in the neck.
Species examined.
Crax globicera. 8,9.
alector. 3,2.
selatert. 6,2.
daubentoni. 3,2.
alberti. 3,9.
carunculata. 3,9.
[The females only of C. globulosa and C. incommoda have yet been
examined. ‘The trachea is simple.]
Pauxis galeata. 3,2.
Mitua tuberosa. 3,2.
tomentosa. 3,92.
Ortalis albiventris. 6,9.
—— garrula. 3. [The 2 according to Humboldt * has the trachea
simple. |
—— motmot. 3. [The female has a simple trachea according to
Latham, who describes this species” under the name of Phasianus
parraka. |
In Penelope jacucaca the trachea is convoluted in doth sexes; and
the same is the case in the male of P. pileata, the condition of the
female being unknown.
[In Penelope cristata and P. purpurascens the male has xo loop ;
and the same is the case in Pipile ewmanensis and P. jacutinga. Only
females of Pipile cujubi and Nothocraz urumutum have yet been
examined : these had simple trachee ; and the same is the case in
both sexes of Aburria carunculata. |
B. The trachea has a considerable superficial loop in the cervical
region, anterior to the thoracic muscles,
Fam. PHASIANIDE.
Tetrao urogallus. The male only, apparently.
C. The trachea has a loop entering into, and inclosed by, a bony
cavity formed by the clavicular symphysis.
Fam. Numipip.
The Guinea-fowls of the genus Guttera, as seen in both sexes
1 Humboldt and Bonpland, ‘Recueil d’observations de Zoologie,’ &e. p. 5.
Paris, 1811.
2 Linn. Trans. iy. p. 100 &e.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1882, No. XXIV. 24
352 ON THE TRACHEA OF MANUCODIA ATRA ETC. [Apr. 4
of Guttera cristata and G. pucherani. ‘The same conformation
occurs in G. eduardi; but the sex of my specimen is not, unfortu-
nately, recorded.
[In Numida proper (NV. meleagris, ptilorhyncha, and mitrata
have been examined), as well as in Acryllium valluriatize, the trachea
is quite simple in both sexes. |
D. The trachea has several inérathoracie convolutions.
Fam. Ciconup&.
Tantalus ibis, in the male (cf. Garrod, Coll. Papers, p. 286).
[The condition of the female is unknown. |
[In both sexes of 7. loculator, as well as in the females of
T. leucocephalus (the other sex not yet having been dissected) the
trachea is unconvoluted. |
Fam. Isrpip.
Platalea leucorrodia. 3. (2, Nitzsch).
[In Ajaja rosea the trachea is known to be simple in both sexes,
though the bronchi are peculiarly long. Cf. Garrod, l.c. p. 288.]
E. The trachea is convoluted, the convolution impinging on, or
entering, the carina sterni.
Fam. Cyqnip&.
In the Swans of the Cygnus ferus group, the trachea, as has long
been known, has a number of intrasternal convolutions, which may
extend to near the end of the bone.
This is well known to occur in both sexes of Cygnus ferus: it
is likewise the case in both males and females of C. duccinator,
C. americanus (according to Macgillivray, Sharpless, &c.), and
C. bewicki (Yarrell).
[In Cygnus olor, C. immutabilis (Macgillivray), C. nigricollis, and
C. coscoroba the trachea is quite simple in both sexes. |
According to Yarrell, in Cygnus atratus there is a slight down-
wardly-directed loop of the trachea in the interclavicular region.
Fam. GRuip&.
The genus Grus, as a rule in both sexes, possesses a convoluted
trachea, which usually enters the carina sterni, which it may
excavate to its posterior extremity. The amount: of convolution
varies much in different specimens of the same species.
Species examined,
Grus cinerea. 3,2. (Yarrell, &e.)
—— antigone. 3 (Tegetmeier). @.
—— americana. @ (cf. Roberts, Am. Nat. 1880).
carunculata. 3, Qe
—— leucogeranos. 3,9.
As regards these two species, it appears from Prof. Garrod’s MS.
1882. ] ON RARE BIRDS EGGS FROM MADAGASCAR. 353
notes that the male of G. lewcogeranos has a convoluted trachea,
only slightly folded in the carina sterni, extending in it for less than
half its extent!; whilst in the female “ there was formed a genu of
small size, that does not enter the carina sterni.’ The female of
G. carunculata examined had a trachea as well convoluted as the
most developed forms of G. americana, whilst in the male the con-
dition was as in the female of G. leucogeranos.
Grus australasiana. 3 [?Q |.
—— canadensis. Co.
In Tetrapteryx paradisea, according to Yarrell and Tegetmeier,
as well as in Anthropoides virgo according to Parsons and Yarrell,
the trachea is convoluted, but does not enter the carina sterni, being
contained in a special groove developed along the anterior margin
of that bone.
[In both species of Balearica the trachea is known to be quite
simple; and the same is probably true in dramus scolopaceus. |
3. On the Eggs of some rare Wading Birds from Madagascar.
By J. E. Hartine, F.L.S., F.Z.8.
[Received March 21, 1882. ]
Amongst a large collection of eggs recently brought from Made-
gascar by the Rev. W. Deans Cowan, many of which are of con-
siderable interest as being hitherto undescribed, are the eggs of three
species of Limicole which I should like to bring before the notice
of this Society, since they belong to members of a group to which
I have for some years been paying special attention.
Mr. Deans Cowan collected in the neighbourhood of Fianarantsoa
in the Betsileo country, situated in the south central portion of
Madagascar ; and the extent of his collection shows how rich a
field for ornithologists is the district in which he has for some years
resided.
The three species of Wading-birds of which I now exhibit the
eggs, as well as the skins, are a Pratincole (Glareola ocularis,
Verreaux), a Sand-Plover ( Aigialitis geoffroyi, Wagler), and a Snipe
(Gallinago macrodactyla, Bonaparte). ‘The Pratincole and Snipe,
which so far as I am aware have not been met with out of Madagascar,
are both very rare in collections; the Sand-Plover, being generally
distributed throughout Southern Asia, the Malay Archipelago, and
Eastern Africa, is very uch better known.
1. GLAREOLA ocuLARis, Verreaux, was first brought to the
notice of naturalists by the late Jules Verreaux so long ago as 1833,
when at a meeting of the South-African Institution at Cape Town in
that year he exhibited and described a specimen, which, with other
skins, he had then lately received from Madagascar.
1 The observations of Mr. A. O. Hume (cf. Tegetmeier’s ‘ Cranes,’ p. 39, &e.)
do not, therefore, always hold good for this species. ;
24*
354 MR. J. E. HARTING ON RARE : [ape aes
Equal in size to the well-known Collared Pratincole (G. pratincola),
which, dispersed throughout Southern and Eastern Europe, Africa,
and a great portion of Southern Asia, occasionally visits the British
Islands, it is distinguished from that species by having no “collar,”
the head and nape black, a white spot under the eye and passing be-
hind it, the quills much blacker than in G. pratincola, the tail squarer
and blacker, the outer feathers scarcely longer than the rest, and with
a white spot on their distal half. The species is well figured in the
excellent work of Messrs. Pollen and Van Dam (Recherches sur la
Faune de Madagascar,’ 1868), who, however, give no account of its
bree ting-habits, nor describe its eggs.
It was not until thirty years after this bird had been described
that any information concerning its habits was published. In
1863 Messrs. Roch and Edward Newton, in an account of their
visit to Madagascar printed in ‘The Ibis’ for that year, recorded
their having met with it near Tamatave. They remarked :—
« At our first halting-place on the road from Tamatave to the
capital, on the Ist of October, we saw and shot several Pratincoles.
The river Hivondrona runs out into the sea about a mile and a
half- below a village bearing the same name, and has on its left
bank atreeless sandy plain. Here we found these birds, together
with Sanderlings and two species of Plover. Unfortunately, those
that we skinned were destroyed, and we have no specimens by
which to identify them ; but we have little doubt that the Pratincoles
were of the same species as an example afterwards obtained by Dr.
Roch ;” who says :—‘*‘ At Nossi-bé a small village to the north of
Tamatave, I found many Pratincoles in the native burial-ground,
which appeared to be their breeding-place, though I was unable to
discover either eggs or young, Their manners strongly reminded
me of those of the Lapwing, screaming high in the air, and then
darting along the ground as if to draw my attention away from their
broods. I thus easily obtained several specimens.”
The following year Mr. Edward Newton observed these birds in
the same locality in September (‘ Ibis’ 1863, p. 455).
Dr. Roch has described the flight of this Pratincole as reminding
him of that of the Lapwing ; but the late Mr. Swinhoe was doubtless
more accurate when, describing the habits of Glareola orientalis as
observed by him in Formosa, he likened its appearance on the wing
to the Golden Plover; for, like that bird, the Pratincoles have long,
pointed, narrow flight-feathers, unlike the full rounded wing of the
Lapwing.
Their food consists chiefly of sand-beetles and flying ants, of which
they are especially fond.
Like other species of the Limicole, the Pratincoles lay their eggs
in a depression of the ground, with very little nest, and the young
run as soon as they are hatched.
The egg of Glareola ocularis is much paler than that of G. pratin-
cola, and assimilates both in shape and colour to the eggs of
Cursorius, showing an affinity to that genus of birds, which is also
indicated in the anatomical structure.
1882.] BIRDS’ EGGS FROM MADAGASCAR. 355
It may be described as of a pale stone-colour, or, to be more
accurate, of the colour described and figured by Werner in his ‘ No-
menclature of Colours’ as cream-yellow, spotted or speckled chiefly
at the larger end with yellowish-brown and paler brocoli-brown
(Werner). It measures 1°4 inch by 1°1 at its greatest diameter.
Only one nest was found, containing two eggs. The native name for
this bird according to Mr. Deans Cowan is Hitsikitsidrano.
2. AiGIALITIS GEOFFROYI, Wagler.
In ‘The Ibis’ for 1870 I gave as complete a life-history of this
species as the materials then available enabled me to prepare, with
a figure of the bird in its nuptial plumage. Reference to this
account will show that the species is widely distributed and
has frequently come under the observation of naturalists at the
periods of its migration, or in its winter-quarters ; but I was obliged
to confess my inability to describe the egg (tom. cit. p. 383).
Jerdon, writing of its habits in India, thought it ‘ retired northwards
to breed ;”’ and Dr. Leith Adams believed he had found it breeding
on the banks of the Chimouraree Lake in Ladakh (P. Z.S. 1859,
p. 188), but the description of the bird given by him in his ‘ Wan-
derings of a Naturalist in India’ (p. 283) shows that it was the
closely allied, but smaller, dgialitis mongolica that he met with.
44. geoffroyi, according to Swinhoe, is abundant on the sandy shores
of Formosa ; and from the fact of the young being found in the island,
he conjectured that it breeds there. There can be little doubt that
it does so; for several eggs which he took there, and supposed to be
those of the Eastern Golden Plover, Charadrius fulvus, are evidently
too small for that species, and can only belong to &. geoffroyi. These
eggs are now in the collection of Mr. H. Seebohm, and resemble those
now exhibited from Madagascar.
As its smaller congener . mongolicus does not occur in Mada-
gascar, there is no ground for supposing that the eggs now exhibited
can belong to that species ; while the eggs of such other Sand-Plovers
as are known to occur in the island are so much smaller in size, and
so different in markings, that they cannot for a moment be con-
founded. 42. geoffroy? is common enough in Madagascar, frequent-
ing sandy shores and going up the rivers for some distance inland to
breed.
The egg is of a cream-yellow, blotched chiefly at the larger end
with pitch-black. It measures 1°4 inch by 1 inch.
The native name for this bird, and applied to all the Sand-Plovers
which are found there, is Vikivike.
3. GALLINAGO MACRODACTYLA, Bonaparte.
G. berniert, Pucheran.
This Snipe, a very rare one in collections, is characterized by the
unusually long toes, and by the extraordinary length of bill which
distinguishes it from all its congeners.
Hardly any thing has been published concerning it beyond the
356 ON RARE BIRDS’ EGGS FROM MADAGASCAR. __ [Apr. 4,
mere identification of the species under the name bestowed upon it
by Pucheran (Rev. Zool. 1845, p. 279). Thus, it appears in a col-
lection of Madagascar birds brought home by Mr. W. Gerrard, and
described by Professor Newton in the ‘ Proceedings’ of this Society,
1865, p. 832; it is noted as amongst the birds observed in Mada-
gascar by M. Grandidier between the years 1865-67 (Rev. et Mag.
de Zool. 1868, p. 4); and it appears again in a collection made in
Madagascar by Mr. Crossley in 1869, and described by Mr. Sharpe,
P. Z.8. 1870, p. 399.
Dr. Hartlaub has of course included it in both his works on
Madagascar (Orn. Beitrag Faun. Madagase. 1861, p. 78, and ‘ Die
Vogel Madagascars,’ 1877, p. 333); but little information is given
concerning it beyond what had already been made known by Messrs.
Roch and Edward Newton in their remarks on Madagascar birds,
published in ‘ The Ibis’ in 1863, where the fullest notice which has
appeared of this bird is. given.
These gentlemen state that they found it tolerably common along
the coast, where it had evidently just been breeding, as Dr. Roch
found a young one about four days old, on the 3rd October, between
Tranomaro and Mamorack ; unfortunately it was not preserved. In
colouring it was said to approach the young of Gallinago scolopacina
more thau either G. major or G. gallinula.
In the valleys near Ambohitroni, about ninety-four miles from
the coast, Messrs. Roch and Newton found it more numerous, and
in about half an hour killed nine couple. Their flight was slow
and steady, and they did not twist in the least. These were
evidently not breeding. The largest measured was 19°25 inches in
extent of wing, and 17:5 inches from the tip of the bill to the end
of the tail.
According to Messrs. Roch and Newton sixteen appeared to be
the normal number of tail-feathers in this Snipe, or two more than
originally ascribed to the species by Bonaparte. Unfortunately, of
the three specimens of this bird now before me, not one of them has
the tail perfect, so that at present I am unable to check the obser-
vations of my predecessors upon this point.
With regard to the breeding of this species, Dr. Hartlaub has
briefly described the egg (Vogel Madagascars, p. 335), and Dr. Roch,
as already stated, found a young one which he was unable to preserve.
I have now before me both egg and young, brought home by Mr.
Deans Cowan from Fianarantsoa, Betsileo, where the bird is called
Kekakeka. The native name Rava-rava referred to this species by
Prof. Newton, in the Catalogue already referred to (P.Z.S. 1865,
p- 832), is, according to Mr. Deans Cowan, properly applicable to the
Painted Snipe (Lthynchea capensis).
The egg, which measures 1-7 inch by 1-2 at its greatest diameter,
is of a honey-yellow colour (Weruer), spotted chiefly at the larger end
with umber-brown.
The young bird when a few days old is scarcely to be distinguished
from the young of our Common Snipe (G. scolopacina) at the same
age, save for its greater length of bill, legs, and toes. As regards
1882.] MR. E. P. RAMSAY ON A NEW TEPHRAS, 357
coloration, a description of the one would apply almost equally well
to the other.
The measurements of a young bird of G. macrodactyla less than
a week old, and conseguently unable to fly, are :—Bill 1°5, wing 2°5,
bare portion of tibia *5, tarsus 1°7 inch.
Before concluding my remarks on this species it seems desirable
to say a few words on the synonymy, since the bird has hitherto
been usually known as Gallinago bernieri of Pucheran, who named
it after the first collector who brought specimens of the bird to
Europe. Pucheran’s description was published in the ‘Revue de
Zoologie,’ 1845; but some years prior to this, namely between 1832
and 1841, Bonaparte’s ‘ Iconografia della Fauna Italica’ appeared
in parts (unpaged). In one of these parts, in the course of a notice
of Gallinago brehmi (a variety of the common European Snipe), of
which the part in question contains a coloured figure, a review of
the various species of Gadlingo known to the author is given, in the
course of which two new species are described :—one from Madagascar,
named by Bonaparte macrodactyla; the other from the Cape, named
by him nigripennis, and subsequently by Riippell (1845) equatorialis.
His description of macrodactyla, which applies to the present species,
was founded upon a specimen in the Paris Museum, which had
been brought by Dr. Bernier from Madagascar, and was in all
probability the same type from which Pucheran subsequently de-
scribed and named his Gallinago bernieri. It is evident, therefore,
that Bonaparte’s name for this species, Gallinago macrodactyla, has
precedence.
I have seen no specimen of this bird from any part of Africa; and,
so far as at present known, it appears to be confined entirely to
Madagascar.
4. Description of a new Species of Bird of the Genus Tephras.
By E. P. Ramsay, F.L.S., C.M.Z.8.
[Received March 14, 1882.]
The species which I propose to describe is based on a specimen
from a collection made along the south coast of New Guinea and at
the Aru Islands by the late S. White, Esq., of South Australia. I
propose to call it
TEPHRAS WHITE, Sp. nov.
All the upper surface dull brown washed with olive-yellow, tinged
with brown on the head; brighter on the rump and upper tail-
coverts, and on the outer margins of the webs of the wing- and tail-
feathers ; the wings and tail brown above and below; axillaries and
under wing-coverts whitish, inner margin of the webs of the quills
towards the base whitish ; shafts of the wing and tail-feathers below
white, above brown; all the under surface of the body, chin, margins
of shoulders below, and the under tail-coverts citron-yellow, deeper
358 PROF. W. H. FLOWER ON THE EDENTATA. [Apr. 18,
in tint on the chest, breast, and under tail-coverts; bill brown,
whitish on the lower margin and on the under mandible; no ring
round the eye; ear-coverts and sides of the face like the head.
Length of skin 3°7 inches, wing 2°5, tail 1:9, tarsus 0°7; bill
from forehead 0°5, from anterior margin of nasal groove 0°3, from
gape 0°6.
The flank-plumes are rather elongated and somewhat decomposed.
Hab, Aru Islands ?
April 18, 1882.
Prof. Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.
The following report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie
during the month of March 1882 was read by the Secretary :—
The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-
gerie during the month of March 1882 was 54, of which 26 were
by presentation, 16 by purchase, 3 by birth, and 9 were received on
deposit. The total number of departures during the same period,
by death and removals, was 81.
The most noticeable addition during the month was :—
A Radiated Fruit-Cuckoo (Carpococcyx radiatus) from Sumatra,
purchased March 31st.
The gait and actions of this remarkable Grouwnd-Cuckoo remind
one more of a Gallinaceous bird or a Gallinule than of any of its
arboreal relatives of the same family. ‘The form is quite new to the
Society’s Collection,
The following papers were read :—
1. On the Mutual Affinities of the Animals composing the
Order Eprentata. By Witi1am Henry Frower, LL.D.,
F.R.S., Pres. Zool. Soc., &c.
[Received April 4, 1882.]
The name assigned to this order by Cuvier is often objected to
as inappropriate, as, though some of its members are edentulous,
others have very numerous teeth; and the Linnean name Bruta is
occasionally revived by modern authors. But that term is quite as
objectionable, especially as the group to which Linneus applied it
is by no means equivalent to the order as now understood, but con-
tained all the animals then known which are comprised in the
modern orders Proboscidea, Sirenia, and Edentata, together with
the Walrus, one of the Carnivora. If retained at all, it should
rather belong to the Prodoscidea, as Elephas stands first in the list
of genera of Bruta in the ‘Systema Nature,’ and was probably in
the mind of Linnzus when he assigned the name to the group.
1882. ] PROF. W. H. FLOWER ON THE EDENTATA. 359
Cuvier’s order included the Ornithorhynchus and Echidna, animals
of which the structure was then imperfectly known, but which are
now by almost universal consent removed to an altogether different
section of the class. Otherwise its limits are those now adopted.
The name Ldentata, moreover, is now so generally used, and its
meaning so well understood as a conventional term, that it would be
very undesirable to substitute any other for it. In fact similar reasons
might be given for ceasing to use nearly all the current ordinal desig-
nations of mammals. It might be equally well objected that all
the Carnivora are not flesh-eaters, many of the Marsupialia have
not pouches, and so forth.
The few common characters by which the Edentata are associated
are too well known to need repetition. The principal one is the
absence of any trace of the typical heterodont and diphyodont den-
tition, found in a more or less modified form in all other placental
mammals’. The one genus Tatusia presents a startling exception,
in the presence of a set of milk-teeth, with (according to Burmeister)
distinct rootsimplanted in separate alveoli, and (according toC. Tomes)
distinct enamel-organs, if not enamel. This is one of the most im-
portant facts bearing upon the evolution of the Edentates yet dis-
covered, though its full signification is not yet evident.
It is highly probable that most, if not all, of the existing Eden-
tates are the very much differentiated representatives of a large
group, the greater number of which are uow extinct, and which
have become so without ever attaining a high grade of organization.
The great diversity of structure, the high degree of specialization
to which many have attained, the paucity of species and even of
individuals, their limited area of distribution, and their small size
compared with known extinct forms, all show that they belong to
an ancient and waning race, the members of which still hold their
own either by the remoteness and seclusion of their dwelling-places,
their remarkable adaptation of structure to special conditions of life,
or by aid of the peculiar defensive armature with which they are
invested. Their former history can, however, only be surmised,
rather than read, at present ; for though we have ample evidence of
the abundance and superior magnitude of certain forms in the most
recent and post-Tertiary geological age, and in one part of the world,
beyond that time (7. e. in the true Tertiary period), and in other parts
of the world than America, their fossil remains hitherto discovered
are only fragmentary, giving a most imperfect idea of their actual
condition, as well as affording no indications that serve to connect
them with certainty to any other branch of the class.
The existing Edentates readily group themselves into five distinct
families, of the limits of which there is no reasonable doubt. These
are :—1. The Brapypoprp4&, containing two genera, Bradypus and
Cholepus. 2. The MyrMEcoPHAGID4, containing three distinct modi-
fications, worthy of generic rank—Myrmecophaga, Tamandua, and
* The Cetacea are possible exceptions ; but embryological and palzontological
researches appear to show that their dentition may be derived from the ordinary
mammalian type.
360 PROF. W. H. FLOWER ON THE EDENTATA. [Apr, 18,
Cycloturus. 3. The Dasypop1p&, which may be divided into two
sections, one containing the genus Zatusia, which, in the presence of
milk-teeth, the structure of the fore feet, as well as in many characters
of the visceral anatomy, stands apart from all the other Armadillos’ ;
and another, including the genera Dasypus, Xenurus, Priodon, Toly-
peutes, and Chlamydophorus, which are clearly all modifications of
a common type, although the last-named shows such a striking
difference in the character of its dermal armature that it might make a
section apart, if its internal structure were not so closely similar to that
of Dasypus. 4. The Manip, containing about seven species, the
slight modifications of which are scarcely worthy of being considered
generic. 5. The Orycrreroropip, with one genus containing
two closely allied local forms and species. The three first-named
families are inhabitants of the New, the last two of the Old World.
The families of which all the members are extinct are the Mrca-
THERIIDZ and GLyPropONTID&, both American and post-Tertiary,
the one related to the Bradypodide, and the other to the Dasypo-
dide. ‘The Tertiary forms are less known; but those of the New
World may be provisionally grouped under Marsh’s name of Moro-
PODID&#, and those of the Old World as MaAcROTHERIIDA.
As to the mutual relationship of these families, it has been
customary with all recent zoologists to group them into two divisions,
often called suborders :—the PoyLLopHaGa, PHyTopHaGa, or Tar-
DIGRADA, containing the Bradypodide alone; and the Enromo-
PHAGA or VERMILINGUA, including all the others, unless, as in
some systems, Orycteropus is placed apart as forming a distinct
section.
Whether these distinct suborders are adopted, or the families
merely arranged in their supposed relationship, the Old-World Ant-
eaters, or Manide@, are invariably closely associated with the New-
World Anteaters or the Myrmecophagide, and the latter are widely
separated from the Sloths.
This being (I think I am not wrong in saying) the view universally
accepted at the present time, it is my purpose to investigate it a
little more closely than has hitherto been done, and to see whether
it is really based upon important structural relations, or only upon
what may be called superficial or adaptive modifications.
The bonds which unite the Manide to the Myrmecophagide are
mainly to be found in the structure of the mouth, especially the
extensile character of the tongue, the great development of the sub-
maxillary glands, and absence of teeth. These characters are
exactly analogous to those found in the Echidna among Monotremes,
the Woodpeckers among Birds, and the Chameleon among Reptiles.
The explanation probably lies in the fact that in countries where
termites and similar insects flourish, various distinct forms of verte-
brates have become modified in special relation to this abundance
of nutritious food, which could only be made available by a peculiar
structure of the alimentary organs.
1 See Garrod, “ Notes on the Anatomy of Tolypeutes tricinctus, with remarks
on other Armadillos,” Proc. Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 222.
1882.] PROF. W. H. FLOWER ON THE EDENTATA. 361
In tracing true affinities we must not look to these obviously
adaptive characters, but to others of really deeper significance.
To commence with the skeleton, one of the most striking characters
by which the Myrmecophagide differ from ordinary mammals is
the presence on the posterior dorsal and the lumbar vertebra of
accessory articulating surfaces, in addition to the true zygapophyses
common to all mammals, and causing a remarkable interlocking of
the arches of these vertebrae. Such articulations are found equally
well-developed in the Megatheriide and in the Dasypodide, and
in a comparatively rudimentary state in the Bradypodide, especially
in Bradypus’.
The whole vertebral column of the Sloths, especially the dorsal
and lumbar region, is poorly developed, evidently in relation to the
subordinate function of the muscles attached to it. In the ordinary
position the animal hangs below the branches of the trees in which
it dwells, the trunk being merely slung between the two pairs of
extremities ; progression is effected chiefly by the body being
dragged along by the fore limbs; the hind legs, which usually take so
active a part insupporting and propelling the trunk, aresmall and weak,
andthe functions of walking, running, andjumpingare alike in abeyance.
Hence all the processes of the vertebral column—the spinous, trans-
verse, and accessory—are but feebly developed. The existence then,
even in a rudimentary form, of these additional articulations is ex-
tremely significant. It may almost be said that they prove that
the Sloths are descended from animals in which they existed in a
fully developed form. On the other hand, like as in some respects
the vertebral column of Manis is to that of Myrmecophaga, not a
trace of either of these articulations or of the processes on which they
are situated are to be found in the former. ‘There is a strong inter-
locking of the lumbar vertebrze ; but it is formed by the greatly curved
form of the true zygapophyses, and not by the addition of any
superadded parts. In Oryeteropus also they are entirely absent.
On this ground alone we might be justified in assuming that the
Old-World Edentates are not closely related to the American forms.
Nothing can be more different than the characters of the sternum
of Myrmecophaga and of Manis. In the former the numerous meso-
sternal segments are small, laterally compressed, and articulated with
each other and with the strongly ossified sternal ribs by synovial
joints. In Manis the sternum is broad and flat, and the sternal
ribs only partly ossified, and connected with it in the normal manner.
In these characters, the Bradypodide, Megatheriide, and Dasy-
pedide agree with the Anteaters, and Orycteropus is more nearly
related to Manis.
The gigantic post-Tertiary Edentates of the New World, Mega-
therium and its allies, throw much light upon the close affinity of
the Sloths and true Anteaters. By common consent they have been
placed among the former when the order is divided into two divisions,
and are spoken of as ‘‘Ground-Sloths;” yet in many important
characters, perhaps in all those not relating to the functions of
1 See ‘Osteology of Mammalia,’ 2nd edit., 1876, p. 55.
362 PROF. W. H. FLOWER ON THE EDENTATA. __[Apr. 18,
prehension and mastication of food, they are quite as near, if not
nearer, to the Anteaters. They may truly be regarded as intercalary
types, bridging over the gulf which now exists between them. The
teeth are certainly those of the Sloths, even to the actual number in
most genera; but the diminution of that number in Celodon leads to-
wards their total suppressionin Myrmecophaga. In the lengthening
of the anterior part of the skull in Megatherium, but wore strongly
marked in Scelidotherium, the commencement of the Myrmecophaga
type is clearly seen; and that they had tongues longer and more
protractile than those of existing Sloths (perhaps even prehensile, as
Professor Owen suggests) is very probable. The vertebral column,
ribs, sternum, and tai! were far more Myrmecophagine than Brady-
podine. In the scapula they possess a character which is shared
by both Sloths and Anteaters but by no other mammal. The
coracoid bone and the coracoid border of the scapula join over the
coraco-scapular notch, converting it into a foramen. The recent
discovery of clavicles in a rudimentary state in all three species of
Myrmecophaga’* adds another common character to the group, though
perhaps not one of first-class importance. It must, however, be
noted that in no species of Manis has any trace of a clavicle been
found. The flattening of the femur, and development of a linear
ridge along its external border, is common and peculiar to the Sloths,
Anteaters, and Megatheres. The special characters of the manus in
these three families are all derivations from a common type; but in
this portion of their organization the Megatherioids show their rela-
tionship with the Anteaters much more than with the Sloths. In the
mode of setting the foot to the ground, and in the absence of claws
upon one or more of the outer digits, the likeness is most surprising.
The manus of the Pangolins, on the other hand, although presenting
some superficial resemblances, is formed on a different type, in most
respects more conformable to that which is normal among mammals ;
but it has the peculiarity (which it shares with all known Carnivora)
of connate scaphoid and lunar bones, and in the deep median clefts
of the ungual phalanges it resembles Perameles among the Mar-
supials.
Passing from this brief review of the osteological characters, we
find in the arrangements of the arterial system of the limbs a close
resemblance between the Sloths and Anteaters ; and though the tail
is so reduced in the former, its caudal artery is surrounded by a
well-developed plexus, such as we could hardly account for, except
upon the supposition that it were a remnant of a condition in which
the tail resembles that of the Anteaters or Megatheres. In Manis,
no reéia mirabilia appear to be developed in connection with the
arteries of the limbs—although one has been found, in at least one
species, in the tail; but it is also present in animals as far removed
as the Spider Monkeys.
A part of the organization to which it is natural to attach much
importance in tracing affinities is that concerned in the reproductive
function. The organs of both male and female Sloths and Ant-
' See W. A. Forbes, P. Z.8. 1882, p. 287.
1882. ] PROF. W. H. FLOWER ON THE EDENTATA. 363
eaters are closely similar in structure, while those of Manis are formed
upon a totally different type. In the former families the testes are
placed exactly in the same situation, close to each other, lying on the
rectum, between it and the bladder; the penis is quite rudimentary,
consisting of a pair of small corpora cavernosa, not directly attached
by their crura to the rami of the ischium, and having a glans scarcely
larger than that of the clitoris of most mammals, and, as in birds and
reptiles, without any true corpus spongiosum. The number and
development of the accessory glands vary apparently in different
species of both families.
In the females of both Anteaters and Sloths the uterus is simple
and globular, and the vagina, at least in the virgin state, is divided
into two channels by astrong median partition. Lastly, the placen-
tation, as far as it is known, if not identical, is similar in principle.
The placenta of Cholepus has been fully described by Turner; it is
deciduate, and composed of a number of lobes aggregated into a
dome-like mass. There is nothing in the descriptions, certainly less
complete, of the placenta of Zumandua and Cycloturus to show any
differences except in detail of form.
In Manis, on the other hand, the testes are totally different in
position, lying in the inguinal canal. The penis is external and
wel] developed. The uterus is truly bicornuate, the vagina not
divided, and the placenta diffused and non-deciduate. All the
organs and foetal membranes are formed very much on the plan of
those of the typical Ungulata, without a trace of the special peculi-
arities of the American Edentates.
As regards the tegumentary system Myrmecophaga closely re-
sembles Bradypus in the character of its hairy covering; while
Manis, in its very remarkable horny scales, shows a type entirely
different from both and from every other mammal.
Many other minor considerations might be adduced ; but I think
I have brought forward enough to establish the fact beyond reason-
able question, that Munis, if allied at all to Myrmecophaga,
must have separated from the original common stock before this
had given off the Bradypodide—or, in other words, that the Sloths
and Anteaters, with the Megatherioids intervening, are far more
nearly allied to each other than either is to the Pangolins.
It now remains to examine the position of the other families.
Dasypodide. In many respects this family is remarkably specia-
lized, more particularly in the characters of the integumentary
structures, in which it differs from all known mammals.
In dental characters it presents nothing fundamentally different
from those of the Sloths. In lingual, salivary, and digestive organs,
on the other hand, it is more nearly allied to the Anteaters, though
presenting a less extreme form of modification, showing in fact one of
the stages by which such modification may have been brought about.
It is therefore so far a connecting link between these families.
In the extremely important character of the presence of inter-
locking accessory zygapophyses to the lumbar vertebre, and in the
structure of the sternum and sternal ribs, it follows the type of Myr-
.
364 PROF. W. H. FLOWER ON THE EDENTATA. ([Apr. 18,
mecophaga and Megatherium ; but in the peculiar form and ankylosis
of some of the cervical vertebrae, common to all existing members of
the family, it stands apart from all other Edentates. In the presence
of a clavicle it resembles the other American forms ; but it differs in the
shape of the scapula, and in the existence of a third trochanter to the
femur. The structure of the extremities, especially the manus, presents
many modifications, some of which are quite comparable to, though not
identical with, those of the Myrmecophagide.
The reproductive organs differ in the presence of a largely de-
veloped copulating organ in the male, and of a simple vagina of cor-
responding length in the female; these, as long ago suggested by
Professor Owen, appear to be correlated with the difficulties which
would otherwise be interposed to sexual congress by the arrange-
ments of the dermal armour, and which of course do not occur in
the Sloths and Anteaters. The testes are still abdominal, though
not in the same position; and the penis, notwithstanding its size,
wants (as pointed out by Morrison Watson’) both the glans and
bulb, generally formed in mammals by the corpus spongiosum. The
uterus is as simple, or nearly so, as that of the Sloths wnd Anteaters ;
and there is no reason to suppose, from what is at present known, that
the placentation differs in principle from that of those families ; for if
deciduate, whether the whole mass assumes an oval, discoidal, or
bell-shaped form is only a matter of detail.
The Armadillos, then, have undoubtedly near affinities to the
other American Edentates, and are probably members of the same
group, though not so nearly related to either of the other families
as they are to each other, and are moreover remarkably specialized
in a particular direction. The Glyptodonts form an allied group,
agreeing in most essential features, but also presenting some very
singular special modifications.
Lastly, Orycteropus is a form in most respects perfectly apart
from all the others. The structure of its teeth alone would almost
entitle it to be placed in an order by itself, were it not for the
practical inconvenience of doing so. Its vertebral column is formed
on the normal type of mammals. Its limbs also present com-
paratively few specializations ; but it resembles the Armadillos in pos-
sessing a third trochanter to the femur. Its digestive organs are
also comparable to those of the Armadillos, as its mode of feeding
is similar. But its reproductive organs, both male and female, and
placentation are formed upon a principle unknown in other Eden-
tates, or, in combination, in other mammals. The testes, in a specimen
I once examined, were inguinal, though they appear to descend, at all
events temporarily, into a scrotum; but the penis is almost as small
as in the Great Anteater. The uterus is more bicornuate than in
Manis, the two lateral chambers opening separately into the vagina,
as in some Rodents. The placenta, as described by Prof. Turner,
is broadly zonular; but whether deciduate or not is at present un-
determined, probably the latter. As Balfour remarks, this type of
placenta is capable of being easily derived from that of Munis,
1 PZ. 8. 1878, p. 677.
1882. ] PROF. W. H. FLOWER ON THE EDENTATA. 365
by the disappearance of the foetal villi at the two poles of the ovum ;
while the small size of the umbilical vesicle indicates that it is not,
like the zonary placenta of the Carnivora, directly derived from
a type with both allantoic and umbilical vascularization of the
chorion.
Although paleontology has revealed the existence of a vast
number of the Edentates by which the New World was tenanted in
the Pleistocene age, and has given us a more perfect idea of their
characters than is known of most other extinct forms, unfortu-
nately the history of the group throughout the period of the true
Tertiaries is at present almost a blank. The presence of a large
species probably allied to Manis in the Siwalik fauna is indicated by
a single phalanx, described and figured by Lydekker under the name
of M. sindiensis. No animals, attributed with any certainty to the
Edentata, are known of Eocene age. The few scattered and imperfect
remains of supposed Edentates, Macrotherium and Ancylotherium,
of the European later Miocene formations, and the similarly imperfect
and as yet not fully described bones of Moropus and Morotherium of
corresponding ages in North America, indicate that animals existed
at that time of large size, presenting characters in some respects
allied to the recent members of the order, but in others so different
that they cannot be placed in any of the existing families. Macro-
therium, for instance, appears to have limb-characters which ally it
to the Ungulates. As far as can be surmised at present, the
affinities of these early forms were rather with the existing members
which survive in their own part of the world, than with those of a
different hemisphere. Macrotherium certainly appears to present
more resemblance to Manis than to the American Edentates. The first
fragments of it which were found were attributed by Cuvier to a
“* Pangolin gigantesque.” But some evidence has since been found
in favour of its having possessed teeth. So far this is quite what
might be expected; but it certainly throws very little light either
upon the mutual relations of the existing forms, the steps by which the
present state of things has been brought about, or, what would be still
more interesting, their affinities with mammals of other groups. The
tabular form (see p. 366) into which the result of these inquiries have
been thrown will show what I conceive to be the relationship of the
existing forms ; but it also shows the great deficiency of our knowledge
of the group in past ages.
The general conclusions to which a study of this group have led me
may be summed up as follows:—All the American Edentates at
present known, however diversified in form and habits, belong to a
common stock. The Bradypodide, Megatheriide, and Myrmeco-
phagide are closely allied, the modifications seen in the existing
families relating to food and manner of life. The ancestral forms
may have been omnivorous, like the present Armadillos, and
gradually separated into the purely vegetable and purely animal
feeders ; from the former are developed the modern Sloths, from the
latter the Anteaters. The Armadillos are another modification of
the same type, retaining some more generalized characters, as those
[Apr. 18,
PROF. W. H. FLOWER ON THE EDENTATA.
366
‘W CIIYaALOWVN
¢ sesuaapuns seunpy
‘Ww didod ‘WdaINVIAA
-OUFLOAUO
*SWUOT AIYOM-AIO
‘WW dIdOdOwon Pomed
auooory,
“TUN LOYJOAO TT *pollog
eus00I|
WALLNOGOLd aD
‘aula a ‘W CITYH RLV aI ‘pollog
wdidodasva 9ued04sIo, fF
Rey yy fi \ :
HA ih as
ted Su thth fi { \ in
Kate estat a aN
Tig! (C2) Gd Vi shoot Toes %
1 tL VEN 1 ee ns
Heat sir ae Nat hoa ah
(Si eat be EAN ie a ey te
le tet Veet 1 ! \ KK
joe} ey cas
W dIdO0dASvVa ‘WdIDPVHd WdIdod ‘poMeg
“OOUN UAW “ACVAL =| UM
“SNUOT GTHOA\-MAN
ViIVINGCHA
1882. ] DR. VAN DYCK ON SYRIAN STREET-DOGS, 367
of the alimentary organs, but in other respects, as their defensive
armature, remarkably specialized.
The two Old-World forms Manide and Orycteropide are so
essentially distinct from all the American families, that it may even
be considered doubtful whether they are derived from the same
primary branch of mammals, or whether they may not be offsets
from some other branch, the remaining members of which have been
lost to knowledge.
Alphonse Milne-Edwards, in discussing the inferences to be derived
from the study of the foetal membranes of the Edentates', has maintained
that one of two views must be accepted :—either that it shows that
no value can be attached to the placentation in seeking natural affinities ;
or that the Edentates as we know them now are not a homogeneous
order, but should be separatedinto several distinct natural groups. It
is the latter view to which he gives the preference. It need scarcely
be remarked that the observations made in the present communi-
cation lead to a similar conclusion.
2. On the Modification of a Race of Syrian Street-Dogs by
means of Sexual Selection. By Dr. Van Dycx. With
a Preliminary Notice by Cuartns Darwin, F.R.S.,
F.Z.S.
[Received April 4, 1882. ]
Most of the naturalists who admit that natural selection has been
effective in the formation of species, likewise admit that the weapons
of male animals are the result of sexual selection—that is, of the best-
armed males obtaining most females and transmitting their masculine
superiority to their male offspring. But many naturalists doubt, or
deny, that female animals ever exert any choice, so as to select certain
males in preference to others. It would, however, be more correct
to speak of the females as being excited or attracted in an especial
degree by the appearance, voice, &c. of certain males, rather than of
deliberately selecting them. I may perhaps be here permitted to
say that, after having carefully weighed to the best of my ability the
various arguments which have been advanced against the principle of
sexual selection, I remain firmly convinced of its truth. It is, how-
ever, probable that I may have extended it too far, as, for instance,
in the case of the strangely formed horns and mandibles of male
Lamellicorn beetles, which have recently been discussed with much
knowledge by W. von Reichenau*, and about which I have always felt
some doubts. On the other hand, the explanation of the development
of the horns offered by this entomologist does not seem to me at all
satisfactory.
1 Annales des Sciences Naturelles, Zoolugie, 6me série, tome viii. p. 6 (1879).
2 «Ueber den Ursprung der secundiren miinnlichen Geschlechtscharakteren
&e.,” Kosmos, Jahrgang y. 1881, p. 172.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.— 1882, No. XXV. 25
368 DR. VAN DYCK ON SYRIAN STREET-DOGS. _[Apr. 18,
In order to ascertain whether female animals ever or often exhibit
a decided preference for certain males, I formerly inquired from
some of the greatest breeders in England, who had no thoretical
views to support and who had ample experience ; and I have given
their answers, as well as some published statements, in my ‘ Descent
of Man’'. ‘The facts there given clearly show that with dogs and
other animals the females sometimes prefer in the most decided
manner particular males—but that it is very rare that a male will
not accept any female, though such cases do occur. The following
statement, taken from the ‘ Voyage of the Vega,”’ indirectly supports
in a striking manner the above conclusion. Nordenskidld says :—
‘* We had two Scotch collies with us on the ‘ Vega.’ They at first
frightened the natives very much with their bark. To the dogs of
the Chukches they soon took the same superior standing as the
European claims for himself in relation to the savage. The dog was
distinctly preferred by. the female Chukch canine population, and
that too without the fights to which such favour on the part of the
fair commonly gives rise. A numerous canine progeny of mixed
Scotch-Chukch breed has arisen at Pitlekay. The young dogs had
a complete resemblance to their father; and the natives were quite
charmed with them.”
What the attractions may be which give an advantage to certain
males in wooing in the above several cases, whether general appear-
ance, such as colour and form, or vigour and strength, or gestures,
voice, or odour, can rarely be even conjectured; but whatever they
may be, they would be preserved and augmented in the course of
many generations, if the females of the same species or race, inhabit-
ing the same district, retained during successive generations approxi-
mately the same general disposition and taste; and this does not
seem improbable. Nor is it indispensable that all the females should
have exactly the same tastes: one female might be more attracted
by some one characteristic in the male, and another female by a
different one; and both, if not incompatible, would be gradually
acquired by the males. Little as we can judge what are the charac-
teristics which attract the female, yet, in some of the cases recorded
by me, it seemed clearly to be colour; in other cases previous
familiarity with a particular male; in others exactly the reverse, or
novelty. With respect to the first appearance of the peculiarities
which are afterwards augmented through sexual selection, this of
course depends on the strong tendency in all parts of all organisms
to present slight individual differences, and in some organisms to
vary in a plain manner. Evidence has also been given in my book on
Variation under Domestication showing that male animals are more
liable to vary than females ; and this would be highly favourable to
sexual selection. Manifestly every slight individual difference and
each more conspicuous variation depends on definite though unknown
* The Descent of Man, second edit. (1874), part ii. Chap. xvii. pp. 522-525.
See also Chap. xiv., on choice in pairing shown by female birds, and on their
appreciation of beauty,,
* «The Voyage of the Vega,’ Eng. translat. (1881), vol. ii. p. 97.
1832. ] DR. VAN DYCK ON SYRIAN STREET-DOGS. 369
causes; and these modifications of structure &c. differ in different
species under apparently the same conditions. Statements of this
nature have sometimes been misinterpreted, as if it were supposed
that variations were indefinite or fluctuating, and that the same
variations occurred in all species.
In reference to sexual selection, I will here only add that the
complete manner in which the introduced dogs and other domestic
animals in South America and other countries have been mongrelized,
so that all traces of their original race have been lost, often appeared
to me a surprising fact. This holds good according to Rengger'
with the dogs even in so isolated a country as Paraguay. I formerly
attributed this mongrelization merely to the breeds not baving
been kept separate and to the greater vigour of cross-bred off-
spring; but if the females often prefer strangers to their old
companions, as seems to be the case, according to Nordenskiéld, in
Siberia, and in Syria as shown in the following essay, then we can
readily understand how rapid and complete would be the progress of
mongrelization. I will now give without further comment the essay
which Dr. W. Van Dyck, Lecturer on Zoology to the Protestant
College at Beyrout, who has had excellent opportunities for obser-
vations during a residence of twenty years, has been so kind as to
send me.
On the Modification of a Race of Syrian Street-Dogs by means
of Sexual Selection. By W. Van Dycx, M.D.
Beyrout is one of the principal ports on the Syrian coast, and has
a population of from eighty to one hundred thousand. Like most
Oriental cities, its system of street-cleansing is far from perfect, and
much of the scavenging is left to the street-dogs, many hundreds of
which roam at large through the town and suburbs, picking up a sub-
sistence as they best can. Twenty years ago, and previously, these
dogs were quite a homogeneous. race, the following being a rough
description of a typical specimen :—height at shoulder, 20-22 in. ;
length from muzzle to root of tail 32-34 in. ; length of tail, 12-15 in. ;
colour sandy grey, with some variety of shades (rarely so light as to
pass for dirty white), in most cases distinctly darker above than
beneath, and not unfrequently grizzled or brindled ; head of medium
size, with rather pointed snout and small pointed semipendulous ears ;
tail bushy, usually carried up over the back, sometimes much curled ;
general aspect decidedly jackal-like, or semi-wolfish ; disposition
cowardly, seldom savage. The only departures worthy of mention
from the above type, at the time of which I write, were occasional
black dogs, mostly with shorter hair than that of the sandy ones,
rarely piebald black-and-white specimens. At the present date, the
case is very different. The sandy-grey colour still prevails, it is true ;
but there is hardly an imaginable colour or combination of colours
' ‘ Naturgeschichte der Saugethiere von Paraguay,’ 1830, p. 154,
25*
370 DR. VAN DYCK ON SYRIAN STREET-DOGS. [Apr. 18,
which may not be found ; and in form, size, and proportions of trunk
and limbs, shape of head, form and size of ears, length and closeness
of hair, length, bushiness, and carriage of tail there is nearly as
much diversity.
Twenty years ago but few persons in this city owned dogs of any
foreign breed whatsoever; but pointers, poodles, terriers, a few
greyhounds and setters, and occasionally Newfoundlands, retrievers,
and mastiffs have since been imported, and to some extent bred here.
By far the majority of foreign dogs to be found in Beyrout at any
time are smaller and decidedly weaker than the original natives ;
very few indeed can range the streets unaccompanied by their
masters, without running a considerable risk of more or less serious
injury from the street-dogs. Despite their marked muscular inferi-
ority, however, the foreign dogs have succeeded in mongrelizing the
whole race of street-dogs so thoroughly that it is now no easy
matter to find one of these which does not bear unmistakable
evidence of a foreign strain.
To account for this, I can confidently cite the following facts from
my own personal observation and experience :—1st. Native bitches
very often manifest a decided preference for certain foreign dogs;
and I have repeatedly seen such a bitch reject, one after another, a
train of kindred suitors, to accept without hesitation a thorough-bred
pointer. My brother once owned a French pointer named Jack,
quite small, but beautifully proportioned, and of a uniform golden
fawn colour. This dog was so great a favourite with the opposite
sex of the native breed, that he led an exceedingly “gay” life.
Pointer bitches, on the contrary, not unfrequently refused him for
the sake of a street-dog. 2nd. Pointers and other well-bred bitches
are frequently so decided and persistent in their preference for street-
dogs (usually for some particular individual, unseen it may be, but
communicated with by the voice), that they will go barren whole
seasons rather than accept mates chosen for them by their masters.
In such cases, a moment’s carelessness or inattention is sufficient
to ensure a litter of mongrel pups, which, if not destroyed in puppy-
hood, are very apt eventually to find their way into the street,
there to multiply the chance of infection for the whole race. 3rd.
Mongrel strains are most strongly pronounced in the:suburbs, where
street-dogs are rather less numerous than in the heart of the city,
and where sly and runaway matches are favoured by hedgerows,
shrubbery, &c. &c. In the city itself, on the contrary, where the
chances are ten to one that claims will be settled by the law of
battle, the foreign taint is not so evident; indeed a casual observer
might easily overlook it in many instances ; and if any pure-blooded
representatives of the old stock are still in existence, it must bein the
most thickly stocked quarter, where butcher’s shops are many and
very near together and street-dogs proportionately numerous.
1882. ] ON MAMMALIA FROM CENTRAL MEXICO. 371
3. On a small Collection of Mammalia from Central Mexico.
By Oxprietp Tuomas, F.Z.S., British Museum.
[Received April 3, 1882.]
Mr. A. Forrer, one of Messrs. Salvin and Godman’s collectors,
has recently sent to London a small collection of Mammalia from the
State of Durango, Central Mexico ; and I have been asked to publish
a list of the species contained in it, in order that any additional in-
formation to be gained from a collection made in such an interesting
locality might be incorporated in the forthcoming Introduction to the
Mammalian volume of the ‘Biologia Centrali-Americana. The
specimens were all collected either at Ciudad, a village on the Sierra
Madre, 8100 feet above the sea, or at Ventanas, another village in
the same district, but only 2000 feet in altitude.
It is noteworthy that, of the twelve species in the collection the
ranges of which extend beyond Mexico into either North or Central
America, just half are Nearctic and half Neotropical, and that, in
the case of no less than seven of them, their discovery at Durango
adds considerably to their hitherto known ranges. Of these seven,
four are Neotropical and were obtained, with the exception of the
Raccoon, at the comparatively lowland village of Ventanas, while the
other three, of Nearctic origin, were all found at Ciudad, high up in
the mountains.
1. VESPERUGO SEROTINUs, var. FuscUS, Beauv.
Two specimens. Ciudad.
2. NATALUS STRAMINEUS, Gray.
Six specimens. Ventanas.
Not hitherto recorded north of Mirador, Vera Cruz.
From this series it would appear that the bright orange or straw-
colour from which the species derives its name, is confined to the
adult males, the females being simply pale grey.
3. ARTIBEUS CINEREUS, Gerv.
Two specimens. Ventanas.
This is the most northern locality recorded. There are other
specimens from Mexico in the British Museum and elsewhere; but
these seem mostly to have been collected in Southern Mexico, and
have in no case any exact locality noted.
4, VULPES VIRGINIANUS, Schr.
Two specimens. Ciudad, July 21 and Sept. 30, 1881.
5. Procyon cANcRIvoRuws, Cuv.
One specimen. Ciudad, Sept. 16, 1881.
For remarks on the northern distribution of this species, see Biol.
Cent.-Am., Mamm. Supp. p. 208.
6. Meruiris MAcruRA, Licht.
Two specimens. Ciudad, Sept. 14 and Oct. 1, 1881.
372 ON MAMMALIA FROM CENTRAL MEXICO. — [Apr. 18,
7. Scrurus ABERTI, Woodh.
Two specimens. Ciudad, Aug. 7 and Oct. 14, 1881.
This is the first occurrence recorded of the present species in the
region included in the ‘ Biologia Centrali-Americana.’ It has been
hitherto only known from Colorado, Arizona, and New Mexico.
These specimens, however, exactly agree with the figure given by
Dr. Baird of his S. castanonotus ', which Mr. Allen has determined
to be a synonym of S. aberti’.
8. ScruRUS GRISEOFLAVUS, Gray.
Two specimens. Ciudad, Sept. 19 and Nov. 14, 1881.
9, TAMIAS ASIATICUS, Var. QUADRIVITTATUS, Rich.
Two specimens. Ciudad, July 6, 1881.
This is the first time that specimens of the genus 7'’amias have
been obtained in Mexico. It is true that Mr. Allen® has stated his
opinion that another species, 7’. harrisi, Aud. and Bach., probably
extends into Western Mexico; but the evidence was not sufficient
for Mr. Alston to include the genus in the ‘ Biologia.’ It is interest-
ing to observe that it is the bright-coloured variety quadrivittatus,
and not the pale washed-out var. dorsalis of New Mexico, Nevada,
and Arizona, that is now found by Mr. Forrer in Durango. This
fact is of course confirmatory of Mr. Allen’s opinion that 7. dorsalis
is not specifically separable from 7. asiaticus, since we find the usual
northern form reappearing as soon as the desert region inhabited by
T. dorsalis is past and the country is again fertile and well wooded.
10. SPERMOPHILUS GRAMMURUS, Say.
One specimen. Ciudad, August 20, 1881.
11. HesPpeROMYs LEUCOPUS, var. SONORIENSIS, LeC.
Two specimens. Ciudad.
12. OcHETODON MEXICANUS, De Sauss.
Two specimens. Ciudad.
13. Arvicota MEexicAnus, De Sauss.
Two specimens. Ciudad.
14. Tuomomys TALPorpDEs, Rich.
Two specimens. Ciudad, July 24, 1881. The most southern loca-
lity yet recorded.
15. TaTusiA NOvEmcINCTA, Linn.
One specimen. Ventanas, Sept. 14, 1881.
16. DipeLpHys MurRINA, Linn.
Two specimens. Ventanas. The most northern locality recorded.
1 Mamm. N. Am. p. 266, pl. lxv. 2 Mon. N,-Am. Rod. p. 735, 1877.
3 Tom. cit. p. 812.
18$2.] ON MAMMALS AND BIRDS FROM EASTERN PERU. 373
4. On some Mammals and Birds collected by Mr. J. Haux-
well in Eastern Peru. By Epwarp Barruerr, Curator
of the Maidstone Museum.
[Received March 29, 1882. ]
Some time ago I received a collection of mammals and birds from
Mr. J. Hauxwell, collected by him in the neighbourhood of Nauta,
Elvira, and Loretoyacu, on the banks of the Peruvian Amazons. I
regret to say that, my time having been otherwise occupied, I have
been prevented from bringing an account of this collection before the
Society sooner. However, I think that my notes will be acceptable
to those interested in distribution (to which I have already contri-
buted largely), as increasing our knowledge of the avifauna of that
vast region.
The collection contained 136 species, 121 of which had been
previously obtained during my four years’ residence in Peru. But
there are 15 species among them not mentioned in my list (which
appeared in the ‘ Proceedings’ of the Society for 1873, p. 252); and
two of the 15 appear to be new to science, although closely allied to
forms already known from the same localities. One belongs to the
genus Thamnophilus, and the other to the genus Crypturus.
It is not my intention to give the names of the 121 species,
because they are enumerated in the catalogue above alluded to, but
only to refer to those which do not appear in that list.
By the list above referred to I find that the number of species
collected by Mr. Bates, Hauxwell, and myself, was 473. L now add
15 species, raising the total to 488.
I here take the opportunity of thanking Mr. Osbert Salvin for
his kindness in determining some of the more obscure species, and
for pronouncing the two birds new or undetermined.
MamMALs.
The three mammals new to the list were as follows :—Ateles
variegata, Wagner (=Ateles bartletti, Gray); Phyllostoma has-
tatum (Pall.); and Galera barbara, Retz.,—all from Elvira.
Brrps.
1. Henicoruina Leucosticra, Cab.
Elvira, E. Peru. ‘‘ Iris brown.”
2. FurNARIUS LEUCOPUS, Sw.
Elvira.
3. SYNALLAXIS HYPOSTICTA, Pelz.
Elvira. “Iris white, legs greenish.”
4, Nasica LoneirRosTRIs (Licht.).
Elvira. “ ¢. Iris brown.”
374 ON MAMMALS AND BIRDS FROM EASTERN PERU. [Apr. 18,
5. THAMNOPHILUS LORETOYACUENSIS, Sp. NOv.
Similis Th. atricapillo, sed dorso cinereo nigro mixto, nec brunneo.
Hab. Loretoyacu. “Iris brown”? (Haurwell).
This bird is so closely allied to Thamnophilus atricapillus, that I
am somewhat reluctant to give it a specific appellation, although
Mr. Salvin writes to me and says “I think the Thamnophilus
sufficiently distinct to be worthy of a name,” and Dr. Cabanis also
writes :—‘ Concerning your Thamnophilus loretoyacuensis, I believe
it to be a good species. This bird is much larger than 7’. atrica-
pillus, and has the back and vent cinereous.” The bird called
T. atricapillus (P. Z. 8. 1873, p. 273, no. 10), which I obtained on
the Upper Ucayali river, is the same as the present species.
6. GRALLARIA MACULARIA, Temm.
Loretoyacu.
A male of this rare species. ‘‘ Iris yellow.”
7. TITYRA SEMIFASCIATA, Spix.
Elvira. ‘‘ Iris red.”
8. GALBULA CHALCOTHORAX, Sclat. Mon. Galbulide, pl. x.
. 37, Jan. 1880.
Elvira.
9. Praya cayana, L.
Elvira. ‘‘ Iris red.”
10. Capito nicer (Mill.).
Loretoyacu. “Iris red.”
~
I
11. ARA MACAVUANNA, Wagl.
Elvira. ‘Iris grey; naked skin round the eye yellow.”
12. HypotTriorcuis RUFIGULARIS (Daud.).
Nauta. ‘Iris brown.”
A single skin of this bird was in the collection ; and I am now
convinced that many of the small Falcons observed by me during my
residence in Nauta were referable to this species, although I could
not obtain a single specimen: they were so wild and difficult to
approach.
13. GLAUCIDIUM PHALZNOIDES (Vieill.).
Loretoyacu. ‘“ 2. Iris bright yellow.”
14. TrRINGOIDES HYPOLEUCOs, L.
Elvira. ‘“ Iris brown.”
15. CRypTURUS BALSTONI, Sp. Nov.
Species similis C. asperso, sed ventre cinereo et lateribus dorso
concoloribus distinguenda.
Hab. Elvira. “ 3. Iris light brown” (Hauswell).
P45 .1862. Pee
12.
Ek:
Edwin Wilson.del.et lith . Mintern Bros.imp -
LAND -SHELLS FROM MADAGASCAR.
“Ya
P.Z.5. 1662.22
Edwin Wilson del et hth Mintern Bros ump .-
LAND & FRESHWATER-SHELLS FROM MADAGASCAR .
1882.] | ON THE MOLLUSCAN FAUNA OF MADAGASCAR. 375
Although this species is so closely connected with C. aspersus
and C. vermiculatus, I think it deserves to be separated from them
at present. Dr. Cabanis, when answering my questions respecting
this species, says:—‘‘ Your Orypturus is not very different from
C. adspersus, Licht. (which I consider identical with C. vermiculatus,
Temm., Wagl.). The chief differences are that the vent is not
whitish, but cinereous, and the flanks brownish like the back, not
light ferruginous. I would consider your bird as the Peruvian
form of the Brazilian C. aspersus.”
I have named this bird after Mr. R. J. Balston.
I may here mention that Crypturus bartletti, Scl. et Salv. (Proc.
Zool. Soc. 1873, p. 311), was obtained at Santa Cruz on the Hual-
laga river, E. Peru, not at Santa Cruz de la Sierra, as there stated in
error.
5. A Contribution to the Molluscan Fauna of Madagascar.
By Epear A. Situ.
[Received April 12, 1882. ]
(Plates XXI. & XXII.)
Much still remains to be done before our knowledge of the terres-
trial and fluviatile Mollusca of Madagascar will attain any thing like
completeness. With the exception of Achatina fulica, Helix mag-
nifica, and one or two others, I am not aware that the animals of
any of the numerous species of shells already described from this
island have been examined. Of non-operculate land-shells about
eighty are now known, of operculate species about seventy-five, and
about fifty forms have been recorded from the lakes and rivers; this
computation includes the new species about to be described, and a
few hereafter mentioned for the first time as inhabitants of Mada-
gascar, which were originally described without localities. One
minute species, Helix barrakporensis, has not previously been met
with except in India, where it may have been introduced, as is the
case with the large Achatina fulica, a most abundant shell in some
parts of Madagascar and also at the Mauritius. A small South-
African bivalve shell, Limosina ferruginea, is now cited for the first
time as an inhabitant of the island; and Spherium madagascariense
of Tristram is scarcely separable from another African species, S.
capense of Krauss. Four species belonging to genera not previously
known from Madagascar are now described ; these are Vitrina mada-
gascariensis, Cleopatra trabonjiensis, Corbicula madagascariensis,
and Pisidium johnsoni.
Part of the collection which is here reported upon was liberally
presented to the British Museum by Mr. W. Johnson, who has re-
cently returned to England, and to whom much praise is due for so
carefully noting the precise localities where he collected the various
species ; and on this account his name will be found associated with
376 MR. E. A. SMITH ON THE [Apr. 18,
several of his own interesting discoveries. ‘The remaining portion
was obtained from the Rev. W. Deans Cowan, and was collected by
him in a more southern part of the island than that visited by Mr.
Johnson. It also contains several very interesting forms, notably
the species of Vitrina previously referred to, and the Bulimus
nigrilineatus of Reeve, belonging to a section (/thachis) of that im-
mense group of land-snails which was hitherto unknown in Mada-
gascar.
A, GASTROPODA.
CyCLOsTOMA MACAREZ, Var.
Hab. Betsileo (Cowan).
The typical form of this species, described by Petit, was originally
collected in the south part of Madagascar, near Saint Augustin. The
more northern variety from Betsileo is rather more coarsely sculp-
tured, and has a distinct peripherical black zone, and sometimes a
broader but less distinct one on the upper part of the last whorl.
CYCLOSTOMA BETSILEOENSE, sp. nov. (Plate XXI. fig. 2.)
Shell umbilicated, turbinate-globose, thinnish, finely spirally lirate,
encircled with two more prominent white keels, one at the middle of
the body-whorl, and the other above, decussated by close lines of
growth ; cinereous (except the reddish spire), copiously striped longi-
tudinally with a brownish colour, with a few spiral purple-black
lines and zones, one just beneath the central white carina, broader
than the rest, and a rosy stripe outside the labrum. Whorls 53,
separated by a narrowly channelled suture, which is beautifully
clathrated by the lines of growth. Two nuclear whorls smooth, con-
vex, forming an obtuse apex ; the rest convex, but appearing a little
angular at ora little above the middle, where the upper carina is
situated. The visible spiral threads are six in number on the ante-
penultimate whorl, about twelve on the penultimate (including the
two white keels), and nearly doubie the latter number upon the upper
half of the body-whorl, the lower part having as many as thirty-two
to thirty-five, those around the umbilicus being a trifle coarser than
the rest, the interstices being everywhere decussated by the lines of
growth. The spiral lineation is constant in three out of five examples,
is chiefly confined to the last whorl, and is most conspicuous within
the aperture when the shell is held up to the light. There are two
lines above the upper white keel, two between it and the lower one,
and about six beneath the latter, the uppermost being much broader
than the rest. Aperture subcircular, chestnut within, very dark
towards the outer lip, showing the external lines and bands, a little
higher than wide. Peristome acute, white on the columellar margin,
only narrowly reflexed, flatly and more widely expanded on the right
or outer margin, pink, except at the upper part towards the suture.
Greatest diameter 25 millim., height 25.
Hab. Betsileo (Cowan).
In some respects C. pu/chellum of Sowerby approaches this species.
1882. } MOLLUSCAN FAUNA OF MADAGASCAR. 377
The peristome is very similar; and the sculpture is somewhat of the
same character. Still there are differences of form, of colour, in the
sutures, and in the size of the aperture, which readily distinguish
these forms, which no doubt inhabit different districts of the island.
Var. a.
Shell with a less elevated spire, shorter and broader whorls, more
widely umbilicated, with a larger and more oblique mouth, and the
outer lip not stained with rose.
Greatest diam. 30 millim., height 24.
Hab. Betsileo (Cowan).
Var. 6 (Plate XXI. fig. 3).
Shell a trifle more ventricose than var. a, with the umbilicus
similar to that of the type, but the aperture larger and the peristome
white, with the body-whorl smoother, with fewer and subobsolete
spiral liree, except within and around the umbilicus.
Greatest diam. 30 millim., height 263.
Hab. Betsileo (Cowan).
CycCLOSTOMA CONGENER, sp. nov. (Plate XXI. fig. 1.)
Shell openly umbilicated, subdepressedly turbinate, rather smooth,
_ obsoletely spirally sulcate, striated with lines of growth which are
puckered and distinct at the sutures; bright yellow, longitudinally
streaked with a darker tint, dark cinereous behind the white expanded
lip, encircled at the periphery by a vivid purple-brown band and
with two or three hair-like lines of a paler colour, both above
and below the middle. Spire elevated, conical, ending in a bluish
obtuse tip. Whorls 53, very convex; the last large, strongly lirate
around and within the umbilicus, where it is stained with purple-
brown. Aperture large, oblique, ovate-subcireular, light brown
within except near the lip, where it becomes of a very dark chestnut-
brown or nearly black, this colour extending along the inside of the
columellar edge. External band and lines visible within. Peristome
roundly expanded and reflexed, white, broad on the dextral margin,
narrower on the columellar side.
Greatest diam. 34 millim., height 30.
Hab. Tanala province (Cowan).
This form approaches most closely to C. consanguineum of Sowerby
(= C. obsoletum of Reeve, not of Lamarck), but may be distin-
guished by its greater size, its yellow colour, dark apex, and rather
more elevated spire. Both species have the same disposition of the
spiral bands and lines—namely a single central broad zone, two
narrower ones between it and the suture, which are visible on the
spire, and two others beneath it and around the lower surface of the
whorl. In some specimens of C. consanguineum some of the sulci
around the umbilicus are also of a dark colour. On holding up a
specimen of C. congener to the light, three lines above and three
below the broad band are generally observable. C. obsoletum of
Lamarck, according to Delessert’s figure (Recueil, pl. 29. f. 11a)
378 MR. E. A. SMITH ON THE [Apr. 18,
has five or six lines on the penultimate whorl, and is a more elevated
shell than C. consanguineum (= obsoletum, Rve.), in both these
respects agreeing very well with C. madagascariense of Gray, which I
consider almost identical with, or at most only a slight variety of, C.
unicarinatum of Lamarck (non C. unicarinatum of Sowerby, Pfeiffer,
and Reeve, = C. fulvifrons, Sowerby).
CycLosToMA JOHNSONI, sp. nov. (Plate XXI. figs. 4, 5.)
Shell small but thickish ; white, with a single purple-brown zone a
little below the middle of the body-whorl ; openly umbilicated, finely
lirate upon the spire, smoother upon the last volution, especially on
the lower surface, striated by lines of growth. Whorls 5, convex,
separated by a deep suture, first two smooth, the third with about
five fine spiral lire, the penultimate with about eight rather finer
ones, increasing in number but much more feebly developed upon
the upper half of the last whorl, and quite obsolete beneath the
periphery, and scarcely traceable within the umbilicus. Aperture a
trifle oblique, subcircular, a little longer than wide, white, with the
single band. Peristome continuous, expanded all round, rather
more so on the columellar side than on the opposite margin.
Greatest diameter 14 millim., height 133; aperture 8 long, 63
wide.
Hab. South of Trabonjy, north-west central part of Madagascar
(Johnson).
This very interesting species is not likely to be confounded with
any previously described ; and I have much pleasure in associating
with it the name of its discoverer. It is a comparatively smooth
shell, characterized by the simplicity of its coloration and the non-
lirate lower surface of the body-whorl. :
CycLOsTOMA LINEATUM, Pfeiffer.
Cyclostoma lineatum, Pfeiffer, Conch. Cab. pl. 45. f. 3,4 ; Smith,
P. Z.S. 1881, p. 278 (as var. of O. insulare, Pfr.).
Hab. Valley of Marohogo near Mojonga, north-west Madagascar
(Johnson).
The specimen from the above locality is exactly similar in all
respects to the type of this species, which at one time I considered
a variety of CU. insulare. As the localities prove to be different, I
now think it better to keep the two forms separate. Some small
varieties of C. insulare from the country between Lake Nyassa and
the east coast of Africa, referred to by me in the ‘ Proceedings,’
approach very closely the present species. None of them, however,
are absolutely identical, the umbilicus being a little more contracted,
the spire a trifle lower, and the liration around and within the
umbilicus decidedly coarser. In C. lineatum this is unusually fine.
Pfeiffer described the shell as smooth; but this is not correct. To
the unaided eye such appears to be the case; but on making use
of a lens, the fine brown lines are seen to be elevated (dire), and the
lines of growth are by no means iticonspicuous. The spiral lines
number about twelve on the penultimate whorl, alternately fine and
1882. ] MOLLUSCAN FAUNA OF MADAGASCAR. 379
still finer. CO. sarcodes, Pfr., is still higher in the spire, with higher
volutions, and more strongly lirate, especially on the lower surface of
the last whorl.
VITRINA MADAGASCARIENSIS, sp. nov. (Plate XXI. figs. 6, 7.)
Shell ventricose, depressed, very thin, diaphanous; pale greenish
yellow, with a brown line at the suture, and with the upper part of
the outer lip of the same colour, brilliantly glossy. Spire small, a
little elevated and obtuse at the apex. Whorls 33, convex, deep, and
margined above at the suture ; the first 15 microscopically decussated
in a beautiful manner by minute spiral striee and very fine lines of
growth, the last two lacking the spiral strie. Body-whorl large, with
distinct, here and there subplicate, lines of growth, on the lower
surface exhibiting indications of interrupted concentric striz. Aper-
ture subhorizontal, large. Columella arcuate, thin, wrinkled, as is
also the base of the peristome.
Greatest diam. 154 millim., smaller 12, height 9.
Hab. Betsileo (Cowan).
This I believe is the only species of Vitrina at present known
from Madagascar ; and it bears some resemblance to certain forms of
the genus from South Africa,
Heurx (Nanina?) Batstonr, Angas.
H. balstoni, Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1877, p. 528, pl. 54. f. 5.
Hab. Interior of Madagascar (Angas); forest 36 miles east of
Antananarivo (Johnson).
The specimen presented to the British Museum by Mr. Johnson
is narrowly perforated, in which respect alone it differs from the
description of this species given by Angas. Two other shells in
the Museum are also narrowly perforate ; and even the above-quoted
figure looks as if the example delineated were likewise umbilicate ;
so that it is possible the species was described as “imperforate ”’
accidentally.
Hexix (Nanina?) CLEAMEsI, sp. nov. (Plate XXI. figs. 8, 9.)
Shell very thin, semitransparent, vinous horn-colour, narrowly
perforate, suborbiculately conical, keeled at the periphery, marked
with curved lines of growth crossed and rendered minutely granular
on the spire by fine concentric striz, more finely concentrically
striated on the under surface, more glossy and not granulated.
Spire with slightly convex outlines, shortly conical, ending in an
obtuse tip, Whorls 6, a little convex, regularly increasing, a little
depressed near the lower submarginal suture, or, in other words, just
above their periphery. Last volution keeled above the middle, the
carina being less marked near the outer lip. Base convex. Aper-
ture somewhat oblique, lunate. Outer lip obliquely arcuate above
the feeble carination, straightish or even a little sinuated below it in
a very slanting or receding direction. Columella narrowly expanded
and reflexed over the perforation, forming below, with the basal edge,
a regular wide curve.
380 MR. E. A. SMITH ON THE [Apr. 18,
Greatest width 26 millim., height 17.
Hab. Ankafana, Betsileo province (Cowan).
There is only one other Madagascar Helix which is likely to be
confounded with this species, namely H. balstoni of Angas. The
latter has the whole surface minutely sculptured with raised criss-
cross strie in addition to the lines of growth. It is also more
acutely carinate, has a less convex spire, and the body-whorl is con-
siderably smaller and less inflated below the periphery. In H.
cleamesi the sculpture consists of concentric strie crossing the
lines of increase and rendering them beautifully granular on the
upper surface.
Hevix (KaLieLLA) BARRAKPORENSIS, Pfeiffer.
Helix (Kaliella) barrakporensis, Pfeiffer, Conch. Cab. pl. 147,
f. 20-22; Reeve, Con. Ic. f. 816; Hanley, Conch. Indica, pl. 87.
GS:
Hab. About 30 miles east of Antananarivo (Johnson).
On comparing the three specimens of this species from the above
locality with a series from Simla in India, presented to the British
Museum by Capt. T. Hutton, and also with the types described by
Pfeiffer, I am unable to find any distinction, and consequently con-
clude that this species (like Achatina fulica) has been introduced
into India.
Hexirx (HELICcoPHANTA) BICINGULATA, Sp. nov. (Plate XXI.
figs. 13, 14.)
Helix cornu-giganteum, Angas (non Chemnitz), Proc. Zool. Soe.
1877, p- 527.
H. guestiertana, Angas (non Crosse), op. cit. 1878, p. 312.
Shell large, ovate, ventricose, imperforate or narrowly rimate ;
light olive-brown above, darker brown towards the lip, with the
lower surface beneath the periphery still deeper in tint, encircled
by two dark-brown slightly raised narrow bands, one at the peri-
phery, the other and more distinct one above it. Spire depressed,
convex, only a little raised above the body-whorl. Volutions 4,
very rapidly increasing, convex, separated by a deepish suture ; two
upper ones striated by simple arcuate lines of growth; the third
coarsely granular, the lines of growth being but feebly expressed ;
the last very large, much descending in front, granular at its com-
mencement, the granules gradually disappearing and replaced by
close, oblique, short indentations, also exhibiting five or six nearly
obsolete concentric ridges above the upper brown zone, and two or
three between it and the lower one, the lines of increase being more
distinct upon this than the preceding whorl. Lower surface swollen
around the umbilical region, marked with arcuate Jines of growth,
and oblique, close, short indentations like the upper surface, rounded
at the periphery. Aperture obliquely elongate, bluish lilac within.
Lip whitish, expanded, reflexed. Columella thickened, arched
forward a trifle just beneath the umbilicus, very granular, expanded
and reflexed over the. perforation, sometimes not quite closing it,
1882. | MOLLUSCAN FAUNA OF MADAGASCAR. 381
united to the outer lip by a very thin granulated callosity, coating
the whorl within the aperture. .
Greatest diameter 76 millim., smallest 58, height (resting on its
base) 35.
Hab, Ekongo, South-east Madagascar (Waters).
This is the species erroneously considered by Mr. Angas to be the
H. guestieriana of Crosse, which much more closely resembles H.
ibaraoensis of the former author. H. guestieriana is a more globose
shell, with a higher penultimate whorl, a shorter aperture, a smooth
columella, and a smooth callosity upon the body-whorl, which is
encircled by several slightly raised ridges of more equal size than in
H. bicingulata. The granular and slightly arched-forward columella
in the latter species, the obliquely indented surface of the body-
whorl, and the two very conspicuous brown slightly raised girdles
around it, the lower one bordered by an indistinct pale one above,
distinguish this from the allied forms, H. cornu-giganteum, H. bet-
sileoensis, H. ibaracensis, and H. guestieriana. The first two are
openly umbilicated, the third generally imperforate (in about fifty
specimens I have seen a few with a narrow perforation) ; and the
last is said to be “narrowly subrimate.”’ H. detsileoensis has the
columella granular as in the present species ; in the other three it is
smooth. In H. ibaraoensis the callus uniting the columella and the
outer lip and spreading over the whorl within the aperture is con-
spicuously granulated, and the epidermis is nearly black towards the
lip.
All the five species here remarked upon are, no doubt, offshoots
from one original progenitor ; still I have found no difficulty in recog-
nizing any specimen which has yet beenexamined, Probably no two
exist in precisely the same locality. The following is the distribution
as at present known :—
A. cornu-giganteum.
Hab. Island of Agalega, N.E. of Madagascar (teste Sir David
Barclay !).
H. guestieriana.
Hab. Madagascar (no precise locality known).
H. betsilevensis.
Hab. S.E. Betsileo (Angas) ; Tanala country (Deans Cowan).
H. ibaraoensis.
Hab. 8.E. Betsileo (dngas) ; Tanala country (Deans Cowan).
Hi. bicingulata.
Hab. Ekongo, south-east of the island (Waters).
Heurx (Macrocycris?) covani, Smith. (Plate XXI. figs.
10-12.)
Helix (Macrocyclis?) covani, Smith, Journ. of Conch. vol. ii.
p. 338.
Hab. Ankafana, Betsileo province (Cowan).
This species was originally described from a single specimen which
382 MR. E. A. SMITH ON THE [Apr. 18,
did not illustrate the full size attained by adult shells. The largest
and apparently full-grown example recently brought to England by
Mr. Cowan has a greatest diameter of 45 millim., is 34 across at
the smallest diameter, and 20 high, resting upon its base. The
peristome is not thickened or expanded on the upper margin, but is
simple and arcuate.
Heurx (Ampewira) sHAvi, Smith. (Plate XXII. figs. 1-3.)
Helix (Ampelita) shavi, Smith, Journ. of Conch. 1879, vol. ii.
p. 339.
Hab. Tanala province (Cowan).
In this instance also, as with H. covani, the dimensions given in
the above work are not those attained at times by this species. The
largest before me is 35 millim. across the greatest width, and 28 at
the smallest. All retain the character of the last whorl descending in
front, and have the labrum more or less (sometimes entirely) violet-
brown.
Hevix (AMPELITA) PERCYANA, Smith.
Helix (Ampelita) percyana, Smith, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1880, p. 485,
pl. 48. f. 12, 12a.
Hab. Ankafana, Betsileo (Cowan).
Of this species, originally described from a unique specimen in
Dr. Percy’s collection, I have now seen four more, very similar to
the type, and differing from one another only in the disposition and
quantity of the remarkable opaque creamy-yellow zigzag markings.
Sometimes the expanded outer lip is of a livid purple colour.
Buuimus (RHACHIS) NIGRILINEATUS, Reeve. (Plate XXII.
fig. 4.)
Hab. Betsileo (Cowan) ; ——? (Reeve).
The type of this species, described by Reeve (Conch. Icon. pl.
77. fig. 567), is of immature growth. The name is not a charac-
teristic one; for the lines are not black, but of a bronzy brown
colour. Their disposition and number appear tolerably constant.
There are two around the middle of the last whorl, of which the
upper is a trifle the broader ; a third is situated above these, inter-
mediate between them and the suture; a fourth encircles the base;
and at times two or three finer ones are met with in the same part;
and in the immediate region of the columella the shell is horny
and pellucid, contrasting conspicuously with the rest of the opaque
yellow surface. The whorls are seven in number, rather convex,
sculptured with lines of growth and microscopical spiral strie. The
apex is brownish horn-colour and not very acute. The columella
is perpendicular and rather straight, narrowly reflexed above, thus
forming a slight rimation.
STENoGyRA (CLAVATOR) JOHNSONI, sp.nov. (Plate XXII. fig. 5.)
Shell moderately thick, imperforate, elongate, subcylindrical,
slightly shining ; rich brown, with darker streaks here and there,
1882. | MOLLUSCAN FAUNA OF MADAGASCAR. 383
paler towards the apex, where the epidermis is mostly worn off,
leaving a white surface; last whorl indistinctly transversely zoned
and lineated with dark brown. Volutions 7, rather convex, regu-
larly increasing, longitudinally striated by the lines of growth, which
are more or less puckered beneath the suture, and at times some-
what wrinkled through being crossed by a few obsolete transverse
strie. The extreme upper edge of the whorls is yellow at the
suture. Body-whorl scarcely descending in front. Aperture in-
versely auriform, blue within, occupying three eighths of the entire
length of the shell. Outer lip thickened within, dirty whitish.
Inner lip of the same colour, thickened also, narrowly expanded
in the umbilical region, joined to the labrum above by a thin callus.
Length 53 millim., width 21 ; aperture 20 long, 113 broad.
Hab. Near the river Anonive, about fifty miles south of the
capital, Antananarivo (W. Johnson).
This species might be regarded by some as a dwarf form of S.
eximia, Shuttleworth ; but, besides size, there are other distinctions.
Mr. Johnson says he never could find the larger species at the above
locality, nor did he ever meet with the smaller one in company with
it elsewhere. As the last whorl in the present species scarcely
descends at all, the suture is less oblique than in S. evimia; the
surface is less puckered by transverse striz, the breadth of the shell
is greater in proportion to its length, the last whorl is less cylin-
drical, the columella is not so broadly reflexed or flattened in front,
and the aperture is narrower at the base.
MELANATRIA JOHNSONI, sp. nov. (Plate XXII. figs. 6, 7.)
Shell large, elongate-pyramidal, turreted, thick, covered with an
olive epidermis, closely lineated or strigate with longitudinal lines of
a darker tint. Whorls —?, the remaining nine excavated at the
upper part, very slightly convex beneath, strongly spirally ribbed
and grooved. The ribs are six in number on the upper whorls and
rounded; the two above are much more slender than the four
beneath; the uppermost borders the suture; the next lies in the
concavity at the top of the whorls; and the rest surround the slight
convexity, and are three times as broad as the sulci separating them.
All the whorls, with the exception of the last four, are coronated
at the slight angle below the excavation with very short, hollow,
oblique spinules; and some of the spiral grooves exhibit rows of fine
granules. The last whorl descends somewhat, giving the shell a
slightly distorted appearance ; it is girded with about twelve trans-
verse costee, a few at the base being smaller than five principal ones
around the middle. The aperture is bluish within, faintly stained
with olive-brown near the margins. Peristome widely and deeply
sinuated on the outer lip in the concavity of the whorl, arcuate and
prominent in the middle, then shallowly sinuated again (vide fig. 7).
Columellar margin thickened, free, arcuate, reflexed, ending in a
distinct basal sinus.
Length 78 millim., diam. 24; aperture 24 across diagonally, and
16 in a transverse direction.
Proc. Zoor. Soc.—1882, No. XXVI. 26
384 MR. E. A. SMITH ON THE [Apr. 18,
Hab. River Kamony, in the north-west of the island (W. John-
son).
this very striking shell is not uncommon in the above locality ;
and it is surprising that so large a species has not been brought to
Europe before. It cannot be confounded with any of the other
forms of Melanatria, being so remarkable on account of the very
strong spiral ridges. Like many freshwater shells, this is also
generally coated with a black earthy deposit.
CLEOPATRA TRABONJIENSIS, sp. noy. (Plate XXII. figs. 10, 11.)
Shell narrowly umbilicated, turbinate, thinnish, yellowish olive,
with several transverse black lines and zones. Apex worn away.
Remaining volutions 33, convex, bicarinate. Keels black; the
upper one situated rather above the middle of the whorls, giving
them a tabulated appearance, the lower one close to the suture;
these keels are more or less obsolete on the body-whorl, especially
near the lip. In addition the lower part of this volution is finely
concentrically lirate, the ridges being rugose in consequence of being
crossed by the lines of increment, which are rather conspicuous, and
at times puckered at the carine. The entire surface is also micro-
scopically striated in a spiral direction. Aperture roundly ovate,
showing the external coloration. Lip thin. Columellar margin a
little expanded and reflexed, whitish, joined above to the extremity
of the outer lip by a very thin callosity. Operculum very concave
exteriorly, brown ; nucleus paucispiral, situated about halfway be-
tween the centre and the columellar edge.
Length 12 millim., diam. 7 ; aperture 6 long, 43 wide.
Hab. A small lake at Trabonjy, in the north-west central part of
the island (Johnson).
The carination of the volutions, the minute spiral striation, the
thinness of the shell, its umbilicus, and other features distinguish
this species from Paludomus madagascariensis of Brot. In addition
to the two dark keels, the upper part of the whorls has a broad zone
at the suture, and the body-whorl has a similar band around the
base in addition to one or two narrower ones above.
AMPULLARIA MADAGASCARIENSIS, sp. nov. (Plate XXII. figs.
8, 9.)
Shell subglobose, narrowly umbilicated, moderately thick, sculp-
tured with lines of growth and more or less distinct microscopic
spiral strize; greenish olive, with numerous purple-brown transverse
lines and zones. Whorls 6, flattened and broadly excavated above,
convex at the sides, divided by a deep, pale sutural line; the last
malleated in front, the aperture being towards the eye. First three
whorls generally eroded and purple-black ; when perfect, in young
shells, very distinctly spirally striated. Aperture ovate-pyriform,
purple-brown within, yellowish on the columella and towards the
lip, where the spiral lines and zones are particularly vivid. Peristome
simple, the columellar margin being well curved and a little reflexed,
connected with the termination of the outer lip by a very thin
1882. ] MOLLUSCAN FAUNA OF MADAGASCAR. 385
deposit of callus, before the deposition of which the starting-point
of the columella is conspicuously defined by a transverse white line,
which starts just above the umbilicus and winds round the penul-
timate whorl within the aperture. Operculum generally dirty lilac
on the inside, but sometimes white or horny-brown.
Height 50 millim.; greatest diam. 49, smallest 38; aperture 36
long, 23 wide.
Hab. In a marsh, north of Antananarivo (Johnson) ; Imerina
province (Cowan).
In form this species is not unlike A. largillierti of Philippi, but
it is quite distinct in several respects. The spiral striation is finer,
the umbilicus broader ; the aperture is not angular or effuse at the
base, nor has the last whorl the rounded keel or ridge at the base
around the umbilical fissure.
A. cecillei, Phil., appears to be more ovate, with less tabulated
whorls, has a higher spire, and is differently coloured.
It is only in adult specimens that the commencement of the
aperture near the lip is yellow. The columella is also of that colour
in full-grown shells, but bluish white in young ones. This species
appears to arrive at maturity after two years’ growth, as all the large
specimens exhibit a dark longitudinal stripe or former lip just before
the completion of the fifth whorl. In the young state this is very
thin, and the colour is horny-brown, and not greenish olive like the
last large whorl of the aduit.
LIMN&A HOVARUM, Tristram.
Limnea hovarum, Tristram, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1863, p. 61.
Hab. Ankafana, Betsileo (Cowan).
This species grows toa larger size than that of the specimen described
by Tristram ; for one from the above locality is as much as ten lines
long. In the larger shells the lines of growth become more pro-
minent, forming arcuate and tortuous elevated ridges. The columella
‘ also is reflexed, appressed to the whorl, yet leaves a slight chink or
rimation in the umbilical region. All the specimens examined
exhibit traces of transverse or spiral striz, generally interrupted and
of a subpunctate character.
LimN#A ELECTA, sp. nov. (Plate XXII. figs. 12, 13.)
Shell small, ovate, transparent, corneous, narrowly rimate. Whorls
3-31, convex, rapidly increasing. Spire small, obtuse and reddish
at the apex. Last whorl elongate, sculptured with fine lines of growth
crossed by a few spiral strie. Aperture vertical, ovate, acuminate
above, occupying about two thirds of the entire length of the shell.
Columella rather high up, reflexed over the umbilical fissure, the
reflexed portion being striated rather coarsely lengthwise.
Length 63 millim., diam. 4 ; aperture 43 long, 23 wide.
Hab. About 20 miles from Antananarivo (/ohnson).
This little species has much of the general aspect of the genus
Succinea, and is peculiar on that account and the red tip of the
spire.
386 MR. E. A. SMITH ON THE [Apr. 18,
PHysa MADAGASCARIENSIS, Angas. (Plate XXII. figs. 18, 19.)
Physa madagascariensis, Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1877, p. 528,
pl. 54. figs. 2a, 26.
Hab. Ekongo, S.E. Madagascar (Waters) ; Betsileo (Cowan).
The type figured in the ‘ Proceedings’ is larger than any of the
specimens from Betsileo, and rather broader and more globose than
most of them ; but all agree in the peculiar conspicuous longitudinal
subliration or plication which adorns the surface. The suture is
deep and channelled, and filled up by the upper terminations of the
plicee, which form fine erect lamelle. P. lirata of Tristram has a
depressed spire and even stronger lire than the present species, in
which the spire is at times considerably higher than in the shell
depicted by Angas.
PuysA LAMELLATA, sp. nov. (Plate XXII. figs. 14, 15.)
Shell very fragile, rimate, ovate, not very glossy, olivaceous horn-
colour, longitudinally coarsely lamellato-lirate. Whorls 3-4, convex,
separated by a deeply channelled suture, the last descending, not
square-shouldered above. Aperture occupying a little more than three
fourths of the entire length of the shell. Columella but little con-
torted, reflexed, joined to the lip above by a thin corneous callosity,
more or less striated lengthwise.
Length 12 millim., diam. 9 ; aperture 9 long, 5 wide.
Hab. Twenty miles from Antananarivo (Johnson).
This may be but a variety of P. lirata of Tristram, of which there
is a single specimen in the British Museum cbtained from the col-
lection of the late Henry Adams. It is chiefly distinguished by the
difference in its form, the greater coarseness of the lire, which have
a thin lamellar epidermis attached tothem. The last whorl descends
near the aperture, and is not so squarely shouldered as P. lirata.
PHYSA OBTUSISPIRA, sp. nov. (Plate XXII. figs. 16, 17.)
Shell small, transparent, light horn-colour, narrowly rimate, some-
what glossy, indistinctly spirally striated, longitudinally plicately
ridged, very regularly and strongly upon the spire and upper part of
the body-whorl near the suture, the liree on the lower part becoming
subevanescent. Volutions 33-4, very convex, rapidly increasing,
separated by a deeply channelled suture. Spire very short, only a
little raised above the last whorl. The latter descends in front, is
large, and rounded at the shoulder above. Aperture inversely sub- ~
auriform, and occupying about four fifths of the entire length of the
shell. Columella very slightly twisted, narrowly reflexed over the
umbilical fissure, connected with the lip above by a thin callus upon
the whorl, which sometimes exhibits a few white lines uponit, disposed
lengthwise.
Length 10 millim., greatest diam. 8 ; aperture 8 long, 43 wide.
Hab. About 20 miles from Antananarivo (Johnson) ; Betsileo
( Cowan).
This, like all the known species of Physa from Madagascar, is
1882. ] MOLLUSCAN FAUNA OF MADAGASCAR. 387
strongly lirated for this genus. It is a smaller form than P. mada-
gascariensis, has a shorter and more obtuse spire, a narrower per-
foration and spiral striation. P. lirata is more strongly lirate than
it, has the spire even still shorter, the body-whorl is prominently
shouldered above, and the aperture is longer in proportion.
PLANORBIS MADAGASCARIENSIS, sp. nov. (Plate XXII. figs.
20-22.)
Shell moderately thick, deeply excavated both above and below,
corneous brown, rather strongly striated by the lines of growth,
and sometimes exhibiting traces of spiral striation. Whorls 4—43,
rapidly increasing; the last large, rather high, convex, rather deeply
incurved at the suture both on the upper and underside, finely
malleated, chiefly round the middle. Aperture largish, broadly
lunate, raised above or on a level with the penultimate whorl.
Peristome thin, receding at the base, its extremities connected by a
very thin deposit of callus on the whorl.
Greatest diam. 123 millim., smallest 10, height 43.
Hab. Lake Itasy (Johnson).
This species is very like P. pfeifferi, Krauss (Sudafr. Moll. pl. v.
f. 7), but may be distinguished by the malleation of the last whorl,
its greater height, and browner colour.
NeERITINA GAGATES, Lamarck.
Neritina gagates, Lamarck (vide Martens, Conch. Cab. p. 94).
Hab. Tamatave (Cowan).
Two specimens from the above locality I believe to belong to this
species, differing only in the deep red colour of the columellar
callosity, and the olive-green tint of the outer lip. The form is the
same; and the denticles on the columella, the painting, the micro-
scopic spiral sculpture, and the operculum are all similar.
NERITINA FULGETRUM, Reeve. (Plate XXII. figs. 23, 24.)
Neritina fulgetrum, Reeve, Conch. Icon, pl. 23. f. 103 a, sp. 103.
Hab. ? (Reeve) ; south of Tamatave (Johnson).
This species has hitherto been represented by a single specimen
without any locality in the Cumingian collection, now in the British
Museum. As the description in the ‘Conchologia Iconica’ is very
short and incomplete, I will here add a few further details. The
black zigzag lineolation at times is very close, thus giving the shell
a greyish appearance when viewed at a distance ; anda character not
referred to by Reeve, but indicated in his figure, is the brown margin
to the body-whorl at the suture, beneath which the volution is faintly
constricted. The columellar callosity is much thickened and of a red
colour, and extends some distance over the whorl. The edge of the
columella is pale, straight, with a shallow sinus a little below the
middle, furnished with about a dozen denticles. The aperture is
rather small, bright yellow far within, then whitish, and again yellow
or greenish-yellow at the lip. The operculum is slaty black ex-
388 MR. E. A. SMITH ON THE [Apr. 18,
teriorly, with the arcuate margin red, and reddish on the inner surface,
with two pale rays from the nucleus, one central and the other sub-
marginal, the extreme edge being blackish. In all these respects it
coincides with that of N. gagates, Lamarck, from the Mauritius ;
and the terminal processes are similar in both forms. Von Martens’s
conjecture that the species might belong to WV. retifera, Benson
(Conch. Cab. p. 283), is not to be wondered at, considering the
briefness of Reeve’s description, and the fact of only the back of the
shell being figured.
B. CONCHIFERA.
CoRBICULA MADAGASCARIENSIS, sp. nov. (Plate XXII. figs.
25-27.)
Shell a little inequilateral, rounded and narrow in front, much
broader, squarish, and subtruncate posteriorly, arcuate along the
ventral margin, finely concentrically striated; yellowish, greenish
down the posterior side. Umbones a little prominent, incurved,
situated a little anteriorly. Interior lilac, with two or three rather
distant concentric purple zones, stained with dark purple down the
posterior side, and with a smaller stain of the same colour at the an-
terior side.
Length 114 millim., width 14, diameter 7.
Hab. Twenty miles from Antananarivo (Johnson).
The concentric striz are deep and regular upon the umbones ; but
towards the ventral margin they become less regular and finer, and
in front are rather more strongly developed than towards the pos-
terior side. This is the first record of the genus in Madagascar ;
and I have not been able to associate the species with any of the forms
described from the adjacent continent.
SPH&HRIUM MADAGASCARIENSE, Tristram.
Spherium madagascariense, Tristram, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1863, p.61;
Sowerby, Conch. Icon. pl. iii. f. 22, bad !
Hab. Two days west of Antananarivo (T'ristram) ; about 20 miles
from the capital (Johnson); Betsileo (Cowan).
This species is scarcely if at all different from S. capense of Krauss,
and is mainly distinguished by difference in locality. The slight
compression of the valves towards the circumference, remarked upon
by Tristram, is not constant in all specimens, some exhibiting it ina
comparatively decided manner, whilst others are rounded at that part
just like the South-African form.
LIMOSINA FERRUGINEA, Krauss.
Cyclas ferruginea, Krauss, Sudafr. Moll. p. 7, pl. i. f. 7; Clessin
(as Limosina), Conch. Cab. p. 247, pl. 46. f. 1-4; Sowerby (as
Spherium), Conch. Icon. f. 47, not good !
Hab. The river Knysna, South Africa (Krauss). About 20
miles from Antananarivo (Johnson). Also Mauritius (Brit. Mus.).
1882. ] MOLLUSCAN FAUNA OF MADAGASCAR. 389
The specimens from Madagascar agree exactly with a typical
example of this species purchased by the British Museum of Dr.
Krauss. The figure in the ‘ Conchylien-Cabinet’ appears to be
far more characteristic than that in Krauss’s work.
PisiDIUM JOHNSON], sp. nov. (Plate XXII. figs. 28, 29.) BH»
Shell minute, ventricose, inequilateral, glossy, finely concentrically
striated, pale grey. Umbones large, inflated, without a small pointed
nucleus. Posterior side longer and narrower than the anterior,
obliquely sloping from the beaks, rounded at the extremity ; anterior
end broader, blunter.
Length 2 millim., width 24, diam. 1}.
Hab. About 20 miles from Antananarivo (Johnson).
This species is considerably like P. ventricosum of Prime, but is not
not quite so swollen or so inequilateral. The beaks take the form of
an apical glossy cap without any small pointed apex. The ligament
is small and linear.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
PuateE XXT.
Cyclostoma congener, p. 377.
betsileoense, p. 376.
, var., p. 377.
johnsoni, p. 378.
. Vitrina madagascariensis, p. 379.
. Helix (Nanina) cleamesi, p. 379.
(Macrocyclis?) covani, p. 381.
13, 14. —— (Helicophanta) bicingulata, p. 380.
Puate XXII.
Figs. 1, 2, 3. Helix (Ampelita) shavi, p. 382.
4, Bulimus (Rhachis) nigrilineatus, p. 382.
5. Stenogyra (Clavator) johnsoni, p. 382.
6. Melanatria johnsoni, p. 383.
7. Ditto, lateral view of labrum.
8,9. Ampullaria madagascariensis, p, 384.
10, 11. Cleopatra trabonjiensis, p. 384.
12, 13. Limnea electa, p. 385.
14, 15. Physa lamellata, p, 386.
obtusispira, p. 386.
18, 19. —— madagascariensis, p. 386.
20, 21, 22. Planorbis madagascariensis, p. 387.
23, 24. Neritina fulgetrum, p. 387.
25, 26, 27. Corbicula madagascariensis, p. 388.
28, 29. Pisidiwm johnsoni, p. 389.
X
390 PROF. FLOWER ON THE LATE MR. DARWIN. [May 2,
May 2nd, 1882.
Professor Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.
Before commencing proceedings, the President spoke as
follows :—
“The Minutes just read recall the fact that at our last Meeting
we were honoured by a communication from Mr, Darwin, probably
his last contribution to that science to which he devoted his life-
long labours. No one who heard that paper, showing, as it did, no
sign of faltering from that eager interest which he had always mani-
fested in a subject which he had made peculiarly his own, suspected
that not twenty-four hours would elapse before those labours would
be brought to a close.
« During the fortnight that has passed, the whole world has been
moved at the loss it has sustained, and Darwin’s work and Darwin’s
character have, more than any other theme, filled the minds of
thinking people of all countries, classes, creeds, and occupations.
“We who humbly follow him in cultivating the science he adorned,
must feel elevated at the sight of the full recognition accorded to
his work. The general acceptance of Darwin as one who has
exercised a powerful influence upon the whole realm of human
thought, the cordial reception of his remains in our magnificent
Abbey, among the illustrious men of whom our country is proud,
are triumphs in the history of Zoology ; for it was mainly zoological
observation which led to those philosophical speculations which
have made his name famous.
“The nation’s grief at his loss has already found eloquent and
feeling expression in many quarters; the resources of our language
seem to have been exhausted in bearing testimony to his worth. No
words that I could find would add any thing to what has been
so well said by others; and surely here, if in any place in the
world, among those who are always occupied with subjects the
pursuit of which has been so profoundly modified by his writings,
and among many who loved him as a personal friend, nothing is
needed but to mention his name, to call forth the strongest feelings
of admiration for his work and reverence for his character.
“If it is not given to any of us to emulate him in brilliancy of
scientific induction, or to light upon discoveries that will change the
current of human ideas, we can at least endeavour to follow the
example he has set us of patient perseverance in observation, scru-
pulous accuracy of statement, deference for the opinions and feelings
of others, candour towards opponents, and of that invariable modesty
and gentleness of demeanour which shed such a charm round his
public as well as his private life.”
ConrTENTS oe we
April 4, 1882. :
P
Mr. Sclater. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, an adult male of a ® celestis . ays
Mr. Sclater. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the skins of two specimens of the Sub-
cylindrical Hornbill (Buceros subcylindricus) .+sses.seseeseeer sence ee cenncnes 3438
1. Description of a new Species of Tortoise (Geoemyda impressa) from Siam. By Dr. A.
rar Vel Sae tenet caamivienireeterit ie tiaaie cide ese 8 oe Sete teKoie ee sivinine aos
2. On the Convoluted Trachea of two Species of Manucode (Manueodia atra and Phony-
gama gouldi); with Remarks on similar Structures in other Birds. By W. A. ~
Forses, B.A., Prosector to the Society .......- = A SOE eh Too Pa eee 347
3. On ° Hees of some rare Wading Birds si Mechgheey: By J. E. Harrine, F.LS.,
DNs na ePats on ei ciatsten et weit a store srepaiele aie mie verde tteiets ay CONOR Sate aa 353
4, Doserigtin of a New Species of Bird of the Genus Tephras. By I E. P. Ramsay, F.L.S.,
C.M.Z.S
April 18, 1882.
The Secretary. ce on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in March 1882 ...... 358
1. On the Mutual Affinities of the Animals composing the Order Eprnrara. ek: Wi1aM |
' Henry Frower, LL. D., F.R.S., Pres. Zool. Soc., &e. ..... . 358
2, On the Modification of a Race of Syrian Street-Dogs by means of Sexual Selection. By
Dr. Van Dycx. With a Preliminary Notice by Cuartes Darwin, F.R.S., F.Z.8. .. 367
3. Onasmall Collection of Mammalia from Central Mexico. By Ouprretp Tuomas, F.Z.S.,
SAB PIWAH IBEW so oeisc.caicvosccesiscstrecsesc ait cisieceters deed eae Ne ote tosis claw 371
4, On some Mammals and Birds collected ‘by Mr. J. Hauxwell in Eastern Peru. By
Epwarp Barrier, Ourator of the Maidstone Museum ..........-+..eeee ee eeee 373
5. A Contribution to the Molluscan Fauna of Madagascar. By Epaar A. Suits. (Plates.
».6. OES. ©.¢ 1 Ree ear Shoe shac das. wet eeee eee cece een ee eeees en ttaees 375
May 2, 1882.
Prof. Flower, LL.D. Remarks on the death of Charles Darwin ........... +... Bees 3! t)
LIST OF PLATES,
1882.
PART IL.
Plate... Page
XV. Anatomy of Myrmecophaga.,........6+.:seee cee eeeees 287
; Fig. 1. Merops dresseri ....... 0. +--+ sas ee eeeeeees ‘
‘aie: Fig. 2. Erythrocercus thomsoni ........++-+. s+ } 30%
SVL. , Mirafrd tobmda ei svc Sah 33 oh eget soe eee eee 304
RV ELE? Anthie DUWerd. cyan et. evs sv alareikieio.otie hates coin ee ~ 336
XTX. New Species of Agrias ........-. sees eeeeees SSiiaais 338
XX. Naxia (Naxioides) robillardi ..... pvee Sees Pak ket eeameae 339
XXI. Land Shells from Madagascar ..........62+-scseeee 375
XXII. Land and Freshwater Shells from Madagascar ........ poh
NOTICE.
According to present arrangements the ‘ Proceedings’ are issued in four parts,
as follows :—
Part I. containing papers read in January and February, on June Ist.
Il. os _ » March and April, on August Ist.
Iii. $5 = ,, May and June, on October Ist.
IV. 3 - » Noyember and December, on April 1st.
The price is 12s. per part for the edition with coloured, and 3s. per part for
that with uncoloured Plates.
ae ee
OF THE
‘SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
| —_—s«sOF' LONDON,
1882.
/ PART
‘CONTAINING PAPERS READ IN _
i+= eae
‘THE SOCIETY,
HANOVER SQUARE.
READER, AND DYER,
LIST OF CONTENTS, -
PART III.—1882. |
May 2, 1882.
Page
Mr. Sclater. Exhibition of,and remarks upon, a drawing of a Tapir living in the Society’s
Gardens, “(Plate XX TUM). = cisictrerassteie ets is) eres! vie cians) aisyelsvare sis als ey sne eee eee 391
Mr. J. EH. Harting, F.Z.S. Remarks upon the desirability of adopting a standard of
nomenclature for the description of colours ....-.0...s.eeee cece ee cece et seee +. 391
1, On the Cranium of a new Species of Hyperoodon from the Australian Seas. By WinL1am
Henry Frower, LL.D., F.R.S., P.Z.8. &e. eaten
2. On three new and interesting Species of Rhopalocera. By Dr. O. Sravpixcrr. (Plate
REX V sire cto etoile are ome uaie le autre alin Ce SOE ICR Mics oso aise 2s ee POU
. Ona Colleption of Butterflies from Sikkim. By H. J. Euwes. (Plate XXV.)........ 398
. Description of a new Species of Parrot of the Genus Nymphicus, By Epaar L. Layarp,
O.M.G., F.Z.8., &., H.B.M. Consul,-and E. Leoronp C. Layard, Vice-Consul, at %,
Noumea, New!Caledonia: = (Plate XXiVE,) 22 i)s.0 seus wicke vue veiw 'eie/<\aietelbhelet eyes 408
On the Colour of Feathers as affected by their Structure. By Dr. Hans Gapow. (Plates
ARV AL SOV ITE) ics eetiecievc solv ee
Hw Oo
or
May 16, 1882. -
The Secretary. Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in April 1882 ..-... 421
Mr. Henry Stevenson, Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a specimen of the Dusky Petrel
drone OLOl isis eho v eare alee! sais pials,« tipptarielals «serait gis & .
1, On new Genera and Species of Araneidea. By the Rev. oO. P. Cansriocz, M.A,
CO.M.Z.S8., &e. (Plates XXIX.-XXXTI
2. Note on an Abnormal Specimen of Pithecia satanas. By W. A. Forsus, B.A., Prosector
LOVERS NOCIDY 4 siajeia's sara’ et) wisiele ola ¥.0)s1s!slaie'v.s Se eusipin's ola/a'e' the ic ncie's tecacopia let arate
3. On some Points in the Anatomy of the Todies (Todide), and on the Affinities of that
Group. By W. A. Forzzs, B.A., Prosector to the Society .......+e.++.0 ijaws
4. On an apparently undescribed Sun-Bird from Tropical South-Western Africa. By
Rotanp Tren, F.L.S., F.Z.8., &c., Curator of the South-African Museum, Cape
’ Town. (Plate XXXIL) ...;. dae wncen scent aieitioahpie's sults + ovsinlein ss Orel 451
5. Note on an Australian Duck living in the Society’s Gardens. By P. L. Scuarrr, M.A,
Ph.D.,; F.R.S., Secretary to the Socicty. (Plate XXXIII.) ........... sje sO 452
6. Note on some Points in the Anatomy of an Australian Duck (Biziura lobata). By W. A.
_ Fores, B.A., Prosector to the Society ........ a8
ee ee ey
June 6, 1882.
The Secretary. Remarks upon the mode of feeding of the young Cormorants by the
parent birds in the Society’s Gardens ..............0.00200- sib og. 5 ele Se
Mr. H. J. Elwes, F.Z.S. Remarks upon his recent expedition to the Aures Mountains in
Alporint cin nsec ale Cialcetnn oBiete eit oie Cuciehasstioutn ave sicinls baarc ate aetna seclee canes «Oo
The Secretary. Exhibition of some Lepidoptera bred in the Insect-house ....-.....--~. 459
1. Notes on some Points in the Anatomy of the #luroidea. By Prof. St.-G. Mryarr ..... 459
2. On some Laride from the Coasts of Peru and Chili, collected by Capt. Albert H. Mark-
ham, R.N., with Remarks on the Geographical Distribution of the Group in the
Pacific. By Howarp Saunpers, F.L.8., F.Z.8. (Plate XXXIV.) ............-- 520
3. An Attempt to apply a Method of Formulation to the Species of the Comatulide;
with the Description of a new Species. By F. Jurrrey Beit, M.A., F.Z.8., Pro-
fessor of Comparative Anatomy in King’s College. (Plate XXXV.) ...... ssee.. 530
4. On = eee of Anguilla kieneri, Giinther, with a Gadoid Lycodes. By Francis —
AY, H.4.8. Cees coer e ence ee sews se sete se tees oe gg cece ce ee
5. On Crustaceans from the Mauritius, Part II. By Epwarp J. Miers, F.L.S., F.Z.S.
(Plate XXXVI.) ..... sintaleas dln aaj gata cies) ol satape taletage oi Otel hie:010,sheis/e'sie.=. 8 aiemmaiee le
6. Contributions to the Anatomy of Passerine Birds. Part V. On the Structure of the
Genus Orthonyx, By W. A. Forsss, B.A., Prosector to the Society .....
ay
Contents continued on page 4 of wrapper.
ARSC et 9 Po
lak : 2 Lae ae
‘dit
) TEYUPY
Sener ger
yy Ju
y
7}
r
1882.] MR. J. E. HARTING ON NOMENCLATURE OF CoLouRs. 391
Mr. Sclater exhibited a drawing by Mr. Smit (Plate XXIIT.) of the
Tapir presented to the Society by Mr. Fritz Zurcher on the 13th of
August last, and read extracts from some letters received from Mr.
Zurcher on the subject, whereby it appeared that this animal had
been captured on the Yuruari river in Venezuela when about eight
months old (as was believed), and had been kept 15 months in
captivity before being forwarded to this country. Its probable age
was therefore now about three years.
Mr. Sclater pointed out that in colour this animal appeared to agree
better with the figure of T'apirus dowi (as represented in Godman
and Salvin’s Biol. Centr.-Am., Mamm. p. 104, t. ix.) than with the
ordinary Tapirus americanus; and suggested that it was quite likely
that the former species might be the Tapir of the lower Andean
range of Venezuela. But this point could only be decided by ana-
tomical examination after the death of the animal.
Mr. J. E. Harting, F.Z.S., called attention to the desirability of
adopting a standard of nomenclature for the description of the colours
of natural objects, and made the following remarks :—
“Tn the animal kingdomthe number of colours is very great. They
often form the most striking feature in the external appearance of
species, and hence have been considered by systematists as affording
distinguishing characters of much value. But an object may be
described as of one colour by one person, and be taken by another
person for quite a different tint; for the names of colours are
frequently misapplied, and one name is often indiscriminately given
to many colours. Hence arises an uncertainty in reading, and a
perplexity in writing, a description, which would be obviated were
some standard of nomenclature available for general reference.
«So long ago as 1821, there appeared a manual the utility of which
seems to have been quite lost sight of, owing perhaps chiefly to the
fact that it has long been out of print and difficult to procure—
namely, Werner’s ‘Nomenclature of Colours,’ edited by Syme.
This work, excellent in principle, was designed to meet the very
want which I now venture to express, but which was hardly
experienced at the date of its publication, inasmuch as it was not
then the general practice to publish the careful and detailed descrip-
tions of species with which we are now familiar. Thus the book
was neglected, and is now almost forgotten.
“In my humble opinion, if a new edition of this work were to
appear it would be extremely useful to zoologists, not only in this
country, but in other parts of the world—wherever, in fact, zoological
science is cultivated.
«Assuming the want of such a standard nomenclature and the .
desirability of satisfying it, I venture to think that in no way could
this be better accomplished than by the publication of a new edition
of Werner’s ‘ Nomenclature of Colours’ under the auspices of this
Society.
‘*Such a course would ensure the speedy adoption of the standard,
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1882, No. XXVII. 27
392 PROF. FLOWER ON A NEW [May 2,
and would be the means of obviating in future the confusion which
at present prevails for want of it.”
The following papers were read :—
1. On the Cranium of a new Species of Hyperoodon from the
Australian Seas. By Wittram Henry Frower, LL.D.,
F.R.S., P.Z.S., &e.
[Received April 18, 1882.]
Dr. Giinther has been so good as to submit to my examination
the cranium of a Cetacean lately added to the British-Museum col-
lection which presents sufficient interest to justify its being brought
before the notice of this Society. The specimen was found upon the
sea-beach of Lewis Island in Dampier Archipelago, North-western
Australia.
Unfortunately the cranium is in a greatly mutilated state, having
evidently been rolled for a considerable period among pebbles and
sand, from which cause many of its most important characters are
destroyed. The lower jaw is wanting. The whole of the elongated
narrow part of the rostrum is broken away. There is therefore
nothing remaining to indicate the character of the dentition. Many
prominent parts of the cranium, especially the supraorbital ridges,
are worn down to such an extent that their contour is completely
destroyed. This, as seen in figure 1 (p. 3933), is carried to a greater
extent upon the right than the left side. ‘The slender jugal arches
and the petrotympanic bones have disappeared. There is, however,
enough remaining to show that it does not belong to any known
species, and also to indicate, as far as they may be inferred from the
cranium alone, its affinities. It should be premised that the animal
to which it belonged was not very aged, as the sutures are mostly
open; but there is no reason for supposing that it had not arrived at
its full size.
It is evidently one of the Ziphioids ; and as the characters of the
four generic modifications of this group are plainly indicated in the
conformation of the upper surface of the cranium (see ‘ Transactions
of the Zoological Society,’ vol. viii. p. 203), which is here well pre-
served, there is no difficulty in recognizing that it is neither a
Berardius, nor a Ziphius, nor a Mesoplodon, but that it comes so near
to Hyperoodon that it is only with animals of that genus that it will
be necessary to compare it.
An adult skull of the common specié’H. rostratus, in the
British-Museum collection, which presents all the typical characters
of its kind, will serve very well for the purpose.
Although the proportions differ somewhat, in general size the two
are nearly equal, the H.rostratus, on the whole, having the advantage.
In the posterior or occipital aspect, the new cranium differs
from that of H. rostratus in being narrower and somewhat higher,
1882. ] SPECIES OF HYPEROODON. 393
and the foramen magnum and the condyles are considerably smaller,
as seen by the following dimensions :—
H.planifrons. H. rostratus,
millim, millim.
Height of supraoccipital, from upper margin
of foramen magnum to top of occipital crest 375 340
Width of supraoccipital, at narrowest part be-
tween hinder margins of temporal fosse .. 375 432
Width of foramen magnum ........... attenies 83
Width of condyles ............. areas AMOI, 257
Height of condyle ......... ct iat ee waSi Fi 192
Upper surface of cranium of Hyperoodon planifrons.
In the upper surface (fig. 1) the want of bilateral symmetry
in the region of the blowholes is extremely marked. The two
characteristic prominences overhanging the anterior apertures to the
nares, formed by the posterior ends of the praemaxillz, with the nasals
flanking their inner and the maxilla their outer surface, are larger
and more massive than in Hyperoodon rostratus, especially the right
one. The groove between them-is narrower. The septum between
‘ 27*
394 PROF. FLOWER ON A NEW [May 2,
the nares is thrown exceedingly to the left side. So far, however,
there is nothing essentially different from Hyperoodon rostratus. It
is in the region immediately in front and to the side of the blow-
holes that the great difference is seen. his part in H. rostratus
is characterized by the very prominent maxillary crests, the inner
surfaces of which rise vertically from the outer border of the great
‘infraorbital’’?! foramen, the two opposed surfaces being nearly
parallel with one another, or even slightly hollowed, so that their
summits have a tendency to inversion. Although the amount of
elevation to which the corresponding crests might have attained in
the new specimen cannot be satisfactorily ascertained, as their surfaces
have evidently been subjected to the attrition previously alluded to,
it is perfectly evident that they differed greatly in form from those
Fig. 2.
Side view of cranium of Hyperoodon planifrons.
of H. rostratus, as the still unworn (because protected) inner surfaces
slope gently outwards and upwards from the edge of the foramen,
and the crests therefore, though with a base even broader from side
to side than in H. rostratus, must have been low and rounded and
quite devoid of any tendency to inversion. Another great difference
(better seen in the side view, fig. 2) is that the crests do not sink
abruptly at their hinder end, leaving a deeply depressed surface of the
maxillary bone intervening between them and the occipital elevation,
but they are continued backwards, above the temporal fossa, and so
pass gradually into the occipital crests, forming a continuous outer
wall to the great basin in which the blowholes are placed, which is
completely interrupted in H. rostratus. Among minor differences,
* Or the foramen corresponding to the infraorbital in man, in transmitting
the branch of the fifth pair of nerves that supplies the cheek and upper lip, but
not infraorbital in position in the Cetaceans,
1882. | * SPECIES OF HYPEROODON, 395
the ‘‘infraorbital ”? foramina are smaller—a character probably related
to the smaller surface-region to be supplied by the nerves and vessels
which pass through it, occasioned by the reduced size of the crests and
a possibly shorter rostram,—and that the temporal fossa is shorter
from before backwards, and higher vertically, more resembling that
of Ziphius cavirostris.
There is little, in such portions of the under surface of the skull
as are preserved, that shows any striking difference from the common
species.
A sufficient portion of the vomer is preserved to show that it was
not complicated by the adherence to it of an ossified medio-rostral
bone, in which respect it agrees with all known specimens of Hy-
peroodon and Berardius, and differs from the adults of Ziphius and
Mesoplodon.
Owing to the destruction of some of the more prominent of the
external parts of the cranium, very few dimensions can be given
beyond those at p. 393; but the following comparisons may be
useful :—
HT. planifrons. H. rostratus.
millim, millim.
Width between anteorbital notches........ 432 385
Width of base of each maxillary crest oppo-
site anteorbital notches..............0% 160 127
Interval between crests......6..0.000 0005 105 130
As the cranium thus differs from that of H. rostratus in the com-
parative lowness and rounded form of the maxillary crests, from ZH. la-
- tifrons (with its enormous, vertically raised, flat-topped and con-
verging crests) it deviates in a so much more marked degree that a
detailed comparison between them is quite unnecessary},
With so imperfect a knowledge even of the cranium, and with
absolutely none of the remainder of the animal’s organization, any
determination of its generic affinities can only be provisional ; but if
the genus Hyperoodon include both H. rostratus and H.latifrons,
there is no reason against this new form being contained in it also.
If, on the other hand, they are separated, as was done by the late
Dr. Gray, it would have to form a distinct genus, as it differs quite
as much, or more, from H. rostratus in one direction as H. latifrons
(Lagenocetus latifrons of Gray) does in the other. Not wishing
to multiply genera, I prefer the former course, and shall consider it
a Hyperoodon; and as it differs from both of the other species in the
comparative flatness of the fore part of the head (which looks ex-
ternally like, although not strictly homologous with, the animal’s
forehead), it may be specifically called planifrons. It is evidently
1 H. latifrons is considered by some zoologists to be the adult male of . ros-
tratus, Captain David Gray, of Peterhead, who is perfectly familiar with both
forms, has furnished me with some evidence strongly tending to the opposite
conclusion. I hope, with further information from the same source to be col-
lected during the present whaling-season, to be soon in a position to clear up
this important and still doubtful question in cetology.
396 DR. O. STAUDINGER ON THREE’ [May 2,
a more generalized form than either of the known species, showing
more resemblance to the other types of Ziphioids. One of its chief
points of interest is the locality in which it was found. Although
Ziphius and Mesoplodon are both cosmopolitan genera, and Berardius
an inhabitant of the Southern hemisphere, no specimen of the genus
Hyperoodon has hitherto been met with anywhere but in the North
Atlantic.
2. On three new and interesting Species of Rhopalocera.
By Dr. O. Sravupincrr.
[Received April 24, 1882.]
(Plate XXIV.)
PapiLio HAHNELI, sp.n. (Plate XXIV. fig. 1.)
This wonderful new species was discovered by Dr. Hahnel in the
autumn of 1880 near Massauary, on the Rio Manés, Lower Amazons.
He only tock the ¢ here figured and a somewhat damaged 9,
just like the ¢, only a little larger, and the anal angle of the under
wings not produced as inthe ¢.
The fore wings of this species remind one of the genus Thyridia.
Papilio hahneli comes nearest to P. triopas, Godt., although quite
distinct from it.
Length of the fore wing of the ¢ 48 millimetres, of the 9 51
millimetres. Fore wings black, with three transparent smoky yellow
spots at the base after the middle and near the apex. Hind wings
yellowish, deeply bordered with black, the outer margin serrate and
with a long tail on costa (4 sect. Herrich-Schiffer).
The anal angle in the ¢ is very sharp and produced, in the 9
very slightly so, but rather rectangular.
Head, body, and legs black, excepting a carmine spot on each side
at the base of the body; the female has a similar spot below the
anal segment, which the male has not. There is also a trace ofa
little reddish spot below the head (on the prothorax), and some
reddish hairs on the mesothorax above the middle legs.
I have named this species in honour of the discoverer Dr. Hahnel,
who is doubtless one of our best collectors, and has discovered other
new species of Lepidoptera on the Amazons, where he is still at
work,
HELICONIUS VENUS, sp. n. (Plate XXIV. fig. 2.)
This new species was taken by Herr E. Trotsch on the river San
Juan, in Colombia, in some numbers, together with almost equal
numbers of H. vulcanus, Butler.
Both species are at the first sight very similar, almost exactly so.
They are black, with broad red spots behind the middle of the fore
wings. ‘They are distinguishable by the following characters :—AH.
venus has on the upperside a brilliant deep steel-blue reflection, which
PZ.0.1882 PI XXIV
W Parkics hth fanhart iinp
NEW SPECIES OF RHOPALOCERA.
1882. ] NEW SPECIES OF RHOPALOCERA. 397
in H. vulcanus is not the case, but the black has rather a greenish
reflection. The red of the band is in H. vulcanus more fiery, the
band itself on an average narrower, on the outside toothed, and
extended further down. On the upperside of the hind wings the
anterior margin in the males of H. vulcanus is yellowish, whilst in
I. venus it is grey.
The fringe in H. vulcanus is distinctly veined black and white, in
H. venus it is clear white. This can only be seen in fresh specimens.
On the underside of the fore wing the red band in H. vuleanus is
fainter, in the middle especially mixed with white, which is not the
case in H. venus. At the base of the anterior margin is found in
HI, vuleanus a short sharp red streak, which is always wanting in
H, venus.
On the underside of the hind wings the yellow streak of the
anterior margin in H. venus is usually rather broader and longer; it
is especially different in the yellow middle band, which in H. venus is
always longer and bent upwards at the pointed end, usually extending
upwards nearly to the margin. In the shorter band of H. vulcanus
the obtuse end bends, on the contrary, rather downwards. In
#7. vulcanus also it is sharply defined, and not so in H. venus. In
some specimens of H. vulcanus, both male and female, it is entirely
wanting. HH. vulcanus has always close to-the base one or two red
points, which are very rare in H. venus.
Both species have the palpi white beneath, and spots on the head
and prothorax. ‘The short fore legs are white in H. venus, but
yellowish in fresh specimens of H. vulcanus. The underside of the
abdomen is also yellower in H. vulcanus than in H. venus.
HELIcONIUS GoDMANI, sp. n. (Plate XXIV. fig. 3.)
I received a small number of this species, which I name in honour
of Mr. F. DuCane Godman, also through Herr E. Trétsch, from the
Rio San Juan, in Western Colombia. H. godmani is nearly allied to
H. gynesia, Hew., but is certainly distinct from it.
The fore wings in both are black with yellow spots; but thespots
are different: H. godmani has on the end of the posterior margin a
rather long yellow stripe, which is wanting in H. gynesia.
Ou the outer margin are seven or eight oblong yellow spots, of
which those near the apex are smallest, whilst in 1. gyncsia these are
the largest. Before these are three other yellow spots, and far below
them a fourth, which, in H. gynesia, is close to them.
Above the median cell on the costa is a small double spot as in
H. gynesia ; besides this there is also another yellow spot in the
middle cell which is absent in H. gynesia. A male shows also at
the base of the cell a fine yellow streak, which on the underside is
large, triangular, and somewhat forked ; and all the other spots of
the upperside are, beneath, rather more strongly developed.
The hind wings are, in the females, red-brown with broad outer
margin, on which are seven (in one female eight) oval yellow spots, as
in H. gynesia.
Beneath are eight yellow spots, and at the base of the anterior
398 MR. H.J. ELWES ON BUTTERFLIES FROM SIKKIM. [May 2
margin a fine yellow streak as well ; close to it, at the base, a faded
yellow spot is found.
Head black ; palpi laterally white ; forehead with two white
streaks ; top ef the head with four white points; antenne in the
female brownish ; prothorax above with two yellow points ; abdo-
men below and on the sides spotted yellow.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXIV.
Fig. 1. Papilio hahneli, p. 396. Fig. 3. Heliconius godmant, p. 397.
2. Heliconius venus, p. 396.
8. On a Collection of Butterflies from Sikkim.
By H. J. Evwes.
[Received April 24, 1882.]
(Plate XXV.)
When at Darjeeling in 1881 with Mr. Godman, I made arrange-
ments with a native plant-collector, a Sikkim Bhotea, who had
accompanied me on two expeditions into the interior, to visit the
Chumbi valley, on the Tibetan frontier of Sikkim, to collect seeds
and insects. This he did during the months of August and Sep-
tember last; and through the kind assistance of my friend Mr.
Gammie 1 have received a considerable number of Butterflies in
papers in tolerable condition. Though I cannot be certain of the
exact localities in which they were taken, I have little doubt, from
my knowledge of the country and the plants which came with
them, that a considerable portion of them were taken on the Tibetan
side of the frontier, which has never been visited by any European,
on account of the jealousy of the Tibetan officials. On two occasions
I have looked down into this valley from passes 15,000—16,000 feet
high on the Chola range, which bounds Sikkim on the north-east ; and,
judging from what I saw and from the information we have obtained
through native sources, it is a valley of somewhat different climate
and vegetation from the Sikkim valley, theugh the Machu river,
which drains it, flows southwards throngh Bhotan to the Bay of
Bengal. It is said to be much drier in summer and colder in winter
than Sikkim valleys of similar elevation; and as a number of the
plants and butterflies I received are not known to occur on our side
of the passes, I have no doubt that the collectors passed some part,
at any rate, of their time in this valley.
With the collection came a number of other species which occur
at lewer elevations in Sikkim, and which were probably taken on
the journey up. ‘This part of the expedition is often made to last as
long as possible by these native collectors, who infinitely prefer to
spend their advance-pay in feasting at some of the villages on their
road to hard work in a cold climate on short commons.
The most interesting species in the collection are Paleearctic forms,
P. Z.S.1882.P1.XXV,
Hanhart imp
BUTTERFLIES FROM SIKKIM.
W.Purkiss lith
1882.] MR. H.J. ELWES ON BUJTERFLIES FROM SIKKIM. 399
allied to or identical with others found in Ladak or in Europe.
Four of these were only known hefore in Ladak, at a distance of
about $00 miles from Sikkim; but as the intermediate country is
unexplored, they probably occur all along the Himalayan frontier
of Tibet.
On a future occasion I propose to compare the Butterflies of
Palearctic genera found in the Himalaya more closely with their
European and N.-Asiatic congeners; but in the meantime I will
enumerate those species which are of special interest in this collection,
as I have no doubt that the number of species now received forms
but a small proportion to those which exist at high elevations in the
South-eastern Himalaya.
PAPILIO MACHAON, var. ASTATICA, Mén. Cat. Mus. Petr. i. p. 70.
A very large number of this species in good condition, and varying
but very slightly amongst each other. The type in Sikkim, where
the species is found at 8000-10,000 feet elevation, is darker and more
heavily marked than in Europe, smaller and more uniform in colour
than in Japan. It closely resembles on the upperside Papilio zoli-
caon of California, but differs considerably from that species or
variety beneath.
Specimens from Nepal agree with those from Sikkim ; but those
from the North-west and Kashmir seem nearer to the European form
in tint.
PARNASSIUS EPAPHUS.
P. epaphus, Oberthiir, Et. Ent. livr. iv. p. 23 (1879).
P. jacquemontii, Gray, Cat. Lep. Brit. Mus. p. 76, t. xii. figs. 1, 2.
This species has lately been distinguished by M. Oberthiir from
P. jacquemonti ; but it is extremely difficult to say whether it is really
distinct or not.
I have seen four specimens in the British Museum and three in
the Hewitson collection, all that exist in England to my knowledge.
These agree very well with each other and with Gray’s figures.
They are probably from the same part of Ladak, at an elevation of
16,000 feet, and perhaps were all taken by the same person, Major
Charlton.
They differ from P.jacquemonti of Boisduval in being smaller and
in the shape of the fore wings, which are narrower and more pointed.
As arule there are no red spots at the anal angle of the hind wing,
though this is not a character of much importance. The antennz are
distinctly ringed and the fiinges distinctly spotted.
PARNASSIUS EPAPHUS, Var. SIKKIMENSIS, n. var, (Plate XXY.
figs. 4, 5.)
I have now received from Sikkim fourteen specimens of a form
which probably represents the same species in this part of the Hima-
laya, and which are distinguished principally by the smaller size,
and by the broad white fringes distinctly marked at the end of each
400 MR. H.J. ELWES ON BUTTERFLIES FROM SIKKIM. [May 2,
nerve with square black spots, which, in fact, give the fringe the
appearance of being alternately black and white.
These fourteen specimens agree perfectly in form and vary but little
in size. They are very similar in their pattern and tint, but the red
spots do not agree in any two specimens. Some have one on the
costa of fore wing, another just below it, and a third on the posterior
margin. In others one, two, or all of these are yellowish, plain black, -
or nearly absent. On the hind wings there are usually three large
black spots with red centres ; but in two specimens the centre of the
spots is yellow, and in one the spots are plain black.
This species, which I propose to distinguish as var. stkhkimensis,
occurs at great elevations on the frontier of Sikkim and Tibet. I took
it myself on an unknown pass by which I crossed from the upper
Lachoong valley to the Cholamoo lake in Tibet, at an elevation of
nearly 19,000 feet, in September 1870. I found a single pair in
copuld, which I put in an envelope and gave to Mr. Atkinson on
my return to Darjeeling. These specimens are now in the Hewitson
collection, under the name of P. stmo, which at first sight they very
closely resemble. I believe, however, after careful examination of
my series, and of all the specimens of P. simo which exist in England,
that the two species are well defined by structural characters, which
in this very difficult genus are of much more importance than size
or colour.
PARNASSIUS ACCO.
P. acco, Gray, Cat. Lep. Brit. Mus. p. 76, t. xii. figs. 5, 6.
P. simo, Gray, J. c. t. xii. figs. 3, 4.
After a careful examination of the types of these species and of
three others in Messrs. Godman and Salvin’s, and one in the Hewitson
collection, which are all that I know of in England, I have come to
the conclusion that they are but varieties of one species, differing
only in size and in the number and colour of the spots. ‘They are,
however, distinguished from P. epaphus by the colour of the fringes,
which in fresh specimens are plain white, but in slightly worn ones,
such as the type, are dark, but still quite plain. The antennze also
are plain black, not ringed asin P. epaphus and P. sikkimensis, and the
ground-colour of the wings is distinctly greyer and less pure white
than in P. sikkimensis. The fore wings also seem constantly more
pointed at the apex, and more rounded at the posterior angle. These
characters are not to be shown plainly by a figure, but are evident
when a series of the insect is carefully examined.
The female figured by Gray (fig. 6) is much more heavily spotted
on the hind wings than one in Mr. Godman’s collection ; but the
species seems less variable in this respect than P. epaphus, none of
those I have seen of P. acco or P. simo having any red marks on the
fore wing. -' The underside is perhaps more different from P, sikki-
mensis than the upper, but the difference cannot be explained in
words.
This species is known from four specimens in the British Museum
and one in the Hewitson collection, collected by Major Charlton in
1882.] MR. H.J. ELWES ON BUTTERFLIES FROM SIKKIM. 401
Ladak at 16,000 feet; besides three others in Mr. Godman’s collec-
tion from Lapsang in Ladak, 17,000 feet; and a single specimen,
which agrees perfectly in all the characters I have mentioned with
these, and is intermediate in size between P. acco and P. simo, was
among my fourteen examples of P. sikkimensis, showing, if my views
are correct, that the species are constantly different, though they
occur together in similar localities 800 or 900 miles apart.
Parnasstus HARDWICKU, Gray, Cat. Lep. B. M. p. 76, t. xii.
figs. 8-11. Var. cHarino, Gray, /. ¢.
A very variable species, found from Kashmir to Sikkim, from about
8000 feet up to 15,000. The variety named P. charino by Gray
oceurs at this great elevation in Ladak ; and four specimens, which
agree with his plate in being of much darker colour than the common
form, came with P. sikkimensis. It may be known with certainty
by the five blue eyes on the hind wing, which, so far as I have seen,
are never wanting, though sometimes reduced to spots.
Pieris BRassic#, Linn.
P. brassice, var. nipalensis, Doubld. Lep. Brit. Mus. i. p. 32 ;
Gray, Lep. Nepal, p. 9, t. 6. figs. 1, 3.
P. nipalensis, Moore, P. Z.S. 1865, p. 490.
I cannot see any reason to separate this from the European insect.
A series of specimens from Sikkim, Nepal, and Kashmir average
larger than British ones, but not larger than some J have from Asia
Minor; and there is nothing in colour to distinguish them. There
were many examples in the present collection.
Pieris ayAKA, Moore, P. Z.S 1865, p. 490, t. xxxi. fig. 16.
A single female of an insect which for the present I refer to this
species, which, however, I do not see how to separate from the forms
which I have alluded to previously from Amurland and Japan (cf.
P. Z.S. 1881, p. 876).
It is intermediate between P. melete and P. napi above, and
resembles the form dbryonie beneath. Similar specimens from the
Khasia hills are in my collection.
DeLtas BELLADONNA, Fabr., Gray, Lep. Ins. Nepal, t. 8. fig. 2.
It seems to me that there are two species confused under this
name. ‘Those I have from Nepal agree perfectly with Gray’s plate ;
but the Sikkim form, of which I have now secured several speci-
mens, has in most cases no yellow on the anal angle or interior margin
of hind wing. In some specimens, however, there is a trace of it;
so that without knowing more of the intermediate forms in distri-
bution, I should hesitate to separate this form.
CoLiss MYRMIDONE, Esp.
C. myrmidone, Koll., Hiig. Kasch. Reise, p. 411.
C. feildi, Mén. Cat. Mus. Petr. i. p. 79, t. 1. fig. 5.
402. MR. H.J. ELWES ON BUTTERFLIES FROM SIKKIM. [May 2,
? C. edusa, Gray, Lep. Ins. Nepal, t. 5. fig. 2.
C. edusa, var. myrmidone, Moore, P. Z. 8S. 1865, p. 492.
Of this species I received a very large number, mostly fresh and
in good order. I agree with Kollar in thinking that it is inseparable
from OC. myrmidone of Kurope, though perhaps Sikkim specimens
are as a rule brighter, and the black spots on the underside of the
fore wing larger and more distinct. An individual specimen from the
Himalaya could not be distinguished ; but I think a series might be
known as from India without seeing the labels.
? Dercas WALuicuil, Doubl. Proc. Ent. Soe. v. p- 47.
Gonepteryx urania, Butl. P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 458, t. 26. fig. 5.
I received a single specimen which I can only doubtfully identify
with this species, though if I had a series which agreed with it I
should be inclined to say it was distinct. It differs from Butler’s
plate in the shape of the fore wings, which are more arched on the
costa and much less pointed at the apex; the hind wings also
appear rounder at the anal angle; the colour is much brighter,
especially on the costa and near the apex of the fore wing, and the
markings beneath differ slightly. D. wallichii is found, I believe, in
the Khasias; but I never saw a specimen from Darjeeling, where
D. verhuellit is found, but not commonly.
A specimen in the British Museum, from Shillon, nearly agrees
with my example.
Lycana PpHERETES, Hb., var. ASIATICA, nD. var.
I was at first disposed to consider this a new species, as it differs
from L. pheretes in the narrower and more pointed fore wing, and in
having much more green gloss on the underside; but noticing that
Dr. Staudinger, in his list of the Lepidoptera of Tarbagatai in Central
Asia (Stett. ent. Zeit. 1851, p. 263), mentions that L. pheretes has
the same difference of colour there, I do not think the small uumber
of specimens I have received (four females and two males) justify me
in separating the species at present, though the difference, if constant,
is considerable. I know no Lycena at all like it in the Himalayas,
but have received a very beautiful new species from Major Marshall,
L. ellisi, which oceurs at high elevations in the N.W. Himalaya, and
seems allied to, though very distinct from it.
Iberpa sapuiR?, Blanch. (Plate XXV. figs. 9, 10.)
Tlerda saphir, Blanch. Compt. Rend. Ixxii. p. 811 (1871).
I am at present not able to say with certainty what is the proper
name of this species, of which I received a fair series of both sexes.
I have examined the specimens in the British Museum and in the
Hewitson collection, as well as Mr. Moore’s. In that gentleman’s
opinion it is a new species between J. moorei, Hew., and I. hewit-
? There is a specimen from Bhotan in the British Museum which agrees with
mine, and, as far as I can judge, it is the same as Thecla saphir from Moupin,
in East Tibet.
1882.] MR. H.J. ELWES ON BUTTERFLIES FROM SIKKIM. 403
soni, Moore, and resembles the former very closely above, but not
below. The males have a more purple tinge on both wings than
T hewitsoni, but the females are hardly, if at all, to be distinguished
from this species, which I have taken at Darjeeling in December.
The genus is a very difficult one, as there are four or five very nearly
allied species in the Himalaya.
VANESSA LADAKENSIS, Moore, Yarkand Mission, Lep. p. 3, t. i.
fig. 2 (1879).
About fifteen specimens, mostly worn, of this species, all of which
agree in their characters, and can be known at once from the forms of
V. urtice by the shape of the fore wings, which are rounded at the
apex, with hardly a trace of the projecting point below the angle which
is conspicuous in V. urtice, V. kashmeriensis, and V. polychloros. It
seems to be an inhabitant of the high cold plateau of Tibet, was first
taken at Gogra in Ladak, and has never been sent to England from
Sikkim, to my knowledge, before ; so I think we may conclude that
it does not occur on this side of the passes.
VANESSA KASHMERIENSIS, Koll. Kasch. p. 442, t. ii.
Some of the specimens of this species are very near V. rizana of
Moore, which seems to me hardly separable from it.
Sikkim specimens, as a rule, are darker than those from Kashmir.
It occurs at and below Darjeeling during winter, and I have taken
it on sunny December days at 4000 feet.
VANESSA C-ALBUM, Linn.
A single, rather worn specimen was included in the collection,
which, until we know more of the Himalayan varieties, I prefer to
eall V. c-album. It is certainly much nearer to Amur specimens of
V..c-album than to what I have from Mr. Moore as typical V. agnicula.
I have only seen one specimen from Sikkim before, which differed
from this one; and four others which I possess from various parts of
the Himalaya differ from each other as much as a similar number
ot European specimens from various localities do. Unfortunately,
I have but fifty specimens in all of this group—not a tithe of what
would be required to illustrate it properly ; but the more I see, the
more impossible it seems to define them clearly. I should be much
obliged to any entomologist for the loan of local series showing the
amount of variation in different localities ; but, so far as I can see at
present, no one can say to what species a given specimen of any of
there forms belongs, unless he was told where it came from; and if
that be so, what more is necessary to prove my theory ?
ARGYNNIS ALTISSIMA, n. sp. (Plate XXYV. fig. 8.)
Of this species I received ten specimens, all of which, as well as
I can judge in the somewhat crushed state of their bodies, are males.
Nine of them agree very well in size and pattern; but the tenth
is at least a quarter larger in size, and has the wings broader and less
pointed. In fact it has the appearance of a less alpine variety than
404 MR. H.J. ELWES ON BUTTERFLIES FROM SIKKIM. [May 2,
the others, which, judging from the collector’s marks, were taken with
Cneis pumila and Parnassius at a very great elevation. This species
has a very distinct and peculiar appearance, quite unlike any other
Argynnis. Above, the markings are generally similar in arrangement
to those of A. gemmata ; but the row of spots on the exterior margin
are usually whitish, the ground-colour is paler, and the fringes spotted
with white.
Beneath, the position and arrangement of the markings are very
similar to those of A. gemmata; but all the silvery spots are more
elongated and less brilliant, and the deep fulvous markings are almost
absent.
Expanse 1+] inch, except the single specimen above mentioned,
which is |'4 inch across,
ARGYNNIS GEMMATA. (Plate XXV. figs. 6, 7.)
A. gemmata, Butler, Ann. Nat. Hist. 1881, vil. p.32; Elwes, J. ¢.
1881, vii. p. 467.
Of this distinct and lovely species I received a considerable
number of both sexes, which I take the opportunity of figuring here,
as a coloured plate is necessary to give an idea of its beauty. The
females differ from the males in having the base and posterior margin of
the fore wing grey, and the marginal spots pale outside ; the fringes
also are pale-spotted, which is not the case in the males. This
species must be very abundant at some localities, probably at a
great elevation; and it is just possible that A. aléissima is a still more
alpine form of it, analogous to A. melita, var. merope, though more
different from A. gemmata than A. merope is from A. aurinia.
ARGYNNIS CHILDRENI, Gray, Zool. Mise. p. 33; Lep. Ins. Nep.
et, ton
A single pair of this fine species.
AGRYNNIS LATHONIA, Linn.
A, issea, Moore, apud Gray, Lep. Ins. Nep. p. 11.
Moore seems to have followed Gray, who followed Doubleday, in
separating the Himalayan form from the European one. I cannot
find that any description of it has been published ; and I agree with
Kollar in saying that it is identical with A. lathonia, though a large
series of specimens seem somewhat larger and darker than a series
from various parts of Europe. There were some hundreds in the
present collection ; but the insect is not common near Darjeeling.
Curonosas pumitus. (Plate XXV. fig. 3.)
C'. pumilus, Feld. Reise Nov. p. 490, t. 69.
Ten specimens agree very fairly with Felder’s plate; but the
markings are more distinct and well defined, especially the outer
edge of the band on the hind wing. My specimens are also darker
in colour and less yellow in tint than the figure of C. pumilus. As the
papers containing these specimens were marked in ‘Tibetan with the
same characters as the Parnassius, I presume they were taken at the
1882.] MR. H.J. ELWES ON BUTTERFLIES FROM SIKKIM. 405
same time and place. C. pumilus was found by the late Dr. Stoliczka
on the Lanak Pass (15,500 feet) in Ladak, and has never been
taken by any one else as far as I know. There are no specimens of it
in English collections that Mr. Moore or I have seen.
Desis (Tanstma, Moore) MAsont, n. sp. (Plate XXV. fig. 2.)
Resembles Dedis verma, Koll., in general appearance, size, form,
and colour, but distinguished on the upperside by a single white
spot near the apex of the fore wing, which is slightly undulate and
fringed white ; the anterior angle of the hind wing is bordered and
fringed white. On the underside there is one ocellus close to the
white spot near the apex of fore wing, and the ground-colour of the
hind wings is overlaid with greyish scales, and without the transverse
steely bands of D.verma. The ocelli resemble those of D. verma in
number, size, and position, but are ringed with hair-brown instead of
fulvous. The sexes do not differ.
Of this species, which, though allied to D. verma and to D., isana,
Koll., is very distinct, 1 received a large number of specimens, which
do not vary. As this insect has never been taken before, I imagine
it to be from the Chumbi valley, on the other side of the passes, but
it is probably not found at extreme elevations.
Lerue (?) MARGARITH, n. sp. (Plate XXV. fig. 1.)
A single male specimen of this fine and distinct species was in the
collection, and appears very distinct from any thing which has been
described. At first sight it seems most nearly allied to Neorina hilda,
but does not quite agree with that species in neuration. Neither
does it agree exactly with either Zophoessa or Lethe, though it
‘somewhat resembles Z. dunaris, Butler, in markings. Until we know
more of the insect, it will be best to leave it in the genus Lethe,
which requires careful revision, as the species at present comprised in
it are very varied.
Antenne in size and shape like those of WN. hilda, rufous with
reddish tip. Palpi longer, more pointed, and less hairy than in N.
hilda. Abdomen and legs rather shorter.
Colour hair-brown, paler beneath, with a transverse pale fawn-
coloured band beyond the disk, well defined on underside and fainter
above. A similar band near the margin of the wing at an acute
angle to the first, enclosing five white-pupilled ocelli in a straight
row. On the exterior margin are two narrow lines of similar colour to
the bands. Pattern of bind wings beneath somewhat similar, but
the transverse band is rather curved outwards, and there is a large
ocellus between the first and second subcostal nervule. The ocellus
at anal angle has a double pupil. The bands on hind wing do not
show on the upperside, and the ocelli are indistinct.
Expanse 3°1 inches,
Neorina nip, Doubl. & Westw. Gen. D. L. p. 369, t. 65. fig. 2.
A single male specimen of this fine species, taken probably in the
lower valleys of the interior, was in the collection.
406 MR. H.J. ELWES ON BUTTERFLIES FROM SIKKIM. [May 2,
ZOPHOESSA ATKINSONIA.
Z. athinsonia, Hew. Ent. Mo. Mag. 1876, p. 151; Hewits, Desc.
Lep. in Coll. Atkinson, 1879, p. 2, t. 1. figs. 2, 3.
One specimen of this species, which is found at about 8000 feet
near Darjeeling, and probably in the interior.
The published figure of this species is bad, being much too rufous,
and the markings much brighter than in any of four specimens in
my collection. The type, however, is somewhat brighter than the
average.
Satyrus papMA, Koll. Kaschm. p. 445, t. xv. figs. 1, 2.
I received twenty specimens of a species which, if not identical with,
is very close to S. padma, though not so large as Kollar’s figure, and
differing somewhat in the underside of the wing trom any examples
I have from the north-west.
The white spot on the costal margin seems to distinguish this
from any other species in my collection- except S. weranga, Lang,
which is much smaller; but all these Himalayan Saéyra are very
nearly allied, and we do not yet know much about them.
Mycatesis visata, Moore, Cat. Lep. E.I. C. p. 230.
A single pair of this species, which is not uncommon near
Darjeeling. The apex of the fore wing is sharply angled, almost
ointed. The female differs only in larger size and paler colour.
5
Mycattsis, sp.
A single female specimen, which at present I am not able to deter-
mine.
Yerrurma saxra, Moore, Cat. Lep. E.I. C. p. 286.
A large number of this species, mostly in bad condition. The
ocelli vary from three to five above in the males; but the females,
besides being paler in colour above, have usually an additional small
ocellus on the fore wing.
YPTHIMA, sp.
A single male specimen, which I cannot identify with any known
species, but which I refrain from naming, as it seems to me there are
already too many names in this difficult and little understood genus.
It is 13 inch in expanse, dark brown above, with large dark ocellus,
ringed yellow and double-pupilled, on fore wing above. On the hind
wing one large central double ocellus and two small ones. Beneath
it is grey, with minute pale brown strize and two irregular transverse
fascize on both wings. Margin darker. Hind wing with three double
ocelli in a paler band. It resembles Y. methora, Hew., more than
any other species I know, but differs considerably beneath from a
Lurmese specimen of that insect.
1882.] MR. H. J. ELWES ON BUTTERFLIES FROM SIKKIM. 407
Havre sikkima, Moore, n. sp.
A single specimen only of this species, of which, as of the next,
the description has been supplied by Mr. F. Moore.
Allied to H. beturia. Male. Differs from same sex of that
species in the fore wing being more acute at the apex, and the exte-
rior margin less convex; the hind wing also is less convex externally,
the colour is much darker olivaceous brown. Upperside of fore
wing with similar spots, the two conjoined spots before the apex less
obliquely situated, the two discal spots slightly less separated.
Underside also darker, the olive-yellowish scales uniformly disposed
and not forming a marginal macular band or discal fascia on the
hind wing. Cilia of both wings brownish white throughout, not
alternated with black as in H. beturia.
Expanse 12 inch.
Hab. Sikkim. In coll. H. J. Elwes.
In shape of wings and coloration this species is somewhat like
HI. varia of Japan.
Hare separata, Moore, n. sp.
A pair only of this new species.
Male. Also allied to H. beturia. Fore wing comparatively
shorter and the hind wing broader; fore wing with three conjoined
small subapical yellowish-white spots, a transverse spot at upper end
of the cell, and two widely separated spots on the disk. Cilia
brownish white, alternated with dark brown. Underside, with the
costal and outer borders of fore wing and entire hind wing covered
with golden-olive scales; posterior border of fore wing yellow.
Expanse 1,4; inch.
Hab. Sikkim. In coll. H. J. Elwes.
Tuanaos stigmata, Moore, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 694.
One damaged specimen only of this rare species,
Hesperia DARA, Koll. Kaschm. p. 455.
A single specimen, which is considered by Mr. Moore to be the
same as H.dara of Kollar. It appears to be very close to H. flava,
Murr., from Japan, and also to H. mesoides, Butl., which I have
from Sikkim.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXV,
Fig. 1. Lethe (?) margarite, p. 405.
. Debis (Tansima) masoni, p. 405.
. Chionobas pumilus, p. 404.
. Parnassius epaphus, var. sikkimensis 2, p. 399.
é.
. Argynnis gemmata $, p. 404.
altissima, p- 403.
. Ilerda saphir? 3, p. 402.
10. Q.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1882, No. XXVIII. 28
g2 1 I> SUP G9 bO
408 MESSRS. LAYARD ON A NEW PARROT. [May 2,
4. Description of a new Species of Parrot of the Genus
Nymphicus. By Evear L. Layarp, C.M.G., F.Z.8., &c.,
H.B.M. Consul, and E. Leororp C. Layarp, Vice-Consul
at Noumea, New Caledonia.
[Received April 28, 1882.]
(Plate XXVI.)
We have had in our possession for some time a pair of Parrots
(s and 9) wnich we have unaccountably overlooked, mistaking
them for immature birds of Nymphicus cornutus. A better acquain-
tance with the latter, owing to our having killed many of them,
and having had examples of the two species before us at the same time,
has caused us to detect the differences, and we have much pleasure in
introducing this new species to science.
It is interesting as being confined to the small island of Uvéa,
one of the Loyalties, which is perhaps, strictly speaking, a series of
small islets, jomed together by a connecting reef, having a lagoon
in the centre. We presume, though we have no certain knowledge,
that the bird is found chiefly on the large or main island, which
faces Lifou, and it is very remarkable that it does not extend to that
island. A friend, however, wrote us word, some months since, that,
after the hurricane at the beginning of last year, “crested Parrots’’
had appeared in Lifou. We will make further inquiries now our
attention is turned to the subject, and find out to which species they
belong ; we had set them down as NV. cornutus of course. The
Parrot common on Lifou is, as we have already shown, T’richoglossus
massena, Bp. (ef. Ibis, 1879, p. 185, &e-).
Nymphicus uveensis, as we propose to call this new species (from
the locality where it is found), may be thus described :—Closely re-
sembling JV. cornutus, but wanting the red head, orange occiput, and
nuchal collar, and exhibiting only the faintest trace, if at all (in some,
not at all), of the orange on the rump. ‘The crest also is totally dif-
ferent. In NV. cornutus (Plate XXVI. fig. 1) the crest is usually com-
posed of two feathers (we have seen three when one was about to be
shed) much elongated ; 2 inches is a good average length; we have
seen specimens (one now lies before us) in which it is 3 inches long.
The feathers are black, faintly tinged with green, and broadly tipped
with red; they spring from the centre of the broad red cap which
covers the whole of the top of the head.
In N. uveensis (Plate XX VI. fig. 2) the crest isa bunch of six, short,
upturned, and entirely green feathers, springing from the end of a small
spot of red, that occupies the centre of the forehead, commencing at
the nostrils. The crest-feathers are only an inch anda halflong. In
N. cornutus the red cap reaches nearly to the eye, from which it is
separated by the black of the cheeks, which fills up the space to the
bill, and extends under the chin. All this is wanting in NV. wveensis:
the black is changed to a dark green, except just on the nostrils,
and the ear-coverts and lower part of the cheeks are bright green.
Senate lity Hanhart. imp
I. NYMPHICUS GORNUTUS.
2 is UVZENSIS,
P.Z.S.1882 . Pl. XXVII.
1 x 640
3%
Mintern Bros.imp.
Edwin Wilson, del.et lith.
STRUCTURE OF FEATHERS.
P.Z.S.1882 Pl. XXVIII.
Edwm Wilson, del.et lith . Mintern. Bros. imp.
STRUCTURE OF FEATHERS.
1882.] DR. H. GADOW ON THE COLOUR OF FEATHERS. 409
The broad nuchal collar of orange of N. cornutus is altogether
wanting, and there is no difference between the colour of this part
of the back.
We observe that the brilliant blue of the primaries of NV. cornutus
is much dimmer in NV. weensis; but this may result from our
specimens being caged birds, and consequently not in such perfect
plumage. In size and shape the two species are identical.
5. On the Colour of Feathers as affected by their Structure.
By Dr. Hans Gapow.
[Received May 2, 1882.]
(Plates XXVII. & XXVIII.)
The colours which we perceive in the things surrounding us may
result from various sources, according to which they may be divided
into two classes.
The First CLass consists of so-called objective, chemical, or
absorption colours. Such colours do not change or vary under any
position of the light or eye ; they receive their colour always from a
colouring-matter. This may exist in the form of a solution or as
pigment. Animal objective-colours are mostly due to pigment.
The seconp crass has been variously described as subjective,
physical, or structural colours. They are the result of reflected or
broken light. This may take place in various ways : —
1. Total reflection of light, e.g. the gloss on a polished surface.
2. The light may be broken infinitely often and be totally re-
flected. The result of this is white.
3. Diffraction by a prism.
4. Interference of colours. By this theory are explained the
colours of extremely thin transparent plates, and’ those which are
produced by a system of narrow ridges, e. g. iridescence of mother-of-
pearl, the blue-heat stage of steel, and the colour of soap-bubbles.
As I have not, in this communication, entered into any general
history of the colours of birds’ feathers, but have confined myself to
the effects of structure, it appears unnecessary to give any detailed
critical account of the work of my predecessors, which should only
make part of an elaborate and complete essay. ‘he titles of the
more important papers, however, are given in the footnote!
1 B. Altum, “Ueber die Farben der Vogelfedern im Allgemeinen, und iiber
das Schillern insbesondere,” Naumannia, 1854, p. 293.
B. Altum, “Ueber den Bau der Federn als Grund ihre Farbung,” Journ.
f. Orn. 1854, pp. xix—xxxy.
A. Bogdanow, “Note sur le pigment des plumes des Oiseaux,” Bullet. de la
Sce. d. Naturalistes de Moscou, 1856, p. 458.
V. Fatio, “Des divers modifications dans les formes et la coloration des
plumes,” Mém. Soc. phys. hist. nat. Genéve, xviii. (1866), p. 249, plates.
K. W. Krukenberg, ‘ Vergleich. physiolog. Studien,’ ser. 1. pt. v., ser. 2. pt. i.
[See also a further contribution (ser. 2. pt. ii.) which has only dome into
my hands as the revise is leaving them.—H. G., July 25¢h.]
28*
410 DR. H. GADOW ON THE COLOUR OF FEATHERS. [May 2,
Application of the Laws of Colours to Feathers.
I. Pigment-cotours. The simplest case. It has long been a
matter of discussion whether or not pigment exists in feathers on
account of its never having been successfully extracted. Recently,
however, various pigments have been discovered. What we know
at present about pigment in feathers is almost entirely the result of
the investigations of Bogdanow and Krukenberg.
Pigment may produce the following colours :—
Black, resulting from the presence of zoomelanin, a colouring-
matter which is probably identical with the melanin of the Chori-
oidea. This is the pigment most universally found in the animal
kingdom, and almost every ‘‘ black”? feather owes its colour to this
pigment.
Brown. Zooxanthin, found in brown feathers. A mixture of this
and the former pigment would of course give black-brown.
Red. The best studied feather-pigment is the ¢uracin in the red
quills of the Musophagidee. This very peculiar stuff has hitherto
only been found in the Touracous.
Another red pigment is the zooerythrin ; first extracted by Bog-
danow from Calurus auriceps, and, as a pinkish matter, from Cotinga
cerulea. The same matter produces the red in the wattle round the
eye of the Black Cock (hence called by Wurm, its discoverer, tetraon-
erythrin). Zooerythrin has been found in very different birds,
which, like Phenicopterus, Cardinalis, Ibis, and Cacatua, have
more or less red in their plumage; it is therefore very probable that
red is generally produced by this pigment.
Allied to the zooerythrin is the zoorudin, a red-brown matter in
the feathers of Cicinnurus regius.
Zoofulvin is a yellow to greenish-yellow pigment.
Turacoverdin is found in the green feathers of the Touracous.
In other green feathers no green pigment has hitherto been found,
and the same applies to blue and violet.
We may be almost certain that, wherever we have feathers with
the various shades of black, brown, red, and yellow, if these feathers
do not change their colour in different positions of the eye, their
colour is merely due to a pigment. But there may be complication ;.
if, for instance, the deeper strata contain a black, and the upper ones
superimposed red pigment, the whole will appear dark red. Or if
we take red with a superimposed yellow layer, the result will be
orange. The richness of colours will often entirely depend on the
amount of pigment, e.g. grey.
II. By DIFFRACTION and REFLECTION we can explain the fol-
lowing phenomena in feathers :—
1. White. There is no white pigment or white objective colour in
natural objects ; and wherever we have a white object, its colour is
due to there being an innumerable number of interstices between its
molecules, or air-cells in its substance. ‘The whole substance of a
white feather, the ceratinine, is colourless, but its texture forms a
fine network.
2. Simple reflection of light. The gloss of feathers, independent of
1882.] DR, H. GADOW ON THE COLOUR OF FEATHERS. 411
the colour itself, is the result of their surface being smooth and
polished : if the surface is rough, the colours given to the feather by
pigment appear more or less dull; but if polished, they will appear
with a more or less strong gloss, and they will look much more
saturated, e.g. brilliant red. The polished surface is produced by
the horny substance of the feathers.
3. Interference of colours and colour of thin plates. The thin
plates are represented by the extremely thin laminze of the radii, or
by a thin coating of the transparent ceratinine. These parts appear
with a certain colour simply because they are thin; but instances
of this are very rare, although the planes of the barbules are certainly
thin enough to allow the application of colours of thin plates. In
Galbula tombacea, for instance, the thickness of such a barbule-plane,
where it contained only little or no pigment, was under the micro-
scope certainly Jess than 0°1 of one smallest division of the micro-
meter. The index of actual value for one division, with the power
applied, was 0-0063, thus giving an actual value less than 0-006 mm.
The so called iridescence of feathers might be thus explained. An
underlying pigment complicates the problem a little. A smooth,
glossy surface inay likewise be produced by a fine film of oil on the
surface of the feathers, e.g. in water-birds.
Application of the Theory of Colours which are produced by a
system of narrow ridges.
Almost every fine feather exhibits a sort of iridescence if we look
through it towards the light. The system of fine lines is then re-
presented by the series of radii or barbules on either side of the
rami or barbs. That these parts are minute enough for this is
proved by observation. We know that “ Gitterfarben’’ begin to be
visible to the naked eye if there are about twenty interstices to
a millimetre. Now in a feather taken from the neck of Péta (in
the green part of the feather figured), I found the distance between
the top of the two neighbouring barbules equal to 0°05 mm., or at
another part = 0°04 mm.
Explanation of the Objective structural Colours,
z.e. colours which are due to a particular structure of the feather-
substance, which contain a pigment differently coloured from the
colour actually observed, and which are not variable.
Blue feathers.—All attempts made by chemists to find a blue or
a violet pigment in feathers have been unsuccessful. Such feathers
contain only a black-brown to yellow pigment. The simplest proof
of this astonishing fact is that such feathers, if examined with trans-
mitted light under the microscope, appear-invariably brown. The
blue feathers of Parrots lose this colour if held against the light,
i. e. if examined under indirect light.
Moreover, we can make a crucial test. If certain colours result
from a particular surface-structure of the feathers, these colours must
disappear if we destroy the supposed colour-producing parts. This
412 DR. H. GADOW ON THE COLOUR OF FEATHERS. [May 2,
can actually be done. If we press one of the deep-blue feathers
of a Maccaw between two hard planes, so as to squash or smash the
stratum of prismatic cones, or if we hammer it carefully, the blue
immediately disappears, and the injured part looks grey or brownish
according to the underlying pigment. The same is the case with
the beautifully blue feathers of Artamia. Green parrot-feathers, when
treated in a similar way, become yellow, since this is the colour of
their pigment. Thus structural or optical colour may, so to speak,
be knocked out of a feather. (Fatio observed that blue disappears
after injuring the surface by scratching off some of the enamel.)
This explains the dark appearance of the abraded parts of feathers
of Parrots and other vividly coloured birds. Again, red, orange,
brown, black, and most of the yellow feathers (7. e. such which owe
their colour directly to pigment) do not lose or change their colour
under any physical treatment.
The explanation of the due colour is the most difficult of all in
those feathers where the blue is independent of the position of the
eye, 7. e. in which the blue does not change. In most cases the blue
is confined to the rami, which, for imstance in Cereba and in
Artamia, in the blue parts of the feather are devoid of cilia and radii,
and are broader and flattened out (cf. Fatio).
With a magnifying-power of about 640, we first observe that the
whole ramus is covered by a transparent, slightly yellowish, or per-
haps quite colourless, sheath or coating, the thickness of which is not
more than 0°0014 of a millimetre. The surface of this sheath is
uneven and granulated. Immediately under this sheath we find one
continuous layer of prismatic polygonal (frequently hexagonal) cells
or cones. Most of these cones are broadest at their apices, and be-
come smaller towards their bases; others have nearly parallel walls
or may be broadest below. (This layer of cones has been called
by Fatio, its discoverer, ‘‘émail.’”) The space between their apices
seems to be filled up with the same matter as the coating. The
colour of the cones is pale yellowish, or, if this is only the reflection
of the underlying pigment, they are colourless. The distance
between the middle of two neighbouring apices I found equal to
0:0050 of a millimetre ; this would also be their breadth at the
base. Their height seems to be slightly larger. No actual mea-
surement, however, could be obtained, as I did not succeed in
getting a clear side view of them. As to the structure of these
little cones themselves, it is very difficult to arrive at a satisfactory
conclusion, considering the minuteness of the subject. However, in
Pitta moluccensis and in Artamia I observed a system of extremely
fine lines running parallel with the long axis of the cones, i. e. trans-
verse or vertical to the long axis or surface of the ramus. These
lines themselves do not seem to be straight, but irregularly waved.
The breadth of each bar I calculated to be less than 0°0006 of a
millimetre.
Below this stratum of polygonal prisms or cones lies brownish-
yellow pigment, near the middle of the barb; where the layer of
pigment is thicker it looks black-brown. This pigment, of course,
1882.] DR. H. GADOW ON THE COLOUR OF FEATHERS. 413
together with the proper substance of the feather, occupies the rest
of the barb. Thus we have, if proceeding from the surface to the
middle of a blue barb; the following structure (fig. 1) :—
1. A transparent, apparently homogeneous sheath of ceratinine
(S 8).
2. One layer of prismatic cells; and 3, under this, a brownish
pigment (P).
The sheath may vary in thickness and in surface-structure from
about 0:0014 to 0:0043 mm.
In Pitta I calculated its thickness to 0°0016 mm., and the surface
appeared to be quite smooth ; whilst in Cawreba each top of a cone
corresponded with a slight elevation of the sheath.
The breadth, or diameter, was calculated to about 0:006 mm.;
it agrees very closely with that of Cereba and Ara,
Fig. 1.
Diagrammatic section through part of a barb of a blue feather.
Fatio, who examined the structure of blue feathers, also says that
under the prismatic layer there are ‘‘ de grandes cellules polygonales
A noyau coloré.”” But I suppose that this is an optical delusion, and
that the large polygones (generally hexagones) which we see while
looking vertically down upon the surface of the rami are the lateral
outlines of the prismatic columns. Therefore what he figured (op.
cit. plate iii. fig. 6) as polygones are simply the foreshortened
columns, and the underlying pigment gives them the appearance of
cells with a dark nucleus.
The thickness of the surface-coating of blue feathers varies con-
siderably in different birds, and even in different feathers of the
same bird. Differences between 0:0016 and 00043 cannot be put
down as mistakes of measurement. Again, we know that the
thickness of colour-producing plates varies from about 0°00006 to
0:0004 mm., giving bluish-white or pale orange light respectively.
And if the plates in question are thicker than about 0°0005 mm.,
they cease to produce colour, and the law of colours of thin plates is
414 DR. H. GADOW ON THE COLOUR OF FEATHERS. [May 2,
not applicable to them. Now our surface-coating of 0°004 is about
ten times thicker than the thickest of colour-producing plates ;
consequently this surface-coating cannot be the cause of the blue
colour. Moreover, we find quite a similar sheath surrounding red
and black feathers; and therefore the function of this sheath will
be, besides merely protecting the feather, to give the blue colour,
produced by other parts, a glossy brilliant appearance. This, how-
ever, does not mean that this transparent sheath is superfluous or
unimportant to the appearance of blue; since, supposing the blue
is produced by the underlying cone-stratum, there must be some
material to reflect this blue to our eye, in a similar way that a piece
of wood shows its colour up much better when polished or varnished.
We must therefore look for other reasons for the appearance of
blue. It is true that all blue feathers contain a yellowish to brown
pigment ; but the same is the case with many others, like yellow
and green feathers, and, besides this, a yellow pigment alone can
never produce blue.
The most essential part of blue feathers is the layer of prismatic
columns; but as these vary considerably in size, from 0°011 to 0-003,
they alone cannot be the essential part, nor can it be the thickness
of the transparent coat of the little columns themselves, since even
this extremely thin coating is sometimes too thick to allow the
application of ‘ thin-plate colours.”
As the primary cause, we have to consider the fine ridges which
we observe on the outer surface of all these prismatic columns.
Many of them are so fine that they are even narrower than the
length of one wave of light (the length of one wave of red light
being 0:0007, that of violet being 0:0004 mm.). As they form a
system of ridges, I am inclined to apply to them the theory of
‘*Gitterfarben,’’ and I explain the blue colour of feathers by this
theory.
The colour produced by thin plates depends entirely on the pro-
portion of the thickness of the plate to the length of the waves (w) ;
consequently if this proportion is equal to #, and y is the thick-
ness of the plate when first looking red, this same colour will appear
every time when the thickness (y') of the plate has increased to an
odd multiple of wx. But after a certain thickness is obtained, the
plate loses the power of producing colour. Very similar conditions
apply to the theory of colours produced by a system of narrow ridges.
However as these ridges in the cones are so minute that a cipher
generally does not appear before the fourth decimal, we are unable
to measure them with exactness. Moreover these ridges do not
appear always as straight lines, but seem to be waved; to measure
the length and deviations of these waves would be mere guesswork.
Whether this system of ridges is the only cause of the blue colour
is doubtful ; very likely the transparent coating and the cones them-
selves will considerably influence the light passing through them.
The production of blue therefore in a feather would be the result
of a very complicated process.
Let us throw only a furtive glance at some of the changes which
1882.] DR. H. GADOW ON THE COLOUR OF FEATHERS. 415
the light falling upon and passing through a blue feather is likely to
undergo. First, part of the rays will be simply reflected from the outer
surface of S S (fig. 1, p.413); secondly, the rest, before passing through
this stratum, will be variously broken and reflected before reaching
the coating ps, since the stratum SS is not homogeneous, but consists
apparently of several irregular scales and secondary strata; thirdly,
the coating, ps, breaks the rays again and partly reflects them, and, if
it is only 00006 mm. thick, as in Pitta, it is thin enough to allow
the application of the theory of thin-plate colours; fourthly, the
system of ridges; fifthly, some rays will reach the layer of brownish
pigment. How much of them is absorbed, how much reflected as
brownish light, and what the changes are of this brown light before
it comes up again to the surface, we cannot tell. Again, the ray a
will be under different conditions to the ray c. To follow and
to calculate all these changes would be almost a superhuman task.
We know only the result, namely blue colour.
By the application of the theory of colours of narrow ridges we
are enabled to explain several other colours, fortunately under less
difficult circumstances. We have seen before that many yellow
feathers owe their colour to a yellow pigment. But several of them
do not contain any pigment. The thin rami and radii of the downy
part of a feather of Pitta, for instance, appear coloured (yellow) only
under direct light, but they are colourless if examined under the
microscope with transmitted light. Now in yellow feathers, no
matter if they contain pigment or not, the surface shows very fine
longitudinal ridges, which are more or less parallel to one another,
and which appear as straight lines. This I found was the case in
the yellow feathers of Pitta, Psittacula, Arachnothera, Picus, and
Parus. The distance between the top of two neighbouring ridges
varied from 0°001 to 0°0005 of a millimetre. That there are real
ridges on the surface we can see on a transverse section of a yellow
radius. The radius of a yellow pectoral tuft-feather of drachnothera
(Plate XXVIII. fig. 6) had a diameter of 0-007 mm. ; as there were
about twelve such ridges, like a, (3, y, their distance could not be
greater than on .7 =0°0018 mm. In Pitta the radius of a
half-downy feather had a diameter of 0°012 mm. All round there
were about twelve ridges, and the breadth of one ridge was rather
smaller than the interstices; therefore the breadth of one ridge
must be smaller than .7=0°0015 mm. Another method of
12:0
12+12
calculating gave 0°0012 as the breadth of one ridge.
Violet feathers.—Similar ridges exist on the surface-coating of
violet metallic feathers, as, for instance, in Zthopyga and in Sturnus ;
but the ridges do not appear to be quite straight, moreover they are
much finer; in Stwrnus only 0:00085 mm.
Green feathers.—-Only in the Musophagide green pigment has
been found. All other green feathers contain only either zoofulvin
or a black-brown pigment. Krukenberg suggested therefore that
416 DR. H. GADOW ON THE COLOUR OF FEATHERS. [May 2,
the green appearance is the result of a mixture of the yellow-pig-
ment colour and of a blue optical structural colour. However, this
cannot well be always the case, since most green feathers do not
show that peculiar structure which we invariably meet with in blue
feathers.
All the green feathers which I have examined show the following
structure :—Generally a transparent smoothly surfaced sheath sur-
rounds the rami and the radii, which are both green. Between this
sheath and the invariably present yellowish, brownish, or pinkish
pigment one sees a system of ridges and fine pits. These ridges are
shorter and less regular than those observed in yellow feathers, and
the little pits are rather irregularly dispersed over the shaft and
plane of the barbs and barbules. The more regular and parallel
these furrows are, the more approaches the green colour to a
yellowish tinge. As we know of no green feathers without any pig-
ment, and always with such an irregularly ridged and furrowed
surface-structure, we cannot say that this structure directly produces
green, nor that it produces blue. We must accept that they break
the yellow light, issued from the yellow pigment, into green.
Red feathers are frequently surrounded with a thick transparent
sheath, for instance those of Rhamphastus; but they have no peculiar
or particular surface-structure, and the large wrinkles which we observe
in them seem to be merely the result of a drying-up process of the
horny feather-substance. In orange or orange-brown feathers, how-
ever, we frequently find a dark red pigment and yellow surface-
structure.
Explanation of subjective or metallic colours——We speak of
metallic colours if the feathers under reflected light appear with a
metallic gloss, and if their glossy colour changes into another one
according to the position of our eye. If we look ina direction nearly
parallel to the plane of the feather it will appear black. This can
be done in two ways (fig. 3, p. 420) : first, with our eye between the
object and the light, a position which I propose to call A; secondly,
with the object between the light and the eye, position C. By
passing the eye from A to C, along the line indicated by the arrow,
we notice the gradual appearance of all the various metallic colours
which the feather is able to display. We further observe that these
colours do not appear at random, but, and this is of the greatest
importance, that they begin with the colours nearest to the red side
of the spectrum, and end with the violet. The position just inter-
mediate between A and C is that in which we look vertically down
upon the plane of the feather, with the object turned fully to the
light; no matter, however, whether this position is produced by
looking at the feather in the way as indicated by diagram B or D.
This position we call B.
In order to ascertain this fact, I have examined, under these three
positions, about eighty birds of all orders, wherever metallic colours
were present, and I did not find one single exception to the rule.
With the exception of two particular cases, which I shall explain
later on, the metallic parts of all these birds look perfectly black in
1882.] DR. H. GADOW ON THE COLOUR OF FEATHERS. 417
position A; if we turn the bird to position B it will, let us say, look
green; and halfway between B and C this bird will assume a blue
colour, which again passes into violet before appearing black again
in position C. If the bird begins with bronzy red, it will change
through golden green to pure green, then through bluish green to
blue and violet. There is not a single feather which, if moved from
B to A, changes from green to blue, in other words from the violet
to the red end of the spectrum. Thus we are able to predict into
which colour a bird can change if we know its colour in position B.
Thus a blue feather can only become purple or violet ; a green one
has more changes, and a golden-green one still more. It is,
however, very rare that a feather changes through more than half
of the spectrum; a coppery-red feather will generally cease with
green; a violet feather cannot change at all, except into black, since
beyond the violet there are no visible colours in the spectrum.
Another important fact is that metallic feathers can appear in any
colour which is represented in the spectrum, but not in any which,
like brown or grey, are not spectral colours. All these circumstances
induce me to explain the changeable metallic colours as prismatic ;
and in order to prove this we have to examine the feathers for their
prismatic structure. In any metallic feather the metallic colour is
confined to the radii which are entirely devoid of cilize, and consist
of a series of variously shaped compartments which overlap one
another like tiles of a roof.
Fig. 1, Plate XXVIII., represents a barbule of a violet feather of
Aithopyga; it consists of about fifteen compartments, each 0-03
mm. long and 0:03 mm. broad, and each forming a plane. Fig. 9 a,
Plate XXVII., shows part of a barbule of Nectarinia famosa, brilliant
green in position B, blue in C, black in A; each compartment was
0:027 mm. long and 0:015 mm. broad. If turned on the edge and
looked upon sideways, they look like fig. 94; each compartment is
convex-concave, with the convex side lying uppermost turned towards
the light. In Jacamar, coppery red in positions B and A, green in C,
they measure 0:040 by 0°018 mm. Every one of these compart-
ments is surrounded by a transparent horny coat, the thickness of
which varies from 0°00085 mm. (Sturnus) and 0:0015 mm. (Jaca-
mar), 0°0012 (Athopyga) to 0°0022 mm. ( Galbula tombacea). The
surface of this coat is either perfectly smooth and polished, like in
Nectarinia famosa, or, in violet feathers, contains very fine longitu-
dinal ridges, or, as in Jacamar, it showed very fine and numerous
little dots. Below this transparent and apparently colourless sheath
lies brownish to black pigment evenly dispersed.
Now, then, let us take a transverse section of such an arrangement
(SS being the transparent sheath, P the pigment), and put it in a po-
sition that the light falls upon it from L (fig. 2, p. 418). A very small
part of the orbit of a circle or any curve may be treated as a straight
line ; we thus may regard this sheath as consisting of a number of
small prisms. We know that a prism in such a position, with the
top or one edge directed upwards, breaks the light in such a way as
to produce a spectrum on the side furthest from the light, with the
418 DR. He GADOW ON THE COLOUR OF FEATHERS. [May 2,
red lying at 7 (2. e. towards the upright edge of the prism), and with
the violet at v.
No rays, or at least no visible ones, are thrown out into the space
between 1 and 2; consequently with our eye at.1, corresponding to
position A, we shall perceive black. At 3 the first red rays will
become visible, at 4 the blue ones, and so forth, till at 6 we come
across the ultra-violet rays, where we see again black, corresponding
with position C. Between 1 and 6 will be a place from where we
can look at the object under full light (position B); and this, of
course, is the way in which we generally describe an object.
As this agrees with observation, i.e. as every metallic feather (if
examined in the way explained above) shows precisely the same
phenomena as a prism under similar circumstances would show, we
have every right to consider the explanation of “ metallic varying
colours”’ as proved. There are, however, several observed facts
Fig. 2.
Al
XX XK
= exn®* =
= 2
& *
~ *
Wee
*
PN
* 3
Diagrammatic section through the barb of a “ metallic” feather.
which need an explanation, since they seem rather to upset this
theory.
First, why does not every metallic feather display all the colours
of the spectrum? and why do they generally range not over more
than a few neighbouring colours? Of course any prism, however
small it be, displays all the colours of the spectrum; but this does
not mean that all of them reach our eye! Part of the spectrum
might be hidden by some other object standing between it and our
eye; for instance we can easily cut off either end of a spectrum by
a screen. In the feathers the screen would be represented by a
neighbouring radius, so that, as, for instance, in fig. 2, the lower half
of the spectrum { may be concealed, in which case that feather
would only vary between red and greenish. Or two neighbouring
prisms, even if they belong to the same radius or barbule, may be so
situated that their spectra partly overlap one another. This would
have a double result: first, that where two complimentary colours fall
upon each other they would simply produce white light; secondly,
1882. ] DR. H. GADOW ON THE COLOUR OF FEATHERS, 419
that through the combination of two different colours, as, for instance,
yellow and blue, there would appear a third one, in this instance
green. Thus, spectrum a, produced by the prism a, is partly
covered by the spectrum £, produced by prism 4; the blue of 8
covers the yellow of a. Now as red and green give white, and blue
and yellow give green, we should in this case probably see only the
colours red and orange, produced by prism a.
Another circumstance, which might make this process very com-
plicated, is implied in the consideration that the surface of the pris-
matic sheath is frequently uneven. How many different systems of
prisms result from this arrangement, and how in the purple feathers
of an Aithopyga the rays of light become broken by the surface-
ridges into blue and violet, we are unable to explain.
A third phenomenon, which needs explanation, is that some of
the most gorgeously metallic feathers cannot be made to look black
in position A or C. An example of this is the beautiful coppery-red
to deep blue of aJacamar. Under the microscope the compartments
of the radii of such a feather are extremely convex, as in fig. 5,
Plate XXVIII. ; consequently there will be always some part of such
a compartment which presents a vertical plane to the eye, and which
therefore is always more or less in position B.
Now to sum up. We have to distinguish between several cate-
gories of colours in feathers.
1. Objective chemical colours directly produced by pigment. To
these belong black, brown, red, orange, and yellow.
2. Objective structural colours. The feather may contain no pig-
ment at all, and the colour be produced solely by a special structural
arrangement of the feather-substance, for instance white, and fre-
quently yellow; the latter if the surface is composed of very fine
and narrow longitudinal ridges, Or the feather contains a yellow to
brownish-black pigment, and the colour actually observed, as green,
blue, and violet, is produced by a specially produced and particularly
constructed transparent layer between the pigment and the surface.
Of non-changing colours 4/we and violet are always structurally
objective. Green seems to be only in a few cases the result of
yellow pigment combined with blue surface-structure. In most
cases it seems to be not a mixture of two colours, but due to yellow-
pigment light being broken into green. A green pigment seems to
be very exceptional.
3. Colours which change and which entirely depend on the position
of the light and eye. They are produced by a transparent sheath,
which acts like a prism. Any changing colour represented in the
solar spectrum may be thus produced in feathers.
The facts which I have laid down in this communication indicate
the desirability, nay even the absolute necessity, of a standard
method, not only of describing but also of drawing birds and other
animals which show metallic colours. These three standard positions,
I venture to submit, should be the following :—
Position A, in which the eye is placed between the bird and the
light, the eye and light almost in a level with the planes to be examined.
420 DR. H. GADOW ON THE COLOUR OF FEATHERS. _[ May 2,
Position B, in which the bird is placed vertically to the eye, a
position in which objects are usually described. :
Position C, in which the bird is held in the same level with, but
between the eye and light.
Fig. 3.
rn Oe Sa
The three positions in which metallic colours should be observed.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Piate XXVII.
Fig. 1. Part of a belly-feather of Pitta moluccensis. s, scapus or shaft;
7, ramus or barb; p, radius or barbule.
2. The blue part of the ramus at x (fig. 1), as seen under the microscope
with transmitted light.
3. The same, but magnified 640 times. s¢, transparent surface-coating or
sheath ; c, the layer of cones, with their sheath (s) and with the fine
ridges (7).
4. The same of Cereba.
5. Yellow radius of Pitta. pp, pigment-corpuscles, the shaft of the radius
showing the longitudinal ridges.
6a. Part of another yellow radius of Pitta. No pigment present.
6 6. Transverse section through 6 a at x.
7. Yellow radius of Picus.
8. Part of a metallic golden-green to blue feather of Nectarinia famosa.
s, shaft; p, radius; 7, ramus,
9a. Distal half of one radius of Nectarinia, showing the transparent
sheath which surrounds the compartments.
9b. The sane, but seen from the edge.
10. End of a metallic radius of a Jacamar. cc, the suppressed cilizx.
11. Part of a metallic violet barbule of Sturnus vulgaris.
12. Part of a barbule of a red non-metallic feather of Nectarinia,
Prate XXVIII.
. One metallic violet barbule of Zthopyga.
. One barbule of a green feather of Paleornis.
. Barbule of a yellow crest-feather of Parus sultaneus.
. Part of a colourless barbule of Parus sultaneus.
. One barbule (radius) of a metallic (coppery-red to bluish) feather of
aJacamar. ¢, one of the compartments separated from the others, and
showing its highly convex-concaye shape ; 7, barb or radius.
Fig.
Ou Coho re
1882. ] MR. H. STEVENSON ON PUFFINUS OBSCURUS. 421
Fig. 6. Part of a radius of a yellow pectoral tuft-feather of Arachnothera magna.
7. A feather of the breast of Psitfacula, natural size. ,
8a. Part of a barbule of the red part in the feather of Psittacula.
8d. 3 & yellow bs +:
8 C. ” ” green ” »
May 16, 1882.
Osbert Salvin, Esq., F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair.
The following report on the additions to the Society’s Mena-
gerie during the month of April 1882 was read by the Secretary :—
The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-
gerie during the month of April 1882 was 124, of which 32
were by presentation, 65 by purchase, 18 by birth, 3 in exchange,
and 6 were received on deposit. The total number of departures
during the same period, by death and removals, was 82.
The most noticeable additions during the month were the following
birds, all of species new to the Society’s Collection.
1. A Rifle-bird (Ptilorhis paradisea), purchased April 4. This is
a male bird in immature and worn plumage, changing very slowly
into the adult dress, but apparently in good health.
2. A pair of Black-headed Tragopans (Ceriornis melanocephala),
imported from Calcutta, and received April 5. This is the first
pair of this fine species that has reached us, although I believe that
several examples of it have been previously received in Europe, and
there is said to have been a single example of it many years ago in
the Gardens.
3. Four Riippell’s Parrots (Peocephalus rueppelli) from Western
Africa, purchased April 15. This species was first described and
figured by G. R. Gray in the Society’s ‘ Proceedings’ for 1848 (p. 125,
Aves, t.5). Two of our specimens resemble the figure there given ;
the others have the rump and under tail-coverts blue.
4. A Western Black Cockatoo (Calyptorhynchus naso, Gould, B.
Austr. v. t. 9), conspicuously differing from the Eastern C. banksi, of
which we have also examples, in its smaller size.
5. A male Cabot’s Tragopan (Ceriornis caboti), purchased April
18, making a fine addition to the Gallinaceous series.
6. Two of the recently described Green-horned Parrakeet, Nym-
phicus uveensis, Layard (supra, p. 480, Plate XXV1.), which we
believe to be a pair, purchased April 27. These have been placed in
the Parrot-house, next to our two living examples of Nymphicus cor-
nutus (cf. P. Z. 8. 1879, p. 550, pl. xliv.), and afford a fine oppor-
tunity for the comparison of these two closely allied species.
A mounted specimen of the Dusky Petrel, Pufinus obscurus (Gm.),
which had been picked up dead in Norfolk in 1858, was placed on
the table, having been sent up for exhibition by Mr. Henry Stevenson
of Norwich ; and the following remarks by him were read :—
‘The bird now exhibited was picked up dead by a gamekeeper on
422 MR. H. STEVENSON ON PUFFINUS oBscuRUS. [May 16,
the Earsham estate (near Bungay) in Norfolk, about the 10th or 12th
of April, 1858, and was recorded by myself in the ‘ Zoologist’ for
that year, p. 6096. It was brought in a perfectly fresh state to a
Norwich bird-stuffer, named Sayer, by Captain Meacle, who, at
that time, rented the Hall and the shooting at Earsham ; but as,
shortly after, Capt. Meacle broke up his establishment there and
left the country, this specimen was altogether lost sight of, and I
was unable to confirm my first impression as to the species. arly
in the present year, Mr. J. H. Gurney, Junr., and I, in com-
paring notes for a revised ‘ List of the Birds of Norfolk,’ had some
correspondence respecting this almost forgotten specimen, which was
fortunately discovered to have been preserved at Earsham Hall, along
with other birds killed on the estate, and had never been, as at first
supposed, the property of Capt. Meacle. Thismostinteresting bird has
been kindly entrusted to me for further identification as to the species,
and for exhibition, by Mr. W. Hartcup, of Bungay, Trustee of the
late Sir W. Dalling’s estate at Earsham. Owing to my temporary
absence from Norwich at the time, I did not see the Petrel in the
flesh, but I examined it a few days after it had been ‘set up.’ It
had evidently not been shot ; but a wound on one side of the head, as
though it had been hit, or had flown violently against something,
was probably the cause of its death, ~
“* Except on the side of the head as stated, the feathers were per-
fectly clean and unruffled ; but the inner web of one foot was partially
nibbled away, as though a mouse or other vermin had been at it,
at least soit struck meat the time; but I have since found the webs of
the feet in other sea-birds, skins especially, slit up, from quite
different causes. The injury to the head is still visible in this spe-
cimen, on the side next the back of the case, and helps to identify
the bird as the one seen by me in 1858 if there could be the slightest
question as to this being the same I recorded in the ‘ Zoologist.’
The webs of both feet are now imperfect, apparently injured by
insects, The man who stuffed it assured me that the Petrel was a
male by dissection, and in poor condition.
“I have recently taken the following measurements :—
inches.
Total length: once MA hn ees 12 (scant).
Betlsenh. Poasomnasr ths Blue 1
Carpal joint to end of longest primary .. 733;
Tamsusos 0 JA +... 2555 de ere eS 1; (14 scant).
Middle toe and claw .......... Sebi? 13
“N.B. When I first saw it, having been dead some few days, the
beak was a dull black and the webs of the feet yellowish brown.”
The following papers were read :—
P28. 1686. PRI,
Mintern Brosimp.
OP. Cambridge dd
E. Carter sc.
New Araneidea.
7 et eee
P. 2. S.1882. Pl. el
‘
ee
OP Cambridge del. Mirtern Bros. imp.
E Carter sc
New Araneidea. a
OF Cambridge del.
E. Carter sc.
New Araneidea.
P. 4. 5. 1882. PLXXXT.
1882.] REV. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW ARANEIDEA. 423
1. On new Genera and Species of Araneidea.
By the Rev. O. P. Camnripnez, M.A., C.M.Z.S., &c.
[Received April 29, 1882.]
(Plates XXIX.-XXXL.)
Of the sixteen species of Spiders described on the present occa-
sion, two are from Caffraria, sent to me by Mr. Mansel Weale ;
one: from Sé. Helena, received from Mr. Melliss some years ago ;
two from Ceylon, contained in the fine collection made for me by
Mr. G. H. K. Thwaites ; and the rest (11 species) from a collection
made on the Amazons by Professor Traill. All are, so far as I am
able to ascertain, new to science, excepting the Spider from St.
Helena, erroneously included by myself (P. Z. S. 1869, p. 538, pl.
xlii. fig. 6) in the genus Olios. The example from which the
description and figures (/. c.) were made was a very misleading
one, having been pinned and dried, some important generic parts
injured, and its legs extended laterally, in what I find since to be a
quite unnatural position. Specimens of this Spider received more
recently have convinced me that a new genus of Drasside must be
established for its reception. Eight other new genera are also here
characterized, belonging to the families Drasside, T, heridiide, Pol-
tide, and Salticide.
One other point of interest only need be noted here; and that is
the discovery, for the first time in South America, of a species of the
curious four-eyed genus Miagrammopes, Cambr. (posted, p- 435.
The genus was. first characterized from Ceylon (Linn. Soc. Journ.
x. p. 398). Since then it has been found at Sydney, N.S. W.,
Rodriguez, Zanzibar, and now also (2 species) in Caffraria (posted,
pp. 436, 437).
Fam. Drassipa@,
XEROPIGO, g.n. (nom. propr.).
Cephalothorax broad-oval, truncated in front. The lateral mar-
ginal constrictions are strong ; and the profile-line forms a tolerably
even curve from the upper part of the clypeus to the posterior
margin, with a slight dip or depression at the thoracic junction.
The height of the clypeus is rather less than half that of the facial
space.
Eyes 8, in two curved rows, the convexity of the curve directed
backwards ; the anterior row shortest; they are of moderate size ;
those of the fore central pair considerably the largest of the eight.
Legs moderately long, not differing greatly in length, but strong,
4,1, 2,3. They are furnished with hairs, bristles, and spines ;
those beneath the tibiee and metatarsi of the first and second pairs
are disposed in two longitudinal parallel rows, but irregularly dis-
posed on the third and fourth pairs. Beneath the tarsi of the first
Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1882, No. XXIX. - 29
424 REV. O. P, CAMBRIDGE ON NEW ARANEIDEA. [May 16,
and second pairs is a not very dense scopula ; and the terminal claws
are two, apparently not denticulated ; and beneath them is a short,
dense, compact claw-tuft.
Falces long, powerful, and vertical, with a very strong fang.
Mazxille strong, curved over the labium, convex on their exterior
surface, rounded on their outer sides, obliquely truncated at their
extremities on the inner side, and with a strong indentation on their
inner side, just above the level of the apex of the labium.
Labium short and somewhat oval ; sides curved, and apex slightly
hollowed.
Sternum short, oval, truncate before, pointed behind.
Abdomen oblong-oval, somewhat subcylindrical ; spinners short,
compact, those of the inferior pair strongest.
XEROPIGO TRIDENTIGER, Cambr. (Plate XXIX. fig. 1.)
Olios tridentiger, Cambr. P. Z. 8. 1869, p. 538, pl. xlii. fig. 6;
and E. Simon, Actes de la Soc. Linnéenne de Bordeaux, vol. xxxiv.
((4] vol. iv.) p. 299.
Length of the adult male 43 to 6 lines.
The cephalothoraz is of a dark reddish-brown colour, deepening
to black on the caput and falces, and pretty densely clothed with
short greyish pubescence.
The eyes of the posterior row are nearly equally separated, the in-
terval between those of the hind central pair being perhaps rather
the largest. The four central eyes form very nearly a square, and
the intervals between those of the anterior row are small, but equal ;
the fore centrals are much the largest of the eight.
The legs are yellow, clothed with greyish-yellow pubescence and
other hairs, and the spines are tolerably long and strong.
The palpi are rather short, and of a redder yellow-brown than
the legs, deepening to dark red-brown on the radial and digital
joints. The radial is rather longer than the cubital joint, and is a
little produced at its extremity in front, with several somewhat den-
tiform spines and projections issuing from the extremity of its outer
and under sides; three of these are close together on the outer
side, two being sharp-pointed and the lower one enlarged and
obtuse at its extremity ; underneath the joint is the fourth, which
is pale-coloured, and furnished with a strong, red-brown, curved
(somewhat sinuous) tapering spine, whose point is close to the base,
on the outer side of the digital joint. The digital joint is large and
of a long-oval form, slightly prominent near the middle on the outer
margin, The palpal organs are not very prominent or complex,
but have several spines and spiny processes near their fore
extremity.
The falces have their surface roughened with numerous minute
tubercular granulations, and are covered with strong bristly hairs.
The mazille and labium are of a deep blackish red-brown colour ;
and the sternum is of a lighter hue.
The abdomen is pretty densely clothed with short hairs of a
1882.] REY. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW ARANEIDEA. 425
greyish-yellow and darker hues, and with numerous prominent
bristly ones.
Along the middle of the fore half of the upperside is a largish
paler yellow-brown somewhat oblong marking, enlarging to its
hinder extremity, where it has three divergent points. On the
middle of the hinder part of this marking is a longitudinal dark-
brown patch; following this, towards the spinners, are several
indistinct, curved, pale transverse lines. The underside is pale
yellowish brown.
This species was founded upon a Spider received in a dried and
pinned state from Mr. T. J. Melliss, by whom it was captured in
the island of St. Helena. The legs were set out laterally ; and the
various structural characters of the Spider presenting a striking
agreement with some of the Thomiside represented by the genus
Olios, led me at the moment toinclude it in that genus. Subsequently,
however, I received a fine well-conditioned example in spirit of
wine, and at once saw that it was not a laterigrade Spider at all, but
belonged probably to some unknown genus of Drasside. This is
also confirmed by the opinion of Mons. Simon, to whom I lately
sent it for examination, its nearest allies being probably the genus
Clubiona,
ARACHOSIA, g. n. (nom. propr.).
Cephalothorax oval; lateral marginal constrictions well marked ;
anterior portion of caput (at the insertion of the falces) truncated in a
straight line, the corners being a little prominent ; profile-line even
and almost level, very slightly highest at the beginning of the pos-
terior slope.
Eyes small, and not greatly different in size, in two transverse rows,
of which the anterior (or lower one) is nearly straight, and the pos-
terior very strongly curved; the convexity of the curve directed
backwards. The eyes of the lateral pairs are pretty widely sepa-
rated.
Legs not very long, strong, 4, 3, 1, 2 (3, 1, and 2 being very nearly
of equal length), armed with hairs and slender spines; terminal
tarsal claws two, with claw-tuft and scopula (not dense) beneath the
tarsi and metatarsi.
Falces moderately long and strong, prominent at their base in
front, and a little directed forwards.
Mawille rather long, straight, sides nearly parallel, rounded on
the outer sides at their extremity, and obliquely truncated on the
inner sides.
Labium about half the length of the maxilla, oblong, and rounded
at apex.
Sternum oval, pointed behind.
Abdomen elongate-oval, of a somewhat cylindrical form, fitting
fairly up to but not over the thorax; at the middle of the
underside is a largish transverse curved slit or aperture, leading
doubtless to a respiratory apparatus. This aperture is eavered with
29
426 REV. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW ARANEIDEA. [May 16,
numerous strong hairs. Another fold in the epidermis, a little way
in front of the spinners, appears to indicate also an additional aper-
ture of the same nature. Spinners short, compact, those of the
inferior pair strongest. This genus is allied to Anyphena.
ARACHOSIA ANYPHENOIDES, sp.n. (Plate XXIX. fig. 2.)
Adult female, length 33 lines.
The colour of the cephalothoraxz (which is thinly clothed with
short silky greyish hairs) is brownish yellow, tinged with dull
orange. A broad central brown band runs from the eyes to the
posterior extremity; and there is a submarginal thoracic line of a
deeper red-brown hue.
The eyes are seated on small black spots, the outer ones of the
anterior row are smallest, and the interval between those of the
hind central pair is considerably greater than that between each and
the hind lateral next to it. The relative position of the eyes of the
anterior row is also nearly similar, and the hind lateral (on each
side) about equally separates the hind central and fore lateral
eyes.
aT he Jegs are of a clearer yellow colour than the cephalothorax,
speckled with dark red-brown, chiefly on the fore parts and outer
sides of the femora. The spines are long and rather slender ;
beneath the tibize of the Ist and 2nd pairs of legs are 4 (in two
pairs), and another pair beneath the base of the metatarsi; those on
the 3rd and 4th pairs are more numerous and irregularly disposed.
The scopula beneath the tarsi and metatarsi is densest on the Ist
and 2nd pairs. ;
The palpi are slender and moderately long, yellow, and furnished
with numerous long spine-like bristles. Each palpus ends with a
small curved claw.
The mazille and sternum are similar in colour to the legs; the
labium tinged with yellow-brown.
The abdomen is of a dull clay-vellowish hue, clothed with short
greyish silky hairs on the pale portions. A broad, longitudinal, cen-
tral dark-brown band (slightly denticulate on its margins towards
the hinder part) occupies the upperside, which has also on each
side a narrow, lateral, somewhat broken stripe of a similar hue. The
underside is also marked with a broad, slightly tapering, central lon-
gitudinal brown band, on which are numerous pale strong hairs near
the middle, over and around the central spiracular opening (men-
tioned in the generic diagnosis). The genital aperture is rather
large, somewhat horseshoe-shaped, and of very characteristic
structure.
A single example was contained in Mr. Traill’s Amazon collection.
Fam. TH ERIDIID&.
CoLEOSOMA, g. n.
Nearly allied to Sphecozone, Cambr., but easily distinguished by
the more depressed caput, and especially by the formation of the
1882.] REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW ARANEIDEA. 427
fore part of the abdomen, which is of a cylindric form, drawn out
into a kind of sheath, into which the distinct pedicle uniting the
cephalothorax and abdomen is inserted; the cuticle of this sheath
runs back along way beneath the abdomen, and includes the spi-
racular plates, the openings into the spiracles being thus unusually
approximated to the hinder part of the abdomen.
The cephalothorax is small, oval, and without lateral marginal
constriction at the caput.
Legs moderately long and very slender, furnished with hairs and
a very few fine spines, |, 4, 2, 3.
Eyes very small, rather closely grouped, and placed as in Neriene.
Clypeus prominent,
Faices rather small, straight and vertical.
Mawille strongly inclined to the labium, over which they almost
meet at their extremities.
Labium very short, aud somewhat rounded at the apex.
CoLEOSOMA BLANDUM, sp.n. (Plate XXIX. fig. 3.)
Adult male, length 1 line.
The cephalothorax, falces, maxillz, labium, and sternum are of a
ellow-brown colour, more or less suffused with dusky brown.
The profile of the thorax and caput forms a slight curve to the
eyes; the height of the clypeus (which is prominent) exceeds half
that of the facial space.
The Jegs are pale yellow, a small portion at the posterior extremity
of the tibiee, and at the anterior extremity of the metatarsi, of those
of the fourth pair being of a brownish hue.
The palpi are of moderate length, and of a dark suffused yellowish-
brown colour. The cubital joint is strong, somewhat curved, and
obtuse at its fore extremity, near which issues a single sinuous
strongish bristle; the radial joint, which is shorter, is articulated
to the cubital somewhat sideways, being directed outwards from it,
much like that of some species of Therzdion, and of a broad spread-
ing form at its extremity. The digital joint is large, oval, and with
a strong lobe on its inner side; the palpal organs are prominent
and complex, with a large, strong, circularly curved tapering spine
at their outer side.
The abdomen is of a cylindric form, strongly constricted across the
upperside near the middle; the peculiar sheath-like form of its
anterior extremity has been noticed above; this part is yellow-
brown ; the rest is nearly black, with a very large, pale, dull yellowish
marking on the sides, extending to the underpart. The posterior
extremity projects over the spinners, and is obtusely rounded and
prominent.
A single example of this very peculiar and delicate little Spider
was sent to me, among others, some years ago from Ceylon by
Mr. G. H. K. Thwaites. It combines characters of Neriene, Liny-
phia, Theridion, and Sphecozone.
428 REV. 0. P, CAMBRIDGE ON NEW ARANEIDEA. [May 16,
Genus SpHECOZONE ’, Cambr.
SpHECOZONE NIGRA, sp. n. (Plate XXIX. fig. 4.)
Adult male, length 1 line.
The whole of the fore part of this Spider is deep brown-black,
the falces and the extremities of the legs being rather the brownest ;
and the abdomen is black.
The general form and structural characters are very similar to
those of S. rubescens, Cambr., the type of the genus; the Spider,
however, is smaller, and differs totally in colours and in the structure
of the palpal organs. Several bristly hairs spring from the upper-
side of the caput, some from the ocular area curving towards and
meeting others (stronger ones) curving towards them from the
occiput.
The palpi are of moderate length; the radial joint is of a some-
what similar cup-shape to that of S. rubescens, but not nearly so
large or developed ; the fore extremity on the upperside is produced
and prominent, terminating in a bifid form. The digital joint is
large and oval, but rather strongly and irregularly indented on the
outer side towards its base. The palpal organs are highly de-
veloped, prominent and complex, consisting of several very marked
corneous spines and processes; one of the spines is of very great
length, black, slender, tortuous and convoluted, ending in a long
hair-like point,
Received in Mr. Traill’s Amazon collection.
ACHA, g. n.
The little Spider on which this genus is based is closely allied to
Theridion, Walck.; but the large size and prominence of the fore
central pair of eyes, as well as the obtusely humped posterior ex-
tremity of the abdomen, appear to exclude it from that genus.
The eyes also (among other characters) separate it from Thwaitesia,
Cambr., and Chrysso, ejusd.
In the only example examined the legs of the fourth (or posterior)
pair were wanting; but from the lengths and proportions of the
three other pairs I should judge their relative lengths to be 1, 4, 2, 3.
The legs are rather slender and tolerably long, furnished with hairs
only, excepting three or four spines beneath the femora of those of
the first and second pairs; each tarsus ends with three claws.
Mawille and labium as in Theridion.
Cephalothorax short and broad, with little or no lateral marginal
constriction at the caput.
Abdomen short, somewhat cylindric in form, bluntly produced,
but not to any great extent, at its posterior extremity on the upper-
side; probably the female would present this character in a much
stronger degree.
ACHAA INSIGNIS, sp. n. (Plate XXX. fig. 5.)
Adult male, length 1 line.
The whole of the fore part of this Spider is of a clear reddish
P. Z. S. 1870, p. 733, pl. xliv. fig. 3.
1882.] REY. O. P, CAMBRIDGE ON NEW ARANEIDEA. 429
orange-yellow colour, excepting a large black central spot on the
sternum. The sides of the thorax are considerably rounded, and
the normal indentations marking off the caput from the thorax are
strongly marked. Along the median line of the caput are several
bristly hairs directed forwards.
The eyes are very unequal in size for this family ; those of the
fore central pair are much the larger, and form a line longer than
those of the hind central pair, and have their visual axis directed
forwards and outwards; these last are rather wider apart than each
is from the hind lateral on its side.
The palpi are short, the cubital and radial joints exceedingly so.
The digital joint is large, and of an abnormal form, somewhat
rounded at its base; it has its fore extremity considerably produced
into a rather narrow and tapering form; its extremity is furcate,
one point of the furcation being longer than the other. The palpal
organs are rather complex and highly developed; connected with
them is a tortuous, somewhat convoluted, pale-yellowish tapering
spine of immense length ; and its long slender filiform point extends
very prominently outwards. One corneous process of the palpal
organs is long, prominent, and tapering, and has its extremity,
which projects outwards, notched.
The abdomen is of a pale-yellowish luteous hue, thinly clothed
with hairs; its upper posterior extremity has a large black spot, on
each side of which below (towards the spinners) is another; two
others are placed (one on each side) towards the fore part of the
upperside; and a sixth is underneath, just in front of the spinners.
The spinners are very short and compact.
A single example of this remarkably distinct species was con-
tained in Mr. Traill’s Amazon collection.
Curysso, g. n.
Cephalothorazr much like that of Theridion, small, somewhat
depressed, short-oval in form, with very slight lateral marginal con-
striction at caput.
Eyes as in Theridion.
Legs moderately long, slender, 1, 4, 2, 3, furnished with hairs
only.
ee small, not very strong, straight and vertical.
Maxille of moderate size, pointed at their inner extremities, and
inclined towards the Jabium, which is short and of a somewhat semi-
circular form.
Abdomen large, the posterior extremity (particularly in the female)
produced into a long and tapering continuation, varying, however, in
its length in different individuals.
This genus is nearly allied to Argyrodes, appearing to form. a
gonnecting link between it and Theridion.
CHRYSSO ALBOMACULATA, Sp.n. (Plate XXX. fig, 6.)
Adult male, length 13 line ; female, 24 lines.
The whole of the fore part of this pretty little Spider is of an oranges
430 REV. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW ARANEIDEA. [May 16
yellow colour; the two terminal joints of the palpi (in the female)
black-brown, and the tarsi of the legs tinged with dark brown.
The palpi are short and slender, excepting the digital joints of
those of the male, which are very large and of a dark yellow-brown
hue ; the palpal organs are highly developed and complex, with a
closely connected, long, rather strong, sinuously curved black spine,
whose origin is near their centre, and its long, filiform, slender point
ends near their extremity. The length of the digital joint is nearly
equal to that of all the rest of the palpus; the radial joint is very
short and spread out, the cubital equally short but of a somewhat
nodiform shape.
The abdomen of the female has its posterior extremity drawn out
into an obtuse point, the distance of which from the spinners is in
some cases equal to that from the spinners to the fore extremity of
the upperside of the abdomen, while the abdomen of the male has
the posterior extremity only slightly and very obtusely produced.
The colours and markings are similar in both sexes, the ground-
colour being of a dull luteous clay-yellow, with a long, tapering,
white, central longitudinal band on the upperside, broken up into
more or less separated blotches and spots, and a longitudinal row of
large white blotches on each side. The posterior extremity is tipped
with black ; and there are also four rather suffused black markings
near the upperside, one on each side towards the fore part, and the
other two near the beginning of the produced portion. The genital
aperture of the female is of a simple, somewhat semicircular form.
Examples of both sexes were contained in Mr. Traill’s Amazon
collection.
Curysso? QuapRATA, sp. n. (Plate XXX. fig. 7.)
Adult female, length 2 lines; adult male, 13 line.
It is with some hesitation that 1 include this Spider in the above
genus; it differs from C. albomaculata (the type species) in a
more raised ocular region and a slightly different relative size of the
four central eyes. The labium also is broader at the apex.
The cephalothorax, falces, maxille, labium, and sternum are of a
clear slightly orange-yellow colour ; the basal half of the femora of
the legs is also of a similar hue, the remainder, with the tibia, tarsi,
and metatarsi being dark, varying to a deep blackish red-brown. The
radial and digita] joints of the palpi are also dark brown.
The four central eyes do not differ much in size; they form a
quadrate figure whose width is slightly greater than its length ; taken
in two rows, the eyes of each row are as nearly as possible equidistant
from each other.
The legs are moderately long, 1, 4, 2, 3, slender, and furnished with
hairs only.
The falces are of moderate length, straight, vertical or very
nearly so. ;
The mazille are rather long, pointed at their extremities, and
inclined towards the labium.
1882. ] REY. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW ARANEIDEA. 431
The Jabium is short, not half the length of the maxilla, about as
broad as long, and rounded at the apex.
The sternum is long, and of a triangular form.
The abdomen is large and of a quadrate form, being blunt-angular
in front, behind, and on each side; the posterior extremity projects
beyond the spinners, which (looked at in profile) form another some-
what angular prominence ; the anterior portion projects greatly over
the cephalothorax. The colour of the abdomen is yellow, generally
appearing to fade to a somewhat clayey colour; on the upperside
is a broad, more or less broken, longitudinal central white band, with
some lateral blotches or patches of the same colour. The lateral and
posterior angles are boldly tipped with black, and five brownish or
black marks along the middle indicate the normal impressed spots.
The male is smaller than the female, and the abdomen is of a
narrower form, the lateral angles being scarcely noticeable; but in
colours and markings the sexes-are similar. The palpi are short, the
radial and cubital joints particularly so; the digital joint is large,
and has its extremities on the inner side considerably produced in a
pointed form and somewhat bent; the convex sides of the digital
joints (as is not unusual in some allied genera) are directed inwards
towards each other. The palpal organs are tolerably compact but
complex, and, though less developed, not much unlike those of C.
albomaculata.
Numerous examples of this pretty Spider, but nearly all females,
were contained in collections sent to me some years ago by Mr. G.
H. K. Thwaites, from Ceylon. The genus is evidently nearly allied
to Huryopis, Menge.
Genus Tuwarres1a, Cambr.
THWAITESIA AFFINIS, sp. n. (Plate XXXI. fig. 8 4.)
Adult female, length 23 lines.
This Spider is very like Thwaitesia margaritifera, Cambr. (the type
of the genus, found in Ceylon). The abdomen is of a similar dull lu-
teous-yellowish hue, ornamented with numerous brilliantly shining
white, pearly, silvery scale-like blotches; and it also has its posterior
extremity produced upwards in a conical form, so that looked at
sideways the abdomen is as nearly as possible an equilateral triangle.
In the type (from Ceylon) the abdomen is much more produced.
The legs are also rather stronger and shorter than in the type, and
are armed with fewer distinct spines, while the hairs are stronger
and of a more spine-like bristly nature. The colour of the legs is a
dull orange, suffused with deep orange-brown at the far extremities
of the tibize and metatarsi, a small portion of the base of the latter
being also similarly suffused.
The ocular area (or rather the space within the eyes) is raised in
a more convex form; and the genital aperture is smaller and of a
totally different form.
Each tarsus (in both species) ends with a strongish, black, curved
pectinated claw.
A single example in Mr, Traill’s Amazon collection.
432 REY. 0. P, CAMBRIDGE ON NEW ARANEIDEA. [May 16,
THWAITESIA! DIVERSA, sp. n. (Plate XXXI. fig. 8.)
Adult female, length 2 lines.
This Spider differs in some respects from the type of the genus,
but whether sufficiently so to justify the formation of another genus
- for it appears to be uncertain as yet.
The normal indentations of the cephalothorax are less strong, and
the eyes of the posterior row are equidistant from each other, and
the height of the clypeus is equal to half that of the facial space ;
the legs also are shorter and rather stronger, and are furnished with
hairs only, but these are strong and of a bristly and even somewhat
spinous nature.
The maxillse are very similar to those of the type; but the labium
is distinctly hollowed at the apex.
The cephalothorax, falces, maxillee, and labium are of a brightish
orange-yellow brown hue; and the sternum is of the same colour,
with a dusky patch near its fore extremity.
The legs are of a paler yellow hue; the fore extremities of the
femora and tibize, with the genual joints and (more faintly) a por-
tion near the middle of the femora and tibize of the first and second
pairs, are red-brown, giving the legs an annulated appearance.
The abdomen is large, and has its posterior extremity produced
into a strong but not very long hump. When looked at inprofile,the
distance from the spinners to the apex of the hump is rather less
than that from the spinners to the fore extremity (on the upperside)
of the abdomen. It is thinly clothed with hairs, and is of a pale dull
luteous yellowish-brown colour... The posterior extremity of the hump
is black ; and in other parts along the middle, at the back and on the
sides, there are blackish stripes, patches, and markings; one also
underneath (between the spinners and the genital aperture) appears
to contain a transverse slit, probably the opening into a portion of the
breathing-apparatus ; if this should prove to be so (of which I could
not satisfy myself sufficiently), it would probably be a good reason for
its separation into another genus. The genital aperture is nearly
round, not large, but placed on a transverse oval area and surrounded
outside again with a strong corneous-looking rim. ‘The spinners
are short and compact.
A single example in Mr. Traill’s Amazon collection.
Subfamily Phoroncidine.
Oguuntivs, g. n. (nom. propr.).
Cephalothorax abbreviated behind ; caput rather raised and pro-
duced, the ocular area including the whole of its anterior extremity ;
clypeus low, considerably less than half that of the facial space.
Eyes unequal in size, the four centrals largest, and forming a large
trapezoid whose anterior side is much the shortest ; the lateral pairs
are placed obliquely on small tubercles, and the eyes of each are
contiguous to each other on either side.
Legs projecting laterally from the sternum, moderately strong,
1882.] REV. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW ARANEIDEA. 433
short, 4, 1, 2, 3, furnished with hairs only; and each tarsus (so far
as I could ascertain) ending with three small curved claws.
Falces small and rather weak.
Maxill@ short, strong, broadest at their extremities, nearly
straight.
Labium very short, broad, about half the length of the maxille,
and slightly rounded at its apex.
Sternum somewhat quadrate in form, as though truncated behind,
where it is a little narrower than in front.
Abdomen very large, globular (or, more properly, somewhat hemi-
spherical) and projecting over the cephalothorax so as almost to
conceal it when looked at from above and behind. Cuticle not
coriaceous, but marked above with four small dark impressed spots
in the form of a quadrangle whose anterior side is shortest.
OGuULNIuvs OBTECTUS, sp.n. (Plate XXX. fig. 9.)
Adult female, length 5+ of an inch.
The whole of the fore part of this minute and curious little Spider
is of a dull yellow-brown colour. ‘The cephalothorar is marked on
each side by several short, wedge-shaped, converging dark-brown
patches, with another stronger one on each side below the occiput.
The interval between the eyes of the hind central pair is much
greater than that between each and the hind lateral eye on its side,
while the relative positions of the eyes of the anterior are exactly
the reverse of those of the posterior row.
The abdomen is thinly clothed with short hairs, and is of a uniform
somewhat vinous brownish hue. The genital aperture is of simple
form, and is almost concealed by the posterior side of the sternum,
which presses hard up against it. This part of the sternum has
the appearance of being crushed by the operation of the large abdo-
men continually pressing against it, and so giving it its quadrate
form. The pedicle connecting the abdomen and cephalothorax is
also placed abnormally high up. The spinners are short and com-
pact, the anterior pair being the strongest.
This genus is allied to Stegosoma, Cambr.; but the form of the
maxille, labium, and sternum distinguishes it at a glance ; the shape
of this last is very unusual, and gives rise to a quite abnormal lateri- .
grade position of the legs.
Two examples were contained in Mr. Traill’s Amazon collection,
and are the smallest adult exotic Spiders I have ever yet seen, being
scarcely larger than a good-sized pin’s head.
TECMESSA, g. n. (nom. propr.)
Allied to Phoroncidia, Westw. ; but;the caput is less drawn out, and
is rather gibbous at the top of the posterior slope. Thoracic inden-
tation large and deep.
Eyes unequal in size; the four largest form a large central quad-
rangle longer than broad, with the lateral pairs near on either side,
their eyes respectively placed very slightly if at all obliquely ; and
434 REY. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW ARANEIDEA. [May 16,
the height of the clypeus (which is rather prominent) is less than
half that of the facial space.
Legs moderately strong and not very long, 1, 2, 4, 3; the tibiz of
the first and second pairs bent, furnished with hairs and spines ; the
latter (in the type) numerous, but confined to the tibize, metatarsi,
and tarsi of the first and second pairs. The tarsi terminate with
three claws.
Falces rather short and not very stroug.
Mazille strongly bent over the /abium ; but both these parts of the
structure are so concealed by the unusual prominence of the sternum
that they could not be made out quite satisfactorily.
Sternum subtriangular, with the posterior angle strongly truncated,
the truncation having the appearance of the ordinary angle bent
and flattened back by constant pressure upon that part of the
massive abdomen. ‘The sternum is also very convex, so that (when
the Spider is seen in profile) it projects rather below the level of the
extremities of the maxillee and falces.
Abdomen large, projecting strongly over the cephalothorax; very
convex above and (especially when seen from above) looking very
like that of a Gasteracantha; the integument is coriaceous and thickly
clothed with small sharp-pointed scales, arranged like tiles on a
roof; four sharp-pointed tubercular eminences occupy the four
corners of the upperside, the posterior pair being the longest and
strongest ; behind them the surface is marked with strong transverse
fold-like indentations, whose position is indicated by each bearing
a row of dark points; two other transverse curved rows of dark
points (4 and 3) are placed between the two posterior spine-like
tubercles above noted. The spinners are short, and contained
within a strong, round, sheath-like prominence.
TECMESSA PECTOROSA, sp. n. (Plate XXXI. fig. 10.)
Adult female, length 1 line, breadth of abdomen 1 line (nearly).
The cephalothoraz is of a dark reddish yellow-brown hue, the
falces, maxillze, and sternum being rather lighter in colour ; the legs
also are very similar, though, excepting the femora, of a rather paler
browner tinge.
The eyes are rather indistinct, all, excepting those of the fore
central pair, being of an amber-brown hue.
The legs have each side of the tarsi and metatarsi, and the inner
side of the tibize, armed with long strong spines, articulated to small
tubercles, divergent and directed forward.
The habit of the Spider is, evidently, to sit with its anterior pairs
of legs drawn back, bringing the spinous parts in front of and
around the fore part of the caput, the spines appearing thus to
protect it with an impregnable cage-like defence ; or their purpose
may be only to enclose and retain better within the grasp of the
falces the Spider’s insect prey.
The palpi are rather long, and armed in a similar way to the
legs.
The sternum is one of the most remarkable features in this
1882. ] REY. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW ARANEIDEA. 435
Spider; it is not only very prominent (projecting below the basal
joints of the legs), but the legs of the 3rd and 4th pairs are set into
it in such a way as (when looked at in profile particularly) to show
a portion of it between them and the margins of the thorax. ‘The
sternum is covered with scales like the abdomen.
The abdomen is of a pale dull (though somewhat golden) yellow
hue, the four sharp prominences being rather darker; the pos-
terior part and sides are marked with curved transverse rows of
small deep red-brown spots or points. The prominence supporting
the spinners is dark yellow-brown; and the genital aperture is
placed in a large deep-red-brown area. The whole abdomen is
covered with scales (as above noted) and also with very minute
bristle-like hairs, apparently one to each scale.
A single example of this remarkable Spider was contained in
Mr. Traill’s Amazon collection.
Family M1AGRAMMOPID&.
Genus Mracrammopress, Cambr.
MiAGRAMMOPES TRAILLII, sp. n. (Plate XXXI. fig. 11.)
Adult female, length 23 lines.
The general form and appearance of this Spider is very similar to
that of the typical species from Ceylon (described and figured
Journ. Linn. Soc. x. p. 401, pl. xiv.); but its specific characters are
very strong, and will serve to distinguish it at a glance from all the
few species of the genus yet described.
The cephalothoraz is short and of a somewhat pentagonal form,
much the broadest at the eyes (giving it there an angular appearance),
and truncate at its posterior extremity. At the base of the falces it
is rounded ; and just behind the eyes there is a very strong and deep
transverse indentation.
The eyes are moderate, and not very unequal in size; they are in
two pairs widely separated, each pair placed in the angle at the
widest part of the caput. The eyes of each pair respectively are
placed on strong black tubercles, and are near to each other, being
separated by less than two diameters’ interval, and forming a line
nearly at right angles to the plane of the cephalothorax.
The legs of the first pair are long and strong, issuing from in
front on each side just beneath the angle where the eyes are
situated, and by their strength appearing to have thrust both the
second pair and the palpi out of their normal places. The fourth
pair are next in length and strength, but very much less in both
respects than those of the first pair. The third pair are the
smallest, being somewhat shorter and weaker than those of the
second pair. All armature, excepting calamistra on the metatarsi of
the fourth pair and the terminal tarsal claws, had been rubbed
off the two examples examined. The tarsal claws are 3 ordinary
ones with 2 or 3 others, supernumerary and opposed, like those in
the genus Epeira,
436 REV. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW ARANEIDEA. [May 16,
The colour of the cephalothorax is a dull pale yellowish brown,
distinctly darkest on the sides—the legs, palpi, and falces being also
of a similar hue.
The falces are small and prominent.
The palpi also are small and short.
The under surface of the cephalothorax has much more the
normal appearance of a sternum than in the typical species, and is
suffused with brown.
The abdomen is about twice and a half the length of the cephalo-
thorax, and of an elongated oval form, broadest towards the
spinners. It is of a pale dull yellowish-brown colour, with a still
paler elongate marking along the middle of the upperside of the
fore part, edged somewhatangularly with a not very distinct dark line.
On the sides of and behind this marking are traces of some white
markings ; but the abdomen was not in sufficiently good condition to
enable its colours and markings (probably in no case very strong or
definite) to be satisfactorily seen.
The spinners are just beneath the posterior end of the abdomen;
the ordinary ones are of moderate length, those of the inferior pair
being the strongest. There is also the supernumerary spinning-
organ which is always found where caljamistra exist on the fourth
pair of legs.
Two more or less damaged examples were received in Mr. Traill’s
Amazon collection.
MiaGRAMMOPES LONGICAUDA, sp. n. (Plate XXXI. fig. 12.)
Adult female, length 53 lines.
In striking contrast to the species just described, this one has the
cephalothorax of an oblong form rounded before, and with the sides
very nearly parallel, its length being nearly double its breadth ;
its colour is dark but dull yellowish brown, on the sides with a
rather broad longitudinal central paler band, clothed with short grey
hairs.
The eyes (four in number) are small, and form a slightly curved
transverse row over the caput ; the interval between the two centrals
is distinctly greater than that between each and the lateral eye on
its side, being equal to the breadth of the two falces.
The legs are similar in colour to the cephalothorax, and of
moderate length and strength, 1, 4, 2, 3, those of the 2nd and 3rd
pairs being much the shortest. They are furnished with short
grey and other hairs only (these being densest on the metatarsi of
the first pair); and there are the usual calamistra on the metatarsi
of those of the fourth pair.
The palpi and falces are of a pale yellowish hue.
The sternal surface is deep brown; its anterior portion is of a
diamond shape, and its posterior of a triangular form, the apex of
the triangle fusing in the hinder part of the anterior portion.
The abdomen is of a cylindrical form, with its posterior extremity
drawn out into a pointed tail-like prolongation, two thirds or more
of the length (to the spinners) of the rest of the abdomen. Its
1882. ] REV. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW ARANEIDEA. 437
colour is a pale whitish yellow-brown, clothed with fine greyish
hairs; on the upperside is a long, tapering, not very distinct, narrow,
blackish longitudinal central stripe; on each side is a stronger
blackish-brown one ; the underside has a broad longitudinal blackish-
brown central band, with a narrower stripe or line on each side of it.
The spinners are short, those of the inferior pair strongest ; and
immediately in front of them is the supernumerary spinning-organ
characteristic of the family and genus.
Two examples of this very distinct species were contained among
other Spiders found in Caffraria, and kindly given to me by Mr. J.
Mansel Weale.
MIAGRAMMOPES BREVICAUDA, Sp. n. (Plate XXXI. fig. 12 a.)
Adult female, length 4 lines.
In its general colouring and appearance this Spider bears close
resemblance to MW. longicauda; but the shorter production of the
posterior extremity of the abdomen distinguishes it at a glance.
The legs also are shorter, though preserving the same relative
proportions and armature ; and the cephalothoraz is uniformly of a
deep but dull brown hue, no longitudinal central paler band being
discernible. The abdomen of both the examples examined were in
bad condition; but there appeared to be a stronger longitudinal
dark central stripe on the fore half of the upperside, and the lateral
bands are wanting; the underside has a longitudinal central
yellowish-brown band, margined on each side with a strong, deeper
brown line. Spinners short, compact, and in other respects like
those of the foregoing species. The interval between the two central
eyes appears to be slightly greater than in that species, but other-
wise there is not much difference in this part of their structure.
Two adult examples were received from Caffraria with those of
M. longicauda.
Family PottTrp&.
Wx, g. n. (nom. propr.).
Cephalothorax short, broad, sides deep and convex, lateral mar-
ginal constriction slight, profile (to beginning of hinder slope) level.
Height of clypeus considerably exceeds half that of the facial space.
The caput appears to usurp the larger portion of the cephalo-
thorax.
Eyes rather small, in three widely separated groups, a central
one of four forming a small, nearly vertical quadrangle on a slight
prominence of the upper part of the anterior extremity of the caput.
Each of the other groups, of two nearly contiguous eyes placed
horizontally, is situated far below, near the lower fore corner of the
caput.
thage short, tolerably strong, not greatly different in length, 1, 2,
4, 3; furnished with spines on the metatarsi, tibize, and genual
joints. The tarsi end with three claws, beneath which are one or
more supernumerary opposed pectinated ones.
Falces long, powerful, conical and vertical.
438 REY. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW ARANEIDEA. [May 16,
Maxille rather long, strong, enlarged and rounded at their
extremities.
Labium broad, and considerably bent in, transversely, above its
connexion with the sternum; it is about half the length of the
maxillee, and somewhat pointed at the apex.
The sternum is heart-shaped, hollowed at the anterior extremity,
and with slight eminences opposite to the insertions of the legs.
Abdomen short and broad, but with its anterior portion greatly
elevated and produced into a long, slightly tapering, curved pro-
jection, which bends forwards over the cephalothorax.
It is probable that this genus is allied to Mastigosoma, Auss.,
and Cyphagogus, Ginther, as well as to Poltys, C. L. Koch.
WIXIA ABDOMINALIS, sp. n. (Plate XXXI. fig. 13.)
Adult female, length 37 lines, length of abdomen (from the hinder
extremity to the end of the anterior projection) rather over 44 lines.
The cephalothorax and falces are yellow-brown; the clypeus, as
well as a short, broad, oblique band towards the base of the falces,
brown ; the extremities of the falces deep brown; the surface of the
cephalothorax is covered pretty thickly with short greyish hairs.
The eyes of the central group do not differ much in size. Those
of the posterior pair are of a pale yellowish pearly colour, and seemed
to be rather smaller than the anterior pair, which form, however, a
shorter line, being dark-coloured and separated by no more than an
eye’s diameter.
The legs are dull brownish yellow, of a somewhat flattened shape,
though not so much flattened as in Poltys or Cerostris; besides
the spines mentioned above, they are clothed with numerous greyish
and other hairs. The tarsi are short.
The palpi are moderate in length and strength, and similar in colour
and armature to the legs; each ends with a curved claw furnished
with longish pectinations.
The mawille and labium are dark brown tipped with whitish ; and
the sternum is similar in colour to the legs.
The abdomen is of a dull luteous kind of yellow-brown, clouded or
suffused with a sooty-brown hue in front of the anterior elevation, of
which the apex is bifid, each point ending with a round shining
tubercle; on the hinder half of the abdomen are four largish im-
pressed pit-like black spots, followed towards the spinners by two
longitudinal converging rows of small diminishing deep-brown spots
which look like tubercles; others, of a like nature, are disposed
more or less regularly in two rows round the margins. The under-
side is dark sooty brown; and the genital aperture is large, with a deep
red-brown shining tubercular somewhat oval prominence on each
side of it. The whole abdomen is clothed with short greyish and
other hairs; between the four large impressed spots on the hinder
part are some blackish irregular markings.
A single example of this curious Spider was contained in Mr,
Traill’s Amazon collection, and appears to me to belong to an un-
characterized genus.
1882. ] REV. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW ARANEIDEA, 439
Family Sanrieip 4.
Maco, g.n.
Cephalothorax as high behind as it is long; the posterior slope
curved inwards, but almost perpendicular ; profile of upperside of
caput slightly convex, and sloping a little forwards. The caput is
exceedingly large, absorbing, in fact, almost the whole cephalo-
thorax ; looked at from above, its upper surface forms nearly a
square; the sides also are perpendicular. Height of clypeus less
than the diameter of the fore central eyes.
Ocular area slightly broader than long and equal in breadth before
and behind ; fore central pair of eyes very large, and of a dull pearl-
grey hue; fore laterals in a line with base of fore centrals, and of
same colour; posterior pair a little smaller than fore laterals, and as
nearly as possible equally divided from them by the minute inter-
mediate eye, which is placed a little inside of their straight line.
Legs moderately long, tolerably strong, 1, 3, 2, 4; first pair much
the strongest. Armed with spines, and with a small claw-tuft be-
neath the terminal tarsal claws.
Falces long, straight, divergent, and directed forwards; denticu-
lations small ; fang of moderate length and strength.
Mazille long, strong, straight, widened on both sides at the extre-
mities, which are rounded.
Latium long, about two thirds the length of the maxilla, and
narrower at apex than base; apex rounded. ‘The direction of the
maxillee and labium is very nearly perpendicular (or at right angles)
to the sternum, which is small, nearly round, slightly pointed behind,
and truncated in front ; the truncation is very gently curved, the
convexity of the curve directed backwards.
Abdomen small, short-oval, very convex before, and fitting up
pretty closely to the incurved thorax.
This new genus is characterized with great diffidence, and chiefly
on account of the form of the cephalothorax, of which the figures
(Plate XXXI.) give a fair representation. There is very little diffi-
culty in determining a Spider to be of this family; but to which of the
now numerous genera it may belong is often a very difficult point
to decide. It is a very questionable addition to our knowledge of this
group (which now numbers nearly 1500 species) to establish, as is
now constantly being done, new genera often most closely allied,
without giving a single figure either of the Spider or its generic
characters. No description, however minute and laboured, can pos-
sibly, in such cases, compensate for an absence of figures. The eye
takes in at a glance distinctive ideas of relative form and proportions
from figures, when even the most careful description by itself would
fail to give a clear conception of them.
MaGo INTENTA, sp. n. (Plate XXXI. fig. 14.)
Adult male, length 24 lines.
The cephalothoraz is deep red-brown behind and on the sides, and
strongly suffused with blackish on the upperside of the caput (or
Proc. Zoou. Soc.— 1882, No. XXX. 30
440 REV. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW ARANEIDEA. [May 16,
ocular area). The occiput, which is paler than the rest, is clothed
with greyish hairs, of which some in the centre are quite white ;
there is also a patch of white hairs bebind each of the large fore
central eyes, a smaller one almost in a line between the posterior pair
of eyes, with a few similar hairs round these last. The thorax has a
narrow lateral submarginal band (on each side) of white hairs; anda
dense row of similar hairs projects prominently forwards just above
the lower margin of the clypeus.
The legs are yellow-brown, those of the first pair, excepting the
rsi and metatarsi, much the darkest; the others are obscurely
annulated with dark yellow-brown. The spines (on the first two
pairs) are 4 (in two pairs) beneath the metatarsi (these are the
strongest), and 6 (in three pairs) beneath the tibiz. On the third
and fourth pairs of legs the spines are more numerous, but less
strong and more irregularly placed.
The palpi are moderately long; the cubital joint is of a clavate form,
double the length of the radial, and has some whitish hairs on its
anterior surface. The radial joint has a strong, but short, obtuse
prominence behind, and a curved, shining, tapering, sharp-pointed
apophysis on its outer side. The digital joint is of moderate size
(but longer than the cubital), and of an oval form; the palpal organs
are simple, not very prominent, and (apparently) closely surrounded
with a strong black spine.
The falces, mavzille, labium, and sternum are yellow-brown ; the
falces are the darkest, and have, at their extremities on the inner side,
two short parallel rows of small but distinct denticulations, within
which the fang lies when at rest.
The abdomen is dark brownish black, varying to deep brown in
parts ; on the upperside two large, somewhat crescent-shaped paler
markings occupy each side of the anterior portion, and are clothed
with shining white hairs ; these are obliquely crossed at their hinder
ends by a similarly clothed pale stripe, thus giving the appearance
of atolerably perfect large white circle occupying the whole fore
half of the upperside of the abdomen; the posterior half is marked
with several ordinary pale angular bars or chevrons, thickly clothed
with whitish hairs. The sides and underside are pale dull yellowish
brown, the former obscurely and obliquely marked with dark
brown. The spinners are small, but of tolerable and equal length and
prominent.
A single example, but in very perfect condition, was received in
Mr. Traill’s Amazon collection.
List of Spiders described.
Xeropigo (g. nu.) tridentiger, Cambr., St. Helena, p. 424, Pl. XXIX. fig. 1.
Arachosia (g. un.) anyphenoides, sp. n., Amazons, p. 426, Pl. XXIX, fig. 2.
Coleosoma (g.n.) blandum, sp. u., Ceylon, p. 427, Pl. XXIX. fig. 3.
Sphecozone nigra, sp. u., Amazons, p. 428, Pl. XXIX. fig. 4.
Achea (g.n.) insignis, sp. n., Amazons, p. 428, Pl. XXX. fig. 5.
Chrysso (g. n.) albomaculata, sp. n., Amazons, p. 429, Pl. XXX. fig. 6.
? quadrata, sp. n., Ceylon, p. 430, Pl. XXX. fig. 7.
1882. ] REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW ARANEIDEA.
Thwaitesia diversa, sp. n., Amazons, p. 432, Pl. XXXI. fig. 8.
affinis, sp. n., Amazons, p. 431, Pl. XXXI. fig. 8a.
Ogulnius (g. n.) obtectus, sp. n., Amazons, p. 433, Pl. XXX. fig. 9.
Tecmessa (g.n.) pectorosa, sp. n., Amazons, p. 434, Pl. XXXI. fig. 10.
Miagrammopes traillii, sp. n., Amazons, p, 435, Pl. XXXI._ fig. 11.
— longicauda, sp. u., Caffraria, p. 486, Pl. XXXI. fig. 12.
brevicauda, sp. n., Caffraria, p. 437, Pl. XXXI. fig. 12a.
Wixia (g.n.) abdominalis, sp. n., Amazons, p. 438, Pl. XXXT. fig. 13.
Mago (g.n.) intenta, sp. n., Amazons, p. 439, Pl. XXXI. fig. 14.
EXPLANATION OF PLATES XXIX.—-XXXI.
Fig. 1. Xeropigo tridentiger, Cambr.
441
a, Spider without legs or palpi; 4, ditto in profile; c, maxille, labium,
and sternum; d, eyes from in front; e, left palpus on outer side ;
f, natural length of Spider.
2. Arachosia anyphenoides, sp. 1.
a, Spider magnified ; 6, ditto in profile without legs or palpi;
c, eyes from above and behind; d, maxillee and labium; e¢, underside
of abdomen; f, genital aperture; g, natural length of Spider.
8. Coleosoma blanda, sp. n.
a, Spider magnified ; 4, dittoin profile without legs or palpi ; ¢, ditto,
underside; d, eyes from in front; e, right palpus on outer side ;
f, natural length of Spider.
4. Sphecozone nigra, sp. n.
a, Spider in profile, without legs or palpi; 6, left palpus, outer
side.
5, Achea insignis, sp. n.
a, Spider magnified ; 6, ditto in profile without legs or palpi; c, eyes
from above and behind ; d, left palpus, inner side, from below and in
front; e, natural length of Spider.
6. Chrysso albomaculata, sp. n.
a, Spider (2), enlarged; 3, ditto (¢); ¢, ditto (2) in profile;
d, ditto (¢) in profile ; e, eyes(Q), from in front; f, maxille and
labium ; g, genital aperture (Q); %, right palpus(¢), from outer
side; %, natural length of Spider (2); m, ditto (¢).
7. Chrysso? quadrata, sp. n.
a, Spider magnified ; 6, ditto in profile; ¢, eyes, from above and
behind; d, maxillez, labium, and sternum ; ¢, natural length of Spider.
8. Thwaitesia diversa, sp. n.
a, Spider, in profile, without legs or palpi; 2, ditto, from above;
¢, genital aperture; d, natural length of Spider.
8a. Thwaitesia affinis, sp. n.
a, genital aperture.
9. Ogulnius obtectus, sp. n.
a, Spider magnified ; 4, ditto in profile; c, caput and eyes, from in
front ; d, underside of Spider ; ¢, natural length of Spider.
10. Tecmessa pectorosa, sp. n.
a, Spider magnified; 3, ditto in profile; c, eyes, from above and
behind; d, maxille, labium, and sternum ; ¢, natural length of Spider.
11. Miagrammopes traitlii, sp. n.
a, Spider enlarged, without legs or palpi; 6, ditto in profile;
e cephalothorax of ditto in profile, more enlarged; d, natural length of
pider.
12. Miagrammopes longicauda, sp. n.
a, Spider enlarged, without legs or palpi; 4, ditto in profile; c, ditto
natural size.
12a. Miagrammopes brevicauda, sp. n.
a, Spider enlarged, without legs or palpi; 4, ditto in profile;
ce, natural length of ditto.
50*
442 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE [May 16,
Fig. 13. Wixia abdominalis, sp. n.
a, Spider in profile, enlarged ; 4, cephalothorax of ditto in profile ;
¢, caput and eyes, from in front ; d, abdomen, from behind ; ¢, maxilla
and labium ; f, natural length of abdomen to extremity of protuber-
ance; g, natural length of Spider (from base of falces to just above
the spinners).
14. Mago intenta, sp. n.
a, Spider enlarged; 4, ditto in profile; ¢, left palpus; d, ditto, from
outer side; ¢, natural length of Spider.
2. Note on an Abnormal Specimen of Pithecia satanas.
By W. A. Forsus, B.A., Prosector to the Society.
[Received April 18, 1882.]
A young male specimen of Pithecia satanas, which was lately for-
warded to the Society’s Gardens, and died shortly after its arrival, pre-
sented an abnormal condition that is perhaps worth recording in
the Society’s ‘ Proceedings.’
The peculiarity consists in the completely ‘‘ webbed”’ condition of
the third and fourth digits of the manus on each side, these two
fingers being completely connected together down to their tips by a
fold of nude skin, and with their nails closely apposed, though not
connected, along their contiguous margins. The other digits of the
hands, as well as all of those of the feet, are quite normal, the
webbing of them not extending beyond the middle of the first
phalanx.
The case is interesting, partly as affording an excellent instance of
an abnormal condition affecting homologous parts of opposite sides
in an exactly similar way, and partly as showing that the lower
Primates are subject, occasionally, to a condition of things which, as
is well known, also occurs not at all rarely in Man.
3. On some Points in the Anatomy of the Todies (Todide),
and on the Affinities of that Group. By W.A. Forzzs,
B.A., Prosector to the Society.
[Received May 15, 1882.]
One of the few important forms of birds that the late Prof.
Garrod had not an opportunity, at some time or other, of dissecting
was the genus Todus, the sole representative of the family Todide.
I was therefore much gratified at being able to examine, some months
ago, a spirit-specimen of Todus viridis, which was placed at my dis-
posal for dissection by Prof. Newton with his accustomed liberality ;
but I hesitated to publish my notes without having further material
to confirm my observations. An opportunity of doing this has
lately been afforded to me by the kindness of Prof. Baird and the
authorities of the Smithsonian Inst:tution in Washington, who for-
1882. ] ANATOMY OF THE TODIES. 443
warded to me, with other valuable specimens, four examples in spirit
of the Tody of San Domingo (T’odus dominicensis). It is on the
examination of these two species that the following paper is based.
Dr. Murie has given us, in his article on Todus,’ an exhaustive
account of the opinions held by previous writers as to the position
of the Todies, as well as a valuable description of their osteology,
and reference to what was known of their visceral anatomy. ‘T’o this
paper I therefore refer any reader interested in the literary history
of the group in question. Since its publication Sundevall, Garrod,
and Sclater have all treated of the classification of birds.
The Swedish ornithologist’, relying as usual solely upon external
characters, was misled into placing Todus amongst the Passeres, in
the close vicinity of the Tyrannide and Pipridz, though in the
same year Mr. Sclater pointed out® the impropriety of such a
position.
Garrod at first * made the Todine with doubt a subfamily of the
Coraciidee, the Momotine forming another; but subsequently, on
discovering that the Momotide lacked colic ceca’, removed the
latter altogether from the group of Passeriformes, and, adopting the
opinion of Maurie, Sclater, and others as to the close affinities of
Todus to the Motmots, included the Todide with them, the two
‘almost certainly forming a single family.’ Mr. Sclater, in his
lately published opinions on the classification of birds®, maintains his
earlier view, the Todide being placed nearest the Momotide. My
better opportunities for observation do not allow me to fall in with
the opinion of the last two distinguished naturalists. Reserving
for the present comparison, I append my notes on the dissection
of the two species of Zodus I have examined.
The tongue is elongated, about *75 inch long, flat and thin, nearly
parallel-sided, though slightly tapering apically, and of horny con-
sistence for most of its length. ‘The root of the tongue, which is
more fleshy, has some small spines developed along its base and for
a short distance along the lateral margins. These margins anterior
to this are frayed-out or ciliated, the direction of the laminz so
produced being backwards ; the tip itself is quite entire. There is
no crop; the proventriculus is, as usual, zonary; and the stomach
(containing insects and seeds in the specimen examined) is a fairly
muscular gizzard, lined by hard epithelium. The right lobe of the
liver is much larger than the left. The intestines are remarkably
short, their total length not exceeding 33 inches. he ceca are
well-developed’, and large for the size of the bird, measuring about
one third of aninch. Their shape is that constantly met with in all
the non-Passerine Anomalogonatous birds possessing ceeca—narrowed
' “On the skeleton of Todus, with remarks as to its allies,” P. Z. 8. 1872, pp,
664-680, pl. Lv.
2 «Tentamen, p. 60: Stockholm, 1872.
$ This, 1872, p. 179. * Coll. Papers, p. 216.
5 L. ec, p. 427. The contrary had been asserted by Blyth and Murie.
® This, 1880, p. 401.
7 They are erroneously stated by Duvernoy (Anat. Comp. Cuy. iv. [2]
p- 284) to be absent. :
444 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE [May 16,
towards their insertion, and dilated apically. There are two carotid
arteries,
In the leg, the ambiens and accessory femoro-caudal muscles are
absent, as are the gluteus quintus and primus. The femoro-caudal,
semitendinosus, and accessory semitendinosus are all well developed.
The myological formula is thus —A.XY. The obturator internus
is triangular. The deep plantar flexor tendons of the toes blend
about three quarters down the leg, the slip to the hallux being given
off from the inner of the two tendons a little before it joins the other
one.
The pectoralis secundus extends nearly to the end of the sternum.
There is no third pectoral, nor biceps slip to the patagium. ‘he
expansor secundariorum muscle, on the other hand, is well deve-
loped, the long thin tendon ceasing on the axillary margin of the
teres muscle in a way hitherto only known in some of the Gallinaceze!.
I find, however, that exactly the same condition occurs in Momotus
(lessoni) and Hylomanes (gularis), in some of the Alcedinide (e. g.
Fig. 1.
A
Syrinx of Todus: A, from before; B, from behind.
Tanysiptera, Syma, and Cittura), as also in Steatornis. The
presence of this muscle at all in these groups of birds was, I may
remark, hitherto unknown?. The tensor patagii brevis at its termi-
nation has an arrangement almost identical with that of the Momo-
tidz *, only differing from it in the absence of the thin slip of fascia
which is continued, in them, from the recurrent “ passeriniform ”
tendon to the fascia covering the ulnar side of the forearm. The
deltoid has no special tendinous slip of origin from the scapula.
1 Cf. Garrod, Coll. Papers, p. 324.
* Besides the Coraciidex, the existence in which of this muscle was pointed
out by Garrod (Coll. Papers, p. 324), it exists also of the same “ ciconiiform ”
shape in the Meropide, Leptosoma (P. Z. 8. 1880, p. 470), and, as already noted
in MS. by Garrod, in the Galbulidx, It is absent in all (? Bucconidx) the
other families of Anomalogonate.
° Cf. Garrod, loc. cit. p. 359,
1882.] ANATOMY OF THE TODIES. 445
The triceps is Y-shaped at its scapular origin, and receives no
tendinous slip from the humerus.
The construction of the syrinx may be best understood from an
inspection of the accompanying figures (p. 444), representing the an-
terior (A) and posterior (B) views of that of Todus dominicensis. The
trachea terminates below in an ossified bony box, formed of three
or four modified rings (probably bronchial) fused together, as is very
evident in the posterior view: as may also be seen there, the two
preceding tracheal rings are coossified with this box in the middle
line posteriorly, though in front they are quite free from it. The
box is deeply notched in front, a narrow pessular bar running back-
wards from the apex of the notch, forming a three-way piece. The
bronchial semirings succeeding the box have the normal character.
The lateral muscle of the trachea continues downwards to terminate
just on the upper limits of this syringeal box. The syrinx of Todus
viridis is constructed on exactly the same plan.
Comparing these figures with those of Momotus lessoni given by
Garrod ', it will be seen that Todus differs from Momotus in its syrin-
geal box being deeply notched anteriorly, and much more perfect
posteriorly, the two parts being united by a pessular bar unrepre-
sented in Momotus. In fact it resembles that of the Alcedinidee or
Galbulidee rather than that of the Momotide. The chief difference
from the former is that in the Alcedinide the intrinsic muscle,
often very broad, passes down over the syringeal box to be inserted
on one or more of the movable bronchial semirings, instead of
ceasing before doing so, as in Todus. In Galdula there is a bony
box nearly similar to that of Todus, but with its sides more strongly
concave below, and produced downwards anteriorly into strongly
projecting points; the lateral muscle only passes on to the lower
margin of the box, thus stopping short, as in Z’odus and Momotus, of
the movable bronchial semirings.
As regards the pterylosis, there is a strange oversight on the part of
Nitzsch? and Murie * as to the condition of the oil-gland, both these
observers stating it to be nude. In fact it is, in all the four species
of the genus, provided with a very well developed, and even long,
tuft of plumes, therein completely differing from that of the Momo-
tidee, in which the tuft is either altogether absent or quite rudimen-
tary*. In both 7. viridis and T. dominicensis I count twenty
remiges, ten being secondaries ; Niizsch and Murie give nine, having
apparently failed to observe the most proximal, smallest one. Nitzsch’s
figure of the pterylosis in Jodus, having nearly certainly been con-
structed from an examination of the skins only, is not quite accurate—
it making the outer pectoral branch to the inferior tract too markedly
divergent, and not showing the weaker lines of contour-feathers that
run from its apex to the hypopterum. The connexion between the
dilated part of the main pectoral tract as it passes on to the breast
and the patagial feathering is also made unduly important in his
figure, this connexion in reality consisting only of some slight, scattered,
1 Lie. p. 428. 3 Lc. p, 679.
2 * Pterylography,’ Ray Soe. ed. p. 88. * Cf. Garrod, J. ¢, p. 427.
446 MR, W. A. FORBES ON THE [May 16,
irregularly-placed contour-feathers lying outside the main tract. on
the surface of the breast, between that tract and the patagial one.
Concerning the external characters of Todus, I may remark that
the structure of the foot, when carefully compared with that of the
Momotide, presents considerable differences. In the first place, the
long tarso-metatarse, instead of being covered by distinct transverse
scutes anteriorly, and by two or more series of smaller scutelle
behind, is ‘‘ocreate,’’ being invested anteriorly by a single long
scute, without any traces of division; this spreads round both ex-
ternal and internal aspects of the leg, leaving behind a narrow
margin of naked skin, with some indication of scutellation. The
feet (fig. 2) are much more syndactylous than they are in the Momo-
tidee. The second digit is united to the third deyond the first phalanx of
each, and the third to the fourth deyond the second joint of the third.
In Momotus and its allies (vide fig. 3) the union between the second
and third digits only extends for about the basal half of their first
Fig. 2. Fig. 3.
Foot of Todus dominicensis. Foot of Momotus lessoni.
phalanges, and that of the third and fourth for about half the second
phalanx of the former. The feet of Todus resemble rather those of the
Kingfishers, though the syndactylism has advanced further than in
these birds. The position of the hallux is quite normal, it being
directed altogether backwards, not largely inwards, as imagined by
Dr. Murie. The nostrils have a well-defined circular aperture ;
they lie, unconcealed by the frontal plumes, close to the culmen.
Behind them, and extending back as far as the gape, is a well-
developed series of rictal vibrissee, directed downwards and forwards.
Another smaller patch of similar vibrissee, but directed upwards,
springs, as in S¢eatornis, from the interramal skin of the lower jaw just
behind the mandibular symphysis.
Dr. Murie has so elaborately described the osteology of Todus
viridis that I have not much to add to his account.
1882. ] _ ANATOMY OF THE TODIES. 447
In the two skeletons of that species which I possess the manubrium
sterni is distinctly bifurcated, therein departing from the Momotidee
and reminding one of the Passeres, and of Merops, Harpactes, &c.
Careful examination of the skull of that species, as well as of one
of Todus dominicensis, has shown me that the lower edge of the
nasal septum is, for its entire extent, free from the inner edges of
the maxillo-palatine plates, a narrow fissure existing on each side
between it and them, along which it is possible, with care, to pass
the blade of a fine scalpel. In the Motmots (of which I have examined
skulls of the genera Momotus, Baryphthengus, and Hylomanes) the
maxillo-palatines, though apposed to each other in the middle line,
do not actually ankylose for the greater part of their length; so that
if the skull be cut across transversely behind the line of union, and
the maxillo-palatines with their connected bones separated from the
rest of the skull, the two lateral halves of the separated portion fall
asunder naturally, there being no union either between the maxillo-
palatines themselves (for the greater part of their extent) or between
them and the nasal septum, which here does not appear at all in
the roof of the mouth in this region. In the Todies, though the
septum thus appears, the maxillo-palatines are free altogether both
from it and from one another, apparently for their whole extent’.
If this is so, the Todies are not “‘ Desmognathe,” and, inasmuch as
they lack the vomer altogether, cannot be included in any other of
Prof. Huxley’s primary groups of Carinatze at all!
The vertebrae number 35, exclusive of the pygostyle, as already
correctly stated by Murie. Of these I reckon 15 as cervical, 5 dorsal,
8 sacral, and 7 caudal?.
The close relationship of the Todide to the Momotide having
been so often urged by some of our best naturalists, it will be desi-
rable to point out succinctly some of the important points of difference
between them.
The Todidez, then, differ from the Momotide,
(1) In the non-union of the maxillo-palatines, these being attached
in the Motmots by harmonic suture.
(2) In the lower margin of the nasal septum appearing in the
roof of the mouth between the free edges of the maxillo-palatines.
In the Motmots the nasal septum—which ankyloses with the maxillo-
palatines anteriorly—does not appear in the palate.
(3) In the complete absence of a vomer, always represented in
the Momotide by a small, but distinct, ossicle.
(4) In possessing a well-developed lacrymal, quite absent (or early
ankylosed with the frontals) in the Motmots.
1 Tt is impossible to state for certain how far anteriorly the maxille extend,
from a study of the adult skull only; but in Zodws the osseous roof of the
mouth is incomplete as far forwards as the anterior end of the unusually large
nares, so that probably it is only by the union of the dentary plates of the pre-
mazxille that it is completely ossified here.
2 Defining as “ dorsal ” all those, whether ankylosed to the sacrum or not, that
bear ribs united directly or indirectly with the sternum. Those that precede,
whether or not bearing ribs, are “ cervical ;” those that follow, and are ankylosed
together, are “sacral,” the remainder being “ caudal.”
448 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE [May 16,
(5) In the very slight development of the ascending plates of the
palatines, well represented in the other group.
(6) In the small amount of ossification in the interorbital septum,
this, in the Motmots, being nearly entirely osseous.
(7) In the shape of the sternum, this having four distinct and
deep notches (the outer pair being far the larger) never converted
into foramina, and separated by delicate xiphoid processes. In the
Motmots the inner pair at least (Hylomanes), but usually both
(Momotus, Baryphthengus, Eumomota) are converted into smallish
foramina.
(8) In the tendency to bifurcation of the manubrium sterni.
(9) In possessing 8 sacral and 7 caudal vertebrae, as opposed to
11 and 6 in the Momotidee’.
(10) In the oil-gland having a large tuft of plumes on its apex,
this being quite or almost altogether absent in the Momotide.
(11) In the better development of the rictal and mandibular
vibrissze.
(12) In the ocreate tarsus, which is very long, whereas in the
Momotide it is transversely scutellated and short.
(13) In the much greater syndactylism of the toes.
(14) In the less development of the outer pectoral branch of the
inferior tract, which, in Momotus at least, is given off much nearer
the anterior margin of the breast, and diverges much more than in
Todus.
(15) In the shape of the tongue in the Motmots, apically frayed-
out and brush-like, and with the lacerations of the margin directed
forwards, not backwards.
(16) In the possession of large and well-developed intestinal
ceca, these being completely absent in all the Motmots.
(17) In the triangular shape of the obturator internus, this in the
Motmots being oval.
(18) In the conformation of the syrinx.
Of special points of resemblance between Todies and Motmots I
am unaware of any that can be considered characteristic of these
two families as a group, the points in which they do approach each
other being equally met with in other allied birds. Thus the simple
dorsal tract of Todus and Momotus reappears in Alcedo, as do the
crenulated beak-margins in Merops?. Neither is the termination of
the expansor secundariorum muscle on the teres peculiar to the two
groups in question, as it is found, as already observed, in some King-
fishers, as well as in Steatornis.
The resemblance between the termination of the tensor patagit
tendons in the two families is perhaps the best-marked feature of
1 Tn all the Momotide I have examined (including the genera Momotus»
Baryphthengus, and Hylomanes) this is the number of these vertebre, the total
being 37, except Baryphthengus, which has only 36, by the reduction of its dorsal
vertebre to 4 (C. 15, D. 4, 8. 11, Cd. 6=86). Dr. Maurie, after stating the
number of the vertebra in the Motmots to be 36, 37, or 38, curiously enough
gives the number characteristic of Zodus (35) as one of the characters of his group
“Serratirostres,” in which he includes the Motmots (Ibis, 1872, p. 410)!
? As already pointed out by Murie, Ibis, 1872, p. 398.
1882.] ANATOMY OF THE TODIES. 449
special resemblance ; but, as already pointed out, though the arrauge-
ment is similar, it is not identical, whilst, on the other hand, that
characterizing the Todies could easily be produced by a slight
modification of that found in some of the other groups of Anomalo-
gonatee.
In the face, then, of the many important differences that exist in
all parts of the structure of the two forms, and in the absence of
any special features common to them, I cannot agree to the proposi-
tion that the Todies are more closely related to the Motmots than
to any other group.
In the possession of ceca and in the conformation of their
pectoral tract the Todies agree with all Garrod’s ‘‘ Passeriformes,”
with one of the families of which indeed, the Galbulide, one of the
most acute ornithologists that has ever lived, the late Mr. Blyth,
associated them as a special group, “ Angulirostres”’. On the other
hand, in possessing a well-developed tuft to the oil-gland, the Todies
differ altogether from the Passeriform series of Anomalogonate.
Detailed comparison of the structure of the Todies with that of the
other families of this great group is unnecessary, none of them
possessing features indicating such affinities to the former as to render
probable any particular genetic connexion of the two.
As Dr. Murie has already remarked, ‘‘T'odus is inconsistent in several
respects,”* a truth made more obvious by the facts above recorded,
In the possession of ceca combined with the tuft to the oil-gland,
Todus presents an exception to Garrod’s definition of his group Ano-
maloyonatz *, though it agrees with all of them in the absence of both
the ambiens and accessory femoro-caudal muscles. Nevertheless it is
certain, from its characters generally, that Todus is an Anomalogonatous
bird, though its isolation from any other of the families of that group
seems to me to preclude its insertion in the Piciformes, Passeri-
formes, or Cypseliformes of Garrod*. It is impossible, I think, to
say that Z'odus is more clearly related to any of the Piciformes than
it is to the Passeriformes ; and to include it the definitions of either
of those groups would have to be altered. I propose, therefore, to
create a group of equivalent value to those just named, which may
be called ‘‘‘Todiformes,” and of which J'odus is the sole living
representative.
Next, as to the meaning of these facts. I think few ornithologists
who have carefully considered the question can doubt that the
«* Anomalogonate ” of Garrod are a natural group of birds®, i.e. one
descended from a common ancestor. On this view this ancestor
must have possessed the sum of the characters—supposing, unless
there is reason for the contrary, that the latter have not been re-
developed, and excluding those that may reasonably be supposed to
1 Charlesworth’s Mag. Nat. Hist. ii. 1838, p. 361,
2 P. Z.8. 1872, p. 678.
8 P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 118; Coll. Papers, p. 216.
4 L.c. p, 222.
5 It is nearly certain that the Cuculide and Musophagids, as also the Psit-
tacide, are in no way related to the other so-called Picariz.
450 MR. FORBES ON THE ANATOMY OF THE TODIES. | May 16,
be adaptive, or more recently acquired—exhibited by its existing
descendants. As most of the Anomalogonatz possess either well-
developed czeca, or a tufted oil-gland, whilst a// lack the ambiens
and accessory femoro-caudal muscles, it may be presumed with some
certainty that the ancestor of the group generally possessed both
well-developed czeca and a tuft to the oil-gland—the first having
disappeared in the Piciformes, the latter in the Passeriformes, and
both in the highly specialized Cypseliformes: at the same time it
was destitute of both ambiens and accessory femoro-caudal muscles.
The existence of T’odus therefore exactly substantiates what might have
justly been inferred @ priori on purely theoretical grounds ; whilst its
insular habitat, the small number of species, and their diminutive
size are exactly what might have been expected of a very ancient
and synthetic form, which has been unable to hold its own, on the
larger areas, with more lately developed and highly specialized forms.
On the other hand, it is not to be expected, on the doctrine of descent,
that any living form, however synthetic, should be exactly inter-
mediate between any other two living groups, because it is nearly
certain to have been modified in some points pari passu with those
forms to which it (or, rather, its ancestors more or less remote) gave
origin. There are structures in other families of the Anomalogonatee—
as, e. g., the biceps-slip of the Caprimulgide, the gluteus quintus
of the Coliide, the vomer and the gluteus primus of several—
which are not represented at all in Zodus. These may, of course,
have been independently reacquired ; inasmuch as, however, they are all
structures met with in the Homalogonatous birds—from some form
of which I cannot doubt that the Anomalogonate are descended—it
is more probable that they have been inherited directly from a
common ancestor which possessed these along with the other struc-
tural characters of the Anomalogonate. That one or more of such
structures should have disappeared in Z'odus, though present in the
hypothetical common ancestor, is in no way surprising. I submit, in
conclusion, therefore,
(1) That Todus is a much isolated form, with affinities to both
the Passeriformes and Piciformes of Garrod.
(2) That it cannot be substantiated that Todus is clearly allied to
any particular living form of these.
(3) That this view may be most correctly expressed by making a
group Todiformes, equivalent to Passeri-, Pici-, and Cypseliformes,
for the sole reception of the genus Todus.
(4) That in all probability Todus, though in some respects much
modified and specialized, represents more nearly than any other
existing form the common stock from which all the living groups of
Anomalogonatous birds have been derived.
Hanhart amp
1882.] MR. R. TRIMEN ON A NEW SUN-BIRD. 451
4. On an apparently undescribed Sun-Bird from Tropical
South-Western Africa. By Rotanp Trimen, F.L.S.,
F.Z.S., &c., Curator of the South-African Museum,
Cape Town.
[Received May 10, 1882.]
(Plate XXXII.)
Mr. Axel W. Eriksson, well known as in former years the com-
panion of the late Charles John Andersson, and as an explorer of
Damara-land and the adjacent regions, has recently extended his
travels to the Cunene river and to the Portuguese Province of Mossa-
medes. I]]-health and the disturbed condition of parts of the country
which he traversed much interfered with his collecting efforts ; but
he succeeded in procuring a good many bird-skins, and, on a late
flying visit to Cape Town, with his wonted liberality presented a set
of them to the South-African Museum.
In Damara-land he secured several examples of the rare Chetops
pycnopygius (Sclat.) ; but most of his specimens were obtained from
Biballa and Shella in Mossamedes. These included Caprimulgus
fossii, Verr., Corythaix livingstonii, G. R. Gray, Chlorocichla
occidentalis, Sharpe, Phyllostrephus fulviventris, Cab., and other
species of interest ; and among them was a Cinnyris which appears
to be new, and which I propose to name in honour of its discoverer,
who has for so many years rendered good service to African orni-
thology.
CINNYRIS ERIKSSONI, sp. noy. (Plate XXXII.)
3. Head, throat, entire back, and least and middle upper wing-
coverts bright metallic green, with blue-green and bronze reflections ;
upper tail-coverts metallic blue ; greater upper wing-coverts and quill-
feathers dusky brown, edged narrowly with pale brown; tail darker,
glossy above, except the outermost feather on each side, which is pale
dull brown with a whitish external narrow edging. On the upper
breast a narrow metallic-blue collar separates the metallic green of
the throat from a very broad belt of scarlet reaching to the abdomen ;
pectoral tufts bright sulphur-yellow ; lower abdominal region, thighs,
and under tail-coverts pale cinereous. A black spot immediately
before the eye. Bill and legs black; irides not noted. ‘Total
length 4 in. 8 lin. ; length of culmen 8 lin., of. folded wing 2 in.
6 lin., of tail 2 in., of tarsus 7} lin, (Three examples.)
Q. All the upper surface cinereous brown, with a faint olivaceous
tinge, which becomes more apparent on upper tail-coverts ; quill-
feathers and greater upper coverts of wings dark brown, edged with
pale brownish; tail darker, as in ¢g. Under surface very pale
cinereous, indistinctly varied throughout with traces of pale yellowish,
more apparent on lower breast and abdomen ; pectoral tufts whitish
yellow; under wing-coverts and inner margins of quill-feathers
whitish. Total length 4 in. 6 lin.; length of culmen 73 lin., of
452 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON AN AUSTRALIAN DUCK. [May 16,
folded wing 2 in. 34 lin., of tail 1 in. 8 lin., of tarsus 7 lin. (One
example.)
This Sun-bird belongs to Shelley’s “ pale metallic group” of
the genus Cinnyris, and is in colouring almost identical with C. afer
(L.), but differs strikingly in size, being not larger than C. chalybeus
(L.), and in the shortness of its beak. In the male the metallic
green is perhaps rather more smooth and brilliant than in C. afer,
and the scarlet of the breast somewhat lighter ; but it is in the width
of the latter that the bird differs most, the specimen in finest plumage
having the belt an inch broad, which is actually wider than the same
marking in the much larger C. afer. It is further remarkable that
the wings are as long as in C. afer, viz. 2 in. 6 lin., while in C. cha-
lybeus they measure only 2 in. 3 lin. The bill, however, is 1 line
shorter than in C. chalybeus (culmen 9 lin.), and 5 lines shorter than
in C. afer (124 to 13 lin.).
C. erikssoni cannot be confounded with C. chalybeus, the latter
having such a very narrow scarlet breast-belt ; but it is more like
OC. chloropygius, Jard., a native of all the tropical West-African
coast from Senegal to Angola. This last-named bird, however, is
much smaller (total length 3 in. 7 lin.), and wants both the blue
upper tail-coverts and blue pectoral collar presented by C. ertkssoni.
Hab. Shella, Province of Mossamedes (A. W. Eriksson, 1882).
This handsome species was found by Mr. Eriksson to be not un-
common in the wooded ravines of the mountain-range called Shella
(“Serra de Chella” of Keith Johnston’s Library Map of Africa),
rather over 2 hundred miles inland from the port of Mossamedes
at Little Fish Bay. He describes its habits to be precisely those of
C. chalybeus and C. afer, both of which he had observed some years
ago at Knysna in the Cape colony, but which neither he nor the
late Mr. Andersson ever met with to the north of the Orange River.
Since seeing Mr. Eriksson’s bird here described, it has occurred
to me that the specimen of C. afer stated by Capt. Shelley and Mr.
Sharpe to be recorded by Prof. Barboza du Bocage from Biballa may
possibly prove to be C. erikssoni, as the latter locality is only a
few miles distant from the Shella range.
5. Note on an Australian Duck living in the Society’s
Gardens. By P. L. Scuater, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S.,
Secretary to the Society.
[Received May 15, 1882.]
(Plate XX XIII.)
In a paper on the Ducks living in the Society’s Gardens, which I
had the honour of reading before this Society in June 1880, I men-
tioned that we had purchased of a dealer in the August of the pre-
ceding year a lot of 18 Australian Ducks, which, at the time of their
purchase, I had believed to be Chestnut-breasted Ducks (Anas cas-
1882. ] MR. P. L. SCLATER ON AN AUSTRALIAN DUCK. 453
tanea) in female plumage or non-nuptial dress, but which at the time
of writing I believed to be Anas gibberifrons. I added that we had
obtained several pairs out of the lot, and that we expected that some
of them would breed with us that year.
They did not breed with us in 1880 nor in 1881, although we had
six pairs established in various parts; but this year we have been
more fortunate. The pair of these birds placed in what we call the
«* Waders’ Pond” nested the end of March last, and hatched out four
nice young birds on the 2Ist ult., which are still all alive and
thriving.
There is no longer any doubt therefore that we have here to deal
with a species which, however much it may resemble the female of
Anas castanea, is quite distinct, and of which the sexes, as may be
proved by the examination of our breeding birds, are very nearly
alike, the female being merely slightly smaller in size and duller in
plumage. It is, in fact, the species described in the ‘ Ibis’ for 1869 by
Dr. Buller, from New-Zealand specimens, as Anas gracilis, but
subsequently identified by Dr. Finsch (Ibis, 1869, p. 380) with Anas
gibberifrons, 8. Miiller’.
As regards the synonyms of this species, after the positive state-
ment of Dr. Finsch and Prof. Schlegel, 1 think we can hardly accept
Prof. Hutton’s unsupported opinion that “A. gracilis is distinct
from A. gibberifrons”* ; and shall therefore insert our birds in the
next edition of the Catalogue of Vertebrates as Anas gibberifrons.
The following, if this view is correct, are the principal references
to this species.
ANAS GIBBERIFRONS. (Plate XXXITII.)
Anas (Mareca) gibberifrons, Miill. Nat. Gesch. Land- en Volkenk.
p. 159 (1841).
Anas gibberifrons, Schl. Mus. d. P. B. Anseres, p. 58 (1866).
Anas gracilis, Buller, Ibis, 1869, p. 41.
Anas (Querquedula) gibberifrons, Finsch, Ibis, 1869, p. 380.
Mareca gibberifrons, Walden, Trans. Zool. Soc. viii. p. 102
(1872) ; Ibis, 1873, p. 321.
Mareca albogularis, Hume, Str. Feath. 1873, p. 303.
Querquedula gibberifrons, Buller, B. of N. Z. p. 251 (1873).
Anas gracilis, Hutton, Trans. N.-Zeal. Inst. xii. p. 271 (1880).
Anas gibberifrons, Scl. P. Z. S. 1880, p. 519.
Anas gibberifrons, Ramsay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. iii. p. 38.
To the localities given by Finsch (/. s. c.) may be added Andamans
(Ball and Ramsay).
Five pairs of this Duck are still living in the Society’s Gardens,
besides two odd ones, believed to be females. Five of them died in
1 First discovered by Salomon Miiller in Timor, and originally described by
him in a footnote to his yolume on the “ Land- en-Volkenkunde” of the
Dutch Colonial possessions as Anas (Mareca) gibberifrons.
a 2 ay his article on Anas gracilis, Buller. Trans. N.-Zeal. Inst. xii. p. 271
879).
454 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON AN AUSTRALIAN DUCK. [May 16,
1879 (on Sept. 24, Oct. 10, Oct. 11, Oct. 20, and Nov. 17, and one
in 1880, Jan. 30); singularly enough, all these on-dissection turned
out to be males. The skin of one of them only was in sufficiently
good condition to be worth preservation. I now exhibit it, and a
drawing (Plate XX XIII.) taken from it by Mr. Smit.
I also exhibit the trachea of four of these individuals, showing a
distinct bulla ossea, as is usual in the males of the Anatidee’.
Having been in error myself as to my first identification of these
Ducks, I fear I have also led Prof. Newton into an error upon the
same subject.
In January 1871 I furnished Prof. Newton with what I believed
to be specimens (in the flesh) of a male and female Anas castanea
that had recently died in the Society’s Gardens*. Prof. Newton,
trusting to Mr. Baker’s determination that the presumed female was
really of that sex, read a paper upon these birds before this Society
in November of that year, in which he pointed out that the presumed
female possessed the extraordinary peculiarity of having a bulla ossea,
hitherto only known to occur in the male sex of the Anatide, and
proposed in consequence the new generic term Virago for Anas
eastanea*. But Prof. Newton having been kind enough to send me
up the skins of this presumed pair of birds for examination, I think I
may say that there is little doubt that Mr. Baker must have made
an error in his determination of the sex of the supposed female, and
that that bird is in all probability a male of Anas gibberifrons.
This hypothesis is rendered more probable by the existence of the
marked difference in the sternum between the two birds which Prof.
Newton has pointed out, and by the fact that Mr. Ramsay tells us
(Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. iii. p. 154) that he has examined six
females of Anas castanea without finding any trace of the bulda ossea.
I fear therefore that the proposed generic term ‘‘ Virago” will not
stand.
I have not ascertained female specimens of Anas castanea, and
cannot, therefore, say how that sex differs in plumage from A. gibbe-
rifrons. But it will be at once seen on comparison that there is a
considerable difference in the bills of the two species, that of A.
castanea being considerably longer and larger than that of A. gibbe-
rifrons, and that the presumed female of A. castanea (the type of
Virago) agrees in this respect as well as in every other point with
the male of A. gibberifrons.
1 The trachea is very similar to that figured by Prof. Newton, P. Z. 8. 1871,
p- 650, fig. 4.
? The male was purchased June 15, 1870, and died Jan. 9, 1871; the
presumed female arrived May 11, 1865, and died Jan. 7, 1871.
* See P. Z. S. 1871, p. 650.
1882.] ON THE ANATOMY OF AN AUSTRALIAN DUCK. 455
6. Note on some Points in the Anatomy of an Australian
Duck (Biziwra lobata). By W. A. Forsss, B.A., Pro-
sector to the Society.
[Received May 16, 1882.]
Two male specimens of Biziura lobata, the first the Society has
received, were purchased of a dealer in February last ; both were in
very weak condition when received, and, unfortunately not recovering,
did not long survive. The trachea of this bird being, so far as I
know, unknown, I take this opportunity of describing it, as well as
of adding some notes on other points of its structure.
The trachea is of nearly uniform calibre throughout, with no dila-
tation anywhere in its course; below it is perhaps a little nar-
rowed as it approaches the bronchi, but in no degree laterally com-
pressed, as it is, e. g., in such genera as Anser or Cereopsis. ‘There
is no syringeal bulla formed at its thoracic end, there being merely, as
will be seen from the annexed drawing (fig. 1), a simple ossified box,
Lower part of the trachea of Biziura lobata.
notched in front and behind, and with a narrow pessular bar below.
This is formed by the few last tracheal and early bronchial rings co-
ossified together, though not equally so on each side, or before and
behind. The four or five preceding tracheal rings differ from those
higher up the tube in being narrower and of more uniform breadth
throughout, not being notched and incompletely ossified in the middle
line, both before and behind, as these are. The bronchi are quite
normal in structure, being non-dilated, and with partly ossified semi-
rings of the ordinary form.
In the non-development of a dul/a, whether osseous or partly
membranous, and in the perfectly simple character of its trachea,
Biziura differs from all the forms of ordinary Ducks known to me,
all the genera of these that have been as yet examined exhibiting, in
the male sex, either one or other of (or, morerarely, both) these pecu-
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1882, No. XXXI. 31
456 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE [ May 16,
liarities. The condition of the male Biziura is nearly identical with
that found in the females of other Ducks. Very probably it may be
that characteristic of all the Lrismaturine, of which, however, only
Erismatura rubida has, so far as I know, been examined as regards
this point. In that species the syrinx, judging from Macgillivray’s
Fig. 2.
Mouth of Baziura lobata.
description’, is quite similar to that of Biziura, there being no
tympanum whatever, but simply a long box formed of several rings
united.
The examination of these two specimens has revealed a feature in
them very unexpected in Ducks, and only comparable with that
found in certain Bustards. This is the possession of a small, but
distinct, subgular pouch, formed, as in the males of Otis tarda, by
? Audubon, Orn, Biography, iv. p. 331.
1832. | ANATOMY OF AN AUSTRALIAN DUCK. 457
the duplicature of the frenum lingue*. Ona opening the mouth, the
tongue being forced up against the roof of the mouth as is depicted
in fig. 2, there is seen at its base, some way behind the level of the
basihyal, a small circular aperture, about the size of a pea, lying be-
tween the two folds of the frenum, the left of which is much stronger
and better developed than the right. This aperture is the mouth of
a small pouch, almost large enough to receive the end of the little
finger, which extends backwards for some little distance to the base
of the tongue, its breadth being nearly as great as that of that organ.
This pouch is lined by mucous membrane of similar character to that
found over the adjacent parts of the mouth ; its anterior limit extends
forwards as far as the posterior end of the curious wattle attached to
the lower jaw; but there is no connexion between the two, the wattle
being merely formed by a fold of the integuments, with no cavity
contained in it.
The observations hitherto made on the habits of Biziura in its
native state fail to throw any light on the use or raison d étre of
this curious structure, though, judging from analogy, it is nearly
certain that it is in some way connected with display during sexual
excitement, and therefore confined, as we know the wattle is, to the
male sex. ‘The first specimen I examined had, I may remark, the
pouch less developed than in the second one, probably an older bird.
It is not improbable that further observations may show that, in
thoroughly adult and breeding birds, this pouch acquires much
greater dimensions than was the case in these two specimens.
As regards other points, Biziura is in most of its features thoroughly
Anatine. The tongue is quite duck-like, though very broad. There
is a well-developed penis of the peculiar type found in other Anatidee.
The number of remiges is 28, of which ten are, as usual, primaries.
The pollex bears a small claw. There are 24 rectrices, a number
not exceeded in any of the Anseres, though found in certain Swans.
All are peculiarly stiff and curved, with flat lamellar rhachises. The
ceca are long, measuring 6°75 and 7°75 inches respectively in the two
Specimens. The ambiens muscle is large, and peculiar in that its
tendon perforates the large-sized triangular patella, just as it does in
Phalacrocorax and the extinct Hesperornis.
The carina sterni is shallow, as might have been expected in a bird
with such weak powers of flight as Biziura has. There is a minor
myological peculiarity in the hind limb of Biziura, such as I have
not yet observed in other Anserine birds. In all these the flevor
longus hallucis and fleror profundus digitorum blend together to-
wards the lower part of the tarso-metatarse, a comparatively very
insignificant tendinous slip being given off from the tendon of the
first-named muscle to the hallux before it blends with the other’.
In Biziura the two tendons completely blend, but the small tendinous
slip, given off, as usual, before they unite, does not go to the
hallux as it normally does, but continues down to the bottom of the
bone, and is there lost on one of the annular masses of fibro-cartilage
' Murie, P. Z.S. 1869, p. 140; and Garrod, Coll. Papers, p. 245.
2 Garrod, Coll. Papers, pp. 293 and 298, oe
458 ON THE FEEDING OF YOUNG CORMORANTS. [June 6,
surrounding the other flexor tendons. The flexor brevis hallucis,
which is present, though small, is thus the only functional flexor of
that digit.
June 6, 1882.
Prof. Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.
The Secretary called attention to the curious way in which the
young Cormorants, lately hatched in the Gardens, were fed by the
parent bird, and exhibited a-drawing by Mrs. Hugh Blackburn, taken
on the 9th ult., illustrating this subject.
Two Cormorants deposited by Capt. Salvin in the autumn of 1881
had paired in March last, and built a nest of sticks on a stump in
the enclosure called the “Gull pond.” Two young ones were
hatched on the 22nd April last, after four weeks’ incubation, both
parents taking turns on the nest. The young birds were at first
naked, but soon became covered with black down-plumage, whence
they were now beginning to moult into their adult dress,
oe
Ba
Vy
’
i "Ny
ae
YY
\
I
Cormorants and their young (from a drawing by Mrs. Hugh Blackburn).
As would be seen by the illustration, the parents fed the young ones
by allowing them to poke their heads far down into the parents’
throats and to extract the semidigested fish from the stomach.
1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. 459
In Capt. Salvin’s letter to the ‘Field’ on this subject (vol. lix.
p- 693, May 2, 1882) it was stated that the young were only fed in
this manner by the male bird; but Mr. Bartlett had assured himself
that both male and female parent had been seen to feed the young
in the same way.
Mr. H. J. Elwes, F.Z.S., made some remarks on his recent
expedition to the Aures Mountains of Algeria, and exhibited a
specimen of a Stonechat (Sazicola) obtained there, which he
believed to be new to science.
The Secretary placed upon the table a series of the Diurnal and
Nocturnal Lepidoptera bred in the Insect-House during the past
month, and called special attention to specimens of Attacus roylet
and Oricula trifenestrata, both from India, as not having been
reared in 1881.
The following papers were read :—
1. Notes on some Points in the Anatomy of the /Eluroidea.
By Sr.-Grorcre Mivarr.
[Received May 9, 1882.]
In studying the luroidea for the purpose of trying to ascertain
the number and nature of the groups into which that suborder
might be best divided, I noted, as carefully as I could, such points
in the anatomy of a number of species as I had an-opportunity of
examining. I now venture to lay before the Society some selections
from these notes as a supplement to, and further justification of, the
conclusions I lately had the honour of submitting to the judgment
of the same Society’.
It is only the osteology which I have had the opportunity of
studying with any approach to completeness; but I have made such
notes on the other systems of organs as I have been able to collect.
OSTEOLOGY.
Tue AxtAt SKELETON.
The Vertebral Column.
The greatest number of vertebrze of which I have found the
spinal column to be composed is 60 (Arctictis) and 59 (Cryptoprocta
and Paradoxurus). The smallest number is 33 (in a Manx Cat).
The general range is from 50 (Suricata) and 51 (Cynogale) to
56 and 57.
1 P.Z.8. 1882, p. 135.
450 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [June 6,
In absolute size the longest I have met with is that of a Lion,
174"°5. The smallest is that of Helogale, the skeleton of which I
have not met with.
The Cervical Vertebre.
The greatest absolute length of the cervical vertebrze which I
met with was in the skeleton of a Tiger, where they measured 260 ;
but in Crocuta they attained 24:1.
The greatest proportion borne by the cervical region to the axial
column from the atlas to the postaxial end of the sacrum—the latter
being taken as 100—was 32°9 (Proteles). The next longest were
28°3 (Hemigalea), 27:9 (Hyena), 27:4 (Viverricula), and 26°5
(Genetia and Cynogale). The smallest proportions were 19 (Hemi-
galidia) and 18°8 (Aretictis). In the Felide I found it to vary
from 19°3 to 22:6.
The atlas in the Felideis provided with large transverse processes,
each of which projects outwards almost, if not quite, as much towards
its preaxial as towards its postaxial end ; and the transverse processes
project postaxiad but little beyond the postaxial margin of the cen-
tral part of the atlas. In the Hyenide, on the other hand, the two
transverse processes project considerably more backwards, while the
postaxial end of each projects outwards equally beyond its preaxial
end ; so that the atlas has the appearance of being furnished with two
obtusely pointed wings extending much outwards and considerably
backwards.
In the Viverrideé various intermediate conditions occur, Genetia
approaching the Cats most nearly, and Suricata having the transverse
processes the most diverging, and Viverra the most postaxially
projecting. Sometimes a small pointed spine projects postaxiad
from the middle of the postaxial margin of the body, as in the
Galidictine and Herpestes.
In a young Hyena, in the Museum of the Royal College of
Surgeons (no. 4474 c), the body of the atlas remains distinct.
The avis varies as to the shape of its spinous process, the degree
of development of its ventral ridges, and the development of its
hyperapophyses. The spinous process may have its dorsal margin
nearly straight, asin the Cat, or strongly convex, as in Viverra.
Its anterior margin may be strongly pointed, as in the Civets, or its
hinder end, as in the Cat. The hinder part of the spinous process
may be much produced upwards, as in Suricata, or may bifurcate,
as in the Hycnide. The ventral, antero-posterior ridges of the axis
are greatly developed in the Galidictine, Herpestes, and Viverra.
They are but little marked in the Hyenide and Suricata, and still
less in the Cat. The hyperapophyses' are very marked in Suricata
and the Hyewnide, where we have the pointed ends of the postaxial
bifurcation of the spinous process, beneath these the hyperapophyses,
and beneath these again the postzygapophyses.
The remaining cervical vertebre attain an exceptional size and
strength, as well as length, in the Hyenide, and are generally more
* For these processes see P. Z.S. 1865, p. 576.
1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. 461
developed in the Viverride than in the Felide. Comparing the
cervical vertebrze of the Civet with that of Felis catus, it may be
remarked that while the plate-like transverse processes of the third
vertebra are no larger (if not somewhat smaller) relatively in the Civet,
those of the 4th, 5th, and 6th vertebre are relatively larger; the
neural laminze are more concave dorsally, and the hypapophyses are
much stronger, and the hyperapophyses more marked. ‘The Genet
is more cat-like; but, in the specimens examined, the distal ends of
the plate-like transverse processes of the 4th, 5th, and 6th vertebre
project more preaxiad than in the Cat or Civet. Paradowurus pre-
sents characters intermediate between those of the Cat and the Civet.
Arctictis is very exceptional as to its cervical vertebrae, their
transverse processes being so little extended antero-posteriorly, the
plate-like parapophysial parts of each transverse process of even the
5th and 6th cervical vertebree being very little broader than the diapo-
physial part. The distal ends of the transverse process of the vertebrae
posterior to the third are not all produced preaxiad distally ; never-
theless the hypapophyses are more marked than in Felis catus. There
is a distinct rib, with both capitulum and tuberculum, on the left
side, and a less perfect rib on the other side, of the 7th cervical
vertebra of the specimen of Arctictis, No. 1200 B, in the collection
of the British Museum.
Seventh cervical vertebra of an Aretictis binturong, showing the perfect rib
on the one side.
Cryptoprocta differs remarkably from Aretictis in the greater
antero-posterior extent of its plate-like transverse processes and in
the preaxiad extension of the distal ends of those of the 3rd, 4th, 5th,
and 6th vertebree. There are marked hyperapophyses to the first
two or three vertebra. These processes, as also the cervical meta-
pophyses, are very distinct on the 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, and 6th verte-
bree of some Herpestes'. In Felis catus hyperapophyses are not
only developed above each postzygapophysis of the axis, but these
become more marked on the 3rd cervical vertebra, less on the 4th,
1 Fg. in no. 1178 Ain the British Museum.
462 ‘PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [June 6,
vanishing atthe 5th. Metapophyses are also developed beneath the
preezygapophyses of the 3rd, 4th and 5th vertebree, and may be traced
in some of the larger Cats on the hinder part of the neural arch of
the last four cervical vertebree. The transverse processes form large
osseous plates in Proteles, much as in Viverra; nevertheless in
Hyena they are relatively very small, smaller and less plate-like than
even in the Cats.
The Dorsal Vertebre.
The greatest length of the dorsal region which I have met with is
39''-4 (Crocuéa) and 38"-0 (Felis tigris).
Its greatest relative Jengths (the spine, from the preaxial margin of
the atlas to the postaxia] margin of the sacrum, being taken as 100)
are 45°6 (Hyena) and 45:4 (Suricata); the smallest are 34:4 (Ge-
netta) and 34'8 (Cynictis). The Felide 1 find to vary from 36:1
to 39:2, the Viverride from 34:4 to 45°4, and the Hyenide
from 40°4 (Proteles) to 45°6, as above given.
Compared with the cervical region, its greatest lengths are in Arc-
tictis and in Suricata, viz. as 238°2 and 231°6 to 100 respectively.
It is often nearly twice as long as the cervical region. It exceeds
the cervical region least in Proteles, where it is but 122°7 to 100.
The greatest number of dorsal vertebrze is found in all Hyenide,
viz. 15. I have found 14 in Paradozurus, Arctictis, Cynogale, some
Herpestes, Bdeogale, Crossarchus, and Galidictis, 13 in the other
enera.
si The dorsal spinous processes are generally more relatively ex-
tended antero-posteriorly—more plate-like—in the Viverride than in
the Felidae, especially in at least some Herpestes and in Eupleres and
Suricata. In Arctictis these spines are exceptionally low and
inclined postaxiad ; that of the first dorsal nearly equals in length
that of the seventh cervical. On the other hand, in Hyena the
difference in length between these two spinous processes is at its
maximum.
Generally, as in the Cat, the 11th dorsal vertebra is the first the
spinous process of which begins to incline preaxiad.
In Galidictis the spine of the 12th dorsal is vertical, while those
of the 11th and 13th incline towards it.
In Hemigalea the spine of the 11th dorsal inclines forwards,
meeting that of the 10th.
In Cynictis it is the 13th vertebra which first inclines preaxiad.
In Eupleres and Suricata it is the 12th which so inclines, and
this is the first to have the anapophyses and metapophyses distinctly
differentiated.
In Felis catus these latter processes are quite distinct on the 11th
dorsal vertebra.
In Hyena the change which takes place in the direction of the
dorsal spinous processes is a gradual one between the 12th and 14th
vertebre, the 13th being nearly upright.
Proteles exhibits a very exceptional character: the spinous pro-
1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. 463
cess of the first dorsal vertebra bifureates more or less? laterally ;
and the spines of the next six show a tendency similarly to bifurcate ;
the spine of the 12th dorsal begins to curve over preaxially towards
its tip; that of the 13th does so more decidedly, or may quite incline
preaxiad, as the 14th always does.
The Lumbar Vertebre.
The greatest absolute lengths of the lumbar region which I have
met with are 40'-0 (Tiger) and 32!'-5 (Lion). The longest in the
Viverride is 17"'"1 (Cryptoprocta) ; in Crocuta it is 15'-2.
Its greatest relative length, measured as before, is 37:4 (Wild
Cat), 32°5 being the smallest I find amongst the Felide. In the
Viverride 34:4 (Nandinia) is the highest, and 20°2 (Proteles) in
the Hyenide. The smallest of the Viverride is 25:0 (Cynogale)
aud 25°8 (Suricata). The smallest of all the Aluroids is 17°6
(Crocuta).
Compared with the dorsal region it may be as 103°6 to 100
(Wild Cat) or 93:1 (Nandinia), or only 38°5 (Crocuta). It never
equals the dorsal region in length in the Viverride or Hyenide.
The number of lumbar vertebre is constantly 7 in the Felide ;
6 or 7 in the Viverride, except in Arctictis, where it is only 5 asin
the Hyenide.
The transverse processes are exceptionally short in Arctictis. In
Proteles the neural spines are more quadrate and upright than in
the Felide or Viverride ; and they are still more vertical and quad-
rate in Hyena and Crocuta.
The Sacrum.
The greatest absolute length of the sacrum I have met with is
9''-5 (Tiger). The longest in the Viverrid@ is 5'*1 (Viverra civetta).
In Crocuta it is 7'"6.
Its greatest relative length, estimated as before, is 10-9 (Crossar-
chus obscurus), while 7°8 is its greatest in the Felide. Thesmallest
of all I have measured? is 5-5 (Manx Cat), 6°3 (Proteles), and 6°9
(Hemigalea).
The number of sacral vertebree is almost always 3 ; but there may
be 4 in Hyena and Crocuta.
The neural spines are more developed in the Viver ride than in the
Felide, and notably so in Arctictis.
The Caudal Vertebre.
The absolutely greatest lengths I find to be 88"'-0 (Tiger) and 81!-7
(Arctictis).
The greatest relative lengths are 153°9 (Nandinia), 151-0
(Genetta), 146°4 (Arctictis), and 122.5 (Paradoxurus). Its least
dimensions are 8°5 (Manx Cat) and 8°7 (Suricata).
1 Tt bifurcates very decidedly in the skeleton in the Museum of the Royal
College of Surgeons. In that in the British Museum there is only a slight
bifurcation towards its apex.
2 Cynogale, according to De Blainville’s figure, would give 51.
464 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE £LUROIDEA. [June 6,
The number of caudal vertebrae varies from 29 (Cryptoprocta and
Paradoxurus) to 3 (Manx Cat), 19 (Croeuta), and 20 (Crossarchus
and Suricata). The neural arch ceases to be completely developed
at from the 6th (Hyena) to the 12th (Arctictis) vertebra.
The longest caudal vertebrae may be the 9th, 10th, and 11th
(Cat), the 10th, 11th, and 12th (Civet), the 12th, 13th, and 14th
(Aretictis), or the 13th, 14th, and 15th (Proéeles).
Chevron bones may be developed beneath adjacent pairs of caudal
vertebra from the interval between the Ist and 2nd to between the
16th and 17th (Arctictis).
Transverse processes may cease to be distinct at the 6th caudal
(sometimes in Hyena), or may continue on to the 10th caudal
(Aretictis).
The Sternum.
The sternum consists generally of seven sternebre (including the
manubrium) and a xiphoid cartilage. Sometimes in Herpestes and
Crossarchus there are 8 sternebre; and there are 8 in Lupleres.
There may be but 6 sternebra, as in Proteles and Hemigalea.
The manubrium is sometimes separate’ from that sternebra which
is placed between the attachments of the Ist and 2nd costal carti-
lages.
The manubrium is very pointed in Hemigalea. In Arctictis it is
very exceptionally expanded transversely towards its middle, so that
it has somewhat the appearance of the head of a lance. It has also
a median ventral crest or keel—a condition I have found in no other
/Eluroid.
The last sternebra is broad and the xiphoid very broad in Pro-
teles.
The Ribs.
The number of pairs of ribs has been already indicated in the
notes given respecting the dorsal vertebrae. The number of true
ribs may be 8, 9, or 10. 9 is the general number of true ribs, there
being 5, 4, or 3 false ribs. In the Hyanide, however, there are §
true ribs and 7 false ones.
The ribs are generally broader in proportion to their length in
the Viverride than in the Felide. This is especially the case in
Eupleres aud the Hyenide.
The Skull.
The absolutely longest Aluroid skulls I have met with are 26-8 and
26-6 (Tiger and Lion). The longest non-feline skull (measured
from the roots of the upper incisors in front to the “basion”’ or
mid anterior margin of the foramen magnum) is 22!'-5 (Crocuta) ;
and the longest Viverrine skulls are 13'°9 (drctictis) and 13!'-4
(Viverra civetta).
1 Sometimes, asin Areficris, and as in the Paradoxure No. 4285 ain the Museum
of the Royal College of Surgeons, two minute rounded ossicles are placed
between the manubrium aad the first sternebra behind it. I have found an
indication of such distinctness in an adult Eupleres.
1882.| PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ALUROIDEA. 465
The length from the atlas to the end of the sacrum being taken
as 100, the relatively longest skulls thus measured have the propor-
tions of 29:5 (Cynogale) and 28:9 (Genetta). The shortest has 19:8
(Leopard). The shortest Viverrine are 21-4 (Viverra cwvetta) and
21:9 (Cryptoprocta).
The greatest width between the outsides of the zygomata is 22"-0
(Tiger). The broadest non-feline skull at the zygomata is 18'"3
(Crocuta); and the broadest Viverrine skulls are 7'"3 (Viverra
civetta) and 7'"0 (Cryptoprocta).
The greatest widths of the zygomata in proportion to the spine at
100 are 24°4 (Suricata), 21°5 (Lion), and 21°2 (Crocuta). The
shortest is 10°5 (Mupleres).
The length of theskull from basion to premaxilla being takenas100,
the (relatively) broadest zygomatic arches measured across are 89-4
(Suricata) and 89°3 (Felis), the Hyena brunnea being 83:4. The
narrowest Felis is 80°4, the narrowest Viverrine (Herpestes) 44:4.
I have much desired to find a line to be measured externally as
a basicranial axis. The received basicranial axis can only be mea-
sured in a vertical longitudinal section, and so can rarely be got at.
I should have been well satisfied with a line from the basion to the
front end of the preesphenoid or of the basisphenoid, if either of these
two latter points were generally determinable externally ; but, un-
fortunately, such is not the case. I have therefore been compelled
to take as a base a line drawn from the basion to a point which
may, for convenience, be distinguished as the “‘ovalion,’”’ and which
is the middle point of a transverse line joining the hindmost point on
the margin of one foramen ovale with that of the other.
This base, compared with that of the spine (from the atlas to the
end of the sacrum) taken as 100, I never find to be more than 9-0
(Hemigalidia) or less than 4°5 (Felis).
Its greatest proportion in Felis is 6-2, its least proportion in the
Viverride is 5*\ (Viverra civetta). In Crocuta it is 6:0, in Pro-
teles 7'3.
The base, compared with the total cranial length at 100,
has for its highest proportions 31°] (Galidia), 28-7 (Hemigalidia),
and 28°2 (Felts). Its smallest proportion in Felis is 20°5 ; and the
smallest of all are Hyena brunnea (21:1) and Suricata (19-3).
If this base be taken as 100, then the greatest relative expansions
of the zygomata are 463°6 (Suricata), 400-0 (Felis), and 395°6
(Hyena brunnea). The smallest are 194-4 (Eupleres) and 1932
(Genetta).
The greatest relative breadths of the brain-case, compared with
the spine at 100, are 13-8 (Suricata) and 13°3 (Felis), its least breadth
5°9 (Viverra civetta). Its greatest breadths compared with the
length of the skull at 100 are 54°5 (Felis) and 50°8 (Suricata) ; its
least proportion is 27:0 (Hyena brunnea). Its greatest breadths
compared with the base taken as 100 are 211-7 (Felis), 263 (Suri-
cata), and 180°0 (Crossarchus) ; its least proportions thus esti-
mated are 102°7 (Proteles) and 115°6 (Viverra civetta); the
smallest I have found in Felis is 145-4.
466 PROF, ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [June 6,
The greatest total lengths of the palate bear proportions to
the spine (atlas to sacrum as 100) of 17-9 (Herpestes) and 17°5
(Crossarchus). Its least proportion is 9:6 (Felis), the largest pro-
portion I have found in Felis being 14:7. The shortest Viverrine
palates, thus estimated, are 10-9 (Viverricula) and 11°5 (Viverra,
Galidia, and Cryptoprocta).
Compared with the cranial length at 100, the greatest proportions
the palate attains are 62°8 (Bdeogale) and 61:6 (Herpestes); its
least is 43°4 (Felis). Compared with the base at 100, its greatest
relative lengths are 290°9 (Suricata), 272°7 (Felis), and 268°2 (dre-
togale) ; its smallest proportions in length are 153°8 (Felis) and
150°0 (Galidia).
The greatest breadths of the palate, compared with the spine at
100, are 12°8 (Crocuta), 11:4 (Felis), and 10:0 (Suricata). Its
least relative dimensions are 3°9 (Eupleres), 5°4 (OCynogale), and 5°9
(Viverra civetta). Its smallest proportion in Felis is 78.
The greatest proportional breadths of the palate, compared with
the total cranial length at 100, are 49°3 (Crocuta), 46°9 (Felis), and
36:8 (Suricata) ; its least proportions are 22°7 (Arctogale) and 16°8
(Eupleres). The greatest proportions of its breadth compared with
the base at 100 are 213°4 (Crocuta) and 200°0 (Felis) ; its smallest
is 100-0 (Hemigalidia, Arctictis, and Poiana).
The projection of the palate backwards behind the upper molars
compared with the total cranial length at 100 is greatest in Proteles
(20:8), Arctictis (18°7), and Suricata (16°9). I have found its
maximum in the Cats to be 11°9, and its minimum 4°6. In Genetta
itis 5°0. It is least in Hyena brunnea (4°5) and Nandinia (2°6).
The interorbital breadth may be in a proportion as large as 7°3
(Hemigalidia), and as small as 2°5 (Genetta), compared with the
spine at 100. Compared with the total cranial length at 100, it
ranges from 27°5 (Galidia) down to 8°7 (Genetta).
The postorbital breadth similarly ranges from 10-0 (Felis) to 3:0
(Viverra), and from 45:0 (Felis) to 12°2 (Cynogale) respectively.
The orbits are rarely enclosed by bone, as sometimes in Felis,
Herpestes, Cynictis, Suricata, and almost in Rhinogale. The post-
orbital processes, on the other hand, may be almost or quite obso-
lete, as in Cynogale and Arctictis.
Except in Proteles and the above mentioned Viverrine genera,
in which the orbits may be enclosed by bone, the postorbital pro-
cesses of the frontal are never so long in the Viverride as they
generally are in the Felide.
The face is generally shorter as compared with the cranium in the
Felide than in the Viverride.
The auditory bulla is always an ossified convex prominence except
in Nandinia, where it is cartilaginous. It may be quite smooth and
unconstricted, showing no external sign of internal division, as in
the Felide. There may be no internal septum, as in Crocuta.
There may nevertheless be an almost complete internal septum
dividing each bulla into two chambers, with only a minute opening
on the septum, as also in the Felide and Viverring. The septum
1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. 467
may have a somewhat larger aperture, as in the Herpestine and
Proteles; or the septum may be represented only by two osseous
ridges tending to divide off a small anterior chamber in each bulla,
as in Hyena.
The two chambers of the bulla may be placed, one rather internally
and the other externally, as in the Felide and Herpestine; or one
behind the other, as in the Viverring. If placed one internally and
one externally, the more posterior (which does not contain the
auditory ossicles) may be placed the more internally, as in the
Felide, or the more externally, as in the Herpestine. The external
chamber may be not merely placed the more externally, but may
be posteriorly and strikingly everted outwards, as in the Herpestine.
The bulla may narrow much anteriorly, as in Paradorurus. Its
anterior chamber may be hardly bullate, as in Cynogale, or very
decidedly so, as in Genet/a and Herpestes.
The external auditory meatus is generally very short, but may be
prolonged, as in Suricata and Hyena. Its posterior margin may
project the more, as in most Viverrine, or its anterior margin, as in
most Herpestine, or its inferior part, as in Hemigalea.
The floor of the meatus may be imperfectly ossified, as in Suricata
(where there is a longitudinal fissure) and in Herpestes (where there is
a foramen). Instead of a fissure or foramen there may be a deep
groove, as in the Galidictine.
The external aperture of the auditory meatus may be large and
rounded, as in Felis; or oval, as in many Viverrine ; or small and
triangular, as in Herpestes and Suricata.
There may be a very deep pit (to receive the hyoidean cornu) on
the outer side of the bulla, just below the external auditory opening,
as in Arctictis.
The mastoid may be prominent, as in Felis, Hyena, and Suricata ;
or not at all so, as in most Viverrine.
The paroccipital process may not depend below the bull or may
be very slightly prominent, as in Felis. It may depend below the
adjacent part of the bulla as a distinct process, as in Viverra civetta
and most Viverrine; or it may not do so at all, as in the Her-
pestine.
Sagittal and lambdoidal ridges may be greatly developed, as in
the large Cats, and especially in the Hyznas ; or they may be almost
evanescent, as in Hupleres, where also the zygomata are very slender.
The occipital region may be very exceptionally prominent in the
middle, as in Lupleres.
The mesopterygoid fossa may be to the cranial length at 100
as 23°9 (as sometimes in Felis), or only as 11°] (as sometimes in
Herpestes).
The average breadth of the palate compared with its length in the
Felid@ is as 80°2 to 100. It may be only 32-5, as in Eupleres, or
83°8, as in Cynogale. It is 62°5 in Genetta, and 51°3 in Viverra
civetta. It is 87-4 in Crocuta. In Suricata it is 65°6.
An alisphenoid canal may be present, as always in the Viverring
(except generally in Viverricula) and in the Herpestine (save in
4168 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE &LUROIDEA. [June 6,
Crossarchus, where it may be only imperfectly enclosed by bony pro-
cesses). It may be entirely absent, as in the Felide, Galidictine,
Euplerine, and Hyenide.
It may occasionally be present where it is normally absent, as in
Viverricula.
There may be no carotid canal (for the internal carotid artery), as
in the Felide; or there may be a distinct canal, as in all other
Aluroids. The hinder aperture of this canal may be placed at
about the middle of the internal margin of the auditory bulla, as
in the Viverrine, or rather more forwards, as in the Hyenide.
The artery may enter the cranial cavity through an aperture con-
cealed, or almost concealed, beneath the anterior end of the auditory
bulla, as generally in the Viverrine ; or it may enter through a very
conspicuous foramen anterior to and within the bulla, as in the
Herpestine and Galidictine. This foramen notches the sphenoid
very deeply, so much as to seem sometimes even to perforate it.
The condyloid foramen may be exposed or concealed ; and there
may be considerable variation in this respect in different individuals
of the same species.
The palatine foramina may be in the posterior third, or well
within the posterior half, of the palate, as always in the Felide; or
they may be well within the anterior half of the palate, and often
within its anterior third, as in all non-feline /luroids. In Crypto-
procta they are very near the hinder end of the anterior half. In
Cynogale they are very far forwards, only a little behind the incisive
foramina.
The upper alveolar border may be notched to receive the apex of
a lower premolar, as in Hemigalea.
The mandible may have its angle extending backwards almost or
quite on a line with the inferior margin of the horizontal ramus, as
in most Felide. It may, on the other hand, be very much bent
up towards the condyle, as in Hyena. It may be singularly
flattened beneath, as in Proteles. It may be very small, as in
Arctictis, or everted (or bent in the opposite way to that in which
it is bent in Marsupials), as in Suricata.
The hinder portion of the inferior margin of the horizontal ramus
may be very concave, as in many Viverrine.
The coronoid process may be greatly elevated, yet inclining back-
wards towards its apex, as in the Felide. It may be elevated
vertically, and more or less truncated at its summit, as in Prionodon.
It may be raised but little, relatively, above the condyle, as in many
Viverrine.
The symphysisis generally moderate, but may be greatly prolonged,
as in Galidictis, where its proportional length to that of the mandible,
from the front of the canine to the hinder end of the last molar, is
as 62°9 to 100.
The alveolar border may be singularly everted towards its hinder
end, as in Arctogale.
1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ALUROIDEA. 469
Tue APPENDICULAR SKELETON.
The Pectoral Limb.
The proportion borne by the entire pectoral limb (humerus,
radius, and manus) to the spine—the length from the front of the
atlas to the hinder end of the sacrum being taken as 100—is never
more than 77°9 (as sometimes in Felis), or less than 42°3 (Vi-
verricula).
The greatest proportion amongst the Viverride is 66°4 (Suricata) ;
the shortest found by me in the Felide was 52°9 (I. eyra).
The Scapula.
- The extreme length of the scapula compared with of the spine
(estimated as before) is as 21:0 to 100, as sometimes in Felis. In
that genus I have found 18°6 to be the minimum proportion. In
the Viverride it varies from 11°9 (Nandinia) to 18°9 (Cynictis).
In Proteles it is 19°7, and in Crocuta 20°6.
The Civets have the scapula much more in the shape of a paral-
lelogram than have the Cats, the preaxial border not being so
convex. The metacromion is not so much developed ; and the pro-
portion borne by the infraspinatus fossa to the supraspinatus fossa
is greater, as also in the Genets, in which the scapula is otherwise
more feline. Fussa and Puradoxurus are intermediate between
Genetta and Viverra in the form of the scapula; but the convexity
of the preaxial border is generally situate nearer to the glenoid
surface than it is in the Genet.
In COynogale the scapula is much like that of the Civet, but the
prominence of its preaxial margin is more rectangular in outline and
less rounded.
Arctictis resembles Paradoxurus; but its infraspinatus fossa is
still larger relatively ; the spine is but little prominent, and the
metacromion quite rudimentary. In Herpestes the metacromion is
well developed. There is sometimes a prominence for the teres
major; and the proportional size of the infraspinatus fossa may not
be greater than in the Cat. In Crossarchus there is sometimes so
sharp a prominence from the glenoid end of the convexity of the
preaxial border as to form a deep suprascapular notch. The meta-
cromion is well developed, as also in Suricata (where its apex issharply
bent backwards); the outer surface of the scapula is in this genus
singularly concave. In Galidia, the convexity of part of the pre-
axial margin may be very great ; but here, as seems to be generally
the case, there is much individual variation in the form of the
scapula. In Eupleres the metacromion is well developed, but the
acromion may be very short. In Cryptoprocta the scapula is very
like that of some Cats; the infraspinatus fossa is not so large rela-
tively as in Genetta; the metacromion is well developed. In Hyena
the preaxial margin is rounded; the metacromion is very minute
and placed quite at the end of the spine; the supraspinatus fossa is
smaller relatively than in the Cats, or than in the Viverride gene-
rally; both it and the infraspinatus fossa are very concave. In
470 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [June 6,
Proteles the scapula is not unlike that of Viverra; the metacromion
is rather larger and more pointed than in Hyena. In Proteles,
Hyena, and Crocuta the acromion is shorter than in the Felide or
Viverride, except sometimes in Eupleres.
The angle formed by the axillary margin with the spine of the
scapula varies from about 20° (Suricata, Galidictis, Proteles) to 35°
(Lion and Tiger). The average angle is a little above 25°.
The Clavicle.
The clavicle is always very rudimentary or absent ; nevertheless in
Genetta I found to be about 1''-6.
The Humerus.
The absolutely longest humerus is 315 (Tiger), the largest
Viverrine humerus is 14:0 (Arctictis). The greatest proportion of
the humerus to the spine at 100 is 28°5 (sometimes in Felis), the
shortest is 18°1 (Zupleres). The shortest feline proportion is 23:4 ;
the greatest Viverrine proportion is 25:0 (dretictis). Crocuta is
22:0, and Proteles 24:8. The Civet’s humerus, compared with that
of the Cat, is stouter, with the great tuberosity relatively more pro-
minent, and the fossa outside it much deeper and larger. The
supinator ridge is also stronger, while the bony bridge enclosing the
foramen for the median nerve is more slender. ‘There is some-
times an olecranal foramen. The humerus of the Genet is more like
that of the Cat. There is always a condyloid foramen, except in
Cynogale, the Galidictineg, and the Hyenide. In Paradoxurus
the internal condyle may be much prolonged. In Aretictis the
humerus is much broadened out distally, with a rather small condy-
loid canal and a strong supinator prominence; there is no marked
pit outside the great tuberosity. In Cryptoprocta exactly reversed
conditions obtain, as the condyloid canal is very large in that genus
(at its maximum), and there is a very marked pit outside the great
tuberosity, as also in Herpestes, Crossarchus, and Hyena. In Her-
pestes the humerus is much curved. In Crossarchus the deltoid
surface is very prominent, and the development of the supinator
ridge and the projection of the internal condyle are at their maxi-
mum. The deltoid surface is even more prominent in Suricata.
In Hemigalea the humerus is a good deal bowed, the great tubero-
sity and the supinator ridge are little developed, but the internal
condyle is very prominent. In Viverricula, on the contrary, the
internal condyle projects so slightly that it is almost effaced. In
the Hyenide the internal condyle is also relatively little developed,
the deltoid surface is prominent, there is an olecranal perforation,
and the pit outside the great trochanter may be wide and shallow as
in Hyena, or wide and deep as in Proteles.
The Radius and Ulna.
The absolutely longest radius is 26'-0 (Tiger) ; its greatest pro-
portional lengths to the spine at 100 are 27°4 (sometimes in Felis) and
1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. 471
25°83 (Proteles). Its least proportion in Felis is 20°8. Its least pro-
portion in the Viverride is 13°8 (Viverricula), and its greatest is
22:0 (Suricata and Galidictis). 1 have found it equal to the humerus
in length in the Wild Cat and Yossa, and almost equal in Hemiga-
lidia. Ihave only found it absolutely longer than the humerus in
Lupleres and Crocuta.
The radius and ulna are long and slender in Fossa, Galidictis, and
Eupleres. In Hemigalea the radius (which is a good deal bowed)
is furnished with a singular plate-like expansion towards and at the
ventral end of its outer or radial border. A more or less rudimen-
tary development of the process may occur also in Paradoxurus, and
a trace of it in Cryptoprocta.
The olecranon may, as in Viverra civetta, be more bent post-
axiad than in most forms, and than even, relatively, in the Great
Cats. A remarkable process may be also developed from the ole-
cranon, extending mesiad. ‘This is seen in Civetta, but attains its
maximum in Cryptoprocta, where it reminds one of the inflected man-
dibular angle of a marsupial. This is little developed in Hemigalea,
A. Distal end of dorsal surface of right radius and ulna of Hemigalea: p, plate-
like process. B. Distal end of tibia and fibula.
which, however, has a plate-like process, or ridge, developed from
the middle of the distal fourth of the ventral surface of the ulna,
extending down to the root of the styloid process; into this plate-
like ridge the supinator longus, pronator teres, and the (large) pro-
nator quadratus muscles are inserted. This ridge also exists in
Viverricula.
The Manus.
The greatest length of the manus (measured from the junction of
the radius and carpus to the end of the third digit), compared with
that of the spine, is 23-9 (Proteles), the least is 11°5 (Viverricula).
In Felis I have found it range from 17:0 to 22°0. The greatest rela-
tive length of the third metacarpal is 12°5 (Proteles), and the shortest
is 4:2 (Cynogale). The greatest relative length of the third digit
is 10°0 (Felis), and 9°5 (Suricata) ; the shortest is 5°2 (Viverra).
The relatively longest third ungual phalanx is 4°5 (Suricata) ; the
shortest is 1*3 (Viverra).
The metacarpus is thus proportionally most elongated in Proteles
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1882, No. XXXII. 32
472 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [June 6,
and Felis. It is shorter and stouter in the Viverrida, especially in
Hemigalea and Cynogale ; and the length of M® and M* is less in
excess of that of M? and M? than in the Cats.
There is no pollex, save a rudimentary metacarpal, in Hyena,
Orocuta, Suricata, and Bdeogale. Though present in all the other
genera, its length, compared with that of the index, may vary con-
siderably. Thus the whole pollex may not extend down the meta-
carpal of the index so far as one quarter of the length of the latter,
as in Felis.
It may extend half down the metacarpal of the index or more, as
in Proteles, Cynictis, Viverricula.
It may extend down to the distal end of the metacarpal of the
index, as in Viverra civetta, Genetta, Fossa, Galidictis, Galidia,
Herpestes (often), Crossarchus.
It may reach to the middle of the proximal phalanx of the index,
or sometimes even to its distal end, as in Paradorurus, Arctictis,
Eupleres, Hemigalea.
The metacarpal of the pollex may not extend even one quarter
down that of the index, as in Felis.
It may reach nearly half down, as in Viverricula, Herpestes, and
Proteles.
It may extend half down it, or a little more, as in Viverra, Ge-
netta, Fossa, Galidictis, Galidia, and Arctictis.
It may nearly extend downwards as far as does the metacarpal
of the index, as in Puradorurus, Cynogale, Hemigalea, Eupleres.
The middle phalanges of the digits may be greatly excavated on
one side to give place to the ultimate phalanges in their rolled-back
or contracted position. This is the case in the Cats; they are
almost as much so in Hemigalea, much less so in the Viverrine, and
not at all in the Galidictine, Herpestine, and Hyenide.
The ultimate phalanges may be very greatly arched and pointed,
and with a deep lamina of bone round the proximal part, to shelter
the root of the claw externally, as in the Cats generally ; sometimes
less so, as in Oynelurus ; still less so, as in the / iverrine ; or long,
hardly arched, and with but a very small external lamina, as in the
Hyenide and Herpestine, especially in Suricata.
The Pelvic Limb.
The proportion borne by the entire pelvic limb (femur, tibia, and
pes) to the spine is never more than 93°8 (some Felis), or less than
55'6 (Viverra). The longest proportion amongst the Viverride is
79°9 (Suricata); the shortest found by me in the Felide was 75°6.
The greatest proportion borne by the entire pelvic limb to the
entire pectoral limb at 100 is 139°8 (Felis eyra), the smallest is
94:4 (Crocuta). In none but Crocuta is the pelvic limb shorter
than the pectoral one. The shortest proportion In the Cats is
113:1 (Felis tigris). In the Viverrida the longest 1s 136°6 (Wan-
dinia), and the shortest is 112°0 (Arctictis). In Proteles it is
104°8.
1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. 473
The Pelvis.
The absolutely longest pelvis (measured from the most preaxial
part of the ilium to the tuberosity of the ischium) I found was
30'-4 (Lion). In Crocuta it was 12'"45. The greatest lengths I
found in the Viverride were 12'”*7 (Aretictis) and 11'*7 (Viverra
civetta).
Compared with the length of the spinal column (atlas to sacrum),
taken at 100, the greatest proportional length of the pelvis was
27-1 (Hemigalidia), and the smallest 14°4 (Crocuta). The smallest
in the Felide was 20:9, and the smallest in the Viverride 17:4
(Genetta).
The greatest breadth of the ilium I found to be in Viverra
civetta 3''-0, in Genetta 1''*3, Paradoxurus 1'':0, in Galidictis 0'''9,
in Galidia 0'°9, in Arctictis 2:4, in Cryptoprocta 2':0, in Her-
pestes 0''°8, in Eupleres 1''"7, in Crossarchus 1''*3, in Suricata 1""3,
in Proteles 4'':2, in Hyena striata 7""9, in Crocuta 10"*4, and in Felis
eatus 1"°8.
The ilium has its ventral preaxial angle enormously produced in
the Hyenina, its preaxial margin nearly straight, and its tuberosities
greatly everted. In Crocuéa these conditions especially obtain: the
ilium is more concave externally ; and the process for the rectus
(preaxial to the acetabulum) is very strongly developed. In Proteles
these characters exist in a less pronounced degree.
There may be two prominences (each like an ilio-pectineal promi-
nence)—one just preaxiad to the acetabulum, and the other placed
a little more ventrally on the pelvic brim. These may both be
found (at least sometimes) in Cryptoprocta, Viverra, Crossarchus,
and especially in Suricata.
The Femur.
The absolutely longest femora I found were 35''5 (Tiger) and
31"°3 (Lion). The largest Viverrine femur was 14'"7 (dretictis).
It is 22'°8 in Orocuta.
Compared with the spine at 100, the longest femur is 31°3 (Felis),
27°9 being the minimum feline proportion. The longest Viverrine
proportions are 28°2 (Cryptoprocta), 27:5 (Genetta), and 26:7
(Suricata). The shortest are 19-3 (Viverra civetta) and 20°1 (Vi-
verricula). In Proteles and Crocuta it is 26°5 and 26°4.
The femur is always a little longer than the humerus.
In the Civet and Genet the bone is relatively shorter than in the
Cat, and the lesser trochanter is relatively somewhat smaller.
In Paradozurus, Nandinia, Cynogale, and Hemigalea it is much
flattened behind between the trochanters; and thus the lesser tro-
chanter is thrown almost under the head of the femur instead of
being behind (postaxial to) it. In dretietis this flattening is at its
maximum, the lesser trochanter is very small, the trochanteric fossa is
shallow, and the great trochanter is relatively smaller than in other
species. In Crossarchus and Suricata the femur becomes thicker in
proportion to its length than in most species. In Hyena the small
32*
474 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [June 6,
trochanter is largely developed, and there is a large process above the
outer condyle. In Crocuta there is no marked process of the kind,
and the lesser trochanter is but of moderate size. In Proteles, which
has a long and slender femur, the small trochanter is little developed,
but there is a process above the outer condyle.
The Tibia and Fibula.
The absolutely longest tibia is 30'2 (Tiger). The greatest pro-
portional lengths to the spine at 100 are 31-8 (Felis) and 29-1 (Gali-
dictis). The least proportion in Felis is 24:7. Its least proportion
in the Viverride is 19°3 (Viverricula); and its greatest after Gali-
dictis is 28°6 and 28-4 (Genetta and Hemigalidia). I have found
it equal to the femur in length in Nandinia, Herpestes, Crossarchus,
and almost so in Proteles. I have found it longer than the femur
in the Wild Cat and Domestic Cats (but not the large Cats), the
Civet, Genet, Bdeogale, Cynictis, Suricata, Galidictis, Galidia, and
Eupleres. 1 have found it shorter than the femur in the larger
Cats and in Viverricula, Paredoxurus, Hemigalea, Arctictis Cyno-
gale, Cryptopacta, and the Hyenine. The tibia is always longer
than the radius, except in the Hyenine, where it is shorter.
The tibia of Hemigalea is remarkable for the very great projection
mesiad of the internal malleolus, which allows the pes to be more
obliquely articulated, so that the plantar surface may be directed
more inwards than in most Ailuroids. In Paradorurus the same
condition exists, though in a less marked degree.
In Eupleres the fibula is exceptionally strong amongst the Viver-
ride, and the process at its distal end is very strongly developed
outwards and postaxially.
The Pes.
The greatest length of the pes (measured from the front of the
distal end of the tibia to the end of the fourth digit) is 30”°7 (Felis) ;
the least is 16”°2 (Crocuta), In the Viverride I have found it range
from 25”*3 (Galidictis and Suricata) to 16”"3 (Vwerra civetta). The
length of the pes is always greater than that of the manus, except
in Crocuta. They are exceptionally equal in Arcétictis, where, the
manus being as 100, the pes is 119-7.
The greatest relative length of the fourth metatarsal is 15:1
(Felis), and the least is 8°0 (Cynogale). The length of the fourth
metatarsal corresponds with the third metacarpal.
The metatarsus is proportionally most elongate in the Felidae.
It is shortest and stoutest in the Viverride, especially in such forms
as Arctictis, Cynogale, and Hemigalea.
There is no hallux, save a rudimentary metatarsal, in the Felidae,
Hyenide, Cynictis, Bdeogale, and Suricata. Though present in
all the other genera, its length, compared with that of the index
of the pes, may vary considerably.
The hallux (when developed) always extends half down the meta-
tarsal of the index. It may only extend about half down the meta-
1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE HLUROIDEA. 475
tarsal, as in Viverricula and sometimes in Herpestes, or two thirds
down, as in Fossa. It may extend down to the distal end of the
metatarsal of the pedal index, as in the Civet and Genet. It may
reach further than to the middle of the proximal phalanx of the
index (as in Paradocurus, Nandinia, Galidictis, and Galidia), or to
its distal end, as in Arctictis, Cryptoprocta, Eupleres, Crossarchus,
and Hemigalea.
The metatarsal of the hallux (when not rudimentary) always ex-
tends more than half way down that of the index, but may hardly
reach further, as sometimes in Herpestes and Viverricula. It may
extend much more than half way down it, as in Fossa and Viverra
civetta. It may extend two thirds down, as in Crossarchus. It
may extend four fifths down it, as in Galidia, Galidictis, Crypto-
procta, Hemigalea, and Eupleres. It may extend downwards nearly
to the end of the metatarsal of the index, as in Arctictis and Para-
doxurus.
The middle phalanges of the digits of the pes vary in form har-
moniously with those of the digits of the manus; and similarly the
form of the ultimate phalanges of both limbs vary similarly in the
various different groups of species.
DIMENSIONS OF THE SKELETON IN SIX SPECIMENS OF THE
GENUus Felis. (In each there are 13 dorsal, 7 lumbar, and 3
sacral vertebree.)
F g a
Loam ae © Wg] Em eae: ea = =
Ere Teo Wpeedatioae lone willua
83 SO os I S BiGS, $ es >
wS la Blab] oa Sica UES 38
o8 | S58 | o8 3 arg S Ha
a2 )\)s2/ 92 g ag a 2.2
tS | tH | ow tp | Sp ép a3
Be | ee S gS S =e
4 4 | 4 4 | A
WL Chat tic vosteeerevies '9| 165 | 171] 32 | 45-7 | 324 || 20
Common Domestic Oat .| 80] 12:0! 13:0) 2:4 | 35-4 | 26-1 20
Manx: Oatiny, |. feb. ciaeceess 54 | 106 95) 1:5 | 27:0 | 2:3 3
PiCOGANG csacenaceanaesocnon 160 | 31:0 | 290] 6:5 | 82:5 | 780 23
RIGOR nscale cp acsscccsscexss 26:0 | 46:0 | 400 | 9:5 |121:5 | 88:0 22
MARC Peo. Pes ees Becta aco eee 220 | 38:0 25 | 75 |100°0 | 74:5 21
Average, excluding the
caudal vertebrae of 144 | 25°7 | 23:5 | 51 | 68:7 | 59:8
the Manx Cat ...... .
476 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE #LUROIDEA. [June 6,
Length of pelvic limb (femur, tibia, otnmonoraolo ox
Eior) in
and pes). SBRASRS|E SF
Scare ©» 2 | o
Length of 4th digit. Se aoalo & :
uw
©9947 Soe OC] & &
Length of 4th metatarsal. | 2 HOA E aS
Length of pes in front of tibia and oteaoonla os
fibula, “PPAR ALR AS
Qreawoolwo ,
Length of os calcis. | maAAKSS E :
ape HaAStgol we
Tibia to root of malleolus. | Secon os E ay
ra ir NOAl~ a Ae
Femur from summit of head to con- HOt tm O1oO ©
dyloid surface. O91 {S>) CON EO Oe Ect Cams
Length from summit of ilium to ctr ot wm]
tuberosity of ischium. SOP ES) SO" CO 1 Soe Paras
Length of pectoral limb (humerus, 5S/) 100 co ole 0 ©
raclius, and manus), SS Se oS on ee ee
DOOD 19 Do S|
Length of ungual phalanx. | BS Mom ramcaics E ayn:
moranmnolt &
Length of 3rd digit. MAND HU AlS © :
erevnoln &
Length of 8rd metacarpal. maANAeoe|So & :
on 2 O}1/a iS
be 19
Length of manus. I~ 6H OH Al/O 6 wo
AA | Re
Radius from margin of its head to Hotaoolr Or
root of styloid process. gees BAC Se Sete cher pal pee ene
Length from summit of head of hu- tHorownol]r ot
merus to surface of capitellum. Bored BO ES SS imate | a ee
Angle formed by scapular spinewith | 36 no b 19 19 Bo) Mae
axillary margin. SURO eegeal ee sean 4 ON
19 =
6 oor So 21S )
Greatest breadth of scapula. st 0 0 © 6 & E 3S:
Length of scapula from aren <A taawoolo ©
glenoid surface to vertebral en: = © Ht Ho mle aie
of scapular spine. 7 OS
SE WAI: Sd has «| ei Sine
5 Ahem 2 ae ss eh a
oy UG RaacsEaS PS
| =A ice ate eats cid eter
SN Re ee Snags:
- @O . : . . .
Fiat = meine oe iit: hike :
ge ee: 5 :
ro eh : :
a . .
3 5 oF : Ce
seh asali £8
PS Bose oe gel ee =
BOaARAaAA]S 5
> ‘a1y} Seyojou pus sessedoad Saoojdou ‘oyeyed Jo soptog aopurY 0} Bi[IxetMe.1d Jo yuoay wIOTF pamnsvoyy ,
x
sescce | cecece aeeeee | seeees senses | seeeee Vara sevens | ceoee . seceee | secnee | seece . 9:8 A Aer neem eeeremeereeeeseseeeersees sdeoraeyd sTOT
3 casas ji Besseeo lilies eds lMestasg Fh || peers lpeosoto gg |e [oe sajh.gouceer| ove wanlleecese GGL [ereeteees vereveseereses grraggOAOBUT SIA,
a
S LP ee 6G OF EZ Le 9.8 9.G 8 OF-T 6.9 LCT G.GT Soe raters rec esenesene ROP ee wee tween ee osRloAy
Ss aN i eS ee eee ee eee eee Raat
Leal
a g¢ | 6g Lg a.) | HF Cr eg | got| Ler| og | OTT] ee] 9.9% ott be baie dracon age tswdasiet even ioe uovy
a LF G.G 0-8 $2 3.2 9.G G.G 8-01 0-1 oe 9-01 0-26 8-97 He ee ee nen emanate eaeens teenee beer Hee w wees IOS,
. GF $e OL 0-7 $C Le 0-F LG 9.8 | oe ERT Fri [| pox moar shriomnnnsnneicinene saienscinin pavdoary
5 Le G1 9.8 bt or | et bt en tre | eo Le | Fe 9.g te asaueibbea eters saat “aug xURyT
E VE | ST LP 6G GT 9-T 16 | PSG | GE GE G-§ L:9 LE aa A a acd “res Jey) osomo(qy WOULUIO”)
es FE 61 GF 9% QT, BG 9.5 6% OF G.0 9-8 Ph G6 eee ee eee eee ee es eee eee eee ees weet eee bt) PIM.
s Ww Ww " w w " Ww ” " Ww ’ w" Ww
a ae ee ell ae ee) sl SU eet ee eel h oma waa, i = l=
. 5 3S
i=] =n oH a ww Oo a=) a) = 1 * re} £ * &
e (fe. |*- | oe es eae ae se
o arin | ce a 248 a ES a3 S “3 = SO | ey
= ofa | Se cigs g gé aa a | 6 4 Es 3
a Eres 3 = A =a Suc d AS 6 @ 2
D Bag] & & lee | 8 18 g | arg 4 | 3 14
pale Sc ees Pat cies | See eu lmeee he | Nae lee (ge
B [cigleu lz Bs Pe | seed alesse nels BMeeae
a (838) 26 |S. bag] Si ois glo es oe es | STE lea
e eee ee |S. goal eu les] a oo8| B lage] # | # | ed
S.7S| FS | BS [mol SB lees! § |\g=s) & | Me] = | | ok
a |ges| $4 | 28 Sea] bo less) & ieee 2 | ee) & | 2 | as
4 ea) 45 a a inl =<? Copa i) 6 | A
®
478 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE &LUROIDEA. [June 6,
Length of median
upper incisor I’.
Length of outermost
upper incisor I°.
Vertical extent of
ie. 2:
Transverse extent of
Poe;
Antero-posterior ex-
tent of F:?:
Vertical extent of
8.
Transverse extent of
Antero posterior ex-
tent of P:3-
Vertical extent of
crown of F: 4:
Transverse extent of
Antero-posterior ex-
tent of P+
1:0
1:23) 0:66
2:1
0-51
05
0:3
0:2
0:39
0-4
11
er)
stag
SOOOnMNN
0:9
19
Transverse diameter
of M.1.
Antero-posterior di-
mension of M2:
nine.
Length of upper ca-
Prrerrere eee eee
Tree
Common Domestic Cat ............
Manx Cat ..
Tiger .......
Leopard....
Lion
Wild Cat ............+.
Felis planiceps........
WG olie eveccatsedeertscrssren««
Felis macroscelis .........sceceeeeeees
AVCLAZC.......eeseeseeeees
| Length of lower
molar series.
Length from front
of first lower
molar to end of
condyle.
Length from front
of upper canine
to back of last
upper molar.
Length from the |
same point to
hinder side of
mandibular
condyle.
Length from front |
of lower canine
to back of last
lower molar.
Length of upper
molar series.
6:7
“
16:0
12:4
a“
191009
SO INO
a=
eee t ee tateenseeseeees
Felis macroscelis
Felis planiceps.........-s.0ee0++
Wild Oat ...........
Tiger ...
479
1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA.
|
seeeeeees BUTTULTAL |
9-GL | G19 | LG 9-G 8S LP G9 | O91|] GF | BL | 96 861 | 96 | 0-2 Oral pero
8:66 | 6LL| Lé Lb | 0OL| 6G | SEI} G16) G9 | HIT | LOL) 9:96] Tat | 06 NIG) | tia eae " BULIxe yy
GIS | 289} LG | OF 6-G 8-F G8 | 8 | oG | F6 LIL | @2G | 6:01 | 0:8 TO ese ay:
a | aS |
Ws a 1 ‘ s |
+ |3 g |S 22 16 |e ade 3 |
a. |S Bite s| B | SE si2 |e | 3 c/o ide mae eae «|
Boe eae i te eee | he) 2 i ee |
SB + a Day] te =a = ae a) ° SH ma =| a
ae | evlegce | — gl aan lite Sl ers se wlan |e
ea lHRle(ea/e2| 5 Sele) 3/8 /8) 2 )281 4
Sei StS Rl Pe lea) S| e818 |e 1. e-|-e | ee oi
om | 5 Bia | ao o* 2 ue ES 3 H ® Ba iS n ®
ry as >| =| mY Gg | A -Q ae Fa 4 iS) ey ° iv
L4G | 616 | 6.06] 61 92 | 9L | OLT | 806) FES] BLT | 28 SHE) CGE | 1:98 | $61)" «sles aac a BUITOIY |
SIE | TE] 8-96] &E 0-01 | 6-01 | 026 | #26] 286 | O12 | 6] 84 FALE | GEE | BBL lene Tat BUIxey]
9-96 | G66 | 0-46 | LG €6 | 88 0-02 | 8:26 | 446 | 9-81 | O48} GL GPG 4) PeLGall G:0cial aerate ae oses0Ay
4 ay . ;
g P| ede =
‘3 43 E p S Sp
‘= | & | 3 g : H Bay. 2
Seria eit Claes Sie mee Bie eh ce Bilge |i wat. &
S1e (el PI ElElalelia Figiglzlalé |
ge | ETS > ee a ees ee eh ee Ae)
—: Jo TISugy ‘OOT 8B UeYey Suteq UINJoVS Jo pUO 07 suTye JO FWOIF WOT} MUINTOO yeurds oxy,
‘WAITAY 10 NOLATANG 40 SLUVd JO SNOILUNOdOU T
PrRopoRTIONS OF PARTS OF SKELETON OF FELID& (continued).
480
The length of the skull from the basion to front of preemaxille being taken as 100, extent of :—
PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [June 6,
Length of upper] + Oo © |
canine. 2 ea aos Basion to ovalion. | Bee ee
aaa
Narrowest see | 0 1D :
orbital breadth. | FBS :
Rete | oS Sr Transverse extent | ~ OW
of 2:3: Gh co oH OO
Tnterorbital ANS : !
breadth. Ria ee |
Antero-posterior S19 @
" : P, 3, co co &
Breadth of brain-| © 19 © : extent of —~
case. eee ee Cee
Breadth of meso- Oo wm : hae exen 5 = =
pterygoid fossa | 4 SM : of ——
Length of carol Sam Antero-posterior aA + wo
pterygoid fossa. | aS extent of £4: SS
Length of palate. | a = x : Teese extent | c 3 =
| No I of |
Length of laste Did Hoo : aa eS | aa o
hind last pe ST Leap SSS extent of M1: | ss Cals tes.
: Length of |
Om i: ength of inner-| @ 19
Breadth of palate. | & ea : RE | SH eae
Breadth of zygo-| © o + Length of PES | > &
mata, Son conse most inisor, | pe Sst
: "oO Hoe A
: g sine: Is
: ra i oer
: is) : : .
) ba] . . .
alate | ea
Cs]
= A 2 2 &
Bs 2 Hod
oO | Serie aq
> oO e &
| < & | |
481
1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA.
C-FIL sseteneeeseneeeeeeserecesrsrererers snanpaoud SI[O iT
8-681 sesneeeeseneneeeoseencrecsscereenseseeseseres BIA STTOT
L< se seeeeeeeersasecerserecscaneuueseseesenses sees BUTTUTPT
$-Z1 steeesseegeeenesetesseasevaneserseseserseenesss BUTTXOTAT
F611 A Oe mete ewe en es ane senses nese ress sesaneeeasrenet OnvIOAV
‘OOT 8B Uaye] qui [et0z00d 09 (sed pu
‘eiqy ‘anmoz) quart o1ajed oy Aq eurog uoysodorg
GIT 96 €-C1 P-8E G6 TL FFL 9-F8G G-Iil F-8ET SIG Gs eg a LNG
0-06 6-98 £66 0-09 T-L16 GFT L116 0-007 €-96T 0-006 LBLE yo iieaiad SY BUTTERS AL
L-9T P-FE 0-96 L-GG LL 1-6 8-S9T L-GSS T-T9T G-O8T Ole Re ees eee
E E “ E ae F
Bo} S40 ye ess tte” | een Be eee) ge a
5 Pie Z Bal | & sa) o Sse] & ES
g 2% | 2 ee | @. | a | 3 ei. lea el ae a
8 of ae 3 rae 3 | ree | eueies a be
eal | @@ | gal| 2 | Gs! | 22 | ee | e2 laze) 3 | 2
A ae No i AC Ea 2 pS eee
<a Se! H 4 H 4 ol ian) Fy ee) A
— JO JU0}Xe ‘QOT SB Uaye} Su1eq UOTTvAO 0} OIsLE
ees. 0 OE ——s—
PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [June 6,
482
GGL GE G1 GG FEL GP pias
vee “— wig. Fiaa
L-61 8-g 6G 9-F GEL 9-0P 0-66
ZI ania Soc seont 9.08 L-GF 6.26
: 8 z A 2 Z £
Sa 2 z Bai g eg 3
ee) bse) Eel ef ey! le bee
are ae Beesiiere | Hee abe fly G
as i oy cae 28 23 =
ra oa a o =
oy 3 ‘| ds oH Bo B's 2.
a ro) A Ay s a Oo os iS ~» Qa
< S ra 4 ca eee oe
—Jo 1 8u9] ‘QOL se ueyxe} Suteq (#[prxevmacad 07 woIseq) [[NYys Jo YSU] euleaqxAT
O-LL | €89) GEG | T8T | FIT
G09 | meee Se UNSEEN THT GGL | 6BG |éG-66 | 46-91 | GOL
or, on seeeeeeee CMOTRR PL 2 7
B l+4 £
GIL suelsnseesens +++ 9FeI0A'V ac} sepereas 5.
See We 35 2 te!
uw oO 8 = 4 mn pa! s
3a TS =] Se
A+ [Beal g |g |.g8
“eULUIBIOF OUTZBed 07 2 ty < a &
wxl[rxeuerd Jo yuoay wo YysuOT
‘QOL SB Ueyey Suteq oyered Jo yASuET
PLT
6-86
LST
8-96
g-GG
GEG
Upper canine.
6:96 | 6-96
O-FG | 8-96
“iia:
S| §
a a
Basion to ovalion.
1&6
6-41
Radius.
trreeereeres QIOTaq BB ‘osvIOAY
}
{
sreseeeeeesersoeseadagrmerd ST]O7 |
set eeeeee feeeee
ST[OOSOAVUL STAT
GFZ |" snamypeudo stjeq
F-0G se eeeeee eeeeeee vako Stloq
Z
3
|
=)
os
—: Jo yySu9q ‘QOT sv mex} Suteq WMAOVS Jo pue 0} sLITV
*(panu1u0d) €ALIT,J AO NOLATANG 10 SLUVG 10 SNOILUOAOUg
483
Aco co
pores oe 2)
cD 00 oD 6 OD SH
Gmatce.|
RRR EORE, OOP OPR ORD OOCOrPOrPErr 419
or kor mor mor)
IDDW POD D MBMOAS
lor Rorkor ser)
ph eS
~
°
i
‘ae
CDeDoDeDeDeDeD ceded oD 69.69 69 CD OD CD OD
AAMAOISIOAS
BER RE ERD
ical
of atlas to hinder
end of sacrum.
vertebra.
vertebrae.
vertebrae.
sternebrze.
vertebrae.
vertebrae.
vertebrae.
vertebrie.
1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA.
true ribs.
Length of lumbar
Length of dorsal
Length of cerv
Number of pairs of
Number of caudal
Number of sacral
Number of lumbar
Number of dorsal
Length of tail.
Length from front
Length of sacrum,
Number of
Peau cinwicutwiasg oCsecbiue gene wqyoordoyd hap
docccedentccvccvanescrcceacsccces soaoTdngy
seccrvecccvcccvccotcces BIpTVs Mey
PPT errer rere eerie rire eer ry eIplyey
reteeenecsctsoceerecreracseossee® SOAOTDTTEK)
sncoasrpeseecssoavececsonsooesresse MAB OTANG
“rees** SNABIOSVF SNTOIVSSO1/)
anew anne eeeneensee snanosqo SNYIAVSsOA)
veeesereessserag Tt £l
sete eee e ween neerereeeeeeeneeene eTesoepg
seliele Ssviesisnnl irs ST TTOOTIIIA soysodaopy]
deere eee e ene wenn eeeeereeeesenaee so}sod1o py]
eee ee
** gyesouty
eeeeeseeseseeererseeeseeeeerss STOTIO’W
eeeeeeaeeeeneeeeeeeerereeeeess® BTUTDURNT
hgeedesses este * eoTBOLUO TL
veeceesseeeeeaeeeseeseeeeeeesson nXOPCdlGd,
wee cee erences eeseresssenere BUl[ey BqjJOUEL
leeseeeestacetesaaeeerseseesreses © @NQQTIQK)
Seem eee eee eee eee eew Teese ee eee B[NOILLOAT A
apis eunnyntiseeasscitzac? “#98 NGATO BILOAT A
484 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [June 6,
Length of entire DOASSO'SM OSH LOMB OS 1 AOPo
ee HAGAVOSROHH i ioHoam ONLDH
pelvic limbs. St RAINSARRSRAS HSVsa :-Oaees
Length of entire AAGODARSOOH HO [ALAA iHPE AH
= ie) 019 HH . rr) : fer}
pectoral limb. HOS RSS SaaS SOAS -Seeos
F ; Sue : :
‘of OS 2, MOHe01ID 1HMOHD O19 OH :qnocdac
Lengihofsindigt. | 2 i-SSFHS igek igs lex iageae
TLE ; ;
Length of 4thmeta- | aspommmedmat io itm irom
tarsal. SAGA DOAANHAAG IAA IAN IAAHSE
3 1 a)
Length of pes (in ACAI AGAPHASS V8 1OAAHES OE WHS
front of tibia). SOE ESO P= COLO RO ONE SS) 50019 Cane OS Se
7 SOABSSOWDOOWION 1919868 1901009
Length of osealeis. | SERSeeooonss isenese iewess
i
Tenethrorane DHOOOR MH FORONADK SS CHAN
oO .
ength of tibia. SAR OEALDLHOTHSOGSOHS SCHagy
ane : AEOOSCHMRBAEONONDDMHODAHOMODD
Length of femur | sUSessgcyseseetssgeceyse
1D: 19 Ney 19
Length of pelvis. 1229 COOL sO a les tte eae
SHOR DOROOHADHS WHO HHUASSSON
be] ree
12 nO 8 19 1606: 109 : 1019
Length of ungual a) ‘BeBoeSe 188o ige ios [EeARo
phalanx. sO (OOSCSSS :66n 266 IFO TOOHMHN
1D: OnE 3 :
Length of 3rd digit. ~ igomonm ingen ino iow iomoae
sO THN AAAA HOAA TAN Has HAAS
: é : no
Length of rd meta meakKnoroseson ian iSBn igoona
carpal. MANA ARORA FAA fs THN MOO
Length of manus.
Length of radius.
S ‘ 1d :
SHHSHeDSAHan INoSNo :
Se Hig HMiqiwq9q HAHAH OOO »sHaedH too 2, S129 00 SS
Length of humerus.
Angle of spine and
axillary margin.
Breadth of scapula.
Length of scapula.
qekioamonomeenS oe Le ae
sSeSCoOEEHtoNnrS 6O 10) SH ie SAGAS 29 19 OTS
ite) 19
OD IBio OD HAMOSING IMMSCOARSOM OHO
nN OOO AN COMIN PAA AAG AAA HHA
: Otek tee sey su) aaa ae :
: OOS ie URS ae Pe RR SE rg,” 5 caw
3p Poe Sas gs) EL tales Fee soe soe
cree CRS ey rece s pcar oC aati SS Sag YS Pe “5
ae DRS Eg Be eee Te apace nae, Sih Ect ed
: EO Mee Sascha ee om Ot = Ses ike
o sm ence Ae acsie 08 a Sse ele)
73 a 5 Lae ee ie) See
OTe on Pe Ee A ay) meget EN ok Gesu nen ci) Se
8 Hae @aSSQx SS ae “ZSang
Se 896 BB Bune rtxBoes oo S
5 Be) O58 & 2S SS a as-9-S we SVS
Pa Se U-ag.8 BM®oh a Sool sos
ore geq BoB Ors OD wm. om Sse 228
a SESRSHESSARSOORAS BERo
altel Os Sk 0 Or Sega 80s ees
ee SHH ATOHHROCCAoOoHAONO
1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. 485
Length from front of
lower canine to IO RIOR 1690 OID rH 119 1NHOMHOHH
back of mandibular | => QOH IER DEO 1O itH rHHHHHDH
condyle. : : 77-3 :
Length from front of
lower canine to AGHOMD :AN AGO ia :or 310 B19 00 SH o> OD
back of last lower OCHO IH i601 iH ea TAN A A oo Hoo
molar. S 5 2
Interorbital breadth PAMAAAAMIOHO HID OMA HID HID DOHO
at narrowest part. SSSR RAO PAN OOH H
Interorbital breadth. | PSH HT ESH OMOSIS ISH P mH wom HONASO
Ea ee em ee ee re ee ee Pa a UI HG 1D
ie 19
Breadth of brain EOE MOAAHHRDION D9 OE ARBRODE- ANDO
case. | SI AMANNA MON Ho AO PAA co AAA Ad +H 69:19 15
Length of each y
zygomatic arch in EAAHAMDANOOMNMASON SODAS DMORMOBDNDOMN HN
é : AANA IAOAR : Set a 6016 1615
straight line. = PA org
1D .
IN DiNiW DOW ONOrE -KPOCOCSPEEOADSIOS
Its breadth.
sHSOSCSCSCSCSSOOHOSO so OrmOCOOCOCORMmONNS
: op Ht
pterygoid fossa. IN RR RNR RRR RNA SR OR OR RRR NN sass
ADAASEONSSOOE A 1OORAEDARHSEWNOA
Basion to ovalion.
WMANARAANANHMAAN tS RRR NOOO HHO
itn} 5
Length of meso- | PER OPAMRSSOACHS OHHE HOMO HHS
a
{
; Yen)
From premaxille to] mosmBHONYROOAA PAMEPOAHAS OHIO
palatine foramina. TARAS RANA AMA CSN ADO H
Greatest length of AANISSONRASHONSHSANSOHOASKHMSOOHON
palate. SEAS HOD WS HH OMHHOHHDAADGHORANY
Its length behind Piste ae HoHt+ANOoNA LDH SCSDHHHooOHSH
last molars. SS 6SS6NS66R6HH 16HSS5S6S5555 R004
RH 19 OR DMDID SIN INO PHA OMMOH|DMIG 7=OS MH
Breadth of palate.
SAANAGAAANKAAAAA IAGANAA dood
’ 1a
Width of zygomata. CD19 1D 4 OI Ot HANNS TOPE AAAIRMMASONG
Se SH HH 69 6915 1 SH HO HH i HOD HAS HH 99 6d OB do wD
=
aN ae te SCH Sel Sel ea eS) Em a eS ECO Teh Se Oe ey ihe one:
QDADEORODEBARALOSS SOOO HOM ADSOAA
T= AANA N
Basion to pre-
maxille.
oe EE ee Bp pe Bie cre 0 Spay abide tier
t ee ae pecker eee ROME TES Bes Ger ars hmetmsn lage
Paice Here i eter = ieee ene re eae
BA Emr fect ee AE aS as SSG ee ae eae tae
Aetyt ite ip ieseige Cee ero tii iia s |
i cee On etree ss Sor he See Soba) See Sa Roe ce Rear occ esen ey |S
pores? ster Dy tee aml ae we es Det se tert et O ee SB es
BA iif :Fe8 6 ett eal eee see ee
“ . . . -* “a Mm . .
gf ig3eS Sno E35 a8 2228.2 88 88223
BE SOQERAG OSS Ho aa, SaShUss2@eaads
Oo n oases San Lm SSBef2 8-355 g8g, 22 880
PEUEAM mM HOR ROAR ECA S's ha Bo $ 5
wen OOO S & SSnRS ta besos es Os Paes
| PEROMAAAH ATOR MAROC AOOHAOARHO
SSSooscoseooonnH
Sseoocoonn
oOscooooooeonaesr
Qo
oOoor~
oO
Seocoooeeoooooososeoesoseeo eceeo
7 Che
roooce
AAAnOoOnS
Yer)
CON A 19 QUE
ens BOP ESF St
a
“<=
PAAs
HOD HOD CD AH DO HH E19
een
Orme
Von}
ooo
ine)
oO
=
S
us
id
Yon} u
TAAASAAAIAA
ooocooocoecoc.oc
u
OAMAAANHHOANAHAHASOHOSOONN
Yen}
Ors rsa Sr APAMSHOTOSOSH
SoocesceoSsoooocoesSssSoSeoomsocoS
|
|
|
|
|
PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [June 6,
1
B.2
P.
486
molar series.
Length of inner-
Breadth of P:®
Pi2
Breadth of
P.3.
most incisors.
Length of outer-
most incisors.
Vertical extent of
iP
Breadth of P:1:
Vertical extent of
Vertical extent of
Length of upper
Length of =
Length of
$21 oS! 06! LE! #0! 8-01 0.01 OO} Bette eqno0T9
BG 0-% ZG G.g eT 9.0) 0-0 0:0 aE Perce eee e eee neeeeees vouunsq eueky
6-1 8-1 Del Le @T G0 0-0 0-0 0-E POR e eee eee eer eeee B}eLs wud yy
£01 0.0 0:0} 0-0! 0-0] 0-0] 0.0} 0.0| 6-0 seeesees reteeseereseepgrgnod gy
3-0 6-0 10 GT 8-0 ¢.0 0.0 0-0 Li ree eee ee errr) eyordoyd hag
£0 a0 ZO G0 2.0 F-0 2.0 .0 &-0 teen tenet en te ete teeeeessee sosop dng
F-0| ¥-0| 0) 9-0| 9:0] £0} ¥.0|9-0| 8-0 "Spear
¥-0| F-0) -0| 8.0] 9-0| ¢.0] ¢.0] T-0] 8-0" reese BIBTTRA
G0} F-0| G0] 40] 9-0} €-0} €-0} 6-0} T-L]’ “*""* SIJOIPITRP)
2.0/1 ¢-0| 9-0] ¢-0| 9.01 ¢-.0] $0] GO] GOl Tt Bpeonng
£0 2.0 9:0 9.0 9-0 $0 G.0 e.0 0-T teaecerenearcecescsercs sees ©* QTESOUTINT
€-0| £0] $0] F-0| G0] 6-0} G0] GO] LO) tt" snanosqo snqoresso19
¥.0| #01 G.0| £0] 9:0] €-0| $0] ZO] GO lt tereeeeeeeeeeegragttt Cy
9:0} G-0 29-0} 6:0) 6-0} G0} 9.0 96-0) GT) “**sIT]0019]1A soysed.1o Fy
6-0 C.0 8-0 6-0 8:0 9-0 1.0 9.0 GT sweet ete ween eee eereenaenne eyesoudy
9.0/4.0} L0| £0 01 9:01 0.0] 0.0] BL ptt smomoary
€.0| F-0|SF-0| 10] $-0| 0] 0] TO} 2 |’ “** BIUTpWe Ny
9.0 2.0 9-0 9-0 1-0 G.0 £0 £0 LI Hemet eee e eee e en eeeeeeee Vol BolUO FT
£0 £0 F-0 G.O G.O F-0 e.0 e.0 oT weet eweeneee eee eee rete eenee eTesojo1y
c¢.0| $.0| £0] 201 8-01 60} $01 BO] RL [ote snamxopereg
2.0] 2.0] #0] 9-0! #-0] &0| 0.01 0.0) GO tes: emeog
GP-0| G0} 6:0} 9-0} 7:0} G0) 0-0) 0-0} 8:0)" ““"mOpouol gy
¢.9| ¢.0| ¢-0| 30) 201 @0! eo! LO] BO tt eqqemeg
9.0 \cF-0| 9-01 8-0| 201 ¢-0! G0] BO] BL [cesses sso gT
c.0| ¢.0 le¢0| 2-0'¢9-0| #0] ¢.0| &0| OT eeeseeseeseeeerees QTMOLTIOATA
8.0 6.0 6.0 G1 eI 1.0 8.0 #0 Ll seeeeseeegeeeeeseyereseueeeeeeess BIZQATA
ie A ; A
. » a . = . a .
ir) d . = . al ; nN [or
ai fe fal [2] jal fel tal [1
ow |o ee fe ter leer ral cern irene
ic) iS) io) io) ®
sig. jelaishelsia wes
‘tp So | S| |S | S| S | b les
Biot ei ei ei ele) sigs
Be AlHI/AlH IAA HH
487
aS
rowowns
HOI HCD
AAAA
00 OOO
© iS
N 30D
ip
2H
1D
rors)
ree
=
ro
SOD OO O Or 0
oo
219
cre
ik
POWMSOOWSHrO0 0
> 6200
sic}
re
:Ok
seer
*
DHOE-EOAADR
ee OO
UDMIAASOH OAS
IQ O 6 H19 10 1019 Hr
FOND DONRBOAHN
ee
4
+ manus.
pes.
Humerus + radius
Femur + tibia +
Ungual phalanx,
3rd metacarpal.
Lumbar region.
Dorsal region.
3rd digit.
Radius.
Humerus.
Scapula.
Sacrum,
Manus.
ao
I
SS
is
1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA.
1G
GE RES SRS? UeeeuanesnceeeseeneeenFOTOTONT
IZ POP eee eee e ne eeeeeeee eq001d04d 419)
GG
sseeesseessnensseeseeeesees SMOEDITED)
ssoeeeeeeeeeseesneeestesneeseogagOLINg
cram SNzBlOsVy SNTOAVssory)
GaG |" snanosqo SnYoIVssory)
BGS REsereceen se anetskaassh cso eMONUUACy
seeeee [aweeeerereenecese . e[esoopg
seeseeseeseees sS1TTOOTIITA soysedaop]
** gfesoudo
GQ] [ocrteseeeeeeers suonory
Gag] [otters STEIpUEN
886 |" **eopeaTOLOH]
Z.gg. |trrtereteseeereeeeeeeem-gmmxopereay
G.gg. [errerrerse creneeseeeeeeees gga
G.Gg |trrreerreteeeseeeseesseessoes nga)
Felg |e emoneaty,
QiGZ [tttttttssteseeeeeeeeseeeeees BIIOATA
1 region.
1Ca.
Cery
‘OOT 8B oye} Suteq UMAOES OY} JO PUS OY 0} SU]IL OT} WLOAT YPUOT ON} ‘MOyoToHS Jo szavd Jo uoryAodorg
33
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1882, No. XXXIII.
PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE EZLUROIDEA. [June 6,
488
zy | eo | oF | £9 | 86 | BIZ] O9 | BZL| LET | 096] GS | 69 GOL | 9-06 | ¥-96 POS a SERIO FASTIN)
ce | op | ol | TAT] @L | GL | GEL | 296] SSL] 9 | SFB] 9G) 9-92 ““s9[0}01g
gz |o0 | 3p | og | 8 | SEL] G9 | 49 | GIT} 616] G8 | 49 0.02 | 6Fo | GSC) FOL [7 Byoordoydday
at | ol | ob | oe | @6 | GOL| FO | GS | OBL | BES) FB | FE | G06 ez | 6-66 | 906 fo sexotdngy
oz | Gl | Fo | GL | BIT] SOL] TS | L8 | GFL] HG) OT] F-9 | 0-86 $92 | BOG | Tle [oc epmesraeyy
pe | ot | 6G | 89 | GIT] OAT] 94 | 68 | SIT) LPG) | Oe | ES | cog | gg, pot eID
re | er | £¢ | 99 | at] 981] G2 | 88 | SET | 246] OBT | 9-9 @4z | 162 | 166 | 9:26 po SOIT
ec | Fl | 06 | TL | Sel] PFS | GG | OOT| SOL] GLE] FIT) TA | S86 61Z | L196 | PH PO ByBoLMY
: 1-6 G-GS L- 1G ZGo G2 * snyeroset snyo..1essoiy
zt | et | 2¢ | G9 | oI] TAL] 99 | $8 | GAT] 286] OOL | 2-9 226 | GES | BES | GS | SManosgo sntporessorH
6g | ot | £9 | 29 | LIT] SOT | 49 | 88 | LPL | #96) SIT] 69 | SG 0:92 | $46 | 461 seeeeeeesesstgo TOAD)
6-91 6-9% seccce wocces eescoe BF F-86 eecces ececocconsecces eTesoopq
ec | ar | 2b | e9 | LIL] ST] 99 | 88 | GAT] 82 | 6OT |) 99 | &-S6 ¢.0z | G-9g | LIe [oc seqsed.toH
ez |@at}|og | tr | 96 | 091] 69 | Fo | O9T] $66] 08 | BL | BET Lee | 6Gz | Low proce epedoudy
zt later | 99 | 6a | 08 | 9FT| G9 | GO | GEL | GFZ) 44 | TA | $61 Tb |) 8:98 l Leeae |e SO OLY,
ez | OL | og | #9 | GOT] 6ST] GL | OL | PET] TLE] 06 | GL | 866 10% | Lee | GOs | BtaIpaeN
91 | et | te | ab | 98 | Tel | oo | 69 | BET | GPS) BA | OG OLT | Lee | Sto | RST [vere stare
1 |¢t | oe | To | £6 | TE] 09 | #8 | SFL] 6Le| 69 | 0-9 Gr |) Les. | Ors | Oa) | see enetsO Eyer
ae li Ge RL i See lp See | Wt | eee, Meee
gc | ort | pe | os | 26 | SFL] 94 | 06 | HFT] 68] SOL} 89 | 266 9.96 | Glo | 88ST *** Joo)
31 | or | te | Fe | OL | GIT] 09 | BO | GOL] IB) 68 | GI | SBT SEL | T06 | OST Po BTMOMTeATA
ee | tL | oe | 88 | 6a | SIL| To | 69 | GIL) HIG] 18 | 8h | SOT 0.02 | SOT WR | a BAIOAT A
EY 3 £ Beat tee eee ti te 3
J 3S 3s 2 a] 2 = 2 Pi
aio) ae |B. ele Rol) a lige lle |e a
Syit aes lt ae! foal at | gua ieee it ane deeb a | &
Q 2 a | ; wre] - om . ~~
eo) | S| B—-| ee | ae See | 8.1) gel ge Bohn
a q a 8 Ss | Sq] ‘a 3 FI a 3 = i g 1g
>) oO (=) a = HH 3 me oO a [o) m Oo =] D Oo
= HH | & a 1a a2) es) rao) = io) lod e) ay ea Ay
‘ODT SB Toye} SuIeq UMAOVS 94} JO PUE OT} 0} SUT}E OTT} TOF TISueT oy} ‘uoqopoys JO syrud Jo uonaodorg
ee ee ee eee ee ee
Proportions of the skull and teeth, the length from basion to front of preemaxille being taken as 100.
1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA.
Basion to ovalion.
Poses See ae o
MoOADSaANG Hoo
AAA AAA AAA CIA GI
489
DOM Ota OH Ooms
DMAMARHDMORANGS
ANAATADAANAAAA
Breadth of 2: 3:
Length of 2:3:
L ontiniael eee a)
COODCIAI AI COCOA HH HCD 519
SI SO GD SS SU or
OHO HOD AHHOK
AD MWOANDAABWHODHN v=)
DOSODOKRMOMOOHE =)
FOMARNAMIADOOSOSO :N
MOHONSHDSOASESTYWSS
OHi41H DO DHE ARDSO
Qnmi919SNOWrs
-tom
Breadth of P: 4: lseeaasresece if ESE SHNOBAD :0HOH
P.4 MHOSAPBDIOROHDOD 2S BeOoOEAQrowta tov
Length of —* HOOADAMHOPOM 1S BOR OUDSO. GOS
or rei re err
M.1 ROSRENSSSHSS 19 DOIN OSHSONS :Hto>
Breadth of —:~ ALEDHOOHMOBHE 1D S®VVHOCHAOSWH :O194
M1 NOH MAMPOSMA iH RESADH OAS IFRS
Length of =" IAM OAAc OHA IH BAM oto HOA AA
M2 POH 2 imgQoo ii iw HWONSHASHM i iii:
Breadth of “== cM] od F PHAMA 2 2 ro OmOmHIN 253:
Length (antero- PAHOA ! INM00 IN ie BHOPOARrO i iii:
posterior) of M2 | AAW; OAH NO IN cccpcepecod i fii:
Length of inmner- | ROSIE AErANA IOS it FOEAtdthe TOA wa st
most incisor. COC HANC CNS IAM iH amino MaNHACOW dH
Length of outer- |NOArAOMDAN 19M IH NOASCHASAWDBSOH
most incisor. IDO CDH HID GDH Eco TH SHOR SHHHERALELA
Length of upper |SSANFASOSMOAATD 19 AP OEE EHNDSOLSOA
canine ANMAAHOAA A 30 HOA HL AAD How HH
esas Y Se Oe Aes Ocoee eee oe a ee mare en! eSsaqesqarcd 4
Narrowest post- | SESRSSRSESEATS MDOMONBAEAOHDAy
orbital breadth. | #MOSRASHORANS RQRHBQadeasVay
Interorbital breadth. | PSLSE LTRS PSSEOAa Se See See ee
nterorbitai breadth. ESLDREDHAOHHAR IASAR OAK HOH
Se eA HANAN Aaa AN AARANA
Breadth of brain-
case.
OHAITAXANDOANS Ho
Bx 09 60 09 4 19 990910 WOAN100
Ql 6 6D 09 6D OD OD 69 69 OD 09 09 OD OD
Tio ror AADALrDMNDOS
Hie BMODSHDOOr-rDDED
HOD 10 SH SH OSH SH OOD IN I OD
Breadth of meso-
pterygoid fossa.
AANSPRAHDARDAVAOmE
SEE RAORADASAKRHE
mo A
MAID O ASSO HOE DBD
HAASHASSSOANHH
Es A se oe oe
Length of meso-
pterygoid fossa.
DAOrAMAMHHOMOOnm
DADNAARDABRAAND
See ARR ANS TAT
Length of palate.
KOH ODDOHOMIGD HOS
DSOrSOSSHODAdAHDS
1G 15 19) 151) SH 1G 19 19 SHAG 19 19) 6
DiID ON AHI OBPOAMr HH
QD Te CSS SS FICC CD cS SS
POM Seu lee Aud sue SS 1 16>
Length of palate
behind molars.
At HS HS WINS AID OD
19 1 1 1G OD SH SHH HI COG 1B 6
SPQ ONDOSRADHION
INOKSHO OW HS OHS
Breadth of palate.
52 CU GAN Sod Say Ort SN
Rosa SOoN
NAAN ONAN AA OD
IQ AMOAAM NON
3 S2 COC GIS DH OOO HOS
CO OLA 00 09 SON 4 OD NI OD OD SH
Breadth of zygo-
mata.
a , —
HOO HOI IN SH HO OD DOH
HHOANSHKRD OO aH
169 16) SH 19 19) 15 65 19 1919 1D sH
eae aes rms ig
a Se A RS |e et
a“ g)” oy ote Se Bee Se oe os
PSS) Pale ha eke eum saea
SRE ae ry wh be She ee
er es eee
Hee Bites ae! - 3 Siecle
. Ce = jee = | 3S
“Ba ite:5e@2a,o088
2:83 Be eueaee
Ho 7-H O88 600.545 sc oO
PEE ECT ECE
Ppa d.t-e HO 1S)
wae OOF OB OSH boo
SS eoamedkadomt
'ynictis..
Hyena brunnea ..............
Chnmatat reo tek ore
Cryptoprocta ........
IPNOtOlGS ce asncctcsteesecececcsnesss
Hyena striata ......
Hemigalidia .............cssec00s
Mipleres ..-.0sssvecssvececeocene
Galidictis ..........-.ssssesseoses(O7"
UTICA 5 cs capnnssstares Ts cieecs (BO
Galidia ..
Crossarchus obscurus .........|60°
Rhinogale..............is00066.-.|08°
BAGO GRO cecccccn-cstsccsestenseeldesteclosaess
C
oo
oo
*
490 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [June 6,
Extreme length of skull being taken as 100,
length :-—
om_ Ss
gs | 3 ahs
a2 | Per
ye) uo Bs aos
on oe 5 ats
B= |Ee| 2 | gee
C= iicaahd pascal Oe fae =
a 3 =| Soot onl
=r aoc fo) Bos Q
q 3 al © 3 | 2S Oo
peel peacoat fe % aad
BS site. Pz 8.8 oo
of$8| $8 Sy SASS
& & = eam =
Viverrarncicncteoriesorniins 46:2 | 70°8 | 343 127°9
Viverricula, ..........cecceses 43:3 | 686 | 31:3 136°4
OSSD) sac bissecedeseccracatannnas 48:3 | 73°6 | 38-4 129:0
132°5
CGNOLUA\. crees Stee. scsanac cade 43°7 | 68:7 | 33-7 or
1270
PFIOHOGONM “Avcceccccssbeaceces 40°2 | 68:0 | 305 scenes
SP OVANEE, wrdee dtveva ss oeaee coh cea oonespallesscou|uece lee [4 | cases
Parad oxurus........ececeeeeee 451 | 784 | 344 123°6
Arciopalencsrsmccseer nas sores 415 1772 19287 | wae
Hemigaloa i. 15. scssencsarexe| | sssues) |bessma¥ 123:2
Nantlinialtcdcscsveessenetecess 53°6 | 746 | 346 136°6
PATOUHICLIG 2s caspaneteeseeneetens 3866 | 72°6 | 22:2 1120
Oynogale ..........cssceseeees 50°8 | 745 | 39-4 123°9
eon eae 1816
seeeee | weeeee | weeene
eecene | waeeee | eeeves
73°6 | 29:8 120-2
709 | 27-4 1363
68:9 \-aveseveuh-eeeaaee
Hemigalidia ............. sevee| 42°4 | 66°6 | 25°7 129°3
Hupleres ......sscsseeseeee wee] 441 | 72°7 | 37-6 123°4
Cryptoprocta .........ceeee 42:1 | 73:6 | 31:5 127°9
rotelos.cc.s5ovssocteesseawsss 246 | 664 | 149 1048
Hyena striata .........ccc00e] ceeeee Sane se! |/(OAsOia| & tu btsasexe
Hysena drummed .....cscce0.] ceeeee | ceceee | cvceee | coerce
Crocuta.....scsccserene Ror es fi aera ere ret Neato 94-4
491
1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA.
Noo
ec
SBHOnRRAMBEROAS
ANANNHEAS4
AD HRPOONSMAOAHD
st
et
=
mo
Breadth of F: 3-
R.A,
Breadth of
Sie
69 S
HOD 6}
Length of P: 4
Breadth of M1:
Length of M1.
Breadth of brain-
Breadth of zygo-
mata.
a
1d
oa
a
oO
Y
|
|
|
|
£3]
From prema
to palatine fora-
muna.
Breadth of palate.
OBES seb ee Canes rata n are e=er aa Tee
GALOG |rirttetecsee vouunig euaATy
G-LGS foe eens suaky
1-681 poclot tre veacsessevenserrcsaroq Ode,
+ eqoordo,d Lip
ZiGOG | oerressseecseecee esse soaetdniy
9-EL1 seenanesereeeeeseocos mma stUO eT
O-0ST |"
F-9L1 seeewee CORR eee eee SVOTpIeN)
BOGS [oeeettterseteesseseee soe goTg
8-983 e Stareasca theese cas OTe SOULS
“Teeeeee* snanosqo snyoIessodp
teenerereceere sara gttA()
GPO [oe SrTPOOI ATA soysod 10 FT
GPS TOON meee eee rene earenee soysodaoyy
9-666 |"""" * eyesouty
3-285 Heeseeeneeeees gragToTW
o-eLT | seeeoeeeeee @TUTPUBNT
0:GES SOO eee eee renee een eeee eorestue pT
Z89G eee eee ere er ery e[Bs0,01y
Gls [ere snamxopereg
POLL [ects euerog
O.GGG [rts uopomomag
FOGL [octets pone
QLLEG [ities estes asso
teeeeees @mouoata. |
O.GGG [reteset ergot,
Length of palate.
a eS a, ee eee || ee ee A ee ee eee ee
‘OOT 88 Uoye} FuIEq MOITeAO OY} 07 OIse oY} WO. OUT] OT] ‘YJ99} PUB [[NYs oy} Jo suorjzodorg
492 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [June 6,
Myo.uoey.
The muscles of the Felide have, as every one knows, been most
perfectly illustrated and described, with his peculiar nomenclature,
by Straus-Diirckheim in his splendid work ‘ Le Chat.’ The mus-
cles of the Cat have also been shortly described under their com-
monly known names, and partly illustrated from fresh dissections,
by me’. The muscles of various Felide, of the Genet, and of the
Hyzena have been figured in Cuvier’s magnificent ‘Recueil des
Planches.’ The muscles of the Civet have been described by Prof.
Macalister? and by Messrs. Young * and Davis *, and those of Cro-
cuta by Dr, Watson *.
With these references, I shall content myself with shortly noticing
the myological conditions which I have observed in the specimen of
Genetta tigrina dissected by me, pointing out their resemblances and
differences from those found by me in the Cat, by Prof. Macalister
in the Civet, and by Dr. Watson in Crocuta.
Muscles of the Pectoral Limb.
Pectoralis.—I found this in the Genet to be as in the Cat, save that
one muscular mass corresponds with what I have described * as the
Ist, 2nd, and 5th parts of the Cat’s pectoralis, while the part which
seems to represent the Cat’s 2nd portion extends three fourths down
the humerus. What corresponds to the 4th part of the Cat’s pec-
toral is here inserted into the head of the humerus around the ten-
don of the biceps, and (mainly) on the greater tuberosity.
In Crocuta the pectoral is inserted into the whole length of the
humerus from the bicipital groove to the elbow, and is divisible into
a superficial and a deep stratum.
The rectus abdominis extends the whole length of the sternum ;
and there are (as in the Civet) seven tendinous inscriptions.
The scaleni are as in the Cat, except that the longer one reaches
from the 5th to the 8th rib: from the 3rd to the 6th in the Civet.
There are but two scaleni in Crocuta, but there are three in Hyena
brunnea and the Civet.
The subclavius is represented by a small muscle which goes from
the first rib to the rudimentary clavicle, as also in the Civet.
The ¢rapezius has the same general conditions as it has in the
Cat’. Its anterior part is very small in the Hyzenas’*.
The cephalo-humeral is as in the Cat, as it is also probably in the
Civets and Hyznas. In the latter it is of enormous strength °.
1 Journ. of Anat. and Phys. vol. xiv. (1879) p. 166.
2 Thid. vol. ii. p. 205.
3 See ‘The Cat’ (John Murray, 1881), chap. v.
4 Proc. Roy. Irish Acad. n.s. vol. i. 1869-74, p. 506.
5 P.Z.8. 1879, p. 79, pls. v. & vi. Some myological notes as to Hyena
brunnea have also been published by Dr. Murie in Trans. Zool. Soc. vii. p. 509.
6 ‘The Cat, p. 145.
7 Prof. Macalister reckons as part of the trapezius what I and Dr. Watson
consider to be the cephalo-humeral (or levator humeri).
8 « Opposite the last two cervical spines.”
9 Trans. Zool. Soe. vol. vii. p. 510.
1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. 493
The rhomboideus arises (as in the Civet) from the 3rd cervical to
the 4th dorsal vertebra ; in Orocuta from the 5th cervical to the 4th
dorsal. There is no rhomboideus capitis, thus differing from the
Cat and agreeing with Crocuta, though, according to Meckel, there
is one in Hyena striata.
The serratus magnus arises in the Cat from the first ten ribs, in
the Genet from the first nine, in Crocuta from the first eight, and
in the Civet from the first seven or eight.
The levator anguli scapule arises in the Cat from the last five
cervical vertebre, in the Genet and Civet from the last four’, in
Crocuta from the last five cervical and first dorsal vertebree. It is
enormously thick in the Hyzenas.
The levator clavicule is as in the Cat; also in Crocuta?.
The latissimus dorsi I found to arise as in the Cat ; while in the
Civet it extends from the 5th dorsal to the 3rd lumbar vertebra.
In the Hyeenas it arises from the posterior eleven dorsal spines and
the lumbar aponeurosis.
There is but one dorso-epitrochlear, which corresponds to my
internal dorso-epitrochlear of the Cat. There is but one in the Civet
and Hyeenas.
The deltoid, infraspinatus, and teres minor are as in the Cat.
The subscapularis and infraspinatus are as in the Cat. The
supraspinatus only differs from that of the Cat in that, as in the
Civet, it is obscurely separable into two portions, and in that it pro-
jects less beyond the margin of the bone of the scapula.
The ¢eres major in the Genet, Civet, and Hyzenas is inserted into
the tendon of the latissimus dorsi, rather than into the humerus in
common with it as in the Cat.
The ¢riceps of the Genet is substantially like that of the Cat, ex-
cept that its fifth head of origin extends higher up the humerus.
In Crocuta and Viverra civetta there are but four heads.
The anconeus is like that of the Cat, except that it is not larger
than is the fifth head of the triceps. There isa short flat anconeus
in Crocuta.
The éiceps in the Genet (as in the Civet, the Cat, and the
Hyzenas) arises by a single head from the margin of the glenoid
surface, and is inserted into the tubercle of the radius.
The coracobrachialis is as in the Cat, save that it (as also in the
Civet) partly unites with the tendon of the latissimus dorsi and ad-
jacent part of the triceps. It is also single in the Hyzenas.
The brachialis anticus is as in the Cat, Civet, and Hyzenas.
The supinator longus arises much lower down the humerus than
in the Cat. It is inserted into the radius, but sends (as also in the
Civet) a slip to the dorsal carpal ligament. It is absent in the
Hyenas, or only represented by a tendinous vestige®. In Hemi-
ica Young says from the last six (Journ. of Anat. & Phys. vol. xiv.
p. .
* Also in the Ichneumon, where it is said by Meckel (Anat. Comp, vol. vi.
p. 238) to perforate the trapezius.
5 P. Z.8. 1879, p.-98.
494 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [June 6,
galea it is inserted into the large plate-like process of the radius,
before described (fig. 2).
The extensores carpi radiales longior et brevior and the supinator
brevis are as in the Cat and Civet.
The extensor communis digitorum supplies the four outer digits
in the Hyeenas and Civet, as in the Genet and Cat.
The extensor minimi digiti is substantially as in the Cat, and sup-
plies the 3rd, 4th, and 5th digits in the Civet, but in the Hyzenas it
only goes to the 4th and 5th’.
The extensor longus ulnaris is as in the Cat.
The extensor ossis metacarpi pollicis is as in the Cat, save that its
origin extends up inside the olecranon. It is recorded as arising
from the olecranon in the Civet (but not in the Hyzenas), and as
inserted into a sesamoid at the base of the first metacarpal according
to Macalister *, and exclusively into the metacarpal of the pollex ac-
cording to Mr. Young.
The extensores indicis et secundii internodii pollicis are as in the
Cat, save that their origin does not extend up to the olecranon.
The extensor s. i. pollicis is wanting in the Hyznas, but present
in the Civet, where it goes to the pollex and index.
The pronator teres is asin the Cat. In the Civet its insertion
extends down to the lower end of the radius. It is shorter and
more slender, relatively, in the Hyznas. In Hemigalea it is inserted
into the singular plate-like process of the radius.
The palmaris longus is inserted into the palmar fascia, as in the
Cat and Hyenas. In the Civet it is said to be large (more or less
double) and inserted into the pisiforme. It is much united with the
muscle next to be noticed in Hyzenas and in the Cat.
The flecor sublimis digitorum is not blended with the palmaris
longus, but is very small, and takes origin from part of the tendon
of the flecor profundus, as also in the Civet. It goes to the four
outer digits; and in Crocuta (where it seems yet more completely
blended with the flexor profundus) it goes to the three middle digits *,
the fifth being supplied by a minute separate muscle *; as also in the
Civet, which Mr. Young (/.c. p. 172) compares with my and Murie’s
“flexor brevis manus” of Hyraz’.
The flexor profundus digitorum arises by five bellies, three from
the condyle, one from the radius (as in the Cat), and one from the
ulna. It has four origins in the Civet—1. condylo-ulnar, 2. condylo-
radial, 3. radial, and 4, ulnar.
The flexor carpi ulnaris is as in the Cat, except that the two
heads soon unite to form one belly. In the Civet the muscle is
double, one part arising from the condyle and one from the olecra-
1 Also in the Genet in Cuyier’s Planches, pl. 126. fig. le’; and in the Hyzna,
see pl. 129. fig. Le’.
? Proc. Roy. Irish Acad. vol. i. 1869-74, p. 509.
3 P. Z.8. 1879, p. 99.
4 In Hyena striata the accessory slips are altogether tendinous.
5 Tt arises in the Civet from the annular ligament, pisiforme, and tendon of
palmaris longus. See also Cuvier’s ‘ Planches,’ pl. 126. fig. 2, x, o.
1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. 495
non; both are inserted into the pisiforme. In Hyena striata and
Crocuta it only arises from the inner condyle of the humerus.
The flexor carpi radialis is as in the Cat.
The pronator quadratus extends for about the lowest third of the
length of the bones of the forearm (instead of half their length, as
in the Cat). It extends for about the lowest quarter in the Civet,
or alittle more’. In Hyena striata it is large; and in Crocuta it
extends up the whole length of the bones of the forearm. It is very
large in Hemigalea, and is inserted into the plate-like process of the
radius.
The lumbéricales in the Genet are asin the Cat. In the Civet
there are sometimes but three’, though there are four in Hyena
and Crocuta.
The flexor brevis pollicis arises by two heads in the Civet, and
there is an opponens. There are no muscles furnished to the rudi-
mentary pollex of the Hyenine.
The abductor pollicis arises in the Civet from the ulnar ossicle,
and has a long tendon.
The abductor minimi digiti arises from the annular ligament and
pisiform bone in the Civet, and it exists also in Crocuta. A second
abductor arises in the Civet from inside the fifth metacarpal, and is
inserted into the ulnar sesamoid of the fifth digit. There is also a
second flexor brevis minimi digiti arising from the unciforme, and
inserted beside the muscle previously mentioned.
The interossei in the Civet are said to be® as follows :—First, a
(carpally arising) adductor indicis ; secondly, a metacarpal adductor
indicis ; then an adductor annularis ; fourthly, an adductor minimi
digiti: the foregoing are palmar interossei. The dorsal interossei
are :—First, an abductor indicis ; secondly, an abductor medii digiti ;
thirdly, an adductor medii digiti; fourthly an adductor annularis :
these are all bicipital except the third.
In Crocuta Dr. Watson says *:—‘‘ A deep set of interossei com-
prises eight fleshy bundles arranged in pairs, two to each metacarpal.”
‘Tn addition to these paired muscles are two single ones (palmar
interossei). These arise together from the bases of the third and
fourth metacarpals. They are distributed to the middle and outer-
most digits respectively.”
Muscles of the Pelvic Limb.
The gluteus maximus, gluteus medius, gluteus minimus, tensor
vagine femoris, and biceps femoris are as in the Cat.
The accessory biceps or tenuissimus is in the Genet as in the
Cat °, except that it is slightly connected with the semitendinosus.
In the Civet also it receives a slip, at its insertion, from the semi-
1 Mr. Young says “lower third” (Z. c. p. 171).
2 Mr. Young (i. c. p. 172) found four.
° Macalister, Proc. Roy. Irish Acad. vol. i. (1869-74) p. 510.
4 P.Z.8. 1879, p. 100.
® Cuvier says it only goes to the femur (Lecons d’Anat. Comp. i. p. 520),
496 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [June 6,
tendinosus. In the Hyena it descends at least to the middle of the
leg!; Dr. Watson says to the os calcis in Crocuta.
The semitendinosus of the Genet (as also the Civet) has a delicate
head, which arises from the third caudal vertebra at the hinder end
of the caudal origin of the gluteus maximus, with which it is con-
terminous. This head joins the other part of the semitendinosus
about one third down the femur, and becomes slightly connected with
the tenuissimus. It is inserted as in the Cat, but the upper tendon
of its insertion is not so distinct. This muscle has no caudal origin
in Crocuta.
The semimembranosus is in the Genet quite asin the Cat, save that
its two parts are more separate—separate for nearly the whole length
of the muscle. The part from the ramus of the ischium goes to the
femur; that from its tuberosity to the tibia. In Crocuta it is
quite inseparable from the adductor magnus.
Agitator caude—This muscle, which I did not observe in the Cat,
arises in the Civet from the first and second caudal vertebrz, and is
inserted into the back of the femur. In the Genet its origin blends
with the hinder end of the caudal origin of the gluteus maximus.
It is crossed by the sciatic nerve and goes to the lower third of the
femur (rather behind its outer margin), and extends down almost to
the external condyle.
In the Genet and Civet there is a special sphincter of the scent-
glands.
The sartorius is double in the Genet and, sometimes at least, in
the Civet?. One part arises from above and behind the anterior
superior spine of the ilium and goes to the patella; the other part
springs from below the first part, and is lost in the fascia on the
inner side of the knee. It is also double in Crocuta.
The pectineus in the Genet is as in the Cat. It is large and
double at its insertion in the Civet*. In Crocuta it goes from the
ilio-pectineal line to the middle of the linea aspera.
The adductor mass of the Genet is substantially similar to that
of the Cat, though, as in the Civet, it may be divided into three parts.
One of these, the adductor primus, is attached to the semimem-
branosus*, Another, the adductor secundus, is very wide and short
and is separable into two layers. The third part, or adductor
longus, is attached halfway down the femur. In Crocuta there are two
adductor muscles, which both arise from the pubic arch, and which
are inserted, respectively, one into the internal condyle and internal
tuberosity of femur, and the other into the whole length of the
linea aspera and into the internal branch of its lower bifurcation.
The quadriceps extensor of the Genet is as in the Cat, save that
the crureus takes origin along the whole length of the femur, up
to the neck of that bone. The crureus is not differentiated in Cro-
cuta, and the vaséi are hardly separable.
+ Cuvier’s ‘ Planches,’ pl. 131.
2 Mr. Young, /. c. p. 174, describes it as single.
3 P. Z.S. 1879, p. 102,
4 Not so in the Civet (Young, /. ¢. p. 174).
1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. 497
The psoas magnus and iliacus are as in the Cat.
The psoas parvus arises from the third, fourth, and fifth lumbar
vertebree, and (as in the Civet) is inserted into the pelvis by a very
strong tendon.
The pyriformis, gemelli, quadratus lumborum, quadratus femoris,
and the odturators are as in the Cat.
A muscle which I did not notice in the Cat exists in the Civet: it
arises in front of and below a very distinct antero-posterior ridge on
the dorsum of the ilium. It is called gluteus quartus by Professor
Macalister.
Another muscle, which answers to my gluteus quartus in the Cat,
is similarly conditioned to that of the Cat, both in Genetéta and
Viverra. It also exists in Crocuta. This muscle is called gluteus
quintus by Professor Macalister.
The plantaris arises, in the Genet, only from the external condyle
of the femur and the adjacent sesamoid bone, and is (as also in the
Civet) only slightly united with the external head of the gastro-
cnemius. It is inserted as usual.
The gastrocnemius of the Genet has only three heads of origin—
one from each femoral condyle and adjacent sesamoid, and one
(mainly aponeurotic at its origin) from the fibula. There is no
origin from the ligamentum patelle. The insertion is as usual.
The soleus of the Civet is like that of the Cat. In the Genet it
takes origin from the upper half of the fibula. Its insertion is as
usual. It is wanting in Hyena striata and in Crocuta.
The popliteus and tibialis anticus are both as in the Cat, and
the same is the case with the Civet. In Crocuta it is double half-
way down, the tendon of one part being inserted into the entocunei-
forme, and that of the other into the rudimentary metatarsal of the
hallux.
The extensor longus digitorum of the Genet is like that of the
Cat. In the Civet it gives origin to two main tendons, which sub-
divide to supply the four outer digits, the details of the subdivision
varying in different individuals. In Hyena striata the muscle
divides into two bellies and gives off five tendons. In Crocuta it
seems to be single, and is said to give off no tendon to the digitus
minimus.
The eatensor longus hallucis is absent in Crocuta and in the Cat.
In the Civet it is slender, arises from the upper half of the margin
of the fibula, and goes to the hallux only. In the Genet it is also
slender and has a similar origin, but appears to end distally in an
aponeurotic expansion extending dorsally on the hallux and index.
The peroneus longus in the Civet and Genet is inserted into the
fifth metatarsal as well as into the first metatarsal. In Crocuta
and Hyena striata it is inserted into the fifth metatarsal only.
The peroneus brevis and peroneus quiniti digiti are as in the
Cat. The latter is wanting in Crocuta, but the former has two tendons.
The extensor brevis digitorum of the Genet and Civet is much as
in the Cat, but ends distally in an aponeurotie expansion rather
than in quite distinct tendons. It goes to the four outer or to the four
498 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [June 6,
inner digits. In Hyena and Crocuta it only goes to the second,
third, and fourth digits.
The tibialis posticus is as in the Cat.
The flewor longus digitorum and flexor hallucis of the Genet are
like those of the Cat, save that a small tendon is sent to the
hallux. There is no such tendon in the Hyenine.
The flexor brevis digitorum is in the Genet as in the Cat, save
that it is not divided into four bellies side by side, but is in one
mass. In Crocuta? it is confined to the sole of the foot, and is
represented solely by a tendon, there being no muscular belly. In
H. striata (according to Meckel) it is a prolongation of the tendon
of the plantaris with additional muscular fibres from the fourth
metatarsal. In the Civet it seems to be similar, except that the
additional muscular fibres are derived from the os calcis.
The accessorius of the Genet (and apparently of the Civet) is
very unlike the muscle described by me under this name in the Cat *.
It arises from the outer side of the os calcis, and ends ina strong
tendon which joins obliquely the tendon of the deep flexors pre-
viously noticed. In Crocuta it is very small and slender, with a
similar origin and insertion.
In the Genet, Civet, and Crocuta there are but three lumbricales,
which take origin from the surface of the conjoined deep flexor
tendons.
Dr. Watson and Mr. Young remark‘ of the Hyenine :—‘‘ The
enormous development of the muscles of the neck and fore quarters,
together with minor points already referred to, serve at once to
associate’? Crocuta with the other Hyzenas, and to separate them
“ from the remaining groups of the Ailuroidea.” Doubtless also, as
these authors remark, the external form and skeleton of Proteles
indicate that its muscular system does not differ materially from that
common to Hyena and Orocuta.
SPLANCHNOLOGY.
Tongue.
The tongue in the Felide is provided with circumvallate papille
disposed in two rows converging posteriorly, there being sometimes as
many as six in eachrow. Behind these is a group of very large, soft,
and pointed flattened papilla. Fungiform papille are little conspi-
cuous, but are scattered over the organ, especially at the sides of the
anterior part. The conical papille have, at the anterior fourth of the
dorsal surface, that well-known hard and horny character which
gives a rasp-like character to the tongue of even small Cats, while in
the large species these papilla are like claws and are veritable
spines.
Comparing the tongue of the Civet ° with that of a feline animal °,
1 See Cuvier’s ‘ Planches,’ pl. 128. fig. 4 y. 2 P. Z.8. 1879, p. 104.
3 «The Cat,’ p. 161. 4 P.Z. 8. 1879, p. 106.
5 7. g., the specimen No. 1513p, Coll. of Surgeons.
6 E.g., that of the Caracal, No. 1513 c, Coll. of Surgeons.
1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. 499
we find the tongue of the former to be relatively longer, more slender,
and more pointed anteriorly. The freenum is attached for nearly two
thirds the tongue’s length instead of only for about half. The lytta
is about as much developed, relatively, as in the Cat. The fungiform
papille are scattered pretty equally over the greater part of the
dorsum of the tongue, but are absent from a narrow elongated tract in
the middle ofits dorsum. There are only three circumvallate papillae,
one in the middle, and one on each side of it, a very little in advance,
so that they form together an extremely obtuse angle open forwards.
Fig. 3.
A. Tongue of the Civet: ¢, conical papilla; f, fungiform papille ; ¢.v, circum-
vallate papills.
B. Tongue of the Genet: f, free fold of mucous membrane.
Each circumvallate papilla is large, with from 9 to 12 small
papille on its surface. The conical papille are not horny ’, but are
simply short conical processes scattered over the dorsum of the
tongue, being longest on its middle towards the apex and also at its
sides. There is no conspicuous patch of specially modified papille
towards the anterior part of the dorsum. The flattened papille are
very small, close-set, and inconspicuous compared with those of
Felis ; they are scarcely larger than the conical papille.
1 They are said by Daubenton (Buffon, Hist. Nat. tome ix. pp. 322 & 337)
to be much more conspicuous in the Zibet than in the Civet.
500 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [June 6,
In the Genet the flattened papille are larger, relatively, than
in the Civet. There is no median circumvallate papilla, but either
one elongate one, or two small ones on either side. There is no
patch of enlarged papilla on the dorsum, but those on the anterior
half of the part in front of the circumvallate papille are generally
larger. A large free fold of mucous membrane projects horizontally
from the anterior part of the freenum on either side of it.
In Hemigalea there isa marked free fold of membrane, similar
to that of Genetta. There are three circumvallate papille, one of
which is median in position, and they form together an angle open
forwards, not quite so obtuse asin the Civet. The flattened papille
are small and inconspicuous, and there are no conspicuous fungiform
papilla. On the other hand, the conical papillee are specially modi-
fied on the anterior half of the tongue so as to form an oblong patch
of enlarged, but smooth papillee at that part. This patch, however,
is by no means so well defined a patch as that which exists in certain
other genera, e. g. Galidia, Herpestes, and Crossarchus.
The tongue of Nandinia is like that of Viverra eivetta, except it
is more pointed and has a relatively stouter lytta. The fungiform
papille, though scattered generally over its dorsum, are smaller and
less conspicuous. There are only two circumvallate papilla, there
being no median one. The flattened papille are larger and more
conspicuous, but not so large as (though more close set than) in
Felis.
Aretictis has a tongue like that of the Civet, except that there is
a greater difference of aspect between the anterior and the posterior
halves of its dorsum. On its anterior half the conical papillee are
more conspicuous ; and on its posterior half the fungiform papillz are
less so. Speaking generally, the fungiform papillze are conspicuous
and the conical papillee are small. There are seven or eight circum-
vallate papille, which together form an angle of about 75°. The
flattened papille are hardly so conspicuous as in Nandinia.
In the specimen of Herpestes I examined there were only three
cireumvallate papille, and they were placed almost in a straight -
transverse line. The flattened papille were small and inconspicuous.
There was a very distinct patch of much enlarged so-called conical
papille on the dorsum of the tongue, each of these papille being
really flattened and having the appearance of having had its apex
cut off. Fungiform papillee were conspicuous, and scattered over the
dorsum between the patch of enlarged papillze and the circumvallate
ones.
In Cynictis I found three very conspicuous circumvallate papille,
which together form a right angle. Behind these are elongated
flattened papille, but hardly so conspicuous as in Nandinia. There
is, on the anterior half of the dorsum, a wide, rounded patch of
much enlarged conical papille, which are really flattened in form,
and so disposed as to cause the patch to have the appearance of
being marked with a series of lines of the shape called “embattled ”
in heraldry. Around this patch, and on the middle of the tongue
behind it, the papille are very small, and amongst them certain
1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ELUROIDEA. 501
Sungiform papille are moderately conspicuous. Conical papillee of
intermediate size are placed at the sides of the hinder half of the
tongue.
In Crossarchus' we have similar characters carried to a more
exaggerated degree, the conical papille of the dorsal patch being
larger and the fungiform papille being more conspicuous. The
Tongue of Proteles.
e, conical papille ; f, fungiform papille; /’, points towards the much enlarged
papille ; ¢.v, one of the two depressions in which lie the two circumyallate
papille.
three circumvallate papille form an angle of about 105°. The
flattened papillze are very little conspicuous. Gralidia has a tongue
like that of Orossarchus, except that the papillee of the dorsal patch
are still more enlarged.
Hyena has for the most part a tongue like that of Cynictis and
Galidia magnified ; but the flattened papille are much larger
relatively as well as absolutely, and are much more conspicuous.
1 Cuvier says (Lecons d’Anat. Comp. 2nd edit. vol. iv. 1° partie, p. 553) that
he did not find a lytta in the Mangoustes,
502 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [June 6,
The papillee generally, other than those of the dorsal patch, are
relatively small, and the fungiform papille are but little conspi-
cuous. Even those of the patch are relatively smaller than in the
previously noticed genera. The lytta is small. There are only two
circumvallate papille, and they are very small.
In Proteles the tongue is very exceptional indeed. It is spatulate
in form, and the dorsal patch attains here its maximum of distinct-
ness. The patch extends quite to the apex and side of the anterior
third of the dorsum of the tongue. Each papilla of the patch is an
enlarged hemispherical prominence. The fungiform papille are
only conspicuous at the sides of the tongue and in front of the cir-
cumvallate papilla, of which there are but two, each of which is
situated in a very deep depression. The flattened papille are very
inconspicuous.
The Palate, Nose, and Lips.
In all £luroids the membrane covering the hard palateis raisedinto
a greater or less number of transverse curved ridges, the number of
which may vary somewhat with the length of the muzzle, though
there are eight of them in both the Cat and the Genet. But while
in the Cat the ridges form a series of very open curves (convex
forwards), in the Genet the curves are much sharper. Moreover,
while in the Cat each ridge is entire, in the Genet the four hinder
ridges are more and more interrupted medianly, and each of these
ridges, as it proceeds towards the middle line of the palate, bifur-
cates nearer and nearer to its origin, 7. e. to the outer margin of the
palate. By this system of bifurcations there tend to be produced
eight incomplete and four complete transverse ridges, instead of, as
in the Cat, eight complete ones.
The nose in the A#luroids is almost always medianly and ver-
tically grooved ; but this groove may be absent, as in Rhinogale,
Crossarchus, and Suricata.
Similarly the upper lip is more or less vertically cleft or deeply
grooved medianly. This groove, however, is absent in Cynogale,
Rhinogale, Crossarchus, and Suricata.
Teeth.
The Felide have the smallest number of teeth except the dentally
degraded form Proteles, which has but three molars above and two
below on either side.
All Hluroids have I. 3, C. ;-
The premolars and molars may be
Pm. 1+2+3+4 yy, 142 } Viverra, Genetta, Arctogale,
"1424844 ~" 142 Cynogale, &c.
1424344 1 :
Pm. Toes? M. 73 | Prionodon.
Pm, 1+2+3+4 M. : } Some Paradoxuri.
142434”
1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. 503
142+3+44 1+2 ee
Pm. : -
m 844? M = | Hemigatidia
Pm. 2+3+4 mM, 142 ats Crossarchus, Suri-
“24344 EES cata, Galidictis, Galidia.
1+24+3+4 1
Pm. re a M. j \ Hyena.
24344 1
Pm. 24942 M. i } Cryptoprocta.
Pm. 24344 M. : } Some kinds of Felis.
344
1
Pm. oe M. j \ Other kinds of Felis.
34-4
The outer canine may be greatly in excess of the median ones, as
in the Hyenine, or but very little so, as in the Felide. It may
be of nearly the same size as a small adjacent canine, as in Lupleres.
The canines may be greatly prolonged, as in the Felide, especially
Felis macroscelis.
The lower canines may be excessively developed relatively, as in
Galidictis.
The premolars may have greatly and nearly equally elongated and
sharp curves, as in Cynogale.
The premolars and molars may be much developed antero-pos-
teriorly into long diastemata, as in Eupleres ; or they may be narrow
antero-posteriorly, and much drawn out from within outwards, as in
Suricata.
The teeth ae may .be extremely sectorial, as in the Felide,
Cryptoprocta, and Hyenine, or considerably so, as in most Viver-
ride, or very slightly so, as in Arctictis. 3 may be present and
very small, as in Nandinia, or may be largely developed, as in
Cynoyale. The deciduous molars may be very exceptionally de-
veloped, as in Cynogale, where 2 are relatively enormous.
The Salivary Glands.
These, in such forms as I have examined, seem to be formed on
one type. In Genetta and Herpestes (and probably in all the
genera) there is a distinet zygomatic gland. There isa well-developed
parotid gland with its Steno’s duct, and asmall submazillary gland
(over which the jugular vein passes), to which small accessory sub-
maxillary glands may be annexed.
Cuvier says’ :—‘** Les Mangoustes ont des parotides minces ; des
maxillaires plus épaisses, nudes; de petites sublinguales allongées,
en avant des maxillaires ; des buccales 4 l’angle des lévres; et des
Legons d’Anat. Comp. 2nd edit. vol. iy. 1"° partie, p. 425.
Proc. Zooxi. Soc.—1882, No, XXXIV. 34
504 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [June 6,
labiales 4 la lévre inférieure.”” Meckel says’ that in the Ichneumon
the parotid and submaxillary glands are about equal in volume.
A. Salivary glands of Genet. p, parotid gland; d, Steno’s duct; sm, sub-
maxillary gland, traversed by 7 v, jugular vein ; 0, opening of Steno’s
duct.
B. Part of the skull of the Genet, showing the zygomatic gland, the lip being
drawn up to show:—st.d, orifice of Steno’s duct; z. g/, zygomatic
gland ; 0, orifice of zygomatic gland; z, zygoma.
The Stomach.
In Genetta tigrina the stomach is much longer in proportion to its
breadth than in the Cat. Its length, measured along its middle, is
t Anat. Comp. vol. viii. p. 681.
° The dimensions of the stomach haye been taken in as natural a condition
as possible, the stomach not being inflated or greatly distended. Cuvier says
(Legons d’Anat. Comp. vol. iv. 1"¢ partie, p. 88) the cardia is more approxi-
mated to the pylorus than in the Cat. Meckel says (Anat. Comp. vol. viii.
pp. 694, 695) that in the Puma the stomach is much more elongated and less
spheroidal than in the Cat, the Leopard being intermediate in these respects.
1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ©LUROIDEA. 505
about 8'""8. Its breadth at its broadest part, 7. e. at the entrance of
the cesophagus, is 2""75. About 1" of cesophagus extends behind
the diaphragm. Inside the stomach were elongated and very pro-
minent ineffaceable folds, placed towards the pyloric end and along
the greater curvature ; and there were three shorter and less strongly
Fig. 6.
A. Stomach and pancreas of Genetta tigrina. @, esophagus; s, pancreas; 6d,
duct from the liver; pd, pancreatic duct.
B. Stomach of Genet, cut open, showing internal folds. .«, point where the
folds are interrupted and the stomach makes a sudden bend; pv,
pyloric valve.
marked folds along the lesser curvature. All these folds come to
an end simultaneously at a point where the stomach, contracting its
diameter, makes a sudden bend. Beyond this point three fresh lon-
34*
506 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [June 6,
gitudinal folds appear, which extend along the rest of the greater
curvature. The pyloric valve was very little marked.
In Hemigalea I found the stomach to be very like that of the
Genet, with quite similar internal folds. That of Viverra civetia is
relatively shorter and more uniformly capacious than that of the
Genet ; and the pylorus exhibits a small prolongation, extending as a
cul-de-sac beside the ducdenum.
The stomach of 4Aretictis exaggerates the characters of the
stomach of Genetta, its lesser curvature being extremely curved.
Ineffaceable folds extend along the inside of the lesser curvature,
from the pyloric side of the cesophagal opening on towards the
pylorus. There are none such in Genetia. There are also strong
ineffaceable folds in the pyloric portion of the stomach. The pylorus
Stomach of Prionodon, cut open.
continues on into a sort of cul-de-sac, which extends for a little
beside the beginning of the duodenum. The bile-ducts enter full
4" from the pylorus.
In Prionodon I found the stomach to be shorter and more
globular than that of the Genet, and of remarkably large size in
proportion to the size of the body.
In Herpestes I found the stomach long, and very much con-
stricted towards its middle. This constriction does not appear in
two dried specimens of stomach of Herpestes in the Museum of the
College of Surgeons. Herpestes, however, is a very large and varied
genus *.
In Crossarchus the stomach is short and globular, but the cardia
is considerably prolonged.
1 Hunter says (‘ Hssays and Observations,’ vol. ii. p. 66) of the Ichneumon :—
‘“‘The stomach is almost a round cavity, the small end as thick and short as the
large.”
1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. 507
In Suricata the stomach is very short and round, while the
cardia is extremely short’.
Cynictis has a stomach more like that of the Genet, but not
quite so elongated. There are folds inside the middle part of the
greater curvature, but not towards the pylorus, which has a cul-de-
sac extending beside the beginning of the duodenum. The cardia is
very elongated.
The stomach of Galidia is very like that of Crossarchus. Its
cardia is of considerable size, and elongated. In Pro¢edes it is short
and much bent, and shows a tendency to the formation of a pyloric
cul-de-sac. There is a large cardia; but it is not prolonged as in
Cynictis, Crossarchus, and Galidia. There are considerable internal
folds, as described by Professor Flower*, who remarks :—‘‘ The
whole organ closely resembles that of the Armadillos, which the
Proteles yesembles in the nature of its food, though so widely
removed in zoological position.” The Hyzena has a rather rounded
stomach, more or less resembling that of Proteles. Professor
Flower says * :—‘‘ The stomach is less elongated than in Felis, its
fundus being very little developed.”
The Intestine and Cecum.
In Genetta tigrina I found the length of the small and large
intestines to be respectively about 120’ and 14’°25, the ceecum
being 2°75. The czecum was obtusely pointed, with thin walls
and without glands, save a minute Peyer’s patch, situated on the
inner side of its very apex.
As to Felis, Hunter found the small intestine in the Lion to be
four times as long as the body, and the large intestine to be two
thirds that length. In the Hyzna the small intestine is about
eight times the length of the larger. In Proteles the intestinal
canal is not five times the length of the body*. In Hyena the
large intestine is from one eighth to one sixth the length of the small
intestine. In Crocuta® it is less than one twelfth.
Amongst the dried preparations in the Museum of the College
of Surgeons I find parts of the intestine of a Lion and a Tiger, in both
of which there is arather long, simple ceecum, which is in both (but
especially so in the Lion) relatively longer than in the cecum of
Felis catus. untee found the ceecum to be from 2 to 3 inches
long in the Lion.
In Viverra civetta the excum is relatively a little longer than in
Genetta; but a dried specimen of Viverra tangalunga exhibits a
short and rounded cecum, while one of Viverricula is also rounded,
but longer.
1 For figures of the Suricate’s stomach and cecum see Owen's ‘ Anatomy of
Vertebrates,’ vol. iii. pp. 444, 445.
~ 2 P. Z.8. 1869, p. 474.
3 * Medical Times and Gazette,’ Jan. 15, 1872, p. 679.
* Thid.
5 P.Z.S. 1879, p. 84,
508 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [June 6,
In Prionodon 1 found the czecum to be very small and short, but
strongly curved and acutely pointed.
Hunter says (‘ Essays and Observations,’ vol. ii. p. 66) that in the
Ichneumon there is no cecum. It is therefore perhaps occasionally
Fig. 8.
A. Csecum of Genetta. B. Czxeum of Prionodon. C. Cxceum of Galidia.
D, Cxeum of Cynictis.
absent in that large genus. In a spirit-specimen of erpestes,
however, I found a long, slender and pointed caecum; while in the
series of dried ceeca of Herpestes in the College of Surgeons some
czca are rather long, while others are short. Specimens of Para-
doxurus exhibit a similar range of variation from moderately long to
short and rounded.
In Suricata the ceecum is short, and shaped much as in the Cat.
1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. 509
A large Peyer’s patch extends down to the ilio-czcal valve; and
there are glands at the ceecum’s apex. In adried specimen I find
the cecum with a rounded dilatation at its end; but this is pro-
bably an artificial distortion.
In Hemigalea I found the cecum to be of about the same size as
in the Genet, but with strong ineffaceable internal folds, which
meet at the apex around a small glandular rosette of about six
glands, each gland being about the size of a pin’s head.
In Galidia the ceecum is long, rather slender, and exceedingly
pointed towards its apex. In Cynictis it is very long (compared
with the other Aluroids), rather slender, and a little curved.
In Aretictis the ceecum all but or quite aborts’. The large
and small intestines run on as one longitudinal tube, of equal
calibre, independently of it, with long and strong internal longi-
tudinal folds, which are not interrupted at the place where the
minute, quite rudimentary czecum is given off. There is no trace of
a transverse constriction or valvular structure between the small and
the large intestine. In Nandinia, on the contrary, though there is
no external indication of a caecum, or change in the gut’s diameter,
there is a distinct interruption in the internal structure of the
alimentary tube at the junction of the small and large intestines.
There is, in the first place, a transverse valyular fold. On the small-
intestine side of this fold there is a large continuous Peyer’s patch,
while on the cther side of it longitudinal ridges begin to appear.
These ridges, however, are not nearly so strongly marked as they are
in Arctictis.
In Proteles the czecum is short, thick, and rounded ”.
In Hyena the cecum is long, simple, and rather pointed. It is
about 8 inches long. In Crocuta* it is 6 inches long.
Cuvier‘ gives the proportion in the Hyzenas of the circumference
of the small intestine to its length as 1 to 110, and of the large as 1
to 6. He also says® that the small intestine increases in diameter
from the pylorus to the cecum, and that its walls are so thin as to
be almost transparent, though those of the Carnivora are generally
more or less thick.
Meckel® says that the proportions borne by the small intestine to
the large intestine, are in the Cat from 5 to 1 to 6 to 1, in the
Genet as 8 to 1, in the Civet as 10 to 1, in the Zibeth as 15 to 1, and
in the Hyena as 5 (or 7) to 1.
According to Hunter (‘ Essays and Observations,’ vol. ii. p. 56),
the small intestine in the Suricate is ‘‘something more than the
whole length of the body of the animal,” while the large intestine
‘“‘is more than half that length.”
1 P. Z.8. 1878, p. 142. On the other hand, the caecum may be half an inch
long: see Journal of Asiatic Soc. of Bengal, vol. xv. p. 193.
2 P.Z.8. 1869, p. 474. 3 P. Z.8. 1879, p. 84, fig. 2.
4 Lecons d’Anat. Conip. vol. iy. 1° partie, p. 211.
5 Er, ¢..p: 236. 6 Anat. Comp. vol. viii. p. 703.
510 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [June 6,
The Liver.
The liver in Felis has the left lateral and right central lobes very
large, the latter being divided by a deep cystic fissure, in which lies
the gall-bladder, and the former being also somewhat divided by a
fissure. The right lateral and left central lobes are each undivided
and very small. The caudate lobe is of moderate size, about as
large as the left central lobe. The Spigelian lobe is small (the
smallest lobe), and is not divided by any fissure.
The liver of Genetta tigrina is very like that of the Cat; but the
left lateral lobe is quite undivided, save by a small shallow groove
on its posterior (gastric) surface. The cystic fissure is less deep
Fig. 9.
LC RC h
Liver of Genetta tigrina, its posterior (gastric) surface.
c, caudal lobe; g 2, gall-bladder; ha, hepatic artery; hd, hepatic duct; LZ C,
left central lobe; ZZ, left lateral lobe; pv, portal vein; & C, right
central lobe; & L, right laterallobe; Sp, Spigelian lobe; wc, vena caya.
than in the Cat, and is situated more to the right, so that the por-
tion of the right central lobe which is to the right of the gall-bladder
is much less in excess of that part of the right central lobe which is to
the left of the gall-bladder. The caudate lobe has a very deep con-
cavity, and is larger in proportion to its breadth. It runs uninter-
ruptedly into the Spigelian lobe, which latter is a little larger rela-
tively than in the Cat, and has a very deep groove (or fissure)
running dorsad from its ventral margin, and dividing its proximal
third trom its distal two thirds. The diaphragmatic surface of the
liver exhibits but a short cystic fissure.
In Viverra civetta the right lateral and right central lobes appear
nearly of equal size, as seen on the diaphragmatic aspect of the liver.
1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. 511
The right central lobe has a short and wide cystic fissure, through
which the gall-bladder appears. That portion of the right central
lobe which is on the right of the gall-bladder also appears to be
more in excess of the portion which is on the left of the gall-bladder
than it is in Genetta tigrina, and thus more to resemble its condi-
tion in the Cat. This appearance is caused by the circumstance
that, in the Civet, the large right lateral lobe comes down and ex-
cludes from view (on the abdominal surface) all that part of the
right central lobe which lies to the right of the gall-bladder. The
left central lobe is quite hidden from view when the abdominal
aspect of the liver is seen. The Spigelian lobe is much stouter than
in the Genet, and is not grooved.
In Paradoxurus larvatus the liver is like that of the Genet, ex-
cept that the caudate lobe has become very large at the expense of
the right lateral; so that, on the diaphragmatic surface, the right
lateral lobe appears as a triangle between the caudate and the large
right central lobes. There is no gall-bladder ; nevertheless the right
central lobe is notched as in the Genet. The left lateral and left
central lobes present, on their diaphragmatic surface, an appearance
similar to that which they present in Genetta. The posterior
(gastric) aspect of the liver is also much as in the Genet, save that
the caudate lobe is very large and the Spigelian lobe smaller, not
grooved and slightly bifurcated at its apex.
In Nandinia the diaphragmatic aspect of the liver is much as in
Viverra, but the right lateral lobe is smaller in proportion to the
right central, though not so much smaller in relation to it as in
Genetta. The right central is deeply notched at its ventral margin,
but does not show any gall-bladder. The left central lobe is rather
smaller in proportion to the left lateral than in Viverra, and is larger
in proportion to its breadth. The left lateral lobe is nearly bisected
by a transverse fissure which runs inwards from its lateral margin.
The abdominal (gastric) aspect of the liver shows a caudate and a
Spigelian lobe nearly as in Genetta. The left central is quite ex-
cluded from view. That part of the right central lobe which is on
the right of the gall-bladder is more in excess of the part on the
left, and is much as it is in the Cat.
In 4retictis, on the diaphragmatic aspect of the liver, the right
and left segments appear nearly equal; the right lateral and right
central lobes are also nearly equal. The latter has two ventral
notches, the one more to the right being the cystic notch. No gall-
bladder, however, appears. ~The proportions of the left lateral and
left central lobes are much as in Nandinia; but the apex of the left
central is separated off by an oblique transverse groove.
The posterior aspect of the liver is very like that of the liver of Nan-
dinia ; but there is no transverse groove on the left lateral lobe. That
portion of the right central lobe which is on the right of the cystic
notch is smaller than the portion which is on the left of that notch.
The latter portion has four or five superficial fissures. In this con-
dition of excess in the left portion of the right central lobe Aretictis
differs from Felis, Genetta, Viverra, Paradozurus, and Nandinia.
512 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [June 6,
The liver of Prionodon differs remarkably from that of every other
form I have examined in the much smaller relative size of the left
central lobe compared with that of the left lateral ; so that the latter
rises (the apex of the gall-bladder being downwards) above the
former, and forms nearly half of the posterior surface of the liver’s
left segment. These two lobes (the left lateral and the left central)
are not separated, but are continuous towards their inferior margins.
It is as if the left segment of the liver consisted only of one great
lobe, the right portion of which was bent over so as to end in a
free margin, to the right (on the abdominal surface) of the great
bulk of such one lobe.
The gall-bladder lies in a fossa, placed very much towards the
left margin of the right central lobe. The proportion borne by the
right lateral lobe to the right central seems to be much as in the
Genet'. The Spigelian lobe is small and simple ; the caudate lobe is
moderate. On the diaphragmatic aspect of the liver, the small left
central lobe only shows a little towards the ventral margin. There
is a deep cystic notch.
The liver of Hemigalea is almost like that of Genetta; but its
Spigelian lobe has no notch, its caudate lobe is smaller, and its right
lateral lobe is rather large compared with its right central. ‘There
is a gall-bladder, which is placed in nearly the same position in the
right central lobe as it is in Genetta. This liver also resembles that
of Genetta as to its diaphragmatic aspect, save that its right lateral
lobe is rather larger and more pointed.
In Herpestes the liver is very much like that of Genetta, save that
in it the right lateral lobe is smaller compared with its right central
lobe, and that its gall-bladder lies much more close to the left margin
of the right central lobe.
In Crossarchus the preponderance of the right segment of the
liver over its left segment is greater than in any other form yet de-
scribed; it is nearly as two to one. The diaphragmatic aspect of
the liver presents the following characters :—The right lateral lobe is
very small compared with the right central; this proportion is
much as in Paradowurus ; but the shape is very different, broadening
instead of narrowing to its outer margin. The right lateral lobe is
not broad enough to hide the very large caudate lobe. The right
central lobe has a notch, not at its ventral margin, but at its left
end: it is a short side notch, wherein the gall-bladder appears.
The proportion of the left lateral lobe to the left central is much as
in Nandinia ; but they are not quite so unequal.
On the abdominal aspect, the very large caudate lobe (larger rela-
tively than in any form yet here noticed) is seen with a small, simple
Spigelian lobe. The left central lobe does not appear. The left
lateral lobe is entire, but hidden by the caudate lobe. The right
central lobe is very large; but the excess of that part of it which is
on the right of the gall-bladder over the minute portion on the left
of the gall-bladder is greater than in any other form yet here de-
scribed. Thus the bladder makes its appearance between the right
1 The liver of the specimen examined was injured in this region.
1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. 513
part of the right central lobe and the left lateral lobe, both the right
lateral and the left face of the right central lobe being hidden.
Fig. 10.
Liver of Herpestes (letters as in fig. 9).
A, anterior (diaphragmatic) aspect ; B, posterior (gastric) aspect.
The liver of Galidia is formed on the same type as that of Cros-
sarchus as regards the small size of the right lateral lobe compared
514 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [June 6,
with the right central, and in the proportion of the left lateral to the ©
left central lobe, in the cystic notch and gall-bladder being quite
close to the left margin of the right central lobe, in the proportion
borne to the left lateral iobe by the left central, and in the great size
and in the close approximation (on the abdominal surface of the liver)
of the left lateral and right central lobes. On the diaphragmatic
aspect of the liver the caudate lobe hardly appears, though the
right lateral lobe is very small compared with the right central.
The last-mentioned lobe has a notch at the bottom of the umbilical
fissure ; and therein lies the gall-bladder.
Seen on its posterior, or abdominal, aspect, the liver shows a small
Spigelian lobe, which is slightly bifid at its apex. The caudate lobe
is small. The left central lobe does not appear. The proportion
borne by the right lateral lobe to the right central is much as in
Nandinia. The right central lobe lies almost entirely to the right
of the gall-bladder, only a minute portion of that lobe being to the
left of it.
The liver of Proteles also belongs to the Crossarchus type of
liver, in that the gall-bladder lies close to the left margin of the
right central lobe—the cystic and umbilical fissures coinciding. On
its diaphragmatic aspect the right lateral lobe is larger than the
right central, and the former has a small notch at its margin. The
proportion borne by the left lateral lobe to the left central is as in
Nandinia. The small caudate lobe does not appear. On the abdo-
minal aspect of the liver we see a small and simple Spigelian and a
similar caudate lobe. The right lateral lobe is notched at its border,
and bears a lobelet near its margin. No part of the right central
lobe lies on the left side of the gall-bladder. The left lateral lobe
has a puckered surface.
In Crocuta’ the gall-bladder also lies much nearer to the left than
to the right margin of the right central lobe ; but the umbilical and
cystic fissures do not coincide. The caudate lobe is large.
The Kidney.
In the Aluroids there is a single papilla. This is at least cer-
tainly the case in Felis, Genetta, and Prionodon. In Genetta
tigrina the kidney is large, and more oval than in the Cat. Its long
diameter is 3’’ 4’; its transverse diameter is 2”.
The Trachea and Lungs.
There are 45 cartilages to the trachea in the Cat ; 40 inthe Lion;
47in the Puma ; 70 in the Genet ; 50 almost complete rings in Suri-
cata, and rather more in the Ichneumons; and 45 in the Hyena
(Meckel, Anat. Comp. vol. ix. pp. 484-487). Cuvier (J. c. vol. vii.
pp. 52 & 102) remarks that in the Ichneumon the rings of the
trachea extend four fifths round it, and that those of the bronchi
disappear soon after they have entered the lungs. Meckel (J. c.
p- 490) says that in Viverra the bronchi are large and with com-
plete rings, and that these are very hard and complete and the
1 P. Z. 8. 1879, p. 85, fig. 3.
1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. 515
bronchi long and narrow in Hyena; while in Suricata the bronchi
are very large, and almost without rings.
In Felis, Viverra, Genetta, Hemigalea, Herpestes, Suricata, Pro-
teles, and Hyena the lungs are divided into four lobes on the right
side, and into three on the left side.
In Crocuta' the right lung has six lobes and the left lung three.
Meckel (J. c. p. 492) says that the two lower left lobes in the Genet
form but one, and that in the Tiger, Leopard, and Puma there are
also but two on the left.
Great Blood-vessels.
In Felis, Viverra, Genetta, Hemigalea, Proteles, and Crocuta the
aortic arch gives off one great trunk, whence arise first the right sub-
clavian and then the carotids. The left subclavian is given off
separately *.
In Felis, Genetta, Prionodon, Hemigalea, Herpestes, and Cro-
cuta® the abdominal aorta does not give off common iliac arteries,
but first gives off two large arteries which spring opposite each
other from the aorta and are the external iliac arteries, and then
continues on fora short space before giving off another pair of
vessels (also arising opposite each other), which are the internal
iliac arteries.
Tae Brain.
In the brain of the Cat, and in the brains of such Felide as I have
had the opportunity of seeing, there is a well-marked crucial sulcus,
the hinder inner end of which is separated (on the inner surface of
each cerebral hemisphere) from the anterior end of the calloso-mar-
ginal sulcus by the continuation forwards of the hippocampal gyrus
into the superior external gyrus. This condition does not seem to
obtain in any non-feline #luroid.
In Genetta the superior lateral gyrus (s) runs simply forwards
beside its fellow of the opposite side without being divided by any trans-
versely extending crucial sulcus, the place of which is only indicated
by a minute notch on its inner border (en). Nevertheless the supe-
rior lateral gyrus bears a small depression (d) placed a little behind
and external to the notch just mentioned ; and this depression may
represent the outer end of the crucial suleus of Felis.
At its anterior end the superior lateral gyrus dips down, and then
becomes in part continuous with the middle lateral gyrus (m) above
the upper end of the supraorbital suicus (0 s).
The Sylvian fissure (Sf), which is rather long and strongly con-
cave forwards, is bounded on each side by the inferior lateral gyrus,
which gyrus is much broader behind than in front of the Sylvian
fissure. The inner side of the anterior end of the superior lateral
gyrus (beyond the notch ¢ 2) runs backwards, beneath the calloso-
marginal sulcus, and becomes continuous with the hippocampal gyrus.
From the minute indication of the crucial sulcus (¢ 2) a sulcus runs
1 p. Z.8. 1879, p. 88, fig. 4.
2 Meckel (Anat. Comp. vol. ix. p. 396) appears to have found all four vessels
spring from a common trunk in the Genet.
* P. ZS. 1878, p. 89.
516 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [June 6,
backwards, which may be considered as representing the crucial
sulcus and the calloso-marginal sulcus united.
Brain of Genetta tigrina, natural size.
A, dorsal surface. B, lateral external surface. ©, median or inner surface of
right hemisphere.
¢¢, corpus callosum ; ems, calloso-marginal sulcus ; ¢, notch representing crucial
sulcus ; d, depression on superior lateral gyrus; 4g, hippocampal gyrus ;
i, inferior lateral gyrus; m, middle lateral gyrus; od, olfactory lobe ;
os, supraorbital sulcus ; s, superior lateral gyrus; Sf, Sylvian fissure.
In Viverra civetta the crucial suleus is slightly more marked,
and the supraorbital sulcus rises higher, than in the Genet. The
calloso-marginal sulcus runs forward and joins the rudimentary
crucial sulcus. That part of the inferior lateral gyrus which lies
in front of the Sylvian fissure is as large as, or larger than, the part
behind the Sylvian fissure, and may be subdivided by a sulcus.
In Paradoxurus that part of the inferior lateral gyrus which is
behind the Sylvian fissure is wide, and bears a V-shaped suleus.
There is hardly even a rudiment of the crucial sulcus.
In Nandinia the brain is as in Genetta, save as regards that part
of the inferior lateral gyrus in front of the Sylvian fissure, which part
is as in Civetta.
In Arcéictis that part of the inferior lateral gyrus which is behind
the Sylvian fissure is wide, and bears a V-shaped sulcus; and the
superior lateral gyrus has additional depressions. The crucial suleus
is distinct, but small; and the calloso-marginal sulcus joins it and
1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. 517
goes on forwards beyond it. The sulcus between the superior lateral
gyrus and the middle lateral gyrus extends so as almost to join the
supraorbital sulcus.
In Proteles the crucial sulcus is well developed, much as in the Cats ;
and the same is the case in Hyena and Crocuta', which have additional
sulci on the inside of the superior lateral gyrus, and generally on
that part of the inferior lateral gyrus which is posterior to the Sylvian
fissure. The large forms of Herpestes show a tendency to the same
development ; and in Herpestes and Crossarchus there is a small crucial
sulcus.
Tue Eye.
The tapetum in Genetta tigrina and in Hemigalea closely re-
sembles that of Felis catus.
The pupil may contract so as to leave a vertical slit, as in most
Cats and in Paradoxurus; or an oblong erect aperture, as in Felis
chaus; or a horizontally extended aperture, as in, at least some, Her-
pestes and Bdeogale ; or in a circular aperture, as in the Lion and
larger Cats.
Tue Ear.
The external ear in Genetta tigrina has a reduplication, forming
External ear of Genetta tigrina, cut open below and?reflected.
4, tragus ; at, antitragus ; e, supratragus ; p, pouch ; h, helix; ah, antihelix;
F, fossa of helix.
a‘pouch at the lower part of the hind margin of the concha, much
as in the Cat ; but the pouch is not so deep.
There is a tragus which fits into a concavity of the double anti-
tragus; and there is a supratragus ; but the latter is not so elongate
and pedunculate as in the Cat.
1 P.Z.8. 1879, p. 90, figs. 5 & 6.
518
PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [June 6,
The Auditory Ossicles.
The malleus is the only ossicle which presents readily available
classificatory characters. These have been examined and described by
From an examination of the collection of ossi-
College of Surgeons, with the use of Mr. Doran’s
Mr. Alban Doran?.
cles in the Royal
llowing characters in the following
paper, I have noted the fo
groups :—
*kytav0u00
® OJ Suruuns
eA00IS B GALT
gou Avut ao Avut
saoujins aRpNoyacy
‘IMOP JOMOT
romper ‘y.10qs £10A
SIAB[NOSNUL Snsso001g
*poyteur [TOM
STAI SNSS8D01
*paAano pur
YO}. UIntaqnuepy
“qno4s pure SUOT yoo NT
‘asIV] ProyyT
opuohy
*£4TAROUOD
[euseyur ue out
sunt 9A00Ad O44
pus ‘xoauoo ore
qjoq {yno ATdoap
saoejans avlNoyaAy
‘AreqQuoUIpNd SIX
-eTnosnul snssooo0rg
eet
SIAGIq snsso00a gq
*Tapueys
Aros TUNTLAQnUe T_T
“SUOT YOON
‘oS IV] VUTTAL'T
‘OyVLOpOUL PLo}T
sounooudogdhag
*£q1ABoT00
[euseqzur ue ojur
sunt 9A0OIS oT}
pue !xeauo0d 918
yqoq §4yno ATdeap
sossoooid avpnonay
“TUNLAQnNUBUL
moi ynq ‘yoo
mo1y you ssutads
‘gnojs “toys sit
-BnosnUt snssedoig
“poyteut [post
SIAQIG snssed001g
‘paaano pue
prog wniaqnueyy
"qnO}s pur 4.LOYs Joo NT
freq
-WOMIPNA VULWe'T
‘asavy, Arad prop
‘Duysadiayy
*AytAvou00
yeusreyur ue o7Ut
suNI eA00AS oT}
puv fxeauo0d o18
qyoq {qno Aydeop
SOOBJINS AVTNONIV
‘sp.eqno
Sepey PACA oOYy
$ XOAUOD OO LOMOT
ou} “yep euo zeddn
ey} .$yno ATdeop
SeVVfANs AB[NOTYAW
*podeys-o[yoIs pur
*yoou WOsy ‘Tums | suo, ‘yoo woay
SITB[NOSNUL snssed0c gf |SLCB]NOsnUL snssado0i J |*
‘qysteys pue
‘qun{q | poyreUr TOM AoywA
SIAOIG Snssov01g | stAoIq snsse00rg |°
“Uy Srey4s pur ‘44518438 pur
JOpuo|s UNTIqnuLyy | epuos wantAqnuRy |*
“‘SUOT Yoon “Buoy Yoon |*
‘oSIey VUTUTET
‘oqyBlepoul prop
oo
*DUMMILA ‘Opuay
‘osrey wuLmaery |"
a iy)
‘eyeIOpoUur pvoyy |
1 Trans. Linn. Soc. new series, (Zoology) vol. i. p. 371.
-
1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ELUROIDEA. 519
SrxvuAL ORGANS.
The penis presents every variety as to its internal osseous support.
It is entirely boneless in the Hyenide; and the bone is rudimen-
tary or absent in the Viverrine. It is tolerably developed in the
Herpestine, and very large indeed in Cryptoprocta.
Cuvier says' of the Ichneumon :—“ Le gland est comprimé sur
les cotés, arqué en dessus 4 son extrémité, et composé, en trés grande
partie, de los qu’il contient. Son bord inférieur présent une fente
qui ne s’étend pas jusqu’A l’extrémité. Elle aboutit 4 une sorte de
cul-de-sac trés profond, qui remplit l’échancrure de l’os, et au fond
duquel viennent s’ouvrir, par deux orifices séparés, l’urétre et le canal
excréteur commun des glandes de Cowper.”
Crocuta differs from all other Hluroids in that the clitoris is enor-
mous and traversed by the urogenital canal *.
In Aretictis the Cowper’s. glands are each less than half the size
of the bilobed prostate. In Prionodon, on the contrary, each Cow-
per’s gland is about as large as is the whole of the bilobed prostate.
According to Professor Owen (Anat. of Vertebrates, vol. iii.
p. 780), Felines have usually six nipples, four ventral and two pec-
toral ; but there are eight in the Domestic Cat. There are four ven-
tral teats in Paradoxurus, Herpestes, and Hyena; but in Viverra
there may be two pectoral teats also.
Scent-GLanps.
Of these glands there are two very distinct categories. One cate-
gory comprises the prescrotal scent-glands, and the other the anal
glands.
The Prescrotal Glands *,
These are met with in their most complete form in Viverra civetta,
where there is a pair of medianly adjoined glands placed between the
penis and the scrotum in the male, and in an analogous position in
the female. Their secretion escapes into a large scent-pouch, the ex-
ternal aperture of which appears as an antero-posteriorly extended slit
simulating a large vaginal aperture. This aperture is larger than
either the vulva or the anus. Each scent-gland is about twice the
size of one of the animal’s anal glands ; and in each scent-gland is a
central cavity which communicates with the median scent-pouch,
into which the glands also open by a number of minute orifices.
In Viverra zibetha* the scrotum is similar. In Aretictis the
secretion of the prescrotal gland exudes into a naked cutaneous inva-
gination placed, like a vulva, in front of the anus. A similar inva-
gination exists in Paradovurus, and a naked space in Nandinia.
In Genetta and Hemigalea the conditions are those already de-
scribed and figured by me®. The scent-glands contain numerous
' Legons d’Anat. Oomp. vol. viii. p. 222.
2 PZ. 8. 1877, p. 369, fig. 41.
° Ohatin, Ann. des Sci. Nat. (5th series) vol. xix. (1874).
* There is an old but an excellent preparation of these glands in the Museum
of the Royal College of Surgeons, Physiological Series, No. 2514.
° P.Z.8. 1882, p. 156.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1882, No. XXXV. 35
520 MR. H. SAUNDERS ON LARIDE [June 6,
small cavities which rather increase in size towards the surface of
each gland.
Anal Glands.
There are constantly two anal glands, one on each side of the
anus, in all A’luroids. The glandular structure may be a transverse
band of follicles extending between the two anal giands, as in (at least
some) Herpestes, Crocuta, and Proteles. The anal glands may be
augmented to three pairs, asin Hyena brunnea', or even to five
pairs, as in Crossarchus. These glands, together with the anus, may
open into a deep anal pouch, asin the Hyenide, Crossarchus, Surt-
cata, and Cryptoprocta; or the anus may open on the surface of the
body, as in the Felide and almost all, if not all, the Viverrine.
2. On some Laride from the Coasts of Peru and Chili, col-
lected by Capt. Albert H. Markham, R.N., with Remarks
on the Geographical Distribution of the Group in the
Pacific. By Howarp Saunprrs, F.L.S., F.Z.S.
[Received May 16, 1882.]
(Plate XXXIV.)
Capt. A. H. Markham, already well known for his circumpolar
explorations, has availed himself of the opportunities afforded by his
appointment to the command of H.M.S. ‘ Triumph,’ on the South-
Pacific station, and has sent home from there an interesting col-
lection of birds. The specimens belonging to the Procellariide have
been placed in the hands of Mr. Osbert Salvin, who has made that
family his special study; and the present paper is limited to the
Laride, of which the collection contains examples referable to 15
species. Amongst these is a specimen of that rarest of Gulls, and
one of the rarest of all birds, XYema furcatum (the large forked-tailed
congener of the cireumpolar Xema sabinii), a species of which only
two examples were previously known, and the rediscovery of which,
after forty years’ fruitless search, is due to the energy of Captain
Markham. ‘
The following Laride were obtained between Payta, in 5° 11', and
Coquimbo, in 30° S. lat. In addition to the original name of each
genus and species, only those references are given which bear upon
geographical distribution in the Neotropical Region.
Na@nIA INCA (Lesson).
Sterna inca, Lesson, Voy. ‘Coquille,’ ii. p. 731, Atlas, pl. 47
(1826).
Nenia inca, Boie, Isis, 1849, p. 189; Scl. & Salv. P. Z. 8. 1871,
p- 567 ; Saunders, op. cit. 1876, p. 667.
[No. 28(¢ adult), no. 29(¢ immature), Callao Bay, August
1881.
In the latter the general hue of the upper parts is of a smoke-
1 Trans. Zool. Soe. vol. vii. p. 506.
Po ST™MORT WOIVIENE VNEX
Yat aus
.
AIVVV'TT' 7F7aAnT
1882. | FROM PERU AND CHILI. 521
grey, much lighter than in the adult, and the moustache-like plumes
beneath the eye merely show traces of the white colour which is
subsequently assumed. The breeding-haunts of this bird are still
unknown; they are surmised to be on the island of San Lorenzo, in
Callao Bay, and in similar situations along the coast, but nothing
has yet been positively ascertained.
STerNA MAxIMA, Bodd.
Sterna maxima, Bodd. Tab. Pl. Enl. p. 58, no. 988 (1783) ; Sel.
& Salv. P. Z.S. 1871, p. 567; Saund. op. cit. 1876, p. 655.
[No. 78(¢), no. 79(Q), Payta, January 1882. Eyes black. ]
Nearly adult, but the secondaries still show some of the dark
markings indicative of immaturity, and only the crown and nape
are as yet streaked with black ; the bill is orange-yellow. In the
adult, in breeding-plumage, the entire crown from the base of the
bill is deep glossy black—a characteristic which distinguishes it
from Sterna bergii of the African and Indian seas, in which a
broad fillet of white intervenes between the black forehead and the
base of the bill. These two species were long confounded ; and as
S. maxima, which is properly an American species, reaches across
to the west coast of Africa, and even as far north as the Straits of
Gibraltar, it may not be superfluous to point out this distinction.
S. mazima has also a lighter mantle than 8. dergit ; but impinging
upon the range of the latter comes a large light-mantled Tern,
S. bernsteini, found between the island of Rodriguez and the island
of Halmahera. ‘This last very rare species, in its winter plumage,
much resembles S. maxima; the breeding-plumage is as yet un-
known, so that it is at present impossible to say if the black crown
extends to the base of the bill or is terminated by a white band.
STERNA ELEGANS, Gamb.
Sterna elegans, Gamb. Pr. Phil. Ac. iv. p. 129 (1848); Saund.
P. Z.S. 1876, p. 653.
[No. 32, Callao Bay, Sept. 1881; nos. 33 & 34, Coquimbo Bay,
Nov. 1881. Eyes dark brown. |
Adult, but not old, birds, in winter plumage, in which only the
nape and crown are black. The Callao example is slightly smailer
than the two others; but this is the only difference.
It was with diffidence that I separated its Atlantic representative
from this species, under the name of S. ewrygnatha (P. Z.8. 1876,
p. 654); but the subsequent examination of a more extensive series
has hitherto confirmed the views then entertained as regards their
specific distinetness, mainly based upon the relative position of the
mandibular angle.
The breeding-resorts of S. elegans are as yet unrecorded, nor
have I hitherto succeeded in examiniug an adult in nuptial dress.
It is known to frequent the coast as far north as California, and will
probably be found breeding along the Pacific shores of Mexico;
nevertheless Mr. Forrer, who found S. maatma abundant in Lower
California, did not obtain S. elegans.
35*
522 : MR. H. SAUNDERS ON LARIDE [June 6,
STERNA HIRUNDINACEA, Less.
Sterna hirundinacea, Lesson, Tr. d’Orn. p. 621 (1831); Saund.
P22. 8. 1876,p.'647.
Sterna cassinii, Scl. P. Z.S. 1860, p. 391; Scl. & Salv. op. cit.
1871, p. 570.
[No. 30 (juv.), no. 31 (adult), Callao Bay, August 1881; nos. 35 &
36 (juv.), Coquimbo Bay, Nov. 1881. Eyes dark brown. |
One adult, and three birds of the year in progressive stages of
winter plumage. Callao, in 12° S. lat., is a considerable advance of
range over that of Coquimbo in 30° S., the furthest previously re-
corded (Cunningham, ‘Ibis,’ 1870, p. 500). The head-quarters of
this southern species are on the coasts and islands of the Chilian
archipelago, the Straits of Magellan, Patagonia, and the Falkland
Islands; but on the Atlantic side of the continent its range north-
wards is not known to extend beyond Rio de Janeiro, in 23°S. lat.
STERNA EXILIs, Tsch.
Sterna exilis, Yschudi, F. Per. Aves, p. 306 (1846); Scl. &
Salv. P. Z.S. 1871, p.572; Saund. op. cit. 1876, p. 663.
[Nos. 37 & 38, Paracas Bay, Peru, October, 1881. Eyes brown. ]
I have now examined five, and possess three specimens of this
very distinct, although little-known member of the Sternula sub-
division.
Itis a purely South-Pacific species, which may be briefly described
as a long-winged S. minuta, washed all over with shades of smoke-
grey, and with more black on the bill. Its immature plumage and
its breeding-places are still unknown.
RHYNCHOPS MELANURA, Sw.
Rhynchops melanura, Swainson, An. in Menag. p. 340 (1838).
[No. 66 (¢), Coquimbo Bay, November 1881. Eyes brown.]
Adult.
In their excellent treatise on the Neotropical Laride (P. Z. S.
1871, p. 566) Messrs. Sclater and Salvin deemed it advisable to
unite under the specific name of &. nigra both the northern white-
tailed form and the southern black-tailed one. This caution was
mainly due to the fact that, amongst Mr. Salvin’s white-tailed spe-
cimens obtained during winter in Central America, one example
shows some dark markings in the middle of the lateral rectrices,
thus intergrading with the southern dark-tailed bird. Recent
examination of this specimen and the others in Mr. Salvin’s exten-
sive series, besides my own, leads me to the conclusion that the
two forms are entitled to specific distinction, for the following
reasons :—In the northern adult the upperside of the rectrices is
almost entirely white, with only a little dusky colour in the central
ones, the underside being pure white; the under wing-coverts are
white; the secondaries are to a great extent white, and the upper
primaries show a considerable margination of that colour. In
the southern form, on the other hand, the rectrices on both their
1882. } FROM PERU AND CHILI, 523
upper and under sides are dark smoke-colour, with merely a
thin outside margin of a lighter tint; the under wing-coverts
are dusky; the tips of the secondaries show far less white than
in the northern bird; whilst the upper primaries can hardly be
said to show any trace of lighter colour even in this Coquimbo speci-
men, which is a fully adult and a freshly-moulted example. The dis-
tinctions admittedly rest upon the respective preponderances of light
and dark; and in the immature northern bird, such as I consider
the Central-American example to which reference has been made,
the tail is not so white as in the adult; nevertheless the two forms
can be separated at a glance at any age. It is substantially correct
to define the northern A. nigra as a white-tailed, and the southern
Rt. melanura as a black-tailed bird. In the winter plumage both
species show a more or less defined white collar.
There is a break in the chain of evidence respectiug the inter-
tropical range of these two species. Through the kindness of my
friend Mr. E. Hargitt, I have specimens of the southern form, R. me-
lanura, from as far north as Berbice, British Guiana, about lat. 6°
N.; and it probably ascends the Orinoco, and passes along the coast
of Venezuela. In this case the northern range of R. melanura
in the Atlantic would come very close to the territory of the northern
R. nigra, which is common in Florida, whence I possess examples.
Under these circumstances the wonder is that the distinctions
between the northern and southern forms should be so marked as
they are.
XemMa FuRCATUM (Neboux). (Plate XXXIV.)
Larus furcatus, Neboux, Voy. ‘ Vénus,’ Atlas, pl. x. (1846), deser.
Rev. Zool. 1840, p. 290.
Creagrus furcatus, Bp. Naum. 1854, p. 213; Salvin, Tr. Z. S.
ix. p. 506.
Xema furcatum (Neboux), Saunders, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 210.
[No. 9, Paracas Bay, Peru, Oct. 1881. Eyes brown. |
The third known example of this rarest of Gulls, the history of
which may here be briefly recapitulated. The Paris Museum possesses
one, in somewhat immature plumage, said to have been obtained by
Dr. Neboux, of the French frigate ‘Vénus,’ at Monterey, California,
in the month of November. The British Museum has an adult in
full breeding-plumage, obtained during the voyage of H.M.SS.
‘Herald’ and ‘ Pandora,’ at Dalrymple rock, Chatham Island, Gala-
pagos group, nearly on the equator, between the 11th and 16th
January. It is a medium-sized Gull, with long wings (16 inches),
a dark slate-coloured hood, and a forked tail; indeed were it not
that the hood is separated from the base of the hill by a band of
white feathers, and that there is no black neck-ring at the base of
the hood, Xema furcatum might be described as a gigantic Sabine’s
Gull. In the young, now figured, the resemblance to the young of
Xema sabinii is very marked. The entire head is white, with dark
markings in front of and surrounding the eyes, and a brown auri-
cular patch as in most of the immature hooded Gulls; neck and
524 MR. H. SAUNDERS ON LARID [June 6,
mantle ashy brown, the tips of the feathers margined with white ;
upper wing-coverts and secondaries white ; primaries, ]—5 black with
greater part of inner web white, 6 and 7 white barred with dusky,
8-10 pure white. Tail much forked, the outer feathers nearly
white, the others banded with brown and tipped with white ; ramp
white slightly mottled with brown. Underparts white. Bill horn-
black ; tarsi and feet livid brown. The bill is proportionately
longer, slenderer, and more curved than in X. sabini, from which
it also differs in having a considerable bare space between the base
of the feathers and the nares. ‘The first primary which shows the
slightest tip of white is the 5th, and there is less white at the tips of
the upper ones than in the young of X. sabinii.
The feathers are all quite fresh, and, reasoning from analogy, I
should think that this example cannot have been more than three
or four months old.: Where, then, are the head-quarters of this
mysterious Gull? It would seem by this specimen that its breeding-
time corresponds to that of the northern hemisphere, and that,
like some other Gulls, it passes southwards to escape the northern
winter; but as yet nothing is known. It is, however, somewhat
remarkable that American naturalists who have devoted so much
attention to the exploration of the coast of the Pacific, from Van-
couver’s Island down to Mexico, have discovered no trace of it;
nor have repeated visits to the Galapagos produced more than the
isolated adult specimen above noticed. Capt. Markham’s valuable
acquisition has now made us acquainted with the first plumage of
this extremely rare bird; and the proof of the existence of this long-
lost species may be expected to awaken an interest which will pro-
bably in a few years lead to the discovery of its real habitat.
XeEMA SABINIT (Sabine).
Larus sabini, J. Sabine, Tr. Linn. Soe. xii. p. 520 (1818).
Xema sabinii (Sabine), Saunders, P. Z.S. 1878, p. 209.
[Nos. 70 & 71 (3 9), Callao Bay, Dec. 1881. Eyes black.]
Two specimens of this circumpolar species in the winter plumage of
the second year : 7. e. adult, but without the hood. In the primaries
the white bottoms of the tips are so completely worn away as to give
them the appearance of having been cut off squarely, showing that
these flight-feathers are not renewed until January or February, as
in the case of many of the Terns.
The occurrence of this species at Callao, in 12° S., further increases
our knowledge of its winter range on the Peruvian coast, the most
southern locality hitherto recorded being Tumbez in about 8° S.
(Scl. & Salv. P. Z.S. 1878, p. 141), on the authority of Prof. Steere.
On the Atlantic side this species has not yet been recorded as an
autumn and winter visitant beyond the coast of France and the
Bermudas.
Larus FRANKLINI, Sw. & Rich.
Larus franklini, Sw. & Rich. F. Bor.-Am., Birds, p. 424 (1831) ;
Scl. & Salv. P.Z. 8. 1861, p. 577; Saund. op. cit. 1878, p. 195
[No. 11, no, 12 (2), no, 18( 3), no. 14 (2), Coquimbo Bay,
1882. ] FROM PERU AND CHILI. 525
Nov. 1881. Eyes brown. No. 77, Payta, January 1882. Eyes
black. |
This rather small Gull, with a dark slate-black hood in the nuptial
dress, is now well known as a winter visitant to the Pacific coast as
far south as Chili. Its breeding-grounds are in Manitoba and other
northern portions of America, chiefly to the west of 90° W. long., or
say, roughly, the prolongation of the line of the Mississippi.
Larus sERRANUS, T'sch.
Larus serranus, Tschudi, Wiegm. Arch. 1844, pt. i. p. 314; Sel.
& Saly. P.Z.S. 1871, p. 577; Saund. op. cit. 1878, p. 196.
[No. 10, Callao Bay, August 1881. |
A fine adult of this much larger species, with the full black hood
of breeding-plumage. It is known to breed on the islands and
shores of the Andean lakes ; but its eggs and nestlings are, I believe,
still undescribed. During the bad weather in the mountains it comes
down to the Pacific coast; but as yet it has not been found on the
eastern slope, nor in the Argentine provinces, the bird thus named by
Burmeister being clearly L. maculipennis.
LARUS CIRRHOCEPHALUS, Vieill.
Larus cirrhocephalus, Vieillot, in 2nd ed, Nouv. Dict. Hist. Nat.
t. xxi. p. 502 (1818) ; Saunders, P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 204.
[No. 75(¢), no. 76 (2), Payta, January 1882. Eyes bright
silvery grey ; legs and beak red. |
Both these examples are adults, and even o/d birds, as evidenced
by the size of the subapical mirror in the first and second primaries.
But although the month of January corresponds to our midsummer,
nevertheless these birds show only a little of the pale grey hood
characteristic of the nuptial season. In Argentine specimens the
hood is assumed from September onwards, and, following the usual
rule with Gulls of the southern hemisphere, the birds may be
expected to breed about November. Where this Gull breeds, how-
ever, is as yet a mystery, as is also the route by which it reaches the
Pacific coast. All that is known is that it occurs on the coast, bays,
and lakes of Brazil from about Rio de Janeiro down to Buenos Ayres,
and up the La Plata and the Parana; but accounts of its breeding-
habits in those districts, such as those of Hudson (P. Z. 5S. 1870,
p. 802, and 1871, p. 4), really apply to a totally different species,
namely L. maculipennis, Licht. Without any connecting links in
the chain of distribution, L. cirrhocephalus makes its appearance on
the coast of Peru, these two examples making the third and fourth
known to me from there, its range on the Pacific side being from
the Chincha Islands, in about 13°, to Payta in 5° S. lat.
In this connexion it is necessary to point out an error into which
my friend Mr. R. B. Sharpe has fallen, owing to the want of genuine
specimens of this Gull in the British Museum, a deficiency which I
have since supplied. In his Report on the birds collected by Dr.
Coppinger, of H.M.S. ‘Alert’ (P. Z. S. 1881, p. 16), Mr. Sharpe,
526 MR. H. SAUNDERS ON LARIDA [June 6,
under the name of L. cirrhocephalus, has included two other and
perfectly distinct species. His no. 87 is really ZL. glaucodes,
Meyen (as is also his no. 51, which is rightly named), a species
with a black or dark brown hood (similar in that respect to our
L. ridibundus), which ranges from the Falklands to the coast of
Chili. On the other hand his nos. 68 and 69 are respectively young
and adult of Z. maculipennis, Licht., another dark-hooded Gull, very
close to Z. glaucodes, but from which it is distinguishable by the
wing-pattern. Hitherto LZ. maculipennis, which is the common
Argentine species, has not been known to occur beyond the Chuput
valley, Eastern Patagonia, 43°8.; and this is the first time it has been
obtained on the Pacific coast. It was already sufficiently remarkable
that two such very closely allied and yet perfectly distinguishable
species of Gull as LZ. maculipennis and L. glaucodes should be coex-
istent within so limited an area; but now that their range is shown
to intersect, it is stranger than ever. Reverting to L. cirrhocepha-
lus, which has been so repeatedly confused with totally distinct
Species, it may be excusable to repeat that it has a pale grey or
lavender hood, slightly darker on the neck, and that the only species
with which it can be confounded is its South-African representative
L. pheocephalus, Sw.
LaRUS BELCHERI, Vigors.
Larus belcheri, Vigors, Zool. Journ. iv. p. 358; Scl. & Salv.
P. Z. 8S. 1871, p. 575 ; Saund. op. cit. 1878, p. 182.
[No. 4, San Lorenzo Island, Callao Bay, August 1881. Eyes
brown, legs yellow.
No. 7, Callao Bay, August 1881.
No. 8, Coquimbo Bay, November 1881. ]
The first is an adult with pure white head and underparts; the
second is in the brown plumage of the first year ; the third isa bird
of the second year which has already assumed the dark mantle of
the adult, but still retains the brown hood and slightly mottled
underparts indicative of immaturity.
This stoutly built species is a very remarkable Pacific form, uniting,
as it does, all the main features in which the Gulls of the Pacific
differ from those of the Atlantic. In the immature stage it has an.
exceedingly well-marked hood, which it afterwards loses; in the
adult stage it still retains a very defined black bar on the rectrices.
Altogether it resembles L. crassirostris of Japan far more closely
than any other ; but it is a coarser species, and has a more defined
hood in the immature plumage than the Japanese bird.
Larus modestus, a more slender but very characteristic species
frequenting the coasts of Peru and Chili, but of the breeding-place
of which no authentic accounts have yet appeared, is not represented
in this collection. Another and very rare Gull, hardly a dozen
examples of which are known to exist, is Larus fuliginosus, a dark
sooty bird with a hood at all seasons, restricted to the Galapagos
group.
1882. | FROM PERU AND CHILI. 527
Larus pominicanus, Licht.
Larus dominicanus, Licht. Verz. Doubl. p. 82 (1823); Scl. &
Salv. P. Z. S. 1871, p. 576; Saund. op. cit. 1878, p. 180.
Five specimens in various stages of plumage from Coquimbo and
Callao. This widely distributed black-backed Gull appears to re-
place in the southern hemisphere the northern L. marinus.
STERCORARIUS POMATORHINUS (Temm.), Saund. P. Z. 8. 1876,
p- 324.
3 2, Callao Bay, December 1881.
Two examples of this circumpolar parasitic Gull, apparently in
second and third year. These are the first specimens on record
from the South Pacific, its previous occurrence in that ocean reaching
no further than the latitude of Inosima, Japan (P. Z.S. 1877,
p- 800). Callao is also by about three degrees the most southern
latitude yet reached, Cape York, North Australia, being the nearest.
It is probably a regular visitant to the Peruvian coast, several ob-
servers having remarsed medium-sized Skuas pursuing the other
Gulls, although, until now, the species could not be identified.
Unless specimens are actually obtained, it is, however, unsafe to
conclude that any species observed pursuing and robbing other sea-
birds must necessarily be a Skua of some kind: on the contrary,
many other Gulls have similar habits, amongst which may be men-
tioned Larus belcheri and Larus heermanni in the Pacific, Larus
atricilla (see E. Coues, B. N. W. p. 653), Larus hemprichi in the
Red Sea, and, in all probability, many more.
STERCORARIUS CHILENSIS (Bonap.), Saund. P. Z. S. 1876,
p- 323.
One, Callao Bay. This locality is the most northern yet recorded
for this southern representative and close ally of S. catarrhactes of
the northern hemisphere.
In a paper recently published by M. Alph. Milne-Edwards (Ann.
Se. Nat. (6) xii. art. 7), “Sur la Faune des régions australes,”’ he
inclines to the belief that the type from which the large short-tailed
Skuas Stercorarius catarrhactes, S. chilensis, and S. antarcticus are
derived belonged originally to the antarctic regions. The first is
now confined to the northern hemisphere, in which alone all the other
known species of Skua have their breeding-places, and the balance of
probability would therefore seem to be rather in favour of a northern
origin ; but, after all, this is mere conjecture. With regard to the
other Gulls I will quote his exact words :—‘‘ Cette étude montre
que les Goélands et les Mouettes de la région antarctique ne pré-
sentent rien que puisse caractériser la faune de cette partie du globe,
et que les espéces ou races qui y vivent sont probablement des dé-
rivés des oiseaux du méme genre qui abondent dans l’hémisphére
nord.” It would be unsatisfactory to enter into arguments as to the
probability of the short-tailed Skuas having had their origin in the
southern, whilst all the other Gulls had their origin in the northern
528 MR. H. SAUNDERS ON LARIDE (June 6,
hemisphere ; but inasmuch as the Alecde proper are now generally
admitted to be connected with the Zarid@ on the one side, as the
Laride are connected with the Limicole on the other, and as the
Alcide are only known to inhabit the northern hemisphere, it would
appear more probable that the Laride, or at least the Larine, had
their origin there also. There are, however, some very remarkable
points about the Gulls of the southern hemisphere, especially with
relation to the Pacific, of which M. Milne-Edwards seems to be
unaware, and upon which I should like to offer a few observations.
Throughout the northern hemisphere, exclusive of the shores
washed by the Pacific, the Gulls (with the exception of the three
arctic genera Rissa, Pagophila, and Rhodostethia) fall into two
well-marked groups—those in which the adults bear a coloured
hood during the breeding-season, and those which never have a hood
at any time. Jn all the members of both of these groups the imma-
ture birds have a dark band across the rectrices, which disappeats as
they approach maturity. Several representatives of each of these
groups also inhabit the southern hemisphere— Larus cirrhocephalus
of South America, and its close ally ZL. pheocephalus of South
Africa, L. maculipennis, L. glaucodes, and L. serranus of South
America, belonging to the former; LZ. dominicanus, found from New
Zealand to South America (by way of the Cape of Good Hope, not
through the South Pacific), Z. dulleri, L. scopulinus, L. nove-hol-
landie, and L. hartlaubii, found at or between New Zealand and the
Cape of Good Hope, belonging to the latter group. But it is only
in the Pacific (merely including in that area the desolate islands of
South Shetland, the Falklands, and a portion of Patagonia near the
eastern entrance of the Straits of Magellan) that we find several
species of Gulls which agree with the other forms in having a band
across the rectrices in the immature stage, but differ from them
in many other respects. Most of these species are of a coarse
heavy build, and have a tendency to a sooty hue on the under-
parts; but their principal characteristic is the presence of a more or
less defined hood in the immature stage, which is generally José in
the adult plumage. LL. scoresbii, which extends beyond the Pacific
to the Falklands, varies least in this respect from the general type
of Guils; it has a well-defined hood in youth, but loses the hood
with the disappearance of the bar on the tail, which becomes
white. Its range is but little beyond that of the Cape-Horn
current. Larus belcheri, distributed along the whole coast-line
of Chili and Peru washed by Humboldt’s current of cold water,
has a hood in youth only ; but it has a barred tail at all ages, the
black predominating over the white. The species most nearly re-
sembling it in the adult plumage is Larus crassirostris, of the
Pacific coasts of Japan and China, in which, however, the amount
of black and white in the rectrices is nearly equal; nor has the
young so well-marked a hood; its mantle also is lighter, and its
other characteristics are so far modified as to make it intermediate
between the Old-World and the South-Pacifie Gulls. The line of
communication of the ancestor of these forms, which now constitute
1882. ¥ROM PERU AND CHILI. 529
two well-marked species, was probably, unless the direction of
currents has materially altered, by Humboldt’s current northwards
to the equator, thence across the comparatively feeble and conflicting
equatorial currents, until the sforth equatorial drift led to the shores
of Japan.
On the coast of California occurs Larus heermanni, another mem-
ber of this group, with an entirely black tail, and a hood in the im-
mature state; the head gets lighter with age, but the underparts
are washed with the dark grey so characteristic of Pacific forms. It
has no very close ally in existence; for Larus modestus, a much
slenderer Gull, restricted to the coasts of Peru and Chili, only re-
sembles it in the hood of immaturity and in general coloration, and
differs from it in having a tendency to lose the black markings on
the rectrices with advance in age. And the isolated Larus fuligi-
nosus, found only in the Galapagos group, differs from the other
Pacific Gulls in having a hood at all ages and in losing the markings
on the rectrices at maturity. It would seem asif this smoke-coloured
species, stranded at the Galapagos, might be the nearest living
representative of the ancestor of all these Pacific forms, and the one
which at the same time links them to the type of the northern hemi-
sphere.
Between South America and the neighbourhood of New Zealand
and Australia only Terns are found, no Gull of any kind being on
record. Even LZ. dominicanus is absent from the South-Pacific
islands, its line of connexion between South America and New
Zealand being by the South Atlantic. But along the southern
shores of Australia, from King George’s Sound to Tasmania, and
(according to the labels on the specimens obtained by the Antarctic
expedition) in New Zealand, is found a large dark-mantled Gull,
Larus pacificus, Lath., which has an immense blunt bill of peculiar
form, somewhat like that of Z. scoresbii, and further resembles the
Pacific group in that the adult has a broad black band across the
rectrices. It is an isolated form; but although it may be difficult
to explain its existence at the junction of the waters of the South
Pacific and South Atlantic, the fact seems worthy of attention.
Apart from conjectures, there can be no doubt tbat the connexion
between the pelagic birds of the northern and southern hemispheres
is much closer in the Pacific than in the Atlantic. The closer
resemblance between Stercorarius catarrhactes and 8. chilensis than
between the latter and its present near neighbour, S. antarctéicus, is
one proof of this; the intermediate position occupied by Sterna
aleutiea of the Aleutian Islands, between the ordinary type of north-
ern Tern and the intertropical group of sooty Terns, is still further
evidence; but the strongest of all is perhaps in the case of Xema
sabinii and X. furcatum. The former, a circumpolar species not
known to breed south of the arctic circle, except on the shores of
Behring’s Sea, extends its breeding-range in the North Pacific as far
south as Alaska; and not only the young birds, which are always
great wanderers, but also the adults of this species come down in
winter as far as 12° S, lat., thus considerably overlapping the range
530 PROF. F.J. BELL ON THE COMATULID&. (June 6,
of its larger congener X.furcatum. The latter, owing to its restric-
tion to the Pacific, has acquired some of the special characteristics of
the Pacific Gulls ; but there can be‘no doubt that these two surviving
species of hooded fork-tailed Gulls must have had a common origin
at no very remote period. The main factors in causing this
approximation are, probably, the North-Pacific drift-current, which
sweeps past the Aleutian Islands, down the coast of California
to Mexico, at least as far as Acapulco; and the cold Humboldt’s
current, abounding with fish, coming from the south and refreshing
the coasts of Peru and the Galapagos. No greater contrast can be
imagined than that between the vicinity of the Chincha Islands,
swarming not only with Gulls and Terns, but with Gannets, Boobies,
Pelicans, Cormorants, and Petrels literally by millions, and the
comparatively unaviferous coast of Brazi) in about the same lati-
tude, say from .Pernambuco to Bahia, along which a warm stream
flows.
My heartiest thanks are due to Capt. Markham for the very in-
teresting collection that has formed the subject for this paper ; would
that in the navy there were more like him! Every few years some
of our men-of-war visit the Galapagos group; but no attempt at a
systematic exploration of the archipelago appears to have been made
since the visits of the ‘Adventure’ and ‘ Beagle’ in 1835; and
that was in all probability owing, in a great measure, to the presence
of the late Mr. Charles Darwin. It is almost certain that, if not
only this group, but the other remote islands of the equatorial and
northern Pacific were thoroughly explored, much important light
would be thrown upon the distribution of species and the connexions
which have existed between many which are now restricted either to
the northern or to the southern hemisphere.
3. An Attempt to apply a Method of Formulation to the
Species of the Comatulide; with the Description of a
new Species. By F. Jerrrny Brent, M.A., F.ZS.,
Professor of Comparative Anatomy in King’s College.
[Received May 16, 1882.]
(Plate XXXV.)
A zoologist who has been at work for a quarter of a century, more
or less, and on whom the growth of zoological literature has been
somewhat gradual, will hardly perhaps be greatly affected by the
already enormous mass of descriptive and illustrative literature
which appears in the journals of societies and other serial publica-
tions. The younger student, however, cannot look so calmly on
the piles of papers that lie behind him, and the manifold sheets
that are daily laid in his way.
P.Z.S.1882. Pl. XXXV
“a
——o
te
2
1
¥
ie
JD
aa
Mintern Bros. imp
Berjeau & Highley del et]ith
ACTINOMETRA ANNULATA.
1882.] PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE COMATULIDZ. 531
If science is not to be overwhelmed by literature, an alternative is
only to be found in such abbreviation as the mathematician, the
physicist, and the chemist have already adopted, or in some form
of the modern weapon, the cléture. It is unnecessary to insist on
the advantage of the former.
Recognizing the force of these considerations, I proposed last year
to this Society a method of formulating the results attained to, as
regards our knowledge of the specific characters of the members
of the genus Asterias. For the purpose of extending the process
as much as possible, I select on this occasion a different group
of the Echinodermata.
I cannot pass directly to the subject without expressing my
satisfaction with the knowledge that Dr. Vosmaer, of Leyden, has
invented a kind of short-hand for the description of Sponges,
which will, I hope, bring him before long to a system of formu-
lation.
When we make a general survey of the two genera which contain
by far the greatest number of the Comatulide, Antedon and Acti-
nometra, we note that,
(1) As a general rule, the arms are ten in number or more than
ten; the joints before the first division are called radials, those
before the second distichals; if there is a further division we shall
have palmars ; while the separate joints after the final division are
known as the drachials.
(2) The leading differences between these sets of joints in different
species are to be found in the varying arrangement of that mode of
union to which Johannes Miiller applied the term syzygial.
(3) The cirri on the centrodorsal vary in number, and in the
number of their joints.
If (1) we use the letters R, D, P for the radials, distichals,
and palmars respectively, and insert them in the formula whensoever
the respective axillary is a syzygy, we may (2) distinguish which of the
first three brachials (one of which is, with but very rare exceptions, a
syzygy) is a syzygy by simply makiug use of the number 1, 2, or 3.
Thirdly, the cirri and their number may be thus formulated : if there
are from 1-12 cirri, we may say there are few; if from 12-30, a
moderate number ; and if more than 30, a large number: if there are
not mure than 20 joints to the cirri we may look upon them as being
few, if from 20-40 moderate, and if more than 40 numerous. I
propose to use the letters a, 6, and ¢ to represent few, moderate,
and numerous respectively ; while the letter for the number of cirri
will form the numerator, and that for the number of joints the
denominator of a fraction; and where there is a difficulty of decision
one might write ab or de.
Antedon and Actinometra may be usefully, though not of ne-
cessity, distinguished by making 4 or 4! part of the formula.
One or two examples will explain the aim of this note. If we have
a ten-rayed dntedon with 15 cirri of 40-50 joints, with its first syzygy
on the third brachial, we may write its formula thus, 3 A . 3; SO, again,
532 PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE COMATULID. [June 6,
1 A/RP < is the formula for a multiradiate! Actinometra with its
radial and palmar (though not its distichal) axillaries syzygies,
with a syzygy on its first brachial, with less than 13 cirri, and more
than 40 cirrus-joints.
When a character frequently though not always obtains, the
corresponding letter is put within brackets: thus 3AR(P) = would
be the formula of a species of Antedon in which, though the radial
and third brachial joints were always syzygial, the palmar axillary
was only sometimes so; in those rare cases in which divisions
extend beyond the palmars, I have made use of the symbols P! and
* salle
In the lists that follow, the greater number of described species of
Antedon and Actinometra will be found enumerated and their
formulze given ; in addition there are given the names and formule
of some new forms that have been lately collected by Dr. Coppinger,
of H.M.S. ‘Alert,’ the descriptions of which will be shortly published
elsewhere.
As in the paper on Asterias, I have given only one reference to
the description of each species. In addition to the heavy debt which
I owe to the published writings of Mr. P. Herbert Carpenter, I
have to add that the formule of some of the species of Johannes
Miller are given with more satisfactory knowledge than the rest,
owing to the fact that Mr. Carpenter, in a manner of which I know
not whether the scientific liberality or the amiable friendliness is the
more remarkable, has provided me with copies of the notes made
by lim on the specimens which formed the bases of Miiller’s de-
scriptions. Mr. Herbert Carpenter’s two papers referred to in the
following lists are to be found (i.) in the ‘Notes from the Leyden
Museum,’ vol. iii., and (ii.) in the ‘Bulletin of the Museum of
Compar. Zoology,’ ix. no. 4. The references to Johannes Miiller’s
‘Ueber die Gattung Comatula’ refer to the pagination of the
separate copies ; Count Pourtales’s papers are to be found in, respec-
tively, (i.) Bull. M. C.Z. no. 6, (ii.) B. M. C. Z. no. 11, and (iii.) B.
M. C. Z. v. no. 9. The other references will explain themselves.
I. Lists or DescriBepD SPECIEs.
(a) ANTEDON.
adeone, Mill. p. 15.
alata, Pourt. ill. p. 215.
armata, Pourt. il. p. 356.
articulata, Mill. p. 27.
. bimaculata, Carp. i. p. 186.
brevieuneata, Carp. i. p. 187.
Soe go to
1 When D or P appear in a formula it is clear the species must haye more
than 10 rays, because of the meaning of the words those letters represent ;
where, however, neither distichals nor palmars present asyzygial joint, it will be
necessary to make use of the mathematical sign for the square root to mark the
fact of its being a multiradiate species.
1882. ] PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE COMATULID.
7. tarinata, Mill. p. 16.
8. celtica, Duncan and Sladen, Arctic Echinod. p. 75.
Y. cubensis, Pourt. 1. p. 356.
10. dubeni, Bolsche, Arch. fiir Nat. 1866, p. 92.
11. elongata, Carp. i. p. 183.
12. eschrichtii, Duncan and Sladen, Arctic Echiuod. p. 73.
13. flagellata, Carp. i. p. 183.
14. granulifera, Pourt. ili. p. 215.
15. hageni, Pourt. i. p. 111.
16. jacquinoti, Mill. p. 19.
17. levicirra, Carp. 1. p. 189.
18. levissima, Grube, JB. schl. Ges. 1875, p. 74.
19. macronema, Mill. p. 22.
20. meridionalis, Pourt. ii. p. 355.
~ 21. mertensi, Grube, JB. schl. Ges. 1875, p. 74.
22. milberti, Mill. p. 19.
23. millert, Mill. p. 15.
24. palmata, Mill. p. 25.
25. perspinosa, Carp. i. p. 178.
26. petasus, Mill. p. 17.
27. phalangium, Mill. p. 17.
28. philiberti, Mill. p. 23.
29. pinniformis, Carp. i. p. 180.
30. prolixa, Duncan and Sladen, Arctic Echinod. p. 77.
31. reynaudi, Mill. p. 23.
32. rosacea, W. B. Carpenter, Phil. Trans. 1866.
33. rubiginosa, Pourt. i. p. 356,
34. sarsi, Miill. p. 18.
35. savignii, Mull. p. 21.
36. serripiana, Carp. i. p. 182.
37. spicata, Carp. i. p. 190.
38. spinifera, Carp. il. p. 8.
(3) ACTINOMETRA.
. alternans, Carp. i. p. 208.
. brachiolata (rosea), Miill. pp. 13, 14.
. bennetti, Carp. i. p. 212.
. borneensis, Grube, JB. schl. Ges. 1875, p. 75.
echinoptera, Mill. p. 14.
. fimbriata, Mill. p. 22.
. japonica, Carp. i. p. 202.
. jukesi, Carp. Proc. Roy. Soc. 1879, p. 390.
. multifida, Mill. p. 26.
10. multiradiata, Mill. p. 25.
11. nove-guinee, Carp. i. p. 193.
12. parvicirra, Carp. 1. p. 204.
13. peronii, Carp. i. p. 214.
14. pulchella, Carp. ii. p. 10.
15. robustipinna, Carp. i. p- 201.
16. rotalaria, Miill. p. 20.
CONaonswhwre
534 PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE COMATULID2. [June 6,
17. schlegelii, Carp. i. p. 210.
18. solaris, Mill. p. 12.
19. trichoptera, Mill. p. 21.
20. typica, Lovén, Géfv. K. Vet.-Akad. Forh. 1866, p. 231.
21. wahlbergi, Mill. p. 20.
In the succeeding lists the names are mentioned and the formule
given of some new species from the Australian seas, full descrip-
tions of which I hope to be able to publish at an early date.
II. Lists or FormMuL&.
ANTEDON}.
b
adeons® ........066- 3A b levicivra ...c..0e. / 3 Ab.
*
aMAta «sess x A; Loven .....esessesees 3a.
articulata ......... J 3A Fs . macronema ...... 3A be.
imaculataree vA Bye microdiscus ...... 3 ADP £
a b
Saar milberti ............ 3A-,
brevicuneata ...... v3 A e. b
: b palmata .........00. 3A B
briareus ..........6. 3 AD =
d b perspinosa ....0... 3A2,
Carinata ........060. 3A be =
he i phalangium ..... pad OPA.
Celtica? .......00 3A;. .
nid b pinniformis ...... 3A es
decipiens .......+. 3 AD;.
b proliza }.. bc... BA“,
dubeni oo... 3A5. y 2 nate
‘ b
POPING" vi causechese 3 (5) A=
elegans .........06. 3 AD (P) a S @) b
—, Feynaual, bots cen ?3 J/ ARP.
elongata..........+. V3 A ®, ‘ c
be
YOSACOB ...ceccecees 3A —.
eschrichti ......... 3 “. se
Se SANG ce Sesh ae kortee SCA Ke
flagellata ......... V3A Re %
4 savignii wos... x AD?
insignis ........... sae, e
; serripinna ........ SA2,
irregularis ......... 3AD 5. me?
: eer b spinifera............ Vv xA ab,
Jacquinoti ......... 3A 5. S
* Several of the species of this genus and of <Actinometra diagnosed b
Count Pourtales are too briefly described for us to be able to include them in
these lists,
* The sign X in a formula is to be understood to signify that information
with regard to a certain character has not yet been obtained.
? Of Marenzeller and Sladen; see Zool. Anz. iv. p- 520.
1882. ] PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE COMATULID. 535
ACTINOMETRA.
albonotata .....,... 1A'Re. parvicirra ......... 3A'DP?,
ab a
alternans .. ..... 3A’RPP"? ‘ paucicirra ......... 1.2.A'RD*.
brachiolata(rosea) 1.2. A/RP. peronii oe... 3A'RDP?.
bennettii ........ 3A'RDP,. pulchella ......... (1.2)3A',.
borneensis ......... 24D. | robustipinna ...... A'(D)P<.
5) x
coppingeri ......... 3A m, | votalaria............ 3A'(P) = ;
echinoptera ...... Bar. schlegeli ............ 3A'RDP2.
fimbriata ......... 2a'D >, Scolari steenroreccs.22 1.2.4'R.2.
. japonica............ VA 3A'R,- | trichoptera......... BAD”.
multifida ......... 3a'D”. by Dicahec dr. se -4.. 1A/RDE.
multiradiata ...... 2A/RDP?. ' variabilis ......... 3A'D(P)-.
novee-guiner ...... \(2)ARDPL, | wahlbergi ......... 3A’D(P)p.
:
ACTINOMETRA ANNULATA. (Plate XXXV.)
Centrodorsal discoidal flat, with about 15 marginal cirri, in one
row, of about 15 joints, none of which are much longer than broad,
though the third, fourth, and fifth are a little so; the succeeding
joints have distinct though not prominent spines, though they are
not always present on all of them.
Forty arms ; the divisions very regular.
First radials visible, second very wide, in contact, third also very
wide, not a syzygy. ‘Three distichals and three palmars, the axil-
laries syzygies. First brachials wide, in contact ; the third brachial
a syzygy ; after the sixth the wedge-shape rapidly becomes apparent,
and the joints strongly overlap on either side alternately ; the free
edges of the joints may present delicate denticulations. Some way
out the wedge-form diminishes ; and then, owing to the strong pro-
jections of the ridges, the arms appear somewhat as though they
were ringed.
Brachial syzygies: third, tenth, fourteenth, and then at about
every fourth joint.
The second pinnule, which is on the second palmar, is only a
very little longer than the first ; both are made up of a large number
of small joints; the fourth or fifth pinnule is short and fleshy.
Further out the pinnules are again longer and their joints elongated
and delicate.
Arm nearly or quite 100 mm. long; diameter of disk 10 mm. ;
cirri 8 mm. long.
Cape York, North Australia. Coll. B.M.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.— 1882, No. XXXVI. 36
536 MR. F. DAY ON ANGUILLA KIENERI. [June 6,
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXV.
Fig.1. Actinometra annulata, showing the disk with its cirri, the mode of
division of the arms, and one arm along the whole of its uninjured
extent.
2. View of part (fig. 1, x) of the dorsal surface of the arm.
2a. View of dorsal surface-further out (fig. 1, y).
2b. View of ditto, near the tip: all x 4.
3. The first pinnule (of 50 joints), x 38.
3a. A pinnule (of 21 joints) near the middle of the arm, X 6.
36. A pinnule (of 26 joints) from near the end of the arm, x 6. The
hooks on the free ends of the later pinnules are shown.
4. A cirrus, x 6.
4, On the Identity of Anguilla kieneri, Giinther, with a
Gadoid Lycodes. By Francis Day, F.Z.S.
~ [Received May 26, 1882.]
Inthe‘ Annals and Magazine of Natural History,’ 1874 (xiii. pp. 138,
139), Dr. Giinther gave some notes upon fishes obtained at consider-
able depths in the North Atlantic, remarking (p. 139) that “a small
fourth bottle contains only one specimen; it is labelled, im Mr.
Couch’s handwriting, ‘ Ophidium—eel-like, deep sea—1869. H.M.S.
‘Porcupine.’ 180 fathoms.’ This specimen is the young of Angudlla
kieneri, a species hitherto known from the Mediterranean only.”
The capture of this so-called “eel” is part of the evidence adduced
to prove “that fishes hitherto known from more southern latitudes
occur in the North Atlantic at a moderate depth (of between 80 and
200 fathoms).”’
It was with some interest that I commenced my examination of
this British fish, which had been placed in such dissimilar positions
in the ichthyological system, viz. by Couch among the Gadoids, by
Giinther among the Eels. The first thing that struck my attention
was that it possessed small and jugular ventral fins and non-imbricate
scales on the body, and was evidently widely separated from the Eels.
Spineless, with its vertical fins confluent, a narrow gill-opening, the
gill-membranes attached to the isthmus, and the upper jaw longer
than the lower, it was evidently a Gadoid (as characterized in the
British-Museum Catalogue), but had not the wide gill-openings of
fishes belonging to the genus Ophidium, in which Couch had located it,
but the narrow ones of the Lycodontide, and appertained to Lycodes.
Lycodes isnot a Mediterranean form, but is found in Arctic America
and Greenland, from which wanderers may extend southwards; for
this genus has been shown to possess more species than any other
deep-sea Arctic form at present known.
Naming such a young example of ZLycodes, or instituting a new
designation for the reception of this specimen, would be open to
strong objections’. Soon after it was captured it was evidently
placed in very strong alcohol, and as a result has stiffened, shrivelled,
and contorted into an unnatural shape. Irrespective of this, as
‘ Until it can be ascertained what species it is the young of, the specimen
may be termed Lycodes kieneri, Giinther.
1882. | MR. F. DAY ON ANGUILLA KIENERI. 537
Collett has remarked, to determine the species of this genus is at all
times difficult, owing to the unsatisfactory condition of the older type
specimens, as well as the great individual variations in proportions,
colour, and amount of scaling that occur among examples of the
same species, and which may sometimes be due to sexual conditions.
It admits of the clearest proof that the young and adult indivi-
duals of the same species exhibit marked dissimilarity.
The example is 33 inches in length ; its head is one seventh of the
total length, and the greatest height of the body one fourteenth of the
total length; the height of the head is two fifths of its length, and
but little less than its width. Eyes comparatively large, being
about one fourth of the length of the head, one diameter from the
end of the snout, and less than one diameter apart. Teeth in the
a >
») eS
Lycodes kieneri (Gimther), 2.
jaws, vomer, and palate. Scales existing from the head and back of
the pectoral fin backwards over the body. It seems as if only one
lateral line were present. The fins are too much stiffened for it to be
possible to count the fin-rays; the pectoral turned forwards reaches
the middle of the eye; the ventrals, consisting of one or two rays
each, are rather more than half as long as the eye. No open glands
are visible on the cheeks and gill-covers ; but three are placed along
the edge of the upper jaw, and some along the lower jaw.
My principal reasons for directing attention to this specimen are,
first, to point out that the Mediterranean Anguilla kieneri has not
yet been obtained from our coasts, and consequently is not entitled
to any place in the British Fauna; secondly, to show that the
Arctic genus Lycodes is represented by this wrongly determined
specimen. But to what species the fish belongs I do not consider suffi-
cient data are at hand on which to form a definite opinion.
36%
538 MR. E. J. MIERS ON [June 6,
5. On Crustaceans from the Mauritius.—Part II.
By Epwarp J. Mirrs, F.LS., F.Z.8.
[Received June 1, 1882.]
(Plate XXXVI.)
Of the interesting Crustaceans of which I submit descriptions as
a sequel to my former paper on Crustaceans received by the British
Museum from M. V. de Robillard, the first to be mentioned, a Pal-
nurus, was taken in a fishing-net at a depth of 40 fathoms. With
it were sent, with other marine animals, a specimen of a species of
Dromia (apparently D. vulgaris') completely covered with a sponge
of the genus Dysidea ; and also a specimen of Lysiosquilla maculata,
one of the commonest and best-known of the Oriental Squillidee, of
which, however, there were previously no specimens from the
Mauritius in the British-Museum collection, and which is marked as
“rare”? by M. Robillard.
The Crawfish, of which a detailed description follows, and which
belongs to the restricted genus Palinurus of Gray”, I regard as
specifically identical with a West-Indian form long since described
and roughly figured by Parra* under the designation ‘‘ Camaron
de lo alto,” which M. H. Milne-Edwards? has briefly described as
Palinurus longimanus from a West-Indian type in the collection of
the Paris Museum. M. Guérin-Méneville® also mentions this spe-
cies, but without adding any thing to our knowledge respecting it ;
and yet more recently Dr. Edward v. Martens® has published a few
remarks upon a male example obtained at Cuba by Dr. J. Gundlach.
Thus the West-Indian habitat of P. Jongimanus is established beyond
question.
The original description of Parra, although of considerable length,
is, as might be expected in so early a work, insufficient from a
scientific point of view ; but as far as it goes it is applicable in almost
every particular to the species from the Mauritius. Nevertheless, as
1 J have already, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (ser. 5) v. p. 870 (1880), remarked
on the occurrence of this species in the Oriental region.
? T may observe here that Dr. G. Pfeffer, in a memoir on the Palinuride in
the collection of the Hamburg Museum (Verhandl. des naturwissenschaftlichen
Vereins von Hamburg-Altona, v. p. 30, 1881), has proposed for the subgenus
Panulirus of Gray (ined. ?) and Heller (1865), which includes by far the greater
number of known Crawfishes, and has been generally adopted, the new desig-
nation Sexew. This name cannot be adopted, haying been long ago preoccupied in
the class Aves ; and I will add that, in my opinion, it would be productive of much
inconvenience were a generic name liable to altefation merely because (asin the
present instance) itis composed of the transposed letters of another name ; to cite
only one instance, it would then become necessary to name nearly all the older
genera of Fish-lice (Cymothoide).
a ee de diferentes Piezas de Historia natural, &c., p. 154, pl. lv. fig. 1
787).
* Histoire naturelle des Crustacés, ii. p. 294 (1837).
° “Anim. Articulés,” in R. de la Sagra’s Hist. de l'ile de Cuba, p. xciii (1857).
§ Archiv f, Naturgeschichte, xxxviii. p. 125 (1872).
et
t: Bins
Rees
Pere mT itd
SEterg pak peeboe
TAXIS Tal Cees 7 a ee nani
Waddddd sNovealandsd ¢°? tq “SONVLLINOVW “04 SONVWIONO'T SOMONIIvd 1:31
Us] 18 ]ep Vos UIMpHy
dum sorg usszuryy
Pe
ro
Repressor cas
Stare
euibbaaaeaD eetecseee teat ter ang
1882. } CRUSTACEANS FROM MAURITIUS. 539
the figure showed distinct differences in the proportions of the
penultimate joints and dactyli of the chelipedes, and in the coloration
of the ambulatory legs, and as Milne-Edwards in his later diagnosis
mentioned the existence of seven series of spines on the carapace, a
character scarcely applicable to the specimen from the Mauritius,
and also on account of the widely separated habitats of the two
forms, I was at first inclined to regard the species as distinct.
Before, however, applying a new specific name to the specimen from
the Mauritius, I submitted a sketch of the chelipede and cephalo-
thorax to Prof. A. Milne-Edwards, who very kindly compared them
with the type of P. longimanus in the Paris collection, and sent me
the following observations, with an outline drawing of the Paris
type :—
** Le Palinurus longimanus (M.-Edwards) ressemble beaucoup a
Pespéce qui a été trouvée au voisinage de Vile Maurice et dont vous
m’envoyez un croquis. Il y a cependant quelques légéres différences
dans la disposition des épines. Vous pouvez en juger par le dessin
ou j’ai figuré la carapace du P. longimanus type de notre collection.
En arriére de |’épine latérale postorbitaire il s’en trouve une seconde
qui me parait manquer sur l’exemplaire de Maurice. Le doigt
de la main du Palinurus du Muséum de Paris est moins courbé, mais
la forme du membre est bien la méme. Ce sont, comme vous
voyez, de bien petits différences.”’
These remarks and the figures so courteously sent leave no doubt
in my mind as to the specific identity of the two forms. The
spine behind the lateral postorbital spine, which was not represented
in the sketch sent to M. Milne-Edwards, is distinctly developed on
one (the left) side only of the Mauritius specimen, where, however,
it is very small.
As no sufficient description or accurate figure has as yet appeared
of this Palinurus, which is certainly one of the most remarkable de-
scribed, those which are now given will not be without mterest ; and
the minor distinctions referred to below will, I think, justify me in
considering the Mauritius specimen as belonging to a distinct variety
—the more so as this is, I believe, the first recorded instance of a
Crustacean from the Mascarene subregion being specifically identical
with one from the West Indies, unless, indeed, certain species having
an almost cosmopolitan distribution are to be excepted. This, more-
over, is in itself a fact of much interest on account of the well-known
affinities that exist between the Mascarene and South-American
faunas.
Whether P. longimanus is to be regarded as an instance of a once
widely-spread species surviving to the present period in these widely
distant and isolated localities, or whether further researches will de-
monstrate its existence at Cape Verd or on the western coast of
Africa (whence it may have passed round the Cape of Good Hope
into the Oriental region), time only will show. Certain it is that it
differs widely from the typical Palinuri in the remarkable develop-
ment and dilated palms of the anterior legs, which may be taken
by some zoologists as indicative of an affinity with the Astacina.
540 MR. E. J. MIERS ON [June 6,
PALINURUS LONGIMANUS, Var. MAURITIANUS, nh. (Plate XXXVI.
fig. 1.)
The carapace is of the form usual in Palinurus, with the cervical
suture very clistinctly defined, and is everywhere covered with flattened
tubercles whose anterior margins are bordered with a fringe of sete ;
the tubercles are smaller upon the hepatic and antennal regions ; the
median rostral spine is small and narrow-acuminate; on either side
of it are two spines, and behind it, in a median longitudinal series,
are three other small spines, of which the second is the largest; the
supraocular spines are very large, the upper margin of each is
armed with two smaller spines, the lower margin is entire; behind
each of the supraocular spines, on the gastric region of the carapace,
are three spines in a longitudinal series ; below these are placed three
spines on the hepatic region ; there is a strong spine, followed by
a second much smaller spine, on the antennal region of the carapace
below the eyes ; about eight spines are placed in a transverse series
along the front of the cardiac and branchial regions, immediately
behind the cervical suture. The segments of the postabdomen
are without spines or tubercles (except the lateral and marginal spines),
and are marked with transverse linear sutures, which are often in-
terrupted, and vary in number and disposition on the several segments ;
their arrangement will be best understood by a reference to the
figure ; the lateral lobes in the first to sixth segments terminate in
a strong spine, which, in the second to fifth segments, is long and
curved backward, and is followed by a small spinule on the rounded
postero-lateral margins. On the sternal surface of the body, on those
segments with which the second to fourth legs are articulated, a
prominence bearing two spines or tubercles is situated on each side
of the middle line of the body; the last sternal segment is armed
with a strong spine on each side of the middle line of the body and
one near the bases of the fifth legs; the inferior surface of the first
postabdominal segment is armed with about six spinules, the second
to fifth segments with two, and the sixth segment with three spinules.
The eye-peduncles are of moderate thickness; the eyes (with their
cornez) are very large and subspherical ; the median portion of the
ophthalmic segment is visible in a dorsal view, as in the typical
Palinuri; and in form the antennulary segment with its stridu-
lating apparatus, and the antennules and antenne, do not essen-
tially differ from the same parts in P. vulgaris; the flap of the stri-
dulating apparatus is indurated: the antepenultimate joint of the
peduncle of the antennules nearly reaches to the end of the peduncles
of the antennee. The antennze are broken, but are considerably longer
than the body ; the joints of the peduncles are covered with flattened,
ciliated, squamiform prominences resembling those of the carapace,
and are armed with strong spines ; the flagella have a line of longish
hairs on their under surface. The left chelipede (the only one pre-
Served) is very long and robust, more than half as long again as the
first ambulatory legs; the merus has its upper margin compressed
and subacute, armed with a spine at the distal end of its upper
margin ; behind it, and at some distance from one another, are two
1882. ] CRUSTACEANS FROM MAURITIUS. 541
smaller spines ; the wrist has its upper margin subcarinated, with a
spine at the distal end, behind which are several granules; the palm
is nearly three times as long as broad, laterally somewhat compressed,
with the upper and lower margins subacute—the upper armed with
ten small tubercles and with a short spine placed above the base of
the dactylus, which is much thickened at base and has its inner mar-
gin unarmed ; except for asmall tubercle at base, it curves downward
nearly at right angles with the base against the small immobile finger,
which is armed with two blunt teeth on its inner margin. The ambu-
latory legs are slender and smooth; the merus joints are armed
below with a small distal spine, and are longitudinally canaliculated
on their outer surface ; traces of similar canaliculi are seen upon some
of the following joints, and particularly of the dactyli, which are hairy.
The distal portions of the terminal segment and uropoda are mem-
branaceous and minutely ‘spinulose as in the typical Palinuri, the
margins of the indurated parts being denticulated nearly as in P.
vulgaris.
The ground-colour of the carapace (in the dried example) is red,
blotched or variegated with yellow; the postabdominal segments
are orange-red, minutely punctulated with yellow ; and the first to fifth
segmerits have a transverse series of large yellowish-white spots
bordering their posterior margins and the margins of the lateral
lobes and spines ; the flagella of the antenne are alternately banded
with yellow and red; the ambulatory legs are orange-yellow, with
numerous irregular yellowish-white spots. The length of the body
is a little over 6 inches (152 mm.), of the left chelipede about 64
inches (160 mm.), of the first ambulatory legs nearly 47 inches (108
mm.). The unique example being dried, and the parts not always
fully extended, it is difficult to give the exact measurements.
A single adult male isin the collection (preserved dry).
The Mauritian variety is to be distinguished from the West-Indian
type of P. longimanus (if Prof. A. Milne-Edwards’s outline drawings
may be referred to for these minute details) only by the minute or
obsolete second lateral postocular spine, the stouter leg of the first pair
with more robust palm and stronger abruptly-curved dactylus, by
the much greater development of the spines of the peduncular joints
of the antennze, and the existence of a spinule behind the long lateral
spines of the second to fifth postabdominal segments—distinctions
which, even if they exist, assuredly cannot be regarded as of specific
importance.
Although P. longimanus differs so markedly from its congeners
in the form and great development of the chelipedes, in what are
usually regarded as the essential generic characters—i. e. in the dis-
tinct rostrum, the narrow antennal segment, approximated bases of
the antennz, and short anteunulary flagella—it belongs, as already
stated, to the typical Palinuri.
The genital apertures are situated upon a slender styliform pro-
longation of the coxal joints of the fifth ambulatory legs, which is
directed inward toward the middle line of the sternum, and bears a
small spine near the distal extremity. In P. vulgaris the rounded
542 MR. &. J. MIERS ON [June 6,
prominences on which the genital apertures are placed are quite short
and unarmed.
Reference should have been made in my previous paper on
Mauritian Crustacea obtained by the British Museum from M,
Robillard, to two species which were received from him last year. One
of these is a fine and large specimien of an Alpheus, which I refer some-
what doubtfully to the Alpheus rapa of Fabricius, as described by De
Haan. It has the rostrum prolonged backward as a median dorsal carina
tothe middle of the carapace, and in other particulars agrees excellently
well with De Haan’s description’, but differs from the figure in
having the mobile finger of the larger chelipede vertically deeper
than in that author’s figure and subtruncated at its distal extremity.
The other species is an apparently undescribed species of Pseudibacus,
Guérin-Méneville, a genus previously unrepresented in the collection
of the British Museum.
PsEUDIBACUS PFEFFER], sp. n. (Plate XXXVI. figs. 2, 3.)
The carapace is broader than long; the ambulatory legs are con-
cealed beneath its lateral prolongations. The upper surface of the
carapace is nearly smooth ; the antero-lateral margins are thin, acute,
and regularly crenulated on each side; a notch marks apparently the
line of demarcation between the cervical and postcervical regions ; in
front of the lateral notches are sevenor eight,and behind them eleven or
twelve crenulations ; alongitudinal depression exists on each branchial
region, not far from the lateral margins. The median dorsal line of
the carapace is marked by a longitudinal ridge or keel, which origi-
nates at a short distance behind the anterior margin, and on the
cardiac region is bifurcated—the two carinee thus formed enclosing
a median depression or shallow pit, behind which they reunite and
are continued as a simple ridge to the posterior margin of the cara-
pace ; the anterior and the two median carine are each divided into
three or four obscurely indicated lobes ; the posterior carina is entire,
but terminates in a small tubercle on the posterior margin of the
carapace. The anterior margin of the front is bisinuated in its
median portion, where the basal lobe of the rostrum is articulated
with it; the terminal plate of the rostrum is transverse, with the
extremity subacute, and is divided through about half its length by
a median, longitudinal, nearly closed fissure. The orbits are situated
about midway between the median line and the lateral angles of the
carapace, and are merely closed by a process of the basal antennal
joint as in Pseudibacus gerstaeckeri. The postabdomen resembles
that of P. gerstaeckeri as described by Dr. Pfeffer in all essential
characters ; thus the second to fifth segments are each armed with
a median dorsal carina, which slopes obliquely downward to the
anterior margin (except on the second segment), and is posteriorly
produced and ends in an acute tooth on the fourth and fifth segments;
the sixth segment has a small median tubercle on its posterior mar-
gin, and the seventh three at the line of demarcation between the
* Vide Crustacea, in Siebold’s ‘Fauna Japonica,’ p. 177, pl. lxv. fig. 2 (1849),
1882. ] CRUSTACEANS FROM MAURITIUS. 543
chitinous and membranaceous portions of this segment, situate one
in the median line and one on each lateral margin; the lateral mar-
gins of the second to sixth postabdominal segments are divided into
several somewhat triangulate lobes or teeth. The eyes are short,
and in a dorsal view are completely contained within the orbits ; the
antennules are short, and terminate in two flagella, whereof one is
- much thicker than the other. The large leaf-like external processes
of the antepenultimate joints of the antennze terminate in a small
spine at their antero-external angles, behind which are two teeth
on their outer margins, and have a small tuberculiform tooth on
their inner margins; the terminal antennal joints are somewhat
obtusely angulated at the distal extremity, and have their margins
minutely crenulated or serrated; the outer maxillipedes are small,
with the ischium as long as the merus joints. The legs are short,
concealed beneath the carapace, with the margins of the joints angu-
lated ; the dactyli of all are strong, slightly curved and acute; the
antepenultimate joints have a short spine at the distal ends of their
upper margins ; the coxal joints of the fifth legs bear a strong spine.
Colour (of dried exwvie) reddish-yellow,with darker reddish mark-
ings on the sides of the branchial regions of the carapace and of the
postabdomen, on the inner margins of the antepenultimate joints of the
antenne and of the legs. Length of the body about 1 inch 3 lines
(32 wmm.), greatest breadth about 83 lines (18 mm.).
Three cast shells are in the collection.
From the Mediterranean Pseudibacus veranyi, Guérin', this species
is distinguished by the very different tuberculation of the carapace,
and the emargination of its lateral margins, the closed median fissure
of the rostrum, &c. These characters will also suffice to distinguish
our species from the Californian form described by Prof. S. I.
Smith? as Evibacus princeps, but which I think can scarcely be gene-
rically distinct from Pseudibacus. P. pfeffert is most nearly allied to
an Atlantic species described by Dr. G. Pfetfer in his memoir already
referred to? as Pseudibacus gerstaeckeri, which, however (as it
would appear from the description), has the carinze of the carapace
differently disposed, and has no median depression on the cardiac
region, but in place thereof a continuous median keel ; moreover no
mention is made of any spines at the distal ends of the antepenul-
timate joints of the ambulatory legs. I must therefore consider our
species distinct from P. gerstaeckeri ; and [I have much pleasure
in associating with it the name of the author of that important
memoir, which is of much value to the student of the classification
of this group.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXVI.
Fig. 1. Palinurus longimanus, var. mawritianus (p. 540) male adult, nat. size.
2. Pseudibacus pfefferi, p. 542, x13 diam.
3. Inferior view of the same, X13 diam.
1 Rey. et Mag. de Zoologie, vii. pp. 139, 140, pl. v. (1855).
2 Amer. Journ. Sci. and Arts, xii. p. 118 (1866).
3 Verhandl. naturwissensch, Vereins Hamburg-Altona, p. 51 (1881).
544 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE GENUS ORTHONYX. [June 6,
6. Contributions to the Anatomy of Passerine Birds.—Part
V.! On the Structure of the Genus Orthonyx. By W.
A. Forses, B.A., Prosector to the Society.
[Received June 5, 1882.]
The position in the series of Passeres of the genus Orthonyx has
for many years been a moot point with ornithologists, Johannes
Miiller having long ago” surmised that these birds might be tracheo-
phones, and so connected with the Neotropical Dendrocolaptide.
Some recent writers (e.g. G. R. Gray, Bonaparte, and Salvadori)
have placed them in, or in the neighbourhood of, the Menuride ;
Sundevall, on the other hand’, assigns them a position amongst his
Cichlomorphe Brevipennes.
Up to the present time the formation of their soft parts, and par-
ticularly of the syrinx, has remained unknown—a deficiency in our
knowledge I am now able to supply by my dissection of both the
Australian and New-Zealand forms. For my specimens of the
former (Orthonyx spinicauda) I am indebted to the kindness of Mr.
E. P. Ramsay, of the Australian Museum ; for a pair of the latter
(O. ochrocephala) to that of my friend Prof. Jeffery Parker, of the
University of Otago.
Both forms are typical Singing-birds (“ Oscines Normales”’), with
a well-developed Oscinine syrinx with its normal complement of four
pairs of muscles. Of these the short anterior muscle runs to the an-
terior end of the third bronchial semiring alone in O. spinicauda ;
whilst in O. ochrocephala this ring receives its muscular supply
from a fasciculus of the Jong anterior muscle. They thus differ
essentially from Menura, with which they have been associated, that
bird having but three pairs of muscles, peculiarly arranged *.
In this, as in all other points examined—with one exception in the
case of Orthonyx spinicauda—these birds quite resemble the normal
Passeres, as they do in having the bilaminate tarsus and reduced
first” (tenth) primary nearly always associated with the normal
Acromyodian syrinx. Orthonyx spinicauda, however, has a pecu-
liarity quite unknown to me in any other bird, inasmuch as its
carotid artery, the left alone of these vessels (as in all Passeres)
being developed, is not contained anywhere in the subvertebral canal,
but runs up superficially in company with the left vagus nerve to
near the head, where it bifurcates in the usual manner. This is
just the same arrangement as that which occurs in many of the
Parrots—all those in fact included in Garrod’s ‘‘ Psittacide,”’ >—save
that in them the right carotid artery as well is present, running as
usual in the hypapophysial canal.
1 For Part IV. see P. Z. 8. 1881, p. 435.
2 In 1848. Vide ‘ Vocal Organs of Passeres,’ Garrod’s edition, p. 36.
3 «Tentamen,’ pp. 9 & 11.
4 Garrod, Coll. Papers, pp. 362-364.
© Goll. Papers, p. 255.
1882.] MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE GENUS ORTHONYX. 545
In Orthonyx ochrocephala the left carotid retains its normal sit-
uation, though the point of entrance into the canal is somewhat
higher up than is usual in other Passeres.
Examination of my spirit-specimens of these two birds has _con-
vinced me that the two forms are not really congeneric, the New-
Zealand bird (O. ochrocephala) differing from the Australian in its
more slender bill, less development of the nasal operculum, less
spiny tail, and more slender claws. The coloration of the two forms
is quite unlike; whilst internally the skull and syrinx exhibit dif-
ferences, slight in amount, but greater than those usually found in
birds of the same genus. Under these circumstances it seems that
Clitonyx of Reichenbach! will be the correct generic term for the
New-Zealand birds, as Lesson’s name Mohoua, though of prior appli-
cation’, is not only barbarous but, what is more important, liable to be
confounded with Mohoa, also a genus of Passeres from the Pacitic
Subregion.
In the present unsatisfactory condition of the systematic grouping
ofthe Oscinine Passeres, it is impossible for me to point out clearly any
definite position either for Orthonyx or Clitonyx, though both torms
might, I apprehend, be safely placed in Mr. Sharpe’s somewhat
vaguely-defined ‘ Timeliidee.”’
The determination of the not-intimate relation of Orthonyz to
Clitonyx is a point of some importance, from its bearing on the
question of the general relationships of the fauna of New Zealand
to that of Australia, Orthonya having been sometimes mentioned
as one of the few peculiar Australian genera of birds also repre-
sented in the satellite island *.
I may take this opportunity of stating that I have, in the course of
the last few months, been enabled to examine examples of several
genera of Passeres the condition of the syrinx in which has not before,
I believe, been recorded. These include, of Old- World forms, Ri-
mator, Ptenadus, Sphenura, Sphenostoma, Climacteris, Creadion,
Miro, Certhiparus, Petreeca, Entomyza, Pomarea, Phcornis, Fal-
cunculus, Nesocichla, Nesospiza, Cracticus; and of American forms,
Chameea, Dulus, Phainopepla, Ptilogonys. In all these genera the
syrinx is perfectly Oscinine, as indeed was to be expected from the
external structure of the birds. Johannes Miiller at first placed
Ptilogonys amongst the Tyrannide *, misled by the slightly aberrant
structure of its tarsus, but on subsequently examining the nearly
allied Myiadestes, and ascertaining its Oscinine nature, concluded that
Ptilogonys too would, on examination, be found to have the muscular
organs of voice’, a surmise the correctness of which is now demon-
strated. Petreca has been stated by Prof. Parker ® to be a “ Tra-
1 Handb. Spec. Ornith. p. 167 (1851).
2 Hist. Natur. Oiseaux, ili. p. 139 (1837).
3 Wallace, ‘Geogr. Distribution of Animals,’ i. p. 451; but see also ‘Island
Life,’ p. 453, footnote.
4 Vocal Organs of Passeres, Garrod’s ed. p. 41.
5 Lic. p. 61.
6 Trans. Z, 8. ix. p. 336,
546 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. [June 20,
checphone” (é. e. Mesomyodian), having “the muscles of lower
larynx quite indistinct.”” In three specimens, however, of that genus
cxamined by me I find a perfectly Oscinine syrinx with its muscles
as well developed as in other birds of the same size. Whether the
statement made by that author to the same effect about Sittella is
accurate still remains to be seen.
June 20, 1882.
Prof. Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.
The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the
Society’s Menagerie during the month of May 1882 :—
The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-
gerie during the month of May was 159, of which 11 were by
birth, 71 by presentation, 69 by purchase, 4 were received on deposit,
and 4 by exchange. The total number of departures during the
same period, by death and removals, was 102.
The most noticeable additions during the month of May were
as follows :—
1. Four Pygmy Hogs, Porcula salvania, Hodgson (one male and
three females), purchased May 15th of Mr. B. H. Carew, who has
kindly furnished me with the following notes on this rare and inter-
esting animal :—
« The Pygmy Hog is indigenous to the Western Dooars of Bhootan,
where the few that are found live in the thickest grassy jungles, and
are only now and then seen in the daytime when the jungle is burnt.
The natives do not attempt to catch them when netting deer and
pigs, on account of their size, as being so small they always escape
through the meshes of the nets which are used for the capture
of the larger animals. There are but few natives who know of the
existence of these animals at all; and some of those who know them
say they are very pugnacious and plucky, and are able in fighting
to defeat the wild boar ; but I should doubt the truth of this story.
«The tracks of the Pygmy Hog are often found in the rice-crops
(of the aborigines of the Dooar) which are cultivated in patches in
the middle of the jungle. The animals come out of the jungle at
night, and root up the paddy-crops like the wild boar. I believe
they live on the same food as the wild boar. I used to feed my
specimens when caged in India on ripe plantains and paddy. I had
a separate partition made in the cage; and I filled it with straw, as
I found they required warmth. I found afterwards that from the
rice-straw they all got a sort of mange or itch ; so I had them rubbed
well with sulphur and oil and changed the straw for dry grass.
«« When in India I sold a pair of these animals to the Cooch Behar
Maharajah for a fancy price ; and he presented them to the Zoolo-
gical Gardens in Caleutta. But on going to see them when I was in
Calcutta, I was sorry to learn that they had both died. They had
given me no trouble to keep as long as they were well and regularly
“VINVATVS VINOdod
duit qaeyuey “yay aug’
TUM Lea BOT SZ at
1882.] THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 547
fed ; and after the knocking about those which I have sold to this
Society have stood, these animals must be called any thing but delicate.
*« There is great difficulty in catching the Pygmy Hog. Some five
years ago a young one was secured by a Mr. Fischer, who tamed it ;
but it afterwards escaped. I have heard of no other individual
being possessed by any one but myself.
“ The Calcutta Zoological Society were trying for years to obtain
a pair, but were unsuccessful in getting a single example until those
which they received from the Maharajah of Cooch Behar through
me (as already mentioned) reached them.
«It has taken me about four years to get the four now procured.
They were caught in snares, which were set in hundreds all over the
country throughout a range of about twenty miles. If you require
more I may be able to get some when I return to India in about two
months’ time.”
Mr. Sclater exhibited a drawing of this animal by Mr. Smit
(Plate XXXVII.), andremarkedthat Mr. Carew’s four specimens were
apparently in excellent health, and fed well on boiled vegetables,
rice, potatoes, and other food usual for such animals. On measuring
the largest and the smallest, the length of the body had been found
in the one case to be 17 inches and in the other 14 inches. The
weight of the largest animals had been ascertained to be about
103ib., and of the smallest 97 lb. Alluding tu the rarity of the
animal, Sir Joseph Fayrer had stated that during the many years in
which he had hunted in the Terai he had never succeeded in obtain-
ing a single specimen.
2. A Mediterranean Seal (Monachus albiventer), presented by M.
Yeates Brown, Esq., H.B.M. Consul at Genoa, May 18th. This Seal,
the first example of the species that had been received at the Gar-
dens, had unfortunately not long survived its arrival.
3. Two male Argus Pheasants (Argus giganteus), presented to
the Society by Major M‘Nair, C.M.G., and J. M. Vermont, Esq.,
May 18th. This arrival was especially acceptable, as we had pre-
viously only two unmated females of this magnificent bird in the
Collection.
4, A Koala (Phascolarctos cinereus), purchased May 23.
It is of great interest to receive a second example of this delicate
animal, the only former specimen of which lived about fourteen
months in the Scciety’s Menagerie (see P. Z.S. 1880, p. 355, and
1881, p. 180), and to be able to announce that it seems likely to
thrive. It feeds itself on the leaves of a large gum-tree (Hucalyptus
globulus) which has been introduced into its cage, and also eats a
little bread and milk.
5. A Jackass Penguin (Spheniscus magellanicus) from the Falk-
land Islands, purchased May 25.° This is an adult bird in fine
plomess and is the first example of this species of Penguin that we
ave as yet received.
6. A fine pair of Great Ant-eaters, Myrmecophaga jubata, pur-
chased May 31.
548 ON THE RUDIMENTARY HALLUX OF BIRDS. [June 20,
Mr. Sclater also exhibited some Lepidopterous and other Insects
which had been recently reared at the Insect-House in the Society’s
Gardens under the care of Mr. A. Thomson.
The following is a list of the species exhibited :—
Attacus mylitta. Sciapteron tabaniforme.
— cynthia. Sesia scoliiformis.
Samia cecropia. formiciformis.
—- conopiformis.
Cricula trifenestrata, —— musciformis.
spheciformis.
Deilephila euphorbiz.
‘Trochilium apiforme. Argynnis paphia.
melanocephalum. Lyceena iolas.
Mr. W. A. Forbes exhibited preparations showing the rudimentary
hallux of several birds commonly described as three-toed, and made
the following remarks :—
“Whilst engaged in working out my ‘Report on the Anatomy of
the Petrels’ for the ‘ Voyage of H.M.S. Challenger,’ I happened
to come across Dr. Kidder’s note ' on the existence of a rudimentary
external hallux in Pheebetria fuliginosa, a bird hitherto supposed,
like other Albatrosses, to lack the hind toe altogether. Finding, on
an examination of my specimen, his remarks correct, I proceeded to
examine examples of three other species of Albatrosses that I hadin the
flesh, namely Diomedea exulans, D. brachyura, and Thalassiarche cul-
minata. In all of these I discovered a hallux present, thoughina most
rudimentary condition, consisting of a single small nodule of bone,
which lies altogether underneath the skin, in the fibrous subcutaneous
tissues, and only appears externally asa minute pimple-like elevation,
with zo claw. In Phebetria there is a minute claw visible externally,
whilst internally ¢wo small bony nodules are discernible, representing
undoubtedly the metatarsal element and the hallux, which, as in all
other Tubinares, is reduced to a single phalanx. It is difficult at
present to say whether the single nodule of the other Albatrosses
represents these two elements fused together, or only one of them:
in the latter case it is probably the phalanx itself that is wanting’.
“The discovery of the rudimentary hallux in the Diomedeinz has
led to finding a similar one in some other birds usually considered to
be three-toed, namely the Woodpeckers of the genera Picoides and
Tiga. Inthesethe hallux consists ofits normal number of phalanges, of
minute size, asisalso the metatarsal. The ‘great toe”’ thus formed lies
completely under the skin, and is only discernible on reflecting the
integuments carefully, when the chain of minute ossicles, connected
to each other and to the tarso-metatarse by fibrous tissue, appears.
‘These facts render it not improbable that a similarly reduced
hallux may really exist in many birds commonly described as three-
+ Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. i. p. 22.
2 Cf. Voyage of H MLS. ‘ Challenger:’ Report on the Anatomy of the Petrels,
pp. 18, 14.
J. Smit hth.
P.Z.5.1882 Pl XXXVIIL,
Hanhart imp.
HEART-VALVES,OF MAN AND RABBIT. r'
P.Z5.1882.PLXXXIX |
76
V.C.T
J Smut lth
Hanhart imp
HEART-VALVES,OF ORNITHORHYNCHUS.
PZ.5. 1862 Fray.
J.Smut lith. Hanhart imp
HEART-VALVES,OF ORNITHORHYNCHUS.
PL. t0@2 Bl x leh:
19
gel
J Smit hth Hanhart amp
HEART-VALVE'S.OF DIDELPHYS, MYRMECOPHACA Etc
1882.] ON THE HEART OF ORNITHORHYNCHUS PARADOXUS. 549
toed. On the other hand, I have been quite unable to detect even
a trace of it in some such birds, as e. g. Rhea, Tetrax, and Peleca-
noides.”
Prof. Owen, C.B., F.R.S., F.Z.S., read the twenty-fourth of his
series of memoirs on the extinct birds of the genus Denornis and their
allies. The present memoir contained the description of the head
and two feet with the dried integuments attached, of an individual
of a species of Dinornis, proposed to be called D. didinus, which
had been recently obtained from a cavern or fissure near Queenstown,
in the South Island of New Zealand.
This memoir will be printed entire in the Society’s ‘ Transactions.’
The following papers were read :—
1. On the Valves of the Heart of Ornithorhynchus paradoxus
compared with those of Man and the Rabbit, with
some Observations on the Fossa Ovalis. By EH. Ray
Lanxester, M.A., F.R.S., Jodrell Professor of Zoology
in University College, Londen’.
[Received May 30, 1882.]
(Plates XXXVIII.-XLI.)
The statement current in text-books of Comparative Anatomy to
the effect that in Ornithorhynchus paradoxus the right auriculo-
ventricular valve is “ fleshy,” and therefore in some degree similar to
that of Reptiles and Birds and different from that of other Mam-
malia, appears torest chiefly uponthe statements and figures of Meckel,
published in his Monograph of the Anatomy of the Duck-bill, though
Cuvier, Owen, and Gegenbaur have also made observations on the
subject. No anatomist appears to have published any drawing of
the heart of Ornithorhynchus since Meckel in 1828; and no
figure has ever been given of the interesting points of struc-
ture presented by that heart which is in any sense adequate. The
figure of the opened heart given by Meckel, and intended to show
the fleshy auriculo-ventricular valve, is simply unintelligible owing
to the absence of both shading and colour.
Meckel describes the right auriculo-ventricular valve in these
words:—‘*‘ Ostium venosum valvula clauditur simplici, semilunari.
Cuvierus eam nonnisi concavo ventriculi pariete respondere dicens,
minus perspicue loqui videtur, quum uterque, et anterior s. dexter,
et posterior s. sinister, a septo formatus, convexi sint. Ille revera
1 T am indebted to Mr. J. J. Quelch, B.Sc., lately my assistant, and now one of
the staff of the British Museum, for aid in making the drawings and dissections
upon which this memoir is based.
550 PROF. E. R. LANKESTER ON THE HEART [June 20,
obvertitur et insidet margine fixo. Recte a Cuvierio maxima ex parte
carnea dicitur, quum nonnisi pars libera, anterior, margine leviter
concavo circumscripta, membranacea sit. Fasciculi musculares,
ad ipsam et e septo et e pariete antico tendentes ad tres ordines
reduci possunt. Inferior, major, e pluribus fasciculis componitur ex
septo medio infero ad extremum valvule inferius abit, anterior ex
parietis anterioris parte inferiore recte ad basin valvule ascendit, ubi
cum superiore, ex summitate septi descendente confluit.”’
Owen, in the article Monotremata in Todd’s Cyclopzedia, vol. iii.
p- 390, describes the valve somewhat differently. He distinguishes
two fleshy and two membranous portions—the smaller of the latter,
placed near the base of the pulmonary artery, agreeing according to
him with the smaller muscular fold of the Cursores, whilst the
second larger fleshy mass is homologous with the chief muscular
valve of the Bird’s heart.
Gegenbaur (“Zur vergleichenden Anatomie des Herzens,” Jena-
ische Zeitschrift, 1866, vol. ii. p. 381) objects to this identification,
although he practically admits something very much like it in com-
paring the valve of Ornithorhynchus to that of the Crocodile, which, in
its turn, may be readily shown to have common features with that of
the Bird. In his ‘Elements of Comparative Anatomy,’ English
edition, p. 584, Gegenbaur speaks of the fleshy structure of the
heart of Ornithorhynchus as being a retention in this animal of a
condition which is not unknown in other Mammalia, but is transient
in them, being found at an early period of development.
In his memoir in the ‘Jenaische Zeitschrift,’ Gegenbaur gives
an original description of the right auriculo-ventricular valve of
Ornithorhynchus, but no figure of it. His description does not
agree with that of his predecessors, nor with what I have observed.
He says:—“I find the entire circumference of the right atrio-ven-
tricular ostium beset by a membranous valve, which has developed
muscular bundles only at certain parts, and is disposed, as the fol-
lowing account shows, somewhat otherwise than Meckel and Owen
have stated. Two portions may be distinguished in this valve
—a part adjacent to the ventricular septum, and a part which
fringes the ostium along the outer wall of the ventricle. The two
portions posteriorly pass into one another, and anteriorly, in the
neighbourhood of the origin of the pulmonary artery (that is, at the
conus arteriosus), are separated from ove another, inasmuch as here a
spot is found in the circumference of the ostium in which the valve
is interrupted.” [This does not accord with the previous statement
as to the ‘‘ entire ’’ circumference being beset with the valve. As will
be seen below, in the hearts examined “by me a very large part of the
circumference of the ostium is devoid of any valve.} ‘The portion
of the valve corresponding to the outer ventricular wall begins broadly
at the conus arteriosus (or anteriorly); it stretches outwards and
backwards, becoming broader, and then narrows again and passes into
the median division of the valve. At the anterior point of fixation
of the valve, two strong muscular bundles pass from the ventricular
septum into the valve, and run (the heart being supposed to have its
1882. ] OF ORNITHORHYNCHUS PARADOXUS. 551
apex directed backwards) in a nearly horizontal direction in the
valve. They occupy, however, scarcely the third part of the entire
length of this division of the valve. At the broadest part of this
same division a muscular band passes from the ventricular septum,
and is inserted into the former, and spreads its fibres in a fan-like
expanse in the valve nearly up to the origin of the valve from the
margin of the ostium. A second smaller bundle lies behind this,
also arising from the septum. If we spread out the valve, and
compare the purely membranous surface with that provided with
muscular tissue, the former is found to be larger than the latter.
The second portion of the valve arises from the part of the ostium
belonging to the septum. At its narrower part it is in continuity
with the other division of the valve, broadens out from behind
forwards, and is fastened to the septum along a perpendicular line
stretching from the ostium into the ventricle. It is therefore not
only fastened to the circumference of the ostium, but, starting from
there, also to the septum. Since the latter line of fixation is per-
pendicular to the line of origin along the ostium, this portion of
the valve forms a ‘ pocket-valve ’"—the more so since no trabeculee
pass to its free margin, and moreover no muscular fibres can be
detected in its substance.
“ When a comparison of this arrangement is made with that of
Birds, the difficulty is at once obvious that in Ornithorhynchus the
septal portion of the ostium has a valve, whilst such is wanting in
Birds. The whole apparatus cannot, therefore, be compared with
that of Birds, but only the portion of the valve which arises from
the outer half of the circumference of the ostium.”
In the absence of figures it is not possible fully to comprehend
Professor Gegenbaur’s description ; but it seems to me probable that
the heart examined by him differed individually from those studied
by Meckel and Cuvier, aud from the two examined by me. In these
two, as will be seen below, considerable differences were observed on
comparison one with another.
The main point on which Gegenbaur insists, is the existence of
a septal portion to the valve; it is on this account that he objects
to a comparison with the Bird’s valve. But this septal portion seems
to have been exceptionally large in the heart studied by him. In
both my specimens it was small, and left the /arger part of the
septal margin of the ostium unprovided with any valvular fold. At
the same time it was larger in one specimen than in the other. The
existence of a greater or less portion of the valve along the septal side
of the ostium does not appear to invalidate the comparison of the
main bulk of the valvular structure with that of the Bird’s heart,
though the closeness of the agreement is diminished by the fact
insisted on by Gegenbaur, viz. that the muscular bands of the valve
arise in Ornithorhynchus, as in the Crocodile, from the septal wall
of the ventricle, and not from the free outer wall as in the Birds.
Recognizing, as all anatomists must do, the great interest attach-
ing to the observation that in Ornithorhynchus muscular tissue to a
large extent invades and replaces the membranous structure which
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1882, No. XXXVII. 37
552 PROF. E. R. LANKESTER ON THE HEART [June 20
characteristically forms the right auriculo-ventricular valve in other
Mammals, 1 have taken an opportunity of carefully examining and
drawing the valves and some other structural features seen in the
hearts of two specimens of Ornithorhynchus presented to me by
my friend Professor Liversidge, of Sydney, Australia.
The main object of the present communication is to publish satis-
factory illustrations, with explanatory description, of the appearances
presented by these two hearts. I cannot doubt that both anthro-
potomists and zoologists will be glad to possess something like a
sufficient record of the very important facts observable in the heart
of Ornithorhynchus; and I have added for comparison drawings of
identical dissections viewed incorresponding positions of the “standard”
heart (that of Man) and of the heart of the Rabbit, which, curiously
enough, differs more from that of Man in respect of the structure of
its right auriculo-venticular valve than does that of the sheep, the
ox, the dog, the hedgehog, the great ant-eater, the wombat, and the
koala, which I have examined with especial reference to this point,
and some of which are illustrated in the plates.
For several interesting hearts I am indebted to the kindness of
Mr. W. A. Forbes, Prosector to the Society.
I shall first describe the figures accompanying this paper which
illustrate the comparative structure of the right auriculo-ventriculai
valve of Man, the Rabbit, and Ornithorhynchus ; I shall then de-
scribe the left auriculo-ventricular valve of Ornithorhynchus ; and
finally point out some peculiarities in the structure of the auricles of
the heart of that animal, which have led to the erroneous statement
that it possesses a deeply marked “ fossa ovalis.””
Tuer Rigut AURICULO-VENTRICULAR VALVE.
A. Or Man.—From the tendinous margin of the right auriculo-
ventricular orifice of the human heart depends into the ventricle a
complete and continuous membranous collar (Pl. XX XVIII. figs. |
& 2). Thisis the so-called tricuspid valve. It derives its name from
the fact that, although forming one continuous collar-like ring, the
membrane is produced at three points, forming three cusps or flaps.
Two of these cusps are anterior in position, and may be called
right and left anterior cusps’ (rac, Zac in the figures). The third is
wider than the two anterior, and rests against the septum or wall
separating right from left ventricle ; it may be called the posterior or
septal cusp (pc).
The three cusps of the tricuspid valve of Man are attached by
fine chords (the “‘ chordze tendinez ’’) to definite muscular lobes (the
**musculi papillares *’) projecting from the ventricular wall, and also
by some of the chorde directly to the ventricular wall.
The two onterior cusps of the valve are in relation with the largest
muscular lobe or musculus papillaris, which springs from the septal
surface near the apex of the ventricular chamber (fig. 1, @). The long
? The “inferior” and “anterior” of human anatomists, In the present
memoir the apex of the heart is regarded as inferior, the base as superior, the
dorsal surface as posterior, the yentral surface as anterior.
1882. ] OF ORNITHORHYNCHUS PARADOXUS. 553
axis of this lobe would, if produced, pass between the two anterior
cusps in the notch which separatesthem. Right and left two groups,
each of four or more chorde tendinez, pass from the free end of this
papillary muscle, and, spreading out fan-wise, join respectively the
right and the left cusps of the membranous valve ; so that the adjacent
margins of the two cusps are connected by groups of chord to the
papillary muscle; and were the groups of chord to be enlarged
and fuse with one another, we should have in place of a right and
a left anterior cusp one large anterior cusp connected by the most
prominent portion of its border to the papillary muscle. This hypo-
thetical condition is realized in Ornithorhynchus.
The large papillary muscle thus related in Man to the right and
left anterior cusps of the tricuspid valve, is the “ great”’ or “ anterior”
papillary muscle.
The right border or curvature of the right anterior cusp is con-
nected by chord tendinese to a small papillary muscle, which may
be called the “ right papillary muscle”’ (figs. 1 & 2, 6).
The left border or curvature of the left anterior cusp is connected
by chordee directly to the wall of the ventricle, to the right of that
region which is known as the pulmonary cone (figs. 1 & 2, e).
The septal cusp or segment of the tricuspid valve of Man may be
regarded as really the posterior equivalent of both anterior cusps,
not divided or produced into two' pieces. It is connected to the
septal wall of the ventricle directly by chord tendinez, and also to
two small papillary muscles which project from that wall (fig. 2,¢, d),
and may be known as the posterior or septal papillary muscles
(greater and less), These are smaller than the right papillary
muscle; and all the other papillary muscles are much smaller than
the “great”’ or “anterior” papillary muscle.
- B. Or roe Rassir.—Whilst a large number of mammals possess
a tricuspid valve very closely similar in its arrangements to that of
Man (see Pl. XLI. figs. 18-22), in the Rabbit (Pl. XXXVIII.
figs. 3, 4) a considerable divergence from the human standard occurs.
The valve of the right side of the Rabbit’s heart cannot be de-
scribed as “ tricuspid ” in any sense. Itis a continuous membranous
collar connected by numerous chord tendineze to two rows of musculi
papillares. The valvular collar is elliptical in form; and it may be
divided into an anterior and a posterior (or septal) portion corre-
sponding to the two long sides of the ellipse.
The two rows of musculi papillares are arranged along the septal
portion of the ventricular wall as a superior and an inferior series.
The superior series are connected by chorde tendinee with the
posterior or septal half of the valve ; the inferior series are connected
by chordze with the anterior half of the valve.
There are seven musculi papillares in the inferior series belonging
to the anterior part of the valve’. Those of the superior series, belong-
1 Since the above was written I have found that great variations occur in the
points described in individual Rabbits. Often the musculi papillares are not
more than three in number, as in the figure of a Rat’s yentricle (Plate XXXIX.
fig. 11).
37*
554 PROF. E. R. LANKESTER ON THE HEART [June 20,
ing to the septal part of the valve, are smaller in size, and in passing
from left to right dwindle, so that at the right of the middle line the
chordz are inserted directly into the ventricular wall and not into
papillary eminences. Only three distinct papillary eminences can
be distinguished in this series.
Comparing this arrangement with that found in Man, it is obvious
that the seven papillary muscles of the anterior part of the valve cor-
respond to the “great”? and the “right” anterior papillary muscles of
Man; whilst the superior series connected with the septal part of the
valve correspond to the posterior papillary muscles of Man. But in the
Rabbit not only must we consider that the “great” and the “right 4
papillary muscles are divided and represented each by three separate
papillary muscles, but also that the attachment of chorde springing
from the extreme left of the left anterior cusp and from the left of
the septal cusp in the human heart, are in the Rabbit attached to
small papillary elevations of muscular substance, instead of being
attached simply to the unraised surface of the ventricular wall.
It is an interesting question as to whether the condition found in
Man and in most mammals is more primitive than that found in the
Rabbit. The fact that the Rodents are lower forms than the
Simize might lead us to regard the condition seen in the Rabbit as
more primitive ; but the very general conformity of the other Mam-
malia (including such Marsupials and Edentata as have been examined)
to the arrangement found in Man, leads to the supposition that the
Rabbit’s right cardiac valve is a specialization departing from the
earlier type preserved in Man.
This conclusion will be found to be confirmed by the facts which
we now shall expose in reference to the right cardiac valve of Ornitho-
rhynchus.
C. Or OrniTHoRHyYNCHUS PARADOXUS.—The right auriculo-
ventricular valve of Ornithorhynchus is drawn in two sets of figures,
accompanying this paper (Plates XXXIX., XL.), taken from the
two female specimens in an excellent state of preservation mentioned
above. In both of them the membranous collar which forms the
complete valve in other Mammalia is seen to be incompletely de-
veloped, and not “entire” as stated by Gegenbaur. Instead of the
elliptical auriculo-ventricular orifice being completely fringed by the
more or less deeply dependent valve, we find only its anterior margin
and a small portion of its posterior or septal margin (the extreme
right) thus fringed. The septal or posterior portion of the valve
is, in fact, almost entirely wanting in one of my specimens (fig. 16).
This result of my observations is diametrically in opposition to the
statements of Gegenbaur quoted at the commencement of this memoir.
The absence of the greater part, or even the whole, of the septal
flap at once constitutes a very important difference between the right
cardiac valve of Ornithorhynchus and that of any other Mammal
which is known.
Anterior flap —The well-developed anterior portion of the membra-
nous valve is triangular in form, and is connected with a very large mus-
cular column, which for convenience may be spoken of as musculus
1882. ] OF ORNITHORUYNCHUS PARADOXUS. 555
papillaris, although nut papillary”’ (figs. 12 & 13,@). It obviously cor-
responds to the great or anterior papillary muscle of the human heart.
The vertex of the triangle formed by the membranous flap of the
valve is bisected by this great papillary muscle, which widens out as
it passes upwards, and is inserted into the anterior border of the
auriculo-ventricular ring, thus dividing the membranous triangular
flap into two distinct pieces, a right and a left. It is therefore per-
haps not quite correct to speak of these two segments united by the
muscular band as one anterior flap: the flap might perhaps be
regarded as composed of two membranous segments united by a
median muscular band whichis the prolonged anterior papillary muscle.
The membranous substance of the valve, however, is distinctly con-
tinued beneath or on the lumen side of the muscular band, thus
uniting the two halves, which at first sight seem to be separated by
the muscular substance. Obviously the right segment corresponds
to the right anterior cusp, and the left segment to the left anterior
cusp, of the human tricuspid valve.
The peculiarity of this region in Ornithorhynchus consists in the
fact that there are no chordee tendineze connecting the membranous
segments to the great papillary muscle, while the muscle itself is
attached directly to the membranous flap, and is continued through
it up to the auriculo-ventricular ring, so as to invade (over a broad
band-like area) the membrane of the valve by muscular tissue.
There is also a complete absence of chord tendinez from the left
border of the left anterior flap, which is, in their absence, directly
attached to a fleshy arch which extends from the side of the pulmonary
cone up to the auriculo-ventricular ring, where it is confluent with the
expanded insertion of the great papillary muscle (figs. 12, 13, 14, 15, e).
Consequently the left membranous segment of the valve is triangular
in shape, the free border forming the base of an isosceles triangle.
Both hearts examined agreed in the features so far described.
In regard to the connexions of the right membranous segment of
the anterior portion of the valve, they differ a little from one another.
In heart No. 1 (fig. 12) there is a well marked right papillary
muscle (4) corresponding to the similarly placed muscle in Man, but
differing from that of Man, just as does the great papillary muscle,
in the fact that it is devoid of any chordee tendinez and is continued
from the ventricular wall up to the auriculo-ventricular ring, having
the right border of the right membranous cusp or segment attached
directly to its left border in the upper part of its course.
Septal fap.—To the right or posterior border of this smaller mus-
cular band in heart No. 1, one lateral border of the very small septal
membranous flap is attached. This rudimentary posterior or septal
flap arises along the posterior or septal margin of the auriculo-ven-
tricular orifice for not more than one third of the extent of that mar-
gin, the rest being free from any valvular collar or fringe (figs. 14 &
15, pc).
The condition seen in heart No.1 may be understood by sup-
posing, in a valve arranged as in Man, the chordz tendinez to be-
come muscular and compacted together and so to form parts of the
556 PROF. E. R. LANKESTER ON THE HEART [June 20,
papillary muscles, which should then be continued right through
the membranous collar of the valve to the auriculo-ventricular ring.
Further, we should have to suppose the suppression of the whole of
the septal division of the valve and its related chordze and muscles,
excepting a little piece in immediate relation with the right anterior
papillary muscle.
The heart No. 2 (fig. 13) of Ornithorhynchus differs from No. 1
in the fact that there is not a single right anterior papillary muscle,
but five separate muscular slips representing it, of which three (fig. 13,
b, 6, b) are attached to and traverse the membranous substance of
the valve, whilst two (m, 7) pass over it and reach the auriculo-ven-
tricular ring. These latter are of great importance in the comparison
with the heart of Sauropsida, since they arise from the anterior
ventricular wall. The heart No. 2 is also remarkable, as already
mentioned, for the reduction of the septal portion of the membranous
valve to a vanishing quantity (fig. 16 pc).
In both hearts the three muscles of the valve (or two and the
subdivided third) become continuous with one another at their inser-
tion into the auriculo-ventricular ring. The large papillary muscle
in the middle spreads out on either side, and on the left completes the
arch formed by the muscular lobe (e) rising from the side of the pul-
monary cone; on the right it similarly completes an arch, of which
the right side is formed by the spreading insertion of the right papil-
lary muscle or its representative slips (figs. 12, 13).
It is thus quite clear that the description of the right auriculo-
ventricular valve of Ornithorhynchus as “fleshy ”’ is quite correct ;
membrane, though present, plays a subordinate part as compared
with what is seen in other Mammalia.
Not only this, but it seems probable, from the very imperfect
development of a septal or posterior flap to the valve, that the action
of the valve must differ importantly from that of the valve of other
mammals, and resemble that of the fleshy valve of birds and reptiles.
The reflux of blood into the auricle on contraction of the ventricle
is not prevented in Ornithorhynchus by a passive floating-out of
membranous cusps, but, as in birds and reptiles, the muscular arches
of the valve are by their active contraction pressed against the septal
portion of the auriculo-ventricular orifice, which is for two thirds (or
sometimes more) of its extent devoid of any depending cusp or mem-
branous flap.
How far there is a real agreement, due to common inheritance
from a common ancestor, between the muscular structures of the
right cardiac valve of Ornithorhynchus and those of the similarly
placed valve in birds and certain reptiles, is a distinct and very
important question, into the discussion of which I do not propose
to enter on the present occasion.
Tue Lerr AURICULO-VENTRICULAR VALVE.
The valve which is called “ mitral” in Man’s heart differs in struc-
ture in Ornithorhynchus from the human standard, although much
less so than does the right auriculo-ventricular valve.
1882. ] OF ORNITHORHYNCHUS PARADOXUS. 557
The “mitral ” valve of the Ornithorhynchus is in fact a “‘tricuspid”’
instead of a “ bicuspid ”’ valve. Its construction, so far as the relation
of membrane to muscle is concerned, is similar to what is seen in
Man’s heart. There is no invasion of the membranous flaps by the
fleshy substance of the musculi papillares as on the right side of the
heart; at the same time the connexion of the musculi papillares
with the membrane of the valvular flaps is direct, and not by the in-
tervention of chorde tendinee.
In Man’s mitral valve there are really four groups of chords
which pass from the membrane to the heart’s wall or to musculi
papillares. A broad flap of membrane is developed between the an-
terior pair of these groups of chordze, and, again, between the pos-
terior pair, but not between adjacent anterior and posterior groups.
In Ornithorhynchus the attachment of the membrane to the
muscle is by three equidistant points of the valvular membranous
collar to three elevations of the muscular substance of the ventricle ;
and, as shown in the figure (fig. 17), the membrane is equally
developed in each of the three spaces between the attachments. It
is thus divisible into three areze, each having the form of a truncated
triangle. The valve is indeed more nearly comparable in shape to
the aortic trisegmeuted semilunar valves than to the mitral of the
human anatomists. A very distinct and important point of resem-
blance between the left auriculo-ventricular valve of Ornithorhynchus
and the semilunar valves at the base of the great arteries, is the
existence of a small knob of cartilaginous consistence at the centre
of the free margin of each triangular portion of the valve. These
appear to have the same significance as the corpuscles of Arantius
in the semilunar valves.
Tue AURICLES OF ORNITHORHYNCHUS.
Meckel has remarked on the large size of the right auricle of
Ornithorhynchus as compared with that of the left. He has also
stated that there is a very deep fossa ovalis. In these statements
Owen is in accord with him. Gegenbaur does not discuss this sub-
ject when treating of the right auriculo-ventricular valve. I find
that the right auricle is of unusually large proportions in Ornitho-
rhynchus (figs. 5 & 6), and have compared in the drawings given
the proportions in this animal with those presented by the Rabbit.
In fact the right auricle is much larger than has been hitherto
supposed ; for what Meckel and Owen have taken for a fossa ovalis
appears not to be the representative of that structure, but an in-
dependent and special cecum of the right auricle by which it en-
croaches upon the area occupied in other animals by the left auricle.
The orifice of this caecum, seen on opening the anterior wall of the
right auricle, is very sharply defined and of the size which the
fossa ovalis might be expected to present (Plate XXXIX. fig. 8,
Ce). It is not, however, in the position proper to the fossa ovalis.
It leads into an extensive sac; and at first I was under the im-
pression that the sac in question was a part of the /eft auricle, and
hence that we had here a permanent communication between the
558 PROF. E. R. LANKESTER ON THE HEART [June 20,
two auricles. This, however, proved to be an erroneous anticipation.
The extension of this angle of the right auricle, and the constriction
into the form of an oval ring of the communication between it
and the main cavity of the auricle, are sufficiently remarkable.
The site of the interauricular communication is not marked in the
adult Ornithorhynchus by a fossa.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Prats XXXVIII.
Fig. 1. Man. View of the tricuspid valve as seen on removing the anterior
wall of the right ventricle.
a, great anterior papillary muscle; 6, right or lesser anterior
papillary muscle; ¢, greater septal or posterior papillary muscle ;
d, lesser septal or posterior papillary muscle; e, point of attachment
of left anterior chords tendinex, voz developed as a papillary muscle ;
rae, right anterior cusp of the membrane of the valve ; Jae, left an-
terior cusp of the membrane of the valve.
2. Man. The same view, but the great papillary muscle is now cut
through, and the right and left anterior cusps of the valve are reflected
so as to expose the auriculo-ventricular orifice and the septal cusp.
N.B. A dark background is introduced behind the chord tendinese
of the reflected cusps, by inadvertence of the lithographer.
Letters as in fig. 1, excepting a’, apex of the great papillary muscle,
cut away from a. pc, posterior or septal cusp of the membrane of
the valve.
. Rassrr (Lepus cuniculus). View of the “tricuspid” valve similar to
that given in fig. 1, showing the seven anterior papillary muscles,
of which a,a,a represent the great papillary muscle of Man, whilst
2, b, b, b represent the right or lesser anterior papillary muscle of Man,
e corresponding with ¢ in the human heart. P. 4, pulmonary artery.
4, The same heart with the anterior papillary muscles cut through and
the valve reflected, exposing the attachments c,d of the posterior or
septal flaps. a’, a’, a’, apices of the larger anterior papillary muscles
cut away from their bases and reflected ; b',b', b', apices of three of the
smaller (right) anterior papillary muscles similarly cut away. Other
letters as in fig. 5.
5 & 6. Diagrams of views of the basal aspect of the heart of Ornitho-
rhynchus (fig. 5) and the Rabbit (fig. 6), intended to show the
relative proportions and form of the right and left auricles, and
especially the position of the cxcal appendix (Ce) of the right auricle
of Ornithorhynchus. Letters as in fig. 7.
Puiate XXXIX.
Fig.7. Orniruoruyncnvs. Anterior (or, more correctly, ventral) aspect of
the heart.
7a. Lateral view of same heart, right side.
7b. Posterior (or, more correctly dorsal) aspect of the same heart.
Tc. Lateral view of same heart ; left side.
Letters in figs. 5 to 8:—R. V. C. S, right vena cava superior; FR. A,
right auricle; 2. V, right ventricle; L. V. CS, left vena cava superior ;
L. A, left auricle; L. V, left ventricle; P.A, pulmonary artery ;
P. V, pulmonary vein; 4o, aorta; V. C.J, vena cava inferior.
8. Dorsal aspect of the same heart, the right auricle being opened and
the cut walls reflected, in order to show the inner surface. Ce, oval
orifice of the cecal appendix, mistaken hitherto for a fossa ovalis ;
F. O, position of fossa ovalis in hearts of Placentalia; V. C. J, orifice
of the vena cava inferior; L. V. C. 8, orifice of the left vena cava
superior; R. V. C. S, orifice of the right vena cava superior; 4.V. a,
auriculo-ventricular aperture.
js)
1882. | OF ORNITHORHYNCHUS PARADOXUS. 909
Fig. 9. Right auriculo-ventricular valve of Phalangista. «a, b, anterior
musculi papillares.
10. Ditto of Phascolomys. Letters as before.
11. Ditto of Mus. Letters as before.
Puate XL,
Fig. 12, Ornrrnornyncnus No. 1. Right ventricle opened and its anterior
wall reflected so as to expose the valve.
a, great, or anterior muscular column (musculus papillaris); 6,
right muscular column (musculus papillaris); e, left or ‘conus ”
muscular column; P. 4, orifice of pulmonary artery; R. A, right
auricle; &. V. C. 8, right vena cava superior; A, aorta.
13. Ornrrnornyncnus No. 2, Similar dissection of a second speci-
men.
a, great or anterior muscular column; 3, 6, d, the three slips which
represent the single column 2 of specimen No. 1 ; m, 7, two additional
muscular columns in the same region, which do not traverse the mem-
branous part of the valve, but pass from the centre of the right mus-
cular arch to the anterior wall of the ventricle, from connexion with
which they have been cut, leaving the bases m',n'; x,y, ‘column
carnese” connecting the base of the great muscular column with the
anterior ventricular wall; 2', 7’, the cut bases of the same; e, left
muscular column; P. A, orifice of pulmonary artery.
14, OrnitHoruyncuus No.1. The great anterior column cut and the
valve reflected. Letters as in fig. 12.
15. OrnitHoruyncnus No. 1. Both the great ‘and the right muscular
columns are cut. Compare with the human heart, fig. 2.
Letters as in fig. 12, except Jac, left anterior portion of the mem-
brane of the valve; vac, right anterior portion of ditto; pc, pos-
terior or septal portion of ditto.
16. OrnitHoruyncuus No. 2. The second heart (that of fig. 13) with its
muscular columns cut and the valve reflected.
a, base of the great muscular column; a’, its cut and reflected
ostial portion ; %,, bases of two of the right small muscular columns ;
b', b', their cut ostial portions; @, left muscular column; / ae, left
anterior portion of the membrane of the valve; rac right anterior
portion of ditto; pe, the very minute posterior or septal rudiment of
ditto.
17. View of the left auriculo-veniricular valve of Ornithorhynchus. The
apex of the ventricle has been cut away ; and the observer is supposed
to look upwards towards the aortic and auricular orifices. ed, three
muscular columns (papillary muscles) giving attachment to the valve;
cor, corpuscles resembling the corpuscula Arantii, at the central point
of the margin of each flap of the triradiate valve; JZ. A, left auricle ;
Ao, aortic orifice.
Prats XLI.
Fig, 18. Right auriculo-yentricular valve of Didelphys. a, equivalent of the
great anterior papillary muscle of Man; 4, equivalents of the right
anterior papillary muscle of Man.
19. Ditto of Phascolarctos.
20. Ditto of Myrmecophaga, ¢, as in fig. 1,
21. Ditto of Hrinaceus.
22. Ditto of Cuscus.
560 FROF. HUXLEY ON THE RESPIRATORY [June 20,
2. On the Respiratory Organs of Apteryx. By Tuomas
H. Hoxiey; PBS, EAS.
[Received June 2, 1882.]
I am not aware that the structure of the respiratory organs of
Apteryx has been investigated since the publication of Professor
Owen’s Memoirs on the Anatomy of the Southern Apteryx, in the
second and third volumes of the ‘ Transactions’ of this Society.
Professor Owen gives a detailed description of a structure which he
terms the diaphragm, and compares it with that organ in mammals ;
the account of the anatomy of the lungs and of the air-sacs, on the
other hand, is less full. The important fact that no air-sac extends
into the abdomen is noted ; but only four air-sacs on each side are
mentioned, and no attempt is made to identify these with the air-sacs
of other birds.
The question whether Apterya presents any real approximation to
mammals in the structure of its breathing-apparatus is of consider-
able interest, from its bearing upon the general problem of the
affinities of birds to other groups of vertebrated animals. Having
recently examined a specimen of Apteryx (which, although it had
been many years in spirit, was still in a very fair state of preserva-
tion) with reference to this point, I have come to the conclusion that
its respiratory organs differ in no essential respect from those of
other birds—though they exhibit those peculiarities which are
peculiar to and characteristic of the class Aves in a less developed
condition than that which obtains in all those Carinatze and Ratitze
which have been carefully studied.
The admirable monograph by Sappey ’, chiefly based on the study
of the respiratory organs of the Duck, contains the most complete and
accurate account extant of the general disposition of these organs in
their highest condition of development. Rainey * supplemented this
by the important discovery of the existence of intercapillary air-pas-
sages; and, more recently, Campana® has contributed a very elaborate
study of the respiratory organs of the Common Fowl. It is not diffi-
cult to verify the chief statements of these anatomists. Nevertheless
it is any thing but easy to find a succinct and precise account of the
facts; and the terminology at present employed appears to me to be
for the most part cumbrous and inappropriate. I make no apology,
therefore, for endeavouring to amend this state of matters.
The lungs of birds lie, one on each side of the vertebral column,
between the first thoracic rib in front and the anterior end of the
kidney behind. On the dorsal aspect they rise, on the sides of the
vertebre, as high as the tubercular transverse processes of the ribs.
On the ventral aspect they descend to a variable distance towards the
1 Recherches sur l’appareil respiratoire des Oiseaux: 1847.
2 “On the minute Structure of the Lung of the Bird,” Medico-Chirurgical
Transactions, xxxii. 1849.
3 Les lois de ’Hyolution animale.—La respiration des Oiseaux: 1875.
1882. ] ORGANS OF APTERYX. 561
ends of the vertebral ribs. The lowest point of the ventral margin
lies on one of these ribs, not far from its articulation with the sternal
rib; and the hinder part of this margin, or the posterior ventral
margin, slopes upwards and backwards, while the anterior ventral
margin is inclined upwards and forwards from this point, which may
be called the ventral angle of the lung. The whole ventral margin
of the lung is very thin; its dorsal margin, on the other hand, is
thick and rounded off into the outer or lateral face of the lung, which
is convex from above downwards. The dorsal margin and the
lateral face are closely applied to the parietes ; and the former presents
deep notches, into which the necks and dorsal portions of the bodies
of the ribs are received.
The mesial face of the lung is divisible into three facets :—a
superior, which is closely applied to the lateral faces of the vertebree
and to a fibrous lamella, the median vertical septum, which proceeds
from the ventral faces of the vertebree in the middle line; and an
anterior inferior and a posterior inferior facet, which occupy
that slightly concave face of the lung which is turned towards the
thoracic cavity. These last facets are divided by a ridge or eleva-
tion of the surface of the lung, which ascends from the ventral angle
to the insertion of the bronchus. This is always situated at some
considerable distance from the anterior end of the lung.
The anterior inferior and posterior inferior facets of the lung are
closely invested by a thin fibrous membrane, which may be termed
the pulmonary aponeurosis (‘‘diaphragme pulmonaire,” Sappey ;
‘ diaphragmite antérieur,” Milne-Edwards). The mesial edge of this
is continuvus with the median vertical septum; the lateral edge is
inserted into the parietes of the thorax immediately beyond the
ventral edge of the lung. Around the pneumatic apertures, or ostia,
the pulmonary aponeurosis is closely adherent to their margins ;
it is, in fact, perforated by them.
Broad flat bands of striated muscle (the costo-pulmonary muscles)
take their origin from the vertebral ribs’, at some distance below
the attachment of the pulmonary aponeurosis, and, proceeding
obliquely dorsad and forwards, spread out and are inserted into
that part of the aponeurosis which covers the posterior inferior facet.
They are supplied with branches of the intercostal nerves. This
pulmonary aponeurosis with its muscles is one of the two structures
which have been compared to the mammalian diaphragm.
The second so-called “diaphragm” (‘ diaphragme thoraco-ab-
dominal,” Sappey; ‘‘diaphragmite thoraco-abdominal,”’ Milne-
Edwards) is a more or less aponeurotic fibrous membrane, continuous
with the ventral edge of the median dorsal septum and suspended
by it, like the roof of a tent, across the thoraco-abdominal cavity.
In the middle line, this odliqgue septum slopes downwards and for-
wards to the dorsal and anterior face of the pericardium, with which its
fibres become firmly connected on their way to their attachment to
1 In many birds there are additional “ sterno-pulmonary” muscles, which
proceed from the antero-lateral part of the sternum to the aponeurosis covering
the anterior inferior facet.
562 PROF, HUXLEY ON THE RESPIRATORY [June 20,
the sternum. From the median line, the two halves of the oblique
septum slope laterally and ventrally until they attach themselves to
the parietes of the abdomen behind, to those of the thorax more
anteriorly, and to the margins of the sternum in front, at a con-
siderable distance from the attachment of the pulmonary aponeurosis.
It follows that a wide interspace is left, on each side, between the
pulmonary aponeurosis, dorsally and laterally, the dorsal median
septum in the middle line, the oblique septum ventrally and below,
and the parietes of the body laterally ; and, as the mesial attachments
of the pulmonary aponeurosis and of the oblique septum are very
much closer together than their outer attachments, the whole cavity
has somewhat the form of a wedge with the narrow edge towards
the middle line. This swbpulmonary chamber is divided into four
loculi by three dissepiments, which pass transversely from the lateral
face of the oblique septum to the mesial face of the pulmonary
aponeurosis. Each loculus lodges one of four postbronchial sac-
cular diverticula of the wall of the lung, constituting the proper
air-sacs, which thus fill up the subpulmonary chamber, between the
insertion of the bronchus and its posterior extremity. Another air-
sac lies in front of the insertion of the bronchus, on the mesial side of
the anterior extremity of the lung.
Thus, on each side, there are five air-sacs, the lateral and superior
face of each of which abuts against a particular region of the lung.
The most anterior is that just mentioned, which may be called pre-
bronchial (“ réservoir cervical,’ Sappey), as the bronchus lies between
it and the next, or subbronchial (‘‘ interclavicular,”’ Sappey). The
dissepiment which separates the loculus of this sac from the next is
attached mesially along the oblique elevation which runs from the
insertion of the bronchus to the ventral margin of the lung. The
following dissepiment is attached dorsally, near the origin of the
cceliac artery from the aorta, which lies in the median dorsal septum,
and thence to the pulmonary aponeurosis, along a line which is in-
clined more or less obliquely backwards, to the posterior ventral
margin. It separates two loculi, which lodge the anterior and the
posterior intermediate air-sacs (“ réservoir diaphragmatique antérieur
et postérieur,” Sappey). The third dissepiment, still more inclined,
divides the loculus of the posterior intermediate air-sac from that of
the posterior air-sac (“‘réservoir abdominal,” Sappey).
Thus, that part of the thoraco-abdominal cavity which lies dorsad
and anterior to the oblique septum lodges no other viscera than the
lungs and the air-sacs, and may therefore be distinguished, as the
respiratory cavity, from the cardio-abdominal cavity, which contains
the heart and the rest of the viscera, and lies below and behind the
oblique septum. The respiratory cavity is further divided into two
lateral chambers by the median dorsal septum; and each of these
chambers is subdivided by the pulmonary aponeurosis into two
stories, of which the upper is occupied by the lung, and the lower
by the loculi with their contained air-sacs.
The dorsal aorta traverses the median dorsal septum from before
backwards, giving off, from its ventral aspect, the coeliac and the
1882. ] ORGANS OF APTERYX. 563
mesenteric arteries, which thus appear in the middle line of the
oblique septum when this is viewed from below and behind. The
vena cava inferior enters the pericardium just behind the attach-
ment of the oblique septum to it.
Immediately after the bronchus has entered the lung, it enlarges
somewhat to form a dilatation, which has been termed the vestibule.
A trunk which continues the: direction of the bronchus through
the centre of the parenchyma of the lung backwards, leaves the
posterior end of the vestibule, and ends at the superior end of
the posterior ventral margin in the posterior ostium, by which it
opens into the posterior air-sac. This trunk may be termed the
mesobronchium, by way of distinction from certain others which have
a superficial position on either the lateral or the mesial face of the
lung; and which may be distinguished, respectively, as ecto- and
ento-bronchia.
Toward the middle of its course the mesobronchium gives off a wide
branch, which passes backwards and downwards to the posterior
ventral edge of the lung, and opens there by a very wide posterior
intermediate ostium into the corresponding air-sac.
The entobronchia (“ bronches diaphragmatiques,’’ Sappey) are four
in number. They take their origin in wide openings of the dorsal
wall of the vestibule. The fourth is hindermost, runs almost directly
backwards to the posterior end of the lung, and ends there cecally.
Branches are given off only from its ventral wall.
The third entobronchium runs parallel with this, giving off a
number of close-set branches from its dorsal side, which are distri-
buted over the superior facet. Close to the entrance of the bronchus,
this presents the large anterior intermediate ostium for the corre-
sponding air-sac.
The second entobronchium passes directly dorsad, and ramifies
over the middle of the superior facet. A wide branch descends to
the subbronchial ostium.
The first entobronchium curves sharply round the entrance of the
bronchus, and from its anterior or convex wall gives off a number of
branches to the anterior part of the superior facet and to the anterior
inferior facet. One of these branches passes directly forwards, and
opens by the prebronchial ostium into the prebronchial air-sac ;
while the inferior end of the trunk opens below the bronchus, into
the subbronchial ostium, and, in that way, communicates with the
subbronchial air-sac.
Thus the mesobronchium and the first entobronchium are each
connected with two air-sacs—the former with the posterior two, and
the latter with the anterior two ; while the middle air-sac (anterior
intermediate) communicates with the third entobronchium so close
to the vestibule that it might almost be said to open into the latter.
Behind the vestibule, the mesobronchium gives off successively
several (usually six or seven) branches, which are directed laterally
and dorsally towards the lateral or costal face of the lung. These
are the ectobronchia (“ bronches costales,”’ Sappey).
Those parts of the walls of the various bronchia and their ramifica-
564 PROF. HUXLEY ON THE RESPIRATORY [June 20,
tions, which are in relation with the pulmonary parenchyma, are per-
forated by minute rounded apertures. These lead into canals which
are directed, at first, more or less at right angles to the surfaces of the
bronchia upon which they open, and pass, side by side, sometimes
anastomosing with one another, to some other bronchium than that
from which they start. They may be termed parabronchia (“canaux
tertiaires,” Cuvier; “bronchial tubes,’ Rainey; “ Lungenpfeifen” of
the Germans). The lumina of these canals are interrupted at pretty
regular intervals by transverse circular folds which contain unstriped
muscular fibres. The interspaces between these folds are more or
less subdivided by oblique or longitudinal folds of a similar nature
into fosse ; and the walls of these fossee present smaller depressions
or fessule, which directly, or indirectly, open into the intercapillary
air-passages. These last occupy the meshes of the capillary network
into which the pulmonary vessels resolve themselves.
This description (with possibly some variation in the number of
the ostia and air-sacs) applies to the respiratory apparatus of every
known bird, and to that of no other animal; but it also applies, almost
word for word, to Apterya. Hence there can be no doubt that the
respiratory organs of this bird are thoroughly and typically ornithie,
and that they present not the slightest approximation to those of the
Mammalia.
If the organs of respiration of Apterya are compared with those
of a carinate bird of similar size and form of trunk, such as a Duck,
the resemblances and differences between the two can be easily
traced.
1. The Duck’s lungs are considerably larger both absolutely and
relatively.
2. The anterior ventral margin in the Duck is longer than the
posterior. The reverse obtains in Aptery2.
3. The pulmonary aponeurosis of the Duck is very delicate; in
Apteryz it is strong and thick.
4, The median vertical septum in the Duck is much deeper, and
anteriorly it is supported by the long hypapophyses of the anterior
thoracic vertebree. At the same time it is far less strongly fibrous
than the corresponding structure in Apteryx. The mesial attachment
of the pulmonary aponeurosis is to the ventral edge of the septum,
close to that of the oblique septum, in the Duck ; while in Apteryx
the two are separated by a considerable interval, throughout which
the thin andmembranous part of the dorsal median septum divides
the mesial ends of the intermediate and posterior loculi from one
another.
In the Duck, the median dorsal septum lies throughout between
the superior facets of the internal faces of the two lungs. In other
words, this superior facet is much deeper in the Duck than in
Apteryx.
5. The oblique septum is extremely thin and weak in the Duck ;
while in Apteryx it is a very strong aponeurotic membrane, with
interlacing fibres diverging from two tendons attached to the under
face of the posterior thoracic vertebree. In the Duck it contains, on
1882.]
ORGANS OF APTERYX. 565
Fig. 1.
a/A
Fig. 1. Respiratory organs of Apteryx ; and Fig. 2, of a Duck having the trunk
of nearly the same dimensions. In each the vertebral column and
the left wall of the thoracic and abdominal cavities are supposed to
be removed ; while the median vertical septum, the right half of the
oblique septum, and the air-sacs of the right side are left. The
contour of the right lung is indicated.
d. 1, dorsal margin of the lung; v.a.1, ventral angle of the lung;
I, prebronchial, IT, infrabronchial, III, anterior intermediate, IV,
posterior intermediate, V, posterior air-sac; 1, 2, 3, dissepiments.
L.c, longus colli; V. s, vertical median septum ; 0. s, oblique septum
Tr, trachea; Ao, aorta; c. a, cceliac artery ; m. a, mesenteric artery ;
“ eo: m, smooth muscular fibres in the oblique septum of the
uck,
566 PROF. HUXLEY ON THE RESPIRATORY [June 20,
each side, a layer of unstriped muscular fibres. I have not been able
to make out any such fibres in Apteryz.
6. The most remarkable difference, however, lies in the development
of the air-sacs in the two birds.
In Apteryz, as in the Duck, the attachment of the dorsal end of
the dissepiment between the intermediate loculi corresponds with
the exit of the cceliac artery from the dorsal median septum; and
the relation of the air-sacs in front of and behind this dissepiment to
the bronchia which open into them is such, that there can be no
question of their homology with the anterior and the posterior
intermediate air-sacs in the Duck, notwithstanding the vastly greater
size of the latter. Hence the air-sac in front of the anterior inter-
mediate in Apteryx must be the homologue of the subbronchial in
the Duck ; and the position of this sac and its relation to the sub-
bronchial ostium leave no doubt that such is the case.
But while, in Apteryz, the subbronchial air-sac does not extend
beyond the front margin of the sternum, and is floored by that part
of the oblique septum which lies at the sides of the fore part of the
pericardium and is attached to the front edges of the sternum, in
the Duck only a small part of the sac is thus related to the oblique
septum, and even this extends much further backwards and more
towards the median line than in Apferya. In front, each of these
sacs has enlarged forwards to the space between the furcula and the
sternum, and there has opened into its fellow in the middle line.
Thus the two subbronchial air-sacs are fused into one great air-
chamber, and their mesial walls are so closely applied to the trachea
and great vessels as to invest them like a serous coat. Moreover
the common sac sends prolongations into the axillee and elsewhere,
and communicates with the pneumatic cavities of the adjacent bones.
A similar modification has taken place in the posterior air-sacs of the
Duck, but has been carried to a still greater extent. In Apterya
the whole of this sac is enclosed between the oblique septum and
the pulmonary aponeurosis, the dissepiment between its loculus and
that of the posterior intermediate sac being situated almost midway
between the second dissepiment and the posterior extremity of the
pneumatic chamber. In the Duck, on the contrary, the dorsal end
of this dissepiment is attached close to the posterior extremity of
the lung, and thence slopes very obliquely backwards. The capacity
of the posterior intermediate air-sac thus becomes greatly increased.
But, as the capacity of the posterior air-sac is also vastly greater
than in Apterya, its posterior wall has been, apparently, driven out,
like a hernial sac, between the peritoneum and the parietes, and pro-
jects into the abdominal cavity. It would be incorrect, therefore,
to say that the abdominal air-sac is absent in Apleryz : it is Just as
much present as in any other bird; but its small size and the small
relative development of the posterior intermediate sac permit it to
occupy a different position.
7. The first or preebroncbial air-sac has hitherto been overlooked
in Apteryx. It is of a long ovate or spindle-shape, 21 millim. long
by 8 millim. wide in the middle, and lies between the longus colli
1882.] ORGANS OF APTERYX. 567
with the vertebral column above, and the cesophagus and bronchus
below. Laterally, it is bounded by so much of the anterior facet of
the lung as lies above the level of the bronchus. Mesially, it is
widely separated from its fellow by the fibrous tissue continued from
the anterior end of the median vertical septum onto the cesophagus,
bronchi, and aorta.
The prebronchial air-sac in the Duck is fully three times as long,
and sends off prolongations to the vertebral column, which have been
described by Sappey.
8. The vestibule, mesobronchium, and entobronchia of Apteryx
present no important differences from those of the Duck, except
that the branches of the entobronchia are less numerous.
The ectobronchia, on the other hand, are much smaller, and only
the most anterior reaches the lateral surface of the lung, and there
divides into an ascending and a descending superficial branch of
small size ; the others break up into parabronchia before reaching the
surface of the lung.
9. The parabronchia are much wider in Apteryx, the diameters
of their cavities varying from 1°5 millim. to 0°8 millim., while they
range from 0°8 to 0:4 millim. in the Duck Moreover the inter-
vening vascular parenchyma is relatively much narrower in Apteryx
than in the Duck. Hence a section of the lung of the former
appears much more coarsely spongy than one of the latter. In the
Duck, as in many other Carinate birds, the parenchyma around each
parabronchial canal is defined by linear interspaces from that of ad-
jacent parabronchia; and in transverse section these boundaries have
a polygonal, usually hexagonal form. In Apteryz, the parenchyma
between the parabronchial tubes is continuous, and the interca-
pillary air-passages show no interruption.
In the Duck, as in most Carinatee, the fossulze lead into branching
passages (intercellular passages of Rainey), which radiate towards the
periphery of the area of parenchyma which belongs to each para-
bronchium, finally ending in the intercapillary passages. In Apteryz,
the fossulze are mere shallow pits which open at once into the inter-
capillary passages.
Thus the respiratory organs of Apteryx are thoroughly ornithic,
differing from those of other birds chiefly in the greater width and
smaller aggregate surface of the respiratory passages, in the rudi-
mentary condition of the pneumatic sacs, and in the much greater
strength of the pulmonary and septal aponeurotic expansions.
Neither in Apteryx, nor in any other bird, has either of these the
slightest real resemblance to a Mammalian diaphragm. Jor, as has
- been seen, the heart lies altogether behind both, and the muscular
digitations of the pulmonary aponeurosis are supplied by the inter-
costal nerves, the phrenic being absent. The vertical and oblique
septa really answer to the fibrous tissue of the posterior and middle
mediastinum in Mammals.
In this, as in all other cases, the meaning of ornithic peculiarities
of structure is to be sought, not in Mammals, but in Reptiles. It
is only among Reptiles that we meet with pneumatic bones similar
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1882, No. XX XVIII. 38
568 ON THE RESPIRATORY ORGANS OF APTERYX. [June 20,
to those of birds (Crocodilia, Pterosauria, Dinosauria), pulmonary
air-sacs (Chameleonide), and membranous expansions which are
comparable to the septa in birds.
In Crocodiles, which approach birds in so many other ways, the
resemblance is closest. As in birds, the liver lies between the stomach
and the pericardium, and has a peculiar peritoneal investment shut off
from the great sac of the abdomen ; and, as in the Ostrich, the whole
circumference of the stomach is united by fibrous tissue with the
parietes. A fibrous expansion extends from the vertebral column
over the anterior face of the stomach, the liver, and the dorsal and
front aspect of the pericardium, to the sternum and the parietes of
the thorax, separating the thoraco-abdominal space into a respira-
tory anda cardio-abdominal cavity, and representing the oblique
septum of the bird. The respiratory cavity is similarly divided
into a right and left chamber by a very deep median septum,
traversed from before backwards by the osophagus, trachea, and
pneumogastric nerves, and containing the aortic arches. Each of
these chambers is occupied by one of the lungs, the mesial face
of which is closely adherent to the septum, while the lateral face,
though quite free, naturally fits closely to the parietes. As there
are no air-sacs, each chamber has only one story.
When the lung is distended, its dorsal margin extends far up on the
sides of the bodies and arches of the vertebree, the height of which seems
to be related to this dorsal expansion of the lung!. A broad, thin
muscle arises, on each side, from the anterior margin of the pubis; and
its fibres pass forwards, diverging as they go, to be inserted into the
ventral face of the posterior part of the pericardium and into the ven-
tral and lateral parts of the fibrous capsule of the stomach, passing
between that organ and the adherent posterior face of the liver, and
being inserted into the fibrous aponeurosis which covers the anterior
face of the stomach, and represents the oblique septum.
Each bronchus is continued directly backwards into a wide canal,
which dilates into an oval sac-like cavity at the posterior end of the
lung, representing the mesobronchium with the posterior air-sac in
birds.
In the dorsal and mesial wall of the mesobronchium there are five
or six apertures, which lead into as many canals, representing the
entobronchia in birds. These pass, the anterior two almost directly
forwards, and the others more or less obliquely, to the dorsal margin ;
and they lie quite superficially on the mesial face of the lung. The
first is very much larger than the others, and ends in a dilatation at the
anterior end of the lung. It is united with the second by transverse
branches. Along the ventral margin of the lung there are four sac-
like chambers, which communicate, in the case of the two anterior,
with the entobronchia, and, in the case of the two posterior, with
the mesobronchium. Finally, there are two very large canals, external
to these, which communicate with the mesobronchium by large aper-
* It seems not improbable that the great height of the bodiesand arches of
the anterior thoracic vertebre in some Dinosaurians may be connected with a
similar modification of the lungs.
1882. ] ON THE ANATOMY OF PASSERINE BIRDS. 569
tures in its dorsal wall, and give off branches to the outer face of
the lung, representing the ectobronchial system of birds. The ori-
fices with which the surfaces of all these canals, except the anterior
half of the mesobronchium, are thickly set, lead into depressious,
which are often so deep as to become cylindrical passages, simulating
the parabronchia of birds.
Thus, notwithstanding all the points of difference, there is a
fundamental resemblance between the respiratory orgaus of Birds
and those of Crocodiles, pointing to some common form (doubtless
exemplified by some of the extinct Dinosauria), of which both are
modifications.
3. Contributions to the Anatomy of Passerine Birds.—Part
VI. On Xenicus and Acanthisitta as types of a new
Family (Xenicide) of Mesomyodian Passeres from New
Zealand. By W. A. Forszs, B.A., Fellow of St. John’s
College, Cambridge, Prosector to the Society.
[Received June 19, 1882.]
A few months ago I received, through the kindness of my friend
Prof. Jeffrey Parker, of the University of Otago, New Zealand, a
small collection of birds in spirit from that country, which included
most of the “peculiar forms of Passeres found there. Amongst them
were single specimens of Xenicus longipes and Acanthisitta chloris,
the examination of which has proved to be of especial interest.
The genus Xenicus was founded by the late Mr. G. R. Gray ? for
the reception of the Motacilla longipes of Gmelin®, Lafresnaye
having some twenty years previously established Acanthisitta for
Sparrman’s Sitta chloris *.
Subsequent ornithological writers have pretty unanimously assigned
both these forms to the ‘‘Certhiide ” or their immediate neigh-
bourhood, in company with Sitta, Sittella, and their allies. The
peculiar structure of the tarsus in Xenicus first induced me to
examine these birds more closely, with the unexpected result that I
find that the two genera in question are true Mesomyodian forms, and
therefore in no intimate degree related to such Oscines as those just
mentioned.
The subjoined drawings of the syrinx of Xenicus—with which in
all points Acanthisitta appears to agree in every essential respect—
will show that it has none of the complex nature of that organ in
the Oscines, the thin lateral tracheal muscle terminating on the
upper edge of a somewhat osseous box formed by the consolidation
of the last few tracheal rings, and there being no other intrinsic
’ For Part V. vide anted, p. 544. 3 Rey. Mag. Zool. 1842, Ois. pl. xxy
? This, 1862, p. 218. 4 Mus. Oarls. fase. 2, no. ey
38
570 ON THE ANATOMY OF PASSERINE BIRDS. [June 20,
syringeal muscle whatsoever. The box has a well-developed antero-
posterior pessular piece. The bronchial rings are throughout of
quite simple form, and are separated by but narrow intervals.
None are modified in form to serve for the insertion of a vocal
muscle, as the latter terminates higher up, as already described, on
the tracheal box, and therefore quite out of the region of the
bronchi.
The lateral position of the single syringeal muscle is that charac-
teristic of all the Mesomyodian Passeres, though in most of these it
terminates on one of the bronchial rings, and not, as in the birds
under consideration, on the sides of the trachea. This may easily
be seen by comparing the accompanying figures of Xenicus with the
Syrinx of Xenicus longipes, much enlarged.
A. From in front. B. From behind.
m. Lateral tracheal muscle.
beautiful series given by Johannes Miiller of the syrinx of many of the
Neotropical Mesomyodi ', with those of Garrod of Pifta*, or my own
of Eurylemus, Cymbirhynchus’, and Philepitta*. In fact it resembles
rather that of Todus, as lately described and figured by myself >®.
Externally the non-oscine nature of Xenicus and Acanthisitta is at
once proclaimed by the structure of their wings, which have a “ first ’®
(tenth) primary nearly as long as the preceding one, and by the
non-bilaminate tarsus. The latter is covered almost completely by a
single large scute, with only some very obsolete traces of transverse
division below, whilst behind its edges are contiguous for the
greater length of the tarsus, leaving only;small areas at each end of
that bone, which are covered by very small scutelize of irregular
form. The digits are slender and compressed, the foot being slightly
syndactyle by the union of the fourth toe to the third for the
greater part of its two most basal joints. The tail is short and
weak; and there are only ten rectrices in each of my specimens. As
there is no evidence of a pair more having been present, this number
! Vocal Organs of Passeres: Garrod’s ed., Oxford, 1878.
2 Coll. Papers, pl. xxvi.
5 P.Z.8. 1880, pp. 384, 385. 4 L.c. p. 389. 5 Anted, p. 444.
§ Sundevall is in error in assigning to these birds only nine remiges (‘Ten-
tamen, p. 47).
1882. | PROF. OWEN ON TRICHINA SPIRALIS. 571
of tail-feathers must be considered to be that normal in the present
family, twelve being that universal, with a few isolated exceptions,
in all other Passeres.
In all other points, Xenicus and <Acanthisitta conform to the
general Passerine type. There is no trace of a plantar vinculum.
The tensor patagii brevis has the peculiar arrangement charac-
terizing the Passeres, only slightly masked by the muscular fibres
somewhat concealing the two superimposed tendons, as is frequently
the case in the short-and-rounded-winged forms of the group. The
gluteus primus is well-developed. The tongue is lanceolate and horny,
with its apex somewhat frayed out and its base spiny. The main
artery of the leg is the sciatic. The sternum has a single pair of
posterior notches and a bifid manubrium. In the skull the nostrils
are holorhinal, the vomer broad and deeply emarginate anteriorly,
the maxillo-palatines slender and recurved.
As regards the affinities of the Xenicide, the ‘“ haploophone”
form of their syrinx, combined with the complete loss of a vinculum,
shows that it is only with the Pipride (including the Cotingide),
Tyrannide, Pittide, and Philepittidee that they can be compared.
From all of these they differ markedly, however, in the number of
rectrices, the ocreate tarsus, and the nature of the syrinx, the latter
never having the form of a complete bony box, and never lacking
a bronchial “intrinsic”? muscle in any of the families just enu-
merated. The Pittide they approach somewhat in their general
facies, short tail, and long tarsus, though the tarsal scutellation is
different in the two forms.
The Pittidee are also, it is interesting to note, the only other family
of Mesomyodian Passeres that enters the Australian region, though
they have not extended their range to New Zealand. I know at
present of no other Australian Passerines that can be considered allied
to the Xenicide ; nor are there apparently any other forms than the
two here described present in New Zealand itself, Certhiparus and
Miro both being, as well as Clitonyx', Oscines of the normal type.
4, On Trichina spiralis. By Prof. Owxn, C.B.,
F.R.S., F.G.S., &e.
[Received June 10, 1882. ]
The admission, kindly accorded by the Publication Committee,
of my paper on Trichina spiralis (1835) to the first volume of the
‘ Transactions of the Zoological Society of London,’ leads me to sub-
mit a few observations on subsequent references that have appeared
in print on the subject of that paper. The general impression so
produced is indicated by the following definition by the late lamented
* Académicien,” Littré, in his admirable ‘ Dictionnaire de la Langue
francaise :’—‘“‘ Tricu1ne, s. f. Nom générique d’un_helminthe
nématoide, le Zrichina spiralis, découverte par Hilton et décrit par
R. Owen.’
1 Vide anted, p. 544.
972 PROF. OWEN ON TRICHINA SPIRALIS. {June 20,
Among the notices of the discovery of the microscopic parasite
prior to the date of that ‘ Dictionnaire,’ I may limit myself to the
following :—‘ It was first described, I believe, by Mr. Hilton of
Guy’s Hospital, and afterwards more fully by Professor Owen in
855°" 4;
The translation of that estimable work probably led to an opinion
common among French practitioners, and which amply justifies the
definition of “Trichine” given by their great lexicographer.
Reference to a number of an English weekly periodical for grounds
of priority could hardly be expected in a foreign country ; and our
own accomplished physician, burthened with an extensive practice
and professional duties, may well be excused for taking on trust
current statements on so minute a matter.
It may not be unacceptable, or uninstructive to our younger fellow-
workers with the microscope, to recall the honest devotion of his
time and means of observation which the alleged discoverer gave to
the subject of his paper entitled :—‘‘ Notes of a peculiar Appear-
ance observed in Human Muscle, probably depending upon the for-
mation of very small Cysticerci,’” by John Hilton, Demonstrator of
Anatomy at Guy’s Hospital” °.
After noting that the ‘‘ body for dissection was a male, aged 70,”
the author proceeds :—‘‘The subject was prepared for injection,
and subjected to a temperature of about 100° Fahr. On proceeding
to the dissection, our attention was arrested by a mottled appear-
ance of the pectoral muscles; and the same phenomenon presented
itself in all the voluntary and respiratory muscles, to which, however,
it was confined. The muscles were pale, soft, and not so distinctly
fibrous as usual ; between the fibres, and having their long axis
parallel to them, there are situate several oval bodies, transparent
in the middle and opaque at either end, altogether about 5/5 of an
inch in length. No organization could be discovered with the aid
of a microscope. A small portion of the muscle, impregnated with
them, was inserted under the skin of a rabbit on the back. This
was done in three cases; but all the animals died within seventy-
two hours, and without any appearance of the bodies in question
being revivified.”’
Portions of the muscles of the same subject were taken by an
accomplished physician of the Hospital, Dr. Addison, F.R.S., who,
in an endeavour to promote some development of the supposed
Cysticerci, ‘placed a portion of muscle in a glass tightly covered
with paper, perforated by pin-holes; it was slightly moistened
occasionally with water.” On referring to it “‘ casually ” some weeks
after, ‘‘a number of small flies were seen in the glass, apparently
differing from the common house-fly, and some bodies were observed
in the muscle, larger than those originally placed in the glass ; from
some of these an embryo fly was liberated”? *.
1 Lectures on the Practice of Physic, by (now Sir) Thomas Watson, M.D.,
8vo, 1845, vol. iii. p. 492.
* London Medical Gazette, February 2, 1833, p. 605.
* London Medical Gazette, loc. cit. p. 606.
1882. | PROF. OWEN ON TRICHINA SPIRALIS, 573
Thus it is plain that, of the two accomplished officers of the great
Hospital and Medical School of Guy’s, the Prosector or Anatomical
Demonstrator came to the conclusion that the corpuscles in question
were a minute species of Hydatid or Cysticercus ; and the Physician
inclined to the belief that they were ova of a new species of Dip-
terous insect ; but Dr. Addison candidly owns “an unwillingness
to draw an absolute inference from his experiment.” The contents
of the cyst were neither seen nor suspected by either observer.
Such was the state of knowledge when, early in February 1835,
I received from Mr. Wormald, Demonstrator of Anatomy at St.
Bartholomew’s Hospital, in which Medical School I then held the
office of ‘ Lecturer on Comparative Anatomy and Physiology,’ por-
tions of the muscular tissue of a subject to which his attention had
been called on account of a gritty sensation perceived in dissection,
and which, from the rapid blunting of the scalpels employed, he
considered to be caused by deposition of specks of earthy matter.
This was the sole indication which reached me when I made
the microscopical investigation, resulting in the discovery of the
worm, as detailed in my ‘ Memoir’ communicated to the Zoological
Society of London, February 24th, 1835.
In the course of the investigation I inferred that the cysts con-
taining the worm defined as “ Trichina spiralis” were the corpuscles
previously described by Hilton as ‘‘ Cysticerci.” At p. 321 of my
‘Memoir’ I give the facts and inferences which led me to reject
the conclusion that the cyst was a kind of Hydatid or Cysticercus,
and state “‘ that the ‘ cyst’ is adventitious, foreign to the Hntozoon,
and composed of the cellular substance of the muscles infested,
morbidly altered by the irritation of the worm”’’.
At the time of this discovery I was unaware of the fact, sub-
sequently noticed in my paper, that Mr. (now Sir James) Paget had
taken portions of the affected muscles to the British Museum, where
they were microscopically examined in the Botanical Department,
and the wormlet in the cyst clearly seen.
Subsequently to the publication of ‘ Watson’s Lectures,’ which
gave rise to other expressions of opinion besides Littré’s, it was
announced that both Hilton’s and my observations had been antici-
pated by an eminent Professor of Physiology of Heidelberg. In the
issue of the ‘ Times’ newspaper of February 10th, 1866, insertion is
given to the following ‘ Note’ from ‘‘ J. S. Cobbold, M.D., F.R.S.,
of No. 84 Wimpole Street :”—“ Sir, If Mr. Jabez Hogg is in error
respecting the discovery of T'richina, so also is the Curator of Guy’s
Museum. The ‘little bodies’ were first noticed by Tiedemann, in
the year 1822, thus anticipating Mr. Peacock by six years.”
No reference to the work or publication containing the record of
Tiedemann’s alleged discovery was given ; and the only account which
could have suggested or served as a basis of the letter to * The
Times, I found in the following German _periodical—Froriep’s
‘Notizen,’ Bandi. S. 64 (1821). It appears as a record of a patho-
logical appearance observed by the eminent Professor of Physiology
1 Zool. Trans. loc. cit. p. 322.
574 PROF. OWEN ON TRICHINA SPIRALIS. {June 20,
in the University of Heidelberg at that date, and runs as follows :—
« Prof. Tiedemann has found in the body of a man who was ex-
cessively addicted to drinking brandy, and who died from dropsy
after several violent attacks of gout, white, stony concrements in
most of the muscles, especially at the extremities. They were im-
bedded in the cellular tissue between the muscular fasciculi, fre-
quently also attached to the membranes of the arteries. They were
from 2 to 4 lines long and roundish in shape. Subjected to chemical
analysis by Professor Gmelin, they were found to consist of :—
“«‘ Phosphate of Lime.............++- 73
Carbonate of Lime.............--- 7
Animal matter, like albumen or fibrine, 20
100.”
The pathognomie inference was that these calcareous particles
indicated a diffused form of arthritic deposit.
The acceptable fact is the analysis of the salts, which are attracted
by the adventitious cysts after their lengthened retention in the
muscular tissue, giving rise to the physical condition noticed in the
dissection of the subject in St. Bartholomew’s Hospital.
The foregoing details, chiefly of personal interest, I should not
have intruded on the notice of the Zoological Society, save for the
great and unexpected importance of the minute parasite which has
become notorious since it first came into scientific existence in the
pages of our publications. A brief record of this development of
Trichina, the last that is likely to come from my pen on the subject,
may, perhaps, be condoned.
I would premise, however, that, soon after the discovery of the
wormlet, my friend Dr. Arthur Farre, F.R.S., added interesting
facts to its anatomy from microscopic observations of the Trichina
in its larval and encysted condition’. The German comparative
anatomists Luschka* and Leuckart* have made known and
admirably illustrated the anatomy of the species in its mature and
procreative state.
Where and how is Trichina spiralis to be met with mature?
Certainly not in the muscular tissue of mankind: all the examples
there found have the generative organs undeveloped, as represented
in plate xli. of the Trans. Zool. Soc., loc. cit.
Mr. Bowman, F.R.S., was, I believe, the first to notice the
presence of vermicules, which he referred to Trichina, in the sarco-
lemma of the muscles of an eel*. Tichine have been subsequently
detected in the voluntary muscles of the hedgehog, badger, cat, dog,
but most frequently and abundantly in those of the hog. In 1852
1 London Medical Gazette, December 1885.
2 Siebold and Kolliker’s Zeitschrift, vol. iii. 1851.
8 Thid. vol. iv. 1852.
* Art. Muscir in the ‘Cyclopedia of Anatomy,’ and Transactions of the
Royal Society for the year 1840.
1882.] PROF. OWEN ON TRICHINA SPIRALIS. 575
Herbst gave to dogs portions of the trichinosed flesh of a badger.
Some months after, the dogs were killed; and numerous encysted
larval Trichine were found in their muscular tissue ’.
In many villages and other localities in Germany the inhabitants
had been afflicted by diseases, varying in their symptoms from those
of dysentery aud pneumonia to those of acute rheumatism, the
discovery of the cause of which is due to Dr. Zencker. At his
hospital at Dresden was admitted a young woman, -who, after a
month’s suffering under these symptoms, died. None of the
accepted remedial measures for such seeming diseases availed. On
a post mortem examination her muscles were found to be infested by
numerous Triching ; but these were uncysted: similar vermicules
were discovered in the intestinal mucus ; but these differed in having
the genital tubes developed, in which were embryo Trichine. It
was found that the patient had eaten, shortly before the illness,
pork sausages. Some of the same sausages having been obtained,
Zencker detected therein numerous encysted Trichine.
Experiments, suggested by this case, were repeated by Leuckart and
Virchow, the occasions being, unhappily, too frequent and numerous
in Germany; and the cases of a supposed epidemic which had
ravaged certain localities were determined, mainly by such vivi-
sectional experiments as Zencker’s, to be, one and all, due to eating
the flesh of trichinosed pigs in an uncooked or imperfectly cooked
state.
For the symptoms by which the malady now known as Trichi-
nosis simulates several well-defined diseases from other causes, I may
refer to my paper “On the Scientific Status of Medicine,” read at:
the International Medical Congress held in London, 3rd August,
1881°.
Living larvee of Trichina, introduced into the human stomach,
there and in the intestinal tract rapidly acquire maturity, develop
their generative organs and products; and, being viviparous, the
larvee, in vast numbers, perforate the intestinal tunics, gain admission
to the capillaries, are carried by the veins to the right half of the
heart, are diffused through the lungs, are returned to the left cavities
of the heart, are distributed by the arteries to the rest of the body,
but, by a peculiar organic attraction, make their escape from the
vascular system and settle in the muscular tissue, within the sarco-
lemma ; and there they grow and cause such changes in the plasma
effused by their irritation, as to enclose themselves, usually in a few
coils, in the elliptic cysts which at one stage of condensation have
been taken for hydatids, and at a later stage, through accumulation
of earthy particles, for diffused gouty deposits.
* Annales des Sciences Naturelles (Zoologie), 1852.
* Transactions of the Congress, yol. iii. p. 440.
576 MR. S. HANLEY ON THE GENUS LEPTOMYA. [June 20,
5. On the Genus Leptomya (A. Adams).
By Sytvanus Hantey.
[Received June 13, 1882.]
The little genus Leptomya (which, despite my aversion to the multi-
plicity of names induced by the unnecessary division of established
genera, I regard as a natural and a useful one, because its members
cannot be placed elsewhere) was briefly characterized, in English, by
Arthur Adams in 1864. Reference was made to only two species,
both so cursorily described that it was almost impossible to determine
them, as neither had been figured. Of the first, regarded as an
abnormal Newra by Hinds (N. cochlearis, Hinds), only a single
valve had been previously taken. It is not absolutely positive that
the second (Scrobicularia adunca of Gould) may not prove identical,
although the description by Hinds is more applicable to another |
species than to his own type. The genus was also limited to these
two by Tryon, in his useful catalogue of Bivalves, in 1869. In the
Linnean ‘ Proceedings’ I have published the characters of a third
species, L. gravida ; and now I know at least two others, which I here
characterize.
LEPTOMYA PSITTACUS, Sp. NOV.
T. subeequilateralis, nivea, fragilis (sed opaca), acuminato-obovata
(vel rotundato-ovata), antice late rotundata, postice acute angu-
lata et breviter sed conspicue rostrata, ad umbones ventricosa,
rostrum versus concava et compressa, sublevigata, margines
versus autem rugis tenuibus confertisque concentrice lamellata.
Margo dorsalis utrinque subrectus, antice paulum, postice modice
declivis ; margo ventralis in medio valde arcuatus, postice sinu-
atus, et rapide acclivis. Area lunularis impressa ; area dorsalis
postica perangusta.
Long. 1:2, lat. 1 poll.
Hab. ign. (Mus. Hanley).
The outline of this very rare shell reminds one of the head of a
parrot. The beak is placed high up, as in LZ. gravida.
LEPTOMYA SPECTABILIS, Sp. Nov.
T. precedenti similis, sed ovato-acuminata, haud rostrata, sed
postice subcuneiformis ; margo ventralis simplex et antice sub-
arcuatus ; extremitas postica infra medium posita.
Long. 1°25, lat. 0°95 poll.
Hab. Japan? (Mus. Hanley)...
I believe this was the shell. supposed by A. Adams to be the
L. cochlearis of Hinds, with whose description it fairly accords; 1
found it thus marked in Taylor’s' collection, which had been largely
recruited from Adams’s types.
The name spectabilis' was attached to a fine example, classed as
a Scrobicularia (it is not that of Philippi) in the British Museum,
P. 2.5. LOBE ee
JSmit lith Hanhart imp
PRLOCERHAL US: RUEPPE LI 22a
1882. ] MR. P. L, SCLATER ON RUPPELL’S PARRO?. 577
It approaches the figure of Scrobicularia rostrata of H. Adams
(Proc. Zool. Soc. 1868, pl. xxviii. f. 15), but is larger, is not so
coarsely sculptured, and is not merely convex, but ventricose. In
the same rich collection is a somewhat distorted shell marked as the
Thracia (!!) trigona of the ‘ Samarang’ (pl. 24. fig. 8), and possibly
a form of our ZL. spectadilis. All three, even if different, are
Leptomye. Figures of my three species will be found in the Journ.
Proc. Linn. Soc. Zool. 1882, vol. xvi. pl. 12.
6. Note on Riippell’s Parrot. By P. L. Scuater, M.A.,
Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to the Society.
[Received June 15, 1882.]
(Plate XLII.)
In 1848 the late Mr. G. R. Gray described and figured in the
Society’s ‘Proceedings’? a new species of Parrot from Western
Africa, from a specimen that had lived for about twelve months in
the Gardens, and proposed to call it Psittacus rueppelli. Mr.
Gray quite sufficiently described it as of a‘‘uniform dark bronze-
colour, with the lesser and underwing-coverts bright yellow; the
feathers of the thigh orange-yellow.”’
In 1852 the late Mr. Strickland and I met with examples of this
Parrot in the collection formed in Damara-land by Mr. Andersson, of
which an account was given by us in Jardine’s ‘ Contributions to
Ornithology’ for that year (p. 156). Finding that some of the
specimens procured by Mr. Andersson agreed with Mr. Gray’s
description, while others differed in having the rump and under tail-
coverts margined with glaucous blue, we not unnaturally concluded
that the latter (being the more brightly coloured birds) were of the
male sex, and that Mr. Gray had described and figured a female
bird *.
The same view as to the colour of the sexes in this Parrot was
subsequently adopted by Dr. Hartlaub (Orn. West-Afr. p. 168);
while Dr. Finsch (Papag. ii. p. 498) and Schlegel (Mus. de P.-B.,
Psittaci, p. 36) described the sexes as alike, and as both having the
blue colour on the rump and under tail-coverts. But, so far as [ can
at present make out, the strange fact appears to be that in this
species the blue on the rump and under tail-coverts is the character-
istic of the female sex. Such at least is the case in four examples
of this Parrot (two of each form), which were acquired by the Society
in April last ®, and which have since died, and have been carefully
dissected in our Prosector’s Office. In two other examples of this
1 P.Z.S. 1848, p. 125, Aves, pl. 5.
2 Mr. Andersson himself, in his ‘Birds of Damara Land’ (p. 215), published
by Mr. Gurney in 1872, has noted that in some female examples of Paocephalus
rueppellé the blue colour is certainly present.
3 Vide supra, p. 421.
578 ON TWO NEW SPECIES OF SYNALLAXIS. [June 20,
Parrot received dead from Mr. Jamrach the same was found to be
the case. We must therefore conclude, I think, that, exactly contrary
to the usual state of the case, it is the female in Paeocephalus ruep-
pelli (Plate XLII.) that acquires this additional ornamental colour,
and not the male.
7. On two apparently new Species of the Genus Synallazis.
By P. L. Scuarer, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to
the Society.
[Received June 19, 1882.]
(Plate XLIII.)
Messrs. Salvin and Godman have placed in my hands for deter-
mination some additional specimens of birds of the genus Synal-
lawis which they have recently received. Amongst these I find two
examples of species belonging to the section with ten rectrices’
apparently undescribed, which, with Messrs. Salvin and Godman’s
kind permission, I propose to characterize as follows :—
1. SYNALLAXIS FUSCO-RUFA, sp. nov. (Plate XLIII. fig. 1.)
Supra fusca, pileo, alis evtus et cauda totarufis ; subtus cinnamomea,
in ventro medio dilutior, in crisso et hypochondriis in fuscum
transeuns, subalaribus et remigum marginibus internis pallide
rufis. Long. tota 6°7, ale 2°2, caude rectr. med. 4, ext. 1°2,
tarsi 8.
Obs. Species S. unirufe et S. castanee proxima, sed colore dorsi
distincta.
Hab. San Sebastian, Sierra Nevada of Santa Marta, alt. 7000 ft.
(Simons). ‘a
A single skin of this Synallawis was in Mr. F. A. A. Simons’s last
collections. It is not quite adult, but, though agreeing well with
S. unirufa and S§. castanea in form, is evidently distinct, as above
noted.
2. SYNALLAXIS GRISEO-MURINA, sp.nov. (Plate XLIII. fig. 2.)
Supra murino-brunnea, alis interne nigricantibus extus dorso con-
coloribus ; ciliis oculorum albis; subtus grisea, in medio ventre
dilutior, in lateribus et crisso fuscescentior ; mento albo, sub-
alaribus griseis ; rostro nigro, pedibus obscure carneis. Long.
tota 7, ale 2°5, caude rectr. med. 4°3, ext. 1°4, tarsi 1:0.
Hab. San Lucas, Ecuador ( Villagomez per C. Buckley).
Obs. Affinis S. fuliginose et forma omnino congruens, sed dorso
murino nec rufescente brunneo distinguenda.
This species is exactly of the same habit as S. fuliginosa of
1 Cf. P.Z. 8. 1874, p. 7.
? Of. Salvin and Godman, Ibis, 1879, p. 196; 1880, pp. 114, 169.
JSmit lth Hanhart img
1SYNALLAXIS FUSCO-RUFA
z GRISEO MURINA.
1882.) PROF. M. WATSON ON THE ANATOMY OF PROTELES. 579
Colombia and S. palpedbralis of Peru, and makes a third of Dr.
Cabanis’s section Schizoaécha (J. f.O. 1873, p. 319).
I add a list of the species of Synallaxis which have been described
since the issue of my synopsis (P. Z. S. 1874, p. 2).
(1) Synauuaxtis TiTHys, Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1877, p. 323.
Hab. Lechugal, N. Peru (Stolzmann).
(2) SyNALLAXIs sCLATERI, Cab. J. f. O. 1878, p. 196.
Hab. Sierra de Cordova, reip. Arg. (Doering). Allied to S.
humilis, Cab.
(3) SyNALLAXIS MARANONICA, Tacz. P. Z. S. 1879, p. 230.
Hab. Guajango, N. Peru (Stolzmann). Allied to S. cinerascens.
(4) SYNALLAXIS RUFIPENNIS, Scl. et Salv. P. Z.S. 1879, p. 620.
Hab. Tilotilo, Bolivia (Buckley). Allied to S. striaticeps.
(5) Synauuaxis rruticicota, Tacz. P. Z.S. 1879, p. 670.
Hab. Tambillo, Peru (Stolzmann). Allied to S. frontalis, Pelz.
(6) SyNALLAxIs wHitTil, Scl. Ibis, 1881, p. 600, pl. xvii. f. 2.
Hab. Prov. Salta, reip. Arg. (White). Allied to S. seutata, Scl.
8. On the Muscular Anatomy of Proteles as compared with
that of Hyena and Viverra. By M. Watson, M.D.,
Professor of Anatomy, the Owens College, Manchester.
[Received June 19, 1882.]
Having recently had an opportunity of investigating the anatomy
of a male specimen of Proteles cristatus which lately formed part
of the Society’s collection, I thought it advisable, considering the
rarity of the animal, to make a careful dissection of the soft parts.
The osteology of Proteles is already well-known through the
works of Isidore Geoffroy St.-Hilaire* and of De Blaiaville*; and
I need not further refer to it beyond stating that in my specimen,
as in that examined by Professor Flower’, the ribs are fifteen in
number on each side, and that the dorsal vertebrz are fifteen and
the lumbar five in number. The last rib on each side is extremely
short, measuring only one inch in length, and on this account had
probably been overlooked by St -Hihire-and De Blainville, according
to both of whom the ribs and ‘dgrss ane tébree of Proteles are four-
teen in number and the lumbar, ¥e4 :
The visceral anatomy of Pratetes’ he s been so carefully described
by Professor Flower * that I neéd,,t16) Ae ‘more than refer to the
1 Mémoires du Muséum d’Histoire Naturelle, tome xi. 1824, p. 304.
* Ostéographie, tome ii. p. 34.
3 Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, p. 474 4 Loc. cit.
580 PROF. M. WATSON ON THE [June 20,
extremely accurate account of that anatomist. Only in one or two
unimportant points did the viscera of my specimen differ from those
of Mr. Flower’s example. In the latter the small and large intes-
tines measured respectively 9 feet 6 inches and 15 inches in length,
while in my own specimen they measured 10 feet 2 inches and
17 inches in length. In my specimen the prostate gland was of much
larger size than in Mr. Flower’s specimen. As described by him
that gland measured, if I understand the figures correctly, three
quarters of an inch in length and one inch in breadth ; while in my
specimen the gland was heart-shaped, the apex of the gland point-
ing backwards, and measured one inch in length and two inches in
its greatest breadth at the base. Similarly in my specimen the anal
glands were each twice as large as those described by Flower. The
difference in size of the prostate and anal glands in the two speci-
mens is probably due to difference in age. I have before shown*
that in Hyena crocuta these organs only attain their full size in
aged specimens ; and the same remark is probably applicable to Pro-
teles cristatus.
In every other respect (with the exception of the brain, which I
did not examine) J found that the viscera accurately corresponded
with the excellent description of Professor Flower.
In a previous communication? I pointed out that in Hyena
crocuta the external and internal iliae arteries present a somewhat
unusual arrangement, inasmuch as they come off as distinct trunks
from the abdominal aorta. In Proteles cristatus these arteries
present the same peculiarity.
Hitherto, so far as I can ascertain, the muscular anatomy of Pro-
teles has not been investigated. With the view of supplementing
this deficiency I have carefully compared the muscles of Proteles
with those of Hyena crocuta. The following notes indicate the
points in which the muscular system of the former differs from that
of the latter animal. It will be understood, where no mention is
made of a muscle, that in Proteles the arrangement is identical with
that which obtains in Hyena crocuta.
In instituting this comparison I have availed myself of the paper
on the anatomy of Hyena crocuta contained in the ‘ Proceedings’ of
the Society for the year 1879 °*.
Muscles of the Head and Neck.
The sterno-cleido-mastoid exactly resembles that of Hyena, but
differs from that of Viverra civetta, in which the ‘“‘ sterno-mastoid
is quite distinct from the cleido-mastoid ”’ *.
* Proc. Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 419, footnote, and P. Z. 8. 1881, p. 519.
2 Proc. Zool. Soc. 1879, p. 79.
3 Watson and Young, ‘On the Anatomy of Hyena crocuta,’ Proc. Zool.
Soc. 1879, p. 79.
+ “On the Myology of Viverra civetta,” by A. H. Young, M.B., ‘ Journal of
Anatomy, vol. xiv. This paper is taken as my authority on the myology of
the Civet in making the comparison of the muscular anatomy of Proteles and
Viverra.
1882.] ANATOMY OF PROTELES. 581
The sterno-hyoid muscles differ from those of Hyena inasmuch
as they are inseparably united so as to form a single muscular band
from their origin to their insertion. Proteles differs in a corre-
sponding manner from Viverra, in which the two muscles are quite
distinct.
The omo-hyoid is absent in Proteles as in Hyena. In the latter
genus Meckel' affirms its presence in H. striata; but in H. crocuta
it is certainly absent.
The stylo-glossus of Proteles agrees with that of Hycna, but
differs from that of Viverra inasmuch as it is attached to the
base of the stylo-hyal bone. In Viverra it is attached to the middle
in length of that bone.
In Proteles the stylo-hyoid is absent, as in Hyena crocuta and in
Viverra. In H. striata Meckel affirms its presence.
The scaleni are arranged much as in H. crocuta. As in that
species the scalenus anticus is absent. The scaleni medius and
posticus in Proteles are more closely united than in H. crocuta, and
form a single mass of fibres arising from the 4th, 5th, 6th, and 7th
cervical vertebrze, and inserted into the four anterior ribs. A very
slight separation exists between the fibres which are inserted into
the first rib and the rest of the muscle. In Viverra there are three
perfectly distinct scalene muscles.
The splenius of Proteles exactly resembles that of H. crocuta.
It differs from that of Viverra inasmuch as no part of its fibres is
inserted into the cervical vertebree. Thus in Proteles, as in H. cro-
cuta, the splenius colli is absent. In Proteles, as in H. crocuta, the
complexus is not divisible into a complexus proper and digastric.
In this respect the two species named differ from H. striata.
Muscles of the Back, Thorax, and Abdomen.
The trapezius of Proteles resembles that of H. crocuta. In both
these species it is relatively of much smaller size than in Viverra.
The atissimus dorsi in H. crocuta arises from the posterior eleven
dorsal spines, and has no costal origin. Similarly in Proteles the
costal origin is wanting, and the spinous origin is limited to the
posterior eight dorsal spines. A strong dorsi epitrochlearis exists
in Proteles, as in H. crocuta. The insertion of the muscle into the
humerus is rather higher in Proteles than in Hyena.
The rhomboideus in Proteles, as in H. crocuta, is single. In the
former it arises from the last four cervical and two anterior dorsal
spines, and is therefore relatively larger than in H. crocuta. Meckel
states that in H. striata this muscle possesses an occipital origin.
Proteles in this respect differs from H. striata and agrees with H.
crocuta.
The serrati postici in Proteles are not continuous with one
another as they are in H. brunnea and Viverra. In this respect
Proteles agrees with H. crocuta. The serratus magnus of Proteles
resembles that of H. crocuta, but takes an additional attachment to
the first rib. In this respect Proteles differs from Viverra.
? Anatomie comparée.
582 PROF. M. WATSON ON THE [June 20,
The obliquus externus abdominis arises in Proteles from the last
ten ribs. In H. crocuta it arises from the last eleven ribs.
Muscles of the Fore Limb.
In Proteles the pectoralis major resembles that of H. crocuta, but
takes an additional origin from the abdominal aponeurosis. The
separation of the muscle into two strata is more complete in Pro-
teles than in H. crocuta. In the former the posterior fibres form
almost a separate muscle, which has a special insertion into the
great tuberosity of the humerus; while the anterior fibres are in-
serted, as in H. crocuta, into the whole length of the shaft of that
bone. In Viverra the muscle is divisible into three strata, and its
insertion is confined to the upper third of the humerus.
The dedéoid muscle is not divisible into two parts as in H. crocuta,
the two portions being quite continuous with one another.
The levator humeri proprius (Douglas) of Proteles differs from
that of H. crocuta inasmuch as it is inserted into the upper end of
the radius and more especially of the ulna, and not, as in H. crocuta,
into the lower end of the humerus. In this respect Proteles differs
likewise from H. Grunnea and from Viverra (according to the obser-
vations of Young’). According to Macalister 2, however, in Viverra
this muscle extends, as in Proteles, as low down as the upper end
of the radius.
The levator scapule in Proteles is chiefly inserted into the fascia
covering the infraspinatus, and to a less extent into the acromion
process. In H. crocuta the reverse is the case.
The ¢eres minor in Proteles is quite inseparable from the infra-
spinatus. In this respect Proteles differs from both H. crocuta and
Viverra.
The brachialis anticus in Proteles is inserted partly into the
radius and partly into the ulna. In H. crocuta it is inserted into
the ulna alone.
The triceps of Proteles differs from that of H. crocuta in the
possession of a fifth head. This fifth head forms the most super-
ficial part of the muscle, and consists of a narrow fleshy band which
arises from the middle in length of the spine of the scapula, where
it lies superficial to the infraspinatus. It passes downwards parallel
to and in contact with the glenoid head of the triceps, and is in-
serted into the olecranon process along with the rest of the muscle.
This head is absent not only in H. crocuta but in Viverra.
The supinator longus is entirely absent in Proteles, not even
being represented by a tendinous band as in H. crocuta. In Viverra
the muscle is quite distinct, although of small size.
The extensores carpi radiales resemble those of H. crocuta inas-
much as they are partially fused together. In this respect Proteles
differs from H. striata, in which these muscles are quite distinct.
The tendon of the extensor carpi ulnaris in Proteles gives off a
1 Loe, cit.
* “The Muscular Anatomy of the Civet and Tayra,” Proc, Roy. Irish Acad.
vol. i. ser. 2, p. 506.
1882. ] ANATOMY OF PROTELES. 583
large slip which is inserted into the annular ligament of the wrist.
In other respects it resembles that of H. crocuta.
The extensor minimi digiti of Proteles resembles that of H. cro-
cuta in being inserted into the ¢wo outer toes, and differs from that
of Viverra, which gives off slips to the three outer toes.
The extensor indicis in Proteles joins the extensor tendon which
passes to the middle toe, and thus agrees with that of H. striata, and
differs from that of H. crocuéa, which joins the extensor tendon of
the second toe. In Viverra the tendon of this muscle gives off slips
to the Ist and 2nd toes.
The palmaris longus of Proteles resembles that of H. crocuta, and
differs from that of H. striata, the tendon of which blends with the
superficial flexor tendons of the toes, as also from that of Viverra,
which is double.
The flexor carpi ulnaris of Proteles differs from that of H. erocuta
and H, striata in possessing an olecranoid as well as a condyloid
origin. In this respect Proteles resembles Viverra.
The flexor carpi radialis resembles that of H. crocuta in being
inserted into the base of the second metacarpal bone, and differs
from that of Viverra, which is inserted into the first as well as the
second metacarpal.
The flexores digitorum of Proteles closely resemble those of H.
erocuta for the most part, but differ inasmuch as that portion of
the common muscle which represents the flexor perforatus digitorum
divides only into three slips, which are distributed to the three
middle toes, while in H. erocuta it divides into four slips, which are
distributed to the four perfect toes. In this respect Proteles agrees
with Viverra. In Proteles, moreover, the portion of the muscle
which represents the flexor perforans divides into five slips, one of
which passes to each of the toes; while in H. erocuta the tendon of
the flexor perforans, in accordance with the reduction in number of
the toes, divides only into four slips.
The lumbricales in Proteles are three in number, and pass to
the three outer toes. In H. crocuta there are four, one to each
toe.
In Proéeles the flexor pollicis is incorporated with the flexor
perforans digitorum; whereas in H. crocuta, on account of the
rudimental hallux, the flexor pollicis is entirely deficient. In ZH.
striata, however, Meckel asserts the existence of this muscle.
The interossei in Proteles, as in H. crocuta, are arranged in two
layers, a superficial and a deep. The superficial layer includes two
muscles, which differ from the corresponding structures in H. crocuta
inasmuch as they both arise from the base of the third metacarpal
bone, instead of one from the third and the other from the fourth
metacarpal as occurs in H. crocuta. The one passes to be inserted
into the inner side of the base of the first phalanx of the fifth toe,
whilst the other is inserted into the outer side of the base of the
second toe. In H. crocuta these muscles are inserted into the outer
and middle toes respectively.
The deep layer consists of ten muscles arranged in pairs, two to
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1882, No. XXXIX. 39
584 ROF. M. WATSON ON THE [June 20,
each metacarpal bone. In H. crocuta, on account of the rudimental
condition of the inner toe, the deep layer of interosseous muscles
consists only of eight muscles.
Muscles of the Hind Limb.
The gluteus maximus of Proteles resembles that of H. crocuta, but
differs inasmuch as the posterior portion of the muscle is quite
distinct from and not united with the biceps as in H. crocuta. In
Viverra the gluteus maximus presents a totally different arrange-
ment.
The pyriformis in Proteles, as in H. crocuta, H. striata, and
Viverra, is quite distinct from the gluteus medius.
The gluteus medius is not divisible into two planes of fibres as in
Hi. crocuta.
A gluteus quartus is present in Proteles, as in H. crocuta and
Viverra. The insertion of this muscle in Proteles is considerably
lower than in H. crocuta. In the latter it occupies the middle of
the anterior intertrochanteric line, whereas in the former it is in-
serted into the inner side of the shaft of the femur half an inch
below that line.
There is only a single gemedlus in Proteles. Itisa strong muscular
bundle which surrounds the tendon of the obturator internus. In
H. crocuta and in Viverra the gemelli are two in number.
The quadratus femoris is entirely absent in Proteles, which there-
fore differs both from H. crocuta and Viverra.
The semimembranosus, as in H. crocuta, is either absent or is
inseparably united with the adductor magnus. In this respect Pro-
teles differs from Viverra, in which the semimembranosus is quite
distinct from the adductor magnus.
The semitendinosus of Proteles is inserted into the tibia lower
down than in H. crocuta. In this respect Proteles resembles H.
striata. In Viverra this muscle has an additional caudal origin,
which is not present either in Hyena or in Proteles.
The sartorius of Proteles differs from that of H. crocuta inas-
much as the muscular fibres in the upper third of the thigh form
a single mass, which only divides into two parts lower down. In
H. crocuta the two parts are separate from end to end; in Viverra,
on the other hand, the muscle is single.
The gracilis is not attached directly to the pelvic bone as in H,
crocuta, but arises from a strong aponeurosis covering the adductor
muscles. Its fibres are continuous with those of the opposite muscle.
Its insertion differs from that of the muscle in H. ecrocuta inasmuch
as the lower fibres are inserted into a stout fibrous band which lies
parallel with, and is inserted into the inner side of the tibia at the
junction of the lower and middle thirds of that bone.
In Proteles, as in H. crocuta, the pectineus is single at its inser-
tion. In Viverra it is double.
The origin of the adductor brevis is relatively more extensive in
Proteles than in H. crocuta.
The rectus femoris of Proteles differs from that of H. crocuta and
1882. ] ANATOMY OF PROTELES. 585
Viverra, but resembles that of H. striata, in the possession of only
a single head of origin, the reflected head being absent.
The soleus in Proteles, as in H. crocuta, is absent, whereas in
Viverra that muscle is present.
The plantaris resembles the corresponding muscle of H. crocuta,
and differs from that of H. striata and Viverra inasmuch as it is
not prolonged to the sole of the foot.
The popliteus is of relatively smaller size in Proteles than in H.
crocuta, the belly of the muscle being confined to the upper third of
the tibia.
The tibialis posticus of Proteles resembles that of Viverra in the
possession of a fibular head of origin. This head is absent in H.
erocuta. The tendon of the muscle in the latter is inserted into the
entocuneiform and scaphoid bones ; whereas in Viverra and Proteles
it is inserted into the scaphoid bone alone. :
The flecor brevis digitorum is represented only by tendon, as in
H, crocuta, but differs from the latter inasmuch as that tendon is
quite continuous with the plantaris. In H. striata and Viverra the
flexor brevis digitorum has a distinct muscular belly.
The origin of the flewor longus digitorum in Proteles differs from
that of H. crocuéa inasmuch as its inner head arises not only from
the head of the fibula, but also from the oblique line of the tibia.
The outer head arises, as in H. erocuta, from the fibula alone. In
Viverra, on the other hand, the outer head of the flexor longus is
attached to both bones of the leg.
The flewor accessorius is absent. Proteles in this respect resembles
H. striata and differs from H. crocuta and Viverra.
The lumbricales of Proteles resemble those of H. crocuta in being
three in number. They are inserted into the second, third, and
fourth toes. The inner toe has no lumbrical muscle. In Viverra
there are four lumbrical muscles.
The tibialis anticus in Proteles resembles that of H. erocuéa in
having two tendons, one of which is inserted into the entocuneiform,
the other into the first metatarsal bone. In Viverra the origin of
this muscle differs from that of Proteles inasmuch as it arises from
both bones of the leg, and has only one tendon of insertion, which
is inserted into the first metatarsal bone.
In Proteles, as in H. crocuta, the ewtensor hallucis is represented
merely by a slip from the tendon of the tibialis anticus. In Viverra,
on the other hand, the muscle is well developed.
The tendon of the eatensor longus digitorum of Proteles divides,
as in Viverra, into four slips for the four anterior toes. In H. cro-
cuta there are only three slips, which are inserted into the second,
third, and fourth toes.
The extensor brevis digitorum of Proteles differs from that of H.
erocuta and H. striata in giving off only two tendons, which pass
to the second and third toes. In Hyena three tendons are given
off by this muscle, which are inserted into the second, third, and
fourth toes, while in Viverra there are four tendons, which pass to
the four inner toes.
586 PROF. WATSON ON THE ANATOMY OF PROTELES. [June 20,
The origin of the peroneus longus is confined in Proteles to the
tibia and fibula, whereas in H. crocuta it has an additional origin
from the external condyle of the femur. In this respect Proteles
agrees with Viverra. The muscle in Prof¢eles is inserted, as in
HI, striata and H. crocuta, into the fifth metatarsal alone, while in
Viverra it is inserted into the first and fifth metatarsals.
The peroneus brevis in Proteles gives off two tendons as in H.
erocuta. One of these corresponds to the peronzeus quinti described
by Macalister in Viverra.
The interossei of Proteles resemble those of H. crocuta. They
are eight in number, two being attached to each toe.
In all respects, except those above mentioned, the muscular
anatomy of Proteles exactly resembles that of H. crocuta.
Professor Flower’ has expressed his opinion, founded on a careful
examination of its skeleton and visceral anatomy, that Proteles should
be placed in a family by itself allied to both Hyzenidee and Viverridee,
but having closer affinities with the former. That conclusion is fully
borne out by an examination of the muscular anatomy of the animal.
For, while agreeing in many points above referred to with Viverra,
the muscular system of Proteles as a whole presents a much closer
approach to that of Hyena.
A. H. Young” has well summarized the differences between the
muscular system of Viverra and Hyena as follows :-——
“In the Civet the cleido-mastoid is distinct from the sterno-
mastoid ; there is also a well-marked splenius colli, and a separate
trachelo-mastoid. Three scalene muscles are distinguishable; but
in this respect one species of Hyena * (Hyena brunnea) agrees with
the Civet. In the fore limb of Viverra the presence of a long
supinator and a flexor brevis manus, together with the double nature
of the palmaris longus, the absence of an ulnar insertion of the
biceps, and the more marked development and differentiation of the
hand muscles, is in striking contrast with what obtains in Hyena.
“The hind limb of the Civet possesses an additional gluteus
(quartus), and a semimembranosus, which is not attached to the
adductor. There are also a well-developed soleus, and three separate
peroneal muscles, Other points worthy of note are to be observed
in the undivided condition of the sartorius, the double insertion of
the pectineus, the caudal origin of the semitendinosus, and the pro-
longation of the plantaris tendon to form an origin for the flexor
brevis digitorum, whilst in the foot, as in the hand, the intrinsic
muscles are well-developed and differentiated.
“In all these respects the Civet differs from the Hyena; the
enormous development of the muscles of the neck and fore quarters
in the latter animal, which is so characteristic of its genus, has no
counterpart in the Civet.”
_ An examination of the muscular anatomy of Proteles shows that
in all these important particulars, with the single exception of that
which relates to the scalene muscles, that genus agrees with Hyena
and differs from Viverra.
: Loe. cit. p. 496. _® Journal of Anatomy, vol. xiv. p. 177.
Murie, Trans. Zool. Soe, London, vol. vii.
anhart imp
TT
1
1882. ] ON A NEW SPECIES OF RAT FROM CHINA. 587
9. Description of a new Species of Rat from China. By
OuprizLtp Tuomas, F.Z.S., British Museum.
[Received June 19, 1882.]
(Plate XLIV.)
The specimens upon which the following description is founded
were sent to the Paris Museum by the Abbé Armand David; and I
have been asked by Prof. A. Milne-Edwards to describe them, as
they represent a most interesting and remarkable new species.
Four specimens were obtained ; and of these Prof. Milne-Edwards
has been good enough to let the British Museum have one, the
specimen 4 measured below ; and I have also myself examined and
determined the others in the Paris Museum. I propose to call the
species
Mus epwarpst, sp.n. (Plate XLIV.)
Fur rather short, fine and soft, though mixed with numerous
slender spines. General colour above yellowish grey, the yellow
more strongly marked on the sides. Hairs slate-coloured with pale
yellow tips ; spines white with black tips; chin, chest, and belly pure
white, the line of separation well defined. Outer side of legs slaty
grey. Fore feet white; hind feet with the upperside of the tarsus
grey and the toes white. Tail about the length of the head and
body (stuffed, in spirit-specimens probably markedly longer), sharply
bicolor dark grey and white for half its length; and then the dark
upper colour gradually disappears, and the terminal three inches are
wholly white. Ears large and rounded, uniformly grey. Hind
foot-pads very large; fifth hind toe, without claw, reaching to just
beyond the base of the fourth.
Skull with the elongated muzzle, open infraorbital foramen, and but
slightly developed perpendicular plate found in M. jerdoni, Blyth,
and in the other members of the group of Rats to which the present
species belongs.
Dimensions (from stuffed specimens) in English inches and
tenths :—
a. d. e,
Head and body (approximately)' .. 12°6 11°8 11°2
Dial S.€ bd\st dah Wao tins wee 12-0 11°05 =10°9
Elintk foot: 25.200 ipa cat a ae 2°03 2°03 1°96
Har-conch, length .i04 io. e Wa i4 1:0 "93 86
Skull, total length .... ..0.....5. 2°41 2°30 2°18
Other dimensions of skull of 6 :—greatest breadth 1:0; length of
1 Pére David’s labels give the measurements in the flesh of specimens a and
cas follows :—a. Head and body 11-4, tail 12:2. c. Head and body 11°0, tail
11:8. ‘The bodies have therefore been stretched in the stuffing, while the tails
have contracted, a process which always renders measurements from stuffed speci-
mens very deceptive.
588 ON TWO NEW SPECIES OF ERYTHROPYGIA. [June 20,
lower jaw 1:29; nasal bones 0°91; breadth between orbits °38;
anterior palatine foramina °37; incisors to first upper molars °60 ;
upper molar series °42.
All the specimens were obtained by Pére David in October 1873,
in Western Fokien, and were found among the rocks in high moun-
tains. He states that this Rat does not burrow at all.
The affinities of this species seem to be particularly interesting,
as it is a member of a small group of Rats to which M. jerdoni,
M. coxinga, Swinh., and M. niveiventer, Hodgs., belong, and which
are distinguished by their sharply bicolor tails and their somewhat
peculiarly shaped skulls. It is, however, more than twice the bulk of
any of these others, none of them exceeding 6 inches in length,
or having skulls more than about 13 inch long. But they all
resemble M, edwards in being mountain-rats, and they all have the
same large smooth foot-pads so eminently adapted for climbing over
rocks and stones.
I have much pleasure in connecting with this remarkable Rat the
name of Professor Milne-Edwards, to whose kindness I owe the
opportunity of describing it.
- 10. On two apparently new Species of Erythropygia. By
R. Bowprzr Suarre, F.LS., F.Z.8., &c., Department
of Zoology, British Museum.
[Received June 20, 1882,]
(Plate XLV.)
On carefully going over our specimens of Chat-Thrushes in the
British Museum, I find that there are at least four species which
have been hitherto confounded by myself and others under the
heading of Erythropygia leucophrys (V.).
First of all, there is the true H. leucophrys (V.), founded on the
** Grivetin ” of Levaillant, and with which ZH. pectoralis of Smith is
synonymous. Its range is from the eastern districts of the Cape
colony into the Transvaal.
Secondly, we have 2. munda (Cab. Orn. Centralbl. 1880; p. 143)
from Angola, which has no stripes on the flanks and has a circle of
dark streaks confined to the lower throat and fore neck. As Mr,
Andersson’s Damara birds in the Museum belong to this species, its -
range is from Angola to the centre of Damara Land.
Lrythropygia paena, Smith, the most widely distributed species of
the genus, differs from the foregoing birds in having a rufous tail
tipped with white and crossed by a broad subterminal band of
black.
Then I find two other red-tailed species of the Z. leucophrys
group. One from the Zambesi, discovered by Dr. Kirk during the
Livingstone Expedition, I propose to call EZ. zambesiana, sp. n. (Plate
™T4w 14 Tan > t
JG Keulemans hth Hanhart imp
HROPYGIA RUFICAUDA
1 re 7 caXe\ WS [BE AK
2 ; ZAMBESIANA
1882. ] ON TWO NEW SPECIES OF ERYTHROPYGIA. 589
XLV. fig. 2). The type is from Teté; and the species may be
diagnosed as follows.
E. similis E. paenze et cauda rufa insignis, sed fascia alba duplict
alari, prepectore nigro striolato distinguenda.
I add a detailed description :—
Adult. General colour above sandy rufous, slightly greyer on the
head and mantle, more rufous on the lower back, rump, and upper
tail-coverts ; median and greater coverts brown, edged with sandy
rufous and tipped with white so as forma double wing-bar ; bastard
wing dark brown, edged with white ; primary-coverts and quills dark
brown, externally edged with sandy rufous, which is paler and broader
on the secondaries ; tail-feathers chestnut, the centre feathers tipped
with fulvous, before which is a broad subterminal band of dark
brown, this band being broader on all the other feathers, which are
tipped with white, the outermost feather being also externally edged
with white; lores and feathers round the eye buffy-white, separated
from the crown by a narrow line of black, scarcely sufficient to call
an eyebrow ; ear-coverts, cheeks, and sides of neck light sandy rufous,
the ear-coverts with whitish shaft-lines ; throat and under surface
of body white, with a narrow moustachial line of blackish streaks ;
fore neck and chest also streaked with blackish ; sides of body and
flanks pale sandy rufous: thighs and under tail-coverts white ;
under wing-coverts and axillaries white; quills brown below, the
inner edge ashy whitish. Total length 5:2 inches, culmen 0°7,
wing 2°55, tail 2°5, tarsus 0°95.
The fourth species is from the Congo region ; and I propose calling
it E. ruficauda, sp.n. (Plate XLV. fig. 1.)
E. similis E. zambesianee, sed pileo fusco (nec arenario dorso con-
colori) distinguenda.
Syn. Aedon leucophrys, Sharpe and Bouvier, Bull. Soc. Zool.
France, 1876, p. 305 (nec V.).
Hab. Malimbe, Congo.
Adult. General colour above rusty brown, becoming clear rufous
on the lower back and rump; lesser wing-coverts dusky, edged with
sandy brown; median and greater series dusky, tipped with white,
forming a double wing-bar ; bastard wing dusky, edged with white ;
primary-coverts dusky, fringed with fulvous; quills dusky brown, exter-
nally rusty brown, whitish at the tips, more broadly so on the secon-
daries ; primaries with a fulvescent spot at the base; upper tail-
coverts clear rufous like the rump; tail-feathers rufous, broadly tipped
with white, with a broad subterminal black band, the two centre
feathers not tipped with white, rufous on the inner web and near
the shaft on the outer one, dusky brown along the outer web and at
the tip ; crown of head, nape, and hind neck more of a dusky ash-
brown than the back ; lores and a distinct eyebrow white, reaching
from the base of the nostril to above the ear-coverts, and separated
590 MR. SHARPE ON A NEW SPECIES OF MUSCICAPA. [June 20,
from the crown by a narrow blackish line; feathers in front of the
eye dusky blackish ; below the eye a white spot; ear-coverts rusty
brown, dusky on the upper and hinder margin; cheeks white,
separated from the ear-coverts by a broad dusky streak, and from
the throat by another distinct moustache of dusky black ; sides of
neck like the head and hind neck; fore neck and chest white
tinged with sandy buff, and mottled with triangular spots of dusky
blackish, inclining to narrow hair-like streaks on the breast ; the
latter white, as well as the abdomen; sides of body and flanks deep
sandy buff; thighs white; under tail-coverts light buff; under
wing-coverts and axillaries white ; quills dusky below, whitish along
the inner edge of the quills. Total length 5-2 inches, culmen 0°6,
wing 2°45, tail 2°2, tarsus 0°95.
11. On a new Species of Muscicapa from Western Africa.
By R. BownrEr Snare, F.L.S., F.Z.8., &c., Depart-
ment of Zoology, British Museum.
[Received June 20, 1882.]
My late friend Governor Ussher, during his last visit to the Gold
Coast, which terminated so fatally for him, devoted considerable
time to collecting birds, as was his wont ; and both to Captain Shelley
and myself he wrote frequently respecting his collections, which
included many rare species from Denkera, and from the eastern
districts of the Gold Coast, Aguapim, &c. In one letter he speaks
of having got six specimens of Picathartes gymnophthalmus; and it
is certain that, if it had reached England, the collection would have
proved to be of great interest. Unfortunately, since his death
the birds have disappeared, and I am informed by his friend Capt.
Barrow, who has interested himself in the matter, that there was
no such collection remaining among his effects.
Nevertheless a few birds have arrived in London bearing labels in
the late Governor’s handwriting; and certain of them have been
offered for sale to the British Museum, which has acquired some of the
most interesting specimens. As these were offered by most respect-
able agents, who had acquired them in the ordinary way of business,
there is not the slightest proof that they formed part of the late
Governor’s large collection ; for they may very probably have been
given away by him before his death, and have been thus disposed of
in England. They were all birds of dull coloration ; but amongst
several others of interest there appears to be one Flycatcher
which is undescribed, and which I propose to call after my late
friend, to whom I myself and ornithologists generally were so much
indebted for his exertions in collecting, often in countries where
ie climate rendered the task one of considerable difficulty and
anger.
1882.] MR. SHARPE ON A NEW SPECIES OF MUSCICAPA. 591
MuscIcaPa USSHERI, Sp. nD.
Adult. General colour above light brown, slightly more fulvescent
brown on the lower back and rump ; lesser and median wing-coverts
a little more ashy than the back ; greater coverts, primary-coverts,
and quills dusky brown, externally edged with the same brown as
the back; tail-feathers dusky brown, externally edged with brown
like the back, and very narrowly fringed with whitish along the tip
and near the end of the inner web; nasal plumes and lores dull
»white, extending above the fore part of the eye so as to form a
slight superciliary streak ; eyelid and feathers below the eye dull
white; the ear-coverts very light brown with dull whitish shaft-lines ;
cheeks and throat buffy white, with a tinge of fawn-colour on the
_ fore neck ; breast, abdomen, and under tail-coverts white, the latter
with light-brown centres; sides of breast, flanks and thighs light
brown tinged with fawn-colour; under wing-coverts and axillaries
ochreous buff; quills dusky below, whitish along the edge of the
inner web; bill horn-brown, whitish at the base of the lower
mandible. Total length 5 inches, culmen 0°55, wing 2°8, tail 2°2,
tarsus 0°85.
Hab. Abokobi, Gold Coast, Feb. 1880.
This species has the appearance of an Erythrosterna; but the
colour of its tail separates it from any of the species with which I
am acquainted, otherwise it comes into the ‘‘ Key to the Species” of
_ Muscicapa in my ‘ Catalogue’ (vol. iv. p. 150) as follows :—
a, With no white bar on the wing and with no white at base
0
_ a’, Breast white, with brown streaks &e.
Gt, Aly DFOWM WCsecdusaisesnce cach scooesastsukenangrapencaaa grisola, p. 151.
Glas Dani DO WIA Cie. sasenccveas tswaxccnsusa>theatsbeenteren> griseisticta, p, 153,
_ Y. Breast uniform, without streaks.
o', General colour above brown, ashy grey or slate-
colour: size large, wing 2°8 to 31 inches.
a'". Bill horn-brown, the base of the lower mandible
yellowish white.
a‘, Under wing-covertsand axillaries brown ; upper
HURLAGO PLOW caer isanvecs eases aascrc- anne dipreseeat aquatica, p, 154.
_ 64 Under wing-coverts aud axillaries ochreous
buff; upper surface brown............ccsseceeererers ussheri, sp. DOV.
NOTICE.
According to present arrangements the ‘ Proceedings’ are issued in four parts,
as follows :—
Part 1I..containing papers read in January and February, on June Ist,
I
- = oH » March and April, on August Ist.
Til. awh rr »» May and June, on October Ist.
_ IV. ale Tetae _,, November and December, on April 1st,
The price is 12s. per part for the edition with coloured, and 3s. per part for
that with uncoloured Plates. — f
‘The Secretary. _ Report on the additions to the Society's
“> (Blate KXXVIL) 1... cece eee eee cece cen ener este eesewenee
Mr. Sclater. Exhibition of some Lepidoptera <c. reared at
Mr. W.A. Forbes. " Rxhibition of, and remarks upon, som
mentary hallux of several birds commonly described as three-toed. ;
Prof. Owen, C.B., F.R.8. Notice of the twenty-fourth of his series of
extinct birds of the genus Dinornis.....0+e.seeerecce ee ceeesnee i
afoot
ote
5. On the Genus Leptomya (A. Adams). By Syrvanus Hanury ....--
XXX. SN ew Araneidea ve eeneee sonore tees = 5
XXXII. Cinnyris erikssoni.........
XXXII. Anas gibberifrons g'.-...
XXXIV. Xema furcatum.....
XXXV. Actinometra annulata ...
XXXVI. Fig. 1. Palinurus longim
XXXVII. Porcula salvania .....2...-...
XXXVIII. Heart-valves of Man and Rabbit
XLI.° Heart-valves of Didelphys, Myrmecophaga, &c
-XLII.. Peeocephaltis rueppelli.......... eae iF
ath
eee ‘Conrents (continued).
June 20, 1882. i ; ie a
the Insect-house
Pe ee ee Cevweeeese
preparations showing
“By P. L. Senate, M.A., Ph.D., FRS.,
See re eens ee er a ee te we we eae
British.
AS : 587 a
‘LIST.OF PLATES.
os ee
PART IIL.
Butterflies from Sikkiti ....0+...eesseeee
Fig. 1. Nymplhicus cornutus ........2++5. «+
* | Fig. 2; Nymphicus uveensis .....-..
} Structure of Feathers .... seenaesees ;
pis hvere . ’
‘ig. 1. Palinu wimanus, yar.mauritianus. |
- Pseudibacus pfefferl ......- eg 8 eg
Honnicvalvon of Ornithorhynchus . em af
Fig. 1. Synallaxis fusco-rufa ....
Fig. 2. Synallaxis griseo-murina.......
XLIV. Musedwardsi ......... cates h nem ees
xty { Fig. 1. Erythropygia ruficauda ......-
mane { Fig. 2. Erythropygia zambesiana ...... +
hee
&
=
i
=
=
os
>
PROCEEDINGS |
SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF LONDON,
FOR THE YEAR
1882.
PATO TVS.
CONTAINING PAPERS ‘READ IN
NOVEMBER AND DECEMBER.
APRIL 1st, 1883.
PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,
SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE.
SRS. voxeaans,| GRERS, READER, AND DYER,
VV . ~~ « “tae 4
LIST OF CONTENTS,
PART IV.—1882.
June 20, 1882.
: Page
12. Notes on Birds collected in the Argentine Republic. By E. W. Wms. F.Z.S. With —
eNotes by Pb. 1, ScuatEr, MUA; PhsD:;WORSS: cswier ovine aia bbe Wiare oe nee ee Aiton Dok
November 14, 1882.
The Secretary. Report on the additions to the Society’s umeres in June, J 7 on ae
September, and October, 1882. (Plates XLVI., XLVII.)
Mr. Boulenger. Observations upon the Heloderma ..ee..cceeeecccecccecceecesereee a 631
Sir Joseph Fayrer, Remarks on the bite of the Heloderma .......0+ 400+ cecceeceereesees 682
The Secretary. Report on the insects bred in the Insect-house in the Society's Gardens.... 632
Mr. E. L. Layard, F.Z.S. Letter from, containing remarks upon the locality of Schenicola_
platyura
se ewww ee te wees Cte ee we oe
ee ee a ee ee a ec ena)
Prof. Jeffrey Bell, Exhibition of examples of Limneus truncatulus
Mr. H. E. Dresser, Exhibition of, and remarks upon the identity of Melittophagus boehmi
ZANE SIVA CNG S\AREBSETE aw miatale'a& q n;y a{u Jaleo ia sic'\uii 8\a,oivie bin; sielelate'sla)oje.cletaiai o heia a ne eerste 634
Prof. Flower. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the skull of a young Chimpanzee ..... .. 634
15 Bort Notes on the Anatomy of the Chinese Water-Deer (Hydropotes inermis).
By W. A. Forszs, B.A., Prosector to the Society
Notes on the Habits of the Aye-aye of Madagascar in its Native state. By L. Baroy,
L.M.S. Missionary
3. On the Natural Position of the Family Dipodide. By G. E. Dosson, M.A., M.B....... 640 ~
4. Studies in the Holothuroidea.—I. On the Genus Psolus and the Formsallied thereto. By
*, Jurrrey Ben, M.A., F.Z.S., Professor of Comparative Anatomy in King’s College,
London. (Plate XLVIIL eB ieis SRE a vateta aus siete) co elalpinle, oa 2 v\e'a ci niees Select eee
5. Note on a Crinoid from the Straits of Magellan. By F. Jerrrey Bent, M.A., F.Z.S. .. 650
i ee i ca)
_ 6. Notes on the Natural History of Franz-Josef Land as observed in 1881-82. By W. H.
Nzate, M.B., Medical Officer of the ‘ Eira’ Expedition. (Communicated by Prof.
Newton. )
Ce ee ee ere ee err © ee ie ee
7, On the Mollusca procured during the ‘ Lightning’ and ‘ Porcupine ’ Expeditions, 1868-70.
(Part V.) By J. Gwyn Jerrreys, LL.D, F.R.S., F.Z.8. ast XLIX,, L.)
November 28, 1882.
Mr. W. B. Tegetmeier, F.Z.S. Exhibition of a skull of Rhinoceros swmatrensis and of some
horns of a Buffalo and a Deer from Borneo......--..+- dua dalam eh sede npe Mase Sree eke UOT
Mr. J. E. Harting, F.Z.S. Exhibition of a specimen of a South-African Hagle Owl, stated to
haye been killedein-drelan dy): Hivs.c'ela actero em saponins tacks (tiers Meera ce to a yl
Mr. R. Bowdler Sharpe. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some specimens of Swifts from _
the Congo..... ... .
SM SO 08 5 9 ose. else eles Sis es e's 6's) « 0.06 '9 2 © Ufo, 6 061016 S70 016 © Sle cin plein
Mr.R. Bowdler Sharpe. Exhibition of a specimen of Machirhamphus aiedaa: from N orthern :
d 310) as MEME Pree ic TASC HS Ts ee w.Piprs stage #:Whelp le ef esate /ace ss ale oie ae ae , 688
Dr, A. B. Meyer, C.M.Z.S. Notice of a communication from, concerning the desirability of
adopting a standard of nomenclature for the description of the colours of nen
QhIECbE HS s sa) ec nearisl omen eeledere seit eae os ee mace Mee pts aoe oe 688
1/ On pit eae of Notornis and on Sternal Characters. By Professor hires: C.B., F. RS., ;
.Z.8., &e
SE eye Pee Se Sg, 8 SOG fe ah MARS SOC S5m Rate So odin es, sinh ale ieee mnaiay © lata tat ute tale yar Seen
2. On a Collection of Birds from the Isle of Ceram made nh Dr. -Piaten in Se abe and
December ee By Dr. Wiiuetn Brasivs, C.M.Z.S
1882. ] ON BIRDS FROM THE ARGENTINE REPUBLIC. 591
MUSCICAPA USSHERI, sp. 0.
Adult. General colour above light brown, slightly more fulvescent
brown on the lower back and rump ; lesser and median wing-eoverts
a little more ashy than the back; greater coverts, primary-coverts,
and quills dusky brown, externally edged with the same brown as
the back; tail-feathers dusky brown, externally edged with brown
like the back, and very narrowly fringed with whitish along the tip
and near the end of the inner web; nasal plumes and lores dull
white, extending above the fore part of the eye so as to form a
slight superciliary streak ; eyelid and feathers below the eye dull
white ; the ear-coverts very light brown with dull whitish shaft-lines ;
cheeks and throat buffy white, with a tinge of fawn-colour on the
fore neck ; breast, abdomen, and under tail-coverts white, the latter
with light-brown centres; sides of breast, flanks and thighs light
brown tinged with fawn-colour; under wing-coverts and axillaries
ochreous buff; quills dusky below, whitish along the edge of the
inner web; bill horn-brown, whitish at the base of the lower
mandible. Total length 5 inches, culmen 0°55, wing 2°8, tail 2-2,
tarsus 0°85.
Hab. Abokobi, Gold Coast, Feb. 1880.
This species has the appearance of an Erythrosterna; but the
colour of its tail separates it from any of the species with which I
am acquainted ; otherwise it comes into the “ Key to the Species ” of
Muscicapa in my ‘ Catalogue’ (vol. iv. p. 150) as follows :—
a. With no white bar on the wing and with no white at base
of tail.
a’, Breast white, with brown streaks &c.
ae NEY? DROWINOSO: | cass aateaaaddectassteeonssscscadeternasers grisola, p. 151.
Bue W anike PRO WI GHC... caccacsjcadt <acesededscddeeserdsesseears griseisticta, p. 153.
&Y. Breast uniform, without streaks.
ec". General colour above brown, ashy grey or slate-
colour: size large, wing 2’8 to 3:1 inches.
a'". Bill horn-brown, the base of the lower mandible
yellowish white.
a‘, Under wing-covertsandaxillariesbrown ; upper
SPACE DL OWN axte davece oqe'esaaceteoansenncs+c-Maneeaed aquatica, p. 154.
t4, Under wing-coverts aud axillaries ochreous
buff; upper surface bDrOWN..........scsssseeseeseeees ussheri, sp. NOY.
12. Notes on Birds collected in the Argentine Republic. By
E. W. Wuirs, F.Z.S. With Notes by P. L. Scuatzr,
M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S.
[Received June 12, 1882.]
In travelling over the greater part of this vast Republic, I have
found the difficulties and dangers great, and the distances to be
surmounted, from one hunting-ground to another, immense. Not
only so, but the naturalist here, unlike his brother in Europe,
receives no encouragement, enjoys uo facilities, and is obliged to
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1882, No. XL. 40
592 MR. E. W. WHITE ON BIRDS [June 20,
rely upon his own resources in a way that renders collecting very
arduous, besides being at times an object of suspicion. Owing to
my bad state of health, I did not commence operations upon the
avifauna of this part of the Neotropical region until the year 1880 ;
and then my trips to Oran, Misiones, and other promising districts
were, from one cause and another, generally so hurried, that, as I was
unable to remain in desirable spots even for a few days, much less
through the season (a step so essential to the observation of the
habits of birds), not only will my notes be characterized by some-
what of baldness, but certain families, such as the Alcedinidee, will
be found entirely, and others, such as the Strigide, but poorly
represented, which undesirable result has been further contributed
to by the loss of some of my manuscripts.
It is not to be inferred from this, however, that many species of
these families have not come under my observation, but simply that
as yet they form no part of my private collection. However, to the
remarks and data herewith furnished I have paid much attention
to secure accuracy, and I indulge in the hope that they will be con-
sidered of some value. With regard to the nomenclature, in which
I have followed the ‘ Nomenclator Avium Neotropicalium’ of Messrs.
Sclater and Salvin, I anticipate there will be found few inaccuracies
of any import, although Buenos Aires does not possess the facilities
which London enjoys for the accurate determination of species.
My earnest desire is to be able before long to supplement the
present with additional notes, until this country shall be pretty well
exhausted of its feathery inhabitants.
Buenos Aires, May 5, 1882.
[I have examined several series of Mr. White’s birds, and have
great pleasure in testifying to the general accuracy of his determi-
nations. But, as he has given me full authority over his MS., I have
thought it right to add a few remarks in certain cases when I have
not seen specimens and there is some cause to doubt. These
remarks are indicated by my initials—P. L. 8S.
London, June 12, 1882.]
1. TurpUS LEUCOMELAS, Vieill.
d. Concepcion, Misiones, Arg. Rep., June 23, 1881.
Q. Santo Tomé, Corrientes, Arg. Rep., May 11, 1881.
Q. Concepcion, Misiones, Arg. Rep., June 20, 1881.
Iris dark brown.
Shot in the woods around the old Jesuit ruins. These birds are
plentiful all over Misiones, and are often kept as cage-birds, as they
have a pleasant whistle.
2. TuRDUS RUFIVENTRIS, Vieill.
3. Oran, Salta, Arg. Rep., Nov. 18, 1880.
Iris sepia.
During my sojourn in Oran I did not meet with many of this
species ; but in the dense woods of Misiones they are abundant ; and
1882.] FROM THE ARGENTINE REPUBLIC. 593
having shot and wounded one, I found its cries attract other birds, so
that I had no difficulty in securing seven or eight other desirable
species, whereas before they would not show themselves.
3. Turpvus FruscaTER, Lafr. et d’Orb.
3. City of Catamarca, Arg. Rep., Aug. 7, 1880.
@. Fuerte de Andalgala, Catamarca, Arg. Rep., Sept. 9, 1880.
Iris brown.
I have noticed this bird in the provinces of Mendoza, San Juan,
San Luis, Cordova, and Catamarca, where it is much esteemed
as a cage-bird on account of its beautiful whistle. In Mendoza it
goes by the name of Sorsal, in Catamarca and Cordova by that of
Merlo, and in Andalgala Chocoyno ; in the last mentioned place it is
seen generally about the hedges round the town. In Catamarca,
however, it is only observed during winter and spring. The
Italians settled in the town of Mendoza are very fond of its flesh,
and are rapidly exterminating it in that neighbourhood.
4. Mimus triurvus, Vieill.
¢. Flores, B. Aires, Arg. Rep., Jan. 24, 1882.
Tris stone-colour.
This bird is rare near Buenos Aires.
5. Mimus caLtanpreia (Lafr. et d’Orb.).
3. Fuerte de Andalgala, Catamarca, Arg. Rep., Sept. 9, 1880.
@. San José de Flores, Buenos Aires, Arg. Rep., April 1, 1881.
The native name of this bird, which is found all over the
Republic, is Calandria. It delights to frequent shrubby plains,
flying from the top of one tree to another. This is a song-bird of
great capacity, having a great range of notes, being able to vary them
so that it is mistaken for other birds. The grape-crops in
Andalgala suffer much from the ravages of this bird. The breeding-
season in Buenos Aires lasts from October to the end of January.
The nest, which is built of twigs and neatly lined with horsehair,
has an exterior height of 5 to 6 inches and an exterior diameter of
from 4 to 5 inches, with a depth of about 4 inches in the interior
cup. Four eggs are laid ina clutch. The ground-colour is a light
blue, thickly sprinkled with small rufous spots throughout. Mea-
surement: axis 27 millim., diam. 20 millim.
6. PoxiopriLa DUMICOLA (Vieill.).
3 and @. Monte Grande, B. Aires, Arg. Rep., Jan. 2, 1881.
Tris sepia.
I found this bird tolerably abundant amongst the tala groves at
Monte Grande.
7. TROGLODYTES FURVUs (Gm.).
S and 2. San José de Flores, B. Aires, Arg. Rep., March 23,
1881.
Iris dark.
40*
594 MR. E. W. WHITE ON BIRDS [June 20,
This bird is exceedingly abundant in the province of Buenos
Aires, but it is also met with nearly all over the Republic. Builds
a nest of twigs and dry grass, lined usually with horsehair, in holes
in the walls of barns and outhouses. I have not unfrequently
found the eggs of this bird in old nests of Furnarius rufus, and
sometimes even in the nest of Zonotrichia pileata, under a thistle
in the campo.
The egg is of a pinkish ground, thickly sprinkled with minute
rufous spots, which are concentrated in a crown around the blunt
end.
Measurements: axis 19 millim., diam. 14 millim.
8. ANTHUS CORRENDERA (Vieill.).
2g and1 Q. San José de Flores, B. Aires, Arg. Rep., Aug, 26,
Tris dark. ;
This bird is abundant at this season of the year in low-lying
swampy pastures, where the grass is high. Upon being disturbed
they start up high into the air, very much like an English lark,
singing all the while very prettily, and remain poised on the wing.
On the approach of a foot-passenger they crouch close to the
ground, allowing the foot almost to tread upon them; and as they
are of its exact colour, they are difficult to see. This habit leads
the observant country urchins to compass the destruction of these
poor birds, which they do by breaking off a piece of fencing wire,
about a yard and a half long, turning it up at the ends, seizing it by
one extremity, whirling it round their heads, all the while approaching
the feathered songsters, and then suddenly launching the chain shot,
which rarely misses its errand.
9, ParuLa pitiayumti (Vieill.).
d. Sierras de Totoral, Catamarea, Arg. Rep., Aug. 22, 1880.
3. San Javier, Misiones, Arg. Rep., June 7, 1881.
Tris dark.
In the sierras of Totoral I met with this bird, usually in the thick
parts of the woods ; yet it was not very common. It has a nice lively
chirp and is very quick in its movements. But in Misiones I found
it very abundant in the dense woods.
10. GroTHLypis vELATA (Vieill.).
3. Oran, Salta, Arg. Rep., Nov. 18, 1880.
Tris sepia.
I shot this bird out in the open country, where it was hopping
about in the thickest part of some low bushes near a running stream.
11. BastLEUTERUS VERMIVORUS (Vieill.).
3. San Javier, Misiones, Arg. Rep., June 7, 1881.
Tris dark.
This bird is not at all uncommon in the woods of Misiones.
1882. ] FROM THE ARGENTINE REPUBLIC. 595
. 12. SrrorpHAGA BRUNNEICEPS, Laff. et d’Orb.
d. Sierras de Totoral, Catamarca, Arg. Rep., July 30, 1880.
; a i is July 24, 1880.
This rather scarce bird, very quick in its movements and difficult
to shoot, was bagged on the sierras of Totoral as it was skipping
about amongst the branches very much like the Tits of England.
[The occurrence of this species in the Argentine Republic is quite
new to me. Mr. White’s skins agree with Bolivian specimens.—
P.L.S.]
13. HyLopuitus pacriotis (Max.).
3. San Javier, Misiones, Arg. Rep., June 10, 1881.
Tris dark.
Not uncommon in Misiones.
[Not known to me.from any part of the Argentine Republic.—
P. LS.)
14. CycLtoruis vrrivis (Vieill.).
3. Punta Lara, B. Aires, Arg. Rep., Feb. 21, 1881.
: re 3 ” Feb. 23, 1881.
Tris brick-red.
This bird I have met with plentifully in many parts of the Re-
public.
15. PROGNE PURPUREA (Linn.).
3. Fuerte de Andalgala, Catamarca, Arg. Rep., Sept. 28, 1880.
Iris sepia.
I only obtained one of these birds.
16. PRoGNE CHALYBEA (Gm.).
3. Flores, B. Aires, Arg. Rep., Dec. 6, 1881.
Tris dark.
This bird is very common in the neighbourhood of Buenos Aires,
where it builds under the eaves of the houses ; the nest is low, entirely
open, and built on a foundation of mud, which when dry is covered
with straw and then lined with feathers and wool. Three perfectly
white and pear-shaped eggs in a clutch. Axis 23 millim., diam. 17
millim.
17. ProGne TAPERA (Linn.).
é@. Monte Grande, B. Aires, Arg. Rep., Jan. 4, 1881.
@. Pacheco, B. Aires, Arg. Rep., March 12, 1881.
Tris dark brown.
Is a very common bird in the province of Buenos Aires. Its nest
is composed of twigs and dry grass ; but I do not think it is particular
as to the locality in which it builds.
18. PeETROCHELIDON PYRRHONOTA (Vieill.).
3. Flores, B. Aires, Arg. Rep., Dec. 11, 1881.
Iris dak.
I shot this bird when on the wing quite by accident, as it was so
596 MR. E. W. WHITE ON BIRDS [June 20,
high up that I could not mark any difference between it and numbers
of Progne tapera flying about. j :
It is the only one of this species that I have seen in Buenos Aires.
19. Hrrunpo LEvCcORRHOA, Vieill.
6. Santo Tomé, Corrientes, Arg. Rep., May 16, 1881.
Iris dark.
I found this species very abundant near Santo Tomé ; my specimen
I obtained when numbers of them were flying over a small lagoon
close to the river Itacua.
20. ATTICORA CYANOLEUCA (Vieill.).
3. Salto, Buenos Aires, Arg. Rep., Oct. 18, 1881.
Q. Catamarca, Aug. 5, 1880.
This pretty little bird is found abundantly distributed over the
campos. It builds its nest within the burrows of the Biscacha (Lago-
stomus trichodactylus) ; and half a dozen more may be seen at a time
flying round their holes.
21. CoTiLe FrucaTa (Temm.).
d. Santo Tomé, Corrientes, Arg. Rep., May 16, 1881.
Tris dark.
Several of these birds 1 saw flying about with the Hirundo leu-
corrhoa near the Itacua.
22. EupHONIA CHLOROTICA (Linn.).
3. Concepcion, Misiones, Arg. Rep., June 28, 1881.
2. Fuerte de Andalgala, Catamarca, Arg. Rep., Sept. 20, 1880.
Tris dark.
At Concepcion, in the old Jesuit ruins, I saw three or four of these
pretty little birds on a giant cactus some 40 or 50 feet high, where
they were busy pecking the ripe pear-like fruit. I obtained one
male and two females ; but they were not common.
23. TANAGRA sTRIATA (Gm.).
3. Fuerte de Andalgala, Catamarca, Arg. Rep., Sept. 10, 1880.
. Punta Lara, B. Aires, Arg. Rep., Feb. 24, 1881.
Tris brown.
IT have found this bird distributed over nearly all the Republic.
I obtained a specimen of this bird the feathers of which in the left
wing were in a peculiar abnormal condition.
24, TANAGRA SAYACA, Wied.
d. Oran, Salta, Arg. Rep., Nov. 18, 1880.
9. + kde Noy. 12, 1880.
3. Punta Lara, B. Aires, Arg. Rep., Feb. 23, 1881.
Iris sepia.
This species is also common over most of the Republic. In Oran
they are found abundantly in the orange-groves, and utter usually
only a few low notes that are very misleading as to their where-
188 2.] FROM THE ARGENTINE REPUBLIC. 597
abouts. I have obtained specimens both in Oran and Buenos Aires ;
but they vary a good deal—the Oran birds being smaller and the
glossy colour a distinct blue, whereas in the Buenos-Aires bird it is
green ; and, moreover, the habits of the birds also seem to vary slightly.
[I am a little doubtful whether Mr. White’s specimens really
belong to the true 7’. sayaca; but it is very difficult to determine
accurately the various races of this group of Tanagers. —P, L. S. ]
25. STEPHANOPHORUS LEUCOCEPHALUS (Vieill.).
3. Concepcion, Misiones, Arg. Rep., June 27, 1881.
This bird is not uncommon in Misiones, where it frequents the
outside of thickets near the open, or sometimes the open itself,
amongst large weeds, on the seed-pods of which it feeds, but is
rarely found in dense woods.
26. TRICHOTHRAUPIS QUADRICOLOR (Vieill.).
3. Concepcion, Misiones, Arg. Rep., June 23, 1881.
. San Javier, Misiones, Arg. Rep., June 7, 1881.
Tris dark.
I shot these birds in the dense forest.
27. TACHYPHONUS CRISTATUS (Gm.),
3. San Javier, Misiones, Arg. Rep., June 6, 1881.
Tris dark.
An immature specimen, with no white mark under the throat, as
is usual in the adult, the whole bird being of a decided ferruginous
brown, slightly darker on the back and the top of the head. I
obtained my specimen in the forest on the banks of the river
Uruguay.
[1 have never seen examples of this species from so far south.—
Eas...)
28. ARREMON D’ORBIGNII, Scl.
g. Sierras de Totoral, Catamarca, Arg. Rep., July 29, 1880,
Iris light blue.
Met with on the outskirts of the woods, but seldom within them.
[One of Mr. White’s skins in my collection is marked A. polio-
notus, Bp. It is, however, probably A. d’orbignii, mihi, although
I have no Bolivian skins for comparison.—P. L. S. |
29. SALTATOR SUPERCILIARIS (Spix).
3 Q. Santo Tomé, Corrientes, Arg. Rep., May 11, 1881.
Iris wood-brown.
Not uncommon at Santo Tomé.
30. SALTATOR CHRULESCENS, Vieill.
3. Oran, Salta, Arg. Rep., Nov. 6, 1880.
Q. 55 s Noy. 13, 188uU.
Iris sepia.
I found these birds very abundant in Oran.
598 MR. E. W. WHITE ON BIRDS [June 20,
31. SALTATOR AURANTIIROSTRIS, Vieill.
3. Fuerte de Andalgala, Catamarca, Arg. Rep., Sept. 8, 1880.
@. Oran, Salta, Arg. Rep., Nov. 9, 1880.
Tris sepia.
Not uncommon at Andalgala.
32. PHEeucricus AUREIVENTRIS (Lafr. et d’Orb.).
3 Q. Campo Santo, Salta, Arg. Rep., Nov. 29, 1880.
Iris sepia.
I saw three or four of these birds about, and shot a brace, in the
dense and lofty forest on the banks of the Mojotoro.
33. Gurraca CYANEA (Linn.).
6. Fuerte de Andalgala, Catamarca, Arg. Rep., Sept. 22, 1880.
°. is ad i Sept. 8, 1880.
Iris brown.
Not uncommon around Andalgala in hedges and thickets. The
male is of a deep blue, and the female a drab.
34, SPERMOPHILA CAHRULESCENS, Vieill.
3. Flores, Buenos Aires, Arg. Rep., Nov. 26, 1881.
3 ps 3 < Dec. 15, 1881.
Iris dark brown.
This bird, which is very quick in its movements, builds a very
delicate little nest, of a deep but very round cup-shape, formed of
interlaced horsehair, so open and thin as to be seen through. It is
abundant in the orchard trees around Buenos Aires, but sometimes
may be seen pendent from maize-stalks, It is possessed of a nice
song, and breeds very late, indeed quite up to the beginning of
autumn. It lays three eggs in a clutch, of a pale bluish-green,
mottled with small sepia blotches and spots, which, occurring more
thickly in a central band, leave the ends somewhat free.
Meas.: axis 18 millim., diam. 13 millim.
35. PAROARIA CUCULLATA (Lath.).
dg. Buenos Aires, Arg. Rep., Dec. 5, 1881.
A tolerably common bird in the upper Riverine provinces ; and
much kept asa cage-bird in Buenos Aires; as it has a very fine
whistle, almost rivalling that of the English Blackbird in power, but
not in variety.
36. Paroaria cAprTata (Lafr. et d’Orb.).
3. Argentine Republic, March 31, 1881.
The exact locality of this species is unknown to me, as I obtained
it alive from a bird-fancier in Buenos Aires ; but most probably it
came from some part of the province of Corrientes.
37. CORYPHOSPINGUS CRISTATUS (Gm.).
. Oran, Salta, Arg. Rep., Nov. 15, 1880.
Iris sepia.
1882.] FROM THE ARGENTINE REPUBLIC. 599
This bird was shot in an open country dotted with thickets of
low brushwood, ia which it skips about.
38. Poospiza Asstmitis, Cab. Mus. Hein. i. p. 137.
3. Concepcion, Misiones, Arg. Rep., July 1, 1881.
Iris brick-red.
Abundant amongst the thick weeds and grass in the outskirts of
the ruins of the Jesuit town, and often found in the same localities as
the common Zonotrichia pileata, and, most likely in consequence of
its similarity in appearance and habits, passed over by me many
times, supposing it to be that bird.
[I have determined this bird, which Mr. White had taken for the
nearly allied P. thoracica.—P. L. S.]
39. Poosrrza TorauaTa (Lafr. et d’Orb.).
3. San Pedro, Santiago del Estero, Arg. Rep., Sept. 11, 1881.
I saw three or four of this species actively engaged in eating the
young shoots of the algaroba tree.
40. PoospizA MELANOLEUCA, Vieill.
g. Oran, Salta, Arg. Rep., Nov. 3, 1880.
Q. tb ; Nov. 9, 1880.
Tris crimson.
This bird frequents the gardens in the vicinity of houses, where it
vigorously pursues the ants amongst the branches of trees.
41. PoospizaA ERYTHROPHRYS, Scl. Ibis, 1881, p. 599, t. xvii.
fig. 1.
6. Rio Lujan, B. Aires, Arg. Rep., March 9, 1881.
Tris sepia.
I sent home a specimen of this bird, believing it to be P. nigro-
rufa; but Mr. Sclater declared it to be a new species, taking it for a
type specimen, and describing it in ‘The Ibis.’ I obtained it on the
Sierras of Totoral, Catamarca, a range which rises to the height of
3000 or 4000 feet above the sea-level, and is more or less densely
wooded to near the summit; but since that time I have secured
another specimen about 20 miles north of Buenos Aires, being the
second I have yet seen.
42. Puryerius Gayl (Hyd. et Gerv.).
3. Fuerte de Andalgala, Catamarca, Arg. Rep., Sept. 9, 1880.
: 2 Z hy Sept. 14, 1880.
Iris brown.
Not uncommon round the outskirts of Andalgala; generally fre-
quents the gardens and orchards.
43. CATAMENIA ANALIS (Lafr. et d’Orb.).
3d. Fuerte de Andalgala, Catamarca, Arg. Rep., Sept. 14, 1880.
This bird was shot as it took refuge under the corridor of our
house during a very severe snowstorm that lasted two days. The
only specimen I have seen.
600 MR. E. W. WHITE ON BIRDS [June 20,
44, ZONOTRICHIA PILEATA (Bodd.).
3. Rio Lujan, Buenos Aires, Arg. Rep., March 12, 1881.
@. Punta Lara, Buenos Aires, Feb. 23, 1881.
A very common bird everywhere, and regarded in the Argen-
tine Republic much as is the Sparrow in England. It builds its
nest of grass and hair on the ground, and usually beneath a thistle
or tuft of herbage. The egg is of a bluish-green ground, mottled
equally all over, except at the pointed end, with rufous-brown spots.
The clutch generally consists of three.
Meas.: axis 21 millim., diam. 16 millim.
45. CoTURNICULUS MANIMBE (Licht.).
¢. Santo Tomé, Corrientes, Arg. Rep., May 16, 1881.
This specimen was obtained in low brushwood near the river
Itacua, where it flew out of the long grass growing close to the
water ; it was the only one seen.
46. SALTATRICULA MULTICOLOR, Burm.
3g. Fuerte de Andalgala, Catamarca, Arg. Rep., Sept. 3, 1880.
Found on the trees, feeding on the insects in the flowers, and also
on the seeds. The bird was wild, and uttered a piercing whistle on
flying away.
47, EMBERNAGRA PLATENSIS (Gm.).
do. Punta Lara, Buenos Aires, Arg. Rep., Feb. 21, 1881.
6. Santo Tomé, Corrientes, Arg. Rep., May 14, 1881.
@. Rio Lujan, Buenos Aires, Arg. Rep., March 9, 1881.
Tris brown.
Numbers of these birds were noticed settling on the highest
spikes of grass or reeds in the neighbourhood of rivers or lagoons,
away from woody shelter. They have a peculiar pitching jerky
flight, and are usually seen in pairs. Their song is an agreeable
trill.
48. CHRYSOMITRIS BARBATA (Mol.).
S. Sierras de Totoral, Catamarca, Arg. Rep., July 29, 1880.
3. Concepcion, Misiones, Arg. Rep., June 28, 1881.
2: ” ” ”? 2” ”
Iris dark.
This finch was secured in the thickest parts of the woods in the
Sierras of Totoral, but is so scarce there that only one specimen
could be obtained; in Santo Tomé, however, it occurred in large
flocks amongst the woods near the river Uruguay, where, when
startled, they fly up sharply and settle on the branches, uttering a
very pretty chorus.
49. SycaLis FLAVEOLA (Linn.).
3. Monte Grande, Buenos Aires, Arg. Rep., Jan. 4, 1881.
Q. Flores, Buenos Aires, Arg. Rep., Jan. 27, 1881.
Iris sepia.
1882.] FROM THE ARGENTINE REPUBLIC. 601
This pretty song-bird is exceedingly common around the houses
in the suburbs of Buenos Aires.
The nest, when located in holes in the houses, is built of straw
and twigs, but when in trees is usually lined with horsehair. The
breeding-season extends from early spring to autumn; and the
eges, rather sharply pointed, are of a light green ground, mottled
with brown spots ; and the clutch consists of four.
Meas. : axis 19 millim., diam. 14 millim.
[I have not seen Mr. White’s specimens; but they are probably
S. pelzelni, mihi, Ibis, 1872, p. 42, if the species are distinct, as I
believe is the case.—P. L. S. |
50. MoLorurvus BoNARIENSIS (Gm.).
3. Monte Grande, B. Aires, Arg. Rep., Dec. 31, 1880.
: 5 - 5 Jan. 4, 1881.
The birds are common all over the Republic. It is usual for
them to lay in the nests of other birds, such as Troglodytes furvus ;
indeed I have never known these lazy architects take the trouble to
construct their own dwellings.
The number of eggs varies in different nests, as likewise their
coloration. All, however, have a white ground; but some are dotted
with large rufous-brown spots, whilst others are entirely devoid of
them; but the typical shell is sprinkled over thickly with minute
reddish-brown spots on a white ground.
Meas.: axis 24 millim., diam. 19 millim.
51. MoLorHRUS RUFO-AXILLARIS, Cass.
3. Fuerte de Andalgala, Catamarca, Arg. Rep., Sept. 2, 1880.
@. City of Catamarca, Arg. Rep., Aug. 7, 1880.
Iris brown.
Rather common round the hedges and high trees by the side of
alfalfa-fields in the neighbourhood of Andalgala, but by no means
rare likewise in the province of Buenos Aires. In the spring of
1882 I obtained near Salto, Buenos Aires, its eggs, and found them
laid in an old and large nest built of sticks by Anumbius acuticau-
datus, high up in a Eucalyptus tree. The old birds kept near the
nest, and, the moment any one approached, came close up to and
around him, sereeching. Four eggs in a clutch; the shell rather
elongated, with pale green ground, streaked and spotted with dark
sepia, thicker around the blunt end.
Meas.: axis 22 millim., diam. 16 millim.
52. AGELZUS PH@NtICcEvUs (Linn.).
3. Adrogué, Buenos Aires, Arg. Rep., Jan. 28, 1881.
Iris dark.
Of these birds I obtained two or three in a maize-field.
[This specimen requires examination. I have never seen A. phee-
niceus from anywhere so far south.—P. L. S. ]
v02 MR. E. W. WHITE ON BIRDS [June 20,
53. AGEL&uUS THILIUS (Mol.).
3 Q. Rio Lujan, Buenos Aires, Arg. Rep., March 10, 1881.
dé. a hy : March 7, 1881.
Iris sepia.
Rather common in the province of Buenos Aires, where it is found
plentifully in swampy ground. The cone-like nest is constructed
of grass and rush, lined with fine grass, and is placed about a foot
above the water, between two or three rushes united together. The
egg, rather elongated and pointed, has a bluish ground with black
markings around the blunt end. It measures, axis 22 millim., diam.
17 millim.
54. XANTHOSOMUS RUFICAPILLUS (Vieill.).
3. Oran, Salta, Arg. Rep., Nov. 18, 1880.
Q@. Fuerte de Andalgala, Catamarea, Arg. Rep., Sept. 9, 1880.
Frequents lofty trees, in the midst of which I have shot it both
in Andalgala and Oran.
55. AMBLYRHAMPHUS HOLOSERICEUS (Scop.).
do. Punta Lara, B. Aires, Arg. Rep., Feb. 22, 1881.
@. Rio Lujan, B. Aires, Arg. Rep., March 19, 1881.
Iris dark.
This beautiful bird is not uncommon in the swamps of the pro-
vinces of Buenos Aires.
56. Lristes SUPERCILIARIS, Bp.
3. Salta, Arg. Rep., Oct. 23, 1880.
Q. Salto, Buenos Aires, Arg. Rep., Oct. 10, 1881.
Tris sepia.
These birds, usually met with in marshy ground in October, fre-
quent the alfalfares (lucerne-fields), evidently for nesting-purposes.
The male has a very pretty song, which is usually uttered whilst
poised on the wing; and, after the strain is finished, descending
to the ground, it perches on some long grass-stalk.
57. PsSEUDOLEISTES VIRESCENS (Vieill.).
3. Punta Lara, Buenos Aires, Arg. Rep., Feb. 21, 1881.
Iris dark brown.
Found abundantly in this district, flying in flocks of about
twenty. They settle in the marshy land, and, if disturbed, take to
the topmost twigs of the belt of tala trees that here line the shore
of the river.
58. CyANOCORAX PILEATUs (Temm.).
3. Campo Colorado, Oran, Salta, Arg. Rep., Nov. 4, 1880.
Iris yellow.
This Blue Jay is very common about the woods at Campo Colo-
rado, and, besides being remarkably tame and inquisitive, has a great
variety of peculiar grating metallic notes. On the sierras of Totoral
I likewise met with it ; and it is found as far south as Tucuman and
Catamarca,
1882. ] FROM THE ARGENTINE REPUBLIC. 603
59. CyANocoRAX CHRULEUs (Vieill.).
3. San Javier, Arg. Rep., June 8, 1881.
This bird is found here at times in flocks, and makes a great deal
of noise, but is exceedingly wild and difficult to shoot, so that I
had to use ball-cartridge to secure this specimen.
60. My1oTHERETES RUFIVENTRISs (Vieill.).
2. Monte Grande, Buenos Aires, Arg. Rep., Jan. 5, 1881.
Iris sepia.
As I was shooting Biscachas one evening I found this bird flying
about their burrows.
61. TanriopTeRA NENGETA (Linn.).
3. San Javier, Misiones, Arg. Rep., June 7, 1881.
Tris crimson.
This Flycatcher is found on the open grass-lands scattered about
amidst the dense woods of this district.
62. TaNropreRA coronata (Vieill.).
d. Flores, Buenos Aires, Arg. Rep., April 15, 1881.
Iris amber.
I have seen two or three specimens of this bird frequenting the
scattered groves in the vicinity of Flores.
63. TxNIOPTERA IRUPERO (Vieill.).
d. Fuerte de Andalgala, Catamarca, Arg. Rep., Sept. 6, 1880.
2 . ” ” 29 ” Sept. 1, 1880.
2. Concepcion, Misiones, Arg. Rep., June 21, 1881.
Iris dark sepia. '
This bird was bagged in a vineyard; but it does not appear to be
abundant at Andalgala, although in the scattered thorny woods of
the sandy plains around San Pedro (Santiago del Estero), in Cordova,
and other parts many are seen; and on one occasion I noticed a
stray specimen as far south as the neighbourhood of Buenos Aires.
Rarely are two observed together, as they seem each to appro-
priate a plot of ground, and, if chased, return as soon as possible to
that spot, of which they never lose sight. Perching on the top of a
bush, they now and again dart to the ground for insects, or into the
air for flies. I shot a pair on the outskirts of the cultivated ground,
where they are usually found near houses; these were busy con-
structing a nest of twigs and horsehair in the lower part of an
algaroba tree.
In Misiones the bird is rare.
64, OcuTuaca Levcorurys (d’Orb. et Lafr.).
3. Fuerte de Andalgala, Catamarca, Arg. Rep., Sept. 14, 1880.
During a violent snow-storm that lasted two days, this bird, with
several others, took refuge under the verandah of our house, and
was captured by a boy. It is very rare,
604 MR. E. W. WHITE ON BIRDS [June 20,
65. CyBERNETES YETAPA (Vieill.).
3 2. Itapua, Misiones, Arg. Rep., July 16, 1881.
Iris wood-brown.
Not far from the junction of the Saima with the Parana, these
birds were shot, in a large swamp.
They fly in pairs near the ground with a pitching motion, settling
on a long reed. Only one note was heard, uttered on the wing or
as they were about to fly.
One or two specimens were observed near San Javier on the Uru-
guay. Their food I found to consist entirely of ants.
66. Stsopyeis 1creRoPHRYS (Vieill.).
3. Flores, Buenos Aires, Arg. Rep., April 18, 1881.
@. Punta Lara, Buenos Aires, Arg. Rep., Feb. 18, 1881.
Tris sepia.
Several of these birds were observed fiying around a tree at Punta
Lara; in fact they are by no means uncommon in the province
of Buenos Aires.
67. CNIPOLEGUS ATERRIMUS, Kaup.
¢. San Javier, Misiones, Arg. Rep., June 7, 1881.
Iris crimson.
I shot this bird in the forest near the river Uruguay, where, both
at Concepcion and San Javier, it was abundant.
68. CNIPOLEGUS, sp. inc.
9. Santo Tomé, Corrientes, Arg. Rep., May 14, 1881.
[The example examined is probably a female of C. cyaneirostris,
or of a species very closely allied.—P. L. S.]
69. LicHENOPS PERSPICILLATUS (Gm.).
3. Monte Grande, Buenos Aires, Arg. Rep., Jan. 5, 1881.
° ” ” ”9 Jan. 2s 881.
A common bird in the Argentine Republic.
70. MacueTornis r1xosa (Vieill.).
3. Flores, Buenos Aires, Arg. Rep., April 8, 1881.
Q. RS is e April 15, 1881.
Q. Salto, Buenos Aires, Arg. Rep., Oct. 10, 1881.
Iris dark.
This is common in the province of Buenos Aires. During the
month of October, in Salto, I took its eggs, which have a pinkish
ground, thickly studded with streaks and spots of a reddish brown.
Four in a clutch.
Meas.: axis 24 millim., diam. 18 millim.
71. CENTRITES NIGER (Bodd.).
3. San José de Flores, Buenos Aires, Arg. Rep., Aug. 26, 1881.
2. Salto, Buenos Aires, Arg. Rep., Oct. 12, 1881.
In Salto I saw two or three specimens, one male and the rest
1882. ] FROM THE ARGENTINE REPUBLIC. 605
females, which I shot on the edge of a lagoon. In Flores a very
wild specimen (the only one seen, in fact) was secured in the batiado
or low swampy ground ; it continued flying along and settling on
the ground, but seemed disinclined to make for any shrubs, although
some were near at hand.
The nest is found close to the edge of the lagoon, about half a
yard above the water, and is built pendent from two or three rushes
united ; covered at the top, with the exception of a small circular
entrance 13 inch in diameter, placed at one side, and at times
another small entrance near the bottom; it is constructed of roots
of grass and rushes tightly cemented together, and beautifully lined
with down. The external measurements of the nest are 4 inches in
height and 3 in diameter.
The egg, which is of a deep bluish-green and spotless, has a
peculiar squat form, the upper part truly hemispherical, the lower
spheroidal. Three eggs in a clutch.
Meas.: axis 19 millim., diam. 163 millim.
72. PLATYRHYNCHUS MYSTACEUS (Vieill.).
. San Javier, Misiones, Arg. Rep., June 7, 1881.
This bird was shot in the woods, and was the only specimen
obtained.
73. EvscartuMus Guarts (Temm.).
3. Santo Tomé, Corrientes, Arg. Rep., May 11, 1881.
A bird that is found in the thickest parts of hedges, on the out-
skirts of the town of Oran, and has a pretty warble. It is very
difficult to see, and appears rather uncommon. It was likewise
observed in Misiones, and with the same habits.
74. EUSCARTHMUS MARGARITACEIVENTER (d’Orb. et Lafr.).
do. Oran, Salta, Arg. Rep., Nov. 15, 1880.
Abundant about the hedgerows in the vicinity of Oran.
75. CULICIVORA STENURA, Sw.
3. Itapua, Misiones, Arg. Rep., July 18, 1881.
This pretty little bird is the only one of its species I have seen
anywhere in the Republic. I shot it on marshy land near the
river Saima, some three miles off Itapua. As I was working my
way through the marsh I heard a tiny creaking chirp, which I took
to proceed from a cricket, but afterwards from a bird, although
I could not see one ; but on beating the grass, the chirp meanwhile
receding, something flew up as it were a locust. I followed it with
my eye, and marked it settle upon a small reed, where I shot it.
76. HAPALOCERCUS FLAVIVENTRIs (Lafr. et d’Orb).
3. Rio Lujan, Buenos Aires, Arg. Rep., March 9, 1881.
Q. Punta Lara, Buenos Aires, Arg. Rep., Feb. 18, 1881.
Iris sepia.
606 MR. E. W. WHITE ON BIRDS [June 20,
This little bird, which has a chirping note, was shot whilst skipping
about amongst the weeds near swampy ground,
77. STIGMATURA FLAVO-CINEREA (Burm.).
3. Fuerte de Andalgala, Catamarca, Arg. Rep., Sept. 2, 1880.
Usually three or four of these birds are found on one tree at the
same time, frequenting the topmost branches. They have a peculiar
chirp.
28. SERPHOPHAGA SUBCRISTATA ( Vieill.).
3g. Monte Grande, Buenos Aires, Arg. Rep., Dec. 31, 1880.
3. Concepcion, Misiones, Arg. Rep., June 21, 1881.
Q. Flores, Buenos Aires, Arg. Rep., April 8, 1881.
Iris dark sepia.
In the thickest brushwood, but at times in the recesses of the
woods of Concepcion, are found these little birds, which generally go
in pairs, and are very quick in their movements as they skip and
flutter about. They are abundant not only in Misiones, but in various
other parts of the Republic. In the province of Buenos Aires I
obtained its nest and eggs, the former of which presents an exact
inverted cone, of exterior depth 4 inches, interior 1°5 in., diameter
of top 2°5 in., of mouth 1-5 in., lined with feathery fluff, and con-
structed entirely of moss, lichen, and hair. It is placed in the
forks of trees; three eggs in a clutch, of a dull yeliow tinge, without
spots. The middle of November is about the breeding-season of
this bird.
_ 79. SeRPHOPHAGA NiGRICANS (Vieill.).
3 Q. Itapua, Misiones, Arg. Rep., July 18, 1881.
Tris dark.
I have seen very few specimens of this pretty little bird, but shot
a pair on the banks of the Saima, about a league from Itapua. They
were flying about and settling every now and then on the rocks near
the water, or on the ground beside a sedgy clump, but very rarely
alighted on a twig or rush.
80. Lerropocon rristis, Scl. et Salv., P. Z.S. 1876, p. 254.
@. San Javier, Misiones, Arg. Rep., June 6, 1881.
I shot this bird amongst the lofty trees near the river-banks,
where it was abundant ; it was likewise met with on the sierras of
Totoral, but was not common there.
81. Exarnea ausicers (Lafr. et d’Orb.) ?
gS. Flores, Buenos Aires, Arg. Rep., Feb. 2, 1881.
2? ” Py) Jan. 273 1881.
Tris brown.
Very common in the province of Buenos Aires; found in the
clumps of trees.
1882.] FROM THE ARGENTINE REPUBLIC. 607
82. RuHyYNCHOCYCLUS SULPHURESCENS.
3. San Javier, Misiones, Arg. Rep., June 6, 1881.
This specimen I secured in the dense and almost impenetrable
forests.
83. Piraneus BELLIicosus (Vieill.).
3. City of Catamarca, Arg. Rep., Aug. 6, 1880.
Very common over almost the whole of the Argentine Republic.
The nest, built in trees at no regular height, is rather large and
very rough exteriorly, a foot in depth, eight inches in breadth, and
constructed of wood, straw, and twigs ; but the interior is beautifully
lined with soft and downy feathers. Four eggs usually, but some-
times five, form the clutch: the rather elongate shell is of a parch-
ment-coloured ground, rather thinly sprinkled towards the blunt end
with dull blue and blackish spots, the latter predominating. It
measures, axis 30 millim., diam. 23 millim.
84. Myropynastes souiTarivs (Vieill.).
2. Campo Santo, Salta, Arg. Rep., Nov. 29, 1880.
Shot in the thick forests, and apparently rare.
85. HiruNDINEA BELLICOSA (Vieill. ); Sclater, Ibis, 1882, p. 164.
3 2. Fuerte de Andalgala, Catamarca, Arg. Rep., Aug. 31,
1880.
Tris dark sepia.
This Flycatcher is by no means common. It is seen about the
houses in pairs, but no more than one pair at a time at one dwelling,
perched upon some projection, whence it darts off into the air at
passing insects.
The snap of its beak, as it dashes at the flies, can be heard a long
way off. Its cry is peculiar and piteous. There is no perceptible
difference in plumage between the male and female.
86. Myiosrus navius (Bodd.).
3. Flores, Buenos Aires, Arg. Rep., March 9, 1881.
Q. 5 af as Noy. 19, 1881.
Iris brown.
These birds are very common in Buenos Aires; and I have met
with them as far as the extreme northern limits of the Republic.
87. PyRocEPHALUS RUBINEUS (Bodd.).
3 2. Monte Grande, Buenos Aires, Arg. Rep., Dec. 31, 1880.
One of the most familiar birds in the province of Buenos Aires,
which the natives call “ Churincha,” from one of the notes of its
song, “ chooréen,” uttered when poised on the wing high up in the
air; nor is its pretty trill confined to the hours of daylight, but
through the lonely stages of the night it frequently enlivens the
darkness like a Nightingale,
It builds usually iv the orchards, in the fork of a tree. The nest,
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1882, No. XLI. 41
608 MR. E. W. WHITE ON BIRDS [June 20,
which is very difficult to distinguish, is of insignificant depth, very
squat, and covered exteriorly with lichens.
The breeding-season lasts from September to January. The eggs,
of which there are three in a clutch, are of a light buff ground
blotched over with dull blue, on which occur brown and blackish
spots, the whole markings forming a thickened band extending round
the egg and just above the centre towards the blunt end.
Meas.: axis 18 millim., diam. 14 millim.
88. ConToPpUS BRACHYTARSUS, Scl.
3 @. Campo Santo, Salta, Arg. Rep., Nov. 29, 1880.
Iris sepia.
Not uncommon in the forests of Salta.
89. My1arRcHuUs TYRANNULUS (Miiller).
@. Oran, Salta, Arg. Rep., Nov. 18, 1880.
Iris dark sepia.
This species seems to take the place here of the Pitangus bellicosus
in other parts of the Republic.
90. TyRANNUS MELANCHOLICUS, Vieill.
3g. Oran, Salta, Arg. Rep., Nov. 18, 1880.
} . Be Nov. 13, 1880.
Tris dark.
I found this bird abundant in Oran.
91. MinvuLus Tyrannus (Linn.).
3. Salta, Arg. Rep., Oct. 23, 1880.
é. Flores, B. Aires, Arg. Rep., Feb. 2, 1881 (immature).
Q. Salta, Arg. Rep., Oct. 23, 1880.
Tris dark.
This is a familiar bird throughout the Republic ; but the specimens
obtained in the extreme north had much longer tails than those
of the metropolitan district.
The nest is built high up in lofty trees, having four eggs in a
clutch. The shell is elongated and rather sharply pointed, with a
white ground, spotted with rich brown, more thickly towards the
blunt end; in fact pointwards it is almost free.
Meas. : axis 24 millim., diam. 17 millim.
92. CHIROXIPHIA CAUDATA (Shaw).
3 @. San Javier, Misiones, Arg. Rep., June 6, 1881).
Tris dark.
Of this bird I only saw two or three males and one female,
during my residence in Misiones, and shot them in the forest near
the Uruguay; but the female was very difficult to distinguish in
colour from the leaves. A very striking difference in coloration,
however, obtains between the sexes.
1882. | FROM THE ARGENTINE REPUBLIC. 609
93. PuyroromMa RvTILA, Vieill.
3. Fuerte de Andalgala, Catamarca, Arg. Rep., Sept. 21, 1880.
RDTearrn he 3 i 4 Sept. 3, 1880.
3, iris amber; Q, iris purple.
The females are rather scarce and very difficult to see, as they are
found singly and are careful to hide in the thickest parts of the
hedges: their note was long mistaken by me for that of a cricket,
so harsh and creaking is it. The males, however, at this season go
in flocks, feeding upon the young shoots of the algarroba, Colora-
tion of the sexes quite distinct.
94. Grosirra TENUIROSTRIS (Lafr. et d’Orb.).
3. Salto, Buenos Aires, Arg. Rep., Oct. 17, 1881.
= ” ” ” ” Oct. 18, 1881.
These birds are very common in the open campos, running along
the ground and then taking a low flight.
95. Furnartus rieuuus (Licht.).
3. San Pedro, Santiago del Estero, Arg. Rep., July 15, 1880.
Q. Salta, Arg. Rep., Oct. 23, 1880.
Tris brown.
This bird, met with in several parts of the Republic, makes a
large nest of sticks, usually at a great height.
[I have never seen F’. figulus from the Argentine Republic, and
should doubt its occurrence there. The only Furnarius known to
me from La Plata besides F’. rufus is F’. tricolor, Doering, of which
IT have a specimen from Cordova.—P. L. S.]
96. Furnarius RuFuS (Gm.).
3 2. Monte Grande, Buenos Aires, Arg. Rep., Jan. 5, 1881.
A very familiar bird over the greater part of the Argentine territory.
Its breeding-habits are very irregular, as in Misiones I remarked
it constructing its mud nest in midwinter, although when I was
in Salto, Buenos Aires, in October, the breeding-season appeared
well advanced. An instance is known to me in which one nest was
built on the top of another by a different pair of birds, thus formiug
a two-story house; but this is a very rare occurrence.
With Mr. Gibson’s statement (Ibis, 1880, p. 17) that the nests
of this bird are larger in the Banda Oriental than here, I do not
agree. With regard to the position of the entrance, of fifteen nests
observed personally at Salto, B. Aires, the entrance was on the left
in eight cases, and on the right in seven. What, then, influences the
feathery architect in selecting its position will probably remain a
mystery.
Thelocality chosen for the nest is usually the fork of a tree, or a post,
or the projecting cornice of a house. It is very solid and strong,
being made of cemented mud from 1°5 to 2°5 inches thick: one that
I took at haphazard weighed 14 lb.
In Salto 1 watched the operation of building. The pair began the
41*
610 MR. E. W. WHITE ON BIRDS [June 20,
work on Sunday, Oct. 9, 1881, but did little the first day except
just trace out the foundation, as there was no mud obtainable, and
they had to resort to water-tubs to form it ; but on Monday morning
it poured for about six to eight hours, during which time the birds
did not work. When the rain ceased, however, they began in right
earnest, having plenty of material at hand.
They generally took it in turns to build, one of them always re-
maining inside doing the masonry, whilst the other brought in the
mud; but at times both became masons and labourers. On Tuesday
afternoon the nest was half built; but on Wednesday progress became
lax, as the soil was drying up.
On Thursday the hemispherical walls rose all round to the height
of the bird, except where theentrance was to be ; and the inside archi-
tect had thenceforward to stretch its neck and stand on tiptoe to
complete the cupola, which it did in the direction of the entrance.
In the construction of the roof much horsehair was mixed with
the mud to strengthen it.
On Saturday the roof was well advanced ; and now they commenced
to insert the internal curved partition which, fronting the entrance,
hinders a view of, and forms a passage into, the interior.
This was a labour that occupied considerable time ; but on Sunday
the 16th it rained again heavily, and thus lightened the toil of the
industrious builders.
On the Tuesday following the partition was finished, and it only
remained to close up the entrance to the required height with a
small section of roofing. This done, the dwelling was completed on
Wednesday the 19th; and then but a short time was occupied in
lining the inside with fine dry grass, and the whole was ready for
occupation. The Oven-bird seems to lay only three eggs; but from
one nest I once took four chicks; whilst I have found as many as
three other species of bird’s eggs laid amongst those of F. rufus.
The egg is milk-white and perfectly spotless.
Meas.: axis 28 millim., diam. 21 millim.
97. UpucertTuia LusciniA (Burm.).
3. Fuerte de Andalgala, Catamarea, Arg. Rep., Sept. 2, 1880.
2M = es oy rs Sept. 1, 1880.
Iris sepia.
Found about the hedges. Every time it springs from one twig to
another it utters a sharp jerky whistle.
98. CincLopes Fruscus (Vieill.).
Q@. Pucard, Catamarca, Arg. Rep., Aug. 25, 1880.
In the rocky quebrada (ravine) of Pucard, 7500 feet above sea-
level, I met with this bird hopping from stone to stone in the stream
in pursuit of insects, and at times it ran right into the water.
99. ScLERURUS CAUDacUTUs (Vieill.).
3. San Javier, Misiones, Arg. Rep., June 2, 1881.
Iris dark.
1882. ] FROM THE ARGENTINE REPUBLIC. 611
Only two of these birds were observed during my trip through
Misiones. It frequents the dense gloomy forests, where it busies
itself in scraping amongst the dead leaves; and although it may be
close at hand and the rustling distinct, a quick eye is required to
detect it, as its plumage is of the exact colour of decaying foliage.
If startled, it flies up onto the trunk of the nearest tree, and there
remains perfectly motionless in an upright position. I never heard
it utter a single note.
100. LeprasTHENURA ZGITHALOIDES (Kittl.).
Q. City of Catamarca, Arg. Rep., Aug. 6, 1880.
Iris light sepia.
Not uncommon in the well-wooded gardens around the town.
101. LeprasTHENURA FULIGINICEPS (Lafr. et d’Orb.).
Q. Sierras de Totoral, Catamarca, Arg. Rep., July 24, 1980.
Iris light brown.
I found this bird principally on the slopes of the hills, outside
the dense woods; but it is not abundant. It has a note something
similar to that of the Wren.
102. SYNALLAXIS RUFICAPILLA (Vieill.).
3. Monte Grande, B. Aires, Arg. Rep., Jan. 2, 1881.
Two or three were seen in the tala woods.
[I have not seen Mr. White’s specimens, and should rather doubt
their belonging to the true S. ruficapilla—P. L. S.]
103. SYNALLAXIS FRONTALIs, Pelz.
3. Oran, Salta, Arg. Rep., Nov. 12, 1880.
Q. Sierras de Totoral, Catamarca, Arg. Rep., July 29, 1880.
In the upper provinces of the Argentine Republic this bird is not
unfrequently met with.
104. SyNALLAXIS ALBESCENS, Temm.
@. San Javier, Misiones, Arg. Rep., June 8, 1881.
Not unfrequently met with in the woods of Misiones,
105. SYNALLAXIS PHRYGANOPHILA, Vieill.
S. Punta Lara, B. Aires, Arg. Rep., Feb. 18, 1881.
Iris reddish brown.
This was the only specimen seen, and was shot in the dense tala
woods along the shores of the La Plata.
106. SYNALLAXIs wuiTt1, Sclater, Ibis, 1881, p. 600, t. xvii. fig. 2.
3. Oran, Salta, Arg. Rep., Nov. 9, 1880.
This new species must be rare, as | only succeeded in obtaining
one specimen near Oran,
612 MR. E. W. WHITE ON BIRDS [June 20,
107. ANUMBIUS ACUTICAUDATUS, Less.
3. Salto, B. Aires, Arg. Rep., Oct. 8, 1881.
6. Flores, B. Aires, Arg. Rep., March 31, 1881.
: of %, 5 Aug. 26, 1881.
Tris dark red.
I have shot this bird in June in Misiones, where it is not un-
common. In Salto (B. Aires), however, it is very numerous about
the plantations on the Estancias, where it builds in the forks of high
trees, usually the Eucalyptus. The nest is constructed of large
twigs, and is a fine structure for the size of the bird, 21 inches
in height and 48 in circumference, in fact twice as great as
that of Milvago chimango. The entrance to the nest, which is near
the top, but is not right on it, and is about four or five inches in
diameter and neatly rounded, leads downwards by a steeply inclined
spiral passage to the bottom. The whole is thickly lined inside
with hair, feathers, and wool, making a very soft, downy, and pretty
nest, and one that is very difficult to pull to pieces, as the twigs
are mostly thorny and strongly interlaced.
There were five eggs in the one I took: their shape is elongated,
considerably pointed at one end, and pure white, without spots:
the only one to which it can be compared is that of Columbula pieut ;
but it is more acutely pointed.
Meas.: axis 24 millim., diam. 17 millim.
108. PHACELLODOMUS FRONTALIs (Licht.).
3. Punta Lara, B. Aires, Arg. Rep., Feb. 18, 1881.
: ¥ 3 3 Feb. 21, 1881.
Iris yellow.
This bird keeps well out of sight amongst the thickest bushy
undergrowth of the woods, and makes a very peculiar chattering
sound that appears to attract other birds around it, especially the
“ Chingolo”’ (Zonotrichia pileata), which I have noticed crowding
round it in great numbers and in a very excited state—a fact that
has forced itself on my observation many times and in several dif-
ferent localities.
109. PHACELLODOMUs SIBILATRIX, Scl. P. Z.S. 1879, p. 461.
3. Monte Grande, Buenos Aires, Arg. Rep., Jan. 7, 1881.
I observed two or three of these birds in a tala thicket at Monte
Grande.
110. Homorus unirurus (Lafr. et d’Orb.).
3. Fuerte de Andalgala, Catamarca, Arg. Rep., Sept. 16, 1880.
Iris light yellow.
These birds are found usually in the open, where there are large
algarroba-trees dotted about. j
They are seen in pairs, and utter, with crest erect, and in concert,
a succession of peculiar hoarse and varied notes. Their very bulky
nests are constructed of large twigs, placed high up in lofty trees,
1882. ] FROM THE ARGENTINE REPUBLIC. 613
111. ANABAZENOPS RUFO-SUPERCILIATUS (Lafr.).
3. Sierras de Totoral, Catamarea, Arg. Rep., July 26, 1880.
Iris light brown.
A very wild bird, and exceedingly scarce on this well-wooded
mountain-range, but occasionally seen amongst the brushwood in
damp places on the hill-side.
112. Srrrasomus outvaceus (Max.).
3. Campo Santo, Salta, Arg. Rep., Nov. 29, 1880.
. Campo Colorado, Oran, Salta, Arg. Rep., Nov. 4, 1880.
Observed, but not abundantly, in the magnificent gloomy forests of
Campo Colorado, yet very difficult to distinguish, being of the same
hue as the trunks up which they run.
113. GLYPHORHYNCHUS CUNEATUS (Licht.).
3. Concepcion, Misiones, Arg. Rep., June 27, 1881.
Iris dark.
Not uncommon in the thick woods, as also in the extensive orange-
groves around the old Jesuit ruins,
114. DenpRocoLaPTEs picumNus (Licht.).
2. Concepcion, Misiones, Arg. Rep., June 21, 1881.
Shot in the thickest parts of woods near the river, climbing up
the trees, around which it turned in corkscrew fashion; but does
not seem common.
115. DryMornIs BRIDGES! (Eyton).
@. Pilciao near Andalgala,-Catamarca, Arg. Rep., Sept. 17, 1880.
Iris brown.
The ery of this bird is much the same as that of a Woodpecker,
and it clings to the algarroba trees in a similar way; but in the after-
noon it is seen scattered about on the sandy ground in the pursuit
of insects. I have observed it in the northern provinces of the
Republic, perhaps as far south as Cordova, although in one instance,
in the month of February, a friend of mine obtained a single speci-
men at Monte Grande, in the vicinity of Buenos Aires. Not in one
solitary instance, however, have I met with the bird to the eastward,
in Corrientes or Misiones.
[Mr. White calls this species Nasica longirostris ; but I have little
doubt itis Drymornis bridgesi, of which I have skins from Mendoza,
and Gualeguaychu, in Entrerios. Nasica is from Guiana and
Amazonis, and does not occur so far south.—P. L. S.]
116. XtPHOCOLAPTES ALBICOLLIs (Vieill.).
@. San Javier, Misiones, Arg. Rep., June 7, 1881.
117. X1eHOCOLAPTES MAJOR (Vieill.).
3 Q- Campo Colorado, Oran, Salta, Arg. Rep., Nov. 4, 1880.
Tris crimson.
Common here in the dense forest, where their continued hard
pecking at the lofty tree-trunks is very accentuated. Two or three
614 MR. E. W. WHITE ON BIRDS {June 20,
at a time maintain a continued race up a magnificent clear stem as
far as the branches, when they fly to the bottom of the next and do
likewise.
118. PrcoLapTEs sp. ine.
¢. San Javier, Misiones, Arg. Rep., June 10, 1881.
[An imperfect skin of a species not known to P. L. S.]
119. PrcoLapTEs sp. ine.
Q. Fuerte de Andalgala, Catamarea, Arg. Rep., Sept. 1, 1880.
Tris sepia.
Not uncommon in the algarroba woods.
[Not seen by P. L. S., perhaps the same as No. 118.—P. L. S.|
120. THAMNOPHILUs LEACHII, Such.
3. Concepcion, Misiones, Arg. Rep., June 23, 1881.
Iris dark.
This, the only specimen I have seen in the Republic, was found
in the midst of a dense thicket, where it was feeding on the ground
on a swarm of large black ants.
121. THAMNOPHILUS MAJOR, Vieill.
3. Oran, Salta, Arg. Rep., Nov. 6, 1880.
2. Rs rf Noy. 12, 1880.
Tris crimson.
These birds are rather numerous in the gardens round the town
of Oran. There is considerable difference between the males in colo-
ration.
122. THAMNOPHILUS CHRULESCENS, Vieill.
3S. Santo Tomé, Corrientes, Arg. Rep., May 11, 1881.
Q. San Javier, Misiones, Arg. Rep., June 6, 1881.
@. Concepcion, Misiones, Arg. Rep., June 21, 1881.
Tris dark brown.
Frequenting thickets near the banks of some stream, these birds
are limited to a very short height from the ground, and utter but
one deep-bass call-note, rather mournful and slow.
123. THAMNOPHILUS ARGENTINUS, Cab.
Santo Tomé, Corrientes, Arg. Rep., May 14, 1881.
Tris dark red.
Out of three or four seen, I shot this bird in a bush on the banks
of the Itacua, a tributary of the Uruguay, not far from Santo Tomé.
124, Rutnocrypta LANCEOLATA (Geoffr. et d’Orb.).
d+ Fuerte de Andalgala, Catamarca, Arg. Rep., Sept. 10, 1880.
Iris brown.
This bird is found, but not plentifully, about the lanes at An-
dalgala, and has a peculiar hoarse croaking note. Springing sud-
denly from a hedge, and alighting a little distance into the road,
it runs along very swiftly with its crest and tail erect, wagging the
latter every now and again ; then quickly stopping a second, to renew
its forward dart, it at last springs up once more into the hedge, where
1882. ] FROM THE ARGENTINE REPUBLIC. 615
it at once penetrates by successive hops into the dense shade. I
have never observed its flight.
125. OREOTROCHILUS LEUCOPLEURUS, Gould.
3. Fuerte de Andalgala, Catamarca, Arg. Rep., Sept. 25, 1880.
I only obtained one specimen, as it was feeding on the flowers of
the Idiondilla (Cestrum pseudoguina).
126. SPARGANURA SAPPHO (Less. ).
3 Q. City of Catamarca, Arg. Rep., Aug. 12, 1880.
Tris dark.
I have met with these Humming-birds scattered, although some-
what sparsely, over the upper provinces of the Republic, feeding
principally upon Nicotiana glauca, the Quichua name for which
is “palan-palan.” They follow it southwards as it flowers, even
as far as Cordoba; but their true habitat is the Andean region.
In Quichua, Humming-birds generally are called “ Tuminicos.”’
When these are poised in front of a flower with wings and tail ex-
panded in the full sunshine, they offer the most brilliant feathery
picture imaginable; and as they dart off their flight is so speedy
that the eye cannot follow.
127. Paracona eiGcas (Vieill.).
3. Fuerte de Andalgala, Catamarca, Arg. Rep., Sept. 15, 1880.
; " 2 a P Sept. 29, 1880.
This magnificent bird, which the natives say they have never
seen before at Andalgala, was shot on the “ palan-palan,” the
usual plant that it frequents at this season. It appeared here just
after a two days’ severe snow-storm, so that in all probability it had
been driven down hither by it.
It is exceedingly powerful on the wing, and flutters in front of a
flower, sipping the nectar, exactly as the smaller species of this
family. They have a most peculiar, zig-zag, jerky flight, which, when
making a long detour for any particular spot, becomes undulating.
They are without doubt partially insect-eaters, as I have not
only observed their crops full of flies and small beetles, but have also
seen them pursue and catch them in the air, with the motions of a
Flycatcher.
They perch on some bare branch of a plant, which they entirely
appropriate, driving off every other bird that dares to approach, and
every now and then visit all its flowers to sip the sweets. The
large humble-bees, however, cause them some trouble, as they likewise
l:: ted to sipping nectar ; these the P. gigas attacks with all
its force, and by fluttering its wings, rushing at, pushing and peck-
ing them, succeeds in ridding the spot of their presence.
The note of this bird is similar to the chirp of a young Sparrow,
but much stronger.
These birds, like animals generally in the Argentine Republic,
take no notice of a person mounted, but instantly disappear when
a foot-passenger approaches ; so that as I was on muleback I was
enabled to ride close up to and observe them.
616 MR. E. W. WHITE ON BIRDS [June 20,
The seat of P. gigas is so firm and close to the branch, that
its tiny feet are invisible; the breast is puffed out, and its head in
continual motion from one side to the other with a jerky movement.
When disturbed it darts off around with a rough jerky flight for a
minute or so, and then endeavours to return, but, if still interfered
with, seeks a dry twig at the top of some neighbouring tree on
which to alight. Its poise when suspended, sipping at the flowers,
is heavy and laboured, and the motion of its large wings, although
rapid, is perceptible to the eye; and it never remains more than
half a minute in this position, when it retires to a branch to rest
for at least five minutes, perching with its head towards the sun and
its beak slightly elevated.
128. HELIOMASTER FURCIFER (Shaw).
2 Q. City of Catamarca, Arg. Rep., August 7, 1880.
I saw one of these Humming-birds come morning and evening
at stated hours to sip the flowers of a “ Palo booracko” (Chorisia
insignis) which grew in the garden next door, but shot these speci-
mens as they were feeding on the “ Idiondilla,”’ on the banks of a
small stream of running water just without the city.
129. Lrvcippus CHIONOGASTER (Tsch.).
3. Fuerte de Andalgala, Catamarca, Arg. Rep., Sept. 8, 1880.
A re 33 a a5 Sept. 6, 1880.
On the Idiondilla (which may be termed one of the Humming-
bird plants of this region) I shot these specimens. They are very
wild and swift in their movements, as indeed are all the Trochilide,
especially in this neighbourhood, and make a very loud hun, in fact
louder than any other species of my acquaintance. I observed one
dart after a bird at least ten times its own size, that happened to
trespass by perching on the same shrub, and pursue it like a Hawk,
hovering over and pouncing down upon it, all the while uttering
furious cries of anger.
130. CHLOROSTILBON SPLENDIDUS (Vieill.).
3. Fuerte de Andalgala, Catamarea, Arg. Rep., Sept. 22, 1880.
bs 5 P " Sept. 3, 1880.
Very abundant round this part towards the end of September, as
they evidently breed here, and are found flitting about the blooming
Idiondilla in myriads, all the while uttering a beautiful tiny trilling
song. The beak during life is of a brilliant red.
131. PrcumNus sp. ine.
3d. Oran, Salta, Arg. Rep., Nov. 9, 1880.
Tris sepia.
No more than one pair of these have I ever met with; and they
were pecking vigorously in their miniature way, and at very small
twigs, just like the larger species of this family at the thick
trunks.
1882. ] FROM THE ARGENTINE REPUBLIC. 617
132. CAMPEPHILUS BOTzI (Wagl.).
3. Pilciao, Andalgala, Catamarca, Arg. Rep., Sept. 16, 1880.
2. Campo Colorado, Oran, Salta, Arg. Rep., Nov. 4, 1880.
Iris light yellow.
As I was out on muleback at Pilciao chasing the Chunga bur-
meister?, on passing an algarroba-tree I chanced to observe this
beautiful bird, which revealed itself by its vigorous pecking; it
seems to be rare in that locality. I likewise obtained it at Campo
Colorado, in the midst of the dense forest, but clear of undergrowth.
Its ery, or rather croak, is peculiarly strong. The 2 has more black
on the head than the ¢.
133. Dryocopus rrytTurors (Val.).
3. San Javier, Misiones, Arg. Rep., June 8, 1881.
Only a few specimens observed, and they only in the dense
forests.
134. Picus mixtrus, Bodd.
3. Fuerte de Andalgala, Catamarca, Arg. Rep., Sept. 2, 1880.
Iris sepia.
I shot a pair of these Woodpeckers on some old posts in the midst
of a very dense hedge ; one skin, however, was unfortunately spoilt.
135. Picus cacrorum, Lafr. et d’Orb.
3 2. City of Catamarca, Arg. Rep., Aug. 7, 1880.
Iris brown.
I found these tolerably abundant in the province of Catamareca,
where three or four are usually observed together on a large cactus,
but on being disturbed either take to another cactus or to the lofty
branches of algarroba trees.
136. CHLORONERPES AFFINis (Wagl.).
3 2. Campo Santo, Salta, Arg. Rep., Nov. 29, 1880.
Tris crimson.
Does not seem uncommon about these parts.
[1 have not seen Mr. White’s skins referred to this Species —-
P.L.S.]
137. CHLORONERPES AURULENTUs (Licht.).
3. San Javier, Misiones, Arg. Rep., June 8, 1881.
2. Concepcion, Misiones, Arg. Rep., June 23, 1881.
This bird, unusually met with in Concepcion, is common in San
Javier, only a distance of ten leagues further north. It is geen
singly in dead high trees, and makes a tapping so loud, and heard
at such a distance, as to cause me to imagine it proceeded from
one of the larger species.
[1 have not seen Mr. White’s skins; but Azara includes a Wood-
pecker (his no. 257) which is referred by Hartlaub (Ind. Az. p- 16)
and Cab. et Hein. (Mus, Hein. Seansores, p. 158) to this species.—
P. L.S8.]
618 MR. E. W. WHITE ON BIRDS [June 20,
138. CHrysoPriLus CRISTATUS (Vieill.).
3. City of Catamarca, Arg. Rep., Aug. 16, 1880.
One ba * 5 Aug. 9, 1880.
Iris brown.
This beautiful red-crested Woodpecker is found over a great
stretch of country, as I observed them commonly in all parts of the
province of Catamarca, as well as in the sierras of Cordoba; and I
believe they are occasionally met with as far south as Buenos
Aires.
" They fly in pairs, frequenting old trees ; and their note is exceedingly
shrill.
139. LrEvcONERPES CANDIDUS (Otto).
3. San Javier, Misiones, Arg. Rep., June 10, 1881.
@. Concepcion, Misiones, Arg. Rep., June 21, 1881.
Tris light blue.
These noisy birds, abundant in various parts of Misiones as well as
the rest of the north of the Republic, go about in flocks of eight or
ten and settle on the same tree, which they proceed to ascend very
comically in a spiral or corkscrew fashion, each head touching the
preceding tail. They are not seen in dense forests, but only out in
the open, on some old, usually dead tree; and I think I observed
them as far south as the sierras of Cordoba.
140. CoLapres CAmpestRis (Vieill.).
3. Concepcion, Misiones, Arg. Rep., June 27, 1881.
Q. 75 2 oA June 23, 1881].
Iris dark red.
Very common inhabitants of the open campo, where they are
usually discovered, either on the ground, or more generally perched
on an ant-hill, two feet high, and constructed of such intensely
hard ferruginous clay as to admit of almost indefinite weight on the
top without disturbing its shape; the tops of these they are
engaged in pecking. They very rarely take to a tree, and are never
observed in the woods. They fly in pairs ; but commonly a good
many pairs remain within call of each other.
141. TRoGON vARIEGATUS, Spix.
3. Campo Colorado, Oran, Salta, Arg. Rep., Nov. 4, 1880.
Iris brown.
These birds are very rare here, and have a peculiar ery, which it is
impossible to describe otherwise than by saying that it resembles the
voice of a ventriloquist, very deceiving as to distance, and extremely
mournful. They frequent the topmost branches of the loftiest
forest-trees, and are very difficult to discover, as they sit motionless.
A Monte-Cristo rifle had not sufficient range to reach them. One
I shot on the banks of the Vermejo had some small fish-scales in its
crop.
1882. | FROM THE ARGENTINE REPUBLIC. 619
142. TroGon surucura, Vieill.
Q. Concepcion, Misiones, Arg. Rep., June 21, 1881.
Tris dark.
Although for several days I stalked these birds, hearing their
call, yet I could only manage to secure one specimen in the dense
forest.
143. CrororpHaGa Ant, Linn.
3. Oran, Salta, Arg. Rep., Nov. 9, 1880.
pig 3% ‘ Nov. 18, 1880.
Tris sepia.
This bird flies in flocks, and is usually observed in close juxta-
position with a flock of the Guia piririgua in the open country on
the outskirts of the cultivated ground, where it perches on bush
or hedges.
144. Gurra prrrricua (Vieill.).
é. Flores, Buenos Aires, Arg. Rep., April 8, 1881.
@. Salto, Buenos Aires, Arg. Rep., Oct. 8, 1881.
Iris deep orange.
The native name of this noisy bird is ‘‘ Uraca;”’ and it is found
abundantly all over the Republic, commonly flying in flocks of six
or seven. Here, in a willow tree, a nest was discovered, built of
twigs, containing seven eggs, which was quite open above, with a
very deep basin, and was lined with dry leaves, principally of the
“ Eucalyptus ;” but in other provinces different leaves are em-
ployed. The Uracas are sometimes tamed and kept in houses to
rid them of insects; but their noise and dirty habits disqualify them
for occupying the position of favourites.
The egg is of an oblate spheroidal form, equally blunted at both
ends, with a slightly raised white chalky network equally diffused
over a pale green ground.
Meas.: axis 42 millim., diam. 32 millim.
145. Praya cAyANa (Linn.).
3 @. Concepcion, Misiones, Arg. Rep., June 21, 1881.
Iris crimson.
I found this tame bird rather rare round here, but usually met
with it in the dense woods, where, on account of the slowness of its
movements, it was easy to shoot, although difficult to distinguish.
Very seldom seen in flight, it hops trom twig to twig, using its
fine tail at the end of the leap to steady its perch.
146. Coccyzus minor (Gm.).
3. Salto, Buenos Aires, Arg. Rep., Oct. 17, 1881.
Iris dark.
Not uncommon in the province of Buenos Aires, especially about
Monte Grande; but in other parts of the Republic I do uot
remember often having met with it. Its nest is built in low trees
or hedges, much resembling that of the Dove in outward appearance,
620 MR. E. W. WHITE ON BIRDS [June 20,
but lined inside with soft dry grass. The eggs, of which there are
two in aclutch, rather squat and blunted at both ends, are of a
uniformly dull pale green, without spots or markings of any kind.
Meas.: axis 31 millim., diam. 24 millim.
[I suspect the Cuckoo referred to is C. melanocoryphus, Vieill., as
C. minor does not (to my knowledge) occur nearly so far south.—
P.L.S8.]
147. Coccyzus cINEREUS (Vieill.).
3. Flores, Buenos Aires, Arg. Rep., Jan. 24, 1882.
Iris crimson.
I observed but two or three in the copses round Flores.
148. Ruampuastos Toco (Gm.).
3. Campo Colorado, Oran, Salta, Arg. Rep., Nov. 4, 1880.
Iris olive-green.
This Toucan I shot among the lofty forest-trees; they go
generally in flocks; and their flight is extremely swift and in a
straight line.
They are wild, and by no means plentiful in this neighbourhood ;
but in Misiones I likewise met with them in greater abundance,
where they, in company with the Parrots, commit dreadful havoc
amongst the orange-groves.
149. Conurvus PATAGONUS (Vieill.).
d. Guazan, near Andalgala, Catamarca, Arg. Rep., Sept. 5, 1880.
@. Andalgala, Catamarca, Arg. Rep., Sept. 6, 1880.
Iris white.
At Guazan this Parrot is found in large flocks, and settles usually
on bare trees. By the natives it is called “ Loro Barranquero,” as
it builds its nest in holes in the barrancas or cliffs. When one is
shot of a flock flying over, the rest will continue to whirl round the
spot long enough to give the sportsman time to kill nearly the whole ;
and at every shot, as the victims tumble, the rest redouble their
screams, so that the noise, always great, becomes at length deafening.
At Cosquin, in the neighbourhood of Cordoba, I had more oppor-
tunity of observing them. They are extremely abundant throughout
the sierras there, and are very destructive to crops.
On each patch of ground sown with wheat or maize a boy is
stationed as a scarecrow; and the shouts of these, the whole length
of the valley, some leagues, almost rival in intensity the parrot
chorus.
The warfare between the birds and their tormentors, however, is
invariably in favour of the former, as they have a habit of gliding
unseen to the bottom of the stems, which they bite through, so that
the stalk falls and they consume the grain at leisure.
In the winter, fallen fruit-kernels of the woods afford them sus-
tenance. They breed in deep holes on the cliff-faces ; and the atterapt
to sack their nests is very hazardous. Four or five eggs are usually
found in a clutch. The young birds form a tasty dish.
1882. ] FROM THE ARGENTINE REPUBLIC. 621
150. Conurvus acuTicaupatus (Vieill.).
3d @. Guazan near Andalgala, Catamarca, Arg. Rep., Sept. 5,
1880.
Tris amber. d :
This species is not very abundant here, but flies very swiftly in
flocks of seven or eight, screeching continually when on the wing.
I shot my specimens out of a number perching on a tala tree as they
were devouring the young shoots.
151. Conurus MoLIn#&, Souancé.
3. Campo Colorado, Oran, Salta, Arg. Rep., Nov. 4, 1880.
Iris brown.
A very pretty little Parrakeet, which is met with in dense forests
in flocks of about twenty, their flight being limited, for the most
part, to the clear aisles beneath the branches.
[I have one of Mr. White’s examples of the Parrot which he has
named C, vittatus. It agrees quite well with skins of C. moline
in my collection, obtained by Natterer in Mato-Grosso, and by
Bridges in Bolivia.—P. L. S.]
152. BoLBoRHYNCHUs MONACHUs (Bodd.).
3. Fuerte de Andalgala, Catamarca, Arg. Rep., Sept. 6, 1880.
@. San Pedro, Santiago del Estero, Arg. Rep., July 15, 1880.
Tris light brown.
At San Pedro these birds seem very abundant, as many of their
capacious nests, built of twigs, and in which they appear to roost,
are observed in the algarroba trees around. They fly in large flocks.
At Andalgala, however, they seem rare.
153. Curysoris vinacea (Max.).
3. Concepcion, Misiones, Arg. Rep., June 20, 1881.
2. 35 ae x5 June 27, 1881.
Iris crimson.
Both in Concepcion and San Javier these Parrots are found in in-
credible numbers feeding in the orange-groves which cover and
enclose the extensive Jesuit ruins in those parts of Misiones. They
seem to be very voracious, as they feed all day long ; and the inhabi-
tants shoot them for food: but they are not easily scared; for on
hearing a shot, they only fly up in clouds to descend again, mean-
while making the air resound with their shrill cries. They can be
taught to talk tolerably well if taken young.
Their breeding-time is December.
154. Curysoris amazonica (Linn.).
Q@. Itapua, Misiones, Arg. Rep., Aug. 6, 1881.
Iris crimson.
Although not very common here, this species is found abundantly
in the upper provinces of this Republic, especially Catamarca and
Tucuman, as well as in Paraguay.
On its morning and evening passages to and from the sierras, it
622 MR. E. W. WHITE ON BIRDS [June 20,
flies very high, in large flocks extended in line. When on the wing,
it utters a distinct articulate vocal sound, which has led man to
cultivate this capacity to a high degree.
The variation in colouring is found to be great both in proportion
and situation, the head sometimes being of a uniform yellow.
155. P1loNus MAXIMILIANI (Kuhl).
3. Rio Vermejo, Oran, Salta, Arg. Rep., Nov. 10, 1880.
Tris brown.
Only one specimen seen, perching on one of the topmost branches
of a high tree in the dense forest on the banks of the Vermejo.
156. STRrx FLAMMEA (Linn.).
d. Concepcion, Misiones, Arg. Rep., June 20, 1881.
Iris dark.
These Owls are commonly met with all over the Republic ; but I
shot this, the only one seen here, amongst the ruins of the old Jesuit
town.
157. Asio BRacHyorTUs (Forst.).
3d. Monte Grande, Buenos Aires, Arg. Rep., March 1, 1882.
Tris light yellow.
These Owls are very common all over the campos of the pro-
vince of Buenos Aires, where they make night hideous by their
hooting.
158. PHoLEopTyNx CUNICULARIA (Mol.).
3. Salto, Buenos Aires, Arg. Rep., Oct. 10, 1881.
2. Pilciao, Andalgala, Catamarea, Arg. Rep., Sept. 17, 1880.
2. Concepcion, Misiones, Arg. Rep., June 22, 1881.
Inis light yellow.
In Misiones this bird exceeds in size and differs in colour from
that of the campos of Buenos Aires, as the black soil of the pampas
differs from the red clay of Misiones. I saw two or three brace
upon the open undulating grass-lands here ; but they are generally
observed perched upon an ant-hill, beneath which they burrow their
nest, as no friendly Biscacha is here present to offer them an asylum.
The rather rough nest, situated in a burrow about three feet in
length, but which descends not more than two below the surface, is
composed of dry hemlock and sticks, without any downy lining.
The eggs, of which there are usually four in a clutch, are of a
spotless milky white and bluntly rounded at both ends. They
measure, axis 34 millim., diam. 26 millim.
159. Burro prerocues (Temm.).
3 2. Monte Grande, Buenos Aires, Arg. Rep., April 13, 1882.
Tris dark brown.
I have observed four or five or this species at Monte Grande, but
in no other part of the Republic.
1882. | FROM THE ARGENTINE REPUBLIC, 623
160. GrRANosPIzA CHRULESCENS (Vieill.).
3. Campo Colorado, Oran, Salta, Arg. Rep., Nov. 4, 1880.
Tris yellow.
I shot this pretty Falcon whilst perched motionless on alow branch
of a tree in the dense forest.
It was the only one of the species I had hitherto seen; but sub-
sequently I met with one on the Upper Uruguay.
161. TiINNUNCULUS SPARVERIUS (Linn.).
3. Fuerte de Andalgala, Catamarca, Arg. Rep., Sept. 9, 1880.
Q. Pilciao, Andalgala, Catamarca, Arg. Rep., Sept. 16, 1880.
Iris brown. }
I have met with this Sparrow-hawk in many parts of the Republic.
Its flight is limited from clump to clump of trees, perching usually
on bare or dead branches.
[Probably 7. cinnamominus for those who accept this subspecies.
Cf. Gurney, Ibis, 1881, p. 554.—P. L. S.]
162. ELanus Leucurus (Vieill.).
3 2. Monte Grande, Buenos Aires, Arg. Rep., Dec. 31, 1880.
Iris yellow.
This White Hawk was shot as it was flying about close to the
Estancia house of Monte Grande; but I have not noticed it
in any other parts of this province, although subsequently two or
three other pairs have been observed about the same locality, It
was nesting in some lofty trees.
The eggs are very similar to those of Milvago chimango.
163. SpiziapreRYx CIRCUMCINCTUs (Kaup).
2. Guazan, Andalgala, Catamarea, Arg. Rep., Sept. 5, 1880.
Iris amber.
A rare bird in this neighbourhood, as this was the only specimen
seen.
164. Mitvaco cu1manco (Vieill.).
3. Salto, Buenos Aires, Arg. Rep., Oct. 14, 1881.
. Punta Lara, Buenos Aires, Arg. Rep., Feb. 19, 1881,
Iris brown.
In the forks of trees, frequently of the Eucalyptus, this bird builds
its open nest of twigs, lined with grass ; but the structure is by no
means large for the size of the bird. The Chimango is very de-
structive to house-pigeons on an Estancia. The breeding-season
commences early in October. The eggs, of which there are three
in a clutch, are rounded and of a rufous-brown ground sprinkled
with flakes and spots of the same, but much darker, tint.
Meas. : axis 42 mill., diam. 34 mill.
Legs and feet of a dirty yellow, and base of beak the same.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1882, No. XLII. 42
- 624 MR. E, W. WHITE ON BIRDS [June 20,
165. CaATHARTES AURA (Linn.).
3. Concepcion, Misiones, Arg. Rep., June 27, 1881.
Tris dark.
This Vulture is abundant in these parts.
166. CarHARTES URUBITINGA, Pelzeln.
Q. Sierras de Totoral, Catamarca, Arg. Rep., July 30, 1880.
This Black Vulture was shot at an elevation of 4500 feet above
the sea-level. Native name for all this genus is either Cuervo or
Jote, according to locality.
[Is not C. atratus the species intended here ?—P. L. S.]
167. PHALACROCORAX BRASILIANUs (Gm.).
3. Salto, Buenos Aires, Arg. Rep., Oct. 10, 1881.
Tris dark blue.
This species is found plentifully all over the country on small
streams and rivers.
168. ARDEA EGRETTA (Gm.).
6. Punta Lara, B. Aires, Arg. Rep., Feb. 19, 1881.
@. Oran, Salta, Arg. Rep., Nov. 15, 1880.
Iris white.
This Egret, whose native name is “ Mira-sol,”’ is met with all over
the Republic, especially on the river Parana.
169. ARDEA CANDIDIssIMA (Gm.).
¢. Bafiado de Flores, B. Aires, Arg. Rep., April 20, 1881.
Found in abundance throughout the province of Buenos Aires
by the sides of streams and lagoons.
The egg, equally blunted at both ends, is of a flesh-coloured
ground, with at times a few tiny rufous-brown spots sprinkled
indiscriminately over its surface.
Meas.: axis 36 mill., diam. 27 mill.
170. ARDEA SIBILATRIX (Temm.).
d. Oran, Salta, Arg. Rep., Nov. 13, 1880.
Tris pale blue.
This was the only one of this species seen during my sojourn in
Oran.
171. TiGRISOMA BRASILIENSE (Linn.).
Q. City of Corrientes, Arg. Rep., Aug. 10, 1881.
This handsome bird was shot on the river Parana, close to
Corrientes ; and no other specimen was observed.
172. NycTIcoRAX GARDENI (Gm.).
3. Pacheco, Buenos Aires, Arg. Rep., March 12, 1881.
2. Sauce Redondo, Salta, Arg. Rep., Oct. 17, 1880.
Tris yellow.
Close by the extensive swamps around Sauce Redondo, I found
1882. ] FROM THE ARGENTINE REPUBLIC. 625
about half a dozen of these birds perched upon a tree; and
after shooting one, the rest merely flew round and alighted upon
another close by. Not uncommon, moreover, as far south as Buenos
Aires.
173. FALcINELLUS IGNEUs (Gm.)?
Q. Punta Lara, Buenos Aires, Arg. Rep., Feb. 21, 1881.
Iris sepia.
The Glossy-winged Ibis is common in the lagoons and swamps
over most of the Republic, especially in the province of Buenos
Aires, where it is met with in large flocks.
174. CHAUNA CHAVARIA (Linn.).
. Punta Lara, B. Aires, Arg. Rep., Feb. 21, 1881.
Iris brown.
The Crested Screamers, whose native name is Chaja, fly in pairs,
and frequently circle in the air to an enormous bright. Their
usual haunt is around swamps and lagoons.
175. DENDRocyGNA FULYVA (Gm.).
3 2. Salto, Buenos Aires, Arg. Rep., Oct. 12, 1881.
Tris dark brown.
This Duck was shot out of a flock of fifteen which rose from a
lagoon; and attached to its feet were found two leeches.
176. Carrina Moscuata (Linn.).
2. Campo Colorado, Oran, Salta, Arg. Exp., Nov. 4, 1880.
Tris brown.
The only specimen seen here ; and that was shot in a pool of
stagnant water in the sandy river-bed ; but the bird was afterwards
found not uncommonly further north,
177. QUERQUEDULA CYANOPTERA (Vieill).
do. Fuerte de Andalgala, Catamarca, Arg. Rep., Sept. 25, 1880.
Iris orange.
This beautiful Duck was the victim of a boy’s skill with the bolas,
and was brought to me wounded; it is, however, widespread
throughout the Republic.
178. SpatuLa PLATALEA (Vieill.).
Q. Salto, Buenos Aires, Arg. Rep., Oct. 12, 1881.
Tris dark.
Not uncommon in this neighbourhood.
179. Metror1ana Peposaca (Vieill.).
3d. Salto, Buenos Aires, Arg. Rep., Oct. 17, 1881.
atom ars i in e Oct. 12, 1881.
Tris crimson.
Several of these birds were found in the streams and lagoons.
42*
626 MR. E. W. WHITE ON BIRDS [June 20,
Legs of deep yellow, beak slightly lighter in tint; wattle at the
base of the beak a deep orange-red.
180. CotumBA MACULOSA, Temm.
3. Fuerte de Andalgala, Catamarca, Arg. Rep., Sept. 5, 1880.
Iris white.
I found this elegant Pigeon flying in flocks in the potreros
(paddocks) and alfalfares, where they were feeding on the young
alfalfa (Lucerne) shoots, as evidenced by their crops, which were
full of them.
181. ZenarpDA MACULATA (Vieill.).
3. Fuerte de Andalgala, Catamarca, Arg. Rep., Aug. 29, 1880.
@. Monte Grande, Buenos Aires, Arg. Rep., Jan. 5, 1881
(immature).
Tris sepia.
I saw great numbers in the vineyards and Lucerne fields of
Andalgala; but they are common likewise in the province of Buenos
Aires,
The nest, very shallow, is usually built in the fork of a tree and
constructed of twigs, but so thin that the eggs can be perceived
through the sides.
Two eggs in a clutch, and of a pure spotless white.
Meas. : axis 28 mill., diam. 21°5 mill.
182. Cotumsuta picur (Temm.).
3 2. Flores, Buenos Aires, Arg. Rep., Feb. 2, 1881.
Tris lilae.
Met with commonly all over the Republic. Nest built of twigs in
the forks of trees. Eggs of a pure spotless white, and two in aclutch.
Meas.: axis 52 mill., diam. 17 mill.
183. CHAMHPELIA TALPACOTI (Temm.).
3d. Oran, Salta, Arg. Rep., Nov. 9, 1880.
Oe oe 5 % Nov. 13, 1880.
Iris crimson.
These pretty chocolate-coloured Doves fly in pairs, and at this
date were found constructing their nests in the orange-groves: they
are sometimes seen on the ground busily in quest of seeds, but are
very wild and not at all common. I shot specimens at Concepcion,
Misiones, in the month of June; but they were rare there.
184. LepropriLa MEGALURA, Scl. & Salv. P. Z.S. 1879, p.640 (?).
3. Oran, Salta, Arg. Rep., Nov. 18, 1880.
@. Guazan, Andalgala, Catamarcea, Arg. Rep., Sept. 5, 1880.
This pretty Pigeon, whose habitat is chiefly mountainous districts,
is not very abundant at Guazan (4000 feet above sea-level), and
when flying makes a peculiar fine metallic whirring with its wings.
Its flight is very limited and close to the ground ; it rarely settles
1882. ] FROM THE ARGENTINE REPUBLIC. 627
on a tree. It is very wild, and as it runs swiftly amongst the
brushwood is difficult to shoot. At Oran, where, however, they
are by no means plentiful, I shot them in an orange-grove.
185, PENELOPE PILEATA, Wagl.
3. Sierras de Totoral, Catamarca, Arg. Rep., July 30, 1880.
Iris brown.
Very common in Oran and the Gran Chaco, and met with as far
south as the sierras of Totoral. Four or five are usually found
together on the same tree, in the midst of the densest forests, where
they seek the highest branches. Their notes, which are extremely
deceptive as to distance, consist of very harsh, deafening, grating,
metallic sounds, resembling the creaking of an ungreased double-
handed saw through a block of hard timber. On these birds I had
to rely chiefly for food on my travels in the north of the Republic ;
and when young they make no despisable dish ; but when old their
flesh is too tough to masticate, though it does well for soup.
186. OrTaLipa GuTTatTa (Spix).
3d. Sauce Redondo, Salta, Arg. Rep., Oct. 17, 1880.
Iris sepia.
These Guans are abundant in the forests of the north of the
Republic.
187. GALLINULA GALEATA (Licht.).
3. Salto, Buenos Aires, Arg. Rep., Oct. 17, 1881.
Iris reddish-brown.
Abundant on the lagoons in the province of Buenos Aires.
Wattle at the base of the beak a deep orange-colour, and legs slaty
green.
188. Parra JAcANA (Linn.).
3d. Buenos Aires, Arg. Rep., Nov. 1, 1881.
A rare bird in Buenos Aires, but common in the north of the Re-
-public, especially on the swampy plains of Tucuman.
189. VANELLUS CAYENNENSIS (Gm.).
3d. Rio Lujan, Buenos Aires, Arg. Rep., March 7, 1881.
©. Salto, Buenos Aires, Arg. Rep., Oct. 18, 1881.
Iris crimson.
This Plover, whose native name is “‘ Teru-Tero,” is very common
all over the camps of the province of Buenos Aires, but at the same
time found throughout the Republic; and in the breeding-season,
which is now (October) at its height, annoys the sportsman by its
shrill screeching cry, by circling round his head, and by shamming
wounded, in order to attract his attention. Its nest is carefully
concealed in the grass, and consists of a mere shallow hollow; but
it may be easily discovered when sheep are driven over the land,
as then the bird may be seen standing in front of its nest, and flap-
ping its wings violently to make the bidents part and pass on either
628 MR. E. W. WHITE ON BIRDS [June 20,
side. The clutch consists of three eggs; and a remarkable circum-
stance in connexion with them is, that when they become heavy with
young all their points are directed inwards to a common centre.
The eggs, of a very elongated pear-shaped form, have a ground of
a warm stone-colour, sprinkled over with jet-black spots, which
cluster somewhat thickly round the blunt end.
Meas.: axis 50 mill., diam. 36 mill.
The eggs form a favourite dish with the natives, and are very
delicate.
190. Cuaraprivs virernicus, Borkh.
2. Punta Lara, Buenos Aires, Arg. Rep., Feb. 22, 1881.
Tris dark.
Common in the province of Buenos Aires.
191. AGrauitis cotuarRis (Vieill.).
9. Punta Lara, Buenos Aires, Arg. Rep., Feb. 18, 1881.
Iris sepia.
This bird seems rather rare.
192. HiMANTOPUS BRASILIENSIS, Brehm.
©. Punta Lara, Buenos Aires, Arg. Rep., Feb. 23, 1881.
Iris crimson.
Met with in flocks abundantly about the lagoons of Buenos Aires.
193. GAMBETTA MELANOLEUCA (Gm.).
3. Pacheco, Buenos Aires, Arg. Rep., March 15, 1831.
Shot in the extensive swamps here.
194. Ruyncuorps nicra, Linn.
@. Monte Grande, Buenos Aires, Arg. Rep., Feb. 4, 1882.
Iris brown.
This bird is by no means common in Buenos Aires ; but a pair was
seen skimming along the surface of a lagoon at excessive speed.
195. STeERNA SUPERCILIARIS, Vieill.
Q. Itapua, Misiones, Arg. Rep., July 18, 1881.
Iris brown.
Of these, three or four were observed wheeling about over the
river Saima, about a league up it from the Parana. They have a
sprawling, quick flight, settling now and again on the rocks on the
edge of the river. Dashing down and skimming the water, they
dip every now and again for fish, after which they rise high in
the air.
196. LARUS MACULIPENNIS, Licht.
3. Punta Lara, Buenos Aires, Arg. Rep., Feb. 19, 1881.
@. Pacheco, Buenos Aires, Arg. Rep., March 16, 1881.
Q. Salto, Buenos Aires, Arg. Rep., Oct. 17, 1881.
Tris dark brown.
1882, FROM THE ARGENTINE REPUBLIC. 629
At Punta Lara as well as Salto—in fact all over the province of
Buenos Aires this Gull is found in abundance, flying in flocks.
197. Popicrrs ROLLANDI, Q. et G.
Alto Parana, Misiones, Arg. Rep., Feb. 12, 1880.
This rare Grebe was obtained by a friend of mine on the Alto
Parana, on the Paraguayan coast. Further particulars I cannot give.
198. TacuyBarrus pominicus (Linn.).
2. Punta Lara, B. Aires, Arg. Rep., Feb. 23, 1881.
Iris brown.
These birds are common in the lagoons of the province of Buenos
Aires.
199. CrypruRus CINEREUs (Gm.).
3d. Oran, Salta, Arg. Rep., Nov. 19, 1880.
Iris orange.
This bird, like the rest of the family, is difficult, nay almost im-
possible, to put up without a dog. I shot it outside the cultivated
lands as it was scampering along in the midst of brushwood.
200. Cryprurus Taraupa (Temm.),
@. Campo Colorado, Oran, Salta, Arg. Rep., Nov. 4, 1880.
Iris brown.
Shot in the extremely dense forest as it was running about and
scarcely visible amidst the very thick undergrowth. I afterwards
saw three or four more during my residence in Oran.
201. NorHura macutosa (Temm.).
3 ¢. Concepcion, Misiones, Arg. Rep., June 22, 1881.
Iris dark.
These birds, as well as Pholeoptynx cunicularia, partake of the
colour of the soil, which throughout Misiones is of a ferruginous clay,
and differ herein completely from those of the province of Buenos
Aires. They are so extremely tame and abundant on the fine undu-
lating grass-lands that extend hence southwards, that in the early
morning they come right up to the houses, and the boys knock them
over with stones; but most certainly this is their northern limit in
Misiones, as above this point there is nothing but dense forest.
The egg, which is of a deep purply chocolate, is elongated and
rather acutely pointed at both ends.
Meas.: axis 45 mill., diam. 31 mill,
630 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. [Noy. 14,
November 14, 1882.
Prof. Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.
The Secretary read the following reports on the additions made
to the Society’s Menagerie during the months of June, July, August,
September, and October, 1882:—
The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-
gerie during the month of June was 114, of which 40 were by birth,
52 by presentation, 8 by purchase, 2 by exchange, and 12 were re-
ceived on deposit. The total number of departures during the same
period by death and removals was 93.
Amongst these I beg leave to call attention to the New-Caledonian
Parrakeet received from Mr. E. L. Layard, June 28th, of which I
exhibit a drawing by Mr. Smit (Plate XLVI.).
Dr. Finsch (Papag. ii. p. 274) has united this New-Caledonian
species (described by Verreaux and Des Murs, Rev. et Mag. de Zool.
1860, p. 387, under the name Cyanorhamphus saissett) with C. nove
zelandia.
I agree, however, with Canon Tristram * that the New-Caledonian
species is distinct. It differs from its New-Zealand representative
in its larger size, and in the yellow colouring of the under surface,
and when the two birds are exhibited side by side, as they now are
in our Parrot-house, seems to be very easily recognizable.
The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the
month of July were 282 in number ; of these 198 were acquired by
presentation, 57 by purchase, 1 by exchange, 21 by birth, and 5
were received on deposit. The total number of departures during
the same period by death and removals was 114.
The most noticeable additions during the month were :—
1. A young male African Elephant (Hlephas africanus), purchased
July 8th.
This animal is supposed to be from three to four years old. At
the time of purchase it was about 4 ft. 2 in. in height, and weighed
788 pounds.
2. A Kolbe’s Vulture (Gyps kolbii) from South Africa, purchased
July 15th, being the first example of this species of Vulture that we
have received.
3. A Heloderm Lizard (Heloderma suspectum) from Arizona, pre-
sented by Sir John Lubbock, Bart., M.P., F.R.S., F.Z.S., July 16th.
This Lizard, which is new to the Collection, is remarkable as be-
longing to the only positively known venomous form of the Lacertian
Order. It has been ascertained by actual experiment that its bite is
fatal to small mammals (see belcw, p. 631).
The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-
gerie during the month of August was 160; of these 97 were ac-
1 «Ibis, 1882, p. 525.
J Smit hth
CYANORHAMPHUS SAISSETI
eh See |
aig
Ley aA
1882. ] MR. BOULENGER ON THE HELODERMA. 631
quired by presentation, 48 by purchase, 2 by birth, and 13 were received
on deposit. The total number of departures during the same period
by death and removals was 95.
A pair of young River-Hogs (Potamocherus africanus) from Zulu
Land, presented by Col. J. H. Bowker, F.Z.S., and Mr. John Dunn,
and received August 28th. These are a very interesting addition
to the Society’s series of Suidee.
The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-
gerie during the month of September was 148; of these 81 were
acquired by presentation, 33 by purchase, 7 by exchange, 6 were bred
in the Gardens, and 21 were received on deposit. The total number
of departures during the same period by death and removals was 87.
The most interesting acquisitions of the month were :—
1. An example of a species of Canis, said to have been received
from the Amazons, and remarkable for its short coat and short ears.
Being unable to identify this peculiar animal with any described
form, I have given it the provisional name of the Short-eared Fox
( Canis microtis).
Mr. Smit’s sketch (Plate XLVII.) will give a general idea of this
Canis, which can only be accurately described after death. It stands
about 14 inches high over the shoulders; the body from the nose
to the rump is about 30 in. in length and the tail 12in. The short
close fur is generally of a dark iron-grey, the hairs being whitish below
and tipped with black; the legs, feet, and tail are darker, nearly
black ; the ears are short and pale rufous inside and out ; the snout
is of a darker rufous.
2. A cock and two hens of Elliot’s Pheasant (Phasianus elliot),
from China, purchased of the Jardin d’Acclimatation of Paris, Sep-
tember 27th. These are young birds, bred in France, and are the
first specimens of this fine Pheasant that have reached us.
3. Eight Lemurs from Madagascar were received on deposit, Sep-
tember 30th. These animals belong to a species of Chirogaleus new
to our Collection, apparently to C. coquereli (Poll. et v. Dam).
The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-
gerie during the month of October was 121, of which 4 were by birth,
71 by presentation, 39 by purchase, 1 by exchange, and 6 on deposit.
The total number of departures during the same period by death and
removals was 152.
Mr. Boulenger made the following observations on the subject of
the Heloderma :—
«A few days after the arrival of the Heloderma in the Society’s
Menagerie, I tried the effects of its poison on a Guinea-pig. The
animal was bitten in the leg, and, after two or three minutes, fell
into corivulsions and died, exactly as if bitten by a Viper. Be-
sides, no doubt could be entertained as to the poisonous nature of
the Heloderma after the careful investigations recently made by Dr.
632 THE SECRETARY'S REPORT ON THE INSECT-HOUSE. [Nov. 14,
J. G. Fischer! on the poison-glands of a specimen preserved in spirits.
On one occasion, Dr. Fischer tells us that the gentleman who pro-
cured the specimen and kept it for some time alive in Mexico, was
bitten when handling it, and that the effects were of a very serious
character.
“I may add that Heloderma is probably not the only poisonous
lizard. Lanthonotus borneensis, a pretty close ally of this lizard,
described four years ago by Dr. Steindachner, exhibits, according
to that author, a similar dentition. ”
Sir Joseph Fayrer made the subjoimed remarks on the same sub-
ject :—
; * On the 31st August, 1882, I was present when the Heloderm bit
two Guinea-pigs in the hind leg, at about 9.30 a.m. The bites were
viciously inflicted ; and the lizard did not readily relinquish its hold.
Blood was drawn, the teeth being deeply inserted. Both Guinea-pigs
were affected; the bitten limb was dragged and appeared partially
paralyzed. There were twitchings of the body generally ; but these
may not have been due to the poison, but to agitation and fear.
‘* These creatures seemed partially stupefied and apparently in pain,
and ran away when touched, dragging the hind leg, which became
swollen and ecchymosed. I watched them for about half an hour ;
and, beyond the symptoms described, they did not seem deeply af-
fected. They both, however, died in the course of the day.
“ Mr. Bartlett wrote to me that both Guinea-pigs died, the larger
one about two and a half hours after I saw it; the other at night.
The blood taken from the heart and great vessels after death coa-
gulated. This seems to show that there is a poison, but that it can-
not be nearly so active or virulent as that of the Cobra. May it
not be that the ordinary salivan secretion contains a larger
quantity of active principle than that of other lizards, and that all”
saliva contains a trace of this active principle which is so intensely
developed in the Cobra and Viper?”
The Secretary also read the subjoined Report on the insects bred
in the Insect-house in the Society’s Gardens during the past season,
drawn up by Mr. Arthur Thomson, the Superintendent’s Assistant :—
Of the silk-producing Bombyces, the following species have been
exhibited in the Insect-house during the past season, viz. :—
Samia cecropia. Attacus atlas.
Attacus cynthia. Actias selene.
pernyi. luna.
roylet Telea promethea.
mylitta. polyphemus.
I succeeded in obtaining fertile ova of all these species except
Attacus atlas, Attacus mylitta, and Telea promethea; but I am
exceedingly sorry to have to state that, of the whole of the young
1 Verh. Nat. Verein, Hamburg, 1882.
1882.] THE SECRETARY'S REPORT ON THE INSECT-HOUSE. 633
larvee obtained, I did not succeed in rearing any, although every care
was taken to give them fresh food every morning and evening. The
young larva fed well and appeared to be in excellent health, till the
second or third time of shedding their skins; they then died by
dozens, principally from diarrhoea. I had several hundreds of the
larvee of Actias selene, which fed upon walnut. Some of these I
placed in a cage in the Gardeners’ greenhouse, thinking perhaps
the Insect-house did not suit them; but they died there also, although
one or two grew to be about 13 inch long. Not only did these
exotic species die, but also such hardy European species as Sphing
pinastri.
Larve which were introduced into the house nearly full-fed did
much better ; but those that were bred in it, with one or two excep-
tions, died. I am quite unable to say what was the cause of the
diarrhoea ; but I am inclined to think that the heat of the house
during the nights was too great. This, however, could not be avoided,
as it was necessary to keep the house very warm, on account of the
Birds-of- Paradise being there.
It is generally said that the silk-producing Bombyces are much
degenerated by ‘breeding in;’’ but this could hardly have been the
case with Actias selene, Attacus roylei, and Telea polyphemus, as
the insects from which the young larve were bred were exceedingly
fine, and it is rather difficult to get these species to pair in confinement ;
at the same time it is possible that these and other species (now
there is such a demand for them) are “bred in” in their native
countries by the persons who supply the European dealers.
The examples of Attacus mylitta, which were sent home by
J. Wood-Mason, Esq., and those of At¢tacus atlas, which were
purchased, were all dead in the cocoons with the exception of two
specimens of each species. This, I fear, was the result of getting a
“chill en route, as the insects were perfectly formed.
Of perfect insects I had generally a good series on exhibition,
especially of the beautiful Indian Moon Moth (Actias selene)—the
first specimens emerging on the 18th April.
Attacus roylet was exhibited for the first time, and also specimens
of Cricula trifenestrata and Hypochera io.
Of Butterflies, the following species were exhibited for the first
time :-—
Thais polyxena, Argynnis paphia,
Parnassius apollo, Lycena iolas,
Vanessa xanthomelas, Thecla betula,
levana, var. prorsa, spint,
and also several species of the Sesiidze or Clearwings (see P. Z. S.
1882, p. 548). /
Of Moths, Sphinw pinastri, Deilephila vespertilio, and the
beautiful North-American Ceratocampa imperialis were the most
noticeable species exhibited for the first time.
634 PROF. FLOWER ON THE SKULL OF A CHIMPANZEE. [Nov. 14,
The following letter, addressed to the Secretary by Mr. E. L.
Layard, F.Z.S., was read :—
“ Noumea, Aug. 22, 1882.
«Srr,—In a ‘Note on the genera Schenicola and Catriscus’
(P. Z. S. 1882, pp. 919 & 920), Mr. Sharpe alludes to a skin in the
British Museum of Schenicola platyura, obtained ‘ from Mr. Cuming,
who received it doubtless from one of his correspondents, perhaps
Mr. Thwaites or Mr. Layard.’
‘It will narrow the question if I state that Mr. Cuming ever re-
ceived a single specimen of any bird whatsoever from me. We ex-
changed shells, but never had any communication respecting birds.
If Mr. Cuming got the skin in question from Mr, Thwaites, the latter
probably procured it in the mountainous regions of the central
province (Kandy), where he lived. I have no recollection of the
bird myself.”’
Professor Jeffrey Bell exhibited some examples of Limneus
truncatulus, which had been given him by Mr. A. P. Thomas’, who
has lately shown that that species is the chief host of the larva of
the liver-fluke.
Mr. H. E. Dresser exhibited the type specimens of Melittophagus
boehmi, Reichenow (J. f. O. 1882, p. 233), and of Merops dresseri,
Shelley (P. Z. S. 1882, p. 302), and showed that these birds are speci-
fically identical. The type of Melittophagus boehmi lacked the central
elongated rectrices, and was therefore placed in the genus Melitto-
phagus, whereas, as would be seen by the more perfect specimen
described by Capt. Shelley, this bird was a true Merops.
Professor Flower exhibited the skull of a young Chimpanzee,
which had been sent to him from the Soudan by Dr. Emin Bey.
The exact locality in which the animal was taken was not given; |
but it was stated to have lived for some weeks in Dr. Emin Bey’s
house at Lado.
Prof. Flower made the following remarks on the skull :—
This skull has the ordinary milk-dentition complete, except that
the lower canines are not fully exserted. The first true molars are
altogether concealed within the alveoli. Although the lower part
of the face, the base of the skull, and the teeth precisely resemble
those of Chimpanzees of corresponding age from the west coast of
Africa, the upper part of the cranium presents a most striking
difference, as seen in the accompanying outline (p. 635). The
frontal region, instead of receding at a gentle slope from the
supraorbital ridge, rises far more vertically, continuing the line of the
face upwards. From the occiput the hinder part of the cranium
slopes up almost in a straight line towards the forehead, so that the
upper contour, instead of forming a nearly even low arch with its
highest part about the centre, or over the external auditory meatus,
1 Journ. R. Agricult. Soc. xviii. p. 452 (1882).
1882.] PROF. FLOWER ON THE SKULL OF A CHIMPANZEE. 635
is formed mainly by two lines, a short anterior and a longer poste-
tior one, which meet at an open rounded angle at the highest point,
which is considerably in front of the middle of the cranium.
In addition to, and probably connected with, this peculiar form of
cranium, is to be noted the absence of all trace of a fronto-parietal
or coronal suture, and the partial obliteration of the sagittal suture,
both of which in all other Chimpanzees examined are open long after
the age to which this individual had attained. The sutures between
the exoccipitals and supraoccipital are also consolidated to a greater
extent than is usual at this age; but the temporo-parietal and the
occipito-parietal or lambdoidal sutures are perfectly distinct.
The following comparative measurements are taken from some of
the principal points now usually adopted in craniometry : —
Soudan West-African
Chimpanzee, Chimpanzee.
Basion to alveolar point............. . 76 72
5 MARION Pee tay Aerek cope sire Wee 66 64
a Ophayamse (he, Mies iia. aialen 73 70
a middle of frontal bone ...... 84 74
55 DrGP Ma 1.) j-ahew | Se oe 87} 74
Length of cranium (ophryo-occipital) .. 103 107
Maximum parietal width ............ 88 89
Maximum frontal width ............ ad. 56
It will be seen from these and from the figure, that the skull is
Skull of a young Chimpanzee,
actually shorter than that of a slightly younger specimen from the
west coast, although so greatly higher as well as wider in the frontal
region. It presents in fact a true case of the deformity recognized
1 Owing to the absence of the coronal suture, the exact position of the bregma
can only be guessed,
636 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE [Nov. 14,
by anthropologists as acrocephaly, a deformity also in Man associated
with the premature consolidation of the same sutures as those affected
in the present specimen, and which, it is supposed, has influenced the
form of the cranial bones. We have here, then, in all probability, not
a case of specific or even racial distinction, but one of individual varia-
tion due to pathological changes at an early period of development.
Acrocephaly of a precisely similar type occurs sporadically in men
of all races. The Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons
possesses good examples of it in a West-African Negro, an Arab, a
Polynesian, and an Englishman ; but as I believe it has not hitherto
been observed in any of the Anthropoid Apes, the present specimen
is one of great interest.
The following papers were read :—
1. Supplementary Notes on the Anatomy of the Chinese
Water-Deer (Hydropotes inermis). By W. A. Forsss,
B.A., Prosector to the Society.
[Received July 18, 1882.]
An adult male of this curious Deer having lately passed through
my hands, it may be advisable to record my notes on certain of its
soft parts, on the condition of which the late Prof. Garrod laid
considerable stress in the classification of the Ruminants, but some
of which were, I believe, unknown to him, the specimen of Hydro-
potes described by him! having been a young (in fact still-born)
example of the opposite sex.
As regards the male organs of generation, the glans penis is an
elongated tapering compressed cone, with the urethral opening
subterminal, thus closely resembling those of Capreolus, Cervulus,
and Elaphodus. There are no traces of Cowper’s glands, as is also
the case in the first and last of the three genera just named. In
these respects, then, Hydropotes resembles most closely Capreolus
and LElaphodus, and differs from the Rusine Deer, with which,
according to the views of, Sir Victor Brooke at one time*, in
part indorsed by Garrod *, it was supposed to have perhaps its
closest relations. The large “‘rusiform ” Spigelian liver-lobe, which
was found by the last-named anatomist in the young of Hydropotes,
and the presence of which he adduced as supporting those views, is,
however, quite absent in the liver of the present specimen. There
is a similarly situated “‘ spurious cystic fossa,’ containing, however,
no gall-bladder, only a minute almost atrophied cord, of apparently
vascular nature. The caudate lobe is well developed.
In the rumen of the stomach the villi, where best developed, are
pretty uniformly filiform, slightly flattened, but not clavate. The
1 Of, P.Z.S. 1877, p. 789, and Coll. Papers, pp. 422-425.
2 P.Z.8, 1872, p. 525. 2 Coll. Pap. p. 425.
1882.] ANATOMY OF THE CHINESE WATER-DEER. 637
SIC
sot
ill
SSP
Upper surface of brain of Chinese Water-Deer
Fig. 2.
P ssd
Side view of brain of Chinese Water-Deer.
638 ON THE ANATOMY OF THE CHINESE WATER-DEER. [Nov. 14,
reticulum-cells are rather shallow. The psalterium has, as I count,
nine primary lamine, and is quadruplicate.
The length of the intestines in the present specimen (the body of
which had a total length of 33 inches, including the three-inch-
long tail) was 29 feet 2 inches, 21 feet 7 inches being small
intestine, the remainder (7 feet 7 inches) colon and rectum. The
relative lengths, therefore, of these parts were not very different from
those that obtained in the younger individual already described.
The czecum was three inches long. There were 23 coils in the colic
spiral ; and at the junction of the ileum and cecum is a distinct
glandular patch, like a largish ‘* Peyer’s patch,” though not having
the complex structure of the ileo-czecal gland met with in Moschus,
Cervus, Camelopardalis, &c.
The only figure hitherto extant (that given by Prof. Garrod in
his paper already quoted) of the brain of Hydropotes having been
taken from a very young specimen, it may be worth while to give
figures of the superior and lateral aspects of that removed from this
adult specimen, which will be useful for comparison with Garrod’s
earlier one, as well as with those given by that author and Prof.
Flower of the brain in Hlaphodus, Moschus, and Pudua, and with
the series of semidiagrammatic sketches illustrating Dr. Krueg’s
valuable paper on the cerebral convolutions of the Ungulata gene-
rally 1, whose nomenclature on the subject I have also adopted.
In its cerebral organization Hydropotes approaches the genus
Capreolus more nearly than any other Cervine form known to me, the
similarity of the two being obvious on comparison of the figures now ex-
hibited (seep. 637) with those of Leuret and Gratiolet * and of Krueg*
of the Roe. From Elaphodus and Pudua these two forms differ in
the entire disappearance (save very slightly anteriorly ) of the calloso-
marginal (‘ splenial ’’) sulcus from the superior aspect of the hemi-
spheres, owing to the greater “ pronation”? of their brain generally.
Sir Victor Brooke has been led, from a consideration of other
points *, to associate Hydropotes and Capreolus with Alces, as a
roup per se, with affinities in some points in the direction of the
Old-World (Plesiometacarpal), in others in that of the New-World
(Idiometacarpal) forms. It appears to me that the additional evi-
dence in this paper, especially that derived from the resemblance of
the generative organs, is strongly in favour of this association,
so far, at least, as Hydropotes and Capreolus are concerned. The
general similarity in facies of Capreolus to Hydropotes has often
struck me, and has even, I believe, led others into the error of
mistaking one for the other!
That Hydropotes is in no way intimately related to Moschus
was already amply demonstrated ; and the latter form also differs,
as we now know, in the conformation of its glans penis and in the
possession of Cowper’s glands.
1 Zeitschr. f. wissenschaftl. Zool. xxxi. pp. 297-344. Cf. also Garrod, Coll.
Papers, pp. 512-517.
* Anat. Syst. Nerveux, Atlas, pl. x.
8 Lic. pl. xxi, 4 P.Z.8. 1878, p. 889.
1882.] REV. L. BARON ON THE HABITS OF THE AYE-AYE. 639
2. Notes on the Habits of the Aye-aye of Madagascar in its
Native State. By L. Baron, L.M.S. Missionary.
[Received August 13, 1882.]
Having recently passed through that part of Madagascar which is
the habitat of the Aye-aye, and having made made careful inquiries
from the Malagasy respecting the habits of this strange creature in
its native haunts, I have thought that the information gained might
be of interest to the members of the Society, and have therefore
noted down the results of my inquiries.
The Aye-aye lives in the dense parts of the great forest that runs
along the eastern border of the central plateau of the island, but
only in that part of it which separates the Sihanaka province from
that of the Bétsimisdraka, and which is about twenty-five miles
from the east coast, in latitude 17°22'S. or thereabouts. Possibly
there are other parts of the country where the Aye-aye is found ;
but so far as my knowledge extends (and I have made inquiries in
different parts of the island) this is the only region where the
creature finds its home. In Carpenter’s ‘ Zoology’ the Aye-aye is
said to be “ very rare even in its native country ;” and Mr. Gosse, in
one of his books, conjectures that it is probably nearly extinct. From
what I have gathered from the natives, it seems to be pretty common,
its nocturnal habits and the superstitious awe with which it is
regarded (and of which I shall presently speak) accounting for its
apparent rarity.
The native name of the animal is Haihay (Hihi); but this is not
derived from the “exclamations of surprise’’ which the natives
*‘exhibited at the sight of an unknown animal,” but is simply
onomatopoetic, the creature’s call being ‘“‘ Haihay, Haihay.”’ The
animal, as is well known, is nocturnal in its habits, prowling about
in pairs—male and female. It has but one young one at a birth.
It builds a nest about two feet in diameter, of twigs and dried
leaves, in the dense foliage of the upper branches of trees. In this it
spends the day in sleep. The nest is entered by a hole at the side.
The teeth are used in scratching away the bark of trees in search
of insects, and the long claw in digging out the prey when found.
A white insect called Andraitra (possibly the larva of some beetle)
_ seems to form its chief food. I was told that it frequently taps the
bark with its fore feet, and then listens for the movement of its prey
beneath, thus saving itself useless labour. It does not flee at the
sight of man, showing that for generations it has not been molested
by him; which is indeed true, as the following will show. The
natives have a superstitious fear of the creature, believing that it
possesses some supernatural power by which it can destroy those
who seek to capture it or do it harm. The consequence of this is
that it is with the greatest difficulty one can obtain a specimen.
With most of the people no amount of money would be a sufficient
inducement to go in pursuit of the creature, “ because,” say they,
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1882, No. XLIII. 43
640 ON THE POSITION OF THE FAMILY DIPODIDZ. [Nov. 14,
“we value our own lives more than money.” It is only a few of
the more daring spirits among them who, knowing the dding, 1. e.
the secret by which they can disarm it of its dreaded power, have
the courage to attempt its capture. Occasionally it is brought to
Tamatave for sale, where it realizes a good sum. Now and then it
is accidentally caught in the traps which the natives set for Lemurs ;
but the owner of the trap, unless one of those versed in the Aye-aye
mysteries, who knows the charm by which to counteract its evil
power, smears fat over it, thus securing its forgiveness and good-
will, and then sets it free. The story goes that occasionally when
a person sleeps in the forest the Aye-aye brings a pillow for him: if
a pillow for the head, the person will become rich ; if for the feet, he
will shortly succumb to the creature’s fatal power, or at least will
become bewitched. Such is the account the natives give of the
curious Chiromys madagascariensis.
Antananarivo, Madagascar, July 1882.
83. On the Natural Position of the Family Dipodide.
By G. E. Doxsson, M.A., M.B.
[Received October 16, 1882.]
Since Mr. G. R. Waterhouse, in 1839, proposed what may be
with justice termed the first approach to a natural arrangement of
the families of Rodentia, other systems of classification, down to
that of Alston in 1876, have from time to time appeared. In all,
however, the family Dipodide has been placed either next the
Muride, or in the same group with them, being separated from the
hystricine rodents evidently mainly on account of the united con-
dition of the tibia and fibula, but possibly also by some of the older
zoologists on account of the superficial resemblance borne by one of
the species at least to the true Mice. The object of this communi-
cation is to show that the position hitherto assigned to these rodents
cannot be maintained on natural grounds.
Lately, while investigating the various modes of arrangement of
the long flexor muscles of the feet of Mammalia, I was struck by
the fact that the species of Dipodide agreed altogether in the
united condition of the tendons of these muscles with the hys-
tricine rodents, and not with the Myomorpha, in which group they
have hitherto been placed. The importance of this character,
which I have elsewhere’ fully demonstrated, led me to carefully in-
quire into the value of the so-called murine affinities of the Dipo-
dide, with the result that these may be said to consist only in the
united condition of the leg-bones. On the other hand, all the lead-
1 In a paper, “ On the Homologies of the Long Flexor Muscles of the Feet
of Mammalia,” read before the Biological Section of the British Association
for the Advancement of Science at Southampton, in August last, and subse-
quently published in the ‘Journal of Anatomy and Physiology, vol. xvii,
(1882-83).
P.2.5 1882 PReARVG
fe fe WA Vs 2a.
ry: |
(aqoO ss
Doe yo
1
R.Mintern, del .et hth.
1. PSOLUS (LOPHOTHURIA) PERONII.
2.PSOLUS (HYPOPSOLUS)AMBULATOR .
1882.] PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE GENUS PSOLUS. 641
ing features of the Dipodide connect them with the Hystricomorpha,
as, for example, the large infraorbital foramen (rivalling even the
orbital in size) and the stout zygomatic arch in which the malar is
not supported by a continuation of the maxillary zygomatic process—
characters eminently distinctive of the hystricine rodents. Moreover,
as in this group, none of the molars are tuberculate, but exhibit
transverse lamine as in Chinchillide, with the species of which
family the Dipodide agree, not only in many striking superficial
points of resemblance, as in the shape of the ears, muzzle, &c., but
also in the peculiar form of the penis, of which the glans is armed,
as in the Cavies and Pacas, on the upper surface with a pair of soft
spines and numerous horny scutes, so differing essentially from the
soft unarmed state of the same part in the Myomorpha.
The united condition of the leg-bones is evidently the result of
special adaptation of the hind limbs for leaping ; and it would be as
absurd to separate this family from the Hystricomorpha, on this
account, as it would be to elevate the Dipodine into the rank of a
distinct family, and form a new group for their reception, because
they differ from all other rodents in the united condition of the
metatarsals, which are fused together so as to form a siugle bone, a
condition as manifestly the result of adaptive modification as the
union of the fibula with the tibia.
We may conclude, therefore, that the Dipodide must be classed
as hystricine rodents having the bones of their hind limbs specially
modified for leaping, and that their nearest existing allies are the
family Chinchillide.
4. Studies in the Holothuroidea—I. On the Genus Psolus
and the Forms allied thereto. By F. Jerrrey Bett,
M.A., F.Z.S., Professor of Comparative Anatomy in
King’s College, London.
[Received October 18, 1882.]
(Plate XLVIII.)
In the following paper, and in those of which it will as I hope form
the first, it is my intention to bring together into a connected form
all the information which I have acquired in the difficult task
of naming the collection of Holothurians in the British Museum.
Various circumstances did no doubt conspire to prevent these speci-
mens being worked out as they came into the collection ; but I fancy
Iam hardly wrong in imagining that a not unconsidered factor was
the troublesomeness of the subject, and the great demand that it
makes upon the time and patience of the student.
Works of the highest importance and greatest scientific value have
appeared on these forms; the anatomical monograph of Tiedemann,
the researches of Johannes Miiller, and the magnificent firstfruits
43*
642 PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE GENUS PSOLUS. [Nov. 14,
of Semper’s voyagings are among the chief treasures of zoological
and anatomical literature.
While this last-mentioned work was passing through the press,
Emil Selenka selected a comprehensive revision of the known Holo-
thuroidea as the subject of a philosophical dissertation for the docto-
rate; to this and to the descriptions of Prof. Ludwig the student of
German literature will always have recourse.
In this, as in other divisions of the Radiata, the zoologist owes
much to the long-continued researches of Professor Verrill, whose
chief work on Holothurians was unfortunately, and strangely enough,
progressing simultaneously with those of Semper and of Selenka.
Coming at once to the genus Psolus, we find that some incon-
venience has arisen from this simultaneous work ; for neither of the
German naturalists was able to take any note of the formation by
Verrill of two genera allied to Psolus; and we have not, therefore,
their opinion on the value of the generic distinctions by means of
which Lophothuria and Lissothuria are added to the Psoline sub-
family—though we have, perhaps, some indication of Prof. Semper’s
views in the remarks that he makes on the new genus Stolinus
formed by Selenka.
The Holothuroidea form no exception among animals; side by
side with the study of their natural history we have, unfortunately,
to make our way through that rapidly growing maze designated
‘synonymy.’ I can see no advantage in retailing, at second hand,
the references to earlier writers who have more or less correctly
identified species, which references themselves are not without
exception exact. I propose therefore to give for the sake of com-
pleteness one, and probably the most suitable, reference for each
species.
In the first place, however, it will unfortunately be necessary to
detail at length the history of a generic name which has attained
almost as great a vogue as Psolus itself, and which has, even lately,
been used in zoological literature. Prof. Studer (Monatsb. Ak.
Berl. 1876, p. 452) doubtless, like myself (P. Z.S. 1881, p. 100),
has used for Cuvierta antarctica the name by which that species is
best known, without at the time entering upon a close bibliographical
investigation.
In the Animal Kingdom there are four claimants to the name
Cuvieria ; but this, of course, is not by itself a reason why we should
cease to make use of it for an Echinoderm. So far as I can discover,
the first time that the name appeared in print in association with
the Holothuroidea was in 1817 *, when Cuvier wrote, “ Celles que
Péron avait nommées Cuviéries.” Péron, however, does not seem
to have ever quite definitely made up his mind as to what genus or
group should be dignified by association with the name of the illus-
trious anatomist. Several years earlier he had applied the name to a
Medusa (Voyage, Atlas, pl. xxx. fig. 2): a little later than this he
published, in conjunction with Lesueur, a ‘Tableau des Méduses;’ and
? Reégne Anim. iy. p. 22, note (1); and see pl. xv. fig. 9, where cwvieria is used
as a specific name,
1882. ] PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE GENUS PSOLUS. 643
there he makes no use of his own name Cuvieria, but applies that of
Berenice to a genus to which, as Prof. Haeckel (see his Syst. Med. i.
p- 152) assures us, his earlier and beautifully figured Cuvieria
carisochroma would belong.
It follows therefore that Jager (De Holoth. p. {o) is right in
saying, ‘Cuvier hujus tribus autor est,” and that de Bfainville (Actin.
p- 191), Brandt (Prodr. p. 47), and Selenka (Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool.
xvii. p. 343) are, in citing Péron as the author of the name, almost
as wrong as Haeckel, who (Joe. ci¢.), in writing “'Trotzdem hat spiter
(1817) Péron denselben Gattungnamen fiir ein Echinoderm Psolus
eingefiihrt,” and Verrill (Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H. x. p. 353), by adding
1817 to the name Péron, commit the additional error of forgetting
that it was seven years earlier, that is in 1810, that there was lost to
science an investigator so enthusiastic and so distinguished that one
feels the chilly formality of the terms in which regret was expressed
at his death—“ aussi affligeante pour les amis des sciences qu'elle
le fut pour les siens propres”’ (Pref. to vol. ii. of the ‘ Voyage’).
Curiously enough, the history of the name does not end here.
Just as Cuvieria dropped out from Péron’s names for Medusz, so
did Cuvier’s picture of Hol. cuvieria, which appeared in the 1817
and 1829 editions of the ‘ Régne Animal,’ disappear from the plates
of the magnificent edition of that monumental work which we owe
to the devotion of a “ réunion de disciples de Cuvier.”* It did not
disappear, however, before it gave rise to one of the most curious
mistakes committed by a famous naturalist : a reference to the account
given by de Blainville in the Dict. Sc. Nat. xxi. (1821) pp. 315-317,
shows quite clearly that that distinguished student mistook the oral
for the anal pole of the body. As the description is rare, if we may
judge from the fact that it was not seen by Prof. Semper (Hol.
p- 241), I propose to quote it in full :—
“ H. cuvieria, G. Cuv. Régne Anim. pl. xv. 9. Corps ovale, comme
rugueux, l’anus supérieur entouré de cing tentacules squamiformes ;
les tentacules de ]a bouche au nombre de dix (?) et presque filiformes.
Des mers de I’ Australasie (?).””
A comparison of this description with the figure of Cuvier and with
that given for what is clearly the same form by Selenka (Zeits, wiss.
Zool. xviii. pl. viii. fig. 1), who calls it Stolinus cataphractus, will
abundantly prove the statement now made. ‘That being so, it is clear
that the term cuvierta has no claim for application to the species,
de Blainville’sas much as Jiger’s “ Beschreibung”’ being “ ungiiltig,””
in consequence of which, to use the words of Semper (loc. ct.),
*‘ wird der Selenka’sche Artname ‘ cataphractus’ eintreten miissen.”
Perhaps, indeed, no creature has been more misrepresented ; for C. A.
Lesueur * says that “the feet are placed behind.”
After a discussion which, however barren in the eyes of a
naturalist, is not without necessity for the work of the systematist,
1 Paris, Victor Masson (1849), in 22 vols.
? Journal Acad. Nat. Sc. Philadelphia, iv. p. 156. It is curious to note that
of the ‘ Holothuries Cuviéries’ of Lesson, not one is a Psolus (see Cent. Zool.
p. 239
2/-
644 PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE GENUS PsoLus. ([Nov. 14
and which will, I trust, be found to contain an exact account of all
the facts necessary for forming a judgment on the name to be
applied to this generic division, I pass to an enumeration, first, of the
forms supposed to be specifically distinct, and, secondly, of the specitic
names given to forms already described.
I. List of the Species regarded as distinct.
1. antarcticus, Philippi, Arch. Nat. 1857, p. 133. [B.M.]
2. appendiculatus, de Blainv. Dict. Sc. Nat. xxi. p. 317.
3. boholensis, Semper, Holoth. p. 62.
4. cataphractus, Sel. Zeitsch. wiss. Zool. xviii. p. 110.
5. complanatus, Semper, Holoth. p. 61.
6. ephippifer, Wyv. Thomson, Journ. Linn. Soe. xiii. p. 61.
7. fabricii, Diiben & Koren, Higr. Kgl. Svensk. Akad. xxxii.
p- 316 (note). [B.M.]
8. operculatus, Pourtalés, Bull. M. C. Z. i. p. 127.
9. phantapus, Strussenfeldt, Abh. schwed. Ak. xxvil. p. 268.
[B.M.]
10. poriferus, Studer, M.B. Ak. Berl. 1876, p. 452.
11. regalis, Verrill, Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H. x. p. 357. [B.M.]
12. squamatus, Koren, Nyt Mag. iv. p. 211. [B.M.]
Synonymous terms.
1. granulatus, Ayres (Bost. Soc. N. H. iv. p. 63)=regalis’, V1.
2. levigatus, Ayres (Bost. Soc. N. H. iv. 25)=phantapus’.
3. sitchaensis, Brdt. (Prod. p. 47)=fabricii’.
[4. Psolus forbesi (Ann. N. H. (1) xv. p. 174) has no more
existence than such as is based on the sentence of Couch (Cornish
Fauna, pt. ii. p. 73), “one closely allied to the genus Psolus of Mr.
Forbes.”’ |
PsoLus FABRICII.
The most important fact with regard to this species that a survey
of the British-Museum collection brings to light is an extension of
its geographical distribution, which can hardly be said to be un-
expected. Among the collections made by Captain H. C.St. John,
R.N., in the Japanese seas (presented to the Trustees by Dr. J. Gwyn
Jeffreys) are some small specimens which cannot, I think, be referred
to any other than this species ; for though they present an imbrication
of the scales which is remarkable when compared with the extent of
that imbrication in two large specimens from the coast of Greenland,
it is not so remarkable when we take into consideration the example,
intermediate in size between these two sets, which was collected off
Greenland by H.M.S. ‘ Valorous’ (and figured by Messrs. Duncan
and Sladen in their ‘ Arctic Echinodermata,’ pl.i.). Further, itis to
1 The Psolus granulatus of Grube (Actin. &c. d. Adriat. u. Mittelmeers, 1840,
p- 38) does not belong to this genus, but to Hemicrepis, J. Miller.
2 See Stimpson, Iny. Gd. Man. p. 16 (1853, and not 1854 as given by Sel.,
and Verrill, Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H. xii. p. 353).
° See H. Ludwig, Zeitsch. f. wiss, Zool. xxxy. p. 588.
1882. ] PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE GENUS PSOLUS. 645
be noted (1) that there is just as much imbrication in a large
specimen from Massachusetts Bay, collected by the United-States
Fishery Commission, and presented by the Smithsonian Institution ;
(2) that taking the three Greenland specimens already referred to, we
find a most obvious relation between the size of the example and the
extent of the imbrication of the scales, the latter decreasing as the
former increases ; (3) that the same phenomenon is to be observed in
the series of Japanese specimens, a study of which leads one to the
conclusion that the increase in the covering-capacity of the bivial
armature is, at any rate, partly due to a diminution in the extent of
the overlap of the different plates, At the same time it is to be
remembered that the Japanese specimens examined are all smaller
than any one of those from the Atlantic which I have had the
opportunity of comparing with them. And this must be borne iu
mind when the question of the range of distribution of this species
again comes under discussion ; the writer who then treats of the matter
will not, I trust, fail to carefully study the philosophical remarks on
this subject which are to be found in Mr. W. Percy Sladen’s account
of Captain St. John’s Japanese Echinoidea and Asteroidea’, where
the importance of distinguishing the characters of forms with a wide
distribution is most wisely insisted on.
In addition to the indications of a wider distribution than was
suspected for this species, the preceding discussion brings also into
prominence the fact that younger are more strongly imbricated than
older specimens, but that, so far as we can judge from a single
example, the American race retains more than the European this
overlapping of the plates.
Just as the appearance of Psolus fabricii or a most closely allied
form in the Japanese seas is a matter which need excite no wonder,
so the second locality whence, as I fancy, the species is now for the
first time recorded, only brings the species into the category of such
circumpolar forms as Strengylocentrotus drobachiensis ; on the other
hand, now that we know that the species is to be found at Kamt-
ehatka, we are able to accept, with, as it were, a kind of personal
experience, the fusion of P. sitchaensis, Brdt., with P. fabricii.
PsoLus SQUAMATUS.
Two magnificent specimens of this species, the longest 130 mm.
long, from the Gulf of St. Lawrence, were presented in 1880 by
Principal Dawson ; and their examination brings to mind the view of
some naturalists that P. fabricii is nothing more than a variety of it.
At the first sight of the British-Museum specimens, such a view
would be warmly rejected; but now that we have learnt the kind of
changes that occur in imbrication during growth, there would be no
reason to imagine, even if we had not the figure of Koren, that
P. squamatus in the young condition has the plates less imbricated
than P. fabrictt. On the other hand, the granulation of the scales in
P. squamatus appears to be closer and the grains smaller ; and I have
1 Jour. Linn. Soc. xiv. (1879) pp. 429-434.
? Of. Duncan and Sladen, op. cit.
646 PROF. F. J, BELL ON THE GENUS PsoLUs. [Nov. 14,
not been able to detect, in what is called P. sqguamatus, those cup-
shaped spicules which are so well-known in P. fabricii; nor would
they seem to have been seen by Diiben and Koren, who, at any rate,
do not figure them. This, of course, is only negative evidence ; and,
indeed, the whole discussion is a somewhat barren one until a large
series of forms of all sizes can be brought together.
PsoLus ANTARCTICUS.
In connexion with the discussion which is raised under the head
of P. fabricii as to the extent of the area of distribution of that
northern form, and the words of Philippi when describing the south-
ern form, “ diese Art ist der Holothuria squamata, O. Fr. Mill., so
ahnlich, dass ich lange gezweifelt habe, ob ich sie nicht ohne weite-
res dafiir ansprechen sollte,’ it may be well to state explicitly what
the differential characters appear to be.
(1) The body is much more flattened, or compressed from above
downwards, instead of from side to side; very small examples are
quite flat.
(2) The oral and anal valves are very much larger; and there is,
as Philippi has already remarked, very much greater regularity in
their arrangement.
(3) The bare integument on the trivial surface is very much
thinner, and is in young specimens quite transparent.
(4) The scales are larger, and therefore less numerous: they are
also much less granulated ; but this is a character which varies so
much within the range of a species that too much value must not
be set on it.
On the whole, perhaps, P. antarcticus is as distinctly marked a
species as any in the genus.
Psouus REGALIS.
The description given by Ayres of the internal characters of this
species is so exact, that one regrets that he was not acquainted with
the work of Grube, in which the name Psolus granulatus had been
given to a totally different animal.
So far as the specimens now before me allow of an opinion, it
would seem that even the external form is sufficient to distinguish
the species from P. phantapus. PP. regalis is longer and narrower,
and the elongate-conical “tail” is much more nearly the result of a
gradual tapering of the body ; the granulation is much more evenly
diffused, and there are no signs at all of any large plates.
The specimens in the national collection were presented by the
Nova-Scotia Commissioners, and are all of large size.
PsoLus PHANTAPUS.
Prof. Duncan and Mr. Sladen (op. cit.) direct attention to the re-
semblance between the young of P. fabricii and of this species, basing
their remarks, as I understand, on specimens, a few millimetres long,
which were determined by the Rev. A. M. Norman as the young of
P. phantapus. Such of these examples as are in the British Museum
1882. ] PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE GENUS PSOLUS. 647
would have probably found themselves associated with P. fabricii
had they not borne Mr. Norman’s name. So far as can be gathered,
no further information is accessible as to the early stages of the “‘tailed”’
species ; and till such evidence or intermediate forms are to hand, it
would perhaps be well not to use the information as undoubtedly
exact ; at the same time it is quite certain that, as they got the infor-
mation from specimens determined by Mr. Norman, Messrs. Duncan
and Sladen were fully justified in noticing it.
Psotus (LopHoTHuRIA) PERONII, n. sp. (Plate XLVIII.
fig. 1.)
Form elongated, rounded, no caudiform prolongation; back and
sides evenly rounded ; neither oral nor anal region specially promi-
nent ; median row of suckers confined to three or four pairs at either
end,
The body is covered by a very large number of scales, set pretty
regularly in rows, only slightly imbricated near the margin. The
scales may be covered completely by granules; or the central portion
may be bare of them; or the whole scale may be free from granules,
which may be found only around it. The irregularity presented by
the scales is to be observed also in the oral and anal plates; as the
covering-plates converge towards the mouth, some become larger,
barer, and more tubercular in appearance: the same obtains with the
anal region; but there is a very large amount of variation in the
appearances produced.
The retractors of the pharynx are very long ; the joints of the cal-
careous ring are well developed (Plate XLVIII. fig. 1 6) ; and there
is a large saccular Polian vesicle.
The spicules from the integuments of the “‘ foot” are of very much
the same character as in P. phantapus; but the projecting spokes are
rather long. They vary considerably in size (fig. 1 c).
Measurements :—length 60, 56, 55 mm.
breadth 34, 561, 40 mm.
height 23, 33, 23 mm.
Length of Polian vesicle (at least), 8, 11 mm.
No definite locality can be given for the species; some of the spe-
cimens from the Haslar Hospital are stated to have been collected
by Berthold Seemann. I have not been able to forma very clear idea
of P. operculatus (Pourtalés) ; there is no doubt, of course, that
it belongs to the Lophothurian subgenus: a number of specimens
would seem to have been collected; and we may therefore presume
that it is a rather small species (the length given by Pourtalés being
13 inch, and the breadth 3 inch). P. peronii runs very much larger
than this, and it is at least twice its size. So, again, the colour of
P. operculatus is said to be light grey ; this is not the case with
P. .peronii, for the pale yellow of some specimens is replaced by dark
brown in others.
Contorted.
648 PROF. F. J. BELL. ON THE GENUS PsoLus. __[ Nov. 14,
Hyporso.vus, subgen. nov.
It is necessary to institute a new subgeneric division for a remark-
able form, of which a complete account cannot be given, owing to
the fact that there is, unfortunately, only a single specimen. The
following, however, are important distinctive characters.
The covering-plates are mostly of large size and of considerable
thickness, the whole covered by a rather thick integument, in which
there are some calcareous deposits ; the trivium is almost completely
occupied by suckers. Tentacles? (retracted).
Psotus (HypopsoLus) AMBULATOR, n. sp. (Plate XLVIII.
fig. 2.)
There are six, not very regular, rows of large plates ; at the edges
there are a number of small scales, imbricated in the manner so
common in the genus. The large plates extend round the base of
the oral covering-plates and behind the anus; there are four or five
plates in most of the rows; the large plates are of very various
shapes ; and though there are signs of a tendency to, there cannot
be said to be any imbrication. The mouth and the anus have the
positions ordinarily seen in other species of the genus; the five
triangular oral plates are of very large size ; but the five found round
the anus are of a particularly small size. Many of the large plates,
and of the orals, have one, two, or, in rare cases, three small pores
on their integument; when the plate is laid bare, the pore is found
to be the orifice of a small pit in the substance of the plate itself:
the function of these plates cannot be even guessed at, their small
size almost precluding us from the supposition that they are of a
marsupial nature '—unless we suppose also that the present speci-
men is a male, or, in other words, a specimen in which the character
is only faintly indicated.
On the trivial surface there are five or six rows of suckers in each
lateral ambulacrum, and as many as ten in the median one; at
either end the median is continuous with the two lateral ambulacra,
and for the rest of the flat surface is separated from them by a
narrow, bare, corrugated band.
Measurements. ma
Length of trivial surface .............. 68
Breadth of trivial surface ............ ee 35
Height of anterior end ................ 315
Height of posterior end. . . g 16
Size of some large plates = 12 x 10mm. : 1 x8; 9 x 6.
Hab. Australia.
Limits of the Genus.—lIt will be seen that I have established a
subgeneric division for the reception of a form remarkable for the
thick covering of integument which is found over the large plates of
? Can they be compared with the perforations “‘ for the passage of an ambu-
lacral ee found in a form allied to Psolus. See Sir Wyv. Thomson, ‘ Nature,’
vii. p. 388.
1882. | PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE GENUS PSOLUS. 649
the test. The differences do not seem to me to be of really generic
value, any more than are the distinctions which some have seen
between what have been called Psolus and Cuvieria, or Psolus and
Lophothuria, no naturalist, so far as I know, having followed Bronn
(Classen u. Ordn. i. p. 404) in the use of the term Lepidopsolus.
A naturalist need know no other species than P. fabricii and
P. phantapus to see what are the kind of claims for generic sepa-
ration. In the one case there is a heavily-armed test, formed of
strong imbricating scales, with only the margin of the foot provided
with sucking-feet, and with the tentacles richly branched; in the
other there are granulations, less richly branched tentacles, and a
median set of sucking-feet’.
An investigation of the internal anatomy will not, however, reveal
a difference in the part which should especially be affected in the
more firmly bodied forms. We might, that is, expect to find
valuable distinctive marks in the grade of development of the
Polian vesicle, the size of which in P. faéricii, or any other heavily-
armed form, would be easily enough ascribed to the fact that the
impossibility of the walls of their body aiding in the propulsion
of fluid through the ambulacral canals would require the propelling
organ to be of larger size, and doubtless also of greater proportional
strength. A priori considerations of this kind are often shown by
the dry light of dissection and observation to be as little in conso-
nance with fact as the nature of things allows; and that is cer-
tainly the case here: the Polian vesicle of Psolus regalis is propor-
tionally as large as, even if it be not larger than, that of P. fabricii.
A fact of this kind does, at the same time, teach us that what is
apparently an external difference of great importance may be so as
between, say, Psolus and Holothuria, but is not a great one between
Psolus and Lophothuria. Such being the case, we have here an
example of affinities so peculiar that what very rarely obtains
among Echinoderms, at any rate, does seem to be presented here—a
relationship that can best be indicated in the language of systematic
zoology by making use of subgeneric divisions.
While Psolus may be spoken of as a Gasteropodous dendrochiro-
tous Holothurian, with a flattened trivium and the bivium without
suckers, and invested in a firm covering of calcareous pieces, Psolus
(Eupsolus)s. str. will have granular plates, a median row of trivial
suckers, and no basal web to the tentacles; Lophothuria large
granulated scales or plates, no median row of suckers, and a basal
web to the more richly branched tentacles; while Hypopsolus has
the scales invested in a thick integument, and the trivial suckers
numerously developed.
It is possible that future investigation will justify us in associating
with these, as another subgenus, Lissothuria®, where “the upper
surface of the body is covered with a soft smooth skin, in which are
imbedded minute perforated plates.”
1 See Verrill, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. x. p- 353.
2 Trans. Conn, Acad. i. p. 822.
650 PROF. F. J. BELL ON A CRINOID FROM [Nov. 14,
DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XLVIII.
Fig. 1. Psolus (Lophothuria) peronit, n. sp. Upper view: nat. size.
- . Portion of trivial surface (to show arrangement of
suckers): nat. size.
1. Pharynx of P. peronii.
le. Spicule of P. peronii.
2. Psolus (Hypopsolus) ambulator, n. sp. Upper view : nat. size.
F Portion of trivial surface (to show arrangement of
suckers) : nat. size,
2. Outline view from the side, to show general configuration.
8. Enlarged view of portion of dorsal surface of P. regalis, to show the
granular scales.
4. Enlarged view of portion of dorsal surface of P. fabricii, to show the
granulated plates.
5. Note on a Crinoid from the Straits of Magellan.
By F. Jerrrey Betz, M.A., F.Z.S.
[Received October 23, 1882.]
In the last set of specimens received from Dr. Coppinger (Surgeon,
H.M.S. ‘ Alert’) is a single example of a Crinoid from the Straits
of Magellan, which, by some accident, was not forwarded along with
the other Echinodermata sent by him some time ago. In giving an
account of that collection to the Society’, I directed attention to
the absence of any representative of the Crinoidea; and I might have
added that, so far as I knew, no other explorer of the marine fauna
of the region from which it came had been able to meet with one.
It was therefore with considerable interest that I noted the ar-
rival of this specimen in the British Museum; and I may add that
I looked upon it with no little astonishment, as I conjectured how
Dr. Coppinger must have doubted within himself whether he were
really south of the Equator, and not again in those Arctic regions
where Antedon eschrichti is so abundant; for it requires not only
some acquaintance with specific characteristics to be able to detect
any difference between the northern and the southern forms, but
such differences as there are are exceedingly minute.
I have endeavoured to examine fully and carefully into the cha~
racters of the single, not quite complete, specimen of the Antarctic
form ; and although one may detect, on comparison with any given
Arctic specimen, certain differences, such as may be expressed by
saying that the cirri are a little more delicate, or not quite so long,
or that a rather more distal joint is the longest of the series, yet
marks such as these cannot be held to be distinctive of any thing
more than of individuals.
When, however, we examine the pinnules, we find differences
which enable us to distinguish the one from the other. As is well
known, the pinnules at about the middle of the arm in A. eschrichti
have the two basal joints of a notable shape, and so formed as to
leave an interspace between them; in the Antarctic form, on the
1p, Z. 8. 1881, p. 87.
1882.] THE STRAITS OF MAGELLAN. 651
other hand, there is no such interspace, in consequence of the
different form of the basal joints, while the distal edge of the
succeeding joints is provided with a delicate spinous process, which
appears to be absent from the northern form. The accompanying
drawings represent the second pinnules of 4. eschrichti (A), and its
variety (B).
A difference of this kind can hardly be taken to be specific,
though, of course, there is a “‘ personal equation” in zoology which
renders it within the bounds of possibility that some brother natu-
ralist may look upon it as having a higher distinguishing value than
I am inclined to ascribe to it. Morphologically, the forms appear
to belong to the same species ; and the differences are best marked,
in the language of systematic zoology, by speaking of the new Cri-
noid as Antedon eschrichti, var. magellanica.
j
;
7
4)
1)
1)
,
5
1
1
5;
q
5
3
¥
NS
rj
P|
Ys
u 3
he
>
>.
eA
~/
B
It is not for the first time that attention has been directed to a
resemblance between an arctic and an antarctic form; but never,
perhaps, has the resemblance been so difficult of explanation. For
myself, I feel compelled to confess that by no effort of the imagina-
tion can I figure to myself the passage of this fixed form over so wide
a tract of sea and coast. If such has taken place, it will have to
be allowed that the larva can hardly be free for so short a time as
is the case with the best-known British species. Nor can it be well
/
652 MR. W. H. NEALE ON THE NATURAL [Nov. 14
explained by a mere reference to the great range of specific variability
which, as we now know, obtains in the Comatulide. What may be
ignorance or prejudice on the part of a naturalist is, if it be possible,
to be kept out of the systematic register; and I content myself
therefore with expressing an opinion without letting it appear in the
technical title of the species.
A case of this kind forces on one’s mind a reconsideration of the
doctrines of a polyphyletic and a monophyletic origin of species,
and, as Semper’ has distinctly shown, of the further question of the
difference between the real or objective, as opposed to the systematic
or subjective view of what constitutes a species—a difference, which
may perhaps be put in other words, as that which obtains between
a Linnean and a genetic conception of specific relationship. That
the Antedon eschrichti of Greenland and the <A. eschrichti, var.
magellanica, ever hada common ancestor belonging to the species
A. eschrichti seems to me barely credible. All, at any rate, that I
mean in now placing the Magellan form in the same species as
A. eschrichti is that, looking to those structural characters by
which naturalists distinguish species from one another, I cannot find
enough to justify me in forming a “ new species.” But I would not
like to be thought to have failed to recognize that in the discrimi-
nation of the homogenetic and the homoplastic factors of species, we
have at present no criterion other than what even a friendly critic
might call our ignorance. Chorology and Paleontology will have
to do for species what Comparison and Embryology are doing for
organs.
6. Notes on the Natural History of Franz-Josef Land as
observed in 1881-82. By W. H. Neatez, M.B., Medical
Officer of the ‘Hira’ Expedition. (Communicated by
Prof. Nrewron.)
[Received October 25, 1882.]
On July 25th, 1881, the ‘Eira’ expedition reached Gray Bay,
Franz-Josef Land. At Cape Crowther and Cape Grant there are
large loomeries ; a short distance up the bay, on the west side,
many Rotges had their young among the basaltic columns of the
lofty cliffs. On the east side, near the head of Gray Bay, there were
a good number of Snow-birds and Dovekies building, but too high
for any one to climb and obtain the eggs.
At Cape Stephen there was a large loomery ; and at Cape Forbes
there were a few Looms, a good number of Rotges and Dovekies, and
some Snow-birds.
At Bell Island the same species were also seen; and on the south
side there was a large loomery, and a great number of Kittiwakes’
nests, also Dovekies, Rotges, Snow-birds, and Burgomasters. Rain-
1 « Animal Life, p, 462,
1882.] HISTORY OF FRANZ-JOSEF LAND. 653
Geese and Brent Geese were seen and shot on the cliffs 700 feet above
sea-level ; but no nests were seen.
At Cape Flora there was a very large loomery, also many Dovekies,
Rotges, Kittiwakes, Snow-birds, and Burgomasters. On the lowland
Snow-Buntings and Sanderlings were seen, but no nests were found.
The Looms lay their eggs on the bare rocks. The Dovekies and
Rotges lay them in the crevices of the rocks. The Kittiwake makes
a nest of mud and moss. The Snow-bird makes a rudimentary nest
of moss and a few feathers; but it is of no definite shape. Each
Species seems to occupy a separate part of the cliff; the Kittiwakes
generally build with the Looms, but always on the lowest shelves.
The Rotges and Dovekies left about the first week in September ;
Looms were very scarce after September 10th. On September 22nd
a note in my diary says that a few Burgomasters, Snow-birds, Mollies,
Kittiwakes, Eider Ducks, Brent Geese, Snow-Buntings were still
seen, but getting very scarce, and that by the end of the month a
bird was a sight seen only very rarely. On October 13th two or
three young Snow-birds and occasionally a Molly or Burgomaster
were still seen hovering around the meat outside the house; and
even on October 28th a few Snow-birds, Mollies, and Burgomasiers
came and fed on the remains of a Walrus, and remained a day or two
hovering about; but after November Ist I never saw a bird at all.
On February 8th, 1882, a Snowy Owl was seen ; the first bird to
arrive. Qn February 18th two or three flocks of Dovekies were seen
flying to the N.W.; and on the 20th we saw a great number in the
water.
On March 2nd a lane of water opened out, close to the ground-ice ;
and it was crowded with Rotges and Dovekies. March 9th, the first
Loom was seen ; but it was not until nearly the end of March that
they began to settle on the rocks; and then they would only stop for
a few hours, and go away for four or five days. We were not able
to get up the cliff and shoot any until April 16th.
April 20th, a Snow-bird was seen, also a Falcon Hawk. April
22nd, two Burgomasters were seen. April 24th, Mollies were seen.
May 6th was the first time Kittiwakes were noticed ; and the small
land-birds were seen about that time.
The Looms did not begin to sit on the cliffs until about June 10th ;
after that date the females remained almost always on the rocks,
keeping their places, ready for laying; and on June 20th three
Loom’s eggs were obtained ; no other eggs were seen or obtained.
Although a great many Geese used to come on the lowland near the
pond, I never could find any signs of a nest.
The following is a list of the birds seen on the land either in 1881
or 1882 :—
Loom (Uria brunnichi).
Rotge (Mergulus alle).
Dovekie (Uria grylle).
Molly (Procellaria glacialis).
Snow-bird (Pagophila eburnea).
Burgomaster (Larus glaucus).
654 MR. W. H. NEALE ON THE NATURAL [Noy. 14,
Kittiwake (Rissa tridactyla).
Boatswain (Pomatorhine Skua) (Leséris sp. inc.).
Arctic Tern (Sterna hirundo).
Eider Duck (Somateria mollissima).
Brent Goose (Bernicla brenta).
Rain-Goose ( Colymbus septentrionalis).
Snow-Bunting (Plectrophanes nivalis).
Snowy Owl (Nyctea scandiaca).
Sanderling (Calidris arenaria).
Snipe (Gallinago sp. inc.).
Redpole (Linoéa sp. inc.).
These two species I cannot be certain about; no specimen was
obtained ; but some of the old whaling hands called certain birds
on the land by these names.
Falcon (Falco candicans).
We were very fortunate in getting a good number of Bears (Ursus
maritimus). During the winter months we saw, as arule, two a week,
except in December, when we only saw one or two, and did not
manage to shoot any. Bears were constantly prowling about the
edge of the ground-ice, and if they got scent of the house, would
walk right up to the porch if they did not see any one.
From September to June we shot 34 Bears: the greater number
of them were males; and some were very large ; one measured 11 feet
from the root of the tail to the nose. Female Bears were never
obtained during the dark days. On examining the contents of the
stomach, we often found nothing but grass; in the spring, however,
they generally had been feeding on seals, and more than once we
obtained a good bucketful of oi] for cooking-purposes out of a Bear's
stomach. Once a Bear had eaten a large piece of canvas which had
been blown some distance from the house; he then came up and
commenced to eat our blubber, but was soon shot.
On February 20th a Bear was seen about 400 feet up the hill at
the back of our hut ; some hands went up with a rifle, but could not
get a shot, as the Bear retired into its hole, and refused to come out.
For some days the Bear remained up the hill, and was seen at times
out of its hole. March lst was the last time it was noticed; and a
day or two after the footmarks of an old Bear and a cub were seen
on the lowland some 300 yards to the eastward of the hut, but could
not be traced up the hill towards the hole.
We never saw a cub during 1882; but in August 1881 we caught
a cub about as large as an ordinary retriever, and had it in a cask
when the ship was lost.
The following is a copy of our
Game List.
6 Bears.
September 1881........ Seas 16 Walrus.
1660 Looms.
5 Bears.
October ra atone este teres saat { 5) Walrae:
1882. ] HISTORY OF FRANZ-JOSEF LAND. 655
November 1881...........0-> 2 Bears.
December _,,
January <ORS82 47's. Fo eta { é rts K
CRE RI Soa inh iniate scalace guia 1 Bear.
March Th Ra ciiokersie.e. eeeatets 8 Bears.
April { 4 Bears.
93: pele oe aie se om elfurelere 50 Looms.
Ma 3 Bears.
Y ” S a of DO leia) ¢ ©. m8, 6 6 ale 370 Looms.
1 Bear.
June i ens CID OBO 5 Walrus.
250 Looms.
July », (During boat-journey.) 2 Bears.
On nearing Cape Crowther in July 1881, Walruses were seen
on loose pieces of ice in great numbers ; sometimes twenty or more
were counted lying huddled up on one small piece. By going
quietly in a boat you could get within 20 or 30 yards of them before
they took much notice of you; but after the first shot was fired they
tumbled into the water, and would go swimming about and barking
round the boat, but never attacked us.
In September we saw great numbers of Walruses on the loose ice near
the land ; near Bell Island they were in great quantities ; and off Cape
Flora they were in great schools in the water. On October 28th
five Walruses were shot on the edge of the ground-ice in front of our
hut; there were also great numbers in the water at that time of
the year. Upto the end of February Walruses were constantly seen
swimming about in the water; and on January 24th three were
shot at the edge of the ground-ice near the hut. In March the
land-floe formed, and no open water existed within 7 or 8 miles of
the land ; but on going up the hill, Walruses could be seen by means
of a glass swimming in the water.
On June 13th a strong N.W. gale broke up the land-floe; and on
June 15th five Walruses were shot on the loose ice in the Sound.
The Walruses never left the country ; and we never saw any signs
of their taking the land. No remains of bones were seen anywhere
on the land.
White Whales and Narwhals were seen in great numbers in Septem-
ber and October travelling S.E.; and in June some large schools were
seen travelling westward and north-west.
Foxes (Canis lagopus) were constantly troubling us during the
winter ; they would come close up to the house, and soon got so tame
that it was difficult to frighten them away from our blubber. We
shot one White Fox (female) and a Grey Fox (male) during the
winter. One or two Grey Foxes were seen during the winter with
patches of white onthem. No Black Fox was seen. In the autumn
the Foxes were very quick in catching the Looms, especially the young
ones, when they were first brought down to the water. Two or
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1882, No. XLIV. 44
656 DR.GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [Nov. 14,
three Foxes would keep near the edge of a hole of water and kill the
Looms; they would then carry them up a few hundred yards on the
land, where they were relieved by other Foxes, who carried them
up some distance, and then deposited them, for others to carry them
to some place in the cliff; but we could never manage to find out
their storehouse.
7. On the Mollusca procured during the ‘ Lightning’ and
‘Porcupine’ Expeditions, 1868-70. (Part V.") By J.
Gwyn Jzrrreys, LL.D., F.R.S., F.Z.8.
[Received November 1, 1882.]
(Plates XLIX., L)
Since the publication of the last part of this memoir I have, through
the kindness of several eminent paleontologists in Italy, had an op-
portunity of examining their rich collections of Subapennine and
Sicilian Tertiary shells, and of carefully comparing them with their
living analogues. This kind of study is indispensable to all zoolo-
gists in every department ; and it teaches us at least two important
facts, viz., Ist, the exact concordance in the most minute particulars
of so many species in their fossil and recent state, notwithstanding
the lapse of the enormous and incalculable time which has inter-
vened; and 2nd, the extensive changes which have taken place
during the same period between the depth of the ocean and the
height of land in the North-Atlantic area. The latter fact has
been demonstrated in a short paper which J contributed to the
Geological Society in 1880, ‘On the Occurrence of Marine Shells
of existing Species at different heights above the present Level of
the Sea,” and which has reference to the present work.
The Expedition made this summer in the French vessel ‘ Le
Travailleur’ for exploring the depths of the Lusitanian seas for a
third time, as well as of the seas lying between Cadiz, the Canaries,
Madeira, and the Azores, has been most successful and productive ;
and I have been indebted to the obliging favour of my friend Dr.
Paul Fischer, for the opportunity of examining the interesting
Mollusea which were thus procured. The complete investigation of
the Mollusca in even this comparatively limited area must be in-
exhaustible. What shall we say then to the investigation of all the
various and hitherto unknown fauna which inhabit the depths of
every ocean throughout the whole world !
I will now continue my account of the Mollusca from the
‘ Lightning’ and ‘ Porcupine’ Expeditions.
_ Class SOLENOCONCHIA.
Family DENTALIIDE.
1. DenrTauium DENTALIS, Linné.
D. dentalis, L. 8. N. p. 1263; G. B. Sowerby, Thes, Conch.
pl. cexxiv. f. 24, 27.
1 For Part I. see P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 893; for Part IT. see P. Z. 8. 1879, p. 553;
for Part IIL. see P. Z. 8. 1881, p.693; and for Part IV. see P. Z. 8.1881, p. 922.
—— —
ae
C.Berjeau del.et hth. Hanhart imp
MOLLUSCA OF THE “LIGHTNING AND.
“PORCUPINE” EXPEDITIONS.
P2ZS1882,.Pi L.
C.Berjeau del.et hth. Hanhart imp
MOLLUSCA OF THE “LIGHTNING” AND
“PORCUPINE” EXPEDITIONS .
1882.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 657
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. Vigo B., Tangier B.; Med.
Cartagena B., 50, G. Bona, Benzert Road, G. Tunis, Adventure
Bank.
Distribution. Finistérre to the Archipelago and Sea of Marmara,
Adriatic, Morocco, off Cape of Good Hope (‘Challenger’ Exp.), Canary
Isles and Madeira; 0-150 fms. The Irish and Cornish localities
mentioned in ‘ British Conchology,’ iii. pp. 196 & 197, are doubt-
ful, although it is not improbable that this species may be found
there as well as on the opposite coast of France. Mighels, in his
‘ Catalogue of the Shells of Maine,’ gives ‘‘ D. dentale,” saying that
a specimen had been taken from the stomach of a haddock caught
far out at sea in very deep water. It is more likely to have been
the D. striolatum of Stimpson.
Fossil. Upper Tertiaries: Red and Coralline Crag, Antwerp, S.
France, Italy, Morea, Archipelago. Post-tertiary: S. France.
I have noted 18 synonyms, the principal being D. novemcostatum
of Lamarck and D. costatum of J.Sowerby. D. striolatum of Risso
is a variety, and must not be mistaken for Stimpson’s species. The
specific names dentalis and entalis are not adjectives.
/ 2. DenTALIUM PANORMITANUM (panormum), Chenu.
D. panormum, Chenu, Ill. Conch. t. 6. f. 13 (1842-47); G. B.
Sowerby, Thes. Conch. pl. ccxxiv. f. 18.
‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1869, St. 1, 45a, 456. 1870: Atl. C. Sagres,
36; Med. Capo de Gata, off Jijeli, 55, Adventure Bank, 58.
Distribution. Bay of Biscay (‘ Travailleur’ Exp. 1880), Mediter-
ranean and Adriatic; 30-195 fms.
Fossil. Upper Tertiaries: Antwerp Crag, Italy and Sicily.
Having examined and compared an extensive series of specimens
from various places, I have come to the conclusion that, according
to the received notions of a species, this must be considered distinct
from D. dentalis and not merely a variety. Independently of the
much greater length, the ribs are finer and far more numerous and
regular, and they are extremely slight or become mere striz on the
anterior part or in front. The shell is also more tapering and pro-
portionally narrower. It attains the length of 3 or 4 inches. Some
specimens have the same pipe at the posterior extremity as in
D. dentalis.
It appears to be D. psendo-antalis of O. G. Costa (but not of
Lamarck), D. pseudo-entalis of Scacchi (not of Deshayes), and
D. lessoni of G. B. Sowerby (not of Deshayes) in part, D. arguticosta
of Brugnone, and D. semiclausum of Nyst. As it has been in all
probability confounded by other authors with D. dentalis, it is almost
impossible to disentangle the synonymy of both these species.
l~ 3. DENTALIUM TARENTINUM, Lamarck.
D. tarentinum, Lam. An. s. Vert. v. p. 345, var. B: B. C. iii.
p- 195; v. p. 197, pl. lv. f. 2.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869, St. Galway B.
Distribution. West of Ireland, Holyhead, Cardigan B., and Bel-
44*
658 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [Nov. 14,
gium to the Adriatic, and throughout the Mediterranean to Smyrna ;
0-543 fms.
Fossil. Miocene: Belgium, Piacentino and Parma. Upper
Tertiaries: S. France, Italy. Post-tertiary: Ireland, Lancashire,
Cheshire, S. France, and Tuscany.
Synonyms several, including D. fasciatum and perhaps D. nebu-
losum of Gmelin, and the D. entalis of most continental writers as
well as of E. Forbes. As fossil it is D. fusticulus of Brugnoune.
Da Costa’s name vulgare is certainly prior to Lamarck’s name; but
it would be inconvenient now to substitute it for tarentinum, which
has been for between sixty and seventy years accepted and used by
nearly every conchologist.
_The stomach of this Dentalium is a repertory of littoral Forami-
nifera. It is not, like Spatangus or Synapta, an indiscriminate
swallower of sand, but a fastidious Pig from the herd of Epicurus,
luxuriously picking out the choicest morsels with its extensile and
delicate captacula. Adriatic specimens of the shell collected by
Professor Stossich are 23 inches in length and very fine.
4. DenTatium capiLiosuM, Jeffreys. (Plate XLIX. fig. 1.)
D. capillosum, Jeffr. in Ann. & Mag. N. H. Feb. 1877, p. 153.
* Porcupine’ Exp. 1879: St.47. 1870: Atl. 13, 16, 17.
Distribution. G. Mexico, off Bahia Honda (Pourtales), ‘ Challen-
ger’ Exp., off the Azores, ‘ Valorous’ Exp. ; 418-1785 fms.
Differs from D. tarentinum in being proportionally narrower and
more uniformly cylindrical, straighter and not abruptly curved to-
wards the point, and in the close-set strie which completely and
regularly cover every part of the shell, instead of being much finer
on the smaller or posterior part. Fragments from the ‘ Valorous’
Expedition show that it grows to a much larger size than any other
North-Atlantic species. In the ‘ Travailleur’ Expedition of 1882,
several living specimens were dredged between Lisbon and the
Canaries, of an extraordinarily large size and thickness, and having
a long terminal slit.
, 5. DENTALIUM CANDIDUM, Jeffreys. (Plate XLIX. fig. 2.)
D. candidum, Jeffr. in Ann. & Mag. N. H. Feb. 1877, p. 153.
‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 16, 21, 23, 23a, 28, 31, 37, 38.
Distribution. ‘ Valorous’ Exp. ; 410-1750 fms.
Some fragments are of an extraordinary thickness.
6. DeNnTALIUM AGILE, M. Sars.
D. agile (M. Sars), G. O. Sars, ‘On some remarkable forms of
Animal Life from the great deeps off the Norwegian coast,’ i. 1872,
p. 31, pl. ii. £ 4-15.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 3, 5, 6, 7, 11, 13, 14, 15, 36, 39,
41, 45, 65. 1870: Atl. 1, 2, 3, 3a, 13, 16, 17 (very thick), Se-
tubal B., off C. Espichel, 22, 24-34; Med. 40, 55, Adventure
Bank.
Distribution. Loffoden I. to Bergen coast (Sars and others),
1882.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 659
Bay of Biscay (‘Travailleur’ Exp.), Mediterranean (Spratt and
others), Adriatic (Stossich), Azores (‘ Josephine’ Exp.), Canaries
(‘Challenger ’ Exp.), G. Mexico (Dall), New England and Maine
(Verrill § Packard); 30-1963 fms.
Fossil. Upper Tertiaries: S. Italy, Sicily, and Rhodes.
Prof. G. O. Sars was right in distinguishing this species from
D. striolatum ; and I was wrong in uniting them, although other
naturalists may not be satisfied. The shell is usually smooth, but
sometimes more or less strongly striated lengthwise towards the
point. A specimen from the west of Ireland is more than 3 inches
long. See also my remarks in the Ann. & Mag. N. H. for Feb.
1877 and July 1882.
It is the D. ineertum of Philippi but not of Deshayes, D. stri-
atum of Scacchi, and D. lacteum of O. G. Costa but not of
Deshayes.
“7. DENTALIUM STRIOLATUM, Stimpson.
D. striolatum, Stimps. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. 1851, p. 114.
‘ Lightning’ Exp., St. 5, 7.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 3, 23a, Little Minch.
Distribution. From Spitzbergen and the Faroe Islands to the Bay
of Biscay and the Azores, the Mediterranean, as well as all along the
eastern coasts of North America from Newfoundland to Maine, off
Valentia with D. entalis; 10-570 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Sicily. Post-tertiary: Norway, Scotland, North
of England ; 0-1360 ft.
As Mr. Norman justly remarked in the ‘ Journal of Conchology ’
for Jan. 1879, it is very difficult to distinguish some Norwegian speci-
mens of D. striolatum from D.entalis. 1 will not say they may not
be the same species. The principal difference seems to consist in the
present species being less regularly cylindrical and being abruptly
pinched up near the point, as well as in the longitudinal stricz at
that end. It is unmistakably the same species as D. abyssorum of
M. Sars, 1858, as he afterwards admitted. Besides the latter syno-
nym, it is the D. drevifissum of Brugnone, but not of Deshayes or
Nyst. Professor Whiteaves, in 1874, regarded D. attenuatum of Say
as identical with D. dentalis of Gould and D. abyssorum of Sars.
Judging from specimens named by Professor Verrill ‘‘ Dentalium
occidentale, Stimpson ” (D. dentalis, Gould), this is another syno-
nym, the specimens belonging to a more strongly ribbed variety
of the present species. Not D. striolatum of Risso, 1826, which is
a variety of D. dentalis.
¥ 8. DENTALIUM ENTALIS, Linné.
D. entalis, L.S.N. p. 1263: B.C. iii. p. 191, pl. v. f. 1; v.
p. 97; pl. Wwe kT.
‘Lightning’ Exp., St. 2, 3, 4, 5.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 1, 2, 6, 9, 13, 14, 18, 24, 25, 33,
35, 45a, 456, 64, 68, The Minch, Little Minch. 1870: Atl. 30.
Distribution. Iceland, Northern Russia, and Scandinavia to
Corunna, Maine, Vancouver I.; 4-200 fms. It is much more com-
660 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [Nov. 1/4,
mon in the north than in the south of England, where it seems to be
replaced by D. tarentinum. I have not been able to identify D. en-
talis as Mediterranean or Adriatic, although the name occurs in
nearly every work on the shells of those seas in consequence of
D. tarentinum having been mistaken for it.
Fossil. Pliocene: Red and Belgian Crags. Post-tertiary: Nor-
way, Scotland, and N. England; 4-1360 ft. Not miocene as
stated by Hérnes and others, nor Sicilian (on Tiberi’s authority),
nor Subapennine as doubtfully indicated by Issel.
D. pretiosum of Nuttal, and D. indianorum of Philip Carpenter.
9. DEwTALIUM SUBTERFISSUM, Jeffreys. (Plate XLIX. fig. 3.)
D. subterfissum, Jeffr. in Ann. & Mag. N. H. Feb. 1877, p. 154.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 16, 19, 21.
Distribution. ‘ Valorous’ Exp. 1450 fms. (fragment). ‘ Challen-
ger’ Exp. (off Azores), 1000 fms.
The peculiar position of the slit is the same as in D. tnversum of
’ Deshayes, a miocene fossil.
10. DenrTALruM ENsICULUs, Jeffreys. (Plate XLIX. fig. 4.)
D. ensiculus, Jeffr. in Ann. & Mag. N. H. Feb. 1877, p. 154.
‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 19, 40. 1870: Atl. 16, 17, 17a.
Distribution. ‘Valorous’ Exp., 1450 & 1785 fms. ‘Challenger’
Exp. (off St. Thomas), 470 fms.
11. DeNTALIUM RUBESCENS, Deshayes.
D. rubescens, Desh. Anat. et Mon. du genre Dentale, 1825, p. 43,
pl. ii. f. 23, 24.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Med. St. 50, 50a, Benzert Road, G.
Tunis, Adventure Bank.
Distribution. Charente-Inférieure (Aucapitaine)?, Mediterranean,
Adriatic, and Canary I. ; 2-40 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Italy.
D. fissura of Philippi and others, but not of Lamarck, whose spe-
cies is a Grignon fossil. Perhaps also D. translucidum of Deshayes,
although he describes the colour as “ viridula.”’
Perfect specimens have a small terminal pipe or sheath, which is
partly enclosed in the shell, but protrudes from it as in D. entalis
and many other species; it is slightly channelled on each side.
M°Andrew noticed a white variety from Goletta, near Tunis.
_ 12. DenTatium Fitum, G. B. Sowerby, Jun.
D. filum, Sow. Thes. Conch. (1866) p. 99, pl. cexxv. f. 45.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. Vigo B., 13; Med. 55.
Distribution. Bay of Biscay, Vigo and north of Spain, and various
parts of the Mediterranean ; 20-1093 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Calabria and Sicily.
Bopy of a whitish colour, except the gills and liver, which are
very perceptible through the transparent shell: foot worm-shaped,
long and extensile, having the point or extremity arrow-head-
1882.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘ PORCUPINE” EXPEDITIONS. 661
shaped, or conical with a triangular lobe on each side; these lobes
seem to serve as flaps or wings to aid the locomotion of the animal,
and are expanded or contracted accordingly : captacula very nume-
rous (apparently from 50 to 100), cylindrical, slender, and extensile,
each terminating in an oblong bulb: mantle forming a slight collar
inside the mouth or front opening of the shell: gids or branchiz
brown, arranged in two leaves: iver yellow, granular; the lower
fourth of the shell is empty and not occupied by the animal. The
captacula are always in active and incessant motion, even when
the other parts of the animal are at rest. The action of the foot is
somewhat like that of Crenell/a or Modiolaria.
I admit that my friend Dr. Fischer is right in giving this species
the name imposed by Sowerby, although I do not agree with the
latter in saying that Mr. M*Andrew’s shell is the same as that from
the Philippines. The latter species is larger and proportionally
broader towards the front or anterior end, and is consequently less
slender and thread-like; and it is also more curved. I would
suggest for that species the name subrectum.
I described the present species in the Ann. & Mag. N. H. for
July 1870, as D. gracile ; but that name had been preoccupied by
Prof. Meek for a North-American fossil.
The colour of the shell is clear white; Sowerby described it as
‘*pallide fulva.”’ There is a terminal sheath as in D. rubescens.
My largest specimen is half an inch in length. It is more regularly
cylindrical than the young of D. rubescens, narrower and nearly
equal in breadth throughout. Very young specimens of the present
species have a bulbous point like D. entalis and other species.
1. SrpHopENTALIUM TERES’, Jeffreys. (Plate XLIX. fig. 5.)
SHELL cylindrical, gradually tapering to the basal point or pos-
terior extremity, gently curved, thin, glossy, and semitransparent ;
sculpture, none except fine and numerous lines of growth: colour
whitish : mouth circular: dase slightly but distinctly notched above
and below. L. 0°35, B. 0°05.
‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1870, Atl. St. 16,17, 17a.
The position of the terminal notches in this species differs from
that of the slits in Dischides, being placed one on the convex and
the other on the concave end of the shell in S. teres, instead of being
bilateral as in that shell.
yp PA 2. SIPHODENTALIUM AFFINE, M. Sars.
Siphonodentalium affine, M. Sars, Christ. Vid. Selsk. Forh. 1864,
p- 299, t. vi. #34, 35.
‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 19, 28, 30. 1870: Atl. 3, 16,
17, 17a.
Distribution. Loffoden I., 100-300 fms. (M. Sars). ‘ Valorous’
Exp., 1450 fms. Nova Scotia, 35 fms. (Verrill)?
Not the young of S. vitreum (see B. C. v. p. 196), which in all
states of growth is more conical and not so cylindrical as S. affine ;
and the base or point is also different. The present species is not
half the size of S. ¢eres, and is much less slender and tapering.
? Slender.
266 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [Nov. 14,
i 3. SIPHODENTALIUM LOFOTENSE, M. Sars.
Siphonodentalium lofotense, M. Sars, Christ. Vid. Selsk. Forh.
1864, p. 297, t. vi. f. 29-33: B.C. v. p. 195, pl. ci. f. 2.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 2,6, 10, 14, 16, 18, 23, 25, 28,
1870: Atl. 9, Vigo B., 26-30; Med. 50, 55.
Distribution. Norway, Shetland and the Hebrides, Bay of Biscay,
throughout the Mediterranean from Marseilles to the coast of
Syria, ‘ Valorous’ Exp., New England; 30-1750 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Calabria and Sicily.
An undescribed species, allied to S. lofotense, was dredged by the
late Mr. McAndrew in the Gulf of Suez; it differs in the mouth
being encircled by a rim and in the base being bifid instead of
merely notched.
4, SIPHODENTALIUM QUINQUANGULARE, Forbes.
Dentalium quinquangulare, Forb. Rep. Mig. Inv. p. 188.
Siphonentalis tetragona, G. O. Sars, Moll. reg. arct. Norv. p. 105,
t. 20. f. 13, a—e.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 3, 14, 15,17, 38. 1870: Atl. 1, 2,
3, 3a, 6, 8,9, 13, 17a, 24-34; Med. 45, 55, Adventure Bank.
Distribution. Norway, Bay of Biscay and N. Spain, Mediterranean
from Algiers and Marseilles to the Aigean, Jamaica, Barbadoes, var.
off Culebra I. (‘ Challenger’ Exp.); 5-650 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: S. Italy and Sicily.
I do not consider this the Dentalium tetragonum of Brocchi or a
variety of it, to which his and Gmelin’s D. sexangulum (not D. sex-
angulare of Lamarck and Deshayes) apparently belongs. Speci-
mens of Brocchi’s species from the Subapennine Tertiaries, for which
T am indebted to the kindness of Professor Bellardi and the late
Signor Lawley, are clearly a species of Dentalium, and have the
base (or apex, whichever it may be‘called) truncated and fitted with
acentral short pipe as in D. dentalis and allied species. Some of
these specimens are four-angled, while others have 5 or 6 angles.
Iam not at all satisfied with the generic place of this peculiar shell.
The sculpture is that of most species of Dentalium, and the fry have
also a bulbous or pear-shaped base; but the terminal notches,
usually one on each side, agree with those in most species of Stpho-
dentalium. Some Norwegian specimens have five notches, and are
jagged like S. vitrewm. 1f the position of these terminal notches or
slits constitutes a generic character, D. subterfissum and D. rubescens
ought to be separated from Dentalium with much greater reason than
Antalis. Although the present species is so common in Norway
and the west of Ireland, as well as southwards to the Mediterranean,
it has strangely enough not yet occurred in Shetland, where the
conditions of habitability are similar.
5. SIPHODENTALIUM VITREUM, M. Sars.
Dentalium vitreum, M. Sars, Nyt Mag. Naturvid. 1851, Bad. vi.
p. 178 (Siphonodentalium), 1858.
1882.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 663
D. lobatum, G. B. Sowerby, jun., Thes. Conch. 1866, vol. iii.
p. 100, fig. 44.
‘ Lightning’ Exp., St. 1.
‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 19, 42, 89. 1870: Atl. 17.
Distribution. Arctic ocean from Spitzbergen and Novaia Zemblia
to Finmark, ‘ Valorous’ Exp., G. St. Lawrence to southern coast
of New England; 15-1750 fms.
Fossil. Miocene: Vienna Basin (Hérnes)? Post-tertiary : Nor-
way, 82° 30' N. lat. (Fetlden), Canada; 4-240 ft.
Not Dentalium vitreum of O. G. Costa.
* Discar1peEs Birissus, 8. V. Wood.
Dentalium bifissum, 8. V. Wood, (Publ. Pal. Soc.) Crag Moll. i.
p- 190, t. xx. f. 3, a-d.
‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. Vigo B., Setubal B. ; Med. 50,
50a, Benzert Road, Adventure Bank.
Distribution. G. Gascony, Mediterranean from Gibraltar to
Sicily, Morocco, Canaries; 5-180 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Coralline Crag, Italy. Post-tertiary : Selsea.
Bony whitish, gelatinous: mané/e rather thick, forming a collar
round the front opening of the shell: captacula issuing from within
the mantle, numerous, capable of so great an extension as to exceed
the shell in length ; stalks very slender ; terminal bulbs oval: foot
cylindrical and narrow, protruded from the middle of the mouth
as from a sheath ; it is occasionally thrust out in a darting manner
and suddenly withdrawn, and so swiftly that the point of the foot
could not be observed ; the foot is usually curved towards the point :
anal tube protruded beyond the narrower end or extremity of the
shell; it consists of an outer and inner part, the latter being folded to
suit the slit on each side: gills rather short, of a brownish colour.
There are several useless synonyms. ‘This species appears to be
Dentalium coarctatum of Deshayes, but not of Lamarck. It was
erroneously considered by me Dentalium olivi of Scacchi, for which
see Cadulus. A species of Dischides, dredged by the late Admiral
Sir E. Belcher in the North Pacific, somewhat resembles the present
species, but is proportionally wider and the terminal slits are
shorter and more open. The generic character of Dischides is the
bilateral position of the terminal slits. Gadus bilabiatus and G. pa-
risiensis of Deshayes, Eocene fossils, are not unlike D. difissus in
shape; but the terminal point or base is jagged as in Siphodentalium
vitreum, and the slit is much shorter. Besides, Gadus has been
very long and notoriously used in Ichthyology.
yy 1. Capuxus oxrvt, Scacchi.
Dentalium olivi, Sc. Not. foss. Gravina (Ann. Civ. 1835), p. 56,
to 2.4. 0, 2s
‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St.17. 1870: Atl. 9.
Distribution. Floré, Norway, a fragment (Norman), Bay of Biscay,
Palermo (Monterosato), ‘ Valorous’ Exp., New England (Verril/) ;
80-1450 fms.
Ge Beil
664 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [Nov. 14,
Fossil. Pliocene: Italy.
C. pandionis of Verrill and Smith from New England. Nyst
considered Dentalium gadus of Montagu identical with D. coarc-
tatum of Lamarck and D. ‘‘ Olivii”’ of Scacchi. ‘This was clearly a
mistake, all the three shells being quite different, and Lamarck’s
being a well-known species of Ditrypa and belonging to the
Annelida. The present species is apparently Siphonodentalium
hyalinum of Brugnone. It may be D. ventricosum of Bronn.
Caleara referred D. olivi to D. coarctatum of Brocchi, which is
Lamarck’s species. According to Fischer the latter is probably
the same as Montagu’s D. gadus. I proposed in 1869 the generic
name Loxoporus, if Philippi’s name Cadulus were not applicable
to this group of shells; and later in the same year Stimpson
proposed the name Helonyz. ‘This genus differs from Siphoden-
talium in the constriction of the mouth, and in the middle portion
of the shell being more or less swollen. In C. olivi, the point or
base (if we regard the shell as an inverted narrow siphon) has several
slits, as in S. vitreum; but the mouth is thickened or encircled with
a rim, and is obliquely truncated. It is variable in size and com-
parative slenderness, both in the living and fossil states.
|y 2. Capuxus cyLinpratus, Jeffreys. (Plate XLIX. fig. 6.)
C. cylindratus, Jeffr. in Ann. & Mag. N. H. Feb. 1877, p. 158.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 20, 28, 30, 31.
Distribution. ‘ Valorous’ Exp., Bay of Biscay (‘ Travailleur*
Exp. 1880); 652-1450 fms.
~ 3. CADULUS GRACILIS, Jeffreys. (Plate XLIX. fig. 7.)
C. gracilis, Jeffr. in Ann. & Mag. N. H. Feb. 1877, p. 157.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 16, 17 7a:
Distribution. ‘ Valorous’ Exp., Bay of Biscay (‘ Travailleur’ Exp.
1880); 690 fms.
4. CADULUS sUBFUSIFORMIS, M. Sars.
Siphonodentalium subfusiforme, M. Sars, Vid. Selsk. Forh. 1864,
p- 21, t. vi. f. 36-44.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 10. 1870, Atl. 2.
Distribution. Norway, Shetland, Bay of Biscay (‘Travailleur’
Exp. 1880), Palermo (Monterosato, as C. abyssicola); 40-650 fms.
Fossil. Miocene: Vienna Basin (Hérnes) ? Post-tertiary: Bar-
holmen near Christiania (Crosskey § Robertson); 30 ft.
I had mistaken the present species for that to which Monterosato
afterwards obligingly gave my name. In C. subfusiformis the
mouth is circular and abruptly truncated; in C. jeffreysi the mouth
is roundish-oval and obliquely truncated. Professor G. O. Sars first
called my attention to this difference. Both species occur on the
western coast of Norway as well as in Shetland.
5. CapuULUS PROPINQUUS, G. O. Sars.
C. propinquus, G. O. Sars, Moll. reg. arct. Norv. p. 106, t. 20.
f. 15, a6.
1882.) ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 665
‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 16, 17, 17a.
Distribution. Norway, Bay of Biscay (‘Travailleur’ Exp. 1880),
New England (Verrill)? ; 100-450 fms.
Professor Verrill’s notice and figures of this species, which are
given with his usual care and accuracy, differ so much from Euro-
pean specimens, that I cannot satisfactorily quote his habitat.
C. propinguus is smaller and less swollen than C. jeffreysi, not so
contracted at the point; and especially the mouth is not obliquely
truncated, but circular.
& 6, Capuxus JEFFREYSI, Monterosato.
C. subfusiformis, B. C. v. p. 196, pl. ci. f. 3.
Helonyx jeffreysii, Monterosato, ‘Poche note sulla Conchiologia
Mediterranea,’ 1875, p. 10.
* Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 1, 2,3, 4, 6, 9, 10, 14, 16, 22, 23a,
25, 27-30, 61, 89. 1870: Med. 50, Adventure Bank.
Distribution. Norway (and var. tumidula, as C. tumidosus of G. O.
Sars, not of me), Shetland, Valentia (west of Ireland), Bay of Biscay
(var. tumidula), Mediterranean from Marseilles to the Agean,
Canary I. (‘Challenger ’ Exp.), Josephine Bank and Azores (‘ Jose-
phine’ Exp.), New England (Verrill) ; 40-1125 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Calabria and Sicily.
C. diploconus, Seguenza. Although it somewhat varies in size,
the shell is always much larger and more swollen than C. sud-
fusiformis, to which I had erroneously referred it.
ah 7. CapuLus Tumiposus, Jeffreys. (Plate XLIX. fig. 8.)
C. tumidosus, Jeffr. in Ann. & Mag. N. H. Febr. 1877, p. 156.
* Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 39. 1870: Atl. 16, 17, 17a (and
var. minor), 22, 24, 31-34 (var. minor).
Distribution. ‘Valorous’ Exp., Bay of Biscay (‘Travailleur’ Exp.),
Canaries (‘ Challenger’ Exp.); 1093-1450 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Messina.
Some specimens are faintly or indistinctly striated lengthwise.
In all probability many of the species described by Mr. Dall from the
‘ Blake’ dredgings in the Gulf of Mexico and Caribbean Sea, as well as
of those described by Mr. Watson from the ‘ Challenger’ Expedition,
may ultimately prove to be united with some of the species which
I have described. It is very difficult to define the line of variation,
and much more that of specific distinction. At all events the above
may be considered ‘‘ forms”’ if not species.
yY 8. Caputus ampHorA'’, Jeffreys. (Plate XLIX. fig. 9.)
SHELL resembling in shape an ancient wine-vessel without handles,
bulging towards the middle, gently curved, narrowing towards each
end but more contracted at the base or point, rather solid, glossy,
and opaque: sculpture consisting of a slight but distinct keel which
encircles the shell on the upper two fifths of its length ; that part is
somewhat excavated or flattened ; no striz of growth are perceptible :
1 Like an amphora,
666 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [Nov. 14,
colour white: mouth circular, not oblique or sloping: dase notched
oneach side. L. 071, B. 0°35.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 16. A single specimen.
Y 9. Capuxus cissus’, Jeffreys. (Plate XLIX. fig. 10.)
SHE 1 barrel-shaped, gibbous in the middle, whence there is an
abrupt slope towards each end; these are equal in breadth: it is
rather solid, glossy, and semitransparent: sculpture none: colour
white: mouth obliquely truncated: base slightly notched, but not
quite perfect. L. 0-1, B. 0°05.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870, Atl. St. 13; a single specimen.
Distribution. Bay of Biscay (‘ Travailleur’ Exp., 1880); one
specimen.
Allied to C. ovulum of Philippi, but much smaller and not so oval,
and the ends are equal in size. The last named species was dredged
by Admiral Acton in the Bay of Naples, and by Dr. Fischer in the
Bay of Biscay during the ‘ Travailleur ’ Expedition of 1880.
Class GASTROPODA.
Family I. Curronipa.
The controversial contributions to the vexed history of this con-
fessedly abnormal group in a taxonomical and anatomical point of
view seem to be endless. In the ‘ Proceedings of the Royal Society’
for December 1880 will be found a careful and elaborate paper by
Mr. Adam Sedgwick on the kidney of Chiton, showing that Mid-
dendorff was right and Schiff and von Ihering were wrong as to the
existence and position of that organ.
Genus Cu1Ton.
A. Acanthochites, Leach.
Girdle covered with spines, and having also tufts of bristles.
Vv 1. Carron rascicuxaris, Liuné.
C. fascicularis, L. S. N. p. 1106: B. C. iii. p. 211, pl. v. f. 2;
v. p. 197, pl. lv. f. 3.
‘Porcupine ’ Exp. 1869: St. Lough Foyle. 1870: Atl. Gibraltar
B
Distribution. Norway to the Aigean and Adriatic (but southern
habitats unreliable); Mogador (McAndrew) ; 0-145 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Coralline Crag and S. Italy. Post-tertiary :
Selsea.
Perhaps the C. fascicularis of Linné may have been C. discrepans.
In Philippi’s collection at Berlin are specimens of both species named
C. fascicularis. Ifthe Linnean name has been misapplied, Pennant’s
name crinitus ought to be substituted for it. Leach called the
present species Acanthochetes vulgaris.
Dr. Edward Brandt has examined and compared the nervous
system of Chiton fascicularis and Patella vulgata. He considers
1 Gibbous.
1882.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 667
that there is a real affinity between Chiton and Patella, and that
Chiton does not materially differ from other mollusks. Mr. Dall
also regards the Chitons and Limpets as closely allied. See his
exhaustive and valuable remarks on the morphology and classification
of the Chitons in the ‘ Scientific Results of the Exploration of Alaska’
(1879), in which he proposed no fewer than 33 genera distributed
into 9 groups. Dr. McIntosh has noticed that Chitons scoop out
sandstone like Limpets. Specimens occurred on the coast of
Bohuslin, in 12 fathoms, on the leaves of Laminaria saccharina.
2. Curron piscrepans, Brown.
C. discrepans, Brown, Ill. Conch. p. 65, pl. xxi. f. 20: B. C. iii.
p- 214; v. p. 198, pl. lv. f. 4.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. Gibraltar B., with C. fas-
cieularis.
Distribution. Norway and Sweden (Lovén)?, Cornwall and Channel
Isles to Mogador, Mediterranean and Adriatic ; 0-25 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene; S. Italy. Post-tertiary : Selsea.
There are a few obsolete synonyms.
B. Acanthopleura, Guilding.
Girdle spinous, without tufts.
y 3. Curron MENDIcaRIvs, Mighels.
C. mendicarius, Migh. Boston Journ. Nat. Hist. 1841, i. p. 49 ;
1842, iv. p. 42, pl. 4. f. 8.
C. Hanleyi, B. C. iii. p. 215; v. p. 198, pl. lv. f. 5.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 2, 65. 1870: Atl. 24 (plate only).
Distribution. Loffoden and Faroe I. to South Devon, Mediter-
ranean (Monterosato), Caribbean Sea (Petit), eastern coasts of
North America; 8-30 fms.
Fossil. Post-tertiary: Norway.
C. Nagelfar of Lovén and C. abyssorum of M. Sars appear to be
this species of unusually large size. The late Mr. Barlee dredged in
Shetland a specimen an inch long. My Piedmontese shell which I
named C. Hanleyi turned out to be the young of C. caietanus.
C. strigillatus of 8. Wood, a Coralline-Crag shell, is more probably
C. apiculatus of Say, which is also a North-American species ; but
the fossil is only known from disjointed plates. The ‘‘ Crag”
Mollusca include many North-American species. The inside of
each plate in the middle is strengthened by a thick bow-shaped rib.
C. Lepidopleurus, Leach.
Girdle irregularly granular.
Vv 4, CHITON CAIETANUS, Poli.
C. caietanus, Poli, Test. utr. Sic. i. p. 10, t. iv. f. 1, 2.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Med. Algesiras B. (young).
668 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [Nov. 14,
Distribution. C. Croisic (Cailliaud), C. Breton (de Folin), Spain
(McAndrew and others), Mediterranean and Adriatic (Poli and
others) to Aigean (Forbes) ; 5-20 fms.
¥ 5. Curron cinereus, Linné.
C. cinereus, L. 8. N. p. 1107: B.C. iii. p. 218; v. p. 198, pl. lvi.
£2.
‘ Lightning’ Exp. St. 4, 5.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 2, Lough Foyle. 1870: Atl. 36
(plate).
Distribution. Greenland (Fabricius) ?, Iceland, Faroe I., Finmark
to Vigo Bay; 1-150 fms. Apparently not Mediterranean nor
Adriatic.
Fossil. Pliocene: Sicily (Monéerosato and Tiberi). Post-tertiary :
Norway and Scotland ; 0-80 ft.
One of the synonyms is C. asellus of Spengler.
6. Carron arcricus, G. O. Sars.
Lepidopleurus urcticus, G. O. Sars, Moll. reg. arct. Norv. p. 112,
t. 7. f. 7, a-h.
‘ Lightning’ Exp. St. 3, 4.
Distribution. Spitzbergen, Greenland as OC. cinereus (M. Sars)
probably, Finmark and Vadsé (G. O. Sars); 20-100 fms.
Fossil. Post-tertiary : Norway, as O. cinereus (M. Sars) probably.
This differs from the white variety of C. cinereus in its com-
paratively greater length and more raised or arched form, in the less
distinct or regular catenation of the granules which cover the sur-
face, and in the prominence of the lateral areas.
7. CHITON ALVEOLUS, M. Sars.
C. alveolus (Sars MS.), Lovén, Ind. Moll. lit. Scand. oce. hab.
p- 27.
Lepidopleurus alveolus, G. O. Sars, Moll. reg. arct. Norv. p. 110,
t. 7. f. 3, a—e.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 1.
Distribution. Norway, Bay of Biscay (‘Travailleur’ Exp.) ;
120-664 fms.
The late Professor Sars, in his remarks on the occurrence of
animal life in the depths of the sea, 1868, referred this species of his
to C. cancellatus; but C. alveolus is larger and longer or more
oblong, and it has a different sculpture.
8. CHITON RARINOTA’, Jeffreys. (Plate L. fig. 1.)
SHELL oblong-oval, arched, rather thin and glossy : plates broader
in the middle than at the sides; lateral areas indistinct: seulpture
consisting of white tubercles, which are few in number and irregularly
scattered ; these are round in the middle of the shell, but become
' Having few marks.
1882.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 669
more raised and oval at the sides; under a microscope can be
detected numerous and close-set lines or strie, which are arranged
lengthwise : colour whitish: beaks none, except on the tail-plate,
where they are nearly circular: inside glossy. LL. 0°1, B. 0°05.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 3a, 17. Two specimens.
Although this is a very small species, and might be regarded as
the young of some other species, I must observe that I have care-
fully compared both specimens with the young of all other European
species of Chiton known to me, and some specimens of which last
mentioned species are much smaller than those which I have now
described. The peculiar character of having so very few and scattered
tubercles is not presented by any other of those species. The girdle
is membranous and thin.
9. CHITON MARGINATUS, Pennant.
C. marginatus, Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. p. 71, t. xxxvi. f. 2; B.C.
iii, p. 221; v. p. 199, pl. lvi. f. 5.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. Vigo B.
Distribution. Greenland (coll. Moller, in mus. Copenhagen),
Faroe I., Norway to Mogador, Mediterranean and Adriatic, eastern
and western coasts of North America; 0-40 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Sicily (Monterosato). Post-tertiary : Norway,
Selsea ; 0-100 ft.
C. cinereus of Laskey, Lowe, and Forbes and Hanley (not of
Linné), C. variegatus of Philippi and other authors, and C. dentiens
of Gould.
D. Lophyrus, Poli.
Girdle imbricated or regularly granular.
10. Curron asus, Linné.
C. albus, L. S. N. p. 1107: B. C. ii. p. 220; v. p. 199,
pl. lvi. f. 3.
‘ Lightning’ Exp. ay Obs Ly 2, Os
Distribution. Spitzbergen, Novaia Zemblia, Russian Lapland,
White Sea, Finmark southward to Isle of Man, Faroe Isles, Iceland,
Greenland, Wellington Channel, Behring Strait, eastern and western
coasts of North America; 0-337 fms.
Fossil. Post-tertiary : Fort William.
Family I]. Parevuipa.
* PavTELLA VULGATA, Linné.
P. vulgata, L. 8. N. p. 1258: B.C. iii. p. 236, pl. v. f. 3; v.
pl. lviii. f. 1-4.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869, St. Donegal B. 1870: Atl. Gibraltar B.
Distribution. Throughout the western coast of Europe from the
Faroe Isles and Bergen to Gibraltar, as well as the Mediterranean
and Adriatic; between tide-marks and even above high water, on
670 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [Nov. 14,
rocks and stones. C. Verd I, (de Rochebrune). Not Arctic, nor
Asiatic, nor American.
Fossil. Pliocene: Red Crag. Post-tertiary, especially in raised
sea-beaches: Scandinavia, Great Britain and Ireland, France, and
Italy ; 0-1360 ft.
An extremely variable species, as regards shape, size, position of
the apex, sculpture, colour, inner coating, habitat, and every other
characteristic than that of being conical. All the North-Atlantic
so-called species, except P. ferruginea or safiana, but including the
varieties noticed in ‘British Conchology’ and P. lusitanica of
Gmelin or punctata of Lamarck, run one into another by insensible
gradations.
Although the following more properly relates to the habits of the
Mammalia than to those of the Mollusca, it is not devoid of interest
in this place. In a letter from Dr. Fleming to Prof. Jamieson
(Mem. Wern. Soc. 1823), he says that at Scalpa, “in the course of
conversation with the keeper of the lighthouse Mr. Reid, a judicious
observing man, I was informed that rats (the brown or Norway rat,
which abounds in the Hebrides) after a shower go down upon the
rocks, while the Limpets are crawling about, and by a sudden jerk
with their noses detach them from the rocks for food. Should the
first effort fail, another is never attempted against the same indi-
vidual, now warned and adhering closely to the rock; but the rat
proceeds instantly to others still off their guard, until enough of food
has been procured.’ See also an interesting paper by Mr. J. Clark
Hawkshaw on the habits of the Common Limpet in the ‘ Journal of
the Linnean Society ’ (Zoology) for 1878.
As may be expected, the synonyms are numerous, and include
P. vulgaris of Belon, whose name is older than that of Linné by
about two centuries.
HELCION PELLUCIDUM, Linné.
Patella pellucida, L. 8. N. p. 1260.
H. pellucidum, B. C. iii. p. 242, pl. v. f. 4; v. p. 199, pl. lviii.
i:
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. Donegal B. 1870: Atl. Vigo B.
Distribution. Iceland, Faroe I., N. Cape to Mogador, Mediter-
ranean (Linné)? Antibes (Martin, f. Petit)? ; 0-20 fms., usually on
Laminarie.
Fossil. Pliocene: Sicily (Seguenza). Post-tertiary: Norway,
Scotland, and N. Ireland; 0-130 ft.
In the ‘ Philosophical Transactions’ for 1696 Sir Robert Sibbald
mentioned this as the ‘ Oval Limpet” in his letter to Dr. Lister on
Skye shells.
There are at least half a dozen synonyms. On the other hand,
Cantraine thought it very possible that Helcion pellucidum, Tectura
virginea, and Gadinia gussoni (the last being his Patelloidea vitrea)
belong to one and the same species! Lamarck gives the type of the
present genus (Helcion pectinatum) as Mediterranean on the
authority of Born.
1882.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘ PORCUPINE” EXPEDITIONS. 671
1. Tectura virGinea, Miller.
Patella virginea, Mull. Prodr. Zool. Dan. p. 237.
T. virginea, B. C. iii. p. 248; v. p. 200, pl. lviii. f. 4.
‘ Lightning’ Exp., St. 4. ; ,
‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: Lough Foyle, 1870: Atl. Vigo B., 26
(var. conica), 31-34 (same var.); Med. 50, Adventure Bank, off
Rinaldo’s Chair.
Distribution. North Atlantic from Iceland and Norway to
Madeira, Canaries, C. Verd I. (de Rochebrune), St. Helena (Melliss) |,
Azores, Mediterranean to the Archipelago, and Adriatic ; 0-150 fms.
Fossil. Miocene: Marne Vaticano (Ponzi). Pliocene: Red and
Antwerp Crags, Italy, Rhodes. Post-tertiary : Scandinavia, Great
Britain and Ireland, Italy ; 0-460 ft.
For synonyms see ‘ British Conchology ;’ but this species is not
the Patella pileolus nor P. asmi of Middendorff, ex vis. typ.
With respect to the question as to the relative precedence in date of
the generic name Tectura (or Tecture) and Acmea, I would remark
that part v. of the ‘ Zoologischer Atlas’ of Eschscholtz (now before
me), which contains a diagnosis of Acmea, was published in 1833 ;
Tecture was published in 1830. The Dorpat edition of the ‘ Atlas,’
published in 1828, does not name any type or species.
An adult specimen dredged by Admiral Acton in the Bay of Naples
from 60 fathoms has a completely spiral and persistent apex or
nucleus. Some Mediterranean and Adriatic specimens have the
same shape and coloured markings as those from the North Atlantic ;
and the position of the apex is very variable. I therefore cannot
regard the Lottia unicolor of Forbes as a distinct species. Post-
tertiary specimens are occasionally very large; one collected by
Thudén in Sweden is two thirds of an inch long.
& 2. Tecrura Futva, Miller.
Patella fulva, Mill. Prodr. Z. D. p. 237.
T. fulva, B. C. iii. p. 250; v. p. 200, pl. lvii. f. 5.
‘ Lightning’ Exp.: St. 2, 5.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: 1, 6, 9, 68, Little Minch.
Distribution. Finmark to Cape Clear, near Heligoland (Wein-
kauf’), Bay of Biscay (‘Travailleur? Exp. 1881)!, off Tripoli
(‘ Shearwater’ Exp.)!; 10-4873 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Red Crag, and Sicily. Post-tertiary : Norway ;
100-440 ft.
3. Tectura ruGosA’, Jeffreys. (Plate L. fig. 2.)
SHELL oblong-oval, convex, rather thin, opaque and lustreless:
sculpture a few slight and indistinct strie which radiate towards
the margin; these are crossed by much stronger, close-set, and
lamellar or ridge-like strie in the line of growth, which give a
wrinkly appearance ; the points of decussation are nodulous; the
nucleus and upper part of the shell are quite smooth: colour
whitish : beak somewhat incurved and overhanging the front margin :
’ Full of wrinkles.
Proc. Zoox. Soc.—1882, No. XLV. 45
672 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [Nov. 14,
mouth oblong-oval: margin entire: inside glossy, showing the im-
pression of the radiating strie. L. 0-2, B. 0°15.
‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 16. Three specimens.
This species differs from 7’. fulva in being more raised and oblong,
as well as in the peculiar sculpture and position of the beak.
4. Tectura PusILia’, Jeffreys. (Plate L. fig. 3.)
SHELL roundish-oval, somewhat depressed, rather thin, opaque
and lustreless: sculpture extremely numerous, crowded and regular,
delicate, minute strize, which radiate towards the margin as in other
species, and cover the whole surface: colour whitish: beak placed
at less than one third from the front margin ; it is slightly incurved
and pinched-up ; apex apparently deciduous : mouth roundish-oval :
margin thin : inside smooth and glossy : scars indistinct. L. 0:125,
B. 0:1.
‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 16, 17a. A few dead specimens.
5. Tecrura ApUNCA , Jeffreys. (Plate L. fig. 4.)
SHELL oblong, raised but contracted near the beak so as to make
the latter more prominent, rather thin, opaque and lustreless :
sculpture, several fine strie which radiate towards the margin; most
of them are alternately larger and smaller; they do not extend to
the upper part of the shell: colour whitish: beak placed in front,
about one third of the whole length; it is strongly incurved or
hooked, and has a subspiral and deciduous apex: mouth oblong :
margin thin, entire: inside smooth and glossy: head-scar semi-
circular, L. 0:2, B. 0°125.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870, Atl. St. 17a. A single and imperfect
specimen, but characteristic. Mr. Dall has seen it, and says it is
probably his Cocculina beanii. I will, however, retain provisionally
the specific name which I have given.
Dall’s species was dredged in the ‘ Blake’ Expedition off the
West Indies in 399-5621 fathoms, and by Professor Verrill off the
coast of New England in 100-365 fathoms.
6. TecruRA GALEOLA®, Jeffreys. (Plate L. fig. 5.)
SHELL resembling an ancient helmet or casque, strong and
thick for its size, opaque and lustreless: sculpture, numerous and
close-set fine and minute radiating strize, which cover the whole of
the exterior; there are also occasional and well marked lines of
growth, which are somewhat crowded towards the margin: colour
whitish : deak small, incurved, and pointed, placed very near the
front margin and almost overhanging it: margin entire, compressed
and forming a rim on the front half: inside smooth: scars as in
Lepeta ceca. L. 0°225, B. 0°175.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 24. A single specimen.
If the peculiar shape of this shell may be regarded as a generic
character, I would suggest for it the name Dadlia, as a mark of respect
for the great malacologist Mr. Dall, who has examined my specimen.
' Tiny. ® Hooked. -
° A hollow vessel shaped like a helmet.
1882.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 673
He says it is ‘* uot an Acmeid,” and would place it near Caupulus ;
but he qualifies his remark by saying that “it is barely possible it
may be a Cocculina.” He is an unquestionably good authority on
this as well as other departments of the Mollusca; and I venture
with much hesitation to differ from him.
ADDISONIA ECCENTROS, (EXCENTRICA) Tiberi.
Gadinia excentrica, Tib. in Journ. Conch. vi. p. 37, pl. ii. f. 6.
‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 16; Med. Adventure Bank.
Two specimens. ;
Distribution. Coral-fishery, Sardinia (Tiberi) ; a single specimen,
with Gadinia gussoni.
I have made a slight change in the specific name by substituting
a classical word for one which is not Latin.
This remarkable shell appears to be the Addisonia paradoxa of Dall
(Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 1882, p. 405), which was dredged by
Verrill off the New-England coast in 69-130 fathoms. Dall long
ago pointed out that Tiberi’s species was not a Gadinia. Tiberi’s G.
compressa (recent and fossil), of which through his kindness I possess
specimens, is certainly a species of Lepetel/a, Verrill, and comes
near L. tubicola, which has been lately found by G. O. Sars on
the western coasts of Norway. Addisonia appears to be allied to
Pilidium. See the above-cited ‘ Proceedings of the United-States
National Museum’ for Dall’s excellent and elaborate paper on the
families Cocculinide and Addisoniide, consisting of the genera
Cocculina and Addisonia. The present species is not the Patella
excentrica of Sandberger from the Mayence Basin.
Although the genera Umbrella and Tylodina (which are closely
allied) have a patelliform shell, there is a peculiarity in that respect
which connects them with Aplysia and the Nudibranchs, viz. in the
spiral and heterostrophe nucleus. Tylodina duebeni of Lovén occurred
at Stations 24 and 27 of the ‘ Porcupine’ Atlantic dredgings in 1870.
It seems rather strange that M. Gaston Moquin-Tandon, in his long
and studiously exhaustive memoir on the Umbrella of the Mediter-
ranean, did not notice this peculiarity, nor even assign or propose
any place for that genus in the classification of the Mollusca, while
he freely criticised all previous writers on the anatomy of the animal.
» 1. Propripium ancyuorpes, Forbes.
Patella ancyloides, Forb. in Aun. Nat. Hist. v. p. 108, pl. ii. f. 16.
Propilidium ancyloide, B.C. iii. p. 254, pl. vi. f.1 5; (P. ancyloides)
v. p. 200, pl. lviii. f. 7.
‘ Lightning’ Exp., St. 5.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 1, 6, 13, 14, 19. 1870: Atl. 16,
17, 17a; Med. Adventure Bank,
Distribution. ‘Valorous’ Exp., Loffoden I. to Galway coast,
Kimmeridge B. Dorset (Pleydell)?, Naples (Acton), Trapani, Sicily
(Seguenza) ; 10-1450 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Sicily. Post-tertiary: Christiania; 30-100 ft.
Rostrisepta parva of Seguenza.
45*
674 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [Nov. 14,
» 2. Proprttipium scasrosum ', Jeffreys. (Plate L. fig. 6.)
SHELL roundish-oval, expanded, rather thin, semitransparent
and of a dull hue: sculpture, numerous but not close-set, slight
strie which radiate from the beak and are more or less covered with
short tubercles, especially behind ; there are also several concentric
ridges as in the last-named species: colour whitish: beak small,
pinched up, incurved, and forming a minute spire of two whorls:
mouth roundish-oval: margin thin: inside glossy: septum thick
and strong. L. 0°15, B. 0°15.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Med. St. Adventure Bank. A single
specimen.
Differs from P. ancylotdes in being round instead of oval, and in
having much fewer and tuberculated strize; but I am not quite
satisfied that it is more than a curious variety. It somewhat
resembles the young of Gadinia garnoti; but that shell has not the
internal septum which is characteristic of the present genus.
3. PROPILIDIUM PERTENUE , Jeffreys. (Plate L. fig. 7.)
SHELL oval, convex, very thin and delicate, transparent, and glossy :
sculpture, none: colour whitish: beak small, cylindrical, and in-
curved, forming a minute spire of two whorls: mouth oval : margin
even ; inside glossy: septum small. L. 0:1, B. 0:075.
* Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 17, 17 @ (4 specimens); Med.
off Rinaldo’s Chair (1 specimen).
Distribution. Palermo (Monterosato); 1623 fms.
The young of P. ancyloides, much smaller than the species now
described, are more expanded or depressed, and have the same
sculpture as the adult ; they are also proportionally solid as well as
of a dull hue.
The inner layers of most of the specimens are permeated by a
microscopic and branching spore-like organism, perhaps of a fungoid
nature.
An imperfect specimen of another small and apparently distinct
species occurred also in Station 17. It has the characteristic septum,
but otherwise resembles a Lepetella. The beak is very much shorter
than in P. pertenue; and the spire has barely one turn.
I had originally given the species above described the MS. name
tenue.
4, Provrtiprum compressum’, Jeffreys. (Plate L. fig. 8.)
SHELL differs from P. pertenue in being oblong instead of oval,
and in being laterally compressed like Patella [Lepetella| latero-
compressa of Rayneval, a Monte-Mario fossil and, according to
Dr. Tiberi, living in the Bay of Naples; and it is also not quite
smooth, but is marked by a few slight longitudinal striz; the beak
is proportionally longer, somewhat twisted to one side, and nearly
overhangs the hinder margiu, instead of being placed (as in P. per-
tenue) at about one third of the distance from it. L. 0-1, B. 0°065.
‘Poreupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 17. A single specimen.
‘ Roughened. ? Very thin or slight. 3 Pressed together.
1882.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 675
Family III. FissureLuip2.
Y 1. Fissurisepra Granutosa’, Jeffreys. (Plate L. fig. 9.)
SHELL roundish-oval, conical, but somewhat depressed except
towards the apex, thin, opaque, and lustreless: sculpture, very
numerous fine and delicate strie which radiate from the apex or
beak, and are closely covered with minute tubercles ; some of these
strize do not quite extend to the apex, and are alternately larger and
smaller; the apex is irregularly tubercled: margin finely crenated
or notched by the striz: foramen nearly circular: inside smooth,
but not polished: septum triangular, covering about half only of the
foramen on the underside. L. 0°125, B. 0°1.
‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 24. A single specimen.
Distribution. Drobak, Norway ; 50 fms.
In my paper on Norwegian Mollusca (‘ Annals and Magazine of
Natural History ’ for June 1869) I named this remarkable shell as
F. papillosa of Seguenza; but I afterwards found that I was mistaken
as to the species. The shell now described is more delicate, and the
sculpture is much finer, with regular and close-set strize which are
studded with far more numerous and minute tubercles. The fora-
men is circular in the present species, and triangular in /. papillosa.
Seguenza’s genus Fissurisepta differs from Fissuella in having an
internal septum or plate, as in Propilidium and Puncturella, and a
foramen as in the last named genus; but it wants the spire which
is peculiar to those two genera, and which is never deciduous.
Y
vw 2. FissuRISEPTA PAPILLOSA, Seguenza.
F. papillosa, Seg. Paleont. Malac. d. Messina (Ann. dell’ Accad.
d. Aspir. Nat. 1862), separate copy, p. 10, tav. iv. f. 2, 2a, 20.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 16, 17, 17a. Several speci-
mens.
Fossil. Miocene? : Rometta near Messina. Pliocene: Calabria.
This species varies with respect to the size of the tubercles or
papillz. Some recent and fossil specimens have very few and slight
scattered tubercles, or are nearly smooth. The recent are rather
larger than the fossil specimens, and have usually stronger
tubercles.
y 3. FissuRISEPTA ROSTRATA, Seguenza,
F. rostrata, Seg. Paleont. Malac. d. Messina (Ann. dell’ Accad.
d. Aspir. Nat. 1862), separate copy, p. 10, tav. iv. f. 3, 3a, 3d.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 16,17, 17a. Several specimens
of this extraordinary shell, exactly agreeing with fossil specimens
from Sicily which I received from my kind friend and corre-
spondent, Prof. Seguenza.
Distribution. Bay of Biscay (‘Travailleur’ Exp. 1881); 1093
fms. Off Bermudas (‘ Challenger’ Exp.) ; 1375 fms.
Fossil. Miocene?: Sicily. Pliocene: Sicily.
“1. Puncrurecia prorunnt, Jeffreys. (Plate L. fig. 10.)
P. profundi, Jeffr, in Ann. & Mag. N. H. March 1877, p. 232.
Covered with granules,
676 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [Nov. 14,
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 16, 17, 17a. Several speci-
mens.
Distribution. ‘Valorous’ Exp., Bay of Biscay (‘ Travailleur’
Exp. 1881); 1003-1450 fms. Off Culebra I., Danish W. Indies
(‘ Challenger’ Exp.) ; 390 fms.
This is easily distinguishable from any species of Fisswrisepta in
having a conspicuous and persistent spire, as well as in the shape of |
the septum.
The only difference between Puncturella and Rimula seems to
consist in the comparative length of the slit. This is proportionally
much longer in the young than in the adult of the typical species,
P. noachina.
2. PUNCTURELLA NOACHINA, Linné.
Patella noachina, L. Mant. Plant. p. 551.
Puncturella noachina, B. C. iii. p. 257, pl. vi. f. 3; v. p. 200,
ie ea gy 9s
‘Lightning’ Exp.: St. 2, 4, 5, off the Faroe I.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 6,9, 13, 14 (and var. princeps ; and
var. levior, laterally compressed, keeled in the line of the slit or
fissure, and nearly smooth), North Channel, 70, off Lerwick. 1870:
Atl. 2, 3a, 17, 17a, 24, 27, 28.
Distribution. From Wellington Channel and Greenland to the
southern coast of New England, Iceland, Spitzbergen, and Jan
Mayen I. to Scarborough, Novaia Zemblia, Okhotsk Sea, N. Japan,
and Corea, Strait of Magellan (Acton and ‘Challenger’ Exp.),
between C. of Good Hope and Kerguelen I. (‘ Challenger’ Exp.) ;
4—430 fms.
Fossil. Miocene? : Sicily. Pliocene: Coralline Crag and 8. Italy.
Post-tertiary : Scandinavia, Scotland, and Yorkshire, Sicily, and
Labrador, mostly in ‘‘ glacial” deposits ; 0-470 ft.
The odontophore has been well figured by Friele, and shows that
it is of a Rhipidoglossan type.
The genus Cemoria of Leach MS., as defined by Risso, is certainly
not the genus Puncturella; his type is doubtfully referred to the
Patella equestris of Linné.
3. PuncrurELLA CLATHRATA’, Jeffreys. (Plate L. fig. 11.)
Suexu forming an oblong cone, rather solid for its size, opaque
and lustreless: sculpture, numerous fine longitudinal striz and
stronger concentric ridges, the intercrossing of which produces a
cancellated appearance ; the strize do not reach much beyond half-
way from the margin, where the ridges become slighter and crowded
up to the apex: colour pale brownish white : beak smooth, incurved,
twisted a little to the left, and ending in a spire of a single whorl :
JSoramen forming a long triangular slit: mouth oblong : margin finely
scalloped: zmside smooth and glossy: septum large, triangular as in
P. profundt, L. 0°15, B. 0°1.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 17a. A single and somewhat
imperfect specimen, but peculiar and characteristic.
1 Latticed,
1882.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘ PORCUPINE’ ©XPEDITIONS. 677
Distribution. Off Culebra I. (‘ Challenger’ Exp.) ; 390 fms.
It differs from the young of Fissurella greca, which it resembles
in shape, in having not only a different kind of cancellation but
especially an internal septum.
y 1. FissureELLA GRa&cA, Linné.
Patella greca, L. 8. N. p. 1262.
F. greca, B. C. iii. p. 266, pl. vi. f. 4; v. p. 200, pl. lix. f. 5.
‘ Lightning’ Exp., St. off the Faroe I.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. Vigo B., 24, C. Sagres, Tangier
B.; Med. G. Tunis.
Distribution. Shetland (Forbes) to the Archipelago and Egypt,
Adriatic, Mogador, Madeira, Canaries ; 0-95 fms.
Fossil. Miocene: Vienna Basin and Switzerland (Hérnes)?
Pliocene: English and Belgian Crags, Transylvania, 8. France, N.
Africa, Italy, Morea, Rhodes. Post-tertiary : England and Ireland,
Sicily, Ischia I.; 0-1360 ft.
Varies greatly in the sculpture: in some specimens it is strong,
coarse, and sparse; in others fine and close. Very young shells have
no foramen or slit, but a prominent spire. I have a monstrosity
which grew and lived in the Hamburg aquarium ; after commencing
in the usual way, it became expanded and was composed of laminze
like those of a common oyster. Linné evidently included several
species in his F. greca, as is shown by his citations of Lister,
Adanson, and Gualteri.
There are several obsolete and questionable synonyms.
2, FissURELLA GIBBERULA, Lamarck.
FF. gibberula, Lam. An. s. Vert. vi. (2) p. 15 (1822).
‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Med. St. Benzert Road, Rasel Amoush.
Distribution. Brittany to the Archipelago and Egypt, Adriatic,
Canaries (McAndrew), Guinea (Dunker), Panama (P. Carpenter) ;
0-120 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Italy. Post-tertiary : Sicily ; 0-22 ft.
I am by no means satisfied that this so-called species is more than
a dwarf variety of F. greca. Many intermediate forms occur.
The size of the foramen and the degree of gibbosity are unreliable
characters.
Perhaps the present species may have been the long-lost or doubt-
ful Patella pustula of Linné, which is described as “‘ gibboso-con-
vexa.”” The word “ precedenti” might have been a mistake for
sequenti,” viz. to P. greca instead of P. fissura, because the other
characters belong to Fissurella and not to Emarginula. However,
it is not the F. pustula of Lamarck.
F. gibba of Philippi (1836), and a few other synonyms. Gibbus
is a classical word, not gibberulus.
.-3. FissuRELLA NUBECULA, Linné.
Patella nubecula, L. S. N. p. 1262; Martini, Conch. Cab, i.
Caltade VOD.
‘ Poreupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. Vigo B.
678 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [Nov. 14,
Distribution. Cornish coast (coll. Turton)?, Bay of Biscay (de
Folin), Cadiz (Paz, f. Hidalgo), throughout the Mediterranean, Mo-
gador, C. Verd I., and Senegambia (Riebisch, f. Weinkauf’), Guinea
(Dunker) ; 3-100 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: S. Italy.
Among the synonyms is Ff. nimdosa (afterwards rosea) of Philippi,
but not Patella nimbosa of Linné.
1. EMARGINULA FissuRA, Linné.
Patella fissura, L. 8. N. p. 1261.
E. fissura, B. C. iii. p. 259, pl. vi. f. 3; v. p. 200, pl. lix. f. 2.
‘Lightning’ Exp.: St. 4, 5, off the Faroe I.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: 2, 6, 14, 18, 23a, L. Foyle, N. Channel,
68, The Minch, Little Minch, near Belfast (and var. elata). 1870:
Atl. Vigo B., 24 (var. elata) ; Med. Capo de Gata, Adventure Bank.
Distribution. Finmark and Faroe I. to the Canaries, Mediterra-
nean and Adriatic ; 0-295 fms.
Fossil. Miocene?: Sicily (Seguenza). Pliocene: Edeghem
(Nyst)?, Coralline and Red Crag, Antwerp Crag, S. France, Italy.
Post-tertiary : Norway and Sweden, Scotland and Ireland, Sicily ;
0-200 ft.
E. conica of Schumacher, and E. reticulata of Sowerby.
2. EMARGINULA ROSEA, Bell.
E. rosea, Bell, in Zool. Journ. i. p. 52, pl. 4. f. 1: B.C. iii.
p- 261; v. p. 200, pl. lix. f. 3, 3a.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Med. St. 26.
Distribution. Southern counties of England, Blankenberg, Brit-
tany, N. Spain, Mediterranean and Adriatic (var. pileolus); 7-95 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Coralline Crag, N.W. Germany, Italy, and
Rhodes.
It is extremely problematical whether this is Z. rubra of Lamarck.
His description of the colour (‘‘ rubra aut albo rubroque variegata”’)
is not applicable; and the habitat (“les mers de Europe? ”’) is
given with a doubt. He does not even notice any transverse strize.
The aberrant form or variety (LZ. pileolus, Michaud= £. capuli-
formis, Philippi, =. curvirostris, Deshayes,= FE. coste, Tiberi) is
connected with the typical form by intermediate and insensible
gradations.
3. EMARGINULA crRassA, J. Sowerby.
E. crassa, J. Sow. Min. Conch. p. 73, t.33, upper figures: B. C.
ill. p. 263 ; 'v. p. 200, pl. lix. f. 4.
‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 6, 24, 25, 89.
Distribution. Bodé in Norway to the coasts of Anglesea and
Dublin, Weymouth B. (Thompson, f. Pleydell)? ; 0-300 fms.
Fossil. Miocene’: Sicily (Seguenza). Pliocene: Coralline and
Red Crag, Belgium, S. Italy. Pust-tertiary: Norway, Sicily ;
0-100 ft.
E. decussata of Philippi and F. gigantea of Seguenza. A variety
from the Coralline Crag was named E. crassalta by the late Mr.
1882.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 679
Searles Wood. Mr. Robert Bell showed me a specimen from the
Red Crag which measured 23 inches in length by 1? inch in
breadth. The odontophore has been figured by Friele.
y 4. EmarciInuta CANCELLATA, Philippi.
E. cancellata, Phil. En. Moll. Sic. i. p. 114, t. vii. f. 15:
B.C. v. p. 200, pl. ‘ci. f. 4.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Med. Adventure Bank (fragment).
Distribution. Guernsey (Gallienne)!, G. Gascony (Fischer), Me-
diterranean from Marseilles to the Archipelago and Egypt, and
Adriatic, off Madeira (‘ Travailleur’ Exp. 1882) ; 8-250 fms.
Fossil. Miocene? : Modena (Foresti). Pliocene: S. France, Italy,
Rhodes. Post-tertiary : Sicily.
I find four obscure and obsolete synonyms.
5. EMARGINULA HUZARDI, Payraudeau.
E. huzardii, Payr. Moll. de Corse, p. 92, t. v. f. 1, 2.
‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Med. St. 55.
Distribution. Throughout the Mediterranean and Adriatic, Ma-
deira (Watson) ; 8-40 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Antibes (A. Bell), Calabria (Seguenza).
E. depressa of Risso, whose publication bears the same date as
that of Payraudeau; but the specific name given by the latter is
generally accepted and used. A large variety is the 2. cusmichiana
of Brusina and £. fissurelloides of Nardo.
6. EMARGINULA PAPILLOSA, Risso.
E. papillosa, Risso, Hist. Nat. de l’Eur. mér. (1826), t. iv. p. 260,
ex. ft. 047.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Alt.St. 24, 25, 27,28; Med. Capo de Gata.
Distribution. Mediterranean and Adriatic ; 10-40 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Nice (Risso), Messina (Seguenza).
E. adriatica of O. G. Costa, 1829.
7. EMARGINULA compressa, Cantraine.
E. compressa, Cantr. Diagn. esp. nouv. Moll. (Bull. de l’Acad. roy.
Brux. ix. 2, 1835), p. 22.
E. tuberculosa, Libassi, Mem. Conch. foss. Palermo (Atti, iii.
1859), p. 15, fig. 1.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 24, 27, 28, 28a.
Distribution. None recorded in a recent or living state.
Fossil. Miocene? : Sicily (Seguenza). Pliocene: Sicily,
This appears to be Libassi’s species, and agrees with his short de-
scription and his figure. I lately received from my kind and learned
friend, the Abbé Brugnone of Palermo, a fossil shell named £. tu-
berculosa, which had the same shape as the recent shell, and in
which the sculpture on the upper part was likewise wavy, although
the cancellation was rather more nodulous in consequence of the
specimen not being in good preservation. It differs from E. papil-
losa in being more compressed at the sides, and is shorter or has a
rounded and more globular outline; it is readily distinguishable
from FE. elongata by the shape and much finer sculpture.
680 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [Nov. 14,
8. EMARGINULA MULTISTRIATA, Jeffreys. (Plate L. fig. 12.)
E. multistriata, Jeffr. in Ann. & Mag. N. H. July 1882, p. 30.
‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 24-28.
Distribution. Mediterranean (Italian Expedition, 1881); 217 fms.
Family IV. Catyprraips.
~ CALYPTR&ZA CHINENSIS, Linné.
Patella chinensis, L. 8. N. p. 1257.
C. chinensis, B.C. iii. p. 273, pl. vi. f. 6; v. p. 201, pl. Ix.
ep Pa
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. Vigo B., 16, Setubal B., off C.
Sagres, Tangier B., Gibraltar B.; Med. Algesiras B., Cartagena B.,
Benzert Road, Rasel Amoush, Adventure Bank.
Distribution. Dublin Bay, Milford Haven, southern coasts of
England and Channel Isles, Brittany, S.W. France, throughout the
Mediterranean and Adriatic, Black Sea (Clessin), Red Sea (Issel),
off Morocco (‘Travailleur’ Exp. 1881), Madeira and Canaries ;
0-130 fms., usually inhabiting shallow water. The Scotch localities,
given on the authority of Laskey and Leach, are certainly unreliable.
Fossil. Miocene? : Modena (Foresti). Pliocene: Coralline, Red,
and Norwich Crags, Belgium, S. France, Italy, N.W. Germany,
Switzerland, Vienna Basin, Transylvania, Hungary, Rhodes, and
Cos. Post-tertiary : Leghorn (Castelli, f. Appelius).
There are about a dozen more or less recognized synonyms,
including C. sinensis. The monstrous variety which is moulded on
Turritella terebra is very curious.
CREPIDULA UNGUIFORMIS, Lamarck.
C. unguiformis, Lam. An. s. Vert. vi. (2) p. 25; Sowerby, Gen.,
Crepidula, f. 6.°
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Med. St. Adventure Bank.
Distribution. G. Gascony (De Folin) !, Morocco, Mediterranean
and Adriatic, G. St. Lawrence and eastern coasts of N. America;
0-40 fms.
Fossil. Miocene: Vienna Basin, Switzerland, S.W. France. Plio-
cene: Belgium, S. France, Italy, Aigeria. Post-tertiary : Pozzuoli
(Philippi).
This species also rejoices in, or rather laments, about a dozen
synonyms. It is the Patella crepidula of Linné, C. fornicata of
some authors (but, perhaps, not P. fornicata of Linné), and C. plana
of Say. When the so-called C. fornicata is found adhering to the
outside and C. plana to the inside of the same specimen of another
American shell, they may easily be mistaken for distinct species.
C. moulinst of Michaud is a well marked variety, its principal cha-
racter being dependent on coloration. The young have a short
spire like that of Calyptrea chinensis. Crepidula spirata of Nardo
is also the present species, and derives its peculiar shape and pro-
minent spire from being affixed to Turritella terebra, like Calyptrea
chinensis.
1882.) ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 681
2
SUMMARY OF THE FOREGOING List.
Class SOLENOCONCHIA.
Families. Genera. No. of species.
DENTALIIDA .......... DENTALIUM.......... 12
SIPHODENTALIUM .... 5
IDiscuimmsigc sont yo: ot al
CADULUS? wt PERE. Ses 9
Class GASTROPODA.
CH LOND) Dine... 22a, OBITON, «cance ioctl
PATELLIDA............ Parepza .. cae
HEeLcion: sicekn 2
IRE CTURA® <> sisiaksmai
ADDISONIA ..
PROPILIDIUM ........
FISSURELLIDZ ........ FIsSURISEPTA ........
PUNCTURELLA........
FisSURELLA ..........
EMARGINULA ........
CALYPTRAHIDA ........ CALYpTRHA..........
ACBEPTDIUGA otis «on ite
RB rROoONWWW REO eH oS
In order to make this work as complete as possible up to the
present time, I will add a few notes, chiefly with regard to distribu-
tion, which have occurred to me since the publication of the last
Supplement. These addenda and corrigenda seem to be endless ;
but in the continual progress of science they are unavoidable.
Through the obliging courtesy of Professor Verrill I have now been
enabled to examine examples of many of the species procured during
his long and careful exploration of the sea-bed adjoining the coasts
of New England at considerable depths, which have been lately
described or noticed by him in the ‘Transactions of the Con-
necticut Academy.’ The result of my comparison of these species
with European species from deep water is most interesting and im-
portant. Out of 35 species which Professor Verrill has thus kindly
sent me, I consider 29 or 30 identical with European species. It
shows the far more extensive range of marine Mollusca at certain
depths than of land and freshwater Mollusca over any territorial
area of equal space.
SuprLemMent To Parts I., IT., III., IV.
Part I., P. Z.S. 1878 :—
Page 399. Terebratula caput-serpentis. Fossil. Miocene : Marne
Vaticano (Ponzi).
»» 402. Terebratula tuberata. Bay of Biscay (‘ Travailleur’
Exp., 1881); 1093 fms.
682
LG
P.
PE:
ro ro
DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [Nov. 14,
. 403. Terebratula vitrea. Very fine specimens were taken from
214 fms. during the Italian exploration of the Medi-
terranean 1881 ; one of them was an inch and six tenths
long. An oblong variety occurred in 841 fms., and
the variety sphenotdea in 217 fms. The inside ribs of
the upper or deeper valve are sometimes visible on the
outside, owing to the semitransparency of the shell.
Var. sphenoidea. Bay of Biscay (‘Travailleur’ Exp.,
1881) ; 5783 fms.
. 405. Terebratula cranium. Bay of Biscay (‘ Travailleur’
Exp., 1881); 212 fms.
. 407. Terebratula septata. West coast of Norway (Norman) ;
58-200 fms. Bay of Biscay (‘Travailleur’ Exp.,
1881); 512fms. G. Marseilles (‘ Travailleur’ Exp.,
1881) ;-301 fms. Var. floridana, N. Spain (‘ Tra-
vailleur’ Exp. 1882); 731 fms.
. 411. Megerlia truncata, var. monstruosa. Bay of Biscay
(‘ Travailleur’ Exp. 1881); 5783 fms. Off Ajaccio
(same Exped.) ; 303 fms.
. 413. Rhynchonella sicula. Bay of Biscay (‘ Travailleur’ Exp.,
1881); 578L fms. A valve and small living spe-
cimen.
415. Discina atlantica. Bay of Biscay (‘Travailleur’ Exp.,
1881); 1791 fms.
Part IL, 2. Z.8. 1879 :—
556. Spondylus jussoni. Azores (‘ Josephine’ Exp.); 200-
300 fms.
Pecten pusio, ©. Verd I. (de Rochebrune).
557. Pecten pes-lutre. Bay of Biscay (‘ Travailleur’ Exp.,
1881); 212 fms. Gigantic valves.
5, Pecten sulcatus. Between the Hebrides and Faroes
(‘Triton’ cruise, 1882); 530 fms., living. C. Verd I.
(de Rochebrune).
. 559. Pecten striatus. Adriatic (Brusina).
. 560. Pecten groenlandicus. Between Gibraltar and Azores
(‘ Josephine’ Exp.) ; 550 fms.
561. Pecten vitreus. Between Gibraltar and the Azores
(‘ Josephine’ Exp.) ; 790 fms.
» Amussium fenestratum. New England coast (Verrill) ;
100 fms.! Sculpture of American specimens finer and
closer than in European specimens.
. 562. Amussium hoskynsi. W. Mediterranean (Italian Exp.,
1881) ; 214-609 fms. Between Hebrides and Faroes
(« Triton’ cruise); 570 fms. Fossil. Pliocene : Ca-
labria (Seguenza, as Pleuronectia differens) !
Amussium lucidum. N. Spain (‘Travailleur’ Exp. 1882);
1025 fins. Between Gibraltar and Azores (‘ Jose-
phine’ Exp.) : 550 fms. Fossil. Pliocene: Monte
Mario.
1882.]
P. 563.
‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘ PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 683
Lima subovata. Between Lisbon and Canaries (‘Tra-
vailleur’ Exp. 1882); 1192 fms.
P. 564. Lima subauriculata. Between the Hebrides and Faroes
rr
ao
(=>)
©
(‘ Triton’ cruize); 570fms. Josephine Bank ; 110-
120 fms.
Lima excavata. Fossil. Pliocene: Calabria (Seguenza) !
. Mytilus incurvatus. Probably a Pliocene fossil of the
Bolognese, as Modiola rectemarginata of Foresti.
Mytilus phaseolinus. Black Sea (Spratt) ; 45-50 fms.
Dacrydium vitreum. Between the Hebrides and Faroes
(‘ Triton’ cruise); 570 fms. Azores (‘ Josephine
Exp.); 200-300 fms.
. Idas argenteus. Between the Hebrides and Faroes
(‘ Triton’ cruise); 516 fms. Inhabiting deserted
tubes of Teredo megotara in a large water-logged
piece of pine-wood, to which the Jdas had fixed
itself by a strong byssus. It is covered with a pale
brownish-yellow epidermis, which rises into fibrous
excrescences on the posterior side. Under the epi-
dermis the shell is silvery white. An internal and long
cartilage covers the hinge. I was mistaken as to this
when I described the species from two small valves.
The beak has a reddish colour like that of Cypricardia
lithophagella. The shape varies from rhomboidal to
oblong. Size of my largest specimens 33 tenths of an
inch or about 8 millimetres. With it in a ‘‘commen-
sal’’ way lived an undescribed species of Coceulina, or
a new genus of the same family, to which I propose
giving the name of spinigera; this would seem to have
fed on decomposed portions of the Z'eredo. Small
Aunelids also occupy the tubes and probably have the
same habit. The little limpet is coated with a cera-
tose sponge, which gives it a prickly appearance.
The smaller and younger specimens of Teredo were
living when the piece of wood came up in the trawl.
Idas argenteus is probably the species of that name
noticed by Verrill as var. damellosa, from 337 fathoms
off the coast of New England.
Arca barbata. C. Verd I. (de Rochebrune).
Arca nodulosa. Fossil. Miocene: Marne Vaticano
(Ponzi). :
Arca tetragoaa. CO. Verd I, (de Rochebrune).
Arca antiquata, C. Verd I. (de Rochebrune).
Arca obliqua. Josephine Bank, 340-430 fms.
Arca glacialis. G. Mexico (Dall)?
Arca pectunculoides, var. septentrionalis. New England
(Verrill); 310 fms.! Between the Hebrides and
Faroes (‘ Triton’ cruise); 570 and 608 fms. Medi-
terranean (Italian Exp., 1881) ; 337-464 fms.
684 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [Nov. 1/4,
. 575. Leda fragilis. New England ( Verrill, as L. unca, Gould) ;
115 fms. Sea of Marmara (Spratt) ; 20 fms.
. 576. Leda frigida. Between the Hebrides and Faroes (‘Triton’
cruise); 640 fms.
. 577. Leda tenuis. Between the Hebrides and Faroes (‘'Triton’
cruise) ; 640 fms.
. 578. Leda striolata. Mediterranean (‘ Travailleur’ Exp.,
1881); 221 and 913 fms. Between Gibraltar and
Azores (‘ Josephine’ Exp.) ; 550 fms.
» Leda lucida.. Between the Hebrides and Faroes (‘Triton’
cruise) ; 516 and 570 fms.
»» Leda pusio. Mediterranean (‘Travailleur* Exp., 1881) ;
653 fms.
P. 579. Leda jeffreysi. Dele Palermo as a locality.
», Leda subequilatera. Between the Hebrides and Faroes
(‘ Triton’ cruise) ; 640 fms.
P. 580. Leda expansa. Between Gibraltar and Azores (‘ Jose-
phine’ Exp.); 790 fms.
P. 581. Nucula egeensis. Mediterranean (Italian Exp., 1881);
1521-1536 fms. Fossil. Miocene: Marne Vaticano
(Ponzi). N. decipiens of Philippi. Both names bear
the same date; but the description given by Philippi
is much more full and precise than that of Forbes ;
and perhaps decipiens ought to be preferred.
P. 582. Nucula corbuloides. Between the Hebrides and Faroes
(‘ Triton’ cruise); 516and 570 fms. Mediterranean
(Italian Exp., 1881); 1521-1536 fms.
» Nucula tumidula. Between the Hebrides and Faroes
(‘ Triton’ cruise); 516 and 570 fms.
P. 584. Pectunculus nummarius. Fossil. Pliocene: C. Verd I.
(de Rochebrune).
P. 585. Limopsis cristata. Between the Hebrides and Faroes
(‘ Triton’ cruise); 516 and570 fms. Bay of Biscay
(‘ Travailleur’ Exp., 1881 and 1882); 341-1693 fms.
Never half the size of ZL. minuta, and different in
shape, sculpture, dentition, and crenation of the inner
margin.
P. 586. Malletia obtusa. Mediterranean (Italian Exp., 1881) ;
337-464 fms.
» Malletia cuneata. Mediterranean (Italian Exp., 1881) ;
337-1536 fms.
Pos oie ae ta)
Part III., P. Z. S. June 1881 :—
P. 695. Lepton lacerum. N. Spain (‘'Travailleur’ Exp. 1882) ;
282 fms. Fossil. Pliocene: Sicily (Brugnone).
P. 696. Montacuta ferruginosa. New England (Verrill) ; low
water.
P. 698. Montacuta bidentata. New England (Verrill); shore to
7 fms.
1882.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘ PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 685
698. Montacuta ovata. New England (Verrill)? ; 100-153 fms.
699. Lasea pumila. Adriatic (Brusina).
700. Loripes lacteus. New England (Verrill, as L. lens) ;
100 fms.
701. Lucina borealis. OC. Verd I. (de Rochebrune).
. 702. Axinus orbiculatus. Coast of Morocco (‘ Travailleur ’
Exp., 1881); 174-394 fms. N. Spain (1882);
282fms. Between Gibraltar and Azores (‘ Josephine’
Exp.) ; 550 fms.
The specific name granulosus, which was originally
proposed by me, must be substituted for orbiculatus,
The Marquis de Monterosato has lately pointed out,
in the second part of his ‘ Conchiglie del Mediter-
raneo,’ that he described the principal characters of
this species in the ‘ Journal de Conchyliologie’ for
1874, page 251, two years before the publication by
Professor Seguenza.
703. Awinus incrassatus. Fossil. Pliocene: Monte Mario
(Rigacci)!
704. Awinus subovatus. New England (Verrill) ? ; 500 fms.
706. Cardium echinatum. Fossil. Ranges in height to
1360 feet.
707. Cardium taberculatum. Fossil. Pliocene: Belgium.
708. Cardium fasciatum. Black Sea (Spratt); 45 fms.
709. Cardium norvegicum. Fossil. Pliocene: Belgium.
. 711. Astarte sulcata, typical form. Off Canaries (‘ Travail-
leur’ Exp. 1882); 325 fms.
», Astarte crenata. Fossil. Pliocene: Belgium.
713. Astarte pusilla. Fossil. Pliocene: Reggio, Calabria.
714. Venus effossa. Adriatic (Brusina).
- 715. Venus casina. Fossil. Pliocene: Belgium.
» Venus multilamella. Fossil. Miocene: Marne Vati-
cano (Ponzi).
717. Tapes virgineus. Fossil. Pliocene: Belgium.
718. Lucinopsis undata. Fossil. Pliocene: Belgium.
719. Tellina balthica. C. Verd I. (de Rochebrune) ?
720. Tellina compressa. Fossil. Pliocene: Belgium, Bologna.
721. Zellina distorta. Fossil. Pliocene: Sicily.
723. Donax venustus. C. Verd I. (de Rochebrune),
hd he
ee eee re te
to ro ho
eB
Part IV., P. Z. 8. November 1881:
P. 923. Mactra solida. Fossil. Height ranges to 1360 feet.
P. 924. Lutraria rugosa. C.Verd I., and fossil (de Rochebrune).
P. 925. Lutraria oblonga. Fossil. C. Verd I. (de Rochebrune).
» Serobicularia nitida. G. Marseilles (‘ Travailleur’ Exp.,
1881); 301 fms. Between Gibraltar and Azores
(‘ Josephine’ Exp.); 550 fms.
P. 926. Serobicularia longicallus. G. Marseilles (‘ Travailleur’
686
Li) iain elma Ine lece a=]
DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [Nov. 14,
Exp., 1881); 2923-364 fms. Fossil. Miocene:
Marne Vaticano (Ponzi).
. 926. Serobicularia alba. Black Sea (Spratt); 45 fms. Fossil.
Miocene: Marne Vaticano (Ponzi).
. 927. Serobicularia prismatica. Sea of Marmara (Spratt);
20 fms.
. 930. Lyonsia formosa. G. Marseilles (‘ Travailleur Exp.) ;
1093 fms. Azores (‘Josephine’ Exp.); 200-300 fms.
. 931, Peechiolia abyssicola. Barentz Sea (Dutch Arctic Exp.) ;
210 fms. Cardium fragile of Noman !
. 932. Pecchiolia insculpta. N. Spain (‘Travailleur’ Exp.
1882) ; 249 fms.
»» ._ Peechiolia subquadrata. Bay of Biscay (‘ Travailleur’
Exp., 1881); 1093 fms.
. 933. Peechiolia granulata. Western Mediterranean (Italian
Exp., 1881); of large size. N. Spain (¢ Travailleur’
Exp. 1882). Fossil. Pliocene: Monte Mario (Ri-
gacei) !
», Pecchiolia acuticostata. N. Spain (‘ Travailleur’ Exp.
1882), of large size; 731 fms. Fossil. Pliocene:
Bologna ; also large.
- 934, Pholadomya lovent. W. Mediterranean (Italian Exp.,
1881) ; 85-1217 fms. Perfect specimens were taken
at the last mentioned depth, measuring upwards of
aninchin length. G. Marseilles (‘ Travailleur’ Exp.,
1881); 301 fms. Fossil, Pliocene: Ficarazzi
(Brugnone) !
. 936. Poromya granulata. Sea of Marmara (Spratt); 20 fms.
Coast of Morocco (‘ Travailleur’ Exp. 1881).
» Poromya necroides. N.Spain (‘ Travailleur’ Exp. 1882),
perfect ; 731 fms.
. 937. Neera subtorta. Between the Hebrides and Faroes
(‘ Triton’ cruise) ; 640 fms.
» Veera obesa. W. Mediterranean (Italian Exp., 1881) ;
337-1536 fms. N. Spain (‘Travailleur’ Exp. 1882);
238 fms. Var. glacialis, New England (Verritl) ;
302-365 fms.
. 938. Nee@ra cuspidata, var. crassa. Shetland and Mediterranean.
. 940, Neera depressa. Bay of Biscay (‘Travailleur’ Exp.,
1881); 1093 fms. G. Marseilles (same Exp.) ;
301 fms.
. 941. Neera contracta, Azores (‘ Josephine’ Exp.); 200-
300 fms.
»» WNeera semistrigosa. Fossil. Pliocene: Reggio (Se-
guenza, as N. lamellosa) ; fragment only.
- 942. Neera circinata, N. Spain (‘ Travailleur’ Exp. 1882),
perfect ; 1025 fms.
» Neeraruginosa. Azores (‘ Josephine’ Exp.); 200-300
fms. A right valve, but imperfect, having a short
triangular lateral tooth on each side.
1882.| ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘ PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 687
P. 943. Dr. E. v. Martens having pointed out that Trovrpo-
pHORA has been preoccupied in Cyclostomatide,
substitute GonropHora, angulated; although for a
sectional name it is immaterial.
» Neeracurta. G. Mexico (‘ Blake’ Exp.) ; 84-152 fms.
Professor Verrill, in his lately published Catalogue of
some New-England marine Mollusca (Trans. Conn.
Ac. July 1882, v. p. 560), considers this a variety of
his N. multicostata, which is my N. striata. I may,
however, remark that N. curta was sufficiently de-
scribed by me in the ‘ Annals and Magazine of Natural
History’ for December 1876, and that the learned
Professor was not quite correct in designating that
species as named merely but not described.
P. 944. Neera costellata. W. Mediterranean (Italian Exp.,
1881); 817 fms.
Neera striata. Between the Hebrides and Faroes
(‘ Triton ’ cruise) ; 570 fms. Between Gibraltar and
Azores (Josephine Exp.) ; 200-700 fms. N. multi-
costata, Verrill and Smith.
P. 945. Mya truncata. Fossil. Pliocene: Belgium.
P. 947. Xylophagadorsalis. Mediterranean (‘Travailleur’ Exp.,
1881); 301-913 fins.
32
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Puate XLIX.
Fig. 1. Dentalium capillosum, p. 658. | Fig. 6. Cadulus cylindratus, 664.
2. candidum, p. 658, ie gracilis, p. 664.
3. subterfissum, p. 660. 8. twmidosus, p. 665.
4. ensiculus, p. 660. 9. amphora, p. 668.
5. Stphodentalium teres, p. 661. 10. gibbus, p. 666.
Prats L.
Fig. 1. Chiton rarinota, p. 668. Fig. 7. Propilidiwm pertenue, p. 674.
2. Tectwra rugosa, p. 671. 8 compressum, p. 674.
3 pusilla, p. 672. 9. Fissurisepta granulosa, p. 675.
4. —— adunca, p. 672. 10. Puncturella profundi, p. 675.
5. galeola, p. 672. ll. clathrata, p. 676.
6. Propilidium scabrosum, p. 674. 12. Emarginula multistriata,p.680.
November 28, 1882.
Prof. Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.
Mr. W. B. Tegetmeier, F.Z.S., exhibited a skull of Rhinoceros suma-
trensis and some horns of a Buffalo and a Deer from Elopura, Borneo,
forwarded by Mr. W. B. Pryer, C.M.Z.S.
Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1882, No. XLVI. 46
688 DR.A.B. MEYER ON THE COLOURS OF OBJECTS. [Nov. 28,
Mr. J. E. Harting, F.Z.S., exhibited a specimen of a South-
African Eagle-Owl (Bubo maculosus) stated to have been killed in
1851 near Waterford, in Ireland, from the collection of Dr. Burkitt
of Waterford.
Mr. R. Bowdler Sharpe exhibited some specimens of Swifts sent to
him by Dr. Lucan from the Congo.
These consisted of a pair of a species of Chetura, evidently the
same as C. cassini, Sclater, from Gaboon, with which Mr. Sharpe
had compared them. The range of this species was thus extended
from the Gaboon to the Congo district.
The true Chetura sabinii was discovered in Sierra Leone by Sir
E. Sabine, and was afterwards met with in Fernando Po by Mr.
Fraser (cf. Strickl. P. Z. S. 1844, p. 99), and had been more recently
found on the Loango coast by Dr. Falkenstein (cf. Reichen. J. f. O.
1877, p. 21).
Chetura ussheri, Sharpe, still remained known only from the
original specimens, procured by the late Governor Ussher on the Gold
Coast (Fort Victoria).
Dr. Lucan had also forwarded a pair of Cypselus, with the nest
and eggs, which he believed to belong to Cypselus sharpii, Bouvier
(Bull. Soc. Zool. France, i. p. 228, pl. vi. fig. 1). The specimens,
however, showed that the Congo bird now procured by Dr. Lucan
was the true C. caffer, identical with South-African specimens.
CO. sharpit differed from C. caffer in having a less forked tail, and
especially in having the rump-band perfectly uniform, without any of
the uarrow black shaft-lines which were seen in C. caffer; the white
on the throat also descended further.
Mr. Sharpe also exhibited a specimen of Machirhamphus alcinus
obtained by Mr. Everett near Papar in Northern Borneo, and made
remarks on the geographical distribution of this singular form of
Accipitres.
A communication was read from Dr. A. B. Meyer, C.M.Z.S., in
reference to Mr. Harting’s communication (above, page 391) as to
the desirability of adopting a standard of nomenclature for the descrip-
tion of the colours of natural objects. Dr. Meyer called attention
to Radde’s international colour-seale published some years ago at
Hamburg, which appeared to him to answer the required purpose
exactly. Dr. Meyer had made use of this work for his forthcoming
monograph on the Jadeite and Nephrite objects of the Dresden
Museum, and had recommended it to several scientific friends,
especially to travellers who wished to determine the colour of the
human skin in different races, Broca’s scale being insufficient for the
purpose. Dr. Meyer was of opinion that the use of this modern
work would be far preferable to the republication of Werner’s Nomen-
clature as proposed by Mr. Harting.
The following papers were read :—
1882.] PROF. OWEN ON THE STERNUM OF NOTORNIS - 689
1. On the Sternum of Nofornis and on Sternal Characters.
By Professor Owen, C.B., F.R.S., F.Z.8., &e,
[Received November 10, 1882.]
In the ‘ Proceedings’ of this Society for 1882, referring to the
meeting held January 7th, it is stated that ‘‘ Professor Newton
exhibited the skin and bones of the trunk of a specimen of Notornis
mantelli, obtained in the province of Otago eighteen months before.”
On these specimens the sole remark recorded is, ‘‘ that the sternum
figured in the Society’s ‘ ‘'ransactions,’ vol. iv. pl. 4. figs. 5-8, as of
this species must belong to a totally different form” (loc. cit. p. 97).
As a means of judging of the degree and kind of difference, it may
not be unacceptable to ornithologists to compare the subjoined
figures (pp. 690, 691) of the sternum of Notornis mantelli, of the
natural size, with those of the sternum in the plate above cited, the
original of which may be seen in the Geological Department of the
Museum of Natural History, Cromwell Road.
Prior to the date of Prof. Newton’s communication I had received
from Prof. T. Jeffery Parker, University of Otago, New Zealand, a
notice of the arrival there of the skin and following parts of the
skeleton of a Notornis mantelli, viz. the bones of the trunk with
some lower cervical and anterior caudal vertebra, the scapular
arch with sternum, and both femora articulated with the pelvis.
As it was Prof. Parker’s expressed intention to submit a descrip-
tion of these unique specimens to the Otago Institute, and as he was
so good as to send me an impression of the plate, giving reduced
views, front and side, of the sternum with other bones of the trunk,
I reserved any remark thereon until the reception of the Professor’s
full and instructive ‘ Memoir,’ which has appeared in the 14th volume
of the ‘Transactions of the New-Zealand Institute,’ 8vo, p. 255
(1882).
Not until the year 1870 had I the opportunity of describing the
sternum of Aptornis, the extinct Ralline genus surpassing in size
Notornis. 1 then remarked :—“ The inferiority of size of the
sternum figured (plate 4. figs. 5-8) to the sternum of Aptornis
defossor is greater than that of the femur of Aptornis otidiformis as
compared with that of Aptornis defossor.” This might have favoured
the conclusion arrived at, or inclined to, in 1850, and indicated in
the title to my former paper, in vol. iv. p. 1, of our ‘ Transactions.’
But further insight was to be had by comparison of the subject of
plate 4. figs. 5-8 with the parts of the skeleton of Aptornis otidi-
Jformis subsequently acquired.
Such comparison suggested, in 1870, the following remarks :—
‘The relative size of the smaller sternum to the femur of Aptornis
otidiformis is more like the relative size of the sternum of Aptornis
defossor to the femur of that species, than is the relative size of the
‘smaller sternum’ to the femur of Nofornis. Seeing, therefore, in
? Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. iv. pp. 1-18, Febr. 1850.
46*
690 PROF. OWEN ON THE STERNUM OF NoToRNIs. [Nov. 28,
the Rallines here compared, that as the wings decrease and the legs
increase in size the sternum becomes shorter in proportion to the
femur, I am inclined to believe that the smaller sternum (pl: 4.
figs. 5-8) has belonged to Aptornis otidiformis rather than to
Notornis. This view derives further support from the fact that,
with the decreasing relative size to the femur, there is a progressive
simplification of the sternum in the recent Rallines (Tribonyx, Ocy-
dromus), by which the still more simple type of the bone in Aptornis
defossor is approached’’’.
A ground for excuse in reproducing this passage is the notice above
Sternum of Notornis mantelli, under surface; nat. size.
cited in the Society’s ‘ Proceedings’ in relation to the subjects of
Prof. Parker’s memoir.
In this there is no concurrence with the accomplished Cambridge
Professor as to ‘‘the total difference of form of the sternum of
Notornis from that of Aptornis ;” and the divergence is not only
“zoological ” as regards the “ form,” “family,” or “genus” of birds
which Notornis most resembles, but is ‘‘ critical ” in relation to the
earlier author and his contributions on the subject.
As to the history, Professor Parker writes : —“ The genus Notornis
Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. viii. 1871, p. 120.
1882.] PROF. OWEN ON THE STERNUM OF NOTORNIS. 691
was founded by Prof. Owen in the year 1848; the skull was fully
described in the ‘Transactions of the Zoological Society,’ and the
genus referred to the family Rallide as a close ally of Porphyrio.
Shortly after he received a femur, a tibia, and a tarso-metatarse of the
same bird, as well as a sternum which he, at first, erroneously referred
to Notornis, but afterwards (in 1871) recognized as belonging to
Aptornis otidiformis”’.
Far from the genus Nofornis belonging ‘to a totally different
form,” the acquisition of additional osteological data confirms its
reference, together with the extinct Aptornis, to the Ralline family.
Fig. 2.
Sternum of Notornis mantelli, side view ; nat. size.
Prof. Parker selects the New-Zealand genera Tribonyx, Porphyrio,
and Ocydromus for his illustrations of this affinity of Notornis; and
in regard to the sternum, finds the closest resemblance to it in that of
Tribonyx : in this “it is of the same proportional length to breadth ;”
it is shorter relatively than in Porphyrto, but is considerably longer
than in Ocydromus ; but its breadth, in proportion to the length of
the trunk, is greater than in any of the three smaller Rallines.
As in Tribonyx and the flightless “‘ Wood-hens,” the manubrial
margin of the sternum of Notornis (fig. 1, p. 690, e) does not develop
1 «Tyansactions of the New-Zealand Institute,’ vol. xiv. 1882, p. 245.
692 PROF. OWEN ON THE STERNUM OF NoTorNis. [Noy. 28,
the process so called’, but is slightly concave : its extent equals that
of the coracoid margin, 6, the pair of which margins, with the manu-
brial one, divide the fore border of the sternum into three equal parts.
The degree of transverse concavity is the same in each; but the
coracoid ones have also a moderate excavation in the opposite direc-
tion for their articular relations with the scapular arch. The outer
end of each of these joint-surfaces is slightly produced (ib. d@).
Articular cavities for the sternal ends of six hemal ribs mark the
costal division, ¢c, c, of the outer border, which is thence continued
backward, with a very slight sigmoid curve, to the hind end of that
border, one third of which bounds the part of the sternum converted
by the deep notch, f, into a “ postmarginal”’ process, g. The in-
termediate end of the sternum, a, representing, though hardly homo-
logous with, the “ xiphoid appendix,” in ‘‘ Anthropotomy,” is ter-
minally truncate, not extending so far back as the ‘“ postmarginal ”
processes: these resemble the same parts in Tribonyz in being un-
expanded at the end, as is slightly the case in Ocydromus and
Porphyrio. The sternal keel in Notornis (figs. 1 and 2, s s') shows
the same shallowness asin Tribonyx, with a further reduction of the
anterior angle (fig. 2, s'), in which Notornis resembles Ocydromus.
The transverse convexity of the sternum, reduced as it is in that
genus, is relatively less in Notornis : it subsides almost to flatness in
Apteryx?.
Other comparisons with the smaller existing Rallines of New Zea-
land, notable either for loss or much reduced powers of flight, are
carried out and well illustrated in the reduced figures (plates xx. and
xxi.) of Prof. Jeffery Parker's memoir *.
These have led me to believe that the accompanying figures, front
and side, of the sternum of Notornis, natural size (pp. 690, 691),
may not be unacceptable, as tending to complement the illustrations
of the osteology of the extinct Ralline which have previously ap-
peared in the Society’s publications’.
In its sternal modifications the larger form, Aptornis, though
strictly ralline in the sum of its osteology, has departed further from
the existing forms. Not only have the “ postmarginal processes ”
disappeared, with great reduction of breadth of sternum, but the
place of a keel is indicated by a mere low obtuse ridge.
Now, on the supposition that, with further atrophy of the pectoral
muscles, the keel should disappear from the sternum and leave no
trace, as it has done in several genera of birds otherwise structurally
distinct, as, for example, in Struthio®, Rhea®, Dromaius’, Casuarius®,
Apteryx®, and Dinornis”, are Aptornis and therewith Notornis to he
? «Anatomy of Vertebrates,’ vol. ii. p. 24, fig. 15, e.
° Trans. Zool. Soe. vol. ii. pl. 55. figs. 2 & 3.
° Loe. cit. p. 245.
* Trans. Zool. Soe. vol. iii. pl. 56. figs. 7-13; and vol. iv, pl. 4. figs. 5-8,
° Trans. Zool. Soe. vol. iii. (1848), plate 57. fig. 4.
6 1b. ib. fig. 5. 7 Db. ib. fig. 7.
9 Trans. Zool. Soe. vol. it. (1888), plate 55. figs. 1-8.
10 Trans, Zool. Soe. vol. viii. plates 7-9,
8 Ib, ib. fig. 6.
1882. ] PROF, OWEN ON THE STERNUM OF NOTORNIS. 693
likewise included in the subclass ‘“‘ Ratite”
logical system ?
On a conjectural ancestral relation of the keelless external cha-
racter to the present advanced volant faculty of the Avian class, the
Dodo had made some progress thereto from its assumed “ ratite ”
progenitor: it had risen to the rudiment of a keel.
To this conclusion, however, another conjecture opposes itself.
Dodos (Didide), having gained in bulk and weight upon other
geographically associated birds of their own family or genus, and
finding sufficient sustenance on the ground, with convenience for
nidification, had no call to exert the strenuous act of flight. The
stimulus thereto, which we daily witness in birds about us, was
wanting. ‘There were no enemies, quadrupedal or bipedal, in the
tract of land now reduced to the islands of Mauritius and Rodriguez,
to disturb their wellbeing and threaten their existence.
I have elsewhere remarked, as bearing upon the interesting ques-
tion of the relation of the simplified sternum to the genesis of Birds,
that Pezophaps, the largest land-bird seen by the early settlers in
the island of Rodriguez, “differed in no other respect from the
class-rule in other birds, save in the inability to fly by the action of
the fore limbs. There were no enemies, native to the island, able to
take advantage of that disablement—‘ I] nes’y trouve aucun animal
& quatre pieds, que des rats, des lezards, et des tortues de terre,’ writes
Leguat in his interesting little book’. The ‘Solitaires’ had no call
to practise or to endeavour to practise that hardest mode of locomo-
tion to obtain sustenance or fulfil any of the conditions of preserva-
tion of the individual or of the species; they were never scared into
the violent volant exercise’’*. The exiled Huguenots derived the best,
if not largest, proportion of their animal food from the wingless birds
of Rodriguez.
The advent of Man, with or without a subservient carnivorous
quadruped, is an intelligible cause of the extinction of species, espe-
cially of birds attracting his hunger by their size and unable to escape
by flight. Thus the huge wingless Dromornis®, like Diprotodon, has
become known to us only by the osseous remains in Australia. The
smaller Emu and Cassowary are there restricted in range and num-
bers, and seem to be gradually passing away.
The fact of a range of variety in size has been determined in the
individuals of many species. Such variety affecting a Cereopsis
Goose to the degree shown by Cnemiornis* would, in a corresponding
degree, render the act of flight more difficult and laborious. Con-
sequently, if that act were not needed for the acquisition of food, it
might seldom or never be exercised in the absence of any enemy from
which it would offer a way of escape. By long disuse of the wings,
continued through successive generations, those organs, agreeably
of a binary ornitho-
1 Voyage et Avantures de Francois Leguat, &c. 12mo, 4 Londres, 1708,
2 Memoirs on the Extinct Birds of New Zealand, and on those of Mauritius,
Australia, &c. 4to, 1878. Appendix III. p. 5.
3 Ib, Appendix I. p. 1.
4 Trans. Zool, Soc. vol. v. 1865, p. 395,
694 PROF. OWEN ON THE STERNUM OF NoTORNIS. [Nov. 28,
with Lamarck’s theory of the ‘Origin of Species,’ would become
enfeebled, and ultimately atrophied to the degree exemplified in
Apteryx and Dinornis. The legs, then monopolizing the functions
of locomotion, would attain, through the concomitant force and fre-
quency of exercise, proportional increase of power and size. Under
these conditions may be comprehended, by vere cause, the origin of
the great flightless Anserine which is entered as a ‘‘species” in
Ornithological Catalogues under the name of Cnemiornis calcitrans.
It has become such through no choice or selection, but by a combi-
nation of circumstances enforced, with operative conditions of organic
vitality, first taught us by the immortal author of the ‘ Philosophie
Zoologique.’
The same course of cogitation, so guided, leads to the same conclu-
sion as to the origin of Notornis, of Aptornis, of Dinornis. The ten-
dency to variation in size and proportions, after the reduction and loss
of wings, leads to the minor modifications of such flightless genera.
The genus Nogornis is now known to be represented by species,
living in the present generation of New-Zealand colonists, in loca-
lities nearly one hundred miles apart, and which have belonged to a
once gregarious family.
The first captured specimen of the species, V. mantelli, was taken
by seal-fishers (1847) near the coast of ‘‘ Duck Cove,’’ Resolution
Island, Dusky Sound; the second specimen was caught (1869) at
“Deas Cove,” Secretary Island, Thompson’s Sound; the third
specimen, which afforded the subject of Prof. Jeffery Parker’s
memoir’, was caught (1881) by a rabbit-hunter in Captain Han-
kinson’s “ Run,” on ‘‘Bare-patch Plains,” east of “Te anau’’ Lake,—
all in the South Island of New Zealand.
In ‘Phillip’s Voyage to Botany Bay’ a large ralline bird was
noticed on what is now “‘ Norfolk Island,’’ under the name of Fulica
alba (1789, p. 160). A good coloured plate of the same species is
given in Surgeon White’s ‘ Voyage to New South Wales,’ 4to, 1790,
with a brief notice at p. 238, under the name of “ Gallinula
alba”’ (the ‘‘plates”’ are not numbered in this work). In size and
shape of head and beak, in the reduced proportions of the wings, in
the strength of the legs and feet, in the carpal spur, and the colour
of the beak, this bird seems but a variety of Notornis mantelli ; it is
at least a species of the same genus, as von Pelzeln has pointed out
in ‘The Ibis’ of 1873, p. 44°.
But no “Redbill’’ or “Takahe”’ has since rewarded a naturalist’s
quest in “‘ Lord Howe’s”’ or ‘ Norfolk Island.” A species of the
New-Zealand genus Ocydromus (O. sylvestris, Sclater) still exists
there, and is said to be easily captured.
The Wood-hens flourish in both South and North Islands of New
Zealand, as in the smaller tract nearer the Antarctic latitudes; but
they are severally represented by modifications noted as Ocydromus
earli, O. australis, and O. sylvestris.
1 Loe. cit. p. 245.
* A copy of White's figure is given in ‘The Ibis,’ 1878, pl. x.
1882.] PROF. OWEN ON THE STERNUM OF NOTORNIS. 695
Notornis is extinct in the North Island, but it still lingers, as we
have seen, in the South Island of New Zealand. A perfect skeleton
of the Norfolk-Island “ Redbill’’ might show modifications, with
claims to specific distinction from N. mantelli, like those which have
been founded on the osseous remains of the extinct Moas of both
North and South Islands of New Zealand. Hitherto I have not
received remains of the genus Dinornis from any of the outlying
tracts of land which may be conceived to have once formed, with the
two New-Zealand islands, parts of a southern continent. <Apferyz,
like Ocydromus, is still represented by existing species in both North
and South Islands. Considering the restricted powers of locomotion
of the several genera above cited, it may be inferred that the lands
yielding examples of such flightless birds were not, in their primitive
days, separated by such breadths of ocean as that which divides the
South Island from Lord Howe’s Island, or as that known as “‘ Cook’s
Straits.’ We may conceive the lapse of time since the geological
forces occasioned such divisions of a southern continent to have
been so considerable as to have allowed the conditions originating
technical species to have led to the modifications which distinguish
the Northern from the Southern Moas, Kivis, and Wekas, and the
Southern Notornis from that which inhabited the land of Norfolk
Island. Lamarck’s hypothesis of the way of work of the secondary
evolutional cause of Species, by the influence, viz., of circumstances
exciting or checking the exercise of parts, is more intelligible, more
applicable in connexion wih observed facts, to the before-cited orni-
thic cases than is Darwin’s or Wallace’s ‘ Natural Selection.’
Passing from the origin to the extinction of species, I may remark
that the accomplished naturalist and ornithologist Professor Emile
Blanchard, referring to the abundance of remains of Dinornis in the
South Island of New Zealand, writes :—‘ Aussi est-il difficile de
croire que la destruction totale de ces remarquables créatures ait été
accomplie par les Maories toujours clairsemés sur le littoral de |’Ile
du Sud. Selon certaine probabilité, les événements physiques ont
été la cause premiére de cette destruction; and he infers that
* L’extinction de ces oiseaux gigantesques serait une nouvelle preuve
de l’effondrement du continent austral”’?.
But it is not easy to conceive that birds commanding, like the
Moas, great powers of traversing dry land, would permit themselves
to be submerged, for example, with the sinking proportion of their
continent which has separated the North from the South Island of
New Zealand. The Maories may have decreased in numbers in the
portion so severed which was less favoured by climate and fertility.
But this would be likely to quicken their quest and improve their
ways of capture and slaughter of their great feathered flightless game.
The discovery in the grave of the ancient chief, interred at “ Kai
Koras”’ in the South Island, of the egg of Dinornis ingens on
his lap*, placed there, probably, for sustenance during his journey
to the “next world,” testifies, with the scorched bones and fragments
1 ©. R. Acad. Se. 1882, p. 392.
* Memoirs on the Great Wingless Birds of New Zealand &c., p. 318, pl. exyii.
696 PROF. OWEN ON THE STERNUM OF NotroRNIS. [Nov. 28,
of baked eggs in the stone ovens exposed beneath several feet of
superficial soil, that the great wingless birds supplied the immigrant
Polynesians with their staple animal diet, until that source was ex-
hausted through such extirpation.
Returning to my more usual field of work (the skeleton), I would
remark that the sternally-reduced Rallines do not offer in the rest
of their organization a much greater degree, if any, of difference from
Struthio than Apteryx presents. In Dinornis, as in Apteryx, the
breast-bone has shrunk in length rather than in breadth, and the
postmarginal notches, f, with the corresponding processes, g, are
retained. Rudiments of these notches and processes are visible in
Struthio, with a relative breadth of the keelless breast-bone
approaching that in Dinornis. In the less broad, longer, triangular
shape of the sternum, devoid of both notches and processes, Rhea
comes nearest to Aptornis, and there is no trace of a manubrial pro-
cess ineither. The non-articular portion of the anterior border of the
sternum is relatively greater in Apéornis than in Notornis (fig. 1, e) ;
in this respect the larger extinct Coot more resembles both Apieryx
and Dinornis. In Struthio and Dromaius the coracoid cavities, 6,
almost meet upon the fore border of the sternum. In Casuarius the
tripartite character of that border is the same, as regards the relative
lateral extent of the articular (2) and non-articular (ec) portions, as
in Notornis (fig. 1).
In the young Coot the sternum is ossified from two transversely
parallel centres. These first harden the primitive cartilaginous
expanse near the costal borders, ¢; and it may be remarked that the
respiratory movements pressing thereon precede the muscular actions
of flight. In the Galline the keel, which forms the chief part of
the breast-bone, is ossified from a separate centre, and the pair of
slender bifureate bony tracts beyond the costal borders have each a
centre of ossification, distinct from the parial centres, common to the
class, from which the main sternal plate is ossified. But these five
points of ossification are exceptional in the class of birds, and relate
to adaptive peculiarities of form in a particular group. They have
been viewed as the rule of avian sternal development, and the two
pairs of centres in the Common Fowl have been homologized with
the hyo- and hyposternals of Chelonia ; but this only shows how an
embryology misconceived may mislead in the quest of homologies.
The New-Zealand birds afford instructive examples of the pro-
gressive loss of the volant faculty, with concomitant modifications of
the parts of the skeleton giving origin to the pectoral muscles’. The
keel progressively shrinks from Porphyrio to Tribonyx, thence to
Notornis, Aptornis, Stringops, Apteryx, Dinornis. But the modi-
fications are adaptive, and accompany a sum of organic characters
truly indicative of natural affinity ; which sum, as it forbids the Kivi
to be associated in the same order with the Wood-hen, or Stringops
with either, equally removes Apteryx from Aptornis, and the latter
1 See the admirable works on the Birds of New Zealand, by Walter L.
oe O.M.G., Se.D., F.R.S.; especially his ‘Manual’ on the subject, 8vo,
1882.
1882. ] DR. W. BLASIUS ON BIRDS FROM CERAM. 697
extinct wingless birds from Dinornis. So, likewise, with parts of
the skeleton which are connected with the sternum.
The coracoid in Ocydromus, Notornis, Aptornis, and Apterysx'
unites with the scapula at angles progressively detracting from the
power of the muscles inserted into the humerus for the raising and
protracting the wing. The coracoids, besides change of position, also
lose in relative size, especially in their proximal or sternal breadth ;
consequently they require shorter grooves for articulation with the
sternum ; and as the loss proceeds from the mesial angle cutwards
a greater space intervenes between the sternal ends of the coracoids.
Tracing the flightless birds from the Kivis to the Wood-hens, this
interspace progressively decreases ; tracing the volant species onward
or upward, we find in some of the best flyers that the fore border of
the sternum ceases to co-expand with sternal expansions of the cora-
coids, the articular grooves decussate, and the mid part of the fore
border of the breast-bone shows a double articular groove.
The clavicular arch, or “ merry thought,” manifests a concomitant
loss of strength, becomes filamentary, resumes its typical character of
parial ‘ collar-bones,” and finally disappears.
But these gradations, with concomitant fall to keelless breast-bones,
are related physiologically, narrowly or specially, to corresponding
proportions of parts of the osseous and muscular systems, and, to
similar degrees, with final loss of volant power. The food, the ovi-
position, the nidification, and other habits of flightless terrestrial
birds may show no corresponding samenesses. Such vital differences,
with the several corresponding totalities of avian organization,
disperse or rank the so-called “ Ratite”’ birds, in a natural and
philosophical system of Ornithology, into different reduced, perhaps
extinct, groups or orders of the class: and the well-marked modi-
fications of form and proportion in keelless sternums, exemplified in
plate 57 of the third volume of our ‘Transactions,’ may help to
point the way towards the group to which their several possessors
may be shown by future found remains to be naturally affined.
2. On a Collection of Birds from the Isle of Ceram made by
Dr. Platen in November and December 1881. By Dr.
Wine Brasivs, C.M.Z.S.
[Received November 13, 1882.]
Dr. Platen, the traveller and naturalist, who has of late years
become favourably known to the scientific world by his collections
in Malacca, Borneo, and other places of the Indo-Malayan region,
made in the month of November of last year a stay of nearly four
weeks at Lokki, on the island of Ceram, going there from Amboina.
He collected on this occasion forty-nine skins of birds, which have
been transmitted to my friend Mr. A. Nehrkorn of Riddagshausen,
and by him kindly given to me for identification and classification.
1 Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. ii. (1838) p. 257, p 55. fig. 2.
698 DR. W. BLASIUS ON BIRDS FROM CERAM. _ [Nov. 28,
The determination and the scientific analysis of the birds which
we receive from the Moluccas is greatly facilitated for us by the
excellent and very comprehensive work of Tommaso Salvadori,
‘< Ornitologia della Papuasia e delle Molucche,’’ Parte I. Accipitres,
Psittaci, Picarize (in the ‘Memorie della Reale Accademia delle
Scienze di Torino,’ serie ii. tomo xxxiii.: Torino, Ermanno Loescher,
1881, 4to), and Parte II. Passeres (Torino, Stamperia Reale: G.
B. Paravia e Co., 1881, 4to). This work, as well as the numerous
publications of the same author in the ‘Annali del Museo Civico di
Genova,’ and especially also the ‘ Prodromus Ornithologie Papuasiz
et Moluccarum,’ published in the different series of those Annals, have
been of the utmost use to me in the present treatise.
The collection of Dr. Platen is not very large; but among the
forty-nine birds, which comprise twenty-one different species, we find
nevertheless one species which is absolutely new to the fauna of
Ceram, and several others which give occasion for further observations
and the discussion of other systematic questions. The remarks of
the collector (given with inverted commas) on the colour of the iris
and the naked parts of the skins, the total length in fresh condition
(L.), and the distance between the ends of the wings and tail (D.),
&c., as well as the precise information as to the locality and the
time of collecting, will be found most valuable, as they have likewise
been of great advantage to my former notes on Dr. Platen’s collec-
tions from Borneo and other localities.
I shall now give the list of the birds which Dr. Platen has lately
sent; and (with the exception of the four last species, which
have not yet been treated by Salvadori) I shall follow the order of
the above-named work of Salvadori, adding the number of the page
for each separate species.
1. CuncUMA LEUCOGASTER (Gm.), Salvad. i. p. 7.
“Male. Iris grey-brown. L. 72 cm., D. 3:5 em. Bill horny grey-
blue ; cere and feet light grey-blue. Lokki, Ceram, 28 November
1881.”
The specimen is young, and has nearly the coloration of the
feathers which Salvadori describes as belonging to the young bird ;
only the tips of the brown feathers of the head, neck, and back
are in part of a clear white; the larger upper tail-coverts are
whitish near the base, and near the tip light brown-mottled ; the
smaller upper tail-coverts are brown, tipped with whitish spots ; the
light tips of the feathers of the underparts, which are generally of
a uniform brown, are not pure white, but light ferruginous. The
primaries are at the ends nearly black for about two thirds of the
length, at least dark brown without any trace of grey. Salvadori
has mentioned a similarly different coloration in describing some
young specimens from Halmahera. It is particularly striking that
the tail of our individual is considerably longer than the measure given
by Salvadori, as also than those of two old birds of the Brunswick
Museum, one of which we have received with the general indication
‘Moluccas’ from Mr. G. A. Frank, in Amsterdam, while we owe the
1882. ] DR. W. BLASIUS ON BIRDS FROM CERAM. 699
other, coming from Gorontalo on the island of Celebes, to the kind-
ness of Mr. G. Schneider, of Basle.
The following table will show the difference :—
Rostri
Long. tot. Al. Caud. culm. Tars,
em. cm, cm, cm, cm.
Salvadori, minimum 70:0 54°5 22°5 5:2 9:0
x maximum 80:0 57°5 25°5 5°5 9°5
Moluceas, ad. .... 68°0 56°5 23°5 5:2 9:0
Celebes, ad. ...... 61:5 55°5 24:0 5:0 9:0
Ceram, juv.. ¢ .s.« 72°5 55°5 31°5 4:7 9°3
(In the Catalogue Birds Brit. Mus. vol. i., Sharpe also states the
length of the tail as much less—for the male ad. 9°5 inches =24'2 em.,
and for the female ad. 11 inches=28°1 em.)
At first I believed, on account of these widely differing proportions,
and particularly on account of the much longer tail, that I had before
me another species of the group of Haliaetus. But this supposition
is contradicted by the fact that, till now, no other species has been
found in the region of the Moluccas, and that this very same species
has been found by Hoedt on the island of Ceram (Schlegel, Mus.
Pays-Bas), and observed by Rosenberg (Malayischer Arch. p. 322)
near the mouth of the Bobot river.
Besides, the feathering of the leg (only in front on the upper third
of the tarsus), the formation of the scales (in front a row of very
broad plates descending nearly to the root of the toes), and the
formation of the claws are exactly the same as in the old specimens
mentioned above. Of the other species of Haliaetus very well repre-
sented in the Brunswick Museum, the longer-tailed H. leucoryphus
(Pall.) approaches the nearest in size and formation of bill and legs.
But our specimen from Ceram differs from it, apart from the different
colouring, in the wider and deeper descending scales of the tarsus,
and in the smaller development of the hind claw. I propose there-
fore to classify the bird for the present as C. Jeucogaster, and suppose
that this species has when young a considerably longer tail than when
old, and that the average measurements of Salvadori have been taken
exclusively from old individuals. With this opinion coincide more or
less the opinions of Mr. E. F. von Homeyer of Stolp, of Dr. Alph.
Dubois of Brussels, of Dr. Rud. Blasius of Brunswick, and of Mr. Henry
Seebohm of London, the first three of whom have at my request seen
and compared the bird with H. lewcoryphus, and distinctly stated the
difference. I also owe to the just named gentlemen (principally to
Mr. H. Seebohm) on this occasion some precise communications about
the variability of the length of tail in the large birds of prey in
general, and about the often surprisingly greater dimensions of the
plumage of the young individuals of Accipitres in comparison with the
old ones, which have essentially confirmed me in classifying the
present specimen as H. leucogaster.
The specimen is in the Brunswick Museum.
700 DR. W. BLASIUS ON BIRDS FROM CERAM. __[Nov. 28,
2. TINNUNCULUS MOLUCCENSIS, Schleg., Salvad. i. p. 37.
“ Female. Iris brown. L. 38 cm., D. 3 cm. Bill bluish, tip
black ; feet, cere, and skin round eyes light yellow. Lokki, Ceram
26 November 1881.”
A transition stage. The primaries are nearly all of a strong reddish
to light brown colouring, which Salvadori gives as proof of youth ;
while the older specimens before me of the Brunswick Museum, from
Celebes and Halmahera, possess quills of a darker brown or black-
brown. The tail-feathers also, with the exception of the already
changed middle pair, have a reddish-grey colouring, instead of the
later shade of ashy grey.
The specimen is in the Brunswick Museum.
3. Ninox sauamipita (Bp.), Salvad. i. p. 89.
Two specimens (male and female). For both, the label says :—
«Tris dark brown; bill bluish, tip white; feet and cere light yellow.
Lokki, Ceram.’
1. “ ¢. L. 30 em., D.2 em. 30 November 1881.”
2. «9. L. 27 cm., D.2cm. 26 November 1881.”
Both these specimens coincide almost exactly with the diagnosis
given by Salvadori (/.c.) and by Sharpe in the Cat. Birds Brit. Mus.
ii. p. 184, pl. xii. fig. 2, As in the descriptions of Sharpe and
Salvadori there is no reference whatever to a difference of the sexes of
this species, and as in the two Zoological Museums most important
for this question, those of Leyden and London, both sexes are not
represented together with any certainty (in the British Museum only
one ad. stuffed without mention of sex and one male ad., and in the
Leyden Museum, with the exception of one specimen of ‘ Athene
hantu, Wallace,’ from Buru, and of one specimen from Mysol, doubted
by Salvadori, five specimens, among which two are without men-
tion of sex and three females), I consider it interesting to point
out a striking difference between the two specimens mentioned
above, which is possibly sexual. The dark-brown cross bands on
the white underside are much narrower in the female than in the
male: those of the female are about 1 to 1'5 mm., those of male 2°5
mm. in width. Exactly the same appearance shows itself on the dark
bands of the partially white upper wing-coverts (2 to3 mm., 4 mm.)
and on the dark-brown bands of the under wing-coverts (1 to 2 mm.,
3to3°5mm.). Moreover the colouring of the back of the female isa
little lighter red-brown than that of the male, and the light cross bands
on the back of the female are more conspicuous than in the male.
The claws, too, of the female are lighter than those of the male, and
behind the nostrils the cere of the male has a much greater width
than that of the female (1:0, 0°6 cm.). The difference of size is not
inconsiderable.
Long. tot. Al. Caud. Rostr. Tars.
cm. cm. em, em. em.
Guise ee 22°59 13°7 2:7 3°5
OER as 21°7 13°1 2°5 3°3
1882. | DR. W. BLASIUS ON BIRDS FROM CERAM. 701
That the female is not much younger than the male, but rather
of about the same age, I believe I am justified in concluding from
the wear of the feathers &c. Very striking in both specimens, as
well as in the closely related species V. hantu, Wall., combined with
the other by Schlegel, is the characteristic bristle-like covering of
the legs and toes.
Both specimens are in the Brunswick Museum.
4, Cacatua Moxtuccensis (Gm.), Salvad. i. p. 101.
Four specimens (two males and two females), For all the label
repeats :—“ Iris dark brown; bill and feet grey-black ; skin round
eyes milk-white. Lokki, Ceram.”
1. “¢. L. 46 em., D. 7°5 em. 29 November 1881.”
2. “gs. L. 48 em., D.8 ecm. 13 December 1881.”
3. “9. L.48em., D.8 cm. 21 November 1881.”
4, “0. L.46em., D.8 cm. 1 December 1881.”
Both the males have the red of the crest-feathers of a more
vivid colour, and the white of the feathers of belly and back a little
more tinged with rose-colour than in the females ; besides this there
is no difference of sex to be remarked.
No. 2 is in the Brunswick Museum; No. 3 in the collection of
Mr. Nehrkorn.
5, EcLtectus CARDINALIS (Bodd.), Salvad. i. p. 210.
Two specimens (male and female). For both, the label reports :—
“Iris golden yellow. L.34em., D.4 cm. Cere and feet grey-black.
Lokki, Ceram.”
1. “g. 17 November 1881.” Upper mandible red, under
mandible black. Ground-colour of feathers green.
2. “*2. 19 November 1881; bill black.” Ground-colour of
feathers red.
The marking of the sexes is consequently absolutely in conformity
with the at present generally accepted opinion that the red individuals
of this group of Parrots are the females, and the green ones (Helectus
intermedius, Bp.) the males of the same species.
The two specimens from Ceram are absolutely identical with
numerous other individuals from Amboina collected by Dr. Platen,
and just now before me (¢f. Blasius and Nehrkorn, ‘‘ Dr. Platen’s
ornithologische Sammlungen aus Amboina,” Verh. zool.-bot. Ges.
Wien, xxxii. 1882, p. 415, sp. 6).
Both specimens are in the Brunswick M useum.
6. Eos rusra (Gm.), Salvad. i. p. 251.
* Male. Irisbrown. L. 30 cm., D.6cm. Bill orange-red ; cere
grey ; naked skin round eyes, and feet black. Lokki, Ceram, 16
November 1881.”
In the principal points perfectly in conformity with the diagnosis
of Salvadori, and at the same time with six other specimens collected
by Dr. Platen in the isle of Amboina (cf. Blasius and Nebrkoru
702 DR. W. BLASIUS ON BIRDS FROM CERAM. __ [Nov. 28,
l.c. p. 416, sp. 8). The variations of colour which frequently
occur in this species are inconspicuous here.
7. CorIPHILUS PLACENS (Temm.), Salvad. i. p. 303.
Seven specimens (three males and four females). For all, the label
repeats :—“ Native name, Porkietschi Klapa. Iris orange; bill,
cere, feet red. Lokki, Ceram.”
. ~g. L.18cm., D. 5:0 cm. 20 November 1881.”
. §*3. L.18cem., D. 4:5 em. 23 November 1881.”
«3. L.18cem., D. 4:5 cm. 24 November 1881.’’
. 9. L.18em., D. 4:5 cm. 18 November 1881.”
. ©9. L. 18 cm., D. 4:5 cm. 23 November 1881.”
«oO. L. 18 em., D. 435 em. 23 November 1881.”
. ©~9. L. 18 cm., D. 4:5 em. 27 November 1881.”
The comprehensive remarks of Salvadori upon the specific cha-
racters and differences of sex, and the variety found in Ceram, as
well as about the near relation of this species to Coriphilus fringil-
laceus, &c. are confirmed by Dr. Platen’s specimens.
The native name given by Dr. Platen has not yet been noted by
Salvadori.
Nos. 1 and 7 are in the Brunswick Museum, Nos. 3 and 5d in the
collection of Mr. Nehrkorn.
8. Ruyripoceros piicatus (Penn.) [=ruficollis (Vieill.)], Sal-
vad. i. p. 392.
Nine specimens (five males and four females). For all, the label
repeats: —“ Skin round eyes light blue, at the throat bluish white ; feet
black. Lokki, Ceram.”
1. “. Iris orange. L. 88,D.18 ecm. 17 Nov. 1881.” (7 ridges on
the bill-crest.)
2. “¢. . L. 88,D.185em. 21 Nov. 1881.” (7 ridges.)
on igi is L.90,D.19 cm. 27 Nov. 1881.” (6 ridges.)
4. “3. - L. 88,D.19 cm. 29 Nov. 1881.” (6 ridges
and 1 addit.)
De aici: i L.91,D.21 cm. 2 Dec. 1881.” (5 ridges.)
6. “Q. Iris grey-brown. L.82,D.18 cm. 21 Noy. 1881.” (4 ridges.)
(tO . L. 80,D. 17:5 em. 30 Nov. 1881.” (6 ridges.)
SesOe Fr L. 88, D.18 cm. 1 Dee. 1881.” (5 ridges.)
9, 0% a L. 79, D.17 cm. 5 Dec. 1881.” (2 large
ridges.)
The species stands systematically very near to Rhytidoceros
undulatus (Shaw) [=obscurus (Gm.)], of which species Dr. Platen
lately sent 12 specimens from Borneo, labelled with equal care
(Blasius and Nehrkorn, ‘Contributions to the Knowledge of the
Birds of Borneo,’ Brunswick, 1881, sp. 27, p. 23; in the Yearly
Report of the Society of Natural Science of Brunswick for the year
1880-81, p. 129).
* Rectits—Blasius und Nehrkorn, ‘ Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Vogelfauna
von Borneo,’ Braunschweig, 1881, sp. 27, p. 23 ; in ‘ Jahresbericht des Vereins
fiir Naturwissenschaft zu Braunschweig fiir das Geschafts-Jahr 1880-81,’ p. 129.
1882. ] DR. W. BLASIUS ON BIRDS FROM CERAM. 703
The females of RA. undulatus sent from Borneo by Dr. Platen
strikingly resemble the females of Rh. plicatus. I have already
drawn attention to the fact that the ridges on the sides of the
base of the bill are very little or even not at all marked in young
specimens of RA. undulatus; so that the characteristic features on
which Salvadori (i. p. 398) chiefly founds his belief in the possibility
of distinguishing the females of the two species may be entirely
obliterated. Under these circumstances it appears to me not super-
fluous to point out some differences in the colouring of the iris and
the naked parts, which are founded on Dr. Platen’s careful obser-
vations.
Rh. undulatus. Female: “iris (like that of the male) orange.
Naked skin of the throat—front third light blue, back third dark
blue, separated by a black band ; while the old male has the back
third of the throat-skin light green, the front one yellow, divided
by a dark green stripe; and the young male hasa uniform lemon-
coloured throat-skin, or a lemon-coloured one divided by a yellowish-
green stripe.”
Rh. plicatus. Female: “iris grey-brown (of the male orange).
Naked skin of the throat (like that of the male) bluish white.”
The difficulty of the distinction exists only for the female, which
is in both species entirely black with the exception of the white tail ;
while the male of RA. plicatus is easily to be distinguished from
th. undulatus by the completely brown-red neck (the present speci-
mens from Ceram have a dark chestnut-brown colouring towards the
back, lighter towards the front, and lightest on the chin). The female
of the present species is much smaller than the male, as is already
proved by the measurements taken by Dr. Platen while the birds were
fresh. To render these differences more obvious, as well as to give
the possibility of comparison with some measurements of Rh. undu-
latus, I add the following dimensions :—
Cauda. Ala. Tarsus. Rostri crista. Rictus.
em. cm, em. cm. em.
Waves Low 42°7 5'2 13:0 22°0
emit ho 40°5 5°5 13-0 21-2
ATs ened! Be: 41°5 5°5 13°3 22:0
4. g. 28:0 43°0 58 11°5 to 13 em. 22°2
Deke iLO 41°5 ob 11°8 26
6.929.273 410 50 107 18-3
(RET P40) 38°5 5:0 12°0 GAG}
§.. Oy, 20:0 39°0 oo Hes 19°1
9. 9. 268 40°0 Li 9°] 17°4
Nos. 4 and 8 are in the Brunswick Museum; Nos. 1 and 7 in the
Museum Heineanum ; No. 2 in the collection of Mr. Nehrkorn.
9. ALcEDo 1spipo1pEs, Less., Salvad. i. p. 408.
“Male. Iris brows. L. 15:5 em., D. 2 cm. Bili black, feet
red-brown. Lokki, Ceram, 20 November 1881.”
The specimen exactly agrees with the description of Salvadori, and
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1882, No. XLVII. 47
704 DR. W. BLASIUS ON BIRDS FROM CERAM. __ [Noy. 28,
with another bird before me (female) which Dr. Platen has sent from
Amboina (cf. Blasius and Nehrkorn, “ Dr. Platen’s ornithologische
Sammlungen aus Amboina,” Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xxxil.
1882, p. 418, sp. 12): both are still young, as appears from the
bluish borders of the red feathers of the breast. The Brunswick
Museum possesses an evidently old specimen of the same species
from Celebes, which has no blue borders to the feathers of the
breast, but a more conspicuous red spot above the lores and a more
bluish shade on the head.
The nearly related species 4. bengalensis, Gm., of which the
Brunswick Museum possesses a specimen (male) from the East
Indies, purchased from Verreaux, has a more greenish tint on the
back; the pretty large spot above the lores and a stripe which
begins beneath the eyes and runs backwards are of a clear brown-red,
of the same colour as the underside.
The specimen is in the Brunswick Museum.
10. Ceyx teprpa, Temm., Salvad. i. p. 417.
“Male. Irisbrown. L.14cm.,D.1'8 em. Bill and feet coral-
red. Lokki, Ceram, 22 November 1881.”
The specimen is still young, as is evident by the smaller develop-
ment of the blue spots on the head, and the paler colouring of the
brownish spot on the lores, in comparison with four old birds of the
same species now before me which Dr. Platen has sent from Amboina.
(cf. Blasius and Nehrkorn, tom. cit. p. 418, sp. 13). The
Brunswick Museum possesses one specimen of the same species from
Batchian, which in its much darker and less conspicuous spots on
the head, and its more intensely red-brown underside, coincides exactly
with that variety of colouring which is described by Salvadori for the
group of Halmahera.
The specimen is in the Brunswick Museum.
11. CyANALCYON LAzULI, Temm., Salvad. i. p. 461.
Three specimens (dg )—(1) “Nov. 18, 1881,” (2) “Nov. 29,
1881,” (3) “Nov. 30, 1881.” For all the label repeats :—“ Male.
Iris brown. L. 20cm.,D.4cm. _ Bill and feet black. Lokki,
Ceram.”’
The moreample material sent by Dr. Platen (besides the three males
from Ceram, I have before me four males and two females from Am-
boina, with exact description of sex by the hand of the collector)
gives me occasion to point out an evident mistake of Salvadori in the
descriptions of male and female, into which he has certainly been led
by the paucity of material before him. (He had only one specimen,
evidently wrongly labelled ‘ male,” from Amboina in the Museum of
Genoa, and another, probably equally wrongly marked “ female,” in
the Museum of Turin.)
Already Schlegel mentions in the ‘ Mus. Pays-Bas’ (Alcedines,
p- 42), “ Male, 4 poitrine blanche; ” and in the ‘ Revue’ (p. 31):—
*« Jeune femelle, poitrine blanche, comme dans les males, mais com-
1882. ] DR. W. BLASIUS ON BIRDS FROM CERAM. 705
mencant A prendre la teinte d’un bleu-vert du ventre.” Salvadori,
on the contrary, describes mistakenly :—
1. Mas. ‘ Gutture albo; gastreo reliquo pallide czeruleo ( 9 7).”
2. Feem. “ Mari simillima, sed subtus alba, abdomine imo tantum
ceeruleo (¢ P).”
3. Mas. jun. ‘ Foemine similis, sed colore albo pectoris partim
ceruleo tincto (Q jun. ?).”
I am of opinion that, judging from the seven males and two
females of Dr. Platen’s, the description of Salvadori for No. 1 would
be that of a female, for 2 that of a male, and for 3 that of a young
female as Schlegel describes it.
The three males from Ceram have the underparts in the rather
larger front half white, and in the rather smaller hind part blue ;
in the middle line the blue colour of the belly has with the addition
of the blue under tail-coverts a length of about 5:5 to 6°5 cm.,
while in the two females from Amboina before me the blue of the
underparts, which extends up to the breast, has a length of 8 to
8°5 cm. :
Dr. Platen’s remarks about the sex, which are evidently correct,
are so much the more valuable, as many specimens in different
museums seem to be kept under a wrong statement of sex, like the
two specimens in the Museum of Lubeck mentioned by Dr. Lenz
(Caban. J. f. Orn. 1877, p. 368), which are also, as I believe, wrongly
labelled, as the just-named author communicates to me.
No. 2 is in the collection of Mr. Nehrkorn.
12. Savropatis cutoris (Bodd.), Salvad. i. p. 470.
Two specimens—1.“* ¢. Dec. 4, 1881;” 2.“ 9. Nov. 21, 1881.”
For both, the labels say :—‘‘ Iris brown. L. 24 cm.,D.4*5em. Bill
black ; reddish-white spot on the under mandible ; feet dark brown.
Lokki, Ceram.”’
Both are young specimens, with a brownish-yellow shade on
the underparts and the band of the neck, and with light brownish
colouring of the light spots of the lores and on the tips of the fore-
head-feathers, and numerous little dark borders on the breast-
feathers. The brownish colour and the black bordering of the
breast-feathers are more conspicuous in the female (No. 2) than in
the male (No. 1); for which reason the first (which, on account of
the dirty-green upper part, bears a great resemblance to Sauropatis
sordida, Gould) should be regarded as the youngest of the two
specimens, notwithstanding the greater length (about a few milli-
metres) of the wings and bill. The Brunswick Museum possesses
three specimens from Celebes, on the two old birds of which the
white appears clear, while the third resembles the young male from
Ceram. The supposition of Dr. Lenz (Caban. J. f. O. 1877, p. 367)
that S. sancta (Vig. & Horsf.) might only be the young bird of
S. chloris (Bodd.), will hardly be confirmed (cf. Blasius and Nehr-
korn, tom. cit. p. 431, sp. 16).
No. 2 is in the Brunswick Museum.
47*
706 DR. W. BLASIUS ON BIRDS FROM CERAM. _[Nov. 28,
13. MonarcHa INoRNATUS (Garn.), Salvad. ii. p. 14.
Two specimens (1. ‘‘d,” 2.“*2”’). For both, the label repeats :—
“Tris brown. L. 16 cm., D.4 em. Bill and feet of a beautiful
bluish grey. Lokki, Ceram, Nov. 25, 1881.”
This species is new to the ornithology of Ceram. I have before me
for comparison one sample from the Brunswick Museum, received
from Batchian, and three specimens sent at the same time by Dr.
Platen from Amboina (cf. Blasius and Nehrkorn, tom. cit. p. 422,
sp. 18). The specimens from Batchian and Ceram have a little
lighter grey colouring on the head and breast than the three birds (all
males) from Amboina ; and the individuals just named show distinctly
a small number of black feathers on the front and chin, which are
scarcely to be remarked on the others. The female from Ceram
has in the dried skin a nearly yellowish white bill, at least in the front
half; while the five other specimens (all labelled male) show di-
stinctly the bluish-grey or grey colouring nearly up to the end.
No. 1 is in the Brunswick Museum.
14. Muscrcapa GrisEosTictTa (Swinh.), Salvad. ii. p. 80.
“ Male. Iris dark brown. L. 12 cm., D.2cm. Bill and feet
dark brown. Lokki, Ceram, Nov. 29, 1881.”
Salvadori has only mentioned Muscicapa griseosticta (Swinh.) and
Erythrosterna luteola (Pallas) among the true Flycatchers of the
fauna of the Moluccas, &e. As, on account of the greater size and
the entirely different colouring of the present specimen, the last
species seems totally out of the question, I have labelled this bird at
once as M. griseosticta, a determination since confirmed by Mr. E.
F. von Homeyer and Count Tommaso Salvadori.
It coincides in general very well with the descriptions of Swinhoe,
Salvadori, and Sharpe (Cat. Birds Brit. Mus. iv. p. 120, 1879), except
only that the colour of the tail and quills should not be represented
as blackish but rather as dark brown, and the brown-grey plumage
has in many places (principally on the nape, on the middle of the
back, the tail-feathers and upper wing-coverts, and the shoulder-
feathers) numerous fine white spots which are bordered with a
dark-brown edging. Such spots are described as characteristic of the
plumage of the young of various allied species of Muscicapa, espe-
cially of Muscicapa sibirica, Gm., to which species’ the example from
Ceram has a striking resemblance in the markings of the chin, throat,
breast, and belly. I consider therefore, according to analogy with
M. sibirica, the specimen sent by Dr. Platen from Ceram to be a
young bird of Muscicapa griseosticta (Swinh.). I have nowhere
found in the literature at my disposal (especially neither among
Salvadori’s publications nor in Sharpe’s Cat. Birds Brit. Mus.) the
description of the plumage of youth of this species. On that account
the above remarks about the delicate little white drop-like spots
as characteristic of youth may be of interest. That an identi-
1 LT use for comparison an old male specimen of Muscicapa sibirica, Gm., de-
rived from the collection of my late father, and collected June 4, 1869, on the
southern part of Lake Baikal, which is in the Brunswick Museum.
1882.] DR. W. BLASIUS ON BIRDS FROM CERAM. 707
fication of these allied species, on account of the great resemblance
in the markings between M. griseosticta and M. sibirica, which at first
occurred to me, is unlikely, I conclude from the greater length of
the bill of the first species in comparison with the last, at least from
the comparison of the measurements taken on the specimens before
me and those noted by Sharpe.
Mr. E. F. von Homeyer, too, has had the kindness to compare the
specimen in question with his skins of Muscicapa sibirica, and states
that M. griseosticta essentially differs from M. sibirica not only
in the larger, more elongated bill, which is narrower at its base, but
in its wings, which are longer by some millimetres. With this state-
ment coincides (with the exception of those of Salvadori, especially
with respect to the length of bill of MW. griseosticta) the following
table of measurements, in which I have reduced the English inches
into centimetres :—
Long. tot. Al. Caud. Culm. Tarsi.
cm cm. cm, cm. cm.
M. griseosticta (Sharpe) ........ 135 $3. 53 Woe 177
i (¢d,Ceram, Platen).. 12°70 85 50 1:2 1°25
7 (Salvadori) 27.3% 2: 1450" "82073 OO Es
IM. sthiriea (Sharpe)... 22... - 12°% 80 5°6* 1:02 1-27
»» (6, Baikal, Mus. Brunsw.)12°6 81 58 1.1 1°3
It is surprising that Salvadori, evidently by mistake, should give the
length of bill of M. griseosticta as only 0:9 cm. (the culmen must
be meant), shorter than even the least of those of the culmen of
M. sibirica, while Sharpe has even placed the two species, on ac-
count of the different shape of the bills, in two different genera
(Muscicapa and Hemichelidon).
Furthermore, it was particularly striking to me to find that the
character which Schrenck and Radde, who both have observed
great numbers of M. sibirica in Siberia together with the similarly
coloured M. latirostris, Raffl. (M. cinereo-alba, Temm. & Schl.), have
remarked as of greatest importance for M. sibirica, in contrast to the
last-named species, viz. that the first (spurious) quill has about a
line less of length than the upper wing-coverts, is found very clearly
marked in the M. griseosticta from Ceram lying before me; while
the species of the genus Muscicapa under which Sharpe has placed M.
griseosticta (at least the European kinds M. grisola, MW. atricapilla,
M. collaris, and M. parva) which I have examined possess a first
quill which is much broader and sometimes considerably longer than
the upper wing-coverts.
I have nowhere found recorded any remarks showing how the
first guill of the M. griseosticta ought to stand in this respect ;
and I owe to a kind communication of Mr. Henry Seebohm (who
himself, however, does not possess a specimen of M. griseosticta) the
statement that in this species generally the first quill is smaller than
the upper wing-coverts. I am almost led to believe that on account
of this similarity of the first wing-feather, M. griseosticta should be
classified in the same genus with M. sibirica notwithstanding the
different shape of the bill.
The specimen is in the Brunswick Museum.
708 DR. W. BLASIUS ON BIRDS FROM CERAM. __[Noy. 28,
15. Cyrtostomus zENosiA (Less.), Salvad. ii. p. 262.
“ Female. Iris brown. L. 10 cm., D. 1°5 em. Bill and feet
black. Lokki, Ceram, 17 Nov. 1881.”
In the Brunswick Museum several specimens exist of the nearly
allied species C. frenatus (S. Mill.) from Celebes, a very good
species, which is distinguished by the yellow colour of the belly of
the male. The females on the other hand are not to be distinguished.
Salvadori explains by this conformity of the plumage of the female
the mistakes with regard to the countries where the two species are
found.
The underparts of the present specimen are not so vividly coloured
as those of another female sent by Dr. Platen from Amboina (cf.
Blasius and Nehrkorn, tom. cit. p. 425, sp. 23).
The specimen is in the Brunswick Museum.
16. Partemon suscornicutatus (Hombr. et Jacq.), Salvad. ii.
p- 309.
Two specimens (1. “ ¢, 17 Nov. 1881 »”. 2. 9, 16 Nov. 1881”).
For both, the label repeats: —“ Iris brown. L.35 cm., D.9cm. Bill
brown. Skin round eyes and feet yellow-brown. Lokki, Ceram.”
No difference of sex is to be remarked. If Hombron and Jacquinot
state the length of bill to be 11 em., this must be a mistake in writing
or printing. The bill of the specimens in question measures about
4:5 cm.; and Salvadori, who has examined the original specimen,
states the length of bill in that to be 4°6 cm. The description
of this species, which is very similar to Ph. corniculatus, but has a
scarcely marked horn, coincides almost exactly with the specimens
of Dr. Platen.
No. 1 is in the Brunswick Museum; No. 2 in the collection of
Mr. Nehrkorn.
17. Corvus vioLacevus, Forster, Salvad. ii. p. 487.
“ Female. Iris brown. L. 34cm., D.2 cm. Bill and feet black.
Lokki, Ceram, 17 Nov. 1881.”
The specimen, which nearly resembles in size our Jackdaw (Corvus
monedula), agrees with the smallest of the measurements given by
Salvadori, and is to be regarded on that account, as well as on
account of the yet faint appearance of the metallic lustre on the
feathers, as a young bird. ‘Ihe species belongs, in contrast to C.
validus and C. validissimus (both represented in the Bransw. Mus.),
to the short-billed species of Corvus of the fauna of the Moluccas.
On the specimen in question the bill is still decidedly shorter than
in the figure given by Schlegel in the ‘ Bijdr. tot de Dierk.’ in 1859.
The specimen is in the Brunswick Museum.
N.B. In the following species, which will be treated in the
third, not yet published, volume of Salvadori’s work, I follow the
systematic arrangement given by Salvadori in the ‘Uccelli di
Borneo,’ and accept the nomenclature of his ‘ Prodromus.’
Besides I cite some of the principal recent monographic and
ornithological papers.
1882.] DR. W. BLASIUS ON BIRDS FROM CERAM. 709
18. CarpopHaGa NEGLECTA, Schleg. Ned. Tijdschr. Dierk. iii.
pp- 195, 344 (1865); Mus. Pays-Bas, Columba, p. 90; Salvad. Prodr.
Orn. Papuas., Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, ix. p. 201, sp. 46; Lenz, J. f.O.
1877, p. 377, sp. 58 ; Rosenberg, Malayisch. Arch. 1879, p. 323.
“ Female. Iris brown. L. 42 cm., D.9cm. Bill blue-grey ; feet
and cere reddish violet. Lokki, Ceram, 26 Nov. 1881.”
This species has been as yet observed only in the islands of Ceram,
Amboina, and Boano’; it is a representative of the nearly related
C. perspicillata (Temm.).
The specimen is in the Brunswick Museum.
19. Myristicrvora MELANURA, G. R. Gray, Salvad. Prodr. Orn.
Papuas., Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, ix. p. 203, sp. 56 ; ibid. viii. p. 381,
sp. 36.
MM. bicolor (Scop.), Schlegel, Mus. Pays-Bas, Columba, p. 98 ;
Lenz, J. f. O. 1877, p. 379, sp, 62; Rosenberg, Malayisch. Arch.
1879, p. 323.
Five specimens (three males and two females). For all, the label
repeats :—‘‘Iris brown. Bill and feet blue-grey. Lokki, Ceram.”
1. “3.1L. 36 em., D.6 cm. 25 Nov. 1881. Cere blue-grey.”
2. «3. L. 37 cm., D.6 em. 25 Nov. 1881.”
3. “3g. L. 37 cm., D.6 cm. 16 Dec. 1881. Cere blue-grey.”
4.*9.L. 37 cm., D.6cm. 25 Nov. 1881.”
5. “oO. L, 37em., D.6.em. 3 Dec. 1881.”
I place this species under the name melanura, Gray, because Salva-
dori in his ‘ Prodromus,’ too, separates this species and the nearly
allied M. spilorrhoa, Gray, from M. bicolor (Scop.). Schlegel unites
the three forms in the ‘ Mus. Pays-Bas’ (Columée, p. 98) under the
original name M. bicolor, and justifies this by the statement that the
extent of the black and the white on the feathers of the tail, and the
formation of the black spots on the lower tail-coverts and on the
feathers of the lower abdomen are very variable, so that no species
could be founded thereon. AsI have only before me some specimens
from Ceram, and one specimen (male) sent by Dr. Platen from
Amboina (cf. Blasius and Nehrkorn, tom. cit. p. 429, sp. 32),
which have all been regarded as M. melanura by Gray and
Salvadori, I have not the possibility of comparison with the other
forms. But it is certain that some of the specimens before me, in
particular No. 2, shows so great an extension of the white on the
tail-feathers that they do not conform to Gray’s original diagnosis of
M. melanura.
In No. 2 the white on the two external tail-feathers protrudes far
beyond the shaft on the outer web, so that in some places only
a dark stripe of about 1 mm. width is left; and at the tip the
darker colouring extends only about 1 cm. down, and on the left
side can be called only a “whitish grey.” No. 3, on the
contrary, has a decidedly black tail; the white of the inner web of
1 A small island near Ceram.
710 DR. W. BLASIUS ON BIRDS FROM CERAM. __ [Noy. 28,
the outer tail-feathers protrudes only for about 1:5 mm. on the
outer web and does not reach the tip by 3cm. This last black-
tailed specimen possesses only twelve tail-feathers (if two feathers
are absent on account of moulting, they are at any rate not the
outer ones), while all the other specimens, as also the one from
Amboina, have fourteen (or thirteen) tail-feathers.
The male (No. 1) and the two females from Ceram, as well as the
male from Amboina, are very like each other with regard to the
colouring of the tail, and stand nearly exactly intermediate between
the white-tailed (No. 2) and the black-tailed specimen (No. 3).
With regard to the black spots on the lower abdomen and under
tail-coverts, the white-tailed male (No. 2) does not show them, while
No. 1 has only a slight trace of them on the belly and distinct
black apical spots on the tail-coverts. The spots are a little less
distinct in the female (No. 5), but exist in both places; while the
male (No. 3) has strongly marked spots only on the belly, and the
female (No. 4) has them only on the tail-coverts. The male
from Amboina is similar to No. 3.
I will only add that in the female (No. 5) among the incomplete
tertiaries, the rest of which are white, one feather on the left side,
standing in the midst of the white ones, appears exceptionally almost
as blackish as the tertiaries of M. luctuosa generally are.
The last three specimens Nos. 3, 4, and 5 have been retained for
the Brunswick Museum.
20. Mrcapropius rorsteNn1, Temm., Schlegel, Mus. Pay-Bas,
Tinami (1880), p. 70; Salvad. Prodr. Orn. Papuas., Ann. Mus. Civ.
Genova, xviii. p. 7, sp. 5 (1882).
“* Male. Iris dark brown. L. 34 em., D. 1 cm. Bill horny
brown. Skin round eyes black, feet dark brown. Lokki, Ceram,
29 Nov. 1881.”
The specimen is exactly similar to a male of the same species sent
by Dr. Platen from Amboina and at present before me (cf. Blasius
and Nehrkorn, tom. cit. p. 430, sp. 35). MM. forsteni differs
from the nearly allied species M. freycineti, Quoy et Gaim., repre-
sented in the Brunswick Museum, in the somewhat different shade of
colour of the plumage (which is on the whole uniformly brown), and
in its somewhat smaller size.
The specimen is in the Brunswick Museum.
21. BuroripEs savanica (Horsf.), Salvadori, Prodr. Orn. Pa-
puas., Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, xviii. p. 334, sp. 61 (1882).
Ardea javanica, Horsf., Finsch, Neu-Guinea, p. 183; Rosenberg,
Malayisch. Arch. 1879, p. 324.
‘* Female. Iris golden yellow. LL.40 cm.,D.1cm._ Bill black.
Skin round eyes and feet yellowish. Lokki, Ceram, 19 Nov.
1881.”
The specimen has uniform black-green lustrous feathers on the
head, some of which form a long crest, and broad ferruginous edgings
1882. ] MR. E. P. RAMSAY ON A NEW MONARCHA, 711
to the upper wing-coverts. In the Brunswick Museum, one speci-
men without indication of sex from Celebes and one male from
Halmahera are found, which have a similar plumage.
The specimen is in the Brunswick Museum.
Brunswick, Ducal Museum of Natural History,
October 1882.
3. Description of a new Species of Flycatcher of the Genus
Monarcha (Piezorhynchus) from the Solomon Group.
By E. P. Ramsay, F.L.S., C.M.Z.S., &c., Curator of the
Australian Museum, Sydney.
[Received November 13, 1882.]
Monarcua (PrezoORHYNCHUS) BROWNI, sp. nov.
All the upper surface, wings and tail, throat and chest glossy blue-
black; the feathers of the throat elongate, lanceolate; the breast,
axillaries, abdomen, and under tail-coverts white ; the terminal fourth
to third portion of the outer four tail-feathers white’. A triangular
patch of white from near the angle of the mouth below the eye,
widens and extends down the sides of the neck; a broad patch of
white on the wings, extends over the median coverts and tips of
some of the adjacent smaller coverts; the shoulders are black like
the back ; the primary quills and the inner webs of the secondaries
are blackish brown; the under surface of the wings, the basal por-
tion of the feathers of the hind neck and interscapular region are
dark. brown.
Bill bluish black, rictus black, legs lead-blue.
Total length 7 inches, wing 3°5 in., tail 3°2 in., tarsus 0°8 in., hind
toe 0:4 in.; bill from the forehead 0:7 in., from nostril 0°45 in.,
from gape 0°75 in.
Hab. ‘‘ Marrabo,”’ Solomon Islands.
Remarks. This fine species is remarkable for the large patch of
white on the neck, which commences just below the eye, tips a few
of the lower ear-coverts with white, and expands out in a triangular
form on the side of the neck, but does not reach the chest. The
species comes near to Piezorhynchus brodiei (Ramsay), but is a
larger bird and has a greater extent of black on the chest. It was
obtained by some of the Rev. George Brown’s collectors at “ Mar-
rabo,”’ one of the Solomon Group,
1 The fifth feather on one side only has a spot of white on the inner web.
712 MR. W. B. ESPEUT ON THE ACCLIMATIZATION [Nov. 28,
4, On the Acclimatization of the Indian Mungoos in
Jamaica. By W. Bancrort Espevt, F.L.S.
[Received November 13, 1882. ]
In 1871 the loss in sugar-cultivation in Jamaica from the ravages
of rats was so great that I was convinced that something more than
poison, traps, &c. was required to reduce it, if sugar-culture was to
continue. For nearly 200 yeats the sugar-planters have had to
contend with this serious difficulty ; and on most estates from £200
to £300 a year have been expended in destroying the rats by poison,
traps, and baits, and in ratcatchers and dogs. This expenditure,
however, only represented a fraction of the loss resulting from the
injury and destruction of the canes, and of the sugar they con-
tained.
Besides the ordinary Black and Brown Rats of Europe, the Island
was infested with the Grey Rat, or, as it is locally called, “ Cane-piece
Rat” (Mus saccharivorus). Whence the species came is known to
no one; probably it is indigenous, as it is found in Cuba, Porto
Rico, and other islands. The Brown and Black Rats cause com-
paratively small loss; but the Grey Rat is most destructive.
Nesting in old stone walls, in holes in wet banks and tree-roots (but
not on trees like the Black Rat), it falls an easy prey to terriers ;
but as dogs suffer much from injuries to their eyes in traversing
cane-fields, owing to the serrated edges of the leaves and the spines
on the young plants, it was futile to expect much relief from
them.
More than 100 years ago Sir Charles Price, then a large sugar-
planter, introduced ferrets and English rat-catchers ; but the ferrets
were destroyed by chigoes, and were of little use. Tradition says
Sir Charles Price then obtained from Central America some other
animal; but nothing is certainly known about this; certainly no
animal belonging to the Musteline group exists in the island. Con-
founding the ferrets with the Grey Rat, the negroes appear to think
Sir Charles Price introduced the latter ; and, in consequence of this
strange error, they even now call the Grey or Cane-piece Rat
‘* Massa Price’s Ratta.”’
In 1844 Mr. Anthony Davis imported from Barbadoes some two
dozen Agua Toads (Bufo agua), in the hope that they would
mitigate the rat plague. These toads were introduced from Cayenne
into Martinique, and thence to Barbadoes, and were regarded as
useful in destroying the young rats. But in Jamaica they certainly
proved not only valueless, but a nuisance: the noise they make is
most disagreeable; and they are very destructive to poultry, chickens,
and eggs.
Sir Stamford Raffles, the first President of this Society, intro-
duced into Jamaica from Cuba the Formica omnivora, now known
locally as the “ Raffle ant.” This formidable insect certainly keeps
1882. ] OF THE INDIAN MUNGOOS IN JAMAICA. 713
the rats down in those districts in which it thrives; but it is very
local, and attempts to remove it from one district to another rarely
succeed. Besides destroying the young of rats, it is most injurious
to the young of all kinds of animals and birds. Chickens, puppies,
colts, and even calves have been killed by the Raffle ant.
In 1871 I was suffering unusually from rats on Spring Garden
Estate ; and in talking over possible remedies, my wife suggested
the introduction of the Mungoos from India. Some years before,
Mrs. Espeut had been in Ceylon with her father, Colonel Armit,
R.E., and had there possessed an Indian Mungoos as a pet. She
had often seen the animal destroy rats, and advised me to intro-
duce it into Jamaica. On making further inquiries, I found nothing
against the proposal, and very much in favour of it. A captain of a
ship assured me a Mungoos had cleared his ship of rats in a few
weeks ; and friends who had been stationed in India gave very satis-
factory accounts of it as a rat-destroyer.
I at once wrote to the Government of Jamaica, asking permission
to obtain some Mungooses from India by the Coolie ships ; but diffi-
culties were placed in the way at first, and it was only after repeated
and urgent solicitation on my part that Sir J. Grant gave the
necessary orders to the emigration agent. at Calcutta. In 1872, on
the 13th February, by the East-Indian ship ‘ Merchantman,’ I
received 9 of these animals, 4 males and 5 females, one large with
young. I paid for them £9, ‘‘in reimbursement of cost attending
the procuring and transmitting.” I let these nine animals out
in four lots, three pairs and one lot of three, the latter near my house,
the others in suitable parts of the sugar-field. Within afew months
young ones were seen about ; and in less than six months there was
evidence, clear and certain, that the rats were much less destructive
than had ever been known. Fewer rats were caught and fewer canes
were destroyed, month after month; within two years the expen-
diture for killing rats ceased almost entirely, and in another year
I enjoyed relief and immunity ; and ever since the losses from rats
have been a mere trifle.
Within a very short time (three years) neighbouring estates found
a similar benefit; and some of my brother sugar-planters, who had
laughed at me for supposing the Mungoos would do any good, began
to buy all they could procure from the natives, who, setting traps on
my lands, stole all the Mungooses they could obtain, and sold them
at prices ranging from £1 at first down to 5s. each in the last few
years. By this means, and naturally, the Mungoos has now become
general all over the island; and the beneficial results of the intro-
duction of this useful animal may safely be taken as exceeding
£150,000 ayear. Mr. Morris, the Government Botanist, states, “ it
might very safely be estimated at not less than £100,000 per
annum.” As a single instance of the good arising from the intro-
duction of the Mungoos, I may refer to the exports of chocolate
(cocoa). Owing to the ravages of the rats, it was impossible to
grow cocoa: the exports in 1875 were only 311 ewt., valued at £873.
In 1880, only five years after, the exports were 3304 cwt. valued at
714 ACCLIMATIZATION OF MUNGOOS IN Jamaica. [Nov. 28,
£10,918 ; and this industry is becoming largely extended yearly, as
people find they can grow cocoa now, because the rats no longer
destroy the cocoa as they used to do before the Mungoos was intro-
duced. Coffee-planters admit they lose scarcely any thing now from
rats, whilst at one time they suffered nearly as badly as the sugar-
planters. It is now possible to grow and reap maize, peas, and many
other vegetables, which but a few years ago were eaten wholesale by
rats, and could not be grown without loss.
Besides the rats, snakes, lizards, crabs, toads, and the grubs of
many beetles and caterpillars have been destroyed to a large extent
by the Mungoos. Unfortunately, ground-nesting birds, the Quail
and others, have been diminished ; but the loss of poultry is not as
great from the Mungoos as it was from rats, snakes, &c. before the in-
troduction of the former.
Since the introduction by me of the nine Mungooses in February
1871, several others have been obtained from India by other planters,
viz. Mr. M‘Phail, Mr. Burgess, &c. ; but they were few in number, and
are known in some cases to have died without leaving any progeny.
Mr. Morris, in his letter of the 24th Feb. 1882 (published in the
‘Field’ of the 6th of May of that year), appears to think that some
Mungooses had been introduced into Jamaica earlier than my impor-
tation; but I certainly never heard of this, and I think Mr. Morris
has been misinformed. Ido not think I could have failed to hear
of it, considering all I wrote on the subject in 1871. I am inclined
to think he has confounded subsequent importations with the alleged
previous introduction. I know that several Mungooses, purchased
in Leadenhall Market, were sent to Jamaica shortly after I got the
nine from India, and that they all perished. Mr. Morris says :—
“From these nine animals nearly, if not all the Mungooses in the
island at the present time have been obtained. Hence among the
natives the Mungoos is known as ‘ Massa Espeut’s Ratta.’ ””
Besides the many hundreds of Mungooses trapped on Spring
Garden and sold to planters in Jamaica, large numbers have been
sent by myself and others to Cuba, Porto Rico, Grenada, Barbadoes,
Santa Cruz, and elsewhere. In every case I have had good accounts
of the great benefit arising from their introduction.
I question much if such enormous benefit has ever resulted from
the introduction and acclimatization of any one animal, as that
which has attended the Mungoos in Jamaica and the West Indies ;
and I marvel that Australia and New Zealand do not obtain this
useful animal in order to destroy the plague of Rabbits in those
countries. Much interesting information on the subject will be
found in Mr. Morris’s letter already referred to.
November 12, 1882.
PZ ees ded Lorne
J.Smit hith Hanhart imp
PHASIANUS HUMIE .
1882.] ON THE MALE AND FEMALE OF PHASIANUS HUMIE&. 715
5. On Specimens of the Male and Female of Phasianus
humie, from Munipur, with a Description of the latter.
By Lieutenant-Colonel H. H. Gopwiy-Avsten, F.R.S.,
F.Z.8., &c.
[Received November 21, 1882.]
(Plate LI.)
The two specimens of Phasianus humie which I have the plea-
sure of exhibiting this evening were obtained by Mr. M. Ogle, of the
Topographical Survey of India, on the peak of Shiroifurar, in North-
east Munipur, upon the Naga-hills boundary—a great mass of pecu-
liar dark-green trap-rock which rises here through the sedimentary
rocks to an altitude of about 9000 feet. It was the last point on
that side that I reached myself in 1873, when surveying the boundary
along with the political officers, Col. Mowbray Thomson and Capt.
John Butler. I then collected some very interesting birds and land-
shells; but although that winter we got specimens of Ceriornis
blythi, we neither saw nor heard of this beautiful Pheasant.
Nor was Tangal Major (who was attending us on the part of the Raja
of Munipur) then wearing its feathers as an ornament in his head-
dress ; or we should have been very soon on the look-out for the bird.
Mr. Ogle, to whom my best thanks are due, writes from Munipur
thus :—‘“I got two capital Pheasants here, which Nagas had trapped
on Shiroifurar, badly skinned; or rather the flesh had been left on
the wings and would have gone bad; but I had them skinned and
turned inside out, and took out all the flesh. Tangal Major, to
whom the Nagas brought the birds, made them over to Trotter, the
acting Political Agent ; and the latter kindly gave them to me when
I told him I was collecting for you.’ Our thanks are therefore due
to all three for the sight of these interesting birds here this evening.
Mr. Ogle continues :—‘“‘ I was at Shiroifurar for about a week, and
‘had men out every day, but was not fortunate enough in getting
any thing of this sort.” This is not to be surprised at ; for the
forest is very heavy, and it is a mere chance coming upon any birds
and seeing them in the underwood.
The discovery of Phastanus humie in the northern hills gives it a
much more extensive range than Mr. Hume supposed ; and we have,
I expect, both walked over the bird many a time. It is no doubt to
be found throughout the Munipur hills on the north-east, and very
probably extends up the Jhiri valley, nearly to the Burrail range.
The male bird was first obtained by Mr. Hume to the south
of the Munipur valley, apparently with a good deal of trouble, of
which he gives the history in ‘Stray Feathers,’ vol. ix. p. 463; and
I extract his description of the male bird in full. The interesting
point of the present communication is the description of the female,
before unknown, which I am now fortunate in being able to draw
716 LIEUT.-COL. GODWIN-AUSTEN ON [Nov. 28, -
up, with the hope that it will be also figured in the ‘ Proceedings’
of this Society.
Mr. Hume may well be proud of having discovered this beautiful
addition to the Phasianidze and to the birds of India; but I much
regret that he did not give it the title of munipurensis, so significant
of its home, and to which it seems almost restricted, although it no
doubt extends eastwards along the main range, the Patkoi, some
distance. How close it gets to its nearest ally, Phasianus elliott
(from Che-kiang in Eastern China), and what other intermediate
forms are yet to be found in that vast unexplored tract of forest-
clad mountains that intervene between Munipur and the Singpho
country, is an interesting point. A grand field lies here for future
travellers and naturalists. Judging from what I have received from
the neighbourhood of Brahmakund, and the number of yet unde-
scribed shells in my collection, a great change in the fauna from
that of the country west sets in here, and extends into that of
Szechuen, where Pére David obtained so many new and novel forms
of animals and birds.
Original description.
** Male. Length 33 inches, expanse 26, tail (of sixteen feathers)
from vent 21, wing 8°6, tarsus 2°75, bill from gape 1:3. Weight
2 lb. 6 oz.
*« The legs, feet, claws, and spurs (the latter 0°85 inch in length)
all a pale delicate drab-brown ; the facial skin an intense crimson ;
irides orange; bill greenish horny, dusky on cere and base of upper
mandible, and pale yellowish horny towards the tips of both man-
dibles. A narrow black band bounds the anterior angle of the bare,
velvety, crimson, diamond-shaped patch in which the eye is set ;
the forehead, crown, occiput, and ear-coverts are brown; the
feathers of the occiput, especially on the sides of this and a few of
those on the crown also, with a dark terminal hair-line, producing a
somewhat scaly appearance ; the chin, throat, neck all round, upper
breast, and extreme upper part of the back a smoky black ; all the
feathers, except those of the chin and quite the upper throat, fringed
with metallic blue-black, which, except on the front of the middle
and lower throat, is, owing to the overlapping of the feathers, the
only colour seen. Just inside the fringe, on all the feathers of the
upper parts of the breast and back, there is a triangular or arrow-
head black velvet spot; the interscapulary region is dark metallic
pheasant maroon, or red with a fiery crimson sheen, each feather
with a similar subterminal velvet-black shaft-spot; middle and
lower back, rump, and all but the longest upper tail-coverts black
with a grey-blue sheen, each feather fringed with white ; the longest
upper tail-coverts and the tail grey-brown’; the central tail-feathers
with eight rather narrow and irregular, mingled black and chestnut
transverse bands*; the next pair, which are eight inches shorter,
? Or ashy grey with a brown tinge.
? In my specimen dark chestnut bands 0:4 inch wide with two parallel black
bars on the basal side.
~
1882.] THE MALE AND FEMALE OF PHASIANUS HUMIZ. 717
with five similar but broader black bands, only here and there
showing a trace of a chestnut tinge; the bars on the next two pairs
broader again, and a purer black; the three outer pairs broadly
black at the tip, and the rest grey freckled with black.
“The inner scapulars silver-white, the innermost of all with large,
subterminal, unsymmetrical, blue-grey spots, and the outer ones
partially fringed at the tip with a somewhat purpler grey ; the outer
scapulars much the same colour as the interscapulary region; the
smallest wing-coverts a dull maroon; the rest of the lesser and
most of the median coverts a dull dusky metallic green, but the
longest median coverts a maroon chestnut; the primaries and
greater coverts and winglet hair-brown, the first with the terminal
one third or more of the outer webs a yellowish chestnut ; the
secondaries blackish interiorly, exteriorly chestnut, obliquely tipped
with white and with an antepenultimate black band ; tertiaries and
their greater coverts similar, but more of the inner webs chestnut
and their tipping transverse; secondary greater coverts blackish,
broadly tipped white.
“‘ The lower parts, below the upper breast, a rich maroon chestnut,
but the feathers of the lower breast and its sides, and quite the
upper abdomen with fiery crimson fringes (scarcely visible in some
lights), preceded by a black shaft-spot; vent and tibial plumes
brown ; lower tail-coverts black, with a dull-green metallic sheen ;
wing-lining (except the lower greater primary-coverts, which are a
delicate satin-grey) a pale brownish chestnut, the feathers narrowly
margined with brown.
“The female is still unknown.”
Description of Female (in the collection of Godwin-Austen).—
Throughout of a pale ochreous brown tint, with a nude red patch
surrounding the eye. Above—head rusty brown, each feather with
a small black subterminal spot; the ground-colour fades on the
back of the neck into pale ruddy ochraceous, each feather having a
light spot with a subterminal black band; these merge into the
darker feathers of the nape and upper back, where the above light
spot becomes broadly white and triangular or arrowhead-shaped,
set in velvet-black, the tip of the feather being ashy grey-
brown. The lower back and rump is pale ochre-brown, speckled
finely with black, the feathers having a subterminal large black spot
or streak, this becoming larger towards the upper tail-coverts, which
are more ruddy ochraceous, with splashes of black-brown near the
webs. The tail is maroon or chestnut, the two central feathers
tipped with white; a subterminal black bar three quarters of an
inch from the end, and six imperfect bars of the same colour at the
above distauce apart, which do not extend across the shaft. The
outer tail-feathers similar, but with no black on the outer webs,
and only a slight indication of the black bar on the margin of the
inner web. Below, including side of the neck, throat, and breast,
of a dull pale sienna-brown, slightly greyish, some of the feathers
on the side of the neck with small black tips. From the upper
breast, the sides, thigh-coverts, to the abdomen the feathers have a
718 MALE AND FEMALE OF PHASIANUS HUMIZ. [Nov. 28,
whitish-ochre centre and an edging of the same tint, producing
crescentic barring or ornamentation to those parts; a few of the
feathers on the right and left anterior breast have half the web
black with a central white bar. Abdomen dull dingy pale ochreous.
The under tail-coverts are mottled white, black, and ruddy brown ;
the longer feathers being tipped pure white, succeeded by a black
bar, then rich chestnut, and black at the base. The scapulars and
secondary coverts are, on the inner web, more or less velvet-black,
mottled with the same colour on a sienna ground, on the outer web
narrowly tipped whitish, forming three wing-bands (two distinct, one
rather broken). The secondaries are mottled in the same manner
with four irregular blackish bars crossing each feather, every bar
margined on the outside with pale ruddy ochre and margined at the
end with pale ochre. The primaries are dark sepia-brown, with
four elongate ochre spots on the outer web, the inner web at all
these points having a mottling of chestnut. Wing greyish within.
Dimensions—wing 8°25 inches, tail 7°0, bill in front 1:0, bill from
gape 1°2, tarsus 2°2.
The female of this species thus differs from that of P. ellioti in
not possessing the black on the throat ; besides, the white underparts
of that bird (which are in keeping with those of the male) are also
absent. The tail would appear to be the same; and the red nude
skin round the eye is also to be made out.
When I first saw this bird, it reminded me very much of the
coloration of Bambusicola fytchi, a common bird in the Naga
hills, in spite of the difference in size and other characters; and
certainly there is, in the lower back and rump, a curious similarity.
Subdue in B. fytchi its rusty colouring, and reduce the black on the
breast to the dull ochraceous barring of this Pheasant, and it would
be still closer in resemblance; one ean trace on the sides of the
breast in P. humie that a few of the feathers are black, while in
the Bambusicola, in the female, the outer tail-feathers are tipped
blackish with a white edging.
This bird is a true Phasianus; and I do not consider that there
are characters sufficient to place it in a new genus, as was proposed
by Mr. Elliot when he created the term Calophasis in 1872 for Ph.
elliott.
6. Notes on a Species of Stick Insect reared in the Insect-
House in the Society’s Gardens. By Arruur THom-
SON’.
[Received November 15, 1882.]
(Plate LII.)
One of the most curious and interesting insects that has been
reared in the Insect-House during the past season is a species of
Stick Insect (Bacillus patellifer, Bates, Trans. Linn. Soc. xxv,
* Communicated by the Secretary.
.
Se
&
X
‘
.
R
i
‘i
¥
é
f
\
J Smit lith Hanhart imp.
BACILLUS PATELLIFER,.
1882.] MR. A. THOMPSON ON A STICK INSECT. 719
p- 328"). The ova of this insect were sent to England by Mr. J.
Wood-Mason, F.Z.S., to whom the Society is indebted for many
interesting additions to the collection of insects.
The ova were received from Cachar in October last year, and
were at once placed in one of the glass cases containing a young
growing orange-tree and some grass. The young insects did not
emerge till March of the present year; and I regret to say that most
of them died when a few days old. One specimen, however, is still
living and doing well. When young it fed upon grass; but when
nearly half-grown it began to devour the leaves of the orange-tree ;
and it and one other specimen which died almost denuded the tree
of its leaves.
The specimen now living is a female, it having quite recently laid
eges, and is therefore, I have no doubt, quite adult. It has shed its
‘“‘skin”’ several times since it emerged from the egg, the last occasion
being the 27th June, but has not shed its skin since that time.
The last three shed skins (which are not quite perfect) were shed at
intervals of about one month; these I beg leave to exhibit herewith,
together with a sketch of the living insect (Plate LII.), the eggs
recently laid, and also the specimen which died when nearly half-
grown, and two specimens showing the size of the insect when first
hatched. The young are very active, and climb up the surface of the
glass easily.
The operation of shedding the “skin” is very simple: the skin
splits down the back ; and the insect gradually draws out its legs and
body, and at once crawls away, leaving the shed skin quite moist and
limp.
The specimen at present living did not eat for some time before
laying the eggs, but since then has commenced to feed again.
December 19, 1882.
Prof. Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.
The Secretary read the following report on the additions made to
the Society’s Menagerie during the month of November 1882 :—
The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-
gerie during the month of November was 96, of which | was by
birth, 58 by presentation, 17 by purchase, 5 were received in
exchange, and 15 on deposit. The total number of departures during
the same period by death and removals was 109.
The following additions are of special interest :—
1. A collection of Reptiles from the Western States of North
America, presented by Samuel Garman, Esq., of the Museum of
Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass., U.S.A., November 3.
Amongst these are examples of several species new to the Society’s
1 As determined by Prof. Westwood from a drawing of the adult female
living in the Gardens.—P. L.8.
Proc. Zoox. Soc.—1882, No. XLVIII. 48
720 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. [ Dec. 19;
collection. Mr. Garman writes to me as follows concerning this
collection :—
“‘T ship by steamer leaving Boston, October 21, a box containing
6 Holbrookia maculata, 5 Sceloporus undulatus, var., 8 Phrynosom1
douglasti, 3 Pityophis sayi, 3 Crotalus confluentus, and | Eutenia
parietalis, from South-western Dakota; aud 1 Cistudo virginea from
N.E. Massachusetts.
“The Holérookiais common in certain localities in South-western
Dakota and North-western Nebraska. It is found on dry sandy
flats and hills of the Uplands.
** Sceloporus is found in the same section, but generally along
grassy banks on the edges of gullies, in situations more moist than
those chosen by the preceding.
“* Phrynosoma was numerously represented here and there in re-
stricted localities near Sceloporus and Holbrookia. Most often it
was found on the sunny slopes along depressions that had been
water-courses in the spring. Like the Holbrookia, they choose the
hottest and dustiest places they can find. Their food in August
consisted principally of ants and Coleoptera.
“ Pityophis sayi, the ‘ Bull Snake,’ is a common Serpent among
the sand-hills of Western Nebraska.
** Crotalus confluentus was common in the Mauvaises Terres, but
rare in the sand-hills. Residents asserted that they did not occur
there; but the discovery of three specimens afterwards proved these
assertions to be inaccurate.
“‘ Hutenia parietalis is the common Water-Snake of the Dakota
bad lands. They were so tame as to take fish from our sides when we
were fishing, and would not let go even when the fish was taken in
hand and shaken vigorously. Box Turtles are rarely met with so
far north, though they have been taken in Maine.”
The following species in Mr. Garman’s collection are new to
us :—
Holbrookia maculata,
Sceloporus garmani, sp. nov.’
Phrynosoma douglassii,
Tropidonotus sirtalis’.
2. An Isabelline Lynx (Felis isabellina, Blyth*), presented by
Capt. Baldock, R.A., and received November 23. Capt. Baldock,
writing from Calcutta on the 30th of September, states that the
Lynx was then some two or three months old, and had been
obtained at Astor in Ballistan, about 100 miles north of Cashmere,
from a villager.
* Vide infra, p. 761, Pl. LVI.
° Eutenia parietalis of Mr. Garman.
° Mr. Elliot unites the Lynx of Tibet and the adjoining districts to F. lynx
of Europe. But I think it rather doubtful whether this is correct, and prefer
to leave it for the present under Blyth’s designation (J. A. S. B. xvi. pt. 2,
p. 1178, et P. Z. S. 1863, p. 186).
1882.] THE SECRETARY ON A SKIN OF EMBERIZA RUSTICA. 721
Mr. Sclater exhibited some photographs of the new Zebra, lately
named Equus grevyi by M. A. Milne-Edwards', F.M.Z.S., which
had been sent to him by that gentleman, and pointed out the dif-
ferences which separate this animal from the nearly allied 2. zebra.
The single specimen of #. grevyi yet received in Europe had been
sent alive by King Menelek of Shoa to the President of the French
Republic, and deposited in the Jardin des Plantes, where, however,
it had unfortunately lived but a short time.
Equus grevyi (from photographs).
Mr. Sclater added that Dr. Hartlaub had informed him that his
correspondent, Dr. Emin Bey, Governor of the Equatorial provinces
of Egypt, spoke of having met with great numbers of the “true
Zebra” in Lattako. This “true Zebra” would doubtless turn out
to be E. grevyi.
The Secretary exhibited, on behalf of Lord Lilford, F.Z.S., a skin
of Emberiza rustica, and read the following letter on the subject :—
“On the morning of November 20 last, I received a small
Bunting, the bird now exhibited, from Mr. Burton of Wardour Street,
* See ‘La Nature,’ No. 470 (3 Juin 1882).
48*
722 PROF. W. H. FLOWER ON THE [ Dec. 19,
who informed me that it had been taken by a bird-catcher in his nets
at Elstree Reservoir on Saturday, November 19. I received the bird
in the flesh from Mr. Burton, along with a specimen of Reed-Bunting
(Emberiza scheniclus 9 ), also in the flesh, for comparison. Lt.-Col.
Irby called shortly after I had received these birds, and we examined
this specimen together, and had the advantage of comparing it with
a large series of Buntings in the collection of Mr. H. E. Dresser and
with some in my own collection. We came to the conclusion that
it is a Rustic Bunting (Lmberiza rustica), of which species only
one specimen has hitherto been recorded as having been met with in
Great Britian. Our opinion was subsequently confirmed by yourself,
who saw the bird in the flesh, and since that time by Mr. H. E.
Dresser.
“« Mr. Burton informs me that the bird is a male by dissection ; and
I think that it is undoubtedly a bird of the year.”
The Rev. H. H. Slater, F.Z.S., exhibited an example of a Shrike
killed near Spurn Point in Yorkshire, which was believed to be re-
ferable to Lanius major of Pallas, or to a dark variety of L. excubitor.
Dr. A. Giinther, F.R.S., exhibited on behalf of Sir J. W. P.
Campbell Orde, Bart., F.Z.S., a specimen of a Charr (Sa/mo alpinus)
which had been obtained in a loch on North Uist, Hebrides, being
the first specimen ever obtained in this loch, and the third known to
have been obtained in the island.
Prof. Flower exhibited a photograph (presented to the Society by
Mr. James Farmer, F.Z.S.) of Seal Point, Farallone Islands, off
the coast of California, showing the immense number of Sea-
lions (Otaria gillespiz) frequenting that locality.
Mr. P. H. Carpenter exhibited and made remarks on some
microscopical preparations of Antedon eschrichti, in which a nervous
plexus derived from the fibrillar envelope of the chambered organ was
visible at the sides of the ambulacra of the disk.
The following papers were read :—
1. On the Whales of the Genus Hyperoodon.
By Wituiam Henry Frower, LL.D., F.R.S., P.Z.8., &e.
[Received November 28, 1882:]
Apart from that indicated by the waterworn and imperfect cranium
from Australia, brought before the notice of the Society in May
last’, but one species of the genus Hyperoodon, as constituted by
Lacépéde’*, has been generally recognized. This has long been known
under various specific names—H. rostratus, hidentatus, diodon,
1 See P.Z.S. 1882, p. 392.
* Histoire naturelle des Cétacés, Tableau des Ordres &c., p. xliv (1804).
1882. } WHALES OF THE GENUS HYPEROODON. 723
bidens, butskopf, dalei, borealis, &e.'; and, though allied to Berardius,
Mesoplodon, and Ziphius, and also, though less closely, to Physeter,
its strongly marked differential characters have, since the early part
of the century, thoroughly established its generic isolation.
It is well known to pass the summer months in the Arctic Seas
which lie to the north of the Atlantic, and to migrate southward
in the autumn, although its actual winter quarters do not seem
to have been ascertained. Scarcely a year passes without one or
more specimens having been taken or stranded on some part of
the coasts of the British Isles, usually in the months of September
and October. Similar captures have also been recorded upon other
parts of the coasts of Eastern Europe, such as Norway, North Germany,
Holland, and the north of France. From this point they seem to
leave the shore; for no authentic instances are recorded of their
occurrence on the west coast of France, or of Spain, or in the Medi-
terranean. Most of the specimens thus seen, or at all events taken,
are solitary individuals, generally young; but not unfrequently two
are met with together, an adult female accompanied by her young,
the former often falling a victim to her maternal solicitude for the
welfare of the latter.
Of the external characters of this common form of Hyperoodon,
which usually attains a length of from 20 to 25 feet, many descrip-
tions and drawings have been published ; and there are few osteo-
logical museums of any importance which do not possess a skeleton
of it. The earliest figure, made with really scientific accuracy, is
that published by John Hunter in the ‘ Philosophical Transactions’
for 1787, from the individual (a female 21 feet long) taken in the
Thames in 1783, the skeleton of which is still preserved in. the
Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons.
Hunter, in his classical memoir on the Cetacea, says, speaking of
this specimen:—‘“ The one which I examined must have been young
[as is proved by the condition of the skeleton] ; for I have a skull of
the same kind nearly three times as large, which must have belonged
to an animal thirty or forty feet long.”’ This skull has unfortunately
not been preserved; but portions, evidently belonging to the same
individual, are still in the Museum. Of these the anterior part of
the lower jaw, of great density and containing the two teeth, the
great age of which is attested by the solid condition of their bases,
was catalogued by Professor Owen as that of an “immature” animal’.
No notice appears ever to have been taken of Hunter’s reference to
this large specimen, or of the existence of any form of Hyperoodon
different from that commonly known, and of which more detailed
descriptions were given by Vrolik *, Wesmael ‘, Eschricht °, Thomp-
' Balena rostrata, Chemniz, Beschiift. der Berlin. Gesellschaft Naturforscher,
iv. p. 183 (1779); Delphinus bidentatus and Delphinus butskopf, Bonnaterre,
‘Cétologie, p. 25 (1789); Delphinus diodon, Lacépéde, ‘Hist. nat. des
Cétacés,” p. 809 ; and Hyperoodon butskopf, idem, ibid. p. 319 (1804).
* Descriptive Catalogue of Osteological Series, vol. ii. no. 2480 (1853).
5 Nat. Verhand. Maatsch. Haarlem, 2. Verz., D. 5 (1849).
Nouv. Mém. de I’Acad. Roy. de Bruxelles. xiii. 4. p. 1 (1841).
Untersuchungen iiber die nordische Wallthiere, 1849,
724 . PROF. W. H. FLOWER ON THE [Dece. 19,
son, and others, until Dr. Gray, in the ‘Zoology of the ‘Erebus’ and
‘Terror’’ (1846), described and figured a cranium, received into the
British Museum from the Orkneys, as that of a distinct species,
which he named Hyperoodon latifrons (p. 27 and plate 4). The
diagnostic character is: —‘‘ Skull large, heavy, solid, the reflexed part
of the maxillary bones very thick and thickened internally, so as
nearly to touch each other in front of the blower, much higher than
the hinder part of the skull;’? whereas of H. rostratus it is stated
that “the elevated plates of the maxillary bones are thin, leaving a
broad space between them in front of the blowers, and as high as
the frontal crest.”
Professor Eschricht, who had devoted great attention to the
anatomy, development, and life-history of the Cetacea, expressed,
in his valuable memoir on Platanista, the opinion that Dr. Gray’s
H. latifrons was nothing more than an old male of the ordinary
form’, This opinion called forth a long rejoinder from Gray’, in
which he endeavours to show that males and females of both forms
have been met with, and moreover states that “he was assured by
the fishermen who procured the head which he described and
figured that it was that of a female gravid with young.”
So convinced was Gray of the distinction, that in 1863 (see P.Z.S.
1863, p. 200) he constituted H. latifrons into a distinct genus
called Lagenocetus, and retained it in this position in all his sub-
sequent cetological writings.
Since the type specimen was described by Gray, not only several
skulls but also complete skeletons have been met with of the larger
form, a very fine specimen being mounted in the Copenhagen Museum
and another at Caen. Although there is certainly nothing except size
and the form of the maxillary crests to distinguish them from the
more common form, there is so striking a difference in the shape of
the skull, that Dr. Gray’s opinion, backed by the various statements
made by him regarding the age and sex of the different individuals
recorded (all of which perhaps will not bear close investigation), has
induced many zoologists to agreed with him, at all events as to
the specific distinction, and to admit H. latifrons into the list of
Cetaceous animals, sometimes as a doubtful and sometimes as a well-
determined species. I had, in fact, myself done so in the article
“ Mammalia” written in the beginning of this year for the ‘ Encyclo-
pedia Britannica,’ being fortified in this opinion by some premature
information derived from the same source as that which has now
dispelled this view (as mentioned in a note to p. 395 of the present
volume of our Proceedings), and especially because my friend the late
Prof. Reinhardt, whose recent death is a great loss to this branch of
zoology, had fully adopted Gray’s view *.
Hs Bes the English translation in Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, ix. p. 281
52).
2 Bia p- 407.
3 He says:—‘Eschricht meente, som bekjendt, at Hyperoodon latifrons kun
var opstillet paa den ret gamle Han af den almindelige Dggling, Hyperoodon
rostratus; men Gray’s Art maa nu ansees for vel begrundet.’—Vidensk. Selks.
Skr. 5 Rekke, naturvidens. og math. Afd. 9, B. 1 (1869).
1882. ] WHALES OF THE GENUS HYPEROODON. 725
On the other hand, Gervais, in the ‘Ostéographie des Cétacés,’
written in conjunction with Van Beneden, firmly maintained the
specific identity of the two forms, citing cases of intermediate
structure of cranium between the typical form of H. rostratus and
that of H. latifrons, and affirming that all the specimens reterred
to the former were either females or immature males.
The importance of solving such a question is perfectly evident.
It is indeed a pressing need in Cetology, as involving such an
important point in the life-history of so common a British species,
and also because, although Captain Gray’s discovery of the com-
mercial value of Hyperoodon-oil may give us for a short time ample
means for investigating the subject, it will before long, it is to be
feared, place it altogether beyond our reach.
It was last year that this enterprising seaman, who has already
done so much to increase our knowledge of the Northern Cetacea,
especially by the interesting description he has given us of the
natural position in the mouth and mode of action of the baleen of
the Greenland Whale (see ‘ Land and Water,’ 1st December 1877)
turned his attention to Hyperoodons or “ Bottlenoses,” which had
hitherto in their native haunts enjoyed a happy immunity from the
attention paid by whalers to the more gigantic members of their
order. Observing their frequency in the seas which he visited in
the pursuit of the Greenland Whale, the seas lying to the east of
Greenland, between Iceland and Spitzbergen (which, by the way, was
the original seat of the Greenland Right-Whale fishery, before it was
mostly transferred to Baffin’s Bay), he harpooned several specimens
and brought back their oil. This, upon analysis, as related in the
following communication, proved to be very similar to that of the
Sperm-Whale, and probably of equal value for the special purposes
to which that now scarce material is put, and for which, I believe,
no efficient substitute has been found. The presence of spermaceti
also in the head of the Hyperoodon, which has been affirmed and
denied by previous investigators, was fully confirmed by Captain
Gray’s observations.
Hearing that Captain Gray intended this year to devote himselr
exclusively to the capture of ‘‘ Bottlenoses,”’ I called his attention
to the interest of the subject, and to the great opportunities which
he would have for solving the disputed question of the difference or
identity of the two alleged species, and requested him carefully to
note the sex and appearance of all the individuals killed which might
throw light upon the question. How completely Captain Gray has
carried out this object will be seen by his own communication,
which, besides giving us for the first time any idea of the external
characters of the adult male Hyperoodon (an animal never previously
figured or described), must cause 1. latifrons to be henceforth
erased from the list of species, and the genus Lagenocetus to be
consigned to a similar fate.
Besides the notes, Captain Gray has brought home tangible
evidence of the correctness of his observations in a series of skulls,
of which that of an adult male has been presented to the Museum
726 CAPT. D. GRAY ON THE BOTTLENOSE WHALE. [Dec. 19,
of the College of Surgeons, and that of a young male to the Univer-
sity of Cambridge. The skull of a fcetal male, which was being
towed overboard for the purpose of cleansing, was unfortunately
lost ; but next year it may be hoped that Captain Gray will have an
opportunity of still further contributing to our knowledge of this
interesting subject.
The presence of spermaceti in the head of the Hyperoodon, though
subsequently denied by other observers, was noticed in 1779 by
Chemniz, who in his account of a male taken near Spitzbergen says,
after speaking of the oil, “‘ Ausserdem aber anch aus seinem Kopfe
und den iibrigen Theilen einen Anker desjenigen reinsten Oels, so
den Namen Wallrath oder Sperma ceti fiihret, gesammlet ”’’.
Postscript.—Since the above note was communicated to the
Society, I have received a letter from my friend Mr. Robert Collett,
of the Christiania Museum, giving some account of a specimen of
Hyperoodon latifrons (as, according to the common belief, he names
it) which was washed ashore at the Loffoden islands in April 1881 .
He describes the head as perfectly quadrangular, just like a “ Kuf-
fert’ (portmanteau) with rounded angles, and altogether more like
that of a Physeter than an ordinary Hyperoodon, the anterior part
of the forehead being perpendicular, and the rostrum scarcely pro-
jecting beyond it. The body was proportionally slender as com-
pared with the large head. It will be seen that this description
exactly corresponds with Captain Gray’s sketches (figs. 1-5, p. 728).
With regard to these drawings it is important to observe that, as they
were not drawn to scale, the bodies appear shorter and stouter than
they would if composed from exact measurements, the reason being
that, in any long object when seen from a single point of view, the
effects of perspective diminish the length much more than the
breadth.
2. Notes on the Characters and Habits of the Bottlenose
Whale (Hyperoodon rostratus). By Davin Gray, Com-
mander of the Whaling Steamer ‘ Eclipse.” (Communi-
cated by Prof. Firowsr, F.R.8., P.Z.S.)
[Received November 28, 1882.]
These Whales are occasionally met with immediately after leaving
the Shetland Isles in March, and north across the ocean until the
ice is reached, near the margin of which they are found in greatest
numbers ; but they are seldom seen amongst it.
Although it is not their nature to keep in amongst the ice, they
like to frequent the open bays, for the shelter it gives them from the
sea. Sometimes a point of ice overlaps them; it is only then that
they are seen going out again towards the ocean. They are also to
be met with from the entrance of Hudson’s Straits and up Davis
Straits, as far as 70° north lat., and down the east side round Cape
1 Loe. cit. p. 185.
© See “‘ Meddelelser om Norges Pattedyrs i Aarene 1876-81,” by R. Collett.
1882. ] CAPT. D. GRAY ON THE BOTTLENOSE WHALE. 727
Farewell, all round Iceland, north along the Greenland ice to 77°
north lat.; also along the west coast of Spitzbergen and east
to Cherry Island, in lat. 72° north and long. 19° east. Beyond
these limits I have never seen them; but doubtless they are to be
found as far as the Straits of Belle Isle on the west, and east to
Nova Zembla.
From the fact that they are not seen in summer further south
than a day’s sail from the ice, it would appear that they migrate
south in the autumn, and north again in the spring.
They are gregarious in their habits, going in herds of from four
to ten. It is rare to see more than the latter number together,
although many different herds are frequently in sight at the same
time. The adult males very often go by themselves; but young
bulls, cows and calves, with an old male as a leader, are sometimes
seen together.
They are very unsuspicious, coming close alongside the ship,
round about and underneath the boats, until their curiosity is satis-
fied. The herd never leaves a wounded companion so long as it is
alive; but they desert it immediately when dead ; and if another can
be harpooned before the previous struck one is killed, we often
capture the whole herd, frequently taking ten, and on one occasion
fifteen, before the hold of them was lost. They come from every
point of the compass towards the struck one in the most mysterious
manner.
They have great endurance, and are very difficult to kill, seldom |
taking out less than from three to four hundred fathoms of line ; and
strong full-grown males will run out seven hundred fathoms,
remaining under water for the long period of two hours, coming to
the surface again as fresh as if they had never been away ; and if
they are relieved of the weight by the lines being hauled in off
them before they receive a second harpoon and a well-placed
lance or two, it often takes hours to kill them. They never die
without a hard struggle, lashing the sea white about them, leaping
out of the water, striking the boats with their tails, running against
them with their heads and sometimes staving the planks in, fre-
quently towing two heavy whale-boats about after them with great
rapidity.
They vary in colour from black in the young to light brown in
the older animals. ‘The very old turn almost yellow, the beak and
front of the head being quite white, with a white band round their
necks; all of them are greyish-white in the belly.
Their tails, instead of being notched in the centre as in most other
Whales, are round in the middle; and they have great vertical
strength in their rump. They can leap many feet out of the water,
even having time while in the air to turn round their heads and
look about them, taking the water head first, and not falling help-
lessly into it sideways like the larger Whales.
The full-grown Whale is thirty feet long by twenty feet in
circumference, and yields two tons of oil besides two hundred-
weight of spermaceti. It is remarkable that they should yield a
728 CAPT. D. GRAY ON THE BOTTLENOSE WHALE. [ Dec. 19,
Fig 2.
Fig. F
Fig. 4.
Figs. 1-4. Outlines of a series of male Bottlenosed Whales, to show the pro-
gressive development of the head from the youngest (fig. 4) to the
oldest (fig. 1).
Fig. 5. Outline of adult female.
These figures are from sketches by Captain Gray, but are not drawn to scale.
With regard to their proportions see observations on p. 726.
>]
bo
io)
1882. ] CAPT. D. GRAY ON THE BOTTLENOSE WHALE,
Fig8.
Front views, from photographs, of the skulls of the four male specimens of
which the external characters are given on the opposite page.
Fig. 6. Skull of old male, represented in fig. 1.
Fig. 7. Skull of slightly younger male (fig. 2).
Fig. 8. Skull of still younger male (fig. 3).
Fig. 9. Skull of young male (fig. 4), which both in external form and cranial
characters closely resembles the female.
730 CAPT. D. GRAY ON THE BO[TLENOSE WHALE. [Dec. 19,
hundredweight of spermaceti to each ton of oil, being exactly the
same proportion that the Greenland Whale yields of whalebone to
the ton of oil.
In the female, in front of the bones of the head there is a cavity
containing a small quantity of oil which is quite colourless and
twice the density of that rendered fromthe blubber. In the males,
instead of oil there is a solid lump of fat similar in shape to, and
about twice the size of, a large water-melon.
The following is an analysis of their oil, as compared with sperm-
oil, prepared by Mr. Alfred H. Allen of Sheffield, Public Analyst
for the West Riding of Yorkshire.
Bottlenose- oil. Sperm- oil.
Specific gravity at 155°C. ........ce 8763 ‘8778
Blashing pottien ©! St sess. <..2 Rees 264 260
Viscosity (seconds) ...:...........ceeeeseee 141 137
Unsaponifiable matter (spermyl alcohol) 39:76 40-50
Sp, gravity of the unsaponifiable matter 8363 8307
Rise of temp. with sulphuric acid, ° C. 41 45
(Pale brown, chan- Dark brown, be-
| ging on stirring coming some-
Colour-reaction with sulphuric acid {to light violet, what darker with
| and again to tinge of violet on
(brown. stirring.
These results show that the closest similarity exists between
genuine sperm-oil and the oil from the Bottlenose Whale.
Their ordinary food consists of a bluish-white cuttle-fish, six inches
long by three inches in circumference, and pointed towards the tail.
The stomachs of the Whales that were examined contained nothing
but their remains; and we never took one alongside without seeing
some of them floating out of their mouths.
They evidently have a great depth to go to find them, judging
from the length of time that they remain away, and from the long
heavy blasts they make on coming to the surface again.
They are much infested with lice about the fins and in patches
over their bodies. I send with this a piece of skin cut from the
front of the head of a young female, which will serve to show the
manner in which they adhere to the skin’.
During the present season, in May and June, two hundred and
three were killed; of these ninety-six were fuil grown males, fifty-
six cows, and fifty-one younger males.
From a cow a young male was cut out, measuring ten feet long by
five feet six inches in circumference. ‘The length of the mother
was twenty-nine feet.
The heads of two males were measured round the eyes: one was
‘(These agree exactly with Cyamus thompsoni, Gosse, Ann. & Mag. Nat,
Hist. 2nd ser. vol. xvi. p. 30, pl. iii. fig. 11 (1855), which was found upon the skin
of a Hyperoodon captured in Portland Roads on the 2nd of October 1854, as
recorded by Mr. W. Thompson (Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xiv. 2nd ser.
p- 347, 1854), This is separated generically from the other Cyami by Liitken
under the name of Platycyamus (Christiania Videns. Sellsk. Forhandl. xiii.
p- 279, 1871).—W. H. F. |
1882.] ON THE CLASSIFICATION OF THE COMATUL&. 731
thirteen feet one inch, the other twelve feet six inches, which may
be taken as the average size of the circumference of the head of the
full-grown male.
In the past three seasons I have seen thousands of them; and
from constant careful observation while they were in life, and very
often close about the ship—also when dead, examining many of
their skulls after being taken on board and flenched, the only con-
clusion that can be come to is, that there is but one species of the
Bottlenose Whale inhabiting the Northern seas. ‘There are no flat-
headed females. It is only the older males that have the flat per-
pendicular heads notched back towards the beak, with high crest
and close frontal bones.
The accompanying sketches of male Whales (figs 1-5, p. 728),
and photographs of their skulls (figs. 6-9, p. 729), will help to show
how their heads flatten, and also the progressive manner in which
the bones of the head enlarge and close up as they become older.
3. On the Classification of the Comatule. By P. Herserr
Carpenter, M.A., Assistant Master at Eton College.
[Received November 23, 1882. ]
In the last part of the Proceedings of this Society Prof. F. J.
Bell! has proposed “a method of formulating the results attained
to, as regards our knowledge of the specific characters of the mem-
bers”’ of the family Comatulide.
That such a method is absolutely necessary for systematic work
in a family which comprises so few genera but so many species, was
made clear to me before I had been studying the group for many
months ; and I was therefore in no way surprised to hear that Prof.
Bell had arrived at the same conclusion soon after his commencing
the examination of the large collection of Comatule in the British
Museum, together with the very remarkable series sent home by
Dr. Coppinger, of H.M.S. ‘ Alert.” I am sorry, however, that
Prof. Bell has so soon published his system of formulation; for
I cannot but think that a little more experience of the remarkable
variations in the group-characters would have caused him to modify
it considerably.
I had intended to reserve any publication of the method of for-
mulation which has gradually developed itself during my work on
the ‘ Challenger,’ ‘ Blake,’ and other collections, until the appear-
ance of the ‘Challenger’ Report. But the numerous errors con-
tained in Prof. Bell’s paper require an immediate correction, which
would be out of place in the ‘ Challenger ’ volumes.
Prof. Bell’s method is an ingenious one, especially where he
1 “An Attempt to apply a Method of Formulation to the Species of the Co-
matulide ; with the Description of anew Species,” P. Z. 8. 1882, part iii. pp. 530-
536, Pl. XXXYV.
732 MR. P. H. CARPENTER ON THE [Dec. 19,
applies it to denote the varying characters of the cirri; and I shall
have much pleasure in employing it to this extent. His idea of dis-
tinguishing Antedon and Actinometra by A and A! respectively is
also a good one; though I should myself prefer A and a, as being
less liable to printers’ errors.
He gives formule for 58 species, 12 of which are MS. names of
his own; but of the remaining 46 formule, no less than 12 would
lead a collector who depended upon them for identification of a speci-
men to form a false conception of the corresponding species. In
the case of Act. parvicirra and Act. nove guinea, the error is but a
slight one. But the formule given for Act. bennetti, Act. peroni,
Act. schlegeli and other species denote a type of the genus which I
have never met with, much less described; and were it not that I
am now prepared for nearly any freak of nature among these
animals, I should almost venture to call it a ‘‘ Comatulid impossi-
bility.”
Eight of these twelve species (including the three above men-
tioned) have been described by myself in the ‘Notes from the
Leyden Museum,’ vol. iii.; and as these Notes have a far less wide
circulation than the Proceedings of the Zoological Society, it is
necessary to prevent other workers from forming the wrong concep-
tions of these types which would result from the exclusive use of
Prof. Bell’s formule.
The errors are in the parts of the formule which denote the cha-
racters of the rays and their subdivisions, the remaining portions,
which indicate the positions of the syzygies in the arm-bases and the
characters of the cirri, requiring no alteration. As regards the for-
mer, Prof. Bell says :—
“If (1) we use the letters R, D, P for the radials, distichals, and
palmars respectively, and insert them in the formula whensoever the
respective axillary is a syzygy, we may (2) distinguish which of the
first three brachials (one of which is, with but with very rare excep-
tions, a syzygy) isa syzygy by simply making use of the number I, 2,
or 3.... When a character frequently, though not always, obtains,
the corresponding letter is put within brackets. ... When D or P
appear in a formula it is clear the species must have more than 10
rays’, because of the meaning of the words those letters represent ;
where, however, neither distichals nor palmars present a syzygial
joint, it will be necessary to make use of the mathematical sign for
the square root to mark the fact of its being a multiradiate species”
(pp. 531-532).
’ Prof. Bell has here confounded the ten primary arms with the rays proper,
by the division of which these arms originate. This has led him into much con-
fusion, as will be pointed out later. According to Miiller, “ Radien nenne ich
die auf dem Knopf aufgesetzten Stimme der Arme.... Auf jedem der 5 Kelch-
radien sitzen 2 Arme, die entweder einfach bleiben oder sich noch einmal oder
mehrmal wieder theilen.”’ (“ Ueber die Gattung Comatu/a, Lam., und ihre Arten,”
Abhandl. d. Berlin, Akad. 1849, p. 240.) The arms therefore were clearly distin-
guished from the rays by Miiller ; and it isa pity that Prof. Bell has confounded
them, especially as in the genus Promachocrinus there actually are ten rays
Springing directly from the centrodorsal.
1882. ] CLASSIFICATION OF THE COMATUL. 733
The following are cases in which Prof. Bell has wrongly applied
his own method :—
1. Antedon macronema. According to Bell’s formula (3 A*)
this species only differs from the ten-armed Ant. rosacea (3 A”)
in the cirri consisting of more than 40, instead of less than 20 joints.
And yet Miiller’ says, “Aus den 5 Armstimmen von 3 Radial-
gliedern entwickeln sich meist 3 Arme, so dass sich ein Stamm zuerst
in einen dicken und diinnen theilt, der dickere aber iber dem zweiten
Glied oder drachiale awillare sich wieder in 2 Arme theilt.” The
“« brachiale avillare” is what we now call the ‘ distichal axillary ;”
and as it does not “present a syzygial joint,” Prof. Bell’s formula
should be V3 Aes
2. Antedon palmata. The same formula is given for this species
(3 A?) as for Ant. carinata, which has ten undivided arms. In
Ant. palmata*, however, ‘‘ Die 10 Primirarme bestehen aus 2
Gliedern, das zweite axillar. Nach der Theilung wieder 2 Glieder,
das zweite axillar. Entweder bleibt es dabei oder die Arme theilen
sich wieder.” That is to say, there are two distichals and two
palmars, and sometimes even a further division, none of the axillaries
being syzygies. Hence the formula should be V3 A2; but this is
insufficient, as it gives no information about the presence of any
axillaries beyond the distichal one.
Both the errors above noticed are due to the omission of the sign
7 , and are possibly due to the printer. But others are of a much
more serious character and require to be treated in more detail.
3. Act. alternans. For 3 A'RPP"? read 3 A'DP'(P!"')’-
. Act. bennetti. For 3A'RDP® read 3 A'DPP!(P");-
. Act. japonica. For V3 ARE read 3 A'DP;-
. Act. multiradiata. For 2A'RDP? read 2A’DP(P Ps
. Act. nove-guinee. For 1(2)A'RDP2 read 1(2)A'RDPP((P") ”.
. Act. parvicirra. For 3A'/DP& read 3 A'D(P)@.
. Act. peroni. For 3 A'RDP? read 3 A'DP(P')?-
10. Act pulchella, For (1.2)3A” read 4/1.2.4'%, and 3A".
11. Act. schlegeli. For 3A'RDP™ read 3.A'DPP'P"=.
12. Aet. typica. For 1 A'RD® read 1A'RD{ PP!—Prye.
The presence of R or D in a formula indicates that the radial or
distichal axillary ‘‘is a syzygy ;” and this leads to confusion, for the
two cases are not homologous. The radial axillary is never a syzygy
in the sense that the distichal axillary is, or that the third or any
following brachial may be ; i. e. it never primitively consists of two
1 Loe, cit. p. 258. ? Gattung Comatula, p. 261.
con mo oO
734 MR. P. H. CARPENTER ON THE [ Dec. 19,
joints which become immovably united and behave in all respects as
one. But it may be united by syzygy to the second radial, instead
of by the usual bifascial articulation'. This, however, is of an alto-
gether different morphological value from the syzygial unions of the
arm-joints. In the latter case the hypozygal entirely loses its indi-
viduality as a separate joint, and bears no pinnule as the epizygal
and the remaining brachials do. Thus, for example, in very nearly
all Comatule the original third and fourth joints of the growing arm
differ from those which ultimately appear beyond them. For
‘whilst the majority of these gradually come to possess the true
articulations, and to be separated by the intervention of muscles and
ligaments, a certain small proportion become more intimately united
on a simpler plan, which admits of no motion between them”. The
double or syzygial joints thus formed resemble the ordinary brachials
in bearing but one pinnule, and they are therefore best considered as
single joints. In Ant. rosacea, for example, the 3rd and 4th, the 9th
and 10th, and the 14th and 15th joints of the growing arm are
respectively united in pairs by syzygy; but the arm is best described
as having syzygies in the 3rd, 8th, and 12th joints. So again in the
numerous Comatule, such as Act. parvicirra, which have axillaries
on some or all of the primary arms. Counting from the third radial,
the distichal axillary is primitively the fourth joint. he first, as is
almost invariably the case, bears no pinnule, while the second does
bear a pinnule, but the third not; for it is united to the followin
(axillary) joint by a syzygy. The first ray-division would therefore
be described as consisting of three distichal joints, the second bearing
a pinnule, and the third (axillary) being a syzygy.
In Encrinus, in most recent species of Pentacrinus, in a few Coma-
tule (Act. solaris, &c.) the two outer radials and the first two joints
beyond them are respectively united by syzygy ; and on the principle
explained above, each pair would be considered as forming a single
joint, so that the true third brachial (itself a syzygial joint) would
come to be the second. This would involve our describing these
forms as having but two radials, the axillary with a syzygy, and
syzygies both in the first and in the second brachials. I think,
however, that this would be misleading and make the difference be-
tween the two types appear much greater than it really is.
The presence of three radials is such an absolutely constant
character in all the five-rayed Neocrinoids, excepting Metacrinus &
Plicatocrinus, that the fact of the two outer ones being united by
syzygy and not articulated seems to me to be of minor importance ;
and I do not assign to it the same morphological value as the
syzygial union of the third and fourth primitive brachials, in which
* I use this name to denote the presence of a ligamentous bundle on either
side of a vertical articular ridge, while muscles are absent. In by far the greater
number of Comatule this is the mode of union of the two outer radials and
of the first two joints beyond each axillary. It also occurs in Miéllericrinus,
Apiocrinus, Pentacrinus decorus, P. blakei and other types. But in Bathycrinus
there isa trifascial articulation, a small additional bundle of fibres being inserted
ee the apposed faces of the joints at the lower or dorsal end of the articular
riage.
P W. B. Carpenter, Phil. Trans. 1866, p. 721.
1882. | CLASSIFICATION OF THE COMATULA, 735
the former loses its pinnule. No Crinoid with three radials ever
has a pinnule on the second one; and when this becomes the hypo-
zygal of a syzygy, it does not therefore lose its individuality, as is
the case with the hypozygals of the brachial syzygies. Almost the
same may be said respecting the first two brachials. Most Comatule
have a syzygy in the third brachial with a bifascial articulation be-
tween the two preceding joints, the second only of which bears a
pinnule. Hence where these two are united by syzygy, as in Act.
solaris, the first or hypozygal loses no individuality as an arm-
joint. They are therefore better described as the first and second
brachials, and not as a first brachial which “is a syzygy.’ This
method has the advantage of retaining the third brachial as a syzy-
gial joint as a condition which is common to by far the larger num-
ber of Comatule ; for it is only a very few species, like Act. fimbriata
and Act. multiradiata, which have a syzygy in the second brachial
and a pinnule on the first. This is an entirely different type, and
arises from the coalescence of the primitive second and third joints of
the growing arm.
I cannot, therefore, regard as satisfactory Prof. Bell’s formule for
Act. solaris, Act. brachiolata, e. g. 1.2.A'R h and 1.2.A’R PB. For
the radial axillary is not a syzygy in the same sense as the distichal
axillary is in Act. parvicirra; neither is the first brachial a syzygy
in the same sense as the second or, as I should call it, the third.
I am bound to say, however, that I am in some measure respon-
sible in the matter of the first brachials, having employed this mode
of description in my diagnoses of the Leyden Comatule’; but since
then I have decided to abandon it, as will be seen from my descrip-
tions of Act. solaris and Act. robusta of the Hamburg Museum, to
to which I have added a few of my reasons for the change’.
The erroneous character of some of the formule given by Prof.
Bell is due, I fear, to his not having properly understood the de-
scriptive terminology which I have been led to employ. I have
endeavoured, as much as possible, to make it simply an extension of
that used by Miiller; and I have consequeutly used the word “rays”
in the same sense as Miiller did, as I have pointed out above ®.
Prof. Bell, however, seems not only to use it in a different sense him-
self, but also to have understood me as doing so. The result is that
many of the formule which he has drawn up on the basis of my
descriptions are utterly at variance with them.
The following is an abbreviated extract from the classification of
the species of Actinometra in the Leyden Museum, together with the
formule assigned to those species by Prof. Bell :—
A. Second and third radials united by syzygy.
cay? Ber QMS Mes BSS solaris. 1.2.A'RP.
(. Many arms. Rays may divide five times or more. First
' Notes from the Leyden Museum, vol. iii. pp. 170-217.
2 «The Comatule of the Hamburg Museum,” Journ. Linn. Soe, Zoology, vol.
xvi. pp. 514-519.
3 P. 732, note.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1882, No. XLIX,. 49
- 736 MR. P. H. CARPENTER ON THE [Dec. 19,
division of 3 joints, the axillary with a syzygy. Subse-
quent divisions of two joints united by syzygy.
nove-guinee. 1(2)A’RDPP.
typica. 1A'RDS.
B. Second and third radials united by ligament.
Many arms. First ray-division of three joints, the axillary
with a syzygy-
a. Rays divide three times. Subsequent divisions like the first.
robustipinna. A'(D)P=".
japonica. 3A'Re-
parvicirra. 3A'DP®,
8. Rays may divide five times or more.
I. Third and fifth ray-divisions like the first. Second and
fourth divisions of two joints, the axillary without a syzygy.
alternans. 3A'RPP’?.
II. All ray-divisions like the first.
schlegeli. 3A'RDP@.
bennetti. 3A'RDPr.
peroni. 3A’RDP?.
Prof. Bell’s formule do not give any thing like a proper idea of
the characters of Act. nove-guinee and Act. typica, especially the
latter. Both species are among “those rare cases in which
divisions extend beyond the palmars;”’ and Prof. Bell should there-
fore have made use of his symbols P’ and P”. These two would
have sufficed for A. nove-guinee, which has only two axillaries be-
yond the palmars. Strictly speaking, however, neither P, P’, nor
P” have any proper place in the formula; for the palmar and sub-
sequent axillaries are not syzygial joints homologous with the dis-
tichal axillaries, any more than the radial axillary is, either in these
two species or in the solaris group ; and as pointed out above, it is
equally incorrect, for morphological reasons, to describe the first
brachials as being syzygial joints homologous with the third brachials
1 Tt is absurd to put the D within brackets in this formula, because the only
specimen described has no syzygy in the axillaries of three out of the nine
primary arms. I have described a specimen of Ac?. parvicirra in which five
out of the ten distichal axillaries have no syzygy, and another in which there
are four axillaries with and four without a syzygy. Here therefore we have a
character which “ frequently though not always obtains” just as in Act. robusti-
pinna. Why is the one case noted in the formula but not the other? Prof.
Bell’s experience of the variations in these characters must surely have taught
him that it is the exception and not the rule for all the distichal and palmar
series of any many-armed specimen to be exactly alike, and that a specific dia-
gnosis must be based on the characters of the majority. When, however, some
specimens of any type have distichals or palmars, and others may be altogether
without them it is useful to put the D or P within brackets; and this should
have been done in Bell’s formula for Act. parvictrra, as I shall shortly point out,
1882. | CLASSIFICATION OF THE COMATUL&. 737
of Ant. rosacea and Ant. eschrichti, or with the second brachials of
Act. fimbriata and Act. multiradiata.
In the case of Act. typica, the employment of a shorthand has
been carried to such an extent by Prof. Bell, that he only makes pro-
vision for 20 out of the 80 or more arms that the species possesses.
The P which is inserted into the formula for Act. nove-guinee is
here omitted, and only two of the axillaries taken into consideration
at all. Nevertheless the rays have been described by myself as
dividing seven or eight times; i.e. there may be no less than five
axillaries beyond the palmars, all united by syzygy to the preceding
joints as the palmar axillaries are ; while Lovén' has figured a spe-
cimen with two axillaries beyond the palmars and has described the
species as having 80 arms. Prof. Bell’s formula, however, (1A'RD®)
takes no account of any palmars at all, much less of any thing beyond
them, although Lovén says “ Rami secundi quatuor, bina paria,
e brachialibus duobus,” and goes on to speak of rami tertii, quarti, and
quinti; but the presence of the D and nothing more in Prof. Bell’s
formula indicates that the total number of arms is never more than
20 and may be only 11!
It will be evident from the classification detailed above, that the
essential character common to all the seven species of group B is
the union of the second and third radials by ligaments and not by a
syzygy asin the three species of group A. Nevertheless five of
the seven formulz given by Prof. Bell contain an R, which denotes
that the radial axillary “is a syzygy.” He surely cannot imagine
that the radial axillaries which are united by ligament to the second
radials are themselves syzygial joints as the distichal axillaries are.
I have described the form of the axillaries in each of these five
species, but have not said one word about their being syzygial joints.
Such a condition, i. e. syzygial axillaries united by ligaments to the
second radials, occurs in no Comatula with which I am acquainted.
Neither are the axillaries united to the second radials by syzygy,
as in Act. solaris and the other species of Group A, the formule
for all of which contain an R. It is therefore difficult to understand
why the formule for five of the species of group B should contain
an R which is absent from those of the two remaining species. I
can think of no reason for this except that in the diagnoses of these
five species I have spoken of the “first ray-division” as consisting
of three joints, the axillary with a syzygy. Prof. Bell, who appears
to consider the primary number of rays as 10, and not five, as de-
scribed by Miller and myself, has perhaps understood the term
‘*first ray-division” to mean the five undivided rays themselves,
which consist of the first, second, and third (axillary) radials. I
had hoped that this expression coming immediately after the state-
ment “the rays (in the Miillerian sense) dividing” 2, 3, or more
times, and preceded by the description of the radial axillary where
the division occurs, would be interpreted as meaning the ten primary
arms which are borne by the axillaries and are themselves con-
1 Ofy. af. K. Vet.-Akad. Forh, 1866, p. 230.
49*
738 MR. P. H. CARPENTER ON THE [Dec. 19,
veniently described as consisting of distichal joints. But in order
to avoid misconception, I expressly inserted the word distichals in
speaking of the first division of the rays of Act. pulchella'. The
description of this species was written before those of the Leyden
Comatule, and must have been read by Prof. Bell, as he gives a for-
mula based upon it.
I cannot help suspecting, however, from the formula which he
gives for Act. alternans, that he has thus misunderstood my meaning.
It is as follows, 3A’RPP’°. This can only be interpreted in the
following way :—that the radial axillary “isa syzygy ” (which is not
the case); that there are two distichals’, the axillary without a syzygy
(while there are really three, the axillary with a syzygy) ; that there
are two or three palmars, the axillary with a syzygy (while there are
really two, the axillary without a syzygy) ; and so on for the two re-
maining divisions, so that the formula should read 3 A'DP'P!"?. Even
then, however, it would not indicate whether two or three distichals
are present*, nor whether there are one or two palmars, nor the
number of joints in the two remaining divisions ; so that one would
be entirely at a loss as to the systematic position of the type.
Prof. Bell gives the formula for Act. japonica as /3 A'R ; Even
after the removal of the unnecessary and totally misleading R, the
formula is entirely incorrect as regards the ray-divisions, and says
nothing about any palmars being present. It means that there are
two distichals, the axillary not a syzygy- But in Miiller’s classifi-
cation this species is placed in a group distinguished as follows,
“Die Axillaria der Arme mit Syzygien;”’ and my own description
runs, “ Primary and secondary arms each of three joints, the axillary
a syzygy,” or, as Prof. Bell puts it, “Three distichals and three
palmars, the axillaries syzygies.” His formula should therefore
be 3A'DP 5.
The formula which he gives for Act. parvicirra (3 A'DP ®)
implies that palmars are always present on some of the rays. A
specimen has been figured, however, with 13 arms only, having
distichals on only three rays and no palmars at all ; and others have
been noticed with but 18 and 20 arms*. The P should therefore be
put within brackets, and the formula stand 3 A'D(P) ey like that of
Act. wahlbergi, Miill., and Act. variabilis, Bell, MS.
In like manner the formula given for Act. peroni (3 A'RDP 2)
does not convey the information that there may be another axillary
Bull. Mus.-Comp. Zool. vol. ix. no. 4, p. 10.
> Tam ata loss to understand how Prof. Bell can have supposed that the
second joint after the radial axillary, which is described as bearing a pinnule,
can at the same time be an axillary joint ; but no other types without a syzygy
in the axillary than a series of two distichals have yet been described.
5 J.e, unless the rule be known that if the distichal axillary is a syzygy it is
always the third joint, and not the second, as may sometimes be the case with
the palmars.
* Trans. Linn. Soe. 2nd series, Zool. vol. ii. 1879, p. 44, and pl. ii. fig. 9.
1882. ] CLASSIFICATION OF THE COMATULS. 739
beyond the palmars. It should read 3 A'/DP(P’) P. There may be
yet another in Acé. bennetti and the number of arms reach 70 or 80,
which is only very rarely the case among the Comatule. Prof.
Bell’s formula (3 A'RDP £)> however, only provides for 40, which is
a very common condition. The formula should therefore be
3 A’DPP'(P”) = The same may be said of Act. schlegeli, the only
known example of which has two axillaries beyond the palmars and
over 80 arms. Its proper formula would be 3 A’DPP’P” 2 while
Prof. Bell gives 3 A‘'RDP 2, which provides for less than half
this number of arms, so that one of the most evident specific char-
acters is not taken into account at all.
The ray-divisions of Act. pulchella have been thus described :—
“10-20 arms, most of the rays usually dividing twice, the first
division (distichals) consisting of two joints which are not united by
syzygy. When the arms spring directly from the radial axillary,
the two lowest brachials are united by ligament, as in most Coma-
tule, and the third is a syzygial or double joint. But in all the
arms which spring from a distichal axillary the two lowest brachials
are united by syzygy to form a double joint; and the true third
brachial, which is also a syzygial joint, as in all Comatule, thus
becomes the second arm-joint, as in Act. solaris”. Two formule
are necessary for this type—one for the ten-armed form, and another
for that with divided primary arms. The first would be 3A‘;, and
the second “/1.2 A’. Prof. Bell, however, writes (1.2)3 At thus
taking no account of the presence of distichal axillaries in some
(often all) of the primary arms; and his formula also implies that
the first, second, and third brachials of the same arm may all be
syzygial joints, which is never the case.
One very serious objection to Prof. Bell’s system of shorthand is
that (except in one case) it is only applicable to those Comatule in
which the ray-divisions are regular, 7. e. with the second and sub-
sequent divisions all resembling the first. For regular forms like
Act. parvicirra, Act. bennetti, and their allies, which have three disti-
chals and three palmars with a syzygy in each axillary, Prof. Bell’s
notation is probably as short a one as could be devised ; though it
gives no information respecting the number of joints in each series,
aud does not always indicate whether palmars are present or not.
Thus, for example, his formula for Ant. articulata is V3 AY. This
means that distichals are present but do not “present a sygygial
joint.” It does not indicate, however, whether the axillary is the
fourth joint (an actual case in another species), the first (which I
have never met with), or the third, or the second (as is really the
case). But no information is given at all respecting the presence or
' Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. vol. ix. no. 4, p. 10. October 1881. Were I writing
now, I should insert the word ‘‘nearly” before “all Comatule” in the last
sentence.
740 MR. P. H. CARPENTER ON THE [ Dee. 19,
absence of palmars or of any further ray-divisions. One finds the
Same deficiency of information in the formule for the following
species, viz. Antedon bimaculata, brevicuneata, elongata, flagellata,
levicirra, macronema, palmata, regine, spinifera. Had I not ex-
amined eight of these personally, I should be unable to classify
them properly from Prof. Bell’s formule alone. The remaining one
(Ant. regine) is an MS. species of his; and I am therefore unable
to give it a place in the classified list of species which concludes
this paper.
The only irregular types to which Prof. Bell’s notation is at all
applicable are those like Act. rotalaria, which have two distichals
and three palmars, with a syzygy in the last axillary but not in the
distichal one. He gives the formula of this species as 3 A'(P)=5
but this tells us nothing as to the number of the distichal joints ;
and Prof. Bell is unable to carry out his plan of inserting the sign /
to indicate that the distichal axillary is not a syzygy, because it
would not apply to the palmars. A specialist would know that
there are only two forms of distichal series yet described in Actino-
metra, viz. two joints, the axillary without, and three joints, the
axillary with a syzygy; so that the omission of D from Prof. Bell’s
formula would lead him to infer that only two distichal joints were
present in the corresponding species. But Prof. Bell gives no hint
of this fact for the benefit of the uninstructed collector ; and should
an Actinometra ever be discovered with four distichals and three
palmars (the last axillary a syzygy), instead of two palmars withont
a syzygy (as is actually the case in one species), it would have the
same formula as Act. rotalaria, though widely different from it in
reality),
When, however, the case of Act. rotalaria is reversed, and there
are three distichals and two palmars, the distichal axillary having a
syzygy and the palmar not, Prof. Bell’s notation is altogether
insufficient. He cannot insert a P, because there is no syzygy in
the palmar axillary ; and he cannot use the sign 4, because there
is a syzygy in the distichal axillary. He is therefore obliged to
content himself with making no mention of any palmars at all.
Omitting the cirrus-characters, we find his formulse for the six fol-
lowing species to be all of the same general type, viz. 3 A (or A’) D.
The species are—Antedon briareus, A. decipiens, A. irregularis,
and A. savignii, Actinometra trichoptera and A. multifida. All of
them have three distichals with the axillary a syzygy ; but some of
them, Ant. savignii and Act. multifida, also have two palmars,
while others, like Act. trichoptera, have not. Prof. Bell, however,
gives the same group-formula in each case, so that I am unable to
refer his two species, Ant. decipiens and Ant. briareus, to their
proper positions ; and I have only been able to place And¢. irregu-
‘aris in my classified list, owing to his having kindly permitted me
to examine it for myself. Both An¢. decipiens (3AD;) and Ané.
? Tam here speaking only of the ray-divisions, and take no account of the
characters of the cirri, which might or might not: be different in the two species,
1882. ] CLASSIFICATION OF THE COMATULZ. 741
briareus 3 AD? have the same formula, except as regards the
number of joints in the cirri; but, for all I know, the one may have
20 arms only and the other 40, 60, or more. Act. multifida is a
many-armed form of this kind, having two joints in the palmar and
subsequent ray-divisions. Miiller describes the number of arms as
40-44, and I have seen individuals with even more; but Prof. Bell
gives the species-formula as 3 A'DE, exactly the same as that of
Act. trichoptera, which has no palmars and 20 arms or less!
I cannot imagine what has led Prof. Bell to suppose that the
radial axillary of Act. multiradiata “is a syzygy,” so that he has
inserted an R into his formula. Miiller made no mention of it in
his description of the type, as he did in the case of Acé. solaris and
its allies; and in a memoir’ now three years old, after personally
examining the type specimens at Paris, I placed the species in a
group distinguished as follows—‘“ Second and third radials united
by ligament only.” Surely Prof. Bell has not understood Miiller’s
expression, “‘ Die axillaria der drme mit Syzygien,” to include the
radial axillary also*, With this R omitted and a missing (P’) in-
serted, the formula becomes 2A'DP(P')P ; but it gives no information
whatever respecting the number of joints in the distichal and palmar
series. When the distichal axillary “isa syzygy,” it is either united
by syzygy to the preceding joint (Act. jukesi), or there are two joints
below it, so that it is really the third distichal. This rule is an in-
variable one ; but even supposing it to be known to the readers of
Prof. Bell’s formule, the same does not hold good with the palmars.
For the palmar axillary, which “isa syzygy,” may be the third of its
series, as in Act. parvicirra and Act. bennetti, or the second, as in
Act. multiradiata ; or, like the distichal axillary of Act. jukesi, it
is syzygially united to the preceding joint, as in Act. typica. Prof.
Bell’s formula, however, gives no information about this, and the
special distinctive character of the multiradiata group is thus alto-
gether lost sight of, unless No. 5 of the following Rules be under-
stood as known; but Prof. Bell is silent upon this point.
The weakness of his method of formulation is partly due to the
following cause :—The same symbol (D or P) is used indifferently,
whether there are three or two joints, the axillary with a syzygy, or
two joints united by syzygy. I should say, however, that the figure
indicating the position of the first brachial syzygy would in most
cases explain to an experienced worker which type was meant, as
is shown in the general rules stated below; but Prof. Bell gives no
hint of this.
The formula 3DP, which he gives for Act. parvicirra, would thus
admit of any of the nine following explanations, the third brachial
being a syzygy in all cases, and the two outer radials united by
ligament. In the other two columns are recorded some existing
species, the distichal and palmar axillaries of which are syzygies,
1 Trans. Linn. Soe. 2nd ser., Zool. vol. ii, p. 27.
2 The italics are mine,
742 MR. P. H. CARPENTER ON THE (Dee. 19,
while the first arm-syzygy is not on the third, but on the second
brachial, or between the first and second.
Group. Actinometra. 8rd br. Sy. 2nd br. Sy. 1—2 br. Sy.
7 3 distichals and 3 palmars, the
axillaries SyZYQI€S .........+.-4+- parvicirra,
8 distichals and 2 palmars, the :
1,4 axillaries syzygies .........0...0. seseeeees multiradiata. A.
8 distichals, the axillary a sy-
tase : and 2 palmars united by
ZY8Y
2 aectiakaley the axillary a sy-
AEN) : and 2 palmars united by
TI. 4 2 austichals and 2 palmars, the
axillaries syzygies.
2 distichals and 3 palmars, the
axillaries syzygies.
2 distichals united by syzygy;
2 palmars united by syzygy.
Til. 4 2 distichals united by syzygy;
2 palmars, the axillary asyzygy.
| 2 distichals united by syzygy;
( 3 palmars, theaxillary a syzygy.
Now, unless Rule 3 were known, how should any one, taking the cor-
rected formula for a parvicirra (3A'D(P)™), or for Act. multi-
radiata (2A'DP( pyr ;)> know that he could only have to deal with
types belonging to one of the first two groups? And unless he were also
acquainted with Rule 7, he could not know that Group II. represents
a series of types that are as yet undiscovered. But within Group I.
the chances of error would be two to one unless Rule 5 were known,
according to which the third (or second) brachial is only a syzygy
when there are three (or two) palmars, the axillary with a syzygy.
There may, however, be two palmars with the axillary a syzygy,
and yet the first two brachials be united by syzygy, as in species A
of the scheme above. This exception, to which others will doubtless
soon be added, also shows the weakness of Prof. Bell’s system, even
supposing the following rules to be understood; for its formula
would be 1DP, identical with that of another more regular species,
B of the above scheme, to say nothing of half a dozen other possi-
bilities in Groups II. and III.
A working method of formulation, therefore, must be elastic
enough to deal with such anomalies as A, and indicate exactly
on what joint the syzygy comes in the distichals, palmars, and
brachials. Further, when there are no syzygies in the ray-
divisions, whether throughout them all (Ané. palmata) or in some
only (Act. alternans), the number of joints in each division should
be clearly indicated. Thus the formula 3 A’D, as understood by
Prof. Bell, would stand for any one of the following existing types
of Uctinametra apart from any number of possibilities.
Act, Srna No palmars. :
ante 1 palmar (axillary). All setae di a
B. Se 1 palmar, and 1 axillary beyond it. Aaa Pas i
wx 8 2 palmars. ae ae
Act, iniltifida ‘.. 2 palmars, and another similar division.) ther axillary.
1882. | CLASSIFICATION OF THE COMATUL2, 743
The want of elasticity which renders Prof. Bell’s system so mis-
leading will not be found, I hope, in that which I am now about to
explain. It has grown up gradually during seven years’ work, and
will meet all the variations of actual Comatula-structure with which
I am acquainted, together with any others that I can imagine as
possible. Some time ago I pointed out that “the first and second
segments beyond every axillary, whether radial or brachial, are
nearly always united together in the same manner as the second and
third (axillary) radials.” Further experience has shown that the
“nearly”? embraces several well-marked but regular exceptions to
the above statement ; and I have therefore drawn up the following
rules, which embody the results of my study of the group. They
are not to be in any way regarded as laws of Comatula-structure,
but merely as generalizations based upon a knowledge of some
400 species, and therefore, I hope, of some value for the purpose of
classification. :
1. All ten-armed species of Actinometra which have the two
outer radials united by syzygy, have the first two brachials united
in the same way.
Ex. Act. solaris. No Antedon known.
2. All many-armed species of Actinometra which have the outer
radials united by syzygy either have (a) all the ray-divisions of two
joints also united by syzygy and the first two brachials similarly
united ; or (3) there may be three distichals, of which the first two
are articulated and the axillary is a syzygy, while the subsequent
divisions are as above.
Ex. a. Act. jukesi; B. Act. typica.
3. If the two outer radials are united by a ligamentous articu-
tion, the next two joints are similarly united, whether there be ten
or many arms. In the former case the third brachial is almost
always a syzygy. (One of the “ Blake” Comatule is an exception.)
Ex. Ant. rosacea, Ant. philiberti, Act. meridionalis, Act.
parvicirra.
4, In by far the greater number of Comatule which have the
two outer radials articulated by ligaments and only two ray-divisions,
the third brachial is the lowest syzygial joint on the arms, whether
the distichal axillary be a syzygy or not; and the two lowest
brachials are articulated by ligaments.
Ex. Ant. macronema, Ant. reynaudi, Act. trichoptera.
Exceptions. dct. fimbriata and Act. borneensis, with some unde-
scribed Antedon-species, have the second brachial a syzygy, like the
distichal axillary. Act. pulchella and a new ‘ Challenger’ Antedon
have two distichals the axillary not a syzygy, but the first two
brachials united by syzygy.
5. If the two outer radials are articulated and there are more than
two ray-divisions, so that palmars are present, the third brachial is
the first arm-syzygy in all cases but the following :—
a. Two palmars united by syzygy ; the first two joints beyond
the palmar and all subsequent axillaries are also united by
BY2YEY-
744 MR. P. H. CARPENTER ON THE [Dec. 19,
Ex. Species B. of above scheme.
{. Two palmars, the axillary a syzygy ; the second joints be-
yond the palmar and all subsequent axillaries also have a
Shek
Ex. Act. multiradiata.
Species A of the above scheme, with the first two brachials united
by syzygy, is an exception.
6. Whenever any ray-division, distichal, palmar, or any other,
consists of three joints, the first two are articulated by ligaments,
the second bearing a pinnule, and the third (axillary) is a syzygy
just as in the first three brachials of Ant. rosacea and Act. echino-
ptera. When, however, there are only two joints, and the second
(axillary) is a syzygy, the first has a pinnule, just as in the arm-bases
of Act. fimbriata.
7. 'The hypozygal of a syzygy is always united to the preceding
joint by a muscular articulation.
Like Prof. Bell, I should use R to denote the syzygial union of
the two outer radials. When ten arms only are present, this is in-
dicated by 10 in the formula. This may be thought unnecessary,
as the absence of any signs for the distichals would indicate that the
primary arms remained undivided ; but I find that it is more con-
venient to indicate this character, which is generally a sharply
defined one, in a positive rather than in a negative manner. I also
assume, in accordance with Rules 3-5, that the first syzygy on the
arm is on the third brachial, unless otherwise stated. If it is on
the second brachial, I put 2b at the end of the formula; and if the
first two brachials are united by syzygy, B is used. In like manner,
and in accordance with Rule 5, 2d and 2 p would indicate that there
are two distichals or two palmars, of which the axillary is a syzygy ;
and 2 or? that the two distichal or palmar joints are united by
Syzygy: on
The figures | or 2 alone would indicate that there is either only
a single axillary joint, or two which are united by ligament; and a
3 would denote three joints, of which the axillary is a syzygy'. If
one figure occurs alone in a formula, it indicates the presence of
distichals only ; two figures, that palmars occur as well; and so on,
an additional figure being added for each ray-division, e. g. Aet-
alternans 3,2,3,2.
This may be tabulated as follows :-—
Symbol used.
Character. Distichal. Palmar.
One ‘axillary jomit! - ec vawhie< os l i?
d P
Two joints united by syzygy...... 3
Two articulated joints ........... 2 2.
* It would, of course, be more consistent to write 3d, or 3 p; but thesyzygial
nature of the third (axillary) joint is such a constant character (Rule 6) that,
until an exception is met with, I prefer to use the figure alone, for the sake of
brevity.
1882. | CLASSIFICATION OF THE COMATUL. 745
Symbol used,
Character. Distichal. Palmar.
Two joints, the axillary a syzygy .. 2d 2 p.
Three joints, the axillary a syzygy.. 3 3.
Four joints, the axillary notasyzygy 4 4,
As in Prof. Bell’s system, the insertion of any sign within
brackets () would indicate the variable occurrence of the correspond-
ing character.
I subjoin the formule for some typical examples of the proposed
system, all of which, with the exception of Act. jukesi, are to be
found described at length elsewhere.
Antedon,
POSOCED st Arye sycrs tors AAO:
macronema ........ A. 2,
PONG Owe cds caw A. 2.2.(2).
rubiginosa .,...... A. 3.
QADIGNT 6 <5 gos net nk Ae ded,
MLAOETIE wt a kr lee c od A. 3.3.
Actinometra.
ap solarta |. Oo RO a. R. 10. B
nA JOKes. Rerecaes hf a. R. =
(3 nove-guine@ ........ a. BR. 3. ——
meridionalis ........ a. 10.
pulchellas... 050... a. 10. and a. 2. e.
py TOLGLATIG | ethane Ae a, 2.3.
PHIChONLCTO) as sto. eer a. de
SPUMOVI OL Oran. oo) oo <2 a. 3.2 b.
) multiradiata ........ a. 3.2 {p.(p’)b}.
GULErNANES .. - o. ai ans a. 3.2.3.2.
UITORIR 8 Vote hae Hercse((3))s
MBMICUENE = oo Sioe 5 sie. a. 3.3.3.3.
a. The : might be omitted in accordance with Rules 1 and 2;
but its presence more readily indicates the relationship of these two
species to Act. nove-guinee, &e.
(3. Another figure might be usefully added in order to indicate
whether the next syzygy is in the third or in some subsequent
brachial.
y. As determined by myself. Miiller’s description is incorrect.
6. The brackets { } are used in order to avoid repeating the 2
before each letter. The b. might be omitted in accordance with
Rule 5, but is retained to indicate the relationship of this species to
Act. fimbriata.
1 Hitherto unobserved.
746 MR, P. H. CARPENTER ON THE [Dec. 19,
I subjoin the formule for all the variations of structure that I
have met with among the Comatule, together with the names of
nearly all the described species to which the respective formule
apply. Grube’s two species, C. levissima and C. mertensi, are
referred by Prof. Bell to Antedon, and probably correctly so; but
two other species in his Anéedon-list have no existence, viz. alata
and meridionalis. The former is identical with the Antedon pul-
chella of Pourtalés and was referred to Actinometra in 1881, while the
latter also belongs to this genus’. Some of Prof. Bell’s MS. species
are also omitted, owing to the incompleteness of the formulee which
he gives for them.
Lists or ForMULZ.
Antedon.
I. A. R.3.
A. B.3.2.2.
A. R.3.3.
II. A. 10.? adeone, antarctica, armata, brevipinna, ca-
rinata, celtica, cubensis, dentata*®, dubeni,
eschrichti, hageni, insignis, jacquinoti,
lovéni, milberti, milleri, levipinna, per-
spinosa, petasus, phalangium, pinniformis,
prolixa, rosacea, rubiginosa, serripinna.
HI. A. 2. 2
A. 2. brevipinna, macronema.
A. 2.2. equipinna, articulata, bimaculata, brevi-
cuneata, elongata, flagellata, imparipinna,
indica, levicirra, palmata, protecta, spi-
cata, spinifera.
A. 2.2.2. palmata.
IV. A.32
A. 3. briareus, decipiens, elegans, reynaudi’,
rubiginosa.
Baal.
deers
A. 3.2. acuticirra, crenulata, granulifera, irregularis,
ludovici, savignii, variypinna.
A. 3.2.3.
1 See Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. vol. ix. no. 4, 1881, pp. 6, 9.
2 In cases like this, when there are a large number of species in any given
group, some further mode of classification becomes necessary ; and the notation
proposed by Prof. Bell for the varying characters of the cirri is very useful for
this purpose.
3 This species is undoubtedly identical with the Amt. sarst? of Diiben and
Koren ; and as Say’s name is the older by nearly twenty years, I feel that it is
only right to follow Prof. Verrill in restoring it.
4 The formula given by Prof. Bell for this species is based on Miiller’s de-
scription, which is incorrect. It should be 3 AD 2
1882.] CLASSIFICATION OF THE COMATULZ. 747
A. 3.2{p.b.
A. 3.3. bipartipinna, elegans, microdiscus, philiberti.
A. 5.3.36
V. A.4
Actinometra.
I, a. R. 102. afinis, albonotata, pectinata, purpurea, ro-
busta, rosea, solaris.
II. a. R. “ julcesi, paucicirra ?
nove-guinec, typica.
a. 10 coppingeri, cumingi, echinoptera, meridiona-
lis, pulchella.
Va a
a. 2. 2. pulchella.
a. 2.
a. 2.2. stelligera.
a. 2.2.2.
a. 2.2.2.2.
a. 2.3. rotalaria.
a. 2.3.3.
a. 2.3.3.3.
V. a3. b
a. 3. 2b. borneensis ?, coccodistoma, fimbriata.
a. 3. parvicirra, trichoptera, variabilis, wahlbergi.
a. 3.1.
a.3.1.1.
a. a= B.
a. 3.2.
a. 3.2.2. multifida.
a. 3.2.3. grandicalyx.
a. 3.2.3.2. alternans.
a. 3.9 (3)! 2.2.
a. 3. ; (2) 3.3.
a. 3. 2p.8 A.
a. 3.2{p.b}. lineata.
a. 3.2{p.p!.b}. multiradiata.
a. 3.3. annulata, japonica, meyeri, parvicirra, robus-
tipinna, variabilis, wahlbergi.
a. 3.3.2
a. 3.3.3. bennetti, peroni.
a, 3.3.3.3. bennetti, schlegeli.
VI. a. 4.2.2.2.2°2.
l J. e, the two outer palmar series on each ray are formed of two joints only,
the axillary without a syzygy ; while the two inner series consist of t.
the axillary with a syzygy.
ee joints,
748 MR. F. DAY ON THE IDENTITY OF [Dec. 19,
4, On the Identity of Arnoglossus lophotes, Giinther, with
A. grohmanni. By Francis Day, F.Z.S.
[Received November 6, 1882.]
(Plate LIII.)
In the issue of ‘ Nature’ for October 5th (vol. xxvi. p. 556) will
be found a notice that Professor Moseley had obtained off. Cardiff
a specimen of Arnoglossus lophotes, Giinther, hitherto known only
from two dried skins in the Couch collection, the locality of which
was uncertain. This specimen was said to establish the validity of
Dr. Giinther’s classification of this fish as a distinct British species.
The article being unsigned, I have no means of ascertaining who
the author of this interesting statement may be ; and while expressing
my individual satisfaction that Professor Moseley has clearly obtained
a pleuronectoid fish hitherto not recorded from the British seas, I
would beg leave to draw attention to a few errors in the article.
First, there are three, not two, skins of Arnoglossus lophotes, Giinther,
in the British Museum ; secondly, they came from Yarrell’s, not from
Couch’s collection; while, as no doubt can exist of the identity of
these skins with Professor Moseley’s specimen, I propose to show that
Arnoglossus lophotes, Giinther, is a synonym of Arnoglossus groh-
manni, Bonaparte.
As, when writing the portion of my ‘ British Fishes ’ which contains
the plevironectoids, I had to investigate the question of the skins in
the British Museum, and whether on such grounds I could recognize
Arnoglossus lophotes as a British species, it may be interesting to
explain why I was unable todoso. This conclusion I still believe to
have been sound ; for I was under the impression that the specimens
did not constitute a new species, but were identical with the Medi-
terranean Arnoglossus grohmanni, from which locality I also believed
they had been obtained.
The references to this fish are as follows :—
ARNOGLOSSUS GROHMANNI. (Plate LIII.)
Pleuronectes grohmanni, Bonap. Cat. Met. p. 47, no. 401; Fauna
Ital., Pesce. tav. 98. fig. 2: Canestrini, Arch. per la Zool. i. p. 12,
t. 1. f. 3 (58 scales along the lateral line) ; Moreau, Poiss. France,
iil. p. 326, fig. 185.
Arnoglossus grohmanni, Giinther, Catal. iv. p. 417; Giglioli,
Catal. Pesce. italiani, p. 38, no. 315.
Arnoglossus lophotes, Giinther, Catal. iv. p. 417; Couch, Fish
Brit. Isles, iii. p. 178 c. fig. (with abnormal curve to the lateral line).
In the ‘ Catalogue of the Fishes of the British Museum,’ iv. p. 417,
Dr. Giinther makes Canestrini’s fish the same as Bonaparte’s. His
figure and description agree with Mediterranean specimens which I
exhibit, received from Prof. Giglioli of Florence, which are identical
with Prof. Moseley’s fish. In the ‘Catalogue,’ J. c. pp. 417-418,
“INNVWHOWS SNSsSO TOON
dun soag ua yUIP] Wy Pp Ureyaryy yy
INT Id ess. S$ Z.d
1882.] ARNOGLOSSUS LOPHOTES WITH A. GROHMANNI. 749
Dr. Giinther described three skins of a pleuronectoid received from
Mr. Yarrell’s collection, which descriptions are sufficiently accurate
to render recapitulation unnecessary ; but he did not apparently take
into consideration that, as they were skins, a considerable elongation
may have, and in fact has, occurred, rendering the proportions un-
trustworthy. If we turn to the accounts given by the various
ichthyologists who have written upon these two described forms, and
examine the figures which they have furnished us with, we obtain
the following results :—
A. grohmanni. Height of body in the length to base of caudal
fin 23; length of head 43 to 4%. L. 1. 758.
2: Tophotes (skin). Height of body in the length to base of
caudal fin 25-22; length of head 43 to 43. L. 1. 60.
A. lophotes (spirit). Height of body in the length to base of
caudal fin 23 ; length of head 43. L. 1. 60.
The scales being very deciduous, continental authors have hesi-
tated at recording their exact numbers. Canestrini gives 58 along
the lateral line to the base of the caudal rays; the examples of A,
lophotes in the British Museum have up to 60. The colours in
the Cardiff (or, rather, off Lundy Island) specimen also show the
small brown markings existing on the fin-rays of 4. grohmanni,
with which this specimen agrees in its proportions, colours, and
number of scales.
The differences ascribed are thus reduced to the fin-rays, which
are thus recorded :—
Bamipe, <<vale« ipiny D..80. A..52,
Canesttini js 5 ..../. D. 86-90. A. 60-67.
MEGECAE 5 acs here: prit-eis ier D. 84-90. A. 55-67.
Gimnthery 6. jeu! D. 95 (100). A. 77 (80) (A. lophotes).
Cardiff example .... D. 99. A. 79 (A. lophotes).
There are few fishes which show greater variations in the number of
their fin-rays than pleuronectoids; aud to demonstrate this I would
refer to the observations of others. Moreau being the most recent
author, I give some figures extracted from his very interesting ‘ Hist.
Nat. Poissons.’
Turbot (hombus maximus) .... D. 61-72. A. 45-56.
Brill (Rhombus levis).......... D. 63-83. A. 50-61.
Pole (Pleuronectes cynoglossus) .. D. 102-116. A. 87-102.
Sole (Solea vulgaris) .......... D. 74-87. A. 60-69.
Lemon Sole (Solea lasearis) .... D. 65-89. A. 52-70.
The number of dorsal fin-rays in A. grohmanni has been given as
from 80 to 90, and in A. lophotes up to 100, or an extreme varia-
tion of 20 rays.
In the Brill, Moreau has recorded a variation of 20 rays in the
same fin, 11 in the Turbot, 14 in the Pole, 13 in the Sole, and 24
750 ON ARNOGLOSSUS LOPHOTES AND A. GROHMANNI. [ Dec. 19,
in the Lemon Sole—clearly indicating that such a variation in number
is well within such as is normally perceived in European species
which visit the British coast. This deviation in the number of rays
is consequently an insufficient reason for constituting A. lophotes a
species; and it must be regarded as a synonym of A. grohmanni,
which can now be recorded among the wanderers to our shores.
I now come to the consideration of the statement that this Cardiff
example “ establishes the validity of Dr. Giinther’s classification of
this fish (Lophotes arnoglossus) as a distinct British species.”
I have only seen Dr. Ginther’s remarks that “it is not at all im-
probable that these three specimens (skins from Yarrell’s collection)
really are British ” (Cat. iv. p. 418); but in his ‘ Introduction to
the Study of Fish,’ p. 556, 1880, he merely places one species of this
genus, Arnoglossus laterna, as extending to the south coast of
England.
After Dr. Giinther had recorded the skins as forming a distinct
species, Couch was, I believe, the first and the last author who
admitted Arnoglossus lophotes, Giinther, to be a British form. He
gives as his reason that “these same examples [the three skins] were
examined by myself at Mr. Yarrell’s house, at which time I made a
note of its being that gentleman’s opinion that they formed varieties
or monstrosities of the Megrim or Scaldfish (Arnoglossus laterna) ;
but that they appeared to me to differ considerably from other
examples of the last named” &c. (Fish Brit. Isles, iii. p. 179). He
says that he ‘‘ judged them to be a species new to Britain; but from
whence they were procured did not appear.’ Couch considered
that he had seen an example of the same species among a collection
made by Lieutenant Spence, of the Royal Navy, at Plymouth ;
and it was on this supposition that he introduced it into his work.
The only doubt is, whence Yarrell’s skins which formed the type of
Arnoglossus lophotes were derived. In the last edition of his work,
vol. i. p. 645, he records the possession of a Mediterranean specimen of
the Megrim, Arnoglossus laterna, and tells us that the lateral line at
its commencement rises higher than in his figure of the British Me-
grim. I think that this will account for one example of the three skins
in the national collection, which has the curved portion of the lateral
line abnormally elevated, as shown in Couch’s figure. But as this
specimen is one of three of certainly the same species, all forming
types of A. lophotes, Giinther, I think we are justified in concluding
that all may be Mediterranean specimens, especially as we have no
evidence whatever of their being British. This would lead to the
inference that they would probably be Mediterranean specimens ; and
certainly the example obtained at Cardiff gives us every reason to
suppose that it is A. grohmanni, identical with the types of A. lophotes,
Giinther.
The figure (Plate LIII.) is taken (natural size) from the example
of this fish obtained by Prof. Moseley in the British Channel, and
now in the British Museum. It therefore represents an unquestion-
ably British specimen of Arnoglossus grohmanni.
1882.] ON HYBRIDS BETWEEN SALMON AND TROUT. 751
5. On Hybrids between Salmon and Trout.
By F. Day, F.Z.S.
[Received December 7, 1882.]
The hybridism of fishes is a question of very great interest to the
zoologist and importance to the pisciculturist, but which, for obvious
reasons, is difficult to investigate, it being only those who possess
large stock-ponds or peculiarly adapted waters that are able to assist
inquirers in this direction or personally afford the desired infor-
mation.
Among the Salmonide hybrids have frequently been adverted to
as occurring in a state of nature, as well as due to the manipulations
of pisciculturists. Fitzinger informs us that Salmo schiffermuelleri
must be considered a cross between a Trout and a Charr, and that
in the young the reproductive organs merely exist in a rudimentary
condition, while they degenerate into adipose tissue in the adult.
At Sir J. Gibson-Maitland’s magnificent piscicultural establish-
ment at Howietoun near Stirling some experiments on this subject
have been made, at first under the impression that all our freshwater
forms of Trout were distinct species; while others are now in progress,
the results of which will be watched with great interest.
November 25th, 1879, a man arrived at Howietoun with some
salmon-milt obtained the previous night; and this was employed for the
purpose of fertilizing some eggs from a four-year-old Lochleven Trout.
A few of the progeny were successfully reared ; and one of the last
examples was captured in the stock-ponds in my presence, November
14th, 1882. It was given me by the owner, and is now on the table.
The age of the fish is consequently about 2 years and 9 months,
being in fact a grilse in good condition and 11 inches in length.
B. x. D. 12 (8). PB. 12-13. V.9...A. 11 (%)..C. 19.
L. 1.118. L. tr. 25/30. Cee. pyl. 62.
inches
Total length of specimen... ./- +.» 000 sis 11:0
Tienet lt Of GAG gy) 235 2 cacy. tenigs seaalecatptey ah nyt 2°4
Lernpth, of pectoral. fin . 0a... ..<\ay5 «foans s)2) “1 1°7
Distance from snout to base of dorsal fin .. 4°5
Distance to centre of base of caudal ... .. 9°8
PRAMEIP RDP yes? i ciceake Ao" wise oe ae Spee 0°4
Distance of eye from end of snout ........ 0°7
WHR RANOG AMERE fe 5 oica 2 orn tia arsenn of (ON 0°8
Height of body........ wlan ihr Pigs ¥ i's aan dae
Preopercle forming an almost regular curve, with but very slight
appearance of a lower limb. Lower jaw with a slight hook at
its extremity. A line taken from the snout to the furthest point
of the posterior edge of the opercle passes through the lower
third of the eye. Teeth in a double row along the body of the
vomer. Scales: 12 rows passing downwards and forwards from the
hind edge of the adipose dorsal fin to the lateral line; 25 rows
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1882, No. L. 50
752 MR. F. DAY ON HYBRIDS [ Dec. 19,
from the lateral line to the base of the ventral fin. Row of scales
on the upper half of the body very irregular. Colour: On removal
from the water it was silvery with a rich purple gloss, from 7 to 8
irregularly placed rows of black spots were present on the fore part
of the body, gradually decreasing in number to 3 or even 2 in the
caudal portion ; no parr marks on the sides, 4 large black spots on
the opercle and 2 more on the cheeks. Fins greyish, darkest in
Poe,
tA
,
"aD
wb Bis
ne,
th,
.
RS
oe
Te
Head of Hybrid Salmon (Tay), ¢.
the centre, the dorsal with black spots and a white anterior edge.
Testicles present but rudimentary, no milt being present.
December 24th, 1881, about 20,000 eggs of Lochleven Trout were
fertilized with salmon-milt; they hatched on March 9th, 1882, or
in 75 days. Of these, on November 15th about 1250 were alive at
Howietoun. The largest example was 43 inches in length, and four
of these fish are on the table.
B.x. D.13 (4). P.13-14. V.9. A.11 (8). C.19.
L. 1. 116-118. LL. tr. 25-26/30-32. Czec. pyl. 61-78.
No. 1. No.2. No.3. No. 4.
Length of example .......:.ccccccceseeeeee 4:5 34 zal 40
Lengilajol head 2..2.5.<0.Siestesag estes 09 0-7 08 O08
Length of pectoral fin ..................06 08 06 06 O06
Length from snout to base of dorsal... 1°7 is: 7 16
Length from snout to base of caudal... 3°8 3:0 36 8634
Diameter of eye ....... wince pneMebe gare 2 015 O02 02
From end of snout .......ccssceseseeseeeee 025 02 02 0:23
part” coassersncetiacaceuiaotectes trsagtee ted 03 O27 Oty 05
Heightiot body cucscteatetss.ccsctesertns 0:8 O65 "Ox 0%
In example No. 1 the length of the central caudal ray is half that
1882. | BETWEEN SALMON AND TROUT. 753
of the longest outer one. The maxilla extends posteriorly to beneath
the posterior third of the eye. The preopercle has a distinctly oblique
lower limb, which in this example is less strongly marked than in
No. 2, while merely a simple curve exists in Nos. 3 and 4.
The central caudal ray is half the length of the longest outer one
in examples 1 and 2, but two thirds in Nos. 3and 4. Respecting the
cxcal appendages, Nos. 3 and 4 were first immersed in a weak solution
of chromic acid, which has hardened them, facilitating their being
counted. No. 3 contained 78, and No. 4 had 61; the other two
were not examined. If hybrids between the Lochleven Trout and
a male Salmon show such variations, it demonstrates the inconstancy
of the number of these appendages. We took two Lochleven Trout,
each similar in appearance, and about 8 inches in length, which
had been bred at Howietoun from eggs and milt of fish inhabiting
the stock-ponds, and were consequently one generation removed from
Lochleven parentage ; in one they were short and 40 in number, in
the other rather long and 67. (The preparations are on the table.)
Respecting the scales, from 120 to 121 rows descend from the
back to the lateral line. In Nos, 1, 3, and 4 there are 13 passing
downwards and forwards from the hind edge of the base of the
adipose dorsal fin to the lateral line, while in No. 2 there are 12.
Colours. These are nearly identical in all four ; from 12 to 13 lateral
parr bands pass down the sides, which are also more or less closely
sprinkled with small black spots and some few red ones ; there are also
black spots on the gill-covers and on the upper surface of the head.
A very remarkable feature common to all is that the dorsal fin has
its front upper edge white, with a black intramarginal band, and
from 11 to 13 black spots on or between the rays. Attention may
here be directed to no white upper edging existing on the dorsal fin
in any of the Lochleven variety of Trout at Howietoun, such a mode
of colour being restricted to the burn-trout variety at that estab-
lishment ; and this forms another link in the chain of facts that these
two forms are merely varieties of one species.
I wish here to record some experiments commenced on November
15th by Sir J. Gibson-Maitland, while I and others were present.
About 3000 ova were obtained from Lochleven Trout, and fer-
tilized with the milt of the American Charr, Salmo fontinalis. They
were placed in hatching-box No. 108.
About 8000 ova of the American Charr were milted from Loch-
leven Trout, and placed in hatching-box No. 104.
About 9000 ova of the American Charr were fertilized with the
milt of a Scotch Charr which has been termed Salmo struanensis,
and placed in hatching-box No. 115.
In Austria, observes Peyrer, the Charr (Salmo salvelinus) is crossed
with the Trout ; and the young excel the pure breed in many respects.
Whether this is partly due to their being sterile, and consequently
not going out of season subsequently to the breeding-season, is not
mentioned. The life-history of these true hybrids cannot but be
interesting ; and such in due time will doubtless be forthcoming
from Howietoun.
50*
754 ON RHOPALOCERA FROM NEW IRELAND. __[Dec. 19,
6. On some Rhopalocera from New Ireland.
By F. D. Gopman and O. Satvin.
[Received November 20, 1882.]
Some few months ago we received another small consignment of
Butterflies from the Rev. George Brown, containing a few fine
examples of Ornithoptera d’urvilliana and some other good insects
from New Ireland and New Britain; there was, however, but one
novelty in the collection. About the same time we received a small
set of insects from Mr. E. L. Layard, most of which were from
New Ireland; amongst these was a second specimen of the Prothoe
already sent by Mr. Brown and of a Danais which is likewise new.
EuPL@A UNIBRUNNEA, Godm. & Salv. P. Z.S. 1877, p. 141.
In the P. Z. 8. for 1879 we mentioned that we had received
a female specimen of this species, sent us by Mr. Brown from
New Ireland, which differed very slightly from the male. A
second example from the same locality has now reached us,
forwarded by Mr. E. L. Layard. As this specimen differs con-
siderably in its markings from the one first received, it calls for
some further notice. The whole of the interior of the cell on the
upper surface of the primaries and the discal spaces between the
nervules is buff instead of palish brown; and the white spots of
the underside are distinctly seen above. The secondaries are likewise
buff towards the anterior angle and inner margin, and a well defined
double submarginal row of whitish spots is visible; also the spots
at the end of the cell are indicated. The upper surface in the first
specimen is of a nearly uniform pale brown, the cell of the primaries
alone showing a slight tinge of buff, and the spots of the underside
are not visible above. This second example is of considerable
interest, as it approaches in its coloration the remarkable Huplea
brownt from New Britain, thereby showing its close relationship to
it. One of our own male insects also has a dash of buff within the
cell of the primaries, which does not exist in any of the others.
PROTHOE LAYARDI, sp. nov.
Exp. 4°3 inches.
Alis nigris, anticis maculis quatuor elongatis subapicalibus, aliis
duabus minutis infra eas, posticis subcaudatis macula subrotunda
aream discalem occupante ; omnibus sulphureis, subtus dilutio-
ribus, anticis maculis pagine superioris aliisque minutis in cellula,
posticis lineis tribus submarginalibus fractis violaceis, punctis ad
basin albis, maculis binis angulum analem versus flavis notatis.
Hab. New Ireland.
We have received two male examples of this fine insect—one sent
us by Mr. Brown, the other by Mr. Layard. It appears to be most
nearly related to P. australis of Guérin, described and figured in
}
mS D z
cea
&
Rice
ol URAL
a
Edwin Wilson, del.et hth
PTEROPUS PHAOCEPHALUS.
P.Z.8 1882 .P1 st
Mintern Bros 2m
Edwin Wilson, delet bth
PTEROPUS BREVICEPS
N
6p)
AB62 Pi Li
Mantern Bros imp
1882.] ON NEW PTEROPI FROM THE CAROLINE ISLANDS. 755
the ‘ Voyage of the Coquille.’ It differs, however, from this in
having but one row of spots towards the apex of the primaries, the
secondaries more caudate, and the sulphurous spot on the discal
area larger.
DANAIS ADUSTUS, sp. NOV.
Exp. 2°7 inches.
Alis rufo-fuscis, macula ultra cellule finem elongaia, punctis duobus
supra eam, apicem versus tribus minutissimis serieque submargi-
nali albis ; posticis macula duplici elongata ultra cellulam serieque
duplict punctorum submarginalium coloris ejusdem: subtus ut
supra, sed maculis omnibus majoribus aliisque ad cellule finem
posticarum positis.
Hab. New Ireland.
This species is allied to Danais mytilene of Felder from New
Guinea, and belongs to a small group all the members of which are
of a uniform reddish-brown colour on the upper surface, marked
with a few white spots. Mr. Butler has recently described two
species which are closely allied, one from the Solomon, the other
from the Duke-of-York Islands; but both differ considerably from
the present species in the arrangement of the white spots, as will be
seen by a reference to the description above. The specimen from
which this description is taken is a male, and was sent us by Mr. E.
L. Layard. Though in but poor condition, we have not hesitated to
name it.
7. Description of two new Species of Pteropus from the
Caroline Islands. By Ouprizip Tuomas, F.Z.S., British
Museum.
[Received December 2, 1882.]
(Plates LIV., LV.) - |
Up to the present time no species of Pteropus have been recorded
from the Caroline Islands, with the exception of the large and widely
distributed Pt. keraudreni, Q. & G.; so that it was with much
interest that I found several small Flyingfoxes in a collection recently
obtained from the Godeffroy Museum, and formed for that Insti-
tution by Dr. Kubary.
In all there were five specimens, two from Mortlock Island and
three from Ponapé. These five belong to two species, both new, of
the first of which there is only a single specimen from Mortlock L,
while the other is represented by the second Mortlock specimen and
the three from Ponapé. Both species are remarkable for the com-
parative weakness of their dentition, a character no doubt resulting
from the soft nature of some Caroline-Island fruit upon which they
feed.
756 MR. 0. THOMAS ON TWO NEW PTEROPI [Dec. 19,
PTEROPUS PHHOCEPHALUS, sp.n. (Plate LIV.)
Face and chin dark blackish brown, crown of head somewhat
lighter ; dorsal side of neck, and back, chestnut-brown, the tips of
the hairs nearly white ; shoulders and sides of neck very pale yellowish
white, forming well-marked shoulder-patches ; the bases of the hairs
brown ; below neck very light brown. Chest with a conspicuous
patch of yellowish white on its centre; rest of underside and fur on
the interfemoral membrane and wings dark rufous-brown. Tips of
the hairs throughout, and especially on the head and neck, with a
very noticeable silvery lustre.
Above, the fur is nearly two inches in breadth across the back,
and extends thinly half along the humerus, while the forearm is quite
naked. Below, it grows on the wing-membrane as far as a line
drawn from the elbow to the knee, and there is a distinct patch of
longish hairs behind the proximal third of the forearm. Inter-
femoral thickly covered above for half its breadth, nearly naked
below.
Ears narrow, slightly longer than the muzzle, inner margin evenly
convex, tip narrowly rounded off, outer margin straight in its upper,
convex in its middle, and straight in its lower third. Wings arising
from within half an inch of each other on the back. Interfemoral
very narrow, almost obsolete in the centre.
Teeth (Plate LIV.) on the whole very small and weak. Ca-
nines, both above and below, with unusually broad postero-internal
basal ledges. First upper premolar minute or deciduous, when
present standing in the tooth-row; second premolar and first molar
scarcely longer than broad, second molar regularly oval; last molar
subtriangular, rather smaller than the first lower premolar, and
larger than the last lower molar, which is about equal to one of the
outer upper incisors. Below, the inner incisors are about half the
size of the outer ; first premolar large, filling up the space between
the canine and second premolar; second and third premolars and
first molar with small postero-external basal cusps.
Dimensions of the type, a gravid female in alcohol, from Mortlock
Island :—
Head and body 6 inches ; head 1°95 ; nose toeye 0°7 ; nose to ear
1°55; ear-conch, length ‘86, breadth 43; forearm 4°0; thumb
1°6 ; 2nd finger 2°75 ; 3rd finger—metacarpal 2°65, 1st phalanx 1°85,
2nd phalanx 2°75 ; 5th finger—metacarpal 2°75, 1st phalanx 1-2, 2nd
phalanx 1°25 ; tibia 1-9 ; caleaneum 0°4; foot 1°25. -
This brightly marked species seems to be most nearly allied to
Pt. temmincki, Peters, from Amboina and Ceram; from which,
however, it differs in its brown instead of yellow head, in its shorter
muzzle, rounder molars, much larger first lower premolars, and
in the broader postero-internal ledges to the canines.
PTEROPUS BREVICEPS, sp.n. (Plate LV.)
Colour throughout uniform dark rufous-brown, the short hairs on
the muzzle and between the eyes silvery yellow. Fur soft and
1882. | FROM THE CAROLINE ISLANDS. 757
woolly; above, it grows thinly along the humerus and half the
forearm, and thickly over the whole of the interfemoral membrane,
and down the tibiee nearly to the ankles. Beneath, the proximal
halves of the humeri are covered ; there are a few hairs behind the
elbow and on the proximal third of the interfemoral. The fur along
the back is nearly two inches in breadth.
Ears very short and almost buried in the fur, both edges evenly
convex, the outer more strongly so than the inner; tip sharply
pointed. Wings arising within half an inch of each other on the
back. Interfemoral membrane very narrow in the centre, quite
hidden by the fur.
Teeth (Plate LV.) smaller even than in Pt. pheocephalus. Ca-
nines with much narrower postero-internal ledges. Above, the
first premolar is either absent, or, if present, stands quite outside
the tooth-row ; last molar about the same size as one of the outer
incisors. Below, the first premolar is slightly larger than the penul-
timate molar, the latter, like the other molars, being remarkably
small, Last molar about equal to one of the outer incisors.
The following are the dimensions of three specimens of this species.
The first is the specimen described; the other two, however, only
differ from it in being of a somewhat darker colour throughout
and in having slightly longer ears.
a. é c
Mortlock I. Ponapé.
Qitype). 2
in, In. in
Head and body ........ 5°3 5°25 5:4
Elcadtis th itsec ei: eee 75 1°65 1°65
Nose to 'pyes x a's 5 64 62 65
Nose iolear yey 288 - 135 V35 1°36
Ear-conch, length ...... Hy 64 ‘61
Ear-conch, breadth...... 29 *35 “31
Forearmt errr’ uy foe es 3°55 3°6 3°75
AR heed sheers eyoate ons 1°45 1°45 1-46
PRAT ADE «teases ale 45» 2°6 2°45 2°55
3rd finger, metacarpal.... 2°35 2°3 2°4
i Ist phalanx .. 1°75 ne, 1:78
+ 2nd phalanx .. 2°75 2°55 2°7
5th finger, metacarpal .. 2°5 2°5 2°6
3 Ist phalanx .. 1:1 115 aly,
a 2nd phalanx .. 1°3 1:15 1°25
Tia OR Ses a. ork L738 1°8
Chicane Fs He es ‘A 38 “4
Roots A Pr sitet. cae a5 1:2 2
This species may be readily recognized by its small size, short
head, and remarkably small rounded molars, in which latter cha-
racter it by far exceeds any other Pteropus known, with the excep-
tion of P¢. scapulatus, Ptrs., an otherwise wholly different form.
758 MAJOR G. F. L. MARSHALL ON [Dec. 19,
8. Notes on Asiatic Butterflies, with Descriptions of some
new Species. By Major G. F. L. Marsnaz, R.E.,
F.Z.S.
[Received December 4, 1882. ]
AMECERA MENAVA.
A single female specimen has recently been taken by Col. A. M.
Lang, R.E., in the Kawas valley, in Beluchistan, at 8000 feet ele-
vation. This species is new to the Beluchistan fauna; and it is
evident from this capture that the range of the species is much wider
than has hitherto been believed. It is a very local insect, and does
not appear to be common anywhere.
HipparRcHIA PIMPLA.
A single male specimen which is apparently referable to this
species was taken by Col. A. M. Lang, R.E., on a rocky mountain-
top, at 8200 feet elevation, near the Kawas valley, in Beluchistan.
It differs from a female specimen, taken by Major John Biddulph
on the Shandur plateau, in North-west Kashmir, on the upperside
in its uniform dark brown colour and the absence of fulvous mark-
ings on the fore wing; and on the underside in its generally darker
tone and better-defined markings, and the much more restricted
area of the fulvous patch on the fore wing. This species is ex-
tremely rare.
HiIPPARCHIA ANTHE, Q, var.
The specimens referred to under this name by Mr. A. G. Butler
(Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. ix. p. 207, 1882) have been
returned to Col. Swinhoe; and I have had an opportunity of exa-
mining them. There may have been some mistake in the ticketing ;
but the specimens returned are not of the genus Hipparchia at all;
they belong to Epinephile, and are females of E. rowane.
AULOCERA BRAHMINUS.
In the Society’s ‘ Proceedings’ for 1880, p. 147, Mr. Butler re-
marks :—Mr. Moore has kindly pointed out to me that the sexes
figured by Blanchard are referable to distinct species, the male being
the 4.werang of Lang.”’ It is true that two distinct species are figured
—the male, A. brahminus, Blanchard, and the female, the yellow-
tinted variety of A. swaha; but it is premature to suppress the
name werang on the strength of this plate only. There are two
forms of Aulocera in the N.W. Himalayas having the white fascia
on the upperside very narrow :—one, of the same size as A. swaha,
with the underside dark and comparatively uniform in shade, which
is typical 4. brahminus ; the other considerably smaller, with the
underside pale and beautifully variegated. This latter is A. we-
rang or weranga, as it has been more euphoniously restyled by later
authors ; it is found at higher elevations than typical A. 6rahminus,
1882. ] ASIATIC BUTTERFLIES. 759
It is possible that the two may be merely climatic variations of the
same species; but until this is proved the name weranga cannot be
suppressed. Col. Lang’s collection, containing the types of his
A. weranga, is now in my custody.
YprHIMA BOLANICA, 0. sp.
UppersipE dark brown, distinctly glossed with purple in some
lights, as in Collerebia. Fore wing with a prominent black ocellus,
with two large bluish-silver pupils and narrow yellow iris, ringed
with dark brown, then with mottled greyish more broadly, and then
again with dark brown. Hind wing with one black ocellus very pro-
minently pupilled with bluish silver, and two bluish-silver specks
near anal angle, being the pupils of obsolete geminate ocelli, a sub-
marginal sinuous dark-brown line; the margin of both wings nar-
rowly whitish, defined on the inside with dark brown; the cilia
brown. UNDERSIDE greyish white, covered more or less with fine
reddish-brown striz : fore wing with the ocellus as on upperside :
hind wing with six ocelli; the first three in a line from the costa,
small, the third minute, the fourth between the first and second
median branches, large, the fifth and sixth geminated at the anal
angle, all prominently pupilled with bluish silver as on the upper-
side ; the cilia brown; the margin of both wings pure white, in-
wardly defined by a brown line, then a whitish mottled line, broadest
at costa of fore wing and ending at the fifth ocellus of the hind
wing ; two brown lines, one on each side of the ocellus of the fore
wing, and meeting below it continued on the hind wing as a single
narrow band, on which the first three ocelli are placed, and termi-
nating just beyond the third ; a short brown line from the costa of
fore wing defined exteriorly with whitish, and again another brown
line continued across the hind wing to the abdominal margin, and
on the latter wing defined exteriorly with whitish. Expanse 1°6
inch.
Taken by Lieut.-Col. C. Swinhoe (in whose collection the type
specimen is) at Mach in the Bolan Pass.
DELIAS FLAVALBA, D, Sp.
Male. Uprrersipe white; costal and outer margins narrowly black:
fore wing with the nervules beyond the cell defined with black, and
all except the submedian nervure bordered on both sides with
blackish irrorations, most broadly along the discocellular nervules ;
the outer margin also with a border of blackish irrorations, broadest
at the apex. Hind wing with the nervures black, with a triangular
patch of blackish irrorations on the margin at the extremity of each
nervule, and with slight black irrorations along the median nervure,
the subcostal nervules and the space between them forming there an
indistinct bar ; a bright yellow patch filling the space between the
costal and subcostal nervures at the base of the wing, and a larger
patch of the same colour at the anal angle. UNpeErs1DE white:
fore wing with the outer margin black, broadly at the apex, where it
has three indistinct yellow spots at its inner edge ; a broad, irregu-
760 MAJOR MARSHALL ON ASIATIC BUTTERFLIES. [Dec. 19,
lar, well-defined black patch on the discocellular nervules; the sub-
costal nervure to end of cell, the median and the base ofits branches
and the submedian at its base broadly bordered with grey irrorations,
the remaining nervules narrowly bordered in the same way. Hind
wing white, with the blackish irrorations of the upperside obsolete
on the margin, but much blacker round the cell and at the base of
the submedian and internal nervures; a marginal series of bright
yellow spots on a pure white ground, one between each pair of ner-
vules, and decreasing from the apex ; a discal series outside the cell,
elongate between the median nervules ; a patch at the base, another
almost filling the cell, and the entire inner margin broadly, bright
yellow.
Female. Uprerstde as inthe male, but with the black markings
more developed: fore wing with the patch on the discocellulars as
on underside of male, and a broad submearginal irrorated black band,
outwardly dentate and sharply defined, inwardly diffused. Hind wing
with a broad irrorated blackish patch round end of cell, and a dif-
fused submarginal band from the costa disappearing below the
second median nervule in some specimens, in others continued to
the lower median nervule as an irrorated blackish border bearing
white marginal spots; the yellow patch at anal angle fainter and
more diffused; otherwise as in the male. UNpbeErRsrpe as.in the
male, but with the black mark on the discocellulars larger, especially
on the hind wing, and both wings with the irrorated blackish sub-
marginal band, but much less wide than on the upperside.
Closely allied to D. sanaca, Moore, Cat. Lep. E.I. C. p. 79, but
differing in having all the black markings greatly reduced and paler,
and many of them altogether wanting, especially on the hind wing.
The female is not nearly so black an insect as male D. sanaca; while
the male is conspicuously white, with a few black markings; the
yellow marginal spots on the underside of the hind wing being on a
pure white ground is a very distinctive character. Expanse 3°3 to
3°5 inches.
Habitat. Kunawar in the N.W. Himalayas. The type specimens
are in the collection of Col. A. M. Lang, R.E., where they have for
many years stood under the above name ; but no description of them
has hitherto been published.
APORIA BELUCHA, N. sp.
UppersiDE white : fore wing with the nervules black, a black patch
at end of the cell on the discocellulars, the outer margin broadly
black, terminating abruptly at the lower median nervule, and bearing
a series of irregular white marginal spots; these spots in some
specimens extend to the margin, leaving only a conspicuous sub-
marginal dark band. Hind wing with the outer margin and outer
half of each neryure narrowly defined with black, the markings of
the underside showing through by transparency. Unpersip—e—
fore wing as on upperside, but with the costa, apex, and outer
margin suffused with pale yellow; hind wing pale yellow, all the
nervures broadly and evenly defined with black, and a submarginal
P.Z.5 620 PL
rota
noe)
*
oy Pay
Mintern Bros .mp.
SCELOPORUS GARMANI ry
1882.] M. BOULENGER ON A NEW SPECIES OF sCELOPORUS. 761
series of confluent sagittate black spots, the points acute, directed
outwards between each pair of nervules; the margin narrowly black.
Expanse 1*7 to 2°0 inches.
A. belucha is intermediate between 4. soracta and A. nobellica ;
it differs from A. soracta in the far greater prominence of its black
markings, and from A. nodellica in having the base of both wings on
upperside white and black, and from both by its smaller size.
Habitat. Beluchistan. The type specimens were taken by Col. A.
M. Lang, R.E., on the Ziarut Pass, near the Kawas valley, at an
elevation of 8000 feet above the sea, on the 18th June, and are now
in my collection.
For the greater part of the material for this paper I am indebted
to Col. A. M, Lang, R.E., who has very kindly placed the whole of
his collections and papers at ny disposal for use in the ‘ Handbook
of the Butterflies of India, Burmah, and Ceylon,’ which I am now
bringing out in conjunction with Mr. Lionel de Nicéville, of the
Indian Museum, Calcutta.
9. Description of an apparently new Species of Lizard of
the Genus Sceloporus. By G. A. Boutnencer, C.M.Z.S8.
[Received December 5, 1882. ]
(Plate LVI.)
The Society, as just reported by our Secretary (above, p. 719),
has received from Dr. S. Garman of Cambridge, U.S. A., five living
specimens (4 females and 1 male) of a species of Sceloporus from
Dacota, which appears not to have been described. They were sent as
Sceloporus undulatus, var. That this Lizard is totally different from
Bosc’s species will be shown hereafter.
After researches among the descriptions of American authors, I
came at first to the conclusion that they might be Sc. phayeri,
Baird; but on entering more closely into the question, I had to
abandon this view, and I am now satisfied that they belong to an
undescribed species, allied to Se. gracilis, Bd. & Gir., for which I
propose the name Se. garmani, in honour of Dr. S. Garman, of the
Museum of Comparative Anatomy, Cambridge.
SCELOPORUS GARMANI, sp.n. (Plate LVI.)
Small species with smooth head-shields and moderate-sized dorsal
scales. Length of the head contained four times or somewhat more
in the distance from end of snout to vent. Head-shields normal,
smooth; a row of four or five transversely dilated supraorbital
shields; canthal shields two; anterior border of ear-opening with a
strong denticulation formed of three or four large pointed scales ;
six or seven upper, and eight or nine lower labials. Dorsal scales
quadrilateral; sharply pointed, strongly denticulated or rather tri-
762 ON A NEW SPECIES OF SCELOPORUS. [Dec. 19,
cuspid, strongly keeled ; nine scales, taken in the middle of the back,
correspond to the distance from the end of the snout to the posterior
border of the occipital shield ; they are arranged in 42 to 44 trans-
verse series (from occipital shield to line of hinder side of thigh) and
11 longitudinal series (a line drawn on each side from the upper edge
of the ear-opening, and which corresponds in this species with the
outer border of the yellowish band, being taken as the boundary
between the dorsal and lateral scales) ; lateral scales smaller, tricuspid
and strongly keeled, directed upwards; abdominal scales smooth,
distinctly bi- or tricuspid, two thirds the size of the dorsals.
Femoral pores 12 or 13 on each side. Limbs moderate; carried
forwards, the fore limb extends beyond the snout the length of
the claws of the longest fingers, the hind limb reaches the collar-
fold in the male, a little beyond axilla in the female. The female
exhibits the following coloration :— Upper surface of head, limbs, and
tail uniform light reddish brown; a purplish-grey vertebral band,
ending at base of tail; on each side two reddish-brown longitudinal
bands separated by a yellowish-white narrower band commencing
from the eye; a second light band from axilla to groin; more or less
obsolete blackish markings, obliquely directed backwards, across the
dark dorsal bands; an obsolete blackish streak at base of humerus ;
lower surfaces yellowish white, immaculate. The male differs in
the following points :—the interval between the two yellowish-white
lateral bands darker, blackish ; an intensely black streak from collar-
fold to forearm; a small greenish-blue spot on each side of the
throat, bordered anteriorly by a few greyish dots; an elongate
iridescent greenish-blue black-margined spot on each side of the
belly, the white interspace between them being twice their width.
Dimensions. 3 Dray
millim. millim,
Potalleneth. 01. :.0io3,3 se brnyalee « 3 136 136
From snout to vent ............ 57 63
LE IGT Ie ae a a we SOE lee Oe 14 15
Weadit OF MOK: ... t6 oat Mem niles 103 12
Borevlimb) sae osc AS 23 23
Hinduimb) -c oe Pate deel isn atin 34 33
PB All: 2. Mrsretietig, Se ae «ae ote ake ee 79 73
EXPLANATION OF PLATE LYI.
. Female; natural size+*.
Ditto, lower view; natural size.
. Male, lower view ; natural size.
. Ditto, head from above; ? natural size.
. Ditto, ear-opening; ¢ natural size.
. Ditto, dorsal scales from the middle of the back; ¢ natural size.
. Ditto, ventral scales, from the middle of the belly ; ? natural size.
e
oR
TD OB OO bo
1 From inadvertence of the artist the dorsal scales are represented a little
smaller than they really are.
P. 2.5 1882 .Pl Vie
Edwin Wilson, del et hth Mintern Bros, imp.
SPIDERS FROM MADAGASCAR
1882.] MR. A. G. BUTLER ON SPIDERS FROM MADAGASCAR. 763
10. On some new or little-known Spiders from Madagascar.
By Arruur G. Butisr, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c., Assistant
Keeper of the Zoological Department, British Museum.
[Received December 5, 1882.]
(Plate LVII.)
In a large collection of Arachnida made by the Rev. Deans
Cowan in Madagascar I found a few specimens of very great interest;
amongst these the species of the remarkable genus Cerostris have
already formed the subject of a paper in the ‘ Annals and Magazine
of Natural History’ for August last. In addition to many other
singular forms were specimens of the curious tailed species Arach-
noura scorpionoides of Vinson, from Central Madagascar and the
Betsileo country, of the beautifully coloured Peucetia lucasit from
the east coast, of Latrodectus geometricus, two examples of the ex-
traordinary Erauchenus workmanni of Cambridge, a specimen of the
equally bizarre Augusta papilionacea of the same author, and, last
but not least, four specimens of his beautiful Phoroncidia aurata (to
which last I shall have occasion to refer later on).
THERIDIID&.
Curysso, O. P. Cambridge.
This genus was founded in the present year (P. Z.S. 1882, p. 429),
for the reception of two small Spiders from the Amazons and Ceylon.
I now have to add two more from Madagascar.
1. CHRyYSsO CORDIFORMIS, sp.n. (Plate LVII. fig. 2.)
Q. Falces, maxillz, labium, sternum, and legs of a clear pale
yellow colour; the cephalothorax above black, with pale yellow
margins ; abdomen above black, ornamented with four large trans-
verse pyriform snow-white spots, two in front and two at the back ;
ventral surface dark chocolate-brown,
Cephalothorax oblong, rather narrow, slightly expanded towards
the back ; caput projecting in front of the eyes, in the middle, and
with a slight indentation in the centre of its anterior margin, which
is represented by the base of the falces: lateral eyes small, placed
longitudinally at the side of the head, of equal size; the anterior
pair forming a nearly straight (slightly concave) line with the ante-
rior pair of central eyes ; the latter are twice as large as the lateral
eyes and are nearer together than the posterior central pair; the
posterior central eyes are larger than the lateral ones, and are sepa-
rated from the anterior central pair by a slightly wider interval than
from one another ; the eyes of the central oculiferous area therefore
form an unequal square, the lateral and central posterior eyes forming
a nearly straight line: abdomen convex, cordiform, pointed behind ;
legs cylindrical, sparsely setose, 1, 4,2, 3. Entire length 2 millim.
Two examples: Central Madagascar.
764 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON [ Dec. 19,
This and the following are allied to C. quadrata of Ceylon; if
therefore the latter should be removed from the genus, they must
go with it.
2. Curysso Nivipictus, sp.n. (Plate LVII. figs. 1, 1a.)
Q. Falces, maxillee, labium, sternum, and legs of a clear pale
yellow colour ; the cephalothorax above black, witha lateral (almost
marginal) pale yellow stripe on each side of the thoracic region ; abdo-
men above black, spotted with white as follows :—two small dots in
the centre of the anterior region, two large transverse oval spots, one
on each side behind these, two small spots beyond the middle, fol-
lowed immediately by three large almost confluent spots, the central
one transverse and with a small spot behind it; ventral surface
shining black.
Cephalothorax slightly broader than long, expanded laterally in a
regular arch behind the caput, and depressed at the back; caput
similar in form to that of the preceding species, but the base of the
falces rather more strongly indented in front; the anterior central
and lateral eyes are also similar, but the posterior central eyes are
smaller; the central oculiferous area represents a cone, the apex
of which is truncated; between the two central pairs of eyes is a
long bristle directed forwards and emitted from behind the eyes;
the lateral margins of the head are sharply carinated and divided by
a broad oblique shallow groove from the thoracic region; the abdo-
men is quadrate, diamond-shaped, the lateral and posterior angles
acute and spine-like, the dorsal surface very convex, rugose, the
stigmata represented by shallow depressions, the ventral surface is
keeled ; the legs are slender, cylindrical, sparsely setose, their rela-
tive length J, 4, 2,3. Entire length of body and cephalothorax
23 millim.
One example: Central Madagascar.
Tuawarirtesia, O. P. Cambridge.
This genus was described last year (P. Z.S. 1881, p. 766) for a
Cingalese species; and in this year’s ‘ Proceedings’ two additional
species from the Amazons were added (see above, pp. 431, 432).
3. THWAITESIA PULCHERRIMA, sp. un. (Plate LVII. figs. 7,
7 a, 6.)
Nearly allied to T. margaritifera, from which it differs apparently
in the form of the abdomen and its somewhat brighter coloration ;
the abdomen is ornamented above with a large brown cruciform
marking which passes into the lateral articulations.
@. The cephalothorax is pale yellow, adult examples having a
more or less defined longitudinal dorsal carmine-red band from the
oculiferous region backwards; the eyes are black ; the legs agree in
colour with the cephalothorax ; the articulations of the tibiz and
metatarsi of all the legs are more or less strongly banded with car-
mine, a portion of the extremities of the metatarsi being also red,
excepting those of the front pair of legs, which are brown ; the fine
1882. | SPIDERS FROM MADAGASCAR. 765
scattered bristles upon the legs and a narrow band at the extremities
of the joints below black; I can trace no black spines upon the
genual joints; the palpi are pale yellow, as also are the maxillz,
labium, and sternum. ‘The abdomen above and at the sides is of a
shining silver colour, the dorsal region being ornamented by a broad
brown cross, the arms of which are expanded at the extremities; the
sides are reticulated with dark brown, and thus divided up into
sharply defined plates, somewhat as in 7. margaritifera ; the ventral
surface is dirty yellow.
Cephalothorax oval, strongly indented behind the caput, which
ascends obliquely from the thoracic region: the eyes are arranged
much as in 7. margaritifera ; but the anterior pair are smaller and
closer together, so that the six remaining eyes, which are larger,
form triangular groups of three contiguous eyes on each side: the
legs are long, slender, sparsely setose, their relative length 4, 1, 2,
3; the palpi are moderately long and cylindrical, the falces also
cylindrical. The abdomen is less acute at the dorsal angle than in
T. margaritifera, and viewed from behind is seen to be obtusely
tuberculated at the sides just below the apex; the terminal angle,
however, is decidedly more acute; the posterior margin is also much
less oblique ; the bristles upon the abdomen are confined to the
ventral surface. Length 5 millim.
Central Madagascar and east coast.
The articulations of tibiee of the second and third pair of legs are
sometimes not banded with carmine.
EPEIRID&.
Mera, Koch.
4. Mera sPpLENDIDA, sp. n. (Plate LVII. figs. 3, 3a, 6.)
3 2. Cephalothorax, palpi, front of falces, and legs fulvous ;
apex of falces, labium, and sternum piceous; maxillee castaneous.
Abdomen above bright metallic silvery, with two large elongated
blackish patches in front, behind which is a broad transverse crescent-
shaped, blackish-edged golden band, united in the centre by a short
pedicle to a broad longitudinal dorsal band of the same colour,
streaked obliquely on each side with blackish and spotted with
silver! ; sides and ventral surface brown, dark and olivaceous when
dry, paler in spirit, with four longitudinal silver stripes, two sub-
dorsal and two ventral, but all four lateral.
Cephalothorax large, depressed, expanded behind the caput;
sutural impression strongly defined, Y-shaped; eyes black, rather
small, arranged across the front of the caput ; the central eyes slightly
larger than the lateral, in the form of a quadrangle, the anterior eyes
scarcely perceptibly nearer together than the posterior ones, from
which they are separated by a distinctly greater interval than the
posterior eyes from one another ; lateral eyes contiguous, one behind
the other, much less obliquely than in M. Simon’s figure (Hist. Nat.
1 In some examples these markings are pale and brassy, the extremities of
the crescent are also often continued round so as to join the dorsal band.
766 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON [Dec. 19,
p- 237); falces large, powerful, cylindrical, narrowing towards the
culm, where in the male there is a powerful curved spine; three
strong acute teeth on each side; movable claw long, acute, and
curved ; palpus of male rather long, with the bulb large, globular,
and shining, altogether quite normal in structure, hairy ; abdomen
oblong, rounded behind, truncated and obtusely humped in front,
the anterior portion being distinctly higher than the posterior, but
depressed transversely behind the anterior border, ventral surface
very slightly convex; legs long, slender, very sparsely setose, their
relative length 1, 2, 4, 3. Entire length, ¢ 63 millim., 2 11
millim.
East coast of Madagascar.
PHORONCIDIIDS.
PuHoroncip1a, Westwood.
5. PHoroncipia aAuRATA. (Plate LVII. figs. 4, 4 a.)
Phoroncidia aurata, Cambridge, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4,
vol. xix. p. 31, pl. vii. fig. 9 (1877).
Four examples of this rare and extremely beautiful species were
obtained in the Betsileo country by Mr. Cowan. ‘Two of these are
typical, the abdomen being of a fiery golden colour, with black
spines upon red bases; the two others are considerably larger, and
the abdomen is of a metallic silver colour, the spines black with red-
brown bases, and the ocellations black. This form I propose to
indicate as var. argentata (fig. 46).
GAS TERACANTHID&.
GASTERACANTHA, Simon.
6. GASTERACANTHA COWANI, sp.n. (Plate LVII. figs. 5, 5 a.)
This species will fall into the subgenus Isacantha, and comes
nearer to a much larger (apparently undescribed) species, a dried
example of which we possess from Ceylon, than to any thing else
that I have seen.
3. Cephalothorax, palpi, and legs blackish piceous ; tarsi banded
with horn-yellow ; maxillee, labium, sternum, and abdomen black ;
abdomen above shining blackish, the anterior border narrowly sordid
yellow, a central longitudinal interupted line commencing in an
elongated pentagonal spot in the middle of the anterior border pale
ochreous.
Cephalothorax quadrate, tumid on each side behind the caput,
with strongly defined central impressed line, abruptly shelving at
the back; eyes arranged much as usual, the central pairs forming a
nearly equilateral quadrangle, the posterior pair slightly larger, and
therefore apparently wider apart than the anterior pair ; lateral eyes
small, and forming the apices of the anterior angles of the caput,
which ascend obliquely in the form of depressed cones from the
sutural depression between the caput and the tumid thoracic region ;
1882. ] SPIDERS FROM MADAGASCAR. 767
falces large and powerful, the movable claw curved and tapering to
a fine point ; palpi short, but with rather long, subcylindrical, slightly
incurved, pointed, hairy terminal article; legs as usual short and
hairy, with the femora somewhat flattened; sternum pentagonal,
scutitorm. Abdomen transverse, unequally hexagonal, the angles
mammoid, terminating in short acute spines, somewhat ascending ;
the form of the abdomen, irrespectively of the angles, forms a
truncated cone rather wider than long ; the anterior margin is con-
vex in the centre and projects at the anterior angles in the form of
an obtuse tubercle in front of the anterior spines ; the dorsal surface
is nearly flat, slightly convex, granulose-punctate, with the impressed
spots represented by rather large shallow depressions ; the ventral
surface is strongly granulose, shelving, and deeply pitted at the
sides, convex and transversely plicated inthe centre. Entire length,
including the posterior pair of spines, 4 millim. ; width of abdomen,
including spines, at widest part, 55 millim., at posterior lateral spines
4 millim.
Two examples: Central Madagascar.
It is possible that this may be the male of some species described
from the female; but if so, the form of the abdomen differs so much
as to preclude a cabinet-naturalist from determining to which species
it should be assigned.
ULOBORIDA.
Uxogorvs, Latreille.
7. ULOBORUS VELUTINUS, sp.n. (Plate LVII. figs. 6, 6 a, 6 6.)
Cephalothorax, sternum, and coxal joirts of legs dull black, covered
with white pilosity ; when dry the cephalcthorax is brown with a
white dorsal spot ; remainder of legs whitish, the femora indistinctly
barred with red-brown, the tibize partly red-brown, the hairy clo-
thing partly tipped with black ; tarsi yel'owish, with black terminal
articles ; abdomen dull velvety-black, with four whitish dots in an
arched series across the front, a broad transverse oblong yellowish
patch on each side before the middle, two minute white specks in
the dorsal region between the latter, and two small white spots to-
wards the posterior extremity, ventral surface greyish.
Cephalothorax bell-shaped, shelving, slightly depressed behind
the caput ; eyes arranged much as usual’, but the posterior lateral
eyes as large as the posterior central pair: abdomen oval, shelving
obliquely in front and behind ; viewed laterally it is cuneiform with
the short anterior margin arched ; the edge of the transverse ridge
is depressed in the middle, leaving two obtuse humps, one on either
side; ventral surface deeply and transversely depressed behind the
spinnerets, convex and irregularly plicated behind this depression ;
legs 1, 4, 2, 3, the anterior pair long, the femoral and tibial ar-
ticles thick and slightly compressed, the tibize fringed towards the
distal extremity with hair, tarsi slender ; remaining legs compara-
tively weak, cylindrical. Entire length 5 millim.
East coast of Madagascar.
1 See Simon, Hist. Nat. des Araignées, p. 244.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1882, No. LI. 51
768 MR. W. N. PARKER ON THE INDIAN TAPIR. [ Dec. 19,
EXPLANATION OF PLATE LVII.
Fig. 1. Chrysso nivipictus, p. 764. 1a. Eyes.
2. cordiformis, p. 763. :
Meta splendida, p. 765. 3a. Eyes. 36. Male palpus.
. Phoroncidia aurata, p. 766. 4a. Eyes. 4. Var. argentata, in profile.
. Gasteracantha cowani, p. 766. 5a. Eyes.
Uloborus velutinus, p. 767. 6a. Byes. 60. Profile.
Thwaitesia pulcherrima, p. 764. 7a. Eyes. 7b. Profile.
WTS UE Oo bs
11. On some Points in the Anatomy of the Indian Tapir
(Tapirus indicus). By W. Newton Parker, Lecturer
on Biology at the University College of Wales,
Aberystwyth.
[Received December 9, 1882. ]
(Plates LVIII., LIX.)
While acting as Prosector to the Society during Mr. Forbes’s
absence in W. Africa, I have had the opportunity of dissecting a
young male Indian Tapir, a few points in the anatomy of which I
now lay before the Society.
The animal, which only arrived at the Gardens in July last, was
probably about eighteen months old when it was unfortunately found
necessary to kill it, on October 9th, on account of its suffering from
an incurable prolapsus ani. It measured about four feet from the tip
of the nose to the tip of the tail, and had not grown perceptibly since
its arrival in this country.
On opening the body the lungs were found to be much diseased,
and presented considerable adherence to the thoracic cavity; the
liver was also very soft. There were decided traces of rickets, the
sternal ribs having several nodular enlargements.
The general anatomy of the Indian Tapir has been described by
Home’, Cantor *, Poelman*, and Murie*. Some points, however,
have not received much attention; and in others there seems to be a
considerable amount of variation. I therefore trust that the fol-
lowing account of certain of the organs will not be without interest.
The Alimentary Canal.—The hard palate presented the usual
double row of transverse ridges, of which there were seventeen on
the left side and eighteen on the right. The naso-palatine canals
open on each side of a small elevation about 3 inch from the pos-
terior border of the middle incisors. The soft palate embraces the
base of the epiglottis, much as in the Horse.
The tongue has a pointed apex, and increases slightly in breadth
from before backwards. It measured 8 inches in length and 22
inches in breadth at the base. Its upper surface is covered by
delicate filiform papille. Fungiform papille are also numerous, and
1 Phil. Trans. 1821, p. 272.
? Journ. Asiat. Soe. vol. xv. 1846, p. 263.
% Mém. de l’Acad. Roy. de Belgique, tom. xxvit. 1853,
4 Journ, Anat. and Physiol. vol. yi. 1871, p. 131.
‘SNOTpUt SnAIde] gO UTS ef Cy
GUIT 07) 9g KBTIMA NT'4S3yy, 1 “UAT Asset TIE
THAT Id ¢88l$ 7d ;
PA MO Ger eel.
MP. Parker ith.
: : West, Newmsiu&Co. inzp
Tapirus indicus.
1882. ] MR. W. N. PARKER ON THE INDIAN TAPIR. 769
are distributed mainly over the anterior 23 inches and the posterior
part, there being a space of about 2 inches between these regions
which is destitute of them ; there is also an irregular row along each
edge. There is a distinct Mayer’s organ (papilla foliata) on each
side, about half an inch long, on the upper edge of the root of the
tongue. The frenum was attached about 3 inches from the apex.
The salivary glands resemble those of the Horse in every important
particular. The parotids are large, extending from the front part of
the hinge of the lower jaw to the paroccipital process. Steno’s
duct passes down along the lower edge of the masseter, and then
runs up again so as to open by an aperture with well-marked lips
about 2 inch from the upper molar teeth, opposite the line of appo-
sition of the second and third molars. The submaxillary and sub-
lingual glands were also large, their ducts opening in the usual
position. Upper and lower molar glands were present; and there
was a large palatal gland over the velum palati. The tonsils did not
present any definite elevations, the glands composing them being
scattered. Each thyroid was about | inch long, and was connected
with its fellow by a bridge 3 of an inch in width.
Poelman figures an external view of the stomach, which, however,
does not represent it quite accurately. I therefore give another
figure (fig. 1), showing its internal structnre.
Fig. 1.
The stomach, laid open, from the posterior side, one fourth nat. size.
c.p.f, cardio-pyloric fold ; @s.ep, cesophageal epithelium ; b.d, bile-duct ;
p.d, pancreatic duct ; v.c, valyuli conniventes,
The stomach measured about two feet along the greater curva-
ture. There is a marked constriction between the entrance of the
cesophagus and the duodenum, about halfway between the two,
and not close to the duodenum as in Poelman’s gare, in which
51
770 MR. W. N. PARKER ON THE INDIAN TAPIR. [ Dec. 19,
also the cesophagus and duodenum, the latter especially, are repre-
sented of much too small a diameter and too far apart, thus, as Dr.
Murie points out, making the lesser curvature smaller than depicted.
From the cardio-pyloric constriction there extends inwards for about
2 inches a thickened muscular septum (c.p. /), which partially
divides the stomach into a cardiac and a pyloric chamber, of which
the cardiac is slightly the larger.
The epithelial lining of the ceesophagus extends into the stomach
for about an inch all round from the cardia (@s. ep). In this it
differs from 7’. americanus’, in which the cesophageal epithelium
extends much further over the interior of the stomach, more like the
arrangement in the Rhinoceros and Horse. The greater part of the
mucous membrane is very smooth ; but for a region extending round
the cardiac portion of the greater curvature it is considerably ridged.
There are also a few slight ridges in the pyloricend. The muscular
coat thickens considerably towards the pylorus; and there is a well-
marked circular pyloric valve.
The duodenum is of considerably greater diameter than the car-
diac end of the cesophagus; but it narrows slightly after about the
first 5 inches, the rest of the small intestine having an average dia-
meter of about ]2 inch.
The liver has been figured by Murie; but his sketch differs consi-
Fig. 2.
Diagram of the liver, from the posterior aspect, three-eighths nat. size.
v.e, right, and J. ¢, left central lobe; 7./, right, and /./, left lateral lobe;
d.c, caudate lobe; b.d, bile-duct; p.v, portal vein; 7.v.c, vena cava.
derably from this gland in the specimen under consideration; and I
therefore give a figure for comparison (fig. 2), to show that this
organ, as in many other Ungulates, may vary considerably in form.
1 See Owen, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1841, p. 161.
1882. ] MR. W. N. PARKER ON THE INDIAN TAPIR. 771
The right and left central lobes were only partially separated from
one another, the umbilical fissure extending only a short way down
on the anterior side. The margin of the left central lobe presented
several small notches towards its right side. Both right and left
lateral lobes were large ; and there was a considerable caudate lobe,
projecting from the outer side of which there was a small leaf-like
minor lobe. There was no lobus Spigelii; in Dr. Murie’s figure a
large one is shown, but no caudate; he states that a small lobule
lying on the vena cava might represent the latter.
There is no gall-bladder ; and the bile-duct opens on a papilla into
the duodenum about 3 inches from the pylorus. A separate pancre-
atic duct opens about 33 inches further back.
The spleen is elongated and flattened ; it measured | foot long,
and about 4 inches broad in the widest part.
It has usually been stated that the intestinal canal is much shorter
iu the American than in the Indian Tapir; but the measurements
given by different anatomists vary so much that it is impossible to
make any very definite statements on the subject. Murie gives a
table comparing the measurements by himself, Home, Poelman,
Owen, and Turner’; and maintains that the length of the alimentary
canal depends quite as much on age, sex, &c. as on mere specific di-
stinction. Adding to these measurements those by Yarrell *, Cantor,
and myself *, they give the following results:—In both species the
intestine is longer in the adult male than in the adult female, but
longer in the latter than in the young male. It is longer in the
adult male Indian Tapir than in the adult male American, but longer
in the latter than in the female Indian. But, on the other hand,
there is a difference of over 20 feet between Home’s and Poelman’s
measurements in adult Indian males; and this seems to show that
the intestinal length varies so greatly as to be of comparatively little
importance as a specific distinction.
Well-marked velvuli conniventes, about 3 inch apart, and covered
with close-set villi, extend through about the first 18 feet of the small
intestine, after which they gradually fade off, the mucous membrane
of the rest of the ileum being smooth. The distribution of these
valvulee differs very much from what occurs in 7’. americanus, in
which Owen states that they only extend 4 or 5 inches from the
pylorus.
Peyer’s patches were numerous but small, some reaching to 1 inch
in length, but the average size being about } inch,
The cecum (fig. 3, p. 772) resembles that of the Rhinoceros.
Three muscular bands extend down it ; and between these it is saccu-
lated. The colon, which is sacculated on either side of two muscular
bands, forms a loop, and then passes insensibly into the rectum, which
nearly resembles it in structure. The mucous membrane of the
1 Proce. Zool. Soc. 1850, p. 102.
2 “ Observations on the Tapir of America,” Zool. Journal, yol. iv. 1828, p. 210.
% The small intestine was 40 feet 9 inches long, the large intestine 5 feet
6 inches, and the cecum LO inches, measuring from the apex to the entrance of
the ileum,
772 MR. W. N. PARKER ON THE INDIAN TAPIR. [ Dec. 19,
czecum is raised into a close network of wrinkled folds; that of the
colon and rectum is similar, but the netwerk is not quite so close.
Fig. 3.
N carat
cn i Hn iil i \)
ca
M ~UTAN
Czcum and colon, from above, one sixth nat. size.
ce, excum ; col, loop of colon; 7, ileum.
The heart agreed with Poelman’s and Owen’s descriptions ; ; both
the subclavians come off from the innominate ; 3 and there is only one
superior cava, There is no moderator band in the right ventricle ;
and I could find no trace of an os cordis. A very good figure of the
heart is given in Poelman’s paper. The external and internal iliacs
arise separately from the aorta.
Each lung was imperfectly divided up into three lobes—a large
posterior and two smaller anterior ; and there was also a small azy-
gous lobe on the right side. This differs from Poeliman’s description
in that he states that in the right lung there is only one slight
division, and he does not mention the azygous lobe.
The larynx corresponded with Poelman’s description, showing the
double pair of pouches figured by him.
The kidneys are net lobulated, and in longitudinal section show a
large extent of the cortical part as compared with the medullary.
The right was SPE longer and narrower than the left, the former
measuring 5! x23", and the latter 43x23". The adrenals are
elongated bodies about 3 +" wide, extending from the front margin of
the kidney to the exit of ‘the ureter.” Tn ‘section they show a yellow
cortical and a brownish medullary part, The bladder has a narrow
1882. ] MR. W. N. PARKER ON THE INDIAN TAPIR. 773
neck ; and the ureters open close together about two thirds of the
way back from its anterior end. These openings are separated by a
longitudinal fold of the mucous membrane, which extends backwards
as far as the veru montanum.
The animal being young, the generative organs were in such an
undeveloped condition that I am unable to give a good description
of them. The testes were only about 3 inch long; but the epi-
didymes were large. The vesiculze seminales were branched ; and
the seminal ducts and prostates opened by numerous slit-like aper-
tures on either side of the veru montanum. Extending for some
distance behind the latter there were several irregular rows of aper-
tures of mucous glands.
The penis (fig. 4) differed considerably in form from Poelman’s
figure. He describes three ridges (crétes) or flattened pads (bour-
relets aplatis) on the upper surface: these were not present ; but just
Fig. 4.
Upper surface of penis, one half nat. size.
behind the glans there was a squarish forwardly directed fold. The
glans was conical; and the lower lip of the urethral aperture pro-
jected slightly.
The brain (Plates LVIII., LIX., figs. |—4) resembles on the whole
that of the Rhinoceros and Horse ; but the convolutions are simpler,
and the hemispheres relatively shorter, appearing almost round when
viewed from the side; seen from above, they do not show such a
marked difference in breadth between the anterior and posterior parts
as in the Rhinoceros, and in this more nearly resemble the Horse.
The olfactory lobes are very large and of an oval shape, and are
marked off by a groove from their peduncles. The peduncles of the
774 ’ MR. W. N. PARKER ON THE INDIAN TaPIR. [ Dec. 19,
hemispheres form marked oval elevations between the olfactory
lobes and optic chiasma.
Dareste’ gives a short description and diagram of the convolutions
of the brain in the American Tapir; and Broca, in his admirable
memoir (Anatomie comparée des circonvolutions cérébrales*), de-
scribes the convolutions more fully, giving diagrams of an external,
an internal, and a posterior view of the hemisphere; he, however,
does not state to what species his description refers. Dareste’s
figure differs entirely from the specimen under consideration, which
also does not altogether agree with Broca’s account.
The posterior part of each hemisphere presents three main gyri,
which are much twisted, and differ considerably on opposite sides ; _
the outer of these is folded on itself at the posterior end, and is
broader than the other two taken together. These constitute the
four parietal convolutions of Broca. The internal and external gyri
can be traced to the frontal region of the hemisphere; while the
middle one, which is the simplest, stops short at about the line of
junction between the anterior and middle thirds. The external
gyrus is much folded in front.
At about the middle of the hemispheres, the inner border of the
internal gyrus passes gradually outwards, so that the posterior part
of the callosal gyrus can be seen from above, thus differing from the
Rhinoceros and resembling the Horse. There is a deep groove
between the parietal and temporal lobes; and this fissure (Broca’s
“are inférieur de la scissure limbique’’) extends forwards along a
curved line to the rudimentary Sylvian fissure, beneath which are
seen the small convolutions of the island of Reil; these are consti-
tuted by the temporo-frontal fold, the other sub-Sylvian (temporo-
parietal) fold described by Broca not being present. The temporal
lobe is smooth.
The corpus geniculatum and corpus mamillare are well marked.
The pons Varolii is rather narrow, while the crura cerebri are long.
The cerebellum, though relatively larger, resembles closely that
of the Horse, and presents the same irregular appearance.
On viewing the hemisphere from the inside (Plate LIX. fig. 4),
the calloso-marginal sulcus (‘‘ are supérieur de la scissure limbique ”
of Broca) is seen to bend down in front of the corpus callosum, as in
the Rhinoceros and Horse, and does not, as in the Sheep and many
other Ungulates, become superficial anteriorly. The large callosal
gyrus is divided into two in its posterior part by a longitudinal
fissure.
Teeth.—All the milk-teeth were in place, the dental formula being
d.i. =, d.c. = d.m. =e This corresponds with the usual state-
“ments on the subject. Behind these, traces of the developing first
and second true molars could be detected in the dry skull, lying
1 «Tyroisiéme mémoire sur les circonvolutions du cerveau chez les Mammi-
feres,” Ann. d. Sci. Nat. 4° série, Zool. iii. 1855, p. 65.
Reyue d’ Anthropologie, t. vii. 1878, p. 385.
1882.] MR. W. N. PARKER ON THE INDIAN TAPIR. 775
entirely within their sockets. The last upper and lower deciduous
molars had evidently only just come into place.
De Blainville’ gives a description of several stages in the develop-
ment of the Tapir’s teeth; but he is not at all clear on one or two
important points, which I now hope to explain.
On cutting into the jaws, distinct germs of the first and second
premolars were seen, in the form of small conical cups, one for each
main cusp; and of these the second in the lower jaw were the
largest. There were no traces of the third or fourth premolars.
It is a general rule amongst mammals that the first premolar
has no predecessor, or else, perhaps, that this tooth is really a per-
manent milk-tooth, the only exception usually given to this rule
being in the case of Hyrax*. In reference to the former of these
views, it is well known that there is a tendency in many mammals
towards the suppression of the milk-teeth, as, for instance, in the
Rabbit’, this being carried to an extreme in Marsupials, as Prof.
Flower has shown’, and (as far as is yet known) in the Guinea-pig,
in which animals the last is the only one left. On the other hand,
as will be seen later on, the fact that in the Tapir the first milk-
molar is considerably larger than its suecessor might be taken in
support of the first view. It is thus interesting to find a more
primitive condition in the dentition of animals like the Tapir and
Hyrax.
A comparison of the dentition of the young with that of older
animals is instructive. As in the Horse’ and other Ungulates, the
last deciduous molar remains functional for a long while, probably
for some time after the animal is fullgrown; and it can be at once
distinguished by its worn appearance.
The first molar of the Horse appears long before the milk-
molars are shed, and, by the time all the permanent teeth have
appeared, is considerably worn, ‘Thus an examination of a Tapir’s
skull in which, though apparently adult, the last milk-tooth had not
been shed, might easily mislead one, and give the idea that there
were only three premolars above and two below.
That this is not the case is proved by the skull of an American
Tapir in the Biological Museum of the Normal School of Science,
to which Prof. Huxley has drawn my attention. In this, though
apparently a nearly adult animal, the last milk-molars above and
below were still functional, and above them, in the sockets, are the
teeth which were destined to take their place. Prof. Huxley has
also kindly allowed me to make a section of the jaw of an Indian
1 «Ostéographie,’ tome iii.
* Both de Blainville and Owen (Odontography, p. 605) state that in the Tapir
the first deciduous molar is succeeded by a permanent one; but some doubt is
thrown on this conclusion by Huxley, in his ‘Comparative Anatomy of Verte-
brated Animals,’ p. 365.
® See footnote on page 655 of Prof. Huxley’s article ‘On the Application of
the Laws of Evolution to the Arrangement of the Vertebrata,” P. Z. S. 1880.
4 Phil. Trans. 1867.
5 Prof. Owen states (Odontography, p. 581) that in the Horse the last deci-
duous molar is usually not shed until the last true molar has appeared.
776 MR. W. N. PARKER ON THE INDIAN TAPIR. _ [ Dec. 19;
Tapir, evidently older than the above. This shows exactly the same
thing—the last milk-molars still in place and much worn, the cor-
responding premolars in their sockets in the jaw, and the first true
molars above and below in place, the last two (sixth and seventh
above, and fifth and sixth below) not having yet come into use. _
Prof. Flower has shown me a series of Tapir’s skulls in the Col-
lege of Surgeons’ Museum, in which the different stages of the first
premolar can be seen, up to the time at which it takes its place
amongst the others.
Comparing the patterns of the milk-teeth with the permanent
ones, they, with the exception of the first, are seen to resemble one
another very closely. The inner cusp of the first deciduous molar
is much larger than in its successor, and thus more nearly resembles
the pattern of the other grinders; moreover, both upper and lower
first milk-molars are considerably larger than their successors (see
Plate LIX. figs. 5-8). The outer incisiors in both jaws are rela-
tively not so large as in the adult, being only about the same size
as the inner and middle ones ; the canines also are relatively smaller.
In the skeleton I have only a few remarks to make on certain
parts of the skull and on the pelvis.
The tympanic bone, with the external meatus, is small, and does
not become ankylosed to the surrounding parts ; so that it is rarely seen
in dry skulls. Between the tympanic and periotic, on the lower side,
is a flat, somewhat curved fibro-cartilage (Plate LIX. fig. 9, ty’),
which passes posteriorly into a mass of fibrous tissue, in which is
imbedded a very definite os bullze (0.b), similar to those which exist
in the Pig’, Bat, &c., except that in these animals there are more
than one. The fibro-cartilage is the homologue of that part of the
tympanic which, in such mammals as the Carnivora, becomes ossified
separately to form the bulla? ; and the os bullz corresponds roughly
to this ossification. In these mammals the tympanic ossifies by two
centres, one forming the outer part, and giving rise to the external
meatus and to the region which gives attachment to the membrana
tympani, and the other forming the bulla. These two parts even-
tually completely fuse together. Thus in the Tapir, Pig, and Bat
only the outer ossification becomes of any physiological importance,
the inner one remaining in a rudimentary condition.
The stapes is elongated, as in other Ungulates; and there is a
distinct interhyal cartilaginous nodule imbedded in the tendon of
the stapedius muscle.
Above the pterygoid proper there is a separate mesopterygoid
centre in the form of a thin scale of bone on each side. This is
common in Marsupials, and exists also in the Fox and Pig’.
In the pelvis there was a small separate ossification on the upper
* See W. K. Parker, “On the Structure and Development of the Skull in the
Pig,” Phil. Trans. 1874.
* See Prof. Flower, “On the Value of the Characters of the Base of the Cra-
nium in the Classification of the order Carnivora,” P. Z. 8. 1869, pp. 15-17.
3 Uf. W. K. Parker, loc. cit. p. 324.
1862 PLLA:
=
ioe
Pe
Hanharl imp -
HETEROGERA
NEW
1882.P1. LAI
a
»KO
Pate
Hanhart imp
1882. | MR. H. DRUCE ON NEW HETEROCERA. 777
and inner border, at the junction of the ilium and ischium (Plate LIX.
fig. 10 ep). I do not know that an ossification has been described in
this region before, though a small bone, the cotyloid, lying between
these elements on the lower border of the acetabulum, from which it
completely excludes the pubis, is well known in some Carnivora‘, and,
as my friend Mr. G. B. Howes has pointed out to me, is invariably
present in the Rabbit (fig. 11, ¢). Both these ossifications are
probably to be regarded only as epiphyses.
EXPLANATION OF PLATES LVIII., LIX.
Fig.1. Brain, superior view: p', outer parietal convolution; p?, middle
parietal convolution; p’, inner parietal convolution; c.g, callosal
gyrus: natural size.
2. Brain, inferior view, natural size.
3. Brain, lateral view, natural size: 7, island of Reil; ol. p, olfactory
peduncle; p.¢.s, parieto-temporal sulcus; sy, rudimentary Sylvian
fissure.
The outlines of figs. 1-3 were taken from a cast of the cranial cavity.
Fig. 4. Internal view of right cerebral hemisphere: a. c, anterior commissure ;
f, body of fornix; c.c, corpus callosum; ec. g, callosal gyrus, above
which is seen the calloso-marginal sulcus.
5. Crown of first upper premolar, nat. size.
6. ~ » upper milk-molar, nat. size.
U. “ », lower premolar, nat. size.
8. 6 ,, lower milk-molar, nat. size.
9. Internal view of right tympanic bone (#7), showing also the tympanic
fibro-cartilage (¢y'), which is slightly displaced downwards, and the
os bulle (0.6): m, malleus; iv, incus; s¢, stapes; 7. m, tympanic
membrane; ews, eustachian groove; f. 7, mass of fibrous tissue in
which the os bullee is imbedded: two thirds nat. size.
10. The acetabular region of the left innominate bone, from the inner
side: i, ilium: is, ischium; pu, pubis; ep, epiphysis: one half nat.
size.
11. The same region of the right innominate bone of a Rabbit, from the
outer side: c, cotyloid bone; c. 7, cotyloid notch; 7, ilium; is,
ischium ; pu, pubis: nat. size.
12. Descriptions of a new Genus and some new Species of
Heterocera. By Herserr Deuce, F.L.S., F.Z.S.
[Received December 19, 1882.]
(Plates LX. & LXL.)
Examples of the species here described have been received by me
from time to time during the last two or three years, and added to
my collection. The specimens of the new Castnie were collected
by Mr. C. Buckley in Ecuador, and form part of a very fine series
ot Heterocera from that country, containing a large number of new
species. A complete list of this collection, with descriptions of
the new species, I hope to be able to publish shortly.
1 Milne-Edwards, ‘La Physiol. et l’Anat. comp.’ tome x. p. 358,
MR. H. DRUCE ON NEW HETEROCERA. [Dec. 19,
“I
SI
@
Fam. SPHINGID.
CH@ROCAMPIN4A, Grote.
Cua@rocampa, Duponchel.
Cu@RocaAMPA WOLFI, n. sp. (Plate LX. fig. 1.)
Wings above pale brown or brownish grey. Primaries crossed by a
pale band from the apex to the inner margin, the outer margin paler,
but the wing shading to dark brown up to the band crossing them
below the cell. Secondaries almost black, crossed below the middle
by a pale indistinct ochreous band. Underside pale brown, thickly
speckled with reddish scales. Head, thorax, and abdomen pale
brown.
Expanse 23 inches.
Hab. Ecuador, St. Lucia ( Wolf).
A small species allied to C. docilis, Butler, but quite distinct.
Fam. CASTNIIDA.
Casrnia, Fabricius.
CASTNIA MARS, n. sp. (Plate LX. fig. 2.)
Allied to C. cononia, Westwood, Similar in shape and colour,
the band of the anterior wings dusky yellow, instead of pure white
as in C. cononia; posterior wing crossed by a wide central black
band extending almost to the outer margin, not broken up into
small spots as in C.. cononia,
Expanse 3? inches.
Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley).
A well-marked species, easily distinguished from C. cononia.
CASTNIA BUCKLEY], n. sp. (Plate LX. fig. 3.)
Allied to C. trugilla, Westwood. Anterior wings more dusky,
the basal third only being black, a marginal row of yellowish spots
not reaching the apex. Posterior wing of the male black, banded
along the costal margin to the middle of the hind margin with
orange-brown. Female: the anterior wings the same as the male;
posterior wings rich orange-brown, with a marginal row of pale
orange-yellow. spots, the outer margin black,
Expanse 33 inches.
Hab. ewedae Intaj (Buckley).
Mr. Buckley only obtained a pair of this fine species.
Fam. AGARISTID.
Hespacarista, Walk.
HeEspPaGARISTA TIGRINA, n. sp. (Plate LX. fig. 4.)
Primaries black, the outer margin reddish brown, two yellowish
white bands close to the base, a white streak at the end of the cell,
and beyond it a wide yellowish-white band broken into two small
spots at the anal angle; between these are some transverse blue
1882. ] MR. H. DRUCE ON NEW HETEROCERA. 779
streaks. Secondaries bright orange, with the outer margins broadly
black, the fringe black and white. Underside—primaries black, the
base yellow, the white streak at the end of the cell and the band
beyond the same as above, the outer margin brown; secondaries as
above, the black outer margin enclosing a series of white spots.
Expanse 1? inch.
Hab. West Africa, Calabar and Cameroons.
This species is allied to H. interlecta, Angus, but very distinct.
Fam. CHALCOSIIDA.
CALLHISTIA, n. gen.
Allied to Histia. Neuration almost the same; but the costal
margin very much more arched ; the body much thicker and longer,
projecting beyond the wings. Palpi very short. Secondaries broad,
and elongated to a point at the apex.
Type C. grandis.
This genus is intermediate between G'ynautocera and Histia.
CALLHISTIA GRANDIS, n. sp. (Plate LX. fig. 5.)
Primaries black, the base shot with brilliant Prussian blue, crossed
in the middle by a wide scarlet band. Secondaries with a central
yellow band extending from the costal to the inner margin. Under-
side the sameas above. Head and thorax black. Abdomen yellow,
with black bands. Antennze wanting.
Expanse 33 inches.
Hab. New Guinea, Port Moresby (Goldie).
Epyreis, H.-Sch.
EpyrGis ForBEs!I, n.sp. (Plate LX. fig. 6.)
Primaries dusky white, with black veins. Secondaries pure white,
clouded with pale chrome-yellow from the anal angle to beyond the
middle; the apex and the outer margin black.
Expanse 27 inches.
Hab. Java, Bantam (Forbes).
Nearly allied to EZ. binghami of Butler, from which it differs in
not having black spots on the primaries.
Fam. ARCTIID.
Hyprercompa, Steph.
HypeRcOMPA THELWALLI, n. sp. (Plate LXI. fig. 1.)
Primaries bright chrome-yellow, shading to dark orange along the
hind margin, crossed by four irregular bluish-black bands, the one
nearest the outer margin broken in the middle and forming two
elongated spots; the apex and outer margin black. Posterior wing
dark orange-yellow, a spot at the end of the cell and the outer
margin broadly black. Underside the same as above. Head and
780 MR. H. DRUCK ON NEW HETEROCERA. [Dec. 19,
thorax spotted with black. Abdomen yellow above, black on the
underside.
Expanse 22 inches.
Hab. Fast Africa, Nyassa ( Thelwall).
This beautiful species is allied to H. bellatrix, Dalman, from
South Africa.
Fam. NYCTEMERID®.
Nyctremera, Hibner.
NYCTEMERA ACR&INA, 0, Sp.
Primaries dusky brown; the nerves all black, except on the white
band which crosses the wings from about the middle of the costal
margin nearly to the anal angle. Secondaries—the basal half pure
white, the outer half yellowish brown, shading to dark brown on the
costal margin. Antenne black. Head, thorax, and upperside of
abdomen brown; underside yellow.
Expanse 3 inches.
Hab. West Africa, Calabar.
I at first thought that this species would be better placed in the
genus Aletis; but on comparing the neuration with specimens of
Nyctemera apicalis which 1 have had mounted in Canada balsam, I
find that it is the same. This and the following species are the
two largest described in this genus. At first sight they might easily
be taken for Acree.
NycTEMERA CHROMIs, n. sp. (Plate LXI. fig. 2.)
Closely allied to the preceding species. The primaries the same,
only slightly more yellow. Secondaries chrome-yellow, shading
to pale brown on the outer margin. Underside the same as
above. Head and thorax black. Abdomen brown above; underside
yellow.
Expanse 22 inches.
Hab. West Africa (Thomson).
Orroepa, Walker.
OTROEDA VARUN ZA, 0. Sp.
Primaries pale chrome-yellow, partly crossed by two black bands,
broadest on the costal margin, tapering to a point near the anal
angle; apex broadly black ; a submarginal row of five white spots,
the first two the largest. Secondaries pale chrome-yellow, the
outer margin black, with a submarginal row of white spots. Under-
side the same as above. Head black. Thorax and abdomen
yellow.
Expanse 22 inches.
Hab. West Africa, Congo.
This species is allied to Otroeda vesperina of Walker. It is a
much smaller and more pale-coloured insect.
1882. ] MR. H. DRUCE ON NEW HETEROCERA. 781
Fam. EUSCHEMID.
Euscuema, Hiibner.
EuscHEeMA SAGANA, n. sp. (Plate LXI. fig. 3.)
Primaries—the basal half chrome-yellow, the outer half bluish
black, crossed by two bands of semitransparent white spots. Secon-
daries chrome-yellow, a black spot at the end of the cell; the
apex and a submarginal row of spots black. Head, thorax, and
abdomen yellow.
Expanse 33 inches.
Hab. Cochin China (Boucard).
This species resembles Z. militaris in form, but is very distinct,
wanting the black spots on the wings of that species.
Mixionta, Walker.
MILIonIA BUTLERI, n. sp. (Plate LXI. fig. 4.)
Nearly allied to M. giinthert of Butler, but more brilliant in
colour, the bands of the primaries wider, and the outer margin of
the posterior wings brighter scarlet, the marginal black band broken
into small round spots.
Expanse 27 inches.
Hub. Sumatra (Bock).
I have named this fine species after my friend Mr. Butler, who
has already described several species of this beautiful genus.
Bocrraza, Walker.
Bociraza GoLptIel, n. sp. (Plate LXI. fig. 5.)
Primaries black, crossed in the middle by a wide orange band,
the apex tipped with white. Secondaries black, crossed from the
costal margin to near the anal angle by a yellow band tapering
almost to a point. Underside the same as above. Head, thorax,
and abdomen black.
Expanse 17 inch.
JTab. New Guinea, Port Moresby (Goldie).
BocrraZA SEPARATA, n. sp. (Plate LXI. fig. 6.)
Primaries black, the costal half chrome-yellow, extending to the
anal angle. Secondaries black. Underside the same as above.
Head and front of thorax yellow; back of thorax and abdomen black.
Expanse 13 inch.
Hab. New Guinea, Port Moresby (Goldie).
Fam. URANIIDA.
Lyssrp1a, Westwood.
LyssIDIA GOLDIET, 0. sp.
Male and female. Upperside dark brown. Anterior wings crossed
beyond the middle .by a well-defined white band broadest on the
costal margin, tapering to a point at the anal angle; the costal
782 MR. H. DRUCE ON NEW HETEROCERA, [Dec. 19.
margin spotted with black as in all the species of Lyssidia. Pos-
terior wing crossed near the middle by a narrow pale brown band,
the outer margin thickly speckled and streaked with dark brown ;
the apex and the tails white. Underside pale brown, thickly speckled
and streaked with dark brown; the white band of the posterior
wings ill-defined, and only crossing the wing from the middle to the
anal angle.
Expanse—male 53 inches, female 6 inches.
Hab. New Guinea, Port Moresby (Goldie).
This species is allied to Lyssidia macleayii of Montrouzier (Chry-
seridia macleayii, Westwood), specimens of which are in my col-
lection from the Duke-of-York Island and New Ireland. It differs
in many respects from that species.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Prats LX,
Fig. 1. Cherocampa wolfi, p. 778. Fig. 4. Hespagarista tigrina, p. 778.
2. Castnia mars, p. 778. 5. Callhistia grandis, p. 779.
3 buckleyi, p. 778. 6. Epyrgis forbesi, p. 779.
Puate LXI.
Fig. 4. Milionia butleri, p. 781.
5. Bociraza goldiei, p. 781
6. separata, p. 781.
Fig. 1. Hypercompa thelwalli, p. 779.
2. Nyctemera chromis, p. 780.
3. Euschema sagana, p. 781.
APPENDIX.
LIST OF ADDITIONS TO THE SOCIETY’S MENAGERIE
Jan. 1.
2
DURING THE YEAR
1882.
1 Malbrouck Monkey (Cercopithecus cynosurus). Deposited.
. 1 Crab-eating Raccoon (Procyon cancrivorus). Presented by
H. B. Whitmarsh, Esq.
2 Pileated Jays (Cyanocorax pileatus), S and 2. Presented
by C.S. Barnes, Esq.
1 Short-eared Owl (Asio brachyotus). Presented by R. M.
Christy, Esq.
1 Blue-eyed Cockatoo (Cacatua ophthalmica), Deposited.
2 Lesser Black-backed Gulls (Larus fuscus), Presented by
Mrs. Brindley.
. 6 Grey Squirrels (Sciwrus cinereus), var. nigra, 2g, 4 2.
Purchased.
. 1 Gayal (Bibos frontalis), g, Born in the Gardens. See
P.Z. 8. 1882, p. 233, pl. x.
. 1 Painted Terrapin (Clemmys guttata). Presented by W, A.
Forbes, Esq., F.Z.S.
3 Confluent Rattlesnakes (Crotalus confluentus). Presented by
W. A. Forbes, Esq., F.Z.S.
. 1 Ring-tailed Coati (Nasua rufa), Presented by John Verinder,
Esq.
. TItalian Scorpions (Scorpio italicus). Presented by T. D. G.
Carmichael, Esq.
. 2 Macaque Monkeys (Macacus cynomolgus), gand 2. Deposited.
2 Arabian Gazelles (Gazella arabica) GandQ. Deposited.
. 1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus radiatus), 2. Presented by Mz.
Kessels.
3 Young Otters (Lutra vulgaris), 2g,19.. Presented by the
Reading Angling Association.
. 1 Malayan Bear (Ursus malayanus). Purchased,
. 1 Markhoor (Capra megaceros), 2. Presented by Lieut.-Col.
St. John. See P. Z. 8, 1882, p. 233.
A collection of Sea-Anemones. Presented by Mr, A, D.
Bartlett,
19. 1 Roseate Cockatoo (Cacatua roseicapilla). Presented by Miss
Morson,
Proc. Zooxu. Soc.—1882, No. LII. 52
784
Jan.
Feb.
19.
. 1 Hybrid
APPENDIX.
1 Cashmere-Shawl Goat (Capra hircus, var.). Born in the
Gardens.
1 Common Raven (Corvus corax). Presented by 8. J. Elyard,
Esq.
1 Spanish Terrapin (Clemmys leprosa). Presented by H. Bal-
four, Esq.
. 1 Toque Monkey (Macacus pileatus), $. Presented by Mrs.
Evans.
. | Chimpanzee (Anthropopithecus troglodytes), 2. Deposited.
. 1 Azara’s Fox (Canis azare). Presented by Owen E. Grant,
Esq.
. 1 Bengal Vulture (Gyps bengalensis), Presented by Capt. Th.
Leportier.
. 1 Cirl Bunting (Zmberiza cirlus), Purchased.
2 Snow-Buntings (Plectrophanes nivalis), Purchased.
2 Mountain-Linnets (Zinota flavirostris). Purchased.
. 1 Mountain Ka-Ka (Nestor notabilis). Deposited.
. 1 Ring-tailed Lemur (Lemur catta). Presented by Capt. M. P.
Webster.
. 1 Sykes’s Monkey (Cercopithecus albigularis), 3. Presented by
H. Gunning, Esq.
2 Badgers (Meles tarus). Presented by C. R. Meltzer, Esq.
2 Common Barn-Owls (Stria flammea). Presented by Master
Golden.
. 1 Cinereous Sea-Eagle (Haliaetus albicilla). Presented by the
Hon. M. Finch-Hatton.
. 1 Common Otter (Lutra vulgaris). Purchased.
1 Amherst Pheasant ( Zhawmalea amherstie), ¢. Presented by
John Biehl, Esq. ;
1 Californian Quail ( Callipepla californica),2. Deposited.
4 Warty-faced Honey-eaters (Xanthomyza phrygia). Purchased.
See P. Z.S. 1882, p. 311.
1 Pink-footed Goose (Anser brachyrhynchus). Purchased.
2 Musk-Ducks (Biziwra lobata),2$. Purchased. See P.Z.S,
1882, p. 311,
. 1 Red-fronted Lemur (Lemur rufifrons),g. Purchased.
. 1 Malbrouck Monkey (Cercopithecus cynosurus), 3. Presented
by R. A. St. Leger, Esq.
1 Chacma Baboon (Cynocephalus porcarius), 3. Presented by
F. Battersby, Esq.
. 2 Spotted Eagle Owls (Bubo maculosus). Purchased.
2 Nilotie Crocodiles (Crocodilus vulgaris). Presented by Capt.
D. King, R.N.
Raptr (between Tapirus americanus 9 and Tapirus
rouint $). Born in the Menagerie. See P. Z.S. 1882,
. dll,
Pp
. 2 Grey-headed Love-birds (Agapornis cana), g and 2. Pur-
chased,
. 1 Common Buzzard (Buteo vulgaris). Presented by Lord Wal-
singham, F.Z.S.
1 Axis Deer (Cervus axis), 3. Born in the Menagerie.
. 3 Pluto Monkeys (Cercopithecus pluto), 3, 2, and juy. Pur-
chased.
1 Blaubok (Cephalophus pygmeus). Purchased.
1 Mule Deer (Cervus macrotis),?. Presented by Dr. J. D.
Caton. See P. Z. 8. 1882, p. 311,
Feb.
Mar.
15,
ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 785
1 Common Coot (Fulica atra). Purchased.
. 2 Grey-headed Love-birds (Ayapornis cana), Sand?. Pur-
chased.
2 Russ’ Weaver-birds (Quelea russi). Received in exchange.
. 1 Bauer’s Parrakeet (Platycercus zonurius). Presented by
8. Draper, Esq.
. 1 Common Raven (Corvus corax), Presented by Sir George
Leith Buchanan, Bart.
. 1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus erythreus), §. Deposited.
2 Common Buntings (Zmberiza miliaria), Purchased.
1 Black-necked Heron (Ardea atricollis), Presented by the
Rev. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S.
. 2 Black-headed Gulls (Larus ridibundus). Purchased.
1 Common Curlew (Nwmenius arquata). Purchased,
1 Bar-tailed Godwit (Zimosa lapponica). Purchased.
. 1 Waxwing (Ampelis garrula). Presented by W. H. St.
Quintin, Esq.
. 1 Bonelli’s Eagle (Nisaétus fasciatus). Deposited.
2 Blossom-headed Parrakeets (Paleornis cyanocephalus). Pre-
sented by Mrs. Francis Fox.
. 1 Carrion-Crow (Corvus corone). Presented by F. H. Worsley
Benison, Esq.
. 1 African Brush-tailed Poreupine-(Atherura africana). Pre-
sented by J. Cheetham, Esq.
. 1 Four-horned Antelope (Tetraceros quadricornis),2. Born in
the Gardens.
. 1 Greater Sulphur-crested Cockatoo (Cacatua galerita), Pre-
sented by 8. Sidney, Esq.
A collection of Sea-Anemones. Purchased.
. 1 Common Badger (Meles taxus). Deposited.
1 Common Jay (Garrulus glandarius). Presented by Lieut.-
Col. Birch Reynardson.
. Common Peafowl (Pavo cristatus),3. Presented by Mrs,
Walter Crane.
. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus).3. Presented by
Mrs. Richardson.
. 1 Muscat Gazelle (Gazella muscatensis), ¢, Born in the
Gardens.
1 Moor Harrier (Circus mawrus). Presented by Mr. Cole.
2 Common Buzzards (Buteo vulgaris). Presented by W. M.
Baillie, Esq.
. 1 Water-Vole (Arvicola amphibius). Presented by Mr. W. K.
Stanley.
. 1 West-African Python (Python sebe). Deposited.
. 2 Martinique Waterhens (Porphyrio martinieus). Presented by
Lieut. A. H. Oliver, R.N.
. 2 Common Badgers (Meles taxus). Born in the Menagerie.
. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 2. Presented by Mrs.
Hill.
1 Ruff (Machetes pugnax), Purchased.
. 2 Redshanks (Totanus calidris). Purchased.
1 Ruff (Machetes pugnax). Purchased.
. 1 Blotched Genet (Genetta tegrina). Deposited.
. 1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus radiatus)?. Presented by Mrs.
Nicholson.
2 Grey Ichneumons (Herpestes griseus), Sand 2. Deposited.
52
786 APPENDIX.
Mar. 20. 3 Herring-Gulls (Larus argentatus). Presented by Rowland
Ward, Esq.
1 Herring-Gull (Larus argentatus). Presented by the Chevalier
Da Costa Ricci.
21, 1 Sclater’s Curassow (Craa sclatert),g. Presented by Fre-
derick Youle, Esq.
1 King Vulture (Gypagus papa). Presented by Frederick Youle,
Esq.
22. 1 Wild Boar (Sus scrofa). Deposited.
25, 2 Tayras (Galctis barbara). Deposited.
1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus radvatus),?. Presented by Henry
Worth, Esq.
1 Puffin (Pratercula arctica), Presented by Henry M. Upcher,
Ksq., F.Z.S.
28, 2 Common Marmosets (Hapale jacchus). Presented by George
Jacobs, Esq.
1 Silky Hangnest (Amblyrhampus holosericeus). Presented by
George Jacobs, Esq.
1 Puffin (Fratercula arctica), Presented by Miss Lane.
5 Madeira Snails (Helix maderensis). Presented by George
French Angas, Hsq., C.M.Z.S.
4 Undulated Snails (Helix wndata). Presented by George French
Angas, Hsq., C.M.Z.S.
29, 1 Diana Monkey (Cercopithecus diana),3. Purchased.
1 Talapoin Monkey (Cercopithecus talapoin),?2. Purchased.
1 Water-Cheyrotain (Hyomoschus aquaticus). Purchased.
2 Green-billed Toucans (Rhamphastos dicolorus). Purchased.
1 Yellow-lored Amazon (Chrysotis cantholora). Purchased.
2 Maguari Storks (Disswra maguart). Purchased.
1 Common Night-Heron (Wycticorax griseus). Purchased.
1 Orinoco Goose (Chenalopex jubata). Purchased.
1 Egyptian Monitor (Monztor niloticus). Purchased.
31. 1 Radiated Fruit-Cuckoo (Carpococcyx radiatus). Purchased.
Sec P. Z. 8. 1882, p. 358.
i)
April 1. 2 Little Bustards (Tetrax compestris). Purchased.
1 Smooth Snake (Coronella levis). Presented by Mr. Wm.
Penney.
1 Gaimard’s Rat Kangaroo (Hypsiprymnus gaimardi). Bom in
the Gardens.
2 Grey-backed White-eyes (Zosterops dorsalis). Presented by
Mr. J. Abrahams,
4, 1 Black-eared Marmoset (Hapale penicillata), Presented by
Mrs. Davidson.
1 Rifle-bird (Ptilorhis paradisea),3. Purchased. See P. Z.S.
1882, p. 421.
1 Jardine’s Parrot (Peocephalus gulielmi). Presented by Capt.
H. Hope Keighiey, 2nd W. 1. Regt.
5. 1 Mantchurian Crossoptilon (Crossoptilon mantchuricum), 3.
Purchased.
2 Japanese Pheasants (Phasianus versicolor), g and 2. Pur-
chased. —
1 Amherst Pheasant (Thawmalea amherstie),$. Purchased.
1 Gold Pheasant (Thaumalea picta),?. Purchased.
1 Lineated Pheasant (Huplocamus hineatus),$. Purchased.
2 Black-backed Kaleeges (Euplocamus melanotis), 3 and 2.
Purchased.
April 5.
for)
15.
14,
15,
ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE, 787
2 White-crested Kaleeges (Euplocamus albo-cristatus), Sand.
Purchased.
1 Tigrine Cat (Felis tigrina). Purchased.
2 Black-headed Tragopans (Certornis melanocephala), 3 and.
Purchased. See P. Z. 8, 1882, p. 421.
. 1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus radiatus), 2. Presented by F. W.
Blackiston, Esq.
1 Ring-tailed Lemur (Lemur catia), g. Presented by Dr. J.
Lea, M.R.C.S.
3 Zebra Finches (Estrelda subflava). Presented by Mrs. Beau-
clerk.
1 Crimson-eared Waxbill (Zstrelda phenicotis), Presented by
Mrs. Beauclerk.
2 Amaduvade Finches (Estrelda amandava). Presented by
Mrs. Beauclerk.
1 Shining Weaverbird (ypochera nitens). Presented by Mrs,
Beauclerk.
1 Singing Finch (Crithagra musica). Presented by Mrs. Beau-
clerk.
1 Nonpareil Finch (Cyanospiza ciris), 9. Presented by Mrs,
Beauclerk,
1 Common Buzzard (Buteo vulgaris). Presented by J.C.S.
Rocke, Esq.
1 Common Partridge (Perdiv cinerea), $. Presented by H. T.
Bowes, Esq.
. 1 Long-tailed Copsychus (Copsychus saularis). Deposited.
. 1 Sambur Deer (Cervus aristotelis), 9. Born in the Gardens.
. 1 Lanner Falcon (Falco lanarius), §. Presented by Mr. Bat-
tersby.
1 Crested Screamer (Chawna chavaria), Purchased.
3 Chilian Pintails (Dajila spinicauda). Bred in the Gardens.
A collection of Sea-Anemones. Presented by R. W. Monroe,
Esq.
2 ee iice headed Parrakeets (Brotogerys tui), Received in ex-
change.
1 Malbrouck Monkey (Cercopithecus cynosurus). Presented by
Robert Mills, Esq.
1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 9. Presented by
E. W. Hills, Esq.
1 Vervet Monkey (Cercopithecus lalandii). Presented by Mr.
T. W. Gourlay.
1 Black-backed Jackal (Canis mesomelas). Presented by Capt.
E. Jones.
1 Common Raven (Corvus coraz). Deposited.
1 Western Black Cockatoo (Calyptorhynchus naso), $. Pur-
chased. See P. Z.S. 1882, p. 421.
1 Canada Goose (Bernicla canadensis), Presented by George
Edson, Esq.
1 Chimpanzee (Anthropopithecus troglodytes), 9. Purchased.
1 Great-billed Rhea (Rhea macrorhynchus). Purchased.
1 Indian Cobra (Nata tripudians). Purchased.
2 Indian River-Snakes ( 7'ropidonotus quincunciatus). Purchased.
1 Blackish Sternothere (Sternotherus subniger). Purchased.
1 Miiller’s Parrakeet (Zanygnathus muelleri). Purchased.
1 Ludio Monkey (Cercopithecus ludio), §. Purchased.
1 Brazilian Tree-Porcupine (Synetheres prehensilis). Purchased,
1 Pardine Genet (Genetta pardina). Purchased.
788
APPENDIX.
Apvril15, 1 4 ou (Cercoleptes caudivolvulus). Purchased.
IY
:
18.
19.
21
22.
4 Riippell’s Parrots (Paocephalus rueppelli) 23,29. Purchased.
See P. Z. 8. 1882, p. 421.
1 Angolan Vulture (Gypohierax angolensis). Purchased.
1 Magellanic Goose (Bernicla magellanica). Purchased.
1 Philander Opossum (Didelphys philander). Purchased. -
1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus radiatus), 2. Presented by W.
T. Fremlin, Esq.
1 Wheatear (Sazxicola enanthe). Purchased.
1 Meadow-Pipit (Anthus pratensis). Purchased.
1 Silvery Gibbon (Hylobates leuciscus). Purchased.
2 Squirrel Monkeys (Chrysothrix sciwrea), 2 3. Purchased.
1 Mungoose Lemur (Lemur mongoz), 5. Purchased.
1 Red-fronted Lemur (Lemur rufifrons), g. Purchased.
2 Rufous-tailed Pheasants (EHuplocamus erythrophthalmus), 3 and
2. Purchased.
1 Cabot’s Horned Tragopan (Ceriornis caboti), 3. Purchased.
See P. Z. 8. 1882, p. 421.
2 Cockateels (Calopsitta nove-hollandie), 3 and?. Presented
by Mr. W. C. Atkinson.
1 Common Raven (Corvus corax). Presented by H. E. Langton,
Esq.
2 Shgaetonied Phalangers (Belideus breviceps). Born in the
Gardens.
1 Squirrel-like Phalanger (Belideus sciureus). Born in the Gar-
dens.
1 Burchell’s Zebra (Equus burchelli), g. Purchased,
1 Eland (Oreas canna), 3. Born in the Gardens.
1 Two-spotted Paradoxure (Nandinia binotata). Presented by
A. W. Blyth, Esq.
1 Rufous Rat Kangaroo (Hypsiprymnus rufescens), 2. Pre-
sented by C. Caravossi, Esq.
1 Roseate Cockatoo (Cacatua roseicapilla). Presented by Mrs.
Ramsay.
1 Lanner Falcon (Falco lanarius). Presented by J. KE. Harting,
Esq, F.Z.8.
1 Lesser White-nosed Monkey (Cercopithecus petaurista), 3.
Deposited.
2 Grey-headed Love-birds (Agapornis cana), 2 9. Purchased.
1 Redstart (Ruticilla phenicurus). Purchased.
4 Slender Ducks (Anas gibberifrons). Bred in the Gardens.
2 Common Cormorants (Phalacrocorar carbo). Bred in the
Gardens.
1 Common Night-Heron (Nycticorax griseus). Presented by
H. D. Crompton, Esq.
1 Green Lizard (Lacerta viridis). Deposited.
. 1 Black-backed Piping Crow (Gymnorhina tibicen). Purchased.
25. 1 Slowworm (Anguis fragilis). Presented by Mr. Poyer Poyer.
2 Common Squirrels (Sezwrus vulgaris), 2 3. Purchased.
. 1 Bauer’s Parrakeet (Platycercus zonarius). Presented by Miss
Eva Maitland.
. 1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus erythreus),3. Presented by Mrs.
28.
Lamprey.
2 Uvean Parrakeets (Wymphicus uveensis). Purchased. From
Uvea Island, Loyalty Group. See P. Z. 8. 1882, pp. 421, 408,
pl. xxvi.
1 Chinese Tiger (Feliz tigris), 3g. Presented by G. Brown, Esq.
April 28,
29,
May 1.
bo
SS OU
10,
11.
ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 789
1 Black-backed Kaleege (Euplocamus melanotis), 2. Received
in exchange.
2 Axolotls (Stredon mexicanus). Presented by T. D. G. Car-
michael, Esq.
5 Carpathian Scorpions (Scorpio carpathicus), Presented by T.
D. G. Carmichael, Esq.
3 European Pond-Tortoises (Emys europea). Presented by T,
D. G. Carmichael, Esq.
1 Bauer’s Parrakeet (Platycercus zonarius). Presented by J.
Charton Parr, Esq., F.Z.S.
1 Mississippi Alligator (Aliigator mssissippiensis). Presented
by Master Bennett.
2 Variegated Sheldrakes (Tadorna variegata), Bred in the
Gardens.
1 Hybrid Paradoxure (between Paradoxurus larvatus and Para-
doxurus leucomystax). Born in the Gardens.
4 Pygmy Hogs (Poreula salvania, 1 3,3 2. Purchased. See
P.Z.S. 1882, p. 546, pl. xxxvii.
1 Burmese Tortoise (Testudo elongata). Deposited.
1 Oldham’s Terrapin (Cyclemys oldhami). Presented by B. H.
Carew, Esq.
2 Green Monkeys (Cercopithecus callitrichus), 2 andjuv. Re-
ceived in exchange.
. 1 Red-handed Tamarin (Midas rufimanus), Purchased.
1 Golden-haired Tiger-Cat (Helix chrysothrix). Purchased,
1 Water-Chevrotain (Hyomoschns aquaticus). Purchased.
1 Mercenary Amazon (Chrysotis mercenaria). Purchased.
3 Chiloe Wigeons (Mareca chiloensis), 1 g,2 9. Purchased.
1 Silky Bower-bird (Ptilorhynchus violaceus). Purchased.
. 2 Blue-faced Honey-eaters (Lntomyza cyanotis). Purchased.
6 Northern Marsh-Tits (Parus borealis). Presented by Mr. A.
H. Jamrach. ;
14 Young Salmon (Salmo salar). Presented by Mr. Searle.
. 1 Wild Duck (Anas boseas), 2. Purchased.
. 4 Yellow-billed Cardinals (Paroaria capitata),2 3,29. Pur-
chased.
. 1 Grey-headed Love-bird (Agapornis cana). Received in ex-
change.
. 2 Common Snakes tap iris natrix). Presented by Lord
Londesborough,
1 Common Paradoxure (Paradoxurus typus). Presented by F.
E. Spellerberg, Esq.
. 1 Allen’s aes (Galago allent). Purchased.
1 Bennett’s
Gardens.
2 Long-eared Owls (Asto otus). Presented by Mrs. E. Brewer.
1 Black-faced Kangaroo (Macropus melanops), 2. Presented
by C. T. H. Bower, Esq.
1 Swinhoe’s Pheasant (Zuplocamus swinhoti), 2. Purchased.
4 Common Sheldrakes (Zadorna vulpanser), 2 3,2 2. Pur-
chased.
5 White-winged Choughs (Corcorax leucopterus). Purchased,
1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus radiatus), 2. Presented by H. B.
Hamer, Esq.
1 Levaillant’s Cynictis (Cynictis penicillata), §. Purchased.
2 Talpacoti Ground-Doves (Chamepelia talpacott). Purchased,
allaby (Halmaturus bennetti), ¢. Born in the
790
May 11
12.
14,
15.
16.
Wee
18.
19,
22.
23.
25.
26,
APPENDIX.
. 2 Beautiful Finches (Zstrelda bella). Presented by Mr. J.
Abrahams.
1 Spotted Bower-bird ( Chlamydodera maculata), $. Purchased.
2 Alligator Terrapins (Chelydra serpentina). Presented by G.
E. Manigault, ae
1 American Boa Tortoise (Terrapene carinata). Presented by
G. E. Manigault, Esq.
1 Serrated Terrapin (Clemmys serrata). Presented by G. E.
Manigault, Esq.
4 Australian Dingo Dogs (Canis dingo), Born in the Gardens.
1 Common Otter (Lutra vulgaris), 9. Purchased.
1 American Bison (Bison americanus). Born in the Gardens.
2 Silver-backed Foxes (Canis chama). Presented by Major-Gen.
E. A. Bacon.
1 Great Eagle Owl (Bubo maximus). Presented by the Earl
of Kilmorey.
1 Oak EE as (Myoxus dryas). Presented by Prof. Wrzes-
niowsky.
1 Ruddy-headed Goose (Bernicla rubidiceps). Bred in the
Gardens.
1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 9. Presented by
Mr. F. Forman.
1 Great American Heron (Ardea herodias). Purchased.
1 Mediterranean Seal (Monachus albiventer). Presented by M.
Yeats Brown, Esq. See P. Z.S. 1882, p. 547.
2 Areus Pheasants (Argus giganteus), 6. Presented by Major
M‘Nair, C.M.G., and J. M. Vermont, Esq. See P.Z.S.
1882, p. 547.
2 Common Buzzards (Buteo vulgaris). Presented by J. Faed,
sq.
1 Gelli Peccary (Dicotyles tayagu). Presented by G. H.
Hawtayne, Esq., C.M.Z:S.
1 Lesser White-nosed Monkey (Cercopithecus petaurista) Q.
Deposited.
1 Spotted Cavy (Calogenys pacca). Presented by V. Gibbs,
E
sq.
1 Koala (Phascolarctus cereus). Purchased. See P.Z.S. 1882,
. 547.
2 J: ayant Peafowl (Pavo spicifer), g and 2. Purchased.
1 Black-breasted Sparrow (Passer diffusus), gd. Presented by
Mr. J. Abrahams.
1 White-throated Seed-eater (Crithagra albogularis). Presented
by Mr. J. Abrahams.
. 1 Horned Lizard (Phrynosoma cornutum), Presented by Capt.
E. C. B. Walker.
1 Jackass Penguin (Spheniscus magellanicus). Purchased. See
P.Z.S. 1882, p. 547.
1 Red Brocket ( Cariacus rufus),?. Presented by H. Sandbach
Esq.
1 Collated Fruit-Bat (Cynonycteris collaris). Born in the Gar-
dens.
1 Bordeaux Snake (Coronella girondica), Deposited.
1 Dark-green Snake (Zamenis atrovirens). Deposited.
3 Midwife Toads (Alytes obstetricans). Presented by Mons. G.
A. Boulenger.
14 Alpine Newts (Triton alpestris). Presented by Mons. G. A.
Boulenger.
May 27.
29.
30,
31.
June 1.
3.
5.
6.
4s
ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 791
2 Cape Crowned Cranes (Balearica chrysopelargus). Purchased.
2 Bernicle Geese (Bernicla leucopsis). Purchased.
2 White-fronted Geese (Anser albifrons). Purchased.
1 Ruddy Sheldrake (Tadorna rutila). Purchased.
1 Herring-Gull (Larus argentatus). Purchased.
1 Flamingo (Pheenicopterus antiquorum). Purchased.
1 Puma (Felis concolor). Presented by Capt. J. Jellicoe.
1 American Tantalus (Tantalus loculator). Presented by H. B.
Whitmarsh, Esq.
2 Herring-Gulls (Larus argentatus). Bred in the Gardens,
1 Purple Heron (Ardea purpurea). Purchased.
1 Negro Tamarin (Midas wrsulus). Purchased.
1 Blue-crowned Hanging Parrakeet (Loriculus galgulus). Pur-
chased.
1 Eroded Cinixys (Cinixys erosa). Purchased.
1 Red Deer (Cervus elaphus). Born in the Gardens.
1 Lesser White-nosed Monkey (Cercopithecus petaurista). Pur-
chased.
1J an Sparrow (Padda oryzivora). Presented by Miss M.
orth.
1 Three-striped Paradoxure (Paradoxurus trivirgatus). Pre-
sented by R. H. Sterndale, Esq.
2 Rose-breasted Grosheaks (Hedymeles ludovicianus), 3 and 2.
Purchased.
1 Land-Rail (Crea pratensis). Presented by A. Battiscombe,
Esq.
3 Higeaek Geese (Bernicla brenta). Purchased.
4 Summer Ducks (Azz sponsa), 2 3,2 Q. Purchased.
2 Common Wigeon (Mareca penelope). Purchased.
2 Great Anteaters (Myrmecophaga jubata). Purchased. See
P.Z.S. 1882, p. 547.
1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus erythreus),Q. Presented by Capt.
E. B. Stevens, R.M.
1 Three-toed Sand-Skink (Seps tridactylus). Presented by J.
C. J. Church, Esq.
1 Common Snake (Tropidonotus natrix). Presented by J. Poyer
Poyer, Esq.
1 Slowworm (Anguis fragilis), Presented by J. Poyer Poyer,
E
sq.
1 Pig-tailed Monkey (Macacus nemestrinus). Presented by
Miss R. M. Staveley.
1 Cape Zorilla (Ictonyx zorilla). Presented by Capt. Farmer.
1 White Pelican (Pelecanus onocrotalus). Presented by C. G.
Bolau, Esq.
1 Emu (Dromeus nove-hollandie). Purchased.
2 eines Hyzenas (Hyena striata). Presented by N. H. Beyts,
isq.
2 Himalayan Monauls (Lophophorus impeyanus), Bred in the
Gardens.
4 Horned Tragopans (Ceriornis satyra). Bred in the Gardens.
2 Peacock Pheasants (Polyplectron chinguis). Bred in the Gar-
dens.
1 Mouflon (Ovis musimon), 3. Born in the Gardens.
2 Japanese Deer (Cervus sika), 2 ¢. Born in the Gardens,
2 Wood-Larks (Alauda arborea). Received in exchange.
1 Cape Buffalo (Bubalus caffer), 3. Born in the Gardens.
792
June 7.
8.
12,
13.
14.
15.
16,
17,
19,
20.
21.
22.
APPENDIX.
1 Yellow-bellied Liothrix (Liothrix luteus). Presented by Miss
Mabel Crosbie.
1 Sykes’s Monkey (Cercopithecus albigularis), §. Presented by
Ballantine Dykes, Esq.
2 Common Nightingales (Daulias luscinia). Presented by H.
Grant, Esq.
1 Blackcap Warbler (Sylvia atricapilla), Presented by H. Grant,
Esq.
1 Common Nightingale (Daulias luscinia). Deposited.
. 1 Mouflon (Ovis musimon), 3. Born in the Gardens.
. 1 Common Marmoset (Hapale jacchus). Presented by Mrs.
Winefield.
2 Yellow-bellied Liothrix (Liothrix luteus). Deposited.
1 Horned Lizard (Phrynosoma cornutum). Presented by David
Rowell, Hsq.
2 Upland Geese (Bernicla he ohms 3 and 2. Presented
by F. E. Cobb, Esq., C.M.Z.S.
5 Ruddy- -headed Geese (Bernicla rubidiceps). Presented by
F. E. Cobb, Esq., C.M.Z.S.
1 Loggerheaded Duck (Tachyeres cinereus), Presented by F.
E. Cobb, Esq., C.M.Z.S.
1 Egyptian Goose (Chenalopex cegyptiaca). Bred in the
Gardens.
1 Chiloe Wigeon (Mareca chiloensis). Bred in the Gardens.
5 Mandarin Ducks (Atv galericulata). Bred in the Gardens,
2 Chinese Blue Magpies (Cyanopohus cyanus). Purchased.
1 White-backed Piping Crow (Gymmnorhina leuconota). De-
osited.
1 Arabian Baboon (Cynocephalus hamadryas), $. Presented by
the Messrs. James.
1 Rufous-necked Weaverbird (Hyphantornis textor). Pre-
sented by J. L. Baldwin, Esq., F.Z.S.
1 Common Lapwing (PV "anellus cr istatus). Presented by J. L.
Baldwin, Hsq., F.Z.S,
Loggerhead Turtle (Thalassochelys caouana), Presented by
Lord Lilford, F.Z.S.
3 Darwin’s Rheus (Rhea darwint), Purchased.
1 Black-fronted Antelope (Cephalophus nigrifrons) Pur-
chased.
1 Water-Chevrotain (Hyomoschus aquaticus). Purchased.
1 Chima-chima Milvago (Milvago chimachima?). Presented by
G. H. Hawtayne, Esq.
1 Bonnet- nee (Macacus radiatus), ¢. Presented by Master
G. H. Cla
1 Burrhel Wild Sheep (Ovis burrhel). Born in the Gardens,
8 Summer Ducks (Azxv sponsa). Bred in the Gardens.
6 Swinhoe’s Pheasants (Euplocamus swinhow). Bred in the
Gardens.
1 Common Adder (Vipera berus). Presented by F. W. Elliott,
Es
1 Yellow Baboon (Cynocephalus babouin), 2. Purchased.
1 Yellow Baboon (Cynocephalus babouin), 9. Presented by
A. Collison, Esq.
1 Slender Loris (Lorzs gracilis), . Presented by Mrs. A. H.
Jamrach.
1 Vulpine Phalanger (Phalangista vulpina). Presented by E.
Meek, Esq.
ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 793
June 22. 1 Banded-tailed Tree-Snake (Ahetulla liocercus). Presented by
C. A. Craven, Esq.
23. 1 Rude Fox (Canis rudis). Purchased.
1 Common Rhea (Rhea americana). Presented by J. Thomas,
Esq.
1 Baas Tortoise (Testudo elongata). Presented by B. H.
Carew, Esq.
26, 2 Canadian eos (Erethizon dorsatus). Presented by W.
A. Conklin, Esq., C.M.Z.8.
1 Ring-tailed Pigeon ( Columba cartbbea). Presented by C. Levy,
Es
il Melly Wagtail (Motacilla flava). Presented by H. Grant, Esq.
1 Marsh-Tit (Par us palustris). Presented by H. Grant, Esq.
1 Diana Monkey (Cercopithecus diana). Presented by Messrs.
L. and J. Boljohn.
1 Canada Goose (Bernicla canadensis). Purchased.
4 Speckled Terrapins (Clemmys guttata). Presented by C. D.
kman, Esq.
28. 2 Uveean Parrakeets (Wymphicus uveensis). Presented by E. L.
Layard, Esq. From Uvéa, Loyalty Islands. See P.Z.S.
1882, p. 630.
1 Saisset’s Parrakeet (Cyanorhamphus saisseti). Presented by
E. L. Layard, Esq. From New Caledonia. See P. Z.S.
1882, p. 630.
1 Undulated Grass-Parrakeet (Melopsittacus undulatus). De-
osited,
3 chofftoy s Doves (Peristera geoffroy:). Bred in the Gardens.
1 Sharp-nosed Crocodile (Crocodilus acutus). Purchased.
30. 2 Tovi Parrakeets (Brotogerys tovt). Presented by Major H.
Langford Brooke.
July 1. 1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus radiatus), 29. Presented by Mrs.
Morris.
9 Fire-bellied Toads (Bombinator igneus). Presented by G. A.
Boulenger, Esq.
1 Back-marked Snake (Rhinechis scalaris). Presented by G. A
Boulenger, Esq.
1 Lacertine aake (Ceelopeltis lacertina). Presented by G. A.
Boulenger, Esq.
1 Greenish Newt (Notophthalmus viridescens), Presented by Miss
27.
~
Sargent.
3. 1 Red-legged Partridge (Caccabis rufa). Presented by Dr. A.
Grosvenor.
1 Ring-Ouzel (Turdus torquatus), Presented by H. A. Mac-
pherson, Es
1 Goshawk (Astur palumbarius), Presented by Capt. Salvin.
. 1 Horned Lizard (Phrynosoma cornutum). Presented by Master
C. E, Napier.
. 1 One-wattled Cassowary (Casuwarius uniappendiculatus). Re-
ceived in exchange.
. 2 Chiloe Wigeons (Mareca chiloensis). Bred in the Gardens.
. 1 Semiserrated Tortoise rene semiserrata). Presented by
the Rey. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S.
18 Rough-scaled Lizards (Zonur us cordylus). Presented by the
Rey. G. H. R, Fisk, C.M.Z.S.
10 Sepiform Lizards (Pleur ostrichus sepiformis), Presented by
the Rey. G. H. R, Fisk, C.M.Z,S.
oO
Go ST
794
July 8.
9.
10.
ike
12,
18.
14.
15,
16.
APPENDIX.
21 Ocellated Geckos (Pachydactylus ocellatus). Presented by
the Rey. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S.
1 Streaked Euprepes (Zuprepes vittatus). Presented by the Rey.
G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S.
1 Dwarf Chameleon (Chameleon pumilus). Presented by the
Rey. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S.
1 Hoary Snake (Coronella cana), Presented by the Rev. G. H.
R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S.
29 Spotted Slowworms (Acontias meleagris). Presented by the
Rey. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S.
1 ae (Scelotes bipes). Presented by the Rey. G. H. R. Fisk,
M.Z.S
41 Rosaceous Snails (Helix rosacea). Presented by the Rey.
G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.ZS.
2 Black Leopards (Felis pardus, var.), ¢ and 2. Purchased.
1 Hardwicke’s Hemigale (Hemigalea hardwicki). Purchased.
1 Cuyier’s Lagotis (ZLagotis cuviert). Purchased.
1 African Elephant (Zlephas africanus), 3. Purchased. See
P.Z.S. 1882, p. 630.
1 Malayan Tapir (Tapirus indicus). Purchased. See P, Z. 8.
1882, p. 768.
1 Prong-horned Antelope (Antilocapra americana), g. Pur-
chased.
2 Malabar Hornbills (Buceros malabaricus). Purchased.
1 Red-sided Eclectus (Zelectus polychlorus). Presented by A.
Lubbock, Esq.
1 Three-coloured Lory (Zorius tricolor), Presented by H.
Harraden, Esq.
1 Common Marmoset (Hapale jacchus). Presented by G. W.
Drabble, Esq.
2 Ceylonese Hanging Parrakeets (Loriculus asiaticus), Pur-
chased.
1 Black-faced Ibis ( Theristieus caudatus). Purchased.
1 Cedar-bird (Ampelis cedrorum). Purchased.
1 American Kingbird (Tyrannus pipirt). Purchased.
1 Annulated Snake (Leptodira annulata). Purchased.
61 Restless Cavies ( Cavia porccllus). Presented by H.R.H. The
Prince of Wales, K.G.
1 Great Eagle Owl (Bubo maximus). Deposited.
1 Hybrid Macaque Monkey (between Macacus cynomolgus g
and WM. erythreus 2). Born in the Gardens.
1 Levaillant’s Cynictis (Cynictis penicillata). Deposited.
1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus). Deposited.
1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus radiatus). Deposited.
1 Black-fronted Teetee (Calhithrix nigrifrons). Purchased.
1 Turquoisine Parrakeet (Zuphema pulchella). Bred in the
Gardens.
1 Geoffroy’s Dove (Peristera geoffroyi). Bred in the Gardens.
1 Puff Adder ( Vipera arietans). Presented by Capt. H. Owen.
1 Spot-bellied Snake (Zamenis ventrimaculatus). Purchased.
6 Yellow-headed Troupials (Ageleus «xanthocephalus). Pur-
chased.
1 Kolbe’s Vulture (Gyps kolbit). Purchased. See P. Z.S.
1882, p. 630.
1 Sociable Vulture ( Vultur awricularis). Purchased.
1 Sonoran Heloderm (Heloderma suspectum). Presented by Sir
John Lubbock, Bart., F.Z.S, See P.Z. 8, 1882, p. 630.
July 16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
24,
25.
26.
ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 795
1 Littoral Callichthys (Callichthys littoralis). Presented by
George Little, Esq.
1 Lace Monitor (Varanus varius). Purchased.
2 Australian Fruit-Bats (Pteropus poliocephalus). Purchased.
2 Californian Quails (Callipepla californica), § and 2. Pre-
sented by J. Biehl, Hsq.
1 Sharp-nosed Crocodile (Crocodilus acutus). Presented by
Mrs. A. H. Jamyrach.
1 Black-breasted Peewit (Sarciophorus pectoralis). Purchased.
1 Varied Hemipode (Turnix varia). Purchased.
2 Porto-Rico Pigeons (Columba corensis). Purchased.
1 South-American Jabiru (Mycteria americana). Purchased.
1 Two-spotted Paradoxure (Nandinia binotata). Born in the
Gardens.
1 Hybrid Muntjac (between Cervulus muntjac 2 and Cervulus
lacrymans 6). Born in the Gardens.
2 Demoiselle Cranes (Anthropotdes virgo). Purchased.
2 Brown Thrushes (Twrdus leucomelas). Purchased.
2 Blue-shouldered Tanagers (Zanayra cyanoptera). Pur-
chased.
1 Striated Tanager (Tanagra striata), 6. Purchased.
1 Allied Saltator (Saltator similis). Purchased.
2 American Scops Owls (Scops asio). Purchased.
2 Yellow Sparrows (Passer luteus). Purchased.
2 Beautiful Waxbills (Zstrelda formosa). Purchased.
2Coypu Rats (Myopotamus coypus), ¢ and 9. Presented by
Mr. A. A. van Bemmelen.
2 Common Night-Herons (Nycticorax griseus). Presented by
Mr. A. A. van Bemmelen.
1 Egyptian Fox (Canis niloticus). Presented by Dr. Thomas
Biddle.
1 Asculapian Snake (Coluber esculapii). Presented by Lord
Arthur Russell.
1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 2. Presented by
Lady Parkyns.
A collection of Sea-Anemones. Purchased.
1 Greater Sulphur-crested Cockatoo (Cacatua galerita). De-
posited.
4 Egyptian Ouarans (Psammosaurus scincus). Presented by
Messrs. Wylde, Beyts, and Co. From Jeddah.
1 Ocellated Sand-Skink (Gongylus ocellatus). Presented by
Messrs. Wylde, Beyts, and Co. From Jeddah.
11 Spot-bellied Snakes (Zamenis ventrimaculatus). Presented
by Messrs. Wylde, Beyts, and Co. From Jeddah.
1 Malbrouck Monkey (Cercopithecus cynosurus), d. Presented
by Mrs. Cumberleye.
1 Spotted Bower-bird (Chlamydodera maculata). Purchased.
4 Eyed Lizards (Lacerta ocellata). Purchased.
3 Black Rats (Mus rattus). Born in the Gardens.
1 Cornish Chough (Fregilus graculus), Purchased.
1 Ring-necked Parrakeet (Palzornis torquatus), Presented by
My. W. K. Stanley.
1 Yellow-billed Sheathbill (Chionis alba), Purchased.
1 White-billed Parrakeet (Zanygnathus albirostris). Pur-
chased,
1 Hawk’s-billed Turtle (Chelone imbricata). Purchased.
1 Humboldt’s Lagothrix (Lagothrix humboldtt), Purchased.
796
July 27.
28.
29.
Aug. 1.
APPENDIX.
1 White-fronted Capuchin (Cebus albifrons). Received in Ex-
change.
1 Geoffroy’s Dove (Peristera geoffroyt). Bred in the Gardens.
5 Undulated Grass-Parrakeets (Melopsittacus undulatus), Bred
in the Gardens.
1 Shag (Phalacrocorax graculus). Purchased.
1 Common Cuckoo (Cuculus canorus). Presented by H. R.
Rokeby, Esq.
3 Black Lemurs (Lemur macaco),2¢,19. Purchased.
1 White-fronted Lemur (Lemur albifrons), §. Purchased.
1 Red-fronted Lemur (Lemur rujfifrons), $. Purchased.
1 Cape Hyrax (Hyrax capensis). Purchased.
1 Grey Ichneumon (Herpestes griseus). Deposited.
2 Pileated Jays (Cyanocorax pileatus). Purchased.
2 White-faced Tree-Ducks (Dendrocygna viduata). Purchased.
2 Tataupa Tinamous (Crypturus tataupa). Purchased.
2 Rufous Tinamous (Rhynchotus rufescens). Purchased.
1 Four-rayed Snake (Elaphis quaterradiatus). Presented by
Capt. Adams,
. 40 Guinea-pigs or Restless Cavies (Cavia porcellus), Presented
by H.R.H. The Prince of Wales, K.G.
1 Argentine Tortoise (T'estudo argentina). Purchased.
2 Common Chameleons (Chameleon vulgaris). Purchased.
2 Aldrovandi’s Lizards (Plestiodon auratus). Purchased.
1 Chequered Elaps (Elaps lemniscatus). Deposited.
1 Jae Snake (Coronella levis). Presented by W. Penney,
Sq.
. 1 Lesser White-nosed Monkey (Cercopithecus petaurista). De-
posited.
1 Common Raccoon (Procyon lotor). Presented by Mark Vice,
sq.
1 Passerine Owl (Glaucidium passerinum). Presented by Miss
Maud Howard.
6 Common Guillemots (Uria troile). Presented by Sir Hugh
Dalrymple, Bart.
1 Allen’s Porphyrio (Porphyrio alleni), Presented by Master
J. Kennedy.
1 Westerman’s Cassowary (Casuarius westermannt). Pur-
chased.
1 Feyption Cobra (Nata haje). Presented by Eustace Pillans,
S
q:
. 1 Goftin’s Cockatoo (Cacatua goffni). Deposited.
2 Mocassin Snakes (Tropidonotus fasciatus). Born inthe Mena-
gerie,
1 Common Viper (Vipera berus). Presented by Mr. H. J. Ben-
well.
. 1 White-headed Sea-Eagle (Haliaetus leucocephalus). Deposited.
- 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus). Presented by F.
Logie Pirie, Esq.
. 2 Shags or Green Cormorants (Phalacrocorax cristatus), Pur-
chased.
2 Common Boas (Boa constricta). Deposited.
- 6 Common Kingfishers (Alcedo hispida). Presented by T. A.
A. Burnaby, Es
2 Silver Pheasants i Eaiplacemrind nychthemerus). Presented by
Mrs, Hames,
Aug. 9.
10.
22.
30,
ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 797
2Slowworms (Anguis fragilis), Presented by Mr. Charles
Taylor.
2 Common Vipers (Vipera berus). Presented by Mr. Charles
Taylor.
1 Moustache-Monkey (Cercopithecus cephus). Deposited.
2 Common Ravens (Corvus corax). Deposited.
1 Peregrine Falcon (Falco peregrinus). Presented by Col. A.
Brooksbank.
. 1 Peregrine Falcon (Fulco peregrinus). Presented by Tom
Broune, Esq.
. A collection of Marine Fishes. Purchased.
. 1 Black Rat (Mus rattus). Presented by W. E. Bryant, Esq.
. 1 Thicknee (Gdienemus crepitans). Presented by C. W. Hard-
ing, Esq.
1 Indian Python (Python molurus). Presented by Capt. Laws.
. 5 Wild Boars (Sus scrofa). Presented by the Count de Paris.
. 2 Blue-faced Lorikeets (Zrichoglossus hematodes). Purchased.
1 Egyptian Cat (Felis chaus), Presented by Lieuts. Fisher and
Farquhar and Mr. Basset, H.M.S. ‘ Bacchante.’
. 1 Campbell’s Monkey (Cercopithecus campbelli). Presented by
the Rey. C. Harris.
1 Diana Monkey (Cercopithecus diana). Presented by the Rev.
C. Harris.
4 New-Zealand Parrakeets (Cyanorhamphus nove-zealandie).
Purchased.
2 Alpine Parrakeets (Cyanorhamphus alpinus). Purchased.
2 i page Parrakeets (Cyanorhamphus auriceps), Pur-
chased.
1 Weeper Capuchin (Cebus fatuellus), Purchased.
1 Hairy Armadillo (Dasypus villosus). Presented by C. A.
Craven, Esq.
1 Wood-Brocket (Cariacus nemorivagus). Presented by C. A.
Craven, Esq.
4 Slender-fingered Frogs (Leptodactylus pentadactylus), Pre-
sented by Percy E. Scrutton, Esq.
. 1 Brazilian Cariama (Cariama cristata). Presented by Capt.
Jones
2 Peruvian Thicknees (Cdicnemus superciliaris). Purchased.
. 1 Cape Zorilla (Ictonyx zorilla). Purchased.
1 Greater Sulphur-crested Cockatoo (Cacatua galerita). De-
posited,
. 4Common Kingfishers (Alcedo ispida). Presented by Mr. G.
Davis.
. A collection of Sea-Anemones. Purchased.
. 2 Southern River-Hogs (Potamocherus africanus), ¢ and &.
Presented by Col. J. H. Bowker, F.Z.8., and John Dunn, Esq.
See P. Z.S. 1882, p. 631.
1 Red Brocket (Cariacus rufus), $. Deposited.
2 Scarlet Ibis (Zudocimus ruber). Purchased.
. 1 Hairy-footed Jerboa (Dipus hirtipes). Presented by L. Adams,
Esq.
4 White-headed Bullfinch Larks (Pyrrhulauda verticalis), Pur-
chased.
2 Yellow Sparrows (Passer luteus). Purchased.
2 Crested Colins (Zupsychortyx eristatus), gand?. Purchased.
1 Himalayan Bear (Ursus tibetanus),2. Presented by E. J.
Coope, Esq.
798
Aug. 31
APPENDIX.
. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus). Presented by Mrs.
Crawford. f
1 Grey Squirrel (Sciwrus cmereus, var. nigra). Deposited.
Sept. 2. 1 Yellow Baboon (Cynocephalus babowin). Purchased.
os)
12.
J Indian Chevrotain (Tragulus meminna). Presented by the
Hon. John Stoddart.
11 Variable Leaf-Frogs (Phyllomedusa dacnicolor). Purchased.
From Western Mexico.
1 Channelled Toad (Bufo canaliferus). Purchased. From
Western Mexico.
2 Madagascar Boas (Pelophilus madagascariensis). Purchased.
5 Madagascar Boas (Pelophilus madagascariensis). Deposited.
. 2 Crimson-winged Waxbills (Pytelia pheenicoptera). Presented
by A. Krehl, Esq.
4 Four-coloured Shrike (Zaniarius guadricolor). Presented by
Col. J. W. Bowker.
. 1 Leopard (Felis pardus), 3. Purchased.
1 Small-eared Fox (Canis microtis), §. Purchased. See P. Z.S.
1882, p. 631, pl. xlvii.
2 Water-Chevrotains (Hyomoschus aquaticus), Purchased.
6 Spanish Blue Magpies (Cyanopolius cookt). Presented by
Lord Lilford, F.Z.8,
3 Pleurodele Newts (Pleurodeles walt), Presented by Lord
Lilford, F.Z.8.
1 Greater Vassa Parrot (Coracopsis vasa). Presented by Major-
Gen. Hill.
. 1 Crested Porcupine (Hystrix cristata). Presented by G. H.
Garrett, Esq.
1 Spider (Mygale, sp. inc.). Presented by G. H. Garrett, Esq.
1 Scorpion (Scorpio, sp. inc.). Presented by G. H. Garrett, Esq.
1 Smooth Snake (Coronella levis). Received in exchange,
1 Red-faced Saki (Brachyurus rubicundus), 2. Purchased.
1 Weeper Capuchin (Cebus fatuellus). Purchased.
1 Erxleben’s Monkey (Cercopithecus eralebent). Purchased.
1 Red-billed Toucan (Rhamphastos erythrorhynchus). Pur-
chased,
. 6 Sand-Lizards (Lacerta agilis). Presented by Herr J. Schliger.
. 1 Hybrid Mouflon (between Ovis musimong and Ovis aries Q ).
Presented by H.R.H. Prince Christian.
2 Common Barn-Owls (Strix flammea), Presented by Dr.
Boyd, F.Z.8.
. 1Grey Ichneumon (Herpestes griseus). Presented by Mrs.
Freeman.
1 Marsh-Ichneumon (Herpestes paludosus). Purchased.
. 1 Pig-tailed Monkey (Macacus nemestrinus), $. Presented by
W. Mason, Esq.
1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus erythreus), 2. Presented by Mrs.
H. C, Dowson.
1 Ring-tailed Coati (Wasua rufa). Presented by Capt. Roxby.
2 Pennsylvanian Mud-Terrapins (Cinosternon pennsylvanicum).
Presented by Mr. A. Forrier.
2 Adorned Terrapins (Clemys ornata). Presented by Mr. A.
Forrier.
1 Tiger (Felis Tigris), $. Received in exchange from the
Zoological Gardens, Calcutta.
1 Geoffroy’s Dove (Pertstera geoffroy?), 2. Bred inthe Gardens.
ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 799
Sept.18, 1 Chacma Babooon (Cynocephalus porcarius), 2. Presented by
14.
16.
16.
18.
28.
H. Banfield, Esq.
1 Moustache Monkey (Cercopithecus cephus). Presented by
Mrs. Heath.
1 Horned Lizard (Phrynosoma cornutum). Presented by Wm.
Pilcher, Esq.
1 Squirrel Monkey (Chrysothrix sciurea), 3. Deposited.
2 White-eared Conures ( Conwrus leucotis). Received in exchange.
1 Horned Parrakeet (Nymphicus cornutus), 2. Received in
exchange.
2 Dusky Parrots (Pionus violaceus). Received in exchange.
2 Macaque Monkeys (Macacus cynomolgus), ¢ and Q. Pre-
sented by F. J. Newton, Esq.
1 Ring-tailed Coati (Nasua rufa). Deposited.
3 Gold Pheasants (Thaumalea picta),2g,and 19. Presented
by Theo. A. W. Hance, Esq. |
6 Bamboo-Partridges (Bambusicola thoracica). Presented by
Theo. A. W. Hance, Esq.
1 Common Moorhen (Gallinula chloropus). Presented by Theo.
A. W. Hance, Esq.
1 Black Kite (Milvus migrans). Presented by Theo. A. W.
Hance, Esq.
1 Wapiti Deer (Cervus canadensis), 9. Born in the Menagerie.
1 Great Anteater (Myrmecophaga jubata), 2. Presented by
Sir William Wiseman, R
1 Vulpine Phalanger (Phalangista vulpina), 3. Presented by
W. Marston Clarke, Esq.
1 Rude Fox (Canis rudis). Presented by W. F. Bridges, Esq.
2 Chimachima Milvagos (Milvago chimachima). Presented by
G. H. Hawtayne, Esq., C.M.Z.S.
1 Radiated Tortoise (Testudo radiata). Presented by Capt.
R. Elwood,
1 Blue-crowned Hanging Parrakeet (Loriculus galgulus). De-
posited.
. 4 Banded Grass-Finches (Poéphila cincta). Bred in the Gardens.
. 3 Common Hedgehogs (Lrinaceus ewropeus). Presented by W.
Bayes, Esq.
. 1 Common Barn-Owl (Strix flammea). Presented by Mr. G.
Paul.
1 Bengal Pitta (Pitta bengalensis). Purchased.
. 1 Polecat (Mustela putorius). Purchased.
1 Purple-headed Glossy Starling (Lamprocolius auratus). Pre-
sented by J. Biehl, Esq.
. 1 Hairy Armadillo (Dasypus villosus). Presented by F. R.
Warre, Esq.
. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), d. Presented by
Mrs. Paris.
. 4 Barbary Mice (Mus barbarus). Presented by Mons. Pichot.
3 Elliot’s Pheasants (Phastanus ellioté), 1g and2Q. Purchased.
See P. Z. 8. 1882, p. 631.
6 Florida Tortoises (Testudo polyphemus). Presented by G. E.
Manigault, Esq. -
2 Macaque Monkeys (Macacus cynomolgus), g aud 2, Pre-
sented by L. Bennett, Esq.
1 Eland (Oreas canna), 2. Purchased.
1 Blue-and- Yellow Macaw (Ara ararauna), Presented by Mrs.
Attenborough.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1882, No. LIII. 53
800
Sept. 29.
80.
Oct. 2.
10.
ik
APPENDIX.
1 Nisnas Monkey (Cercopithecus pyrrhonotus), 3. Presented
by Mrs. F’. Dixon.
2 Macaque Monkeys (Macacus cynomolgus), g and 9. Pre-
sented by A. P. Fitch, Esq.
1 Black-faced Spider Monkey (Ateles ater), Presented by Capt.
F. W. Graves.
2 Common Waxbills (Estrelda cinerea). Presented by Miss E.
& Court.
8 Coquerel’s Lemurs (Chirogaleus coguerelt). Deposited. See
P. Z. S. 1882, p. 631.
1 Glutton (Gulo luscus). Presented by General Astashoff.
2 Malabar Squirrels (Scirus maximus). Purchased.
1 Violaceous Plantain-cutter (Musophaga violacea). Purchased.
1 Greenland Falcon (Falco candicans). Purchased.
1 Razor-billed Curassow (Mitua tuberosa). Purchased.
1 Crested Curassow (Crex alector). Purchased.
1 Puff-Adder (Vipera arietans). Presented by Lieut. R. Craw-
shay.
2 lbar’s Macaws (Ara maracana). Purchased.
1 Ornamented Lorikeet ( Trichoglossus ornatus). Purchased.
2 Malaccan Parrakeets (Paleornis longicauda). Purchased.
1 Jackal Buzzard (Buteo jacal). Purchased.
1 Crested Curassow (Craz alector). Purchased.
. 1 Sykes’s Monkey (Cercopithecus albigularis), Q. Presented by
Capt. F. W. Schwedler.
2 Goshawks (Astur palumbarius). Presented by Dr, Rudolph
Blasius, C.M.Z.S.
. 1 Common Raven (Corvus corar)., Presented by F. G. Bury, Esq.
2 Lesser Black-backed Gulls (Larus fuscus). Presented by F.
G. Bury, Esq.
2 Brazilian Hangnests (Icterus yamaicaz). Deposited.
. 1 Australian Fruit-Bat (Pteropus poliocephalus). Born in the
Gardens.
1 Binturong (Arctictis binturong). Purchased.
1 Common Fox (Cunis vulpes), 9. Presented by Mrs. Studholme
Brownrige.
2 Greater Sulphur-crested Cockatoos (Cacatua galerita). Pre-
sented by C. Kerry Nicholls, Esq., F.Z.S.
2 Macaque Monkeys (Macacus cynomolgus, 2 2. Presented by
A. Cane Esq.
1 Galeated Pentonyx (Pelomedusa galeata). Presented by W.
A. Watkins, Esq.
1 Rufous Rat Kangaroo (Hypsiprymnus rufescens), §. Born in
the Menagerie.
1 Squirrel-like Phalanger (Belideus sciureus), 2. Born in the
Menagerie.
5 Delalande’s Geckos (Tarentola delalandii). From Teneriffe,
Presented by Mr. A. D. Bartlett.
2 Sharp-headed Lizards (Lacerta oxycephala). From Madeira.
Presented by Mr. A. D. Bartlett.
4 Millipedes. Presented by Mr. A. D. Bartlett.
1 Common Paradoxure (Paradoxurus typus). Presented by Sir
Louis 8. Jackson, F.Z.8.
2 Black Wallabys (Halmaturus ualabatus), g and 9. Pur-
chased.
1 Golden Eagle (Aguila chrysaetos), Presented by Capt. Hawes.
Oct. 12.
13.
. 1 Dormouse Phalander (Dromicia nana). Purchased.
. 1 Common Marmoset (Hapale jacchus). Presented by Miss
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
31.
Noy. 1.
ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 801
1 Red-sided Eclectus (Eelectus polychlorus). Purchased.
1 Grand Eclectus (Zelectus grandis). Purchased.
Katie Thomason.
. 1 Naked-eared Deer (Cartacus gymnotis), 2. Presented by Miss
Lake.
. 1 Vervet Monkey (Cercopithecus lalandit), 3. Presented by H.
T. Hardeastle, Esq.
1 Maholi Galago (Galago maholi). Deposited.
1 Common Paradoxure (Paradoxurus typus). Presented by J.
Wood, Esq.
q
. 1 Collared Fruit-Bat (Cynonycteris collaris). Born in the Mena-
gerie.
. 1 Ruff (Machetes pugnax). Purchased.
1 Common Redshank (Totanus calidris). Purchased.
21. 1 Oystercatcher (Hematopus ostralegus). Presented by W. R.
Temple, Esq.
. 2 Canadian Beavers (Castor canadensis). Purchased.
3 European Tree-Frogs (Hyla arborea). Presented by Miss L.
Burness.
1 Laughing Kingfisher (Dacelo gigantea). Presented by H. G.
Austin, Esq.
1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus erythreus), 3. Deposited.
1 Eyra (Felis eyra), $. Purchased.
2 Sun-Bitterns (Eurypyga helias). Purchased.
1 Brown Gannet (Sula leucogastra). Purchased.
1 Matamata Terrapin (Chelys matamata). Purchased.
2 Globose Curassows (Crav globicera), § and 9. Purchased.
1 Razor-billed Curassow (Mitua tuberosa). Purchased.
24 Brown-tailed Gerbilles ( Gerbillus erythrurus). From Arabia.
Presented by Lieut. Paget, R.N.
9 Hairy-footed Jerboas (Dipus hirtipes). From Arabia. Pre-
sented by Lieut. Paget, R.N.
1 Malbrouck Monkey (Cercopithecus cynosurus). Deposited.
1 Ceylonese Jungle-fowl (Gallus stanleyi), §. Presented by
Mrs. Dick Lauder.
1 Muscovy Duck (Carina moschata). Received in exchange.
1 Vervet Monkey (Cercopithecus lalandii), §. Presented by
G. H. Jones, Esq.
1 Greater Shearwater (Puffinus major). Purchased.
6 Knots (Zringa canutus). Purchased.
1 Common Lapwing (Vanellus cristatus). Purchased.
1 Spinose Land-Emys ( Geoemyda spinosa). Presented by Miss
C. G. Robson.
2 Sharp-headed Lizards (Lacerta oxycephala). Presented by
H. J. Clements, Esq.
2 Common Cormorants (Phalacrocorax carbo). Deposited.
1 Razor-billed Curassow (Mitua tuberosa). Purchased.
1 Sclater’s Curassow (Craw sclateri), 9. Purchased.
2 Urumutum Curassows (Nothocrax urumutum). Purchased.
1 Naked-throated Bell-bird (Chasmorhynchus nudicollis). Pur-
chased.
1 Ariel Toucan (Ramphastos ariel). Purchased.
2 Active Amazons (Chrysotis agilis), Presented by Arthur
Munt, Esq., F.Z.S.
802
Nov. 2
APPENDIX.
. 1 Chaema Baboon (Cynocephalus porcarius), 3. Presented by
Major Wood, R.A.
1 Chinese Quail (Coturnix chinensis), §. Presented by Lord
Walsingham, F.L.S.
. 1 Indian Kite (Milvus govinda). Presented by Mrs. C. Wilkins.
2 Pennsylvanian Mud-Terrapins (Cinosternon pennsylvanicum).
Deposited.
2 Speckled Terrapins (Clemmys guttata). Deposited.
1 Scorpion Mud-Terrapin (Cinosternon scorpiordes). Deposited.
1 Spanish Terrapin (Clemmys leprosa). Deposited
1 American Box-Tortoise (Terrapene cari-
nata).
8 Douglas's Horned Lizards (Phrynosoma
douglast). Presented by Sa-
5 Garman’s Lizards (Seeloporus garmani). ( muel Garman, Esq.
6 Spotted Lizards (Holbrookia maculata). (See P. Z.S. 1882,
2 Confluent Rattlesnakes (Crotalus con- | p. 719.
Jluentus).
3 Say’s Snakes (Coronella say?).
1 Striped Snake. ( Tropidonotus sirtalis).
J
4, 1 Orbicular Horned Lizard (Phrynosoma orbiculare). Presented
by Alfred Mapleson, Esq.
2 Grey Lag Geese (Anser ferus). Presented by Sir Henry S.
Boyton, Bart.
1 Black-backed Kaleege (Zuplocamus melanotis), . Presented
by Sir Henry 8. Boyton, Bart.
6. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 3. Presented by
Mrs. Snell.
7. 1 Hawk’s-billed: Turtle (Chelone imbricata). Presented by Mr.
8.
eo)
10
11
18
W. Cross.
1 Pig-tailed Monkey (Macacus nemestrinus), $. Deposited.
1 Collared Fruit-Bat (Cynonycteris collaris). Born in the
Menagerie.
8 Common Chameleons (Chameleon vulgaris). Presented by
- Mr. W. J. Ford.
1 Black Wallaby (Halmaturus ualabatus), 2. Deposited.
. 8 Capybaras (Hydrocherus capybara), 2 3,19. Received in
exchange.
1 Capybara (Hydrocherus capybara), 2. Purchased.
1 Sooty Mangabey (Cereocebus fuliginosus), 3. Presented by
Lady Stafford.
1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), §. Presented by
J. Knight, Esq.
1 American Bison (Bison americanus), 2. Purchased.
2 Eastern Goldfinches (Carduelis orientalis), § and 9. Pur-
chased.
. 1 Bluish Finch (Spermophila cerulescens), Received in exchange.
2 Globose Curassows (Crax globicera), § and 2. Presented by
R. W. Ryass, Esq.
1 Greek Land-Tortoise (Testudo greca). Deposited.
. 1 Shining Buzzard Hawk (Asturina nitida). Presented by G.
H. Hawtayne, Esq., C.M.Z.S.
2 Brent Geese (Bernicla brenta). Purchased.
1 Red-throated Diver (Colymbus septentrionalis). Purchased.
1 River Lamprey (Petromyzon fluviatilis). Purchased.
aa ae Barn-Owl (Strix flammea). Presented by Mrs. A.
right.
Nov.13.
16,
16.
23.
ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE, 803
2 Red-billed Tree-Ducks (Dendrocygna autumnalis). Purchased.
1 Zenaida Dove (Zenaida amabilis). Purchased.
1 Peregrine Falcon (Falco peregrinus). Deposited.
2 Common Herons (Ardea cinerea). Presented by R. H.
Rabbetts, Esq.
1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus radiatus), 8. Presented by A. S.
Gissing, Esq.
1 Slender-billed Cockatoo (Licmetis tenutrostris). Deposited.
. 1 Hairy-rumped Agouti (Dasyprocta prymnolopha). Purchased.
. 1 Foster's Milvago (Milvago australis). Presented by Dr. A. M.
M‘Aldouie.
. 1 Green Monkey ( Cercopithecus callitrichus), 2. Presented by
Mrs. Gratton.
2. 1 Northern Lynx (Felis lynx). Presented by Count Constantin
Branicki.
8 Blue-crowned Hanging Parrakeets (Loriculus galgulus).
Deposited.
1 Isabelline Lynx (Felis isabellina). From Astor, Ballistan.
Presented by Capt. Baldock, R.A. See P. Z.S. 1882, p. 720.
2 Hybrid Red-headed Pochards (between ¢ Fuligula ferina
and Q Air sponsa), g and 9. Presented by M. J. M.
Cornély, C.M.Z.S.
1 Short-tailed Wallaby (Halmaturus brachyurus), Q. Depo-
sited.
1 Great Bustard (Otis tarda), 9. Received in exchange.
1 Shore-Lark (Zremophila alpestris). Purchased.
. 2 Snowy Owls (Nyctea scandiaca), § and 9. Purchased.
1 Moloch Monkey (Callithrix moloch). Purchased.
. 1 Annulated Snake (Leptodira annulata). Presented by R. E.
Seabrooke.
. 1 Capybara (Hydrocherus capybara), $. Presented by Mrs.
R. H. Fitz-Simons.
. 1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus radiatus). Presented by W. Nash,
Esq.
. 1 European Scops Owl (Scops giw). Deposited.
. 1 North-African Jackal (Canis anthus). Presented by Capt.
W. F. Wardroper.
. 2 Mexican Sousliks (Spermophilus mexicanus), ¢ and 9. Pre-
sented by Mrs. Simmonds.
2 Raccoon-like Dogs (Nyctereutes procynides). Purchased.
1 Great Eagle-Owl (Bubo maximus). Presented by R. Leigh
Pemberton, Esq.
. 2 Leopards (Felis pardus), ¢ and 2. Deposited.
. 1 Black-headed Lemur (Lemur brunneus), $. Presented by the
I Company 3rd Batt. King’s Royal Rifles.
1 Black Lemur (Lemur macaco), 2, Presented by the I Com-
any 3rd Batt. King’s Royal Rifles.
1 Martinique Waterhen (Porphyrio martinicus). Presented by
F. L. Davis, Esq.
9. 1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus radiatus),Q. Presented by W.
Percy Laing, Esq.
1 Common Squirrel (Sciurus vulgaris). Presented by the Hon.
L. W. H. Powys.
1 Squirrel-like Phalanger (Belideus sciureus). Deposited.
- 1 Chacma Baboon ( Cynocephalus porcarius), 9. Presented by
J. W. Browne, Esq.
804:
Dee. 11.
12.
13.
14.
165.
18.
19.
20,
21.
22.
23.
26.
28.
APPENDIX.
1 Red Kangaroo (Macropus rufus), 3. Born in the Menagerie.
1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus erythreus), 3. Presented by G. V.
Sawyer, Esq.
1 Common Raven (Corvus corar). Presented by Mr. F. E.
Dunton.
1 Ring-hals Snake (Sepedon hemachates). Presented by H.
Pillans, Esq.
1 Rhomb-marked Snake (Psammophylax rhombeatus). Pre-
sented by H. Pillans, Esq.
1 Lesser White-nosed Monkey (Cercopithecus petaurista), 3.
Deposited.
2 Leadbeater’s Cockatoos (Cacatua leadbeateri). Presented by
by C. J. Harvey, Esq.
1 Long-eared Owl (Asio otus), Purchased.
1 Marbled Cat (Felis marmorata). Purchased.
1 Common Barn-Owl (Strix flammea). Presented by the Rey.
A. Reece.
1 Weeper Capuchin (Cebus capucinus). Presented by A. J.
M‘Ewan, Esq.
1 Squirrel Monkey (Chrysothrix sciwrea), $. Presented by Mr.
M. Escaré.
1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), §. Presented by
Lady Sibyl Tollemache.
2 Slender Loris (Loris gracilis), Presented by Dr. H. W. Len-
taigne.
1 irk maar atte Weaverbird (Euplectes flammiceps), 2.
Presented by EH. W. Gain, Esq.
1 Common Heron (Ardea cinerea). Presented by W. H. Hen-
derson, Esq.
11 Muscovy Ducks (Catrina moschata). Presented by Major
Finlay.
1 Molunea Deer (Cervus moluccensis), 9. Born in the Mena-
gerie.
2 Bonnet-Monkeys (Macacus radiatus), ¢ and 2. Presented
by Nathaniel Cotton, Esq.
1 Leopard (felis pardus). Presented by Capt. A. Park.
1 Golden-eye (Clangula glaucion), 3. Purchased.
1 Hoary Snake (Coronella cana). Presented by the Rey. G. H.
R. Fisk, C.M.Z.8.
1 Crossed Snake (Psammophis crucifer), 2. Presented by the
Rey. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S.
1 Rhomb-marked Snake (Psammophylax rhombeatus). Pre-
sented by the Rev. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S.
2 Golden-winged Woodpeckers (Colaptes auratus). Purchased.
1 Black-eared Marmoset (Hapale penicillata), $. Presented by
Miss Tilleard.
2 Common Curlews (Mumenius arquata). Purchased.
1 Common Lapwing (Vanellus cristatus). Purchased.
1 Golden Plover (Charadrius pluvialis). Purchased.
. 1 Grey Ichneumon (Herpestes griseus). Presented by W. L.
Brodie, Esq.
1 Black Tortoise (Testudo carbonaria). Presented by Viscount
Tarbat, F.Z.S.
1 Rose-hill Parrakeet (Platycercus eximius). Presented by
George Lawson, Esq., F.Z.S.
. 1 Indian Cobra (Nata tripudians). Presented by Captain
Braddick. s
Abisara
angulata, 244.
suffusa, 244,
Aburria
carunculata, 351.
Acanthisitta
chloris, 569.
Acanthochetes
vulgaris, 666.
Accipiter
minullus, 305.
pileatus, 47.
Acestrura
mulsanti, 35.
Achzea
insignis, 428, 440, 441.
Achatina
Sulica, 375, 380.
Achillides
paris, 258.
Achlyodes
sura, 263.
Acidalia
niphe, 242.
Acrea
anomala, 2438.
Acryleium
vulturinun, 352.
Actias
luna, 632.
selene, 632, 633.
Actinometra
albonotata, 535, 747.
affinis, 747.
alternans, 533, 535,
7338, 736, 738, 742,
744, 745, 747.
amwulata, 585, 536,
TAT.
bennetti, 533, 535, 732,
733, 736, 739, 741,
747.
533, 535,
borneensis,
743, 747.
brachtolata, 538, '735.
INDEX,
Actinometra
brachiolata (rosea), 535.
briareus, 740, 746.
coccodistoma, 747.
coppingeri, 585, 747.
eumingt, 747.
decipiens, 740, 746.
echinoptera, 5338, 535,
TAA, 747.
Jinmbriata, 533, 535,735,
737, 743, 744, 745,
747
grandicalyx, 747.
trregularis, 740, 746.
Japonica, 533, 535, 733,
36, 738, 747.
Jjukest,741,743,745,747.
Jukesti, 533.
lineata, 747,
meridionalis, "748, 745,
4
meyert, 747.
multifida, 533, 535,
740, 741, 742, 747.
multiradiata, 533, 535,
733, 735, '737, 741,
742, 744, 745, 747.
nove-guinee, 533, 535,
732, 733, 736, 787,
745, '747.
parvicirra, 533, 535,
732, 7383, 735, 736,
738, 739, 741, 742,
748, '745, 747.
paucicirra, 535, 747.
pectinata, 747.
perom, '732, 733, 786,
738, 747.
peronti, 533, 535.
pulchella, 533,535,733,
738,739,748,745,747.
purpurea, 747.
robusta, 735, 747.
robustipinna, 533, 535,
736, 747.
Actinometra
rosea, 747.
rotalaria, 538, 585,740,
745, 747.
savignit, 740, 745, 746.
schlegeli, 732,'738, 736,
739, 745, 747,
schlegelii, 534, 535.
solaris, 534, 535, 734,
735, 737, 739, 745,
747
stelligera, 747.
trichoptera, 534, 585,
740, 741, 742, 743,
745, 747.
typica, 534, 535, 733,
736, 741, 743, 747.
variabilis, 535, 747.
wahklbergi, 5384, 535,
738, 747.
Addisonia
eccentrica, 673.
eccentros, 673.
paradoxa, 673.
Adelomyia
maculata, 37.
melanogenys, 37.
Adolias Plat
garuda, 239.
nicea, 239.
patala, 239.
Aedon
leucophrys, 589.
ialitis
collaris, 628.
geoffroyt, 353, 355.
mongolica, 355.
mongolicus, 355.
Ageleeus
pheniceus, 601.
thilius, 602.
Agleactis
cupreipennis, 36.
Agrias
beatified, 338, 339,
806
Agrias
stuartt, 338, 339.
Ajaja
rosea, 302.
Alcedo
bengalensis, 704,
tspidoides, 703,
Alectona
millari, 227.
Alpheus
rapaxr, 542.
Amathusia
ganescha, 240,
Amblyospiza
wnicolor, 308.
Amblypodia
dodonea, 252.
ganesa, 252.
quercetorum, 251.
Amblyrhamphus
holosericeus, 602.
Amecera
menava, 758.
schakra, 236,
Ampelio
arcuatus, 24.
Amp hihelia
oustabie 219, 220.
ramea, ’219, 220.
Ampittia
maro, 262.
Ampullaria
cecillez, 385.
largillierti, 385.
madagascariensis, 384,
389.
Amussium
fenestratum, 682.
hoskynsi, 682.
lucidum, 682.
Amydrus
morio, 307.
rueppelli, 307.
Anabazenops
cabanisi, 26.
rufo-superciliatus, 613.
Anas
castanea, 452, 453, 454.
erythrorhyncha, 310.
gibberifrons, 453, 454.
gracilis, 453.
Cero) gibberifrons,
(Gnas gibberi-
frons, 453.
Ancistrops
lineaticeps, 26,
Andigena
cucullata, 45.
Anguilla
kieneri, 536, 537.
INDEX.
Anseranas
melanoleuca, 350.
Antedon
acuticirra, 746.
adeone, 532, 534, 746.
equipinna, 746
alata, 532.
antarctica, '746.
armata, 532, 534, '746.
articulata, 532, 534,
739, 746.
bimaculata, 532, 534,
740, 746.
brevicuneata, 532, 740,
746.
brevipinna, 746.
briareus, 534.
carinata, 533, 534, 733,
46
celtica, 533, 534, 746.
crenulata, 746.
cubensis, 533, 746.
decipiens, 534.
dentata, '746.
dubent, 533, 534, 746.
elegans, 534, 746. 747.
elongata, 533, 534, 740.
7A6.
eschrichti, 583, pan
650, 651, 652, 722,
737, 746.
. magellanica,
651, 652.
flagellate, 533, 534, 740,
746
granulifera, 533, 746.
hageni, 533, 746
imparipinna, 746.
indica, 746.
insignis, 534, 746.
trregularis, 534.
jacquinoti, 533, 534,
46
levicirra, 533, 534,740,
746
levipinna, 746.
levissima, 538.
loveni, 534, '746.
ludovici, 746.
macronema, 533, 534,
Loe 740, 743, 745,
mes 5338, 746.
mertensi, 533.
microdiscus, 534, 747.
milberti, 533, 534, 746,
milleri, 533, 746.
palmata, 533, 534, 733,
740, 742, 745, 746.
perspinosa,533,534,746.
petasus, 533, 746.
| Antedon
Beare. 533, 534,
pitiborti 533, 748,
745, 747.
pinniformis, 533, 534,
a
46.
proliva, 533, 534, 746.
protecta, 746.
pulchella, 746.
regine, 534, 740.
reynaudi, 533, 534, '748,
746.
rosacea, 538, 534, 738,
737, 7143-746.
rubiginosa, 533, 745,
746.
sarsi, 5383, 534, 746.
savignii, 533, 584.
serripinna, 533, 534,
746.
spicata, 533, '746.
spinifera, 533, 534, 740,
746.
variipinna, 746.
Anthropoides
virgo, 353.
Anthus
butleri, 336.
correndera, 594,
Antigonus
angulata, 263.
Antilocapra
americana, 1.
Antrostomus —~
nigrescens, 40.
rufus, 40.
Anumbius
acuticaudatus, 601,612.
Apatura
bolina, 241,
Jacintha, 242.
misippus, 241.
morgiana, 238.
Aphantochroa
hyposticta, 34.
Aphnzeus
elima, 251.
etolus, 251.
ictis, 251.
trifurcata, 251.
uniformis, 251.
Aporia
belucha, 760, 761.
nabellica, 256, 761.
soracta, 256, 268,
1,
Aptornis
defossor, 689, 690.
otidiformis, 689, 690,
691.
Ara
ararauna, 46,
macao, 46,
macuviana, 374,
Arachnothera
magna, 421.
Arachnoura
scorpionides, 763.
Arachosia
anyphenoides, 426,
440, 441.
Aramus
scolopaceus, 353.
Arca
antiquata, 683.
barbata, 683.
glacialis, 683.
nodulosa, 683,
pectunculoides, var. sep-
tentrionalis, 683.
tetragona, 683.
Arctictis
binturong, 461.
Arctogale
stigmatica, 163, 164.
trivirgata, 1638, 164.
Arcystasia
godeffroyi, 133, 134.
Ardea
agami, 47.
candidissima, 624.
cocot, 47.
egretta, 624.
javanica, 710.
stbilatrix, 624.
Argus
giganteus, 547.
Argynnis
altissima, 403, 404,
407
aurinia, 404.
baralacha, 242, 263.
childreni, 242, 404.
gemmata, 404, 407.
tsse@ea, 242, 404.
jainadeva, 242.
lathonie, 404.
melited, var. merope,
404
merope, 404.
paphia, 548, 633,
sakontala, 242.
tenionota, 90.
Arnoglossus
grohmanni, 748, 749,
750.
laterna, 750.
lophotes, 748, 749, 750.
INDEX.
Arremon
d@'orbignit, 597.
erythrorhynchus, 16,
polionotus, 597.
Artibeus
cinereus, 371.
Arvicola
mexicanus, 372.
sio
brachyotus, 622.
Astarte
crenata, 685,
pusilla, 685.
sulcata, 685,
Astur
tachiro, 302.
Asturina
magnirostris, 46.
Asturinula
monogrammica, 304.
Ateles
bartletti, 373.
variegata, 373.
Atella
phalanta, 243.
Athene
hantu, 700, 701,
Athylax
robustus, 72.
paludosus, 72.
Athyma
asura, 241.
leucothoé, 241.
opalina, 241, 263.
Atilax
vansire, 72.
Attacus
atlas, 632, 683.
cynthia, 548, 682.
633.
mylitta, 548, 632.
pernyt, 632.
roylet, 459, 632,
633.
Atticora
cinerea, 8.
anoleuca, 8, 596.
asciata, 8
Augusta
papilionacea, 763,
Aulacorhamphus
prasinus, 94,
Aulocera
avatara, 236.
brahminus, 758.
padma, 236.
saraswati, 236.
swaha, 236, '758.
weranga, 758, 759,
Automolus
sclateri, 26.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1882, No. LIV.
807
Axinus
granulosus, 685.
incrassatus, 685.
orbiculatus, 685.
subovatus, 685.
anus
ubaldus, 245.
Bacillus
patellifer, 718.
Badamia
exclamationis, 261.
Balena
rostrata, 728."
Balanophyllia
brevis, 219, 220, 221.
Balya
adrnoulatn 53.
Bambusicola
Sytchi, 718.
Basileuterus
castaneiceps, 3.
coronatus, 3, 6.
wropygialis, 6.
enone 594.
Baspa
melampus, 250.
Bassaris
astuta, 135.
Bdeogale
crassicauda, 81, 82.
nigripes, 61,75, 77, 82.
puisa, 81, 82, 8
Belenois
mesentina, 255,
Bernicla
brenta, 654.
Bias
musicus, 302.
Bidaspa
nissa, 250.
Biziura
lobata, 311, 455,
456.
Bociraza
goldiet, 781, 782.
separata, 781 782.
Bolborhynchus
monachus, 621.
Bourcieria
insectivora, 38.
Bradypus
tridactylus, 298.
Brotogerys
Jugularis, 46,
santhoptera, 46.
Buarremon
assimilis, 15.
brunneinuchus, 15,
latinuchus, 16.
specularis, 16.
54
808
Bubo
maculosus, 688.
Bucco
macrodactylus, 44.
picatus, 44.
Buceros
subcylindricus, 343.
Buchanga
assimilis, 302.
ufo
agua, 712.
Bulimus
nigrilineatus, 376.
(Rhachis) nigrilinea-
zus, 882, 389.
Buteo
pennsylvanicus, 47.
pterocles, 622.
Butorides
javanica, 710.
Byasa
philoxenus, 259, 263.
ravana, 259.
Cacatua
moluccensis, 701.
Cc
aduga
tytia, 235, 260.
Cadugoides
agestor, 260.
gopala, 260.
govindra, 260, 261.
Cadulus
abyssicola, 664.
amphora, 665, 687.
cylindratus, 664, 667.
diploconus, 665,
gibbus, 666, 687.
gracilis, 664, 687.
Jeffreysi, 664, 665.
minor, 665.
olivi, 663.
ovulum, 666.
pandionis, 664.
propinguus, 664, 665.
subfusiformis, 664, 665.
tumidosus, 665, 687.
tumidula, 665.
Caica
melanocephala, 46.
Cairina
moschata, 625.
Calidris
arenaria, 654.
Callerebia:
annada, 237.
cashapa, 236.
hybrida, 237.
intermedia, 236.
nada, 237.
nirmala, 236.
‘INDEX.
Callerebia
scanda, 236.
shallada, 237.
Callhistia
grandis, 779, 782.
Callianassa
californiensis, 341, 342.
longimana, 341.
mauritiana, 339, 341.
uncinata, 341, 342.
subterranea, 341, 342.
Calliste
argentea, 11.
argyrophenges, 12.
chrysotis, 12.
celicolor, 11.
cyanetcollis, 12.
gyroloides, 11.
melanotis, 12.
nigricincta, 12.
pulchra, 11.
santhogastra, 11.
yemi, 11.
Callithea
buckleyi, 338.
degandii, 338.
Callosune
farrina, 254.
pura, 254.
Calcenas
nicobarica, 327.
Calogale
venatica, 69.
Calurus
aureiceps, 410.
Calvasterias
antipodum, 121, 124.
Calyptorhynchus
enka 491.
naso, 421,
Calyptreea
chinensis, 680.
sinensis, 680.
Calysisme
blasius, 237.
perseus, 237.
subfasciata, 237, 263.
visala, 237.
Campephilus
boizi, 617.
hematogaster, 42.
Canis
lagopus, 655.
microtis, 631.
Capito
auratus, 45.
glaucogularis, 45.
niger, 374.
steerit, 45.
Capra
egagrus, 234.
Capra
megaceros, 233.
Caprimulgus
ewropeus, 805.
fossii, 451.
Cardium
echinatwn, 685.
Sfasciatum, 685.
fragile, 686.
norvegicum, 685.
tuberculatum, 685.
Carduelis
albigularis, 312.
caniceps, 134.
elegans, 134.
major, 134.
Carpococcyx
radiatus, 358.
Carpophaga
latryne, 390.
neglecta, 709.
perspicillata, 709.
Caryophyllia
clavus, var. tincta,
216, 220.
cyathus, 214, 218,
220.
endothecata, 216, 220,
221.
Cassiculus
chrysonotus, 17.
Cassicus
leucorhamphus, 17.
Castalia
dichroa, 240.
Castalius
rosimon, 2A6.
Castnia
buckleyi, 778, 782.
cononia, 778.
mars, 778, 782.
truxilla, 778.
Catamenia
analis, 599.
Cathartes
atratus, 624.
aura, 47, 624.
urubitinga, 624.
Catharus
Suscater, 4.
maculatus, 5.
Catochrysops
cnejus, 246.
strabo, 246.
Catopsilia
crocale, 258.
gnoma, 253.
pyranthe, 253.
Celeus
grammicus, 43.
jumana, 43.
Centrites
niger, 604.
Cephalopterus
ornatus, 24.
Ceratocampa
imperialis, 633.
Oeratotrochus
johnsoni, 213, 217, 220,
221,
Cerecomacra
cinerascens, 31.
tyrannina, 31.
Ceriornis
blythi, 715.
caboti, 421.
melanocephala, 421.
Cervus
macrotis, 311.
Ce
lois 704.
Cheetocercus
bombus, 3d.
Cheetops
pycnopygius, 451.
Cheetura
cassini, 688.
rutila, 40.
sabinvi, 688.
ussheri, 688.
Chameepelia
talpacoti, 626.
hapra
mathias, 261.
prominens, 261.
Charadrius
Sulvus, 355.
virginicus, 628.
Charaxes
fabius, 238.
Chauna
chavaria, 625.
Cheiridea
subrugosa, 55.
Chelidoptera
tenebgosa, 44.
Chilades
putli, 245.
varunana, 245.
Chilasa
dissimilis, 261.
panope, 261
- Chionobas
pumilus, 404, 405, 407.
Chirogaleus
coquerelt, 631.
Chiromacheeris
manacus, 23.
Chiromys
madagascariensis, 640.
Chiroxiphia
caudata, 608.
INDEX.
Chiton
abyssorum, 667.
albus, 669.
alveolus, 668.
apiculatus, 667.
arcticus, 668,
asellus, 668.
caietanus, 667.
cancellatus, 668.
cinereus, 668, 669.
crinitus, 666.
dentiens, 669.
discrepans, 666, 667.
Fascicularis, 666, 667.
hanleyi, 667.
marginatus, 669.
mendicarius, 667.
nagelfar, 667.
rarinota, 668, 687.
strigillatus, 667.
variegatus, 669.
Chlorocichla
occidentalis, 451.
Chloronerpes
affinis, 617.
aurulentus, 617.
Slavigula, 42.
hematostigma, 42.
Chlorophanes
atricapilla, 9.
Chlorophonia
torrejoni, 9.
viridis, 9.
Chlorospingus
leucogaster, 3, 15.
superciliaris, 3, 15.
Chlorostilbon
brevicaudatus, 40.
splendidus, 616.
Choaspes
benjamini, 261.
Cheerocampa
docilis, 778.
wolfi, 778, 782.
Chryseridia
macleayit, 782.
Chrysomitris
barbata, 600.
capitalis, 17.
Chrysophanus
kasyapa, 247.
pavana, 247.
phleas, 247.
Chrysoptilus
atricollis, 42.
cristatus, 618.
Chrysotis
amazonica, 46, 621.
festiva, 46.
mercenaria, 46.
vinacea, 621.
809
Chrysso
albomaculata, 429, 430,
431, 440, 441.
cordiformis, 768,
768.
nivipictus, 764, 668.
quadrata, 430,440,441,
764.
Chrysuronia
josephine, 40.
Chunga
burmeisteri, 617.
Cicada
melanopygia, 132.
Cicinnurus
regius, 410.
Cinclodes
Fuscus, 610.
Cinnyris
afer, 452.
chalyheus, 452.
chloropygius, 452.
erikssom, 451, 452.
gutturalis, 302.
microrhynchus, 302.
Cireaétus
cinereus, 304.
Cissopis
media, 16.
Cistudo
virginea, 720.
Cladocora
debilis, 219, 220, 221.
Clais
gquimeti, 37.
Cleopatra
trabonjiensis, 375, 384,
389.
Cnemiornis
calcitrans, 694.
Cnipolegas
sp. inc., 604.
aterrimus, 604.
cyaneirostris, 604.
Cocculina
beanit, 672.
Coccyzus
cinereus, 620.
melanocoryphus, 620.
minor, 619, 620.
Ceenobita
perlata, 339.
Ccereba
cyanea, 9.
nitida, 9.
Coladenia
p
campestris, 618.
Coleosoma
blandum, 427, 440,441.
810
Oolias
edusa, 254, 255, 402.
—, var. myrmidone,
402
erate, 255.
Jieldi, 254, 255, 401.
ladakensis, 254.
lativitta, 255.
myrmidone, 401.
pallida, 254, 255.
‘sareptensis, 254,
shipkee, 254.
Colopterus
galeatus, 18.
Oolumba
denisea, 48.
livia, 314, 327.
maculosa, 626.
rufina, 48.
vinacea, 48.
Columbella
nigricans, 120.
(Anachis) ostreicola,
119, 121,
Columbula
picui, 612, 626.
Colymbus
septentrionalis, 654.
Comatula
levissima, 746.
mertenst, 746,
Compsocoma
sumptuosa, 13.
Conirostrum
atrocyanewm, 8.
Conopophaga
ardesiaca, 34.
Contopus
ardesiacus, 21.
borealis, 22.
brachytarsus, 608.
virens, 22.
Conurus
acuticaudatus, 621.
luciani, 46.
moline, 621.
patagonus, 620.
vittatus, 621.
Conus
abbas, 121.
acutangulus, 118.
archiepiscopus, 121,
brunneus, 117.
canonicus, 120, 121.
corbula, 121.
dianthus, 118, 121.
euetrios, 121,
evelyne, 117, 121.
legatus, 121.
lividus, 117.
panniculus, 121.
INDEX.
Conus
prytanis, 117, 121.
punctatus, 118.
seriptus, 121.
semivelatus, 118, 121.
textile, 121.
—, var. euetrios, 120,
121.
tiaratus, 117.
tigrinus, 121.
verriculum, 121.
vicarius, 121.
wilmert, 118, 121.
Coracias
caudata, 302.
Corallium
beckii, 224, 225, 231,
232.
Johnsoni, 221, 222.
nobile, 221, 222, 223,
225, 226, 229, 230,
231, 232.
pallidum, 294, 231, 232,
233.
rubrum, 221, 223, 224,
231
secundum, 221, 222,
224.
stylasteroides, 224, 225,
226,231, 232, 233.
Corbicula
madagascariensis, 375,
388, 389,
Coriphilus
Sringillaceus, 702.
placens, 702.
Corvus
monedula, 708.
validissimus, 708.
validus, '708.
violaceus, 708.
Coryphospingus
cristatus, 598.
Corythaix
livingstonei, 309,
451.
musophaga, 309.
Corythopis
anthoides, 34.
Cosmetornis
vexillarius, 305.
Cosmopsaltria
distans, 126.
stuarti, 125, 134.
Cossypha
heuglini, 302.
Cotile
fucata, 596.
Cotinga
cerulea, 410,
mayana, 24.
Coturniculus
manimbe, 600.
peruanus, 17.
Crastia
vermiculata, 235.
Crateropus
plebejus, 302.
Crax
alberti, 327, 351.
alector, 351.
carunculata, 351.
daubentomi, 351.
globicera, 351.
globulosa, 351.
incommoda, 3851.
sclateri, 351.
Creagrus
Surcatus, 528.
Crepidula
fornicata, 680.
moulinsi, 680,
plana, 680.
spirata, 680.
unguiformis, 680.
Crex
suahelensis, 93.
Cribrella
minuta, 122, 124,
Cricula
trifenestrata, 459, 548,
633.
Crossarchus
fasciatus, 60, 86, 87, 88,
89, 90, 91, 181, 182,
183, 487.
gambianus, 86, 87, 88,
89, 91, 181.
obscurus, 73, 86, 87, 88,
91, 181, 182, 183,
463, 486, 487, 489,
490, se
typicus, 87.
ee 61, 86, 87,
88, 89, 90, 91,
Crotalus
confluentus, 720.
Crotophaga
am, 619.
Crypturus
aspersus, 374, 375.
balstoni, 374.
bartletti, 375.
cinereus, 629.
obsoletus, 49.
tataupa, 629.
vermiculatus, 375.
Cuculus
canorus, 309.
heuglini, 310.
solitarius, 310.
Oulicivora
stenura, 605.
Cuncuma
leucogaster, 698, 699.
Curetis
dentata, 244.
Cuvieria
antarctica, 642.
carisochroma, 648.
Cyamus
thompsoni, 730.
Cyanaleyon
lazuli, 704,
Cyaniris
celestina, 244,
huegelit, 244.
kasmira, 244.
uspa, 245,
Teen 244,
Cyanocitta
joliea, 17.
Cyanocorax
ceruleus, 608.
pileatus, 602.
Cyanomyia
cyanicollis, 39,
Cyanomyias
celestis, 342.
Cyanorhamphus
saisseti, 630.
zelandie, 630.
Cybernetes
yetapa, 604.
1
'yclas
ferruginea, 388.
Cyclorhis
contrerasi, 8,
viridis, 595.
Cyclostoma
betsileoense, 376, 389.
congener, 377, 389.
consanguineum, 377,
38. °
fulvifrons, 378.
insulare, 378.
johnsoni, 378, 389.
lineatum, 378.
macaree, 376.
madagascariense, 378,
obsoletum, 877, 378.
pulchellum, 376.
sarcodes, 379.
unicarinatum, 378.
Cygnus
americanus, 352.
atratus, 352.
bewicki, 352.
buccinator, 852,
coscoroba, 852.
ferus, 352.
immutabilis, 352.
INDEX.
Cygnus
pried 352.
olor, 352.
Cynictis
leptura, 83, 84.
melanura, 61, 68.
ogilbiz, 83, 84.
penicillata, 82, 83, 84.
steedmanni, 83.
typicus, 83,
Cyphorhinus
modulator, 6,
salvini, 6.
Cypricardia
lithophagella, 683.
Cypselus
caffer, 688.
montivagus, 40.
sharpii, 688,
Cyrestis
thyodamas, 240,
Cyrtostomus
Srenatus, 708,
zenobia, 708.
Cystosoma
saundersiz, 132, 133.
schmeltzi, 132, 184.
Dacnidea
albiventris, 15.
leucogastra, 15,
Dacnis
cayana, 9,
modesta, 9.
xvanthophthalna, 9.
Dacrydium
vitreum, 683.
Dafila
oxyura, 47,
Dae
cloanthus, 257,
sarpedon, 257.
Danais
adustus, '755.
mytilene, 755.
septentrionis, 235.
sita, 235.
Debis
dyrta, 235,
tsana, 405.
nicetas, 235.
sidonis, 235.
v rma, 405,
(Tansima) masoni, 405,
407
Deilephila
euphorbia, 548.
vespertilio, 633.
Delias
belladonna, 401.
eucharis, 256,
811
Delias
flavalba, 759.
sanaca, 256, 760.
Delphinus
bidentatus, 728.
butskopf, 723.
diodon, 723.
Dendrocincla
Sumigata, 27.
Dendrocolaptes
picumnus, 613.
Dendrocygna
Sulva, 625.
Dendreeca
blackburnia, 6.
cerulea, 6.
canadensis, 6.
Dendropicus
fulviscapus, 303.
Dendrornis
chunchotambo, 27.
elegans, 27.
rostripallens, 27.
triangularis, 27.
Dentalium
abyssorum, 659
agile, 658.
attenuatum, 659.
brevifisswm, 659.
candidum, 658, 687.
capillosum, 658, 687.
coarctatum, 663, 664.
costatum, 657.
dentalis, 656, 657, 659,
662.
ensiculus, 660, 687.
entalis, 657, 658, 659,
660, 661.
fasciatum, 658.
Jilum, 660.
Jissura, 660.
Fusticulus, 658.
gadus, 664,
gracile, 661.
incertum, 659.
indianorum, 660.
inversum, 660.
lacteum, 659.
lessoni, 657.
lobatum, 663.
nebulosum, 658,
novemcostatum, 657.
occidentale, 659.
olivi, 663, 664.
panormitanum, 657.
panormum, 657.
pretiosum, 660.
pseudo-antalis, 657.
quinquangulare, 662.
rubescens, 660, 661, 662.
semiclausum, 657.
812
Dentalium
secangulare, 662.
sexangulum, 662.
triatum, 659.
striolatum, 657, 659.
subterfissum, 660, 662,
687
tarentinum, 657, 658,
0
tetragonum, 662.
translucidum, 660.
ventricosum, 664.
vitreum, 662, 668.
vulgare, 658.
Dercas
verhuellii, 402.
wallichii, 402.
Deudorix
epijarbas, 250.
grisea, 251.
missa, 250.
perse, 250.
selira, 250.
Diadema
bolina, 241.
misippus, 241.
Diamphidia
angolensis, 55.
Didelphys
cinerea, 111.
murina, 111, 872.
nudicaudata, 111.
Diglossa
brumneiventris, 8.
personata, 8.
sittoides, 8.
Diglossopis
cerulescens, 8.
Dilipa
morgiana, 238.
Dilophus
carunculatus, 807.
Dinornis
didinus, 549.
ingens, 2, 695.
maximus, 2.
parvus, 2.
Diomedea
brachyura, 548.
eculans, 548.
Diphlogeena
tris, 3, 38.
warszewiczt, 3,
Dipsas
ataxas, 247.
birupa, 247.
epiyarbas, 250.
odata,
sila, 247.
Dischides
bifissus, 663.
INDEX.
Discina
atlantica, 682.
Diva
branickii, 3, 10.
vassori, 3, 10, 11.
Docimastes
ensifer, 38.
Dodona
durga, 243.
eugenes, 244.
Donax
venustus, 685.
Doryphora
euphrosyne, 39.
Johanne, 34.
rectirostris, 35.
-Dromia
vulgaris, 538.
Drymornis
bridgest, 613.
Dryocopus
erythrops, 617.
lineatus, 42.
major, 95.
medius, 95.
minor, 95.
Dysithamnus
semicinereus, 30.
Echinomys
semispinosus, 101.
Eclectus
cardinalis, 701.
intermedius, 701.
Tlainea
sp. ine
albiceps, “0, 20, 606.
igas, 19.
one 20.
lanus
leucurus, 623.
Elephas
Gitines 630.
indicus, 299,
Emarginula
adriatica, 679.
cancellata, 679.
capuliformis, 678.
compressa, 679.
conica, 678.
coste, 678.
crassa, 678.
crassalta, 678.
curvirostris, 678.
cusmichiana, 679.
decussata, 678.
depressa, 679.
elongata, 679,
Jissura, 678.
Jissurelloides, 679.
gigantea, 678.
Emarginula
huzardi, 679.
multistriata, 680,
687.
papillosa, 679.
pileolus, 678.
reticulata, 678.
rosea, 678.
rubra, 678.
tuberculosa, 679.
Emberiza
rustica, ‘721, 722.
scheniclus, 722.
Embernagra
platensis, 600.
Empidochanes
Suscatus, 21.
Engina
xantholeuca, 119,
121.
Eos
rubra, 701.
Epinephile
st 237.
pulchella, 237.
roxane, 758,
Epyrgio
eee 779.
forbesi, 779, 782.
Equus
grevyt, 721.
zebra, 721.
Erauchenus
workmanni, 763.
Hrebia
annada, 237.
nirmala, 236.
scanda, 236.
shallada, 237.
Erethizon
dorsatus, 271, 286.
Ergolis
ariadne, 240.
Eriocnemis
affinis, 39.
dybowskii, 39.
Hrismatura
rubida, 456.
Erythrocercus
livingstoni, 303.
macalli, 303.
thomsont, 302, 3038.
Erythreenas
pulcherrima, 327.
Erythropygia
leucophrys, 588.
munda, 588.
paena, 588, 589.
pectoralis, 588.
similis, 589,
zambesiana, 588, 589.
Erythrosterna
luteola, 706.
Eucephala
cerulea, 40,
Eulepis
athamas, 238.
hamasta, 238.
Eulychius
madagascariensis, 52.
Eupetes
macrocercus, 267.
Euphonia
chalcopasta, 10.
chlorotica, 596.
insignis, 10.
nigricollis, 10.
xanthogastra, 10.
Euplocamus
prelatus, 318, 327.
Eupleea
browni, 754,
tytia, 235.
unibrunnea, 754,
vermiculata, 235,
Eurycephalus
anguitimens, 307.
_ rueppelli, 307.
Euscarthmus
gularis, 605.
margaritaceiventer,605.
pyrrhops, 18.
Euschema
militaris, 781.
sagana, 781, 782.
Eutenia
parietalis, 720.
Euthalia
garuda, 239.
patala, 239.
Everes
dipora, 246.
Evibacus
princeps, 543.
candicans, 654.
euvieri, 304.
dickersoni, 302.
minor, 302.
Felis
aurata, 141.
badia, 141, 207.
bengalensis, 142.
borealis, 141, 142.
caligata, 141.
canadensis, 141, 142.
catus, 141, 461, 473,
507, 517.
eaudata, 141.
INDEX.
Felis
chaus, 141, 517.
colocolla, 142.
eyra, 141, 147, 472.
gracilis, 157.
tsahellina, 141, 720.
lanea, 312.
lynx, 720.
macrocelis, 141, 207,
503.
macroura, 142.
maculata, 141, 142.
manul, 141,
marmorata, 141, 207.
megalotis, 141.
mitis, 142.
neglecta, 141.
ornata, 141.
pajeros, 141.
pardina, 141.
pardus, 312.
planiceps, 141, 200, 207.
rufa, 141, 142.
rutila, 141.
seripta, 141.
senegalensis, 142.
serval, 141.
tigrina, 142,
tigris, 462.
torquata, 141.
Fissurella
gibba, 677.
gibberula, 677.
greca, 677.
melvilli, 120, 121.
nimbosa, 678.
nubecula, 677.
pustula, 677.
rosea, 678,
Fissurisepta
granulosa, 675, 687.
papillosa, 675.
rostrata, 675.
Formica
omnivora, 712.
Formicarius
analis, 32.
nigrifrons, 32.
Francolinus
infuscatus, 310.
cabanisi, 308.
major, 308.
orientalis, 308.
Fromia
indica, 123.
milleporella, 124.
tumida, 124.
Fuligula
Serina, 134.
Furcifer
chilensis, 97.
813
Furnarius
figulus, 609.
leucopus, 378.
rufus, 594, 609, 610.
tricolor, 609.
Gadinia
compressa, 673.
excentrica, 673.
garnoti, 674.
gussont, 670, 673.
Gadus
bilabiatus, 663.
parisiensis, 663.
Galbula
albirostris, 43.
chalcothorax, 374.
tombacea, 417.
Galera
barbara, 373.
Galerella
ochracea, 61, 69.
alictis
vittata, 186, 187.
Galidia
concolor, 188, 189.
elegans, 187, 188, 192.
olivacea, 188, 189.
Galidictis
striata, 186, 187, 192.
Gallinago
sp. inc., 6
equatorialis, 357.
bernieri, 355, 357.
brehmi, 357.
gallinula, 356.
macrodactyla, 353, 355
357.
major, 356.
nigripennis, 357.
scolopacina, 356.
Gallinula
galeata, 627.
Gallirex
chlorochlamys, 303.
Gallus
bankiva, 318, 319.
Gambetta
melanoleuca, 628.
Ganetta
poénsis, 159.
Gasteracantha
cowani, 766, 768.
Gecinus
canus, 95.
viridis, 95.
Gegenes
sinensis, 262.
Genetta
felina, 152.
pardina, 152.
814
Genetta
senegalensis, 152, 157,
192,
tigrina, 152, 156, 157,
167, 492, 504, 505,
510, 511, 516, 517.
vulgaris, 152, 207.
Geoemyda
grandis, 343.
wmpressa, 343, 344, 345,
346.
spinosa, 348,
Geositta
tenuirostris, 609.
Geothlypis
equinoctialis, 6.
velata, 594,
Geotrygon
montana, 48.
Geranospiza
cerulescens, 628.
Gerbillus
tenuis, 265.
Glareola
ocularis, 353, 354.
pratincola, 354,
Glaucidium
capense, 305.
phalenoides, 374.
Glaucis
hirsuta, 34.
Glyphorhynchus
ae a 27, 613,
Gomalia
albofasciata, 263.
Gonepteryx
nepalensis, 253.
rhamni, 253.
urania, 402.
Goniopleura
basalts, 58.
viridipennis, 58,
Gouldia
popelairit, 35.
Grallaria
albiloris, 33.
brevicauda, 33.
macularia, 374.
minor, 33.
przewalskii, 33,
Graucalus
pectoralis, 306.
Grus
americana, 352, 358.
antigone, 352.
australasiana, 853,
canadensis, 353.
carunculata, 352, 353.
cinerea, 352.
a ap a 352,
353.
INDEX,
Guira
piririgua, 619.
Guiraca
cyanea, 16, 598.
Guttera
cristata, 352.
eduardi, 352.
pucherant, 352.
yps
holbit, 630.
Hadrostomus
minor, 23.
Haleyon
orientalis, 302.
Haliaetus
leucoryphus, 699.
Halpe
beturia, 407.
separata, 407.
sikkima, 407.
Hapalocercus
Haviventii 605.
Hapaloderma
constantia, 306,
narina, 306.
vittatum, 306.
Harpagus
bidentatus, 407.
Helcion
pectinatum, 670.
pellucidum, 670.
Heliconius
godmani, 397, 398,
gynesia, 397.
venus, 396, 397, 398.
vulcanus, 396. 397.
Heliochera
rufaxilla, 24.
Heliodoxa
otero, 35.
Heliomaster
Surcifer, 616.
longirostris, 38.
Heliothrix
auritus, 37.
Heliotrypha
viola, 38.
Helix
Lalstoni, 379, 380.
barrakporensis, 375,
betsileoensis, 381.
bicingulata, 381.
cornu-gigantewm, 380,
381.
covant, 382.
guestieriana, 380, 381.
hemastoma, 286.
tbaraoensis, 381.
magnifica, 375.
superba, 286.
Helix
(Ampelita) percyana,
382.
(—) shavi, 382, 389.
(Helicophanta) dicin-
gulata, 380, 389.
(Kaliella) _ barrakpo-
rensis, 380.
(Macrocyclis) covani,
381, 389.
(Nanina) balstoni, 379.
(—) cleamesi, 379, 389.
Heloderma
suspectum, 680.
Helogale
parvula, 79, 80.
undulata, 79, 80.
Helonyx
Jeffreysii, 665,
Hemicorallium
Johnsoni, 221, 223, 224,
226
Hemigalidia
olivacea, 192.
Henicorhina
leucosticta, 373.
Herpestes
adailensis, 68, 70.
albescens, 177.
albicauda, 61, 62, 64,
75, 76, 77, 81, 85,
177
apiculatus, 74,
auropunctatus, 75,
178.
badius, 61, 69, 70,
78.
bennettii, 66.
caffer, 64, 66, 67, 68,
74, 78.
dorsalis, 64.
fasciatus, 79, 90, 180.
gulera, 60, 61, 63, 64,
67, 72, 73, 78, 88,
176, 177.
galinieri, 68.
gambianus, 86, 88.
gothneh, 89.
granti, 61, 69.
griseus, 66.
gracilis, 60, 61, 62, 63,
64, 68, 70, 71, 74, 78,
177.
ichneumon, 62, 63, 64,
66, 67, 68, 69, 71,72,
76, 78, 85, 207.
todoprymnus, 61, 68,
70
jerdoni, 67.
lefebvrei, 68.
leucostethicus, 89,
Herpestes
leucurus, 75.
loempo, 72, 75, 77.
maccarthie, 63.
madagascariensis, 66.
melanurus, 69, 70, 78.
microcephalus, 75.
mungo, 90.
eiireantia, 61, 68, 70,
177.
mutscheltschela, 68.
nepalensis, 63.
numidicus, 64.
ochraceus, 69, 70, 78.
ochromelas, 68.
ornatus, 68, 177.
paludinosus, 72, 73,
176, 177, 194.
parvula, 79, 178.
penicillatus, 83.:
persicus, 177.
pharaonis, 64.
pluto, 61, 72, 75.
pulverulentus, 64, 74,
78, 91.
punctatissimus, 64, 74,
78
punctulatus, 68, 69.
robustus, 72, 177.
ruficauda, 68.
career 64, 71, 78,
17
smithii, 63, 177.
undulatus, 80, 177,
17
178.
urva, 63, 176.
vera, 177.
vitticollis, 63, 86, 88,
178, 486, 489, 490,
491.
widdringtoni, 64, 65,
67
zebra, 89.
(Ichneumia) albicauda,
Herpsilochmus
puncticeps, 30.
Hespagarista
interlecta, 779.
tigrina, 778, 782.
Hesperia
adrastus, 262.
elianus, 246,
enejus, 246.
dara, 262, 407.
divodasa, 261.
eltola, 261.
fatih, 263.
galba, 263.
gremius, 261.
isocrates, 250.
INDEX.
Hesperia
leucocera, 2638.
mangala, 261.
maro, 262.
mathias, 261.
mesoides, 407.
phenicis, 262.
plinius, 246.
strabo, 246.
Hepa
lbigularis, 102, 104.
angouya, 107.
apicalis, 102.
bicolor, 108, 110.
caliginosus, 111.
cephalotes, 101.
cinereus, 108, 110.
eliurus, 104. ,
alapagoensis, 109.
Peto 106, 108.
leucodactylus, 100,
102, 107, 108.
leucopus, var. sonorien-
sis, 372.
longicaudatus, 99, 104.
longipilis, 109.
longitarsus, 105.
macrurus, 107.
obscurus, 111.
olivaceus, 99.
renggert, 110.
spinosus, 100.
squamipes, 102.
sumichrasti, 108.
taczanowskiz, 108, 110.
vulpinoides, 104.
vulpinus, 104,
(Calomys) albigularis,
103.
(—) dimaculatus, 101.
(— ) laticeps, 102.
(—) longicaudatus,
104,
(—) spinosus, 135.
(Habrothrix) caligino-
sus, 110.
(—) olivaceus, 110.
cOryzompe) couest,
101.
ce cinereus,
a lence,
— te Pomc 107.
(—) sumichrasti, 101.
(—) taceanowskii,
(Vesperimus) leucopus,
101.
(—) michiganensis,
101.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1882, No. LV.
815
Hestina
zella, 240.
Heteropelma
amazonum, 23.
Himantopus
brasiliensis, 628.
Hipparchia
anthe, 758.
parisatis, 236,
pimpla, 758.
Hirundinea
bellicosa, 21, 607.
sclatert, 21.
Hirundo
albiventris, 8.
leucorrhoa, 596.
Holbrookia
maculata, 720.
Holochilus
(Nectomys) apicalis,
101.
Holothuria
cuvieria, 6438.
sguamata, 646.
Homorus
unirufus, 612.
Hoplopterus
spinosus, 310.
Horaga
onyx, 247.
viola, 247, 248.
Huphina
phryne, 255,
Hyena
brunnea, 198, 200, 208,
465, 466, 492, 520,
581, 582, 586.
erocuta, 194, 580, 581,
582, 588, 584, 585,
586.
odorifera, 145.
striata, 195, 198, 207,
208, 473, 493, 495,
498, 581, 582, 583,
584, 585, 586.
Hyarotis
adrastus, 262.
Hydropotes
inermis, 636.
Hylomanes
gularis,
Hylophilus
olivaceus, 7.
pecilotis, 595.
Hypargus
niveiguttatus, 303.
Hyperocompa
bellatrix, 780.
thelwalli, 779, 782.
Hyperoodon
bidens, '723.
55
816
Hyperoodon
bidentatus, 722.
borealis, 723.
butskopf, 723.
dalei, ieee
diodon, 722.
latifons, 395, 724, 725,
plows, 393, 394,
aaa 392, 393,
394, 395, 722, 724,
725, 726
Hypochera —
io, 633.
Hypocnemis
cantator, 32.
mytotherina, 32.
pecilonota, 32.
therese, 32.
Hypolycxna
ian dear: 249, 263.
milionia, 249,
nasaka, 249.
Hypopsolus, 648.
Hypotriorchis
rufigularis, 47, 374.
Hypoxanthus
brevirostris, 48.
Hystrix
cristata, 277, 280.
Javanicus, 274,278,279.
Hysudra
selira, 250.
Ichneumia
abu-wudan, "75.
albescens, 75, '77, 83.
nigricauda, 75, 77.
mgricaudatus, 68.
TIchneumon
egy pti, 64.
dae 68.
major, 72.
galera, 72.
pharaon, 64.
ratlamuchi, 68.
tenionotus, 90, 91.
Ictides
albifrons, 168.
Idas
argenteus, 683.
lamellosa, 683.
Tlerda
androceles, 248.
coruscans, 248.
hewitsoni, 402.
mooret, 402.
oda, 249.
saphir, 402, 407.
sena, 249,
INDEX.
Tlerda
tamu, 248,
Todopleura
isabelle, 24.
Tolaus
écetas, 251.
Ipoborus
stictoptilus, 26.
Traota
timoleon, 249.
Tridornis
analis, 12.
Trrisor
cabanisi, 306.
erythrorhynchus, 302.
Ismene
edipodea, 261.
Tsoteinon
masuriensis, 262.
Txias
dharmsale, 254.
kausala, 254.
marianne, 254. -
med, 254, 263.
at oo4.
Jacamerops
grandis, 44.
Junonia
enone, 239.
almana, 239.
asterie, 239.
lemonias, 239.
orithya, 239.
Kallima
hugeli, 239.
Laertias
pammon, 259.
Lagenocetus
latifrons, 395.
Lagopus
scoticus, 112.
Lagostomus
trichodactylus, 596.
Lampides
elianus, 246.
Lamprocolius
chalybeus, 303.
Lamprosoma
amethystinum, 50.
canaliculatum, 50.
cuneatum, 50.
grande, 50.
Lamprotes
albocristatus, 24.
Laniarius
boulboul, 302.
cubla, 302.
poliocephalus, 303.
Laniarius
quadricolor, 303.
sulphureipectus, 303.
Lanius
excubitor, 722.
major, 722.
Lanthonotus
borneensis, 632.
Larus
atricilla, 527.
belcheri, 526, 527,
528.
bulleri, 528.
curr, hocephalus, 525,
526, 528.
crassirostris, 526,
528
dominicanus, 527,
528, 529.
Sranklini, 524.
Suliginosus, 526, 529.
furcatus, 528.
glaucodes, 526, 528.
glaucus, 653.
hartlaubii, 528.
heermanni, 527, 529.
hemprichi, 527.
maculipennis, 525,
526, 528, 628.
marinus, 527.
modestus, 526, 529.
nove-holiandie, 528.
pacificus, 529,
pheocephalus, 526,
2
ridibundus, 526,
sabinit, 524.
scopulinus, 528.
scoresbit, 528, 529.
serranus, 525, 528.
Laseea
pumila, 685.
Latrodectus
geometricus, 763.
Leadbeatera
otero, 35.
Leda
expansa, 684.
fragilis, 684.
frigida, 684.
Jjelfreysi, 684.
lucida, 684.
pusio, 684.
striolata, 684.
subequilatera, 684,
tenuis, 684.
unca, 684.
Legatus
albicollis, 20.
Leistes
superciliaris, 602.
Lepeta
ceca, 672.
Lepetella
tubicola, 6738.
Lepidopleurus
alveolus, 668.
arcticus, 668.
Leptasthenura
egithaloides, 611.
fuliginiceps, 611.
Leptomya
cochlearis, 576.
gravida, 576.
psittacus, 576.
spectabilis, 576, 577.
Lepton
lacerum, 684.
Leptopogon
auritus, 19.
superciliaris, 19.
tristis, 606.
Leptoptila
megalura, 626.
Lepus
brasiliensis, 101.
Lesbia
gracilis, 36
Lestris
sp. ine., 654.
Lethe
dyrta, 235.
hyrania, 235.
lunaris, 405.
margarite, 405,
407.
nicetas, 235.
rohria, 235.
sidonis, 235.
Leucippus
chionogaster, 39,
Leuconerpes
candidus, 618.
Libythea
myrrha, 243.
Lichenops
perspicillatus, 604.
Lima
excavata, 683.
subauriculata, 688.
subovata, 689.
Limenitis
dichroa, 240.
opalina, 241.
trivena, 238.
Limnza
electa, 385, 389.
hovarum, 385.
Limnas
chrysippus, 234.
INDEX.
Limopsis
cristata, 684.
Limosina
ferruginea, 375,
388.
Linota
sp. ine., 654.
Lipaugus
simplex, 24.
Loddigesia
mirabilis, 35.
Lophotes
arnoglossus, ‘750.
Loripes
lacteus, 685.
leno, 685.
Lottia
unicolor, 671.
Loxura
atymnus, 251.
Lucina
borealis, 685.
Lucinopsis
undata, 685.
Luperodes
australis, 56.
marginatus, 56.
Lutraria
oblonga, 685.
rugosa, 685.
Lyczena
ardates, 246.
argiolus, 244,
ariana, 246.
asoka, 246.
boisduvalit, 246.
chandala, 245.
celestina, 244.
didda, 246.
dipora, 246.
ellisi, 402.
indica, 245.
iolas, 548, 633.
kandarpa, 246.
kollari, 244.
maha, 245.
metallica, 247.
nara, 245.
nazira, 246.
omphisa, 247.
pandia, 246.
pheretes, 402.
—, var. asiatica,
zena, 245.
Lychnophaés
africana, 50.
laticollis, 50.
817
Lycodes
kieneri, 536, 537.
Lycopus
albus, 116.
Lymnzus
truncatulus, 634.
Lyonsia
formosa, 686.
Lysiosquilla
maculata, 538.
Lyssidia
goldiei, 781.
macleaytt, 782.
Macheeropterus
striolatus, 23.
Machetes
pugnax, 116.
Machetornis
rixosa, 604.
Machirhamphus
aleinus, 688.
Macronyx
croceus, 336.
Mactra
solida, 685.
Madracis
asperula, 219, 220.
Mago
intenta, 439, 441,
2.
Malacoptila
fusca, 44.
rufa, 44.
Malacosoma
flavomarginatum, 58.
lusitanicum, 57.
politum, 57.
quadrimaculatum, 57,
Malletia
cuneata, 684.
minuta, 684.
obtusa, 684.
Mancipium
canidia, 256.
nepalense, 256.
Mangusta
javanica, 178.
levaillantii, 85.
urinatrix, 72.
(Galictis) sérza¢a, 186.
Manis
tridentata, 299.
Manucodia
atra, 333, 347, 348,
349, 350.
chalybeata, 347, 349,
350.
gouldi, 349.
jobiensis, 347, 349, 350. .
818
Manucodia
viridis, 347.
Mareca
albogularis, 453.
gibberifrons, 453.
Margarornis
brunnescens, 27.
squamigera, 27.
Mecocerculus
stictopterus, 18.
teniopterus, 18.
Megalema
franklini, 94.
virens, 94.
Megapodius
forsteni, 710.
freycineti, 710.
Megerlia
truncata, var. monstru-
osa, 682.
Melampsalta
ret, 180, 134.
tabi 129, 134.
landsboroughi, 131,
134.
leichardti, 182, 134.
mackinlay?, 130, 134.
oxleyi, 131.
sericevitta, 132.
themiscura, 180.
varians, 180.
warburtont, 129, 1384.
Melanarius
ater, 802.
Melanatria
johnsoni, 383, 389.
Melanerpes
cruentatus, 43.
hirundinaceus, 43.
Melanitis
bela, 235.
ismene, 230.
Melierax
canorus, 305.
niger, 305.
poliopterus, 305.
Melitza
balbita, 243.
cashmirensis, 242.
durga, 243,
Melittophagus
boehmi, 634.
bullockoides, 302.
pusillus, 302.
Menelaides
aristolochie, 259.
Menius
costatus, 54.
viridieneus, 54,
Menura
superba, 268.
INDEX.
Mephitis
macrura, dil.
Mergulus
alle, 658.
Merops
dresseri, 302, 803,
634.
Meta
splendida, ‘765, '768.
Metallura
smaragdinicollis, 37.
Metaporia
caphusa, 256.
phryxe, 256.
Metopiana
peposaca, 625.
Miagrammopes
brevicauda, 487, 441.
longicauda, 436, 437,
441.
traillii, 435, 441.
Micrastur
mirandollei, 47.
Microcerculus
marginatus, 6.
Micronisus
niger, 305.
Milionia
butleri, 781, 782.
giintheri, 781.
Milvago
chimango, 612,
628.
Milvulus
tyrannus, 608.
Mimus
calandria, 598.
triurus, 593.
Mionectes
oleagineus, 19.
striaticollis, 19.
Mirafra
cheniana, 309.
torrida, 308.
Mithrodia
bradleyi, 128.
celavigera, 123.
victori@, 123, 124.
Mitra
melvilli, 118, 121.
Mitua
tomentosa, 301.
tuberosa, 351.
Molothrus
bonariensis, 601.
rufo-axillaris, 601.
Momotus
brasiliensis, 43.
lessoni, 444, 446.
Monachus
albiventer, 547.
Monarcha
inornatus, 706.
(Piezorhynchus)
brownt, 711.
Monasa
peruana, 44.
Montacuta
bidentata, 684.
ferruginosa, 684.
ovata, 685.
Motacilla
longicauda, 306.
longipes, 569, 570.
vidua, 302.
Mungos
gambianus, 88, 182.
zebra, 182.
Mus
sp., 266.
alexandrinus, 100, 106.
concha, 266.
coringa, 588.
decumanus, 100.
edwardsi, 587, 588.
Jerdoni, 587, 588.
longicaudatus, 104.
longicaudus, 104.
longitarsus, 104.
musculus, 101.
mystacalis, 107.
nigricauda, 266, 267.
niveiventer, 588.
rattus, 100.
saccharivorus, '712.
silaceus, 266.
sylvaticus, 104.
zenth, 92.
(Calomys) flavescens,
(Habrothrix) olivaceus,
110
(Isomys) pumilio, 266.
(Leggada) smdnutoides,
266.
Muscicapa
aquatica, 591.
atricapilla, 707.
cerulescens, 302.
cinereo-alba, 707.
collaris, 707.
griseisticta, 591.
griseosticta, 706, 707.
grisola, 591, 707.
latirostris, 707.
parva, 707.
sibirica, 706, 707.
usshert, 591.
Muscisaxicola
fluviatilis, 18.
Mustela
afra, 72.
Mustela
galera, 72.
striata, 186.
ya
truncata, 687.
Mycalesis
sp., 406.
visala, 406.
Myiarchus
cephalotes, 22.
nigriceps, 22.
tyrannulus, 22, 608.
Myiobius
barbatus, 21.
cinnamomeus, 21.
erythrurus, 21.
nevius, 21, 607.
superciliosus, 21.
villosus, 21.
Myioborus
melanocephalus, 7.
verticalis, 7.
Myiodectes
canadensis, 6.
Myiodynastes
chrysocephalus, 21.
luteiventris, 21.
solitarius, 20, 607.
Myiotheretes
rufiwentris, 603.
striaticollis, 18.
Myiozetetes
granadensis, 20.
Myrina
mylionia, 249.
Mpyristicivora
bicolor, 709.
luctuosa, 710.
melanura, 709.
spilorrhoa, 709.
Myrmeciza
atrothorax, 32.
hemimelena, 31.
maynana, 32.
Myrmecophaga
jubata, 234, 287, 288,
291,292,297,301,547.
Myrmotherula
atrogularis, 30.
axillaris, 30.
cinereiventris, 30.
gutturalis, 30.
hematonota, 30.
menetriesi, 30.
pygmed, 30.
surinamensis, 30
Myrtis
fanny, 35.
Mytilus
incurvatus, 683.
phascolinus, 683.
INDEX.
Nacaduba
ardates, 246.
Nadisepa
Jarbas, 249.
Nenia
inca, 520.
Nasica
longirostris, 373,
613.
Natalus
stramineus, 371.
Naxia
robillardi, 339, 341.
(Naxioides) petersi?,
341.
(—) rodillardi, 339,
342.
Naxioides
hirta, 341.
Nexra
circinata, 686.
cochlearis, 576.
contracta, 686.
costellata, 687.
curta, 687.
cuspidata, var. crassa,
686.
depressa, 686.
lamellosa, 686.
multicostata, 687.
obesa, 686.
—, var. glacialis, 686.
ruginosa, 686.
semistrigosa, 686.
striata, 687.
subtorta, 686.
Nectarinia
famosa, 417, 420.
Nectomys
apicalis, 102.
Nemosia
guira, 15.
Neochlamys
strigicollis, 51.
Neorina
hilda, 405.
Neptis
amba, 241.
amboides, 241.
ananta, 241.
astola, 240,
mahendra, 241.
nandina, 241.
Neptunus
sieboldi, 339.
Neritina
fulgetrum, 387, 389.
gagates, 387, 388.
retifera, 888.
Nicator
gularis, 303.
819
Ninox
squamipila, 700.
Nisoniades
dasahara, 263.
isus
minullus, 305.
niger, 305.
Nonnula
brunnea, 44.
Nothocrax
urumutum, 351.
Nothoprocta
curvirostris, 49.
Nothura
maculosa, 629.
Notornis
mantelli, 97, 689, 690,
691, 694, 695.
Nucula
e@geensis, 684.
corbuloides, 684.
decipiens, 684.
tumidula, 684.
Numida
meleagris, 352.
mitratu, 352.
ptilorhyncha, 352.
Nyctea
scandiaca, 654.
Nyctemera
acreina, 780.
apicalis, 780.
chromis, 780, 782.
Nycticorax
gardeni, 624.
Nyctidromus
albicollis, 40.
Nyctipithecus
trivirgatus, 3.
Nymphicus
cornutus, 408, 409, 421.
riveensis, 408, 409,
421.
Ochetodon
mexicanus, 101, 372.
Octheca
lessont, 18.
leucophrys, 603.
stictoptera, 18.
thoracica, 18.
Ocydromus
australis, 694.
earli, 694.
sylvestris, 694.
Cidemia
nigra, 134.
Cinis
pumila, 404
ops
pernigra, 47.
820
Ogulnius
obtectus, 433, 441.
Olios °
tridentifer, 424.
Orchilus
ileatus, 18.
Oreotrochilus
leucopleurus, 615.
Orinoma
damaris, 235.
Oriolus
notatus, 802.
Ornithion
imberbe, 19.
Ornithoptera
@urvilliana, 754.
Ornithorhynchus
paradoxus, 549, 554.
Orpheides
erithonius, 258.
Ortalida
guttata, 48, 62.
Ortalis
albiventris, 351.
garrula, 351.
motmot, 351.
Orthonyx
ochrocephala, 544,
545,
spinicauda, 544.
Oryzoborus
torridus, 16.
Ostrea
cochlea, 218.
virginica, 120.
Otaria
gillesptt, 722.
Otis
tarda, 456.
Otroeda
varuned, 780.
vesperina, 780.
Pachyprora
molitor, 302.
Pachyrhamphus
sp. inc., 23.
albogriseus, 23, 24.
niger, 23.
versicolor, 23.
Pachyuromys
auricularis, 265.
duprasi, 265.
Padraona
dara, 262.
Pagophila
eburnea, 658.
Paguma
stigmatica, 163.
Palinurus
longimanus, 538, 539.
INDEX.
Palinurus
longimanus, vay. mau-
ritianus, 540, 543.
vulgaris, 540, 541.
Paludamus
madagascariensis,
384.
Pamphila
mesa, 262.
sagara, 262.
Panchala, 251.
dodonea, 252.
ganesa, 252.
rama, 252.
Panopletes
mathewsi, 35.
Paphia
hugelii, 239.
Papilio
enone, 239.
agestor, 260, 261.
alemeone, 253.
almana, 239.
ariadne, 240.
aristolochiea, 259.
asiatica, 258.
asterie, 239.
athamas, 238.
atymnus, 251.
axion, 257.
beticus, 246.
baldus, 237.
blasius, 237.
bolina, 241.
callidice, 256.
cardui, 240.
charonia, 240.
chrysippus, 234.
cloanthus, 257.
crocale, 253.
daplidice, 255.
diphilus, 259.
dissimilis, 261.
erate, 255.
erithonius, 258.
etolus, 251.
eucharis, 256.
eurypilus, 257.
evagete, 255.
exclamationis, 261.
* fabius, 238.
folus, 263.
genutia, 234.
gliciria, 256.
gnoma, 2538.
govinda, 261.
hahneli, 396, 398.
hecabe, 252.
hyppoclus, 243.
indica, 240.
tphita, 239.
Papilio
asmene, 235.
Jjacintha, 242.
Jjarbas, 249.
ladon, 261.
lemonias, 239.
leucothoé, 241.
limniace, 235.
machaon, 258.
—, var. asiatica, 258,
399.
marianne, 254,
melampus, 250.
mesentina, 255.
misippus, 241.
nais, 239.
niphe, 242.
orithya, 239.
otrea, 237.
pammon, 239, 259.
panops, 261.
perseus, 237.
philippina, 253.
philoxenus, 259.
phleas, 247.
phryne, 255.
plexippus, 234.
polyctor, 258.
polytes, 259.
protenor, 260.
pyranthe, 253.
ravana, 259.
rohria, 235.
rosimon, 246.
sarpedon, 257.
solon, 238.
thyelia, 239.
timoleon, 249.
triopas, 396.
ubaldus, 245.
vesta, 243.
canthomelas, 240.
zolicaon, 399.
Paracyathus
striatus, 217, 220.
Paradisea
papuana, 333.
rubra, 333.
Paradoxurus
albifrons, 168.
binotatus, 169.
bondar, 162.
derbianus, 165, 6.
fasciatus, 162.
grayit, 162, 164.
hamiltonii, 169, 170.
hermaphroditus,
162.
lanigera, 162.
larvatus, 162, 511.
leucomystax, 162.
Paradoxurus
macrodus, 162.
nigrifrons, 162.
philippensis, 162.
trivirgatus, 163.
typus, 161, 163.
zeylanicus, 162.
Parnara
mangala, 261.
Parnassius
acco, 400, 401.
apollo, 633.
charino, 257, 401.
charltonius, 257.
epaphus, 399, 400,
407.
—, var. sikkimensis,
399, 407.
hardwicki, 257, 401.
Jacquemonti, 399.
sitkkimensis, 400, 401.
Me
simo, 400, 4
Paroaria
capitata, 598.
cucullata, 598.
Parra
Jacana, 627.
Parula
pitiayumi, 594.
Parus
niger, 302.
sultaneus, 420.
Patagona
gigas, 615, 616.
Patel
ancyloides, 673.
asmi, 671.
chinensis, 680.
crepidula, 680.
equestris, 676.
excentrica, 673.
ferruginea, 670.
Jissura, 678.
fornicata, 680.
Sulwa, 671.
greca, 677.
lusitanica, 670.
nimbosa, 678.
noachina, 676.
nubecula, 677.
pellucidum, 670.
pileolus, 671.
punctata, 670.
safiana, 670.
virgined, 671.
vulgaris, 670.
vulgata, 666, 669.
(Lepatella) /atero-com-
pressa, 674.
Patelloidea
vitrea, 670.
INDEX,
Pauxis
galeata, 351.
Pecchiolia
abyssicola, 686.
acuticostata, 686.
granulata, 686.
insculpta, 686.
subquadrata, 686.
Pecten
groenlandicus,
682.
loxoides, 120, 121.
pes-lutre, 682.
pusio, 682.
sibylle, 120, 121.
striatus, 682.
sulcatus, 682.
vitreus, 682.
Pectunculus
nummarius, 684.
Penelope
boliviana, 48.
cristata, 351.
jacucaca, 351.
pileata, 351, 627.
purpurascens, 351,
rufiventris, 48.
sclateri, 48.
superciliosa, 319.
Pentacrinus
blakei, '734.
decorus, 734.
Penthetria
ardens, 308.
Perenostola
fortis, 31.
Perdicula
cambayensis, 327.
Perdix
cinerea, 327.
Peristera
geoffroyi, 48, 327.
Petasophora
anais, 37.
delphine, 87.
Jjolata, 37.
Petrochelidon
pyrrhonota, 595.
Peucetia
lucasii, 763.
Phacellodomus
frontalis, 612.
sibilatrix, 612.
Pheolema
e@quatorialis, 35.
Phaethornis
ae 34,
guyi, 34
ispidus, 34.
malaris, 34.
nigricinctus, 34.
821
Phaethornis
superciliosus, 34.
Phalacrocorax
brasilianus, 624.
Phascolarctos
cinereus, 547.
Phasianus
ellioti, 631, 716,
718,
humie, 715, 718.
munipurensis, 716.
parraka, 351.
pictus, 327.
swinhoet, 327.
Pheucticus
aureiventris, 598,
Philemon
corniculatus, 708.
subcorniculatus, 708.
Philydor
erythropterus, 26.
Pheebetria
fuliginosa, 548.
Pheenicothraupis
rubica, 14.
Pholadomya
loveni, 686.
Pholeoptynx
cunicularia, 622, 629.
Phonogama
gouldi, 333, 347, 348,
349, 350.
heraudreni, 347, 348,
349, 350.
Phoroncidia
argentata, 766.
aurata, 768, 766, 768.
Phrygilus
gayi, 599,
ocularis, 17.
Phrynosoma
douglasii, 720,
Phyllomedusa
azurea, 265,
bicolor, 264.
burmeisteri, 264.
hypochondrialis, 264,
265
IO.
Phyllomyias
sp. inc., 19.
semifusca, iy
tumbezana, 19.
Phyllostoma
hastatum, 373.
Phyllostrephus
Fatesnsarss 451.
Physa
lamellata, 386, 389.
lirata, 386, 387.
madagascariensis, 386,
387, 389
822
Physa
htasisine, 386, 389.
Phytotoma
rutila, 609.
Piaya
cayana, 374, 619.
melanogastra, 44.
nigricrissa, 44.
Picathartes
gymnophthalmus, 590.
Picolaptes
sp. inc., 614,
lacrymiger, 2
peruvianus, 28.
Picumnus
sp. ine., 616.
albosquamatus, 41.
aurifrons, 42.
Jjelskii, 41.
steindachnert, 40.
Picus
cactorum, 617.
martius, 95.
mixtus, 617.
Pieris
ajaka, 401.
brassice, 401.
—, var. nipalensis, 401.
canidia, 256.
kalora, 256.
meleta, 401,
nabellica, 256.
napt, 401.
nepalensis, 256.
nipalensis, 401.
phryxe, 256.
sanaca, 256.
Piezorhynchus
brodieri, 711.
Pionus
maximiliant, 622.
Pipile
cujubi, 351.
cumanensis, 851.
Jacutinga, 351.
Pipra
chloromeros, 22.
coracina, 29,
ésidort, 93.
leucocilla, 22.
virescens, 23.
Pipreola
auretpectus, 24.
riefferi, 24.
Pipridea
aan 10.
Piprites
chlorion, 22.
Pisa
(Arctopsis) anata,
341,
INDEX.
Pisidium
Jjohnsont, 375.
ventricosum, 589.
Pitangus
bellicosus, 607.
sulphuratus, 20.
Pithecia
satanas, 442.
Pithecops
zalmora, 244.
Pithys
lunulata, 32.
Pitta
moluccensis, 420.
Pityophis
sayt, 720.
Planorbis
madagascariensis, 387,
89.
pfeifferi, 387.
Platalea
leucorrodia, 352.
Platyrhynchus
mystaceus, 605.
senex, 18,
Platystira
pellata, 302.
Plectrophanes
nivalis, 654.
Plesioneura
alysos, 263.
leucocera, 263.
praba, 262.
pulomaya, 263.
Pleurocorallium
elatior, 230.
Johnsoni, 224, 229, 230, |
| Potamophilus
231, 233.
secundwm, 224, 226,
231.
—, var. elatior, 228,
230, 231, 233.
Pleuronectes
cynoglossus,. 749.
grohmannt, 748.
Pleuronectia
differens, 682.
Plotus
anhinga, 208, 209,
210,
levaillanti, 208, 209,
210.
melanogaster, 208, 209,
210.
nove-hollandie, 210.
Podiceps
dominicus, 49.
minor, 49.
rollandi, 629.
Podopisa
petersit, 341.
Pecilothraupis
égnicrissa, 3, 13.
lacrymosa, 8.
Peeocephalus
rueppelli, 421, 577, 578.
Pogonorhynchus
melanopterus, 303.
Pogonotriccus
ophthalmicus, 19.
Polioptila
dumicola, 593.
Polyommatus
artana, 246.
beticus, 246.
kasmira, 244.
nazira, 246.
omphisa, 247.
puspa, 245,
sena, 249.
tamu, 248.
vardhana, 244.
varunana, 245.
Polyplectron
germaini, 97.
Poospiza
assimilis, 599.
erythrophrys, 599.
melanoleuca, 599.
nigro-rufa, 599.
thoracica, 599.
Porcula
salvania, 546.
Poromya
granulata, 686.
neeroides, 686.
Potamocheerus
africanus, 631.
barbatus, 171.
Pratapa
icetas, 251.
| Precis
harda, 240.
iphita, 239.
veda, 240.
Prionodon
gracilis, 157, 160.
maculosus, 157.
pardicolor, 157, 160.
Prionops
talacoma, 803.
Procellaria
glacialis, 653.
Procyon
cancrivorus, 371.
Progne
chalybea, 595.
purpurea, 595.
tapera, 595, 596.
Propilidium
ancyloides, 673, 674.
Propilidium
compressum, 674, 687.
pertenue, 674, 687.
scabroswm, 674, 687.
Proteles
cristatus, 579, 580.
Prothoe
australis, 754.
layardi, 'T5A.
Psalidoprocne
holomelena, 306.
Pseudergolis
wedah, 240,
Pseudibacus :
gerstaeckeri, 542, 543.
pfefferi, 542, 543.
veranyi, 543.
Pseudocolaspis
timialithus, 55.
Pseudoleistes
virescens, 602.
Pseudoliva
ethiops, 119.
kellettii, 119.
(Macron) stereoglypta,
119, 121.
Psidium
johnsoni, 388, 389.
Psittacula
passerina, 46.
Psittacus
rueppelli, 577.
Psittospiza
elegans, 16.
Psolus
antarcticus, 644, 646.
appendiculatus, 644.
boholensis, 644.
cataphractus, 644.
complanatus, 644,
hippifer, 644.
Farvin 644, 645, 646,
647, 649, 650.
Sorbesi, 644.
granulatus, 644, 646.
levigatus, 644.
operculatus, 644, 647.
phantapus, 644, 646,
647, 649.
poriferus, 644.
regalis, 644, 646, 649,
650.
sttchaensis, 644, 645.
squamatus, 644, 645,
646.
(Hypopsolus) ambula-
tor, , 650.
(Lo hothuria) peronti,
647, 650.
Pternistes
infuscatus, 310.
INDEX.
Pterocles
arenarius,
325, 327.
Pteroglossus
Hlavirostris, 45.
humboldti, 44.
wiedi, 94.
Pteropus
breviceps, 756.
keraudreni, 755.
pheocephalus, 756,
Wire
seapulatus, 757.
temmincki, 756.
Pterygospidea
angulata, 263.
menaka, 262.
| Ptilorhis
alberti, 333, 349.
paradisea, 335, 421.
victorie, 349.
| Ptilorhynehus
snithi, 333.
violaceus, 333.
| Puffinus
obscurus, 421.
Puncturella,
clathrata, 676, 677.
Jissura, 687.
levior, 676.
noachina, 676.
princeps, 676.
profundi, 675, 676,
687.
Putorius
striatus, 186.
Pygoptila
maculipennis, 30.
Pyrameis
cardui, 240.
indica, 240.
Pyranga
ardens, 14.
azare, 14,
Pyrgus
arenas, 262.
superna, 263.
Pyrocephalus
rubineus, 607.
Querquedula
eyanoptera, 625.
gibberifrons, 453.
Rallus
nigricans, 49.
Ramphocelus
jacapa, 14.
Ramphomiecron
ruficeps, 36.
Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1882, No. LVI.
313, 314,
316, 319, 323, 324,
es
bo
CO
| Rapala
grisea, 251.
Rhamphastos
carinatus, 94.
cuvieri, 9A.
dicolorus, 94, 9.
inca, 44.
toco, 620.
vitellinus, 94.
Rhamphoecxnus
melanurus, 31.
Rhaphicera
mooret, 236.
Rhinoceros
sumatrensis, 687.
Rhinoerypta
lanceolata, 614.
Rhinogale
melleri, 62, 84, 85.
Rhinopomastes
cabanisi, 806.
cyanomelas, 302.
minor, 306.
Rhombus
levis, 749.
maximus, 749.
Rhynchzea
australis, 350.
capensis, 350, 356.
Rhynchoeyelus
ulvipectus, 20.
megacephalus, 20.
peruvianus, 20.
sulphurescens, 20,
607.
Rhynchonella
sicula, 682.
Rhynchops
melanura, 522, 523.
nigra, 522, 523, 628.
Rhytidoceros
obsewrus, 702.
plicatus, 702, 703.
ruficollis, 7 02.
undulatus, 702, 703.
Rhyzeena
tetradactyla, 92.
typicus, 92.
Rissa
tridactyla, 654.
Rostrisepta
parva, 673.
Rupicola
peruviana, 8, 24.
Saccostomus
lapidarius, 266. .
Sainia
protenor, 260.
Salatura
genutia, 234.
56
824
Salmo
alpinus, 722.
Ffontinalis, '758.
salvelinus, 758.
schiffermuellert, 751.
struanensis, 753.
Saltator
aurantiirostris, 598.
cerulescens, 16, 597.
laticlavius, 16.
magnus, 16.
superciliaris, 597.
Saltatricula
multicolor, 600.
Samia
cecropia, 548, 632.
Sarangesa
dasahara, 262, 263.
purendra, 262.
Sarbaria
peeroza, 258,
polyctor, 258.
Satyrus
avatara, 236,
hyrania, 235.
nareda, 238.
padma, 236, 406.
parisatis, 256.
saraswati, 236.
schakra, 236.
swaha, 286.
verma, 235.
weranga, 406.
zopyrus, 237.
Sauropatis
chloris, 705.
sancta, 705.
sordida, 705.
Saxicola
morio, 306,
pleschanka, 306.
Sceloporus
garmani, 720, 761.
gracilis, 761.
phayeri, 761.
undulatus, 720, 761.
Schenicola
platyura, 634.
Sciapteron
tabaniforme, 548.
Sciurus
aberti, 372.
castanonotus, 372.
congicus, 265.
griscoflavus, 372.
Sclerurus
caudacutus, 610.
Scops
brasilianus, 46.
Scrobicularia
adunca, 576.
INDEX.
Scrobicularia
alba, 686.
longicallus, 685.
nitida, 685.
prismatica, 686.
rostrata, 577.
Scytalopus
sp. ine., 34.
Scytaster
indicus, 123.
Selenidera
maculirostris, 94.
reinwardti, 45.
Seleucides
nigra, 333, 334.
Sephisa
dichroa, 240.
-Serphophaga
nigricans, 606.
subcristata, 606.
Sesia
conopiformis, 548.
formiciformis, 548.
musciformis, 548.
scoliiformis, 548.
spheciformis, 548.
Setophaga
bairdi, 3.
brunneiceps, 595.
melanocephala, 8, 7.
verticalis, 7.
Sigmodon
hispidus, 101.
Sigmodus
scopifrons, 807.
tricolor, 303, 307.
Siphodentalium
affine, 661.
hyalinum, 664.
lofotense, 662.
quinguangulare, 662.
subfusciforme, 664.
teres, 661, 687.
vitreum, 661, 662, 664.
Sisopygis
icterophrys, 604.
Sitta,
chloris, 569.
Sittasomus
olivaceus, 27, 613.
Smithornis
capensis, 302.
Solea
lascaris, 749.
vulgaris, 749.
Somateria
mollissima, 654.
Sparganura
sappho, 615.
Spatula
platalea, 625.
Spermophila
cerulescens, 598.
castaneiventris, 17.
luctuosa, 17.
SpermophilJus
grammurus, 372.
Spherium
capense, 375, 388.
madagascariense, 375,
388.
Sphecozone
nigra, 428, 440, 441.
rubescens, 428.
Spheniscus
magellanicus, 547.
Sphenceacus
africanus, 336, 837.
intermedius, 336,
337.
natalensis, 336, 337.
Sphinx
pinastri, 633.
Spiziapteryx
circumcinctus, 623.
Spondylus
gussont, 682.
Steatornis
caripensis, 40.
Steganura
peruana, 36.
Stegmatura
flavo-cinerea, 606.
Stenogyra
eximia, 383.
(Clavator) johnsoni,
382, 389.
Stephanophorus
leucocephalus, 597.
| Stercorarius
antarcticus, 027, 529.
catarrhactes, 527, 529.
chilensis, 527, 529.
pomatorhinus, 527.
Sterna
aleutica, 529.
bergti, 521.
bernsteini, 521.
cassini, 522.
elegans, 521,
eurygnatha, 521.
exilis, 522.
hirundinacea, 522.
hirundo, 654.
inca, 520,
maxima, 521.
minuta, 522.
superciliaris, 628.
Stibochiona
nicea, 239,
Stolinus
cataphractus, 648.
Strix
amauronota, 335.
candida, 335.
delicatula, 835.
Slammea, 622.
longimembris, 335.
oustaleti, 335.
personata, 335.
pithecops, 335.
walleri, 335.
Strongylocentrotus
drobachiensis, 645.
Sturnus
vulgaris, 420.
Suastus
eltola, 261.
remius, 261.
Sula
bassana, 210.
Jiber, 211.
leucogastra, 210.
piscator, 210.
Surendra
quercetorum, 251.
Suricata
capensis, 92.
tetradactyla, 91, 92, 93.
viverrina, 92.
Sycalis
flaveola, 600.
pelzelni, 601.
Symbrenthia
hyppoclus, 243, 268.
Symphedra
nais, 239.
Synallaxis
albescens, 25, 611.
antisiensis, 25, 26.
castanea, 578.
einerascens, 579.
cisandina, 25.
curtata, 25.
Srontalis, 579, 611.
Sruticicola, 26, 579.
fuliginosa, 578.
Surcata, 25.
Susco-rufa, 578.
griseo-murina, 578.
humilis, 579.
hyposticta, 26, 373.
maranonica, 579.
palpebralis, 579.
phryganophila, 611.
ruficapilia, 611.
rufipennis, 579.
rutilans, 26.
sclateri, 579.
seutata, 579.
striaticeps, 579,
tithys, 579.
unirufa, 578.
INDEX,
Synallaxis
whitii, 579, 611,
Synchloé
butleri, 256.
callidice, 256.
daplidice, 255.
Syrnium
woodfordi, 305.
Syrrhaptes
paradoxus, 324, 325,
326,
Tachybaptus
dominicus, 629.
Tachyphonus
eristatus, 597.
melaleucus, 15.
rufiventris, 14,
Teenioptera
coronata, 603.
irupero, 608.
nengeta, 603.
Tagiades
menaka, 262.
Tamias
asiaticus, 372.
—, var. guadrivittatus,
372.
dorsalis, 372.
harrisi, 372.
Tamandua
tetradactyla, 295.
Tanagra
celestis, 13.
cyanocephala, 13.
darwini, 18.
melanoptera, 13.
pulmarum, 18.
sayaca, 596, 597.
striata, 596.
Tansima
verma, 235,
Tantalus
tbis, 852.
leucocephalus, 352.
loculator, 352.
Tapes
virgineus, 685.
Tapirus
americanus, 811, 891,
770, 771.
dowi, 391.
tndicus, 768.
roulini, 311.
Taractrocera
sagara, 262.
Tarucus
alteratus, 245, 263.
nara, 245.
plinius, 246.
theophrastus, 245.
825
Tarucus
venosus, 245, 2658.
Tatusia
novemeincta, 372.
Tecmessa
pectorosa, 434, 441.
Tectura
adunca, 672, 687.
Sulva, 671, 672.
galeola, 672, 687.
pusilla, 672, 687.
rugosa, 671, 687.
virginea, 670, 671.
Telea
polyphemus, 632, 633.
promethea, 682.
Telephonus
erythropterus, 302,
Tellina
balthica, 685.
compressa, 685.
distorta, 685.
Tephras
whitei, 857.
Teracolus
JSarrinus, 254,
purus, 254,
Terebratula
caput-serpentis, 681.
cranium, 682.
floridana, 682.
septata, 682.
sphenoidea, 682.
tuberata, 681.
vitrea, 682.
Teredo
megotara, 683.
Terias
esiope, 252.
apicalis, 258, 263.
drona, 258.
excavata, 252,
Jimbriata, 253.
heccabe, 252.
trregularis, 258.
purreea, 252.
rubella, 258.
Terillus
porosus, 54,
Tetrao
urogallus, 351.
Tetrapteryx
paradisea, 358.
Textor
dinemelli, 307.
Thais
polyxena, 633.
Thalassiarche
culminata, 548.
Thalurania
nigrofasciata, 3h,
826
Thalurania
tschudii, 35.
Thamnomanes
glaucus, 30.
Thamnophilus
argentinus, 614.
atricapillus, 374.
ceruleus, 614.
leachii, 614.
loretoyacuensis, 374.
luctuosus, 29.
major, 614.
murinus, 29.
subandinus, 29,
tenuipunctatus, 29.
Thanaos
stigmata, 262, 407.
Thaumatias
fluviatilis, 39.
Thecla
atazxas, 247.
betule, 638.
birupa, 247.
tsocrates, 250.
jarbas, 249.
nasaka, 249.
nissa, 250.
odata, 247.
onyx, 247.
panava, 247.
pavana, 247.
rama, 252.
saphir. 402.
sorya, 250.
spint, 633.
syla, 247.
Thomomys
talpoides, 372.
hracia
trigona, 577.
Thryothorus
albiventris, 5.
cantator, 5.
corayd, 5.
Thwaitesia
affinis, 431, 441.
diversa, 432, 441.
margaritifera, 431,
764, 765.
pulcherrima, 764,
768.
Thymele
Sciamanih 261.
Tibicen
burkei, 126, 134.
gilmorei, 127, 134.
gregoryt, 129, 134.
interrupta, 128.
muelleri, 128, 129,
i
willsi, 127, 184.
INDEX.
Tigrisoma
brasiliense, 624.
salmont, 47,
Tinamus
kleei, 3.
Tinnunculus
cinnamominus, 623.
moluccensis, 700.
sparverius, 623.
Tirumala
limniace, 235.
septentrionis, 235.
Tityra
albitorques, 23.
semifasciata, 23, 374.
Todirostrum
cinereum, 18.
Todus
dominicensis, 448, 445,
, 447.
viridis, 442, 445, 446.
Tolypeutes
tricinctus, 360.
Trichina
spiralis, 571, 573,
574.
Trichoglossus
massena, 408.
Trichothraupis
quadricolor, 14, 597.
Tringoides
hypoleucos, 374.
macularius, 49.
Trochilium
apiforme, 548.
melanocephalum, 548.
Trochocercus
cyanomelas, 302.
Troglodytes
fare rut 601.
Trogon
atricollis, 43.
collaris, 43.
heliothrix, 48.
surucura, 619.
variegatus, 618.
viridis, 43.
Tropidonotus
sirtalis, 720.
Turacus
livingstonit, 309.
musophagus, 309.
Turdus
crotopezus, 4,
tgnobilis, 4.
uscater, 593.
leucomelas, 4, 592.
libonyanus, 302.
nigriceps, 4.
rufiventris, 592,
serranus, 4.
| Turdus
swainsont, 4.
Turritella
terebra, 680.
Turtur
lugens, 310.
Tylodina
duebeni, 673.
Tyranniscus
chrysops, 19.
Tyrannulus
elatus, 19.
Tyrannus
aurantio-atro-cristatus,
22.
melancholicus, 22, 608.
Udaspes
Solus, 263.
Uloborus
velutinus, 767, 768.
Upucerthia
luscinia, 610.
upa
lea 302.
Ureginthus
phenicotis, 303.
Uria
brunnichi, 653.
grylle, 653.
Urogalba
amazonum, 43.
Urosticte
benjamini, 37.
intermedia, 36.
Ursus
maritimus, 654.
Vanellus
eayennensis, 627.
Vanessa
agnicula, 403.
e-album, 403.
charonia, 240.
kashmeriensis, 403.
kaschmirensis, 240.
ladakensis, 403.
levana, var. prorsa,
633.
polychloros, 403.
rizana, 408.
urtice, 403.
xanthomelas, 240, 633.
Venus
casina, 685.
effossa, 685.
multilamella, 685.
Vesperugo
serotinus, var. fuscus,
rer
a)
Vipera
rhinoceros, 179.
Virachola
tsocrates, 250.
perse, 250.
Vireosylvia
flavoviridis, 7.
olivacea, 7.
Vitrina
madagascariensis, 375,
379, 389.
Viverra
binturong, 167.
boiei, 165.
cafra, 66.
carcharias, 171.
eivetta, 145, 155, 463,
465, 466, 467, 471,
472, 473, 474, 493,
500, 506, 510, 519,
580.
hardwickii, 165.
ichneumon, 68, 64, 90.
megaspila, 145, 146.
mungo, 90, 91.
musanga, 161.
melanurus, 146.
nems, 72.
schlegeli, 149.
suricatta, 92.
tangalunga, 145, 146,
158, 154, 507.
tetradactyla, 92.
zenik, 92.
zibetha, 145, 155, 519.
INDEX.
Viverricula
malaccensis, 149.
Volatinia
jacarina, 17.
Vulpes
virginianus, 371.
Wixia
abdominalis, 438, 441,
2,
Xantholema
rosea, 94.
Xanthomyza
phrygia, 311.
Xanthosomus
ruficapillus, 602.
Xanthura
peruviana, 17.
Xema
furcatum, 520, 523,
529, 530.
sabinit, 520, 528, 524,
529.
Xenicus
longipes, 569.
Xenops
littoralis, 27.
rutilus, 26.
Xeropigo
tridentiger, 424, 440,
441.
Xiphocolaptes
albicollis, 6138.
compressirostris, 28.
THE END,
|
827
Xiphocolaptes
major, 613.
promeropirhynchus, 28.
Xylophaga
dorsalis, 687.
baldus, 237.
bolanica, 759.
indecora, 238, 268.
inica, 238.
methora, 406.
nareda, 238.
nikea, 237.
sakra, 406.
Zenaida
maculata, 626.
Zetides
axion, 257.
telephus, 257.
Ziphius
cavirostris, 395.
Zizera
chandala, 245.
indica, 245.
maha, 245.
pygmed, 245,
Zonotrichia
pileata, 594, 599, 600,
612.
Zophoessa
atkinsonia, 406.
Printed by Taytor and Francrs, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.
7
2 0) Sey Plakkie 4 Pay Coreen Pa Fe owe
ata Nate Oi) ee ae OE ee, A i Hands
t. iW
ie BARE Vi
+.
+13
ae aye a! hy Pity ‘i f "a P\ a, 16 7 ‘
Aw hI Moog: i i 7 VEE a CY ieee GeO i 7 "i :
. '
:
0
ag
y
¥
4
t2e.
Senin
seezene
cr.
MP,
=
‘ te
ties 4
Pais
eee
i? be}
nated de
aah Saree
sa*e
eh
ay
i
4,
>
r"
Bt
teat
. ba bt 9
ama
yi
4
Lig
ase
wit,